Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 21, 2015.

Registration No. 333-              


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
Under
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

ConforMIS, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  3841
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code No.)
  56-2463152
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

28 Crosby Drive
Bedford, MA 01730
(781) 345-9001
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)

Philipp Lang, M.D.
President and Chief Executive Officer
28 Crosby Drive
Bedford, MA 01730
(781) 345-9001
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

 

 

David Cerveny, Esq.
Chief Legal Officer & General Counsel
ConforMIS, Inc.
28 Crosby Drive
Bedford, MA 01730
(781) 345-9001

 

 

Richard A. Hoffman, Esq.
Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP
60 State Street
Boston, MA 02109
(617) 526-6000

 

Peter N. Townshend, Esq.
Perkins Coie LLP
11988 El Camino Real, Suite 350
San Diego, CA 92130
(858) 720-5737

 

Richard D. Truesdell, Jr., Esq.
Sophia Hudson, Esq.
Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
450 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017
(212) 450-4000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

           If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), please check the following box.     o

           If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

           If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

           If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

           Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

       
 
Title of each class of securities to be registered
  Proposed maximum
aggregate offering
price(1)(2)

  Amount of
registration fee(3)

 

Common stock, par value $0.00001 per share

  $172,500,000   $20,045

 

(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)
Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

(3)
Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) based on a bona fide estimate of the maximum aggregate offering price.

            The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

Subject to completion, dated May 21, 2015

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

                       shares

GRAPHIC

Common stock



This is an initial public offering of common stock by ConforMIS, Inc. We are selling               shares of common stock. The estimated initial public offering price is between $             and $             per share.



Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We have applied to have our common stock listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "CFMS".

We are an emerging growth company as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, and as such, will be subject to certain reduced public reporting requirements.

  Per share     Total    

Initial public offering price

  $     $    

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

  $     $    

Proceeds to ConforMIS, before expenses

  $     $    

(1)
We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain FINRA-related expenses. See "Underwriting" beginning on page 171 of this prospectus.

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to an additional             shares of our common stock.

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 12 of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to investors on or about             , 2015.



J.P. Morgan       Deutsche Bank Securities

 

Wells Fargo Securities       Canaccord Genuity

The date of this prospectus is             , 2015.

LOGO


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page

Prospectus Summary

  1

Risk Factors

 
12

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

 
61

Use of Proceeds

 
63

Dividend Policy

 
64

Industry and Other Data

 
64

Capitalization

 
65

Dilution

 
67

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

 
70

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 
72

Business

 
93

Management

 
127

Executive Compensation

 
136

Certain Relationships and Related-Persons Transactions

 
148

Principal Stockholders

 
154

Description of Capital Stock

 
157

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

 
164

Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders of Common Stock

 
167

Underwriting

 
171

Legal Matters

 
179

Experts

 
179

Where You Can Find More Information

 
179

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

 
F-1

        Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus, any amendment or supplement to this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. Neither we nor the underwriters take responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

        For investors outside the United States: We have not, and the underwriters have not, done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

i


Table of Contents

 


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         This summary highlights selected information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the "Risk Factors," "Business" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" sections and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the terms "ConforMIS," "our company," "we," "us" and "our" in this prospectus to refer to ConforMIS, Inc., together with its wholly owned subsidiaries.

Our business

        We are a medical technology company that uses our proprietary iFit Image-to-Implant technology platform to develop, manufacture and sell joint replacement implants that are individually sized and shaped, which we refer to as customized, to fit each patient's unique anatomy. The worldwide market for joint replacement products is approximately $15 billion annually and growing, and we believe our iFit technology platform is applicable to all major joints in this market. We believe we are the only company offering a broad line of customized knee implants designed to restore the natural shape of a patient's knee. We have sold more than 30,000 knee implants in the United States and Europe. In recent clinical studies, iTotal CR, our cruciate-retaining total knee replacement implant and best-selling product, demonstrated superior clinical outcomes, including better function and greater patient satisfaction compared to traditional, off-the-shelf implants. We recently initiated the limited launch of iTotal PS, our posterior-stabilized total knee replacement implant which addresses the largest segment of the knee replacement market. We expect to submit an application for clearance of iTotal Hip, our first customized hip replacement implant, to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, in 2015.

        Our iFit technology platform comprises three key elements:

    iFit Design , our proprietary algorithms and computer software that we use to design customized implants and associated patient-specific instrumentation, which we refer to as iJigs.

    iFit Printing , a three-dimensional, or 3D, printing technology that we use to manufacture iJigs and are in the process of extending to manufacture certain components of our customized knee replacement implants.

    iFit Just-in-Time Delivery , our just-in-time manufacturing and delivery capabilities.

We believe our iFit technology platform enables a highly scalable business model that greatly lowers our inventory requirements, reduces the amount of working capital required to support our operations and allows us to launch new products and product improvements more rapidly, as compared to manufacturers of traditional, off-the-shelf implants.

        We own or exclusively in-license approximately 470 issued patents and pending patent applications that cover customized implants and patient-specific instrumentation, or PSI, for all major joints and other elements of our iFit technology platform. All of our knee replacement products have been cleared by the FDA under the premarket notification process of Section 510(k) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or the FDCA, and have received certification to CE Mark.

        We have 86 employees engaged in the sales and marketing of our products in the United States, Germany and the United Kingdom to orthopedic surgeons, hospitals and other medical facilities and patients. For the year ended December 31, 2014 we generated revenue of

 

1


Table of Contents

$48.2 million from product sales, representing a 39% increase over the prior year. For the three months ended March 31, 2015, we generated revenue of $14.7 million from product sales, representing a 36% increase over the three months ended March 31, 2014.

Market opportunity

        Osteoarthritis is the principal condition that leads to joint replacement surgery. An estimated 27 million people in the United States and 630 million people worldwide suffer from osteoarthritis. Compelling demographic trends, such as the growing population of aging yet active individuals and rising rates of obesity, are expected to be key drivers in the continued growth of osteoarthritis occurrence. The National Institutes of Health, or NIH, projects that by 2030, approximately 70 million people in the United States will be 65 years or older and at high risk of developing osteoarthritis. According to the Orthopaedic Industry Annual Report published in March 2015 by Orthoworld Inc., or the 2014 Orthoworld Report, worldwide sales of joint replacement products, including replacements for knees, hips, shoulders, elbows, wrists, ankles and digits outside of trauma, exceeded $15.4 billion in 2014 and are expected to grow to approximately $18 billion by the end of 2020.

Clinical shortcomings with off-the-shelf knee implants

        Manufacturers of traditional knee replacement implants offer products with a limited range of sizes and geometries, which we refer to as off-the-shelf implants. Off-the-shelf implants are not designed to restore a particular patient's unique anatomy and are not customized to fit an individual patient's knee. As a result, during a knee replacement procedure, the surgeon has to fit the patient's soft tissue, bones and cartilage to the fixed dimensions of the implant through an iterative process of sizing and positioning. This entails removing bone, performing bone cuts and shaping the residual bone to the implant. Surgeons often have to make compromises on implant fit, rotation and alignment because they are limited by the size and shape of the implant. These compromises can cause residual pain and functional limitations after surgery, which we believe contribute to patient dissatisfaction. According to one study, approximately one in five patients who receives an off-the-shelf total knee replacement is not satisfied with the results. See "Business—Industry Background—Knee implants" for a description of this study.

        In an effort to overcome the shortcomings associated with off-the-shelf implants, manufacturers have focused on improving traditional knee replacement in various ways, including the use of patient-specific instrumentation, or PSI, and robotic assistance and offering an increased range of sizes. We believe, however, that these efforts do not fully address the needs of patients, surgeons and hospitals.

The ConforMIS Solution: One Patient, One Implant

        We believe our customized joint replacement products and proprietary technology create an opportunity to disrupt the large, existing market for orthopedic implants. Based on clinical data developed independently by orthopedic surgeons comparing our iTotal CR to off-the-shelf total knee replacement implants, as well as our own research and the common approach we employ in the design and manufacture of all of our products, we believe that our customized knee replacement implants offer significant benefits to the patient, the surgeon and the hospital that are not afforded by off-the-shelf implants.

    For the patient.   We believe that our individualized approach offers better clinical outcomes when compared to off-the-shelf implants based on the following measures:

    Better fit .   We design our customized knee implants to replicate the patient's own native anatomy. As a result, we believe that our implants fit better.

 

2


Table of Contents

      Faster recovery .   We believe an individual fit requires less bone and soft tissue removal by the surgeon, and therefore shortens recovery times.

      Better function .   We design our customized knee implants to follow the particular shape and contour of the patient's knee. As a result, we believe our implants offer an increased potential for a knee that moves more naturally and is more stable.

      Greater patient satisfaction .   We believe our implants offer patients greater overall satisfaction with the results of their knee replacement.

    For the surgeon.   We believe that the combination of the use of our iJigs with our customized knee replacement implants enables a more accurate, reproducible and simplified surgical procedure by reducing the number of required steps and increasing the precision of the placement of the implant.

    For the hospital.   We believe that our customized implants and iFit technology platform provide economic advantages for hospitals by:

    improving patient recovery times, reducing blood loss and reducing adverse event rates at discharge;

    reducing the costs associated with maintaining and sterilizing large numbers of reusable instruments; and

    improving operating room turnaround times with the potential for more procedures to be completed within the same amount of time and for the hospital to generate additional revenue.

Our products

Knee replacement products

        All of our knee replacement products have been cleared by the FDA under the premarket notification process of Section 510(k) of the FDCA and have received certification to CE Mark.

    iTotal CR:   the only cruciate-retaining, customized total knee replacement product on the market. We introduced the iTotal CR in May 2011 and launched new generations in each of 2012 and 2013.

    iTotal PS:   the only posterior cruciate ligament substituting, customized total knee replacement product on the market. We initiated a limited launch of the iTotal PS in the United States in February 2015, which we expect will continue into 2016.

    iUni G2:   the only customized unicompartmental knee replacement product on the market for treatment of the medial or lateral compartment of the knee. We first launched the iUni in June 2007 and launched new generations of the product in each of 2009 and 2012.

    iDuo G2:   the only customized bicompartmental knee replacement product on the market. The iDuo is a partial knee replacement implant for patients with osteoarthritis of the patellofemoral compartment of the knee and either the medial or lateral compartment of the knee. We first launched the iDuo in December 2007 and have launched new generations of the product in each of 2010 and 2012.

Hip replacement product candidate

    iTotal Hip:   our customized total hip replacement implant currently in development. We expect to file with the FDA for marketing clearance for our iTotal Hip in 2015 and expect that iTotal Hip will be our next major product launch after iTotal PS.

 

3


Table of Contents

Proprietary iJigs

        Our iJigs are customized, single-use, patient-specific instruments. The iJigs we deliver with our joint replacement products include the guides and instruments the surgeon requires to remove the bone and soft tissue necessary to fit our customized implants to the patient.

Our strategy

        Our objective is for our customized implants to become the standard of care for orthopedic joint replacement surgery. We believe that our iFit Image-to-Implant technology platform will enable us to offer a wide variety of customized joint replacement implants with superior performance that offer key clinical and economic benefits over off-the-shelf implants. Key elements of our strategy to achieve our objective are to:

    Broaden our product portfolio by launching additional customized orthopedic implants

    Expand our sales efforts to drive adoption of our products

    Establish the clinical and economic benefits of our products and technologies

    Expand our digitally driven, just-in-time manufacturing processes as a source of competitive advantage

    Enhance our patent portfolio and continue to exploit our patent position

Risks associated with our business

        Our business is subject to a number of risks of which you should be aware before making an investment decision. These risks are discussed more fully in the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include the following:

    We have incurred losses in the past, expect to incur losses for at least the next several years and may never achieve profitability.

    We expect to incur substantial expenditures in the foreseeable future and might require additional capital to support business growth. This capital might not be available on terms favorable to us or at all.

    We are deploying a new business model in an effort to disrupt a relatively mature industry. In order to become profitable, we will need to scale this business model considerably through increased sales.

    The success of our products is dependent on our ability to demonstrate their clinical benefits. To date, we have collected only limited clinical data supporting the favorable attributes of our iUni, iDuo and iTotal CR knee replacement products and no clinical data regarding our iTotal PS knee replacement product or our iTotal Hip replacement product, which is currently in development. To date, we have obtained regulatory clearance for our products in the United States and outside the United States without conducting premarket clinical studies, and we do not believe that we will need premarket clinical data in order to obtain regulatory clearance in the United States or in most jurisdictions outside the United States for additional knee products or iTotal Hip. However, to date, the regulatory agencies in the European Union, or EU, have required us to perform post-market clinical studies on our cleared products and may continue to do so with respect to our future products.

    We are in a highly competitive market and face competition from large, well-established companies as well as new market entrants.

 

4


Table of Contents

    Surgeons, hospitals and other medical facilities and independent sales representatives and distributors may have existing or future relationships with other medical device companies that make it difficult for us to establish new or continued relationships with them; as a result, we may not be able to sell and market our products effectively.

    We may not be successful in the development of, regulatory clearance process for or commercialization of additional products.

    If we are unable to continue to develop additional products and technologies in a timely manner, or if we develop new products and technologies that are not accepted by the market, the demand for our products may decrease or our products could become obsolete, and our revenue and profitability may decline.

    If we are unable to obtain favorable reimbursement rates from third-party payors for our new products, or if reimbursement from third-party payors for our products significantly declines, surgeons, hospitals and other medical facilities may be reluctant to use our products and our sales may decline.

    Our medical device products are subject to extensive governmental regulation both in the United States and abroad, and our failure to comply with applicable requirements could cause our business to suffer.

    If our relationships with independent sales representatives and distributors are not successful, our ability to market and sell our products would be harmed.

    We may encounter problems or delays in the manufacturing or delivery of our products or fail to meet certain regulatory requirements that could result in a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.

    If we are unable to obtain, maintain or enforce sufficient intellectual property protection for our products and technologies, or if the scope of our intellectual property protection is not sufficiently broad, our competitive position could be harmed or we could be required to incur significant expenses to enforce our rights.

    The medical device industry is characterized by frequent patent litigation, and we could become subject to litigation that could be costly, result in the diversion of management's time and efforts, require us to pay damages or prevent us from marketing our existing or future products.

Our company

        Our company was formed as ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation, on March 26, 2004. Our principal executive offices are located at 28 Crosby Drive, Bedford, Massachusetts 01730, and our telephone number is (781) 345-9001. Our website address is www.conformis.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference.

        iFit® Image-to-Implant®, iTotal®, iUni®, iDuo® and iView® are our registered trademarks. The other trademarks, trade names and service marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of the respective owners. We do not intend our use or display of other companies' trademarks, trade names or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other companies.

 

5


Table of Contents

Implications of being an emerging growth company

        As a company with less than $1 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an "emerging growth company" as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and we may remain an emerging growth company until the end of the 2020 fiscal year. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted, and intend, to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure and other requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. In particular, in this prospectus, we have not included all of the executive compensation-related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.

 

6


Table of Contents

 


THE OFFERING

Common stock offered by us

                shares

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

              shares

Option to purchase additional shares

 

The underwriters have an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to             additional shares of our common stock.

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that the net proceeds from our issuance and sale of             shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $              million, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, we estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $              million.

 

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering as follows: approximately $              million to purchase and install capital equipment to expand our manufacturing capacity; approximately $              million to expand and support our sales and marketing efforts; and approximately $              million to fund research, development and clinical activities. The remaining proceeds will be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes. See "Use of Proceeds" for more information.

Risk factors

 

You should read the "Risk Factors" section starting on page 12 of this prospectus for a discussion of factors to consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

Proposed NASDAQ Global Market symbol

 

"CFMS"

        The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on the following:

    8,691,595 shares of our common stock outstanding as of April 30, 2015;

    50,995,026 additional shares of our common stock that will be issued upon the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock upon the closing of this offering;

                 additional shares of common stock that will be issued upon the assumed net exercise of warrants to purchase our capital stock that would otherwise expire upon the

 

7


Table of Contents

      closing of this offering, which we refer to as the net exercise warrants, and which consist of warrants to purchase:

      919,802 shares of our Series E-1 and E-2 preferred stock at an exercise price of $8.00 per share;

      129,823 shares of our Series D preferred stock at an exercise price of $6.00 per share; and

      8,333 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $2.16 share.

      assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and we refer to the foregoing as the assumed warrant exercises; and

    406,874 additional shares of our common stock that will be issued for no additional consideration upon the closing of this offering in exchange for surrender of warrants to purchase an aggregate of 406,874 shares of our Series D preferred stock, which we refer to as the Series D warrant exchange.

        The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering excludes:

    1,368,674 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of April 30, 2015, at a weighted average exercise price of $5.05 per share other than shares issuable in connection with the assumed warrant exercises and the Series D warrant exchange;

    66,964 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase common stock, at an exercise price of $4.48 per share, that we will be required to issue in the event we borrow a second $10 million term loan under our credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank and Oxford Finance LLC;

    11,264,036 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of April 30, 2015, at a weighted average exercise price of $2.65 per share;

    492,978 shares of our common stock available for future issuance under our 2011 stock incentive plan as of April 30, 2015; and

    an additional 4,000,000 shares of our common stock that will become available for future issuance under our 2015 stock incentive plan in connection with the closing of this offering.

        Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

    the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 50,995,026 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering;

    the assumed warrant exercises occur upon the closing of this offering;

    the Series D warrant exchange occurs upon the closing of this offering;

    other than the assumed warrant exercises and the Series D warrant exchange, no exercise of the outstanding options or warrants described above;

    warrants outstanding as of April 30, 2015, to purchase 682,665 shares of our Series D preferred stock, at an exercise price of $6.00 per share, instead become exercisable for 682,665 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $6.00 per share, upon the closing of this offering;

 

8


Table of Contents

    warrants to purchase 285,714 shares of our Series C preferred stock at an exercise price of $3.50 per share are exchanged for warrants to purchase 285,714 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $3.50 per share, which we refer to as the Series C warrant exchange;

    the restatement of our certificate of incorporation and the amendment and restatement of our bylaws upon the closing of this offering; and

    no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to                    additional shares.

 

9


Table of Contents

 


SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        You should read the following summary consolidated financial data together with the more detailed information contained in "Selected Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Historical results are not indicative of the results to be expected in the future, and our interim period results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for a full year or any other interim period.

 
  Years ended
December 31,
  Three months ended
March 31,
 
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
  2013   2014   2014   2015  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Consolidated statements of operations data:

                         

Revenue

  $ 34,597   $ 48,186   $ 10,799   $ 14,700  

Cost of revenue

    27,283     30,638     7,512     9,388  

Gross profit

    7,314     17,548     3,287     5,312  

Operating expenses:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Sales and marketing

    26,149     31,103     8,379     9,579  

Research and development

    13,779     15,107     3,578     4,016  

General and administrative

    14,693     16,763     3,948     5,780  

Total operating expenses

    54,621     62,973     15,905     19,375  

Loss from operations

    (47,307 )   (45,425 )   (12,618 )   (14,063 )

Other income and expenses

                         

Interest income

    89     104     25     39  

Interest expense

    (642 )   (360 )   (52 )   (223 )

Total other expenses

    (553 )   (256 )   (27 )   (184 )

Loss before income taxes

    (47,860 )   (45,681 )   (12,645 )   (14,247 )

Income tax provision

    29     41     8     10  

Net loss

  $ (47,889 ) $ (45,722 ) $ (12,653 ) $ (14,257 )

Net loss per share applicable to common stockholders—basic and diluted(1)

  $ (5.99 ) $ (5.39 ) $ (1.52 ) $ (1.66 )

Weighted-average number of common shares used in net loss per share applicable to common stockholders—basic and diluted(1)

    7,993,736     8,479,134     8,331,522     8,593,227  

Pro forma net loss per share applicable to common stockholders—basic and diluted (unaudited)(1)(2)

       
$
       
$
 

Pro forma weighted average number of common shares outstanding—basic and diluted (unaudited)(1)(2)

        $           $    

 

10


Table of Contents

 

 
  March 31, 2015  
(in thousands)
  Actual   Pro forma(2)   Pro forma as
adjusted(3)
 
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
 

Consolidated balance sheet data:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 22,939   $ 22,939   $            

Working capital

    31,065     31,065        

Total assets

    60,705     60,705        

Long-term debt, including current portion

    10,560     10,560        

Total stockholders' equity

    36,781     36,781        

(1)
See Note B in the notes to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for a description of the method used to calculate basic and diluted net loss per share applicable to common stockholders.

(2)
The pro forma balance sheet data give effect to (a) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 50,985,652 shares of common stock, (b) the assumed warrant exercises and (c) the Series D warrant exchange.

(3)
The pro forma as adjusted balance sheet data give further effect to our issuance and sale of             shares of common stock in this offering (assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares) at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital and total stockholders' deficit by approximately $          million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        In connection with the closing of this offering, the holders of the net exercise warrants have the option to net exercise their warrants or exercise their warrants for cash at various exercise prices ranging from $2.16 to $8.00 per share. In the event that all the net exercise warrants are exercised with cash consideration instead of being net exercised upon the closing of this offering, an additional                          shares of our common stock would be outstanding as of the closing. In addition, the pro forma and pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, working capital and total stockholders' equity would increase by $        million.

 

11


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

         Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before you decide to invest in our common stock, you should consider carefully the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus. We believe the risks described below are material to us as of the date of this prospectus. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In these circumstances, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks related to our financial position

We have incurred losses in the past, expect to incur losses for at least the next several years and may never achieve profitability.

        We have incurred significant net operating losses in every year since our inception and expect to incur net operating losses for the next several years. Our net loss was $47.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, $45.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, $14.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, and $12.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014. As of March 31, 2015, we had an accumulated deficit of $282.4 million. We expect to continue to incur significant product development, clinical and regulatory, sales and marketing, manufacturing and other expenses as our business continues to grow and we expand our product offerings. Additionally, following this offering, our general and administrative expense will increase due to the additional operational and reporting costs associated with our expanded operations and being a public company. We will need to generate significant additional revenue to achieve and maintain profitability, and even if we achieve profitability, we cannot be sure that we will remain profitable for any substantial period of time. In addition, our growth may slow, for reasons described in these risk factors. Our failure to become and remain profitable would decrease the value of our company and could impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, maintain our research and development efforts or continue our operations.

We expect to incur substantial expenditures in the foreseeable future and might require additional capital to support business growth. This capital might not be available on terms favorable to us or at all.

        We expect to incur substantial expenditures in the foreseeable future in connection with the following:

12


Table of Contents

        In addition, following this offering, our general and administrative expense will increase due to the additional operational and reporting costs associated with our expanded operations and being a public company.

        We anticipate that following this offering our principal sources of funds will be revenue generated from the sales of our products, borrowings under our credit facilities and revenues that we may generate in connection with licensing our intellectual property. Our credit facility with Silicon Valley Bank and Oxford Finance LLC, referred to as the SVB/Oxford Agreement, is our only committed external source of funds. We will need to generate significant additional revenue to achieve and maintain profitability, and even if we achieve profitability, we cannot be sure that we will remain profitable for any substantial period of time. Our failure to become and remain profitable could impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, maintain our research and development efforts or continue to fund our operations.

        We may need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds, including the funds required to pay our existing indebtedness at maturity. We may not be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us, or at all. In addition, the covenants, pledge of our assets as collateral and negative pledge with respect to our intellectual property under the SVB/Oxford Agreement could limit our ability to obtain additional debt financing. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the future sale of equity or convertible debt, the ownership interest of our stockholders will be diluted. The terms of these future equity or debt securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect the rights of our existing common stockholders or involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt or making capital expenditures.

Risks related to our business, industry and competitive position

We have a limited operating history and may face difficulties encountered by early stage companies in rapidly evolving markets.

        We began operations in 2004, introduced our first product commercially in 2007 and only introduced our best-selling product, our iTotal CR, in 2011. Accordingly, we have a limited operating history upon which to base an evaluation of our business and prospects. In assessing our prospects, you must consider the risks and difficulties frequently encountered by early stage companies in new and rapidly evolving markets, particularly companies engaged in the development and sales of medical devices. These risks include our ability to:

13


Table of Contents

        We may allocate significant amounts of capital toward products or technologies for which market demand is lower than anticipated and, as a result, abandon such efforts. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, or if we expend capital on projects that are not successful, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly limited, and we may even have to scale back our operations. We can also be negatively affected by general economic conditions. Because of our limited operating history, we may not have insight into trends that could emerge and negatively affect our business. As a result of these or other risks, our business strategy might not be successful.

We have derived nearly all of our revenues from sales of a limited portfolio of knee replacement products and may not be able to maintain or increase revenues from these products.

        To date, we have derived nearly all of our revenues from sales of our knee replacement products, and we expect that sales of these products will continue to account for the majority of our revenues for at least the next several years. If we are unable to achieve and maintain significantly greater market acceptance of these products, we may be materially constrained in our ability to fund our operations and the development and commercialization of improvements and other products. Any factors that negatively impact sales or growth in sales of our current products, including the size of the addressable markets for these products, our failure to convince surgeons to adopt our products, competitive factors and other factors described in these risk factors, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We may not be successful in the development of, obtaining regulatory clearance for or commercialization of additional products.

        We are expanding our offerings to include an additional joint replacement product for the knee, iTotal PS, which we are in the process of launching commercially on a limited basis, and expect to introduce our first hip replacement product, the iTotal Hip, for which we expect to file for marketing clearance in 2015 with the FDA. However, we may not be able to successfully commercialize the iTotal PS and we may not be able to develop or obtain regulatory approval or clearance of or successfully commercialize the iTotal Hip on the timelines that we expect to, or at all. Any factors that delay the commercial launch of, including the process for obtaining regulatory clearance for, our additional products, or result in sales of our additional products increasing at a lower rate than expected, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operation results. In addition, even if we do launch these products, there can be no assurance that these products will be accepted in the market or commercially successful or profitable.

        All of the products we currently market in the United States have either received pre-market clearance under Section 510(k) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or the FDCA, or are exempt from pre-market review. The FDA's 510(k) clearance process requires us to show that our proposed product is "substantially equivalent" to another legally marketed product that did not require premarket approval. This process is shorter and typically requires the submission of less supporting documentation than other FDA approval processes and does not always require clinical studies. To date, we have not been required to conduct clinical studies or obtain clinical data in order to obtain regulatory clearance in the United States for our products. Additionally, to date, we have not been required to complete clinical studies in connection with obtaining regulatory

14


Table of Contents

clearance for the sale of our products outside the United States. If we must conduct clinical studies or obtain clinical data to obtain regulatory clearance or approval for any of our products in the United States or elsewhere. The results of such studies may not be sufficient to support regulatory clearance or approval. In addition, our costs of developing and the time to develop our products would increase significantly. Moreover, even if we obtain regulatory clearance or approval to market a product, the FDA, in the United States, or a Notified Body, in the EU, has the power to require us to conduct postmarketing studies beyond those we contemplate conducting. We may need to raise additional funds to support any such clinical efforts, and if we are required to conduct such clinical efforts, our results of operations would be adversely affected.

We are in a highly competitive market and face competition from large, well-established companies as well as new market entrants.

        The market for orthopedic replacement products generally, and for knee and hip implant products in particular, is intensely competitive, subject to rapid change and dominated by a small number of large companies. Our principal competitors are the major producers of prosthetic knee and hip replacement products. We also compete with numerous smaller companies, many of whom have a significant regional market presence. In addition, a number of companies are developing biologic cartilage repair solutions to address osteoarthritis of the knee that could reduce the demand for knee replacement procedures and products. See "Business—Competition." Stem cell therapies and other new, emerging therapies could reduce or obviate the need for joint replacement surgery in the future.

        Many of our larger competitors are either publicly traded or divisions or subsidiaries of publicly traded companies, and enjoy several competitive advantages over us, including:

        As a result of these advantages, our competitors may be able to develop, obtain regulatory clearance or approval for and commercialize products and technologies more quickly than us, which could impair our ability to compete. If alternative treatments are, or are perceived to be, superior to our products, or if we are unable to increase market acceptance of our products, as compared to existing or competitive products, sales of our products could be negatively affected and our results of operations could suffer. Our competitors also may seek to copy our products using similar technologies for use in other joints or applications into which we have not yet expanded, which would have the effect of reducing the market potential of our current or future

15


Table of Contents

products. In addition, based on their favorable attributes, we expect our products to be offered at higher price points than some competitive products, and our pricing decisions may make our products less competitive.

We are deploying a new business model in an effort to disrupt a relatively mature industry. In order to become profitable, we will need to scale this business model considerably through increased sales.

        Our business model, based on our iFit Image-to-Implant technology platform and our just-in-time delivery is new to the joint replacement industry. We manufacture our customized replacement implants and iJigs to order and do not maintain significant inventory of finished product. We deliver the customized replacement implants and iJigs to the hospital days in advance of the scheduled arthroplasty procedure. In order to deliver our product on a timely basis, we must execute our processes on a defined schedule with limited room for error. Our competitors generally sell from a pre-produced inventory and can sell products and satisfy demand without being as dependent on business continuity. Even minor delays or interruptions to our design, manufacturing or delivery processes could result in delays in our ability to deliver products to specification, or at all, thereby significantly impacting our reputation and our ability to make commercial sales. In order to become profitable, we will need to significantly increase sales of our existing products and successfully develop and commercially launch future products at a scale that we have not yet achieved. In order to increase our gross margins we will need, among other things, to:

        However, we may not be successful in achieving these objectives, and our gross margins may not increase, or could even decrease. We may not be successful in executing on our business model, in increasing our gross margins or in bringing our sales and production up to a scale that will be profitable, which would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

To be commercially successful, we must convince orthopedic surgeons that our joint replacement products are attractive alternatives to our competitors' products.

        Orthopedic surgeons play a significant role in determining the course of treatment and, ultimately, the type of product that will be used to treat a patient. Acceptance of our products depends on educating orthopedic surgeons as to the distinctive characteristics, perceived clinical benefits, safety and cost-effectiveness of our products as compared to our competitors' products. If we are not successful in convincing orthopedic surgeons of the merits of our products or educating them on the use of our products, they may not use our products and we will be unable to increase our sales or reach profitability.

        We believe orthopedic surgeons will not widely adopt our products unless they determine, based on experience, clinical data and published peer-reviewed journal articles, that our products and the techniques to implant them provide benefits to patients and are attractive alternatives to our

16


Table of Contents

competitors' products. Surgeons may be hesitant to change their medical treatment practices for the following reasons, among others:

        If clinical, functional or economic data does not demonstrate the benefits of using our products, surgeons may not use our products. In such circumstances, we may not achieve expected sales and may be unable to achieve profitability. To understand the clinical, functional and economic benefits of using our products, surgeons may refer to published studies sponsored by us or conducted independently by orthopedic surgeons comparing our customized products to off-the-shelf products. To the extent such studies do not report favorably on our products, surgeons may be less likely to use our products. We are aware of only one clinical study, which was presented as an abstract at an industry conference and not in a peer-reviewed journal, conducted by a single surgeon and involving only 21 iTotal CR patients, in which our iTotal CR product performed less well than off-the-shelf knee replacement products. This study compared our iTotal CR product to posterior-stabilized and non-cemented rotating platform implants, but not cruciate-retaining implants, which we believe makes the comparison of questionable value. The measures on which our iTotal CR product performed less well than the off-the-shelf products were range of motion at six weeks (although our iTotal CR product performed equally well at minimum one year follow-up) and manipulation under anesthesia, or MUA, a procedure used post-operatively to adjust a knee replacement implant to improve its function. In a subsequent multi-center study of our iTotal CR product involving 197 patients for which we provided financial support, the 2.55% rate of MUA for our iTotal CR product was substantially lower than the 28.6% rate of MUA shown in this earlier and much smaller single-surgeon study. See "Business—Clinical studies" for additional information on this study. By comparison, the rate of MUA reported in a separate multi-center study of off-the-shelf implants was 4.6%.

        Moreover, overall patient satisfaction with our products, as observed by individual surgeons, will continue to be an important factor in surgeons' deciding to use our products for joint replacement procedures. The success of any particular joint replacement procedure, and a patient's satisfaction with the procedure, is dependent on the technique and execution of the procedure by the surgeon. Even if our iJigs and implants are manufactured exactly to specification, there is a risk that the surgeon makes a mistake during a procedure, leading to patient dissatisfaction with the procedure. In addition, following joint replacement procedures, fibrosis, scarring and other issues unrelated to

17


Table of Contents

the choice of implant product can lead to patient dissatisfaction. Furthermore, based on their prior experience using non-customized, off-the-shelf implant products, surgeons may be accustomed to making modifications to the implant components during a procedure. Because our products are already individually-made to fit the unique anatomy of each patient, modifications made to the implant components or the process of fitting the implant during the surgical procedure are not recommended and may result in negative surgical outcomes. If patients do not have a good outcome following procedures conducted using our products, surgeons' views of our products may be negatively impacted.

        The first step in the process for a patient to receive one of our joint replacement products involves a CT scan of the patient's affected joint and one or two CT images of other biomechanically relevant joints. CT scans involve the use of radiation to image the bone and other tissue in the scanned joint. Surgeons may be reluctant to recommend, and patients may be reluctant to undertake, a procedure that involves this imaging modality as a result of the actual or perceived risks of exposure to radiation as part of the CT scan. The use of an off-the-shelf joint replacement product generally does not require a CT scan. As a result, surgeons and patients may view the alternative joint replacement approaches that do not require a CT scan as more attractive. Competitors may promote their products on this basis, and as a result, our sales, revenue and profitability may be adversely affected.

Surgeons, hospitals and independent sales representatives and distributors may have existing or future relationships with other medical device companies that make it difficult for us to establish new or continued relationships with them; as a result, we may not be able to sell and market our products effectively.

        We believe that to sell and market our products effectively, we must establish relationships with key surgeons and hospitals and other medical facilities in the field of orthopedic surgery. Many of these key surgeons and hospitals and other medical facilities already have long-standing relationships with large, well-known companies that dominate the medical devices industry. Some of these relationships may be contractual, such as collaborative research programs or consulting relationships. Because of these existing relationships, surgeons and hospitals and other medical facilities may be reluctant or unable to adopt our products to the extent our products compete with, or have the potential to compete with, products supported by these existing relationships. Even if these surgeons and hospitals and other medical facilities purchase our products, they may be unwilling to provide us with follow up clinical and economic data important to our efforts to distinguish our products.

        We also work with independent sales representatives and distributors to market, sell and support our products in the United States and international markets. If our independent sales representatives and distributors believe that a relationship with us is less beneficial than other relationships they may have with more established or well-known medical device companies, they may be unwilling to establish or continue their relationships with us, making it more difficult for us to sell and market our products effectively.

The success of our products is dependent on our ability to demonstrate their clinical benefits.

        To date, we have collected only limited clinical data supporting the favorable attributes of our iUni, iDuo and iTotal CR knee replacement products and no clinical data regarding our iTotal PS knee replacement product or iTotal Hip replacement product, which is currently in development. Our ongoing or future clinical studies may not yield the results that we expect to obtain and may not demonstrate that our products are superior to, or may demonstrate that our products are inferior to, off-the-shelf products with regard to clinical, functional or economic measures. Long-term device survivorship data for our products may show that the survivorship of our customized joint

18


Table of Contents

replacement products is shorter than that of off-the-shelf products. Competitors may initiate their own clinical studies which may yield data that is inconsistent with data from our studies or data showing the superiority of their products over our products.

The safety and efficacy of our products is supported by limited short- and long-term clinical data, and our products might therefore prove to be less safe and effective than initially thought.

        To date, we have obtained regulatory clearance for our products in the United States without conducting premarket clinical studies, and we do not believe that we will need premarket clinical data in order to obtain regulatory clearance in the United States for additional knee products or iTotal Hip. Additionally, to date, we have not been required to complete premarket clinical studies in connection with obtaining regulatory approval for the sale of our products outside the United States, and we do not believe that we will need premarket clinical data in order to obtain regulatory clearance in the United States or in most jurisdictions outside the United States for additional knee products or iTotal Hip. However, to date, the regulatory agencies in the EU have required us to perform post-market clinical studies on our cleared products and may continue to do so with respect to our future products. As a result of the absence of premarket clinical studies, we currently lack the breadth of published long-term clinical data supporting the safety and efficacy of our products and the benefits they offer that might have been generated in connection with other approval processes. For these reasons, orthopedic surgeons may be slow to adopt our products, we may not have comparative data that our competitors have or are generating and we may be subject to greater regulatory and product liability risks. Further, future patient studies or clinical experience may indicate that treatment with our products does not improve patient outcomes. Such results would slow the adoption of our products by orthopedic surgeons, reduce our ability to achieve expected sales and could prevent us from achieving or sustaining profitability. Moreover, if future results and experience indicate that our products cause unexpected or serious complications or other unforeseen negative effects, we could be subject to mandatory product recalls, suspension or withdrawal of FDA clearance or approval, loss of our ability to CE Mark our products, significant legal liability or harm to our business reputation.

If we are unable to continue to develop new products and technologies in a timely manner, or if we develop new products and technologies that are not accepted by the market, the demand for our products may decrease or our products could become obsolete, and our revenue and profitability may decline.

        We are continually engaged in product development, research and improvement efforts. Our ability to grow sales depends on our capacity to keep up with existing or new products and technologies in the joint replacement product markets. If our competitors are able to develop and introduce new products and technologies before us, they may gain a competitive advantage and render our products and technologies obsolete. The additional markets into which we plan to expand our business are subject to similar competitive pressures and our ability to successfully compete in those markets will depend on our ability to develop and market new products and technologies in a timely manner, and in particular, on our ability to successfully commercially launch our new iTotal PS knee replacement product and complete development of, obtain regulatory clearance for and successfully commercially launch our planned iTotal Hip replacement product.

        We believe that offering a broad line of joint replacement products, including iTotal PS and iTotal Hip, is important to convincing surgeons to use our products generally. If we do not complete development of and obtain regulatory clearance for our iTotal Hip, or if market acceptance of iTotal PS or iTotal Hip is less than we expect, the growth in sales of our existing products may slow and

19


Table of Contents

our financial results would be adversely affected. The success of our product development efforts will depend on many factors, including our ability to:

        Moreover, research and development efforts may require a substantial investment of time and resources before we are adequately able to determine the commercial viability of a new product, technology or other innovation. Our competition may respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies, undertake more effective marketing campaigns, adopt more aggressive pricing policies, have greater financial, marketing and other resources than us or may be more successful in attracting potential customers, employees and strategic partners.

        Even in the event that we are able successfully to develop new products and technologies, they may not produce revenue in excess of the costs of development and may be quickly rendered obsolete as a result of changing customer preferences, changing demographics, slowing industry growth rates, declines in the knee or other orthopedic replacement implant markets, evolving surgical philosophies, evolving industry standards or the introduction by our competitors of products embodying new technologies or features. New materials, product designs and surgical techniques that we develop may not be accepted quickly, in some or all markets, because of, among other factors, entrenched patterns of clinical practice, the need for regulatory clearance and uncertainty with respect to third-party reimbursement of procedures that utilize our products.

If surgeons, hospitals and other medical facilities are unable to obtain favorable reimbursement rates from third-party payors for procedures involving use of our products, or if reimbursement from third-party payors for such procedures significantly declines, surgeons, hospitals and other medical facilities may be reluctant to use our products and our sales may decline.

        In the United States, surgeons and hospitals and other medical facilities who purchase medical devices such as our products generally rely on third-party payors, principally federal Medicare, state Medicaid and private health insurance plans, to pay for all or a portion of the costs and fees associated with the joint replacement surgery and the products utilized in the procedure, including the cost of our products. Our customers' access to adequate coverage and reimbursement for the procedures performed using our products by government and third-party payors is central to the acceptance of our current and future products. Payors may view new products or products that have only recently been launched or with limited clinical data available, including the iTotal PS and iTotal Hip, as unproven or experimental, and on that basis may deny coverage of procedures involving use of our products. We may be unable to sell our products on a profitable basis if government and third-party payors deny coverage for such procedures or set reimbursement rates at unfavorable levels for procedures involving use of our products.

20


Table of Contents

        To contain costs of new technologies, governmental healthcare programs and third-party payors are increasingly scrutinizing new and even existing treatments by requiring extensive evidence of favorable clinical outcomes and cost effectiveness. Surgeons, hospitals and other medical facilities may not purchase our products if they do not receive satisfactory reimbursement from these third-party payors for the cost of the procedures using our products. Payors continue to review their coverage policies carefully for existing and new therapies and can, without notice, deny coverage for treatments that include the use of our products. If third-party payors refuse coverage for these procedures or if we are not able to be reimbursed at cost-effective levels, this could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.

        The first step in the process for a patient to receive one of our joint replacement products involves a CT scan of the patient's affected joint and one or two CT images of other biomechanically relevant joints. The cost of the CT scan is not always reimbursed by third-party payors. In addition, the costs of alternative imaging techniques that we could substitute for a CT scan in our iFit process, such as magnetic resonance imaging, or MRI, generally, are higher than the cost of a CT scan. If third-party payors do not reimburse the costs of the CT scan or any alternative imaging technique, we could find that we have to pay these costs ourselves, or reduce the prices of our products that we charge hospitals and other medical facilities that bear these costs, in order to maintain market acceptance of our products. In such event, our costs of sales would increase and our profitability would be adversely affected.

        The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 or, collectively, the PPACA, has changed how some healthcare providers are reimbursed by the Medicare program and some private third-party payors. As physicians consolidate into Accountable Care Organizations, or ACOs, these physicians, through the ACOs, are taking on the financial risk for providing care to all patients in their ACO. Medicare and some private third-party payors provide a set global, annual payment per beneficiary or member of the ACO. ACOs use these payments to provide care for their patients. When the cost of providing care is less than payments received, the ACO shares the savings with Medicare and the private third-party payors. ACOs are therefore incentivized to control and reduce the cost of patient care. Attempts to control and reduce the cost of care within an ACO could result in fewer referrals for elective surgery, or require the use of the least expensive implant available, either or both of which could cause our revenue to decline.

        Outside of the United States, reimbursement systems vary significantly by country. Many foreign markets have government-managed healthcare systems that govern reimbursement for orthopedic implants and procedures. Many countries use a system of Diagnosis Related Groups to set a price for a particular medical procedure, including orthopedic implants that will be used in that procedure. In the EU, the pricing of medical devices is subject to governmental control, and pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after a device has been CE marked. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to supply data that compares the cost-effectiveness of our products to other available therapies. Additionally, some foreign reimbursement systems provide for limited payments in a given period and therefore result in extended collection periods. Further, reimbursement rates for our products in other jurisdictions, including in Germany, where we have attained reimbursement rates at higher price points than some competitive products, could change negatively. If reimbursement of our products is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, it may not be profitable to sell our products outside of the United States, which would negatively affect the long-term growth of our business.

21


Table of Contents

We are subject to cost-containment efforts of hospitals and other medical facilities and group purchasing organizations, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

        In order for surgeons to use our products, the hospitals and other medical facilities where these surgeons treat patients typically require us to enter into purchasing contracts. The process of negotiating a purchasing contract can be lengthy and time-consuming, require extensive management time and may not be successful. In addition, many of our customers and potential customers are members of group purchasing organizations that are focused on containing costs. Group purchasing organizations negotiate pricing arrangements with medical supply and device manufacturers, and these negotiated prices are made available to a group purchasing organization's affiliated hospitals and other medical facilities. If we do not have pricing agreements with group purchasing organizations, their affiliated hospitals and other medical facilities may be less likely to purchase our products. Our failure to complete purchasing contracts with hospitals or other medical facilities or contracts with group purchasing organizations may cause us to lose market share to our competitors and could have a material adverse effect on our sales, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Our competitors may also elect to lower their prices in select accounts, thereby rendering our products non-competitive on the basis of price, with resulting losses in sales to these accounts.

If we are unable to train orthopedic surgeons on the safe and appropriate use of our products, we may be unable to achieve our expected growth.

        An important part of our sales process includes training surgeons on the safe and appropriate use of our products. If we become unable to attract potential new surgeon customers to our training programs, or if we are unable to attract existing customers to training programs for future products, we may be unable to achieve our expected growth.

        There is a learning process involved for orthopedic surgeons to become proficient in the use of our products. It is critical to the success of our commercialization efforts to train a sufficient number of orthopedic surgeons and to provide them with adequate instruction in the use of our products. This training process may take longer than expected and may therefore affect our ability to increase sales. Following completion of training, we rely on the trained surgeons to advocate the benefits of our products in the broader marketplace. Convincing surgeons to dedicate the time and energy necessary for adequate training of themselves or other surgeons is challenging, and we may not be successful in these efforts. If surgeons are not properly trained, they may misuse or ineffectively use our products. This may also result in unsatisfactory patient outcomes, patient injury, negative publicity or lawsuits against us, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business.

        Although we believe our training methods for surgeons are conducted in compliance with FDA and other applicable regulations, if the FDA or other applicable government agency determines that our training constitutes promotion of an unapproved use or other inappropriate promotion, they could request that we modify our training or subject us to regulatory enforcement actions, including the issuance of a warning letter, injunction, seizure, civil fine and criminal penalty.

We rely on our direct sales force to sell our products in targeted geographic regions and any failure to maintain our direct sales force could harm our business.

        We rely on our direct sales force to market and sell our products in targeted geographic regions in the United States, Germany and the United Kingdom. We do not have any long-term employment contracts with the members of our direct sales force. The members of our direct sales force are highly trained and possess substantial technical expertise, and the loss of these personnel to competitors or otherwise could materially harm our business. If we are unable to retain our direct sales force personnel or replace them with individuals of equivalent technical expertise and qualifications, or if we are unable to successfully instill such technical expertise in replacement direct sales force personnel, our revenues and results of operations could be materially harmed.

22


Table of Contents

If our relationships with independent sales representatives and distributors are not successful, our ability to market and sell our products would be harmed.

        We depend on relationships with independent sales representatives and distributors of orthopedic implants and instrumentation for the marketing and sales of our products in geographic regions that are not targeted by our direct sales force, including parts of the United States, Switzerland, Hong Kong and Singapore. Revenues generated from the sales of our products by independent sales representatives represented approximately 52% of our total revenue from sales of our products in the United States for the year ended December 31, 2014 and approximately 51% of our total revenue from sales of our products in the United States for the year ended December 31, 2013. We did not generate any revenue from sales of our products by independent sales representatives outside the United States in the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013. Revenues generated from the sales of our products to distributors represented approximately 4% of our total revenue from sales of our products outside the United States for the year ended December 31, 2014 and approximately 5% of our total revenue from sales of our products outside the United States for the year ended December 31, 2013. We did not generate any revenue from sales of our products to distributors in the United States in the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013. We have entered into agreements with these independent sales representatives and distributors; we have a limited ability, however, to influence the efforts of these independent sales representatives and distributors. Relying on independent sales representatives and distributors for our sales and marketing could harm our business for various reasons, including:

        None of our independent sales representatives or distributors have been required to sell our products exclusively and many of them may freely sell the products of our competitors. We cannot be certain that they will prioritize selling our products over those of our competitors, and our competitors may enter into arrangements with our independent sales representatives and distributors that require them to cease distributing our products. If one or more of our independent sales representatives or any of our key distributors were to cease selling or distributing our products, our sales could be adversely affected. In such a situation, we may need to seek alternative relationships with independent sales representatives and distributors or increase our reliance on our other independent sales representatives or distributors or our direct sales force, which may not prevent our sales from being adversely affected. Additionally, to the extent that we enter into additional arrangements with independent sales representatives or distributors to perform sales, marketing or distribution services, the terms of the arrangements could cause our product margins to be lower than if we directly marketed and sold our products.

The current global economic uncertainties may adversely affect our results of operations.

        Our results of operations could be substantially affected by global economic conditions and local operating and economic conditions, which can vary substantially by market. Although the U.S.

23


Table of Contents

economy continues to recover from the worst recession in decades, unemployment and consumer confidence have not rebounded as quickly as in some prior recessions, resulting in reduced numbers of insured patients and the deferral of elective joint replacement procedures. Global economic conditions remain uncertain. Much of Europe remains in recession as the credit ratings of several European countries and the possibility that certain European Union member states will default on their debt obligations have contributed to significant uncertainty about the stability of global credit and financial markets. In addition, the Chinese economy has recently showed slowing growth, and economies of oil producing regions are weakening, in some cases rapidly and significantly as a result of volatility in the supply and price of oil. Challenges and pressures in the global economy may ultimately impact joint replacement procedure volumes, average selling prices and reimbursement rates from third-party payors, any of which could adversely affect our results of operations.

        Unfavorable economic conditions can depress sales in a given market and may result in actions that adversely affect our margins, constrain our operating flexibility or result in charges which are unusual or non-recurring. Certain macroeconomic events, such as the continuing adverse conditions in the global economy, the recent recessions in Europe, the eurozone crisis and the softening Chinese economy could have a more wide-ranging and prolonged impact on the general business environment, which could also adversely affect us. These economic developments could affect us in numerous ways, many of which we cannot predict. Among the potential effects could be:

        In addition, it is possible that further deteriorating economic conditions, and resulting U.S. federal budgetary concerns, could prompt the U.S. federal government to make significant changes in the Medicare program, which could adversely affect our results of operations. We are unable to predict the likely duration and severity of the current disruption in financial markets and adverse economic conditions, or the effects these disruptions and conditions could have on us.

Economic uncertainty may reduce patient demand for knee or other joint replacement procedures. If there is not sufficient patient demand for the procedures for which our products are used, customer demand for our products would likely drop, and our business, financial condition and results of operations would be harmed.

        The orthopedics industry in which we operate is vulnerable to economic trends. Joint replacement procedures are elective procedures, the cost of which may not be fully covered by or reimbursable through government, including Medicare or Medicaid, or private health insurance. In times of economic uncertainty or recession, individuals may reduce the amount of money that they spend on deferrable medical procedures, including joint replacement procedures. Economic downturns in the United States and international markets could have an adverse effect on demand for our products.

24


Table of Contents

Our existing and any future indebtedness could adversely affect our ability to operate our business.

        As of March 31, 2015, we had $10.0 million of outstanding term loans under the SVB/Oxford Agreement and $0.7 million of outstanding term loans under our credit facility with the Massachusetts Development Finance Agency, referred to as the MDFA facility. We could in the future incur additional indebtedness under the SVB/Oxford Agreement, including, subject to an available borrowing base, under a committed $5.0 million revolving line of credit, referred to as the Revolving Line, and, upon meeting certain conditions, under a $10.0 million commitment for additional term loans, or additional indebtedness from other lenders. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity, capital resources and plan of operations—Credit facilities" for a description of our outstanding credit facilities.

        Our obligations under the SVB/Oxford Agreement and the MDFA facility will require us to dedicate a portion of our cash resources to the payment of interest and principal, reducing money available to fund working capital, capital expenditures, product development and other general corporate purposes. In addition, indebtedness under the Revolving Line bears interest at a variable rate, making us vulnerable to increases in the market rate of interest. If the market rate of interest increases substantially, we will have to pay additional interest on this indebtedness, which would reduce cash available for our other business needs.

        Our obligations under the SVB/Oxford Agreement are secured by a security interest over substantially all of our assets and the assets of our wholly owned subsidiary ImaTx, Inc., or ImaTx, other than intellectual property, with respect to which we and ImaTx granted a negative pledge. Moreover, the MDFA facility is secured by a lien over certain of our equipment. The security interests granted over our assets and the negative pledge with respect to our intellectual property could limit our ability to obtain additional debt financing. In addition, the SVB/Oxford Agreement and the documentation governing the MDFA facility contain negative covenants restricting our activities, including limitations on dispositions, mergers or acquisitions, incurring indebtedness or liens, paying dividends or making investments and certain other business transactions. Future debt securities or other financing arrangements could contain similar or more restrictive negative covenants.

        We may not have sufficient funds, and may be unable to arrange for additional financing, to pay the amounts due under our debt arrangements. Our obligations under the agreements governing our indebtedness are subject to acceleration upon the occurrence of specified events of default, including payment defaults or the occurrence of a material adverse change in our business, operations or financial or other condition. If an event of default occurs and the lenders accelerate the amounts due, we may not be able to make payments in the amount of obligations that were accelerated, and the lenders could seek to enforce security interests in the collateral securing such indebtedness.

        Our outstanding indebtedness combined with our other financial obligations and contractual commitments, including any additional indebtedness that we incur, could increase our vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and market conditions; limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we compete; and place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt or better debt servicing options.

25


Table of Contents

Our inability to maintain adequate working relationships with external research and development consultants and surgeons could have a negative impact on our ability to market and sell new products.

        We maintain professional working relationships with external research and development consultants and leading surgeons and medical personnel in hospitals and universities who assist in product research and development and training. We continue to emphasize the development of proprietary products and product improvements to complement and expand our existing product line. It is possible that U.S. federal and state laws requiring us to disclose payments or other transfers of value, such as free gifts or meals, to physicians and other healthcare providers could have a chilling effect on these relationships with individuals or entities that may, among other things, want to avoid public scrutiny of their financial relationships with us. In addition, consultants, surgeons and medical personnel in hospitals and universities may be subject to conflict of interest policies that limit our ability to engage these individuals as our advisors and in connection with future development and training efforts. If we are unable to establish and maintain our relationships with consultants, surgeons and medical personnel, our ability to develop and sell new and improved products could decrease, and our future operating results could be unfavorably affected.

Fluctuations in insurance cost and availability could adversely affect our profitability or our risk management profile.

        We hold a number of insurance policies, including product liability insurance, directors' and officers' liability insurance, business interruption insurance, property insurance and workers' compensation insurance. If the costs of maintaining adequate insurance coverage should increase significantly in the future, our operating results could be materially adversely affected. Likewise, if any of our current insurance coverage should become unavailable to us or become economically impractical, we would be required to operate our business without indemnity from commercial insurance providers.

Consolidation in the healthcare industry could lead to demands for price concessions or the exclusion of some suppliers from certain of our markets, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.

        Because healthcare costs have risen significantly over the past decade, numerous initiatives and reforms initiated by legislators, regulators and third-party payors to curb these costs have resulted in a consolidation trend in the healthcare industry to create new companies with greater market power, including hospitals. As the healthcare industry consolidates, competition to provide products and services to industry participants has become and will continue to become more intense. This in turn has resulted and likely will continue to result in greater pricing pressures and the exclusion of certain suppliers from important market segments as group purchasing organizations, independent delivery networks and large single accounts continue to use their market power to consolidate purchasing decisions for some of our customers. We expect that market demand, government regulation, third-party reimbursement policies and societal pressures will continue to change the worldwide healthcare industry, resulting in further business consolidations and alliances among our customers, which may reduce competition, exert further downward pressure on the prices of our products and may adversely impact our business, financial condition or operating results.

26


Table of Contents

Risks related to our manufacturing

We may encounter problems or delays in the manufacturing of our products or fail to meet certain regulatory requirements that could result in a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.

        We manufacture a portion of our products at our facilities in Burlington, Bedford and Wilmington, Massachusetts. We are in the process of transitioning our manufacturing operations at our Burlington facility to our Wilmington facility and expect to complete this transition by July 2015, when the lease for our Burlington facility expires. We may encounter delays as part of this transition and may have limited manufacturing capacity in the event that we are not able to complete the transition on a timely basis. Any limitation in our manufacturing capacity could adversely affect our results of operations.

        We plan to continue the build out of our manufacturing capabilities at our Wilmington facility using a portion of the net proceeds of this offering. All manufacturing processes in our Bedford, Burlington and Wilmington facilities require manufacturing validation and are subject to FDA inspections, as well as inspections by international regulatory agencies, including Notified Bodies for the European Union. We are in the process of validating our manufacturing processes for implant components and instrumentation manufactured at our new Wilmington facility. Delays in validation or FDA registration of our new facilities could impact our ability to grow our business in the future.

        Our current and planned future products are complex and require the integration of a number of separate components and processes. To become profitable, we must manufacture our products in increased quantities in compliance with regulatory requirements and at an acceptable cost. Increasing our capacity to manufacture our products on this scale will require us to introduce new manufacturing processes, including direct metal laser sintering, or DMLS, 3D printing of metal implant components and vertical integration of the manufacturing process by performing machining, polishing and other finishing services in-house, and to improve internal efficiencies. To date, we have not used 3D printing technology to manufacture commercially the metal implants that are used in our joint replacement systems. In addition, we have limited commercial manufacturing experience with respect to our iTotal PS knee and no commercial manufacturing experience yet with respect to our iTotal Hip replacement products.

        If we are unable to satisfy commercial demand for our products due to our inability to manufacture them in compliance with applicable laws and regulations, our business and financial results, including our ability to generate revenue, would be impaired, market acceptance of our products could be diminished and customers may instead purchase our competitors' products.

        We may encounter other difficulties in increasing and expanding our manufacturing capacity, including difficulties:

27


Table of Contents

        Moreover, any significant disruption of our manufacturing operations or damage to our facilities or stores of raw materials for any reason, such as fire or other events beyond our control, including as a result of natural disasters or terrorist attacks, could adversely affect our sales and customer relationships and therefore adversely affect our business.

Possible shortages of, or our inability to obtain, the necessary raw materials that we currently use and intend to use in the future, including in our 3D printing manufacturing processes, could limit our ability to operate and grow our business.

        We purchase raw materials, including polymer powders that currently are used, and metal powders we intend to use, in our 3D printing and manufacturing processes from a limited number of third-party suppliers. Because we rely on these few suppliers and generally maintain a forward inventory of these materials sufficient only for approximately six months of supply, there are a number of risks in our business, including:

        We currently depend on sole source suppliers for the supply of polymer and metal powders. These sole source suppliers may be unwilling or unable to supply the powders to us reliably, continuously and at the levels we anticipate or are required by the market. We may incur added costs or delays in identifying and qualifying replacement suppliers. In addition, because these suppliers supply large portions of the markets for these materials, there is competition for such supply. As a result of such competition, the prices for these supplies may increase and their availability to us may decrease.

        If any of our key suppliers were to decide to discontinue or limit the supply of a raw material that we use, the unanticipated change in the availability of supplies could cause delays in, or loss of, sales, increased production or related costs and damage to our reputation. In addition, because we use a limited number of suppliers, price increases by our suppliers may have an adverse effect on our results of operations, as we may be unable to find an alternative supplier who can supply us at a lower price. As a result, the loss of a limited source supplier could adversely affect our relationships with our customers and our results of operations and financial condition.

We are dependent on third-party suppliers for important manufactured components included in our products, as well as for services that are essential to our manufacturing processes. The loss of any of these suppliers, or their inability to provide us with an adequate supply of components or to complete finishing or other manufacturing services, could limit our ability to operate and grow our business.

        We rely on third-party suppliers to manufacture all of the implant components, packaging materials, and instrumentation used in our joint replacement products that we do not currently manufacture ourselves. Currently, our in-house manufacturing is limited to our iJigs and the majority of the tibial components used in our implants. We outsource the manufacture of the remainder of the tibial components and femoral and other implant components to third-party suppliers. While we plan to establish additional internal manufacturing capabilities for our implant components, we also expect that we will continue to rely on third-party suppliers to manufacture and supply certain of our

28


Table of Contents

implant components. For us to be successful, these manufacturers must be able to provide us with these components in substantial quantities, in compliance with regulatory requirements, in accordance with agreed upon specifications, at acceptable costs and, in particular, on a timely basis. Our anticipated growth could strain the ability of our suppliers to manufacture and deliver an increasingly large supply of implants and components. Manufacturers often experience difficulties in scaling up production, including problems with quality control and assurance.

        We generally purchase our outsourced implant components through purchase orders and do not have long-term contractual arrangements with any of our key suppliers. As a result, our suppliers have no obligation to manufacture for us or sell to us any given quantity of implant components. Without such contractual commitments, we could face difficulties in obtaining acceptance for our purchase orders, which could impair our ability to purchase adequate quantities of our implant components. If we are unable to obtain sufficient quantities of high-quality, individually-made components to meet demand on a timely basis, we could lose customers, our reputation may be harmed and our business would suffer. In addition, we currently depend on sole source suppliers for the supply of the reusable instrument trays and related logistics associated with our implant products. These sole source suppliers may be unwilling or unable to supply the trays and logistics services to us reliably, continuously and at the levels we anticipate or are required by the market.

We utilize a "just-in-time" manufacturing and delivery model, with minimal levels of inventories, which could leave us vulnerable to delays or shortages of key components or materials necessary for our products or delays in delivering our products. Any such shortages or delays could result in our inability to satisfy consumer demand for our products in a timely manner or at all, which could harm our reputation, future sales, profitability and financial condition.

        As all of our products are individually-made to fit an individual patient, we can assemble our products only after we receive orders from customers and must utilize "just-in-time" manufacturing processes. Supply lead times for components used in our products may vary significantly and depend upon a variety of factors, such as:

        We generally maintain minimal inventory levels, except for inventories of raw materials used in our 3D printing and manufacturing processes. As a result, an unexpected shortage of supply of key components used to manufacture our products, or an unexpected and significant increase in the demand for our products, could lead to inadequate inventory and delays in shipping our products to customers. Any such delays could result in lost sales and harm to our relationships with surgeons, especially in the event of a missed surgery, which could in turn harm our profitability and financial condition.

        Moreover, our suppliers are dependent on commercial freight carriers to deliver implant components to our facilities, and we are dependent on commercial freight carriers to deliver our finished products to hospitals and surgeons. If the operations of these carriers are disrupted for any reason, we may be unable to deliver our products to our customers on a timely basis. If we cannot deliver our products in an efficient and timely manner, our customers may reduce their orders from us and our revenues and operating profits could materially decline. In a rising fuel cost

29


Table of Contents

environment, our and our suppliers' freight costs will increase. If freight costs materially increase and we are unable to pass that increase along to our customers for any reason or otherwise offset such increases in our cost of revenues, our gross margin and financial results could be adversely affected.

Our information technology systems are critical to our business. System management and implementation issues and system security risks could disrupt our operations, which could have a material adverse impact on our business and operating results.

        We rely on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of complex information technology systems. All information technology systems are vulnerable to damage or interruption from a variety of sources. As our business has grown in size and complexity, the growth has placed, and will continue to place, significant demands on our information technology systems.

        The iFit software applications we have developed for our existing products are critical for efficiently and correctly designing customized implants and iJigs. These applications require maintenance and further improvements in design automation in order to continue increasing productivity of the design process. If we fail to meet our goals for design automation and productivity, this may impact our ability to reduce production costs. Furthermore, bugs or errors in these complex iFit software applications could cause production delays or product defects, which may lead to customer dissatisfaction or possibly even product recalls.

        Our development of new products depends on our capability to adapt our iFit concepts and applications to new requirements. It may be more difficult than anticipated to make such adjustments, which could lead to delays or limitations in our ability to develop new, innovative products. Moreover, changes in privacy laws could increase the risk we are exposed to in managing patient data, and could limit some of the applications of that data in our business.

        In addition, experienced computer programmers and hackers may be able to penetrate our network security and misappropriate our confidential information or that of third parties, create system disruptions or cause shutdowns. The costs to eliminate or alleviate security problems or viruses could be significant, and the efforts to address these problems could result in interruptions that may have a material adverse impact on our operations, net revenues and operating results.

Risks related to our international operations

We are exposed to risks related to our international operations and failure to manage these risks may adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

        We sell our products internationally in the United Kingdom, Germany, Austria, Ireland, Switzerland, Hong Kong and Singapore. We expect that our international activities will increase over the foreseeable future as we continue to pursue opportunities in international markets. During each of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, approximately 29% of our revenue was attributable to our international customers, and as of December 31, 2014, approximately 6% of our employees were located outside the United States. For the three months ended March 31, 2015, approximately 30% of our revenue was attributable to our international customers, and as of March 31, 2015, approximately 6% of our employees were located outside the United States. The sale and shipment of our products across international borders, as well as the purchase of components and products from international sources, subjects us to extensive U.S., Canadian, EU and other foreign governmental trade, import and export and customs regulations and laws. Compliance with these regulations and laws is costly and exposes us to penalties for non-compliance. Therefore, we are subject to risks associated with having international operations. These international operations will require significant management attention and financial resources.

30


Table of Contents

        International operations are subject to inherent risks, and our future results could be adversely affected by a number of factors, including:

Our international operations expose us to risks of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

        Our international operations expose us to risks of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. To date, a significant portion of our international sales have been denominated in euros. We do not currently hedge any of our foreign currency exposure. As a result, a decline in the value of the euro against the U.S. dollar could have a material adverse effect on the gross margins and profitability of our international operations. In addition, sales to countries that do not utilize the euro could decline as the cost of our products to our customers in those countries increases or as the local currencies decrease. In addition, because our financial statements are denominated in U.S. dollars, a decline in the euro would negatively impact our overall revenue as reflected in our financial statements. To date, we have not used risk management techniques to hedge the risks associated with these fluctuations. Even if we were to implement hedging strategies, not every exposure can be hedged and, where hedges are put in place based on expected foreign currency exchange exposure, they are based on forecasts that may vary or that may later prove to have been inaccurate. As a result, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates or our failure to successfully hedge against these fluctuations could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

31


Table of Contents

Risks related to managing our future growth

We expect to grow our organization, and as a result, we may encounter difficulties in managing our growth, which could disrupt our operations.

        We expect to experience significant growth in the number of our employees and the scope of our operations, particularly in the areas of research and development, manufacturing, manufacturing engineering, regulatory affairs, sales, marketing and distribution and general administration, some of whom we will require to have specific technical skills that are in high demand. Our management may need to divert a disproportionate amount of its attention away from our day-to-day activities to devote time to managing these growth activities. To manage these growth activities, we must continue to implement and improve our managerial, operational and financial systems, expand our facilities and continue to recruit and train additional qualified personnel. Due to our limited financial resources and the limited experience of our management team in managing a company with such anticipated growth, we may not be able to effectively manage the expansion of our operations or recruit and train additional qualified personnel. Our inability to effectively manage the expansion of our operations may result in weaknesses in our infrastructure, give rise to operational mistakes, loss of business opportunities, loss of employees and reduced productivity among remaining employees. Our expected growth could require significant capital expenditures and may divert financial resources from other projects, such as the development of additional products. If our management is unable to effectively manage our expected growth, our expenses may increase more than expected, our ability to generate revenues could be reduced, and we may not be able to implement our business strategy. In addition, we may consider further expanding our operations through potential acquisitions. Potential and completed acquisitions and strategic investments involve numerous risks, including diversion of management's attention from our core business, problems assimilating the purchased technologies or business operations and unanticipated costs and liabilities. Our future financial performance and our ability to commercialize products and compete effectively will depend, in part, on our ability to effectively manage any future growth, including growth through acquisitions.

Our future success depends on our ability to retain our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Technology Officer and other key executives and to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.

        We are highly dependent on the medical device industry expertise of Philipp Lang, M.D., our Chief Executive Officer, and Daniel Steines, M.D., our Chief Technology Officer, as well as the other principal members of our management, scientific and development teams. Although we have formal employment agreements with our executive officers, these agreements do not prevent them from terminating their employment with us at any time. In addition, we do not carry key-man insurance on any of our executive officers or employees and may not carry any key-man insurance in the future.

        If we lose one or more of our executive officers, our ability to implement our business strategy successfully could be seriously harmed. Furthermore, replacing executive officers may be difficult and may take an extended period of time because of the limited number of individuals in our industry with the breadth of skills and experience required to develop, gain marketing approval of and commercialize products successfully. Competition to hire from this limited pool is intense, and we may be unable to hire, train, retain or motivate these additional key personnel on acceptable terms given the competition among numerous medical device companies for similar personnel. In addition, we rely on consultants and advisors, including scientific and clinical advisors, to assist us in formulating our research and development and commercialization strategy. Our consultants and advisors may be employed by employers other than us and may have commitments under consulting or advisory contracts with other entities that may limit their availability to us. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain high quality personnel, our ability to develop and commercialize product candidates will be limited.

32


Table of Contents

Our management could have interests that conflict with our interests and the interests of our shareholders.

        We are party to revenue share agreements with certain past and present members of our scientific advisory board and our Chief Executive Officer that relate to these individuals' participation in the design and development of our products and related intellectual property. Compensation under these agreements for services rendered by these individuals includes a product revenue share. The existence of the revenue share arrangement may create a conflict of interest. For example, these advisors and our Chief Executive Officer may favor decisions that result in our making expenditures and allocating resources that increase revenue but do not result in profits or do not result in profits as great as other expenditures and allocations of resources would. Our Chief Executive Officer's equity interest, through his common stock and option ownership may, depending on the level of his equity interest and the level of our revenues, reduce this conflict. If any such decisions were made, however, our business could be harmed. For more information on the revenue share arrangements, see "Certain Relationships and Related-Persons Transactions—Revenue share agreement with Dr. Lang."

Risks related to our intellectual property and potential litigation

If we are unable to obtain, maintain or enforce sufficient intellectual property protection for our products and technologies, or if the scope of our intellectual property protection is not sufficiently broad, our competitive position could be harmed or we could be required to incur significant expenses to enforce our rights.

        We rely primarily on patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, know-how and continuing technological innovation, as well as confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements and other methods, to protect the intellectual property related to our technologies and products. However, these legal means afford only limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep any competitive advantage.

        We hold, or have in-licensed rights with respect to, patents and patent applications and have applied for additional patent protection relating to certain existing and proposed products and processes. While we generally apply for patents in those countries where we intend to make, have made, use or sell patented products, we may not accurately predict all of the countries where patent protection will ultimately be desirable. If we fail to timely file a patent application in any such country or fail to properly pursue an application through to the issuance of a patent, we may be precluded from doing so at a later date. Furthermore, our patent applications may not issue as patents. The rights granted to us under our patents, including prospective rights sought in our pending patent applications, may not be meaningful or provide us with any commercial advantage and they could be opposed, contested or circumvented by our competitors or could be declared invalid or unenforceable in judicial or in a wide variety of administrative proceedings including opposition, interference, re-examination, post-grant review, inter partes review, nullification and derivation proceedings. In such proceedings, third parties can raise objections against the initial grant of the patent. In the course of some such proceedings, which may continue for a protracted period of time, we may be compelled to limit the scope of the challenged claims, or may lose them altogether. In addition, our pending patent applications include claims to material aspects of our products and procedures that are not currently protected by issued patents. The process of applying for patent protection itself is time consuming and expensive. The failure of our patents to protect our products and technologies adequately might make it easier for our competitors to offer the same or similar products or technologies. Competitors may be able to design around our patents or develop products that provide outcomes that are comparable to ours without infringing on our intellectual property rights.

33


Table of Contents

We may be involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our intellectual property rights, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful.

        If a competitor infringes or otherwise violates one of our patents, the patents of our licensors, or our other intellectual property rights, enforcing those patents, trademarks and other rights may be difficult, time consuming or unsuccessful. In addition, in an infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent of ours is not valid or is unenforceable, in whole or part, or may refuse to stop the other party in such infringement proceeding from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our patents do not cover the technology in question. An adverse result in any litigation or defense proceedings could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated, held unenforceable or interpreted narrowly, and could put any of our patent applications at risk of not yielding an issued patent. Even if successful, litigation to defend our patents and trademarks against challenges or to enforce our intellectual property rights could be expensive and time consuming and could divert management's attention from managing our business. Moreover, we may not have sufficient resources or desire to defend our patents or trademarks against challenges or to enforce our intellectual property rights.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, the value of our technology could be materially adversely affected, and our business would be harmed.

        In addition to the protection afforded by patents, we rely on confidential proprietary information, including trade secrets, and know-how to develop and maintain our competitive position, especially with respect to our proprietary software used in the iFit Design and iFit Printing aspects of our technology platform. Any disclosure to or misappropriation by third parties of our confidential proprietary information could enable competitors to quickly duplicate or surpass our technological achievements, thus eroding our competitive position in our market. We seek to protect our confidential proprietary information, in part, by confidentiality agreements and invention assignment agreements with our employees, consultants, scientific advisors, contractors and collaborators. These agreements are designed to protect our proprietary information, however, we cannot be certain that such agreements have been entered into with all relevant parties, and we cannot be certain that our trade secrets and other confidential proprietary information will not be disclosed or that competitors will not otherwise gain access to our trade secrets or independently develop substantially equivalent information and techniques. For example, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our confidential proprietary information by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems, but it is possible that these security measures could be breached. If any of our confidential proprietary information were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor, we would have no right to prevent such competitor from using that technology or information to compete with us, which could harm our competitive position. Further, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent or in the same manner as the laws of the United States. As a result, we may encounter significant problems in protecting and defending our intellectual property both in the United States and abroad. If we are unable to prevent material disclosure of the intellectual property related to our technologies to third parties, we will not be able to establish or maintain a competitive advantage in our market, which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

34


Table of Contents

If we fail to comply with our obligations in the agreements under which we license intellectual property rights from third parties or otherwise experience disruptions to our business relationships with our licensors, we could be required to pay monetary damages or could lose license rights that are important to our business.

        We have entered into license agreements with third parties providing us with rights under various third-party patents and patent applications, including the rights to prosecute patent applications and to enforce patents. Certain of these license agreements impose and, for a variety of purposes, we may enter into additional licensing and funding arrangements with third parties that also may impose, diligence, development or commercialization timelines and milestone payment, royalty, insurance and other obligations on us. Under certain of our existing licensing agreements, we are obligated to pay royalties on net product sales of our products, pay a percentage of sublicensing revenues, make other specified payments relating to our products or pay license maintenance and other fees. We also have diligence and development obligations under certain of these agreements that we are required to satisfy. If we fail to comply with our obligations under our current or future license agreements, our counterparties may have the right to terminate these agreements, in which event we might not be able to develop, manufacture or market any product that is covered by the licenses provided for under these agreements or we may face claims for monetary damages or other penalties under these agreements. Such an occurrence could diminish the value of these products and our company. Termination of the licenses provided for under these agreements or reduction or elimination of our rights under these agreements may result in our having to negotiate new or reinstated agreements with less favorable terms, or cause us to lose our rights under these agreements, including our rights to important intellectual property or technology.

In the future, we may not be able to license additional intellectual property rights that we need for our business. If we are unable to do so, we may be unable to develop or commercialize the affected products, which could harm our business significantly.

        In the future, we may need to obtain additional licenses from others to expand our product lines, advance our technology or allow commercialization of our current or future products. It is possible that we may be unable to obtain additional licenses at a reasonable cost or on reasonable terms, if at all. In that event, we may be required to expend significant time and resources to redesign our products or the methods for manufacturing them or to develop or license replacement technology, all of which may not be feasible on a technical or commercial basis. If we are unable to do so, we may be unable to develop or commercialize the affected products, which could harm our business significantly. We cannot provide any assurances that third-party patents do not exist which might be enforced against our current manufacturing methods, products or future methods or products, resulting in either an injunction prohibiting our manufacture or sales, or, with respect to our sales, an obligation on our part to pay royalties or other forms of compensation to third parties.

The medical device industry is characterized by frequent patent litigation, and we could become subject to litigation that could be costly, result in the diversion of management's time and efforts, require us to pay damages or prevent us from marketing our existing or future products.

        Our commercial success depends in part on not infringing the patents or violating the other proprietary rights of others and we may become party to, or threatened with, litigation or other adversarial proceedings regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our technology or products, including interference or derivation proceedings before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. Significant litigation regarding patent rights occurs in our industry. Our competitors in both the United States and abroad, many of which have substantially greater resources and have made substantial investments in patent portfolios and competing technologies, may have applied for or

35


Table of Contents

obtained or may in the future apply for and obtain, patents that may prevent, limit or otherwise interfere with our ability to make, use and sell our products. Our ability to defend ourselves or our third-party suppliers may be limited by our financial and human resources, the availability of reasonable defenses, and the ultimate acceptance of our defenses by the courts or juries. In addition, patent applications in the United States and elsewhere can be pending for many years before issuance, so there may be applications of others now pending of which we are unaware that may later result in issued patents that may prevent, limit or otherwise interfere with our ability to make, use or sell our products. The large number of patents, the rapid rate of new patent applications and issuances, the complexities of the technology involved and the uncertainty of litigation increase the risk of business assets and management's attention being diverted to patent litigation.

        We have received in the past, and may receive in the future, particularly as a public company, communications from various industry participants and patent holders alleging our infringement of their patents, trade secrets or other intellectual property rights or offering licenses to such intellectual property. We are aware of non-practicing entities that are seeking to exploit patents in the orthopedic area.

        Lawsuits resulting from allegations of infringement could, if successful, subject us to significant liability for damages and invalidate our proprietary rights. We have in the past settled allegations of infringement by entering into a settlement and license agreement and may need to do so again in the future. Any potential intellectual property litigation also could force us to do one or more of the following:

        Any litigation or claim against us, even those without merit, may cause us to incur substantial costs, and could place a significant strain on our financial resources, divert the attention of management from our core business and harm our reputation. Further, as the number of participants in the joint replacement industry grows, the possibility of intellectual property infringement claims against us increases. If we are found to infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties, we could be required to pay substantial damages, which may be increased up to three times of awarded damages, or substantial royalties and could be prevented from selling our products unless we obtain a license or are able to redesign our products to avoid infringement. Any such license may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all, and there can be no assurance that we would be able to redesign our products in a way that would not infringe the intellectual property rights of others. If we fail to obtain any required licenses or make any necessary changes to our products or technologies, we may have to withdraw existing products from the market or

36


Table of Contents

may be unable to commercialize one or more of our products, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        In addition, any claims that we assert against perceived infringers could provoke these parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that we infringe their intellectual property rights. As part of our intellectual property strategy, we plan to continue pursuing opportunities to assert our patents and intellectual property portfolio to secure agreements from other companies to pay royalties or make other payments to us with respect to their products that incorporate our technology. This activity could potentially bring unwanted attention to or scrutiny of our patent and intellectual property portfolio.

We may not be able to adequately protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

        Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on our products in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive. The requirements for patentability may differ in certain countries, particularly developing countries, and the breadth of patent claims allowed can be inconsistent. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as laws in the United States. Consequently, we will not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories in which we have patent protection that may not be sufficient to enable us to terminate infringing activities.

        We do not have patent rights in certain foreign countries in which a market may exist. We have filed patent applications only in the United States and fewer than 18 other countries, many of which are in the European Union, and we therefore lack any patent protection in all other countries. In countries where we do not have significant patent protection, we are unlikely to stop a competitor from marketing products in such countries that are the same as or similar to our products. Moreover, in foreign jurisdictions where we do have patent rights, proceedings to enforce such rights could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly, and our patent applications at risk of not issuing. Additionally, such proceedings could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Thus, we may not be able to stop a competitor from marketing and selling in foreign countries products that are the same as or similar to our products, and our competitive position in the international market would be harmed.

Changes in patent law could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our existing and future products.

        Recent patent reform legislation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents. On September 16, 2011, the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the Leahy-Smith Act, was signed into law. The Leahy-Smith Act includes a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law. These include provisions that affect the way patent applications are prosecuted, redefine prior art, may affect patent litigation, and switched the United States patent system from a "first-to-invent" system to a "first-to-file" system. Under a "first-to-file" system, assuming the other requirements for patentability are met, the first inventor to file a patent application generally will be entitled to the patent on an invention regardless of whether another inventor had made the invention earlier. The United States Patent and Trademark Office recently developed new regulations and procedures to govern administration of the Leahy-Smith Act, and many of the substantive changes to patent law associated with the Leahy-Smith Act, in particular, the first-to-file provisions, only became effective

37


Table of Contents

on March 16, 2013. Accordingly, it is not clear what, if any, impact the Leahy-Smith Act will have on the operation of our business. The Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

        In addition, patent reform legislation may pass in the future that could lead to additional uncertainties and increased costs surrounding the prosecution, enforcement and defense of our patents and applications. Furthermore, the U.S. Supreme Court and the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit have made, and will likely continue to make, changes in how the patent laws of the United States are interpreted. Similarly, foreign courts have made, and will likely continue to make, changes in how the patent laws in their respective jurisdictions are interpreted. We cannot predict future changes in the interpretation of patent laws or changes to patent laws that might be enacted into law by United States and foreign legislative bodies. Those changes may materially affect our patents or patent applications and our ability to obtain additional patent protection in the future.

If product liability lawsuits are brought against us, our business may be harmed, and we may be required to pay damages that exceed our insurance coverage.

        Our business exposes us to potential product liability claims that are inherent in the testing, manufacture and sale of medical devices for knee and hip replacement procedures. Knee replacement surgery involves significant risk of serious complications, including bleeding, infection, instability, dislocation, nerve injury and death. Hip replacement surgery involves significant risk of serious complications including bleeding, infection, dislocation, leg length discrepancy, nerve injury and death. In addition, joint replacement surgery involves product risks, including failures over time due to polyethylene wear and asceptic loosening, which is a condition caused by wear debris generated by the implant. We or our suppliers could suffer breaches to our sterilization procedures, which could cause contamination of the affected components and products we market and ultimately could cause infections in patients. Moreover, patients may be dissatisfied with the results of joint replacement surgery even if there is no medical complication. Furthermore, if orthopedic surgeons are not sufficiently trained in the use of our products, they may misuse or ineffectively use our products, which may result in unsatisfactory patient outcomes or patient injury. We could become the subject of product liability lawsuits alleging that component failures, malfunctions, manufacturing flaws, design defects or inadequate disclosure of product-related risks or product-related information resulted in an unsafe condition or injury to patients.

        We have had product liability claims relating to our products asserted against us in the past, and some product liability claims currently are outstanding. No claim to date either individually, or in the aggregate, has resulted, in a material negative impact on our business. In light of the nature of our business, it is likely we will continue to be subject to product liability claims in the future, some of which could have a negative impact on our business.

        Regardless of the merit or eventual outcome, product liability claims may result in:

38


Table of Contents

        Our existing product liability insurance coverage may be inadequate to protect us from any liabilities we might incur. If a product liability claim or series of claims is brought against us for uninsured liabilities or in excess of our insurance coverage, our business could suffer. Any product liability claim brought against us, with or without merit, could result in the increase of our product liability insurance rates or the inability to secure coverage in the future. In addition, a recall of some of our products, whether or not the result of a product liability claim, could result in significant costs and loss of customers.

        In addition, we may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in sufficient amounts or scope to protect us against losses. Any claims against us, regardless of their merit, could severely harm our financial condition, strain our management and other resources and adversely affect or eliminate the prospects for commercialization or sales of a product or product candidate that is the subject of any such claim.

Risks related to regulatory approval

Our medical device products are subject to extensive governmental regulation both in the United States and abroad, and our failure to comply with applicable requirements could cause our business to suffer.

        Our products are classified as medical devices and are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other federal, state and foreign governmental authorities. These regulations relate to manufacturing, labeling, sale, promotion, distribution, importing and exporting and shipping of our products. If we fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations it could jeopardize our ability to sell our products and result in enforcement actions such as:

        Any of these sanctions could result in higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales and have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.

39


Table of Contents

The regulations to which we are subject are complex and have tended to become more stringent over time, making obtaining clearances and maintaining compliance increasingly difficult.

        Before we can market or sell a new regulated product or a significant modification to an existing product in the United States, we must obtain either clearance under Section 510(k) of the FDCA or an approval of a premarket approval, or PMA, application unless the device is specifically exempt from premarket review. The clearance or approval that is required will depend upon how the product is classified by the FDA. The FDA classifies medical devices into one of three classes. Devices deemed to pose low to moderate risk are placed in either Class I or II, which, absent an exemption, requires the manufacturer to submit to the FDA a premarket notification requesting permission for commercial distribution, which is known as 510(k) clearance. Class III devices, such as life-sustaining or life-supporting devices or devices that are of substantial importance in preventing impairment of human health or which present a potential unreasonable risk of illness or injury, require approval of a PMA application to provide reasonable assurance of safety and effectiveness.

        In the 510(k) clearance process, the FDA must determine that a proposed device is "substantially equivalent" to a device legally on the market, known as a "predicate" device, with respect to intended use, technology and safety and effectiveness, in order to clear the proposed device for marketing. Clinical data is sometimes required to support substantial equivalence. In the PMA approval process, the FDA must determine that a proposed device is safe and effective for its intended use based, in part, on extensive data, including technical, pre-clinical, clinical trial, manufacturing and labeling data.

        In order to obtain a PMA and, in some cases, a 510(k) clearance, a product sponsor must conduct well controlled clinical trials designed to test the safety and effectiveness of the product. To date, we have not been required to conduct clinical studies or to obtain clinical data in order to obtain 510(k) clearance in the United States for our products. Additionally, to date, we have not been required to complete clinical studies in connection with obtaining regulatory approval for the sale of our products outside the United States. Conducting clinical trials generally entails a long, expensive and uncertain process that is subject to delays and failure at any stage. The data obtained from clinical trials may be inadequate to support approval or clearance of a submission. In addition, the occurrence of unexpected findings in connection with clinical trials may prevent or delay obtaining approval or clearance. If we conduct clinical trials, they may be delayed or halted or may be inadequate to support approval or clearance, for numerous reasons, including:

40


Table of Contents

        The FDA's 510(k) clearance process for each device or modification usually takes from three to 12 months, but may last longer. The process of obtaining a PMA is much more costly and uncertain than the 510(k) clearance process and generally takes from one to three years, or even longer, from the time the application is submitted to the FDA until an approval is obtained.

        In the United States, all of our FDA-cleared products have been cleared without the use of a PMA under the 510(k) clearance process. If the FDA requires us to go through a lengthier, more rigorous examination for future products or modifications to existing products than we had expected, our product introductions or modifications could be delayed or canceled, which could cause our sales to decline. The FDA may demand that we obtain a PMA prior to marketing certain of our future products. In addition, if the FDA disagrees with our determination that a product we currently market is eligible for clearance under the premarket notification process of Section 510(k) of the FDCA, the FDA may require us to submit a PMA in order to continue marketing the product. Further, even with respect to those future products where a PMA is not required, we may not be able to obtain the 510(k) clearances with respect to those products.

        To date, we have used the CE Marking process to satisfy the conformity standards required to market and sell our joint replacement products in the EU. In the CE Marking process, a medical device manufacturer must carry out a clinical evaluation of its medical device to demonstrate conformity with the relevant Essential Requirements. This clinical evaluation is part of the product's technical file. A clinical evaluation includes an assessment of whether a medical device's performance is in accordance with its intended use, that the known and foreseeable risks linked to the use of the device under normal conditions are minimized and acceptable when weighed against the benefits of its intended purpose. The clinical evaluation conducted by the manufacturer must also address any clinical claims, the adequacy of the device labeling and information (particularly claims, contraindications, precautions and warnings) and the suitability of related instructions for use. This assessment must be based on clinical data, which can be obtained from clinical studies conducted on the device being assessed, scientific literature from similar devices whose equivalence with the assessed device can be demonstrated or both clinical studies and scientific literature. With respect to implantable devices or devices classified as Class III in the EU, the manufacturer must conduct clinical studies to obtain the required clinical data, unless reliance on existing clinical data from similar devices can be justified.

        As part of the conformity assessment process, depending on the type of device, an entity authorized to conduct the conformity assessment, which is referred to as a Notified Body, will review the manufacturer's clinical evaluation process, assess the clinical evaluation data of a representative sample of the device's subcategory or generic group, or assess all the clinical evaluation data, verify the manufacturer's assessment of that data and assess the validity of the clinical evaluation report and the conclusions drawn by the manufacturer. The conduct of clinical studies to obtain clinical data that might be required as part of the described clinical evaluation process can be expensive and time-consuming. To date, we have not been required to conduct any of these clinical studies to obtain clinical data as part of the clinical evaluation process.

        Any delay in, or failure to receive or maintain, clearance or approval for our products under development could prevent us from generating revenue from these products or achieving

41


Table of Contents

profitability. Additionally, the FDA and other regulatory authorities have broad enforcement powers. Regulatory enforcement or inquiries, or other increased scrutiny on us, could dissuade some surgeons from using our products and adversely affect our reputation and the perceived safety and efficacy of our products.

        Even after we have obtained the proper regulatory clearance or approval to market a product, the FDA has the power to require us to conduct postmarketing studies. For example, as a condition of approval, we could be required to conduct a post-approval study, as well as an enhanced surveillance study. Failure to conduct required studies in a timely manner could result in the revocation of the 510(k) clearance or PMA approval for the product that is subject to such a requirement and could also result in the recall or withdrawal of the product, which would prevent us from generating sales from that product in the United States.

        Even after we receive a CE Certificate of Conformity enabling us to affix the CE Mark to a product and to sell our product in the EEA, a Notified Body or a competent authority may require post-marketing studies of our product. Failure to comply with such requirements in a timely manner could result in the withdrawal of our CE Certificate of Conformity and the recall or withdrawal of our product from the market in the European Union, which would prevent us from generating revenue from sales of that product in the EEA. Moreover, each CE Certificate of Conformity is valid for a maximum of five years, but more commonly three years. Our CE Certificates of Conformity are valid through August 5, 2016 for our iTotal CR product, February 12, 2017 for our iUni product, June 11, 2019 for our iDuo product and March 5, 2020 for our iTotal PS product. At the end of each period of validity we are required to apply to the Notified Body for a renewal of the CE Certificate of Conformity. There may be delays in the renewal of the CE Certificate of Conformity or the Notified Body may require modifications to our products or to the related technical files before it agrees to issue the new CE Certificate of Conformity.

Regulatory changes could result in restrictions on our ability to carry on or expand our operations, higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales.

        The FDA or the EU may change its clearance and approval policies, adopt additional regulations or revise existing regulations, or take other actions that may prevent or delay approval or clearance of our products under development or may impact our ability to modify our currently approved or cleared products on a timely basis. For example, as part of the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act of 2012, or the FDASIA, the U.S. Congress enacted several reforms entitled the Medical Device Regulatory Improvements and additional miscellaneous provisions which will further affect medical device regulation both pre- and post-approval. Any change in the laws or regulations that govern the clearance and approval processes relating to our current and future products could make it more difficult and costly to obtain clearance or approval for new products, or to produce, market and distribute existing products. Similarly, the EU may reclassify any of our Class II products as Class III in the EU. In either such event, the process for attaining regulatory approval of our products would be more difficult and costly and would take additional time compared to the regulatory clearance processes that have been applicable to our products to date.

        The FDA could also reclassify some or all of our products that are currently classified as Class II to Class III requiring additional controls, clinical studies and submission of a PMA for us to continue marketing and selling those products. Under new changes instituted by the FDASIA, the FDA may now change the classification of a medical device by administrative order instead of by regulation. Although the revised process is simpler, the FDA must still publish a proposed order in the Federal Register, hold a device classification panel meeting and consider comments from affected stakeholders before issuing the reclassification order. The FDA may reclassify any of our

42


Table of Contents

Class II devices into Class III and require us to submit a PMA for FDA review and approval of the safety and effectiveness of our products.

Modifications to our currently FDA-cleared products or the introduction of new products may require new regulatory clearances or approvals or require us to recall or cease marketing our current products until clearances or approvals are obtained.

        Modifications to our products may require new regulatory approvals or clearances or require us to recall or cease marketing the modified products until these clearances or approvals are obtained. Any modification to one of our 510(k)-cleared products that would constitute a major change in its intended use or any change that could significantly affect the safety or effectiveness of the device would require us to obtain a new 510(k) marketing clearance and may even, in some circumstances, require the submission of a PMA if the change raises complex or novel scientific issues or the product has a new intended use. We may be required to submit extensive pre-clinical and clinical data depending on the nature of the changes. We may not be able to obtain additional 510(k) clearances or premarket approvals for modifications to, or additional indications for, our existing products in a timely fashion, or at all. Delays in obtaining future clearances or approvals would adversely affect our ability to introduce new or enhanced products in a timely manner, which in turn would harm our revenue and operating results.

        The FDA requires every manufacturer to make the determination regarding the need for a new 510(k) submission in the first instance, but the FDA may review any manufacturer's decision. We have modified some of our 510(k) cleared products, and have determined based on our review of the applicable FDA guidance that in certain instances the changes did not require new 510(k) clearances or PMA approval. If the FDA disagrees with our determination and requires us to seek new 510(k) clearances or PMA approval for modifications to our previously cleared products for which we have concluded that new clearances or approvals are unnecessary, we may be required to cease marketing or distribution of our products or to recall the modified product until we obtain clearance or approval, and we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties.

        Furthermore, potential changes to the 510(k) program may make it more difficult for us to make modifications to our previously cleared products, by either imposing more strict requirements on when a new 510(k) clearance for a modification to a previously cleared product must be submitted or applying more onerous review criteria to such submissions. In July and December 2011, the FDA issued draft guidance documents addressing when to submit a new 510(k) clearance due to modifications to 510(k)-cleared products and the criteria for evaluating substantial equivalence. The July 2011 draft guidance document was ultimately withdrawn as the result of the passage of the FDASIA. As a result, the FDA's original guidance document regarding 510(k) modifications, which dates back to 1997, remains in place. It is uncertain when the FDA will seek to issue new guidance on product modifications. Any efforts to do so could result in a more rigorous review process and make it more difficult to obtain clearance for device modifications.

The FDA may not grant 510(k) clearance or PMA approval of our future products, and failure to obtain necessary clearances or approvals for our future products would adversely affect our ability to grow our business.

        Any future products that we develop, including our iTotal Hip replacement products, will require FDA clearance of a 510(k) or FDA approval of a PMA. The FDA may not approve or clear these products for the indications that are necessary or desirable for successful commercialization. Indeed, the FDA may refuse our requests for 510(k) clearance or premarket approval of new products.

43


Table of Contents

        In December 2012 the FDA issued guidance documents intended to explain the procedures and criteria the FDA will use in assessing whether a 510(k) submission meets a minimum threshold of acceptability and should be accepted for substantive review. Under the "Refuse to Accept" guidance, the FDA conducts an early review against specific acceptance criteria to inform 510(k) and PMA submitters if the submission is administratively complete, or if not, to identify the missing element(s). Submitters are given the opportunity to provide the FDA with the identified information. If the information is not provided within a defined time, the submission will not be accepted for FDA review. Significant delays in receiving clearance or approval, or the failure to receive clearance or approval for our new products would have an adverse effect on our ability to expand our business.

Our cleared and approved products are, and any future products will be, subject to post-marketing restrictions, and we may be subject to substantial penalties if we fail to comply with all applicable regulatory requirements.

        The products for which we have obtained regulatory clearance or approval are, and any of our future products will be, along with the manufacturing processes, post-approval clinical data, labeling, advertising and promotional activities for such products, subject to continual requirements of and review by the FDA and other regulatory authorities. These requirements include submissions of safety and other post-marketing information and reports, registration and listing requirements, Quality System regulations relating to manufacturing, quality control and quality assurance and corresponding maintenance of records and documents. If we receive regulatory clearance or approval of additional products in the future, the clearance or approval may be subject to limitations on the indicated uses for which the product may be marketed or to the conditions of clearance or approval, and the accompanying label may limit the approved use of our product, which could limit sales of the product.

        The FDA may also impose requirements for costly post-marketing studies or clinical trials and surveillance to monitor the safety or efficacy of a product. The FDA and other agencies, including the Department of Justice, or DOJ, closely regulate the manufacturing, marketing and promotion of medical devices. Violations of the FDCA and other statutes, including the False Claims Act, may lead to investigations alleging violations of federal and state health care fraud and abuse laws, as well as state consumer protection laws. In addition, later discovery of previously unknown safety issues or other problems with our products, manufacturers or manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in:

44


Table of Contents

We may fail to obtain or maintain foreign regulatory approvals to market our products in other countries.

        To market and sell our products in countries outside the United States, we must seek and obtain regulatory approvals, certifications or registrations and comply with the laws and regulations of those countries. These laws and regulations, including the requirements for approvals, certifications or registrations and the time required for regulatory review, vary from country to country. Obtaining and maintaining foreign regulatory approvals, certifications or registrations are expensive and we cannot be certain that we will maintain or receive regulatory approvals, certifications or registrations in any foreign country in which we currently market or plan to market our products.

        The regulatory approval process outside the United States generally includes all of the risks associated with obtaining FDA approval. In addition, in many countries outside the United States, the product must be approved for reimbursement before the product can be approved for sale in that country. We may not obtain approvals from regulatory authorities outside the United States on a timely basis, if at all. Approval by the FDA does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions, and approval by one regulatory authority outside the United States does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions or by the FDA. If we fail to obtain or maintain regulatory approvals, certifications or registrations in any foreign country in which we currently market or plan to market our products, our ability to generate revenue will be harmed.

If we or our suppliers fail to comply with ongoing FDA, EU or other foreign regulatory authority requirements, or if we experience unanticipated problems with our products, these products could be subject to restrictions or withdrawal from the market.

        Any product for which we obtain clearance or approval, and the manufacturing processes, reporting requirements, post-approval clinical data and promotional activities for such product, will be subject to continued regulatory review, oversight and periodic inspections by the FDA and other domestic and foreign regulatory bodies. In particular, we and our third-party suppliers are required to comply with the FDA's Quality System Regulation, or QSR, and the applicable regulatory requirements in the EU on product assessments and quality system assessments. In the EU, compliance with harmonized standards prepared under a mandate from the European Commission and referenced in the Official Journal of the EU, or harmonized standards, serve as a presumption of conformity with the relevant Essential Requirements under the Medical Devices Directive 93/42/EEC, as amended. These FDA regulations and EU standards cover the methods and documentation of the design, testing, production, control, quality assurance, labeling, packaging, sterilization, storage and shipping of our products and expected future products. Compliance with applicable regulatory requirements is subject to continual review and is monitored rigorously through periodic inspections by the FDA. Compliance with harmonized standards in the EU is also subject to regular review through the conduct of inspection by Notified Bodies or other regulatory bodies. In September 2013, the European Commission issued a new recommendation on audits and assessments performed by Notified Bodies in the field of medical devices. According

45


Table of Contents

to this recommendation, Notified Bodies have to perform unannounced audits to verify continuous compliance with applicable legal obligations under Directive 93/42/EEC. We must permit and allow unimpeded access for Notified Body staff to conduct unannounced audits in order to maintain our CE Certificate of Conformity. If we, or our manufacturers, fail to adhere to QSR requirements in the United States or regulatory requirements in the EU, this could delay production of our products and lead to fines, difficulties in obtaining regulatory clearances or CE Certificate of Conformity, recalls, enforcement actions, including injunctive relief or consent decrees, or other consequences, which could, in turn, have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

        The FDA audits compliance with the QSR through periodic announced and unannounced inspections of manufacturing and other facilities. The FDA has inspected our Bedford, Massachusetts facility and quality system, most recently in February 2013. Our Wilmington, Massachusetts facility will require registration with, but not inspection by, the FDA before we can commence selling products manufactured at the facility. While all of our previous inspections have resulted in no significant observations, we cannot provide assurance that we can maintain a comparable level of regulatory compliance in the future at our facilities or that future inspections will have the same result.

        The British Standards Institute, or BSI, an independent global notified body, conducts annual assessments of our quality management system in order to confirm that our quality management system complies with the requirements of ISO13485 in all material respects and periodic full recertification audits of our quality management system in order to confirm that we comply with the requirements of the Medical Devices Directive 93/42/EEC. Our last full recertification audit was completed in February 2015. We expect that BSI will continue to conduct annual audits, or unannounced audits, to assess our compliance with the applicable EU requirements.

        The failure by us or one of our suppliers to comply with applicable statutes and regulations administered by the FDA, or applicable regulatory requirements in the EU, or the failure to timely and adequately respond to any adverse inspectional observations, nonconformances or product safety issues, could result in any of the enforcement actions or sanctions described above under the risk factor captioned "—Our medical device products are subject to extensive governmental regulation both in the United States and abroad, and our failure to comply with applicable requirements could cause our business to suffer." Any of these sanctions could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, our key third-party manufacturers may not currently be or may not continue to be in compliance with all applicable regulatory requirements, which could result in our failure to produce our products on a timely basis and in the required quantities, if at all.

If our products, or malfunction of our products, cause or contribute to a death or a serious injury, we will be subject to medical device reporting regulations, which can result in voluntary corrective actions or agency enforcement actions.

        Under the FDA medical device report, or MDR, regulations, medical device manufacturers are required to report to the FDA information that a device has or may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or has malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to death or serious injury if the malfunction of the device or one of our similar devices were to recur. The decision to file an MDR involves a judgment by us as the manufacturer. We have made decisions that certain types of events are not reportable on an MDR; however, there can be no assurance that the FDA will agree with our decisions. If we fail to report MDRs to the FDA within the required timeframes, or at all, or if the FDA disagrees with any of our determinations regarding the reportability of certain events, the FDA could take enforcement actions against us, which could have an adverse impact on our reputation and financial results.

46


Table of Contents

        Additionally, all manufacturers placing medical devices in the market in the EU are legally bound to report any serious or potentially serious incidents involving devices they produce or sell to the competent authority in whose jurisdiction the incident occurred. In the EU, we must comply with the EU Medical Device Vigilance System. Under this system, incidents must be reported to the relevant National Competent Authorities of the EU countries, and manufacturers are required to take Field Safety Corrective Actions, or FSCAs, to reduce a risk of death or serious deterioration in the state of health associated with the use of a medical device that is already placed on the market. An incident is defined as any malfunction or deterioration in the characteristics or performance of a device, as well as any inadequacy in the labeling or the instructions for use which, directly or indirectly, might lead to or might have led to the death of a patient or user or of other persons or to a serious deterioration in their state of health. An FSCA may include the recall, modification, exchange, destruction or retrofitting of the device. FSCAs must be communicated by the manufacturer or its European Authorized Representative to its customers and to the end users of the device through Field Safety Notices.

        Any such adverse event involving our products could result in future voluntary corrective actions, such as recalls or customer notifications, or agency action, such as inspection or enforcement action. Adverse events involving our products have been reported to us in the past, and similar adverse events may occur in the future. Any corrective action, whether voluntary or involuntary, will require the dedication of our time and capital, distract management from operating our business and may harm our reputation and financial results.

In the future, our products may be subject to product recalls either voluntarily or at the direction of the FDA or another governmental authority that could have a significant adverse impact on us.

        The FDA and similar foreign governmental authorities have the authority to require the recall of commercialized products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture. The authority to require a recall must be based on an FDA finding that there is reasonable probability that the device would cause serious injury or death. In addition, foreign governmental bodies have the authority to require the recall of our products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture. Manufacturers may, under their own initiative, recall a product if any material deficiency in a device is found. We have experienced limited recalls in the past, related to manufacturing defects, labeling updates and packaging inconsistencies. The FDA requires that certain classifications of recalls be reported to the FDA within 10 working days after the recall is initiated. A government-mandated or voluntary recall by us or one of our international distributors could occur as a result of an unacceptable risk to health, component failures, malfunctions, manufacturing errors, design or labeling defects or other deficiencies and issues. We are also required to follow detailed recordkeeping requirements for all company-initiated medical device corrections and removals and to report such corrective and removal actions to the FDA if they are carried out in response to a risk to health and have not otherwise been reported under the MDR regulations. We may initiate voluntary recalls involving our products in the future that we determine do not require notification to the FDA. If the FDA disagrees with our determinations, they could require us to report those actions as recalls. A future recall announcement could harm our reputation with customers and negatively affect our sales. In addition, the FDA could take enforcement action for failing to report the recalls when they were conducted.

        In addition, in October 2014, the FDA issued guidance intended to assist the FDA and medical device industry in distinguishing medical device recalls from device enhancements. Per the guidance, if any change or group of changes to a device addresses a violation of the FDCA, that change would generally constitute a medical device recall and not simply a product enhancement and would require submission of a recall report to the FDA.

47


Table of Contents

        Recalls of any of our products would divert managerial and financial resources and have an adverse effect on our reputation, results of operations and financial condition, which could impair our ability to produce our products in a cost-effective and timely manner in order to meet our customers' demands. We may also be subject to liability claims or may be required to bear other costs or to take other actions that may have a negative impact on our future sales and our ability to generate profits.

We may be subject to enforcement action if we engage in improper marketing or promotion of our products.

        Our promotional materials and training methods must comply with FDA and other applicable laws and regulations, including the prohibition of the promotion of unapproved, or off-label, use. Use of a device outside its cleared or approved indications is known as "off-label" use. We believe that the specific surgical procedures for which our products are marketed fall within the scope of the surgical applications that have been cleared by the FDA. However, physicians may use our products off-label, as the FDA does not restrict or regulate a physician's choice of treatment within the practice of medicine. If the FDA determines that our promotional materials or other product labeling constitute promotion of an unapproved, or off-label use, it could request that we modify our materials or subject us to regulatory or enforcement actions, including the issuance of an untitled letter, a warning letter, injunction, seizure, civil fine or criminal penalties.

        Other federal, state and foreign regulatory agencies, including the U.S. Federal Trade Commission, have issued guidelines and regulations that govern how we promote our products, including how we use endorsements and testimonials. If our promotional materials are inconsistent with these guidelines or regulations, we could be subject to enforcement actions, which could result in significant fines, costs and penalties. Our reputation could also be damaged and the adoption of our products could be impaired. In addition, the off-label use of our products may increase the risk of product liability claims. Product liability claims are expensive to defend and could divert our management's attention, result in substantial damage awards against us and harm our reputation.

        In the EU, our medical devices may be promoted only for the intended purpose for which the devices have been CE Marked. Failure to comply with this requirement could lead to the imposition of penalties by the competent authorities of the EU Member States. The penalties could include warnings, orders to discontinue the promotion of the medical device, seizure of the promotional materials and fines. Our promotional materials must also comply with various laws and codes of conduct developed by medical device industry bodies in the EU governing promotional claims, comparative advertising, advertising of medical devices reimbursed by the national health insurance systems and advertising to the general public. If our promotional materials do not comply with these laws and industry codes we could be subject to penalties that could include significant fines. Our reputation could also be damaged and the adoption of our products could be impaired.

Legislative or regulatory healthcare reforms may make it more difficult and costly for us to obtain regulatory clearance or approval of our products and to produce, market and distribute our products after clearance or approval is obtained.

        Recent political, economic and regulatory influences are subjecting the healthcare industry to fundamental changes. The sales of our products depend in part on the availability of coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors such as government health programs, private health insurers, health maintenance organizations and other healthcare-related organizations. Both the federal and state governments in the United States and foreign governments continue to propose and pass new legislation and regulations designed to contain or reduce the cost of healthcare. Such legislation and regulations may result in decreased reimbursement for medical devices or the procedures in which they are used, which may further exacerbate industry-wide pressure to reduce

48


Table of Contents

the prices charged for medical devices. This could harm our ability to market our products, generate sales and become or remain profitable.

        In addition, FDA regulations and guidance are often revised or reinterpreted by the FDA in ways that may significantly affect our business and our products. Any new regulations or revisions or reinterpretations of existing regulations may impose additional costs or lengthen review times of our products. Delays in receipt of, or failure to receive, regulatory clearances or approvals for our new products would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

        Federal and state governments in the United States have recently enacted legislation to overhaul the nation's healthcare system. While the goal of healthcare reform is to expand coverage to more individuals, it also involves increased governmental price controls, additional regulatory mandates and other measures designed to constrain medical costs. The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act significantly impacts the medical device industry. Among other things, the PPACA:

        In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the PPACA was enacted. On August 2, 2011, President Obama signed into law the Budget Control Act of 2011, which, among other things, created the Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction to recommend to the U.S. Congress proposals in spending reductions. The Joint Select Committee did not achieve a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, triggering the legislation's automatic reduction to several government programs. This includes reductions to Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year through 2024, unless additional congressional action is taken. On January 2, 2013, President Obama signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, or the ATRA which, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals and imaging centers and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. We expect that additional state and federal healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that federal and state governments will pay for healthcare products and services, which could result in reduced demand for our products or additional pricing pressure.

Risks related to other legal and compliance matters

Our financial performance may be adversely affected by medical device tax provisions in the healthcare reform laws.

        The PPACA imposes, among other things, an excise tax of 2.3% on any entity that manufactures or imports medical devices offered for sale in the United States as of 2013. Under these provisions, the Congressional Research Service predicts that the total cost to the medical device industry may be up to $20 billion over the next decade. The Internal Revenue Service issued

49


Table of Contents

final regulations implementing the tax in December of 2012 that require, among other things, bi-monthly payments if the tax liability exceeds $2,500 for the quarter and quarterly reporting. We are subject to this excise tax and during the year ending December 31, 2014, we incurred $0.7 million in tax expense associated with the medical device tax in the United States, which is included in general and administrative expense.

We are subject to federal and state laws prohibiting "kickbacks" and false and fraudulent claims which, if violated, could subject us to substantial penalties. Additionally, any challenges to or investigation into our practices under these laws could cause adverse publicity and could be costly to respond to, and thus could harm our business.

        There are numerous U.S. federal and state laws pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse, including anti-kickback laws and physician self-referral laws. Our relationships with surgeons, hospitals and other medical facilities, group purchasing organizations and our international distributors are subject to scrutiny under these laws. Violations of these laws are punishable by criminal and civil sanctions, including significant monetary penalties and, in some instances, imprisonment and exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs, including the Medicare, Medicaid and Veterans Administration health programs.

        Healthcare fraud and abuse regulations are complex, and even minor irregularities can potentially give rise to claims that a statute or prohibition has been violated. The laws that may affect our ability to operate include:

        Further, the PPACA, among other things, amended the intent requirements of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and the criminal statute governing healthcare fraud. A person or entity can now be found guilty of violating the Anti-Kickback Statute and the federal criminal healthcare fraud

50


Table of Contents

statute without actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, the PPACA provides that the government may assert that a claim that included items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal False Claims Act or federal civil money penalties statute. Possible sanctions for violation of laws include monetary fines, civil and criminal penalties, exclusion from Medicare and Medicaid programs and forfeiture of amounts collected in violation of such prohibitions. Moreover, while we do not submit claims and our customers make the ultimate decision on how to submit claims, from time-to-time, we may provide generally applicable information regarding reimbursement from publicly available sources to our customers, including hospitals, surgery centers and physicians. If a government authority were to conclude that we provided improper advice to our customers or encouraged the submission of false claims for reimbursement, we could face action against us by government authorities. Any violations of these laws, or any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend such actions, could result in a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.

        To enforce compliance with the federal laws, the DOJ has recently increased its scrutiny of interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. Dealing with investigations can be time- and resource-consuming and can divert management's attention from a company's business. Additionally, settlements with the DOJ or other law enforcement agencies have forced healthcare providers to agree to additional onerous compliance and reporting requirements as part of consent decrees or corporate integrity agreements. Any such investigation or settlement could increase our costs or otherwise have an adverse effect on our business.

        On February 8, 2013, the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, released its final rule, commonly known as the Physician Payment Sunshine Act, implementing certain provisions of the PPACA imposing new reporting requirements on device manufacturers for payments by them and in some cases their distributors to physicians and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians. Failure to submit required information may result in civil monetary penalties of up to an aggregate of $150,000 per year (or up to an aggregate of $1 million per year for "knowing failures"), for all payments, transfers of value or ownership or investment interests that are not timely, accurately and completely reported in an annual submission. Device manufacturers were required to begin collecting data on August 1, 2013 and to submit reports to CMS beginning March 31, 2014 and by the 90 th  day of each subsequent calendar year. In addition, CMS estimates that approximately 1,000 device and medical supply companies will be required to comply with the disclosure requirements and that the average cost per entity will be approximately $170,000 in the first year. The Physician Payment Sunshine Act was only recently enacted and additional questions surrounding implantation remain to be resolved by CMS. In light of this regulatory uncertainty, we may not, in the view of CMS, successfully report all transfers of value by us and our independent sales representatives and distributors, and any failure to successfully report could result in significant fines and penalties.

        In addition, the scope and enforcement of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current environment of healthcare reform, especially in light of the lack of applicable precedent and regulations. Federal or state regulatory authorities might challenge our current or future activities under these laws. Any such challenge could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition. Any state or federal regulatory review of us, regardless of the outcome, would be costly and time-consuming. Additionally, we cannot predict the impact of any changes in these laws, whether or not retroactive.

51


Table of Contents

Laws and regulations governing our foreign operations, including anti-corruption laws, may preclude us from developing, manufacturing and selling certain products outside of the United States and require us to develop and implement costly compliance programs.

        We must dedicate additional resources to comply with numerous laws and regulations in each jurisdiction in which we operate or plan to operate outside of the United States, including anti-corruption laws such as the FCPA, U.K. Bribery Act 2010, or the Bribery Act, and other anti-corruption laws. The FCPA, the Bribery Act and these other anti-corruption laws generally prohibit us, our officers, and our employees and intermediaries from bribing, being bribed or making other prohibited payments to government officials or other persons to obtain or retain business or gain some other business advantage. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with certain accounting provisions requiring the company to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the company, including international subsidiaries, and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations.

        Compliance with the FCPA and Bribery Act is expensive and difficult, particularly in countries in which corruption is a recognized problem, and we may participate in collaborations and relationships with third parties whose actions could potentially subject us to liability under the FCPA, Bribery Act or local anti-corruption laws. In addition, the FCPA presents particular challenges in the medical device industry, because, in many countries, hospitals are operated by the government, and doctors and other hospital employees are considered foreign officials. Certain payments to hospitals in connection with clinical studies and other work have been deemed to be improper payments to government officials and have led to FCPA enforcement actions.

        There is no assurance that we will be completely effective in ensuring our compliance with all applicable anti-corruption laws, including the FCPA, the Bribery Act or other legal requirements. If we are not in compliance with the FCPA, the Bribery Act and other anti-corruption laws, we may be subject to criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement and other sanctions and remedial measures, and legal expenses, which could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. Likewise, any investigation of any potential violations of the FCPA, the Bribery Act or other anti-corruption laws or U.S., U.K. or other authorities could also have an adverse impact on our reputation, our business, results of operations and financial condition. The Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, also may suspend or bar issuers from trading securities on U.S. exchanges for violations of the FCPA's accounting provisions.

        Various laws, regulations and executive orders also restrict the use and dissemination outside of the United States, or the sharing with certain non-U.S. nationals, of information classified for national security purposes, as well as certain products and technical data relating to those products. To comply with these laws will require additional resources, and these laws may preclude us from developing, manufacturing or selling certain product candidates and products outside of the United States, which could limit our growth potential and increase our development costs.

If we fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could have a material adverse effect on the success of our business.

        We are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing the generation, handling, use, storage, treatment, manufacture, transportation and disposal of, and exposure to, hazardous materials and wastes, as well as laws and regulations relating to occupational health and safety. Our operations involve the use of hazardous materials, including chemicals, and produce hazardous waste products. We generally contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and wastes. We cannot eliminate the risk of

52


Table of Contents

contamination or injury from these materials or wastes. In the event of contamination or injury resulting from hazardous materials or wastes either at our sites or third-party sites, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources.

        Although we maintain workers' compensation insurance for certain costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of hazardous materials or other work related injuries, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. We also could incur significant costs associated with civil or criminal fines and penalties.

        In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, which have tended to become more stringent over time. These current or future laws and regulations may impair our research, development or production efforts. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations also may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions or liabilities, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If we are found to have violated laws protecting the confidentiality of patient health information, we could be subject to civil or criminal penalties, which could increase our liabilities and harm our reputation or our business.

        There are a number of federal and state laws protecting the confidentiality of certain patient health information, including patient records, and restricting the use and disclosure of that protected information. In particular, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, promulgated patient privacy rules under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA. These privacy rules protect medical records and other personal health information by limiting their use and disclosure, giving individuals the right to access, amend and seek accounting of their own health information and limiting most use and disclosures of health information to the minimum amount reasonably necessary to accomplish the intended purpose. Healthcare providers, including our customers, are subject to these regulations, and we contractually agree to obligations of confidentiality with respect to personal health information we receive as part of our business operations. If we or any of our service providers are found to be in violation of the promulgated patient privacy rules under HIPAA, we could be subject to civil or criminal penalties, which could increase our liabilities, harm our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Risks related to our common stock and this offering

If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution in the book value of your investment.

        The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds our net tangible book value per share after this offering. Based on the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $             per share, representing the difference between our pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering and the assumed initial public offering price. Purchasers of common stock in this offering will have contributed approximately         % of the aggregate price paid by all purchasers of our stock and will own approximately         % of our common stock outstanding after this offering, excluding any shares of our common stock that they may have acquired prior to this offering. Furthermore, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares or our previously issued options and warrants to acquire common stock at prices below the assumed initial public

53


Table of Contents

offering price are exercised, you will experience further dilution. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see "Dilution."

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations with the underwriters. This price will not necessarily reflect the price at which investors in the market will be willing to buy and sell our shares following this offering. Although we have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market, an active trading market for our shares may never develop or, if developed, be maintained following this offering. If an active market for our common stock does not develop or is not maintained, it may be difficult for you to sell shares you purchase in this offering without depressing the market price for the shares or at all. An inactive trading market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration.

The price of our common stock is likely to be volatile and fluctuate substantially, which could result in substantial losses for purchasers of our common stock in this offering.

        Our stock price is likely to be volatile. The stock market in general and the market for medical device companies in particular have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, you may not be able to sell your common stock at or above the initial public offering price. The market price for our common stock may be influenced by many factors, including:

54


Table of Contents

Our quarterly operating results are subject to substantial fluctuations, and you should not rely on them as an indication of our future results.

        Our quarterly operating results have historically varied and may in the future vary significantly due to a combination of factors, many of which are beyond our control. These factors include:

        We believe our quarterly sales and operating results may vary significantly in the future and period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as indications of future performance. We may not be able to increase our sales, sustain our sales in future periods or achieve or maintain profitability in any future period. Any shortfalls in sales or earnings from levels expected by securities or orthopedic industry analysts could have an immediate and significant adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock in any given period.

55


Table of Contents

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

        Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering and could spend the proceeds in ways that do not improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our common stock. See "Use of Proceeds." The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could result in financial losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business and cause the price of our common stock to decline. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares is restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline significantly, even if our business is doing well.

        Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares of common stock intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. After this offering, we will have              shares of common stock outstanding based on the             shares outstanding as of April 30, 2015 after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 50,995,026 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering. Of these shares, the             shares sold by us in this offering may be resold in the public market immediately, unless purchased by our affiliates. The remaining 59,686,621 shares are currently restricted under securities laws or as a result of lock-up or other agreements, but will be able to be sold after this offering as described in the "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" and "Underwriting" sections of this prospectus. Moreover, upon the closing of the offering contemplated by the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement described under "Description of Capital Stock—Registration rights," subject to the lock-agreements described under "Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-up agreements," holders of an aggregate of 50,995,026 shares of our common stock that will be issued upon the conversion of our preferred stock, which we refer to as registrable shares, will have the right to require us to register these registrable shares under the Securities Act no earlier than 180 days after the closing of the offering contemplated by the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to participate in future registrations of securities by us, under the circumstances described under "Description of Capital Stock—Registration rights." In addition, subject to the lock-up agreements described under "Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-up agreements," upon the closing of the offering contemplated by the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the holders of warrants to purchase an aggregate of 2,833,506 shares of our common stock, assuming conversion of our preferred stock into common stock upon the closing of the offering, will have the right to have the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants be treated as registrable shares and to require us to register these registrable shares under the Securities Act no earlier than 180 days after the closing of the offering contemplated by the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to participate in future registrations of securities by us, under the circumstances described under "Description of Capital Stock—Registration rights." We also plan to register all 15,819,848 shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance and once vested, subject to volume limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described in the "Underwriting" section of this prospectus.

56


Table of Contents

After this offering, our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders, if they choose to act together, will continue to have the ability to significantly influence all matters submitted to stockholders for approval.

        Upon the closing of this offering, our executive officers, directors and stockholders who owned more than 5% of our outstanding common stock before this offering and their affiliates will, in the aggregate, beneficially own shares representing approximately         % of our capital stock (or         % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). As a result, if these stockholders were to choose to act together, they would be able to significantly influence all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, as well as our management and affairs. For example, these persons, if they choose to act together, would significantly influence the election of directors and approval of any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. This concentration of ownership control may:

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

        As of December 31, 2014, we had federal net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards of $229 million and state NOL carryforwards of $117 million available to reduce future taxable income. These federal and state NOL carryforwards will begin to expire in 2020, if not utilized. Utilization of these NOL and tax credit carryforwards may be subject to a substantial limitation under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and comparable provisions of state, local and foreign tax laws due to changes in ownership of our company that have occurred previously or that could occur in the future. We have completed a study to assess whether an ownership change has occurred or whether there have been multiple ownership changes since our formation. The results of this study indicate that we experienced ownership changes, as defined by Section 382 of the Code. We have not identified NOLs that, as a result of these limitations, will expire unused. We may also experience ownership changes in the future as a result of subsequent shifts in our stock ownership, including as a result of the consummation of this offering. As a result, if we generate taxable income, our ability to use our pre-change NOL and tax credits carryforwards to reduce U.S. federal and state taxable income may be subject to further limitations, which could result in increased future tax liability to us. All or a portion of the carryforwards could expire before being available to reduce future income tax liabilities.

Provisions in our corporate charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of us, which may be beneficial to our stockholders, more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

        Provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control of us that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares. These provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, thereby depressing the market price of our common stock. In addition, because our board of directors is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions may frustrate or

57


Table of Contents

prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors. Among other things, these provisions:

        Moreover, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a person who owns in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock from merging or combining with us for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person acquired in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock, unless the merger or combination is approved in a prescribed manner. This could discourage, delay or prevent someone from acquiring us or merging with us, whether or not it is desired by, or beneficial to, our stockholders.

Our restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering designates the state courts in the State of Delaware or, if no state court located within the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal court for the District of Delaware, as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could discourage lawsuits against our company and our directors and officers.

        Our restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering provides that, unless our board of directors otherwise determines, the state courts in the State of Delaware or, if no state court located within the State of Delaware has jurisdiction, the federal court for the District of Delaware, will be the sole and exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors or officers to our company or our stockholders, any action asserting a claim against us or any of our directors or officers arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or any action asserting a claim against us or any of our directors or officers governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This exclusive forum provision may limit the ability of our stockholders to bring a claim in a judicial forum that such stockholders find favorable for disputes with us or our directors or officers, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors and officers.

58


Table of Contents

Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future, stockholders must rely on capital appreciation, if any, for any return on their investment.

        We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance the operation, development and growth of our business. Furthermore, the terms of our SVB/Oxford Agreement preclude us from paying dividends, and any future debt agreements may also preclude us from paying or place restrictions on our ability to pay dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain with respect to your investment for the foreseeable future.

We are an "emerging growth company," and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

        We are an "emerging growth company," or EGC, as defined in the JOBS Act, and may remain an EGC until the earlier of: (1) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1 billion or more; (2) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering; (3) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; or (4) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the SEC, which means the first day of the year following the first year in which the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of June 30. For so long as we remain an EGC, we are permitted and plan to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not EGCs. These exemptions include not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or SOX Section 404, not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor's report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. In this prospectus, we have provided only two years of audited financial statements and have not included all of the executive compensation related information that would be required if we were not an EGC. We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on certain or all of these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

        In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an EGC can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an EGC to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not EGCs.

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives and corporate governance practices.

        As a public company, and particularly after we are no longer an EGC, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the listing requirements of the NASDAQ Global Market and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies, including establishment and maintenance of

59


Table of Contents

effective disclosure and financial controls and corporate governance practices. We expect that we will need to hire additional accounting, finance and other personnel in connection with our becoming, and our efforts to comply with the requirements of being, a public company and our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time towards maintaining compliance with these requirements. These requirements will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect that the rules and regulations applicable to us as a public company may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, which could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors. We are currently evaluating these rules and regulations, and cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs. These rules and regulations are often subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices.

        Pursuant to SOX Section 404 we will be required to furnish a report by our management on our internal control over financial reporting beginning with our second filing of an Annual Report on Form 10-K with the SEC after we become a public company, including an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm. However, while we remain an EGC, we will not be required to include an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm. To achieve compliance with SOX Section 404 within the prescribed period, we will be engaged in a process to document and evaluate our internal control over financial reporting, which is both costly and challenging. In this regard, we will need to continue to dedicate internal resources, potentially engage outside consultants and adopt a detailed work plan to assess and document the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, continue steps to improve control processes as appropriate, validate through testing that controls are functioning as documented and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting. Despite our efforts, there is a risk that neither we nor our independent registered public accounting firm will be able to conclude, within the prescribed timeframe or at all, that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as required by SOX Section 404. If we identify one or more material weaknesses, it could result in an adverse reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements.

60


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements, other than statements of historical facts, contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our strategy, future operations, future financial position, future revenue, projected costs, prospects, plans and objectives of management and expected market growth are forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

        The words "anticipate," "believe," "continue," "could," "estimate," "expect," "intend," "may," "might," "plan," "potential," "predict," "project," "should," "target," "will," or "would" or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words.

        These forward-looking statements include, among other things, statements about:

61


Table of Contents

        We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements, and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Actual results or events could differ materially from the plans, intentions and expectations disclosed in the forward-looking statements we make. We have included important factors in the cautionary statements included in this prospectus, particularly in the "Risk Factors" section, that could cause actual results or events to differ materially from the forward-looking statements that we make. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, collaborations, joint ventures or investments that we may make or enter into.

        You should read this prospectus, the documents that we reference in this prospectus and the documents that we have filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We do not assume any obligation to update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

62


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that the net proceeds from our issuance and sale of             shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $              million, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, we estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $              million.

        A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds from this offering by approximately $              million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

        As of March 31, 2015, we had cash and cash equivalents of $22.9 million. We currently estimate that we will use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents and investments, as follows:

        We believe opportunities may exist from time to time to expand our current business through acquisitions or in-licenses of complementary products or technologies or acquisitions of companies with complementary products or technologies. While we have no current agreements, commitments or understandings for any specific acquisitions or in-licenses at this time, we may use a portion of the net proceeds for these purposes.

        The expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures may vary significantly depending on numerous factors including the degree and rate of market acceptance of, and the amount of revenue derived from, our products, including our iTotal PS product which is currently in limited commercial launch, the timing of U.S. and EU regulatory clearance and commercial launch of our iTotal Hip, the progress of our plans to expand and further vertically integrate our manufacturing processes and facilities and the size, scope and timing of any additional research and development efforts and clinical studies that we may decide to pursue for our current products or future product candidates. As a result, our management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering.

        Pending our use of the net proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation investments, including short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments and U.S. government securities.

63


Table of Contents


DIVIDEND POLICY

        We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business. We do not intend to pay any cash dividends to the holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. Our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is prohibited by the covenants of our debt facilities with Silicon Valley Bank and Oxford Financial LLC and with the Massachusetts Development Finance Agency and may be further restricted by the terms of any of our future indebtedness.


INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

        This prospectus includes statistical and other industry and market data that we obtained from industry publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties, including content republished with permission from ORTHOWORLD®, a specialized publishing firm serving the global orthopedic market. Industry publications and third party research, surveys and studies generally indicate that their information has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. While we believe these industry publications and third-party research, surveys and studies are reliable, we have not independently verified such data.

64


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2015 on:

        See "Prospectus Summary—The Offering" for a description of the assumed warrant exercises and the Series D warrant exchange.

        Our capitalization following the closing of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of the offering determined at pricing. You should read the following table in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes,

65


Table of Contents

"Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of March 31, 2015  
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
  Actual   Pro forma   Pro forma
as adjusted
 
 
  (unaudited)
   
   
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 22,939   $ 22,939   $    

Stockholders' equity:

                   

Convertible preferred stock, $0.00001 par value; 53,496,241 shares authorized, 50,985,652 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

             

Preferred stock, $0.00001 par value; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual; 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

             

Common stock, $0.00001 par value per share; 80,000,000 shares authorized, 8,628,761 shares issued and outstanding, actual;         shares authorized,         shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;         shares authorized,          shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

               

Additional paid-in capital

    319,634     319,634        

Accumulated deficit

    (282,353 )   (282,353 )      

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

    (500 )   (500 )      

Total stockholders' equity

    36,781     36,781        

Total capitalization

  $ 36,781   $ 36,781   $    

        A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of total cash and cash equivalents and investments and total stockholders' (deficit) equity by approximately $              million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        The table above does not include:

66


Table of Contents


DILUTION

        If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the pro forma tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.

        Our historical net tangible book value as of March 31, 2015 was $35.0 million, or $4.04 per share of our common stock. Historical net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by 8,628,761 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2015.

        Our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2015 was $              million, or $             per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the pro forma number of shares of our common stock outstanding on March 31, 2015, after giving effect to the following:

        After giving effect to our issuance and sale of                          shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, the pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2015 would have been $              million, or $             per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value to existing stockholders of $             per share. The initial public offering price per share will significantly exceed the pro forma net tangible book value per share. Accordingly, new investors who purchase shares of common stock in this offering will suffer an immediate dilution of their investment of $             per share. The following table illustrates this per share dilution to the new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering without giving effect any exercise by the underwriters to purchase additional shares:

Assumed initial public offering price per share (the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus)

        $    

Historical net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2015

  $ 4.04        

Decrease attributable to the conversion of outstanding preferred stock and warrants to purchase preferred stock

             

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2015

             

Increase per share attributable to sale of shares of common stock in this offering

             

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering

        $    

Dilution per share to new investors

        $    

        Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase (decrease) the pro forma net tangible book value by $              million, the pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering by $             per share and the dilution to investors in this offering by $              per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

67


Table of Contents

        If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the pro forma net tangible book value will increase to $             per share, representing an immediate increase to existing stockholders of $             per share and an immediate dilution of $             per share to new investors. If any shares are issued upon exercise of outstanding options or our outstanding warrants, you will experience further dilution.

        The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of March 31, 2015, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into 50,985,652 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering; the assumed warrant exercises; the warrant exchange, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering. The calculation below is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before the deduction of the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 
  Shares purchased   Total consideration    
 
 
  Average
price per
share
 
 
  Number   %   Amount   %  

Existing stockholders

                          % $                          % $          

New investors

                          $    

Total

          100 % $       100 % $    

        A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors by $              million and increase (decrease) the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by approximately         %, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.

        The number of shares purchased from us by existing stockholders is based on                          shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2015, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into 50,985,652 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering; the assumed warrant exercises; the Series D warrant exchange; and excludes:

        To the extent any of these outstanding warrants or options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. If all of such outstanding options had been exercised as of March 31, 2015, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $             , and total dilution per share to new investors would be $             .

        If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full:

68


Table of Contents

        Effective immediately upon closing of this offering, an aggregate of 4,492,978 shares of our common stock will be reserved for issuance under our 2015 stock incentive plan, and this share reserve will also be subject to automatic annual increases in accordance with the terms of the 2015 stock incentive plan. Furthermore, we may choose to raise additional capital through the sale of equity or equity-linked securities due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that new equity awards are issued under our 2015 stock incentive plans or we issue additional shares of common stock or other equity or equity-linked securities in the future, there may be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

69


Table of Contents


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

        You should read the following selected consolidated financial data together with our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes appearing at the end of this prospectus and the "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" section of this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data in this section are not intended to replace our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2014 and 2015 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected

70


Table of Contents

in the future, and our interim period results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for a full year or any other interim period.

 
  Years ended December 31,   Three months ended
March 31,
 
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
  2012   2013   2014   2014   2015  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Consolidated statements of operations data:

                               

Revenue

  $ 24,644   $ 34,597   $ 48,186   $ 10,799   $ 14,700  

Cost of revenue

    21,820     27,283     30,638     7,512     9,388  

Gross profit

    2,824     7,314     17,548     3,287     5,312  

Operating expenses:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Sales and marketing

    26,070     26,149     31,103     8,379     9,579  

Research and development

    10,127     13,779     15,107     3,578     4,016  

General and administrative

    10,827     14,693     16,763     3,948     5,780  

Total operating expenses

    47,024     54,621     62,973     15,905     19,375  

Loss from operations

    (44,200 )   (47,307 )   (45,425 )   (12,618 )   (14,063 )

Other income and expenses

                               

Interest income

    126     89     104     25     39  

Interest expense

    (3,427 )   (642 )   (360 )   (52 )   (223 )

Total other expenses

    (3,301 )   (553 )   (256 )   (27 )   (184 )

Loss before income taxes

    (47,501 )   (47,860 )   (45,681 )   (12,645 )   (14,247 )

Income tax provision

        29     41     8     10  

Net loss

  $ (47,501 ) $ (47,889 ) $ (45,722 ) $ (12,653 ) $ (14,257 )

Net loss per share applicable to common stockholders—basic and diluted(1)

  $ (6.74 ) $ (5.99 ) $ (5.39 ) $ (1.52 ) $ (1.66 )

Weighted-average number of common shares used in net loss per share applicable to common stockholders—basic and diluted(1)

   
7,046,933
   
7,993,736
   
8,479,134
   
8,331,522
   
8,593,227
 

(1)
See Note B in the notes to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for a description of the method used to calculate basic and diluted net (loss) per share applicable to common stockholders.

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  March 31,
2015
 
(in thousands)
  2012   2013   2014  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Consolidated balance sheet data:

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 39,734   $ 54,221   $ 37,900   $ 22,939  

Working capital

    37,122     54,277     45,036     31,065  

Total assets

    59,376     83,891     71,278     60,705  

Long term debt, including current portion

    7,456     3,111     10,620     10,560  

Total stockholders' equity

    43,095     68,960     49,827     36,781  

71


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business and related financing, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many important factors, including those factors set forth in the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus, our actual results could differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis. See "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."

Overview

        We are a medical technology company that uses our proprietary iFit Image-to-Implant technology platform to develop, manufacture and sell joint replacement implants that are individually sized and shaped, which we refer to as customized, to fit each patient's unique anatomy. The worldwide market for joint replacement products is approximately $15 billion annually and growing, and we believe our iFit technology platform is applicable to all major joints in this market. We believe we are the only company offering a broad line of customized knee implants designed to restore the natural shape of a patient's knee. We have sold a total of more than 30,000 knee implants in the United States and Europe. In recent clinical studies, iTotal CR, our cruciate-retaining total knee replacement implant and best-selling product, demonstrated superior clinical outcomes, including better function and greater patient satisfaction compared to traditional, off-the-shelf implants. We recently initiated the limited launch of iTotal PS, our posterior-stabilized total knee replacement implant which addresses the largest segment of the knee replacement market. We expect to submit an application for clearance of iTotal Hip, our first customized hip replacement implant, with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, in 2015.

        Our iFit technology platform comprises three key elements:

We believe our iFit technology platform enables a scalable business model that greatly lowers our inventory requirements, reduces the amount of working capital required to support our operations and allows us to launch new products and product improvements more rapidly, as compared to manufacturers of traditional, off-the-shelf implants.

        We own or exclusively in-license a total of approximately 470 issued patents and pending patent applications that cover customized implants and patient-specific instrumentation, or PSI, for all major joints and other elements of our iFit technology platform. Our intellectual property portfolio includes 112 issued United States patents, 51 patents issued in countries outside the United States, and 309 patent applications worldwide. We believe that our patent portfolio provides a significant barrier to entry.

72


Table of Contents

        All of our knee replacement products have been cleared by the FDA under the premarket notification process of Section 510(k) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or the FDCA, and have received certification to CE Mark. We market our products to orthopedic surgeons, hospitals and other medical facilities and patients. We have 86 employees engaged in the sales and marketing of our products in the United States, Germany and the United Kingdom. We use independent sales representatives and distributors to complement our own sales and marketing efforts in these and other markets.

        We were incorporated in Delaware and commenced operations in 2004. We introduced our iUni and iDuo partial knee replacement products in 2007 and our iTotal CR in 2011. For the year ended December 31, 2014 we generated revenue of $48.2 million from product sales, representing a 39% increase over the prior year. For the three months ended March 31, 2015 we generated revenue of $14.7 million from product sales, representing a 36% increase over the three months ended March 31, 2014.

Components of our results of operations

        The following is a description of factors that may influence our results of operations, including significant trends and challenges that we believe are important to an understanding of our business and results of operations.

Revenue

        Our revenue is generated from sales to hospitals and other medical facilities that are served through a direct sales force, independent sales representatives and distributors in the United States, the United Kingdom, Austria, Germany, Ireland, Switzerland, Hong Kong and Singapore. In order for surgeons to use our products, the medical facilities where these surgeons treat patients typically require us to enter into purchasing contracts. The process of negotiating a purchasing contract can be lengthy and time-consuming, require extensive management time and may not be successful.

        Revenue from sales of our products fluctuates principally based on the selling price of the joint replacement product, as the sales price of our products varies among hospitals and other medical facilities. In addition, our revenue may fluctuate based on the product sales mix and mix of sales by geography. Our revenue from international sales can be significantly impacted by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, as our sales are denominated in the local currency in the countries in which we sell our products. We expect our revenue to fluctuate from quarter-to-quarter due to a variety of factors, including seasonality, as we have historically experienced lower sales in the summer months and around year-end, the timing of the introduction of our new products, if any, and the impact of the buying patterns and implant volumes of medical facilities.

        In April 2015, we entered into a fully paid up, worldwide license agreement with Wright Medical Group, Inc., or Wright Group, and its wholly owned subsidiary Wright Medical Technology, Inc., or Wright Technology and collectively with Wright Group, Wright Medical. Under the terms of this license agreement, we granted a perpetual, irrevocable, non-exclusive license to Wright Medical to use patient specific instrument technology covered by our patents and patent applications with off-the-shelf implants in the foot and ankle. This license does not extend to patient-specific implants. This license agreement provided for a single lump-sum payment by Wright Medical to us of mid-single digit millions of dollars upon entering into the license agreement, which has been paid. This license agreement will expire upon the expiration of the last to expire of our patents and patent applications licensed to Wright Medical, which currently is expected to occur in 2030.

        In April 2015, we entered into a worldwide license agreement with MicroPort Orthopedics Inc., or MicroPort, a wholly owned subsidiary of MicroPort Scientific Corporation. Under the terms of this license agreement, we granted a perpetual, irrevocable, non-exclusive license to MicroPort to use patient specific instrument technology covered by our patents and patent applications with

73


Table of Contents

off-the-shelf implants in the knee. This license does not extend to patient-specific implants. This license agreement provides for the payment to us of a fixed royalty at a high single to low double digit percentage of net sales on patient-specific instruments and associated implant components in the knee, including MicroPort's Prophecy patient specific instruments used with its Advance and Evolution implant components. This license agreement also provided for a single lump-sum payment by MicroPort to us of low-single digit millions of dollars upon entering into the license agreement, which has been paid. This license agreement will expire upon the expiration of the last to expire of our patents and patent applications licensed to MicroPort, which currently is expected to occur in 2029.

Cost of revenue

        We produce all of our CAD designs in-house and use them to direct all of our product manufacturing efforts. We manufacture all of our patient-specific instruments, or iJigs, in our facilities in Burlington and Wilmington, Massachusetts. We also make in our facilities the majority of the tibial components used in our implants. We outsource the production of the remainder of the tibial components and the manufacture of femoral and other implant components to third-party suppliers. Our suppliers make our customized implant components using the CAD designs we supply. Cost of revenue consists primarily of costs of raw materials, manufacturing personnel, manufacturing supplies, inbound freight and manufacturing overhead and depreciation expense.

        We calculate gross margin as revenue less cost of revenue divided by revenue. Our gross margin has been and will continue to be affected by a variety of factors, including primarily volume of units produced, mix of product components manufactured by us versus sourced from third parties, our average selling price, the geographic mix of sales and product sales mix.

        We expect our gross margin to expand over time to the extent we are successful in reducing our manufacturing costs per unit and increasing our manufacturing efficiency as sales volume increases. We believe that areas of opportunity to expand our gross margins in the future, if and as the volume of our product sales increases, include the following:

We also plan to explore other opportunities to reduce our manufacturing costs. However, these opportunities may not be realized. In addition, our gross margin may fluctuate from period to period.

Operating expenses

        Our operating expenses consist of sales and marketing, research and development and general and administrative expenses. Personnel costs are the most significant component of

74


Table of Contents

operating expenses and consist of salaries, benefits, stock-based compensation and sales commissions.

        Sales and marketing.     Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of personnel costs, including salary, employee benefits and stock-based compensation for personnel employed in sales, marketing, customer service, medical education and training, as well as investments in surgeon training programs, industry events and other promotional activities. In addition, our sales and marketing expense includes sales commissions and bonuses, generally based on a percentage of sales, to our sales managers, direct sales representatives and independent sales representatives. Recruiting, training and retaining productive sales representatives and educating surgeons about the benefits of our products are required to generate and grow revenue. We expect sales and marketing expense to significantly increase as we build up our sales and support personnel and expand our marketing efforts. Our sales and marketing expense may fluctuate from period to period due to the seasonality of our revenue and the timing and extent of our expenses.

        Research and development.     Research and development expense consists primarily of personnel costs, including salary, employee benefits and stock-based compensation for personnel employed in research and development, regulatory and clinical areas. Research and development expense also includes costs associated with product design, product refinement and improvement efforts before and after receipt of regulatory clearance, development prototypes, testing, clinical study programs and regulatory activities, contractors and consultants, and equipment and software to support our development. As our revenue increases, we will also incur additional expenses for revenue share payments to our past and present scientific advisory board members, including our Chief Executive Officer. We expect research and development expense to increase in absolute dollars as we develop new products to expand our product pipeline, add research and development personnel and conduct clinical activities.

        General and administrative.     General and administrative expense consists primarily of personnel costs, including salary, employee benefits and stock-based compensation for our administrative personnel that support our general operations, including executive management, general legal and intellectual property, finance and accounting, information technology and human resources personnel. General and administrative expense also includes outside legal costs associated with intellectual property and general legal matters, financial audit fees, insurance, fees for other consulting services, depreciation expense, freight, medical device tax and facilities expense.

        We expect our general and administrative expense will increase in absolute dollars as we increase our headcount and expand our infrastructure to support growth in our business and our operations as a public company, as well as in connection with the move of our primary manufacturing facility from Bedford to Wilmington in 2015. We anticipate increased expenses associated with being a public company will include increases in audit, legal, regulatory and tax-related services associated with maintaining compliance with exchange listing and SEC requirements, director and officer insurance premiums and investor relations costs. As our revenue increases we also will incur additional expenses for freight and medical device tax. Our general and administrative expense may fluctuate from period to period due to the timing and extent of the expenses.

Other income (expense), net

        Other income (expense), net consists primarily of interest expense and amortization of debt discount associated with our term loans and realized gains (losses) from foreign currency transactions. The effect of exchange rates on our foreign currency-denominated asset and liability

75


Table of Contents

balances are recorded in other income (expense) and are recorded as foreign currency translation adjustments in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.

Income tax provision

        Income tax provision consists primarily of a provision for income taxes in foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct business. We maintain a full valuation allowance for deferred tax assets including net operating loss carryforwards and research and development credits and other tax credits.

Consolidated results of operations

Comparison of the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015

        The following table sets forth our results of operations expressed as dollar amounts, percentage of total revenue and quarter-to-quarter change (in thousands):

 
  2014   2015   2014 vs 2015  
Three months ended March 31,
  Amount   As a % of
Total
Revenue
  Amount   As a % of
Total
Revenue
  $
Change
  %
Change
 

Revenue

  $ 10,799     100 % $ 14,700     100 % $ 3,901     36 %

Cost of revenue

    7,512     70     9,388     64     1,876     25  

Gross profit

    3,287     30     5,312     36     2,025     62  

Operating expenses:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Sales and marketing

    8,379     78     9,579     65     1,200     14  

Research and development

    3,578     33     4,016     27     438     12  

General and administrative

    3,948     37     5,780     39     1,832     46  

Total operating expenses    

    15,905     147     19,375     132     3,470     22  

Loss from operations

    (12,618 )   (117 )   (14,063 )   (96 )   (1,445 )   (11 )

Total other expenses

    (27 )   0     (184 )   (1 )   (157 )   (581 )

Loss before income taxes

    (12,645 )   (117 )   (14,247 )   (97 )   (1,602 )   (13 )

Income tax provision

    8     0     10     0     2     25  

Net loss

  $ (12,653 )   (117 ) $ (14,257 )   (97 ) $ (1,604 )   (13 )

        Revenue.     Revenue was $14.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 compared to $10.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, an increase of $3.9 million, or 36%, due principally to increased sales of our first primary total knee product, iTotal CR, within the United States as well as increased sales of our other products generally within the United States.

        The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our product revenue by geography expressed as U.S. dollar amounts, percentage of product revenue and year-over-year change (in thousands):

 
  2014   2015   2014 vs 2015  
Three months ended March 31,
  Amount   As a % of
Product
Revenue
  Amount   As a % of
Product
Revenue
  $
Change
  %
Change
 

United States

  $ 6,952     64 % $ 10,313     70 % $ 3,361     48 %

Rest of world

    3,847     36     4,387     30     540     14  

Product revenue

  $ 10,799     100   $ 14,700     100   $ 3,901     36  

        Revenue in the United States is generated through our direct sales force and independent sales representatives. Revenue outside the United States is generated through our direct sales force and distributors. The percentage of total revenue generated in the United States increased from 64% for the three months ended March 31, 2014 to 70% for the three months ended March 31,

76


Table of Contents

2015. We believe the lower level of US revenue as a percentage of product revenue in the three months ended March 31, 2014 was due to the acceleration of surgical cases in 2013 in anticipation of the implementation of the PPACA.

        Cost of revenue, gross profit and gross margin.     Cost of revenue was $9.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 compared to $7.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, an increase of $1.9 million or 25%. The increase was due primarily to an increase in production and personnel costs associated with the increase in sales volume. Gross profit increased $2.0 million, or 62%, to $5.3 million, for the three months ended March 31, 2015 as compared to $3.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 due to higher sales volume, while our gross margin increased 6 percentage points to 36% from 30%. This increase in gross margin was driven primarily by additional volume related material discounts and better absorption of manufacturing overhead.

        Sales and marketing.     Sales and marketing expense was $9.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 compared to $8.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, an increase of $1.2 million or 14%. The increase was due primarily to a $1.1 million increase in personnel costs as a result of our hiring of additional direct sales representatives and increases in commissions as a result of the increase in sales volume, and a $0.1 million increase in marketing and other expenses. Sales and marketing expense decreased as a percentage of total revenue to 65% for the three months ended March 31, 2015 from 78% for the three months ended March 31, 2014.

        Research and development.     Research and development expense was $4.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 compared to $3.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, an increase of $0.4 million or 12%. The increase was due primarily to a $0.4 million increase in personnel costs and a $0.2 million increase in revenue share expenses, offset in part by a $0.3 million decrease in costs for consultants, testing and prototype development. Research and development expenses decreased as a percentage of total revenue to 27% for the three months ended March 31, 2015 from 33% for the three months ended March 31, 2014.

        General and administrative.     General and administrative expense was $5.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 compared to $3.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, an increase of $1.8 million or 46%. The increase was due primarily to a $0.7 million increase in personnel costs, a $0.7 million increase in freight expense, a $0.4 million increase in consulting services and a $0.4 million increase in various other expenses, offset in part by a decrease of $0.4 million in general and patent legal fees. General and administrative expenses increased as a percentage of total revenue to 39% for the three months ended March 31, 2015 from 37% for the three months ended March 31, 2014.

        Other expense, net.     Other expense, net was $184,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2015 compared to $27,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2014, an increase of $157,000, or 581%. The increase was primarily due to an increase in interest expense associated with our long-term debt of $10.3 million.

        Income taxes.     Income tax provision was $10,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2015 compared to $8,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2014. We continue to generate losses for U.S. federal and state tax purposes and have net operating loss carryforwards creating a deferred tax asset. We maintain a full valuation allowance for deferred tax assets.

77


Table of Contents

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014

        The following table sets forth our results of operations expressed as dollar amounts, percentage of total revenue and year-over-year change (in thousands):

 
  2013   2014   2013 vs 2014  
Year ended December 31,
  Amount   As a % of
Total
Revenue
  Amount   As a % of
Total
Revenue
  $
Change
  %
Change
 

Revenue

  $ 34,597     100 % $ 48,186     100 % $ 13,589     39 %

Cost of revenue

    27,283     79     30,638     64     3,355     12  

Gross profit

    7,314     21     17,548     36     10,234     140  

Operating expenses:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Sales and marketing

    26,149     76     31,103     65     4,954     19  

Research and development

    13,779     40     15,107     31     1,328     10  

General and administrative

    14,693     42     16,763     35     2,070     14  

Total operating expenses    

    54,621     158     62,973     131     8,352     15  

Loss from operations

    (47,307 )   (137 )   (45,425 )   (94 )   1,882     (4 )

Total other expenses

    (553 )   (2 )   (256 )   (1 )   297     (54 )

Loss before income taxes

    (47,860 )   (139 )   (45,681 )   (95 )   2,179     (5 )

Income tax provision

    29     0     41     0     12     41  

Net loss

  $ (47,889 )   (139 ) $ (45,722 )   (95 ) $ 2,167     (5 )

        Revenue.     Revenue was $48.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $34.6 million for the prior year, an increase of $13.6 million, or 39%, due principally to increased sales of our first primary total knee product, iTotal CR, and increased sales of our products generally outside the United States.

        The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our product revenue by geography expressed as U.S. dollar amounts, percentage of product revenue and year-over-year change (in thousands):

 
  2013   2014   2013 vs 2014  
Year ended December 31,
  Amount   As a % of
Product
Revenue
  Amount   As a % of
Product
Revenue
  $
Change
  %
Change
 

United States

  $ 24,681     71 % $ 34,332     71 % $ 9,651     39 %

Rest of world

    9,916     29     13,854     29     3,938     40  

Product revenue

  $ 34,597     100   $ 48,186     100   $ 13,589     39  

        Revenue in the United States is generated through our direct sales force and independent sales representatives. Revenue outside of the United States is generated through our direct sales force and distributors. The revenue allocation or geographic split between United States and rest of world has remained relatively consistent over both periods.

        Cost of revenue, gross profit and gross margin.     Cost of revenue was $30.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $27.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $3.3 million or 12%. The increase was due primarily to an increase in production costs and manufacturing supplies associated with the increase in sales volume. Gross profit increased $10.2 million, or 140%, to $17.5 million, in 2014 as compared to $7.3 million in 2013 due to higher sales volume, while our gross margin increased 1,500 basis points to 36% from 21% in 2013. This increase in gross margin was driven by additional volume related material discounts and decreased costs of iJigs and tibial components as a result of the increasing vertical integration of

78


Table of Contents

our manufacturing processes. The additional unit production volume improved our gross margin as a result of better absorption of manufacturing overhead.

        Sales and marketing.     Sales and marketing expense was $31.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $26.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $5.0 million or 19%. The increase was due primarily to a $3.9 million increase in personnel costs as a result of our hiring of additional direct sales representatives and increases in commissions as a result of the increase in sales volume, and a $1.1 million increase in marketing and other expenses. Sales and marketing expense decreased as a percentage of total revenue to 65% in 2014 from 76% in 2013.

        Research and development.     Research and development expense was $15.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $13.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $1.3 million or 10%. The increase was due primarily to a $0.7 million increase in revenue share expenses and a $0.7 million increase in costs for consultants, testing and prototype development, offset in part by a $0.1 million decrease in various other expenses. Research and development expenses decreased as a percentage of total revenue to 31% in 2014 from 40% in 2013.

        General and administrative.     General and administrative expense was $16.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $14.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $2.1 million or 14%. The increase was due primarily to a $0.9 million increase in general and patent legal fees, a $1.0 million increase in personnel costs, and a $0.8 million charge for a settlement and fully paid-up patent license agreement, offset in part by a decrease of $0.6 million in various other expenses. General and administrative expenses decreased as a percentage of total revenue to 35% in 2014 from 42% in 2013.

        Other expense, net.     Other expense, net was $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, a decrease of $0.3 million, or 54%. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in interest expense associated with our long-term debt of $0.5 million, partially offset by a $0.2 million loss due to the effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates on foreign operations.

        Income taxes.     Income tax provision was $41,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $29,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013. The change in income tax expense was due primarily to a provision for foreign income taxes. We continue to generate losses for U.S. federal and state tax purposes and have net operating loss carryforwards creating a deferred tax asset. We maintain a full valuation allowance for deferred tax assets.

Liquidity, capital resources and plan of operations

Sources of liquidity and funding requirements

        Since our inception in June 2004, we have financed our operations through private placements of preferred stock, bank debt and convertible debt financings, equipment purchase loans and, beginning in 2007, product revenue. Our product revenue has continued to grow from year-to-year; however, we have not yet attained profitability and continue to incur operating losses. As of March 31, 2015, we had an accumulated deficit of $282.4 million.

        Since 2004, we have raised an aggregate of $330 million from the sale of preferred stock and the exercise of preferred stock warrants and common stock warrants and options.

        In June 2011, we entered into a $1.4 million secured term loan facility with the Massachusetts Development Financing Agency, referred to as the MDFA facility, to finance equipment purchases, of which $0.75 million was outstanding as of December 31, 2014. We are scheduled to make

79


Table of Contents

monthly interest and principal payments for the MDFA facility through July 2017. For further information regarding this facility, see "—Credit facilities—Massachusetts Development Finance Agency" below.

        In May 2014, we made the final payment on a $15 million term loan facility with Western Technology Investment under which we originally borrowed $10 million in 2011.

        In November 2014, we entered into a senior secured $25 million loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank and Oxford Finance, LLC, referred to as the SVB/Oxford Agreement, consisting of a revolving line of credit, or the Revolving Line, of up to $5 million and commitments for two $10 million term loans. In November 2014, in connection with our entry into the SVB/Oxford Agreement, we drew down the first $10 million term loan, referred to as the SVB/Oxford Term Loan A. We are eligible to draw down the second $10 million term loan on or prior to November 7, 2015 upon meeting certain conditions. As of March 31, 2015, we did not have any revolving loans outstanding under the Revolving Line, with $5 million available for borrowing, subject to our meeting certain conditions, based on our borrowing base under the Revolving Line. For further information regarding this facility, see "—Credit facilities—SVB/Oxford" below.

        We expect to incur substantial expenditures in the foreseeable future in connection with the following:

        In addition, following this offering, our general and administrative expense will increase due to the additional operational and reporting costs associated with our expanded operations and being a public company.

        We anticipate that following this offering our principal sources of funds will be revenue generated from the sales of our products, borrowings under our credit facility and revenues that we may generate in connection with licensing our intellectual property. Our credit facility with SVB/Oxford is our only committed external source of funds. We will need to generate significant additional revenue to achieve and maintain profitability, and even if we achieve profitability, we cannot be sure that we will remain profitable for any substantial period of time. It is also possible that we may allocate significant amounts of capital toward products or technologies for which market demand is lower than anticipated and, as a result, abandon such efforts. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, or if we expend capital on projects that are not successful, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly limited, and we may even have to scale back our operations. Our failure to become and remain profitable could impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, maintain our research and development efforts or continue to fund our operations.

80


Table of Contents

        We may need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds, including the funds required to pay our existing indebtedness at maturity. We may not be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us, or at all. In addition, the negative covenants, pledge of our assets as collateral and negative pledge with respect to our intellectual property under the SVB/Oxford Agreement could limit our ability to obtain additional debt financing. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the future sale of equity or debt, the ownership interest of our stockholders will be diluted. The terms of these future equity or debt securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect the rights of our existing common stockholders or involve negative covenants that restrict our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt or making capital expenditures.

        At March 31, 2015, we had cash and cash equivalents of $22.9 million and $4.4 million in restricted cash allocated to lease deposits and funding a contractual commitment to expand our business in Asia, which we refer to as our Asia strategy. See "Certain Relationships and Related-Persons Transactions" for a description of our Asia strategy. Based on our current operating plan, we expect that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents as of March 31, 2015 and funding available under the SVB/Oxford Agreement, will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements and pay our debt service as it becomes due through                               . We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, such as the revenue that we expect to generate from the sale of our products, and we could use our capital resources sooner than we expect.

Cash flows

        The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated, as well as the year-over-year change between periods (in thousands):

 
  Year ended December 31,   Three months ended March 31,  
 
  2013   2014   $ Change   % Change   2014   2015   $ Change   % Change  

Net cash (used in) provided by:

                                                 

Operating activities

  $ (46,826 ) $ (43,539 ) $ 3,287     7 % $ (11,000 ) $ (13,657 ) $ (2,657 )   (24 )%

Investing activities

    (8,457 )   (1,506 )   6,951     82     104     (1,359 )   (1,463 )   (1407 )

Financing activities

    69,603     29,337     (40,266 )   (58 )   (1,347 )   58     1,405     104  

Effect of exchange rate on cash

    167     (613 )   (780 )   (467 )   8     (3 )   (11 )   (138 )

Total

  $ 14,487   $ (16,321 ) $ (30,808 )   (213 ) $ (12,235 ) $ (14,961 ) $ (2,726 )   (22 )

        Cash used in operating activities.     Net cash used in operating activities was $13.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and $11.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, primarily reflecting the net losses during the periods of $14.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and $12.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014. The net cash used in operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2015 was affected by changes in our operating assets and liabilities, including an increase of $2.6 million in accounts payable and accrued liabilities as well as non-cash stock-based compensation and depreciation totaling $1.6 million, which were offset in part by an increase in our outstanding prepaid and other assets of $1.6 million, an increase in our accounts receivable of $0.7 million and an increase in our inventory of $1.3 million. The net cash used in operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2014 was affected by changes in our operating assets and liabilities, including non-cash stock-based compensation and depreciation totaling $0.9 million, a decrease in our inventory of $0.6 million and an increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $0.5 million, which was offset in part by an increase in accounts receivable of $0.3 million.

        Net cash used in operating activities was $43.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 and $46.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily reflecting the net losses during

81


Table of Contents

the periods of $45.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 and $47.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 was affected by changes in our operating assets and liabilities, including an increase of $2.1 million in accounts payable and accrued liabilities as well as non-cash stock-based compensation and depreciation totaling $4.6 million, which were offset in part by an increase in our outstanding prepaid and other assets of $0.3 million, an increase in our accounts receivable of $2.9 million and an increase in our inventory of $1.1 million. The net cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 was affected by changes in our operating assets and liabilities, including non-cash stock-based compensation and depreciation totaling $3.8 million, which was offset in part by an increase in our accounts receivable of $2.1 million and an increase in our inventory of $1.4 million.

        Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities.     Net cash used in investing activities was $1.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and net cash provided by investing activities was $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, a decrease of $1.5 million. These amounts primarily reflect less cash used for purchases of property and equipment and a decrease in restricted cash balances. We anticipate that the amount of cash used in investing activities will increase in 2015 as we purchase additional property and equipment to manufacture more components in our own facility.

        Net cash used in investing activities was $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 and $8.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, a decrease of $7.0 million. These amounts primarily reflect less cash used for purchases of property and equipment and a decrease in restricted cash balances.

        Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities.     Net cash provided by financing activities was $58,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and net cash used by financing activities was $1.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, a decrease of $1.4 million. The decrease was due to a $1.1 million decrease in debt payments and a $0.3 million decrease in proceeds from the issuance of common and preferred stock.

        Net cash provided by financing activities was $29.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 and $69.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, a decrease of $40.3 million. The decrease was due to a $52.0 million decrease in proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock, partially offset by $10.0 million in debt financing and a $2.1 million decrease in debt payments between the two periods. We issued 2.8 million shares of Series E-1 preferred stock during the year ended December 31, 2014 and 9.3 million shares of Series E-1 preferred stock during the year ended December 31, 2013.

Credit facilities

SVB/Oxford

        On November 7, 2014, or the effective date, we and ImaTx entered into a senior secured $25 million loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank and Oxford Finance, LLC, which we refer to as the SVB/Oxford Agreement, consisting of a revolving line of credit of up to $5 million (subject to availability under the borrowing base and the satisfaction of other funding conditions), or the Revolving Line, and commitments for two $10 million term loans, or the SVB/Oxford Term Loans. At the time we entered into the SVB/Oxford Agreement, we borrowed the first $10 million term loan, or the SVB/Oxford Term Loan A, and issued the lenders warrants to purchase 66,964 shares of our common stock. We are eligible to borrow a second term loan in a principal amount of $10 million, referred to as the SVB/Oxford Term Loan B, on or prior to November 7, 2015 upon meeting certain conditions, including our being able to make certain agreed upon representations and warranties to the lenders and a determination by the lenders, in their sole discretion, that there

82


Table of Contents

has been no occurrence of any material adverse change, as defined in the SVB/Oxford Agreement, or any material deviation from the annual financial projections provided by us and accepted by the lenders. Under the SVB/Oxford Agreement, we are required to deliver financial projections to the lenders on an annual basis and such lenders may, in their discretion, object to or accept such projections. We prepare our financial projections for this purpose in what we believe is a reasonable manner, including by taking into account trends reported by our sales and marketing team, macroeconomic trends and other relevant data. While we cannot be certain we will achieve our financial projections, we believe that we prepare them in a reasonable, good faith manner. At the time of a request to borrow the SVB/Oxford Term Loan B, the lenders may, in their discretion, determine that there has been a material deviation from the most recent financial projections accepted by the lenders, in which case we would not be entitled to borrow the SVB/Oxford Term Loan B. In the event that we borrow the additional $10 million term loan, we will be obligated to issue warrants to purchase an additional 66,964 shares of our common stock to the lenders under the SVB/Oxford Agreement.

        Unless earlier terminated by us or accelerated by the lenders, the Revolving Line terminates on November 7, 2019, with all outstanding revolving credit borrowings and associated interest becoming due and payable upon such termination. Our ability to borrow under the Revolving Line is subject to a borrowing base, calculated as 85% (or such lower percent as Silicon Valley Bank may determine in accordance with the SVB/Oxford Agreement) of eligible accounts receivable. Borrowings under the Revolving Line bear interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the prime rate. Interest on the Revolving Line is payable monthly. In addition to interest, we are obligated to pay a $0.25 million fee for the Revolving Line, which is payable in annual increments of $50,000 due on the effective date and each anniversary of the effective date. We amortize this fee ratably over the term of the Revolving Line. Further, we are obligated to pay a termination fee of $0.1 million if we elect to terminate the Revolving Line prior to the first anniversary of the effective date, or $50,000 if we elect to terminate the Revolving Line between the first and third anniversaries of the effective date, provided that no termination fee will be payable if the Revolving Line is replaced with a new facility or an amended and restated facility from Silicon Valley Bank.

        Unless earlier prepaid by us or accelerated by the lenders, the SVB/Oxford Term Loans will each mature on November 1, 2019, referred to as the Term Loan Maturity Date. The SVB/Oxford Term Loan A bears interest at a fixed rate of 7.25% per annum, which rate was determined as the prime rate on the original date of funding, plus 4.0%. To the extent we borrow the SVB/Oxford Term Loan B, such term loan will accrue interest at a fixed per annum rate equal to the prime rate on the date of funding, plus 4.0%. Interest on each of the SVB/Oxford Term Loans is payable monthly in arrears. If we achieve a revenue milestone of $76 million, measured on a trailing 12 month basis for the 12 months ending May 31, 2016, and no event of default has occurred, only interest, and no principal, will be payable for the first 36 months following the effective date. If we do not achieve the revenue milestone, only interest, and no principal, will be payable for the first 24 months following the effective date. After the interest only period, we are required to make equal monthly payments of principal and interest, in arrears, for the remaining term until maturity. In addition to interest, we are obligated to make a final payment fee equal to the original principal amount of the applicable SVB/Oxford Term Loan, multiplied by 7%, on the earliest to occur of the Term Loan Maturity Date, the acceleration of any term loan, or the prepayment of a term loan. Further, with respect to any term loan subject to prepayment prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date, whether by mandatory or voluntary prepayment or acceleration, we will be required to make a prepayment fee equal to 3% of principal amount being prepaid, if such prepayment is made on or prior to the first anniversary of the funding date of the applicable term loan, 2% of the principal amount being prepaid, if such prepayment is made after the first anniversary but before the second anniversary of the funding date of the applicable term loan, or 1% of the principal amount being prepaid, if such prepayment is made after the second anniversary of the funding date of the applicable term loan.

83


Table of Contents

        Our obligations under the SVB/Oxford Agreement are secured by a first-lien security interest over substantially all of our and ImaTx's assets, other than intellectual property, with respect to which we and ImaTx granted a negative pledge. The SVB/Oxford Agreement contains negative covenants restricting our activities, including limitations on dispositions, mergers or acquisitions, incurring indebtedness or liens, paying dividends or making investments and certain other business transactions. There are no financial covenants associated with the SVB/Oxford Agreement. Our obligations under the SVB/Oxford Agreement are subject to acceleration upon the occurrence of specified events of default, including a material adverse change in our business, operations or financial or other condition. Also, immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an event of default, all obligations outstanding under the SVB/Oxford Agreement shall accrue interest at a fixed rate equal to the per annum rate that is otherwise applicable thereto plus 5%.

Massachusetts Development Finance Agency

        In June 2011, we entered into a $1.4 million term loan facility with the Massachusetts Development Finance Agency, or MDFA, for the purposes of financing equipment purchases. The MDFA facility, which is subordinated to the SVB/Oxford Term Loans and Revolving Line, is secured on a second-lien basis by certain of our tangible assets. At the time we entered into the MDFA facility, we borrowed the first tranche of $0.6 million, with the remaining funds to be borrowed over the following 18 months. To date, we have borrowed a total of $1.4 million of the available commitments under the facility, of which $0.75 million in loans were outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and $0.7 million as of March 31, 2015. Loans under the MDFA facility bear interest at a fixed rate of 6.5% per annum. Interest is payable monthly in arrears. Beginning on January 1, 2013, we began making payments of principal and interest in 66 equal monthly installments. In connection with our entry into the MDFA facility, we issued warrants to MDFA to purchase 16,000 shares of our Series D preferred stock.

Contractual obligations and commitments

        The following table summarizes our outstanding contractual obligations as of March 31, 2015 (in thousands).

 
  Payment Due by Period  
Contractual Obligations
  Total   Less than
1 year
  Years 2 to 3   Years 4 to 5   After
5 years
 

Senior Secured debt(1)

  $ 10,692   $ 211   $ 3,844   $ 6,637   $  

Operating lease obligations—real estate(2)

    5,274     1,629     2,117     744     784  

Interest payments on long-term debt(3)

    3,121     762     1,283     1,076      

Other(4)

    2,005     362     1,304     179     160  

Total(5)

  $ 21,092   $ 2,964   $ 8,548   $ 8,636   $ 944  

(1)
Represents amounts payable under the SVB/Oxford Agreement and MDFA facility, assuming that we do not satisfy the $76 million revenue milestone under the SVB/Oxford Agreement, thereby triggering repayment of principal under the facility beginning 24 months after the funding date of the SVB/Oxford Term Loan A in November 2016. See "—Liquidity, capital resources and plan of operations—Credit facilities" for further detail regarding the milestone.

(2)
Represents operating lease commitments for office and manufacturing space in Bedford, Burlington and Wilmington, Massachusetts.

(3)
Represents expected interest payments on senior secured debt.

(4)
Represents amounts payable under our product royalty agreements, operating leases for office equipment and contracts for marketing exhibit services and a software development collaboration project.

(5)
This table does not include: (a) revenue share obligations to past and present members of our scientific advisory board and our Chief Executive Officer, as the amounts of such payments are not known with certainty; and (b) contracts that are entered into in the ordinary course of business that are not material in the aggregate in any period presented above. See "—Revenue share agreements" and "Certain Relationships and Related-Persons Transactions—Revenue share agreement with Dr. Lang" for a description of our revenue share arrangements.

84


Table of Contents

Revenue share agreements

        We are party to revenue share agreements with certain past and present members of our scientific advisory board under which these advisors agreed to participate on our scientific advisory board and to assist with the development of our customized implant products and related intellectual property. These agreements provide that we will pay the advisor a specified percentage of our net revenue, ranging from 0.2% to 1.33%, with respect to our products on which the advisor made a technical contribution or, in some cases, which we covered by a claim of one of our patents on which the advisor is a named inventor. The specific percentage is determined by reference to product classifications set forth in the agreement and is tiered based on the level of net revenues collected by us on such product sales. Our payment obligations under these agreements typically expire a fixed number of years after expiration or termination of the agreement, but in some cases expire on a product-by-product basis or expiration of the last to expire of our patents or patents for which the advisor is a named inventor that claims the applicable product.

        Philipp Lang, M.D., our Chief Executive Officer, joined our scientific advisory board in 2004 prior to becoming our employee. We first entered into a revenue share agreement with Dr. Lang in 2008 when he became our Chief Executive Officer. In 2011, we entered into an amended and restated revenue share agreement with Dr. Lang. Under this agreement, the specified percentage of our net revenues payable to Dr. Lang ranges from 0.875% to 1.33% and applies to all of our current and planned products, including our iUni, iDuo, iTotal Cr, iTotal PS and iTotal Hip products, as well as certain other knee, hip and shoulder replacement products and related instrumentation we may develop in the future. Our payment obligations under this agreement expire on a product-by-product basis on the last to expire of our patents on which Dr. Lang is named as an inventor that claim the applicable product. These payment obligations survive termination of Dr. Lang's employment with us.

        The aggregate revenue share percentage of net revenue from our currently marketed knee replacement products, including percentages under all of our scientific advisory board and Chief Executive Officer revenue share agreements, ranges, depending on the particular product, from 3.4% to 5.8%. We incurred aggregate revenue share expense, including all amounts payable under our scientific advisory board and Chief Executive Officer revenue share agreements, of $1.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2013, representing 4.0% of revenue, $2.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2014, representing 4.8% of revenue, $0.6 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014, and $0.8 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015. See "Certain Relationships and Related-Persons Transactions—Revenue share agreement with Dr. Lang" for further information regarding our arrangement with our Chief Executive Officer.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

        Through March 31, 2015, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated organizations or financial partnerships, such as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

Critical accounting policies and significant judgments and use of estimates

        The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which had been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States that require us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. The accounting estimates that require our

85


Table of Contents

most significant estimates include revenue recognition, accounts receivable valuation, inventory valuations, intangible valuation, equity instruments, impairment assessments, income tax reserves and related allowances, and the lives of property and equipment. We evaluate our estimates and judgments on an ongoing basis. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

Revenue

        We generate revenue from the sale of customized implants and instruments to medical facilities through the use of a combination of direct sales personnel, independent sales representatives and distributors.

        We recognize revenue when all of the following criteria are met:

        For a majority of sales to medical facilities, we recognize revenue upon completion of the procedure, which represents satisfaction of the required revenue recognition criteria. For the remaining sales, which are made directly through distributors and generally represent less than 1% of revenue, we recognize revenue at the time of shipment of the product, which represents the point in time when the customer has taken ownership and assumed the risk of loss and the required revenue recognition criteria are satisfied. Such customers are obligated to pay within specified time periods regardless of when or if they ever sell or use the products. Once the revenue recognition criteria have been satisfied we do not offer rights of return or price protection and we have no post-delivery obligations.

Accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts

        The majority of our accounts receivable balances consist of amounts due from medical facilities. In estimating whether accounts receivable can be collected, we perform evaluations of customers and continuously monitor collections and payments and estimate an allowance for doubtful accounts based on the aging of the underlying invoices, experience to date and any specific collection issues that have been identified. The allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded in the period in which revenue is recorded or at the time potential collection risk is identified.

Inventories

        Inventories consist of raw materials, work-in-process components and finished goods. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined using the first-in first-out method, or market value. We also review our inventory value to determine if it reflects lower of cost or market, with market determined based on net realizable value. Appropriate consideration is given to inventory items sold at negative gross margins, purchase commitments and other factors in evaluating net realizable value.

Intangibles and other long-lived assets

        Intangible assets consist of developed technology and other intellectual property rights in-licensed from ImaTx as part of the spin-out transaction in 2004. Intangible assets are carried at cost less accumulated amortization. We test impairment of long-lived assets when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the assets might be impaired. For assets with determinable

86


Table of Contents

useful lives, amortization is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated economic lives of the respective intangible assets.

        Furthermore, periodically we assess whether long-lived assets, including intangible assets, should be tested for recoverability whenever events or circumstances indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable. The amount of impairment, if any, is measured based on fair value, which is determined using estimated undiscounted cash flows to be generated from such assets or group of assets. If the cash flow estimates or the significant operating assumptions upon which they are based change in the future, we may be required to record impairment charges. During 2013 and 2014 and for the three months ended March 31, 2015, no such impairment charges were recognized.

Medical device excise tax

        We are subject to the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, which imposes a tax equal to 2.3% on the sales price of any taxable medical device by a medical device manufacturer, producer or importer of such device. We incurred medical device excise tax expense of $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, which amounts are included in general and administrative expense.

Share-based compensation and common stock valuation

Stock-based compensation

        We measure the cost of awards of equity instruments based on the grant date fair value of the awards. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the weighted-average fair value of options granted and recognize the compensation expense of stock-based awards on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the award.

        The fair value of stock-based payment awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model is affected by the stock price, exercise price, and a number of assumptions, including expected volatility of the stock, expected life of the option, risk-free interest rate and expected dividends on the stock. Our estimates of these important assumptions are primarily based on third-party valuations, historical data, peer company data and our judgment regarding future trends and other factors.

        The fair value of options at date of grant was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following assumptions were used for the options that were granted in the respective periods, if any:

 
  Years Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended March 31,
 
  2013   2014   2014   2015
 
   
   
  (unaudited)

Risk-free interest rate

  0.78% - 1.61%   1.66% - 2.29%     1.37% - 1.67%

Expected term (in years)

  5.00 - 6.25   5.00 - 7.25     5.47 - 6.45

Dividend yield

  0.00%   0.00%     0.00%

Expected volatility

  55.00%   50.00%     50.00%

        We recognized employee stock-based compensation expense of $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, $0.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and $1.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, which amounts were calculated based on awards ultimately expected to vest based on historical

87


Table of Contents

forfeiture rates to date, the amount of stock-based compensation capitalized as part of inventory was not material.

        The following is a summary of stock-based compensation expense (in thousands):

 
  Years Ended
December 31,
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2013   2014   2014   2015  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Cost of revenues

  $ 179   $ 162   $ 41   $ 110  

Sales and marketing

    439     597     113     210  

Research and development

    879     628     98     254  

General and administrative

    840     1,163     214     514  

  $ 2,337   $ 2,550   $ 466   $ 1,088  

        At March 31, 2015, we had $5.8 million of total unrecognized compensation expense that will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.56 years.

Common stock valuations

        The fair value of the shares of our common stock underlying our stock options has historically been determined by our board of directors. Because there has been no public market for our common stock and in the absence of recent arm's-length cash sales transactions of our common stock with independent third parties, our board of directors has determined the fair value of our common stock by considering at the time of grant a number of objective and subjective factors. Our board of directors intends all options granted to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per share fair value of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant. The estimated fair value of our common stock was determined at each valuation date in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or AICPA, Audit and Accounting Practice Aid, "Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation". Our board of directors, with the assistance of management, developed these valuations using significant judgment and taking into account numerous factors, including the following:

88


Table of Contents

        We considered the following approaches in the preparation of our valuations:

        In addition, we also considered an enterprise value allocation method:

        For the valuations performed as of September 30, 2013 and January 31, 2014, we estimated the per share common stock value by allocating the enterprise value of the company using a hybrid allocation method that utilized a combination of the OPM method and a scenario analysis that may be considered to be part of a PWERM. We determined the common stock value was $3.66 as of September 30, 2013 and $4.06 as of January 31, 2014. For the valuations performed as of May 31, 2014, November 30, 2014 and March 31, 2015, we estimated the per share common stock value by allocating our enterprise value using the PWERM method. We determined the common stock value was $4.48 as of May 31, 2014, $5.09 as of November 30, 2014 and $7.63 as of March 31, 2015.

        In determining the estimated fair value of our common stock, our board of directors also considered the fact that our stockholders could not freely trade our common stock in the public markets. Accordingly, we applied discounts to reflect the lack of marketability of our common stock based on the expected time to liquidity. The estimated fair value of our common stock at each

89


Table of Contents

grant date reflected a non-marketability discount partially based on the anticipated likelihood and timing of a future liquidity event.

        The key subjective factors and assumptions used in our valuations primarily consisted of:

        The following table sets forth information about our stock option grants since January 1, 2013 on each date on which we granted stock options:

Grant Date
  Number of
Options
Granted
  Exercise
Price $
  Estimated fair value of
common stock per
share used to
determine stock-based
compensation
expense $
 

4/2/2013

    966,313     2.75     1.77  

6/11/2013

    772,772     2.75     1.77  

8/4/2014

    724,402     4.48     4.48  

8/4/2014

    1,335,705     5.48     4.48  

9/17/2014

    15,000     5.48     4.48  

1/13/2015

    668,675     5.48     5.09  

2/5/2015

    25,000     5.48     5.09  

4/28/2015

    40,000     7.63     7.63  

    4,547,867              

        At each grant date the board of directors reviewed any recent events and their potential impact on the estimated fair value per share of the common stock. For grants of stock awards made on dates for which there was no valuation performed by an independent third party, our board of directors considered the most recent independent third-party valuation and other pertinent information available to it at the time of grant. As provided for in Code Section 409A, we generally rely on independent third-party valuations for up to 12 months unless we experienced a material event that would have affected the estimated fair value per common share.

        Following the closing of this offering, the fair value of our common stock will be determined based on the closing price of our common stock on the grant date.

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

        We are exposed to various market risks, which may result in potential losses arising from adverse changes in market rates, such as interest rates and foreign exchange rates. We do not enter into derivatives or other financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes and do not believe we are exposed to material market risk with respect to our cash and cash equivalents.

90


Table of Contents

Interest rate risk

        We are exposed to interest rate risk in connection with borrowings made under the Revolving Line provided under the SVB/Oxford Agreement, which bears interest at a floating rate based on the prime rate. For variable rate debt, interest rate changes generally do not affect the fair value of the debt instrument, but do impact future earnings and cash flows, assuming other factors are held constant. A hypothetical 100 basis point change in interest rates during any of the periods presented would not have had a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Foreign currency exchange risk

        Fluctuations in the rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies could adversely affect our financial results. Approximately 29% of our revenue from product sales for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, 30% for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 36% for the three months ended March 31, 2014 were denominated in foreign currencies, and we expect that foreign currencies will continue to represent a similarly significant percentage of our net sales in the future. Costs of revenue related to these sales are primarily denominated in U.S. dollars; however, operating costs, including sales and marketing and general and administrative expense, related to these sales are largely denominated in the same currencies as the sales, thereby partially limiting our transaction risk exposure. Additionally, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates may cause us to recognize transaction gains and losses in our statement of operations. To date, foreign currency transaction realized gains and losses have not been material to our consolidated financial statements, and we have not engaged in any foreign currency hedging transactions. As our international operations grow, we will continue to reassess our approach to managing the risks relating to fluctuations in currency rates. A 10% increase or decrease in foreign currency exchange rates would have resulted in additional income or expense of $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. A 10% increase or decrease in foreign currency exchange rates would not have had a material impact on our consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2014 or for the three months ended March 31, 2015.

        We do not believe that inflation and change in prices had a significant impact on our results of operations for any periods presented in our consolidated financial statements.

Segment information

        We have one primary business activity and operate as one reportable segment.

JOBS Act accounting election

        The Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, permits an "emerging growth company" such as us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We are choosing to "opt out" of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are adopted. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.

Recent accounting pronouncements

        In August 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements-Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40)—Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern (ASU 2014-15). This ASU provides guidance about management's responsibility to evaluate whether there is a substantial doubt about an entity's ability to continue as a going

91


Table of Contents

concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. Specifically, this ASU defines the term substantial doubt, requires an evaluation of every reporting period including interim periods, provides principles for considering the mitigating effect of management's plan, requires certain disclosures when substantial doubt is alleviated as a result of consideration of management's plans, requires an express statement and other disclosures when substantial doubt is not alleviated, and requires an assessment for a period of one year after the date that the financial statements are issued or available to be issued. ASU 2014-15 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and interim periods within those reporting periods. Earlier adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of this pronouncement on our consolidated financial statements.

        In April 2014, FASB issued ASU No. 2014-08, Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity. This ASU amendment changes the requirements for reporting discontinued operations in Subtopic 205-20. The amendment is effective on a prospective basis for financial statements issued for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2014. Early adoption is permitted for disposals that have not been reported in financial statements previously issued. We will apply the provisions of this ASU to any future transactions that qualify for reporting discontinued operations.

        In May 2014, FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC 605, Revenue Recognition. This ASU is based on the principle that revenue is recognized to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The ASU also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. This ASU's effective date will be the first quarter of fiscal year 2017 using one of two retrospective application methods. We have not determined the potential effects of this ASU on our consolidated financial statements.

92


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Overview

        We are a medical technology company that uses our proprietary iFit Image-to-Implant technology platform to develop, manufacture and sell joint replacement implants that are individually sized and shaped, which we refer to as customized, to fit each patient's unique anatomy. The worldwide market for joint replacement products is approximately $15 billion annually and growing, and we believe our iFit technology platform is applicable to all major joints in this market. We believe we are the only company offering a broad line of customized knee implants designed to restore the natural shape of a patient's knee. We have sold a total of more than 30,000 knee implants in the United States and Europe. In recent clinical studies, iTotal CR, our cruciate-retaining total knee replacement implant and best-selling product, demonstrated superior clinical outcomes, including better function and greater patient satisfaction compared to off-the-shelf implants. We recently initiated the limited launch of iTotal PS, our posterior-stabilized total knee replacement implant which addresses the largest segment of the knee replacement market. We expect to submit an application for clearance of iTotal Hip, our first customized hip replacement implant, with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, in 2015.

        Our iFit technology platform comprises three key elements:

We believe our iFit technology platform enables a scalable business model that greatly lowers our inventory requirements, reduces the amount of working capital required to support our operations and allows us to launch new products and product improvements more rapidly, as compared to manufacturers of traditional implants.

        Manufacturers of traditional knee replacement implants offer products with a limited range of sizes and geometries, which we refer to as off-the-shelf implants. Off-the-shelf implants are not designed to restore a particular patient's unique anatomy. According to one study, approximately one in five patients who receives an off-the-shelf total knee replacement is not satisfied with the results. See "—Industry Background—Knee implants" for a description of the study.

        Based on clinical data developed independently by orthopedic surgeons comparing our iTotal CR to off-the-shelf total knee replacement implants, as well as our own research and the common approach we employ in the design and manufacture of our products, we believe that our customized knee replacement implants offer significant benefits to the patient, the surgeon and the hospital that are not afforded by off-the-shelf implants.

Better fit .   We design our customized knee implants to restore the patient's own native anatomy. As a result, we believe that our implants fit better.

Faster recovery .   We believe an individual fit requires less bone and soft tissue removal by the surgeon, thereby shortening recovery times.

93


Table of Contents

Better function .   We design our customized knee implants to follow the particular shape and contour of the patient's knee. As a result, we believe our implants offer an increased potential for a knee that moves more naturally and is more stable.

Greater patient satisfaction .   We believe our implants offer patients greater overall satisfaction with the results of their knee replacement.

For the surgeon.   We believe that the combination of the use of our iJigs with our customized knee replacement implants enables a more accurate, reproducible and simplified surgical procedure by reducing the number of required steps and increasing the precision of the placement of the implant. According to a retrospective study of 200 knee replacement surgeries published in 2014 in the peer-reviewed Journal of Arthroplasty , our iTotal CR implant was 1.8 times more likely to be in the desired alignment range after surgery than an off-the-shelf implant.

For the hospital.   We believe that our customized knee replacement implants and iFit technology platform provide a better economic outcome for hospitals by:

improving patient recovery times, reducing blood loss and reducing adverse event rates at discharge;

reducing the costs associated with managing and sterilizing large numbers of reusable instruments; and

improving turnaround times with the potential for more procedures to be completed within the same amount of time and for the hospital to generate additional revenue.

        We own or exclusively in-license a total of approximately 470 issued patents and pending patent applications that cover customized implants and patient-specific instrumentation, or PSI, for all major joints and other elements of our iFit technology platform. Our intellectual property portfolio includes 112 issued United States patents, 51 patents issued in countries outside the United States, and 309 patent applications worldwide. We believe that our patent portfolio provides a significant barrier to entry.

        All of our knee replacement products have been cleared by the FDA under the premarket notification process of Section 510(k) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or the FDCA, and have received certification to CE Mark. We market our products to orthopedic surgeons, hospitals, hospital networks, ambulatory surgery centers and other medical facilities, and patients. We have 86 employees engaged in the sales and marketing of our products in the United States, Germany and the United Kingdom. We use independent sales representatives and distributors to complement our own sales and marketing efforts in these and other markets.

        We introduced our iUni and iDuo partial knee replacement products in 2007 and our iTotal CR in 2011. For the year ended December 31, 2014, we generated revenue of $48.2 million from product sales, representing a 39% increase over the prior year. For the three months ended March 31, 2015, we generated revenue of $14.7 million from product sales, representing a 36% increase over the three months ended March 31, 2014.

Industry background

Market opportunity

Joint replacement for treatment of osteoarthritis

        Osteoarthritis is the principal condition that leads to joint replacement surgery. Osteoarthritis is a degenerative joint disease characterized by the breakdown of the cartilage that protects and cushions key joints in the body, including the knees, hips and shoulders. This causes the bones in

94


Table of Contents

the affected joint to rub against each other, which can result in significant and chronic joint pain, stiffness, swelling, numbness, loss of flexibility and loss of motor function. The pain of osteoarthritis, even during the early stages of the disease, can be overwhelming for patients and can have significant physical, psychological, quality of life and financial implications.

        An estimated 27 million people in the United States and 630 million people worldwide suffer from osteoarthritis. Compelling demographic trends, such as the growing population of aging yet active individuals and rising rates of obesity, are expected to be key drivers in the continued growth of osteoarthritis occurrence. The National Institutes of Health, or NIH, projects that by 2030, approximately 70 million people in the United States will be 65 years or older and will be at high risk of developing osteoarthritis. Osteoarthritis is more common in adults over the age of 50, but the condition and precursors of the condition can be observed much earlier.

        For moderate to advanced cases of osteoarthritis, a surgical procedure may be required to replace the damaged joint. During this joint replacement, or arthroplasty, procedure, a surgeon removes the damaged bone in the affected joint and inserts an implant as a replacement. The joint implant may replace all of the principal components of the joint, in which case the procedure is referred to as a total joint replacement, or may replace only a portion of the joint, in which case the procedure is referred to as a partial joint replacement. According to data from the American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, or AAOS, most patients who undergo primary total knee arthroplasty, or TKA, and primary total hip arthroplasty, or THA, are aged 50 to 80 years old. However, according to presentations made at the 2014 annual meeting of the AAOS, increased use of these procedures in patients between 45 and 64 years old has fueled recent growth in the TKA and THA markets. Based on these trends, we expect patient demand for total joint replacements will continue to increase.

Joint replacement market

        According to the Orthopaedic Industry Annual Report published in March 2015 by Orthoworld Inc., or the 2014 Orthoworld Report, worldwide sales of joint replacement products, including replacements for knees, hips, shoulders, elbows, wrists, ankles and digits outside of trauma, exceeded $15.4 billion in 2014 and are expected to grow to approximately $18 billion by the end of 2020. The 2014 Orthoworld Report estimated that worldwide sales of knee replacement products totaled approximately $7.5 billion in 2014. According to the Orthopaedic Industry Annual Report published in May 2014 by Orthoworld Inc., or the 2013 Orthoworld Report, 2013 estimated sales of knee replacement products in the United States represented approximately 56% of total estimated worldwide sales of such products.

        According to the industry report U.S. Market for Large Bone and Joint Orthopedic Devices published in February 2014 by iData Research, or the iData Report, primary total knee replacement implants and partial knee replacement implants accounted for approximately 83% of the 2013 knee replacement market by revenue in the United States. The remaining 17% of the knee replacement market is for follow up procedures known as revision surgeries and patient-specific instruments. According to the iData Report, in 2013, of the primary total knee replacement market in the United States, posterior-stabilized procedures represented approximately 72% by revenue and cruciate-retaining procedures represented approximately 28% by revenue. The decision to perform a posterior-stabilized or cruciate-retaining total knee replacement is usually a matter of a surgeon's preferred surgical technique.

        In 2014, according to the 2014 Orthoworld Report, worldwide sales of hip replacement products totaled approximately $6.3 billion. According to the 2013 Orthoworld Report, 2013 estimated sales of hip replacement products in the United States represented approximately 54% of total estimated worldwide sales of such products. According to the iData Report, primary total hip

95


Table of Contents

replacement implants accounted for approximately 69% by revenue of the 2013 hip replacement market in the United States.

        The market for joint replacements extends beyond knee and hip replacements. For example, the treatment of osteoarthritis in the extremities, including the shoulder, elbow, wrist and digit, may involve the replacement of the affected joint. According to the 2014 Orthoworld Report, the worldwide extremities joint replacement market was estimated at $1.6 billion in 2014.

Knee implants

        Knee replacement implants typically have four principal components:

        The tibial and femoral components are attached to the patient's bone using acrylic cement. The surfaces where the metal components meet are referred to as articular surfaces.

Clinical shortcomings of off-the-shelf knee implants

        Knees vary in size and shape; no two knees are the same. In a traditional knee replacement procedure, the surgeon must choose an off-the-shelf implant with a size and shape that the surgeon thinks will work best for the patient. However, off-the-shelf implants are not customized to fit an individual patient's knee, and during a knee replacement procedure, the surgeon has to fit the patient's soft tissue, bones and cartilage to the fixed dimensions of the implant through an iterative process of sizing and positioning. This typically entails removing bone and shaping the residual bone to the implant. Surgeons often have to make compromises on implant fit, rotation and alignment because the surgeons are limited by the size and shape of the implant. These compromises can cause residual pain and functional limitations after surgery, which we believe contribute to patient dissatisfaction. According to a study of 1,703 patients published in 2009 in the peer-reviewed journal Clinical Orthopaedics and Related Research where patient satisfaction was determined by combining patients who answered very dissatisfied, dissatisfied or neutral into one group and patients who answered satisfied or very satisfied into a second group, approximately one in five patients who receive an off-the-shelf implant is not satisfied with his or her total knee replacement.

96


Table of Contents

        We believe that the typical compromises surgeons must make with off-the-shelf implants can affect patient outcomes in the following important ways:

        The graphic below depicts femoral overhang, femoral undersizing, tibial overhang and tibial undersizing with an off-the-shelf knee implant:

GRAPHIC

97


Table of Contents

        In order to achieve proper tibial rotation, there are often tradeoffs among proper sizing, coverage and placement with off-the-shelf implants. The graphic below depicts proper rotation and malrotation of the tibial component:

GRAPHIC

98


Table of Contents

        The graphic below depicts abnormal femoral lift-off, one of the potential unnatural movements, in a knee replacement with an off-the-shelf implant.

GRAPHIC

99


Table of Contents

Other challenges associated with off-the-shelf implants

        In addition to the residual pain and functional limitations suffered by patients, we believe procedures using off-the-shelf knee implants present several intra-operative and economic challenges for surgeons and hospitals, including:

Recent efforts to improve traditional knee replacement surgery

        In an effort to overcome some of the shortcomings associated with off-the-shelf implants, manufacturers have focused on improving traditional knee replacement procedures. We believe, however, that these efforts do not fully address the needs of patients, surgeons and hospitals:

100


Table of Contents

The ConforMIS Solution: One Patient, One Implant

        No two joints are the same; accordingly, we believe no two implants should be the same. We believe our customized joint replacement products and proprietary technology create an opportunity to disrupt the large, existing market for off-the-shelf orthopedic implants. According to a survey of 356 orthopedic surgeons conducted by iData Research during the 2014 annual meeting of the American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, approximately 47% of respondents claimed to see a benefit to using custom implants.

        We use our proprietary iFit Image-to-Implant technology platform to design and manufacture customized knee implants that are precisely sized and shaped to fit the unique three-dimensional curvatures of each patient's knee, as well as associated customized, single-use patient-specific instrumentation, which we refer to as iJigs. We believe our proprietary iFit technology platform is applicable to all major joints.

iFit Image-to-Implant technology platform

        Our iFit technology platform comprises three key elements:

        We believe our iFit technology platform enables a scalable business model that greatly lowers our inventory requirements, reduces the amount of working capital required to support our operations and allows us to launch new products and product improvements more rapidly, as compared to manufacturers of off-the-shelf implants.

101


Table of Contents

Our customized implant procedure

        The principal steps involved in the application of our iFit technology platform to the delivery of a customized knee implant to the hospital and surgical plan to the surgeon include:




LOGO

 

CT scan
The surgeon orders a standard diagnostic CT scan of the patient's knee, along with a few CT images of the hip and ankle. The CT scan is then sent to ConforMIS.



LOGO

 

Recreating the knee using three-dimensional modeling
We use our proprietary algorithms and computer software to map the articular surfaces of the knee joint, define the areas of disease and convert the imaging data into a three-dimensional model of the knee. Our software is designed to correct for deformities caused by osteoarthritis and to digitally recreate the biomechanical axes of the patient's knee, which is important in determining proper rotation and alignment of the implant.



LOGO

 

Personalizing the implant
Our engineers use computer-aided design, or CAD, software to design the customized implant and iJigs that will precisely match the three-dimensional model of the patient's knee. We are able to model the implant contact surfaces and maximize contact area for each patient with the goal of reducing polyethylene wear, a common reason for implant failure.



LOGO

 

Development of patient-specific surgical plan
For each patient, we generate and provide the surgeon with iView, which allows the surgeon to visualize all preoperative planning information, including surgical steps, measurements and orientations. We make iView available to the surgeon electronically in advance of the procedure and include iView in a single package with our customized implant and iJigs.



LOGO

 

Just-in-time delivery to hospital
We deliver the patient's customized knee implant and iJigs to the hospital in advance of the surgery. We are able to deliver our iUni, iDuo and iTotal CR products within six to seven weeks of the date of our receipt of an order and the CT scan, and we expect a similar delivery time for our iTotal PS.

Key benefits of our customized products

        We use our iFit technology platform to develop customized joint replacement systems and single-use surgical instruments. Based on clinical data developed independently by orthopedic surgeons comparing our iTotal CR to off-the-shelf total knee replacement implants, as well as our own research and the common approach we employ in the design and manufacture of all of our products, we believe that our customized knee replacement implants offer significant benefits to the patient, the surgeon and the hospital that are not afforded by off-the-shelf implants.

102


Table of Contents

103


Table of Contents

104


Table of Contents

105


Table of Contents

Our strategy

        Our objective is for our customized implants to become the standard of care for orthopedic joint replacement surgery. We believe that our iFit Image-to-Implant technology platform will enable us to offer a wide variety of customized joint replacement implants with superior performance that offer key clinical and economic benefits over off-the-shelf implants. Key elements of our strategy to achieve our objective are to:

106


Table of Contents

Our products

Knee replacement products

        We offer a broad line of primary knee replacement implants, both partial and total, that we customize to fit each particular patient. Surgeons use our family of customized knee implants to treat mild to severe osteoarthritis of the knee. All of our knee replacement products have been cleared by the FDA under the premarket notification process of Section 510(k) of the FDCA and have received certification to CE Mark. We deliver our customized knee replacement implants and iJigs, together with iView, to the hospital in a single pre-sterilized package in advance of the scheduled arthroplasty procedure.

        The following is an overview of each of our knee replacement implant products:


GRAPHIC
   
iTotal CR is the only cruciate-retaining, customized total knee replacement system on the market designed to restore the natural shape of a patient's knee. We introduced the iTotal CR in May 2011 and launched new generations in each of 2012, 2013 and 2015. The iTotal CR includes a femoral implant, a tibial tray, and dual medial and lateral polyethylene inserts, which serve as a cushion between the femoral and tibial components, all of which are individually made for the particular patient, together with a polyethylene patella designed to work with our customized components.  
GRAPHIC


 


GRAPHIC

 

 
The iTotal PS is the only posterior cruciate ligament substituting, or posterior-stabilized, customized total knee replacement product on the market designed to restore the natural shape of a patient's knee. We initiated a limited launch of the iTotal PS in the United States in February 2015, which we expect will continue into 2016. The iTotal PS includes a femoral implant with a metal cam, a tibial tray, and a single polyethylene insert, which includes a plastic spine, all of which are individually made for the particular patient, together with a polyethylene patella designed to work with our customized components.  
GRAPHIC

107


Table of Contents


 


GRAPHIC

 

 
The iDuo is the only customized bicompartmental knee replacement system on the market. The iDuo is considered a bicruciate-retaining knee replacement because the surgeon may retain both the anterior cruciate ligaments, or ACL, and posterior cruciate ligaments, or PCL. We first launched the iDuo in December 2007 and have launched new generations of the product in each of 2010 and 2012. The iDuo includes a femoral implant, a tibial tray and a single polyethylene insert, all of which are individually made for the particular patient, together with a polyethylene patella designed to work with our customized components.  
GRAPHIC


 


GRAPHIC

 

 
The iUni is the only customized unicompartmental knee replacement product on the market for treatment of the medial or lateral compartment of the knee. The iUni is considered a bicruciate-retaining knee replacement because the surgeon retains both the ACL and PCL. We first launched the iUni in June 2007 and launched new generations of the product in each of 2009 and 2012. The iUni includes a femoral implant, a tibial tray and a single polyethylene insert, all of which are individually made for the particular patient.  
GRAPHIC


 

Hip replacement product candidate

iTotal Hip

        We are currently developing our iTotal Hip to provide a customized total hip replacement implant. We expect to submit to the FDA an application for 510(k) clearance of our iTotal Hip in 2015. We expect that iTotal Hip will be our next product introduction after iTotal PS. We believe the introduction of iTotal Hip will provide synergies with our existing line of customized knee implants because most surgeons who perform knee replacements also perform hip replacements. Thus, we expect that iTotal Hip will complement our existing product line, customer base, sales force and distribution channels.

        Problems with off-the-shelf hip implants.     As with the knee, no two hips are the same. They vary in size and shape. As is the case for knee replacements, off-the shelf hip replacement implants are offered in a limited number of standard shapes and sizes. The key clinical challenges and complications with off-the-shelf total hip replacements are:

108


Table of Contents

        Manufacturers of off-the-shelf hip implants attempted to address these shortcomings by developing modular hip systems consisting of a large number of neck components with different neck angles, lengths and anteversion paired with off-the-shelf stems and femoral head components. The surgeon would select a modular neck during surgery that best fit the patient's anatomy. Following their introduction, these modular hips initially were widely used. However, there was a high failure rate because the implants had a tendency to break at the modular connection between the stem and the neck and corrode because of the additional metal-to-metal connection between the neck and the stem. As a result, usage of modular hips has declined dramatically.

        Off-the-shelf hip implants require a large number of trays of reusable instruments with the same instrument management challenges and costs of cleaning and sterilization associated with off-the-shelf knee implants. In addition, orthopedic surgery using off-the-shelf hip implants is characterized by a difficult surgical technique and can suffer from a lack of reproducibility in component placement.

        The ConforMIS hip replacement solution.     We are developing our iTotal Hip using our iFit technology platform. Our iTotal Hip will be customized to the individual patient and designed to address the limitations of off-the-shelf hip implants. We are designing our iTotal Hip to consist of the following components:

        We believe that our customized iTotal Hip monoblock femoral component has the same strength as the femoral component of a standard monoblock, or non-modular, off-the-shelf hip implant while at the same time addressing the variability of patients' femoral neck shapes. We believe that the customized nature of our implant will appeal to many surgeons who used modular hips in the past. In addition, we believe the combination of our customized implant paired with patient-specific iJigs and patient-specific placement of the acetabular cup and the femoral component will help address the problems of hip dislocation and leg length discrepancy associated with off-the-shelf implants.

109


Table of Contents

        Because our iTotal Hip is based on our iFit technology platform, we are designing it to take advantage of our proprietary design software, 3D printing technology and a just-in-time single package delivery system, just as we do with our customized knee implants.

Our proprietary iJigs

        Our iJigs are customized, single-use, patient-specific instrumentation. The iJigs we deliver with our joint replacement products include the guides and instruments the surgeon requires to remove the bone and soft tissue necessary to fit our customized implant to the patient. We believe that providing our iJigs with our customized knee implants enable a more accurate, reproducible and simplified surgical procedure by reducing the number of steps and increasing the precision of the alignment.

        In an off-the-shelf procedure, the surgeon must have large numbers of reusable instruments available because the surgeon does not know in advance which bone cuts and other tissue removal will be necessary to prepare the patient to receive the off-the-shelf implant. As a result, a knee replacement procedure performed using our customized implants and iJigs requires only one tray of reusable instruments, which we provide to the hospital, as compared to a knee replacement procedure using an off-the-shelf implant, which requires approximately five to 10 double-tiered, reusable instrument trays, which the off-the-shelf manufacturer provides to the hospital. We provide our implants with a full set of iJigs in a single package. Our iJigs arrive sterile and are discarded after use.

        The graphic below depicts our single package delivery systems for our iJigs and knee replacement products:

GRAPHIC

110


Table of Contents

Clinical studies

        In evaluating the clinical and economic benefits of our customized knee implants, we consider results obtained from studies sponsored by us and from studies conducted independently by orthopedic surgeons that compare our customized knee implants with off-the-shelf knee implants. As of April 30, 2015, there were 5 peer-reviewed journal articles and 24 abstracts either presented or accepted for presentation at conferences reporting on the results of these clinical studies. Of the published or presented studies known to us that compared our knee replacement product to an off-the-shelf product, all but one reported either that the performance of our knee replacement product was superior to an off-the-shelf product on the reported measures or that there were no statistically significant differences detected between the performance of our knee replacement product and an off-the-shelf knee replacement product on those measures. The following provides our summary of the findings of several of these studies that relate to our iTotal CR product and that we considered in forming our views as to the clinical and economic benefits of our customized knee implants:

        Lower adverse event rates and faster hospital discharge.     We reviewed an abstract presented at the 2015 ICJR Arthroplasty Conference that described a retrospective study of 248 patients who had undergone a total knee replacement, 126 of whom received an iTotal CR and 122 of whom received a posterior cruciate-retaining off-the-shelf knee replacement. Our summary of the principal findings of the study is as follows:

        We provided financial support for this study.

        Improved clinical outcomes and greater patient satisfaction.     We reviewed an abstract presented at the 2015 ICJR Arthroplasty Conference that described an investigator-initiated, matched-pair, retrospective study of 35 patients who had undergone total knee replacement with an iTotal CR and 35 patients who had undergone total knee replacement with an off-the-shelf knee implant. Two surgeons performed these TKAs. For each matched pair, the same surgeon performed the iTotal CR and off-the-shelf procedure. Our summary of the principal findings of the study is as follows:

111


Table of Contents

        This study was conducted by independent orthopedic surgeons.

        Favorable adverse event rate and outcomes.     We reviewed an abstract that has been accepted for presentation at the upcoming 2015 International Congress for Joint Reconstruction Pan-Pacific Congress that described a multi-center, prospective study of adverse event rates and outcome scores of 197 patients who had undergone total knee replacement with an iTotal CR. Our summary of the principal findings of the study is as follows:

        We provided financial support for this study.

        More accurate alignment.     We reviewed a paper published in 2014 in the Journal of Arthroplasty that described an investigator-initiated, retrospective study of 200 patients who had undergone total knee replacements, 100 of whom received an iTotal CR implant and 100 of whom received an off-the-shelf implant. The same surgeon performed all 200 implant procedures, and all of the iTotal CR and off-the-shelf implants had been performed consecutively. Our summary of the principal findings of the study is as follows:

112


Table of Contents

        This study was conducted by independent orthopedic surgeons.

        A more stable knee implant without abnormal lift off.     We reviewed an abstract presented at the 2014 ICJR Pan-Pacific Congress that described a study of 20 patients who had undergone total knee replacement, 11 of whom received an iTotal CR implant and nine of whom received an off-the-shelf knee implant. The same surgeon performed all 20 implant procedures. All patients had been assessed following the procedure on the Knee Society Knee Score, a commonly used surgeon-assessed weighted score of pain, stability, range of motion and function. Our summary of the principal findings of the study follows. All of the patients had Knee Society Knee Scores greater than 90 out of a maximum score of 100, which is an indication of a clinically successful knee replacement. Patients who had received an iTotal CR showed a post-operative kinematic pattern similar to a normal knee when asked to perform a deep knee bend and chair-rise. Patients with off-the-shelf implants experienced greater variability in their kinematic patterns, differing from the typical kinematic patterns of the normal knee. More than half of the patients with an off-the-shelf implant experienced abnormal lift off, while patients with an iTotal CR showed no lift off. Due to the small sample size, the results from this study were not statistically significant. We provided financial support for this study.

        Improved function with a more normal kinematic pattern.     We reviewed an abstract presented at the 2014 ICJR Pan-Pacific Congress that described a study of 20 patients who had undergone a total knee replacement, 10 of whom received an iTotal CR implant and 10 of whom received an off-the-shelf knee implant. The same surgeon performed all 20 implant procedures. Our summary of the principal findings of the study follows. Patients who received an iTotal CR achieved more normal-like kinematic patterns. During both a deep knee bend and a chair-rise, patients with an iTotal CR achieved more normal motion of their lateral condyle and greater magnitude of axial rotation. One-half of the patients with off-the-shelf implants experienced an anterior slide of their lateral condyle, which is the opposite of normal knee kinematics. Due to the small sample size, the results from this study were not statistically significant. We provided financial support for this study.

Sales and marketing

        We market and sell our products in the United States, Austria, Germany, Ireland, the United Kingdom, Switzerland, Hong Kong and Singapore. See our "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Consolidated results of operations—Revenue" section of this prospectus for a summary of product revenue by geography. We market our products to orthopedic surgeons, hospitals and other medical facilities, including ambulatory surgery centers, and patients. We have 86 employees in the United States and other countries engaged in the sales and marketing of our products, of which 69 are direct sales representatives. We use independent sales representatives and a limited number of distributors to complement our own sales and marketing efforts in these and other markets. We expect to expand the size of our sales and marketing capabilities through additional hires and by entering into additional distribution arrangements in key territories.

        We offer technical and product focused training programs for our direct sales, independent sales and distributor representatives. We have designed these programs to provide the entire sales force with technical expertise and product knowledge so they may more effectively represent and market our products to surgeons, hospitals and other medical facilities. We believe we offer a simplified surgical technique with the use of our products that may reduce the need for our representatives to spend time in the operating room during a procedure when compared to the representatives of off-the-shelf implant manufacturers. This potentially will allow our sales representatives to spend more time on new customer growth opportunities.

113


Table of Contents

        We believe surgeons appreciate the clinical and economic benefits, including increased patient satisfaction, operating room efficiencies and lower adverse event rates, that we believe our products offer. We believe hospitals focus on the economic benefits that we believe are associated with our products, such as fewer instrument trays to manage, clean and sterilize, reduced operating room time, faster operating room set up and breakdown time and lower adverse event rates. We believe patients are interested in returning to daily activities quickly and are attracted to our customized approach. We employ direct-to-consumer marketing, primarily through patient testimonials, social media, search engine marketing, and print, online, radio and television news reports.

        In the United States, we use a database of surgeons, hospitals and procedure volumes to determine which geographical regions are most commercially attractive. Globally, we look for markets with a high volume of total knee replacements, favorable reimbursement characteristics and an historical openness to advanced technologies. We deploy sales representatives to focus on surgeons in these markets. In regions with a lower volume of total knee replacements, we generally contract with independent sales representatives and distributors to take advantage of their broad networks, surgeon relationships and ancillary, non-competitive, product lines such as sports medicine products.

        We work with orthopedic surgeons, including select key opinion leaders, affiliated with leading medical centers in the United States and Germany. We refer to the medical centers at which these surgeons practice as ConforMIS Centers of Excellence, or COE. We work with the COE surgeons on technical training and surgeon education. We plan to selectively add COEs on an ongoing basis.

        We identify local markets in the United States in which we believe we can become a top-three orthopedic implant supplier, as measured by procedures. We work to significantly increase our sales in these markets by focusing on high-volume, influential surgeons who use our products. We create a tailored direct marketing strategy to increase consumer awareness in these markets. We believe we have achieved a greater than 10% share by volume of procedures in a number of these markets.

Research and development

        Our internal research and development efforts are focused on continued innovation to develop customized implants for the knee and hip and to assess the application of our iFit technology platform to other major joints in the body. In our research and development activities, we actively work on:

        Our team of 34 full-time research and development employees has extensive experience in biomechanical engineering, manufacturing engineering and software engineering and development. A significant portion of our research and development activities involves the development of proprietary algorithms and computer software that underpins our entire iFit technology platform.

        When we develop a new product or seek to improve our existing products, our team of biomechanical and software engineers typically collaborates closely with experienced orthopedic

114


Table of Contents

surgeons and other independent scientists. After we complete the development of a new product or an improvement to an existing product, we seek regulatory clearance before introducing the product into patients.

Manufacturing

        We conduct our manufacturing activities in state-of-the-art design and manufacturing facilities in Bedford, Burlington and Wilmington, Massachusetts. We are in the process of vacating our Burlington facility and transferring those operations to our Wilmington facility. We have 151 full-time employees on our manufacturing team.

        We produce all of our CAD designs in-house and use them to direct all of our product manufacturing efforts. We manufacture all of our patient-specific instruments, or iJigs, in our facilities. We also make the majority of the tibial components used in our implants at our facilities. We outsource the production of the remainder of the tibial components and the manufacture of femoral and other implant components to third-party suppliers. The femoral components of our implants are cast in metal and finished. Our suppliers make our customized implant components using the CAD designs we supply.

        We have established a diverse, approved supplier base that is skilled in medical device manufacturing. Our suppliers are primarily based in the United States. We do not have any long-term supply arrangements and purchase our supplies on a purchase order basis. We maintain a dual source capability for our purchased implant components in an effort to ensure supply reliability, flexibility and cost competitiveness. For certain raw materials, including the powders used for our 3D printing, we rely on sole source providers who service large portions of the markets for these materials.

        In the future, if and as the volume of our product sales increases, we expect to take the following steps in connection with our manufacturing activities:

We also plan to explore other opportunities to reduce our manufacturing costs.

iFit 3D printing

        We believe that 3D printing is especially suited for production of our individually designed implants and instruments. We focus on 3D printing as a key element of our manufacturing because we believe it enables fast, cost-effective, and scalable processes that will deliver high quality implants and instruments customized to fit the unique anatomy of each patient. As a result, 3D printing plays a key and increasing role in our manufacturing operations.

        We currently apply our iFit 3D printing technology to manufacture iJigs using computer-controlled lasers that melt polymer powders into a solid on a layer-by-layer basis until the entire part is completed. The process of melting powders into a solid is called sintering. We use selective

115


Table of Contents

laser sintering, or SLS, with approved polymer powders to manufacture plastic components for our iJigs.

        We have received FDA clearance to apply our iFit 3D printing technology to manufacture the metal femoral implant component for our iTotal CR using direct metal laser sintering, or DMLS, using raw material that meets or exceeds the ASTM F-75 specification for chemical content and mechanical properties. ASTM F-75 is the accepted material standard for knee replacement femoral components. We plan to scale-up our 3D printing of the femoral component of our iTotal CR beginning in 2015.

        We expect to use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering to significantly expand our 3D printing capacity. Because we are able to operate our 3D printers on a near continuous basis with a limited workforce and can add 3D printing capacity without large incremental infrastructure investments, we believe that we will see additional per unit cost savings as we scale-up our manufacturing using 3D printing.

Quality assurance

        We apply a variety of automated and manual quality controls to our iJigs, implant components and other instruments we supply to ensure that our products conform to their specifications. Members of our quality department also inspect our devices at various steps during the manufacturing cycle to facilitate compliance with specifications. Our quality department periodically audits our suppliers to ensure conformity with our specifications and with our policies and procedures for our devices.

        We and our suppliers are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA under its Quality System Regulations, or QSR. The QSR provide that manufacturers must establish and follow quality systems consistent with the QSR framework to ensure that their products consistently meet applicable requirements and specifications. In accordance with the QSR framework, we have validated or verified the processes used in the manufacturing and testing of our devices. Our Burlington and Bedford manufacturing facilities are FDA registered, and we believe they are compliant with the FDA's QSR. We are in the process of completing our validations of our Wilmington facility and expect to register the facility with the FDA in the second quarter of 2015. We have also received certification from the British Standards Institution, or BSI, a Notified Body to the International Standards Organization of our quality system. Certification by a Notified Body is a necessary element of obtaining CE Marking in the EU. We are subject to periodic, announced and unannounced inspections by BSI, the FDA, and other governmental agencies. We continue to monitor our quality system and management efforts in order to maintain our overall level of compliance. See "—Regulatory requirements" below.

Intellectual property

        Protection of our intellectual property is an important priority for our company. Our success depends in part on our ability to obtain and maintain proprietary rights for our products and technology, to operate without infringing the proprietary rights of others and to prevent others from infringing our proprietary rights. We seek to protect our intellectual property position by, among other things, filing U.S. and certain foreign patent applications related to our products and technology where patent protection is available. We also rely on trade secrets, know-how, continuing technological innovation and in-licensing opportunities to develop and maintain our proprietary position.

        We typically seek patents on inventions relating to customized implants and iJigs, and on their methods of manufacture. We generally file patent applications in the United States, the major markets in the EU, and in select other commercially important countries. We typically rely on trade

116


Table of Contents

secret protection for our proprietary algorithms that we use to design customized implants and iJigs.

Patent rights

        As of May 18, 2015, we owned or exclusively in-licensed 163 issued patents around the world, including 112 patents issued in the United States and 51 foreign patents.

        As of May 18, 2015, we owned or exclusively in-licensed 309 patent applications, including 123 patent applications pending in the United States and 186 foreign patent applications.

        Our patent portfolio covers a range of subject matter, including:

Licenses from others

        We are a party to several agreements under which we have licensed rights in certain patents, patent applications and other intellectual property. We enter into these agreements to augment our proprietary intellectual property portfolio. The licensed intellectual property covers some of the products that we are researching, developing and commercializing and some of the technologies that we use. These licenses impose certain license fee, royalty payment and diligence obligations on us. We expect to continue to enter into these types of license agreements in the future.

117


Table of Contents

Patent litigation

        The medical device industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and frequent litigation based on allegations of patent infringement. Patent litigation can involve complex factual and legal questions and its outcome is uncertain. Any claim relating to infringement of patents that is successfully asserted against us may require us to pay substantial damages. Even if we were to prevail, any litigation could be costly and time-consuming and would divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business operations.

        Our business success will depend in part on our not infringing the intellectual property rights of others, including patents issued to our competitors and potential competitors. If our products are found to infringe the patents of others, our development, manufacture and sale of such potential products could be severely restricted or prohibited. In addition, our competitors may independently develop similar technologies. Because of the importance of our patent portfolio to our business, we may lose market share to our competitors if we fail to protect our intellectual property rights.

Licenses to others

        In September 2013, we filed suit in the U.S. District Court, District of Massachusetts against Wright Medical Technology, Inc., or Wright Technology, a wholly owned subsidiary of Wright Medical Group, Inc., or Wright Group. We refer to Wright Technology and Wright Group collectively as Wright Medical. The lawsuit alleged that Wright Technology's PROPHECY® knee and ankle systems infringe four of our patents. In January 2014, Wright Group transferred its orthopedic reconstruction division to Micro-Port Orthopedics, Inc., or MicroPort, a wholly owned subsidiary of MicroPort Scientific Corporation. In February 2014, we filed an amended complaint, naming MicroPort as an additional defendant, and alleging infringement by both defendants of an additional patent. We settled this lawsuit against Wright Medical and MicroPort in April 2015. As part of the settlement, we granted to MicroPort and Wright Medical the licenses described below. We believe that MicroPort and Wright Medical also entered into a separate indemnification agreement related to the licensed products transferred to MicroPort in January 2014.

License agreement with MicroPort

        In April 2015, we entered into a worldwide license agreement with MicroPort. Under the terms of this license agreement, we granted a perpetual, irrevocable, non-exclusive license to MicroPort to use patient specific instrument technology covered by our patents and patent applications with off-the-shelf implants in the knee. This license does not extend to patient-specific implants. This license agreement provides for the payment to us of a fixed royalty at a high single to low double digit percentage of net sales on patient specific instruments and associated implant components in the knee, including MicroPort's Prophecy patient specific instruments used with its Advance and Evolution implant components. This license agreement also provided for a single lump-sum payment by MicroPort to us of low-single digit millions of dollars upon entering into the license agreement, which has been paid. This license agreement will expire upon the expiration of the last to expire of our patents and patent applications licensed to MicroPort, which currently is expected to occur in 2029.

License agreement with Wright Medical

        In April 2015, we entered into a non-exclusive, fully paid up, worldwide license agreement with Wright Medical. Under the terms of this license agreement, we granted a perpetual, irrevocable, non-exclusive license to Wright Medical to use patient-specific instrument technology covered by our patents and patent applications with off-the-shelf implants in the foot and ankle. This license does not extend to patient-specific implants. This license agreement provided for a single lump-sum payment by Wright Medical to us of mid-single digit millions of dollars upon entering into the

118


Table of Contents

license agreement, which has been paid. This license agreement will expire upon the expiration of the last to expire of the patents and patent applications licensed to Wright Medical, which currently is expected to occur in 2030.

Trademarks

        As of May 15, 2015 we have filed 130 trademark registrations in the United States and in other major markets worldwide, including the following marks: ConforMIS, iFit, iTotal, iDuo, and iUni. We have 43 trademark applications pending in the United States and in other major markets worldwide.

Competition

        The joint replacement industry is intensely competitive, subject to rapid change and sensitive to the introduction of new products or other market activities of industry participants. We face competition from many different sources, including major medical device companies.

        We compete with several large, well-known companies that dominate the market for orthopedic products, principally LVB Acquisition, Inc., doing business as Biomet Group, Inc., or Biomet, Zimmer Holdings, Inc., or Zimmer, which is expected to acquire Biomet in 2015, DePuy Orthopedics, Inc., or DePuy, a Johnson & Johnson company, Smith & Nephew, Inc., or Smith & Nephew, Stryker Corporation, or Stryker, and MicroPort. These competitors have significantly greater financial resources, larger sales forces and networks of distributors, a greater number of established relationships, some of which may be exclusive, with key orthopedic surgeons, hospitals and third-party payors, and greater experience in research and development, manufacturing, obtaining regulatory clearances and marketing approved products than we do. These companies also compete with us in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, the development of our products and recruiting and retaining qualified scientific, engineering and management personnel.

        We also compete with numerous other companies that are developing and marketing competitive joint replacement products, as well as companies exploring alternatives to joint replacement such as biologic cartilage repair systems.

        We believe that the principal factors on which we compete with others in our market include:

    the ability to introduce innovative products that are differentiated from competitors' offerings and represent an improvement over currently available products;

    the ease of use of the products and the quality of training, services and clinical support provided to surgeons and hospitals;

    the safety and efficacy of products and procedures, as demonstrated in published studies and other clinical reports;

    the ability to anticipate and meet customers' needs and commercialize new products in a timely manner;

    acceptance and adoption of products by patients, physicians and hospitals; and

    the price of products and cost effectiveness of the procedure and availability and rate of third-party reimbursement.

        The prices that we charge our customers for our products vary from customer to customer based on such factors as the volume of product being purchased, geographic region, reimbursement environment and competitive factors. We believe that our current pricing for our products generally is within the same range as that of our principal competitors.

119


Table of Contents

Regulatory requirements

        Our products are medical devices that are subject to extensive regulation by government authorities in the United States and in other countries and jurisdictions, including the EU. These governmental authorities regulate the marketing and distribution of medical devices in their respective geographies. The regulations cover the entire life cycle of the product, including the research, development, testing, manufacture, quality control, packaging, storage, labeling, advertising and promotion of the devices. In addition, post-approval monitoring and reporting, as well as import and export of medical devices, are subject to regulatory requirements. The processes for obtaining regulatory approvals or clearances in the United States and in foreign countries and jurisdictions, along with subsequent compliance with applicable statutes and regulations, require the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources.

Review, approval and clearance of medical devices in the United States

        Medical devices in the United States are strictly regulated by the FDA. Under the FDCA a medical device is defined as an instrument, apparatus, implement, machine, contrivance, implant, in vitro reagent, or other similar or related article, including a component part or accessory, which is, among other things: intended for use in the diagnosis of disease or other conditions, or in the cure, mitigation, treatment, or prevention of disease, in man or other animals; or intended to affect the structure or any function of the body of man or other animals, and which does not achieve its primary intended purposes through chemical action within or on the body of man or other animals and which is not dependent upon being metabolized for the achievement of any of its primary intended purposes.

        Unless an exemption applies, a new medical device may not be marketed in the United States unless it has been cleared through filing of a 510(k) premarket notification, or 510(k), or approved by the FDA pursuant to a premarket approval application, or PMA. The information that must be submitted to the FDA in order to obtain clearance or approval to market a new medical device varies depending on how the medical device is classified by the FDA. Medical devices are classified into one of three classes depending on the level of control necessary to assure the safety and effectiveness of the device. Class I devices have the lowest level or risk associated with them, and are subject to general controls, including labeling, premarket notification and adherence to the QSR. Class II devices are subject to general controls and special controls, including performance standards. Class III devices, which have the highest level of risk associated with them, are subject to most of the aforementioned requirements as well as to premarket approval. Most Class I devices and some Class II devices are exempt from the 510(k) requirement, although manufacturers of these devices are still subject to registration, listing, labeling and QSR requirements.

        To date, we have used exclusively the 510(k) premarket notification process to obtain regulatory clearance from the FDA for the marketing and sale of our joint replacement products in the United States. All of our currently marketed products are Class II devices marketed pursuant to 510(k) clearances. We expect that our iTotal Hip product will be classified as a Class II device for which we will seek 510(k) clearance.

510(k) premarket notification

        A 510(k) is a premarket submission made to the FDA to demonstrate that the proposed device to be marketed is at least as safe and effective (i.e., substantially equivalent) to another legally marketed device, or predicate device, that did not require premarket approval. In evaluating a 510(k), the FDA will determine whether the device has the same intended use as the predicate device, and (a) has the same technological characteristics as the predicate device, or (b) has different technological characteristics, and (1) the data supporting substantial equivalence contains information, including appropriate clinical or scientific data, if deemed necessary by the FDA, that

120


Table of Contents

demonstrates that the device is as safe and as effective as a legally marketed device, and (2) does not raise different questions of safety and effectiveness than the predicate device. Most 510(k)s do not require clinical data for clearance, but the FDA may request such data.

        The FDA seeks to review and act on a 510(k) within 90 days of submission, but it may take longer if the agency finds that it requires more information to review the 510(k). If the FDA concludes that a new device is not substantially equivalent to a predicate device, the new device will be classified in Class III and the manufacturer will be required to submit a PMA to market the product. With the enactment of the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act, or the FDASIA, a de novo pathway is directly available for certain low to moderate risk devices that do not qualify for the 510(k) pathway due to the absence of a predicate device.

        Modifications to a 510(k)-cleared medical device may require the submission of another 510(k) or a PMA if the changes could significantly affect safety or effectiveness or constitute a major change in the intended use of the device. Modifications to a 510(k)-cleared device frequently require the submission of a traditional 510(k), but modifications meeting certain conditions may be candidates for FDA review under a Special 510(k). If a device modification requires the submission of a 510(k), but the modification does not affect the intended use of the device or alter the fundamental technology of the device, then summary information that results from the design control process associated with the cleared device can serve as the basis for clearing the application. A Special 510(k) allows a manufacturer to declare conformance to design controls without providing new data. When the modification involves a change in material, the nature of the "new" material will determine whether a traditional or Special 510(k) is necessary.

Premarket approval application

        The PMA process for approval to market a medical device is more complex, costly and time consuming than the 510(k) clearance procedure. A PMA must be supported by extensive data, including technical, preclinical, clinical, manufacturing, control and labeling information, that demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of the device for its intended use. After a PMA is submitted, the FDA has 45 days to determine whether it is sufficiently complete to permit a substantive review. If the PMA is complete, the FDA will file the PMA. The FDA is subject to performance goal review times for PMAs and may issue a decision letter as a first action on a PMA within 180 days of filing, but if it has questions, it will likely issue a first major deficiency letter within 150 days of filing. It may also refer the PMA to an FDA advisory panel for additional review, and will conduct a preapproval inspection of the manufacturing facility to ensure compliance with the QSR, either of which could extend the 180-day response target. In addition, the FDA may request additional information or request the performance of additional clinical trials before it will reconsider the approval of the PMA or as a condition of approval, in which case the trials must be completed after the PMA is approved.

        If the FDA's evaluations of both the PMA and the manufacturing facilities are favorable, the FDA will either issue an approval letter authorizing commercial marketing or an approvable letter that usually contains a number of conditions that must be met in order to secure final approval. If the FDA's evaluations are not favorable, the FDA will deny approval of the PMA or issue a not approvable letter. The agency may determine that additional clinical trials are necessary, in which case the PMA approval may be delayed while the trials are conducted and the data acquired are submitted in an amendment to the PMA. Even with additional trials, the FDA may not approve the PMA application. The PMA process, including the gathering of clinical and nonclinical data and the submission to and review by the FDA, can take several years, and the process can be expensive and uncertain. Moreover, even if the FDA approves a PMA, the agency can impose post-approval conditions that it believes necessary to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device, including, among other things, restrictions on labeling, promotion, sale and distribution. After approval of a

121


Table of Contents

PMA, a new PMA or PMA supplement may be required for a modification to the device, its labeling or its manufacturing process. None of our products are currently approved under a PMA approval.

Investigational device exemption

        A clinical trial is typically required for a PMA and, in a small percentage of cases, the FDA may require a clinical study in support of a 510(k) submission. A manufacturer that wishes to conduct a clinical study involving the device is subject to the FDA's Investigational Device Exemption, or IDE, regulation. The IDE regulation distinguishes between significant and nonsignificant risk device studies and the procedures for obtaining approval to begin the study differ accordingly. Also, some types of studies are exempt from the IDE regulations. A significant risk device presents a potential for serious risk to the health, safety, or welfare of a subject. Significant risk devices are devices that are substantially important in diagnosing, curing, mitigating or treating disease or in preventing impairment to human health. Studies of devices that pose a significant risk require both FDA approval and an approval of an independent institutional review board, or IRB, prior to initiation of a clinical study. Nonsignificant risk devices are devices that do not pose a significant risk to the human subjects. A nonsignificant risk device study requires only IRB approval prior to initiation of a clinical study.

        An IDE application is considered approved 30 days after it has been received by the FDA, unless the FDA otherwise informs the sponsor prior to 30 calendar days from the date of receipt, that the IDE is approved, approved with conditions, or disapproved. The clinical trial must be conducted in accordance with applicable regulations, including but not limited to the FDA's IDE regulations and current good clinical practices. A clinical trial may be suspended by the FDA, the IRB or the sponsor at any time for various reasons, including a belief that the risks to the study participants outweigh the benefits of participation in the trial.

        To date, none of our submissions to the FDA have required the submission of clinical data. However, we have conducted and continue to conduct numerous post-market studies aimed at demonstrating the benefits of our customized knee replacement systems as compared to traditional off-the-shelf systems.

Post-marketing restrictions and enforcement

        After a device is placed on the market, numerous regulatory requirements apply. These include: compliance with the QSR; labeling regulations, which prohibit the promotion of products for uncleared or unapproved or "off-label" uses and impose other restrictions on labeling; and medical device reporting obligations, which require that manufacturers investigate and report to the FDA adverse events, including deaths, or serious injuries that may have been or were caused by a medical device and malfunctions in the device that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to recur.

        The failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action by the FDA, which may include any of the following sanctions: warning letters; fines, injunctions, and civil penalties; recall or seizure of our products; operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production; refusal to grant 510(k) clearance or PMA approvals of new products; withdrawal of 510(k) clearance or PMA approvals; and criminal prosecution. To ensure compliance with regulatory requirements, medical device manufacturers are subject to market surveillance and periodic, pre-scheduled and unannounced inspections by the FDA, and these inspections may include the manufacturing facilities of subcontractors.

Review and approval of medical devices in the EU

        The European Union, or EU, consists of 28 member states and has a coordinated system for the authorization of medical devices. The EU Medical Devices Directive (Council

122


Table of Contents

Directive 93/42/EEC, as amended) sets out the basic regulatory framework for medical devices in the European Union. In the EU our medical devices must comply with the Essential Requirements in Annex I to the EU Medical Devices Directive, which we refer to as the Essential Requirements. Compliance with these requirements is a prerequisite to be able to affix the Certificate of Conformity mark, or CE Mark, to our medical devices, without which they cannot be marketed or sold in the European Economic Area, or EEA. To demonstrate compliance with the Essential Requirements we must undergo a conformity assessment procedure, which varies according to the type of medical device and its classification. Except for low risk medical devices (Class I with no measuring function and which are not sterile), where the manufacturer can issue a CE Declaration of Conformity based on a self-assessment of the conformity of its products with the Essential Requirements, a conformity assessment procedure requires the intervention of a third-party organization designated by competent authorities of an EU country to conduct conformity assessments, which is referred to as a Notified Body. The Notified Body would typically audit and examine products' technical file and the quality system for the manufacture, design and final inspection of the devices before issuing a CE Certificate of Conformity demonstrating compliance with the relevant Essential Requirements.

        To date, we have used the CE Marking process to satisfy the conformity standards required to market and sell our joint replacement products in the EU. The Notified Body that has conducted conformity assessments with respect to our joint replacement products is the BSI.

        Medical device manufacturers must carry out a clinical evaluation of their medical devices to demonstrate conformity with the relevant Essential Requirements. This clinical evaluation is part of the product's technical file. A clinical evaluation includes an assessment of whether a medical device's performance is in accordance with its intended use, that the known and foreseeable risks linked to the use of the device under normal conditions are minimized and acceptable when weighed against the benefits of its intended purpose. The clinical evaluation conducted by the manufacturer must also address any clinical claims, the adequacy of the device labeling and information (particularly claims, contraindications, precautions and warnings) and the suitability of related instructions for use. This assessment must be based on clinical data, which can be obtained from clinical studies conducted on the devices being assessed, scientific literature from similar devices whose equivalence with the assessed device can be demonstrated or both clinical studies and scientific literature.

        With respect to implantable devices or devices classified as Class III in the EU, the manufacturer must conduct clinical studies to obtain the required clinical data, unless reliance on existing clinical data from similar devices can be justified. As part of the conformity assessment process, depending on the type of devices, the Notified Body will review the manufacturer's clinical evaluation process, assess the clinical evaluation data of a representative sample of the devices' subcategory or generic group, or assess all the clinical evaluation data, verify the manufacturer's assessment of that data and assess the validity of the clinical evaluation report and the conclusions drawn by the manufacturer. The conduct of clinical studies to obtain clinical data that might be required as part of the described clinical evaluation process can be expensive and time-consuming. To date, we have not been required to conduct any of these clinical studies to obtain clinical data as part of the clinical evaluation process.

        Even after we receive a CE Certificate of Conformity enabling us to affix the CE Mark on a product and to sell our product in the EEA countries, a Notified Body or a competent authority may require post-marketing studies of our product. Failure to comply with such requirements in a timely manner could result in the withdrawal of our CE Certificate of Conformity and the recall or withdrawal of our product from the market in the EU, which would prevent us from generating revenue from sales of that product in the EEA. Moreover, each CE Certificate of Conformity is valid for a maximum of five years, but more commonly three years. Our current CE Certificates of Conformity are valid through August 5, 2016 for our iTotal CR product, February 12, 2017 for our

123


Table of Contents

iUni product, June 11, 2019 for our iDuo product and March 5, 2020 for our iTotal PS product. At the end of each period of validity we are required to apply to the Notified Body for a renewal of the CE Certificate of Conformity. There may be delays in the renewal of the CE Certificate of Conformity or the Notified Body may require modifications to our products or to the related Technical Files before it agrees to issue the new CE Certificate of Conformity.

        In addition, we must inform the Notified Body that carried out the conformity assessment of the medical devices we market or sell in the EEA of any planned substantial changes to our devices that could affect compliance with the Essential Requirements or the devices' intended purpose. The Notified Body will then assess the changes and verify whether they affect the products' conformity with the Essential Requirements or the conditions for the use of the devices. If the assessment is favorable, the Notified Body will issue a new CE Certificate of Conformity or an addendum to the existing CE Certificate of Conformity attesting compliance with the Essential Requirements. If it is not, we may not be able to continue to market and sell the product in the EEA.

        On September 26, 2012, the European Commission adopted a package of legislative proposals designed to replace the existing regulatory framework for medical devices in the EU. These proposals provide for a revision of the current regulatory framework for medical devices in the EU to strengthen patient safety, transparency and product traceability. The proposals, for instance, include reinforced rules governing clinical evaluation throughout the life of the device, improved traceability of devices in the supply chain, including a phased and risk-based introduction of unique device identification, or UDI, improved market surveillance and vigilance, as well as better co-ordination between national regulators, increased powers for Notified Bodies to undertake unannounced inspections and strengthened supervision of Notified Bodies by member states. The European Commission's proposals may undergo significant amendments as they are reviewed by the European Council and European Parliament as part of the EU legislative process. If and when adopted, the proposed new legislation may prevent or delay the EU approval or clearance of our products under development or may impact our ability to modify our currently EU approved or cleared products on a timely basis and impose additional costs relating to clinical evaluation, vigilance and product traceability.

Marketing and sales considerations in the EU

        In the EU, medical devices may be promoted only for the intended purpose for which the devices have been CE Marked. Failure to comply with this requirement could lead to the imposition of penalties by the competent authorities of the EU Member States. The penalties could include warnings, orders to discontinue the promotion of the medical device, seizure of the promotional materials and fines. Promotional materials must also comply with various laws and codes of conduct developed by medical device industry bodies in the EU governing promotional claims, comparative advertising, advertising of medical devices reimbursed by the national health insurance systems and advertising to the general public.

Product vigilance and post-approval monitoring in the EU

        Additionally, all manufacturers placing medical devices into the market in the EU are legally bound to report any serious or potentially serious incidents involving devices they produce or sell to the competent authority in whose jurisdiction the incident occurred. In the EU, manufacturers must comply with the EU Medical Device Vigilance System. Under this system, incidents must be reported to the relevant authorities of the EU countries, and manufacturers are required to take field safety corrective actions, or FSCAs, to reduce a risk of death or serious deterioration in the state of health associated with the use of a medical device that is already placed on the market. See "Risk Factors—Risks related to regulatory approval—If our products, or malfunction of our products,

124


Table of Contents

cause or contribute to a death or a serious injury, we will be subject to medical device reporting regulations, which can result in voluntary corrective actions or agency enforcement actions."

Third-party reimbursement

        In the United States and most other major joint implant markets, third-party payors, including government health programs, commercial health insurers and managed care organizations, reimburse hospitals and other medical facilities an aggregate amount for all elements of a joint replacement procedure, including operating room time, patient care and the joint replacement product. As a result, our products generally are not reimbursed separately, but instead are subject to the limits imposed by third-party payors on the coverage and reimbursement of procedures that utilize our products.

        Sales of our products will depend, in part, on the extent to which the costs of such procedures involving the use of our products cleared by the FDA and approved by other government authorities will be covered by third-party payors, including government health programs in the United States, such as Medicare and Medicaid, commercial health insurers and managed care organizations. The process for determining whether a payor will provide coverage for a particular procedure may be separate from the process for setting the price or reimbursement rate that the payor will pay for the procedure once coverage is approved. Third party payors may limit coverage to particular procedures on an approved list, or formulary, which might not include all of the approved procedures involving the use of our products for a particular indication.

        In the EU, pricing and reimbursement schemes vary widely from country to country. In many foreign markets, pricing of medical devices is subject to governmental control. In the United States, there have been, and we expect that there will continue to be, a number of federal and state proposals to limit payments by governmental payors for medical devices, and the procedures in which medical devices are used. While we cannot predict whether such legislative or regulatory proposals will be adopted, the adoption of such proposals could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and profitability.

Healthcare laws and regulations

        Healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors play a primary role in the recommendation and selection of medical devices for patients. Arrangements with third-party payors and customers are subject to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations. Such restrictions under applicable federal and state healthcare laws and regulations include the following:

    the federal healthcare Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service, for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid;

    the federal False Claims Act imposes civil penalties, and provides for civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, against individuals or entities for knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, claims for payment that are false or fraudulent or making a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government;

    the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, imposes criminal and civil liability for executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters;

125


Table of Contents

    HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act and its implementing regulations, also imposes obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information;

    the federal false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services;

    the federal transparency requirements under the Health Care Reform Law will require manufacturers of devices, drugs and medical supplies to report to the Department of Health and Human Services information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and teaching hospitals and physician ownership and investment interests; and

    analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers.

        State and foreign laws also govern the privacy and security of health information in some circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

Employees

        As of April 30, 2015, we had 344 full-time employees, 86 of whom were engaged in sales and marketing, 34 in research and development, 151 in manufacturing and service, 40 in regulatory, clinical affairs and quality activities and 33 in general administrative and accounting activities. None of our employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Facilities

        Our principal facilities consist of office space and manufacturing facilities in Bedford, Burlington and Wilmington, Massachusetts. We occupy approximately 90,000 square feet of office and manufacturing space in Bedford, Massachusetts under a lease that expires in April 2017. We occupy approximately 29,000 square feet of manufacturing space in Burlington, Massachusetts under a lease that expires in July 2015. We occupy approximately 41,000 square feet of manufacturing space in Wilmington, Massachusetts under a lease that expires in April 2021. We do not intend to renew our lease for the facility in Burlington, Massachusetts when it expires in July 2015. We are transferring our activities at our Burlington, Massachusetts facility to our facility in Wilmington, Massachusetts.

Legal proceedings

        The manufacture and sale of joint replacement products is subject to routine risk of product liability and patent infringement claims. We recently settled a lawsuit against Wright Medical and MicroPort for infringement of four of our patents relating to patient-specific instrumentation. See "—Intellectual Property—Patent litigation." We currently are not a party to any other material legal proceedings.

126


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

        The following table sets forth the name, age and positions of each of our executive officers, key employees and directors as of April 30, 2015 and the composition of the committees of our board of directors listed below as of the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Name
 
Age
 
Position(s)

Executive Officers

       

Philipp Lang, M.D.(4)

 

52

 

President and Chief Executive Officer and Director

Paul Weiner

 

51

 

Chief Financial Officer

Daniel Steines, M.D., M.S.

 

46

 

Chief Technology Officer

David Cerveny

 

48

 

Chief Legal Officer and General Counsel

Robert Law III

 

51

 

Senior Vice President, Sales

Matthew Scott

 

40

 

Senior Vice President, Operations

Key Employees

 

 

 

 

Amita Shah, M.S.

 

61

 

Senior Vice President, Regulatory and Quality Affairs

John Slamin

 

61

 

Senior Vice President, Knee Implant Engineering

Adam Hayden

 

42

 

Senior Vice President, Marketing

Ricky Paxton

 

60

 

Vice President, Sales, Eastern U.S. and Area Vice President, Southeast U.S.

Non-Employee Directors

 

 

 

 

Kenneth Fallon III(3)

 

76

 

Director and Chairman of the Board of Directors

Bradley Langdale(1)(2)

 

51

 

Director

Colm Lanigan(2)

 

49

 

Director

Michael Milligan(1)(3)

 

51

 

Director

Frank Mühlenbeck, Ph.D.(3)

 

44

 

Director

Aditya Puri(2)(4)

 

44

 

Director

Laurent Souviron(1)

 

48

 

Director


(1)
Member of audit committee.

(2)
Member of compensation committee.

(3)
Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

(4)
Member of the Asia strategy committee.

127


Table of Contents

        The following is a brief biography of each of our executive officers, key employees and non-employee directors:

Executive officers

        Philipp Lang, M.D.  is our founder and has served on our board of directors since March 2004, including as Chairman of our board of directors from March 2004 to February 2015. He has also served as our Chief Executive Officer since January 2008. He was also the founder of ImaTx, Inc., one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, which focuses on osteoporosis screening. He previously held positions as the director of the musculoskeletal radiology unit at Brigham and Women's Hospital and Associate Professor at Harvard Medical School from September 2001 to September 2008 and as Distinguished Weissman Chair from May 2006 to September 2008. Dr. Lang has an M.B.A. from the University of California, Los Angeles Anderson School of Management and an M.D. from Albert-Ludwigs University, Freiburg School of Medicine in Germany. Dr. Lang has provided strategic leadership as an inventor of technology underlying more than 300 patents and patent applications in the United States and abroad. We believe that Dr. Lang is uniquely qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his institutional knowledge of our company as its founder as well as his extensive experience in the medical device industry.

         Paul Weiner has served as our Chief Financial Officer since April 2014. Prior to joining us, Mr. Weiner spent 18 years at Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc., or Palomar, a company engaged in research, development, manufacturing and sales of medical laser devices for aesthetic treatments, prior to its acquisition by Cynosure, Inc. He served in a number of roles at Palomar, including corporate controller, vice president of finance and, finally, chief financial officer, a position he held for 11 years. Prior to Palomar, Mr. Weiner was the chief financial officer at Hygenetics Environmental Services, Inc., an environmental consulting company, and worked in public accounting for Ernst & Young and Wolf & Company. Mr. Weiner is a Certified Public Accountant and has a B.S. in Accounting from Bryant University.

         Daniel Steines, M.D., M.S. has served as our Chief Technology Officer since June 2014. From July 2004 to June 2014, he was our Senior Vice President of Research & Development. Prior to joining us, he served as the Senior Vice President of Research & Development for ImaTx, Inc., one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, from September 2001 to July 2004, where he was responsible for the development of image analysis applications for the diagnosis of osteoarthritis and osteoporosis. Prior to that, he held research positions at Stanford University and The Charité, Universitätsmedizin in Berlin, working in the areas of new imaging techniques to assess osteoarthritis and articular cartilage as well as novel medical video applications. Dr. Steines has an M.S. in computer science from the Technical University and an M.D. from the Technical University of Aachen.

         David Cerveny has served as our Chief Legal Officer and General Counsel since October 2008. Prior to joining us, Mr. Cerveny was the chief intellectual property counsel for Palomar, where he managed an extensive patent portfolio, active patent litigation and licensing strategy. He also was previously a partner at Hale and Dorr LLP, now Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP, and an associate at Proskauer Rose LLP. Prior to law school, Mr. Cerveny worked as a systems engineer developing flight control systems for McDonnell Douglas Corporation, an aerospace manufacturing corporation now part of The Boeing Company. Mr. Cerveny has a B.S. in biomedical engineering from Marquette University and a J.D. from Boston College Law School.

         Robert Law III has served as our Senior Vice President, Sales since January 2012. From February 2008 to January 2012, he served as our Vice President of Sales, U.S. Western Region, and since April 2007, has served as a member of our sales management team. Before joining us, Mr. Law was a partner in CORE Outpatient Services, a medical device distributor. Mr. Law began his medical device career at SportsWorld Orthopedics, Inc., a medical device and post-surgical rehabilitation product distributor, where he held various senior executive roles including vice

128


Table of Contents

president of sales. Mr. Law has a B.S. with an emphasis in Kinesiology from Kansas State University.

         Matthew Scott has served as our Senior Vice President, Operations since April 2013. Prior to joining us, Mr. Scott was the director of operations at Zimmer Dental Inc., a medical device company specializing in dental products, from April 2010 to April 2013, where he led all operations functions, including global supply chain management, production management and manufacturing engineering. Prior to that, Mr. Scott was director of global operations at Zimmer Holdings, Inc., Zimmer Dental's parent company, from March 2006 to April 2010 where he was responsible for site startup and manufacturing transfers and global continuous improvement programs. Mr. Scott had over 11 years of manufacturing and engineering management experience at Zimmer. Mr. Scott began his career with General Electric Company as a member of the technical leadership program. Mr. Scott has a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering Technology from Purdue University.

Key employees

         Adam Hayden has served as our Senior Vice President, Marketing since April 2015, with responsibility for our international sales, product management, corporate communications, meetings and events and medical education outreach. From June 2013 to April 2015, he served as our Vice President, Marketing. From May 2012 to May 2013, he led our knee product management efforts. Prior to joining us, Mr. Hayden held various senior marketing positions from May 2007 to December 2011 at Smith & Nephew, a medical device company specializing in joint replacement products, including director of marketing responsible for global biomaterials franchise. From May 2002 to May 2007, he also held senior marketing positions at Johnson & Johnson's Orthopaedic Division, now DePuy Orthopedics, Inc., or Depuy. Prior to his career in orthopedics, Mr. Hayden served as a Captain in the U.S. Army. Mr. Hayden has a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from Cornell University, an M.B.A. from the University of Colorado and an M.S. in Biomedical Engineering from the University of Michigan.

         Ricky Paxton has served as our Vice President, Sales, Eastern U.S. since February 2014, with responsibility for all aspects of sales management for the Eastern United States regions, and Area Vice President, Southeast U.S. since January 2013. From April 2011 to December 2012, he was a member of our Regional Sales Management team. From February 2000 to April 2011, Mr. Paxton served in various sales and sales management positions at GlaxoSmithKline plc, or GSK, a global healthcare company. Prior to GSK, Mr. Paxton served as a regional sales manager at NeuroMetrix, Inc., a medical device distributor, and a sales representative in the Patient Care Division of Procter & Gamble Co., a global manufacturer of household products. Mr. Paxton has a B.S.B.A. with a Business Law concentration from Western Carolina University.

         Amita Shah, M.S. has served as our Senior Vice President, Regulatory and Quality Affairs since August 2008, with responsibility for quality assurance and regulatory affairs functions. Prior to joining us, Ms. Shah served as director of quality assurance and regulatory affairs at ESA Biosciences, Inc., a diagnostic medical device company, from January 2008 to July 2008, where she led and managed the company's quality assurance and regulatory affairs activities. Prior to that, Ms. Shah served as the director of quality affairs at Confluent Surgical Inc., a cranial and spinal sealant company. Ms. Shah also has over a decade of experience in cardiovascular devices with C.R. Bard, Inc., a medical device company, where she advanced through positions of increasing responsibility in the quality assurance and regulatory affairs functions. Ms. Shah has a B.S. in Biology and Chemistry and an M.S. in Organic Chemistry, both from Kanpur University in India, as well as a Regulatory Affairs Certification from the Regulatory Affairs Professionals Society.

         John Slamin has served as our Senior Vice President, Knee Implant Engineering since October 2007, with responsibility for overseeing all product engineering and development of our knee implants. Before joining us, Mr. Slamin spent more than 30 years in research and development at

129


Table of Contents

Johnson & Johnson's Orthopaedic Division, now DePuy, where he was responsible for product development activities. Mr. Slamin is the holder of seven patents related to knee implant engineering. Mr. Slamin has an Associate Degree in Mechanical Engineering from Wentworth Institute of Technology in Boston, Massachusetts.

Non-employee directors

         Kenneth Fallon III has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2005, including as Chairman of our board of directors since February 2015. Mr. Fallon retired from active employment in March 2003. From time to time between March 2004 to June 2009, Mr. Fallon served as an advisor to Kairos Partners, an investment firm. Mr. Fallon retired as the chairman of the board of Axya Medical, Inc., a medical device company, in March 2003. Prior to that, Mr. Fallon also served as the chief executive officer of Axya Medical, Inc.; as president of the surgical business at Haemonetics Corporation, a manufacturer of blood processing technology; as chief executive officer and chairman of the board of UltraCision, Inc., a developer and manufacturer of ultrasonically powered surgical instruments; as president and chief executive officer of American Surgical Technologies Corporation, a company that manufactures laparoscopic viewing systems; as president, U.S. operations of Zimmer, Inc., a joint replacement company and then a subsidiary of Bristol-Myers Squibb Company; as president of Zimmer's Orthopaedic Implant Division and as its vice president of marketing and positions of significant responsibility with the Codman and Orthopaedic Divisions of Johnson & Johnson, a global healthcare company. Mr. Fallon also served as a member of the board of directors of Osteotech, Inc.,a company that produces bone graft materials for spinal procedures, between 1995 and 2010, including serving as chairman from April 2005 to August 2010, until it was acquired by Medtronic, Inc. Mr. Fallon has a B.B.A. degree in marketing from the University of Massachusetts and an M.B.A. from Northeastern University. We believe that Mr. Fallon is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his experience in the medical device industry, particularly his experience serving as the chief executive officer and a member of the board of directors of several medical device companies.

         Bradley Langdale has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2008. From February 1996 until his retirement from active employment in December 2007, Mr. Langdale served in various roles at Masimo Corporation, a noninvasive monitoring technology company, including executive vice president, chief financial officer and executive vice president, chief marketing officer. In addition, Mr. Langdale previously served as director of finance for CareLine, Inc., an emergency medical services provider; manager of financial forecasting for Sunrise Company, a private real estate development company; and as a senior accountant for Price Waterhouse & Company LLP (now PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP), a global professional services organization. Mr. Langdale is a Certified Public Accountant and has a B.A. in Economics/Business from the University of California, Los Angeles. We believe that Mr. Langdale is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive management, accounting and business experience.

         Colm Lanigan has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2013. Since October 2012, Mr. Lanigan has been a senior investment professional at the Abu Dhabi Investment Authority, a sovereign wealth fund and parent company of Procific. From February 2006 to July 2011, Mr. Lanigan served as the chief executive officer at Tara Technologies Corporation, a manufacturing company in the semiconductor, aerospace, energy and medical markets, which was subsequently acquired by EnPro Industries, Inc. His prior experience includes service as Managing Director at Caxton-Iseman Capital, a private equity fund, and as a managing partner at Tara Capital Management, a hedge fund sponsor. Mr. Lanigan has a B.Sc. from the University of Toronto and a J.D./L.L.B. from the University of Toronto Law School. We believe that Mr. Lanigan is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive investment and capital raising experience across multiple industries.

130


Table of Contents

         Michael Milligan has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2011. Since October 2002, Mr. Milligan has served as president and chief executive officer at Axel Johnson Inc., a private industrial and investment company. Prior to joining Axel Johnson Inc., Mr. Milligan spent 17 years as a partner and member of the board of directors of Monitor Group, a global consulting and merchant banking firm. In addition, Mr. Milligan is chairman of the board of directors of Sprague Resources Limited Partners, a supplier of energy and materials handling services in the Northeast United States and is a member of the board of directors of Cadence Inc., a supplier of advanced products, technologies and services to medical, life science, automotive, and industrial companies, Decisyon Inc., an enterprise software company, Kinetico Incorporated, a residential and commercial water treatment systems provider, Parkson Corporation, a provider of engineered solutions for municipal and industrial water treatment, and Walk2Campus Holdings, LLC, a real estate investment company providing student housing in proximity to public universities. Mr. Milligan has an A.B. from Bowdoin College and an M.B.A. from Harvard University. We believe that Mr. Milligan is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive business and investment experience across a broad range of disciplines and industry sectors.

         Frank Mühlenbeck, Ph.D. , has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2009. Since November 2006, Dr. Mühlenbeck has served as a partner at aeris CAPITAL, a private investment office advising high-net-worth individuals. At aeris he heads up a team responsible for private and public equity investments in life sciences companies. In this capacity, Dr. Mühlenbeck serves on different boards of life science companies in Europe and the United States, including Affimed N.V., an antibody-drug development company, Solstice Biologics Inc., a ribonucleic acid interference therapeutics company, and Curetis AG, a molecular diagnostics company. Dr. Mühlenbeck earned a Ph.D. in cell biology and immunology from Stuttgart University. We believe that Mr. Mühlenbeck is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his diverse business background with life sciences companies and wealth management.

         Aditya Puri has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2011. Mr. Puri has served as an investments director at Xeraya Capital, which is responsible for life sciences investments for Khazanah Nasional Berhad, the Malaysian government's strategic investment fund, since October 2012. Previously, he was a director in Khazanah Nasional's Life Sciences group since November 2011. Prior to that, Mr. Puri consulted part-time in the greater Boston area for various healthcare and cleantech startups affiliated with Harvard University and Massachusetts Institute of Technology, or MIT, from August 2009 to September 2011. Previously, Mr. Puri also served as managing director of global development at Salary.com, a skills management software company, and as a vice president of the Yankee Group, an information technology research and advisory company. Mr. Puri serves on several boards of directors of private companies in the investment and healthcare fields, including Viewray Incorporated, a medical device company. Mr. Puri has a B.S. from the University of Southern Maine and an M.B.A. from the MIT Sloan School of Management. We believe Mr. Puri is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience in life sciences and other areas of growth investment.

         Laurent Souviron has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2011. Since September 2009, Mr. Souviron has served as managing director of AGC Equity Partners, an alternative investment firm. Prior to joining AGC Equity Partners, Mr. Souviron was a managing director at Morgan Stanley, a financial services corporation, in London and started his career with Morgan Stanley in New York. He also previously served as a managing director with the SUN Group, a private equity company. Mr. Souviron has a B.S. in Operations Research and an M.B.A. in Finance from Columbia University. We believe Mr. Souviron is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive international finance and capital raising experience.

131


Table of Contents

Board composition

        Our board of directors currently consists of eight members. There is also a vacancy on our board. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until the earlier of their resignation or removal.

        Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors. Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering also provide that our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of directors, and that any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office.

        In accordance with the terms of our restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes, class I, class II and class III, with members of each class serving staggered three-year terms. Upon the closing of this offering, the members of the classes will be divided as follows

    the class I directors will be Frank Mühlenbeck and Laurent Souviron, and their term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016;

    the class II directors will be Michael Milligan, Colm Lanigan and Aditya Puri, and their term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017; and

    the class III directors will be Philipp Lang, Kenneth Fallon III and Bradley Langdale, and their term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2018.

        Upon the expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors in that class will be eligible to be elected for a new three-year term at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which their term expires.

        We have no formal policy regarding board diversity. Our priority in selection of board members is identification of members who will further the interests of our stockholders through his or her established record of professional accomplishment, the ability to contribute positively to the collaborative culture among board members, knowledge of our business and understanding of the competitive landscape.

        We have entered into a Sponsor Designee Recommendation Agreement with Procific, or the Procific Agreement, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering. The Procific Agreement provides that, in the event that Colm Lanigan should cease to serve as a member of our board of directors prior to the expiration of his term upon the commencement of our 2017 annual meeting of stockholders, prior to filling such vacancy, Procific will have the opportunity to recommend to our nominating and corporate governance committee an individual to fill such vacancy and to serve for the balance of Mr. Lanigan's incompleted term. Procific will no longer have rights under the Procific Agreement at such time as Procific and its affiliates no longer beneficially own at least 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. In addition, the Procific Agreement will terminate upon the earlier to occur of (a) a change of control, as defined in the Procific Agreement, (b) Procific's delivery of written notice to us requesting termination and (c) the commencement of our 2017 annual meeting of stockholders.

        The classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in our control or management. See "Description of Capital Stock—Anti-takeover effects of Delaware law and our charter and bylaws."

132


Table of Contents

Director Independence

        Rule 5605 of the NASDAQ Listing Rules requires a majority of a listed company's board of directors to be comprised of independent directors within one year of listing. In addition, the NASDAQ Listing Rules require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company's audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent and that audit committee members also satisfy independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act.

        Under Rule 5605(a)(2) of the NASDAQ Listing Rules, a director will only qualify as an "independent director" if, in the opinion of our board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries. In addition, in affirmatively determining the independence of any director who will serve on a company's compensation committee, Rule 10C-1 under the Exchange Act requires that a company's board of directors consider all factors specifically relevant to determining whether a director has a relationship to such company which is material to that director's ability to be independent from management in connection with the duties of a compensation committee member, including, but not limited to: (1) the source of compensation of the director, including any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee paid by such company to the director; and (2) whether the director is affiliated with the company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

        In May 2015 our board of directors undertook a review of the composition of our board of directors and its committees and the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that each of our directors, with the exception of Dr. Lang, is an "independent director" as defined under Rule 5605(a)(2) of the NASDAQ Listing Rules. Our board of directors also determined that Bradley Langdale, Michael Milligan and Laurent Souviron, who will comprise our audit committee following this offering, and Bradley Langdale, Colm Lanigan and Aditya Puri, who will comprise our compensation committee following this offering, satisfy the independence standards for such committees established by the SEC and the NASDAQ Listing Rules, as applicable. In making such determinations, our board of directors considered the relationships that each such non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

        There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Board committees

        Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which will, upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, operate under a charter that has been approved by our board of directors. Our board also has established an Asia strategy committee which will remain in existence until the second anniversary of the closing of the offering contemplated by the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The composition of each committee will be effective upon effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until

133


Table of Contents

otherwise determined by our board of directors. Our board of directors may establish other committees to facilitate the management of our business.

Audit committee

        The members of our audit committee will be Bradley Langdale, Michael Milligan and Laurent Souviron. Mr. Langdale will be the chair of the audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of these directors is independent within the meaning of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. In addition, our board of directors has determined that Mr. Langdale qualifies as an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of SEC regulations and the NASDAQ Listing Rules. In making this determination, our board has considered the formal education and nature and scope of his previous experience, coupled with past and present service on various audit committees. Our audit committee assists our board of directors in its oversight of our accounting and financial reporting process and the audits of our financial statements. Our audit committee's responsibilities will include:

    appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our registered public accounting firm;

    overseeing the work of our independent registered public accounting firm, including through the receipt and consideration of reports from such firm;

    reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our quarterly financial statements and related disclosures;

    monitoring our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures and code of business conduct and ethics;

    overseeing our internal audit function, if any;

    discussing our risk management policies;

    establishing procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting related complaints and concerns;

    meeting independently with our internal auditing staff, our independent registered public accounting firm and management;

    reviewing and approving or ratifying any related-person transactions; and

    preparing the audit committee report required by SEC rules.

        All audit services to be provided to us and all non-audit services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be provided to us by our registered public accounting firm must be approved in advance by our audit committee.

Compensation committee

        The members of our compensation committee will be Bradley Langdale, Colm Lanigan and Aditya Puri. Mr. Langdale will be the chair of the compensation committee. Our compensation committee assists our board of directors in the discharge of its responsibilities relating to the compensation of our executive officers. The compensation committee's responsibilities will include:

    reviewing and approving, or recommending for approval by our board of directors, our Chief Executive Officer's compensation as well as the compensation of our other executive officers;

    overseeing the evaluation of our Chief Executive Officer;

    reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to our incentive-compensation and equity-based compensation plans;

134


Table of Contents

    overseeing and administering our equity-based plans;

    reviewing and making recommendations to our board with respect to director compensation;

    reviewing and discussing with management our "Compensation Discussion and Analysis" disclosure to the extent such disclosure is required by SEC rules; and

    preparing the compensation committee report required by SEC rules.

Nominating and corporate governance committee

        The members of our nominating and corporate governance committee will be Kenneth Fallon III, Michael Milligan and Frank Mühlenbeck. Mr. Fallon will be the chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee's responsibilities will include:

    identifying individuals qualified to become members of our board;

    recommending to our board the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of our board's committees;

    reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to management succession planning;

    developing and recommending to our board corporate governance principles; and

    overseeing a periodic evaluation of our board.

Asia strategy committee

        Prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the members of our Asia strategy committee were Philipp Lang, Kenneth Fallon III, Bradley Langdale and Aditya Puri. Dr. Lang was the chair of the Asia Strategy Committee. Effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the members of our Asia strategy committee will be Mr. Puri and Dr. Lang. Mr. Puri will be chair of the Asia strategy committee.

        The Asia strategy committee will have the authority to oversee our business development activities in Asia. It will remain in existence until the second anniversary of the closing of the offering contemplated by the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Compensation committee interlocks and insider participation

        None of our executive officers serves, or in the past has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any entity that has one or more executive officers who serve as members of our board of directors or our compensation committee. None of the members of our compensation committee is an officer or employee of our company, nor have they ever been an officer or employee of our company.

Code of business conduct and ethics

        We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. We intend to post on our website, www.conformis.com, a current copy of the code and all disclosures that are required by law or NASDAQ stock market listing standards concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code.

135


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

        This section discusses the material elements of compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our named executive officers in 2014. Our named executive officers for 2014 were Philipp Lang, who served as our President and Chief Executive Officer, Paul Weiner, who served as our Chief Financial Officer, and Daniel Steines, who served as our Chief Technology Officer. This section also includes qualitative information regarding the manner and context in which compensation is awarded to and earned by our named executive officers and is intended to place in perspective the data presented in the following tables and the corresponding narrative.

Summary compensation table

        The following table sets forth information regarding compensation awarded to, paid to or earned by our named executive officers during 2014.

Name
  Year   Salary
($)
  Option
awards
($)(1)
  All other
compensation
($)
  Total
($)
 

Philipp Lang, M.D. 

    2014     365,000     720,539     583,528 (2)   1,669,067  

President and Chief Executive Officer

                               

Paul Weiner

   
2014
   
231,923

(3)
 
1,145,636
   
3,250

(4)
 
1,380,809
 

Chief Financial Officer

                               

Daniel Steines, M.D., M.S. 

   
2014
   
230,063
   
393,021
   
4,808

(4)
 
627,892
 

Chief Technology Officer

                               

(1)
The amounts reported in the "Option Awards" column reflect the aggregate fair value of share-based compensation awarded during the year computed in accordance with the provisions of FASB Accounting Standard Codification Topic 718. See Note L to our audited financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus regarding assumptions underlying the valuation of equity awards.

(2)
Such amount consists of $578,810 that Dr. Lang was entitled to receive for 2014 pursuant to a revenue share agreement, which is discussed in "Certain Relationships and Related-Persons Transactions—Revenue share agreement with Dr. Lang", and $4,718 that we contributed to our 401(k) plan in respect of Dr. Lang.

(3)
Mr. Weiner joined the Company on March 24, 2014 and has an annualized base salary of $300,000, which was prorated in 2014.

(4)
Includes the amount we contributed to our 401(k) plan in respect of the applicable named executive officer.

Narrative disclosure to summary compensation table

        We review compensation annually for all employees, including our executives. In setting executive base salaries and bonuses and granting equity incentive awards, we consider compensation for comparable positions in the market, the historical compensation levels of our executives, individual performance as compared to our expectations and objectives, our desire to motivate our employees to achieve short- and long-term results that are in the best interests of our stockholders, and a long-term commitment to our company. We do not target a specific competitive position or a specific mix of compensation among base salary, bonus or long-term incentives.

        Our board of directors has historically determined our executives' compensation. Our compensation committee typically reviews and discusses management's proposed compensation with our Chief Executive Officer for all executives other than our Chief Executive Officer. Based on

136


Table of Contents

those discussions and its discretion, the compensation committee then recommends to our board of directors the compensation for each executive officer, other than our Chief Executive Officer, including equity based awards. The compensation committee has the authority to approve the cash compensation of our executive officers, other than our Chief Executive Officer and President, but has historically made recommendations to our board of directors regarding such compensation. Our board of directors, without members of management present, discusses the compensation committee's recommendations and ultimately approves the compensation of our executive officers, including our Chief Executive Officer. In the fourth quarter of 2013, we engaged Frederic W. Cook & Co. as our independent compensation consultant to review our executive compensation peer group and program design and assess our executives' compensation relative to comparable companies.

        We use base salaries to recognize the experience, skills, knowledge and responsibilities required of all our employees, including our named executive officers. None of our named executive officers is currently party to an employment agreement or other agreement or arrangement that provides for automatic or scheduled increases in base salary. In 2014, we paid base salaries of $365,000 to Dr. Lang, $231,923 to Mr. Weiner and $230,063 to Dr. Steines. Mr. Weiner's employment began on March 24, 2014 and, as a result, the amount shown in the "Salary" column of the Summary Compensation Table reflects payments made to him from the period between March 24, 2014 and December 31, 2014. For 2014, Mr. Weiner's annualized base salary was $300,000.

        We have not historically had a formal performance-based bonus plan. Our board of directors has, in its discretion, awarded cash bonuses and granted equity awards in the form of stock options as bonuses to our executive officers from time to time in the past, and may award cash bonuses and grant equity awards as bonuses to our executive officers in the future. See "Executive Compensation—Stock option and other compensation plans—2015 employee bonus and stock incentive plan" for a description of our cash and stock bonus plan for 2015.

        In connection with his appointment as Chief Financial Officer, the board of directors originally approved a stock option grant to Mr. Weiner at an exercise price per share above the then-current fair market value per share of common stock. This stock option award was subsequently amended in September 2014, to provide for an exercise price of $4.48 per share, which was the then-current fair market value of our common stock based on our per-share estimated valuation as of such date.

137


Table of Contents

Outstanding equity awards at year end

        The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding stock options held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2014.

 
  Option awards  
Name
  Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
exercisable
  Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
unexercisable
  Option
exercise
price
($)
  Option
expiration
date
 

Philipp Lang, M.D. 

    27,495     137,505 (1)   5.48     8/3/2024  

President and Chief

    27,495     137,505 (1)   4.48     8/3/2024  

Executive Officer

    15,227         2.75     3/26/2022  

        375,000 (2)   2.75     3/27/2022  

    492,017         2.63     9/26/2021  

    36,463         2.63     9/26/2021  

    250,000         2.16     9/30/2020  

    445,388         0.61 (3)   2/8/2018  

    727,272         0.61 (3)   2/8/2018  

    250,000         0.55     12/22/2016  

Paul Weiner

   
   
507,705

(4)
 
4.48

(5)
 
8/3/2024
 

Chief Financial Officer

                         

Daniel Steines, M.D., M.S. 

   
14,997
   
75,003

(1)
 
5.48
   
8/3/2024
 

Chief Technology Officer

                         

    14,997     75,003 (1)   4.48     8/3/2024  

    8,594         2.75     3/27/2022  

        55,000 (2)   2.75     3/26/2022  

    55,000         2.63     9/26/2021  

    11,063         2.63     9/26/2021  

    195,000         2.16     9/30/2020  

    100,000         0.30     9/11/2016  

(1)
The unvested awards are scheduled to vest in equal monthly installments through April 1, 2018.

(2)
The unvested awards are scheduled to vest beginning on January 1, 2015 in equal monthly installments through January 1, 2016.

(3)
The original exercise price was $0.605 and was later amended to $0.61.

(4)
This option provides for vesting as to 25% of the shares on March 23, 2015, with the remainder vesting in approximately equal monthly installments through March 23, 2018.

(5)
The original exercise price was $5.48 and was later amended to $4.48.

Employment Agreements with Executive Officers

        We entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with Dr. Lang in January 2015. We expect to enter into an amendment to such agreement prior to the closing of the offering contemplated by the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. In May 2015, we entered into amended and restated employment agreements with Dr. Steines and Messrs. Weiner, Cerveny, Law and Scott. Each of these agreements provides that the executive officer's employment will continue until either we or the executive provides written notice of termination in accordance with the terms of the agreement. In addition, each of these agreements provides for the assignment

138


Table of Contents

of intellectual property rights to us and prohibits the executives from disclosing confidential information and, where permitted under applicable law, competing with us during the term of their employment and for a specified time thereafter.

        Pursuant to their respective employment agreements, each of these executives is entitled to receive an annual base salary as follows: Dr. Lang $395,000; Mr. Weiner: $330,000; Dr. Steines: $290,000; Mr. Cerveny: $290,000; Mr. Law: $260,000; and Mr. Scott: $250,000. Each of these executives is also eligible, in the sole discretion of the compensation committee of our board of directors, to receive an annual bonus. In the case of Dr. Lang, his employment agreement provides that Dr. Lang will be eligible for a cash bonus each year of at least 30% of his annual base salary. However, under our 2015 employee bonus and stock incentive plan, the target annual cash bonus for 2015, as a percentage of annual base salary, for Dr. Lang is 55%. For additional information regarding annual cash bonuses and annual stock option grants, see "Executive Compensation—Stock option and other compensation plan—2015 employee bonus and stock incentive plan."

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control Transaction

        Each of our executives will be entitled to severance payments if his employment is terminated under specified circumstances.

        Termination During Change of Control Period.     If we terminate the executive's employment other than for cause, or if the executive terminates his employment with us for good reason, during a change of control period, as described below, we are obligated to:

    continue to pay the executive's base salary for a period of twelve months;

    pay to the executive any bonus that has been approved by the board prior to the date of termination but not yet paid;

    to the extent allowed by applicable law and the terms of the applicable policies, continue to provide such executive and certain of his dependents with group health insurance for a period of twelve months; and

    provide that any outstanding equity awards held by the executive will become fully vested and exercisable or free from forfeiture or transfer restrictions.

        A change of control period is the period beginning three months immediately preceding and ending twelve months immediately following a change of control. The terms "termination for cause," "termination for good reason" and "change of control" are defined in the executive's employment agreement. Each of our executives other than Dr. Lang is required to execute a release of claims as a condition precedent to receipt of the severance payments described above.

        Termination Outside of Change of Control Period.     If we terminate the executive's employment other than for cause or if the executive terminates his employment with us for good reason other than during a change of control period, we are obligated to:

    continue to pay the executive's base salary, in the case of Dr. Lang, for a period of twelve months, and in the case of our other executives, for a period of six months;

    pay to the executive any bonus that has been approved by the board prior to the date of termination but not yet paid;

    to the extent allowed by applicable law and the terms of the applicable policies, continue to provide the executive and certain of his dependents with group health insurance, in the case of Dr. Lang, for a period of twelve months, and in the case of our other executives, for a period of six months; and

    to the extent we previously paid such executive any bonus in the form of a stock option that has not fully vested as of the date of termination of employment, accelerate the vesting of

139


Table of Contents

      such stock option with respect to such number of shares that would have vested had such executive continued to be employed by us, in the case of Dr. Lang, for a period of twelve months and, in the case of our other executives, for a period of six months.

        Each of our executives other than Dr. Lang is required to execute a release of claims as a condition precedent to receipt of the severance payments described above.

        Termination Resulting from Death or Disability.     In the event that the executive's employment terminates as a result of his death or disability, as defined in his employment agreement, we are obligated to:

    pay to the executive (or his estate) an amount equal to, in the case of Dr. Lang, one year of his base salary in the event of a termination as a result of his death or disability and, in the case of our other executives, six months of such executive's base salary in the event of a termination as a result of his death;

    pay to the executive (or his estate) any bonus that has been approved by the board prior to the date of his death or termination for disability but not yet paid; and

    to the extent we previously paid the executive any bonus in the form of a stock option that has not fully vested as of the date of his death or termination for disability, accelerate the vesting of such stock option with respect to such number of shares that would have vested had the executive continued to be employed by us, in the case of Dr. Lang, for a period of one year and, in the case of our other executives, for a period of six months.

Stock option and other compensation plans

2004 stock option plan

        Our 2004 Stock Option Plan, or 2004 Plan, was adopted by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders in June 2004. Our 2004 Plan was amended in October 2005, August 2007, May 2008 and September 2009. A maximum of 7,585,887 shares of common stock was authorized for issuance under the 2004 Plan.

        The 2004 Plan is administered by our board of directors. The 2004 Plan provided for the grant of incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options. Our employees, directors and consultants, and employees, directors and consultants of our parent or subsidiary corporations, were eligible to receive awards under the 2004 Plan. However, incentive stock options could only be granted to employees. The terms of awards are set forth in the applicable award agreements.

        Awards under the 2004 Plan are subject to appropriate adjustments in the event of a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, or recapitalization, combination or reclassification with respect to our stock.

        Upon a merger of our company with or into another corporation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets, in addition to any rights provided in an applicable award agreement:

    all outstanding awards shall be assumed, or substantially equivalent awards shall be substituted, by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary thereof; and

    if not assumed or substituted, all outstanding awards will become exercisable in full for a period of 15 days following our notice to a participant, and any unexercised options will terminate upon expiration of such 15-day period.

        Upon a liquidation or dissolution, we must notify participants at least 30 days prior to such action, and all outstanding awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such liquidation or dissolution, unless previously exercised by the participant.

        With participant consent, our board of directors may modify or amend, or defer the exercise date of, any awards under the 2004 Plan. Subject to applicable stockholder approval requirements,

140


Table of Contents

our board of directors may amend or alter the 2004 Plan at any time, except that no amendment or alteration may adversely affect outstanding awards without participant consent except as expressly permitted under the 2004 Plan.

        Effective upon the adoption of our 2011 stock option/stock issuance plan, or 2011 Plan, we ceased making awards under the 2004 Plan. Following the adoption of our 2011 Plan, any shares of common stock subject to awards originally granted under the 2004 Plan that expired, terminated, or were otherwise surrendered, canceled, forfeited or repurchased without having been fully exercised or resulting in any common stock being issued were available for issuance under the 2011 Plan.

        As of April 30, 2015, there were options to purchase an aggregate of 4,559,021 shares of common stock outstanding under the 2004 Plan at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.15 per share. Following the adoption of our 2015 stock incentive plan, or 2015 Plan, any shares of common stock subject to awards originally granted under the 2004 Plan that expire, terminate, or are otherwise surrendered, canceled, forfeited or repurchased without having been fully exercised or resulting in any common stock being issued will be available for issuance under the 2015 Plan, up to a specified number of shares.

2011 stock option plan/stock issuance plan

        Our 2011 Plan was adopted by our board of directors in February 2011 and approved by our stockholders in March 2011. Our 2011 Plan was amended in March 2012 and July 2013. A maximum of 13,260,484 shares of our common stock are authorized for issuance under the 2011 Plan.

        The 2011 Plan is administered by our board of directors and provides for the grant of incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, non-statutory stock options and stock awards. Our employees, directors and independent contractors, and employees, directors and independent contractors of our parent or subsidiary corporations, are eligible to receive awards under the 2011 Plan. However, incentive stock options may only be granted to our employees. The terms of awards are set forth in the applicable award agreements.

        Awards under the 2011 Plan are subject to appropriate adjustments in the event of a stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting our outstanding common stock as a class without our receipt of consideration.

        Upon a change of control, as defined in the 2011 Plan:

    all outstanding option awards will become exercisable in full immediately prior to the effective date of the change of control, except to the extent such options are (1) assumed, or equivalent options substituted, by the successor corporation, or parent thereof, or otherwise continued in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the change of control transaction, (2) replaced by a cash incentive program that provides for a subsequent payout of the spread existing on the unvested option shares as of the date of such change of control, to be paid in accordance with the same vesting schedule applicable to those unvested option shares, or (3) our board of directors subjects such acceleration to other limitations; and

    all outstanding repurchase rights in favor of us with respect to shares of our common stock issued upon exercise of options or as stock awards shall terminate automatically, and such shares shall become vested, except to the extent (1) those repurchase rights are assigned to a successor corporation, or parent thereof, or otherwise continued in effect pursuant to the terms of the change of control transaction, (2) the property, including cash payments, issued with respect to the unvested shares are placed in escrow and released in accordance with the vesting schedule in effect for such shares, or (3) such accelerated vesting is precluded by other limitations imposed by our board of directors.

141


Table of Contents

        Our board of directors has the discretion, exercisable either at the time an award is granted or at any time while an award remains outstanding, to provide that such award will become fully vested upon the occurrence of a change of control or other specified event or the participant's involuntary termination, as defined in the 2011 Plan, within a designated period following a specified event.

        Subject to any applicable stockholder approval requirements pursuant to applicable laws and regulations, our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2011 Plan or any awards under the Plan in any or all respects, except that no amendment or termination may adversely affect the rights and obligations with respect to outstanding awards without participant consent. Our board of directors has the authority, with the consent of the affected participants, to cancel any or all outstanding options under the 2011 Plan and grant in substitution therefor new options covering the same or a different number of shares of our common stock.

        As of April 30, 2015, there were options to purchase an aggregate of 6,705,015 shares of common stock outstanding under the 2011 Plan at a weighted-average exercise price of $3.66 per share.

        As of April 30, 2015, there were 492,978 shares of common stock available for future issuance under the 2011 Plan. Effective as of immediately prior to the closing of this offering, we will grant no further stock options or other awards under the 2011 Plan. Any shares of common stock subject to awards under the 2011 Plan that expire, terminate, or are otherwise surrendered, canceled, forfeited or repurchased without having been fully exercised or resulting in any common stock being issued will be available for issuance under the 2015 stock incentive plan, or 2015 Plan, up to a specified number of shares.

2015 stock incentive plan

        Our board of directors has adopted, and we expect our stockholders to approve, our 2015 Plan, which will become effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement for this offering of which this prospectus forms a part. The 2015 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and other stock-based awards. Upon effectiveness of the 2015 Plan, the number of shares of our common stock that will be reserved for issuance under the 2015 Plan will be the sum of: (1) 4,000,000; plus (2) the number of shares (up to 11,819,848 shares) equal to the sum of the number of shares of our common stock then available for issuance under the 2011 Plan and the number of shares of our common stock subject to outstanding awards under the 2011 Plan or under the 2004 Plan that expire, terminate or are otherwise surrendered, canceled, forfeited or repurchased by us at their original issuance price pursuant to a contractual repurchase right; plus (3) an annual increase, to be added on the first day of each fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2016 and continuing until, and including, the fiscal year ending December 31, 2025, equal to the lower of 6,000,000 shares of our common stock and 3% of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding on the first day of such fiscal year.

        Our employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors will be eligible to receive awards under the 2015 Plan. Incentive stock options, however, may only be granted to our employees.

        Pursuant to the terms of the 2015 Plan, our board of directors (or a committee delegated by our board of directors) will administer the plan and, subject to any limitations in the plan, will select the recipients of awards and determine:

    the number of shares of our common stock covered by options and stock appreciation rights and the dates upon which those awards become exercisable;

    the type of options to be granted;

142


Table of Contents

    the duration of options and stock appreciation rights, which may not be in excess of ten years;

    the exercise price of options and measurement price of stock appreciation rights, both of which must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant; and

    the number of shares of our common stock subject to the terms of any restricted stock awards, restricted stock units or other stock-based awards and the terms and conditions of such awards, including conditions for repurchase, issue price and repurchase price and performance conditions, if any.

        If our board of directors delegates authority to an executive officer to grant awards under the 2015 Plan, the executive officer will have the power to make awards to all of our employees, except executive officers, subject to any limitations under the 2015 Plan. Our board of directors will fix the terms of the awards to be granted by such executive officer, including the exercise price of such awards, which may include a formula by which the exercise price will be determined, and the maximum number of shares subject to awards that such executive officer may make.

Effect of certain changes in capitalization

        Upon the occurrence of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, reclassification of shares, spin-off or other similar change in capitalization or event, or any dividend or distribution to holders of our common stock other than an ordinary cash dividend, our board of directors shall equitably adjust:

    the number and class of securities available under the 2015 Plan;

    the share counting rules under the 2015 Plan;

    the number and class of securities and exercise price per share of each outstanding option;

    the share and per-share provisions and the measurement price of each outstanding stock appreciation right;

    the number of shares subject to, and the repurchase price per share subject to, each outstanding restricted stock award; and

    the share and per-share related provisions and the purchase price, if any, of each outstanding restricted stock unit award and each other stock-based award.

Effect of certain corporate transactions

        Upon a merger or other reorganization event, as defined in our 2015 Plan, our board of directors may, on such terms as our board determines, except to the extent specifically provided otherwise in an applicable award agreement or other agreement between the participant and us, take any one or more of the following actions pursuant to the 2015 Plan as to some or all outstanding awards, other than restricted stock:

    provide that all outstanding awards shall be assumed, or substantially equivalent awards shall be substituted, by the acquiring or successor corporation, or an affiliate thereof;

    upon written notice to a participant, provide that all of the participant's unvested and/or unexercised awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such reorganization event unless exercised by the participant, to the extent then exercisable;

    provide that outstanding awards shall become exercisable, realizable or deliverable, or restrictions applicable to an award shall lapse, in whole or in part, prior to or upon such reorganization event;

143


Table of Contents

    in the event of a reorganization event pursuant to which holders of shares of our common stock will receive a cash payment for each share surrendered in the reorganization event, make or provide for a cash payment to the participants with respect to each award held by a participant equal to (1) the number of shares of our common stock subject to the vested portion of the award, after giving effect to any acceleration of vesting that occurs upon or immediately prior to such reorganization event, multiplied by (2) the excess, if any, of the cash payment for each share surrendered in the reorganization event over the exercise, measurement or purchase price of such award and any applicable tax withholdings, in exchange for the termination of such award; and/or

    provide that, in connection with a liquidation or dissolution, awards shall convert into the right to receive liquidation proceeds, if applicable, net of the exercise, measurement or purchase price thereof and any applicable tax withholdings.

        Our board of directors does not need to take the same action with respect to all awards, all awards held by a participant or all awards of the same type.

        In the case of certain restricted stock units, no assumption or substitution is permitted, and the restricted stock units will instead be settled in accordance with the terms of the applicable restricted stock unit agreement.

        Upon the occurrence of a reorganization event other than a liquidation or dissolution, the repurchase and other rights with respect to outstanding awards of restricted stock will continue for the benefit of the successor company and will, unless the board of directors may otherwise determine, apply to the cash, securities or other property into which shares of our common stock are converted or exchanged pursuant to the reorganization event. Upon the occurrence of a reorganization event involving a liquidation or dissolution, all restrictions and conditions on each outstanding award of restricted stock will automatically be deemed terminated or satisfied, unless otherwise provided in the agreement evidencing the restricted stock award or any other agreement between the participant and us.

        At any time, our board of directors may, in its sole discretion, provide that any award under the 2015 Plan will become immediately exercisable in full or in part, free of some or all restrictions or conditions, or otherwise realizable in whole or in part as the case may be.

        No award may be granted under the 2015 Plan on or after the ten year anniversary of the date of effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Our board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the 2015 Plan at any time, except that stockholder approval may be required to comply with applicable law or stock market requirements.

2015 employee bonus and stock incentive plan

        In May 2015, our board of directors adopted an employee bonus and stock incentive plan for 2015. Pursuant to such plan, each of our executive officers is eligible to receive an annual cash bonus, which is based on the achievement of individual and corporate performance objectives, calculated as a percentage of the executive's annual base salary, and which will be determined by the compensation committee of our board of directors, in its sole discretion. The target annual cash bonus for 2015, as a percentage of annual base salary, is as follows: Dr. Lang: 55%; Mr. Weiner: 40%; Dr. Steines: 40%; Mr. Cerveny: 40%; Mr. Law: 35%; and Mr. Scott: 35%. In addition, each of these executives is eligible to receive an annual equity grant, which is based on the achievement of individual and corporate performance objectives, and which will be determined by the compensation committee of our board of directors, in its sole discretion. We believe that equity grants provide our executives with a strong link to our long-term performance, create an ownership culture and help to align the interests of our executives and our stockholders. In addition, we believe that equity grants with a time-based vesting feature promote executive retention because this feature incentivizes our executive officers to remain in our employment during the vesting

144


Table of Contents

period. The target annual equity grant for 2015, by value as determined using the Black-Scholes pricing model in the case of stock options, for each of the executive officers is as follows: Dr. Lang: $350,000; Mr. Weiner: $250,000; Dr. Steines: $250,000; Mr. Cerveny: $250,000; Mr. Law: $150,000; and Mr. Scott: $150,000.

401(k) retirement plan

        We maintain a 401(k) retirement plan that is intended to be a tax-qualified defined contribution plan under Section 401(k) of the Code. In general, all of our employees are eligible to participate, beginning on the first day of the month following commencement of their employment. The 401(k) plan includes a salary deferral arrangement pursuant to which participants may elect to reduce their current compensation by up to the statutorily prescribed limit, equal to $18,000, or $24,000 for participants 50 years of age or older, in 2015, and have the amount of the reduction contributed to the 401(k) plan. Currently, we match 50% of employee contributions up to 2% of the employee's salary in total, subject to the statutorily prescribed limit. The match vests over a period of five years.

Rule 10b5-1 sales plans

        Our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the director or officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from the director or officer. It also is possible that the director or officer could amend or terminate the plan when not in possession of material, nonpublic information. In addition, our directors and executive officers may buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material, nonpublic information.

Limitation of liability and indemnification

        Our restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, limits the personal liability of directors for breach of fiduciary duty to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, and provides that no director will have personal liability to us or to our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty or other duty as a director. However, these provisions do not eliminate or limit the liability of any of our directors:

    for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

    for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    for voting or assenting to unlawful payments of dividends, stock repurchases or other distributions; or

    for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

        Any amendment to, or repeal of, these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to such amendment or repeal. If the DGCL is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the DGCL.

        In addition, our restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, provides that we must indemnify our directors and officers and we must advance expenses, including attorneys' fees, to our directors and officers in connection with legal proceedings, subject to very limited exceptions.

145


Table of Contents

        We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers certain liabilities of our directors and executive officers arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or executive officers. In addition, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify each such director or executive officer for some expenses, including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by him or her in any action or proceeding arising out of his or her service as one of our directors or executive officers.

        Certain of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers, be insured and/or indemnified against certain liabilities incurred in their capacity as members of our board of directors.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, may be permitted to directors, executive officers or persons controlling us, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Director compensation

        The following table sets forth information regarding compensation earned by our non-employee directors during 2014.

Name
  Fees earned or
paid in cash ($)
  Option
awards
(1) ($)
  Total ($)  

Kenneth Fallon III

    60,000     104,090     164,090  

Bradley Langdale

    60,000     104,090     164,090  

Colm Lanigan

             

Michael Milligan

             

Frank Mühlenbeck, Ph.D. 

             

Aditya Puri

             

Laurent Souviron

             

(1)
The amounts reported in the "Option Awards" column reflect the aggregate fair value of share-based compensation awarded during the year computed in accordance with the provisions of FASB Accounting Standard Codification Topic 718. See Note L to our audited financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus regarding assumptions underlying the valuation of equity awards. As of December 31, 2014, Mr. Fallon and Mr. Langdale each held stock options to purchase an aggregate of 360,000 shares of our common stock, of which 322,498 shares were vested.

        In addition to the amounts set forth in the table above, we also reimbursed Kenneth Fallon III and Bradley Langdale for reasonable travel and out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending board of director and committee meetings during 2014.

        For the period beginning February 4, 2015 until the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we will pay Messrs. Fallon and Langdale an annual fee of $40,000, which will be prorated for their period of service on our board of directors from February 4, 2015 until the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. In addition, we will pay Mr. Fallon $50,000 for serving as Chairman of our board of directors, $10,000 for serving as chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee and $5,000 for serving as a member of the Asia strategy committee prorated for the period beginning February 4, 2015 until the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. We will also pay Mr. Langdale $20,000 for serving as chair of the audit committee, $11,000 for serving as chair of the compensation committee and $5,000 for serving as a member of the Asia strategy

146


Table of Contents

committee prorated for the period beginning February 4, 2015 until the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

        Upon the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, our non-employee directors will be compensated for their services on our board of directors as follows:

    each new non-employee director will receive an initial grant under our 2015 Plan equal to such number of shares of our restricted common stock as is equal to $220,000 divided by the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of such grant;

    each non-employee director who has served on our board of directors for at least six months will receive an annual grant under our 2015 Plan equal to such number of shares of our restricted common stock as is equal to $110,000 divided by the fair market value of our common stock on the date of the board meeting held in connection with each annual meeting of stockholders;

    each non-employee director will receive an annual cash fee of $50,000, except that the Chairman of our board of directors will receive an annual cash fee of $100,000;

    each non-employee director who is a member of the audit committee will receive an additional annual cash fee of $10,000 for service on such committee, except that the chair of such committee will receive an annual cash fee of $20,000 for serving in such capacity;

    each non-employee director who is a member of the compensation committee will receive an additional annual cash fee of $5,000 for service on such committee, except that the chair of such committee will receive an annual cash fee of $11,000 for serving in such capacity;

    each non-employee director who is a member of the nominating and corporate governance committee will receive an additional annual cash fee of $5,000 for service on such committee, except that the chair of such committee will receive an annual cash fee of $10,000 for serving in such capacity; and

    each non-employee director who is a member of any other committee of our board of directors that may be established from time to time by our board of directors, including our Asia strategy committee, will receive an additional cash fee of $5,000 for serving on such committee.

        Unless otherwise provided at the time of grant, subject to the non-employee director's continued service as a director, the initial grant of our restricted common stock referred to in the first bullet above will vest with respect to 100% of the shares upon the two year anniversary of the grant date, and each annual grant of our restricted common stock referred to in the second bullet point above will vest with respect to 100% of the shares upon the earlier of the first anniversary of the grant date or the date of the first annual meeting of stockholders after the grant date. In the case of each of such initial grants and such annual grants, in the event of a change in control, the vesting schedule of the shares subject to each grant will accelerate in full.

        Each annual cash fee will be payable in arrears in four equal quarterly installments on the last day of each quarter. The amount of each payment will be prorated for any portion of a quarter that a director is not serving on our board or committee, as applicable. In addition, no fee will be payable in respect of any period prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and the first payment after the effective date will be prorated therefor.

        Each non-employee director will also be entitled to reimbursement for reasonable travel and other expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of the board of directors and any committee on which he or she serves.

147


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED-PERSONS TRANSACTIONS

        In addition to the compensation agreements with directors and executive officers described under "Executive Compensation," the following is a description of transactions since January 1, 2012 to which we have been a party, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial owners of more than 5% of our voting securities, or affiliates or immediate family members of any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial owners of more than 5% of our voting securities, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. We believe the terms obtained or consideration that we paid or received, as applicable, in connection with the transactions described below were comparable to terms available or the amounts that would be paid or received, as applicable, from unrelated third parties.

Series E-1 preferred stock and series E-2 preferred stock financings

        From June 2011 through August 2014, we issued and sold an aggregate of 14,633,509 shares of our Series E-1 preferred stock, at a price per share of $8.00, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $115.8 million. The sale of Series E-1 preferred stock was structured in multiple tranches and with multiple closing dates.

        From October 2011 through July 2013, we issued and sold an aggregate of 9,586,237 shares of our Series E-2 preferred stock, at a price per share of $8.00 for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $76.7 million. The sale of Series E-2 preferred stock was structured in multiple tranches and with multiple closing dates.

        In connection with the issuance and sale of our Series E-1 preferred stock and Series E-2 preferred stock, we entered into a promissory note conversion and warrant amendment agreement with Aeris Capital Archer L.P. and SGR Sagittarius Holding AG, collectively aeris CAPITAL, on December 12, 2012 that provided for the termination of a convertible promissory note in the original aggregate principal amount of $10.0 million and approximately $2.5 million in accrued interest in exchange for 672,952 shares of Series E-2 preferred stock, 687,134 shares of our Series D preferred stock and 523,531 shares of our common stock. In exchange for the shares, Aeris Capital Archer L.P. entered into stock purchase agreements for such shares. The promissory note conversion and warrant amendment agreement provided that the expiration date of certain warrants to purchase an aggregate of 666,665 shares of our Series D preferred stock at an exercise price per share of $6.00 held by aeris CAPITAL, which we refer to as the aeris CAPITAL warrants, was extended until the earlier to occur of (1) a sale or change in control of our company or (2) December 31, 2016. Prior to such extension, the aeris CAPITAL warrants would have terminated upon the earlier to occur of (1) a sale or change in control of our company, (2) an initial underwritten public offering of our common stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act or (3) various times between February 2013 and August 2015.

148


Table of Contents

        The following table sets forth the number of shares of our Series E-1 preferred stock and Series E-2 preferred stock purchased by our directors, executive officers and 5% stockholders and their affiliates pursuant to these transactions.

Purchaser(1)
  Shares of
Series E-1
preferred
stock
  Total purchase
price of Series E-1
preferred stock ($)
  Shares of
Series E-2
preferred
stock
  Total purchase
price of Series E-2
preferred stock ($)
  Total Series E-1
preferred stock
and Series E-2
preferred stock
purchase price ($)

Procific(2)

    3,125,000     25,000,000     3,125,000   25,000,000   50,000,000

Tasik Temenggor Investments (Cayman Islands) Limited(3)

    1,312,500     10,500,000     2,437,500 (7) 19,500,000   30,000,000

Stanhope Investments

    1,562,500     12,500,000     1,562,500   12,500,000   25,000,000

Aeris Capital Archer L.P.(4)

    375,000     3,000,000     672,952   Note Conversion(8)   3,000,000 and Note Conversion(8)

AGC Equity Partners Special Opportunities Fund I L.P.(5)

    525,000     4,200,000     975,000   7,800,000   12,000,000

NewtrAx LLC(6)

    656,250     5,250,000     1,218,750   9,750,000   15,000,000

(1)
See "Principal Stockholders" for more information about shares held by these entities.

(2)
Colm Lanigan, a member of our board of directors, is affiliated with Procific.

(3)
Aditya Puri, a member of our board of directors, is affiliated with Tasik Temenggor Investments (Cayman Islands) Limited.

(4)
Frank Mühlenbeck, a member of our board of directors, is affiliated with aeris CAPITAL.

(5)
Laurent Souviron, a member of our board of directors, is affiliated with AGC Equity Partners Special Opportunities Fund I L.P.

(6)
Michael Milligan, a member of our board of directors, is affiliated with NewtrAx LLC.

(7)
Such shares include the 381,875 shares of Series E-2 preferred stock that were issued in exchange for the cancellation of 381,875 shares of Series E-1 preferred stock pursuant to the terms of an amended and restated letter agreement discussed below.

(8)
Such payment was made through the cancellation of certain convertible notes held by Aeris Capital Archer L.P. in the original aggregate principal amount of $10.0 million and approximately $2.5 million in accrued interest, of which approximately $6.0 million was allocated as payment for the shares of Series E-2 preferred stock.

        In connection with the issuance and sale of our Series E-1 and E-2 preferred stock, we entered into a letter agreement with Stanhope Investments in July 2013 that provided Stanhope Investments with the right to invest up to $25,000,000, but no less than $10,000,000, in the first firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by us under the Securities Act covering the offer and sale of our common stock to the public with aggregate proceeds to us of not less than $50,000,000, before deduction of underwriting commissions and expenses, and with a per share price of not less than $10.00 per share, as adjusted for stock splits, combinations or similar transactions. Such right continues until such time as Stanhope Investments no longer holds at least 600,000 shares of our Series E-1 preferred stock and/or Series E-2 preferred stock or a change in control of our Company. This letter agreement will terminate prior to or effective upon the closing of the offering contemplated by the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

149


Table of Contents

Asia strategy committee with Tasik

        In connection with the issuance and sale of our Series E-1 preferred stock and Series E-2 preferred stock, we entered into an amended and restated letter agreement with Tasik Temenggor Investments (Cayman Islands) Limited, or Tasik, dated July 16, 2013, that provides that $5.0 million of the proceeds received by us from Tasik for the sale of our Series E-1 preferred stock and Series E-2 preferred stock could only be used in connection with the marketing and sale of our products in Asia and that a committee of our board of directors, which we refer to as our Asia strategy committee, is required to be maintained for the purposes of directing and overseeing the investment of such proceeds. This letter agreement will terminate prior to or effective upon the closing of this offering contemplated by the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Upon the termination of this letter agreement, we will not be required to invest such proceeds in the manner that had been required by the letter agreement and we will not be required to maintain such an Asia strategy committee. While we will not have an obligation to maintain such a committee, our board of directors has determined to continue to have such a committee for a period of two years following the closing of the offering contemplated by the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Upon the effectiveness of this registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the members of the Asia strategy committee will be Philipp Lang and Aditya Puri and the committee's responsibility will be to oversee our business development activities in Asia.

        This letter agreement also provided that we issue to Tasik, at the time of the execution of the letter agreement, 381,875 shares of Series E-2 preferred stock in exchange for (1) 381,875 shares of Series E-1 preferred stock then held by Tasik and (2) the termination of an obligation owed by us to Tasik pursuant to the terms of a prior letter agreement between us and Tasik, which transaction we refer to as the Share Exchange. The obligation under the prior letter agreement provided that, in the event any payments were made to, received by or otherwise payable to the holders of our Series E-2 preferred stock with respect to the shares of our Series E-2 preferred stock held by such holders, we would be obligated to pay to Tasik an amount equal to 381,875 (as adjusted for stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations and the like with respect to the Series E-2 preferred stock), multiplied by the difference between (x) the amount paid to or received by the holders of Series E-2 preferred stock for each share of Series E-2 preferred stock held by them and (y) the amount paid to the holders of Series E-1 preferred stock for each share of Series E-1 preferred stock held by them. This letter agreement also provided that if any such obligation to pay to Tasik such an amount existed at the time of the Share Exchange, we would continue to be obligated to make such accrued but unpaid payment to Tasik. At the time of the Share Exchange, however, no such payment obligation existed. The Share Exchange was consummated in July 2013.

        As of March 31, 2015, $3.5 million of the proceeds referred to above was classified as restricted cash.

Sponsor designee recommendation agreement with Procific

        In May 2015, we entered into a Sponsor Designee Recommendation Agreement with Procific, or the Procific Agreement, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering. See "Management—Board composition" for the material terms of the Procific Agreement.

Registration rights agreement with holders of our preferred stock

        We expect to enter into an amended and restated information and registration rights agreement, which we refer to as the Registration Rights Agreement, with holders of our preferred stock, including some of our 5% stockholders and their affiliates and entities affiliated with our directors. The Registration Rights Agreement provides these holders the right, subject to certain

150


Table of Contents

limitations, to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. See "Description of Capital Stock—Registration rights" for additional information regarding these registrations rights.

Revenue share agreement with Dr. Lang

        In September 2011, we entered into an amended and restated revenue share agreement with Philipp Lang, M.D., our Chief Executive Officer, which amended and restated a similar agreement entered into in 2008 when Dr. Lang stepped down as chair of our scientific advisory board and became our Chief Executive Officer. This agreement provides that we will pay Dr. Lang on an annual basis 1.33% of our net revenues up to and including $125 million and 1.1667% of our net revenues in excess of $125 million with respect to our iTotal CR, iTotal PS and iTotal Hip products, as well as other hip and shoulder replacement products we may develop in the future and patient-specific, revision-implant instrumentation we may develop in the future. This agreement also provides that we will pay Dr. Lang on an annual basis 1.0% of our net revenues up to and including $125 million and 0.875% of our net revenues in excess of $125 million with respect to our iUni and iDuo products, as well as certain other knee replacement or resurfacing products, modifications to any of our knee, hip or shoulder products made by us with Dr. Lang's assistance in the future and patient-specific, non-revision-implant instrumentation we may develop in the future. For years beginning on or after January 1, 2016, our obligation to pay Dr. Lang applies only to those of our products that are covered by a valid claim of a patent assigned to us in the country in which we sell those products and on which Dr. Lang is a named inventor. Our payment obligations expire on a product-by-product basis on the last to expire of patents owned by us on which Dr. Lang is a named inventor that claim the applicable product. These payment obligations survive any termination of Dr. Lang's employment with us. Under this agreement, we incurred obligations to pay Dr. Lang $243,315 for the year ended December 31, 2012, $415,402 for the year ended December 31, 2013, $578,810 for the year ended December 31, 2014 and $181,133 for the three months ended March 31, 2015.

Vertegen license

        In April 2007, we entered into a license agreement with Vertegen, Inc., or Vertegen, which we expect to amend in May 2015. Vertegen is an entity that is controlled by and affiliated with Dr. Lang, our Chief Executive Officer. We call this agreement the Vertegen agreement. Under this agreement, Vertegen granted us an exclusive, worldwide license under specified Vertegen patent rights and related technology to make, use and sell products and services in the fields of diagnosis and treatment of articular disorders and disorders of the human spine. We may sublicense the rights licensed to us by Vertegen. We are required to use commercially reasonable efforts, at our sole expense, to prosecute the patent applications licensed to us by Vertegen.

        In connection with entering into the license agreement with Vertegen, we paid Vertegen an initial license fee of $10,000 and we issued Vertegen a warrant to purchase 200,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.55 per share, which has expired unexercised. Pursuant to the license agreement as amended, we will be required to pay Vertegen a 6% royalty on each of net sales of products covered by the patents licensed to us by Vertegen, the subject matter of which is directed primarily to spinal implants, and any proceeds from our enforcing the patent rights licensed to us by Vertegen. Such 6% royalty rate will be reduced to 3% in the United States during the five-year period following the expiration of the last-to-expire applicable patent in the United States and in the rest of the world during the five-year period following the expiration of the last-to-expire patent anywhere in the world. To date, we have not sold any products subject to this agreement and have paid no royalties under this agreement. We have paid approximately $130,000

151


Table of Contents

in expenses to date in connection with the preparation of the patent applications licensed to us by Vertegen.

        The Vertegen agreement may be terminated by us at any time upon advance notice to Vertegen. In addition, Vertegen may terminate the Vertegen agreement in its entirety if we are in material breach of the agreement, and we fail to cure such breach during a specified period.

Amended and restated employee confidential information, inventions and non-competition agreement with Dr. Lang

        We have entered into confidential information, inventions and non-competition agreements with each of our executive officers. Our agreement with Dr. Lang provides that certain intellectual property developed by Dr. Lang is not assigned to us, including inventions associated with work done in conjunction with or on behalf of other entities prior to Dr. Lang's employment with us, such as Vertegen and Brigham and Women's Hospital. In addition, Dr. Lang is not required to assign various inventions that do not relate to our current business, including inventions related to anti-angiogenesis, spinal implants and vascular stents.

Indemnification of directors and officers

        Our restated certificate of incorporation that will be effective as of the closing of this offering provides that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our restated certificate of incorporation will also provide our board of directors with discretion to indemnify our employees and agents when determined appropriate by the board of directors. In addition, we expect to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader in scope than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. See the "Executive compensation—Limitation of liability and indemnification" section of this prospectus for a further discussion of these arrangements.

Corporate opportunities

        Pursuant to our restated certificate of incorporation that will be effective as of the closing of this offering (1) to the fullest extent permitted by law, we, on behalf of ourselves, our subsidiaries and our and their respective stockholders, renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunity that may be presented to aeris CAPITAL Archer L.P., SGR Sagittarius Holding AG, AGC Equity Partners Special Opportunities Fund I L.P., NewtrAx LLC, Procific and Tasik Temenggor (Cayman Islands) Limited or their partners, principals, directors, officers, members, managers, employees and/or other representatives and (2) no such person or entity has any duty to communicate or offer such business opportunity to us or any of our subsidiaries or shall be liable to us or any of our subsidiaries or any of our or its stockholders for breach of any duty, as a director or officer or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such person or entity pursues or acquires such business opportunity, directs such business opportunity to another person or fails to present such business opportunity, or information regarding such business opportunity, to us or our subsidiaries, unless, in the case of any such person who is a director or officer of ours, such business opportunity is expressly offered to such director or officer in writing solely in his or her capacity as our director or officer.

Policies and procedures for related person transactions

        In May 2015 our board of directors adopted written policies and procedures for the review of any transaction, arrangement or relationship in which we are a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and one of our executive officers, directors, director nominees or 5%

152


Table of Contents

stockholders (or their immediate family members), each of whom we refer to as a "related person," has a direct or indirect material interest.

        If a related person proposes to enter into such a transaction, arrangement or relationship, which we refer to as a "related-person transaction," the related person must report the proposed related-person transaction to our Chief Financial Officer or General Counsel. The policy calls for the proposed related-person transaction to be reviewed and, if deemed appropriate, approved by the audit committee of our board of directors. Whenever practicable, the reporting, review and approval will occur prior to entry into the transaction. If advance review and approval is not practicable, the committee will review and, in its discretion, may ratify the related-person transaction. The policy also permits the chairman of the audit committee to review and, if deemed appropriate, approve proposed related-person transactions that arise between committee meetings, subject to ratification by the committee at its next meeting. Any related-person transactions that are ongoing in nature will be reviewed annually.

        A related-person transaction reviewed under the policy will be considered approved or ratified if it is authorized by the committee after full disclosure of the related person's interest in the transaction. As appropriate for the circumstances, the committee will review and consider:

    the related person's interest in the related-person transaction;

    the approximate dollar value of the amount involved in the related-person transaction;

    the approximate dollar value of the amount of the related person's interest in the transaction without regard to the amount of any profit or loss;

    whether the transaction was undertaken in the ordinary course of our business;

    whether the terms of the transaction are no less favorable to us than terms that could have been reached with an unrelated third party;

    the purpose of, and the potential benefits to us of, the related-person transaction; and

    any other information regarding the related-person transaction or the related person in the context of the proposed transaction that would be material to investors in light of the circumstances of the particular transaction.

        The audit committee may approve or ratify the transaction only if the audit committee determines that, under all of the circumstances, the transaction is not inconsistent with our best interests. The audit committee may impose any conditions on the related-person transaction that it deems appropriate.

        In addition to the transactions that are excluded by the instructions to the SEC's related-person transaction disclosure rule, the board of directors has determined that the following transactions do not create a material direct or indirect interest on behalf of related persons and, therefore, are not related-person transactions for purposes of this policy:

    interests arising solely from the related person's position as an executive officer of another entity (whether or not the person is also a director of such entity) that is a participant in the transaction, where (a) the related person and all other related persons own in the aggregate less than a 10% equity interest in such entity; (b) the related person and his or her immediate family members are not involved in the negotiation of the terms of the transaction and do not receive any special benefits as a result of the transaction; (c) the amount involved in the transaction equals less than the greater of $1 million dollars or 2% of the annual gross revenues of the other entity that is a party to the transaction; and (d) the amount involved in the transaction equals less than 2% of our annual gross revenues; and

    a transaction that is specifically contemplated by provisions of our charter or bylaws.

        The policy provides that transactions involving compensation of executive officers shall be reviewed and approved by the compensation committee in the manner specified in its charter.

153


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of April 30, 2015 by:

        Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities and include shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options and warrants that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days after April 30, 2015. Except as otherwise indicated, all of the shares reflected in the table are shares of common stock and all persons listed below have sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by them, subject to community property laws, where applicable. The information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose.

        The number of shares beneficially owned in the following table assumes the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into shares of common stock upon closing of this offering. The percentage ownership calculations for beneficial ownership prior to this offering are based on 59,677,247 shares outstanding as of April 30, 2015, assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into shares of common stock upon closing of this offering. Percentage ownership calculations for beneficial ownership after this offering also include the shares we are offering hereby. Except as otherwise indicated in the table below, addresses of named beneficial owners are in care of ConforMIS, Inc., 28 Crosby Drive, Bedford, Massachusetts 01730.

        In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we deemed outstanding shares of common stock subject to options or warrants held by that person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days after April 30, 2015. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

154


Table of Contents

Name of beneficial owner
  Number of
shares
beneficially
owned
  Percentage of
shares
beneficially
owned before
offering
  Percentage of
shares
beneficially
owned after
offering
 

5% Stockholders

                   

Procific(1)

    6,250,000     10.47 %     %

Veron International Limited(2)

    5,884,357     9.86 %     %

SGR Sagittarius Holding AG and Aeris Capital Archer L.P.(3)

    7,749,833     12.77 %     %

Tasik Temenggor Investments (Cayman Islands) Limited(4)

    3,750,000     6.28 %     %

Stanhope Investments(5)

    3,125,000     5.24 %     %

Executive Officers and Directors

                   

Philipp Lang, M.D.(6)

    4,485,002     7.22 %     %

Paul Weiner(7)

    158,652     * %     %

Daniel Steines, M.D., M.S.(8)

    931,581     1.55 %     %

Bradley Langdale(9)

    345,412     * %     %

Kenneth Fallon III(10)

    345,412     * %     %

Colm Lanigan

             

Michael Milligan

             

Frank Mühlenbeck, Ph.D(11)

    7,749,833     12.77 %     %

Aditya Puri, M.S. 

             

Laurent Souviron

             

All current executive officers and directors as a group (13 persons)

    14,858,884     22.76 %     %

*
Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of our outstanding stock.

(1)
Consists of (a) 3,125,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series E-1 preferred stock and (b) 3,125,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series E-2 preferred stock. Procific, a Cayman Island exempted company with limited liability, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Abu Dhabi Investment Authority, a public institution established by the Government of the Emirate of Abu Dhabi. The registered address for Procific is 122 Mary Street, PO Box 709, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands, KY1-1107.

(2)
Consists of (a) 1,432,091 shares of common stock, (b) 2,132,149 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B preferred stock, (c) 1,799,285 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C preferred stock and (d) 520,832 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series D preferred stock. Voting and investment power over the shares held by Veron International Limited, or Veron, is controlled by Veron's board of directors consisting of Joseph Leung Wing Kong, Sunny Yeung Kwong and Milestone Management Ltd., which is wholly-owned by the estate of Kung Nina. Each of Joseph Leung Wing Kong and Sunny Yeung Kwong, as directors of Veron, and Jong Yat Kit, Chan Wai Tong Christopher and Wong Tak Wai, as Joint and Several Administrators of the Estate of Kung Nina, may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by Veron. The principal business address for Veron International Limited is 35-38 Floor, Nina Tower 8 Yeung UK Road Tsuen Wan, N.T., Hong Kong.

(3)
Consists of (a) 523,531 shares of common stock held of record by aeris CAPITAL Archer L.P., or aeris, (b) 1,115,234 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series B preferred stock held of record by SGR Sagittarius Holding AG, (c) 357,142 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C preferred stock held of record by SGR Sagittarius Holding AG, (d) 2,352,179 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series D preferred stock held of record by SGR Sagittarius Holding AG, (e) 1,353,799 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series D preferred stock held of record by aeris CAPITAL Archer L.P., (f) 375,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series E-1 preferred stock held of record by aeris CAPITAL Archer L.P., (g) 672,952 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series E-2 preferred stock held of record by aeris CAPITAL Archer L.P., (h) 333,331 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by aeris CAPITAL Archer L.P. that are exercisable within 60 days after April 30, 2015, (i) 83,333 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series D preferred stock that is issuable upon the exercise of warrants

155


Table of Contents

    held of record by aeris CAPITAL Archer L.P. and exercisable within 60 days after April 30, 2015 and (j) 583,332 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series D preferred stock that is issuable upon the exercise of warrants held of record by SGR Sagittarius Holding AG and exercisable within 60 days after April 30, 2015. Voting and investment power over the shares held by SGR Sagittarius Holding AG is exercised by the Board of Directors of SGR Sagittarius Holding AG, Dr. Martin Hess, Uwe R. Feuersenger and Sonja Frech. Voting and investment power over the shares held by aeris CAPITAL Archer L.P. is exercised by the Board of Directors of aeris CAPITAL Archer Ltd., its general partner, and such Board of Directors is comprised of Greg Link and Ralph Woodford, each of whom may be deemed to share voting and investment power over the shares held aeris CAPITAL Archer L.P., each of whom disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by aeris CAPITAL Archer L.P., except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. SGR Sagittarius Holding AG disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by aeris CAPITAL Archer L.P. aeris CAPITAL Archer L.P. disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Sagittarius Holding AG. The principal business address for SGR Sagittarius Holding AG is Brugglistrasse 2, 8852 Altendorf, Switzerland. The principal business address for aeris CAPITAL Archer L.P. c/o Avalon Management Limited Landmark Square, 1st Floor, 64 Earth Close Grand Cayman, KY1-1107 Cayman Islands.

(4)
Consists of (a) 1,312,500 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series E-1 preferred stock and (b) 2,437,500 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series E-2 preferred stock. Fares Zahir is authorized to make decisions on investment-related matters of Tasik Temenggor Investments (Cayman Islands) Limited, or Tasik, and may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Tasik. The principal business address for Tasik Temenggor Investments (Cayman Islands) Limited is TMF (Cayman) Ltd., 1st Floor, Windward Regatta Office Park, P.O. Box 10338, Grand Cayman, KYI-1003, Cayman Islands.

(5)
Consists of (a) 1,562,500 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series E-1 preferred stock and (b) 1,562,500 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series E-2 preferred stock. Stanhope Investments is a wholly owned subsidiary of Abu Dhabi Investment Council, which is a public institution established by the Government of the Emirate of Abu Dhabi in the United Arab Emirates. The principal business address for Stanhope Investments is 190 Elgin Avenue, Grand Cayman, KY1-9005, Cayman Islands.

(6)
Consists of (a) 129,341 shares of common stock held by Dr. Lang, (b) 2,468,844 shares of common stock issuable to Dr. Lang upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after April 30, 2015, (c) 1,861,818 shares of common stock held by the NP Irrevocable Trust udt dated 12/28/12 and (d) 24,999 shares of common stock held by Dr. Lang's children. Dr. Lang holds voting and investment power over the shares held by the NP Irrevocable Trust udt dated 12/28/12 and by his children.

(7)
Consists of 158,652 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after April 30, 2015.

(8)
Consists of (a) 226,519 shares of common stock held by Dr. Steines, (b) 445,062 shares of common stock issuable to Dr. Steines upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after April 30, 2015 and (c) 260,000 shares of common stock held by the Steines 2011 Family Trust. Dr. Steines holds voting and investment power over the shares held by the Steines 2011 Family Trust.

(9)
Consists of 345,412 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after April 30, 2015.

(10)
Consists of 345,412 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days after April 30, 2015.

(11)
Consists of the shares described in note (3) above. Dr. Frank Mühlenbeck, a member of our board of directors, is a managing director of an entity that acts as an investment advisor to aeris CAPITAL Archer Ltd. and to SGR Sagittarius Holding AG. Dr. Mühlenbeck disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by each of aeris CAPITAL Archer L.P. and SGR Sagittarius Holding AG, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. Dr. Mühlenbeck's business address is Churerstrasse 70, 8808 Pfaeffikon, Switzerland.

156


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

        Following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 200,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.00001 per share, all of which preferred stock will be undesignated. The following description of our capital stock and provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the restated certificate of incorporation and the bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering. We have filed copies of these documents with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The descriptions of the common stock and preferred stock reflect changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of this offering.

        As of April 30, 2015, we had issued and outstanding:

        As of April 30, 2015, we had outstanding:

        Upon the closing of this offering:

157


Table of Contents

Common stock

        Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and do not have cumulative voting rights. An election of directors by our stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote on the election. Other matters shall be decided by the affirmative vote of our stockholders having a majority in voting power of the votes cast by the stockholders present or represented and voting on such matter, except as otherwise disclosed below. Holders of common stock are entitled to receive proportionately any dividends as may be declared by our board of directors, subject to any preferential dividend rights of outstanding preferred stock.

        In the event of our liquidation or dissolution, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive proportionately all assets available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. Our common stock is not subject to sinking fund provisions. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Preferred stock

        Under the terms of our restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors is authorized to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series without stockholder approval. Our board of directors has the discretion to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, of each series of preferred stock.

        The purpose of authorizing our board of directors to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions, future financings and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it

158


Table of Contents

more difficult for a third party to acquire, or could discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, a majority of our outstanding voting stock. Upon the closing of this offering, there will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding, and we have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Stock options

        As of April 30, 2015, options to purchase 11,264,036 shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $2.65 per share were outstanding, of which options to purchase 8,160,891 shares of our common stock were exercisable, at a weighted average exercise price of $2.02 per share.

Warrants

        As of April 30, 2015, we had outstanding:

        Upon the closing of this offering and after giving effect to the automatic conversion of our preferred stock into common stock:

159


Table of Contents

        All of the warrants that will remain outstanding after the closing of this offering can be exercised on a cashless basis and require adjustment to the number of shares for which each is exercisable and the exercise price of each in the event of any reclassifications, stock dividends, stock splits or other changes in our corporate structure.

        The series C warrant expires on July 19, 2017 or upon a sale of our company. The Series C warrant provides for a cashless exercise and the cashless exercise is automatic in the event the Series C warrant is not exercised as of immediately prior to the expiration date and the price per share of our securities underlying the warrant exceeds the then applicable exercise price per share of such securities. The Series C warrant also provides that we may have to purchase the shares of our capital stock underlying the Series C warrant, at a price per share equal to the then current fair market value of such shares, if the holder exercises its put option in the event the holder is not allowed to become a party to the Registration Rights Agreement or receive the registration and other rights provided for therein.

Registration rights

        Pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement, subject to the lock-up agreements described under "Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-up agreements," upon the closing of the offering contemplated by the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, holders of an aggregate of 50,995,026 shares of our common stock that will be issued upon conversion of our preferred stock, which we refer to as registrable shares, will have the right to require us to register these registrable shares under the Securities Act, and to participate in future registrations of securities by us, under the circumstances described below. In addition, subject to the lock-up agreements described under "Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-up agreements," upon the closing of the offering contemplated by the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the holders of warrants to purchase an aggregate of 2,833,506 shares of our common stock, assuming conversion of our preferred stock into common stock upon the closing of the offering, will have the right to have the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants be treated as registrable shares and to require us to register these registrable shares under the Securities Act, and to participate in future registrations of securities by us. After registration pursuant to these rights, these shares will become freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act. If not otherwise exercised, the rights described below will expire on the earlier of (1) the date that is four years after the closing of the offering contemplated by the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, plus any period of time for which we have invoked our right under the agreement to defer the filing of a registration statement after a demand to file a registration statement has been made by the holders of registrable shares, plus any period of time, after the effective date of the resale registration statement described below, during which the effectiveness of such resale registration statement has been suspended, withdrawn or delayed, (2) the date on which such holder of such rights has resold all registrable shares and (3) such time as Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act is available for the sale of all of such holder's registrable shares without limitation and without registration under the Securities Act.

Demand registration rights

        Beginning six months after the closing of the offering contemplated by the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, subject to specified limitations set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, the holders of at least 25% of the then outstanding registrable shares may at any time demand in writing that we register all or a portion of the registrable shares under the Securities Act on a Form other than Form S-3 for an offering of at least 20% of the then outstanding registrable shares or a lesser percent of the then outstanding registrable shares

160


Table of Contents

provided that it is reasonably anticipated the aggregate offering price, net of selling expenses, would exceed $20 million. We are not obligated to file a registration statement pursuant to this provision on more than two occasions.

        In addition, after such time as we are eligible to use Form S-3, subject to specified limitations set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, the holders of at least 25% of the then outstanding registrable shares may at any time demand in writing that we register all or a portion of the registrable shares under the Securities Act on Form S-3 for an offering of at least 25% of the then outstanding registrable shares having an anticipated aggregate offering price to the public, net of selling expenses, of at least $5 million, which we refer to as a Resale Registration Statement. We are not obligated to effect a registration pursuant to a Resale Registration Statement on more than one occasion.

Incidental registration rights

        If, at any time after the closing of the offering contemplated by the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we propose to file a registration statement to register any of our common stock under the Securities Act in connection with a public offering of such common stock, other than pursuant to certain specified registrations, the holders of our registrable shares are entitled to notice of registration and, subject to specified exceptions, including market conditions, we will be required, upon the holder's request, to register their then held registrable shares.

        In the event that any registration in which the holders of registrable shares participate pursuant to our Registration Rights Agreement is an underwritten public offering, we agree to enter into an underwriting agreement for such offering.

Expenses and Indemnification

        Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, we are required to pay all expenses incurred by us in complying with our obligations to register registrable shares pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, including, without limitation, registration, qualification and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of one special counsel to represent the selling stockholders, up to $50,000 per registration, Blue Sky fees and expenses and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration, but excluding underwriting discounts and selling commissions. We are not required to pay registration expenses if a demand registration request under the Registration Rights Agreement is withdrawn at the request of holders of a majority of the registrable shares to be registered, unless the withdrawal is due to discovery of a materially adverse change in our business or such holders agree to forfeit one of their demand rights.

        The Registration Rights Agreement contains customary cross-indemnification provisions, pursuant to which we are obligated to indemnify the selling stockholders in the event of material misstatements or omissions in the applicable registration statement attributable to us, and the selling stockholders are obligated to indemnify us for material misstatements or omissions in the registration statement attributable to them.

Anti-takeover effects of Delaware law and our charter and bylaws

        Delaware law contains, and upon the completion of this offering our restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws will contain, provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions, which are summarized below, are expected to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors.

161


Table of Contents

Staggered board; removal of directors

        Upon the completion of this offering, our restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will divide our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms. In addition, a director will only be able to be removed for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes that all of our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of directors. Any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, will only be able to be filled by vote of a majority of our directors then in office. The classification of our board of directors and the limitations on the removal of directors and filling of vacancies could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, control of our company.

Stockholder action by written consent; special meetings

        Upon the completion of this offering, our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such holders and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such holders. Upon the completion of this offering, our restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will also provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of our stockholders can only be called by our chairman of the board, our Chief Executive Officer or our board of directors.

Advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals

        Upon the completion of this offering, our bylaws will establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of our board of directors or by a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has delivered timely written notice in proper form to our secretary of the stockholder's intention to bring such business before the meeting. These provisions could have the effect of delaying until the next stockholder meeting stockholder actions that are favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities.

Delaware business combination statute

        Upon the completion of this offering, we will be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Subject to certain exceptions, Section 203 prevents us from engaging in a "business combination" with any "interested stockholder" for three years following the date that the person became an interested stockholder, unless the interested stockholder attained such status with the approval of our board of directors, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and stockholders in a prescribed manner or the interested stockholder acquired at least 85% of our outstanding voting stock in the transaction in which it became an interested stockholder. A "business combination" includes, among other things, a merger or consolidation involving us and the "interested stockholder" and the sale of more than 10% of our assets to the interested stockholder. In general, an "interested stockholder" is any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock and any entity or person who is an associate or an affiliate of such entity or person.

Authorized but unissued shares

        The authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock are available for future issuance without stockholder approval, subject to any limitations imposed by the NASDAQ

162


Table of Contents

Listing Rules. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate finance transactions, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock and preferred stock could make it more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Amendment of certificate of incorporation and bylaws

        The Delaware General Corporation Law provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation's certificate of incorporation, unless a corporation's certificate of incorporation requires a greater percentage. Effective upon the completion of this offering, our bylaws may be amended or repealed by a majority vote of our board of directors or by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes that all of our stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors. In addition, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes that all of our stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors is required to amend or repeal or to adopt any provisions inconsistent with any of the provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation described above under "—Staggered board; removal of directors" and "—Stockholder action by written consent; special meetings."

        Effective upon the closing of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of our company, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or employees to our company or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim against our company arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws or (4) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Although our certificate of incorporation contains the choice of forum provision described above, it is possible that a court could rule that such a provision is inapplicable for a particular claim or action or that such provision is unenforceable. See "Certain Relationships and Related-Persons Transactions—Corporate opportunities" for a summary of the provisions of our certificate of incorporation related to corporate opportunities.

Listing on the NASDAQ Global Market

        We have applied to have our common stock listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "CFMS."

Transfer agent and registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

163


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and a liquid public trading market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options or warrants or in the public market after this offering, or the anticipation of those sales, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time and could impair our ability to raise capital through sales of our equity securities. We have applied to have our common stock listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "CFMS."

        Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding             shares of our common stock, after giving effect to the following:

    the issuance of the             shares of our common stock in this offering;

    the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 50,995,026 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering;

    the issuance of             shares of common stock that will be issued upon the assumed net exercise of warrants to purchase our capital stock that would otherwise expire upon the closing of this offering, which consist of warrants to purchase:

    919,802 shares of our Series E-1 and E-2 preferred stock;

    129,823 shares of our Series D preferred stock; and

    8,333 shares of our common stock.

      assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and we refer to the foregoing as the assumed warrant exercises; and

    the issuance of 406,874 shares of common stock that will be issued for no additional consideration upon the closing of this offering in exchange for the surrender of warrants to purchase 406,874 shares of our Series D preferred stock, which we refer to as the warrant exchange; and

    no exercise of outstanding options or warrants after April 30, 2015, other than the assumed warrant exercises and the warrant exchange.

        Of the shares to be outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering, the                                        shares sold in this offering (assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares), will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or Rule 144, whose sales would be subject to the Rule 144 resale restrictions described below, other than the holding period requirement.

        The remaining 59,686,621 shares of common stock will be "restricted securities," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act or will further be subject to either restrictions on transfer under the lock-up agreements described below or restrictions on transfer for a period of 180 days from the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part under stock option agreements entered into between us and the holders of those shares. Following the expiration of these restrictions, these shares will become eligible for public sale if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

        In addition, of the 11,264,036 shares of common stock that were issuable pursuant to stock options outstanding as of April 30, 2015, options to purchase 8,160,891 shares of common stock had vested and were exercisable as of April 30, 2015. Upon exercise, these shares will be eligible for sale, subject to the lock-up agreements and securities laws described below. All of the

164


Table of Contents

1,368,674 shares of our capital stock (calculated on an as-converted basis giving effect to the closing of this offering, the assumed warrant exercises and the warrant exchange) that were issuable pursuant to our warrants outstanding as of April 30, 2015 were exercisable as of April 30, 2015 and upon issuance these shares will be eligible for sale, subject to the lock-up agreements and securities laws described below.

Rule 144

Affiliate resales of restricted securities

        In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, a person who is an affiliate of ours, or who was an affiliate at any time during the 90 days before a sale, who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell in "broker's transactions" or certain "riskless principal transactions" or to market makers, a number of shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:

    1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately             shares immediately after this offering; or

    the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

        Affiliate resales under Rule 144 are also subject to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, if the number of shares being sold under Rule 144 by an affiliate during any three-month period exceeds 5,000 shares or has an aggregate sale price in excess of $50,000, the seller must file a notice on Form 144 with the SEC and the NASDAQ Stock Market concurrently with either the placing of a sale order with the broker or the execution directly with a market maker.

Non-affiliate resales of restricted securities

        In general, beginning 90 days after a person who is not an affiliate of ours at the time of sale, and has not been an affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months but less than a year, is entitled to sell such shares subject only to the availability of current public information about us. If such person has held our shares for at least one year, such person can resell under Rule 144(b)(1) without regard to any Rule 144 restrictions, including the 90-day public company requirement and the current public information requirement.

        Non-affiliate resales are not subject to the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144.

        In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act, any of our employees, consultants or advisors, other than our affiliates, who purchased shares from us in connection with a qualified compensatory stock plan or other written agreement is eligible to resell these shares 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with the various restrictions, including the availability of public information about us, holding period and volume limitations, contained in Rule 144. Subject to the 180-day lock-up period described below, approximately                  shares of our common stock, based on shares outstanding as of April 30, 2015, will be eligible for sale in accordance with Rule 701.

Lock-up agreements

        We, and each of our executive officers and directors and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding stock have agreed that, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

165


Table of Contents

and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., we and they will not, subject to certain exceptions, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

    offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock, or publicly disclose an intention to do the same;

    enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of our common stock, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise; or

    make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of our common stock.

Registration rights

        Pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement described under "Description of Capital Stock—Registration rights," subject to the lock-agreements described above under "—Lock-up agreements," upon the closing of the offering contemplated by the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the holders of an aggregate of 50,995,026 shares of our common stock that will be issued upon conversion of our preferred stock, which we refer to as registrable shares, will have the right to require us to register these registrable shares under the Securities Act, and to participate in future registrations of securities by us, under the circumstances described above under "Description of Capital Stock—Registration rights." In addition, subject to the lock-up agreements described above under "—Lock-up agreements," upon the closing of the offering contemplated by the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the holders of warrants to purchase an aggregate of 2,833,506 shares of our common stock, assuming conversion of our preferred stock into common stock upon the closing of the offering, will have the right to have the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants be treated as registrable shares and to require us to register these registrable shares under the Securities Act, and to participate in future registrations of securities by us. After registration pursuant to these rights and expiration of the lock-up agreements, these shares will become freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act. See "Description of Capital Stock—Registration rights" for additional information regarding these registration rights.

Stock options and warrants

        As of April 30, 2015, we had outstanding options to purchase 11,264,036 shares of common stock, of which options to purchase 8,160,891 shares of common stock were vested and exercisable. Following this offering, we intend to file registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of common stock subject to outstanding options and options and other awards issuable pursuant to the 2004 Plan, 2011 Plan and 2015 Plan.

        As of April 30, 2015, we also had outstanding and exercisable warrants to purchase 1,368,674 shares of our capital stock (calculated on an as-converted basis giving effect to the closing of this offering, the assumed warrant exercises and the warrant exchange). Any shares purchased by our non-affiliates pursuant to the cashless exercise features of our warrants will be freely tradable under Rule 144(b)(1), subject to a 180-day lock-up period. Any shares purchased through the exercise of these warrants for cash will be eligible for sale subject to the lock-up agreements and securities laws described above.

166


Table of Contents


MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR
NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

        The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations applicable to non-U.S. holders with respect to their ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock. For purposes of this discussion, a non-U.S. holder means a beneficial owner (other than a partnership or other pass-through entity) of our common stock that is not for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

        This discussion does not address the tax treatment of partnerships or other entities that are pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes or persons that hold their common stock through partnerships or other pass-through entities. A partner in a partnership or other pass-through entity that will hold our common stock should consult his, her or its own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of our common stock through a partnership or other pass-through entity, as applicable.

        This discussion is based on current provisions of the Code, existing and proposed U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, current administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change or to differing interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect. Any change could alter the tax consequences to non-U.S. holders described in this prospectus. There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service, which we refer to as the IRS, will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described herein. We assume in this discussion that a non-U.S. holder holds shares of our common stock as a capital asset, generally property held for investment.

        This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder's individual circumstances nor does it address any aspects of U.S. state, local or non-U.S. taxes, the alternative minimum tax or the Medicare tax on net investment income. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a non-U.S. holder and does not address the special tax rules applicable to particular non-U.S. holders, such as:

167


Table of Contents

         All prospective non-U.S. holders of our common stock should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

Distributions on our common stock

        Distributions on our common stock, if any, generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the non-U.S. holder's investment, up to such holder's tax basis in the common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below in "—Gain on sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock." Any such distributions will also be subject to the discussion below under the section titled "—Withholding and information reporting requirements—FATCA."

        Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder's country of residence.

        A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder's country of residence generally will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or successor form) and satisfy applicable certification and other requirements. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.

        Dividends that are treated as effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder within the United States and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, that are attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder within the United States, are generally exempt from the 30% withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies applicable certification and disclosure requirements, generally by providing IRS Form W-8ECI. However, such U.S. effectively connected income, net of specified deductions and credits, is taxed at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to United States persons (as defined in the Code). Any U.S. effectively connected income received by a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional "branch profits tax" at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder's country of residence.

        A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing a U.S. tax return with the IRS.

Gain on sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock

        In general (subject to the discussion below under the section titled "—Withholding and information reporting requirements—FATCA"), a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to any U.S.

168


Table of Contents

federal income tax on any gain realized upon such holder's sale, exchange or other disposition of shares of our common stock unless:

U.S. federal estate tax

        Shares of our common stock that are owned or treated as owned at the time of death by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States, as specifically defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, are considered U.S. situs assets and will be included in the individual's gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes. Such shares, therefore, may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax or other treaty provides otherwise.

Backup withholding and information reporting

        We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the gross amount of the distributions on our common stock paid to such holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to such distributions. Non-U.S. holders may have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish that the holder is not a United States person (as defined in the Code) in order to avoid backup withholding at the applicable rate with respect to dividends on our common stock. Generally, a non-U.S. holder will comply with such procedures if it provides a properly executed

169


Table of Contents

IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable Form W-8) or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is a non-U.S. holder, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Dividends paid to non-U.S. holders subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax, as described above in "—Distributions on our common stock," generally will be exempt from U.S. backup withholding.

        Information reporting and backup withholding generally will apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, unless the holder certifies its status as a non-U.S. holder and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a non-U.S. holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a broker. However, for information reporting purposes, dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

        Copies of information returns may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is incorporated under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement.

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder can be refunded or credited against the non-U.S. holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that an appropriate claim is timely filed with the IRS.

Withholding and information reporting requirements—FATCA

        The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% on payments of dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a foreign entity unless: (1) if the foreign entity is a "foreign financial institution," such foreign entity undertakes certain due diligence, reporting, withholding and certification obligations; (2) if the foreign entity is not a "foreign financial institution," such foreign entity identifies certain of its U.S. investors, if any; or (3) the foreign entity is otherwise exempt under FATCA. Under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations, withholding under FATCA will apply (1) currently to payments of dividends on our common stock, and (2) to payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock made after December 31, 2016. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder may be eligible for refunds or credits of the tax. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock and the entities through which they hold our common stock, including, without limitation, the process and deadlines for meeting the applicable requirements to prevent the imposition of the 30% withholding tax under FATCA.

170


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

        We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus with the representatives. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

Name
  Number
of
Shares
 

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

       

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. 

       

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

       

Canaccord Genuity Inc. 

       

Total

       

        The underwriters are committed to purchase all the common shares offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

        The underwriters propose to offer the common shares directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $             per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $             per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial public offering of the shares, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

        The underwriters have an option to buy up to                  additional shares of common stock from us to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option. If any shares are purchased with this option, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

        The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares.

 
  Without
option
exercise
  With full
option
exercise
 

Per share

  $     $    

Total

  $     $    

171


Table of Contents

        We estimate that the total expenses of this offering payable by us, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $             . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses of up to $             related to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA.

        A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

        We have agreed that we will not (1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, or (2) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions, including shares of our common stock or other securities issued in connection with a transaction that includes a commercial relationship (including joint ventures, marketing or distribution arrangements, collaboration agreements or intellectual property license agreements) or any acquisition of assets or not less than a majority or controlling portion of the equity of another entity, provided that the aggregate number of shares of our common stock issued pursuant to this exception shall not exceed 10.0% of the total number of outstanding shares of our common stock immediately following the issuance and sale of the underwritten shares pursuant to the underwriting agreement; provided, further, the recipient of any such shares of our common stock and securities issued pursuant to this exception during the 180-day restricted period described above shall enter into an agreement substantially in the form described below.

        Our directors and executive officers, and each of our significant shareholders have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including without limitation, our common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by our directors and executive officers, and each of our significant shareholders in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant), or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with

172


Table of Contents

respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock, in each case subject to certain exceptions.

        We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

        We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing/quotation on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "CFMS".

        In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be "covered" shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be "naked" shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

        The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

        These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the NASDAQ Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

173


Table of Contents

        Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common shares, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

        Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

        This document is only being distributed to and is only directed at (1) persons who are outside the United Kingdom; (2) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the "Order"); or (3) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as "relevant persons"). The securities are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such securities will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

Selling restrictions

European Economic Area

        In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a "Relevant Member State"), from and including the date on which the European Union Prospectus Directive (the "EU Prospectus Directive") was implemented in that Relevant Member State (the "Relevant Implementation Date"), an offer of securities described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the EU Prospectus Directive, except that, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, an offer of securities described in this prospectus may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

provided that no such offer of securities described in this prospectus shall result in a requirement for the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the EU Prospectus Directive.

174


Table of Contents

        For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer of securities to the public" in relation to any securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the EU Prospectus Directive in that Member State. The expression "EU Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC (and any amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State, and the expression "2010 PD Amending Directive" means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

        Each of the underwriters has:

Switzerland

        The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange ("SIX") or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

        Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA ("FINMA"), and the offer of shares have not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes ("CISA"). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

United Arab Emirates

        This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority ("DFSA"). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the

175


Table of Contents

shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Qatar

        This offering of the securities does not constitute a public offer of securities in the State of Qatar under Law No. 5 of 2002 (the Commercial Companies Law). The securities are only being offered to a limited number of investors who are willing and able to conduct an independent investigation of the risks involved in an investment in the securities or have sufficient knowledge of the risks involved in an investment in the securities. No transaction will be concluded in the jurisdiction of the State of Qatar.

Australia

        No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission ("ASIC"), in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the "Corporations Act"), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

        Any offer in Australia of the securities may only be made to persons (the "Exempt Investors") who are "sophisticated investors" (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), "professional investors" (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the securities without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

        The securities applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring securities must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

        This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Hong Kong

        The securities have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to "professional investors" as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the securities has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to securities which are or are

176


Table of Contents

intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Japan

        The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, "Japanese Person" shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

Singapore

        This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of securities may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the securities be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the "SFA"), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

        Where the securities are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

177


Table of Contents

Other activities

        Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us or our affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they may receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, an affiliate of Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, an underwriter in the offering contemplated by the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has issued a standby letter of credit as security for the lease of office space by us under which the affiliate receives customary fees.

        From time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans.

        The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities.

        The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

178


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the shares of common stock being offered will be passed upon for us by Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP. Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP is acting as counsel for the underwriters in connection with this offering.


EXPERTS

        The audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been so included in reliance upon the report of Grant Thornton LLP, independent registered public accountants, upon authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not include all of the information contained in the registration statement and the exhibits, schedules and amendments to the registration statement. Some items are omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement and to the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus about the contents of any contract or any other document filed as an exhibit are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other documents filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.

        You may read and copy the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part without charge at the SEC's public reference room, which is located at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You can request copies of the registration statement by writing to the SEC and paying a fee for the copying cost. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for more information about the operation of the SEC's public reference room. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet website, which is located at www.sec.gov, that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. You may access the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part at the SEC's Internet website.

        Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the informational and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. We will fulfill our obligations with respect to such requirements by filing periodic reports and other information with the SEC. We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements certified by an independent registered public accounting firm. We also maintain a website at www.conformis.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference.

179


Table of Contents


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-2

Consolidated Financial Statements

   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and March 31, 2015 (unaudited)

  F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, and the Three Months Ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited)

  F-4

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, and the Three Months Ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited)

  F-5

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, and the Three Months Ended March 31, 2015 (unaudited)

  F-6

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, and the Three Months Ended March 31, 2014 and 2015 (unaudited)

  F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-8

F-1



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Stockholders
ConforMIS, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ConforMIS, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2014. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of ConforMIS, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2014 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
March 20, 2015

F-2


Table of Contents

CONFORMIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  March 31,
2015
 
 
  2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Assets

                   

Current Assets

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 54,221   $ 37,900   $ 22,939  

Accounts receivable, net

    6,196     9,119     9,792  

Inventories

    6,620     7,691     9,038  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    683     1,158     2,715  

Total current assets

    67,720     55,868     44,484  

Property and equipment, net

    7,957     8,696     9,626  

Other Assets

                   

Restricted cash

    5,546     4,438     4,381  

Intangible assets, net

    1,492     1,243     1,181  

Goodwill

    753     753     753  

Other long-term assets

    423     280     280  

Total assets

  $ 83,891   $ 71,278   $ 60,705  

Liabilities and stockholders' equity

                   

Current liabilities

                   

Accounts payable

    3,093     3,618     4,968  

Accrued expenses

    8,192     6,942     8,174  

Current portion of long-term debt

    2,158     272     277  

Total current liabilities

    13,443     10,832     13,419  

Other long-term liabilities

    535     271     222  

Long-term debt

    953     10,348     10,283  

Total liabilities

    14,931     21,451     23,924  

Commitments and contingencies

                   

Stockholders' equity

                   

Convertible preferred stock, $0.00001 par value:

                   

Authorized: 53,496,241 shares authorized, 47,811,716 and 50,985,652 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013, and December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 (unaudited), respectively; (aggregate liquidation value of $352,626 at December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 (unaudited))

             

Common stock, $0.00001 par value:

                   

Authorized: 80,000,000 shares at December 31, 2013, December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015; 8,322,429, 8,572,410 and 8,628,761 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013, December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 (unaudited), respectively

             

Additional paid-in capital

    291,218     318,420     319,634  

Accumulated deficit

    (222,374 )   (268,096 )   (282,353 )

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

    116     (497 )   (500 )

Total stockholders' equity

    68,960     49,827     36,781  

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 83,891   $ 71,278   $ 60,705  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents

CONFORMIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 
  Years Ended
December 31,
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2013   2014   2014   2015  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Revenue

  $ 34,597   $ 48,186   $ 10,799   $ 14,700  

Cost of revenue

    27,283     30,638     7,512     9,388  

Gross profit

    7,314     17,548     3,287     5,312  

Operating expenses

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Sales and marketing

    26,149     31,103     8,379     9,579  

Research and development

    13,779     15,107     3,578     4,016  

General and administrative

    14,693     16,763     3,948     5,780  

Total operating expenses

    54,621     62,973     15,905     19,375  

Loss from operations

    (47,307 )   (45,425 )   (12,618 )   (14,063 )

Other income and expenses

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Interest income

    89     104     25     39  

Interest expense

    (642 )   (360 )   (52 )   (223 )

Total other expenses

    (553 )   (256 )   (27 )   (184 )

Loss before income taxes

    (47,860 )   (45,681 )   (12,645 )   (14,247 )

Income tax provision

    29     41     8     10  

Net loss

  $ (47,889 ) $ (45,722 ) $ (12,653 ) $ (14,257 )

Net loss per share—basic and diluted

  $ (5.99 ) $ (5.39 ) $ (1.52 ) $ (1.66 )

Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted

    7,993,736     8,479,134     8,331,522     8,593,227  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents


CONFORMIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(in thousands)

 
  Years Ended
December 31,
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2013   2014   2014   2015  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Net loss

  $ (47,889 ) $ (45,722 ) $ (12,653 ) $ (14,257 )

Other comprehensive income (loss)

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    167     (613 )   8     (3 )

Comprehensive loss

  $ (47,722 ) $ (46,335 ) $ (12,645 ) $ (14,260 )

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


CONFORMIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 
  Convertible
Preferred Stock
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Common Stock    
   
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
   
 
 
  Additional
Paid-In
Capital
  Accumulated
Deficit
   
 
 
  Shares   Par Value   Shares   Par Value   Total  

Balance, December 31, 2012

    38,503,591   $     7,654,602   $   $ 217,631   $ (174,485 ) $ (51 ) $ 43,095  

Issuance of common stock—option exercise

                667,827         521                 521  

Issuance of Series E-1 preferred stock

    5,801,250                     49,465                 49,465  

Issuance of warrants to purchase Series E-1 preferred stock

                            1,533                 1,533  

Issuance costs of Series E-1 preferred stock

                            (5,257 )               (5,257 )

Issuance of Series E-2 preferred stock

    3,506,875                     25,000                 25,000  

Issuance costs of Series E-2 preferred stock

                            (12 )               (12 )

Compensation expense related to issued stock options

                            2,337                 2,337  

Net loss

                                  (47,889 )         (47,889 )

Other comprehensive income

                                        167     167  

Balance, December 31, 2013

    47,811,716   $     8,322,429   $   $ 291,218   $ (222,374 ) $ 116   $ 68,960  

Issuance of common stock—option exercise

                249,981         121                 121  

Issuance of Series D preferred stock—warrant exercise

    367,456                     2,205                 2,205  

Issuance of Series E-1 preferred stock

    2,806,480                     22,452                 22,452  

Issuance costs of Series E-1 preferred stock

                            (302 )               (302 )

Issuance of Series E-1 and E-2 preferred stock warrants

                            42                 42  

Issuance costs of common stock warrants

                            134                 134  

Compensation expense related to issued stock options

                            2,550                 2,550  

Net loss

                                  (45,722 )         (45,722 )

Other comprehensive income

                                        (613 )   (613 )

Balance, December 31, 2014

    50,985,652   $     8,572,410   $   $ 318,420   $ (268,096 ) $ (497 ) $ 49,827  

Issuance of common stock—option exercise

                56,351         126                 126  

Compensation expense related to issued stock options

                            1,088                 1,088  

Net loss

                                  (14,257 )         (14,257 )

Other comprehensive income

                                        (3 )   (3 )

Balance, March 31, 2015 (unaudited)

    50,985,652   $     8,628,761   $   $ 319,634   $ (282,353 ) $ (500 ) $ 36,781  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents

CONFORMIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 
  Years Ended
December 31,
  Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2013   2014   2014   2015  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Cash flows from operating activities

                         

Net loss

  $ (47,889 ) $ (45,722 ) $ (12,653 ) $ (14,257 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used by operating activities:

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Depreciation and amortization expense

    1,882     2,080     505     548  

Amortization of debt discount

    151     24     13     9  

Stock-based compensation expense

    2,337     2,550     465     1,088  

Provision for bad debts on trade receivables

    14     6     (64 )   42  

Disposal of long term assets

        44          

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                         

Accounts receivable

    (2,089 )   (2,929 )   (314 )   (714 )

Inventories

    (1,424 )   (1,071 )   609     (1,348 )

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    47     (332 )   (2 )   (1,557 )

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

    117     2,075     501     2,581  

Other long-term liabilities

    28     (264 )   (60 )   (49 )

Net cash used in operating activities

    (46,826 )   (43,539 )   (11,000 )   (13,657 )

Cash flows from investing activities

                         

Acquisition of property and equipment

    (4,112 )   (2,614 )   (65 )   (1,415 )

Decrease (increase) in restricted cash

    (4,345 )   1,108     169     56  

Net cash (used) provided in investing activities

    (8,457 )   (1,506 )   104     (1,359 )

Cash flows from financing activities

                         

Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

    73,578     21,598     (171 )    

Proceeds from issuance of debt

        10,000          

Payments on notes payable

    (4,496 )   (2,382 )   (1,207 )   (68 )

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

    521     121     31     126  

Net cash (used) provided by financing activities

    69,603     29,337     (1,347 )   58  

Foreign exchange effect on cash and cash equivalents

    167     (613 )   8     (3 )

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    14,487     (16,321 )   (12,235 )   (14,961 )

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    39,734     54,221     54,221     37,900  

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ 54,221   $ 37,900   $ 41,986   $ 22,939  

Supplemental information:

                         

Cash paid for income taxes

  $ 123   $ 156   $ 74   $ 29  

Cash paid for interest

  $ 560   $ 162   $ 65   $ 242  

Non cash investing and financing activities

                         

Issuances of Series E-1 and E-2 preferred stock and common stock warrants

  $ 1,533   $ 177   $ 5   $  

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7


Table of Contents


CONFORMIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE A—ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

        ConforMIS, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) is a medical technology company that uses its proprietary iFit Image-to-Implant technology platform to develop, manufacture and sell joint replacement implants that are individually sized and shaped, which the Company refers to as customized, to fit each patient's unique anatomy. The Company's proprietary iFit® technology platform is potentially applicable to all major joints. The Company offers a broad line of customized knee implants designed to restore the natural shape of a patient's knee.

        The Company was incorporated in Delaware and commenced operations in 2004. The Company introduced its iUni and iDuo in 2007 and its iTotal CR in 2011. The Company has its corporate offices in Bedford, Massachusetts.

Liquidity and operations

        Since the Company's inception in June 2004, it has financed its operations through private placements of preferred stock, bank debt and convertible debt financings, equipment purchase loans, and, beginning in 2007, product revenue. The Company's product revenue has continued to grow from year-to-year; however, it has not yet attained profitability and continues to incur operating losses. At March 31, 2015, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $282.4 million.

        In November 2014, the Company entered into a senior secured $25 million loan and security agreement with Silicon Valley Bank and Oxford Finance, LLC (the "SVB/Oxford Agreement"), consisting of a revolving line of credit, or the Revolving Line, of up to $5 million and commitments for two $10 million term loans. In November 2014, in connection with the Company's entry into the SVB/Oxford Agreement, the Company drew down the first $10 million term loan (the "SVB/Oxford Term Loan A"). The Company is eligible to draw down a second $10 million term loan on or prior to November 7, 2015 upon meeting certain conditions. As of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, the Company did not have any revolving loans outstanding under the Revolving Line, with $5 million available for borrowing, subject to the Company meeting certain conditions and based on the Company's borrowing base under the Revolving Line. For further information regarding this facility, see "Note J—Debt and Notes Payable—SVB/Oxford" below. The Company expects to incur substantial expenditures in the foreseeable future in connection with the continued expansion of its business.

        The Company's principal sources of funds are revenue generated from the sale of its products and borrowings under its credit facilities. The Company's credit facility with SVB/Oxford is its only committed external source of funds.

        At December 31, 2014, the Company had cash and cash equivalents and investments of $37.9 million and $4.4 million in restricted cash allocated to lease deposits and funding for its Asia strategy. See "Note K—Related Party Transactions" for a description of the Asia strategy. At March 31, 2015, the Company had cash and cash equivalents and investments of $22.9 million and $4.4 million in restricted cash allocated to lease deposits and funding for its Asia strategy.

        As of December 31, 2014, based on the Company's current operating plan, it expects that its existing cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2014 and funding available under the SVB/Oxford Agreement without giving effect to any additional financings, will enable it to fund operating expenses, debt service and capital expenditure requirements at least to December 31, 2015.

        In the event the Company's existing cash and available financing is not sufficient to fund its operations, the Company may need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds, including the funds required to pay its existing indebtedness at maturity. The Company may not be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to the Company, or at all. In addition,

F-8


Table of Contents


CONFORMIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

the negative covenants under the SVB/Oxford Agreement, the pledge of the Company's assets as collateral and the negative pledge with respect to its intellectual property could limit its ability to obtain additional financing.

        As of March 31, 2015 (unaudited), based on the Company's current operating plan, it expects that its existing cash and cash equivalents as of March 31, 2015 and funding available under the SVB/Oxford Agreement without giving effect to any additional financings, will enable it to fund operating expenses, debt service and capital expenditure requirement at least to December 31, 2015.

Basis of presentation and use of estimates

        The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. The most significant estimates used in these consolidated financial statements include the valuation of accounts receivable, inventory reserves, intangible valuation, equity instruments, impairment assessments, income tax reserves and related allowances, and the lives of property and equipment. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

        The accompanying Interim Financial Statements as of March 31, 2015 and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, and related interim information contained within the notes to the Financial Statements are unaudited. These unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In management's opinion, the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and include all adjustment's (including normal recurring adjustments) necessary for the fair presentation of the Company's financial position as of March 31, 2015 and its results of operations and its cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014. The results for the three months ended March 31, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the full fiscal year or any interim period.

Note B—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Concentrations of credit risk and other risks and uncertainties

        Financial instruments that subject the Company to credit risk primarily consist of cash, cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company maintains the majority of its cash with accredited financial institutions.

        The Company and its contract manufacturers rely on sole source suppliers for certain components. There can be no assurance that a shortage or stoppage of shipments of the materials or components that the Company purchases will not result in a delay in production or adversely affect the Company's business. The Company is in the process of validating alternate suppliers relative to certain key components, which are expected to be phased in during the coming periods.

        For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015, no customer represented greater than 10% of revenue. There were no customers that represented greater than 10% of the total gross receivable balance at December 31, 2013 or 2014, or March 31, 2015.

F-9


Table of Contents


CONFORMIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Principles of consolidation

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries including ImaTx, Inc., ConforMIS Europe GmbH, ConforMIS UK Limited and ConforMIS Hong Kong Limited. All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Cash and cash equivalents

        The Company considers all highly liquid investment instruments with original maturities of 90 days or less when purchased, to be cash equivalents. The Company's cash equivalents consist of demand deposits and money market accounts on deposit with certain financial institutions and are carried at cost which approximates their fair value. The associated risk of concentration is mitigated by banking with credit worthy financial institutions.

        The Company had $8.1 million as of December 31, 2013, $1.2 million as of December 31, 2014 and $0.9 million as of March 31, 2015 held in foreign bank accounts. In addition, the Company has recorded restricted cash of $5.5 million as of December 31, 2013 and $4.4 million as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015. Restricted cash consists of $0.8 million as of December 31, 2013, December 31, 2014, and March 31, 2015 of security provided for a lease obligation, and $4.6 million as of December 31, 2013, $3.6 million as of December 31, 2014 and $3.5 million as of March 31, 2015 of proceeds received in connection with the sale of Series E-1 and E-2 preferred stock that is contractually restricted for use (see Note L).

Fair value of financial instruments

        Certain of the Company's financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities are carried at cost, which approximates their fair value because of the short-term maturity of these financial instruments. Based on borrowing rates currently available to the Company for loans with similar terms, the carrying value of the Company's long-term debt approximates its fair value.

Accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts

        Accounts receivable consist of amounts due from medical facilities. In estimating whether accounts receivable can be collected, the Company performs evaluations of customers and continuously monitors collections and payments and estimates an allowance for doubtful accounts based on the aging of the underlying invoices, collections experience to date and any specific collection issues that have been identified. The allowance for doubtful accounts is recorded in the period in which revenue is recorded or at the time potential collection risk is identified.

Inventories

        Inventories consist of raw materials, work-in-process components and finished goods. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined using the first-in first-out method, or market value. The Company regularly reviews its inventory quantities on hand and related cost and records a provision for any excess or obsolete inventory based on its estimated forecast of product demand and existing product configurations. The Company also reviews its inventory value to determine if it reflects the lower of cost or market, with market determined based on net realizable value. Appropriate consideration is given to inventory items sold at negative gross margins, purchase commitments and other factors in evaluating net realizable value.

F-10


Table of Contents


CONFORMIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Initial Public Offering Costs

        The Company defers direct incremental costs attributable with the initial public offering ("IPO") of its common stock. These costs represent legal and other direct costs related to the Company's efforts to raise capital through a public sale of its common stock. Future costs will be deferred until the completion of the IPO, at which time they will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital as a reduction of the IPO proceeds. If the Company terminates its plan for an IPO or delays such plan for more than 90 days, any costs deferred will be expensed immediately. IPO costs are included in prepaid expenses and current assets in the consolidated balance sheets as "initial public offering costs." As of March 31, 2015, the Company deferred direct incremental costs attributable with IPO of $1.5 million.

Property and equipment

        Property and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and is depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over their useful life or the life of the lease, whichever is shorter. Assets capitalized under capital leases are amortized in accordance with the respective class of assets and the amortization is included with depreciation expense. Maintenance and repair costs are expensed as incurred.

Intangibles and other long-lived assets

        Intangible assets consist of developed technology and other intellectual property rights licensed from ImaTx as part of the spin-out transaction in 2004. Intangible assets are carried at cost less accumulated amortization.

        The Company tests impairment of long-lived assets when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the assets might be impaired. For assets with determinable useful lives, amortization is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated economic lives of the respective intangible assets.

        Furthermore, periodically the Company assesses whether long-lived assets, including intangible assets, should be tested for recoverability whenever events or circumstances indicate that their carrying value may not be recoverable.

        The amount of impairment, if any, is measured based on fair value, which is determined using estimated undiscounted cash flows to be generated from such assets or group of assets. If the cash flow estimates or the significant operating assumptions upon which they are based change in the future, the Company may be required to record impairment charges. During 2013 and 2014 and the three months ended March 31, 2015, no such impairment charges were recognized.

Goodwill

        Goodwill relates to amounts that arose in connection with the acquisition of Imaging Therapeutics, Inc. (formerly known as Osteonet.com, renamed ImaTx, Inc.) in 2009. The Company tests goodwill at least annually for impairment, or more frequently when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the assets may be impaired. This impairment test is performed annually during the fourth quarter at the reporting unit level. Goodwill may be considered impaired if the carrying value of the reporting unit, including goodwill, exceeds the reporting unit's fair value. The Company is comprised of one reporting unit. When testing goodwill for impairment, the Company primarily looks to the fair value of the reporting unit, which is typically estimated using a discounted cash flow approach, which requires the use of assumptions and judgments including estimates of future cash flows and the selection of discount rates. The goodwill recognized upon acquiring

F-11


Table of Contents


CONFORMIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

ImaTx is not deductible for tax purposes. At December 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company proceeded directly to the comparison of the fair value of the reporting unit to its book value. This analysis indicated that no goodwill impairment existed. During the three months ended March 31, 2015, no event occurred that would have an adverse impact on the fair value of the goodwill.

Revenue recognition

        The Company generates revenue from the sale of customized implants and instruments to medical facilities through the use of a combination of direct sales personnel, independent sales representatives and distributors in the United States, Austria, Germany, Ireland, the United Kingdom, Switzerland, Hong Kong and Singapore.

        Revenue is recognized when all of the following criteria are met:

    persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;

    the sales price is fixed or determinable;

    collection of the relevant receivable is probable at the time of sale; and

    delivery has occurred or services have been rendered.

        For a majority of sales to medical facilities, the Company recognizes revenue upon completion of the procedure, which represents satisfaction of the required revenue recognition criteria. For the remaining sales, which are made directly through distributors and generally represent less than 1% of revenue, the Company recognizes revenue at the time of shipment of the product, which represents the point in time when the customer has taken ownership and assumed the risk of loss and the required revenue recognition criteria are satisfied. Such customers are obligated to pay within specified time periods regardless of when or if they ever sell or use the products. Once the revenue recognition criteria have been satisfied the Company does not offer rights of return or price protection and there are no post-delivery obligations.

Shipping and handling costs

        Amounts invoiced to customers for shipping and handling are classified as revenue. Shipping and handling costs incurred are included in general and administrative expense.

Taxes collected from customers and remitted to government authorities

        The Company's policy is to present taxes collected from customers and remitted to government authorities on a net basis and not to include tax amounts in revenue.

Research and development expense

        The Company's research and development costs consist of engineering, product development, quality assurance, clinical and regulatory expense. These costs are primarily related to employee compensation, including salary, benefits and stock-based compensation. The Company also incurs costs related to consulting fees, materials and supplies, and marketing studies, including data management and associated travel expense. Research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

Advertising expense

        Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising expense was approximately $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015.

F-12


Table of Contents


CONFORMIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Segment reporting

        Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available and is evaluated on a regular basis by the chief operating decision-maker, or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources to an individual segment and in assessing performance of the segment. The Company's chief operating decision-maker is its chief executive officer. The Company's chief executive officer reviews financial information presented on an aggregate basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. The Company has one business activity and there are no segment managers who are held accountable for operations, operating results and plans for products or components below the aggregate Company level. Accordingly, in light of the Company's current product offerings, management has determined that the primary form of internal reporting is aligned with the offering of the ConforMIS customized joint replacement products and that the Company operates as one segment. (see Note N).

Comprehensive loss

        Comprehensive loss consists of loss and other comprehensive loss. At December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2014 and 2015, accumulated other comprehensive loss consists of foreign currency translation adjustments.

Foreign currency translation and transactions

        The assets and liabilities of the Company's foreign operations are translated into U.S. dollars at current exchange rates at the balance sheet date, and income and expense items are translated at average rates of exchange prevailing during the year. Gains and losses realized from transactions denominated in foreign currencies, including intercompany balances not considered permanent investments, are included in the consolidated statements of operations.

Income taxes

        Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the consolidated financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, operating losses and tax credit carry forwards.

        Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized as income in the period that includes the enactment date.

        The tax benefit from an uncertain tax position is only recognized if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the consolidated financial statements from these positions are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate resolution.

        The Company reviews its tax positions on an annual basis and more frequently as facts surrounding tax positions change. Based on these future events, the Company may recognize uncertain tax positions or reverse current uncertain tax positions, the impact of which would affect the consolidated financial statements.

F-13


Table of Contents


CONFORMIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Medical device excise tax

        The Company is subject to the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (the "Act"), which imposes a tax equal to 2.3% on the sales price of any taxable medical device by a medical device manufacturer, producer or importer of such device. Under the Act, a taxable medical device is any device defined in section 201(h) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, intended for humans, which includes an instrument, apparatus, implement, machine, contrivance, implant, in vitro reagent, or other similar or related article, including any component, part, or accessory, which meets certain requirements. The Company incurred medical device excise tax expense of $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, $0.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015. Medical device tax is included in general and administrative expense.

Stock-based compensation

        The accounting guidance for stock-based payments requires all stock-based payments to employees and consultants, including grants of stock options, to be recognized in the consolidated statements of operations based on their fair values. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the weighted-average fair value of options granted and recognizes the compensation expense of stock-based awards on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the award.

        The determination of the fair value of stock-based payment awards utilizing the Black-Scholes option pricing model is affected by the stock price, exercise price, and a number of assumptions, including expected volatility of the stock, expected life of the option, risk-free interest rate and expected dividends on the stock. The Company evaluates the assumptions used to value the awards at each grant date and if factors change and different assumptions are utilized, stock-based compensation expense may differ significantly from what has been recorded in the past. If there are any modifications or cancellations of the underlying unvested securities, the Company may be required to accelerate, increase or cancel any remaining unearned stock-based compensation expense.

        The exercise prices for options grants are set by the Company's board of directors based upon guidance set forth by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or AICPA, in its Technical Practice Aid, "Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation" .

        To that end, the board considers a number of factors in determining the option price, including: (1) past sales of the Company's convertible preferred stock, and the rights, preferences and privileges of the Company stock, (2) obtaining FDA 510(k) clearance, and (3) achievement of budgeted results. See Note L for a summary of the stock option activity under the Company's stock-based compensation plan.

Net loss per share

        The Company calculates net loss per share in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 260, Earnings per Share. Basic earnings per share ("EPS") is calculated by dividing the net income or loss for the period by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period, without consideration for common stock equivalents.

        Diluted EPS is computed by dividing the net income or loss for the period by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period and the weighted average number of dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding for the period determined using the treasury stock method.

F-14


Table of Contents


CONFORMIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

        The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to stockholders (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 
  Years Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
  2013   2014   2014   2015  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Numerator:

                         

Numerator for basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share:

                         

Net loss

  $ (47,889 ) $ (45,722 ) $ (12,653 ) $ (14,257 )

Denominator:

                         

Denominator for basic earnings (loss) per share:

                         

Weighted average shares

    7,993,736     8,479,134     8,331,522     8,593,227  

Basic loss per share attributable to ConforMIS, Inc. stockholders

  $ (5.99 ) $ (5.39 ) $ (1.52 ) $ (1.66 )

Diluted loss per share attributable to ConforMIS, Inc. stockholders

  $ (5.99 ) $ (5.39 ) $ (1.52 ) $ (1.66 )

        The following table sets forth potential shares of common stock that are not included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share because to do so would be anti-dilutive as of the end of each period presented:

 
  December 31,   March 31,  
 
  2013   2014   2014   2015  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Series A Preferred

    3,410,278     3,410,278     3,410,278     3,410,278  

Series B Preferred

    4,469,349     4,469,349     4,469,349     4,469,349  

Series C Preferred

    4,906,040     4,906,040     4,906,040     4,906,040  

Series D Preferred

    12,939,831     12,830,248     12,939,831     13,307,287  

Series E-1 Preferred

    8,705,967     13,060,874     11,874,401     14,633,509  

Series E-2 Preferred

    8,362,027     10,259,189     10,259,189     10,259,189  

Series C Preferred Warrants

    59,470     112,404     79,582     157,562  

Series D Preferred Warrants

    99,944     116,730     0     416,298  

Series E-2 Preferred Warrants

    51,114     11,766     0     34,505  

Common stock warrants

    3,416     51,464     4,093     142,715  

Stock options

    4,724,676     5,536,619     5,213,198     7,586,687  

Total

    47,732,112     54,764,961     53,155,961     59,339,341  

Recent accounting pronouncements

        In August 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements-Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40)—Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern (ASU 2014-15). This newly issued accounting standard provides guidance about management's responsibility to evaluate whether there is a substantial doubt about an entity's ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. Specifically, the standard defines the term "substantial doubt", requires an evaluation of every reporting period

F-15


Table of Contents


CONFORMIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

including interim periods, provides principles for considering the mitigating effect of management's plans, requires certain disclosures when substantial doubt is alleviated as a result of consideration of management's plans, requires an express statement and other disclosures when substantial doubt is not alleviated, and requires an assessment for a period of one year after the date that the financial statements are issued or available to be issued.

        The amendments in ASU 2014-15 are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and interim periods within those reporting periods. Earlier adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of this pronouncement on our consolidated financial statements.

        In April 2014, FASB issued ASU No. 2014-08, Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity. The ASU amendment changes the requirements for reporting discontinued operations in Subtopic 205-20. The amendment is effective on a prospective basis for financial statements issued for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2014. Early adoption is permitted for disposals that have not been reported in financial statements previously issued. We will apply the provisions of this ASU to any future transactions that qualify for reporting discontinued operations.

        In May 2014, FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in ASC 605, Revenue Recognition. This ASU is based on the principle that revenue is recognized to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The ASU also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. The ASU's effective date will be the first quarter of fiscal year 2017 using one of two retrospective application methods. We have not determined the potential effects of this ASU on our consolidated financial statements.

Note C—Fair Value Measurements

        The Fair Value Measurements topic of the FASB Codification establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with US GAAP, clarifies the definition of fair value within that framework and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. This guidance requires disclosure regarding the manner in which fair value is determined for assets and liabilities and establishes a three-tiered value hierarchy into which these assets and liabilities must be grouped, based upon significant levels of inputs as follows:

Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2—Observable inputs, other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices in active markets for similar assets and liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. This includes certain pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs.

        The only assets and liabilities subject to fair value measurement standards at December 31, 2013, December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 are money market funds that are cash equivalents

F-16


Table of Contents


CONFORMIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

based on Level 1 inputs. The values of these funds are $33,000 as of December 31, 2013 and $30,000 as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015.

Note D—Accounts Receivable

        Accounts receivable consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  March 31,
2015
 
 
  2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Total receivables

  $ 6,430   $ 9,281   $ 9,995  

Allowance for doubtful accounts and returns

    (234 )   (162 )   (203 )

Accounts receivable, net

  $ 6,196   $ 9,119   $ 9,792  

        Write-offs related to accounts receivable were $11,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013, $70,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014, $18,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and $0 for the three months ended March 31, 2015.

Note E—Inventories

        Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  March 31,
2015
 
 
  2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Raw Material

  $ 3,148   $ 3,311   $ 4,056  

Work in process

    798     1,282     1,344  

Finished goods

    2,674     3,098     3,638  

Total Inventories

  $ 6,620   $ 7,691   $ 9,038  

Note F—Property and Equipment

        Property and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):

 
   
  December 31,    
 
 
  Estimated
Useful Life
(Years)
  March 31, 2015  
 
  2013   2014  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Equipment

  5 - 7   $ 7,595   $ 9,598   $ 10,354  

Furniture and fixtures

  5 - 7     359     362     374  

Computer and software

  3     3,465     3,725     4,034  

Leasehold improvements

  2 - 7     880     1,040     1,368  

Total property and equipment

        12,299     14,725     16,130  

Accumulated depreciation

        (4,342 )   (6,029 )   (6,504 )

Property and equipment, net

      $ 7,957   $ 8,696   $ 9,626  

        Depreciation expense related to property and equipment was $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, $0.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and $0.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015.

F-17


Table of Contents


CONFORMIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note G—Intangible Assets

        The components of intangible assets are as follows (in thousands):

 
   
  December 31,    
 
 
  Estimated
Useful Life
(Years)
  March 31,
2015
 
 
  2013   2014  
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Developed technology

  10   $ 979   $ 979   $ 979  

License agreements

  10     1,508     1,508     1,508  

Total intangible assets

        2,487     2,487     2,487  

Accumulated amortization

        (995 )   (1,244 )   (1,306 )

Intangible assets, net

      $ 1,492   $ 1,243   $ 1,181  

        The Company recognized amortization expense of $0.3 million in both of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, and $0.1 million in both of the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015. The weighted-average remaining life of total amortizable intangible assets is 5 years for the developed technology and license agreement.

        The estimated future aggregated amortization expense for intangible assets owned as of March 31, 2015 is as follows (in thousands):

 
  Amortization
expense
 

2015 (remainder of year)

  $ 188  

2016

    249  

2017

    249  

2018

    249  

2019

    246  

  $ 1,181  

Note H—Accrued Expenses

        Accrued expenses consisted of the following at December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015 (in thousands):

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  March 31,
2015
 
 
  2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Accrued employee compensation

  $ 1,710   $ 2,125   $ 2,711  

Accrued initial public offering costs

            1,282  

Accrued finance closing costs

    2,850          

Deferred rent

    288     277     240  

Accrued legal expense

    343     265     380  

Accrued consulting expense

    60     139     56  

Accrued vendor charges

    269     932     1,132  

Accrued revenue share expense

    572     727     752  

Accrued patent settlement and license costs

        750     500  

Accrued other

    2,100     1,727     1,111  

  $ 8,192   $ 6,942   $ 8,174  

F-18


Table of Contents


CONFORMIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note I—Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

        The Company maintains its corporate headquarters in a leased building located in Bedford, Massachusetts, and a manufacturing facility located in Burlington, Massachusetts, both of which are accounted for as operating leases. In August 2014, the Company entered into a lease for a manufacturing facility located in Wilmington, Massachusetts, which will also be accounted for as an operating lease. The leases generally provide for a base rent plus real estate taxes and certain operating expenses related to the leases. The leases contain renewal options, escalating payments and leasehold allowances.

        The Company leases the Bedford facility under a long-term, non-cancellable sublease that is scheduled to expire in April 2017. The Company leases the Burlington facility under a long-term, non-cancellable lease that expires in October 2015. In June 2014, the Company entered into a termination agreement to terminate the Burlington facility lease as of July 31, 2015. Accordingly, all monetary obligations pursuant to the original lease are prorated through the termination date and deferred rent and depreciation of leasehold improvements expense was accelerated. The Wilmington facility is leased under a long-term, non-cancellable lease that is expected to commence in April 2015, and expire in March 2022. The Company also leases satellite facilities under short-term non-cancellable operating leases.

        The future minimum rental payments under the Company's non-cancellable operating leases as of March 31, 2015 (unaudited) are as follows (in thousands):

Year
  Minimum lease
Payments
 

2015 (remainder of year)

  $ 1,227  

2016

    1,641  

2017

    789  

2018

    364  

2019 - 2022

    1,253  

  $ 5,274  

        Rent expense of $1.5 million was charged to operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, and $0.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2015. The Company's operating lease agreements contain scheduled rent increases, which are being amortized over the terms of the agreements using the straight-line method. Deferred rent was $0.8 million as of December 31, 2013, $0.5 million as of December 31, 2014 and $0.5 million as of March 31, 2015, and is included in liabilities.

License and revenue share agreements

Settlement and patent license

        In December 2014, the Company entered into a settlement and patent license agreement that grants ConforMIS a fully paid-up license to certain intellectual property and provides for the mutual release and absolute discharge of any and all claims in connection with the licensed patents and with suits filed by and against the parties to the agreement in exchange for $750,000 payable by the Company in two installments, wherein the first installment of $250,000 is payable in January of 2015 and the second installment of $500,000 is payable no later than December 1, 2015. The

F-19


Table of Contents


CONFORMIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Company expensed the full amount of the consideration in 2014, included in general and administrative expense. The license continues until the expiration of the last patent.

Revenue share agreements

        The Company is party to revenue share agreements with certain past and present members of its scientific advisory board under which these advisors agreed to participate on its scientific advisory board and to assist with the development of the Company's customized implant products and related intellectual property. These agreements provide that the Company will pay the advisor a specified percentage of the Company's net revenues, ranging from 0.2% to 1.33%, with respect to the Company's products on which the advisor made a technical contribution or, in some cases, which the Company covered by a claim of one of its patents on which the advisor is a named inventor. The specific percentage is determined by reference to product classifications set forth in the agreement and is tiered based on the level of net revenues collected by the Company on such product sales. The Company's payment obligations under these agreements typically expire a fixed number of years after expiration or termination of the agreement, but in some cases expire on a product-by-product basis or expiration of the last to expire of the Company's patents where the advisor is a named inventor that claims the applicable product.

        Philipp Lang, M.D., the Company's Chief Executive Officer, joined the Company's scientific advisory board in 2004 prior to becoming an employee. The Company first entered into a revenue share agreement with Dr. Lang in 2008 when he became the Company's Chief Executive Officer. In 2011, the Company entered into an amended and restated revenue share agreement with Dr. Lang when he became the Company's Chief Executive Officer. Under this agreement, the specified percentage of the Company's net revenues payable to Dr. Lang ranges from 0.875% to 1.33% and applies to all of the Company's current and planned products, including the Company's iUni, iDuo, iTotal Cr, iTotal PS and iTotal Hip products, as well as certain other knee, hip and shoulder replacement products and related instrumentation the Company may develop in the future. The Company's payment obligations under this agreement expire on a product-by-product basis on the last to expire of the Company's patents on which Dr. Lang is named an inventor that claim the applicable product. These payment obligations survive termination of Dr. Lang's employment with the Company.

        The Company incurred aggregate revenue share expense, including all amounts payable under the Company's scientific advisory board and Chief Executive Officer revenue share agreements, of $1.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2013, representing 4.0% of revenue, $2.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2014, representing 4.0% of revenue, $0.6 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014, representing 5.2% of revenue, and $0.8 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015, representing 5.1% of revenue. See "Note K—Related Party Transactions" for further information regarding the Company's arrangement with its Chief Executive Officer.

Other obligations

        In the ordinary course of business, the Company is a party to certain non-cancellable contractual obligations typically related to research and development and marketing services. As of December 31, 2014, obligations under such agreements amounted to $1.2 million in the aggregate.

        As of March 31, 2015, obligations under such agreements amounted to $660,000 in the aggregate. The services are expected to be rendered through 2017.

F-20


Table of Contents


CONFORMIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Legal proceedings

        In the ordinary course of conducting its business, the Company is subject to litigation, claims and administrative proceedings on a variety of matters. An estimate of the possible loss or range of loss as a result of any of these matters cannot be made; however, management does not believe that these matters, individually or in the aggregate, are material to its financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Indemnifications

        In the normal course of business, the Company enters into contracts and agreements that contain a variety of representations and warranties and provide for general indemnifications. The Company's exposure under these agreements is unknown because it involves claims that may be made against the Company in the future, but have not yet been made. To date, the Company has not paid any claims or been required to defend any action related to its indemnification obligations. However, the Company may record charges in the future as a result of these indemnification obligations. In accordance with its bylaws, the Company has indemnification obligations to its officers and directors for certain events or occurrences, subject to certain limits, while they are serving at the Company's request in such capacity. There have been no claims to date and the Company has a director and officer insurance policy that enables it to recover a portion of any amounts paid for future claims.

Note J—Debt and Notes Payable

        Summary of long-term debt as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and March 31, 2015 is as follows (in thousands):

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  March 31,
2015
 
 
  2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

WTI Term Loan II

  $ 1,929   $   $  

Massachusetts Development Finance Agency

    1,215     760     692  

Oxford Finance, LLC

        6,250     6,250  

Silicon Valley Bank

        3,750     3,750  

    3,144     10,760     10,692  

Less total discount

   
(33

)
 
(140

)
 
(132

)

    3,111     10,620     10,560  

Less current installments

   
2,158
   
272
   
277
 

Long-term debt, excluding current installments

  $ 953   $ 10,348   $ 10,283  

F-21


Table of Contents


CONFORMIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

        The principal payments due under the debt agreements as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, assuming the $76 million revenue milestone under the SVB/Oxford Agreement is not satisfied (in thousands):

 
  Principal
Payment
 

2015 (remainder of year)

  $ 211  

2016

    548  

2017

    3,296  

2018

    3,347  

2019

    3,290  

Total

  $ 10,692  

SVB/Oxford

        On November 7, 2014, or the effective date, the Company and ImaTx entered into the SVB/Oxford Agreement consisting of a revolving line of credit of up to $5 million (subject to availability under the borrowing base and satisfaction of other funding conditions) (the "Revolving Line"), and commitments for two $10 million term loans, or the SVB/Oxford Term Loans. At the time the Company entered into the SVB/Oxford Agreement, it borrowed the first $10 million term loan, or the SVB/Oxford Term Loan A, and issued the lenders warrants to purchase 66,964 shares of the Company's common stock. The Company is eligible to borrow a second term loan in a principal amount of $10 million (the "SVB/Oxford Term Loan B"), on or prior to November 7, 2015, upon meeting certain conditions, including the Company being able to make certain agreed upon representations and warranties to the lenders and a determination by the lenders, in their sole discretion, that there has been no occurrence of any material adverse change, as defined in the SVB/Oxford Agreement, or any material deviation from the annual financial projections provided by the Company and accepted by the lenders. In the event that the Company borrows the additional $10 million term loan, the Company will be obligated to issue warrants to purchase an additional 66,964 shares of its common stock to the lenders under the SVB/Oxford Agreement.

        Unless earlier terminated by the Company or accelerated by the lenders, the Revolving Line terminates on November 7, 2019, with all outstanding borrowings and associated interest becoming due and payable upon such termination. The Company's ability to borrow under the Revolving Line is subject to a borrowing base, calculated as 85% (or such lower percent as Silicon Valley Bank may determine in accordance with the SVB/Oxford Agreement) of eligible accounts receivable. Borrowings under the Revolving Line bear interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the prime rate. Interest on the Revolving Line is payable monthly. In addition to interest, the Company is obligated to pay a $250,000 fee for the Revolving Line, which is payable in annual increments of $50,000 due on the effective date and each anniversary of the effective date. The Company will amortize this fee ratably over the term of the Revolving Line.

        Further, the Company is obligated to pay a termination fee of $100,000 if it elects to terminate the Revolving Line prior to the first anniversary of the effective date, or $50,000 if it elects to terminate the Revolving Line between the first and third anniversaries of the effective date, provided that no termination fee will be payable if the Revolving Line is replaced with a new facility or an amended and restated facility from Silicon Valley Bank.

        Unless earlier prepaid by the Company or accelerated by the lenders, the SVB/Oxford Term Loans will each mature on November 1, 2019 (the "Term Loan Maturity Date"). The SVB/Oxford

F-22


Table of Contents


CONFORMIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Term Loan A bears interest at a fixed rate of 7.25% per annum, which rate was determined as the prime rate on the original date of funding plus 4%. To the extent the Company borrows the SVB/Oxford Term Loan B, such term loan will accrue interest at a fixed per annum rate equal to the prime rate on the date of funding, plus 4%. Interest on each of the SVB/Oxford Term Loans is payable monthly in arrears. If the Company achieves a revenue milestone of $76 million, measured on a trailing 12 month basis for the 12 months ending May 31, 2016, and no event of default has occurred, only interest, and no principal, will be payable for the first 36 months following the effective date. If the Company does not achieve the revenue milestone, only interest, and no principal, will be payable for the first 24 months following the effective date. After the interest only period, the Company is required to make equal monthly payments of principal and interest, in arrears, for the remaining term until maturity. In addition to interest, the Company is obligated to make a final payment fee equal to the original principal amount of the applicable SVB/Oxford Term Loan, multiplied by 7%, on the earliest to occur of the Term Loan Maturity Date, the acceleration of any term loan, or the prepayment of a term loan, which is expensed to interest over the term of the respective term loan using the effective interest method. Further, with respect to any term loan subject to prepayment prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date, whether by mandatory or voluntary prepayment or acceleration, the Company will be required to make a prepayment fee equal to 3% of the principal amount being prepaid, if such prepayment is made on or prior to the first anniversary of the funding date of the applicable term loan, 2% of the principal amount being prepaid, if such prepayment is made after the first anniversary but before the second anniversary of the funding date of the applicable term loan, or 1% of the principal amount being prepaid, if such prepayment is made after the second anniversary of the funding date of the applicable term loan.

        The Company's obligations under the SVB/Oxford Agreement are secured by a security interest over substantially all of the Company's and ImaTx's assets, other than intellectual property, with respect to which the Company and ImaTx granted a negative pledge. The SVB/Oxford Agreement contains negative covenants restricting its activities, including limitations on dispositions, mergers or acquisitions, incurring indebtedness or liens, paying dividends or making investments and certain other business transactions. There are no financial covenants associated with the SVB/Oxford Agreement. Obligations under the SVB/Oxford Agreement are subject to acceleration upon the occurrence of specified events of default, including a material adverse change in the business, operations or financial or other condition.

        Also, immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an event of default, all obligations outstanding under the agreement shall accrue interest at a fixed rate equal to the per annum rate that is otherwise applicable thereto plus 5%.

        As of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, the prime rate was 3.25% and no advances were outstanding from the fully available $5 million Revolving Line. Administrative and legal costs in connection with the SVB/Oxford Agreement were deemed immaterial and expensed as incurred.

        In connection with the SVB/Oxford Term Loan A, the Company issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 66,964 shares of the Company's common stock at a price of $4.48 per share, which was the fair value of the Company's common stock. Based on the Company's assessment of the warrants relative to ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity , the warrants are classified as equity and the Company recorded $134,000 fair value of the warrants as a discount to the term loan recorded to additional paid-in capital.

F-23


Table of Contents


CONFORMIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

        The value of the warrants is amortized to interest expense over the life of the SVB/Oxford Term Loan A. The Company used the Black-Scholes option pricing model to calculate the fair value of the warrants based on the following inputs and assumptions:

Risk-free interest rate

    1.6 %

Expected term (in years)

    5  

Dividend yield

    0 %

Expected volatility

    50 %

$15 million term loan—WTI Term Loan II

        In May 2014, the $15 million term loan and security agreement (the "WTI Term Loan II") entered into with WTI in February 2011 was paid-off as scheduled. The 39-month credit facility was secured by certain tangible assets of the Company and included a security interest in the Company's intellectual property. The borrowings under the WTI Term Loan II, which were drawn in tranches, incurred a fixed interest rate of 12.50% per annum. Following the interest only periods, interest and principal was payable in equal monthly installments. In 2011, the Company drew down two tranches of $5 million each and issued warrants to purchase $1,100,000 and $80,000 of Series D preferred stock. Based on the Company's assessment of the warrants relative to ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity , the warrants are classified as equity and the Company recorded $573,000 million and $76,000 fair value of the warrants as a discount to the term loan recorded to additional paid-in capital. The value of the warrants was amortized to interest expense over the life of the term loans, which was fully amortized when the loan was paid in full in 2014.

        Additionally, in July 2011, in connection with an amendment of the WTI Term Loan II to extend the termination dates of the second and third tranches, the Company issued a warrant to purchase $159,000 of Series D preferred stock or equivalent preferred stock. Based on the Company's assessment of the warrants relative to ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity , the warrants are classified as equity and the Company recorded $79,000 fair value of the warrants as a discount to the term loan to additional paid-in capital. The value of the warrants was amortized to interest expense over the remaining life of the term loan which was fully amortized when the loan was paid-off.

$1.4 million term loan—Massachusetts Development Finance Agency

        In June 2011, the Company entered into a $1.4 million term loan facility with Massachusetts Development Finance Agency ("MDFA") for the purposes of equipment purchases. The MDFA facility, which is subordinated to the SVB/Oxford Term Loans and any advances under the Revolving Line, are secured on a second-lien basis by certain tangible assets of the Company.

        At the time the Company entered into the MDFA facility, the Company borrowed the first tranche of $0.6 million, with the remaining funds to be borrowed over the following 18 months. To date, the Company has borrowed a total of $1.4 million of the available commitments under the facility, of which $692,000 in loans were outstanding as of March 31, 2015. Loans under the MDFA facility bear a fixed interest rate of 6.5% per annum. Interest is payable monthly in arrears. Beginning on January 1, 2013, the Company began making payments of principal and interest in 66 equal monthly installments.

        In connection with the MDFA facility, the Company issued warrants to MDFA to purchase 16,000 shares of Series D preferred stock. Based on the Company's assessment of the warrants relative to ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity , the warrants are classified as equity and

F-24


Table of Contents


CONFORMIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

the Company recorded fair value of $46,000 as a discount to the term loan and was amortized to interest expense over the 84-month life of the term loan.

Note K—Related Party Transactions

Vertegen

        In April 2007, the Company entered into a license agreement with Vertegen, Inc., or Vertegen. Vertegen is an entity that is controlled by and affiliated with Dr. Lang, the Company's Chief Executive Officer. Under the agreement (the "Vertegen Agreement"), Vertegen granted the Company an exclusive, worldwide license under specified Vertegen patent rights and related technology to make, use and sell products and services in the fields of diagnosis and treatment of articular disorders and disorders of the human spine. The company may sublicense the rights licensed to it by Vertegen. The Company is required to use commercially reasonable efforts, at its sole expense, to prosecute the patent applications licensed to the Company by Vertegen.

        In connection with entering into the license agreement with Vertegen, the Company paid Vertegen an initial license fee of $10,000 and issued Vertegen a warrant to purchase 200,000 shares of its common stock at an exercise price of $0.55 per share, which has expired unexercised. The Company is required to pay Vertegen a 5% royalty on net sales of products covered by the patents licensed to us by Vertegen, the subject matter of which is directed primarily to spinal implants, as well as a 5% royalty on any proceeds from enforcing the patent rights licensed to the Company by Vertegen. The Company has not sold any products subject to this agreement and has paid no royalties under this agreement.

        The Vertegen Agreement may be terminated by the Company at any time by providing notice to Vertegen. In addition, Vertegen may terminate the Vertegen Agreement in its entirety if the Company is in material breach of the agreement, and the Company fails to cure such breach during a specified period.

Asia strategy

        In connection with the issuance and sale of the Company's Series E-1 and Series E-2 preferred stock, the Company entered into a letter agreement with an investor that provides that $5.0 million of the proceeds received by the Company from the investor for the sale of the Company's Series E-1 and Series E-2 preferred stock could only be used in connection with the marketing and sale of the Company's products in Asia and that a committee of the Company's board of directors should be formed for the purposes of directing and overseeing the investment of such proceeds.

        In July 2013, the Company agreed to exchange 381,875 shares of Series E-1 preferred stock held by the investor for 381,875 shares of the Company's Series E-2 preferred stock.

        Based on the restriction on the use of the proceeds received in connection with the letter agreement, the proceeds were classified as restricted cash. As of December 31, 2013, $4.6 million of the proceeds, as of December 31, 2014, $3.6 million of the proceeds and as of March 31, 2015, $3.5 million of the proceeds were included in restricted cash.

Revenue share agreement

        As described in Note I, the Company is a party to certain agreements with advisors to participate as a member of the Company's scientific advisory board. In September 2011, the Company entered into an amended and restated revenue share agreement with Philipp Lang, M.D., our Chief Executive Officer, which amended and restated a similar agreement entered into in 2008

F-25


Table of Contents


CONFORMIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

when Dr. Lang stepped down as chair of the Company's scientific advisory board and became the Company's Chief Executive Officer. This agreement provides that the Company will pay Dr. Lang a specified percentage of our net revenues, ranging from 0.875% to 1.33%, with respect to all of our current and planned products, including the Company's iUni, iDuo, iTotal CR, iTotal PS and iTotal Hip products, as well as certain other knee, hip and shoulder replacement products and related instrumentation the Company may develop in the future. The specific percentage is determined by reference to product classifications set forth in the agreement and is tiered based on the level of net revenues collected by the Company on such product sales. The Company's payment obligations expire on a product-by-product basis on the last to expire of the Company's patents on which Dr. Lang is a named inventor that claim the applicable product. These payment obligations survive any termination of Dr. Lang's employment with the Company. The Company incurred revenue share expense paid to Dr. Lang of $0.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2013, $0.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2014, $0.1 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014, and $0.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015.

Note L—Stockholders' Equity

Common stock

        The Company's amended and restated certificate of incorporation in effect during 2013 and 2014, and the three months ended March 31, 2015 (the "Restated Certificate of Incorporation") authorizes the Company to issue 80,000,000 shares of $0.00001 par value common stock in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, and in the three months ended March 31, 2015, respectively. Common stockholders are entitled to dividends as and when declared by the board of directors, subject to the rights of holders of all classes of stock outstanding having priority rights as to dividends. There have been no dividends declared to date. The holder of each share of common stock is entitled to one vote.

Preferred stock

        The Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation authorizes the Company to issue 53,496,241 shares of $0.00001 par value preferred stock:

        At December 31, 2013, convertible preferred stock consisted of the following (in thousands, except share data):

Series
  Shares
Authorized
  Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
  Liquidation
Value
 

Series A convertible preferred

    3,410,278     3,410,278   $ 3,410  

Series B convertible preferred

    4,469,349     4,469,349     12,023  

Series C convertible preferred

    5,191,754     4,906,040     17,171  

Series D convertible preferred

    14,612,360     12,939,830     77,639  

Series E-1 convertible preferred

    15,149,375     11,827,030     94,616  

Series E-2 convertible preferred

    10,663,125     10,259,189     123,110  

    53,496,241     47,811,716   $ 327,969  

F-26


Table of Contents


CONFORMIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

        At December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 (unaudited), convertible preferred stock consisted of the following (in thousands, except share data):

Series
  Shares
Authorized
  Shares
Issued and
Outstanding
  Liquidation
Value
 

Series A convertible preferred

    3,410,278     3,410,278   $ 3,410  

Series B convertible preferred

    4,469,349     4,469,349     12,023  

Series C convertible preferred

    5,191,754     4,906,040     17,171  

Series D convertible preferred

    14,612,360     13,307,287     79,844  

Series E-1 convertible preferred

    15,149,375     14,633,509     117,068  

Series E-2 convertible preferred

    10,663,125     10,259,189     123,110  

    53,496,241     50,985,652   $ 352,626  

        Significant terms of the Company's preferred stock are as follows:

        Conversion.     Each share of preferred stock may be converted into the Company's common stock at the option of the holder on a one-to-one basis. Additionally, each share of preferred stock shall be automatically converted into common stock upon the earlier (1) closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering from which the aggregate net proceeds equal or exceed $50.0 million and in which the price per share is at least $10.00, or the equivalent price after adjustment for certain events, (2) with respect to the Series A preferred stock, approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A preferred stock, (3) with respect to the Series B preferred stock, approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series B preferred stock, (4) with respect to the Series C preferred stock, approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series C preferred stock, (5) with respect to the Series D preferred stock, approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series D preferred stock, (6) with respect to the Series E-1 preferred stock, approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series E-1 preferred stock, and (7) with respect to the Series E-2 preferred stock, approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series E-2 preferred stock.

        Antidilution Protection.     The rate at which shares of preferred stock may be converted into common stock shall be subject to adjustment for stock dividends, stock splits, reverse stock splits, and similar events. The rate shall also be subject to broad-based weighted average antidilution protection, subject to exclusions for: (1) the issuance of common stock as approved by the Board of Directors to directors, officers, employees, consultants, and advisors, (2) the issuance of the Company's capital stock (or rights therefor) in connection with acquisitions and mergers as approved by the Board of Directors, (3) the issuance of the Company's capital stock (or rights therefor) as approved by the Board of Directors in connection with equipment leasing, real estate, bank financing, or similar transactions, (4) the issuance of the Company's capital stock (or rights therefor) as approved by the Board of Directors to vendors, customers or strategic business partners, (5) common stock issued upon conversion of preferred stock, (6) the issuance of securities in an underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement, (7) the issuance of securities pursuant to currently outstanding warrants as of July 5, 2013, (8) issuances of securities approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series E-1 preferred stock and outstanding Series E-2 preferred stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, and either unanimously approved by the Company's Board of Directors or the holders of outstanding shares of preferred stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, and (9) Series E-1 preferred stock or Series E-2 preferred stock issued or issuable at a purchase price equal to or greater than $8.00 per share.

F-27


Table of Contents


CONFORMIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

        Dividends.     The holders of preferred stock are entitled to receive non-cumulative and non-accruing dividends only when and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for that purpose in an amount equal to: $0.10 per share of Series A preferred stock; $0.27 per share of Series B preferred stock; $0.35 per share of Series C preferred stock; $0.60 per share of Series D preferred stock; $0.80 per share of Series E-1 preferred stock; and $1.20 per share of Series E-2 preferred stock (in each case, subject to stock splits, subdivisions, combinations, consolidations and the like with respect to such shares). No dividends shall be declared on any series of preferred stock unless dividends are declared on all such preferred stock. After payments of dividends to the holders of preferred stock, dividends may be declared and distributed among all holders of common stock, provided that no dividend be declared or distributed among the holders of common stock at a greater rate than that at which dividends are paid to the holders of preferred stock (based on the number of shares of common stock into which such preferred stock is convertible on the date the dividend is declared).

        Voting rights.     The holders of preferred stock are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the preferred stock held by such holder, and except as otherwise provided by law or the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of preferred stock and of common stock shall vote together on all matters.

        Protective provisions.     The votes of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of each series of preferred stock, voting as a separate class, will be required for the approval of certain events relating to (1) authorization or issuance of additional preferred stock having superior preferences or priorities as to dividends, redemption rights, liquidation preferences, conversion rights or voting rights of the given series of preferred stock, and (2) amendments, restatements, modifications or waivers to the Company's certificate of incorporation or bylaws in a manner that is materially adverse to the given series of preferred stock.

        Additionally, the votes of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of preferred stock, voting together as a single class, will be required for the approval of certain events relating to the liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of the Company, certain redemptions or repurchases of the Company's common stock, and the disposition of the securities of any subsidiary (other than to the Company), any authorization, execution, amendment or termination of any material contract, agreement or other arrangement between the Company and any member of the Company's board of directors, any executive officer or any holder of 10% of the Company's outstanding capital stock, any increase in the number of shares of the Company's capital stock reserved under any equity incentive plan, and any change in the Company's principal business focus to a field of business other than medical devices.

        Redemption.     None of the preferred stock shall be redeemable.

        Liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up.     In the event of any liquidation or winding up of the Company, the holders of Series E-1 preferred stock, Series E-2 preferred stock and Series D preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, pari passu and in preference to the holders of the Company's Series C preferred stock, Series B preferred stock, Series A preferred stock and common stock, an amount equal to declared but unpaid dividends on each share of such preferred stock, plus $8.00 per share of Series E-1 preferred stock, $12.00 per share of Series E-2 preferred stock and $6.00 per share of Series D preferred stock. After such payments, the holders of Series C preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of Series B preferred stock, Series A preferred stock and common stock, an amount equal to declared but unpaid dividends on a share of Series C preferred stock plus $3.50 per share.

F-28


Table of Contents


CONFORMIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

        After such payments, the holders of Series B preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of Series A preferred stock and common stock, an amount equal to declared but unpaid dividends on a share of Series B preferred stock plus $2.69 per share. After such payments, the holders of Series A preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common stock, an amount equal to declared but unpaid dividends on a share of Series A preferred stock plus $1.00 per share.

        After the payments set forth above, proceeds shall be shared pro rata by the holders of common stock, Series C preferred stock, Series B preferred stock and Series A preferred stock (on an as-converted basis) until such time as the holders of each such series of preferred stock shall have received a total distribution (including the initial preference) of two times their respective original purchase prices. All remaining proceeds thereafter shall be shared pro rata by the holders of common stock. A consolidation or merger of the Company or sale of all or substantially all of its assets or of a majority of its capital stock shall be deemed to be a liquidation or winding up for purposes of the liquidation preference.

        Right of first refusal.     For subsequent issuances of equity securities of the Company (excluding certain specified issuances), the Company has granted to certain investors holding at least 300,000 shares of preferred stock (or common stock issued upon conversion of preferred stock) and certain other investors (each a "Major Investor") the right to purchase up to their pro rata share of the new securities. Also, should any Major Investor choose not to purchase its full pro rata share, certain other Major Investors shall have the right to purchase a portion of the remaining shares.

Demand registration rights

        Beginning six months after the closing of an initial public offering, subject to specified limitations set forth in a registration rights agreement, at any time, the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding registrable shares may at any time demand in writing that the Company register all or a portion of the registrable shares under the Securities Act for an offering of at least 40% of the then outstanding registrable shares or a lesser percentage of the then outstanding registrable shares provided that it is reasonably anticipated the aggregate offering price would exceed $20 million. The Company is not obligated to file a registration statement pursuant to these rights on more than two occasions.

        If, at any time after an initial public offering the Company proposes to file a registration statement to register any of its common stock under the Securities Act in connection with a public offering of such common stock, other than pursuant to certain specified registrations, the holders of registrable shares are entitled to notice of registration and, subject to specified exceptions, including market conditions, the Company will be required, upon the holder's request, to register their then held registrable shares.

Warrants

        The Company also issued warrants to certain investors and consultants to purchase shares of the Company's preferred stock and common stock. Based on the Company's assessment of the warrants granted in 2013 and 2014 relative to ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity , the warrants are classified as equity. No new warrants were issued in the three months ended March 31, 2015. According to ASC 480, an entity shall classify as a liability any financial instrument, other than an outstanding share, that, at inception, both a) embodies an obligation to repurchase the issuer's equity shares, or is indexed to such obligation and b) requires or may require the

F-29


Table of Contents


CONFORMIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

issuer to settle the obligation by transferring assets. The warrants do not contain any provision that requires the Company to repurchase the shares and are not indexed to such an obligation. The warrants also do not require the Company to settle by transferring assets.

        All warrants were exercisable immediately upon issuance. Upon the conversion of the Company's preferred stock into common stock in connection with the Company's initial public offering, all warrants to purchase preferred stock instead become warrants to purchase the same number of shares of common stock.

        The fair value of warrants at date of grant was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, based on the following assumptions:

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
  2013   2014

Risk-free interest rate

  0.36% - 0.57%   0.91% - 1.71%

Expected term (in years)

  2.50   2.50 - 5.00

Dividend yield

  0.00%   0.00%

Expected volatility

  55.00%   50.00% - 55.00%

Series C preferred stock warrants

        The Company has issued warrants to certain investors to purchase up to 594,774 shares of Series C preferred stock at an exercise price range of $0.01 to $3.50 per share of which warrants to purchase 285,714 shares are outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and March 31, 2015.

        Summary of Series C preferred stock warrant activity is as follows:

 
  Number of
Warrants
  Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
Per Share
  Number of
Warrants
Exercisable
  Weighted
Average Price
Per Share
  Fair
Value
 

Outstanding December 31, 2012

    285,714   $ 3.50     285,714   $ 3.50   $  

Granted

                     

Exercised

                     

Cancelled/expired

                     

Outstanding December 31, 2013

    285,714   $ 3.50     285,714   $ 3.50   $  

Granted

                     

Exercised

                     

Cancelled/expired

                     

Outstanding December 31, 2014

    285,714   $ 3.50     285,714   $ 3.50   $  

Granted

                     

Exercised

                     

Cancelled/expired

                     

Outstanding March 31, 2015 (unaudited)

    285,714   $ 3.50     285,714   $ 3.50   $  

F-30


Table of Contents


CONFORMIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Series D preferred stock warrants

        The Company has issued warrants to certain investors and consultants to purchase up to 1,672,529 shares of Series D preferred stock at an exercise price of $6.00 per share, of which warrants to purchase 1,637,529 shares of Series D preferred stock were outstanding at December 31, 2013, warrants to purchase 1,246,367 shares of Series D preferred stock were outstanding at December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015. Upon the closing of an initial public offering, warrants to purchase 406,874 shares of Series D preferred stock at an exercise price of $6.00 per share will be automatically exchanged for 406,874 shares of common stock for no additional consideration.

        Summary of Series D preferred stock warrant activity is as follows:

 
  Number of
Warrants
  Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
Per Share(1)
  Number of
Warrants
Exercisable
  Weighted
Average Price
Per Share
  Fair
Value
 

Outstanding December 31, 2012

    1,672,529   $ 6.00     1,672,529   $ 6.00   $  

Granted

                     

Exercised

                     

Cancelled/expired

    (35,000 )   6.00     (35,000 )   6.00      

Outstanding December 31, 2013

    1,637,529   $ 6.00     1,637,529   $ 6.00   $  

Granted

                     

Exercised

    (367,455 )   6.00     (367,455 )   6.00      

Cancelled/expired

    (23,707 )   6.00     (23,707 )   6.00      

Outstanding December 31, 2014

    1,246,367   $ 6.00     1,246,367   $ 6.00   $  

Granted

                     

Exercised

                     

Cancelled/expired

                     

Outstanding March 31, 2015 (unaudited)

    1,246,367   $ 6.00     1,246,367   $ 6.00   $  

(1)
This weighted average exercise price does not give effect to the automatic exchange of warrants to purchase 406,874 shares of Series D preferred stock for 406,874 shares of common stock for no additional consideration in the event of an initial public offering.

Series E-1 and E-2 preferred stock warrants

        The Company has issued warrants to certain equity investors and consultants to purchase up to 515,866 shares of Series E-1 preferred stock at an exercise price of $8.00 per share. As of December 31, 2013, warrants to purchase 300,929 shares of Series E-1 preferred stock were outstanding, and as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, warrants to purchase 515,866 shares of Series E-1 preferred stock were outstanding. The Company has issued warrants to certain investors and consultants to purchase up to 403,936 shares of Series E-2 preferred stock at an exercise price of $8.00 per share. As of December 31, 2013, warrants to purchase 247,686 shares of Series E-2 preferred stock were outstanding, and as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, warrants to purchase 403,936 shares of Series E-2 preferred stock were outstanding. Upon the

F-31


Table of Contents


CONFORMIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

closing of an initial public offering, all warrants to purchase shares of Series E-1 or E-2 preferred stock will expire unless exercised.

        Summary of Series E-1 preferred stock warrant activity is as follows:

 
  Number of
Warrants
  Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
Per Share
  Number of
Warrants
Exercisable
  Weighted
Average Price
Per Share
  Fair
Value
 

Outstanding December 31, 2012

    190,073   $ 8.00     190,073   $ 8.00   $  

Granted

    110,856     8.00     110,856     8.00     2.72  

Exercised

                     

Cancelled/expired

                     

Outstanding December 31, 2013

    300,929   $ 8.00     300,929   $ 8.00   $  

Granted

    214,937     8.00     214,937     8.00     3.68  

Exercised

                     

Cancelled/expired

                     

Outstanding December 31, 2014

    515,866   $ 8.00     515,866   $ 8.00   $  

Granted

                     

Exercised

                     

Cancelled/expired

                     

Outstanding March 31, 2015 (unaudited)

    515,866   $ 8.00     515,866   $ 8.00   $  

        Summary of Series E-2 preferred stock warrant activity is as follows:

 
  Number of
Warrants
  Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
Per Share
  Number of
Warrants
Exercisable
  Weighted
Average Price
Per Share
  Fair
Value
 

Outstanding December 31, 2012

    247,686   $ 8.00     247,686   $ 8.00   $  

Granted

                     

Exercised

                     

Cancelled/expired

                     

Outstanding December 31, 2013

    247,686   $ 8.00     247,686   $ 8.00   $  

Granted

    156,250     8.00     156,250     8.00     3.88  

Exercised

                     

Cancelled/expired

                     

Outstanding December 31, 2014

    403,936   $ 8.00     403,936   $ 8.00   $  

Granted

                     

Exercised

                     

Cancelled/expired

                     

Outstanding March 31, 2015 (unaudited)

    403,936   $ 8.00     403,936   $ 8.00   $  

F-32


Table of Contents


CONFORMIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Common stock warrants

        The Company also issued warrants to certain investors and consultants to purchase 2,276,848 shares of common stock at an exercise price range of $0.01 to $4.50 per share of which warrants to purchase 341,664 shares are outstanding as of December 31, 2013, and warrants to purchase 408,628 shares are outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015.

        Summary of common stock warrant activity is as follows:

 
  Number of
Warrants
  Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
Per Share
  Number of
Warrants
Exercisable
  Weighted
Average Price
Per Share
  Fair
Value
 

Outstanding December 31, 2012

    541,664   $ 3.01     541,664   $ 3.01   $  

Granted

                     

Exercised

                     

Cancelled/expired

    (200,000 )   0.55     (200,000 )   0.55      

Outstanding, December 31, 2013

    341,664   $ 4.4     341,664   $ 4.44   $  

Granted

    66,964     4.50     66,964     4.48     2.00  

Exercised

                     

Cancelled/expired

                     

Outstanding, December 31, 2014

    408,628   $ 4.45     408,628   $ 4.45   $  

Granted

                     

Exercised

                     

Cancelled/expired

                     

Outstanding March 31, 2015 (unaudited)

    408,628   $ 4.45     408,628   $ 4.45   $  

        At December 31, 2013 and 2014 and March 31, 2015 (unaudited), the range of warrant prices per share for shares under warrants and the weighted average contractual life is as follows:

2013
  Number of
Warrants
  Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
Per Share
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
  Number of
Warrants
Exercisable
  Weighted
Average Price
Per Share
 

Series C

    285,714   $ 3.50     3.54     285,714   $ 3.50  

Series D

    1,637,529   $ 6.00 (1)   1.11     1,637,529   $ 6.00  

Series E-1

    300,929   $ 8.00     5.95     300,929   $ 8.00  

Series E-2

    247,686   $ 8.00     5.71     247,686   $ 8.00  

Common Stock

    341,664   $ 4.44     1.93     341,664   $ 4.44  

 

2014
  Number of
Warrants
  Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
Per Share
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
  Number of
Warrants
Exercisable
  Weighted
Average Price
Per Share
 

Series C

    285,714   $ 3.50     2.55     285,714   $ 3.50  

Series D

    1,246,367   $ 6.00 (1)   2.84     1,246,367   $ 6.00  

Series E-1

    515,866   $ 8.00     4.95     515,866   $ 8.00  

Series E-2

    403,936   $ 8.00     6.46     403,936   $ 8.00  

Common Stock

    408,628   $ 4.45     3.26     408,628   $ 4.45  

F-33


Table of Contents


CONFORMIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


2015
  Number of
Warrants
  Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
Per Share
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
  Number of
Warrants
Exercisable
  Weighted
Average Price
Per Share
 
 
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Series C

    285,714   $ 3.50     2.30     285,714   $ 3.50  

Series D

    1,246,367   $ 6.00 (1)   2.59     1,246,367   $ 6.00  

Series E-1

    515,866   $ 8.00     4.70     403,936   $ 8.00  

Series E-2

    403,936   $ 8.00     6.21     403,936   $ 8.00  

Common Stock

    408,628   $ 4.45     3.02     408,628   $ 4.45  

(1)
This weighted average exercise price does not give effect to the automatic exchange of warrants to purchase 406,874 shares of Series D preferred stock for 406,874 shares of common stock for no additional consideration in the event of an initial public offering.

Stock option plan

        In June 2004, the Company authorized the adoption of the 2004 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the "2004 Plan"). Under the 2004 Plan, options were granted to persons who were, at the time of grant, employees, officers, or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Company. The 2004 Plan provided for the granting of non-statutory options, incentive options, stock bonuses, and rights to acquire restricted stock.

        The option price at the date of grant was determined by the Board of Directors and, in the case of incentive options, could not be less than the fair market value of the common stock at the date of grant, as determined by the Board of Directors. Options granted under the 2004 Plan generally vest over a period of four years and are set to expire 10 years from the date of grant. In February 2011, the Company terminated the 2004 Plan and all options outstanding under it were transferred to the 2011 Plan.

        In February 2011, the Company authorized the adoption of the 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (the "2011 Plan"). The 2011 Plan is divided into two separate equity programs, Option Grant and Stock Issuance. Per the 2011 Plan, options can be granted to persons who are, at the time, employees, officers, or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Company. The 2011 Plan provides for the granting of non-statutory options, incentive options and common stock. The price at the date of grant is determined by the Board of Directors and, in the case of incentive options and common stock, cannot be less than the fair market value of the common stock at the date of grant, as determined by the Board of Directors. Options granted under the 2011 Plan generally vest over a period of four years and expire 10 years from the date of grant.

        The Company has reserved 13,260,484 shares of common stock for issuance under the 2011 Plan including shares previously reserved for under the 2004 Plan, of which 521,543 are still available for grant as of March 31, 2015 (unaudited).

F-34


Table of Contents


CONFORMIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

        Activity under the 2011 Plan is as follows:

 
  Number of
Options
  Price
per Share
  Weighted
Average Exercise
Price per Share
 

Outstanding December 31, 2012

    9,551,996   $0.10 - 2.75   $ 1.75  

Granted

    1,739,085   2.75     2.75  

Exercised

    (517,827 ) 0.10 - 2.75     1.01  

Expired

    (552,702 ) 0.10 - 2.75     2.00  

Cancelled/Forfeited

    (481,858 ) 2.16 - 2.75     2.57  

Outstanding December 31, 2013

    9,738,694   $0.10 - 2.75   $ 1.89  

Granted

    2,075,107   4.48 - 5.48     4.89  

Exercised

    (237,481 ) 0.10 - 2.75     0.75  

Expired

    (284,425 ) 0.55 - 2.75     2.64  

Cancelled/Forfeited

    (580,709 ) 0.30 - 5.48     2.54  

Outstanding December 31, 2014

    10,711,186   $0.10 - 5.48   $ 2.44  

Granted

    693,675   5.48     5.48  

Exercised

    (56,351 ) 1.74 - 5.48     2.24  

Expired

    (30,459 ) 2.16 - 4.48     2.78  

Cancelled/Forfeited

    (19,656 ) 2.75 - 5.48     3.74  

Outstanding March 31, 2015 (unaudited)

    11,298,395   $0.10 - 5.48   $ 2.62  

Total vested and exercisable

    8,076,271            

        At December 31, 2013 and 2014, and March 31, 2015 (unaudited), the range of prices for stock options granted under stock option plan and the weighted average contractual life is as follows:

2013

 
  Number of
Options
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price Per
Share
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Life
  Stock
Options
Exercisable
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price Per
Share
 

Range of Option Exercise Price

                               

$0.01 - $0.30

    826,500   $ 0.26     2.15     826,500   $ 0.26  

$0.31 - $1.74

    2,700,876     0.86     4.13     2,700,876     0.86  

$1.75 - $2.16

    1,800,858     2.16     6.62     1,684,550     2.16  

$2.17 - $2.75

    4,410,460     2.72     8.56     1,469,654     2.71  

    9,738,694   $ 1.89     6.43     6,681,580   $ 1.52  

F-35


Table of Contents


CONFORMIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2014

 
  Number of
Options
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price Per
Share
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Life
  Stock
Options
Exercisable
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price Per
Share
 

Range of Option Exercise Price

                               

$0.01 - $0.30

    670,000   $ 0.30     1.53     670,000   $ 0.30  

$0.31 - $1.74

    2,578,496     0.83     3.10     2,578,496     0.83  

$1.75 - $2.16

    1,662,358     2.16     5.62     1,653,903     2.16  

$2.17 - $2.75

    3,765,663     2.72     7.42     2,323,991     2.70  

$2.76 - $4.48

    1,226,669     4.48     9.59     150,827     4.48  

$4.49 - $5.48

    808,000     5.48     9.60     122,580     5.48  

    10,711,186   $ 2.44     6.15     7,499,797   $ 1.80  

2015

 
  Number of
Options
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price Per
Share
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Life (years)
  Stock
Options
Exercisable
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price Per
Share
 
 
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Range of Option Exercise Price

                               

$0.01 - $0.30

    670,000   $ 0.30     1.29     670,000   $ 0.30  

$0.31 - $1.74

    2,563,496     0.82     2.87     2,563,496     0.82  

$1.75 - $2.16

    1,633,858     2.16     5.38     1,633,858     2.16  

$2.17 - $2.75

    3,712,888     2.72     7.21     2,554,918     2.70  

$2.76 - $4.48

    1,223,023     4.48     9.34     324,325     4.48  

$4.49 - $5.48

    1,495,130     5.48     9.55     329,674     5.48  

    11,298,395   $ 2.62     6.15     8,076,271   $ 1.98  

Stock-based compensation

        The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. The determination of the fair value of stock-based payment awards on the date of grant using a pricing model is affected by the value of the Company's common stock as well as assumptions regarding a number of complex and subjective variables. The valuation of the Company's common stock is performed with the assistance of an independent third-party valuation firm using a methodology that includes various inputs including the Company's historical and projected financial results, peer company public data and market metrics, such as risk-free interest and discount rates. As the valuation includes unobservable inputs that are primarily based on the Company's own assumptions, the inputs are considered level 3 inputs within the fair value hierarchy.

        The weighted average fair value of options granted was $1.44 per share for the year ended December 31, 2013, $2.20 per share for the year ended December 31, 2014 and $2.41 per share for the three months ended March 31, 2015.

F-36


Table of Contents


CONFORMIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

        The fair value of options at date of grant was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, based on the following assumptions:

 
  Years Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended March 31,
 
  2013   2014   2014   2015
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)

Risk-free interest rate

  0.78% - 1.61%   1.66% - 2.29%   N/A   1.37% - 1.67%

Expected term (in years)

  5.00 - 6.25   5.00 - 7.25   N/A   5.47 - 6.45

Dividend yield

  0.00%   0.00%   N/A   0.00%

Expected volatility

  55.00%   50.00%   N/A   50.00%

        Risk-free interest rate.     The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms similar to the expected term on the options.

        Expected term.     The expected term of stock options represents the period the stock options are expected to remain outstanding and is based on the "SEC Shortcut Approach" as defined in "Share-Based Payment" (SAB 107) ASC 718-10-S99, "Compensation—Stock Compensation—Overall—SEC Materials ", which is the midpoint between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term. With certain stock option grants, the exercise price may exceed the fair value of the common stock. In these instances, the Company adjusts the expected term accordingly.

        Dividend yield.     The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends and does not plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future, and, therefore, used an expected dividend yield of zero in the valuation model.

        Expected volatility.     Expected volatility measures the amount that a stock price has fluctuated or is expected to fluctuate during a period. The Company does not have a history of market prices of its common stock as it is not a public company. Therefore, the Company estimates volatility in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission's Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, SAB 107, using historical volatilities of similar public entities.

        Forfeitures.     The Company uses historical data to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and record stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest. If the Company's actual forfeiture rate is materially different from its estimate, the stock-based compensation expense could be significantly different from what the Company has recorded in the current period.

        Employee stock-based compensation expense recognized was $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, $0.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and $1.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, and was calculated based on awards ultimately expected to vest. To date, the amount of stock-based compensation capitalized as part of inventory was not material.

F-37


Table of Contents


CONFORMIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

        The following is a summary of stock-based compensation expense (in thousands):

 
  Years Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2013   2014   2014   2015  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Cost of revenues

  $ 179   $ 162   $ 41   $ 110  

Sales and marketing

    439     597     113     210  

Research and development

    879     628     98     254  

General and administrative

    840     1,163     213     514  

  $ 2,337   $ 2,550   $ 465   $ 1,088  

        At March 31, 2015, the Company had $5.8 million of total unrecognized compensation expense that will be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.56 years.

Note M—Income Taxes

        The Company files U.S. federal and state tax returns as well as foreign income tax returns. The Company has accumulated significant losses since its inception in 2004.

        For financial reporting purposes, income (loss) before income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 include the following components (in thousands):

 
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2014  

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes:

             

U.S. 

  $ (44,104 ) $ (40,328 )

Non-U.S. 

    (3,756 )   (5,353 )

  $ (47,860 ) $ (45,681 )

F-38


Table of Contents


CONFORMIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

        Significant components of the provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 are as follows (in thousands):

 
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2014  

Current:

             

Federal

  $   $  

State

         

Foreign

    29     41  

    29     41  

Deferred:

             

Federal

         

State

         

Foreign

         

         

Total

  $ 29   $ 41  

        The Company accounts for income taxes under FASB ASC 740-10 Accounting for Income Taxes . Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon differences between financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse.

        A reconciliation of the income tax expense (benefit) at the statutory federal income tax rate as reflected in the financial statements is as follows:

 
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2014  

Tax at U.S. statutory rate

    (34.00 )%   (34.00 )%

State taxes, net of federal benefits

    (2.32 )   (2.36 )

Tax credit

    (0.05 )   (8.59 )

Change in valuation allowance

    31.24     37.46  

Rate change

    0.17     (0.02 )

Other

    5.03     7.58  

    0.07 %   0.10 %

        Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.

F-39


Table of Contents


CONFORMIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

        Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets (liabilities) consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  Years Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2014  

Deferred tax assets:

             

Federal and state net operating loss carryforwards

  $ 71,101   $ 83,339  

Foreign net operating loss carryforwards

    2,621     2,758  

Accrued expenses

        183  

Credits

    67,631     3,995  

Other

    2,778     3,272  

Total deferred tax assets

    76,568     93,547  

Valuation Allowance

    (75,696 )   (92,789 )

Net deferred tax assets

    872     758  

Deferred tax liabilities:

             

Fixed Assets

    (442 )   (350 )

Intangibles

    (430 )   (359 )

Other

        (49 )

Net deferred tax liabilities

    (872 )   (758 )

Net Deferred Tax Assets

  $   $  

Current net deferred tax asset

    17     13  

Long-term net deferred tax liability

    (17 )   (13 )

Net deferred tax asset

  $   $  

        A valuation allowance is required to reduce the deferred tax assets reported if, based on weight of evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. After consideration of all of the evidence, both positive and negative, the Company has determined that a $92.8 million valuation allowance at December 31, 2014 is necessary to reduce the deferred tax assets to the amount that will more likely than not be realized. The change in the valuation allowance for the current year is $17.1 million.

        The Company provided a valuation allowance for the full amount of its net deferred tax asset for all periods because realization of any future tax benefit cannot be sufficiently assured as the Company does not expect income in the near term.

        At December 31, 2014, the Company had approximately $229.0 million of federal net operating loss carryforwards and approximately $117.0 million of state net operating loss carryforwards that if not utilized, will begin to expire in 2020 for federal tax purposes and began to expire in various years for different state tax purposes starting in 2011. The utilization of such net operating loss carryforwards and realization of tax benefits in future years depends predominantly upon having taxable income.

        Utilization of the NOL may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to ownership change limitations that have occurred or that could occur in the future, as required by Section 382 and Section 383 of the Code. These ownership changes may limit the amount of NOL that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income and tax, respectively.

F-40


Table of Contents


CONFORMIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

        In general, an "ownership change" as defined by Section 382 of the Code results from a transaction or series of transactions over a three-year period resulting in an ownership change of more than 50 percentage points of the outstanding stock of a company by certain stockholders. The Company has completed a study to assess whether an ownership change has occurred or whether there have been multiple ownership changes since its formation. The results of this study indicated that the Company experienced ownership changes as defined by Section 382 of the Code. The Company has not identified NOLs that, as a result of these restrictions, will expire unused.

        The Company also has foreign net operating losses of approximately $17.0 million and approximately $1.0 million as of December 31, 2014, which may be available to offset future income recognized in the Federal Republic of Germany and the United Kingdom, respectively.

        The Company has adopted the accounting guidance related to uncertainty in income taxes. The total liability for unrecognized income tax benefits was approximately $1.1 million as of December 31, 2013 and $2.5 million as of December 31, 2014. The Company recognizes interest accrued and penalties, if applicable, related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. The Company does not expect any significant changes in the next 12 months.

        As of December 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company is open to examination in the U.S. federal and certain state jurisdictions for all of the Company's tax years since the net operating losses may potentially be utilized in future years to reduce taxable income. The Company is open to examination for tax years 2007 through 2013 in Germany and tax year 2013 in the UK due to net operating losses potentially utilized to offset future taxable income.

Note N—Segment and Geographic Data

        The Company operates as one reportable segment as described in Note B to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The countries in which the Company has local revenue generating operations have been combined into the following geographic areas: the United States (including Puerto Rico), and the rest of the word, which consists of Europe predominately (including Germany, Switzerland and the United Kingdom) and other foreign countries. Sales are attributable to a geographic area based upon the customer's country of domicile. Net property, plant and equipment are based upon physical location of the assets.

        Geographic information consists of the follows (in thousands):

 
  Years Ended December 31,   Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
 
  2013   2014   2014   2015  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Revenue

                         

United States

  $ 24,681   $ 34,332   $ 6,952   $ 10,313  

Rest of World

    9,916     13,854     3,847     4,387  

  $ 34,597   $ 48,186   $ 10,799   $ 14,700  

F-41


Table of Contents


CONFORMIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


 
  December 31,    
 
 
  March 31,
2015
 
 
  2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Property and equipment, net

                   

United States

  $ 7,791   $ 8,540   $ 9,479  

Rest of World

    166     156     147  

  $ 7,957   $ 8,696   $ 9,626  

Note O—Subsequent Events

        The Company evaluated the December 31, 2014 consolidated financial statements for subsequent events through March 20, 2015, the date the audited financial statements were available to be issued, and determined that no additional subsequent events had occurred that would require recognition in these consolidated financial statements.

Note P—Subsequent Events—Interim (unaudited)

        For the purposes of the unaudited interim financial statements, the Company has completed an evaluation of all subsequent events through April 24, 2015, the date these consolidated financial statements were available to be issued. Additionally, in connection with the reissuance of the unaudited interim financial statements, the Company has re-evaluated subsequent events through May 21, 2015. The Company has concluded that no subsequent event has occurred that requires disclosure, except as noted below:

        In April 2015, the Company entered into a fully paid up, worldwide license agreement with Wright Medical Group, Inc., or Wright Group, and its wholly owned subsidiary Wright Medical Technology, Inc., or Wright Technology and collectively with Wright Group, Wright Medical. Under the terms of this license agreement, the Company granted a perpetual, irrevocable, non-exclusive license to Wright Medical to use patient specific instrument technology covered by the Company's patents and patent applications with off-the-shelf implants in the foot and ankle. This license does not extend to patient-specific implants. This license agreement provided for a single lump-sum payment by Wright Medical to the Company of mid-single digit millions of dollars upon entering into the license agreement, which has been paid. This license agreement will expire upon the expiration of the last to expire of the Company's patents and patent applications licensed to Wright Medical, which currently is expected to occur in 2030.

        In April 2015, the Company entered into a worldwide license agreement with MicroPort Orthopedics Inc., or MicroPort, a wholly owned subsidiary of MicroPort Scientific Corporation. Under the terms of this license agreement, the Company granted a perpetual, irrevocable, non-exclusive license to MicroPort to use patient specific instrument technology covered by the Company's patents and patent applications with off-the-shelf implants in the knee. This license does not extend to patient-specific implants. This license agreement provides for the payment to the Company of a fixed royalty at a high single to low double digit percentage of net sales on patient-specific instruments and associated implant components in the knee, including MicroPort's Prophecy patient specific instruments used with its Advance and Evolution implant components. This license agreement also provided for a single lump-sum payment by MicroPort to the Company of low-single digit millions of dollars upon entering into the license agreement, which has been paid. This license agreement will expire upon the expiration of the last to expire of the Company's patents and patent applications licensed to MicroPort, which currently is expected to occur in 2029.

F-42


Table of Contents


CONFORMIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

        The Company has accounted for the settlement with Wright Medical and MicroPort under ASC 605-25, Multiple-Element Arrangements and Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, Revenue Recognition (ASC 605). In accordance with ASC 605, the Company is required to identify and account for each of the separate units of accounting. The Company identified the relative selling price for each and then allocated the total consideration based on their relative values. In connection with these agreements, in April 2015, the Company recognized in aggregate (i) back-owed royalties of $3.4 million as royalty revenue and (ii) the value attributable to the settlements of $0.2 million as other income. Additionally, the Company recognized $5.2 million in aggregate as deferred royalty revenue, of which $5.0 million and $0.2 million will be recognized as royalty revenue ratably through 2031 and 2029, respectively.

Registration rights agreement

        In May 2015, the Company's Board of Directors authorized the Company to enter into an Amended and Restated Information and Registration Rights Agreement by and among the Company and certain of its stockholders, including certain related persons, (the "Registration Rights Agreement"). The requisite stockholders that are parties to the agreement have not yet executed the Registraton Rights Agreement. Upon execution by the requisite parties, the Registration Rights Agreement will provide as set forth below.

        Beginning six months after the closing of an initial public offering, subject to specified limitations set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, the holders of at least 25% of the then outstanding registrable shares may at any time demand in writing that the Company register all or a portion of the registrable shares under the Securities Act on a Form other than Form S-3 for an offering of at least 20% of the then outstanding registrable shares or a lesser percent of the then outstanding registrable shares provided that it is reasonably anticipated the aggregate offering price, net of selling expenses, would exceed $20 million. The Company is not obligated to file a registration statement pursuant to this provision on more than two occasions.

        In addition, after such time as the Company is eligible to use Form S-3, subject to specified limitations set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, the holders of at least 25% of the then outstanding registrable shares may at any time demand in writing that the Company register all or a portion of the registrable shares under the Securities Act on Form S-3 for an offering of at least 25% of the then outstanding registrable shares having an anticipated aggregate offering price to the public, net of selling expenses, of at least $5 million (a "Resale Registration Statement"). The Company is not obligated to effect a registration pursuant to a Resale Registration Statement on more than one occasion.

Sponsor Designee Recommendation Agreement

        In May 2015, the Company entered into a Sponsor Designee Recommendation Agreement with Procific ("the Procific Agreement") which will become effective upon the closing of the IPO. The Procific Agreement provides that, in the event that Colm Lanigan should cease to serve as a member of the Company's board of directors prior to the expiration of his term upon the commencement of the Company's 2017 annual meeting of stockholders, prior to filling such vacancy, Procific will have the opportunity to recommend to the Company's nominating and corporate governance committee an individual to fill such vacancy and to serve for the balance of Mr. Lanigan's incompleted term. Procific will no longer have rights under the Procific Agreement at such time as Procific and its affiliates no longer beneficially own at least 5% of the outstanding shares of the Company's common stock. In addition, the Procific Agreement will terminate upon the

F-43


Table of Contents


CONFORMIS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

earlier to occur of (a) a change of control, as defined in the Procific Agreement, (b) Procific's delivery of written notice to the Company requesting termination and (c) the commencement of the Company's 2017 annual meeting of stockholders.

2015 employee bonus and stock incentive plan

        In May 2015, the Company's board of directors adopted an employee bonus and stock incentive plan for 2015. Pursuant to such plan, each of the Company's executive officers is eligible to receive an annual cash bonus, which is based on the achievement of individual and corporate performance objectives, calculated as a percentage of the executive's annual base salary, and which will be determined by the compensation committee of the Company's board of directors, in its sole discretion. The target annual cash bonus for 2015, as a percentage of annual base salary, is as follows: Dr. Lang: 55%; Mr. Weiner: 40%; Dr. Steines: 40%; Mr. Cerveny: 40%; Mr. Law: 35%; and Mr. Scott: 35%. In addition, each of these executives is eligible to receive an annual equity grant, which is based on the achievement of individual and corporate performance objectives, and which will be determined by the compensation committee of the Company's board of directors, in its sole discretion. The target annual equity grant for 2015, by value as determined using the Black-Scholes pricing model in the case of stock options, for each of the executive officers is as follows: Dr. Lang: $350,000; Mr. Weiner: $250,000; Dr. Steines: $250,000; Mr. Cerveny: $250,000; Mr. Law: $150,000; and Mr. Scott: $150,000.

F-44


LOGO


LOGO


Table of Contents


PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13.    OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

        The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with this offering described in this Registration Statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimated except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee and the FINRA filing fee.

 
  Amount  

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

  $ 20,045  

FINRA filing fee

    24,375  

NASDAQ Global Market listing fee

    125,000  

Accountants' fees and expenses

      *

Legal fees and expenses

      *

Transfer agent's fees and expenses

      *

Printing and engraving expenses

      *

Miscellaneous

      *

Total Expenses

  $   *

*
To be filed by amendment

ITEM 14.    INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

        Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Upon the completion of this offering, our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that none of our directors shall be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability, except to the extent that the Delaware General Corporation Law prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty.

        Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation and certain other persons serving at the request of the corporation in related capacities against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlements actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding to which he or she is or is threatened to be made a party by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

II-1


Table of Contents

        Upon the completion of this offering, our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we will indemnify each person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of ConforMIS, Inc., or is or was serving at our request as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Upon the completion of this offering, our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that expenses must be advanced to these indemnitees under certain circumstances.

        The indemnification provisions contained in our restated certificate of incorporation that will be effective as of the closing date of this offering are not exclusive. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers for some expenses, including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or officer in any action or proceeding arising out of his or her service as one of our directors or officers, or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.

        In addition, we maintain standard policies of insurance under which coverage is provided to our directors and officers against losses arising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, and to us with respect to payments which may be made by us to such directors and officers pursuant to the above indemnification provisions or otherwise as a matter of law. In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, against certain liabilities.

ITEM 15.    RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

        Set forth below is information regarding shares of common stock and preferred stock issued, and options and warrants granted, by us within the past three years that were not registered under the Securities Act. Included is the consideration, if any, we received for such shares, options and warrants and information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the Securities and Exchange Commission, under which exemption from registration was claimed.

(a)
Issuance of capital stock

        From June 2011 through August 2014, we sold an aggregate of 14,633,509 shares of our Series E-1 preferred stock in a private placement to certain of our existing holders of preferred stock and additional accredited investors at a purchase price of $8.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $117.1 million. The sale of Series E-1 preferred stock was structured in multiple tranches and with multiple closing dates.

        From October 2011 through July 2013, we sold an aggregate of 9,586,237 shares of our Series E-2 preferred stock in a private placement to certain of our existing holders of preferred stock and additional accredited investors at a purchase price of $8.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $76.7 million. The sale of Series E-2 preferred stock was structured in multiple tranches and with multiple closing dates.

        On December 2012, we issued an aggregate of 672,952 shares of our Series E-2 preferred stock, 687,134 shares of our Series D preferred stock and 523,541 shares of our common stock upon the conversion of a convertible promissory note in the original aggregate principal amount of $10.0 million and approximately $2.5 million in accrued interest.

II-2


Table of Contents

        On May 4, 2015, we issued an aggregate of 9,374 shares of our Series D preferred stock to a non-U.S. person (as that term is defined in Regulation S of the Securities Act) in connection with the exercise of a warrant held by such person at a purchase price per share of $6.00 for an aggregate purchase price of $56,244.

        No underwriters were involved in the foregoing issuances and sales of securities. The securities described in this section (a) of Item 15 were issued to investors in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, as set forth in Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act and Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, to the extent an exemption from such registration was required. All purchasers of shares of preferred stock described above represented to us in connection with their purchase that they were accredited investors and were acquiring the shares for their own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof and that they could bear the risks of the investment and could hold the securities for an indefinite period of time. The purchasers received written disclosures that the securities had not been registered under the Securities Act and that any resale must be made pursuant to a registration statement or an available exemption from such registration.

(b)
Stock option grants and issuances

        Between January 1, 2012 and May 21, 2015, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 6,563,549 shares of common stock, with exercise prices ranging from $2.75 to $7.63 per share, to employees, directors and consultants pursuant to our 2011 Plan. Between January 1, 2012 and May 21, 2015, we issued an aggregate of 1,041,887 shares of common stock upon the exercise of options for aggregate consideration of $1.12 million.

        Between January 1, 2012 and May 21, 2015, we granted 162,500 shares of common stock to employees, directors and consultants pursuant to our 2011 Plan in consideration of services rendered to us.

        The stock options, the shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of such options and the shares of our common stock as described in this section (b) of Item 15 were issued pursuant to written compensatory plans or arrangements with our employees, directors and consultants, in reliance on the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act or pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) under the Securities Act, relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, to the extent an exemption from such registration was required. All recipients either received adequate information about us or had access, through employment or other relationships, to such information.

(c)
Warrant grants

        Between January 1, 2012 and March 23, 2014, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 512,742 shares of Series E-1 preferred stock at a price of $8.00 per share to certain non-U.S. persons (as that term is defined in Regulation S of the Securities Act).

        Between January 1, 2012 and March 23, 2014, we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 403,936 shares of Series E-2 preferred stock at a price of $8.00 per share to certain non-U.S. persons (as that term is defined in Regulation S of the Securities Act).

        On January 30, 2012, we issued a warrant to purchase an aggregate of 4,166 shares of Series D preferred stock at a price of $6.00 per share to a non-U.S. person (as that term is defined in Regulation S of the Securities Act). The securities described in this section (c) of Item 15 were issued in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act or the Securities Act, as set forth in Section 4(a)(2) under the

II-3


Table of Contents

Securities Act promulgated thereunder relative to transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, to the extent an exemption from such registration was required.

        All of the securities described in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Item 15 are deemed restricted securities for purposes of the Securities Act. All of the certificates representing such securities included appropriate legends setting forth that the securities have not been registered and the applicable restrictions on transfer.

ITEM 16.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

        The exhibits to the registration statement are listed in the Exhibit Index attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein.

ITEM 17.    UNDERTAKINGS.

            (a)   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

            (b)   Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

            (c)   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

      For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

      For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

            (d)   For purposes of determining liability of the undersigned registrant to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

              (1)   Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

II-4


Table of Contents

              (2)   Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

              (3)   The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

              (4)   Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

II-5


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Town of Bedford, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on the 21 st day of May, 2015.


 

 

CONFORMIS, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ PHILIPP LANG  
       
Philipp Lang, M.D.
President and Chief Executive Officer


Power of attorney

        KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Philipp Lang, Paul Weiner and David Cerveny, and each of them, his/her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him/her and in his/her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and any subsequent registration statements pursuant to Rule 462 of the Securities Act and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he/she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorney-in-fact or his/her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ PHILIPP LANG

Philipp Lang, M.D.
  President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director   May 21, 2015

/s/ PAUL WEINER

Paul Weiner

 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

 

May 21, 2015

/s/ KENNETH FALLON

Kenneth Fallon III

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

May 21, 2015

/s/ COLM LANIGAN

Colm Lanigan

 

Director

 

May 21, 2015

/s/ BRADLEY LANGDALE

Bradley Langdale

 

Director

 

May 21, 2015

/s/ MICHAEL MILLIGAN

Michael Milligan

 

Director

 

May 21, 2015

Table of Contents

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ FRANK MÜHLENBECK

Frank Mühlenbeck, Ph.D.
  Director   May 21, 2015

/s/ ADITYA PURI

Aditya Puri

 

Director

 

May 21, 2015

/s/ LAURENT SOUVIRON

Laurent Souviron

 

Director

 

May 21, 2015

Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
number
  Description
  1.1 ** Underwriting Agreement

 

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant

 

3.2

 

Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant to be effective upon the closing of this offering

 

3.3

 

Bylaws of the Registrant

 

3.4

 

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant to be effective upon the closing of this offering

 

4.1

**

Specimen certificate evidencing shares of common stock

 

5.1

**

Opinion of Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP

 

10.1

**

Amended and Restated Information and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May     , 2015, among the Registrant and the other parties thereto

 

10.2

 

2004 Stock Option Plan

 

10.3

 

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2004 Stock Option Plan

 

10.4

 

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under 2004 Stock Option Plan

 

10.5

 

Form of Stock Purchase Agreement for Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2004 Stock Option Plan

 

10.6

 

Form of Stock Purchase Agreement for Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under 2004 Stock Option Plan

 

10.7

 

2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan

 

10.8

 

Form of Notice of Grant of Incentive Stock Option under 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan

 

10.9

 

Form of Notice of Grant of Nonstatutory Stock Option under 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan

 

10.10

 

Form of Stock Purchase Agreement under 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan

 

10.11

 

2015 Stock Incentive Plan

 

10.12

 

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2015 Stock Incentive Plan

 

10.13

 

Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement under 2015 Stock Incentive Plan

 

10.14

**

First Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2015, between the Registrant and Philipp Lang, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to First Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of May       , 2015 between the Registrant and Philipp Lang

 

10.15

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2015, between the Registrant and Paul Weiner, together with the Employee Confidential Information, Inventions and Non-Competition Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2015, between the Registrant and Paul Weiner

 

10.16

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2015, between the Registrant and Daniel Steines, together with the Employee Confidential Information, Inventions and Non-Competition Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2015, between the Registrant and Daniel Steines

Table of Contents

Exhibit
number
  Description
  10.17   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2015, between the Registrant and David Cerveny, together with the Employee Confidential Information, Inventions and Non-Competition Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2015, between the Registrant and David Cerveny

 

10.18

 

Amended and Restated Revenue Sharing Agreement, dated as of September 2, 2011, between the Registrant and Philipp Lang

 

10.19

 

Amended and Restated Employee Confidential Information, Inventions and Non-Competition Agreement, effective as of January 14, 2015, between the Registrant and Philipp Lang

 

10.20

 

Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement

 

10.21

 

Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of November 7, 2014, among the Registrant, Silicon Valley Bank, and the other parties thereto, as amended by First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 4, 2015, among the Registrant, Silicon Valley Bank and the other parties thereto.

 

10.22

 

Loan Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2011, between the Registrant and Massachusetts Development Finance Agency

 

10.23

 

Lease Agreement, dated as of August 20, 2014, between the Registrant and Wakefield Investments, Inc.

 

10.24

 

Sublease, dated as of May 30, 2012, between the Registrant and Reveal Imaging Technologies, Inc.

 

10.25

 

Lease Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2010, between the Registrant and N.W. Middlesex 36 Trust

 

10.26

**

License Agreement, effective as of April 10, 2007, between the Registrant and Vertegen, Inc., as amended by First Amendment to License Agreement, dated as of May     , 2015, between the Registrant and Vertegen, Inc.

 

10.27

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2015, between the Registrant and Robert Law III, together with the Employee Confidential Information, Inventions and Non-Competition Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2015, between the Registrant and Robert Law III

 

10.28

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2015, between the Registrant and Matthew Scott, together with the Employee Confidential Information, Inventions and Non-Competition Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2015, between the Registrant and Matthew Scott

 

10.29

 

Sponsor Designee Recommendation Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2015, between the Registrant and Procific

 

10.30

 

Letter Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2013, between the Registrant and Stanhope Investments

 

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

23.1

 

Consent of Grant Thornton LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

23.2

**

Consent of Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)

 

24.1

 

Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

**
To be filed by amendment.



Exhibit 3.1

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
CONFORMIS, INC.

 

ConforMIS, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the Corporation ”) does hereby certify that:

 

1.                                       The original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on March 26, 2004.

 

2.                                       The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 245, 242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware by the directors and stockholders of the Corporation.

 

3.                                       The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation so adopted reads in full as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and is hereby incorporated herein by this reference.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its Chief Executive Officer as of July 5, 2013.

 

 

ConforMIS, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Philipp Lang

 

Philipp Lang, Chief Executive Officer

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
CONFORMIS, INC.

 

ARTICLE 1.  CORPORATION NAME

 

The name of the corporation is ConforMIS, Inc. (the Corporation ).

 

ARTICLE 2.  ADDRESS

 

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 3500 S. DuPont Hwy, Dover, DE 19901, County of Kent.  The name of its registered agent at such address is Incorporating Services, Ltd.

 

ARTICLE 3.  PURPOSE

 

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful acts or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended from time to time.

 

ARTICLE 4.  AUTHORIZED CAPITAL

 

The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of shares, designated “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock” respectively.  The total number of shares of Common Stock which this Corporation is authorized to issue is 80,000,000, with a par value of $0.00001 per share, and the total number of shares of Preferred Stock which this Corporation is authorized to issue is 53,496,241, with a par value of $0.00001 per share.  3,410,278 of the shares of Preferred Stock are designated “Series A Preferred Stock” (the “Series A Preferred” ), 4,469,349 of the shares of Preferred Stock are designated “Series B Preferred Stock” (the Series B Preferred ”), 5,191,754 of the shares of Preferred Stock are designated “Series C Preferred Stock” (the Series C Preferred ”), 14,612,360 of the shares of Preferred Stock are designated “Series D Preferred Stock” (the Series D Preferred ”), 15,149,375 of the shares of Preferred Stock are designated “Series E-l Preferred Stock” (the Series E-l Preferred ) and 10,663,125 of the shares of Preferred Stock are designated “Series E-2 Preferred Stock” (the Series E-2 Preferred ”).  The remaining Preferred Stock, if any, may be issued from time to time in one or more series as the Board of Directors may determine.

 



 

The Board of Directors is authorized within the limitations and restrictions stated in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (i) to determine and alter the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon any wholly unissued series of Preferred Stock (other than the Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred, Series E-l Preferred and Series E-2 Preferred) and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or any of them; and (ii) to decrease (but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any such series subsequent to the issue of shares of that series.  If the number of shares of any series of Preferred Stock shall be so decreased, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

 

ARTICLE 5.  RIGHTS, PREFERENCES, PRIVILEGES
AND RESTRICTIONS OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

The relative rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions granted to or imposed upon the respective classes of the shares of capital stock or the holders thereof are as follows:

 

1.                                       Dividend Preference.

 

(a)                                  The holders of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, out of funds legally available therefor, dividends at an annual rate equal to (i) 10% of the “Original Series A Issue Price” (as defined below) (appropriately adjusted for stock splits, subdivisions, combinations, consolidations and the like with respect to such shares) for each outstanding share of Series A Preferred held by them, (ii) 10% of the “Original Series B Issue Price” (as defined below) (appropriately adjusted for stock splits, subdivisions, combinations, consolidations and the like with respect to such shares) for each outstanding share of Series B Preferred held by them, (iii) 10% of the “Original Series C Issue Price” (as defined below) (appropriately adjusted for stock splits, subdivisions, combinations, consolidations and the like with respect to such shares) for each outstanding share of Series C Preferred held by them, (iv) 10% of the “Original Series D Issue Price” (as defined below) (appropriately adjusted for stock splits, subdivisions, combinations, consolidations and the like with respect to such shares) for each outstanding share of Series D Preferred held by them, (v) 10% of the “Original Series E-l Issue Price” (as defined below) (appropriately adjusted for stock splits, subdivisions, combinations, consolidations and the like with respect to such shares) for each outstanding share of Series E-l Preferred held by them, and (vi) 10% of the “Original Series E-2 Issue Price” (as defined below) (appropriately adjusted for stock splits, subdivisions, combinations, consolidations and the like with respect to such shares) for each outstanding share of Series E-2 Preferred held by them, payable when and if declared by the Corporation’s Board of Directors, in preference and priority to the payment of dividends on any shares of Common Stock (other than those payable solely in Common Stock or involving the repurchase of shares of Common Stock from terminated directors, officers, employees, consultants or advisors of the Corporation or its subsidiaries pursuant to contractual arrangements).  No dividends shall be declared on the Series A Preferred, the Series B Preferred, the Series C Preferred, the Series D Preferred, the Series E-l Preferred or the Series E-2 Preferred unless dividends are declared on all such series of Preferred Stock.  In the event

 

2



 

dividends are paid to the holders of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred, Series E-l Preferred or Series E-2 Preferred that are less than the full amounts to which such holders are entitled pursuant to this Section 1(a), such holders shall share ratably in the total amount of dividends paid according to the respective amounts due each such holder if such dividends were paid in full.  The dividends payable to the holders of the Preferred Stock with respect to the Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred, Series E-l Preferred and Series E-2 Preferred shall not be cumulative, and no right shall accrue to the holders of the Preferred Stock by reason of the fact that dividends are not declared on the Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred, Series E-1 Preferred or Series E-2 Preferred or paid in any previous fiscal year of the Corporation, whether or not the earnings of the Corporation in that previous fiscal year were sufficient to pay such dividends in whole or in part.

 

(b)                                  After payment of dividends to the holders of Preferred Stock as set forth above, dividends may be declared and distributed among all holders of Common Stock; provided, however, that no dividend may be declared and distributed among holders of Common Stock at a rate greater than the rate at which dividends are paid to the holders of Preferred Stock based on the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Preferred Stock are convertible on the date such dividend is declared.

 

(c)                                   In the event that the Corporation shall have declared but unpaid dividends outstanding immediately prior to, and in the event of, a conversion of Preferred Stock (as provided in Section 4 of this Article 5), the Corporation shall, at the option of the Corporation, pay in cash to the holders of Preferred Stock subject to conversion the full amount of any such dividends or allow such dividends to be converted into Common Stock in accordance with, and pursuant to the terms specified in, Section 4 of this Article 5.

 

2.                                       Liquidation Prefer ence.

 

(a)                                  Unless holders of a majority of the then outstanding Series A Preferred, a majority of the then outstanding Series B Preferred, a majority of the then outstanding Series C Preferred, a majority of the then outstanding Series D Preferred, a majority of the then outstanding Series E-l Preferred, and a majority of the then outstanding Series E-2 Preferred, each voting as a separate class, agree otherwise, in the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or not, or the sale, lease, assignment, transfer, conveyance or disposal of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, or the acquisition of this Corporation by another entity by means of consolidation, corporate reorganizations or merger, or other transaction or series of related transactions in which more than 50% of the outstanding voting power of this Corporation is disposed of (each a Liquidation Event ”), distributions to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be made in the following manner:

 

(i)                                Each holder of Series E-l Preferred, Series E-2 Preferred and Series D Preferred shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets or surplus funds of the Corporation to the holders of Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series A Preferred or Common Stock, by reason of their ownership of such stock, the

 

3



 

amount of (A) $12.00 (the Original Series E-2 Issue Price ) per share (as adjusted for combinations, consolidations, subdivisions, or stock splits with respect to such shares) for each share of Series E-2 Preferred then held by such holder, plus an amount equal to all declared but unpaid dividends on such shares of Series E-2 Preferred (collectively, the Series E-2 Preference ), (B) $8.00 (the Original Series E-l Issue Price ) per share (as adjusted for combinations, consolidations, subdivisions, or stock splits with respect to such shares) for each share of Series E-l Preferred then held by such holder, plus an amount equal to all declared but unpaid dividends on such shares of Series E-l Preferred (collectively, the Series E-l Preference ), and (C) $6.00 (the Original Series D Issue Price ) per share (as adjusted for combinations, consolidations, subdivisions, or stock splits with respect to such shares) for each share of Series D Preferred then held by such holder, plus an amount equal to all declared but unpaid dividends on such shares of Series D Preferred (collectively, the Series D Preference ).  If, upon the occurrence of a Liquidation Event, the assets and funds available to be distributed among the holders of the Series E-2 Preferred, Series E-l Preferred and Series D Preferred shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full preferential amount, then the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution to such holders of shall be distributed ratably based on the total preferential amount due each such holder under this Section 2(a)(1).

 

(ii)                             After payment has been made to the holders of Series E -2 Preferred, Series E -1 Preferred and Series D Preferred of the full amounts to which they are entitled pursuant to paragraph (i) above, each holder of Series C Preferred shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets or surplus funds of the Corporation to the holders of Series B Preferred, Series A Preferred or Common Stock, by reason of their ownership of such stock, the amount of $3.50 (the Original Series C Issue Price ) per share (as adjusted for combinations, consolidations, subdivisions, or stock splits with respect to such shares) for each share of Series C Preferred then held by such holder, plus an amount equal to all declared but unpaid dividends on such shares of Series C Preferred (collectively, the Series C Preference ).  If, upon the occurrence of a Liquidation Event, the assets and funds available to be distributed among the holders of the Series C Preferred shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full preferential amount, then after payment has been made to the holders of Series E -2 Preferred, Series E -1 Preferred and Series D Preferred of the full amounts to which they are entitled pursuant to paragraph (i) above, the entire remaining assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of Series C Preferred shall be distributed ratably based on the total preferential amount due each such holder under this Section 2(a)(ii).

 

(iii)                          After payment has been made to the holders of Series E -2 Preferred, Series E -1 Preferred, Series D Preferred and Series C Preferred of the full amounts to which they are entitled pursuant to paragraphs (i) and (ii) above, each holder of Series B Preferred shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets or surplus funds of the Corporation to the holders of Series A Preferred or Common Stock, by reason of their ownership of such stock, the amount of $2.69 (the Original Series B Issue Price ) per share (as adjusted for combinations, consolidations, subdivisions, or stock splits with respect to such shares) for each share of Series B Preferred then held by such holder, plus an amount equal to all declared but unpaid dividends on such shares of Series B Preferred

 

4



 

(collectively, the Series B Preference ).  If, upon the occurrence of a Liquidation Event, the assets and funds available to be distributed among the holders of Series B Preferred shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full preferential amount, then after payment has been made to the holders of Series E -2 Preferred, Series E-l Preferred, Series D Preferred and Series C Preferred of the full amounts to which they are entitled pursuant to paragraphs (i) and (ii) above, the entire remaining assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of Series B Preferred shall be distributed ratably based on the total preferential amount due each such holder under this Section 2(a)(iii).

 

(iv)                         After payment has been made to the holders of Series E -2 Preferred, Series E -1 Preferred, Series D Preferred, Series C Preferred and Series B Preferred of the full amounts to which they are entitled pursuant to paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) above, each holder of Series A Preferred shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets or surplus funds of the Corporation to the holders of the Common Stock, by reason of their ownership of such stock, the amount of $1.00 (the Original Series A Issue Price ) per share (as adjusted for combinations, consolidations, subdivisions, or stock splits with respect to such shares) for each share of Series A Preferred then held by such holder, plus an amount equal to all declared but unpaid dividends on such shares of Series A Preferred (collectively, the Series A Preference ).  If, upon the occurrence of a Liquidation Event, the assets and funds available to be distributed among the holders of Series A Preferred shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full preferential amount, then after payment has been made to the holders of Series E -2 Preferred, Series E -1 Preferred, Series D Preferred, Series C Preferred and Series B Preferred of the full amounts to which they are entitled pursuant to paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) above, the entire remaining assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution to the holders of Series A Preferred shall be distributed ratably based on the total preferential amount due each such holder under this Section 2(a)(iv).

 

(v)                            After payment has been made to the holders of Series E -2 Preferred, Series E -1 Preferred, Series D Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred and Series A Preferred of the full amounts to which they are entitled pursuant to paragraphs (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed ratably among the holders of Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series A Preferred and Common Stock (assuming conversion into Common Stock of all such shares of Preferred Stock) until such time as (A) each holder of Series C Preferred shall have received the amount of two times the Original Series C Issue Price per share (as adjusted for combinations, consolidations, subdivisions, or stock splits with respect to such shares) for each share of Series C Preferred then held by such holder (including the Series C Preference), at which point any distributions to the holders of Series C Preferred shall cease, (B) each holder of Series B Preferred shall have received the amount of two times the Original Series B Issue Price per share (as adjusted for combinations, consolidations, subdivisions, or stock splits with respect to such shares) for each share of Series B Preferred then held by such holder (including the Series B Preference), at which point any distributions to the holders of Series B Preferred shall cease, and (C) each holder of Series A Preferred shall have received the amount of two times the Original Series A Issue Price per share (as adjusted for combinations, consolidations, subdivisions, or stock splits with respect to such shares) for each share of Series A Preferred then held by such

 

5



 

holder (including the Series A Preference), at which point any distributions to the holders of Series A Preferred shall cease.  Thereafter, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed ratably among the holders of Common Stock based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each such holder.

 

(b)                                  Each holder of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have consented to distributions made by the Corporation in connection with the repurchase of shares of Common Stock issued to or held by directors, officers, employees, consultants or advisors of the Corporation or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements (whether now existing or hereafter entered into) providing for the right of said repurchase between the Corporation and such persons.

 

(c)                                   The value of securities and property paid or distributed pursuant to this Section 2 shall be computed at fair market value at the time of payment to the Corporation or at the time made available to stockholders, all as determined by the Board of Directors in the good faith exercise of its reasonable business judgment, provided that (i) if such securities are listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, their fair market value shall be the closing sales price for such securities as quoted on such system or exchange (or the largest such exchange) for the date the value is to be determined (or if there are no sales for such date, then for the last preceding business day on which there were sales), as reported in the Wall Street Journal or similar publication, and (ii) if such securities are regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, their fair market value shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for such securities on the date the value is to be determined (or if there are no quoted prices for such date, then for the last preceding business day on which there were quoted prices).

 

(d)                                  Nothing hereinabove set forth shall affect in any way the right of each holder of Preferred Stock to convert such shares at any time and from time to time into Common Stock in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

 

3.                                       Voting Rights .

 

Except as otherwise required by law or hereunder, the holder of each share of Common Stock issued and outstanding shall have one vote and the holder of each share of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such share of Preferred Stock could be converted at the record date for determination of the stockholders entitled to vote on such matters, or, if no such record date is established, at the date such vote is taken or any written consent of stockholders is solicited, such votes to be counted together with all other shares of stock of the Corporation having general voting power and not separately as a class.  Fractional votes by the holders of Preferred Stock shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights shall (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) be rounded to the nearest whole number (with one-half being rounded upward).  Holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

6



 

4.                                       Conversion Rights .

 

The holders of Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows:

 

(a)                                  Right to Convert.  Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent as follows:

 

(i)                                Each share of Series A Preferred shall be convertible into such number of fully-paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Original Series A Issue Price (appropriately adjusted for combinations, consolidations, subdivisions, stock splits and the like with respect to such shares) by the then applicable Conversion Price for such Series A Preferred, determined as hereinafter provided, in effect at the time of conversion.  The price at which shares of Common Stock shall be deliverable upon conversion of Series A Preferred (the Series A Conversion Price ) shall initially be the Original Series A Issue Price.  The initial Series A Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment as provided in accordance with Section 4(d) of this Article 5.

 

(ii)                             Each share of Series B Preferred shall be convertible into such number of fully-paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Original Series B Issue Price (appropriately adjusted for combinations, consolidations, subdivisions, stock splits and the like with respect to such shares) by the then applicable Conversion Price for such Series B Preferred, determined as hereinafter provided, in effect at the time of conversion.  The price at which shares of Common Stock shall be deliverable upon conversion of Series B Preferred (the Series B Conversion Price ) shall initially be the Original Series B Issue Price.  The initial Series B Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment as provided in accordance with Section 4(d) of this Article 5.

 

(iii)                          Each share of Series C Preferred shall be convertible into such number of fully-paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Original Series C Issue Price (appropriately adjusted for combinations, consolidations, subdivisions, stock splits and the like with respect to such shares) by the then applicable Conversion Price for such Series C Preferred, determined as hereinafter provided, in effect at the time of conversion.  The price at which shares of Common Stock shall be deliverable upon conversion of Series C Preferred (the Series C Conversion Price ) shall initially be the Original Series C Issue Price.  The initial Series C Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment as provided in accordance with Section 4(d) of this Article 5.

 

(iv)                         Each share of Series D Preferred shall be convertible into such number of fully-paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Original Series D Issue Price (appropriately adjusted for combinations, consolidations, subdivisions, stock splits and the like with respect to such shares) by the then applicable Conversion Price for such Series D Preferred, determined as hereinafter provided, in effect at the time of conversion.  The price at which shares of Common Stock shall be deliverable upon conversion of Series D Preferred (the Series D Conversion Price ) shall initially be the Original

 

7



 

Series D Issue Price.  The initial Series D Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment as provided in accordance with Section 4(d) of this Article 5.

 

(v)                            Each share of Series E-1 Preferred shall be convertible into such number of fully-paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Original Series E-l Issue Price (appropriately adjusted for combinations, consolidations, subdivisions, stock splits and the like with respect to such shares) by the then applicable Conversion Price for such Series E-l Preferred, determined as hereinafter provided, in effect at the time of conversion.  The price at which shares of Common Stock shall be deliverable upon conversion of Series E-l Preferred (the Series E-1 Conversion Price ) shall initially be the Original Series E-l Issue Price.  The initial Series E-l Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment as provided in accordance with Section 4(d) of this Article 5.

 

(vi)                         Each share of Series E-2 Preferred shall be convertible into such number of fully-paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Original Series E-2 Issue Price (appropriately adjusted for combinations, consolidations, subdivisions, stock splits and the like with respect to such shares) by the then applicable Conversion Price for such Series E-2 Preferred, determined as hereinafter provided, in effect at the time of conversion.  The price at which shares of Common Stock shall be deliverable upon conversion of Series E-2 Preferred (the Series E-2 Conversion Price ) shall initially be the Original Series E-2 Issue Price.  The initial Series E-2 Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment as provided in accordance with Section 4(d) of this Article 5.

 

(b)                                  Automatic Conversion.  Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the then effective applicable Conversion Price upon the earlier of: (i) the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the Securities Act ) covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Corporation to the public with aggregate proceeds to the Corporation not less than $50,000,000 (before deduction for underwriters commissions and expenses) and a per share price not less than $10.00 per share (appropriately adjusted for combinations consolidations, subdivisions, stock splits or other similar transactions), (ii) with respect to a conversion of the Series A Preferred, the affirmative vote or written consent of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred, voting as a separate class, (iii) with respect to a conversion of the Series B Preferred, the affirmative vote or written consent of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred, voting as a separate class, (iv) with respect to a conversion of the Series C Preferred, the affirmative vote or written consent of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred, voting as a separate class, (v) with respect to a conversion of the Series D Preferred, the affirmative vote or written consent of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred, voting as a separate class, (vi) with respect to a conversion of the Series E-l Preferred, the affirmative vote or written consent of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series E-l Preferred, voting as a separate class, and (vii) with respect to a conversion of the Series E-2 Preferred, the affirmative vote or written consent of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series E-2 Preferred, voting as a separate class (each such event is an Automatic Conversion ).  In the event of an Automatic Conversion of the Preferred Stock upon a public offering as aforesaid, the person(s) entitled to receive the Common Stock

 

8



 

issuable upon such conversion of such Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities.

 

(c)                                   Mechanics of Conversion.  No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Preferred Stock.  In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then effective fair market value of such shares, as determined by the Board of Directors.  Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same into full shares of Common Stock and to receive certificates therefor, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that he, she or it elects to convert the same; provided, however, that in the event of an Automatic Conversion pursuant to Section 4(b), the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Corporation or its transfer agent, and provided further that the Corporation shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such Automatic Conversion unless the certificates evidencing such shares of Preferred Stock are either delivered to the Corporation or its transfer agent as provided above, or the holder notifies the Corporation or its transfer agent that such certificates have been lost, stolen, or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates.  The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after such delivery, or such agreement and indemnification in the case of a lost certificate, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid and a check payable to the holder in the amount of any cash amounts payable as the result of a conversion into fractional shares of Common Stock.  Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted, or in the case of Automatic Conversion, on the date of closing of the offering or the date of the affirmative vote or written consent of a majority of the applicable series of Preferred Stock, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock on such date.

 

(d)                                  Adjustments to Conversion Price .

 

(i)                                Adjustments for Dividends, Splits, Subdivisions, Combinations, or Consolidation of Common Stock.  In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be increased by stock dividend payable in Common Stock, stock split, subdivision, or other similar transaction occurring after the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation into a greater number of shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Prices for each series of Preferred Stock then in effect shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such event, be decreased in proportion to the percentage increase in the outstanding number of shares of Common Stock.  In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be decreased by reverse stock split, combination, consolidation, or other similar transaction occurring after the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation into a lesser number of shares of

 

9


 

Common Stock, the Conversion Prices for each series of Preferred Stock then in effect shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such event, be increased in proportion to the percentage decrease in the outstanding number of shares of Common Stock.

 

(ii)                             Adjustments for Other Distributions.  In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time makes, or fixes a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, any distribution payable in securities of the Corporation other than shares of Common Stock and other than as otherwise adjusted in this Section 4, then and in each such event provision shall be made so that the holders of Preferred Stock shall receive upon conversion thereof, in addition to the number of shares of Common Stock receivable thereupon, the amount of securities of the Corporation which they would have received had their Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event and had they thereafter, during the period from the date of such event to and including the date of conversion, retained such securities receivable by them as aforesaid during such period, subject to all other adjustments called for during such period under this Section 4 with respect to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock.

 

(iii)                          Adjustments for Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution.  If the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock shall be changed into the same or a different number of shares of any other class or classes of stock, whether by capital reorganization, reclassification, or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares provided for above), the Conversion Price for each series of Preferred Stock then in effect shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such reorganization or reclassification, be proportionately adjusted such that the Preferred Stock shall be convertible into, in lieu of the number of shares of Common Stock which the holders would otherwise have been entitled to receive, a number of shares of such other class or classes of stock equivalent to the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been subject to receipt by the holders upon conversion of such Preferred Stock immediately before that change.

 

(iv)                         Adjustments on Issuance of Additional Stock.  If the Corporation shall issue “Additional Stock” (as defined below) for a consideration per share less than the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series D Conversion Price, Series E-l Conversion Price and/or Series E-2 Conversion Price in effect on the date and immediately prior to such issue, then and in such event, the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series D Conversion Price, Series E-l Conversion Price and/or Series E-2 Conversion Price, as applicable, shall be reduced concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest cent) determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction (i) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Stock so issued (or deemed to be issued) would purchase at such Conversion Price; and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of shares of Additional Stock so issued; provided that for purposes of this Section 4(d)(iv), all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the outstanding Preferred Stock, all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options, all shares of Common Stock reserved for

 

10



 

issuance under the Corporation’s current employee stock option plan, and all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise or conversion of any other outstanding security or debt instrument of the Corporation shall be deemed to be Common Stock outstanding.  For purposes of this subsection (iv), Additional Stock shall mean all Common Stock, Preferred Stock, and any other equity, debt, or other securities issued by the Corporation after the date of filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation other than (a) upon conversion of the Preferred Stock; (b) to the Corporation’s officers, directors, employees, consultants, and advisors as designated and approved by the Corporation’s Board of Directors; (c) as a dividend or distribution with respect to the Preferred Stock; (d) in connection with equipment leasing, real estate leasing, bank financing or similar transactions approved by the Corporation’s Board of Directors; (e) to the public in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; (f) pursuant to the acquisition by the Corporation of another corporation or entity by consolidation, corporate reorganization, or merger, or purchase of all or substantially all of the assets of such corporation or entity as approved by the Corporation’s Board of Directors; (g) to vendors or customers or pursuant to similar strategic transactions as approved by the Corporation’s Board of Directors; (h) upon exercise of warrants outstanding as of the date of filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation; (i) as described in subparagraphs (i), (ii), and (iii) of this Section 4(d); (j) on terms approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series E-l Preferred and Series E-2 Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, and either (x) unanimously approved by the Corporation’s Board of Directors or (y) approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis; and (k) Series E-l Preferred or Series E-2 Preferred issued or issuable at a purchase equal to or greater than the Original Series E-l Issue Price (appropriately adjusted for stock splits, subdivisions, combinations, consolidations and the like with respect to such shares).

 

For the purpose of making any adjustment in the Conversion Prices as provided above, the consideration received by the Corporation for any issue or sale of Common Stock will be computed:

 

(1)                                  to the extent it consists of cash, as the amount of cash received by the Corporation before deduction of any offering expenses payable by the Corporation and any underwriting or similar commissions, compensation, or concessions paid or allowed by the Corporation in connection with such issue or sale;

 

(2)                                  to the extent it consists of property other than cash, at the fair market value of that property as determined in good faith by the Corporation’s Board of Directors; and

 

(3)                                  if Common Stock is issued or sold together with other stock or securities or other assets of the Corporation for a consideration which covers both, as the portion of the consideration so received that may be reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors to be allocable to such Common Stock.

 

If the Corporation (1) grants any rights or options to subscribe for, purchase, or otherwise acquire shares of Common Stock, or (2) issues or sells any security

 

11



 

convertible into shares of Common Stock, then, in each case, the price per share of Common Stock issuable on the exercise of the rights or options or the conversion of the securities will be determined by dividing the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the granting of the rights or options or the issue or sale of the convertible securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration payable to the Corporation on exercise or conversion of the securities, by the maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable on the exercise of conversion.  Such granting or issue or sale will be considered to be an issue or sale for cash of the maximum number of shares of Common Stock issuable on exercise or conversion at the price per share determined under this subsection, and the Conversion Prices will be adjusted as above provided to reflect (on the basis of that determination) the issue or sale.  No further adjustment of the Conversion Prices will be made as a result of the actual issuance of shares of Common Stock on the exercise of any such rights or options or the conversion of any such convertible securities.

 

Upon the redemption or repurchase of any such securities or the expiration or termination of the right to convert into, exchange for, or exercise with respect to, Common Stock, the Conversion Prices will be readjusted to such price as would have been obtained had the adjustment made upon their issuance been made upon the basis of the issuance of only the number of such securities as were actually converted into, exchanged for, or exercised with respect to, Common Stock.  If the purchase price or conversion or exchange rate provided for in any such security changes at any time, then, upon such change becoming effective, the Conversion Prices then in effect will be readjusted forthwith to such price as would have been obtained had the adjustment made upon the issuance of such securities been made upon the basis of (1) the issuance of only the number of shares of Common Stock theretofore actually delivered upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of such securities, and the total consideration received therefor, and (2) the granting or issuance, at the time of such change, of any such securities then still outstanding for the consideration, if any, received by the Corporation therefor and to be received on the basis of such changed price or rate.

 

(e)                                   No Impairment.  Except as provided in Section 6 hereof, the Corporation will not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities, or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 4 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the conversion rights of the holders of Preferred Stock against impairment.

 

(f)                                    Certificate as to Adjustments.  Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of the applicable series of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based.  The Corporation shall, upon the written request of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments and readjustments, (ii) the applicable Conversion

 

12



 

Price for such series of Preferred Stock at the time in effect, and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of such Preferred Stock.

 

(g)                                   Notices of Record Date.  In the event that this Corporation shall propose at any time:

 

(i)                                 to declare any dividend or distribution upon its Common Stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities, whether or not a regular cash dividend and whether or not out of earnings or earned surplus;

 

(ii)                             to offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class or series of its stock any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights;

 

(iii)                          to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of its Common Stock outstanding involving a change in the Common Stock;

 

(iv)                         to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, or convey all or substantially all its property or business, or to liquidate, dissolve, or wind up; or

 

(v)                            to take any action which would result in the Corporation’s classification as a U.S. real property holding corporation for U.S. income tax purposes;

 

then, in connection with each such event, this Corporation shall send to the holders of Preferred Stock:

 

(1)                                  at least 45 days’ prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for such dividend or distribution (and specifying the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled thereto) or, in the case of the matters referred to in (v) above, at least 45 days’ prior written notice of the date when the same shall take place;

 

(2)                                  at least 30 days’ prior written notice of the date on which a record shall be taken for such subscription rights or for determining rights to vote in respect of the matters referred to in (iii) and (iv) above; and

 

(3)                                  in the case of the matters referred to in (iii) and (iv) above, at least 30 days’ prior written notice of the date when the same shall take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to exchange their Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event or the record date for the determination of such holders if such record date is earlier).

 

Each such written notice shall be delivered personally or given by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of the Preferred Stock at the address for each such holder as shown on the books of this Corporation.

 

13



 

(h)                                  Issue Taxes.  The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other taxes (other than income taxes) that may be payable in respect of any issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock on conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant hereto; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes resulting from any transfer requested by any holder in connection with any such conversion.

 

(i)                                      Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion.  The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of shares of Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite shareholder approval of any necessary amendment to its Certificate of Incorporation.

 

(j)                                     Status of Converted Preferred Stock.  In case any Preferred Stock shall be converted pursuant to this Section 4, the shares so converted shall assume the status of authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock undesignated as to series.

 

5.                                       Redemption Rights.

 

None of the Series A Preferred, the Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred, Series E-l Preferred or Series E-2 Preferred shall be redeemable.

 

6.                                       Covenants .

 

(a)                                  Series E-2 Covenants.  In addition to any other rights provided by law, this Corporation shall not, whether by means of amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or by merger, consolidation or otherwise, without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series E-2 Preferred, voting as a separate class:

 

(i)                                authorize or issue shares of any class or series of stock, or reclassify any shares of any class or series of stock, having any preference or priority as to dividends or redemption rights, liquidation preferences, conversion rights, or voting rights, superior to any preference or priority of the Series E-2 Preferred;

 

(ii)                             increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Series E-2 Preferred;

 

(iii)                          amend or repeal any provision of, or add any provision to, the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws if such action would materially and adversely alter or change the preferences, rights, privileges or powers of, or the restrictions provided for the benefit of, the Series E-2 Preferred; or

 

14



 

(iv)                         amend, restate, modify or waive any provision of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation in a manner adverse to the holders of Series E-2 Preferred relative to the holders of all other classes or series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation.

 

(b)                                  Series E-l Covenants.  In addition to any other rights provided by law, this Corporation shall not, whether by means of amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or by merger, consolidation or otherwise, without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series E-l Preferred, voting as a separate class:

 

(i)                                authorize or issue shares of any class or series of stock, or reclassify any shares of any class or series of stock, having any preference or priority as to dividends or redemption rights, liquidation preferences, conversion rights, or voting rights, superior to any preference or priority of the Series E-l Preferred;

 

(ii)                             increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Series E-l Preferred;

 

(iii)                          amend or repeal any provision of, or add any provision to, the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws if such action would materially and adversely alter or change the preferences, rights, privileges or powers of, or the restrictions provided for the benefit of, the Series E-l Preferred; or

 

(iv)                         amend, restate, modify or waive any provision of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation in a manner adverse to the holders of Series E-1 Preferred relative to the holders of all other classes or series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation.

 

(c)                                   Series D Covenants.  In addition to any other rights provided by law, this Corporation shall not, whether by means of amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or by merger, consolidation or otherwise, without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred, voting as a separate class:

 

(i)                                authorize or issue shares of any class or series of stock, or reclassify any shares of any class or series of stock, having any preference or priority as to dividends or redemption rights, liquidation preferences, conversion rights, or voting rights, superior to any preference or priority of the Series D Preferred;

 

(ii)                             increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Series D Preferred; or

 

(iii)                          amend or repeal any provision of, or add any provision to, the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws if such action would materially and adversely alter or change the preferences, rights, privileges or powers of, or the restrictions provided for the benefit of, the Series D Preferred.

 

15


 

(d)                                  Series C Covenants.  In addition to any other rights provided by law, this Corporation shall not, whether by means of amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or by merger, consolidation or otherwise, without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred, voting as a separate class:

 

(i)                                authorize or issue shares of any class or series of stock, or reclassify any shares of any class or series of stock, having any preference or priority as to dividends or redemption rights, liquidation preferences, conversion rights, or voting rights, superior to any preference or priority of the Series C Preferred;

 

(ii)                             increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Series C Preferred; or

 

(iii)                          amend or repeal any provision of, or add any provision to, the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws if such action would materially and adversely alter or change the preferences, rights, privileges or powers of, or the restrictions provided for the benefit of, the Series C Preferred.

 

(e)                                   Series B Covenants.  In addition to any other rights provided by law, this Corporation shall not, whether by means of amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or by merger, consolidation or otherwise, without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred, voting as a separate class:

 

(i)                                authorize or issue shares of any class or series of stock, or reclassify any shares of any class or series of stock, having any preference or priority as to dividends or redemption rights, liquidation preferences, conversion rights, or voting rights, superior to any preference or priority of the Series B Preferred;

 

(ii)                             increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Series B Preferred; or

 

(iii)                          amend or repeal any provision of, or add any provision to, the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws if such action would materially and adversely alter or change the preferences, rights, privileges or powers of, or the restrictions provided for the benefit of, the Series B Preferred.

 

(f)                                    Series A Covenants.  In addition to any other rights provided by law, this Corporation shall not, whether by means of amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or by merger, consolidation or otherwise, without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred, voting as a separate class:

 

(i)                                authorize or issue shares of any class or series of stock, or reclassify any shares of any class or series of stock, having any preference or priority as to

 

16



 

dividends or redemption rights, liquidation preferences, conversion rights, or voting rights, superior to any preference or priority of the Series A Preferred;

 

(ii)                             increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Series A Preferred; or

 

(iii)                          amend or repeal any provision of, or add any provision to, the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws if such action would materially and adversely alter or change the preferences, rights, privileges or powers of, or the restrictions provided for the benefit of, the Series A Preferred.

 

(g)                                   Preferred Stock Covenants.  In addition to any other rights provided by law, this Corporation shall not, whether by means of amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or by merger, consolidation or otherwise, without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series E-2 Preferred, Series E-l Preferred, Series D Preferred, Series C Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series A Preferred and Common Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis:

 

(i)                                engage in any transaction or series of related transactions constituting a Liquidation Event;

 

(ii)                             apply any of its assets to the redemption, retirement, purchase or acquisition, directly or indirectly, through subsidiaries (as defined in Section 425 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) or otherwise, of any shares of any class or series of Common Stock, except from employees, advisors, officers, directors and consultants of, and persons performing services for, this Corporation or its subsidiaries on terms approved by the Board of Directors upon termination of employment or association;

 

(iii)                          sell, lease, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of the securities of any subsidiary (other than to the Corporation);

 

(iv)                         authorize, execute, amend and/or terminate any material contract, agreement or other arrangement between the Corporation and any member of the Corporation’s Board of Directors, any executive officer of the Corporation, any holder of at least 10% of the outstanding capital stock of the Corporation or any entity controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation, any entity that controls, directly or indirectly, the Corporation or any entity directly or indirectly under common control with the Corporation (where, for purposes of this provision, “control” of any entity means possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise), other than any such contracts, agreements or other arrangements which relate to compensation or employment or have otherwise been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors;

 

(v)                            increase the number of shares reserved under any equity incentive plan adopted by the Corporation; or

 

17



 

(vi)                         change the Corporation’s principal business focus to a field of business other than medical devices.

 

7.                                       Residual Rights.

 

All rights accruing to the outstanding shares of the Corporation not expressly provided for to the contrary herein shall be vested in the Common Stock.  The Common Stock shall not be redeemable.

 

ARTICLE 6.  BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by Delaware law:

 

1.                                       Bylaws.  The Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

2.                                       Election of Directors.  The election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

 

ARTICLE 7.  DISSOLUTION

 

Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between the Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between the Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of the Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for the Corporation under the provisions of Section 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for the Corporation under the provisions of Section 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code, order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs.  If a majority in number representing three-fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of the Corporation as consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of the Corporation, as the case may be, and also on the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE 8.  LIMITATION OF DIRECTORS’ LIABILITY

 

A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit.  If the

 

18



 

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware is amended hereafter to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as so amended.

 

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

 

ARTICLE 9.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS,
OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND
OTHER AGENTS

 

1.                                       Right To Indemnification .

 

Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or Proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative “ Proceeding ), by reason of the fact that he or she or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer, employee or agent of another corporation, or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against all expenses, liability and loss including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnity in connection with an action, suit or Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such action, suit or Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.  Such right shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation expenses incurred in defending any such Proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer of the Corporation in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section or otherwise.

 

19



 

2.                                       Right of Claimant to Bring Suit .

 

If a claim under Section 1 hereof is not paid in full by the Corporation within 90 days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim.  It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation.  Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because such claimant has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

3.                                       Non-Exclusivity of Rights .

 

The rights conferred on any person by Sections 1 and 2 hereof shall not be exclusive of any other right which such persons may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

4.                                       Insurance .

 

The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any such director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any such expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

20




Exhibit 3.2

 

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

CONFORMIS, INC.

 

(originally incorporated on March 26, 2004)

 

ConforMIS, Inc. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), does hereby certify as follows:

 

A.                                     The current name of the Corporation is ConforMIS, Inc.  The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 26, 2004 and was amended and restated on June 16, 2004, September 16, 2004, November 13, 2006, June 17, 2008, May 15, 2009, November 17, 2009, March 14, 2011, September 20, 2011, November 21, 2011, April 30, 2012 and July 5, 2013.

 

B.                                     A resolution was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL proposing this Restated Certificate of Incorporation and declaring the advisability of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation.  The stockholders of the Corporation duly approved and adopted this Restated Certificate of Incorporation by written consent in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the DGCL.

 

Accordingly, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as previously amended and restated, is hereby further amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

FIRST:  The name of the Corporation is ConforMIS, Inc.

 

SECOND:  The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 3500 S. DuPont Hwy in the City of Dover, County of Kent, Delaware 19901.  The name of its registered agent at that address is Incorporating Services Ltd.

 

THIRD:  The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

FOURTH:  The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 205,000,000 shares, consisting of (i)  200,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.00001 per share (“Common Stock”), and (ii) 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 per share (“Preferred Stock”).

 

The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.

 



 

A                                        COMMON STOCK .

 

1.                                       General .  The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock of any series as may be designated by the Board of Directors upon any issuance of the Preferred Stock of any series.

 

2.                                       Voting .  The holders of the Common Stock shall have voting rights at all meetings of stockholders, each such holder being entitled to one vote for each share thereof held by such holder; provided , however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (which, as used herein, shall mean the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as amended from time to time, including the terms of any certificate of designations of any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation.  There shall be no cumulative voting.

 

The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

3.                                       Dividends .  Dividends may be declared and paid on the Common Stock from funds lawfully available therefor as and when determined by the Board of Directors and subject to any preferential dividend or other rights of any then outstanding Preferred Stock.

 

4.                                       Liquidation .  Upon the dissolution or liquidation of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Common Stock will be entitled to receive all assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, subject to any preferential or other rights of any then outstanding Preferred Stock.

 

B                                        PREFERRED STOCK .

 

Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series, each of such series to have such terms as stated or expressed herein and in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of such series adopted by the Board of Directors as hereinafter provided.  Any shares of Preferred Stock which may be redeemed, purchased or acquired by the Corporation may be reissued except as otherwise provided by law.

 

Authority is hereby expressly granted to the Board of Directors from time to time to issue the Preferred Stock in one or more series, and in connection with the creation of any such series, by adopting a resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of the shares thereof and by filing a certificate of designations relating thereto in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, to determine and fix the number of shares of such series and such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or

 

2



 

restrictions thereof, including without limitation thereof, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, as shall be stated and expressed in such resolutions, all to the full extent now or hereafter permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the resolutions providing for issuance of any series of Preferred Stock may provide that such series shall be superior or rank equally or be junior to any other series of Preferred Stock to the extent permitted by law.

 

The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting as a single class, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

FIFTH:  Except as otherwise provided herein, the Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute and this Certificate of Incorporation, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

SIXTH:  In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred upon it by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and subject to the terms of any series of Preferred Stock, the Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the By-laws of the Corporation by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present.  The stockholders may not adopt, amend, alter or repeal the By-laws of the Corporation, or adopt any provision inconsistent therewith, unless such action is approved, in addition to any other vote required by this Certificate of Incorporation, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the votes that all the stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors or class of directors.  Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the By-laws of the Corporation, and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the votes which all the stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors or class of directors shall be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article SIXTH.

 

SEVENTH:  Except to the extent that the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty, no director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability.  No amendment to or repeal of this provision shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.  If the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware is amended to permit further elimination or limitation of the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as so amended.

 

3



 

EIGHTH:  The Corporation shall provide indemnification as follows:

 

1.                                       Actions, Suits and Proceedings Other than by or in the Right of the Corporation .  The Corporation shall indemnify each person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including any employee benefit plan) (all such persons being referred to hereafter as an “Indemnitee”), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), liabilities, losses, judgments, fines (including excise taxes and penalties arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974), and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.  The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

2.                                       Actions or Suits by or in the Right of the Corporation .  The Corporation shall indemnify any Indemnitee who was or is a party to or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including any employee benefit plan), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made under this Section 2 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation, unless, and only to the extent, that the Court of Chancery of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of such liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) which the Court of Chancery of Delaware or such other court shall deem proper.

 

3.                                       Indemnification for Expenses of Successful Party .  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Article EIGHTH, to the extent that an Indemnitee has been successful, on the

 

4



 

merits or otherwise, in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 1 and 2 of this Article EIGHTH, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, or on appeal from any such action, suit or proceeding, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection therewith.  Without limiting the foregoing, if any action, suit or proceeding is disposed of, on the merits or otherwise (including a disposition without prejudice), without (i) the disposition being adverse to Indemnitee, (ii) an adjudication that Indemnitee was liable to the Corporation, (iii) a plea of guilty or nolo contendere by Indemnitee, (iv) an adjudication that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and (v) with respect to any criminal proceeding, an adjudication that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, Indemnitee shall be considered for the purposes hereof to have been wholly successful with respect thereto.

 

4.                                       Notification and Defense of Claim .  As a condition precedent to an Indemnitee’s right to be indemnified, such Indemnitee must notify the Corporation in writing as soon as practicable of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation involving such Indemnitee for which indemnity will or could be sought.  With respect to any action, suit, proceeding or investigation of which the Corporation is so notified, the Corporation will be entitled to participate therein at its own expense and/or to assume the defense thereof at its own expense, with legal counsel reasonably acceptable to Indemnitee.  After notice from the Corporation to Indemnitee of its election so to assume such defense, the Corporation shall not be liable to Indemnitee for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such action, suit, proceeding or investigation, other than as provided below in this Section 4.  Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his or her own counsel in connection with such action, suit, proceeding or investigation, but the fees and expenses of such counsel incurred after notice from the Corporation of its assumption of the defense thereof shall be at the expense of Indemnitee unless (i) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized by the Corporation, (ii) counsel to Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest or position on any significant issue between the Corporation and Indemnitee in the conduct of the defense of such action, suit, proceeding or investigation or (iii) the Corporation shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such action, suit, proceeding or investigation, in each of which cases the fees and expenses of counsel for Indemnitee shall be at the expense of the Corporation, except as otherwise expressly provided by this Article EIGHTH.  The Corporation shall not be entitled, without the consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Corporation or as to which counsel for Indemnitee shall have reasonably made the conclusion provided for in clause (ii) above.  The Corporation shall not be required to indemnify Indemnitee under this Article EIGHTH for any amounts paid in settlement of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation effected without its written consent.  The Corporation shall not settle any action, suit, proceeding or investigation in any manner which would impose any penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s written consent.  Neither the Corporation nor Indemnitee will unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any proposed settlement.

 

5.                                       Advance of Expenses .  Subject to the provisions of Section 6 of this Article EIGHTH, in the event of any threatened or pending action, suit, proceeding or investigation of which the Corporation receives notice under this Article EIGHTH, any expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in defending an action, suit, proceeding

 

5



 

or investigation or any appeal therefrom shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such matter; provided , however , that the payment of such expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in advance of the final disposition of such matter shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay all amounts so advanced in the event that it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article EIGHTH; and provided further that no such advancement of expenses shall be made under this Article EIGHTH if it is determined (in the manner described in Section 6 of this Article EIGHTH) that (i) Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation, or (ii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.  Such undertaking shall be accepted without reference to the financial ability of Indemnitee to make such repayment.

 

6.                                       Procedure for Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses .  In order to obtain indemnification or advancement of expenses pursuant to Section 1, 2, 3 or 5 of this Article EIGHTH, an Indemnitee shall submit to the Corporation a written request.  Any such advancement of expenses shall be made promptly, and in any event within 60 days after receipt by the Corporation of the written request of Indemnitee, unless (i) the Corporation has assumed the defense pursuant to Section 4 of this Article EIGHTH (and none of the circumstances described in Section 4 of this Article EIGHTH that would nonetheless entitle the Indemnitee to indemnification for the fees and expenses of separate counsel have occurred) or (ii) the Corporation determines within such 60-day period that Indemnitee did not meet the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1, 2 or 5 of this Article EIGHTH, as the case may be.  Any such indemnification, unless ordered by a court, shall be made with respect to requests under Section 1 or 2 of this Article EIGHTH only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination by the Corporation that the indemnification of Indemnitee is proper because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or 2 of this Article EIGHTH, as the case may be.  Such determination shall be made in each instance (a) by a majority vote of the directors of the Corporation consisting of persons who are not at that time parties to the action, suit or proceeding in question (“disinterested directors”), whether or not a quorum, (b) by a committee of disinterested directors designated by majority vote of disinterested directors, whether or not a quorum, (c) if there are no disinterested directors, or if the disinterested directors so direct, by independent legal counsel (who may, to the extent permitted by law, be regular legal counsel to the Corporation) in a written opinion, or (d) by the stockholders of the Corporation.

 

7.                                       Remedies .  The right to indemnification or advancement of expenses as granted by this Article EIGHTH shall be enforceable by Indemnitee in any court of competent jurisdiction.  Neither the failure of the Corporation to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Corporation pursuant to Section 6 of this Article EIGHTH that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.  In any suit brought by Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall have the burden of

 

6


 

proving that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article EIGHTH.  Indemnitee’s expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred in connection with successfully establishing Indemnitee’s right to indemnification, in whole or in part, in any such proceeding shall also be indemnified by the Corporation.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in any suit brought by Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder it shall be a defense that the Indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

8.                                       Limitations .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article EIGHTH, except as set forth in Section 7 of this Article EIGHTH, the Corporation shall not indemnify an Indemnitee pursuant to this Article EIGHTH in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee unless the initiation thereof was approved by the Board of Directors.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article EIGHTH, the Corporation shall not indemnify an Indemnitee to the extent such Indemnitee is reimbursed from the proceeds of insurance, and in the event the Corporation makes any indemnification payments to an Indemnitee and such Indemnitee is subsequently reimbursed from the proceeds of insurance, such Indemnitee shall promptly refund indemnification payments to the Corporation to the extent of such insurance reimbursement.

 

9.                                       Subsequent Amendment .  No amendment, termination or repeal of this Article EIGHTH or of the relevant provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any other applicable laws shall adversely affect or diminish in any way the rights of any Indemnitee to indemnification under the provisions hereof with respect to any action, suit, proceeding or investigation arising out of or relating to any actions, transactions or facts occurring prior to the final adoption of such amendment, termination or repeal.

 

10.                                Other Rights .  The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by this Article EIGHTH shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which an Indemnitee seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any law (common or statutory), agreement or vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in Indemnitee’s official capacity and as to action in any other capacity while holding office for the Corporation, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer, and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, heirs, executors and administrators of Indemnitee.  Nothing contained in this Article EIGHTH shall be deemed to prohibit, and the Corporation is specifically authorized to enter into, agreements with officers and directors providing indemnification rights and procedures different from those set forth in this Article EIGHTH.  In addition, the Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by its Board of Directors, grant indemnification rights to other employees or agents of the Corporation or other persons serving the Corporation and such rights may be equivalent to, or greater or less than, those set forth in this Article EIGHTH.

 

11.                                Partial Indemnification .  If an Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Article EIGHTH to indemnification by the Corporation for some or a portion of the expenses (including attorneys’ fees), liabilities, losses, judgments, fines (including excise taxes and penalties arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974) or amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or investigation and any appeal therefrom but not, however, for the

 

7



 

total amount thereof, the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion of such expenses (including attorneys’ fees), liabilities, losses, judgments, fines (including excise taxes and penalties arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974) or amounts paid in settlement to which Indemnitee is entitled.

 

12.                                Insurance .  The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including any employee benefit plan) against any expense, liability or loss incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

13.                                Savings Clause .  If this Article EIGHTH or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each Indemnitee as to any expenses (including attorneys’ fees), liabilities, losses, judgments, fines (including excise taxes and penalties arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974) and amounts paid in settlement in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or investigation, whether civil, criminal or administrative, including an action by or in the right of the Corporation, to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article EIGHTH that shall not have been invalidated and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

 

14.                                Definitions .  Terms used herein and defined in Section 145(h) and Section 145(i) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in such Section 145(h) and Section 145(i).

 

NINTH:  This Article NINTH is inserted for the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation.

 

1.                                       General Powers .  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

 

2.                                       Number of Directors; Election of Directors .  Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be established by the Board of Directors.  Election of directors need not be by written ballot, except as and to the extent provided in the By-laws of the Corporation.

 

3.                                       Classes of Directors .  Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the Board of Directors shall be and is divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III.  Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one-third of the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to Class I, Class II or Class III at the time such classification becomes effective.

 

4.                                       Terms of Office .  Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, each director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual

 

8



 

meeting of stockholders following the annual meeting of stockholders at which such director was elected; provided that each director initially assigned to Class I shall serve for a term expiring at the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders held after the effectiveness of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation; each director initially assigned to Class II shall serve for a term expiring at the Corporation’s second annual meeting of stockholders held after the effectiveness of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation; and each director initially assigned to Class III shall serve for a term expiring at the Corporation’s third annual meeting of stockholders held after the effectiveness of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation; provided further , that the term of each director shall continue until the election and qualification of his or her successor and be subject to his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

5.                                       Quorum .  The greater of (a) a majority of the directors at any time in office and (b) one-third of the number of directors fixed pursuant to Section 2 of this Article NINTH shall constitute a quorum of the Board of Directors.  If at any meeting of the Board of Directors there shall be less than such a quorum, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

6.                                       Action at Meeting .  Every act or decision done or made by a majority of the directors present at a meeting duly held at which a quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the Board of Directors unless a greater number is required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation.

 

7.                                       Removal .  Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock, directors of the Corporation may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the votes which all the stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors or class of directors.

 

8.                                       Vacancies .  Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancy or newly created directorship in the Board of Directors, however occurring, shall be filled only by vote of a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director and shall not be filled by the stockholders.  A director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen, subject to the election and qualification of a successor and to such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

9.                                       Stockholder Nominations and Introduction of Business, Etc .  Advance notice of stockholder nominations for election of directors and other business to be brought by stockholders before a meeting of stockholders shall be given in the manner provided by the By-laws of the Corporation.

 

10.                                Amendments to Article .  Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the By-laws of the Corporation, and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the votes which all the stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors or class of directors shall be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article NINTH.

 

9



 

TENTH:  Stockholders of the Corporation may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting.  Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the By-laws of the Corporation, and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the votes which all the stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors or class of directors shall be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article TENTH.

 

ELEVENTH:  Special meetings of stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by only the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, and may not be called by any other person or persons.  Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.  Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, this Certificate of Incorporation or the By-laws of the Corporation, and notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the votes which all the stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors or class of directors shall be required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, this Article ELEVENTH.

 

TWELFTH:  Corporate Opportunity .

 

1.                                       Regulation of Certain Affairs . In recognition and anticipation that (a) certain partners, principals, directors, officers, members, managers, employees and/or other representatives of the Sponsors (as defined below) (each of the foregoing persons other than the Sponsors, an “Identified Person”) may serve as directors, officers or agents of the Corporation or its subsidiaries, and (b) the Sponsors may now engage and may continue to engage in the same or similar activities (which shall include, without limitation, other business activities that overlap with or compete with those in which the Corporation or its subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, may engage) or related lines of business in which the Corporation or its subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, may engage, and/or may have an interest in the same or similar areas of corporate opportunities as the Corporation or its subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, may have an interest, the provisions of this Article TWELFTH are set forth to regulate and define the conduct of certain affairs of the Corporation and its subsidiaries with respect to certain classes or categories of business opportunities as they may involve the Sponsors and the Identified Persons, and the powers, rights, duties and liabilities of the Corporation and its subsidiaries and their respective officers, directors and stockholders in connection therewith.

 

2.                                       Competition and Corporate Opportunities .

 

A. To the fullest extent permitted by law, (i) the Sponsors and the Identified Persons shall have the right to, and shall have no duty (contractual or otherwise) not to, directly or indirectly engage in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, on its own account, or in partnership with, or as an employee, officer, director or stockholder of any other person, including those lines of business deemed to be competing with the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, (ii) none of the Corporation or its stockholders or any of its subsidiaries or their stockholders shall have any rights in and to the business ventures of any Sponsor or Identified Person or the income or profits derived therefrom, (iii) each of the

 

10



 

Sponsor and the Identified Persons may do business with any potential or actual customer or supplier of the Corporation of any of its subsidiaries, (iv) each of the Sponsors and the Identified Persons may employ or otherwise engage any officer or employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, and (v) the Corporation, on behalf of itself, its subsidiaries and its and their respective stockholders, renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation and its subsidiaries in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunity that may from time to time be presented to any Sponsor or any Identified Person, even if the opportunity is one that the Corporation or its subsidiaries might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so, (vi) no Sponsor or Identified Person shall have any duty to communicate or offer such business opportunity to the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or shall be liable to the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective stockholders for breach of any fiduciary or other duty (contractual or otherwise), as a director or officer or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such Sponsor or Identified Person pursues or acquires such business opportunity, directs such business opportunity to another person or fails to present such business opportunity, or information regarding such business opportunity, to the Corporation or its subsidiaries unless, in the case of any such person who is a director or officer of the Corporation, such business opportunity is expressly offered to such director or officer in writing solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation.

 

B. To the fullest extent permitted by law, any person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article TWELFTH. No alteration, amendment, repeal or rescission of this Article TWELFTH nor the adoption of any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article TWELFTH in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this Article TWELFTH, would accrue or arise, prior to such alteration, amendment, repeal, rescission or adoption. This Article TWELFTH shall not limit any protections or defenses available to, or indemnification or advancement rights of, any director or officer of the Corporation under this Certificate of Incorporation, the By-laws of the Corporation or applicable law.

 

3.                                       Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Article TWELFTH, references to: (A) “affiliate” means, with respect to any person, any other person that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such person other than, in the case of the Sponsors, the Corporation and its subsidiaries; (B) “control,” as used in this definition, means, with respect to any person, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and “controlled” and “controlling” have meanings correlative to the foregoing; (C) “person” means an individual, any general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust, business trust, joint stock company, joint venture, unincorporated association, cooperative or association or any other legal entity or organization of whatever nature, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity and (D) “Sponsors” means each of aeris CAPITAL Archer L.P., SGR Sagittarius Holding AG, AGC Equity Partners Special Opportunities Fund I L.P., NewtrAx LLC, Procific and Tasik Temenggor (Cayman Islands) Limited, for so long as each, along with its affiliates, continues to beneficially own shares of capital stock of the Corporation representing at least 5% of the votes that all stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors or class of directors.

 

11



 

4.                                       Savings Clause . If this Article TWELFTH or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then this Article TWELFTH shall be deemed to be modified to the minimum extent necessary to avoid a violation of law and, as so modified, this Article TWELFTH and the remaining provisions hereof shall remain valid and enforceable in accordance with their terms to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

 

THIRTEENTH:  Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporate Law or this Certificate of Incorporation or the Corporation’s By-Laws (in each case, as they may be amended from time to time), or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in the case of each of clauses (i) through (iv), shall be the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware).  Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article THIRTEENTH.

 

12



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates, integrates and amends the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, and which has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, has been executed by its duly authorized officer this     th day of                                   , 2015.

 

 

CONFORMIS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

Philipp Lang

 

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

13




Exhibit 3.3

 

Bylaws
of
ConforMIS, Inc.
A Delaware Corporation

 

ARTICLE I
STOCKHOLDERS

 

1.             Annual Meeting.  An annual meeting of the stockholders, for the election of directors to succeed those whose terms expire and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting, shall be held at such place, on such date and at such time as the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) shall each year fix, which date shall be within 13 months of the last annual meeting of stockholders.

 

2.             Special Meetings.  Special meetings of the stockholders, other than those required by statute, may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board or the President or by the Board acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board.  The Board may postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting.

 

3.             Notice of Meetings.  Notice of the place, date and time of all meetings of the stockholders, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, shall be given, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law (meaning, here and hereinafter, as required from time to time by the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation).  When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however, that if the date of any adjourned meeting is more than 30 days after the date for which the meeting was originally noticed, or if a new record date is fixed for such adjourned meeting, notice of the place, date and time of such adjourned meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, shall be given in conformity herewith.  At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

 

4.             Quorum.  At any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of a majority of all of the shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for all purposes, unless or except to the extent that the presence of a larger number may be required by law.  Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, a majority of the shares of such class or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.  If a quorum

 



 

shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairman of the meeting may adjourn the meeting to another place, date or time.

 

5.             Organization.  Such person as the Board may have designated or, in the absence of such a person, the Chairman of the Board or, in his or her absence, the President of the Corporation or, in his or her absence, such person as may be chosen by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as chairman of the meeting.  In the absence of the Secretary of the Corporation, the secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the chairman of the meeting appoints.

 

6.             Conduct of Business.  The chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to him or her in order.  The chairman of the meeting shall have the power to adjourn the meeting to another place, date and time.  The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting.

 

7.             Proxies and Voting.  At any meeting of the stockholders, every stockholder entitled to vote may vote in person or by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting.  Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant to this paragraph may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.  All voting, except on the election of directors or as otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided, however, that upon demand therefore by a stockholder entitled to vote or by his or her proxy, a stock vote shall be taken.  Voting on the election of directors may also be by a voice vote if so provided in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation.  Every stock vote shall be taken by ballots, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other information as may be required under the procedure established for the meeting.  The Corporation may, and to the extent required by law, shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof.  The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act.  If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting may, and to the extent required by law, shall, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting.  Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability.  Every vote taken by ballots shall be counted by a duly appointed inspector or inspectors.  All elections shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as otherwise required by law, all other matters shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on such matter; provided, however, that if California Corporations Code Section 2115 applies to the Corporation, then at every election of directors, stockholders may cumulate votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to

 

2



 

be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which the shares are entitled or distribute votes according to the same principle among as many candidates as desired.  No stockholder shall be entitled to cumulate votes for any one or more candidates unless such candidate or candidates’ names have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and at least one stockholder has given notice prior to the meeting of such stockholder’s intention to cumulate votes.

 

8.             Stock List.  A complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order for each class of stock and showing the address of each such stockholder and the number of shares registered in his or her name, shall be open to the examination of any such stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting in the manner provided by law.  The stock list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting as provided by law.  This list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

 

9.             Actions Without Meeting.  To the extent permitted by law, any action that can be taken at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed and dated by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize as taken such action at a meeting at which all the shares entitled to vote therein were present and voted.  Prompt notice of any action taken by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who would have been entitled to notice of the meeting (were such action taken at a meeting) if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take the action were delivered to the Corporation.  A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this bylaw, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Corporation can determine (A) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxyholder and (B) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission.

 

10.          Electronic Participation.  Whenever the Board is authorized herein or by law to fix the place of any meeting of stockholders, the Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place but instead by means of remote communication, or that stockholders may participate in a meeting by remote communication.  If authorized by the Board, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board may adopt, stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication:

 

(a)           participate in a meeting of stockholders; and

 

3



 

(b)           be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or by means of remote communication, provided that (i) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder, (ii) the Corporation shall implement reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (iii) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE II
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

1.             Number, Election and Term of Directors.  The number of directors shall initially be three.  Subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board; provided, however, that if California Corporations Code Section 2115 applies to the Corporation, no reduction in the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of his term of office.

 

2.             Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies.  Subject to applicable law and to the rights of the holders of any class or series of stock with respect to such class or series of stock, and unless the Board otherwise determines, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies on the Board resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause shall be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, and directors so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders and until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.  No decrease in the number of authorized directors constituting the “Whole Board” (as defined below) shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.  For purposes of these Bylaws, the term “ Whole Board ” shall mean the total number of authorized directors whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships.

 

3.             Regular Meetings.  Regular meetings of the Board shall be held at such place or places, on such date or dates, and at such time or times as shall have been established by the Board and publicized among all directors.  A notice of each regular meeting shall not be required.

 

4.             Special Meetings.  Special meetings of the Board may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President or by two or more directors then in office and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as they or he or she shall fix.  Notice of the place, date, and time of each such special meeting shall be given each director by whom it is not waived by mailing (electronically or otherwise) written notice not less than five days before the meeting or by telephone or by telegraphing or telexing or by facsimile transmission of the same not less than 24 hours before the meeting.  Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

 

4



 

5.             Quorum.  At any meeting of the Board, a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for all purposes.  If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time, without further notice or waiver thereof.

 

6.             Participation in Meetings By Conference Telephone.  Members of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

7.             Conduct of Business.  At any meeting of the Board, business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board may from time to time determine, and all matters shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the directors present, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law.  Action may be taken by the Board without a meeting if all members thereof consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing(s) or electronic transmission(s) are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board.  Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

8.             Powers.  The Board may, except as otherwise required by law, exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the unqualified power:

 

(a)           To declare dividends from time to time in accordance with law;

 

(b)           To purchase or otherwise acquire any property, rights or privileges on such terms as it shall determine;

 

(c)           To authorize the creation, making and issuance, in such form as it may determine, of written obligations of every kind, negotiable or non-negotiable, secured or unsecured, and to do all things necessary in connection therewith;

 

(d)           To remove any officer of the Corporation with or without cause, and from time to time to devolve the powers and duties of any officer upon any other person for the time being;

 

(e)           To confer upon any officer of the Corporation the power to appoint, remove and suspend subordinate officers, employees and agents;

 

(f)            To adopt from time to time such stock option, stock purchase, bonus or other compensation plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine;

 

(g)           To adopt from time to time such insurance, retirement, and other benefit plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine; and

 

5



 

(h)           To adopt from time to time regulations, not inconsistent with these Bylaws, for the management of the Corporation’s business and affairs.

 

9.             Compensation of Directors.  Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of the directors.  The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or paid a stated salary or paid other compensation as director.  No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.  Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

 

ARTICLE III
COMMITTEES

 

1.             Committees of the Board.  The Board may from time to time designate committees of the Board, with such lawfully delegable powers and duties as it thereby confers, to serve at the pleasure of the Board and shall, for those committees and any others provided for herein, elect a director or directors to serve as the member or members, designating, if it desires, other directors as alternate members who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.  In the absence or disqualification of any member of any committee and any alternate member in his or her place, the member or members of the committee present at the meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or she or they constitute a quorum, may by unanimous vote appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of the absent or disqualified member.

 

2.             Conduct of Business.  Committees shall consist of one or more directors.  Each committee may determine the procedural rules for meeting and conducting its business and shall act in accordance therewith, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law.  Adequate provision shall be made for notice to members of all meetings; a majority of the members shall constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one or two members, in which event one member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the members present.  Action may be taken by any committee without a meeting if all members thereof consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing(s) or electronic transmission(s) are filed with the minutes of proceedings of such committee.  Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

3.             Advisory Committees.  The Board may from time to time establish such advisory committees as it sees fit.  Such committees shall assist in the management and oversight of the Corporation’s affairs, but shall not possess any powers of the Board and shall in all cases remain subject to the general control and oversight of the Board.

 

6


 

ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS

 

1.             Generally.  The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a Chairman of the Board, a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary, a Treasurer and such other officers as may from time to time be appointed by the Board.  Officers shall be elected by the Board, which shall consider that subject at its first meeting after every annual meeting of stockholders.  Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person.  The salaries of officers elected by the Board shall be fixed from time to time by the Board or by such officers as may be designated by resolution of the Board.

 

2.             Chairman of the Board.  Unless otherwise specified by the Board, the Chairman of the Board shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation.  As Chief Executive Officer, subject to the provisions of these Bylaws and to the direction of the Board, he or she shall have the responsibility for the general management and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation and shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of Chief Executive Officer or which are delegated to him or her by the Board.  He or she shall have power to sign all stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation which are authorized and shall have general supervision and direction of all of the other officers, employees and agents of the Corporation.

 

3.             President.  The President, if so specified by the Board or if the Board has not appointed a Chairman of the Board, shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation.  Unless otherwise specified by the Board, the President shall also be the Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation.  As Chief Executive Officer, subject to the provisions of these Bylaws and to the direction of the Board and the Chairman of the Board, if any, he or she shall have the responsibility for the general management and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation and shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of Chief Executive Officer or which are delegated to him or her by the Board.  Subject to the direction of the Board and the Chairman of the Board, the President shall have power to sign all stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation which are authorized and shall have general supervision and direction of all of the other officers (other than the Chairman of the Board), employees and agents of the Corporation.

 

4.             Vice President.  Each Vice President shall have such powers and duties as may be delegated to him or her by the Board or the President.

 

5.             Treasurer.  The Treasurer shall have the responsibility for maintaining the financial records of the Corporation.  He or she shall make such disbursements of the funds of the Corporation as are authorized and shall render from time to time an account of all such transactions and of the financial condition of the Corporation.  The Treasurer shall also perform such other duties as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

 

6.             Secretary.  The Secretary shall issue all authorized notices for, and shall keep minutes of, all meetings of the stockholders and the Board.  He or she shall have charge of the

 

7



 

corporate books and shall perform such other duties as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

 

7.             Delegation of Authority.  The Board may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

 

8.             Removal.  Any officer of the Corporation may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board.

 

9.             Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations.  Unless otherwise directed by the Board, the President or any officer of the Corporation authorized by the President shall have power to vote and otherwise act on behalf of the Corporation, in person or by proxy, at any meeting of stockholders of or with respect to any action of stockholders of any other Corporation in which this Corporation may hold securities and otherwise to exercise any and all rights and powers which this Corporation may possess by reason of its ownership of securities in such other Corporation.

 

ARTICLE V
STOCK

 

1.             Certificates of Stock.  Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairman of the Board or the President or a Vice President, and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, certifying the number of shares owned by him or her.  Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be by facsimile.

 

2.             Transfers of Stock.  Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the transfer books of the Corporation kept at an office of the Corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation.  Except where a certificate is issued in accordance with Section 4 of Article V of these Bylaws, an outstanding certificate for the number of shares involved shall be surrendered for cancellation before a new certificate is issued therefor.

 

3.             Record Date.  In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders, or to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may, except as otherwise required by law, fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of any meeting of stockholders, nor more than 60 days prior to the time for such other action as hereinbefore described; provided, however, that if no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held, and, for determining stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of rights or to exercise any rights of change, conversion or exchange of stock or for any other purpose, the

 

8



 

record date shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts a resolution relating thereto.  A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for such adjourned meeting.

 

4.             Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.  In the event of the loss, theft or destruction of any certificate of stock, another may be issued in its place pursuant to such regulations as the Board may establish concerning proof of such loss, theft or destruction and concerning the giving of a satisfactory bond or bonds of indemnity.

 

5.             Regulations.   The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of certificates of stock shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board may establish.

 

ARTICLE VI
NOTICES

 

1.             Notices.  Except as otherwise specifically provided herein or required by law, all notices required to be given to any stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent shall be in writing and may in every instance be effectively given by hand delivery to the recipient thereof, by depositing such notice in the mail, postage paid, recognized overnight delivery service or by sending such notice by facsimile, receipt acknowledged, or by prepaid telegram or mailgram.  Any such notice shall be addressed to such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent at his or her last known address as the same appears on the books of the Corporation.  The time when such notice is received, if hand delivered, or dispatched, if delivered through the mail or by telegram or mailgram, shall be the time of the giving of the notice.

 

(a)           Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given.  Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation.  Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if (i) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent and (ii) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

 

(b)           Notice given pursuant to subsection (a) of this section shall be deemed given: (i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (iii) if by posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and (iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.  An affidavit of the Secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the

 

9



 

Corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

2.             Waivers.  A written waiver of any notice, signed by a stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent, or a waiver by electronic transmission given by such person, whether given before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to the notice required to be given to such person.  Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver.  Attendance at any meeting shall constitute waiver of notice except attendance for the sole purpose of objecting to the timeliness of notice.

 

ARTICLE VII
MISCELLANEOUS

 

1.             Facsimile Signatures.  In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board or a committee thereof.

 

2.             Corporate Seal.  The Board may provide a suitable seal, containing the name of the Corporation, which seal shall be in the charge of the Secretary.  If and when so directed by the Board or a committee thereof, duplicates of the seal may be kept and used by the Treasurer or by an Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer.

 

3.             Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records.  Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board, and each officer of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees, or committees of the Board so designated, or by any other person as to matters which such director or committee member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

 

4.             Fiscal Year.  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be as fixed by the Board.

 

5.             Time Periods.  In applying any provision of these Bylaws which requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be included.

 

ARTICLE VIII
INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

1.             Right to Indemnification.  Subject to any limitations resulting from the application of Section 2115 of the California Corporations Code to this Corporation, each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative 

 

10



 

(hereinafter a “ Proceeding ), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “ Indemnitee ), whether the basis of such Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such Indemnitee in connection therewith; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 3 of this Article VIII with respect to Proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee only if such Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board.

 

2.             Right to Advancement of Expenses.  The right to indemnification conferred in Section 1 of this Article VIII shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred in defending any such Proceeding in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an “ Advancement of Expenses ); provided, however, that, if the Delaware General Corporation Law requires, an Advancement of Expenses incurred by an Indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such Indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “ Undertaking ), by or on behalf of such Indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “ Final Adjudication ) that such Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 2 or otherwise.  The rights to indemnification and to the Advancement of Expenses conferred in Sections 1 and 2 of this Article VIII shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.  Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article VIII that adversely affects any right of an Indemnitee or its successors shall be prospective only and shall not limit or eliminate any such right with respect to any proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to such amendment or repeal.

 

3.             Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit.  If a claim under Section 1 or 2 of this Article VIII is not paid in full by the Corporation within 60 days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an Advancement of Expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be 20 days, the Indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim.  If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an Advancement of Expenses pursuant to the terms of an Undertaking, the Indemnitee shall be

 

11



 

entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit.  In any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to an Advancement of Expenses) it shall be a defense that the Indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law.  In any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an Advancement of Expenses pursuant to the terms of an Undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a Final Adjudication that the Indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law.  Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the Indemnitee, be a defense to such suit.  In any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an Advancement of Expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to recover an Advancement of Expenses pursuant to the terms of an Undertaking, the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified or to such Advancement of Expenses, under this Article VIII or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

 

4.             Non-Exclusivity of Rights.  The rights to indemnification and to the Advancement of Expenses conferred in this Article VII shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

5.             Insurance.  The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

6.             Indemnification ofEmployees and Agents of the Corporation.  The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board, grant rights to indemnification and to the Advancement of Expenses to any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article with respect to the indemnification and Advancement of Expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENTS

 

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by law, the Board is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend and repeal these Bylaws subject to the power of the holders of capital stock of the Corporation to alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws.

 

12



 

CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY

 

This is to certify that the foregoing is a true and correct copy of the Bylaws of the Corporation named in the title of such Bylaws and that such Bylaws were duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Corporation as of June 16, 2004.

 

 

/s/ Peter N. Townshend

 

Peter N. Townshend, Secretary

 

13




Exhibit 3.4

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BY-LAWS

 

 

OF

 

 

CONFORMIS, INC.

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Page

 

 

ARTICLE I

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS

 

1.1

Place of Meetings

1

1.2

Annual Meeting

1

1.3

Special Meetings

1

1.4

Notice of Meetings

1

1.5

Voting List

2

1.6

Quorum

2

1.7

Adjournments

3

1.8

Voting and Proxies

3

1.9

Action at Meeting

3

1.10

Nomination of Directors

4

1.11

Notice of Business at Annual Meetings

8

1.12

Conduct of Meetings

11

1.13

No Action by Consent in Lieu of a Meeting

12

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

 

 

 

DIRECTORS

 

2.1

General Powers

13

2.2

Number, Election and Qualification

13

2.3

Chairman of the Board; Vice Chairman of the Board

13

2.4

Classes of Directors

13

2.5

Terms of Office

13

2.6

Quorum

14

2.7

Action at Meeting

14

2.8

Removal

14

 

i



 

2.9

Vacancies

14

2.10

Resignation

15

2.11

Regular Meetings

15

2.12

Special Meetings

15

2.13

Notice of Special Meetings

15

2.14

Meetings by Conference Communications Equipment

15

2.15

Action by Consent

16

2.16

Committees

16

2.17

Compensation of Directors

17

 

 

 

ARTICLE III

 

 

 

OFFICERS

 

3.1

Titles

17

3.2

Election

17

3.3

Qualification

17

3.4

Tenure

17

3.5

Resignation and Removal

17

3.6

Vacancies

18

3.7

President; Chief Executive Officer

18

3.8

Vice Presidents

18

3.9

Secretary and Assistant Secretaries

19

3.10

Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers

19

3.11

Salaries

20

3.12

Delegation of Authority

20

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV

 

 

 

CAPITAL STOCK

 

4.1

Issuance of Stock

20

4.2

Stock Certificates; Uncertificated Shares

20

4.3

Transfers

21

 

ii



 

4.4

Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates

22

4.5

Record Date

22

4.6

Regulations

23

 

 

 

ARTICLE V

 

 

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

5.1

Fiscal Year

23

5.2

Corporate Seal

23

5.3

Waiver of Notice

23

5.4

Voting of Securities

24

5.5

Evidence of Authority

24

5.6

Certificate of Incorporation

24

5.7

Severability

24

5.8

Pronouns

24

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI

 

 

 

AMENDMENTS

24

 

iii



 

ARTICLE I

 

STOCKHOLDERS

 

1.1                                Place of Meetings .  All meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President or, if not so designated, at the principal office of the corporation.

 

1.2                                Annual Meeting .  The annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors to succeed those whose terms expire and for the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting shall be held on a date and at a time designated by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President (which date shall not be a legal holiday in the place where the meeting is to be held).  The Corporation may postpone, reschedule or cancel any previously scheduled annual meeting of stockholders.

 

1.3                                Special Meetings .  Special meetings of stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by only the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, and may not be called by any other person or persons.  The Board of Directors may postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting of stockholders.  Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to matters relating to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.

 

1.4                                Notice of Meetings .  Except as otherwise provided by law, notice of each meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.  Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given to stockholders, any notice shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to (in a manner consistent with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware) by the stockholder to whom the notice is given.  The notices of all meetings shall state the place, date and time of the meeting and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting.  The notice of a special meeting shall

 



 

state, in addition, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.  If notice is given by mail, such notice shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation.  If notice is given by electronic transmission, such notice shall be deemed given at the time specified in Section 232 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

1.5                                Voting List .  The Secretary shall prepare, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.  Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation.  The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.  The list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

 

1.6                                Quorum .  Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of the capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person, present by means of remote communication in a manner, if any, authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business; provided, however, that where a separate vote by a class or classes or series of capital stock is required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of such class or classes or series of the capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote on such matter, present in person, present by means of remote communication in a manner, if any, authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to the vote on such matter.  A quorum, once established at a meeting, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum.

 

2



 

1.7                                Adjournments .  Any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned from time to time to any other time and to any other place at which a meeting of stockholders may be held under these By-laws by the chairman of the meeting or by the stockholders present or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote, although less than a quorum.  It shall not be necessary to notify any stockholder of any adjournment of less than 30 days if the time and place of the adjourned meeting, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, are announced at the meeting at which adjournment is taken, unless after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting.  At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

 

1.8                                Voting and Proxies .  Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote held of record by such stockholder and a proportionate vote for each fractional share so held, unless otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation.  Each stockholder of record entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may vote in person (including by means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting) or may authorize another person or persons to vote for such stockholder by a proxy executed or transmitted in a manner permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware by the stockholder or such stockholder’s authorized agent and delivered (including by electronic transmission) to the Secretary of the corporation.  No such proxy shall be voted upon after three years from the date of its execution, unless the proxy expressly provides for a longer period.

 

1.9                                Action at Meeting .  When a quorum is present at any meeting, any matter other than the election of directors to be voted upon by the stockholders at such meeting shall be decided by the vote of the holders of shares of stock having a majority in voting power of the votes cast by the holders of all of the shares of stock present or represented at the meeting and voting affirmatively or negatively on such matter (or if there are two or more classes or series of stock entitled to vote as separate classes, then in the case of each such class or series, the holders of a majority in voting power of the shares of stock of that class or series present or represented at the meeting and voting affirmatively or negatively on such matter), except when a different vote is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws.  When a quorum is

 

3



 

present at any meeting, any election by stockholders of directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote on the election.

 

1.10                         Nomination of Directors .

 

(a)                                  Except for (1) any directors entitled to be elected by the holders of preferred stock, (2) any directors elected in accordance with Section 2.9 hereof by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy or newly-created directorship or (3) as otherwise required by applicable law or stock exchange regulation, at any meeting of stockholders, only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures in this Section 1.10 shall be eligible for election as directors.  Nomination for election to the Board of Directors at a meeting of stockholders may be made (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the corporation who (x) timely complies with the notice procedures in Section 1.10(b), (y) is a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of such notice and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting and (z) is entitled to vote at such meeting.

 

(b)                                  To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received in writing by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation as follows: (i) in the case of an election of directors at an annual meeting of stockholders, not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that (x) in the case of the annual meeting of stockholders of the corporation to be held in 2016 or (y) in the event that the date of the annual meeting in any other year is advanced by more than 20 days, or delayed by more than 60 days, from the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice must be so received not earlier than the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (A) the 90th day prior to such annual meeting and (B) the tenth day following the day on which notice of the date of such annual meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting was made, whichever first occurs; or (ii) in the case of an election of directors at a special meeting of stockholders, provided that the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer has determined, in accordance with Section 1.3, that directors shall be elected at such special meeting and provided further that the nomination made by the

 

4



 

stockholder is for one of the director positions that the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, as the case may be, has determined will be filled at such special meeting, not earlier than the 120th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (x) the 90th day prior to such special meeting and (y) the tenth day following the day on which notice of the date of such special meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of such special meeting was made, whichever first occurs.  In no event shall the adjournment or postponement of a meeting (or the public disclosure thereof) commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice.

 

The stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth: (A) as to each proposed nominee (1) such person’s name, age, business address and, if known, residence address, (2) such person’s principal occupation or employment, (3) the class and series and number of shares of stock of the corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned, beneficially or of record, by such person, (4) a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings during the past three years, and any other material relationships, between or among (x) the stockholder, the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made and the respective affiliates and associates of, or others acting in concert with, such stockholder and such beneficial owner, on the one hand, and (y) each proposed nominee, and his or her respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert with such nominee(s), on the other hand, including all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K if the stockholder making the nomination and any beneficial owner on whose behalf the nomination is made or any affiliate or associate thereof or person acting in concert therewith were the “registrant” for purposes of such Item and the proposed nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant, and (5) any other information concerning such person that must be disclosed as to nominees in proxy solicitations pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”); and (B) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made (1) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (2) the class and series and number of shares of stock of the corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned, beneficially or of record, by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, (3) a

 

5


 

description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding between or among such stockholder and/or such beneficial owner and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are being made or who may participate in the solicitation of proxies or votes in favor of electing such nominee(s), (4) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any derivative or short positions, swaps, profit interests, options, warrants, convertible securities, stock appreciation or similar rights, hedging transactions, and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into by, or on behalf of, such stockholder or such beneficial owner, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or such beneficial owner with respect to shares of stock of the corporation, (5) any other information relating to such stockholder and such beneficial owner that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for the election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, (6) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person(s) named in its notice and (7) a representation whether such stockholder and/or such beneficial owner intends or is part of a group which intends (x) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s outstanding capital stock reasonably believed by such stockholder or such beneficial owner to be sufficient to elect the nominee (and such representation shall be included in any such proxy statement and form of proxy) and/or (y) otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of such nomination (and such representation shall be included in any such solicitation materials).  Not later than 10 days after the record date for the meeting, the information required by Items (A)(1)-(5) and (B)(1)-(5) of the prior sentence shall be supplemented by the stockholder giving the notice to provide updated information as of the record date.  In addition, to be effective, the stockholder’s notice must be accompanied by the written consent of the proposed nominee to serve as a director if elected.  The corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as the corporation may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the corporation or whether such nominee would be independent under applicable Securities and Exchange Commission and stock exchange rules and the corporation’s publicly disclosed

 

6



 

corporate governance guidelines.  A stockholder shall not have complied with this Section 1.10(b) if the stockholder (or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made) solicits or does not solicit, as the case may be, proxies or votes in support of such stockholder’s nominee in contravention of the representations with respect thereto required by this Section 1.10.

 

(c)                                   The chairman of any meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination was made in accordance with the provisions of this Section 1.10 (including whether the stockholder or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made solicited (or is part of a group which solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies or votes in support of such stockholder’s nominee in compliance with the representations with respect thereto required by this Section 1.10), and if the chairman should determine that a nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions of this Section 1.10, the chairman shall so declare to the meeting and such nomination shall not be brought before the meeting.

 

(d)                                  Except as otherwise required by law, nothing in this Section 1.10 shall obligate the corporation or the Board of Directors to include in any proxy statement or other stockholder communication distributed on behalf of the corporation or the Board of Directors information with respect to any nominee for director submitted by a stockholder.

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.10, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the meeting to present a nomination, such nomination shall not be brought before the meeting, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nominee may have been received by the corporation.  For purposes of this Section 1.10, to be considered a “qualified representative of the stockholder”, a person must be authorized by a written instrument executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such written instrument or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the written instrument or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders.

 

7



 

(f)                                    For purposes of this Section 1.10, “public disclosure” shall include disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

1.11                         Notice of Business at Annual Meetings .

 

(a)                                  At any annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting.  To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be (1) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (2) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (3) properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder.  For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, (i) if such business relates to the nomination of a person for election as a director of the corporation, the procedures in Section 1.10 must be complied with and (ii) if such business relates to any other matter, the business must constitute a proper matter under Delaware law for stockholder action and the stockholder must (x) have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary in accordance with the procedures in Section 1.11(b), (y) be a stockholder of record on the date of the giving of such notice and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting and (z) be entitled to vote at such annual meeting.

 

(b)                                  To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received in writing by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that (x) in the case of the annual meeting of stockholders of the corporation to be held in 2016 or (y) in the event that the date of the annual meeting in any other year is advanced by more than 20 days, or delayed by more than 60 days, from the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice must be so received not earlier than the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (A) the 90th day prior to such annual meeting and (B) the tenth day following the day on which notice of the date of such annual meeting was mailed or public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting

 

8



 

was made, whichever first occurs.  In no event shall the adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting (or the public disclosure thereof) commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice.

 

The stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth:  (A) as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting (1) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, (2) the text of the proposal (including the exact text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and, in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the By-laws, the exact text of the proposed amendment), and (3) the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, and (B) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is being made (1) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (2) the class and series and number of shares of stock of the corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned, beneficially or of record, by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, (3) a description of any material interest of such stockholder or such beneficial owner and the respective affiliates and associates of, or others acting in concert with, such stockholder or such beneficial owner in such business, (4) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding between or among such stockholder and/or such beneficial owner and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business or who may participate in the solicitation of proxies or votes in favor of such proposal, (5) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any derivative or short positions, swaps, profit interests, options, warrants, convertible securities, stock appreciation or similar rights, hedging transactions, and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into by, or on behalf of, such stockholder or such beneficial owner, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or such beneficial owner with respect to shares of stock of the corporation, (6) any other information relating to such stockholder and such beneficial owner that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies or votes for the business proposed pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, (7) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting and (8) a representation whether

 

9



 

such stockholder and/or such beneficial owner intends or is part of a group which intends (x) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal (and such representation shall be included in any such proxy statement and form of proxy) and/or (y) otherwise to solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of such proposal (and such representation shall be included in any such solicitation materials).  Not later than 10 days after the record date for the meeting, the information required by Items (A)(3) and (B)(1)-(6) of the prior sentence shall be supplemented by the stockholder giving the notice to provide updated information as of the record date.  Notwithstanding anything in these By-laws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting of stockholders except in accordance with the procedures in this Section 1.11; provided that any stockholder proposal which complies with Rule 14a-8 of the proxy rules (or any successor provision) promulgated under the Exchange Act and is to be included in the corporation’s proxy statement for an annual meeting of stockholders shall be deemed to comply with the notice requirements of this Section 1.11.  A stockholder shall not have complied with this Section 1.11(b) if the stockholder (or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made) solicits or does not solicit, as the case may be, proxies or votes in support of such stockholder’s proposal in contravention of the representations with respect thereto required by this Section 1.11.

 

(c)                                   The chairman of any annual meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether business was properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 1.11 (including whether the stockholder or beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made solicited (or is part of a group which solicited) or did not so solicit, as the case may be, proxies or votes in support of such stockholder’s proposal in compliance with the representation with respect thereto required by this Section 1.11), and if the chairman should determine that business was not properly brought before the annual meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 1.11, the chairman shall so declare to the meeting and such business shall not be brought before the annual meeting.

 

(d)                                  Except as otherwise required by law, nothing in this Section 1.11 shall obligate the corporation or the Board of Directors to include in any proxy statement or other

 

10



 

stockholder communication distributed on behalf of the corporation or the Board of Directors information with respect to any proposal submitted by a stockholder.

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.11, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the annual meeting to present business, such business shall not be considered, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such business may have been received by the corporation.

 

(f)                                    For purposes of this Section 1.11, the terms “qualified representative of the stockholder” and “public disclosure” shall have the same meaning as in Section 1.10.

 

1.12                         Conduct of Meetings .

 

(a)                                  Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board, if any, or in the Chairman’s absence by the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, or in the Vice Chairman’s absence by the Chief Executive Officer, or in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence, by the President, or in the President’s absence by a Vice President, or in the absence of all of the foregoing persons by a chairman designated by the Board of Directors.  The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in the Secretary’s absence the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

 

(b)                                  The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules, regulations and procedures for the conduct of any meeting of stockholders of the corporation as it shall deem appropriate including, without limitation, such guidelines and procedures as it may deem appropriate regarding the participation by means of remote communication of stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting.  Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules, regulations and procedures as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn the meeting and prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting.  Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following:

 

11



 

(i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as shall be determined; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants.  Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

(c)                                   The chairman of the meeting shall announce at the meeting when the polls for each matter to be voted upon at the meeting will be opened and closed.  After the polls close, no ballots, proxies or votes or any revocations or changes thereto may be accepted.

 

(d)                                  In advance of any meeting of stockholders, the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President shall appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof.  One or more other persons may be designated as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act.  If no inspector or alternate is present, ready and willing to act at a meeting of stockholders, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting.  Unless otherwise required by law, inspectors may be officers, employees or agents of the corporation.  Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of such inspector’s duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability.  The inspector shall have the duties prescribed by law and shall take charge of the polls and, when the vote is completed, shall make a certificate of the result of the vote taken and of such other facts as may be required by law.  Every vote taken by ballots shall be counted by a duly appointed inspector or duly appointed inspectors.

 

1.13                         No Action by Consent in Lieu of a Meeting .  Stockholders of the corporation may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting.

 

12



 

ARTICLE II

 

DIRECTORS

 

2.1                                General Powers .  The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, who may exercise all of the powers of the corporation except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

2.2                                Number, Election and Qualification .  Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the number of directors of the corporation shall be established by the Board of Directors.  Election of directors need not be by written ballot.  Directors need not be stockholders of the corporation.

 

2.3                                Chairman of the Board; Vice Chairman of the Board .  The Board of Directors may appoint from its members a Chairman of the Board and a Vice Chairman of the Board, neither of whom need be an employee or officer of the corporation.  If the Board of Directors appoints a Chairman of the Board, such Chairman shall perform such duties and possess such powers as are assigned by the Board of Directors and, if the Chairman of the Board is also designated as the corporation’s Chief Executive Officer, shall have the powers and duties of the Chief Executive Officer prescribed in Section 3.7 of these By-laws.  If the Board of Directors appoints a Vice Chairman of the Board, such Vice Chairman shall perform such duties and possess such powers as are assigned by the Board of Directors.  Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or, in the Chairman’s absence, the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

2.4                                Classes of Directors .  Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the Board of Directors shall be and is divided into three classes:  Class I, Class II and Class III.  Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one-third of the total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors.  The allocation of directors among classes shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

2.5                                Terms of Office .  Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, each director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual

 

13



 

meeting of stockholders following the annual meeting of stockholders at which such director was elected; provided that each director initially assigned to Class I shall serve for a term expiring at the corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders held after the effectiveness of these Amended and Restated By-laws; each director initially assigned to Class II shall serve for a term expiring at the corporation’s second annual meeting of stockholders held after the effectiveness of these Amended and Restated By-laws; and each director initially assigned to Class III shall serve for a term expiring at the corporation’s third annual meeting of stockholders held after the effectiveness of these Amended and Restated By-laws; provided further, that the term of each director shall continue until the election and qualification of his or her successor and be subject to his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

2.6                                Quorum .  The greater of (a) a majority of the directors at any time in office and (b) one-third of the number of directors established by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 2.2 of these By-laws shall constitute a quorum of the Board of Directors.  If at any meeting of the Board of Directors there shall be less than such a quorum, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

 

2.7                                Action at Meeting .  Every act or decision done or made by a majority of the directors present at a meeting of the Board of Directors duly held at which a quorum is present shall be regarded as the act of the Board of Directors, unless a greater number is required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

2.8                                Removal .  Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock, directors of the corporation may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes which all the stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors or class of directors.

 

2.9                                Vacancies .  Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancy or newly-created directorship on the Board of Directors, however occurring, shall be filled only by vote of a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director and shall not be filled by the stockholders.  A director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have

 

14



 

been chosen, subject to the election and qualification of a successor or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

2.10                         Resignation .  Any director may resign by delivering a resignation in writing or by electronic transmission to the corporation at its principal office or to the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary.  Such resignation shall be effective upon delivery unless it is specified to be effective at some later time or upon the happening of some later event.

 

2.11                         Regular Meetings .  Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; provided that any director who is absent when such a determination is made shall be given notice of the determination.  A regular meeting of the Board of Directors may be held without notice immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders.

 

2.12                         Special Meetings .  Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place designated in a call by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, two or more directors, or by one director in the event that there is only a single director in office.

 

2.13                         Notice of Special Meetings .  Notice of the date, place and time of any special meeting of directors shall be given to each director by the Secretary or by the officer or one of the directors calling the meeting.  Notice shall be duly given to each director (a) in person or by telephone at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, (b) by sending written notice by reputable overnight courier, telecopy, facsimile or electronic transmission, or delivering written notice by hand, to such director’s last known business, home or electronic transmission address at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, or (c) by sending written notice by first-class mail to such director’s last known business or home address at least 72 hours in advance of the meeting.  A notice or waiver of notice of a meeting of the Board of Directors need not specify the purposes of the meeting.

 

2.14                         Meetings by Conference Communications Equipment .  Directors may participate in meetings of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof by means of conference

 

15


 

telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

2.15                         Action by Consent .  Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent to the action in writing or by electronic transmission, and the written consents or electronic transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.  Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

2.16                         Committees .  The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation with such lawfully delegable powers and duties as the Board of Directors thereby confers, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.  In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members of the committee present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.  Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors and subject to the provisions of law, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.  Each such committee shall keep minutes and make such reports as the Board of Directors may from time to time request.  Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by the directors or in such rules, its business shall be conducted as nearly as possible in the same manner as is provided in these By-laws for the Board of Directors.  Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, these By-laws, or the resolution of the Board of Directors designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each

 

16



 

subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

 

2.17                         Compensation of Directors .  Directors may be paid such compensation for their services and such reimbursement for expenses of attendance at meetings as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.  No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation or any of its parent or subsidiary entities in any other capacity and receiving compensation for such service.

 

ARTICLE III

 

OFFICERS

 

3.1                                Titles .  The officers of the corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and such other officers with such other titles as the Board of Directors shall determine, including one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries.  The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers as it may deem appropriate.

 

3.2                                Election .  The Chief Executive Officer, President, Treasurer and Secretary shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at its first meeting following the annual meeting of stockholders.  Other officers may be appointed by the Board of Directors at such meeting or at any other meeting.

 

3.3                                Qualification .  No officer need be a stockholder.  Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

 

3.4                                Tenure .  Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws, each officer shall hold office until such officer’s successor is elected and qualified, unless a different term is specified in the resolution electing or appointing such officer, or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

3.5                                Resignation and Removal .  Any officer may resign by delivering a written resignation to the corporation at its principal office or to the Chief Executive Officer, the

 

17



 

President or the Secretary.  Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some later time or upon the happening of some later event.  Any officer may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by vote of a majority of the directors then in office.  Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, no officer who resigns or is removed shall have any right to any compensation as an officer for any period following such officer’s resignation or removal, or any right to damages on account of such removal, whether such officer’s compensation be by the month or by the year or otherwise, unless such compensation is expressly provided for in a duly authorized written agreement with the corporation.

 

3.6                                Vacancies .  The Board of Directors may fill any vacancy occurring in any office for any reason and may, in its discretion, leave unfilled for such period as it may determine any offices other than those of Chief Executive Officer, President, Treasurer and Secretary.  Each such successor shall hold office for the unexpired term of such officer’s predecessor and until a successor is elected and qualified, or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

3.7                                President; Chief Executive Officer .  Unless the Board of Directors has designated another person as the corporation’s Chief Executive Officer, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation.  The Chief Executive Officer shall have general charge and supervision of the business of the corporation subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, and shall perform all duties and have all powers that are commonly incident to the office of chief executive or that are delegated to such officer by the Board of Directors.  The President shall perform such other duties and shall have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer (if the President is not the Chief Executive Officer) may from time to time prescribe.  In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Chief Executive Officer or the President (if the President is not the Chief Executive Officer), the Vice President (or if there shall be more than one, the Vice Presidents in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer and when so performing such duties shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Chief Executive Officer.

 

3.8                                Vice Presidents .  Each Vice President shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time

 

18



 

prescribe.  The Board of Directors may assign to any Vice President the title of Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or any other title selected by the Board of Directors.

 

3.9                                Secretary and Assistant Secretaries .  The Secretary shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.  In addition, the Secretary shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of the secretary, including without limitation the duty and power to give notices of all meetings of stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, to attend all meetings of stockholders and the Board of Directors and keep a record of the proceedings, to maintain a stock ledger and prepare lists of stockholders and their addresses as required, to be custodian of corporate records and the corporate seal and to affix and attest to the same on documents.

 

Any Assistant Secretary shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary may from time to time prescribe.  In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary.

 

In the absence of the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary at any meeting of stockholders or directors, the chairman of the meeting shall designate a temporary secretary to keep a record of the meeting.

 

3.10                         Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers .  The Treasurer shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as may from time to time be assigned by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.  In addition, the Treasurer shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of treasurer, including without limitation the duty and power to keep and be responsible for all funds and securities of the corporation, to deposit funds of the corporation in depositories selected in accordance with these By-laws, to disburse such funds as ordered by the Board of Directors, to make proper accounts of such funds, and to render as required by the Board of Directors statements of all such transactions and of the financial condition of the corporation.

 

19



 

The Assistant Treasurers shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the Treasurer may from time to time prescribe.  In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Treasurer, the Assistant Treasurer (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer.

 

3.11                         Salaries .  Officers of the corporation shall be entitled to such salaries, compensation or reimbursement as shall be fixed or allowed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

3.12                         Delegation of Authority .  The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

CAPITAL STOCK

 

4.1                                Issuance of Stock .  Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the corporation or the whole or any part of any shares of the authorized capital stock of the corporation held in the corporation’s treasury may be issued, sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by vote of the Board of Directors in such manner, for such lawful consideration and on such terms as the Board of Directors may determine.

 

4.2                                Stock Certificates; Uncertificated Shares .  The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the corporation’s stock shall be uncertificated shares.  Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the corporation.  Every holder of stock of the corporation represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate, in such form as may be prescribed by law and by the Board of Directors, representing the number of shares held by such

 

20



 

holder registered in certificate form.  Each such certificate shall be signed in a manner that complies with Section 158 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

Each certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, these By-laws, applicable securities laws or any agreement among any number of stockholders or among such holders and the corporation shall have conspicuously noted on the face or back of the certificate either the full text of the restriction or a statement of the existence of such restriction.

 

If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of each certificate representing shares of such class or series of stock, provided that in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of each certificate representing shares of such class or series of stock a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests a copy of the full text of the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated shares, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to Sections 151, 202(a) or 218(a) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or, with respect to Section 151 of General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

4.3                                Transfers .  Shares of stock of the corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these By-laws.  Transfers of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only on the books of the corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of

 

21



 

stock of the corporation.  Subject to applicable law, shares of stock represented by certificates shall be transferred only on the books of the corporation by the surrender to the corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate representing such shares properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, and with such proof of authority or the authenticity of signature as the corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require.  Uncertificated shares may be transferred by delivery of a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, and with such proof of authority or the authenticity of signature as the corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require.  Except as may be otherwise required by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws, the corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect to such stock, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock until the shares have been transferred on the books of the corporation in accordance with the requirements of these By-laws.

 

4.4                                Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates .  The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in place of any previously issued certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon such terms and conditions as the corporation may prescribe, including the presentation of reasonable evidence of such loss, theft or destruction and the giving of such indemnity and posting of such bond as the corporation may require for the protection of the corporation or any transfer agent or registrar.

 

4.5                                Record Date .  The Board of Directors may fix in advance a date as a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action.  Such record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and such record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action to which such record date relates.

 

22



 

If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day before the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day before the day on which the meeting is held.  If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating to such purpose.

 

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

4.6                                Regulations .  The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of shares of stock of the corporation shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board of Directors may establish.

 

ARTICLE V

 

GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

5.1                                Fiscal Year .  Except as from time to time otherwise designated by the Board of Directors, the fiscal year of the corporation shall begin on the first day of January of each year and end on the last day of December in each year.

 

5.2                                Corporate Seal .  The corporate seal shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Board of Directors.

 

5.3                                Waiver of Notice .  Whenever notice is required to be given by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-laws, a written waiver signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before, at or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice required to be given to such person.  Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in any such waiver.  Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of

 

23



 

objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

5.4                                Voting of Securities .  Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise designate, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Treasurer may waive notice of, vote, or appoint any person or persons to vote, on behalf of the corporation at, and act as, or appoint any person or persons to act as, proxy or attorney-in-fact for this corporation (with or without power of substitution) at, any meeting of stockholders or securityholders of any other entity, the securities of which may be held by this corporation.

 

5.5                                Evidence of Authority .  A certificate by the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, or a temporary Secretary, as to any action taken by the stockholders, directors, a committee or any officer or representative of the corporation shall as to all persons who rely on the certificate in good faith be conclusive evidence of such action.

 

5.6                                Certificate of Incorporation .  All references in these By-laws to the Certificate of Incorporation shall be deemed to refer to the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation, as amended and/or restated and in effect from time to time.

 

5.7                                Severability .  Any determination that any provision of these By-laws is for any reason inapplicable, illegal or ineffective shall not affect or invalidate any other provision of these By-laws.

 

5.8                                Pronouns .  All pronouns used in these By-laws shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons may require.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

AMENDMENTS

 

These By-laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new By-laws may be adopted by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

24




Exhibit 10.2

 

2004 STOCK OPTION PLAN
OF
CONFORMIS, INC.

 

1.                                       PURPOSES OF THE PLAN

 

The purposes of the 2004 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”) of ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), are to:

 

(a)                                  Encourage selected employees, directors and consultants to improve operations and increase profits of the Company;

 

(b)                                  Encourage selected employees, directors and consultants to accept or continue employment or association with the Company or its “Affiliates” (as defined below); and

 

(c)                                   Increase the interest of selected employees, directors and consultants in the Company’s welfare through participation in the growth in value of the common stock of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”).

 

Options granted under this Plan (“ Options ”) may be “incentive stock options” (“ ISOs ”) intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), or “nonqualified options” (“ NQOs ”).

 

2.                                       ELIGIBLE PERSONS

 

Every person who at the date of grant of an Option is an employee of the Company or of any Affiliate of the Company is eligible to receive NQOs or ISOs under this Plan.  Every person who at the date of grant is a consultant to, or nonemployee director of, the Company or any Affiliate of the Company is eligible to receive NQOs under this Plan.  The term “ Affiliate ” as used in the Plan means a parent or subsidiary corporation as defined in the applicable provisions (currently Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively) of the Code.  The term “ employee ” includes an officer or director who is an employee of the Company.  The term “ consultant ” includes persons employed by, or otherwise affiliated with, a consultant to the Company.

 

3.                                       STOCK SUBJECT TO THIS PLAN

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 6.1.1 of the Plan, the total number of shares of stock which may be issued under options granted pursuant to this Plan and the total number of shares provided for issuance under this Plan shall be 2,764,078 shares(1) of Common Stock and

 


(1)  The number of shares was increased from 1,764,078 shares to 2,764,078 shares by the “Board” (as defined below) on October 17, 2005.  The number of shares was then increased from 2,764,078 shares to 4,764,078 shares by the Board on August 15, 2007. The number of shares was then increased from 4,764,078 shares to 6,385,887 shares by the Board on May 28, 2008. The number of shares was increased from 6,385,887 shares to 7,585,887 shares by the Board on September 15, 2009.

 



 

shall at no time exceed the applicable percentage as calculated in accordance with Section 260.140.45 of Chapter 3 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations.  The shares covered by the portion of any grant under the Plan which expires unexercised shall become available again for grants under the Plan.

 

4.                                       ADMINISTRATION

 

4.1                                General .  This Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) or, either in its entirety or only insofar as required pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof, by a committee (the “ Committee ”) of at least two Board members to which administration of the Plan, or of part of the Plan, is delegated (in either case, the “ Administrator ”).

 

4.2                                Public Company .  From and after such time as the Company registers a class of equity securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), it is intended that this Plan shall be administered in accordance with the disinterested administration requirements of Rule 16b-3 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“ Rule 16b-3 ”), or any successor rule thereto.

 

4.3                                Authority of Administrator .  Subject to the other provisions of this Plan, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion: (i) to grant Options; (ii) to determine the fair market value of the Common Stock subject to Options; (iii) to determine the exercise price of Options granted; (iv) to determine the persons (each an “ Optionee ”) to whom, and the time or times at which, Options shall be granted, and the number of shares subject to each Option; (v) to interpret this Plan; (vi) to prescribe, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to this Plan; (vii) to determine the terms and provisions of each Option granted (which need not be identical), including but not limited to, the time or times at which Options shall be exercisable; (viii) with the consent of the Optionee, to modify or amend any Option; (ix) to defer (with the consent of the Optionee) the exercise date of any Option; (x) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument evidencing the grant of an Option; and (xi) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of this Plan.  The Administrator may delegate nondiscretionary administrative duties to such employees of the Company as it deems proper.

 

4.4                                Interpretation by Administrator .  All questions of interpretation, implementation, and application of this Plan shall be determined in its absolute discretion by the Administrator.  Such determinations shall be final and binding on all persons.

 

4.5                                Rule 16b-3 .  With respect to persons subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, if any, transactions under this Plan are intended to comply with the applicable conditions of Rule 16b-3, or any successor rule thereto.  To the extent any provision of this Plan or action by the Administrator fails to so comply, it shall be deemed null and void, to the extent permitted by law and deemed advisable by the Administrator.  Notwithstanding the above, it shall be the responsibility of such persons, not of the Company or the Administrator, to comply with the requirements of Section 16 of the Exchange Act; and neither the Company nor the Administrator shall be liable if this Plan or any transaction under this Plan fails to comply with

 

2



 

the applicable conditions of Rule 16b-3 or any successor rule thereto, or if any such person incurs any liability under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

 

5.                                       GRANTING OF OPTIONS; OPTION AGREEMENT

 

5.1                                Termination of Plan .  No Options shall be granted under this Plan after 10 years from the date of adoption of this Plan by the Board.

 

5.2                                Stock Option Agreement .  Each Option shall be evidenced by a written stock option agreement (the “ Option Agreement ”), in form satisfactory to the Company, executed by the Company and the person to whom such Option is granted; provided, however, that the failure by the Company, the Optionee, or both, to execute an Option Agreement shall not invalidate the granting of an Option, although the exercise of each Option shall be subject to Section 6.1.3.

 

5.3                                Type of Option .  The Option Agreement shall specify whether each Option it evidences is an NQO or an ISO.

 

5.4                                Early Approval of Grants .  Subject to Section 6.3.3 with respect to ISOs, the Administrator may approve the grant of Options under this Plan to persons who are expected to become employees, directors or consultants of the Company, but are not employees, directors or consultants at the date of approval, with such grant to specify whether it is effective immediately or effective only on such person becoming an employee, director or consultant.

 

6.                                       TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS

 

Each Option granted under this Plan shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 6.1.  NQOs shall be also subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 6.2, but not those set forth in Section 6.3.  ISOs shall also be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 6.3, but not those set forth in Section 6.2.

 

6.1                                Terms and Conditions to Which All Options Are Subject .  All Options granted under this Plan shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

6.1.1                      Changes in Capital Structure .  Subject to Section 6.1.2, if the stock of the Company is changed by reason of a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, or recapitalization, combination or reclassification, appropriate adjustments shall be made by the Board in (a) the number and class of shares of stock subject to this Plan and each Option outstanding under this Plan, and (b) the exercise price of each outstanding Option; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares as a result of any such adjustments.  Each such adjustment shall be subject to approval by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

6.1.2                      Corporate Transactions .

 

(a)                                  Dissolution or Liquidation .  In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify each Optionee at least

 

3



 

30 days prior to such proposed action.  To the extent not previously exercised, all Options will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

 

(b)                                  Merger or Asset Sale .  In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation, or the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company, in addition to any rights provided in the Option Agreement:

 

(i)                                      Options .  Each Option shall be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation (including as a “successor” any purchaser of substantially all of the assets of the Company) or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation.  In the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the Option, the Optionee shall have the right to exercise the Option as to all of the shares of Common Stock covered by the Option, including shares as to which it would not otherwise be exercisable.  If an Option is exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution in the event of a merger or sale of assets, the Administrator shall notify the Optionee that the Option shall be fully exercisable for a period of 15 days from the date of such notice, and the Option shall terminate upon the expiration of such period.  For the purposes of this paragraph, the Option shall be considered assumed if, following the merger or sale of assets, the Option confers the right to purchase or receive, for each share of Common Stock subject to the Option immediately prior to the merger or sale of assets, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or sale of assets by holders of Common Stock for each share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or sale of assets was not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent entity, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option, for each share of Common Stock subject to the Option, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent entity equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or sale of assets.

 

(ii)                                   Shares Subject to Right of Repurchase .  Any Options or shares subject to a right of repurchase of the Company shall be exchanged for the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or asset sale by the holders of Common Stock for each share held on the effective date of the transaction, as described in the preceding paragraph; provided, however, that if the consideration received is not solely common stock, and the Administrator provides, pursuant to the foregoing paragraph, that holders of Options shall receive common stock of the successor entity or its parent entity upon exercise of the Options, then any shares subject to a right of repurchase shall also be exchanged for common stock of the successor or its parent.  If in such exchange the Optionee receives shares of stock of the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation, and if the successor corporation has agreed to assume or substitute for Options as provided in the preceding paragraph, such exchanged shares shall continue to be subject to a right of repurchase as provided in the Optionee’s Stock Option Plan stock purchase agreement.  If, as provided in the preceding paragraph, the Optionee shall have the right to exercise an Option as to all of the shares of Common Stock covered thereby, all shares that are subject to a right of

 

4



 

repurchase of the Company shall be released from such right of repurchase and shall be fully vested.

 

6.1.3                      Time of Option Exercise .  Subject to Section 5 and Section 6.3.4, Options granted under this Plan shall be exercisable (a) immediately as of the effective date of the Option Agreement granting the Option, or (b) in accordance with a schedule related to the date of the grant of the Option, the date of first employment or service, or such other date as may be set by the Administrator (in any case, the “ Vesting Base Date ”) and specified in the Option Agreement relating to such Option; provided, however, that with respect to Options granted to employees who are not officers or directors, the right to exercise an Option must vest at the rate of at least 20% per year over five years from the date the Option was granted.  Options granted to officers, directors or consultants may become fully exercisable, subject to reasonable conditions such as continued employment or service, at any time or during any period established by the Board of the Administrator in accordance with this Plan.  In any case, no Option shall be exercisable until a written Option Agreement in form satisfactory to the Company is executed by the Company and the Optionee, and the person exercising the Option executes an appropriate stock purchase agreement with the Company and, if the stock to be delivered pursuant to exercise of such Option is subject to a right of repurchase as set forth in Section 6.1.8, such person delivers to the Company an Acknowledgment and Statement of Decision Regarding Election Pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

6.1.4                      Option Grant Date .  Except in the case of grants contingent on the beginning of employment or other service, as described in Section 5.4, the date of grant of an Option under this Plan shall be the date as of which the Administrator approves the grant.

 

6.1.5                      Nonassignability of Option Rights .  Except as otherwise determined by the Administrator and expressly set forth in the Option Agreement, no Option granted under this Plan shall be assignable or otherwise transferable by the Optionee except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.  During the life of the Optionee, except as otherwise determined by the Administrator and expressly set forth in the Option Agreement, an Option shall be exercisable only by the Optionee.

 

6.1.6                      Payment .  Except as provided below, payment in full, in cash, shall be made for all stock purchased at the time written notice of exercise of an Option is given to the Company, and proceeds of any payment shall constitute general funds of the Company.  At the time an Option is granted or exercised, the Administrator, in the exercise of its absolute discretion after considering any tax or accounting consequences, may authorize any one or more of the following additional methods of payment:

 

(a)                                  Acceptance of the Optionee’s full recourse promissory note for all or part of the Option price, payable on such terms and bearing such interest rate as determined by the Administrator (but in no event less than the minimum interest rate specified under the Code at which no additional interest would be imputed and in no event more than the maximum interest rate allowed under applicable usury laws), which promissory note may be either secured or unsecured in such manner as the Administrator shall approve (including, without limitation, by a security interest in the shares of the Company); and

 

5



 

(b)                                  Delivery (actual or constructive) by the Optionee of Common Stock already owned by the Optionee for all or part of the Option price, provided the value (determined as set forth in Section 6.1.11) of such Common Stock is equal on the date of exercise to the Option price, or such portion thereof as the Optionee is authorized to pay by delivery of such stock; provided, however, that if an Optionee has exercised any portion of any Option granted by the Company by delivery of Common Stock, the Optionee may not, within six months following such exercise, exercise any Option granted under this Plan by delivery of Common Stock without the consent of the Administrator.

 

6.1.7                      Termination of Employment .

 

(a)                                  If for any reason other than death, disability or termination for “cause” (as defined below), an Optionee ceases to be employed by the Company or any of its Affiliates (such event being called a “ Termination ”), Options held at the date of Termination (to the extent then exercisable) may be exercised in whole or in part at any time within three months of the date of such Termination, or such other period of not less than 30 days after the date of such Termination as is specified in the Option Agreement (but in no event after the Expiration Date); provided, however, that if such exercise of the Option would result in liability for the Optionee under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, then such three-month period automatically shall be extended until the tenth day following the last date upon which Optionee has any liability under Section 16(b) (but in no event after the Expiration Date, as defined below).

 

(b)                                  If an Optionee dies while employed by the Company or an Affiliate or within the period that the Option remains exercisable after Termination, Options then held (to the extent then exercisable) may be exercised, in whole or in part, by the Optionee, by the Optionee’s personal representative, or by the person to whom the Option is transferred by devise or the laws of descent and distribution, at any time within 12 months after the death of the Optionee, or such other period of not less than six months from the date of Termination as is specified in the Option Agreement (but in no event after the Expiration Date).

 

(c)                                   If an Optionee ceases to be employed by the Company as a result of his or her disability, the Optionee may, but only within six months after the date of Termination, or such longer period as is specified in the Option Agreement (but in no event after the Expiration Date), exercise the Option to the extent otherwise entitled to exercise it at the date of Termination; provided, however, that if such disability is not a “disability” as such term is defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, in the case of an ISO such ISO shall automatically convert to an NQO on the day three months and one day following such Termination.

 

(d)                                  If an Optionee is terminated for “cause,” all Options then held by such Optionee shall terminate and no longer be exercisable as of the date of Termination.  For purposes of this Section 6.1.7, “ cause ” shall mean Termination (i) by reason of Optionee’s commission of a felony, misdemeanor or other illegal conduct involving dishonesty, fraud or other matters of moral turpitude, (ii) by reason of Optionee’s dishonesty towards, fraud upon, or deliberate injury or attempted injury to the Company or any of its Affiliates, or (iii) by reason of Optionee’s willfully engaging in misconduct which is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company or any of its Affiliates.

 

6


 

(e)                                   To the extent that the Optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of Termination or if the Optionee does not exercise such Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

 

(f)                                    For purposes of this Section 6.1.7, “ employment ” includes service as an employee, a director or a consultant.  For purposes of this Section 6.1.7, an Optionee’s employment shall not be deemed to terminate by reason of sick leave, military leave or other leave of absence approved by the Administrator, if the period of any such leave does not exceed three months or, if longer, if the Optionee’s right to reemployment by the Company or any Affiliate is guaranteed either contractually or by statute.

 

6.1.8                      Repurchase of Stock .  At the option of the Administrator, the stock to be delivered pursuant to the exercise of any Option granted to an employee, director or consultant under this Plan may be subject to a right of repurchase in favor of the Company with respect to any employee, or director or consultant whose employment, or director or consulting relationship with the Company is terminated.  Such right of repurchase shall be exercisable as the Administrator may determine in the grant of option:

 

(a)                                  at the Option exercise price and (i) shall lapse at the rate of at least 20% per year over five years from the date the Option is granted (without regard to the date it was exercised or becomes exercisable), (ii) must be exercised for cash or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness within 90 days after such Termination (or in the case of securities issued upon exercise of options after the date of Termination, within 90 days after the date of exercise), and (iii) if the right is assignable by the Company, the assignee must pay the Company upon assignment of the right (unless the assignee is a 100% owned subsidiary of the Company or is an Affiliate) cash equal to the difference between the Option exercise price and the value (determined as set forth in Section 6.1.11) of the stock to be purchased if the Option exercise price is less than such value; or

 

(b)                                  at the higher of the Option exercise price or the value (determined as set forth in Section 6.1.11) of the stock being repurchased on the date of Termination, and must be exercised for cash or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness within 90 days of Termination (or in the case of securities issued upon exercise of options after the date of Termination, within 90 days after the date of exercise), and such right shall terminate when the Company’s securities become publicly traded.

 

In addition to the restrictions set forth in subparagraphs (a) and (b) above, the shares held by an officer, director or consultant of the issuer or by an Affiliate of the issuer may be subject to additional or greater restrictions, in the absolute discretion of the Administrator.

 

Determination of the number of shares subject to any such right of repurchase shall be made as of the date the employee’s employment by, director’s director relationship with, or consultant’s consulting relationship with, the Company terminates, not as of the date that any Option granted to such employee, director or consultant is thereafter exercised.

 

7



 

6.1.9                      Withholding and Employment Taxes .  At the time of exercise of an Option or at such other time or times as the amount of such obligations become determinable (the “ Tax Date ”), the Optionee shall remit to the Company in cash all applicable federal and state withholding and employment taxes due by reason of the exercise of an Option, the disposition of Common Stock acquired through exercise of an Option, or the lapse of rights to repurchase Common Stock.  The Administrator may, in its absolute discretion after considering any tax or accounting consequences, permit an Optionee to (i) deliver a full recourse promissory note on such terms as the Administrator deems appropriate, (ii) tender to the Company previously owned shares of Stock or other securities of the Company, or (iii) have shares of Common Stock which are acquired upon exercise of the Option withheld by the Company to pay some or all of the amount of tax that is required by law to be withheld by the Company as a result of the exercise of such Option, the disposition of Common Stock acquired through exercise of an Option, or the lapse of rights to repurchase Common Stock, subject to the following limitations:

 

(a)                                  Any election pursuant to clause (ii) above, where the Optionee is tendering Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option, shall require that such shares be held at least six months prior to the Tax Date.

 

(b)                                  Any of the foregoing limitations may be waived (or additional limitations may be imposed) by the Administrator, in its absolute discretion, if the Administrator determines that such foregoing limitations are not required (or that such additional limitations are required) in order that the transaction shall be exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act pursuant to Rule 16b-3, or any successor rule thereto.  In addition, any of the foregoing limitations may be waived by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, if the Administrator determines that Rule 16b-3, or any successor rule thereto, is not applicable to the exercise of the Option by the Optionee or for any other reason.

 

(c)                                   Any securities tendered or withheld in accordance with this Section 6.1.9 shall be valued by the Company as of the Tax Date.

 

6.1.10               Other Provisions .  Each Option granted under this Plan may contain such other terms, provisions, and conditions not inconsistent with this Plan as may be determined by the Administrator, and each ISO granted under this Plan shall include such provisions and conditions as are necessary to qualify the Option as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.  If Options provide for a right of first refusal in favor of the Company with respect to stock acquired by employees, directors or consultants, such Options shall provide that the right of first refusal shall terminate upon the closing of the Company’s initial registered public offering to the public generally.

 

6.1.11               Determination of Value .  For purposes of the Plan, the value of Common Stock or other securities of the Company shall be determined as follows:

 

(a)                                  If the stock of the Company is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the National Market System of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System, its fair market value shall be the closing sales price for such stock or the closing bid if no sales were

 

8



 

reported, as quoted on such system or exchange (or the largest such exchange) for the date the value is to be determined (or if there are no sales for such date, then for the last preceding business day on which there were sales), as reported in the Wall Street Journal or similar publication.

 

(b)                                  If the stock of the Company is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its fair market value shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the stock on the date the value is to be determined (or if there are no quoted prices for the date value is to be determined, then for the last preceding business day on which there were quoted prices).

 

(c)                                   In the absence of an established market for the stock, the fair market value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator by consideration of such factors as the Administrator in its discretion deems appropriate, including but not limited to the recent issue price of other securities of the Company, the Company’s net worth, prospective earning power, dividend-paying capacity, and other relevant factors, including the goodwill of the Company, the economic outlook in the Company’s industry, the Company’s position in the industry and its management, and the values of stock of other corporations in the same or a similar line of business.

 

6.1.12               Option Term .  Subject to Section 6.1.14, no Option shall be exercisable more than 10 years after the date of grant, or such lesser period of time as is set forth in the Option Agreement (the end of the maximum exercise period stated in the Option Agreement is referred to in this Plan as the “ Expiration Date ”).

 

6.1.13               Limits on Grants for Qualified Performance-Based Compensation .  The Company may not issue Options covering in the aggregate more than 2,500,000 shares of Common Stock to any one participant in any calendar year.

 

6.1.14               Exercise Price .  The exercise price of any Option granted to any person who owns, directly or by attribution under Section 424(d) of the Code, stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Affiliate (a “ Ten Percent Stockholder ”) shall in no event be less than 110% of the fair market value (determined in accordance with Section 6.1.11) of the stock covered by the Option at the time the Option is granted.

 

6.2                                Exercise Price of NQOs .  Except as set forth in Section 6.1.14, the exercise price of any NQO granted under this Plan shall be not less than 85% of the fair market value (determined in accordance with Section 6.1.11) of the stock subject to the Option on the date of grant.

 

6.3                                Terms and Conditions to Which Only ISOs Are Subject .  Options granted under this Plan which are designated as ISOs shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

6.3.1                      Exercise Price .  Except as set forth in Section 6.1.13, the exercise price of an ISO shall be determined in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Code and

 

9



 

shall in no event be less than the fair market value (determined in accordance with Section 6.1.11) of the stock covered by the Option at the time the Option is granted or deemed granted under Section 6.3.3.

 

6.3.2                      Disqualifying Dispositions .  If stock acquired by exercise of an ISO granted pursuant to this Plan is disposed of in a “disqualifying disposition” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, the holder of the stock immediately before the disposition shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the date and terms of the disposition and shall provide such other information regarding the Option as the Company may reasonably require.

 

6.3.3                      Grant Date .  If an ISO is granted in anticipation of employment as provided in Section 5.4, the Option shall be deemed granted, without further approval, on the date the grantee assumes the employment relationship forming the basis for such grant, and, in addition, satisfies all requirements of this Plan for Options granted on that date.

 

6.3.4                      Vesting .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, ISOs granted under all incentive stock option plans of the Company and its subsidiaries may not “vest” for more than $100,000 in fair market value of stock (measured on the grant dates(s)) in any calendar year.  For purposes of the preceding sentence, an option “vests” when it first becomes exercisable.  If, by their terms, such ISOs taken together would vest to a greater extent in a calendar year, including vesting resulting from a change in control of the Company, such ISOs shall be treated as NQOs to the extent such $100,000 limit is exceeded.  In no event shall more than $100,000 in fair market value of stock (measured on the grant date(s)) vest in any calendar year with respect to the ISOs.  Additionally, in no event, will the operation of this Section 6.3.4 cause an ISO to vest before its terms or, having vested, cease to be vested.

 

6.3.5                      Term .  Notwithstanding Section 6.1.12, no ISO granted to any Ten Percent Stockholder shall be exercisable more than five years after the date of grant.

 

7.                                       MANNER OF EXERCISE

 

7.1                                Written Notice and Payment .  An Optionee wishing to exercise an Option shall give written notice to the Company at its principal executive office, to the attention of the officer of the Company designated by the Administrator, accompanied by payment of the exercise price as provided in Section 6.1.6.  The date the Company receives written notice of an exercise hereunder accompanied by payment of the exercise price will be considered as the date such Option was exercised.

 

7.2                                Issuance of Stock .  Promptly after receipt by the Company of written notice of exercise of an Option, the exercise price as provided in Section 6.1.6, a signed stock purchase agreement in the form attached to the Option Agreement and such other items as required under the Option Agreement, the Company shall, without stock issue or stock transfer taxes to the Optionee or other person entitled to exercise the Option, deliver to the Optionee or such other person a certificate or certificates for the requisite number of shares of stock or register such Optionee as a stockholder by book entry.  An Optionee or permitted transferee of an Optionee shall not have any privileges as a stockholder with respect to any shares

 

10



 

of stock covered by the Option until the date of issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or a duly authorized transfer agent) of such shares.

 

8.                                       EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTING RELATIONSHIP

 

Nothing in this Plan or any Option granted thereunder shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or of any of its Affiliates to terminate any Optionee’s employment or consulting relationship at any time, nor confer upon any Optionee any right to continue in the employ of, or consult with, the Company or any of its Affiliates, nor interfere in any way with provisions in the Company’s charter documents or applicable law relating to the election, appointment, terms of office, and removal of members of the Board.

 

9.                                       FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

The Company shall provide to each Optionee during the period such Optionee holds an outstanding Option, and to each holder of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of Options granted under the Plan for so long as such person is a holder of such Common Stock, annual financial statements of the Company as prepared either by the Company or independent certified public accountants of the Company.  Such financial statements shall include, at a minimum, a balance sheet and an income statement, and shall be delivered as soon as practicable following the end of the Company’s fiscal year.  The provisions of this Section 9 shall not apply with respect to Optionees who are key employees of the Company whose duties in connection with the Company assures them access to information equivalent to the information provided in the financial statements.

 

10.                                CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES

 

Shares of Common Stock shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance and delivery of such shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all relevant provisions of law, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

 

11.                                NONEXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN

 

The adoption of the Plan shall not be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Company to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options other than under the Plan.

 

12.                                MARKET STANDOFF

 

Each Optionee, if so requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters in connection with any registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act shall not sell or otherwise transfer any shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of Options during the 180-day period following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act; provided, however, that such restriction shall apply only to the first two registration statements of the Company to become effective under the Securities Act which includes securities to be sold on behalf of the

 

11



 

Company to the public in an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act.  The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such 180-day period.

 

13.                                AMENDMENTS TO PLAN

 

The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or discontinue this Plan.  Without the consent of an Optionee, no amendment, alteration, suspension or discontinuance may adversely affect outstanding Options except to conform this Plan and ISOs granted under this Plan to the requirements of federal or other tax laws relating to incentive stock options.  No amendment, alteration, suspension or discontinuance shall require stockholder approval unless (a) stockholder approval is required to preserve incentive stock option treatment for federal income tax purposes, (b) stockholder approval is required to preserve option grants as “qualified performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, or (c) the Board otherwise concludes that stockholder approval is advisable.

 

14.                                EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

 

This Plan shall become effective upon adoption by the Board provided, however, that no Option shall be exercisable unless and until written consent of the stockholders of the Company, or approval of stockholders of the Company voting at a validly called stockholders’ meeting, is obtained within 12 months after adoption by the Board. If such stockholder approval is not obtained within such time, Options granted hereunder shall terminate and be of no force and effect from and after expiration of such 12-month period.  Options may be granted and exercised under this Plan only after there has been compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

12




Exhibit 10.3

 

CONFORMIS, INC.
STOCK OPTION PLAN
INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

(A)

 

Name of Optionee:

(B)

 

Grant Date:

(C)

 

Number of Shares:

(D)

 

Exercise Price:

(E)

 

Vesting Base Date:

(F)

 

Effective Date:

 

THIS INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”), is made and entered into as of the date set forth in Item F above (the “ Effective Date ”) between ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the person named in Item A above (“ Optionee ”).

 

THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.                                       Grant of Option; Vesting Base Date .

 

1.1                                Grant .  The Company hereby grants to Optionee pursuant to the Company’s 2004 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”), a copy of which is attached to this Agreement as Exhibit 1, an incentive stock option (the “ ISO ”) to purchase all or any part of an aggregate of the number of shares (the “ ISO Shares ”) of the Company’s Common Stock (as defined in the Plan) listed in Item C above on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan, the terms and conditions of the Plan being hereby incorporated into this Agreement by reference.

 

1.2                                Vesting Base Date .  The parties hereby establish the date set forth in Item E above as the Vesting Base Date (as defined in Section 5.1 below).

 

2.                                       Exercise Price .  The exercise price for purchase of each share of Common Stock covered by this ISO shall be the price set forth in Item D above.

 

3.                                       Term .  Unless otherwise specified on Exhibit 3 attached hereto, if any (the absence of such exhibit indicating that no such exhibit was intended), this ISO shall expire as provided in Section 6.1.12 of the Plan.

 

4.                                       Adjustment of ISOs .  The Company shall adjust the number and kind of shares and the exercise price thereof in certain circumstances in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.1.1 of the Plan.

 

5.                                       Exercise of Options .

 

5.1                                Vesting; Time of Exercise .  This ISO shall be exercisable according to the schedule set forth on Exhibit 5.1 attached hereto.  Such schedule shall commence as of the date set forth in Item E above (the “ Vesting Base Date ”).

 



 

5.2                                Exercise After Termination of Status as an Employee, Director or Consultant .  In the event of termination of Optionee’s continuous status as an employee, director or consultant, this ISO may be exercised only in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.1.7 of the Plan ; provided, however, that in the event of termination of Optionee’s continuous status as an employee, director or consultant for any reason other than death or disability, this ISO may be exercised in whole or in part at any time within 30 days of the date of such termination (but in no event after the Expiration Date, as such term is defined in the Plan).

 

5.3                                Manner of Exercise .  Optionee may exercise this ISO, or any portion of this ISO, by giving written notice to the Company at its principal executive office, to the attention of the officer of the Company designated by the Plan Administrator, accompanied by a copy of the Stock Option Plan Stock Purchase Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit 5.3 executed by Optionee (or at the option of the Company such other form of stock purchase agreement as shall then be acceptable to the Company), payment of the exercise price and payment of any applicable withholding or employment taxes.  The date the Company receives written notice of an exercise hereunder accompanied by payment will be considered as the date this ISO was exercised.

 

5.4                                Payment .  Except as provided in Exhibit 5.4 attached hereto, if any (the absence of such exhibit indicating that no exhibit was intended), payment may be made for ISO Shares purchased at the time written notice of exercise of the ISO is given to the Company, by delivery of cash, check or, in the exercise of the absolute discretion of the Administrator, previously owned shares of Common Stock (including constructive delivery, provided that actual or constructive delivery of previously owned shares may not be made other than once in any six month period) or a full recourse promissory note equal to up to 90% of the exercise price and payable over no more than five years.  Any applicable taxes must be paid in cash.  The proceeds of any payment shall constitute general funds of the Company.

 

5.5                                Delivery of Certificate .  Promptly after receipt of written notice of exercise of the ISO, the Company shall, without stock issue or transfer taxes to the Optionee or other person entitled to exercise, deliver to the Optionee or other person a certificate or certificates for the requisite number of ISO Shares or shall register the Optionee as a stockholder on the books of the Company.  An Optionee or transferee of an Optionee shall not have any privileges as a stockholder with respect to any ISO Shares covered by the option until the date of issuance of a stock certificate or, if applicable, such registration.

 

6.                                       Nonassignability of ISO .  This ISO is not assignable or transferable by Optionee except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.  During the life of Optionee, the ISO is exercisable only by the Optionee.  Any attempt to assign, pledge, transfer, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this ISO in a manner not herein permitted, and any levy of execution, attachment, or similar process on this ISO, shall be null and void.

 

7.                                       Company’s Right of Repurchase Upon Termination of Employment .  The ISO Shares arising from exercise of this ISO shall be subject to a right of repurchase in favor of the Company (the “ Right of Repurchase ”) to the extent set forth on Exhibit 7 attached hereto (the absence of such exhibit indicating that no such exhibit was intended and that the ISO shall be

 

2



 

subject to the limitations set forth on Exhibit 5.1).  If the Optionee’s employment with the Company terminates before the Right of Repurchase lapses in accordance with Exhibit 7, the Company may purchase ISO Shares subject to the Right of Repurchase (either by payment of cash or by cancellation of purchase money indebtedness) for an amount equal to the price the Optionee paid for such ISO Shares (exclusive of any taxes paid upon acquisition of the stock) by giving notice at any time within the later of (a) 30 days after the acquisition of the ISO Shares upon option exercise, or (b) 90 days after such termination of employment that the Company is exercising its right of repurchase.  The Company shall include with such notice payment in full in cash or by evidence of cancellation of purchase money indebtedness.  The Optionee may not dispose of or transfer ISO Shares while such shares are subject to the Right of Repurchase and any such attempted transfer shall be null and void.

 

8.                                       Company’s Right of First Refusal .

 

8.1                                Right of First Refusal .  In the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge, or otherwise transfer any ISO Shares or any interest in such shares to any person or entity, the Company shall have a right of first refusal (the “ Right of First Refusal ”) with respect to such ISO Shares.  If Optionee desires to transfer ISO Shares, Optionee shall give a written notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of ISO Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, and the name and address of the proposed transferee.  The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by Optionee and by the proposed transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both such parties for the transfer of such ISO Shares.  The Company may elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the ISO Shares subject to the Transfer Notice by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Company’s Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company.  The purchase price paid by the Company shall be the price per share equal to the proposed per share transfer price, and shall be paid to the Optionee within 60 days after the date the Transfer Notice is received by the Company, unless a longer period for payment was offered by the proposed transferee, in which case the Company shall pay the purchase price within such longer period.  The Company’s rights under this Section 8.1 shall be freely assignable, in whole or in part.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Right of First Refusal does not apply to a transfer of shares by gift or devise to the Optionee’s immediate family (i.e., parents, spouse or children or to a trust for the benefit of the Optionee or any of the Optionee’s immediate family members), but does apply to any subsequent transfer of such shares by such immediate family members.

 

8.2                                Transfer of ISO Shares .  If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company, the Optionee may, not later than 75 days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice, conclude a transfer of the ISO Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice.  Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Optionee with the procedure described in Section 8.1 of this Agreement.  If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of ISO Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice, other than price which shall be paid as set forth under Section 8.1; provided, however, in the event the Transfer Notice provides for payment for the

 

3



 

ISO Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the ISO Shares by paying in cash the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice; and further provided that if the value of noncash consideration is to be paid and the Optionee disagrees with the value determined by the Company, the Optionee may request an independent appraisal by an appraiser acceptable to the Optionee and the Company, the costs of such appraisal to be borne equally by the Optionee and the Company.

 

8.3                                Binding Effect .  The Right of First Refusal shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and shall be binding upon any transferee of ISO Shares other than a transferee acquiring ISO Shares in a transaction where the Company failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal (a “ Free Transferee ”) or a transferee of a Free Transferee.

 

8.4                                Termination of Company’s Right of First Refusal .  Notwithstanding anything in this Section 8, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures in Sections 8.1 through 8.3 after the earlier of (i) the closing of the Company’s initial public offering to the public generally or (ii) the date that is 10 years after the Effective Date.

 

9.                                       Market Standoff .  Optionee hereby agrees that if so requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters in connection with any registration of the offering of the securities of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), Optionee shall not sell or otherwise transfer the ISO Shares for a period of 180 days following the effective date of a Registration Statement filed under the Securities Act; provided that such restrictions shall only apply to the first two registration statements of the Company to become effective under the Securities Act which include securities to be sold on behalf of the Company in an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act.  The Company may impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the ISO Shares subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of each such 180-day period.

 

10.                                Restriction on Issuance of Shares .

 

10.1                         Legality of Issuance .  The Company shall not be obligated to sell or issue any ISO Shares pursuant to this Agreement if such sale or issuance, in the opinion of the Company and the Company’s counsel, might constitute a violation by the Company of any provision of law, including without limitation the provisions of the Securities Act.

 

10.2                         Registration or Qualification of Securities .  The Company may, but shall not be required to, register or qualify the sale of this ISO or any ISO Shares under the Securities Act or any other applicable law.  The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the grant or exercise of this option or the issuance or sale of any ISO Shares pursuant thereto to comply with any law.

 

11.                                Restriction on Transfer .  Regardless whether the sale of the ISO Shares has been registered under the Securities Act or has been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any state, the Company may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge, or other transfer of ISO Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates) if, in the judgment

 

4



 

of the Company and the Company’s counsel, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act, the securities laws of any state, or any other law, or if the Company does not desire to have a trading market develop for its securities.

 

12.                                Stock Certificate Restrictive Legend .  Stock certificates evidencing ISO Shares may bear such restrictive legends as the Company and the Company’s counsel deem necessary or advisable under applicable law or pursuant to this Agreement.

 

13.                                Disqualifying Dispositions .  If stock acquired by exercise of this ISO is disposed of within two years after the Effective Date or within one year after date of such exercise (as determined under Section 5.3 of this Agreement), the Optionee immediately prior to the disposition shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the date and terms of the disposition and shall provide such other information regarding the disposition as the Company may reasonably require.

 

14.                                Representations, Warranties, Covenants, and Acknowledgments of Optionee Upon Exercise of ISO .  Optionee hereby agrees that in the event that the Company and the Company’s counsel deem it necessary or advisable in the exercise of their discretion, the issuance of ISO Shares may be conditioned upon certain representations, warranties, and acknowledgments by the person exercising the ISO (the “ Purchaser ”), including, without limitation, those set forth in Sections 14.1 through 14.8 inclusive:

 

14.1                         Investment .  Purchaser is acquiring the ISO Shares for Purchaser’s own account, and not for the account of any other person.  Purchaser is acquiring the ISO Shares for investment and not with a view to distribution or resale thereof except in compliance with applicable laws regulating securities.

 

14.2                         Business Experience .  Purchaser is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of Purchaser’s investment in the Company evidenced by purchase of the ISO Shares.

 

14.3                         Relation to Company .  Purchaser is presently an officer, director, or other employee of, or consultant to the Company, and in such capacity has become personally familiar with the business, affairs, financial condition, and results of operations of the Company.

 

14.4                         Access to Information .  Purchaser has had the opportunity to ask questions of, and to receive answers from, appropriate executive officers of the Company with respect to the terms and conditions of the transaction contemplated hereby and with respect to the business, affairs, financial condition, and results of operations of the Company.  Purchaser has had access to such financial and other information as is necessary in order for Purchaser to make a fully informed decision as to investment in the Company by way of purchase of the ISO Shares, and has had the opportunity to obtain any additional information necessary to verify any of such information to which Purchaser has had access.

 

14.5                         Speculative Investment .  Purchaser’s investment in the Company represented by the ISO Shares is highly speculative in nature and is subject to a high degree of risk of loss in whole or in part.  The amount of such investment is within Purchaser’s risk capital

 

5



 

means and is not so great in relation to Purchaser’s total financial resources as would jeopardize the personal financial needs of Purchaser or Purchaser’s family in the event such investment were lost in whole or in part.

 

14.6                         Registration .  Purchaser must bear the economic risk of investment for an indefinite period of time because the sale to Purchaser of the ISO Shares has not been registered under the Securities Act and the ISO Shares cannot be transferred by Purchaser unless such transfer is registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available.  The Company has made no agreements, covenants, or undertakings whatsoever to register the transfer of any of the ISO Shares under the Securities Act.  The Company has made no representations, warranties, or covenants whatsoever as to whether any exemption from the Securities Act, including without limitation any exemption for limited sales in routine brokers’ transactions pursuant to Rule 144, will be available; if the exemption under Rule 144 is available at all, it may not be available until at least one year after payment of cash for the ISO Shares and not then unless: (i) a public trading market then exists in the Company’s Common Stock; (ii) adequate information as to the Company’s financial and other affairs and operations is then available to the public; and (iii) all other terms and conditions of Rule 144 have been satisfied.  Purchaser understands that the resale provisions of Rule 701 will not apply until 90 days after the Company becomes subject to the reporting obligations of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (typically 90 days after the effective date of an initial public offering).

 

14.7                         Public Trading .  None of the Company’s securities is presently publicly traded, and the Company has made no representation, covenant, or agreement as to whether there will be a public market for any of its securities.

 

14.8                         Tax Advice .  The Company has made no warranties or representations to Purchaser with respect to the income tax consequences of the transactions contemplated by the agreement pursuant to which the ISO Shares will be purchased and Purchaser is in no manner relying on the Company or its representatives for an assessment of such tax consequences.

 

15.                                Assignment; Binding Effect .  Subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the executors, administrators, heirs, legal representatives, and successors of the parties hereto; provided, however, that Optionee may not assign any of Optionee’s rights under this Agreement.

 

16.                                Damages .  Optionee shall be liable to the Company for all costs and damages, including incidental and consequential damages, resulting from a disposition of ISO Shares which is not in conformity with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

17.                                Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California excluding those laws that direct the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

 

18.                                Notices .  All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing.  Unless and until the Optionee is notified in writing to the contrary, all notices,

 

6



 

communications, and documents directed to the Company and related to the Agreement, if not delivered by hand, shall be mailed, addressed as follows:

 

ConforMIS, Inc.
Attention:  President
2 Fourth Ave.
Burlington, MA 01803

 

Unless and until the Company is notified in writing to the contrary, all notices, communications, and documents intended for the Optionee and related to this Agreement, if not delivered by hand, shall be mailed to Optionee’s last known address as shown on the Company’s books.  Notices and communications shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid; documents shall be mailed by registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid.  All mailings and deliveries related to this Agreement shall be deemed received when actually received, if by hand delivery, and two business days after mailing, if by mail.

 

19.                                Arbitration .  Any and all disputes or controversies arising out of this Agreement shall be finally settled by arbitration conducted in San Mateo County in accordance with the then existing rules of the American Arbitration Association, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof; provided that nothing in this Section 19 shall prevent a party from applying to a court of competent jurisdiction to obtain temporary relief pending resolution of the dispute through arbitration.  The parties hereby agree that service of any notices in the course of such arbitration at their respective addresses as provided for in Section 18 shall be valid and sufficient.

 

20.                                Entire Agreement .  Company and Optionee agree that this Agreement (including its attached Exhibits) is the complete and exclusive statement between Company and Optionee regarding its subject matter and supersedes all prior proposals, communications, and agreements of the parties (including any letter from the Company to Optionee setting forth proposed terms of employment), whether oral or written, regarding the grant of stock options or issuances of shares to Optionee.

 

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

7



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Incentive Stock Option Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

 

CONFORMIS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

The Optionee hereby accepts and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

[ Name of Optionee ]

 

SPOUSAL CONSENT

 

Optionee’s spouse indicates by the execution of this Incentive Stock Option Agreement that spouse’s consent to be bound by the terms thereof as to that spouse’s interests, whether as community property or otherwise, if any, in the option granted hereunder, and in any ISO Shares purchased pursuant to this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

Optionee’s Spouse

 

(Mark “N/A” if not applicable.)

 



 

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit 1

 

2004 Stock Option Plan

 

 

 

Exhibit 5.1

 

Time of Exercise

 

 

 

Exhibit 5.3

 

Stock Option Plan Stock Purchase Agreement

 

 

 

[ Exhibit 7

 

Right of Repurchase ]

 


 

EXHIBIT 1 OF THE INCENTIVE STOCK
OPTION AGREEMENT

 



 

2004 STOCK OPTION PLAN
OF
CONFORMIS, INC.

 

1.                                       PURPOSES OF THE PLAN

 

The purposes of the 2004 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”) of ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), are to:

 

(a)                                  Encourage selected employees, directors and consultants to improve operations and increase profits of the Company;

 

(b)                                  Encourage selected employees, directors and consultants to accept or continue employment or association with the Company or its “Affiliates” (as defined below); and

 

(c)                                   Increase the interest of selected employees, directors and consultants in the Company’s welfare through participation in the growth in value of the common stock of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”).

 

Options granted under this Plan (“ Options ”) may be “incentive stock options” (“ ISOs ”) intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), or “nonqualified options” (“ NQOs ”).

 

2.                                       ELIGIBLE PERSONS

 

Every person who at the date of grant of an Option is an employee of the Company or of any Affiliate of the Company is eligible to receive NQOs or ISOs under this Plan.  Every person who at the date of grant is a consultant to, or nonemployee director of, the Company or any Affiliate of the Company is eligible to receive NQOs under this Plan.  The term “ Affiliate ” as used in the Plan means a parent or subsidiary corporation as defined in the applicable provisions (currently Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively) of the Code.  The term “ employee ” includes an officer or director who is an employee of the Company.  The term “ consultant ” includes persons employed by, or otherwise affiliated with, a consultant to the Company.

 

3.                                       STOCK SUBJECT TO THIS PLAN

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 6.1.1 of the Plan, the total number of shares of stock which may be issued under options granted pursuant to this Plan and the total number of shares provided for issuance under this Plan shall be 2,764,078 shares (1) of Common Stock and

 


(1)  The number of shares was increased from 1,764,078 shares to 2,764,078 shares by the “Board” (as defined below) on October 17, 2005.  The number of shares was then increased from 2,764,078 shares to 4,764,078 shares by the shall at no time exceed the applicable percentage as calculated in accordance with Section 260.140.45 of Chapter 3 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations.  The shares covered by the portion of any grant under the Plan which expires unexercised shall become available again for grants under the Plan.

 



 

4.                                       ADMINISTRATION

 

4.1                                General .  This Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) or, either in its entirety or only insofar as required pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof, by a committee (the “ Committee ”) of at least two Board members to which administration of the Plan, or of part of the Plan, is delegated (in either case, the “ Administrator ”).

 

4.2                                Public Company .  From and after such time as the Company registers a class of equity securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), it is intended that this Plan shall be administered in accordance with the disinterested administration requirements of Rule 16b-3 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“ Rule 16b-3 ”), or any successor rule thereto.

 

4.3                                Authority of Administrator .  Subject to the other provisions of this Plan, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion: (i) to grant Options; (ii) to determine the fair market value of the Common Stock subject to Options; (iii) to determine the exercise price of Options granted; (iv) to determine the persons (each an “ Optionee ”) to whom, and the time or times at which, Options shall be granted, and the number of shares subject to each Option; (v) to interpret this Plan; (vi) to prescribe, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to this Plan; (vii) to determine the terms and provisions of each Option granted (which need not be identical), including but not limited to, the time or times at which Options shall be exercisable; (viii) with the consent of the Optionee, to modify or amend any Option; (ix) to defer (with the consent of the Optionee) the exercise date of any Option; (x) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument evidencing the grant of an Option; and (xi) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of this Plan.  The Administrator may delegate nondiscretionary administrative duties to such employees of the Company as it deems proper.

 

4.4                                Interpretation by Administrator .  All questions of interpretation, implementation, and application of this Plan shall be determined in its absolute discretion by the Administrator.  Such determinations shall be final and binding on all persons.

 

4.5                                Rule 16b-3 .  With respect to persons subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, if any, transactions under this Plan are intended to comply with the applicable conditions of Rule 16b-3, or any successor rule thereto.  To the extent any provision of this Plan or action by the Administrator fails to so comply, it shall be deemed null and void, to the extent permitted by law and deemed advisable by the Administrator.  Notwithstanding the above, it shall be the responsibility of such persons, not of the Company or the Administrator, to comply with the requirements of Section 16 of the Exchange Act; and neither the Company nor the Administrator shall be liable if this Plan or any transaction under this Plan fails to comply with

 


(continued from previous page)

Board on August 15, 2007. The number of shares was then increased from 4,764,078 shares to 6,385,887 shares by the Board on May 28, 2008. The number of shares was increased from 6,385,887 shares to 7,585,887 shares by the Board on September 15, 2009. Exchange Act; and neither the Company nor the Administrator shall be liable if this Plan or any transaction under this Plan fails to comply with

 



 

the applicable conditions of Rule 16b-3 or any successor rule thereto, or if any such person incurs any liability under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

 

5.                                       GRANTING OF OPTIONS; OPTION AGREEMENT

 

5.1                                Termination of Plan .  No Options shall be granted under this Plan after 10 years from the date of adoption of this Plan by the Board.

 

5.2                                Stock Option Agreement .  Each Option shall be evidenced by a written stock option agreement (the “ Option Agreement ”), in form satisfactory to the Company, executed by the Company and the person to whom such Option is granted; provided, however, that the failure by the Company, the Optionee, or both, to execute an Option Agreement shall not invalidate the granting of an Option, although the exercise of each Option shall be subject to Section 6.1.3.

 

5.3                                Type of Option .  The Option Agreement shall specify whether each Option it evidences is an NQO or an ISO.

 

5.4                                Early Approval of Grants .  Subject to Section 6.3.3 with respect to ISOs, the Administrator may approve the grant of Options under this Plan to persons who are expected to become employees, directors or consultants of the Company, but are not employees, directors or consultants at the date of approval, with such grant to specify whether it is effective immediately or effective only on such person becoming an employee, director or consultant.

 

6.                                       TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS

 

Each Option granted under this Plan shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 6.1.  NQOs shall be also subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 6.2, but not those set forth in Section 6.3.  ISOs shall also be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 6.3, but not those set forth in Section 6.2.

 

6.1                                Terms and Conditions to Which All Options Are Subject .  All Options granted under this Plan shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

6.1.1                      Changes in Capital Structure .  Subject to Section 6.1.2, if the stock of the Company is changed by reason of a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, or recapitalization, combination or reclassification, appropriate adjustments shall be made by the Board in (a) the number and class of shares of stock subject to this Plan and each Option outstanding under this Plan, and (b) the exercise price of each outstanding Option; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares as a result of any such adjustments.  Each such adjustment shall be subject to approval by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

6.1.2                      Corporate Transactions .

 

(a)                                  Dissolution or Liquidation .  In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify each Optionee at least

 



 

30 days prior to such proposed action.  To the extent not previously exercised, all Options will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

 

(b)                                  Merger or Asset Sale .  In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation, or the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company, in addition to any rights provided in the Option Agreement:

 

(i)                                      Options .  Each Option shall be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation (including as a “successor” any purchaser of substantially all of the assets of the Company) or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation.  In the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the Option, the Optionee shall have the right to exercise the Option as to all of the shares of Common Stock covered by the Option, including shares as to which it would not otherwise be exercisable.  If an Option is exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution in the event of a merger or sale of assets, the Administrator shall notify the Optionee that the Option shall be fully exercisable for a period of 15 days from the date of such notice, and the Option shall terminate upon the expiration of such period.  For the purposes of this paragraph, the Option shall be considered assumed if, following the merger or sale of assets, the Option confers the right to purchase or receive, for each share of Common Stock subject to the Option immediately prior to the merger or sale of assets, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or sale of assets by holders of Common Stock for each share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or sale of assets was not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent entity, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option, for each share of Common Stock subject to the Option, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent entity equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or sale of assets.

 

(ii)                                   Shares Subject to Right of Repurchase .  Any Options or shares subject to a right of repurchase of the Company shall be exchanged for the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or asset sale by the holders of Common Stock for each share held on the effective date of the transaction, as described in the preceding paragraph; provided, however, that if the consideration received is not solely common stock, and the Administrator provides, pursuant to the foregoing paragraph, that holders of Options shall receive common stock of the successor entity or its parent entity upon exercise of the Options, then any shares subject to a right of repurchase shall also be exchanged for common stock of the successor or its parent.  If in such exchange the Optionee receives shares of stock of the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation, and if the successor corporation has agreed to assume or substitute for Options as provided in the preceding paragraph, such exchanged shares shall continue to be subject to a right of repurchase as provided in the Optionee’s Stock Option Plan stock purchase agreement.  If, as provided in the preceding paragraph, the Optionee shall have the right to exercise an Option as to all of the shares of Common Stock covered thereby, all shares that are subject to a right of

 



 

repurchase of the Company shall be released from such right of repurchase and shall be fully vested.

 

6.1.3                      Time of Option Exercise .  Subject to Section 5 and Section 6.3.4, Options granted under this Plan shall be exercisable (a) immediately as of the effective date of the Option Agreement granting the Option, or (b) in accordance with a schedule related to the date of the grant of the Option, the date of first employment or service, or such other date as may be set by the Administrator (in any case, the “ Vesting Base Date ”) and specified in the Option Agreement relating to such Option; provided, however, that with respect to Options granted to employees who are not officers or directors, the right to exercise an Option must vest at the rate of at least 20% per year over five years from the date the Option was granted.  Options granted to officers, directors or consultants may become fully exercisable, subject to reasonable conditions such as continued employment or service, at any time or during any period established by the Board of the Administrator in accordance with this Plan.  In any case, no Option shall be exercisable until a written Option Agreement in form satisfactory to the Company is executed by the Company and the Optionee, and the person exercising the Option executes an appropriate stock purchase agreement with the Company and, if the stock to be delivered pursuant to exercise of such Option is subject to a right of repurchase as set forth in Section 6.1.8, such person delivers to the Company an Acknowledgment and Statement of Decision Regarding Election Pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

6.1.4                      Option Grant Date .  Except in the case of grants contingent on the beginning of employment or other service, as described in Section 5.4, the date of grant of an Option under this Plan shall be the date as of which the Administrator approves the grant.

 

6.1.5                      Nonassignability of Option Rights .  Except as otherwise determined by the Administrator and expressly set forth in the Option Agreement, no Option granted under this Plan shall be assignable or otherwise transferable by the Optionee except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.  During the life of the Optionee, except as otherwise determined by the Administrator and expressly set forth in the Option Agreement, an Option shall be exercisable only by the Optionee.

 

6.1.6                      Payment .  Except as provided below, payment in full, in cash, shall be made for all stock purchased at the time written notice of exercise of an Option is given to the Company, and proceeds of any payment shall constitute general funds of the Company.  At the time an Option is granted or exercised, the Administrator, in the exercise of its absolute discretion after considering any tax or accounting consequences, may authorize any one or more of the following additional methods of payment:

 

(a)                                  Acceptance of the Optionee’s full recourse promissory note for all or part of the Option price, payable on such terms and bearing such interest rate as determined by the Administrator (but in no event less than the minimum interest rate specified under the Code at which no additional interest would be imputed and in no event more than the maximum interest rate allowed under applicable usury laws), which promissory note may be either secured or unsecured in such manner as the Administrator shall approve (including, without limitation, by a security interest in the shares of the Company); and

 



 

(b)                                  Delivery (actual or constructive) by the Optionee of Common Stock already owned by the Optionee for all or part of the Option price, provided the value (determined as set forth in Section 6.1.11) of such Common Stock is equal on the date of exercise to the Option price, or such portion thereof as the Optionee is authorized to pay by delivery of such stock; provided, however, that if an Optionee has exercised any portion of any Option granted by the Company by delivery of Common Stock, the Optionee may not, within six months following such exercise, exercise any Option granted under this Plan by delivery of Common Stock without the consent of the Administrator.

 

6.1.7                      Termination of Employment .

 

(a)                                  If for any reason other than death, disability or termination for “cause” (as defined below), an Optionee ceases to be employed by the Company or any of its Affiliates (such event being called a “ Termination ”), Options held at the date of Termination (to the extent then exercisable) may be exercised in whole or in part at any time within three months of the date of such Termination, or such other period of not less than 30 days after the date of such Termination as is specified in the Option Agreement (but in no event after the Expiration Date); provided, however, that if such exercise of the Option would result in liability for the Optionee under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, then such three-month period automatically shall be extended until the tenth day following the last date upon which Optionee has any liability under Section 16(b) (but in no event after the Expiration Date, as defined below).

 

(b)                                  If an Optionee dies while employed by the Company or an Affiliate or within the period that the Option remains exercisable after Termination, Options then held (to the extent then exercisable) may be exercised, in whole or in part, by the Optionee, by the Optionee’s personal representative, or by the person to whom the Option is transferred by devise or the laws of descent and distribution, at any time within 12 months after the death of the Optionee, or such other period of not less than six months from the date of Termination as is specified in the Option Agreement (but in no event after the Expiration Date).

 

(c)                                   If an Optionee ceases to be employed by the Company as a result of his or her disability, the Optionee may, but only within six months after the date of Termination, or such longer period as is specified in the Option Agreement (but in no event after the Expiration Date), exercise the Option to the extent otherwise entitled to exercise it at the date of Termination; provided, however, that if such disability is not a “disability” as such term is defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, in the case of an ISO such ISO shall automatically convert to an NQO on the day three months and one day following such Termination.

 

(d)                                  If an Optionee is terminated for “cause,” all Options then held by such Optionee shall terminate and no longer be exercisable as of the date of Termination.  For purposes of this Section 6.1.7, “ cause ” shall mean Termination (i) by reason of Optionee’s commission of a felony, misdemeanor or other illegal conduct involving dishonesty, fraud or other matters of moral turpitude, (ii) by reason of Optionee’s dishonesty towards, fraud upon, or deliberate injury or attempted injury to the Company or any of its Affiliates, or (iii) by reason of Optionee’s willfully engaging in misconduct which is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company or any of its Affiliates.

 



 

(e)                                   To the extent that the Optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of Termination or if the Optionee does not exercise such Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

 

(f)                                    For purposes of this Section 6.1.7, “ employment ” includes service as an employee, a director or a consultant.  For purposes of this Section 6.1.7, an Optionee’s employment shall not be deemed to terminate by reason of sick leave, military leave or other leave of absence approved by the Administrator, if the period of any such leave does not exceed three months or, if longer, if the Optionee’s right to reemployment by the Company or any Affiliate is guaranteed either contractually or by statute.

 

6.1.8                      Repurchase of Stock .  At the option of the Administrator, the stock to be delivered pursuant to the exercise of any Option granted to an employee, director or consultant under this Plan may be subject to a right of repurchase in favor of the Company with respect to any employee, or director or consultant whose employment, or director or consulting relationship with the Company is terminated.  Such right of repurchase shall be exercisable as the Administrator may determine in the grant of option:

 

(a)                                  at the Option exercise price and (i) shall lapse at the rate of at least 20% per year over five years from the date the Option is granted (without regard to the date it was exercised or becomes exercisable), (ii) must be exercised for cash or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness within 90 days after such Termination (or in the case of securities issued upon exercise of options after the date of Termination, within 90 days after the date of exercise), and (iii) if the right is assignable by the Company, the assignee must pay the Company upon assignment of the right (unless the assignee is a 100% owned subsidiary of the Company or is an Affiliate) cash equal to the difference between the Option exercise price and the value (determined as set forth in Section 6.1.11) of the stock to be purchased if the Option exercise price is less than such value; or

 

(b)                                  at the higher of the Option exercise price or the value (determined as set forth in Section 6.1.11) of the stock being repurchased on the date of Termination, and must be exercised for cash or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness within 90 days of Termination (or in the case of securities issued upon exercise of options after the date of Termination, within 90 days after the date of exercise), and such right shall terminate when the Company’s securities become publicly traded.

 

In addition to the restrictions set forth in subparagraphs (a) and (b) above, the shares held by an officer, director or consultant of the issuer or by an Affiliate of the issuer may be subject to additional or greater restrictions, in the absolute discretion of the Administrator.

 

Determination of the number of shares subject to any such right of repurchase shall be made as of the date the employee’s employment by, director’s director relationship with, or consultant’s consulting relationship with, the Company terminates, not as of the date that any Option granted to such employee, director or consultant is thereafter exercised.

 



 

6.1.9                      Withholding and Employment Taxes .  At the time of exercise of an Option or at such other time or times as the amount of such obligations become determinable (the “ Tax Date ”), the Optionee shall remit to the Company in cash all applicable federal and state withholding and employment taxes due by reason of the exercise of an Option, the disposition of Common Stock acquired through exercise of an Option, or the lapse of rights to repurchase Common Stock.  The Administrator may, in its absolute discretion after considering any tax or accounting consequences, permit an Optionee to (i) deliver a full recourse promissory note on such terms as the Administrator deems appropriate, (ii) tender to the Company previously owned shares of Stock or other securities of the Company, or (iii) have shares of Common Stock which are acquired upon exercise of the Option withheld by the Company to pay some or all of the amount of tax that is required by law to be withheld by the Company as a result of the exercise of such Option, the disposition of Common Stock acquired through exercise of an Option, or the lapse of rights to repurchase Common Stock, subject to the following limitations:

 

(a)                                  Any election pursuant to clause (ii) above, where the Optionee is tendering Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option, shall require that such shares be held at least six months prior to the Tax Date.

 

(b)                                  Any of the foregoing limitations may be waived (or additional limitations may be imposed) by the Administrator, in its absolute discretion, if the Administrator determines that such foregoing limitations are not required (or that such additional limitations are required) in order that the transaction shall be exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act pursuant to Rule 16b-3, or any successor rule thereto.  In addition, any of the foregoing limitations may be waived by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, if the Administrator determines that Rule 16b-3, or any successor rule thereto, is not applicable to the exercise of the Option by the Optionee or for any other reason.

 

(c)                                   Any securities tendered or withheld in accordance with this Section 6.1.9 shall be valued by the Company as of the Tax Date.

 

6.1.10               Other Provisions .  Each Option granted under this Plan may contain such other terms, provisions, and conditions not inconsistent with this Plan as may be determined by the Administrator, and each ISO granted under this Plan shall include such provisions and conditions as are necessary to qualify the Option as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.  If Options provide for a right of first refusal in favor of the Company with respect to stock acquired by employees, directors or consultants, such Options shall provide that the right of first refusal shall terminate upon the closing of the Company’s initial registered public offering to the public generally.

 

6.1.11               Determination of Value .  For purposes of the Plan, the value of Common Stock or other securities of the Company shall be determined as follows:

 

(a)                                  If the stock of the Company is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the National Market System of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System, its fair market value shall be the closing sales price for such stock or the closing bid if no sales were

 



 

reported, as quoted on such system or exchange (or the largest such exchange) for the date the value is to be determined (or if there are no sales for such date, then for the last preceding business day on which there were sales), as reported in the Wall Street Journal or similar publication.

 

(b)                                  If the stock of the Company is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its fair market value shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the stock on the date the value is to be determined (or if there are no quoted prices for the date value is to be determined, then for the last preceding business day on which there were quoted prices).

 

(c)                                   In the absence of an established market for the stock, the fair market value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator by consideration of such factors as the Administrator in its discretion deems appropriate, including but not limited to the recent issue price of other securities of the Company, the Company’s net worth, prospective earning power, dividend-paying capacity, and other relevant factors, including the goodwill of the Company, the economic outlook in the Company’s industry, the Company’s position in the industry and its management, and the values of stock of other corporations in the same or a similar line of business.

 

6.1.12               Option Term .  Subject to Section 6.1.14, no Option shall be exercisable more than 10 years after the date of grant, or such lesser period of time as is set forth in the Option Agreement (the end of the maximum exercise period stated in the Option Agreement is referred to in this Plan as the “ Expiration Date ”).

 

6.1.13               Limits on Grants for Qualified Performance-Based Compensation .  The Company may not issue Options covering in the aggregate more than 2,500,000 shares of Common Stock to any one participant in any calendar year.

 

6.1.14               Exercise Price .  The exercise price of any Option granted to any person who owns, directly or by attribution under Section 424(d) of the Code, stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Affiliate (a “ Ten Percent Stockholder ”) shall in no event be less than 110% of the fair market value (determined in accordance with Section 6.1.11) of the stock covered by the Option at the time the Option is granted.

 

6.2                                Exercise Price of NQOs .  Except as set forth in Section 6.1.14, the exercise price of any NQO granted under this Plan shall be not less than 85% of the fair market value (determined in accordance with Section 6.1.11) of the stock subject to the Option on the date of grant.

 

6.3                                Terms and Conditions to Which Only ISOs Are Subject .  Options granted under this Plan which are designated as ISOs shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

6.3.1                      Exercise Price .  Except as set forth in Section 6.1.13, the exercise price of an ISO shall be determined in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Code and

 


 

shall in no event be less than the fair market value (determined in accordance with Section 6.1.11) of the stock covered by the Option at the time the Option is granted or deemed granted under Section 6.3.3.

 

6.3.2                      Disqualifying Dispositions .  If stock acquired by exercise of an ISO granted pursuant to this Plan is disposed of in a “disqualifying disposition” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, the holder of the stock immediately before the disposition shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the date and terms of the disposition and shall provide such other information regarding the Option as the Company may reasonably require.

 

6.3.3                      Grant Date .  If an ISO is granted in anticipation of employment as provided in Section 5.4, the Option shall be deemed granted, without further approval, on the date the grantee assumes the employment relationship forming the basis for such grant, and, in addition, satisfies all requirements of this Plan for Options granted on that date.

 

6.3.4                      Vesting .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, ISOs granted under all incentive stock option plans of the Company and its subsidiaries may not “vest” for more than $100,000 in fair market value of stock (measured on the grant dates(s)) in any calendar year.  For purposes of the preceding sentence, an option “vests” when it first becomes exercisable.  If, by their terms, such ISOs taken together would vest to a greater extent in a calendar year, including vesting resulting from a change in control of the Company, such ISOs shall be treated as NQOs to the extent such $100,000 limit is exceeded.  In no event shall more than $100,000 in fair market value of stock (measured on the grant date(s)) vest in any calendar year with respect to the ISOs.  Additionally, in no event, will the operation of this Section 6.3.4 cause an ISO to vest before its terms or, having vested, cease to be vested.

 

6.3.5                      Term .  Notwithstanding Section 6.1.12, no ISO granted to any Ten Percent Stockholder shall be exercisable more than five years after the date of grant.

 

7.                                       MANNER OF EXERCISE

 

7.1                                Written Notice and Payment .  An Optionee wishing to exercise an Option shall give written notice to the Company at its principal executive office, to the attention of the officer of the Company designated by the Administrator, accompanied by payment of the exercise price as provided in Section 6.1.6.  The date the Company receives written notice of an exercise hereunder accompanied by payment of the exercise price will be considered as the date such Option was exercised.

 

7.2                                Issuance of Stock .  Promptly after receipt by the Company of written notice of exercise of an Option, the exercise price as provided in Section 6.1.6, a signed stock purchase agreement in the form attached to the Option Agreement and such other items as required under the Option Agreement, the Company shall, without stock issue or stock transfer taxes to the Optionee or other person entitled to exercise the Option, deliver to the Optionee or such other person a certificate or certificates for the requisite number of shares of stock or register such Optionee as a stockholder by book entry.  An Optionee or permitted transferee of an Optionee shall not have any privileges as a stockholder with respect to any shares

 



 

of stock covered by the Option until the date of issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or a duly authorized transfer agent) of such shares.

 

8.                                       EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTING RELATIONSHIP

 

Nothing in this Plan or any Option granted thereunder shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or of any of its Affiliates to terminate any Optionee’s employment or consulting relationship at any time, nor confer upon any Optionee any right to continue in the employ of, or consult with, the Company or any of its Affiliates, nor interfere in any way with provisions in the Company’s charter documents or applicable law relating to the election, appointment, terms of office, and removal of members of the Board.

 

9.                                       FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

The Company shall provide to each Optionee during the period such Optionee holds an outstanding Option, and to each holder of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of Options granted under the Plan for so long as such person is a holder of such Common Stock, annual financial statements of the Company as prepared either by the Company or independent certified public accountants of the Company.  Such financial statements shall include, at a minimum, a balance sheet and an income statement, and shall be delivered as soon as practicable following the end of the Company’s fiscal year.  The provisions of this Section 9 shall not apply with respect to Optionees who are key employees of the Company whose duties in connection with the Company assures them access to information equivalent to the information provided in the financial statements.

 

10.                                CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES

 

Shares of Common Stock shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance and delivery of such shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all relevant provisions of law, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

 

11.                                NONEXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN

 

The adoption of the Plan shall not be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Company to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options other than under the Plan.

 

12.                                MARKET STANDOFF

 

Each Optionee, if so requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters in connection with any registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act shall not sell or otherwise transfer any shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of Options during the 180-day period following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act; provided, however, that such restriction shall apply only to the first two registration statements of the Company to become effective under the Securities Act which includes securities to be sold on behalf of the

 



 

Company to the public in an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act.  The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such 180-day period.

 

13.                                AMENDMENTS TO PLAN

 

The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or discontinue this Plan.  Without the consent of an Optionee, no amendment, alteration, suspension or discontinuance may adversely affect outstanding Options except to conform this Plan and ISOs granted under this Plan to the requirements of federal or other tax laws relating to incentive stock options.  No amendment, alteration, suspension or discontinuance shall require stockholder approval unless (a) stockholder approval is required to preserve incentive stock option treatment for federal income tax purposes, (b) stockholder approval is required to preserve option grants as “qualified performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, or (c) the Board otherwise concludes that stockholder approval is advisable.

 

14.                                EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

 

This Plan shall become effective upon adoption by the Board provided, however, that no Option shall be exercisable unless and until written consent of the stockholders of the Company, or approval of stockholders of the Company voting at a validly called stockholders’ meeting, is obtained within 12 months after adoption by the Board. If such stockholder approval is not obtained within such time, Options granted hereunder shall terminate and be of no force and effect from and after expiration of such 12-month period.  Options may be granted and exercised under this Plan only after there has been compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

 



 

EXHIBIT 5.1 OF THE INCENTIVE STOCK
OPTION AGREEMENT

 

TIME OF EXERCISE

 

The ISO shall be exercisable with respect to [ 25% ] of the total number of ISO Shares [ one year ] after the Vesting Base Date and with respect to an additional [ 1/48 ] of the total number of ISO Shares on the monthly anniversary of the Vesting Base Date of each month thereafter, so that the ISO shall be exercisable with respect to all of the ISO Shares on and after [ four years ] after the Vesting Base Date.

 

OR, FOR IMMEDIATELY VESTED STOCK SUBJECT TO REPURCHASE RIGHTS IN FAVOR OF THE COMPANY:

 

The ISO shall be immediately exercisable with respect to all of the ISO Shares, subject however to the Company’s Right of Repurchase set forth in Exhibit 7.

 

Executed by:

CONFORMIS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[ Name of Optionee ]

 



 

EXHIBIT 5.3 OF THE INCENTIVE STOCK
OPTION AGREEMENT

 

STOCK OPTION PLAN
STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 


 

ConforMIS Inc .
STOCK OPTION PLAN
STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
(FOR INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT)

 

(A)

 

Name of Purchaser:

 

(B)

 

Number of Plan Shares:

 

(C)

 

Exercise Price:

$

(D)

 

Purchase Price:

 

(E)

 

Date of Option Agreement:

 

(F)

 

Effective Date:

 

 

THIS STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of the date set forth in Item F above (the “ Effective Date ”) between ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and the person named in Item A above (the “ Purchaser ”).

 

THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.                                       Purchase of Shares Pursuant to the Company’s 2004 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”) and to an Incentive Stock Option Agreement (the “ Option Agreement ”) between the parties dated the date set forth in Item E above, the Company hereby sells to Purchaser, and Purchaser hereby buys from the Company, that number of shares (the “ Plan Shares ”) of the Company’s Common Stock (as defined in the Plan) set forth in Item B above on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan and the Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Option Agreement being hereby incorporated into this Agreement by reference.

 

2.                                       Purchase Price Purchaser shall purchase the Plan Shares from the Company, and the Company shall sell the Plan Shares to Purchaser, at a price per share as set forth in Item C above (the “ Exercise Price ”), for a total purchase price as set forth in Item D above (the “ Purchase Price ”).

 

3.                                       Manner of Payment Purchaser shall pay the Purchase Price of the Plan Shares by delivery of cash or check or, in the exercise of the absolute discretion of the Administrator, by actual or constructive delivery of previously-owned shares or by delivery of a full recourse promissory note, or in the manner set forth in Exhibit 5.4 to the Option Agreement evidencing the option, the absence of any Exhibit 5.4 indicating that no such exhibit was intended.

 

4.                                       Company’s Right of Repurchase Upon Termination of Employment The Plan Shares are subject to a right of repurchase in favor of the Company (the “ Right of Repurchase ”) to the extent set forth on Exhibit 7 of the Option Agreement (the absence of Exhibit 7 in the Option Agreement indicating that no such exhibit was intended).  If the Purchaser’s employment, consulting or service as a director with the Company terminates before the Right of Repurchase lapses in accordance with Exhibit 7 of the Option Agreement, the Company may purchase stock subject to the Right of Repurchase (by payment of cash or check) for an amount equal to the

 



 

price the Optionee paid for such Plan Shares (exclusive of any taxes paid upon acquisition of the stock) by giving notice at any time within the later of (a) 30 days after the acquisition of the Plan Shares upon option exercise, or (b) 90 days after such termination of employment, consulting or service as a director that the Company is exercising its right of repurchase.  The Company shall include with such notice payment in full in cash or check.  The Purchaser may not dispose of or transfer Plan Shares while such shares are subject to the Right of Repurchase and any such attempted transfer shall be null and void.

 

5.                                       Company’s Right of First Refusal Respecting Plan Shares .

 

5.1                                Right of First Refusal In the event that Purchaser proposes to sell, pledge, or otherwise transfer any Plan Shares or any interest in such shares to a bona-fide third party offeror, the Company shall have a right of first refusal (the “ Right of First Refusal ”) with respect to such Plan Shares.  If Purchaser desires to transfer Plan Shares, Purchaser shall give a written notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Plan Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, and the name and address of the bona-fide third party offeror.  The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by Purchaser and by the bona-fide third party offeror and must constitute a binding commitment of both such parties for the transfer of such Plan Shares.  The Company may elect to purchase the Plan Shares subject to the Transfer Notice by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Company’s Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company.  The purchase price paid by the Company shall be the price per share equal to the proposed per share transfer price, and shall be paid to the Purchaser within 60 days after the date the Transfer Notice is received by the Company, unless a longer period for payment was offered by the bona-fide third party offeror, in which case the Company shall pay the purchase price within such longer period.  The Company’s rights under this Section 5.1 shall be freely assignable, in whole or in part.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Right of First Refusal does not apply to a transfer of Plan Shares by gift or devise to the Purchaser’s immediate family (i.e., parents, spouse or children or to a trust for the benefit of the Purchaser or any of the Purchaser’s immediate family members), but does apply to any subsequent transfer of such Plan Shares by such immediate family members.

 

5.2                                Transfer of Plan Shares If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company, Purchaser may, not later than 75 days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice, conclude a transfer of the Plan Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice.  Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by Purchaser, shall again be subject to the Company’s Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by Purchaser with the procedure described in Section 5.1 of this Agreement.  If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of Plan Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice, other than price which shall be paid as set forth under Section 5.1; provided, however, in the event the Transfer Notice provides for payment for the Plan Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Plan Shares by paying in cash the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice; and further provided that if the value of noncash consideration is to be paid, and the Optionee

 

2



 

disagrees with the value determined by the Company, the Optionee may request an independent appraisal by an appraiser acceptable to the Optionee and the Company, the costs of such appraisal to be borne equally by the Optionee and the Company.  If, at the time of exercise of the right of first refusal, any notes are outstanding which represent any portion of the Purchase Price of the Plan Shares, the repurchase price shall be paid first by cancellation of any obligation for accrued but unpaid interest under such notes, next by cancellation of principal under such notes, and finally by payment of cash.

 

5.3                                Binding Effect of Right of First Refusal The Company’s Right of First Refusal shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and shall be binding upon any transferee of Plan Shares other than a transferee acquiring Plan Shares in a transaction where the Company failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal (a “ Free Transferee ”) or a transferee of a Free Transferee.

 

5.4                                Termination of Company’s Right of First Refusal Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and Purchaser shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures in Sections 5.1 through 5.3, after the earlier of

 

(a)                                  the closing of the Company’s initial registered public offering to the public generally, or

 

(b)                                  the date 10 years after the Effective Date of the Option Agreement.

 

6.                                       Stock Certificate Restrictive Legends Stock certificates evidencing Plan Shares may bear such restrictive legends as the Company and the Company’s counsel deem necessary or advisable under applicable law or pursuant to this Agreement.

 

7.                                       Representations , Warranties , Covenants , and Acknowledgments of Purchaser .  Purchaser hereby represents, warrants, covenants, acknowledges, and agrees that:

 

7.1                                Investment Purchaser is acquiring the Plan Shares for Purchaser’s own account, and not for the account of any other person.  Purchaser is acquiring the Plan Shares for investment and not with a view to distribution or resale thereof except in compliance with applicable laws regulating securities.

 

7.2                                Business Experience Purchaser is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of Purchaser’s investment in the Company evidenced by the purchase of the Plan Shares.

 

7.3                                Relation of Company Purchaser is presently an officer, director, or employee of, or consultant to, the Company and in such capacity has become personally familiar with the business, affairs, financial condition, and results of operations of the Company.

 

7.4                                Access to Information Purchaser has had the opportunity to ask questions of, and to receive answers from, appropriate executive officers of the Company with respect to the terms and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and with respect to the business, affairs, financial condition, and results of operations of the Company.  Purchaser has had access to such financial and other information as is necessary in order for Purchaser to make a fully informed decision as to investment in the Company by way of purchase of the Plan Shares, and has had the opportunity to obtain any additional information necessary to verify any

 

3



 

of such information to which Purchaser has had access.  Purchaser acknowledges that all financial information concerning the Company that has been or will be provided to Purchaser is Confidential Information within the meaning of the Employee Confidential Information and Inventions Agreement between Purchaser and the Company and is subject to the obligation of confidentiality and other restrictions and limitations set forth therein.

 

7.5                                Speculative Investment Purchaser’s investment in the Company represented by the Plan Shares is highly speculative in nature and is subject to a high degree of risk of loss in whole or in part.  The amount of such investment is within Purchaser’s risk capital means and is not so great in relation to Purchaser’s total financial resources as would jeopardize the personal financial needs of Purchaser or Purchaser’s family in the event such investment were lost in whole or in part.

 

7.6                                Registration Purchaser may bear the economic risk of investment for an indefinite period of time because the sale to Purchaser of the Plan Shares has not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and the Plan Shares cannot be transferred by Purchaser unless such transfer is registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available.  The Company has made no agreements, covenants or undertakings whatsoever to register the transfer of any of the Shares under the Securities Act.  The Company has made no representations, warranties, or covenants whatsoever as to whether any exemption from the Securities Act, including without limitation any exemption for limited sales in routine brokers’ transactions pursuant to Rule 144, will be available; if the exemption under Rule 144 is available at all, it will not be available until at least one year after payment of cash for the Plan Shares and not then unless: (a) a public trading market then exists in the Company’s common stock; (b) adequate information as to the Company’s financial and other affairs and operations is then available to the public; and (C) all other terms and conditions of Rule 144 have been satisfied.  Purchaser understands that the resale provisions of Rule 701 will not apply until 90 days after the Company becomes subject to the reporting obligations of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (typically upon the effective date of an initial public offering).

 

7.7                                Public Trading None of the Company’s securities is presently publicly traded, and the Company has made no representation, covenant, or agreement as to whether there will be a public market for any of its securities.

 

7.8                                Tax Advice The Company has made no warranties or representations to Purchaser with respect to the income tax consequences of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and Purchaser is in no manner relying on the Company or its representatives for an assessment of such tax consequences.  If the Plan Shares are subject to a Right of Repurchase in favor of the Company or if Purchaser could be subject to suit under Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 with respect to the purchase and sale of Plan Shares, Purchaser shall execute and deliver to the Company a copy of the Acknowledgment and Statement of Decision Regarding Election Pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “ Acknowledgment ”) attached hereto as Exhibit 7A and a copy of the Election Pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code, attached hereto as Exhibit 7B, if Purchaser has indicated in the Acknowledgment his or her decision to make such an election.  Purchaser will consult with his or

 

4



 

her tax advisor to determine if there is a comparable election to file in the state of his or her residence and whether such filing is desirable under the circumstances.

 

8.                                       Binding Effect Subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the executors, administrators, heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns of the parties hereto.

 

9.                                       Damages Purchaser shall be liable to the Company for all costs and damages, including incidental and consequential damages, resulting from a disposition of Plan Shares which is not in conformity with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

10.                                Disqualifying Dispositions of ISO Stock If stock acquired by exercise of an ISO (as defined in Section 1 of the Plan) is disposed of within two years after the Effective Date (as defined in the Option Agreement) or within one year after such exercise, Purchaser immediately prior to the disposition shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the date and terms of the disposition and shall provide such other information regarding the disposition as the Company may reasonably require.

 

11.                                Governing Law This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts excluding those laws that direct the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

 

12.                                Notices All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing.  Unless and until Purchaser is notified in writing to the contrary, all notices, communications, and documents directed to the Company and related to the Agreement, if not delivered by hand, shall be mailed, addressed as follows:

 

ConforMIS, Inc.
Attention:  President
28 Crosby Drive
Bedford, MA 01730

 

Unless and until the Company is notified in writing to the contrary, all notices, communications, and documents intended for Purchaser and related to this Agreement, if not delivered by hand, shall be mailed to Purchaser’s last known address as shown on the Company’s books.  Notices and communications shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid; documents shall be mailed by registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid.  All mailings and deliveries related to this Agreement shall be deemed received when actually received, if by hand delivery, and two business days after mailing, if by mail.

 

13.                                Arbitration Any and all disputes or controversies arising out of this Agreement shall be finally settled by arbitration conducted in Middlesex County, Massachusetts in accordance with the then existing rules of the American Arbitration Association, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof; provided that nothing in this Section 13 shall prevent a party from applying to a court of competent jurisdiction to obtain temporary relief pending resolution of the dispute through

 

5



 

arbitration.  The parties hereby agree that service of any notices in the course of such arbitration at their respective addresses as provided for in Section 12 shall be valid and sufficient.

 

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

6



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Stock Option Plan Stock Purchase Agreement as of the effective date.

 

 

 

ConforMIS, Inc .

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

Purchaser hereby accepts and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan.

 

 

 

 

Purchaser

 

Purchaser’s spouse indicates by the execution of this Agreement such spouse’s consent to be bound by the terms herein as to such spouse’s interests, whether as community property or otherwise, if any, in the Plan Shares hereby purchased.

 

 

 

 

Purchaser’s Spouse

 

(Mark “N/A” if not applicable.)

 



 

Exhibits

 

Exhibit 7A                                       Acknowledgment Regarding Election Pursuant to Section 83(b)

 

Exhibit 7B                                       Section 83(b) Election

 

[NOTE: Not necessary if no Right of Repurchase]

 


 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND STATEMENT
OF DECISION REGARDING ELECTION
PURSUANT TO SECTION 83(b) OF
THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE

 

The undersigned (which term includes the undersigned’s spouse), a purchaser of            shares of Common Stock of ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and a party to a Stock Option Plan Stock Purchase Agreement with the Company (the “ Agreement ”), hereby states as follows:

 

1.                                       The undersigned acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Agreement and the memorandum entitled “Tax Consequences of Purchasing Restricted Stock; Filing a Section 83(b) Election.” The undersigned has carefully reviewed the Agreement and the memorandum.

 

2.                                       The undersigned either [check as applicable]:

 

o                                     (a)                                  has consulted, and has been fully advised by, the undersigned’s own tax advisor                      , whose business address is                       , regarding the federal, state, and local tax consequences of purchasing shares under the Agreement, and particularly regarding the advisability of making elections pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the “ Code ”), and pursuant to the corresponding provisions, if any, of applicable state laws; or

 

o                                     (b)                                  has knowingly chosen not to consult such a tax advisor.

 

3.                                       The undersigned hereby states that the undersigned has decided [check as applicable]:

 

o                                     (a)                                  to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code (which in the case of shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an incentive stock option, is effective for the purposes described therein) and is submitting to the Company, together with the undersigned’s executed Agreement, an executed form which is attached as Exhibit           to the Agreement; or

 

o                                     (b)                                  not to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code.

 

4.                                       Neither the Company nor any subsidiary or representative of the Company has made any warranty or representation to the undersigned with respect to the tax consequences of the undersigned’s purchase of shares and execution of the Agreement in connection therewith or of the making or failure to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code or the corresponding provisions, if any, of applicable state law.

 

EXHIBIT 7A



 

5.                                       The undersigned is also submitting to the Company, together with the Agreement, an executed original of an election, if any is made, of the undersigned pursuant to provisions of state law corresponding to Section 83(b) of the Code, if any, which are applicable to the undersigned’s purchase of shares under the Agreement.

 

I acknowledge that, even if the Company files, or engages another party to file, a duplicate Section 83(b) election form with the Internal Revenue Service as an accommodation to me, I have the primary responsibility for timely filing any Section 83(b) election with the Internal Revenue Service and any state revenue authorities, and will hold the Company and its agents harmless from any failure to timely file a duplicate copy of the Section 83(b) election.

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Spouse]

 

EXHIBIT 7A



 

ELECTION PURSUANT TO SECTION 83(b) OF THE
INTERNAL REVENUE CODE TO INCLUDE IN GROSS INCOME
THE EXCESS OVER THE PURCHASE PRICE, IF ANY, OF THE VALUE OF
PROPERTY TRANSFERRED IN CONNECTION WITH SERVICES

 

The undersigned hereby elects pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) to include in the undersigned’s gross income, with the effect and under the circumstances described in paragraph 3 below, for the            taxable year the excess (if any) of (a) the fair market value of the property described below, over (b) the amount the undersigned paid for such property.  The undersigned supplies herewith the following information in accordance with the Treasury regulations promulgated under Section 83(b):

 

1.                                       The undersigned’s name, address and taxpayer identification (social security) number are:

 

Name:

 

Address:

 

Social Security
Number:

 

2.                                       The property with respect to which the election is made consists of              shares of Common Stock, no par value, of ConforMIS, Inc. (the “ Company ”).

 

3.                                       The property described above was acquired by the undersigned on                     ,           , pursuant to the undersigned’s exercise of an incentive stock option.  This filing is therefore made for determining the amount of the undersigned’s adjustment under Section 56(b)(3) of the Code with respect to the undersigned’s purchase of the property.  This filing will be effective for regular income tax purposes in the event that the option is determined not to qualify as an incentive stock option or the undersigned makes a disposition (as defined in Section 424(C) of the Code) of the property within either period described in Section 422(a)(1) of the Code.  The taxable year to which this election relates is                       .

 

4.                                       The shares are subject to the following restrictions: (a) a right of repurchase by the Company at the initial purchase price, if the undersigned ceases to be an employee or director of or consultant to the Company; and (b) a right of first refusal by the Company should the undersigned wish to transfer the shares to a person or entity other than the Company.

 

5.                                       The fair market value of the shares at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any restrictions other than those which by their terms will never lapse) is $       per share.

 

EXHIBIT 7B



 

6.                                       The amount paid for the shares by the undersigned was $         per share.

 

7.                                       A copy of this election has been furnished to the Company.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature of Purchaser)

 

EXHIBIT 7B



 

EXHIBIT 7 OF THE INCENTIVE STOCK
OPTION AGREEMENT

 

RIGHT OF REPURCHASE

 

All of the ISO Shares are subject to the Right of Repurchase.  The Right of Repurchase shall expire with respect to 25% of the total number of ISO Shares one year after the Vesting Base Date and with respect to an additional 1/48 of the total number of ISO Shares on the monthly anniversary of the Vesting Base Date of each month thereafter, so that the Right of Repurchase shall have expired with respect to all of the ISO Shares on and after four years after the Vesting Base Date.

 

Executed by:

CONFORMIS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[ Name of Optionee ]

 




Exhibit 10.4

 

CONFORMIS, INC.
STOCK OPTION PLAN
NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

(A)

Name of Optionee:

(B)

Grant Date:

(C)

Number of Shares:

(D)

Exercise Price:

(E)

Vesting Base Date:

(F)

Effective Date:

 

THIS NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”), is made and entered into as of the date set forth in Item F above (the “ Effective Date ”) between ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the person named in Item A above (“ Optionee ”).

 

THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.                                       Grant of Option; Vesting Base Date .

 

1.1                                Grant .  The Company hereby grants to Optionee pursuant to the Company’s 2004 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”), a copy of which is attached to this Agreement as Exhibit 1, a nonqualified stock option (the “ NQO ”) to purchase all or any part of an aggregate of the number of shares (the “ NQO Shares ”) of the Company’s Common Stock (as defined in the Plan) listed in Item C above on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan, the terms and conditions of the Plan being hereby incorporated into this Agreement by reference.

 

1.2                                Vesting Base Date .  The parties hereby establish the date set forth in Item E above as the Vesting Base Date (as defined in Section 5.1 below).

 

2.                                       Exercise Price .  The exercise price for purchase of each share of Common Stock covered by this NQO shall be the price set forth in Item D above.

 

3.                                       Term .  Unless otherwise specified on Exhibit 3 attached hereto, if any (the absence of such exhibit indicating that no such exhibit was intended), this NQO shall expire as provided in Section 6.1.12 of the Plan.

 

4.                                       Adjustment of NQOs .  The Company shall adjust the number and kind of shares and the exercise price thereof in certain circumstances in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.1.1 of the Plan.

 

5.                                       Exercise of Options .

 

5.1                                Vesting; Time of Exercise .  This NQO shall be exercisable according to the schedule set forth on Exhibit 5.1 attached hereto.  Such schedule shall commence as of the date set forth in Item E above (the “ Vesting Base Date ”).

 



 

5.2                                Exercise After Termination of Status as an Employee, Director or Consultant .  In the event of termination of Optionee’s continuous status as an employee, director or consultant, this NQO may be exercised only in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.1.7 of the Plan; provided, however, that in the event of termination of Optionee’s continuous status as an employee, director or consultant for any reason other than death or disability, this NQO may be exercised in whole or in part at any time within 30 days of the date of such termination (but in no event after the Expiration Date, as such term is defined in the Plan).

 

5.3                                Manner of Exercise .  Optionee may exercise this NQO, or any portion of this NQO, by giving written notice to the Company at its principal executive office, to the attention of the officer of the Company designated by the Plan Administrator, accompanied by a copy of the Stock Option Plan Stock Purchase Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit 5.3 executed by Optionee (or at the option of the Company such other form of stock purchase agreement as shall then be acceptable to the Company), payment of the exercise price and payment of any applicable withholding or employment taxes.  The date the Company receives written notice of an exercise hereunder accompanied by payment will be considered as the date this NQO was exercised.

 

5.4                                Payment .  Except as provided in Exhibit 5.4 attached hereto, if any (the absence of such exhibit indicating that no exhibit was intended), payment may be made for NQO Shares purchased at the time written notice of exercise of the NQO is given to the Company, by delivery of cash, check or, in the exercise of the absolute discretion of the Administrator, previously owned shares of Common Stock (including constructive delivery, provided that actual or constructive delivery of previously owned shares may not be made other than once in any six month period) or a full recourse promissory note equal to up to 90% of the exercise price and payable over no more than five years.  Any applicable taxes must be paid in cash.  The proceeds of any payment shall constitute general funds of the Company.

 

5.5                                Delivery of Certificate .  Promptly after receipt of written notice of exercise of the NQO, the Company shall, without stock issue or transfer taxes to the Optionee or other person entitled to exercise, deliver to the Optionee or other person a certificate or certificates for the requisite number of NQO Shares or shall register the Optionee as a stockholder on the books of the Company.  An Optionee or transferee of an Optionee shall not have any privileges as a stockholder with respect to any NQO Shares covered by the option until the date of issuance of a stock certificate or, if applicable, such registration.

 

6.                                       Nonassignability of NQO .  This NQO is not assignable or transferable by Optionee except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.  During the life of Optionee, the NQO is exercisable only by the Optionee.  Any attempt to assign, pledge, transfer, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this NQO in a manner not herein permitted, and any levy of execution, attachment, or similar process on this NQO, shall be null and void.

 

7.                                       Company’s Right of Repurchase Upon Termination of Employment .  The NQO Shares arising from exercise of this NQO shall be subject to a right of repurchase in favor of the Company (the “ Right of Repurchase ”) to the extent set forth on Exhibit 7 attached hereto (the absence of such exhibit indicating that no such exhibit was intended and that the NQO shall be

 

2



 

subject to the limitations set forth on Exhibit 5.1).  If the Optionee’s employment with the Company terminates before the Right of Repurchase lapses in accordance with Exhibit 7, the Company may purchase NQO Shares subject to the Right of Repurchase (either by payment of cash or by cancellation of purchase money indebtedness) for an amount equal to the price the Optionee paid for such NQO Shares (exclusive of any taxes paid upon acquisition of the stock) by giving notice at any time within the later of (a) 30 days after the acquisition of the NQO Shares upon option exercise, or (b) 90 days after such termination of employment that the Company is exercising its right of repurchase.  The Company shall include with such notice payment in full in cash or by evidence of cancellation of purchase money indebtedness.  The Optionee may not dispose of or transfer NQO Shares while such shares are subject to the Right of Repurchase and any such attempted transfer shall be null and void.

 

8.                                       Company’s Right of First Refusal .

 

8.1                                Right of First Refusal .  In the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge, or otherwise transfer any NQO Shares or any interest in such shares to any person or entity, the Company shall have a right of first refusal (the “ Right of First Refusal ”) with respect to such NQO Shares.  If Optionee desires to transfer NQO Shares, Optionee shall give a written notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of NQO Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, and the name and address of the proposed transferee.  The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by Optionee and by the proposed transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of both such parties for the transfer of such NQO Shares.  The Company may elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the NQO Shares subject to the Transfer Notice by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Company’s Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company.  The purchase price paid by the Company shall be the price per share equal to the proposed per share transfer price, and shall be paid to the Optionee within 60 days after the date the Transfer Notice is received by the Company, unless a longer period for payment was offered by the proposed transferee, in which case the Company shall pay the purchase price within such longer period.  The Company’s rights under this Section 8.1 shall be freely assignable, in whole or in part.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Right of First Refusal does not apply to a transfer of shares by gift or devise to the Optionee’s immediate family (i.e., parents, spouse or children or to a trust for the benefit of the Optionee or any of the Optionee’s immediate family members), but does apply to any subsequent transfer of such shares by such immediate family members.

 

8.2                                Transfer of NQO Shares .  If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company, the Optionee may, not later than 75 days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice, conclude a transfer of the NQO Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice.  Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Optionee with the procedure described in Section 8.1 of this Agreement.  If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of NQO Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice, other than price which shall be paid as set forth under Section 8.1; provided, however, in the event the Transfer Notice provides for payment for the

 

3



 

NQO Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the NQO Shares by paying in cash the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice; and further provided that if the value of noncash consideration is to be paid, and the Optionee disagrees with the value determined by the Company, the Optionee may request an independent appraisal by an appraiser acceptable to the Optionee and the Company, the costs of such appraisal to be borne equally by the Optionee and the Company.

 

8.3                                Binding Effect .  The Right of First Refusal shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and shall be binding upon any transferee of NQO Shares other than a transferee acquiring NQO Shares in a transaction where the Company failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal (a “ Free Transferee ”) or a transferee of a Free Transferee.

 

8.4                                Termination of Company’s Right of First Refusal .  Notwithstanding anything in this Section 8, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures in Sections 8.1 through 8.3 after the earlier of (i) the closing of the Company’s initial public offering to the public generally or (ii) the date that is 10 years after the Effective Date.

 

9.                                       Market Standoff .  Optionee hereby agrees that if so requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters in connection with any registration of the offering of the securities of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), Optionee shall not sell or otherwise transfer the NQO Shares for a period of 180 days following the effective date of a Registration Statement filed under the Securities Act; provided that such restrictions shall only apply to the first two registration statements of the Company to become effective under the Securities Act which include securities to be sold on behalf of the Company in an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act.  The Company may impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the NQO Shares subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of each such 180-day period.

 

10.                                Restriction on Issuance of Shares .

 

10.1                         Legality of Issuance .  The Company shall not be obligated to sell or issue any NQO Shares pursuant to this Agreement if such sale or issuance, in the opinion of the Company and the Company’s counsel, might constitute a violation by the Company of any provision of law, including without limitation the provisions of the Securities Act.

 

10.2                         Registration or Qualification of Securities .  The Company may, but shall not be required to, register or qualify the sale of this NQO or any NQO Shares under the Securities Act or any other applicable law.  The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the grant or exercise of this option or the issuance or sale of any NQO Shares pursuant thereto to comply with any law.

 

11.                                Restriction on Transfer .  Regardless whether the sale of the NQO Shares has been registered under the Securities Act or has been registered or qualified under the securities laws of any state, the Company may impose restrictions upon the sale, pledge, or other transfer of NQO Shares (including the placement of appropriate legends on stock certificates) if, in the

 

4



 

judgment of the Company and the Company’s counsel, such restrictions are necessary or desirable in order to achieve compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act, the securities laws of any state, or any other law, or if the Company does not desire to have a trading market develop for its securities.

 

12.                                Stock Certificate Restrictive Legends .  Stock certificates evidencing NQO Shares may bear such restrictive legends as the Company and the Company’s counsel deem necessary or advisable under applicable law or pursuant to this Agreement.

 

13.                                Representations, Warranties, Covenants, and Acknowledgments of Optionee Upon Exercise of NQO .  Optionee hereby agrees that in the event that the Company and the Company’s counsel deem it necessary or advisable in the exercise of their discretion, the issuance of NQO Shares may be conditioned upon certain representations, warranties, and acknowledgments by the person exercising the NQO (the “ Purchaser ”), including, without limitation, those set forth in Sections 13.1 through 13.8 inclusive:

 

13.1                         Investment .  Purchaser is acquiring the NQO Shares for Purchaser’s own account, and not for the account of any other person.  Purchaser is acquiring the NQO Shares for investment and not with a view to distribution or resale thereof except in compliance with applicable laws regulating securities.

 

13.2                         Business Experience .  Purchaser is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of Purchaser’s investment in the Company evidenced by purchase of the NQO Shares.

 

13.3                         Relation to Company .  Purchaser is presently an officer, director, or other employee of, or consultant to the Company, and in such capacity has become personally familiar with the business, affairs, financial condition, and results of operations of the Company.

 

13.4                         Access to Information .  Purchaser has had the opportunity to ask questions of, and to receive answers from, appropriate executive officers of the Company with respect to the terms and conditions of the transaction contemplated hereby and with respect to the business, affairs, financial condition, and results of operations of the Company.  Purchaser has had access to such financial and other information as is necessary in order for Purchaser to make a fully informed decision as to investment in the Company by way of purchase of the NQO Shares, and has had the opportunity to obtain any additional information necessary to verify any of such information to which Purchaser has had access.

 

13.5                         Speculative Investment .  Purchaser’s investment in the Company represented by the NQO Shares is highly speculative in nature and is subject to a high degree of risk of loss in whole or in part.  The amount of such investment is within Purchaser’s risk capital means and is not so great in relation to Purchaser’s total financial resources as would jeopardize the personal financial needs of Purchaser or Purchaser’s family in the event such investment were lost in whole or in part.

 

13.6                         Registration .  Purchaser must bear the economic risk of investment for an indefinite period of time because the sale to Purchaser of the NQO Shares has not been registered under the Securities Act and the NQO Shares cannot be transferred by Purchaser unless such

 

5



 

transfer is registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available.  The Company has made no agreements, covenants, or undertakings whatsoever to register the transfer of any of the NQO Shares under the Securities Act.  The Company has made no representations, warranties, or covenants whatsoever as to whether any exemption from the Securities Act, including without limitation any exemption for limited sales in routine brokers’ transactions pursuant to Rule 144, will be available; if the exemption under Rule 144 is available at all, it may not be available until at least one year after payment of cash for the NQO Shares and not then unless: (i) a public trading market then exists in the Company’s Common Stock; (ii) adequate information as to the Company’s financial and other affairs and operations is then available to the public; and (iii) all other terms and conditions of Rule 144 have been satisfied.  Purchaser understands that the resale provisions of Rule 701 will not apply until 90 days after the Company becomes subject to the reporting obligations of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (typically 90 days after the effective date of an initial public offering).

 

13.7                         Public Trading .  None of the Company’s securities is presently publicly traded, and the Company has made no representation, covenant, or agreement as to whether there will be a public market for any of its securities.

 

13.8                         Tax Advice .  The Company has made no warranties or representations to Purchaser with respect to the income tax consequences of the transactions contemplated by the agreement pursuant to which the NQO Shares will be purchased and Purchaser is in no manner relying on the Company or its representatives for an assessment of such tax consequences.

 

14.                                Assignment; Binding Effect .  Subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the executors, administrators, heirs, legal representatives, and successors of the parties hereto; provided, however, that Optionee may not assign any of Optionee’s rights under this Agreement.

 

15.                                Damages .  Optionee shall be liable to the Company for all costs and damages, including incidental and consequential damages, resulting from a disposition of NQO Shares which is not in conformity with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

16.                                Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of California excluding those laws that direct the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

 

17.                                Notices .  All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing.  Unless and until the Optionee is notified in writing to the contrary, all notices, communications, and documents directed to the Company and related to the Agreement, if not delivered by hand, shall be mailed, addressed as follows:

 

ConforMIS, Inc.
Attention:  President
2 Fourth Ave.
Burlington, MA 01803

 

6



 

Unless and until the Company is notified in writing to the contrary, all notices, communications, and documents intended for the Optionee and related to this Agreement, if not delivered by hand, shall be mailed to Optionee’s last known address as shown on the Company’s books.  Notices and communications shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid; documents shall be mailed by registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid.  All mailings and deliveries related to this Agreement shall be deemed received when actually received, if by hand delivery, and two business days after mailing, if by mail.

 

18.                                Arbitration .  Any and all disputes or controversies arising out of this Agreement shall be finally settled by arbitration conducted in San Mateo County in accordance with the then existing rules of the American Arbitration Association, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof; provided that nothing in this Section 18 shall prevent a party from applying to a court of competent jurisdiction to obtain temporary relief pending resolution of the dispute through arbitration.  The parties hereby agree that service of any notices in the course of such arbitration at their respective addresses as provided for in Section 17 shall be valid and sufficient.

 

19.                                Entire Agreement .  Company and Optionee agree that this Agreement (including its attached Exhibits) is the complete and exclusive statement between Company and Optionee regarding its subject matter and supersedes all prior proposals, communications, and agreements of the parties (including any advisory board, consulting or similar agreement), whether oral or written, regarding the grant of stock options or issuances of shares to Optionee.

 

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

7



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

 

CONFORMIS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

The Optionee hereby accepts and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan.

 

 

 

 

[ Name of Optionee ]

 

SPOUSAL CONSENT

 

Optionee’s spouse indicates by the execution of this Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement that spouse’s consent to be bound by the terms thereof as to that spouse’s interests, whether as community property or otherwise, if any, in the option granted hereunder, and in any NQO Shares purchased pursuant to this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

Optionee’s Spouse

 

(Mark “N/A” if not applicable.)

 



 

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit 1

 

2004 Stock Option Plan

 

 

 

Exhibit 5.1

 

Time of Exercise

 

 

 

Exhibit 5.3

 

Stock Option Plan Stock Purchase Agreement

 

 

 

[ Exhibit 7

 

Right of Repurchase ]

 


 

EXHIBIT 1 OF THE NONQUALIFIED STOCK
OPTION AGREEMENT

 



 

2004 STOCK OPTION PLAN
OF
CONFORMIS, INC.

 

1.                                       PURPOSES OF THE PLAN

 

The purposes of the 2004 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”) of ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), are to:

 

(a)                                  Encourage selected employees, directors and consultants to improve operations and increase profits of the Company;

 

(b)                                  Encourage selected employees, directors and consultants to accept or continue employment or association with the Company or its “Affiliates” (as defined below); and

 

(c)                                   Increase the interest of selected employees, directors and consultants in the Company’s welfare through participation in the growth in value of the common stock of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”).

 

Options granted under this Plan (“ Options ”) may be “incentive stock options” (“ ISOs ”) intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), or “nonqualified options” (“ NQOs ”).

 

2.                                       ELIGIBLE PERSONS

 

Every person who at the date of grant of an Option is an employee of the Company or of any Affiliate of the Company is eligible to receive NQOs or ISOs under this Plan.  Every person who at the date of grant is a consultant to, or nonemployee director of, the Company or any Affiliate of the Company is eligible to receive NQOs under this Plan.  The term “ Affiliate ” as used in the Plan means a parent or subsidiary corporation as defined in the applicable provisions (currently Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively) of the Code.  The term “ employee ” includes an officer or director who is an employee of the Company.  The term “ consultant ” includes persons employed by, or otherwise affiliated with, a consultant to the Company.

 

3.                                       STOCK SUBJECT TO THIS PLAN

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 6.1.1 of the Plan, the total number of shares of stock which may be issued under options granted pursuant to this Plan and the total number of shares provided for issuance under this Plan shall be 2,764,078 shares (1) of Common Stock and

 


(1)  The number of shares was increased from 1,764,078 shares to 2,764,078 shares by the “Board” (as defined below) on October 17, 2005.  The number of shares was then increased from 2,764,078 shares to 4,764,078 shares by the shall at no time exceed the applicable percentage as calculated in accordance with Section 260.140.45 of Chapter 3 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations.  The shares covered by the portion of any grant under the Plan which expires unexercised shall become available again for grants under the Plan.

 



 

4.                                       ADMINISTRATION

 

4.1                                General .  This Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) or, either in its entirety or only insofar as required pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof, by a committee (the “ Committee ”) of at least two Board members to which administration of the Plan, or of part of the Plan, is delegated (in either case, the “ Administrator ”).

 

4.2                                Public Company .  From and after such time as the Company registers a class of equity securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), it is intended that this Plan shall be administered in accordance with the disinterested administration requirements of Rule 16b-3 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“ Rule 16b-3 ”), or any successor rule thereto.

 

4.3                                Authority of Administrator .  Subject to the other provisions of this Plan, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion: (i) to grant Options; (ii) to determine the fair market value of the Common Stock subject to Options; (iii) to determine the exercise price of Options granted; (iv) to determine the persons (each an “ Optionee ”) to whom, and the time or times at which, Options shall be granted, and the number of shares subject to each Option; (v) to interpret this Plan; (vi) to prescribe, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to this Plan; (vii) to determine the terms and provisions of each Option granted (which need not be identical), including but not limited to, the time or times at which Options shall be exercisable; (viii) with the consent of the Optionee, to modify or amend any Option; (ix) to defer (with the consent of the Optionee) the exercise date of any Option; (x) to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument evidencing the grant of an Option; and (xi) to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of this Plan.  The Administrator may delegate nondiscretionary administrative duties to such employees of the Company as it deems proper.

 

4.4                                Interpretation by Administrator .  All questions of interpretation, implementation, and application of this Plan shall be determined in its absolute discretion by the Administrator.  Such determinations shall be final and binding on all persons.

 

4.5                                Rule 16b-3 .  With respect to persons subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, if any, transactions under this Plan are intended to comply with the applicable conditions of Rule 16b-3, or any successor rule thereto.  To the extent any provision of this Plan or action by the Administrator fails to so comply, it shall be deemed null and void, to the extent permitted by law and deemed advisable by the Administrator.  Notwithstanding the above, it shall be the responsibility of such persons, not of the Company or the Administrator, to comply with the requirements of Section 16 of the Exchange Act; and neither the Company nor the Administrator shall be liable if this Plan or any transaction under this Plan fails to comply with

 


(continued from previous page)

Board on August 15, 2007. The number of shares was then increased from 4,764,078 shares to 6,385,887 shares by the Board on May 28, 2008. The number of shares was increased from 6,385,887 shares to 7,585,887 shares by the Board on September 15, 2009.

 



 

the applicable conditions of Rule 16b-3 or any successor rule thereto, or if any such person incurs any liability under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

 

5.                                       GRANTING OF OPTIONS; OPTION AGREEMENT

 

5.1                                Termination of Plan .  No Options shall be granted under this Plan after 10 years from the date of adoption of this Plan by the Board.

 

5.2                                Stock Option Agreement .  Each Option shall be evidenced by a written stock option agreement (the “ Option Agreement ”), in form satisfactory to the Company, executed by the Company and the person to whom such Option is granted; provided, however, that the failure by the Company, the Optionee, or both, to execute an Option Agreement shall not invalidate the granting of an Option, although the exercise of each Option shall be subject to Section 6.1.3.

 

5.3                                Type of Option .  The Option Agreement shall specify whether each Option it evidences is an NQO or an ISO.

 

5.4                                Early Approval of Grants .  Subject to Section 6.3.3 with respect to ISOs, the Administrator may approve the grant of Options under this Plan to persons who are expected to become employees, directors or consultants of the Company, but are not employees, directors or consultants at the date of approval, with such grant to specify whether it is effective immediately or effective only on such person becoming an employee, director or consultant.

 

6.                                       TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS

 

Each Option granted under this Plan shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 6.1.  NQOs shall be also subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 6.2, but not those set forth in Section 6.3.  ISOs shall also be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 6.3, but not those set forth in Section 6.2.

 

6.1                                Terms and Conditions to Which All Options Are Subject .  All Options granted under this Plan shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

6.1.1                      Changes in Capital Structure .  Subject to Section 6.1.2, if the stock of the Company is changed by reason of a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, or recapitalization, combination or reclassification, appropriate adjustments shall be made by the Board in (a) the number and class of shares of stock subject to this Plan and each Option outstanding under this Plan, and (b) the exercise price of each outstanding Option; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares as a result of any such adjustments.  Each such adjustment shall be subject to approval by the Board in its absolute discretion.

 

6.1.2                      Corporate Transactions .

 

(a)                                  Dissolution or Liquidation .  In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator shall notify each Optionee at least

 



 

30 days prior to such proposed action.  To the extent not previously exercised, all Options will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

 

(b)                                  Merger or Asset Sale .  In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation, or the sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company, in addition to any rights provided in the Option Agreement:

 

(i)                                      Options .  Each Option shall be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation (including as a “successor” any purchaser of substantially all of the assets of the Company) or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation.  In the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the Option, the Optionee shall have the right to exercise the Option as to all of the shares of Common Stock covered by the Option, including shares as to which it would not otherwise be exercisable.  If an Option is exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution in the event of a merger or sale of assets, the Administrator shall notify the Optionee that the Option shall be fully exercisable for a period of 15 days from the date of such notice, and the Option shall terminate upon the expiration of such period.  For the purposes of this paragraph, the Option shall be considered assumed if, following the merger or sale of assets, the Option confers the right to purchase or receive, for each share of Common Stock subject to the Option immediately prior to the merger or sale of assets, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or sale of assets by holders of Common Stock for each share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or sale of assets was not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent entity, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of the Option, for each share of Common Stock subject to the Option, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its parent entity equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or sale of assets.

 

(ii)                                   Shares Subject to Right of Repurchase .  Any Options or shares subject to a right of repurchase of the Company shall be exchanged for the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or asset sale by the holders of Common Stock for each share held on the effective date of the transaction, as described in the preceding paragraph; provided, however, that if the consideration received is not solely common stock, and the Administrator provides, pursuant to the foregoing paragraph, that holders of Options shall receive common stock of the successor entity or its parent entity upon exercise of the Options, then any shares subject to a right of repurchase shall also be exchanged for common stock of the successor or its parent.  If in such exchange the Optionee receives shares of stock of the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation, and if the successor corporation has agreed to assume or substitute for Options as provided in the preceding paragraph, such exchanged shares shall continue to be subject to a right of repurchase as provided in the Optionee’s Stock Option Plan stock purchase agreement.  If, as provided in the preceding paragraph, the Optionee shall have the right to exercise an Option as to all of the shares of Common Stock covered thereby, all shares that are subject to a right of

 



 

repurchase of the Company shall be released from such right of repurchase and shall be fully vested.

 

6.1.3                      Time of Option Exercise .  Subject to Section 5 and Section 6.3.4, Options granted under this Plan shall be exercisable (a) immediately as of the effective date of the Option Agreement granting the Option, or (b) in accordance with a schedule related to the date of the grant of the Option, the date of first employment or service, or such other date as may be set by the Administrator (in any case, the “ Vesting Base Date ”) and specified in the Option Agreement relating to such Option; provided, however, that with respect to Options granted to employees who are not officers or directors, the right to exercise an Option must vest at the rate of at least 20% per year over five years from the date the Option was granted.  Options granted to officers, directors or consultants may become fully exercisable, subject to reasonable conditions such as continued employment or service, at any time or during any period established by the Board of the Administrator in accordance with this Plan.  In any case, no Option shall be exercisable until a written Option Agreement in form satisfactory to the Company is executed by the Company and the Optionee, and the person exercising the Option executes an appropriate stock purchase agreement with the Company and, if the stock to be delivered pursuant to exercise of such Option is subject to a right of repurchase as set forth in Section 6.1.8, such person delivers to the Company an Acknowledgment and Statement of Decision Regarding Election Pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

6.1.4                      Option Grant Date .  Except in the case of grants contingent on the beginning of employment or other service, as described in Section 5.4, the date of grant of an Option under this Plan shall be the date as of which the Administrator approves the grant.

 

6.1.5                      Nonassignability of Option Rights .  Except as otherwise determined by the Administrator and expressly set forth in the Option Agreement, no Option granted under this Plan shall be assignable or otherwise transferable by the Optionee except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.  During the life of the Optionee, except as otherwise determined by the Administrator and expressly set forth in the Option Agreement, an Option shall be exercisable only by the Optionee.

 

6.1.6                      Payment .  Except as provided below, payment in full, in cash, shall be made for all stock purchased at the time written notice of exercise of an Option is given to the Company, and proceeds of any payment shall constitute general funds of the Company.  At the time an Option is granted or exercised, the Administrator, in the exercise of its absolute discretion after considering any tax or accounting consequences, may authorize any one or more of the following additional methods of payment:

 

(a)                                  Acceptance of the Optionee’s full recourse promissory note for all or part of the Option price, payable on such terms and bearing such interest rate as determined by the Administrator (but in no event less than the minimum interest rate specified under the Code at which no additional interest would be imputed and in no event more than the maximum interest rate allowed under applicable usury laws), which promissory note may be either secured or unsecured in such manner as the Administrator shall approve (including, without limitation, by a security interest in the shares of the Company); and

 



 

(b)                                  Delivery (actual or constructive) by the Optionee of Common Stock already owned by the Optionee for all or part of the Option price, provided the value (determined as set forth in Section 6.1.11) of such Common Stock is equal on the date of exercise to the Option price, or such portion thereof as the Optionee is authorized to pay by delivery of such stock; provided, however, that if an Optionee has exercised any portion of any Option granted by the Company by delivery of Common Stock, the Optionee may not, within six months following such exercise, exercise any Option granted under this Plan by delivery of Common Stock without the consent of the Administrator.

 

6.1.7                      Termination of Employment .

 

(a)                                  If for any reason other than death, disability or termination for “cause” (as defined below), an Optionee ceases to be employed by the Company or any of its Affiliates (such event being called a “ Termination ”), Options held at the date of Termination (to the extent then exercisable) may be exercised in whole or in part at any time within three months of the date of such Termination, or such other period of not less than 30 days after the date of such Termination as is specified in the Option Agreement (but in no event after the Expiration Date); provided, however, that if such exercise of the Option would result in liability for the Optionee under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, then such three-month period automatically shall be extended until the tenth day following the last date upon which Optionee has any liability under Section 16(b) (but in no event after the Expiration Date, as defined below).

 

(b)                                  If an Optionee dies while employed by the Company or an Affiliate or within the period that the Option remains exercisable after Termination, Options then held (to the extent then exercisable) may be exercised, in whole or in part, by the Optionee, by the Optionee’s personal representative, or by the person to whom the Option is transferred by devise or the laws of descent and distribution, at any time within 12 months after the death of the Optionee, or such other period of not less than six months from the date of Termination as is specified in the Option Agreement (but in no event after the Expiration Date).

 

(c)                                   If an Optionee ceases to be employed by the Company as a result of his or her disability, the Optionee may, but only within six months after the date of Termination, or such longer period as is specified in the Option Agreement (but in no event after the Expiration Date), exercise the Option to the extent otherwise entitled to exercise it at the date of Termination; provided, however, that if such disability is not a “disability” as such term is defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, in the case of an ISO such ISO shall automatically convert to an NQO on the day three months and one day following such Termination.

 

(d)                                  If an Optionee is terminated for “cause,” all Options then held by such Optionee shall terminate and no longer be exercisable as of the date of Termination.  For purposes of this Section 6.1.7, “ cause ” shall mean Termination (i) by reason of Optionee’s commission of a felony, misdemeanor or other illegal conduct involving dishonesty, fraud or other matters of moral turpitude, (ii) by reason of Optionee’s dishonesty towards, fraud upon, or deliberate injury or attempted injury to the Company or any of its Affiliates, or (iii) by reason of Optionee’s willfully engaging in misconduct which is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company or any of its Affiliates.

 



 

(e)                                   To the extent that the Optionee was not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of Termination or if the Optionee does not exercise such Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate, and the shares covered by such Option shall revert to the Plan.

 

(f)                                    For purposes of this Section 6.1.7, “ employment ” includes service as an employee, a director or a consultant.  For purposes of this Section 6.1.7, an Optionee’s employment shall not be deemed to terminate by reason of sick leave, military leave or other leave of absence approved by the Administrator, if the period of any such leave does not exceed three months or, if longer, if the Optionee’s right to reemployment by the Company or any Affiliate is guaranteed either contractually or by statute.

 

6.1.8                      Repurchase of Stock .  At the option of the Administrator, the stock to be delivered pursuant to the exercise of any Option granted to an employee, director or consultant under this Plan may be subject to a right of repurchase in favor of the Company with respect to any employee, or director or consultant whose employment, or director or consulting relationship with the Company is terminated.  Such right of repurchase shall be exercisable as the Administrator may determine in the grant of option:

 

(a)                                  at the Option exercise price and (i) shall lapse at the rate of at least 20% per year over five years from the date the Option is granted (without regard to the date it was exercised or becomes exercisable), (ii) must be exercised for cash or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness within 90 days after such Termination (or in the case of securities issued upon exercise of options after the date of Termination, within 90 days after the date of exercise), and (iii) if the right is assignable by the Company, the assignee must pay the Company upon assignment of the right (unless the assignee is a 100% owned subsidiary of the Company or is an Affiliate) cash equal to the difference between the Option exercise price and the value (determined as set forth in Section 6.1.11) of the stock to be purchased if the Option exercise price is less than such value; or

 

(b)                                  at the higher of the Option exercise price or the value (determined as set forth in Section 6.1.11) of the stock being repurchased on the date of Termination, and must be exercised for cash or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness within 90 days of Termination (or in the case of securities issued upon exercise of options after the date of Termination, within 90 days after the date of exercise), and such right shall terminate when the Company’s securities become publicly traded.

 

In addition to the restrictions set forth in subparagraphs (a) and (b) above, the shares held by an officer, director or consultant of the issuer or by an Affiliate of the issuer may be subject to additional or greater restrictions, in the absolute discretion of the Administrator.

 

Determination of the number of shares subject to any such right of repurchase shall be made as of the date the employee’s employment by, director’s director relationship with, or consultant’s consulting relationship with, the Company terminates, not as of the date that any Option granted to such employee, director or consultant is thereafter exercised.

 



 

6.1.9                      Withholding and Employment Taxes .  At the time of exercise of an Option or at such other time or times as the amount of such obligations become determinable (the “ Tax Date ”), the Optionee shall remit to the Company in cash all applicable federal and state withholding and employment taxes due by reason of the exercise of an Option, the disposition of Common Stock acquired through exercise of an Option, or the lapse of rights to repurchase Common Stock.  The Administrator may, in its absolute discretion after considering any tax or accounting consequences, permit an Optionee to (i) deliver a full recourse promissory note on such terms as the Administrator deems appropriate, (ii) tender to the Company previously owned shares of Stock or other securities of the Company, or (iii) have shares of Common Stock which are acquired upon exercise of the Option withheld by the Company to pay some or all of the amount of tax that is required by law to be withheld by the Company as a result of the exercise of such Option, the disposition of Common Stock acquired through exercise of an Option, or the lapse of rights to repurchase Common Stock, subject to the following limitations:

 

(a)                                  Any election pursuant to clause (ii) above, where the Optionee is tendering Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option, shall require that such shares be held at least six months prior to the Tax Date.

 

(b)                                  Any of the foregoing limitations may be waived (or additional limitations may be imposed) by the Administrator, in its absolute discretion, if the Administrator determines that such foregoing limitations are not required (or that such additional limitations are required) in order that the transaction shall be exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act pursuant to Rule 16b-3, or any successor rule thereto.  In addition, any of the foregoing limitations may be waived by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, if the Administrator determines that Rule 16b-3, or any successor rule thereto, is not applicable to the exercise of the Option by the Optionee or for any other reason.

 

(c)                                   Any securities tendered or withheld in accordance with this Section 6.1.9 shall be valued by the Company as of the Tax Date.

 

6.1.10               Other Provisions .  Each Option granted under this Plan may contain such other terms, provisions, and conditions not inconsistent with this Plan as may be determined by the Administrator, and each ISO granted under this Plan shall include such provisions and conditions as are necessary to qualify the Option as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.  If Options provide for a right of first refusal in favor of the Company with respect to stock acquired by employees, directors or consultants, such Options shall provide that the right of first refusal shall terminate upon the closing of the Company’s initial registered public offering to the public generally.

 

6.1.11               Determination of Value .  For purposes of the Plan, the value of Common Stock or other securities of the Company shall be determined as follows:

 

(a)                                  If the stock of the Company is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the National Market System of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System, its fair market value shall be the closing sales price for such stock or the closing bid if no sales were

 



 

reported, as quoted on such system or exchange (or the largest such exchange) for the date the value is to be determined (or if there are no sales for such date, then for the last preceding business day on which there were sales), as reported in the Wall Street Journal or similar publication.

 

(b)                                  If the stock of the Company is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, its fair market value shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the stock on the date the value is to be determined (or if there are no quoted prices for the date value is to be determined, then for the last preceding business day on which there were quoted prices).

 

(c)                                   In the absence of an established market for the stock, the fair market value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator by consideration of such factors as the Administrator in its discretion deems appropriate, including but not limited to the recent issue price of other securities of the Company, the Company’s net worth, prospective earning power, dividend-paying capacity, and other relevant factors, including the goodwill of the Company, the economic outlook in the Company’s industry, the Company’s position in the industry and its management, and the values of stock of other corporations in the same or a similar line of business.

 

6.1.12               Option Term .  Subject to Section 6.1.14, no Option shall be exercisable more than 10 years after the date of grant, or such lesser period of time as is set forth in the Option Agreement (the end of the maximum exercise period stated in the Option Agreement is referred to in this Plan as the “ Expiration Date ”).

 

6.1.13               Limits on Grants for Qualified Performance-Based Compensation .  The Company may not issue Options covering in the aggregate more than 2,500,000 shares of Common Stock to any one participant in any calendar year.

 

6.1.14               Exercise Price .  The exercise price of any Option granted to any person who owns, directly or by attribution under Section 424(d) of the Code, stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Affiliate (a “ Ten Percent Stockholder ”) shall in no event be less than 110% of the fair market value (determined in accordance with Section 6.1.11) of the stock covered by the Option at the time the Option is granted.

 

6.2                                Exercise Price of NQOs .  Except as set forth in Section 6.1.14, the exercise price of any NQO granted under this Plan shall be not less than 85% of the fair market value (determined in accordance with Section 6.1.11) of the stock subject to the Option on the date of grant.

 

6.3                                Terms and Conditions to Which Only ISOs Are Subject .  Options granted under this Plan which are designated as ISOs shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

6.3.1                      Exercise Price .  Except as set forth in Section 6.1.13, the exercise price of an ISO shall be determined in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Code and

 


 

shall in no event be less than the fair market value (determined in accordance with Section 6.1.11) of the stock covered by the Option at the time the Option is granted or deemed granted under Section 6.3.3.

 

6.3.2                      Disqualifying Dispositions .  If stock acquired by exercise of an ISO granted pursuant to this Plan is disposed of in a “disqualifying disposition” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, the holder of the stock immediately before the disposition shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the date and terms of the disposition and shall provide such other information regarding the Option as the Company may reasonably require.

 

6.3.3                      Grant Date .  If an ISO is granted in anticipation of employment as provided in Section 5.4, the Option shall be deemed granted, without further approval, on the date the grantee assumes the employment relationship forming the basis for such grant, and, in addition, satisfies all requirements of this Plan for Options granted on that date.

 

6.3.4                      Vesting .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, ISOs granted under all incentive stock option plans of the Company and its subsidiaries may not “vest” for more than $100,000 in fair market value of stock (measured on the grant dates(s)) in any calendar year.  For purposes of the preceding sentence, an option “vests” when it first becomes exercisable.  If, by their terms, such ISOs taken together would vest to a greater extent in a calendar year, including vesting resulting from a change in control of the Company, such ISOs shall be treated as NQOs to the extent such $100,000 limit is exceeded.  In no event shall more than $100,000 in fair market value of stock (measured on the grant date(s)) vest in any calendar year with respect to the ISOs.  Additionally, in no event, will the operation of this Section 6.3.4 cause an ISO to vest before its terms or, having vested, cease to be vested.

 

6.3.5                      Term .  Notwithstanding Section 6.1.12, no ISO granted to any Ten Percent Stockholder shall be exercisable more than five years after the date of grant.

 

7.                                       MANNER OF EXERCISE

 

7.1                                Written Notice and Payment .  An Optionee wishing to exercise an Option shall give written notice to the Company at its principal executive office, to the attention of the officer of the Company designated by the Administrator, accompanied by payment of the exercise price as provided in Section 6.1.6.  The date the Company receives written notice of an exercise hereunder accompanied by payment of the exercise price will be considered as the date such Option was exercised.

 

7.2                                Issuance of Stock .  Promptly after receipt by the Company of written notice of exercise of an Option, the exercise price as provided in Section 6.1.6, a signed stock purchase agreement in the form attached to the Option Agreement and such other items as required under the Option Agreement, the Company shall, without stock issue or stock transfer taxes to the Optionee or other person entitled to exercise the Option, deliver to the Optionee or such other person a certificate or certificates for the requisite number of shares of stock or register such Optionee as a stockholder by book entry.  An Optionee or permitted transferee of an Optionee shall not have any privileges as a stockholder with respect to any shares of stock

 



 

covered by the Option until the date of issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or a duly authorized transfer agent) of such shares.

 

8.                                       EMPLOYMENT OR CONSULTING RELATIONSHIP

 

Nothing in this Plan or any Option granted thereunder shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or of any of its Affiliates to terminate any Optionee’s employment or consulting relationship at any time, nor confer upon any Optionee any right to continue in the employ of, or consult with, the Company or any of its Affiliates, nor interfere in any way with provisions in the Company’s charter documents or applicable law relating to the election, appointment, terms of office, and removal of members of the Board.

 

9.                                       FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

The Company shall provide to each Optionee during the period such Optionee holds an outstanding Option, and to each holder of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of Options granted under the Plan for so long as such person is a holder of such Common Stock, annual financial statements of the Company as prepared either by the Company or independent certified public accountants of the Company.  Such financial statements shall include, at a minimum, a balance sheet and an income statement, and shall be delivered as soon as practicable following the end of the Company’s fiscal year.  The provisions of this Section 9 shall not apply with respect to Optionees who are key employees of the Company whose duties in connection with the Company assures them access to information equivalent to the information provided in the financial statements.

 

10.                                CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES

 

Shares of Common Stock shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option and the issuance and delivery of such shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all relevant provisions of law, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

 

11.                                NONEXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN

 

The adoption of the Plan shall not be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Company to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options other than under the Plan.

 

12.                                MARKET STANDOFF

 

Each Optionee, if so requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters in connection with any registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act shall not sell or otherwise transfer any shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of Options during the 180-day period following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act; provided, however, that such restriction shall apply only to the first two registration statements of the Company to become effective under the Securities Act which includes securities to be sold on behalf of the

 



 

Company to the public in an underwritten public offering under the Securities Act.  The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such 180-day period.

 

13.                                AMENDMENTS TO PLAN

 

The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or discontinue this Plan.  Without the consent of an Optionee, no amendment, alteration, suspension or discontinuance may adversely affect outstanding Options except to conform this Plan and ISOs granted under this Plan to the requirements of federal or other tax laws relating to incentive stock options.  No amendment, alteration, suspension or discontinuance shall require stockholder approval unless (a) stockholder approval is required to preserve incentive stock option treatment for federal income tax purposes, (b) stockholder approval is required to preserve option grants as “qualified performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, or (c) the Board otherwise concludes that stockholder approval is advisable.

 

14.                                EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

 

This Plan shall become effective upon adoption by the Board provided, however, that no Option shall be exercisable unless and until written consent of the stockholders of the Company, or approval of stockholders of the Company voting at a validly called stockholders’ meeting, is obtained within 12 months after adoption by the Board. If such stockholder approval is not obtained within such time, Options granted hereunder shall terminate and be of no force and effect from and after expiration of such 12-month period.  Options may be granted and exercised under this Plan only after there has been compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

 



 

EXHIBIT 5.1 OF THE NONQUALIFIED STOCK
OPTION AGREEMENT

 

TIME OF EXERCISE

 

The NQO shall be immediately exercisable with respect to all of the NQO Shares, subject, however, to the Company’s Right of Repurchase set forth in Exhibit 7.

 

Executed by:

CONFORMIS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[ Name of Optionee ]

 



 

EXHIBIT 5.3 OF THE NONQUALIFIED STOCK
OPTION AGREEMENT

 

STOCK OPTION PLAN STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 


 

CONFORMIS, INC.
STOCK OPTION PLAN
STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
(FOR NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT)

 

(A)

Name of Purchaser:

(B)

Number of Plan Shares:

(C)

Exercise Price:

(D)

Purchase Price:

(E)

Date of Option Agreement:

(F)

Effective Date:

 

THIS STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement” ) is made and entered into as of the date set forth in Item F above (the “Effective Date” ) between ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ), and the person named in Item A above (the “Purchased” ).

 

THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.                                       Purchase of Shares.  Pursuant to the Company’s 2004 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan” ) and to a Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement” ) between the parties dated the date set forth in Item E above, the Company hereby sells to Purchaser, and Purchaser hereby buys from the Company, that number of shares (the “Plan Shares” ) of the Company’s Common Stock (as defined in the Plan) set forth in Item B above on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan and the Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Option Agreement being hereby incorporated into this Agreement by reference.

 

2.                                       Purchase Price.  Purchaser shall purchase the Plan Shares from the Company, and the Company shall sell the Plan Shares to Purchaser, at a price per share as set forth in Item C above (the “Exercise Price” ), for a total purchase price as set forth in Item D above (the “Purchase Price” ).

 

3.                                       Manner of Payment.  Purchaser shall pay the Purchase Price of the Plan Shares by delivery of cash or check or, in the exercise of the absolute discretion of the Administrator, by actual or constructive delivery of previously-owned shares or by delivery of a full recourse promissory note, or in the manner set forth in Exhibit 5.4 to the Option Agreement evidencing the option, the absence of any Exhibit 5.4 indicating that no such exhibit was intended.

 

4.                                       Company’s Right of Repurchase Upon Termination of Employment.  The Plan Shares are subject to a right of repurchase in favor of the Company (the “Right of Repurchase” ) to the extent set forth on Exhibit 7 of the Option Agreement (the absence of Exhibit 7 in the Option Agreement indicating that no such exhibit was intended).  If the Purchaser’s employment, consulting or service as a director with the Company terminates before the Right of Repurchase lapses in accordance with Exhibit 7 of the Option Agreement, the Company may purchase stock

 



 

subject to the Right of Repurchase (by payment of cash or check) for an amount equal to the price the Optionee paid for such Plan Shares (exclusive of any taxes paid upon acquisition of the stock) by giving notice at any time within the later of (a) 30 days after the acquisition of the Plan Shares upon option exercise, or (b) 90 days after such termination of employment, consulting or service as a director that the Company is exercising its right of repurchase.  The Company shall include with such notice payment in full in cash or check.  The Purchaser may not dispose of or transfer Plan Shares while such shares are subject to the Right of Repurchase and any such attempted transfer shall be null and void.

 

5.                                       Company’s Right of First Refusal Respecting Plan Shares .

 

5.1                                Right of First Refusal.  In the event that Purchaser proposes to sell, pledge, or otherwise transfer any Plan Shares or any interest in such shares to a bona-fide third party offeror, the Company shall have a right of first refusal (the “Right of First Refusal” ) with respect to such Plan Shares.  If Purchaser desires to transfer Plan Shares, Purchaser shall give a written notice (the “Transfer Notice” ) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Plan Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, and the name and address of the bona-fide third party offeror.  The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by Purchaser and by the bona-fide third party offeror and must constitute a binding commitment of both such parties for the transfer of such Plan Shares.  The Company may elect to purchase the Plan Shares subject to the Transfer Notice by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Company’s Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company.  The purchase price paid by the Company shall be the price per share equal to the proposed per share transfer price, and shall be paid to the Purchaser within 60 days after the date the Transfer Notice is received by the Company, unless a longer period for payment was offered by the bona-fide third party offeror, in which case the Company shall pay the purchase price within such longer period.  The Company’s rights under this Section 5.1 shall be freely assignable, in whole or in part.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Right of First Refusal does not apply to a transfer of Plan Shares by gift or devise to the Purchaser’s immediate family (i.e., parents, spouse or children or to a trust for the benefit of the Purchaser or any of the Purchaser’s immediate family members), but does apply to any subsequent transfer of such Plan Shares by such immediate family members.

 

5.2                                Transfer of Plan Shares.  If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company, Purchaser may, not later than 75 days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice, conclude a transfer of the Plan Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice.  Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by Purchaser, shall again be subject to the Company’s Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by Purchaser with the procedure described in Section 5.1 of this Agreement.  If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of Plan Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice, other than price which shall be paid as set forth under Section 5.1; provided, however, in the event the Transfer Notice provides for payment for the Plan Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Plan Shares by paying in cash the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice; and

 



 

further provided that if the value of noncash consideration is to be paid, and the Optionee disagrees with the value determined by the Company, the Optionee may request an independent appraisal by an appraiser acceptable to the Optionee and the Company, the costs of such appraisal to be borne equally by the Optionee and the Company.  If, at the time of exercise of the right of first refusal, any notes are outstanding which represent any portion of the Purchase Price of the Plan Shares, the repurchase price shall be paid first by cancellation of any obligation for accrued but unpaid interest under such notes, next by cancellation of principal under such notes, and finally by payment of cash.

 

5.3                                Binding Effect of Right of First Refusal.  The Company’s Right of First Refusal shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and shall be binding upon any transferee of Plan Shares other than a transferee acquiring Plan Shares in a transaction where the Company failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal (a “Free Transferee” ) or a transferee of a Free Transferee.

 

5.4                                Termination of Company’s Right of First Refusal.  Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and Purchaser shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures in Sections 5.1 through 5.3, after the earlier of (a) the closing of the Company’s initial registered public offering to the public generally, or (b) the date 10 years after the Effective Date of the Option Agreement.

 

6.                                       Stock Certificate Restrictive Legends.  Stock certificates evidencing Plan Shares may bear such restrictive legends as the Company and the Company’s counsel deem necessary or advisable under applicable law or pursuant to this Agreement.

 

7.                                       Representations, Warranties, Covenants, and Acknowledgments of Purchaser .  Purchaser hereby represents, warrants, covenants, acknowledges, and agrees that:

 

7.1                                Investment.  Purchaser is acquiring the Plan Shares for Purchaser’s own account, and not for the account of any other person.  Purchaser is acquiring the Plan Shares for investment and not with a view to distribution or resale thereof except in compliance with applicable laws regulating securities.

 

7.2                                Business Experience.  Purchaser is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of Purchaser’s investment in the Company evidenced by the purchase of the Plan Shares.

 

7.3                                Relation of Company.  Purchaser is presently an officer, director, or employee of, or consultant to, the Company and in such capacity has become personally familiar with the business, affairs, financial condition, and results of operations of the Company.

 

7.4                                Access to Information.  Purchaser has had the opportunity to ask questions of, and to receive answers from, appropriate executive officers of the Company with respect to the terms and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and with respect to the business, affairs, financial condition, and results of operations of the Company.  Purchaser has had access to such financial and other information as is necessary in order for Purchaser to make a fully informed decision as to investment in the Company by way of purchase of the Plan

 



 

Shares, and has had the opportunity to obtain any additional information necessary to verify any of such information to which Purchaser has had access.  Purchaser acknowledges that all financial information concerning the Company that has been or will be provided to Purchaser is Confidential Information within the meaning of the Employee Confidential Information and Inventions Agreement between Purchaser and the Company and is subject to the obligation of confidentiality and other restrictions and limitations set forth therein.

 

7.5                                Speculative Investment.  Purchaser’s investment in the Company represented by the Plan Shares is highly speculative in nature and is subject to a high degree of risk of loss in whole or in part.  The amount of such investment is within Purchaser’s risk capital means and is not so great in relation to Purchaser’s total financial resources as would jeopardize the personal financial needs of Purchaser or Purchaser’s family in the event such investment were lost in whole or in part.

 

7.6                                Registration.  Purchaser may bear the economic risk of investment for an indefinite period of time because the sale to Purchaser of the Plan Shares has not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act” ), and the Plan Shares cannot be transferred by Purchaser unless such transfer is registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available.  The Company has made no agreements, covenants or undertakings whatsoever to register the transfer of any of the Shares under the Securities Act.  The Company has made no representations, warranties, or covenants whatsoever as to whether any exemption from the Securities Act, including without limitation any exemption for limited sales in routine brokers’ transactions pursuant to Rule 144, will be available; if the exemption under Rule 144 is available at all, it will not be available until at least one year after payment of cash for the Plan Shares and not then unless: (a) a public trading market then exists in the Company’s common stock; (b) adequate information as to the Company’s financial and other affairs and operations is then available to the public; and (c) all other terms and conditions of Rule 144 have been satisfied.  Purchaser understands that the resale provisions of Rule 701 will not apply until 90 days after the Company becomes subject to the reporting obligations of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (typically upon the effective date of an initial public offering).

 

7.7                                Public Trading.  None of the Company’s securities is presently publicly traded, and the Company has made no representation, covenant, or agreement as to whether there will be a public market for any of its securities.

 

7.8                                Tax Advice.  The Company has made no warranties or representations to Purchaser with respect to the income tax consequences of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and Purchaser is in no manner relying on the Company or its representatives for an assessment of such tax consequences.  If the Plan Shares are subject to a Right of Repurchase in favor of the Company or if Purchaser could be subject to suit under Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 with respect to the purchase and sale of Plan Shares, Purchaser shall execute and deliver to the Company a copy of the Acknowledgment and Statement of Decision Regarding Election Pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Acknowledgment” ) attached hereto as Exhibit 7A and a copy of the Election Pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code, attached hereto as Exhibit 7B, if Purchaser has indicated in the Acknowledgment his or her decision to make such an election.  Purchaser will consult with his or

 



 

her tax advisor to determine if there is a comparable election to file in the state of his or her residence and whether such filing is desirable under the circumstances.

 

8.                                       Binding Effect.  Subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the executors, administrators, heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns of the parties hereto.

 

9.                                       Damages.  Purchaser shall be liable to the Company for all costs and damages, including incidental and consequential damages, resulting from a disposition of Plan Shares which is not in conformity with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

10.                                Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts excluding those laws that direct the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

 

11.                                Notices.  All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing.  Unless and until Purchaser is notified in writing to the contrary, all notices, communications, and documents directed to the Company and related to the Agreement, if not delivered by hand, shall be mailed, addressed as follows:

 

ConforMIS, Inc.
Attention: President
28 Crosby Drive
Bedford, MA 01730

 

Unless and until the Company is notified in writing to the contrary, all notices, communications, and documents intended for Purchaser and related to this Agreement, if not delivered by hand, shall be mailed to Purchaser’s last known address as shown on the Company’s books.  Notices and communications shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid; documents shall be mailed by registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid.  All mailings and deliveries related to this Agreement shall be deemed received when actually received, if by hand delivery, and two business days after mailing, if by mail.

 

12.                                Arbitration.  Any and all disputes or controversies arising out of this Agreement shall be finally settled by arbitration conducted in Middlesex County, Massachusetts in accordance with the then existing rules of the American Arbitration Association, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof; provided that nothing in this Section 12 shall prevent a party from applying to a court of competent jurisdiction to obtain temporary relief pending resolution of the dispute through arbitration.  The parties hereby agree that service of any notices in the course of such arbitration at their respective addresses as provided for in Section 11 shall be valid and sufficient.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Stock Option Plan Stock Purchase Agreement as of the effective date.

 

 

 

 

CONFORMIS, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

Purchaser hereby accepts and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan.

 

 

 

 

Purchaser

 

Purchaser’s spouse indicates by the execution of this Agreement such spouse’s consent to be bound by the terms herein as to such spouse’s interests, whether as community property or otherwise, if any, in the Plan Shares hereby purchased.

 

 

 

 

Purchaser’s Spouse

 

(Mark “N/A” if not applicable.)

 



 

Exhibits

 

Exhibit 7A                                       Acknowledgment Regarding Election Pursuant to Section 83(b)

 

Exhibit 7B                                       Section 83(b) Election

 

[NOTE:  Not necessary if no Right of Repurchase]

 



 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND STATEMENT
OF DECISION REGARDING ELECTION
PURSUANT TO SECTION 83(B) OF
THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE

 

The undersigned (which term includes the undersigned’s spouse), a purchaser of                                    shares of Common Stock of ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ) and a party to a Stock Option Plan Stock Purchase Agreement with the Company (the “Agreement” ), hereby states as follows:

 

1.     The undersigned acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Agreement and the memorandum entitled “Tax Consequences of Purchasing Restricted Stock; Filing a Section 83(b) Election.” The undersigned has carefully reviewed the Agreement and the memorandum.

 

2.     The undersigned either [check as applicable]:

 

has consulted, and has been fully advised by, the undersigned’s own tax advisor                  , whose business address is                      , regarding the federal, state, and local tax consequences of purchasing shares under the Agreement, and particularly regarding the advisability of making elections pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the “Code” ), and pursuant to the corresponding provisions, if any, of applicable state laws; or

 

has knowingly chosen not to consult such a tax advisor.

 

3.     The undersigned hereby states that the undersigned has decided [check as applicable]:

 

to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code, and is submitting to the Company, together with the undersigned’s executed Agreement, an executed form which is attached as Exhibit 7B to the Agreement; or

 

not to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code.

 

4.     Neither the Company nor any subsidiary or representative of the Company has made any warranty or representation to the undersigned with respect to the tax consequences of the undersigned’s purchase of shares and execution of the Agreement in connection therewith or of the making or failure to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code or the corresponding provisions, if any, of applicable state law.

 

EXHIBIT 7A

 



 

5.     The undersigned is also submitting to the Company, together with the Agreement, an executed original of an election, if any is made, of the undersigned pursuant to provisions of state law corresponding to Section 83(b) of the Code, if any, which are applicable to the undersigned’s purchase of shares under the Agreement.

 

I acknowledge that, even if the Company files, or engages another party to file, a duplicate Section 83(b) election form with the Internal Revenue Service as an accommodation to me, I have the primary responsibility for timely filing any Section 83(b) election with the Internal Revenue Service and any state revenue authorities, and will hold the Company and its agents harmless from any failure to timely file a duplicate copy of the Section 83(b) election.

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Purchaser]

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Spouse]

 

EXHIBIT 7A

 



 

ELECTION PURSUANT TO SECTION 83(B) OF THE
INTERNAL REVENUE CODE TO INCLUDE IN GROSS INCOME
THE EXCESS OVER THE PURCHASE PRICE, IF ANY, OF THE VALUE OF
PROPERTY TRANSFERRED IN CONNECTION WITH SERVICES

 

The undersigned hereby elects pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code” ) to include in the undersigned’s gross income, with the effect and under the circumstances described in paragraph 3 below, for the                          taxable year the excess (if any) of (a) the fair market value of the property described below, over (b) the amount the undersigned paid for such property.  The undersigned supplies herewith the following information in accordance with the Treasury regulations promulgated under Section 83(b):

 

1.                                       The undersigned’s name, address and taxpayer identification (social security) number are:

 

Name:

 

Address:

 

 

Social Security Number:

 

2.                                       The property with respect to which the election is made consists of shares of Common Stock, no par value, of ConforMIS, Inc. (the “Company” ).

 

3.                                       The property described above was acquired by the undersigned on,              ,          , pursuant to the undersigned’s exercise of a nonqualified stock option.  The taxable year to which this election relates is                 .

 

4.                                       The shares are subject to the following restrictions: (a) a right of repurchase by the Company at the initial purchase price, if the undersigned ceases to be an employee or director of or consultant to the Company; and (b) a right of first refusal by the Company should the undersigned wish to transfer the shares to a person or entity other than the Company.

 

5.                                       The fair market value of the shares at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any restrictions other than those which by their terms will never lapse) is $   per share.

 

6.                                       The amount paid for the shares by the undersigned was $     per share.

 

EXHIBIT 7B

 



 

A copy of this election has been furnished to the Company.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature of Purchaser)

 

EXHIBIT 7B

 



 

EXHIBIT 7 OF THE NONQUALIFIED STOCK
OPTION AGREEMENT

 

RIGHT OF REPURCHASE

 

All of the NQO Shares are subject to the Right of Repurchase.  The Right of Repurchase shall expire with respect to 1/8 of the total number of NQO Shares six months after the Vesting Base Date and with respect to an additional 1/48 of the total number of NQO Shares on the monthly anniversary of the Vesting Base Date of each month thereafter, so that the Right of Repurchase shall have expired with respect to all of the NQO Shares on and after four years after the Vesting Base Date.  [ In the event of the closing of a transaction or series of transactions, including a merger, consolidation or other corporate reorganization, in which more than 50% of the outstanding voting power of the Company is transferred, or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the Right of Repurchase shall immediately expire with respect to 100% of the NQO Shares . ]

 

Executed by:

CONFORMIS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[ Name of Optionee ]

 




Exhibit 10.5

 

ConforMIS Inc .
STOCK OPTION PLAN
STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
(FOR INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT)

 

(A)

Name of Purchaser:

 

(B)

Number of Plan Shares:

 

(C)

Exercise Price:

$

(D)

Purchase Price:

 

(E)

Date of Option Agreement:

 

(F)

Effective Date:

 

 

THIS STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of the date set forth in Item F above (the “ Effective Date ”) between ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and the person named in Item A above (the “ Purchaser ”).

 

THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.                                       Purchase of Shares Pursuant to the Company’s 2004 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”) and to an Incentive Stock Option Agreement (the “ Option Agreement ”) between the parties dated the date set forth in Item E above, the Company hereby sells to Purchaser, and Purchaser hereby buys from the Company, that number of shares (the “ Plan Shares ”) of the Company’s Common Stock (as defined in the Plan) set forth in Item B above on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan and the Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Option Agreement being hereby incorporated into this Agreement by reference.

 

2.                                       Purchase Price Purchaser shall purchase the Plan Shares from the Company, and the Company shall sell the Plan Shares to Purchaser, at a price per share as set forth in Item C above (the “ Exercise Price ”), for a total purchase price as set forth in Item D above (the “ Purchase Price ”).

 

3.                                       Manner of Payment Purchaser shall pay the Purchase Price of the Plan Shares by delivery of cash or check or, in the exercise of the absolute discretion of the Administrator, by actual or constructive delivery of previously-owned shares or by delivery of a full recourse promissory note, or in the manner set forth in Exhibit 5.4 to the Option Agreement evidencing the option, the absence of any Exhibit 5.4 indicating that no such exhibit was intended.

 

4.                                       Company’s Right of Repurchase Upon Termination of Employment The Plan Shares are subject to a right of repurchase in favor of the Company (the “ Right of Repurchase ”) to the extent set forth on Exhibit 7 of the Option Agreement (the absence of Exhibit 7 in the Option Agreement indicating that no such exhibit was intended).  If the Purchaser’s employment, consulting or service as a director with the Company terminates before the Right of Repurchase lapses in accordance with Exhibit 7 of the Option Agreement, the Company may purchase stock subject to the Right of Repurchase (by payment of cash or check) for an amount equal to the

 



 

price the Optionee paid for such Plan Shares (exclusive of any taxes paid upon acquisition of the stock) by giving notice at any time within the later of (a) 30 days after the acquisition of the Plan Shares upon option exercise, or (b) 90 days after such termination of employment, consulting or service as a director that the Company is exercising its right of repurchase.  The Company shall include with such notice payment in full in cash or check.  The Purchaser may not dispose of or transfer Plan Shares while such shares are subject to the Right of Repurchase and any such attempted transfer shall be null and void.

 

5.                                       Company’s Right of First Refusal Respecting Plan Shares .

 

5.1                                Right of First Refusal In the event that Purchaser proposes to sell, pledge, or otherwise transfer any Plan Shares or any interest in such shares to a bona-fide third party offeror, the Company shall have a right of first refusal (the “ Right of First Refusal ”) with respect to such Plan Shares.  If Purchaser desires to transfer Plan Shares, Purchaser shall give a written notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Plan Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, and the name and address of the bona-fide third party offeror.  The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by Purchaser and by the bona-fide third party offeror and must constitute a binding commitment of both such parties for the transfer of such Plan Shares.  The Company may elect to purchase the Plan Shares subject to the Transfer Notice by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Company’s Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company.  The purchase price paid by the Company shall be the price per share equal to the proposed per share transfer price, and shall be paid to the Purchaser within 60 days after the date the Transfer Notice is received by the Company, unless a longer period for payment was offered by the bona-fide third party offeror, in which case the Company shall pay the purchase price within such longer period.  The Company’s rights under this Section 5.1 shall be freely assignable, in whole or in part.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Right of First Refusal does not apply to a transfer of Plan Shares by gift or devise to the Purchaser’s immediate family (i.e., parents, spouse or children or to a trust for the benefit of the Purchaser or any of the Purchaser’s immediate family members), but does apply to any subsequent transfer of such Plan Shares by such immediate family members.

 

5.2                                Transfer of Plan Shares If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company, Purchaser may, not later than 75 days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice, conclude a transfer of the Plan Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice.  Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by Purchaser, shall again be subject to the Company’s Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by Purchaser with the procedure described in Section 5.1 of this Agreement.  If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of Plan Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice, other than price which shall be paid as set forth under Section 5.1; provided, however, in the event the Transfer Notice provides for payment for the Plan Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Plan Shares by paying in cash the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice; and further provided that if the value of noncash consideration is to be paid, and the Optionee

 

2



 

disagrees with the value determined by the Company, the Optionee may request an independent appraisal by an appraiser acceptable to the Optionee and the Company, the costs of such appraisal to be borne equally by the Optionee and the Company.  If, at the time of exercise of the right of first refusal, any notes are outstanding which represent any portion of the Purchase Price of the Plan Shares, the repurchase price shall be paid first by cancellation of any obligation for accrued but unpaid interest under such notes, next by cancellation of principal under such notes, and finally by payment of cash.

 

5.3                                Binding Effect of Right of First Refusal The Company’s Right of First Refusal shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and shall be binding upon any transferee of Plan Shares other than a transferee acquiring Plan Shares in a transaction where the Company failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal (a “ Free Transferee ”) or a transferee of a Free Transferee.

 

5.4                                Termination of Company’s Right of First Refusal Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and Purchaser shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures in Sections 5.1 through 5.3, after the earlier of

 

(a)                                  the closing of the Company’s initial registered public offering to the public generally, or

 

(b)                                  the date 10 years after the Effective Date of the Option Agreement.

 

6.                                       Stock Certificate Restrictive Legends Stock certificates evidencing Plan Shares may bear such restrictive legends as the Company and the Company’s counsel deem necessary or advisable under applicable law or pursuant to this Agreement.

 

7.                                       Representations , Warranties , Covenants , and Acknowledgments of Purchaser .  Purchaser hereby represents, warrants, covenants, acknowledges, and agrees that:

 

7.1                                Investment Purchaser is acquiring the Plan Shares for Purchaser’s own account, and not for the account of any other person.  Purchaser is acquiring the Plan Shares for investment and not with a view to distribution or resale thereof except in compliance with applicable laws regulating securities.

 

7.2                                Business Experience Purchaser is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of Purchaser’s investment in the Company evidenced by the purchase of the Plan Shares.

 

7.3                                Relation of Company Purchaser is presently an officer, director, or employee of, or consultant to, the Company and in such capacity has become personally familiar with the business, affairs, financial condition, and results of operations of the Company.

 

7.4                                Access to Information Purchaser has had the opportunity to ask questions of, and to receive answers from, appropriate executive officers of the Company with respect to the terms and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and with respect to the business, affairs, financial condition, and results of operations of the Company.  Purchaser has had access to such financial and other information as is necessary in order for Purchaser to make a fully informed decision as to investment in the Company by way of purchase of the Plan Shares, and has had the opportunity to obtain any additional information necessary to verify any

 

3



 

of such information to which Purchaser has had access.  Purchaser acknowledges that all financial information concerning the Company that has been or will be provided to Purchaser is Confidential Information within the meaning of the Employee Confidential Information and Inventions Agreement between Purchaser and the Company and is subject to the obligation of confidentiality and other restrictions and limitations set forth therein.

 

7.5                                Speculative Investment Purchaser’s investment in the Company represented by the Plan Shares is highly speculative in nature and is subject to a high degree of risk of loss in whole or in part.  The amount of such investment is within Purchaser’s risk capital means and is not so great in relation to Purchaser’s total financial resources as would jeopardize the personal financial needs of Purchaser or Purchaser’s family in the event such investment were lost in whole or in part.

 

7.6                                Registration Purchaser may bear the economic risk of investment for an indefinite period of time because the sale to Purchaser of the Plan Shares has not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and the Plan Shares cannot be transferred by Purchaser unless such transfer is registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available.  The Company has made no agreements, covenants or undertakings whatsoever to register the transfer of any of the Shares under the Securities Act.  The Company has made no representations, warranties, or covenants whatsoever as to whether any exemption from the Securities Act, including without limitation any exemption for limited sales in routine brokers’ transactions pursuant to Rule 144, will be available; if the exemption under Rule 144 is available at all, it will not be available until at least one year after payment of cash for the Plan Shares and not then unless: (a) a public trading market then exists in the Company’s common stock; (b) adequate information as to the Company’s financial and other affairs and operations is then available to the public; and (C) all other terms and conditions of Rule 144 have been satisfied.  Purchaser understands that the resale provisions of Rule 701 will not apply until 90 days after the Company becomes subject to the reporting obligations of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (typically upon the effective date of an initial public offering).

 

7.7                                Public Trading None of the Company’s securities is presently publicly traded, and the Company has made no representation, covenant, or agreement as to whether there will be a public market for any of its securities.

 

7.8                                Tax Advice The Company has made no warranties or representations to Purchaser with respect to the income tax consequences of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and Purchaser is in no manner relying on the Company or its representatives for an assessment of such tax consequences.  If the Plan Shares are subject to a Right of Repurchase in favor of the Company or if Purchaser could be subject to suit under Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 with respect to the purchase and sale of Plan Shares, Purchaser shall execute and deliver to the Company a copy of the Acknowledgment and Statement of Decision Regarding Election Pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “ Acknowledgment ”) attached hereto as Exhibit 7A and a copy of the Election Pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code, attached hereto as Exhibit 7B, if Purchaser has indicated in the Acknowledgment his or her decision to make such an election.  Purchaser will consult with his or

 

4



 

her tax advisor to determine if there is a comparable election to file in the state of his or her residence and whether such filing is desirable under the circumstances.

 

8.                                       Binding Effect Subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the executors, administrators, heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns of the parties hereto.

 

9.                                       Damages Purchaser shall be liable to the Company for all costs and damages, including incidental and consequential damages, resulting from a disposition of Plan Shares which is not in conformity with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

10.                                Disqualifying Dispositions of ISO Stock If stock acquired by exercise of an ISO (as defined in Section 1 of the Plan) is disposed of within two years after the Effective Date (as defined in the Option Agreement) or within one year after such exercise, Purchaser immediately prior to the disposition shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the date and terms of the disposition and shall provide such other information regarding the disposition as the Company may reasonably require.

 

11.                                Governing Law This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts excluding those laws that direct the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

 

12.                                Notices All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing.  Unless and until Purchaser is notified in writing to the contrary, all notices, communications, and documents directed to the Company and related to the Agreement, if not delivered by hand, shall be mailed, addressed as follows:

 

ConforMIS, Inc.
Attention:  President
28 Crosby Drive
Bedford, MA 01730

 

Unless and until the Company is notified in writing to the contrary, all notices, communications, and documents intended for Purchaser and related to this Agreement, if not delivered by hand, shall be mailed to Purchaser’s last known address as shown on the Company’s books.  Notices and communications shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid; documents shall be mailed by registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid.  All mailings and deliveries related to this Agreement shall be deemed received when actually received, if by hand delivery, and two business days after mailing, if by mail.

 

13.                                Arbitration Any and all disputes or controversies arising out of this Agreement shall be finally settled by arbitration conducted in Middlesex County, Massachusetts in accordance with the then existing rules of the American Arbitration Association, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof; provided that nothing in this Section 13 shall prevent a party from applying to a court of competent jurisdiction to obtain temporary relief pending resolution of the dispute through

 

5



 

arbitration.  The parties hereby agree that service of any notices in the course of such arbitration at their respective addresses as provided for in Section 12 shall be valid and sufficient.

 

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

6



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Stock Option Plan Stock Purchase Agreement as of the effective date.

 

 

 

 

ConforMIS, Inc .

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

Purchaser hereby accepts and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan.

 

 

 

 

Purchaser

 

Purchaser’s spouse indicates by the execution of this Agreement such spouse’s consent to be bound by the terms herein as to such spouse’s interests, whether as community property or otherwise, if any, in the Plan Shares hereby purchased.

 

 

 

 

Purchaser’s Spouse

 

(Mark “N/A” if not applicable.)

 

7



 

Exhibits

 

Exhibit 7A                                       Acknowledgment Regarding Election Pursuant to Section 83(b)

 

Exhibit 7B                                       Section 83(b) Election

 

[NOTE: Not necessary if no Right of Repurchase]

 

8


 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND STATEMENT
OF DECISION REGARDING ELECTION
PURSUANT TO SECTION 83(b) OF
THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE

 

The undersigned (which term includes the undersigned’s spouse), a purchaser of            shares of Common Stock of ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and a party to a Stock Option Plan Stock Purchase Agreement with the Company (the “ Agreement ”), hereby states as follows:

 

1.                                       The undersigned acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Agreement and the memorandum entitled “Tax Consequences of Purchasing Restricted Stock; Filing a Section 83(b) Election.” The undersigned has carefully reviewed the Agreement and the memorandum.

 

2.                                       The undersigned either [check as applicable]:

 

o                                     (a)                                  has consulted, and has been fully advised by, the undersigned’s own tax advisor                      , whose business address is                       , regarding the federal, state, and local tax consequences of purchasing shares under the Agreement, and particularly regarding the advisability of making elections pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the “ Code ”), and pursuant to the corresponding provisions, if any, of applicable state laws; or

 

o                                     (b)                                  has knowingly chosen not to consult such a tax advisor.

 

3.                                       The undersigned hereby states that the undersigned has decided [check as applicable]:

 

o                                     (a)                                  to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code (which in the case of shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an incentive stock option, is effective for the purposes described therein) and is submitting to the Company, together with the undersigned’s executed Agreement, an executed form which is attached as Exhibit           to the Agreement; or

 

o                                     (b)                                  not to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code.

 

4.                                       Neither the Company nor any subsidiary or representative of the Company has made any warranty or representation to the undersigned with respect to the tax consequences of the undersigned’s purchase of shares and execution of the Agreement in connection therewith or of the making or failure to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code or the corresponding provisions, if any, of applicable state law.

 

EXHIBIT 7A

 



 

5.                                       The undersigned is also submitting to the Company, together with the Agreement, an executed original of an election, if any is made, of the undersigned pursuant to provisions of state law corresponding to Section 83(b) of the Code, if any, which are applicable to the undersigned’s purchase of shares under the Agreement.

 

I acknowledge that, even if the Company files, or engages another party to file, a duplicate Section 83(b) election form with the Internal Revenue Service as an accommodation to me, I have the primary responsibility for timely filing any Section 83(b) election with the Internal Revenue Service and any state revenue authorities, and will hold the Company and its agents harmless from any failure to timely file a duplicate copy of the Section 83(b) election.

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

[Spouse]

 

EXHIBIT 7A

 



 

ELECTION PURSUANT TO SECTION 83(b) OF THE
INTERNAL REVENUE CODE TO INCLUDE IN GROSS INCOME
THE EXCESS OVER THE PURCHASE PRICE, IF ANY, OF THE VALUE OF
PROPERTY TRANSFERRED IN CONNECTION WITH SERVICES

 

The undersigned hereby elects pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) to include in the undersigned’s gross income, with the effect and under the circumstances described in paragraph 3 below, for the            taxable year the excess (if any) of (a) the fair market value of the property described below, over (b) the amount the undersigned paid for such property.  The undersigned supplies herewith the following information in accordance with the Treasury regulations promulgated under Section 83(b):

 

1.                                       The undersigned’s name, address and taxpayer identification (social security) number are:

 

Name:

 

Address:

 

 

Social Security Number:

 

2.                                       The property with respect to which the election is made consists of              shares of Common Stock, no par value, of ConforMIS, Inc. (the “ Company ”).

 

3.                                       The property described above was acquired by the undersigned on                     ,           , pursuant to the undersigned’s exercise of an incentive stock option.  This filing is therefore made for determining the amount of the undersigned’s adjustment under Section 56(b)(3) of the Code with respect to the undersigned’s purchase of the property.  This filing will be effective for regular income tax purposes in the event that the option is determined not to qualify as an incentive stock option or the undersigned makes a disposition (as defined in Section 424(C) of the Code) of the property within either period described in Section 422(a)(1) of the Code.  The taxable year to which this election relates is                       .

 

4.                                       The shares are subject to the following restrictions: (a) a right of repurchase by the Company at the initial purchase price, if the undersigned ceases to be an employee or director of or consultant to the Company; and (b) a right of first refusal by the Company should the undersigned wish to transfer the shares to a person or entity other than the Company.

 

5.                                       The fair market value of the shares at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any restrictions other than those which by their terms will never lapse) is $       per share.

 

EXHIBIT 7B

 



 

6.                                       The amount paid for the shares by the undersigned was $         per share.

 

7.                                       A copy of this election has been furnished to the Company.

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature of Purchaser)

 

EXHIBIT 7B

 




Exhibit 10.6

 

CONFORMIS, INC.
STOCK OPTION PLAN
STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
(For Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement)

 

(A)                                Name of Purchaser:
(B)
                               Number of Plan Shares:
(C)
                               Exercise Price:
(D)
                               Purchase Price:
(E)
                                Date of Option Agreement:
(F)
                                 Effective Date:

 

THIS STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement” ) is made and entered into as of the date set forth in Item F above (the “Effective Date” ) between ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ), and the person named in Item A above (the “Purchased” ).

 

THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.                                       Purchase of Shares.  Pursuant to the Company’s 2004 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan” ) and to a Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement” ) between the parties dated the date set forth in Item E above, the Company hereby sells to Purchaser, and Purchaser hereby buys from the Company, that number of shares (the “Plan Shares” ) of the Company’s Common Stock (as defined in the Plan) set forth in Item B above on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan and the Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Option Agreement being hereby incorporated into this Agreement by reference.

 

2.                                       Purchase Price.  Purchaser shall purchase the Plan Shares from the Company, and the Company shall sell the Plan Shares to Purchaser, at a price per share as set forth in Item C above (the “Exercise Price” ), for a total purchase price as set forth in Item D above (the “Purchase Price” ).

 

3.                                       Manner of Payment.  Purchaser shall pay the Purchase Price of the Plan Shares by delivery of cash or check or, in the exercise of the absolute discretion of the Administrator, by actual or constructive delivery of previously-owned shares or by delivery of a full recourse promissory note, or in the manner set forth in Exhibit 5.4 to the Option Agreement evidencing the option, the absence of any Exhibit 5.4 indicating that no such exhibit was intended.

 

4.                                       Company’s Right of Repurchase Upon Termination of Employment.  The Plan Shares are subject to a right of repurchase in favor of the Company (the “Right of Repurchase” ) to the extent set forth on Exhibit 7 of the Option Agreement (the absence of Exhibit 7 in the Option Agreement indicating that no such exhibit was intended).  If the Purchaser’s employment, consulting or service as a director with the Company terminates before the Right of Repurchase lapses in accordance with Exhibit 7 of the Option Agreement, the Company may purchase stock

 



 

subject to the Right of Repurchase (by payment of cash or check) for an amount equal to the price the Optionee paid for such Plan Shares (exclusive of any taxes paid upon acquisition of the stock) by giving notice at any time within the later of (a) 30 days after the acquisition of the Plan Shares upon option exercise, or (b) 90 days after such termination of employment, consulting or service as a director that the Company is exercising its right of repurchase.  The Company shall include with such notice payment in full in cash or check.  The Purchaser may not dispose of or transfer Plan Shares while such shares are subject to the Right of Repurchase and any such attempted transfer shall be null and void.

 

5.                                       Company’s Right of First Refusal Respecting Plan Shares .

 

5.1                                Right of First Refusal.  In the event that Purchaser proposes to sell, pledge, or otherwise transfer any Plan Shares or any interest in such shares to a bona-fide third party offeror, the Company shall have a right of first refusal (the “Right of First Refusal” ) with respect to such Plan Shares.  If Purchaser desires to transfer Plan Shares, Purchaser shall give a written notice (the “Transfer Notice” ) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Plan Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, and the name and address of the bona-fide third party offeror.  The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by Purchaser and by the bona-fide third party offeror and must constitute a binding commitment of both such parties for the transfer of such Plan Shares.  The Company may elect to purchase the Plan Shares subject to the Transfer Notice by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Company’s Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company.  The purchase price paid by the Company shall be the price per share equal to the proposed per share transfer price, and shall be paid to the Purchaser within 60 days after the date the Transfer Notice is received by the Company, unless a longer period for payment was offered by the bona-fide third party offeror, in which case the Company shall pay the purchase price within such longer period.  The Company’s rights under this Section 5.1 shall be freely assignable, in whole or in part.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Right of First Refusal does not apply to a transfer of Plan Shares by gift or devise to the Purchaser’s immediate family (i.e., parents, spouse or children or to a trust for the benefit of the Purchaser or any of the Purchaser’s immediate family members), but does apply to any subsequent transfer of such Plan Shares by such immediate family members.

 

5.2                                Transfer of Plan Shares.  If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company, Purchaser may, not later than 75 days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice, conclude a transfer of the Plan Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice.  Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by Purchaser, shall again be subject to the Company’s Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by Purchaser with the procedure described in Section 5.1 of this Agreement.  If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of Plan Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice, other than price which shall be paid as set forth under Section 5.1; provided, however, in the event the Transfer Notice provides for payment for the Plan Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Plan Shares by paying in cash the present value of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice; and

 



 

further provided that if the value of noncash consideration is to be paid, and the Optionee disagrees with the value determined by the Company, the Optionee may request an independent appraisal by an appraiser acceptable to the Optionee and the Company, the costs of such appraisal to be borne equally by the Optionee and the Company.  If, at the time of exercise of the right of first refusal, any notes are outstanding which represent any portion of the Purchase Price of the Plan Shares, the repurchase price shall be paid first by cancellation of any obligation for accrued but unpaid interest under such notes, next by cancellation of principal under such notes, and finally by payment of cash.

 

5.3                                Binding Effect of Right of First Refusal.  The Company’s Right of First Refusal shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and shall be binding upon any transferee of Plan Shares other than a transferee acquiring Plan Shares in a transaction where the Company failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal (a “Free Transferee” ) or a transferee of a Free Transferee.

 

5.4                                Termination of Company’s Right of First Refusal.  Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and Purchaser shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures in Sections 5.1 through 5.3, after the earlier of (a) the closing of the Company’s initial registered public offering to the public generally, or (b) the date 10 years after the Effective Date of the Option Agreement.

 

6.                                       Stock Certificate Restrictive Legends.  Stock certificates evidencing Plan Shares may bear such restrictive legends as the Company and the Company’s counsel deem necessary or advisable under applicable law or pursuant to this Agreement.

 

7.                                       Representations, Warranties, Covenants, and Acknowledgments of Purchaser .  Purchaser hereby represents, warrants, covenants, acknowledges, and agrees that:

 

7.1                                Investment.  Purchaser is acquiring the Plan Shares for Purchaser’s own account, and not for the account of any other person.  Purchaser is acquiring the Plan Shares for investment and not with a view to distribution or resale thereof except in compliance with applicable laws regulating securities.

 

7.2                                Business Experience.  Purchaser is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of Purchaser’s investment in the Company evidenced by the purchase of the Plan Shares.

 

7.3                                Relation of Company.  Purchaser is presently an officer, director, or employee of, or consultant to, the Company and in such capacity has become personally familiar with the business, affairs, financial condition, and results of operations of the Company.

 

7.4                                Access to Information.  Purchaser has had the opportunity to ask questions of, and to receive answers from, appropriate executive officers of the Company with respect to the terms and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and with respect to the business, affairs, financial condition, and results of operations of the Company.  Purchaser has had access to such financial and other information as is necessary in order for Purchaser to make a fully informed decision as to investment in the Company by way of purchase of the Plan

 



 

Shares, and has had the opportunity to obtain any additional information necessary to verify any of such information to which Purchaser has had access.  Purchaser acknowledges that all financial information concerning the Company that has been or will be provided to Purchaser is Confidential Information within the meaning of the Employee Confidential Information and Inventions Agreement between Purchaser and the Company and is subject to the obligation of confidentiality and other restrictions and limitations set forth therein.

 

7.5                                Speculative Investment.  Purchaser’s investment in the Company represented by the Plan Shares is highly speculative in nature and is subject to a high degree of risk of loss in whole or in part.  The amount of such investment is within Purchaser’s risk capital means and is not so great in relation to Purchaser’s total financial resources as would jeopardize the personal financial needs of Purchaser or Purchaser’s family in the event such investment were lost in whole or in part.

 

7.6                                Registration.  Purchaser may bear the economic risk of investment for an indefinite period of time because the sale to Purchaser of the Plan Shares has not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act” ), and the Plan Shares cannot be transferred by Purchaser unless such transfer is registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available.  The Company has made no agreements, covenants or undertakings whatsoever to register the transfer of any of the Shares under the Securities Act.  The Company has made no representations, warranties, or covenants whatsoever as to whether any exemption from the Securities Act, including without limitation any exemption for limited sales in routine brokers’ transactions pursuant to Rule 144, will be available; if the exemption under Rule 144 is available at all, it will not be available until at least one year after payment of cash for the Plan Shares and not then unless: (a) a public trading market then exists in the Company’s common stock; (b) adequate information as to the Company’s financial and other affairs and operations is then available to the public; and (c) all other terms and conditions of Rule 144 have been satisfied.  Purchaser understands that the resale provisions of Rule 701 will not apply until 90 days after the Company becomes subject to the reporting obligations of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (typically upon the effective date of an initial public offering).

 

7.7                                Public Trading.  None of the Company’s securities is presently publicly traded, and the Company has made no representation, covenant, or agreement as to whether there will be a public market for any of its securities.

 

7.8                                Tax Advice.  The Company has made no warranties or representations to Purchaser with respect to the income tax consequences of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and Purchaser is in no manner relying on the Company or its representatives for an assessment of such tax consequences.  If the Plan Shares are subject to a Right of Repurchase in favor of the Company or if Purchaser could be subject to suit under Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 with respect to the purchase and sale of Plan Shares, Purchaser shall execute and deliver to the Company a copy of the Acknowledgment and Statement of Decision Regarding Election Pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Acknowledgment” ) attached hereto as Exhibit 7A and a copy of the Election Pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code, attached hereto as Exhibit 7B, if Purchaser has indicated in the Acknowledgment his or

 



 

her decision to make such an election.  Purchaser will consult with his or her tax advisor to determine if there is a comparable election to file in the state of his or her residence and whether such filing is desirable under the circumstances.

 

8.                                       Binding Effect.  Subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the executors, administrators, heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns of the parties hereto.

 

9.                                       Damages.  Purchaser shall be liable to the Company for all costs and damages, including incidental and consequential damages, resulting from a disposition of Plan Shares which is not in conformity with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

10.                                Governing Law.  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts excluding those laws that direct the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

 

11.                                Notices.  All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing.  Unless and until Purchaser is notified in writing to the contrary, all notices, communications, and documents directed to the Company and related to the Agreement, if not delivered by hand, shall be mailed, addressed as follows:

 

ConforMIS, Inc.
Attention: President
28 Crosby Drive
Bedford, MA 01730

 

Unless and until the Company is notified in writing to the contrary, all notices, communications, and documents intended for Purchaser and related to this Agreement, if not delivered by hand, shall be mailed to Purchaser’s last known address as shown on the Company’s books.  Notices and communications shall be mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid; documents shall be mailed by registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid.  All mailings and deliveries related to this Agreement shall be deemed received when actually received, if by hand delivery, and two business days after mailing, if by mail.

 

12.                                Arbitration.  Any and all disputes or controversies arising out of this Agreement shall be finally settled by arbitration conducted in Middlesex County, Massachusetts in accordance with the then existing rules of the American Arbitration Association, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof; provided that nothing in this Section 12 shall prevent a party from applying to a court of competent jurisdiction to obtain temporary relief pending resolution of the dispute through arbitration.  The parties hereby agree that service of any notices in the course of such arbitration at their respective addresses as provided for in Section 11 shall be valid and sufficient.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Stock Option Plan Stock Purchase Agreement as of the effective date.

 

 

 

CONFORMIS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

Purchaser hereby accepts and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan.

 

 

 

 

Purchaser

 

Purchaser’s spouse indicates by the execution of this Agreement such spouse’s consent to be bound by the terms herein as to such spouse’s interests, whether as community property or otherwise, if any, in the Plan Shares hereby purchased.

 

 

 

 

Purchaser’s Spouse

 

(Mark “N/A” if not applicable.)

 



 

Exhibits

 

Exhibit 7A                                       Acknowledgment Regarding Election Pursuant to Section 83(b)

 

Exhibit 7B                                       Section 83(b) Election

 

[NOTE:  Not necessary if no Right of Repurchase]

 



 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND STATEMENT
OF DECISION REGARDING ELECTION
PURSUANT TO SECTION 83(B) OF
THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE

 

The undersigned (which term includes the undersigned’s spouse), a purchaser of                    shares of Common Stock of ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ) and a party to a Stock Option Plan Stock Purchase Agreement with the Company (the “Agreement” ), hereby states as follows:

 

1.                                       The undersigned acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Agreement and the memorandum entitled “Tax Consequences of Purchasing Restricted Stock; Filing a Section 83(b) Election.” The undersigned has carefully reviewed the Agreement and the memorandum.

 

2.                                       The undersigned either [check as applicable]:

 

o                                     (a)                                  has consulted, and has been fully advised by, the undersigned’s own tax advisor               , whose business address is               , regarding the federal, state, and local tax consequences of purchasing shares under the Agreement, and particularly regarding the advisability of making elections pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the “Code” ), and pursuant to the corresponding provisions, if any, of applicable state laws; or

 

o                                     (b)                                  has knowingly chosen not to consult such a tax advisor.

 

3.                                       The undersigned hereby states that the undersigned has decided [check as applicable]:

 

o                                     (a)                                  to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code, and is submitting to the Company, together with the undersigned’s executed Agreement, an executed form which is attached as Exhibit 7B to the Agreement; or

 

o                                     (b)                                  not to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code.

 

4.                                       Neither the Company nor any subsidiary or representative of the Company has made any warranty or representation to the undersigned with respect to the tax consequences of the undersigned’s purchase of shares and execution of the Agreement in connection therewith or of the making or failure to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code or the corresponding provisions, if any, of applicable state law.

 

EXHIBIT 7A

 



 

5.                                       The undersigned is also submitting to the Company, together with the Agreement, an executed original of an election, if any is made, of the undersigned pursuant to provisions of state law corresponding to Section 83(b) of the Code, if any, which are applicable to the undersigned’s purchase of shares under the Agreement.

 

I acknowledge that, even if the Company files, or engages another party to file, a duplicate Section 83(b) election form with the Internal Revenue Service as an accommodation to me, I have the primary responsibility for timely filing any Section 83(b) election with the Internal Revenue Service and any state revenue authorities, and will hold the Company and its agents harmless from any failure to timely file a duplicate copy of the Section 83(b) election.

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                                 [Purchaser]

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                                 [Spouse]

 

EXHIBIT 7A

 



 

ELECTION PURSUANT TO SECTION 83(B) OF THE
INTERNAL REVENUE CODE TO INCLUDE IN GROSS INCOME
THE EXCESS OVER THE PURCHASE PRICE, IF ANY, OF THE VALUE OF
PROPERTY TRANSFERRED IN CONNECTION WITH SERVICES

 

The undersigned hereby elects pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code” ) to include in the undersigned’s gross income, with the effect and under the circumstances described in paragraph 3 below, for the                taxable year the excess (if any) of (a) the fair market value of the property described below, over (b) the amount the undersigned paid for such property.  The undersigned supplies herewith the following information in accordance with the Treasury regulations promulgated under Section 83(b):

 

1.                                       The undersigned’s name, address and taxpayer identification (social security) number are:

 

Name:

 

Address:

 

 

Social Security
Number:

 

2.                                       The property with respect to which the election is made consists of shares of Common Stock, no par value, of ConforMIS, Inc. (the “Company” ).

 

3.                                       The property described above was acquired by the undersigned on,                  ,              , pursuant to the undersigned’s exercise of a nonqualified stock option.  The taxable year to which this election relates is              .

 

4.                                       The shares are subject to the following restrictions: (a) a right of repurchase by the Company at the initial purchase price, if the undersigned ceases to be an employee or director of or consultant to the Company; and (b) a right of first refusal by the Company should the undersigned wish to transfer the shares to a person or entity other than the Company.

 

5.                                       The fair market value of the shares at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any restrictions other than those which by their terms will never lapse) is $     per share.

 

6.                                       The amount paid for the shares by the undersigned was $         per share.

 

EXHIBIT 7B

 



 

7.                                       A copy of this election has been furnished to the Company.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature of Purchaser)

 

EXHIBIT 7B

 




Exhibit 10.7

 

CONFORMIS, INC.
2011 STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN

 

ARTICLE ONE
GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

I.                                         PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

 

This Plan shall serve as the successor to the Predecessor Plan.  This Plan is intended to promote the interests of the Company, by providing eligible persons employed by or serving the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent with the opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest, or otherwise increase their proprietary interest, in the Company as an incentive for them to continue in such employ or service.

 

Capitalized terms herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the attached Appendix.

 

II.                                    STRUCTURE OF THE PLAN

 

A.            The Plan shall be divided into two separate equity programs:

 

(1)           the Option Grant Program under which eligible persons may, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be granted options to purchase shares of Common Stock, and

 

(2)           the Stock Issuance Program under which eligible persons may, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be issued shares of Common Stock directly, either through the immediate purchase of such shares or as a bonus for services rendered the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

 

B.            The provisions of Articles One and Four shall apply to both equity programs under the Plan and shall accordingly govern the interests of all persons under the Plan.

 

III.                               ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

 

A.            The Board shall administer the Plan.  However, any or all administrative functions otherwise exercisable by the Board may be delegated to the Committee.  Members of the Committee shall serve for such period of time as the Board may determine and shall be subject to removal by the Board at any time.  The Board may also at any time terminate the functions of the Committee and reassume all powers and authority previously delegated to the Committee.

 

B.            The Plan Administrator shall have full power and authority (subject to the provisions of the Plan) to establish such rules and regulations as it may deem appropriate for proper administration of the Plan and to make such determinations under, and issue such interpretations of, the Plan and any outstanding options or stock issuances thereunder as it may deem necessary or advisable.  Decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties who have an interest in the Plan or any option grant or stock issuance thereunder.

 



 

C.            The Plan Administrator shall have full authority to determine, (1) with respect to the grants made under the Option Grant Program, which eligible persons are to receive such grants, the time or times when those grants are to be made, the number of shares to be covered by each such grant, the status of the granted option as either an Incentive Option or a Non-Statutory Option, the time or times when each option is to become exercisable, the vesting schedule (if any) applicable to the option shares and the maximum term for which the option is to remain outstanding, and (2) with respect to stock issuances made under the Stock Issuance Program, which eligible persons are to receive such issuances, the time or times when those issuances are to be made, the number of shares to be issued to each Participant, the vesting schedule (if any) applicable to the issued shares and the consideration to be paid by the Participant for such shares.  Each option grant or stock issuance approved by the Plan Administrator shall be evidenced by the appropriate documentation.

 

IV.                                ELIGIBILITY

 

A.            The persons eligible to participate in the Plan are as follows:

 

(1)           Employees,

 

(2)           members of the Board and the members of the board of directors of any Parent or Subsidiary, and

 

(3)           independent contractors who provide services to the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

 

V.                                     STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

 

A.            The shares issuable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of Common Stock.  The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued and outstanding or subject to options outstanding under the Plan shall not exceed 13,260,484(1) shares.  All of such shares may be issued in the form of Incentive Options.  Such reserve includes the shares of Common Stock remaining for issuance under the Predecessor Plan on the Plan Effective Date.

 

B.            Shares of Common Stock subject to outstanding options (including options transferred to this Plan from the Predecessor Plan) shall be available for subsequent issuance under the Plan to the extent (1) the options expire or terminate for any reason prior to exercise in full or (2) the options are cancelled in accordance with the cancellation-regrant provisions of Article Two.  Unvested Shares issued under the Plan and subsequently repurchased by the Company, at a price per share not greater than the option exercise or direct issue price paid per share, pursuant to the Company’s repurchase rights under the Plan shall be added back to the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan and shall

 


(1)  9,860,484 shares of Common Stock were initially reserved for issuance under this Plan by the Board on February 10, 2011.  The number of shares reserved for issuance under this Plan was increased from 9,860,484 to 11,860,484 shares of Common Stock by the Board on March 27, 2012 and further increased from 11,860,484 to 13,260,484 shares of Common Stock by the Board on July 2, 2013.

 

2



 

accordingly be available for reissuance through one or more subsequent option grants or direct stock issuances under the Plan.

 

C.            Should any change be made to the Common Stock by reason of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Company’s receipt of consideration, appropriate adjustments shall be made to (1) the maximum number and/or class of securities issuable under the Plan and (2) the number and/or class of securities and the exercise price per share in effect under each outstanding option (including options transferred to this Plan from the Predecessor Plan) in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of benefits thereunder.  The adjustments determined by the Plan Administrator shall be final, binding and conclusive.  In no event shall any such adjustments be made in connection with the conversion of one or more outstanding shares of the Company’s preferred stock into shares of Common Stock.

 

D.            The grant of options or the issuance of shares of Common Stock under the Plan shall in no way affect the right of the Company to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

ARTICLE TWO
OPTION GRANT PROGRAM

 

I.                                         OPTION TERMS

 

A.            Exercise Price .

 

(1)           The Plan Administrator shall fix the exercise price per share.  However, (a) if the option is granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder, the exercise price per share shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the date the option is granted and (b) if the option is granted to an Optionee who is not a Ten Percent Stockholder, the exercise price per share shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the date the option is granted.

 

(2)           The exercise price shall become immediately due upon exercise of the option and shall, subject to the provisions of Section I of Article Four and the documents evidencing the option, be payable in cash or check made payable to the Company.  Should the Common Stock be registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act at the time the option is exercised, then the exercise price (and any applicable withholding taxes) may also be paid as follows:

 

(a)           in shares of Common Stock held for the requisite period necessary to avoid a charge to the Company’s earnings for financial reporting purposes and valued at Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date, or

 

(b)           to the extent the option is exercised for Vested Shares, through a special sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which the Optionee shall concurrently provide irrevocable instructions (i) to a Company-designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of the purchased shares and remit to the Company, out of

 

3



 

the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate exercise price payable for the purchased shares plus all applicable income and employment taxes required to be withheld by the Company by reason of such exercise and (ii) to the Company to deliver the certificates for the purchased shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale.

 

Except to the extent such sale and remittance procedure is utilized, payment of the exercise price for the purchased shares must be made on the Exercise Date.

 

B.            Exercise and Term of Options.  Each option shall be exercisable at such time or times, during such period and for such number of shares as shall be determined by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the documents evidencing the option grant.  However, no option shall have a term in excess of 10 years measured from the option grant date.

 

C.            Effect of Termination of Service .

 

(1)           The following provisions shall govern the exercise of any options granted to the Optionee that remain outstanding at the time the Optionee’s Service ceases:

 

(a)           Should the Optionee cease to provide Service to the Company for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, Disability or Misconduct, then each option shall be exercisable for the number of Option Shares which were Vested Shares at the time Optionee ceases to provide Service and shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) the close of business on the three month anniversary of the date the Optionee ceases to provide Service to the Company or (ii) the expiration date of the option.

 

(b)           Should the Optionee cease to provide Service to the Company by reason of the Optionee’s death or Disability, then each option shall be exercisable for the number of Option Shares which were Vested Shares at the time Optionee ceases to provide Service and shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) the close of business on the 12 month anniversary of the date the Optionee ceases to provide Service to the Company or (ii) expiration date of the option.

 

(c)           No additional vesting will occur after the date the Optionee ceases to provide Service to the Company, and the option shall immediately terminate on such date with respect to the Unvested Shares.  Upon the expiration of any post-Service exercise period or (if earlier) upon the expiration date of the term of the option, the option shall terminate with respect to the Vested Shares.

 

(d)           Should the Optionee’s Service be terminated for Misconduct or should the Optionee otherwise engage in Misconduct, then each outstanding option shall terminate immediately with respect to all shares.

 

(2)           The Plan Administrator shall have the discretion, exercisable either at the time an option is granted or at any time while the option remains outstanding, to:

 

(a)           extend the period of time for which the option is to remain exercisable following the Optionee’s cessation of Service for such period of time as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate, but in no event beyond the expiration of the option, and/or

 

4



 

(b)           permit the option to be exercised, during the applicable post-Service exercise period, not only with respect to the number of Vested Shares for which such option is exercisable at the time of the Optionee’s cessation of Service but also with respect to one or more additional installments in which the Optionee would have vested under the option had the Optionee continued in Service.

 

D.            Stockholder Rights.  The holder of an option shall have no stockholder rights with respect to the shares subject to the option until such person shall have exercised the option, paid the exercise price and become the recordholder of the purchased shares.

 

E.            Unvested Shares.  The Plan Administrator shall have the discretion to grant options that are exercisable for Unvested Shares.  Should the Optionee’s Service cease while the shares issued upon the early exercise of the Optionee’s option are still Unvested Shares, the Company shall have the right to repurchase any or all of those Unvested Shares at the lower of (1) the exercise price paid per share or (2) the Fair Market Value per share on the date the Optionee’s Service ceased.  Once the Company exercises its repurchase right, the Optionee shall have no further stockholder rights with respect to those shares.  The terms upon which such repurchase right shall be exercisable (including the period and procedure for exercise and the appropriate vesting schedule for the purchased shares) shall be established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such repurchase right.

 

F.             Limited Transferability of Options.  An Incentive Option shall be exercisable only by the Optionee during his or her lifetime and shall not be assignable or transferable other than by will or by the laws of inheritance following the Optionee’s death.  A Non-Statutory Option may be assigned in whole or in part during the Optionee’s lifetime to one or more members of the Optionee’s family (as defined in Rule 701 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission) or to a trust established exclusively for one or more such family members or to the Optionee’s former spouse, to the extent such assignment is in connection with the Optionee’s estate plan or pursuant to a domestic relations order.  The assigned portion may only be exercised by the person or persons who acquire a proprietary interest in the Non-Statutory Option pursuant to the assignment.  The terms applicable to the assigned portion shall be the same as those in effect for the option immediately prior to such assignment and shall be set forth in such documents issued to the assignee as the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionee may also designate one or more persons as the beneficiary or beneficiaries of his or her outstanding options under the Plan, and those options shall, in accordance with such designation, automatically be transferred to such beneficiary or beneficiaries upon the Optionee’s death while holding those options.  Such beneficiary or beneficiaries shall take the transferred options subject to all the terms and conditions of the applicable agreement evidencing each such transferred option, including (without limitation) the limited time period during which the option may be exercised following the Optionee’s death.

 

G.            Limits on Grants for Qualified Performance-Based Compensation.  The Company may not issue options covering in the aggregate more than 2,500,000 shares of Common Stock ((1) appropriately adjusted for stock splits, subdivisions, combinations, consolidations and the like with respect to the Common Stock and (2) proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be

 

5



 

issued and outstanding or subject to options outstanding under the Plan) to any one participant in any calendar year.

 

II.                                    INCENTIVE OPTIONS

 

The terms specified below shall be applicable to all Incentive Options.  Except as modified by the provisions of this Section II, all the provisions of Articles One, Two and Four shall be applicable to Incentive Options.  Options that are specifically designated as Non-Statutory Options shall not be subject to the terms of this Section II.

 

A.            Eligibility.  Incentive Options may only be granted to Employees.

 

B.            Dollar Limitation.  The aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) for which one or more options granted to any Employee under the Plan (or any other option plan of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary) may for the first time become exercisable as Incentive Options during any one calendar year shall not exceed $100,000.  To the extent the Employee holds two or more such options which become exercisable for the first time in the same calendar year, the foregoing limitation on the exercisability of such options as Incentive Options shall be applied on the basis of the order in which such options are granted.

 

C.            Failure to Qualify as Incentive Option.  To the extent that any option governed by this Plan does not qualify as an Incentive Option by reason of the dollar limitation described in Section II.B. of this Article Two or for any other reason, such option shall be exercisable as a Non-Statutory Option under the federal tax laws.

 

D.            Ten Percent Stockholder.  If any Employee to whom an Incentive Option is granted is a Ten Percent Stockholder, then the option term shall not exceed five years measured from the date the option is granted and the exercise price shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the grant date.

 

III.                               CHANGE OF CONTROL

 

A.            The shares subject to each option outstanding under the Plan at the time of a Change of Control shall automatically become Vested Shares, and each such option shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Change of Control, become exercisable for all of the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to that option.  However, the shares subject to an outstanding option shall not become Vested Shares on an accelerated basis if and to the extent: (1) such option is assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof), an equivalent option or right is substituted by such successor corporation (or parent thereof), or such option otherwise continues in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the Change of Control transaction; (2) such option is to be replaced with a cash incentive program of the Company or any successor corporation which preserves the spread existing on the unvested option shares at the time of the Change of Control and provides for subsequent payout of that spread in accordance with the same vesting schedule applicable to those unvested option shares; or (3) the acceleration of such option is subject to other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator.

 

6



 

B.            All outstanding repurchase rights under the Option Grant Program shall also terminate automatically, and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately become Vested Shares, in the event of any Change of Control, except to the extent: (1) those repurchase rights are assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in effect pursuant to the terms of the Change of Control transaction, (2) the property (including cash payments) issued with respect to Unvested Shares is to be held in escrow and released in accordance with the vesting schedule in effect for the Unvested Shares pursuant to the Change of Control transaction or (3) such accelerated vesting is precluded by other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator.

 

C.            Immediately following the consummation of the Change of Control, all outstanding options shall terminate, except to the extent assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof), substituted with an equivalent option or right by such successor corporation (or parent thereof), or otherwise continued in effect pursuant to the terms of the Change of Control transaction.

 

D.            Each option that is assumed in connection with a Change of Control or otherwise continued in effect shall be appropriately adjusted, immediately after such Change of Control, to apply to the number and class of securities which would have been issuable to the Optionee in consummation of such Change of Control, had the option been exercised immediately prior to such Change of Control.  Appropriate adjustments shall also be made to (1) the number and class of securities available for issuance under the Plan following the consummation of such Change of Control and (2) the exercise price payable per share under each outstanding option, provided the aggregate exercise price payable for such securities shall remain the same.  To the extent the holders of the Common Stock receive cash consideration for their Common Stock in consummation of the Change of Control, the successor corporation may, in connection with the assumption of the outstanding options under this Plan, substitute one or more shares of its own common stock with a fair market value equivalent to the cash consideration paid per share of Common Stock in such Change of Control.

 

E.            The Plan Administrator shall have the discretion, exercisable either at the time an option is granted or at any time while such option remains outstanding, to structure one or more options so that the options shall become immediately exercisable and some or all of the shares subject to those options shall automatically become Vested Shares (and some or all of the repurchase rights of the Company with respect to the Unvested Shares subject to those options shall immediately terminate) upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or other specified event, or the Optionee’s Involuntary Termination within a designated period following a specified event.  In addition, the Plan Administrator may provide that the Company’s outstanding repurchase rights with respect to some or all of the shares held by the Optionee at the time of a Change of Control or other specified event, or the Optionee’s Involuntary Termination following a specified event, shall immediately terminate on an accelerated basis, and the shares subject to those terminated rights shall become Vested Shares at that time.

 

F.             The portion of any Incentive Option accelerated in connection with a Change of Control shall remain exercisable as an Incentive Option only to the extent the applicable $100,000 limitation set forth in Section II.B. of Article Two is not exceeded. 

 

7



 

To the extent such dollar limitation is exceeded, the accelerated portion of such option shall be exercisable as a Non-Statutory Option under the federal tax laws.

 

IV.                                CANCELLATION AND REGRANT OF OPTIONS

 

The Plan Administrator shall have the authority to effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of the affected option holders, the cancellation of any or all outstanding options under the Plan (including options transferred to this Plan from the Predecessor Plan) and to grant in substitution therefor new options covering the same or different number of shares of Common Stock.

 

ARTICLE THREE
STOCK ISSUANCE PROGRAM

 

I.                                         STOCK ISSUANCE TERMS

 

A.            Purchase Price .

 

(1)           The Plan Administrator shall fix the purchase price per share.  However, in all cases, the purchase price per share shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the date of issuance.

 

(2)           Shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program for any of the following items of consideration, which the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate in each individual instance:

 

(a)           cash or check made payable to the Company,

 

(b)           past services rendered to the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary), or

 

(c)           a promissory note to the extent permitted by Section I of Article Four.

 

B.            Vesting Provisions .

 

(1)           Shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program may, in the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be Vested Shares or may vest in one or more installments over the Participant’s period of Service or upon attainment of specified performance objectives.

 

(2)           Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property (including money paid other than as a regular cash dividend) which the Participant may have the right to receive with respect to the Participant’s Unvested Shares by reason of any stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Company’s receipt of consideration shall be issued subject to (a) the same vesting requirements applicable to the

 

8



 

Participant’s Unvested Shares treated as if acquired on the same date as the Unvested Shares and (b) such escrow arrangements as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate.

 

(3)           The Participant shall have full stockholder rights with respect to any shares of Common Stock issued to the Participant under the Stock Issuance Program, whether or not the Participant’s interest in those shares is vested.  Accordingly, the Participant shall have the right to vote such shares and to receive any regular cash dividends paid on such shares.

 

(4)           Should the Participant cease to remain in Service while holding one or more Unvested Shares issued under the Stock Issuance Program or should the performance objectives not be attained with respect to one or more such Unvested Shares, then the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Unvested Shares at the lower of (a) the purchase price paid per share or (b) the Fair Market Value per share on the date Participant’s Service ceased or the performance objective where not attained.  The terms upon which such repurchase right shall be exercisable shall be established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such repurchase right.

 

(5)           The Plan Administrator may in its discretion waive the surrender and cancellation of one or more Unvested Shares (or other assets attributable thereto) which would otherwise occur upon the non-completion of the vesting schedule applicable to those shares.  Such waiver shall result in the immediate vesting of the Participant’s interest in the shares of Common Stock as to which the waiver applies.  Such waiver may be effected at any time, whether before or after the Participant’s Service ceases or he or she attains the applicable performance objectives.

 

II.                                    CHANGE OF CONTROL

 

A.            Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, all outstanding repurchase rights under the Stock Issuance Program shall terminate automatically, and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately become Vested Shares, except to the extent: (1) those repurchase rights are assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in effect pursuant to the terms of the Change of Control transaction, (2) the property (including cash payments) issued with respect to the Unvested Shares is held in escrow and released in accordance with the vesting schedule in effect for the Unvested Shares pursuant to the terms of the Change of Control transaction, or (3) such accelerated vesting is precluded by other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator.

 

B.            The Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority, exercisable either at the time the Unvested Shares are issued or any time while the Company’s repurchase rights with respect to those shares remain outstanding, to provide that those rights shall automatically terminate in whole or in part on an accelerated basis, and some or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately become Vested Shares, in the event of a Change of Control or other event or the Participant’s Service is terminated by reason of an Involuntary Termination within a designated period following a Change of Control or any other specified event.

 

9



 

ARTICLE FOUR
MISCELLANEOUS

 

I.                                         FINANCING

 

The Plan Administrator may permit any Optionee or Participant to pay the option exercise price under the Option Grant Program or the purchase price for shares issued under the Stock Issuance Program by delivering a full-recourse, interest bearing promissory note payable in one or more installments and secured by the purchased shares.  In no event may the maximum credit available to the Optionee or Participant exceed the sum of (A) the aggregate option exercise price or purchase price payable for the purchased shares (less the par value of those shares) plus (B) any applicable income and employment tax liability incurred by the Optionee or the Participant in connection with the option exercise or share purchase.

 

II.                                    FIRST REFUSAL RIGHTS

 

The Company shall have the right of first refusal with respect to any proposed disposition by the Optionee or Participant (or any successor in interest) of any shares of Common Stock issued under the Plan.  Such right of first refusal shall be exercisable and lapse in accordance with the terms established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such right.

 

III.                               SHARE ESCROW/LEGENDS

 

Unvested Shares may, in the Plan Administrator’s discretion, be held in escrow by the Company until the Unvested Shares vest or may be issued directly to the Participant or Optionee with restrictive legends on the certificates evidencing the fact that the Participant or Optionee does not have a vested right to them.

 

IV.                                EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF PLAN

 

A.            The Plan is effective as of the Plan Effective Date, but no option granted under the Plan may be exercised, and no shares shall be issued under the Plan, until the Company’s stockholders approve the Plan.  If such stockholder approval is not obtained within 12 months after the date of the Board’s adoption of the Plan, then all options previously granted under the Plan shall terminate, and no further options shall be granted and no shares shall be issued under the Plan.  Subject to such limitation, the Plan Administrator may grant options and issue shares under the Plan at any time after the effective date of the Plan and before the date fixed herein for termination of the Plan.

 

B.            The Plan shall serve as the successor to the Predecessor Plan, and no further option grants or direct stock issuances shall be made under the Predecessor Plan after the Plan Effective Date.  All options outstanding under the Predecessor Plan on the Plan Effective Date shall be transferred to the Plan at that time and shall be treated as outstanding options under the Plan.  However, each outstanding option so transferred shall continue to be governed solely by the terms of the documents evidencing such option, and no provision of the Plan shall be deemed to affect or otherwise modify the rights or obligations of the holders of such transferred options with respect to their acquisition of shares of Common Stock.

 

10


 

C.            One or more provisions of the Plan may, in the Plan Administrator’s discretion, be extended to one or more options transferred from the Predecessor Plan.

 

D.            The Plan shall terminate upon the earlier of (1) 10 years after the Plan Effective Date or (2) termination of the Plan by the Board.  All options and unvested stock issuances outstanding at the time of the termination of the Plan shall continue in effect in accordance with the provisions of the documents evidencing those options or issuances.

 

V.                                     AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

 

A.                                     The Board shall have complete and exclusive power and authority to amend or terminate the Plan or any awards made thereunder in any or all respects.  However, no such amendment or termination shall adversely affect the rights and obligations with respect to options or unvested stock issuances at the time outstanding under the Plan unless the Optionee or the Participant consents to such amendment or termination.  In addition, certain amendments, including amendments that increase the share reserve or change the class of individuals eligible to receive grants pursuant to the Plan, may require stockholder approval pursuant to applicable laws and regulations.

 

B.                                     Options may be granted under the Option Grant Program and shares may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program which are in each instance in excess of the number of shares of Common Stock then available for issuance under the Plan, provided any excess shares actually issued under those programs shall be held in escrow until there is obtained stockholder approval of an amendment sufficiently increasing the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan.  If such stockholder approval is not obtained within 12 months after the date the first such excess grants or issuances are made, then (1) any unexercised options granted on the basis of such excess shares shall terminate and (2) the Company shall promptly refund to the Optionees and the Participants the exercise or purchase price paid for any excess shares issued under the Plan and held in escrow, together with interest (at the applicable Short Term Federal Rate) for the period the shares were held in escrow, and such shares shall thereupon be automatically cancelled.

 

VI.                                USE OF PROCEEDS

 

Any cash proceeds received by the Company from the sale of shares of Common Stock under the Plan shall be used for any corporate purpose.

 

VII.                           WITHHOLDING

 

The Company’s obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of any options granted under the Plan or upon the issuance or vesting of any shares issued under the Plan shall be subject to the satisfaction of all applicable income and employment tax withholding requirements.

 

VIII.                      REGULATORY APPROVALS

 

A.                                     The implementation of the Plan, the granting of any options under the Plan and the issuance of any shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of any option or under the

 

11



 

Stock Issuance Program shall be subject to (1) the Company’s procurement of all approvals and permits required by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over the Plan, the options granted under it and the shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to it and (2) compliance by the Company and each Optionee and Participant with all applicable requirements of law relating thereto and with all applicable regulations of any applicable stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock may be traded at the time of such exercise and issuance.

 

B.                                     The inability of the Company to obtain approval from any regulatory body having authority deemed by the Company to be necessary to the granting of any options under the Plan and the issuance of any shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of any option or under the Stock Issuance Program shall relieve the Company of any liability with respect to the non-grant of any option or the non-issuance or sale of the Common Stock as to which such approval shall not have been obtained.

 

IX.                                NO EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICE RIGHTS

 

Nothing in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee or the Participant any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining such person) or of the Optionee or the Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate such person’s Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

 

X.                                     FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

The Company shall deliver a balance sheet and an income statement at least annually to each Optionee and Participant, unless such individual is a key Employee whose duties in connection with the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) assure such individual access to equivalent information.

 

XI.                                SHARE RESERVE

 

The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued over the term of the Plan together with the total number of shares of Common Stock provided for under any stock bonus or similar plan of the Company shall not exceed 30% of the then outstanding shares (on an as if converted basis) of the Company unless a percentage higher than 30% is approved by at least 2/3 of the outstanding shares of the Company entitled to vote on such matter.

 

XII.                           CODE SECTION 409A

 

This Plan is intended to comply with Code Section 409A and shall be construed and interpreted in accordance therewith.  Options granted or stock issued under this Plan shall be treated in a manner that will comply with Code Section 409A, including proposed, temporary or final regulations or any other guidance issued by the Secretary of the Treasury and the Internal Revenue Service with respect thereto (the Guidance ”).  Any provision of this Plan that would cause an option grant or stock issuance or any other issuance or distribution under this Plan to fail satisfy Code Section 409A shall have no force or effect until amended to comply with Code Section 409A (which amendment may be retroactive to the extent permitted by the Guidance).

 

12



 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall create any obligation or liability of the Company to any Optionee or Participant should any option grant or stock issuance or other issuance or distribution fail to satisfy Code Section 409A.  The Company makes no representations or warranties to any Optionee or Participant with respect to any determination by the Company or any agent of the Company regarding the fair market value of the Company’s stock relating to the making or administration of any option grant or stock issuance or any other issuance or distribution under this Plan.

 

XIII.                      DEFINITIONS

 

The following definitions shall be in effect under the Plan:

 

A.                                     “Board” shall mean the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

B.                                     “Change of Control” shall mean a change in ownership or control of the Company effected through any of the following transactions:

 

(1)                                  a stockholder-approved merger, consolidation or other reorganization in which securities representing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities become beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person or related group of persons (other than a person or related group of persons that, immediately prior to such transaction, directly or indirectly controlled, was controlled by, or was under common control with, the Company);

 

(2)                                  a stockholder-approved sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to any person or related group of persons (other than a person or related group of persons that, immediately prior to such transaction, directly or indirectly controlled, was controlled by, or was under common control with, the Company); or

 

(3)                                  the acquisition, directly or indirectly, by any person or related group of persons (other than the Company or a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company), of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13-d3 of the 1934 Act) of securities possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities from a person or persons other than the Company.

 

In no event shall any public offering of the Company’s securities be deemed to constitute a Change of Control.

 

C.                                     Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

D.                                     “Committee” shall mean a committee of one or more Board members appointed by the Board to exercise one or more administrative functions under the Plan.

 

E.                                      “Common Stock” shall mean the Company’s common stock.

 

13



 

F.                                       “Company” shall mean ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or the successor to all or substantially all of the assets or the voting stock of ConforMIS, Inc. if such successor has assumed the Plan.

 

G.                                     “Disability” shall mean the inability of the Optionee or the Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that is expected to result in death or has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of 12 months or more.

 

H.                                    “Employee” shall mean an individual who is in the employ of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary), subject to the control and direction of the employer entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance.

 

I.                                         “Exercise Date” shall mean the date on which the option has been exercised in accordance with the applicable option documentation.

 

J.                                         “Fair Market Value” per share of Common Stock on any relevant date shall be determined in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(1)                                  If the Common Stock is at the time listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question, as such price is reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers on the Nasdaq Stock Market and published in The Wall Street Journal.  If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

 

(2)                                  If the Common Stock is at the time listed on any stock exchange, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question on the stock exchange determined by the Plan Administrator to be the primary market for the Common Stock, as such price is officially quoted in the composite tape of transactions on such exchange and published in The Wall Street Journal.  If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

 

(3)                                  If the Common Stock is at the time neither listed on any stock exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Plan Administrator after taking into account such factors as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate.

 

K.                                    “Incentive Option” shall mean an option that satisfies the requirements of Code Section 422.

 

L.                                      “Involuntary Termination” shall mean the termination of the Service of any individual which occurs by reason of:

 

(1)                                  such individual’s involuntary dismissal or discharge by the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) for reasons other than Misconduct, or

 

14



 

(2)                                  such individual’s voluntary resignation within 30 days following (A) a change in his or her position with the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) which materially reduces his or her duties and responsibilities, (B) a reduction in his or her base salary by more than 15%, unless the base salaries of all similarly situated individuals are reduced by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary employing the individual, or (C) a relocation of such individual’s place of employment by more than 50 miles, provided and only if such change, reduction or relocation is effected without the individual’s consent.

 

M.                                  Misconduct shall mean:

 

(1)                                  the individual’s financial dishonesty, including, without limitation, misappropriation or embezzlement of the funds or property of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, falsification of any documents or records of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any knowing attempt by the individual to take any business or business opportunities of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary without the informed, written approval of the Board;

 

(2)                                  the individual’s improper use or disclosure of the confidential or proprietary information of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary;

 

(3)                                  any action by the individual that is intended to have a detrimental effect, or actually has a material detrimental effect, on the reputation or business of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary;

 

(4)                                  the individual’s failure or inability to perform any reasonable assigned duties for the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary after such company has provided the individual adequate notice of, and has given the individual a reasonable opportunity to cure, such failure or inability;

 

(5)                                  the individual’s performance of reasonable assigned duties in a reckless or intentionally poor manner or with bad faith;

 

(6)                                  any breach by the individual of any material term contained in his or her employment or other agreement, if any, between the individual and the Company, any Parent or Subsidiary, which breach is not cured pursuant to the terms of such agreement;

 

(7)                                  the individual’s conviction (including any plea of guilty or nolo contendere) of any felony, any misdemeanor involving dishonesty or fraud, or any other criminal act that impairs or could impair the individual’s ability to perform his or her duties, or

 

(8)                                  the individual’s violation of the material written policies, including, without limitation, policies on equal employment opportunity and prohibition of unlawful harassment, of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.

 

The foregoing definition shall not in any way preclude or restrict the right of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) to discharge or dismiss any Optionee, Participant or other person in the Service of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) for any other acts or

 

15



 

omissions, but such other acts or omissions shall not be deemed, for purposes of the Plan, to constitute grounds for termination for Misconduct.

 

N.                                     “1934 Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

O.                                     “Non-Statutory Option” shall mean an option that does not satisfy the requirements of Code Section 422.

 

P.                                       “Option Grant Program” shall mean the option grant program in effect under the Plan.

 

Q.                                     “Optionee” shall mean any person to whom an option is granted under the Plan.

 

R.                                     “Parent” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, provided each corporation in the unbroken chain (other than the Company) owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

S.                                       “Participant” shall mean any person who is issued shares of Common Stock under the Stock Issuance Program.

 

T.                                      “Plan” shall mean this ConforMIS, Inc. 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, as set forth in this document.

 

U.                                     “Plan Administrator” shall mean either the Board or the Committee acting in its capacity as administrator of the Plan.

 

V.                                     “Plan Effective Date” shall mean February 10, 2011, the date the Board adopted the Plan.

 

W.                                  “Predecessor Plan” shall mean the 2004 Stock Option Plan, which was terminated on the Plan Effective Date.

 

X.                                     “Service” shall mean the provision of services to the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) by a person in the capacity of an Employee, a member of the board of directors or an independent contractor, except to the extent otherwise specifically provided in the documents evidencing the option grant.

 

Y.                                     “Short Term Federal Rate” shall mean the federal short-term rate in effect under Section 1274(d) of the Code for the period the shares were held in escrow.

 

Z.                                      “Stock Issuance Agreement” shall mean the agreement entered into by the Company and the Participant at the time of issuance of shares of Common Stock under the Stock Issuance Program.

 

16



 

AA.                            “Stock Issuance” Program shall mean the stock issuance program in effect under the Plan.

 

BB.                            “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, provided each corporation (other than the last corporation) in the unbroken chain owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

CC.                            “Ten Percent Stockholder” shall mean the owner of stock (as determined under Code Section 424(d)) possessing more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

 

DD.                            “Unvested Shares” shall mean shares of Common Stock have not vested in accordance with the vesting schedule applicable to those shares or any special vesting acceleration provisions and which are subject to the Company’s repurchase right.

 

EE.                              “Vested Shares” shall mean shares of Common Stock which have vested in accordance with the vesting schedule applicable to those shares or any special vesting acceleration provisions and which are no longer subject to the Company’s repurchase right.

 

17




Exhibit 10.8

 

CONFORMIS, INC.
NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK OPTION

 

Notice is hereby given as of [ Date ] (the “ Effective Date ”) of the following option grant (the “ Option ”) to purchase shares of the Common Stock of ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), pursuant to the Company’s 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (the “ Plan ”):

 

1.       Optionee :

 

2.       Grant Date

 

3.       Vesting Commencement Date :

 

4.       Exercise Price

 

5.       Number of Option Shares :                                     shares of Common Stock

 

6.       Expiration Date

 

7.       Type of Option Incentive Stock Option

 

8.       Option Term .  This Option shall expire on the Expiration Date, unless sooner terminated in accordance with this Notice and the Plan.

 

9.       Date Exercisable .  [The Option shall be exercisable only for Vested Shares.]

 

10.    Vesting Schedule .  [ All ] of the Option Shares shall initially be Unvested Shares.  [ 1/48 OR 25% ] of the Option Shares shall become Vested Shares upon Optionee’s completion of [ one month OR one year ] of Service to the Company measured from the Vesting Commencement Date.  The balance of the Option Shares shall thereafter become Vested Shares in a series of [ 47 OR 36 ] successive equal [ monthly ] installments upon Optionee’s completion of each additional [ month ] of Service over the [ 47 OR 36 ] month period measured from the [ first [month OR year] year anniversary ] of the Vesting Commencement Date.  In no event shall any Option Shares vest after Optionee ceases to provide Service to the Company.

 

11.    Repurchase Rights .  [This Option may not be exercised for any Unvested Shares.  Accordingly, none of the Option Shares shall be subject to the repurchase right set forth in Section 9 of the Purchase Agreement.]

 

12.    Accelerated Vesting .

 

(a)           Immediately prior to the effective date of a Change of Control, the Unvested Shares subject to this Option shall become Vested Shares in accordance with and subject to the exceptions described in Article Two, Section III of the Plan. [OR FOR 100% ACCELERATION UPON CHANGE OF CONTROL: Pursuant to Article Two, Section III(E) of the Plan and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Article Two,

 



 

Sections III(A) and (B) of the Plan, the Unvested Shares subject to this Option shall become Vested Shares immediately upon the occurence of a Change of Control. ]

 

(b)           [Specify other acceleration events.]

 

(c)           This Notice shall not in any way affect the right of the Company to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

13.    Option Subject to Plan .  Optionee understands and agrees that the Option is granted subject to and in accordance with the terms of the Plan, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A .  Optionee agrees to be bound by the terms of the Plan.

 

14.    Stock Purchase Agreement .  Optionee understands and agrees that any Option Shares purchased under the Option will be subject to the terms set forth in the Stock Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B .

 

15.    Prior Agreements .  This Notice and the Plan together do, and the Stock Purchase Agreement when executed will, constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the Company and Optionee with respect to the terms of the Option and supersede all prior and contemporaneous written or verbal agreements and understandings between Optionee and the Company relating to such subject matter.  Any and all prior agreements, understandings or representations relating to the Option are terminated and cancelled in their entirety and are of no further force or effect.

 

16.    Limited Transferability .  This Option shall be transferable only to the extent provided in Article Two, Section I(F) of the Plan.

 

17.    Cessation of Service .  The Option term specified in Section 8 shall terminate (and this Option shall cease to be outstanding) prior to the Expiration Date pursuant to the provisions set forth in Article Two, Section I(C)(1) of the Plan.  In no event shall the Option be exercisable after the Expiration Date.

 

18.    Manner of Exercising Option .

 

(a)           In order to exercise this Option with respect to all or any part of the Option Shares for which this Option is at the time exercisable, Optionee (or any other person or persons permitted to exercise this Option) must take the following actions:

 

(i)            Execute and deliver to the Company a Purchase Agreement for the Option Shares for which this Option is exercised;

 

(ii)           Pay the aggregate Exercise Price for the purchased shares in either of the following forms:

 

(A)          cash or check made payable to the Company; or

 

2



 

(B)          a promissory note payable to the Company, but only to the extent authorized by the Plan Administrator in accordance with Article Four, Section I of the Plan;

 

(iii)          Furnish to the Company appropriate documentation that the person or persons exercising the Option (if other than Optionee) have the right to exercise this Option;

 

(iv)          Execute and deliver to the Company such written representations as may be requested by the Company in order for it to comply with the applicable requirements of applicable securities laws; and

 

(v)           Make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) for the satisfaction of all applicable income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise.

 

(b)           Should the Common Stock be registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act at the time the Option is exercised, then the Exercise Price may also be paid as follows:

 

(i)            in shares of Common Stock (A) held by Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising the Option) for the requisite period necessary to avoid a charge to the Company’s earnings for financial reporting purposes and (B) valued at Fair Market Value on the date the Option is exercised; or

 

(ii)           through a special sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising the Option) shall concurrently provide irrevocable instructions (A) to a Company-designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of the purchased shares and remit to the Company, out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate Exercise Price payable for the purchased shares plus all applicable income and employment taxes required to be withheld by the Company by reason of such exercise and (B) to the Company to deliver the certificates for the purchased shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale.

 

(c)           Except to the extent the sale and remittance procedure is utilized in connection with the Option exercise, payment of the Exercise Price must accompany the Purchase Agreement delivered to the Company in connection with the Option exercise.

 

(d)           As soon as practical after the date the Option is exercised, the Company shall issue to or on behalf of Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising this Option) a certificate for the purchased Option Shares, with the appropriate legends affixed thereto.

 

(e)           In no event may this Option be exercised for any fractional shares.

 

19.    Successors and Assigns .  Except to the extent otherwise provided in Sections 12 and 16, the provisions of this Notice shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns and Optionee, Optionee’s permitted assigns and the legal representatives, heirs and legatees of Optionee’s estate, whether or not any such person shall have become a party to this Notice or agreed in writing to join herein and be bound by the terms hereof.

 

3



 

20.    Notices .  Any notice required to be given or delivered to the Company under the terms of this Notice shall be in writing and addressed to the Company at its principal corporate offices.  Any notice required to be given or delivered to Optionee shall be in writing and addressed to Optionee at the address indicated below Optionee’s signature on the signature page to this Notice.  All notices shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or on the third day following deposit in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid and properly addressed to the party to be notified.

 

21.    Construction .  This Notice and the Option evidenced hereby are made and granted pursuant to the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference.  In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Notice, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.  All decisions of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question or issue arising under the Plan or this Notice shall be conclusive and binding on all persons having an interest in this Option.

 

22.    Governing Law .  The interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Notice shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, excluding those laws that direct the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

 

23.    Stockholder Approval .  If the Option Shares covered by this Notice exceed, as of the Grant Date, the number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued under the Plan as last approved by the stockholders, then this Option shall be void with respect to such excess shares, unless stockholder approval of an amendment sufficiently increasing the number of shares of Common Stock issuable under the Plan is obtained in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.  The inability of the Company to obtain stockholder approval shall relieve the Company of any liability with respect to the non-issuance or sale of the Common Stock as to which such approval shall not have been obtained.

 

[24.   Additional Terms Applicable to an Incentive Option .  The following terms and conditions shall also apply to the Option:

 

(a)           The Option shall cease to qualify for favorable tax treatment as an Incentive Option if (and to the extent) the Option is exercised for one or more Option Shares: (i) more than three months after the date Optionee ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or Disability or (ii) more than 12 months after the date Optionee ceases to be an Employee by reason of Disability.

 

(b)           The Option shall not become exercisable as an Incentive Option in any calendar year if (and to the extent) the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the Grant Date) of the Common Stock for which the Option would otherwise first become exercisable in such calendar year would, when added to the aggregate value (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) of the Common Stock and any other securities for which one or more other Incentive Options granted to Optionee prior to the Grant Date (whether under the Plan or any other option plan of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary) first become exercisable during the same calendar year, exceed $100,000 in the aggregate.  To the extent the exercisability of the Option is limited by reason of the foregoing provision, the portion of the

 

4



 

Option so limited shall become exercisable as a Non-Statutory Option pursuant to Article Two, Section II(D) of the Plan.

 

(c)           Should Optionee hold, in addition to the Option, one or more other options to purchase Common Stock which become exercisable for the first time in the same calendar year as the Option, then the foregoing limitations on the exercisability of such options as Incentive Options shall be applied to the option granted second.]

 

25.    Definitions .  All capitalized terms used in this Notice shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan or as follows:

 

(a)           “ Exercise Price ” shall mean the exercise price payable per Option Share as specified in Section 4.

 

(b)           “ Expiration Date ” shall mean the close of business on the date on which the option expires as specified in Section 6.

 

(c)           “ Grant Date ” shall mean the date of grant of the Option as specified in Section 2.

 

(d)           “ Notice ” shall mean this Notice of Grant of Stock Option.

 

(e)           “ Option Shares ” shall mean the shares of Common Stock subject to this Option as specified in Section 5.

 

(f)            “ Optionee ” shall mean the person to whom this Option is granted as specified in Section 1.

 

(g)           “ Purchase Agreement ” shall mean the Stock Purchase Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit B hereto.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Notice of Grant of Stock Option as of the Effective Date.

 

 

CONFORMIS, INC.

 

A Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name: 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPTIONEE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

[ Name of Optionee ]

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Email:

 

 

 

 

 

Telephone:

 

 

 

 

 

Facsimile:

 

 

SPOUSAL CONSENT

 

Optionee’s spouse indicates by execution of this Notice of Grant of Stock Option such spouse’s consent to be bound by the terms thereof as to such spouse’s interests, whether as community property or otherwise, if any, in the Option granted hereunder, and in any Option Shares purchased upon exercise of such Option.

 

 

 

 

 

Optionee’s Spouse (if applicable)

 

[Please mark “N/A” if not applicable]

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

2011 STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN

 



 

CONFORMIS, INC.
2011 STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN

 

ARTICLE ONE
GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

I.                                         PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

 

This Plan shall serve as the successor to the Predecessor Plan.  This Plan is intended to promote the interests of the Company, by providing eligible persons employed by or serving the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent with the opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest, or otherwise increase their proprietary interest, in the Company as an incentive for them to continue in such employ or service.

 

Capitalized terms herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the attached Appendix.

 

II.                                    STRUCTURE OF THE PLAN

 

A.            The Plan shall be divided into two separate equity programs:

 

(1)           the Option Grant Program under which eligible persons may, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be granted options to purchase shares of Common Stock, and

 

(2)           the Stock Issuance Program under which eligible persons may, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be issued shares of Common Stock directly, either through the immediate purchase of such shares or as a bonus for services rendered the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

 

B.            The provisions of Articles One and Four shall apply to both equity programs under the Plan and shall accordingly govern the interests of all persons under the Plan.

 

III.                               ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

 

A.            The Board shall administer the Plan.  However, any or all administrative functions otherwise exercisable by the Board may be delegated to the Committee.  Members of the Committee shall serve for such period of time as the Board may determine and shall be subject to removal by the Board at any time.  The Board may also at any time terminate the functions of the Committee and reassume all powers and authority previously delegated to the Committee.

 

B.            The Plan Administrator shall have full power and authority (subject to the provisions of the Plan) to establish such rules and regulations as it may deem appropriate for proper administration of the Plan and to make such determinations under, and issue such interpretations of, the Plan and any outstanding options or stock issuances thereunder as it may deem necessary or advisable.  Decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties who have an interest in the Plan or any option grant or stock issuance thereunder.

 



 

C.            The Plan Administrator shall have full authority to determine, (1) with respect to the grants made under the Option Grant Program, which eligible persons are to receive such grants, the time or times when those grants are to be made, the number of shares to be covered by each such grant, the status of the granted option as either an Incentive Option or a Non-Statutory Option, the time or times when each option is to become exercisable, the vesting schedule (if any) applicable to the option shares and the maximum term for which the option is to remain outstanding, and (2) with respect to stock issuances made under the Stock Issuance Program, which eligible persons are to receive such issuances, the time or times when those issuances are to be made, the number of shares to be issued to each Participant, the vesting schedule (if any) applicable to the issued shares and the consideration to be paid by the Participant for such shares.  Each option grant or stock issuance approved by the Plan Administrator shall be evidenced by the appropriate documentation.

 

IV.                                ELIGIBILITY

 

A.            The persons eligible to participate in the Plan are as follows:

 

(1)           Employees,

 

(2)           members of the Board and the members of the board of directors of any Parent or Subsidiary, and

 

(3)           independent contractors who provide services to the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

 

V.                                     STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

 

A.            The shares issuable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of Common Stock.  The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued and outstanding or subject to options outstanding under the Plan shall not exceed 13,260,484(1) shares.  All of such shares may be issued in the form of Incentive Options.  Such reserve includes the shares of Common Stock remaining for issuance under the Predecessor Plan on the Plan Effective Date.

 

B.            Shares of Common Stock subject to outstanding options (including options transferred to this Plan from the Predecessor Plan) shall be available for subsequent issuance under the Plan to the extent (1) the options expire or terminate for any reason prior to exercise in full or (2) the options are cancelled in accordance with the cancellation-regrant provisions of Article Two.  Unvested Shares issued under the Plan and subsequently repurchased by the Company, at a price per share not greater than the option exercise or direct issue price paid per share, pursuant to the Company’s repurchase rights under the Plan shall be added back to the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan and shall

 


(1)  9,860,484 shares of Common Stock were initially reserved for issuance under this Plan by the Board on February 10, 2011.  The number of shares reserved for issuance under this Plan was increased from 9,860,484 to 11,860,484 shares of Common Stock by the Board on March 27, 2012 and further increased from 11,860,484 to 13,260,484 shares of Common Stock by the Board on July 2, 2013.

 



 

accordingly be available for reissuance through one or more subsequent option grants or direct stock issuances under the Plan.

 

C.            Should any change be made to the Common Stock by reason of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Company’s receipt of consideration, appropriate adjustments shall be made to (1) the maximum number and/or class of securities issuable under the Plan and (2) the number and/or class of securities and the exercise price per share in effect under each outstanding option (including options transferred to this Plan from the Predecessor Plan) in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of benefits thereunder.  The adjustments determined by the Plan Administrator shall be final, binding and conclusive.  In no event shall any such adjustments be made in connection with the conversion of one or more outstanding shares of the Company’s preferred stock into shares of Common Stock.

 

D.            The grant of options or the issuance of shares of Common Stock under the Plan shall in no way affect the right of the Company to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

ARTICLE TWO
OPTION GRANT PROGRAM

 

I.                                         OPTION TERMS

 

A.            Exercise Price .

 

(1)           The Plan Administrator shall fix the exercise price per share.  However, (a) if the option is granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder, the exercise price per share shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the date the option is granted and (b) if the option is granted to an Optionee who is not a Ten Percent Stockholder, the exercise price per share shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the date the option is granted.

 

(2)           The exercise price shall become immediately due upon exercise of the option and shall, subject to the provisions of Section I of Article Four and the documents evidencing the option, be payable in cash or check made payable to the Company.  Should the Common Stock be registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act at the time the option is exercised, then the exercise price (and any applicable withholding taxes) may also be paid as follows:

 

(a)           in shares of Common Stock held for the requisite period necessary to avoid a charge to the Company’s earnings for financial reporting purposes and valued at Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date, or

 

(b)           to the extent the option is exercised for Vested Shares, through a special sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which the Optionee shall concurrently provide irrevocable instructions (i) to a Company-designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of the purchased shares and remit to the Company, out of

 



 

the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate exercise price payable for the purchased shares plus all applicable income and employment taxes required to be withheld by the Company by reason of such exercise and (ii) to the Company to deliver the certificates for the purchased shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale.

 

Except to the extent such sale and remittance procedure is utilized, payment of the exercise price for the purchased shares must be made on the Exercise Date.

 

B.            Exercise and Term of Options.  Each option shall be exercisable at such time or times, during such period and for such number of shares as shall be determined by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the documents evidencing the option grant.  However, no option shall have a term in excess of 10 years measured from the option grant date.

 

C.            Effect of Termination of Service .

 

(1)           The following provisions shall govern the exercise of any options granted to the Optionee that remain outstanding at the time the Optionee’s Service ceases:

 

(a)           Should the Optionee cease to provide Service to the Company for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, Disability or Misconduct, then each option shall be exercisable for the number of Option Shares which were Vested Shares at the time Optionee ceases to provide Service and shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) the close of business on the three month anniversary of the date the Optionee ceases to provide Service to the Company or (ii) the expiration date of the option.

 

(b)           Should the Optionee cease to provide Service to the Company by reason of the Optionee’s death or Disability, then each option shall be exercisable for the number of Option Shares which were Vested Shares at the time Optionee ceases to provide Service and shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) the close of business on the 12 month anniversary of the date the Optionee ceases to provide Service to the Company or (ii) expiration date of the option.

 

(c)           No additional vesting will occur after the date the Optionee ceases to provide Service to the Company, and the option shall immediately terminate on such date with respect to the Unvested Shares.  Upon the expiration of any post-Service exercise period or (if earlier) upon the expiration date of the term of the option, the option shall terminate with respect to the Vested Shares.

 

(d)           Should the Optionee’s Service be terminated for Misconduct or should the Optionee otherwise engage in Misconduct, then each outstanding option shall terminate immediately with respect to all shares.

 

(2)           The Plan Administrator shall have the discretion, exercisable either at the time an option is granted or at any time while the option remains outstanding, to:

 

(a)           extend the period of time for which the option is to remain exercisable following the Optionee’s cessation of Service for such period of time as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate, but in no event beyond the expiration of the option, and/or

 


 

(b)           permit the option to be exercised, during the applicable post-Service exercise period, not only with respect to the number of Vested Shares for which such option is exercisable at the time of the Optionee’s cessation of Service but also with respect to one or more additional installments in which the Optionee would have vested under the option had the Optionee continued in Service.

 

D.            Stockholder Rights.  The holder of an option shall have no stockholder rights with respect to the shares subject to the option until such person shall have exercised the option, paid the exercise price and become the recordholder of the purchased shares.

 

E.            Unvested Shares.  The Plan Administrator shall have the discretion to grant options that are exercisable for Unvested Shares.  Should the Optionee’s Service cease while the shares issued upon the early exercise of the Optionee’s option are still Unvested Shares, the Company shall have the right to repurchase any or all of those Unvested Shares at the lower of (1) the exercise price paid per share or (2) the Fair Market Value per share on the date the Optionee’s Service ceased.  Once the Company exercises its repurchase right, the Optionee shall have no further stockholder rights with respect to those shares.  The terms upon which such repurchase right shall be exercisable (including the period and procedure for exercise and the appropriate vesting schedule for the purchased shares) shall be established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such repurchase right.

 

F.             Limited Transferability of Options.  An Incentive Option shall be exercisable only by the Optionee during his or her lifetime and shall not be assignable or transferable other than by will or by the laws of inheritance following the Optionee’s death.  A Non-Statutory Option may be assigned in whole or in part during the Optionee’s lifetime to one or more members of the Optionee’s family (as defined in Rule 701 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission) or to a trust established exclusively for one or more such family members or to the Optionee’s former spouse, to the extent such assignment is in connection with the Optionee’s estate plan or pursuant to a domestic relations order.  The assigned portion may only be exercised by the person or persons who acquire a proprietary interest in the Non-Statutory Option pursuant to the assignment.  The terms applicable to the assigned portion shall be the same as those in effect for the option immediately prior to such assignment and shall be set forth in such documents issued to the assignee as the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionee may also designate one or more persons as the beneficiary or beneficiaries of his or her outstanding options under the Plan, and those options shall, in accordance with such designation, automatically be transferred to such beneficiary or beneficiaries upon the Optionee’s death while holding those options.  Such beneficiary or beneficiaries shall take the transferred options subject to all the terms and conditions of the applicable agreement evidencing each such transferred option, including (without limitation) the limited time period during which the option may be exercised following the Optionee’s death.

 

G.            Limits on Grants for Qualified Performance-Based Compensation.  The Company may not issue options covering in the aggregate more than 2,500,000 shares of Common Stock ((1) appropriately adjusted for stock splits, subdivisions, combinations, consolidations and the like with respect to the Common Stock and (2) proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be

 



 

issued and outstanding or subject to options outstanding under the Plan) to any one participant in any calendar year.

 

II.                                    INCENTIVE OPTIONS

 

The terms specified below shall be applicable to all Incentive Options.  Except as modified by the provisions of this Section II, all the provisions of Articles One, Two and Four shall be applicable to Incentive Options.  Options that are specifically designated as Non-Statutory Options shall not be subject to the terms of this Section II.

 

A.            Eligibility.  Incentive Options may only be granted to Employees.

 

B.            Dollar Limitation.  The aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) for which one or more options granted to any Employee under the Plan (or any other option plan of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary) may for the first time become exercisable as Incentive Options during any one calendar year shall not exceed $100,000.  To the extent the Employee holds two or more such options which become exercisable for the first time in the same calendar year, the foregoing limitation on the exercisability of such options as Incentive Options shall be applied on the basis of the order in which such options are granted.

 

C.            Failure to Qualify as Incentive Option.  To the extent that any option governed by this Plan does not qualify as an Incentive Option by reason of the dollar limitation described in Section II.B. of this Article Two or for any other reason, such option shall be exercisable as a Non-Statutory Option under the federal tax laws.

 

D.            Ten Percent Stockholder.  If any Employee to whom an Incentive Option is granted is a Ten Percent Stockholder, then the option term shall not exceed five years measured from the date the option is granted and the exercise price shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the grant date.

 

III.                               CHANGE OF CONTROL

 

A.            The shares subject to each option outstanding under the Plan at the time of a Change of Control shall automatically become Vested Shares, and each such option shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Change of Control, become exercisable for all of the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to that option.  However, the shares subject to an outstanding option shall not become Vested Shares on an accelerated basis if and to the extent: (1) such option is assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof), an equivalent option or right is substituted by such successor corporation (or parent thereof), or such option otherwise continues in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the Change of Control transaction; (2) such option is to be replaced with a cash incentive program of the Company or any successor corporation which preserves the spread existing on the unvested option shares at the time of the Change of Control and provides for subsequent payout of that spread in accordance with the same vesting schedule applicable to those unvested option shares; or (3) the acceleration of such option is subject to other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator.

 



 

B.            All outstanding repurchase rights under the Option Grant Program shall also terminate automatically, and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately become Vested Shares, in the event of any Change of Control, except to the extent: (1) those repurchase rights are assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in effect pursuant to the terms of the Change of Control transaction, (2) the property (including cash payments) issued with respect to Unvested Shares is to be held in escrow and released in accordance with the vesting schedule in effect for the Unvested Shares pursuant to the Change of Control transaction or (3) such accelerated vesting is precluded by other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator.

 

C.            Immediately following the consummation of the Change of Control, all outstanding options shall terminate, except to the extent assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof), substituted with an equivalent option or right by such successor corporation (or parent thereof), or otherwise continued in effect pursuant to the terms of the Change of Control transaction.

 

D.            Each option that is assumed in connection with a Change of Control or otherwise continued in effect shall be appropriately adjusted, immediately after such Change of Control, to apply to the number and class of securities which would have been issuable to the Optionee in consummation of such Change of Control, had the option been exercised immediately prior to such Change of Control.  Appropriate adjustments shall also be made to (1) the number and class of securities available for issuance under the Plan following the consummation of such Change of Control and (2) the exercise price payable per share under each outstanding option, provided the aggregate exercise price payable for such securities shall remain the same.  To the extent the holders of the Common Stock receive cash consideration for their Common Stock in consummation of the Change of Control, the successor corporation may, in connection with the assumption of the outstanding options under this Plan, substitute one or more shares of its own common stock with a fair market value equivalent to the cash consideration paid per share of Common Stock in such Change of Control.

 

E.            The Plan Administrator shall have the discretion, exercisable either at the time an option is granted or at any time while such option remains outstanding, to structure one or more options so that the options shall become immediately exercisable and some or all of the shares subject to those options shall automatically become Vested Shares (and some or all of the repurchase rights of the Company with respect to the Unvested Shares subject to those options shall immediately terminate) upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or other specified event, or the Optionee’s Involuntary Termination within a designated period following a specified event.  In addition, the Plan Administrator may provide that the Company’s outstanding repurchase rights with respect to some or all of the shares held by the Optionee at the time of a Change of Control or other specified event, or the Optionee’s Involuntary Termination following a specified event, shall immediately terminate on an accelerated basis, and the shares subject to those terminated rights shall become Vested Shares at that time.

 

F.             The portion of any Incentive Option accelerated in connection with a Change of Control shall remain exercisable as an Incentive Option only to the extent the applicable $100,000 limitation set forth in Section II.B. of Article Two is not exceeded. 

 



 

To the extent such dollar limitation is exceeded, the accelerated portion of such option shall be exercisable as a Non-Statutory Option under the federal tax laws.

 

IV.                                CANCELLATION AND REGRANT OF OPTIONS

 

The Plan Administrator shall have the authority to effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of the affected option holders, the cancellation of any or all outstanding options under the Plan (including options transferred to this Plan from the Predecessor Plan) and to grant in substitution therefor new options covering the same or different number of shares of Common Stock.

 

ARTICLE THREE
STOCK ISSUANCE PROGRAM

 

I.                                         STOCK ISSUANCE TERMS

 

A.            Purchase Price .

 

(1)           The Plan Administrator shall fix the purchase price per share.  However, in all cases, the purchase price per share shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the date of issuance.

 

(2)           Shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program for any of the following items of consideration, which the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate in each individual instance:

 

(a)           cash or check made payable to the Company,

 

(b)           past services rendered to the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary), or

 

(c)           a promissory note to the extent permitted by Section I of Article Four.

 

B.            Vesting Provisions .

 

(1)           Shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program may, in the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be Vested Shares or may vest in one or more installments over the Participant’s period of Service or upon attainment of specified performance objectives.

 

(2)           Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property (including money paid other than as a regular cash dividend) which the Participant may have the right to receive with respect to the Participant’s Unvested Shares by reason of any stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Company’s receipt of consideration shall be issued subject to (a) the same vesting requirements applicable to the

 



 

Participant’s Unvested Shares treated as if acquired on the same date as the Unvested Shares and (b) such escrow arrangements as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate.

 

(3)           The Participant shall have full stockholder rights with respect to any shares of Common Stock issued to the Participant under the Stock Issuance Program, whether or not the Participant’s interest in those shares is vested.  Accordingly, the Participant shall have the right to vote such shares and to receive any regular cash dividends paid on such shares.

 

(4)           Should the Participant cease to remain in Service while holding one or more Unvested Shares issued under the Stock Issuance Program or should the performance objectives not be attained with respect to one or more such Unvested Shares, then the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Unvested Shares at the lower of (a) the purchase price paid per share or (b) the Fair Market Value per share on the date Participant’s Service ceased or the performance objective where not attained.  The terms upon which such repurchase right shall be exercisable shall be established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such repurchase right.

 

(5)           The Plan Administrator may in its discretion waive the surrender and cancellation of one or more Unvested Shares (or other assets attributable thereto) which would otherwise occur upon the non-completion of the vesting schedule applicable to those shares.  Such waiver shall result in the immediate vesting of the Participant’s interest in the shares of Common Stock as to which the waiver applies.  Such waiver may be effected at any time, whether before or after the Participant’s Service ceases or he or she attains the applicable performance objectives.

 

II.                                    CHANGE OF CONTROL

 

A.            Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, all outstanding repurchase rights under the Stock Issuance Program shall terminate automatically, and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately become Vested Shares, except to the extent: (1) those repurchase rights are assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in effect pursuant to the terms of the Change of Control transaction, (2) the property (including cash payments) issued with respect to the Unvested Shares is held in escrow and released in accordance with the vesting schedule in effect for the Unvested Shares pursuant to the terms of the Change of Control transaction, or (3) such accelerated vesting is precluded by other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator.

 

B.            The Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority, exercisable either at the time the Unvested Shares are issued or any time while the Company’s repurchase rights with respect to those shares remain outstanding, to provide that those rights shall automatically terminate in whole or in part on an accelerated basis, and some or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately become Vested Shares, in the event of a Change of Control or other event or the Participant’s Service is terminated by reason of an Involuntary Termination within a designated period following a Change of Control or any other specified event.

 



 

ARTICLE FOUR
MISCELLANEOUS

 

I.                                         FINANCING

 

The Plan Administrator may permit any Optionee or Participant to pay the option exercise price under the Option Grant Program or the purchase price for shares issued under the Stock Issuance Program by delivering a full-recourse, interest bearing promissory note payable in one or more installments and secured by the purchased shares.  In no event may the maximum credit available to the Optionee or Participant exceed the sum of (A) the aggregate option exercise price or purchase price payable for the purchased shares (less the par value of those shares) plus (B) any applicable income and employment tax liability incurred by the Optionee or the Participant in connection with the option exercise or share purchase.

 

II.                                    FIRST REFUSAL RIGHTS

 

The Company shall have the right of first refusal with respect to any proposed disposition by the Optionee or Participant (or any successor in interest) of any shares of Common Stock issued under the Plan.  Such right of first refusal shall be exercisable and lapse in accordance with the terms established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such right.

 

III.                               SHARE ESCROW/LEGENDS

 

Unvested Shares may, in the Plan Administrator’s discretion, be held in escrow by the Company until the Unvested Shares vest or may be issued directly to the Participant or Optionee with restrictive legends on the certificates evidencing the fact that the Participant or Optionee does not have a vested right to them.

 

IV.                                EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF PLAN

 

A.            The Plan is effective as of the Plan Effective Date, but no option granted under the Plan may be exercised, and no shares shall be issued under the Plan, until the Company’s stockholders approve the Plan.  If such stockholder approval is not obtained within 12 months after the date of the Board’s adoption of the Plan, then all options previously granted under the Plan shall terminate, and no further options shall be granted and no shares shall be issued under the Plan.  Subject to such limitation, the Plan Administrator may grant options and issue shares under the Plan at any time after the effective date of the Plan and before the date fixed herein for termination of the Plan.

 

B.            The Plan shall serve as the successor to the Predecessor Plan, and no further option grants or direct stock issuances shall be made under the Predecessor Plan after the Plan Effective Date.  All options outstanding under the Predecessor Plan on the Plan Effective Date shall be transferred to the Plan at that time and shall be treated as outstanding options under the Plan.  However, each outstanding option so transferred shall continue to be governed solely by the terms of the documents evidencing such option, and no provision of the Plan shall be deemed to affect or otherwise modify the rights or obligations of the holders of such transferred options with respect to their acquisition of shares of Common Stock.

 



 

C.            One or more provisions of the Plan may, in the Plan Administrator’s discretion, be extended to one or more options transferred from the Predecessor Plan.

 

D.            The Plan shall terminate upon the earlier of (1) 10 years after the Plan Effective Date or (2) termination of the Plan by the Board.  All options and unvested stock issuances outstanding at the time of the termination of the Plan shall continue in effect in accordance with the provisions of the documents evidencing those options or issuances.

 

V.                                     AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

 

A.            The Board shall have complete and exclusive power and authority to amend or terminate the Plan or any awards made thereunder in any or all respects.  However, no such amendment or termination shall adversely affect the rights and obligations with respect to options or unvested stock issuances at the time outstanding under the Plan unless the Optionee or the Participant consents to such amendment or termination.  In addition, certain amendments, including amendments that increase the share reserve or change the class of individuals eligible to receive grants pursuant to the Plan, may require stockholder approval pursuant to applicable laws and regulations.

 

B.            Options may be granted under the Option Grant Program and shares may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program which are in each instance in excess of the number of shares of Common Stock then available for issuance under the Plan, provided any excess shares actually issued under those programs shall be held in escrow until there is obtained stockholder approval of an amendment sufficiently increasing the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan.  If such stockholder approval is not obtained within 12 months after the date the first such excess grants or issuances are made, then (1) any unexercised options granted on the basis of such excess shares shall terminate and (2) the Company shall promptly refund to the Optionees and the Participants the exercise or purchase price paid for any excess shares issued under the Plan and held in escrow, together with interest (at the applicable Short Term Federal Rate) for the period the shares were held in escrow, and such shares shall thereupon be automatically cancelled.

 

VI.                                USE OF PROCEEDS

 

Any cash proceeds received by the Company from the sale of shares of Common Stock under the Plan shall be used for any corporate purpose.

 

VII.                           WITHHOLDING

 

The Company’s obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of any options granted under the Plan or upon the issuance or vesting of any shares issued under the

 



 

Plan shall be subject to the satisfaction of all applicable income and employment tax withholding requirements.

 

VIII.                      REGULATORY APPROVALS

 

A.            The implementation of the Plan, the granting of any options under the Plan and the issuance of any shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of any option or under the Stock Issuance Program shall be subject to (1) the Company’s procurement of all approvals and permits required by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over the Plan, the options granted under it and the shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to it and (2) compliance by the Company and each Optionee and Participant with all applicable requirements of law relating thereto and with all applicable regulations of any applicable stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock may be traded at the time of such exercise and issuance.

 

B.            The inability of the Company to obtain approval from any regulatory body having authority deemed by the Company to be necessary to the granting of any options under the Plan and the issuance of any shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of any option or under the Stock Issuance Program shall relieve the Company of any liability with respect to the non-grant of any option or the non-issuance or sale of the Common Stock as to which such approval shall not have been obtained.

 

IX.                                NO EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICE RIGHTS

 

Nothing in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee or the Participant any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining such person) or of the Optionee or the Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate such person’s Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

 

X.                                     FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

The Company shall deliver a balance sheet and an income statement at least annually to each Optionee and Participant, unless such individual is a key Employee whose duties in connection with the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) assure such individual access to equivalent information.

 

XI.                                SHARE RESERVE

 

The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued over the term of the Plan together with the total number of shares of Common Stock provided for under any stock bonus or similar plan of the Company shall not exceed 30% of the then outstanding shares (on an as if converted basis) of the Company unless a percentage higher than 30% is approved by at least 2/3 of the outstanding shares of the Company entitled to vote on such matter.

 

XII.                           CODE SECTION 409A

 

This Plan is intended to comply with Code Section 409A and shall be construed and interpreted in accordance therewith.  Options granted or stock issued under this Plan shall be treated in a manner that will comply with Code Section 409A, including proposed, temporary or final regulations or any other guidance issued by the Secretary of the Treasury and the Internal Revenue Service with respect thereto (the Guidance ”).  Any provision of this Plan that would cause an option grant or stock issuance or any other issuance or distribution under this Plan to fail satisfy Code Section 409A shall have no force or effect until amended to comply with Code Section 409A (which amendment may be retroactive to the extent permitted by the Guidance). 

 



 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall create any obligation or liability of the Company to any Optionee or Participant should any option grant or stock issuance or other issuance or distribution fail to satisfy Code Section 409A.  The Company makes no representations or warranties to any Optionee or Participant with respect to any determination by the Company or any agent of the Company regarding the fair market value of the Company’s stock relating to the making or administration of any option grant or stock issuance or any other issuance or distribution under this Plan.

 

XIII.                      DEFINITIONS

 

The following definitions shall be in effect under the Plan:

 

A.            “Board” shall mean the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

B.            “Change of Control” shall mean a change in ownership or control of the Company effected through any of the following transactions:

 

(1)           a stockholder-approved merger, consolidation or other reorganization in which securities representing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities become beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person or related group of persons (other than a person or related group of persons that, immediately prior to such transaction, directly or indirectly controlled, was controlled by, or was under common control with, the Company);

 

(2)           a stockholder-approved sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to any person or related group of persons (other than a person or related group of persons that, immediately prior to such transaction, directly or indirectly controlled, was controlled by, or was under common control with, the Company); or

 

(3)           the acquisition, directly or indirectly, by any person or related group of persons (other than the Company or a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company), of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13-d3 of the 1934 Act) of securities possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities from a person or persons other than the Company.

 

In no event shall any public offering of the Company’s securities be deemed to constitute a Change of Control.

 

C.            Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

D.            “Committee” shall mean a committee of one or more Board members appointed by the Board to exercise one or more administrative functions under the Plan.

 

E.            “Common Stock” shall mean the Company’s common stock.

 



 

F.             “Company” shall mean ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or the successor to all or substantially all of the assets or the voting stock of ConforMIS, Inc. if such successor has assumed the Plan.

 

G.            “Disability” shall mean the inability of the Optionee or the Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that is expected to result in death or has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of 12 months or more.

 

H.            “Employee” shall mean an individual who is in the employ of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary), subject to the control and direction of the employer entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance.

 

I.             “Exercise Date” shall mean the date on which the option has been exercised in accordance with the applicable option documentation.

 

J.             “Fair Market Value” per share of Common Stock on any relevant date shall be determined in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(1)           If the Common Stock is at the time listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question, as such price is reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers on the Nasdaq Stock Market and published in The Wall Street Journal.  If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

 

(2)           If the Common Stock is at the time listed on any stock exchange, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question on the stock exchange determined by the Plan Administrator to be the primary market for the Common Stock, as such price is officially quoted in the composite tape of transactions on such exchange and published in The Wall Street Journal.  If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

 

(3)           If the Common Stock is at the time neither listed on any stock exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Plan Administrator after taking into account such factors as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate.

 

K.            “Incentive Option” shall mean an option that satisfies the requirements of Code Section 422.

 

L.            “Involuntary Termination” shall mean the termination of the Service of any individual which occurs by reason of:

 

(1)           such individual’s involuntary dismissal or discharge by the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) for reasons other than Misconduct, or

 


 

(2)           such individual’s voluntary resignation within 30 days following (A) a change in his or her position with the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) which materially reduces his or her duties and responsibilities, (B) a reduction in his or her base salary by more than 15%, unless the base salaries of all similarly situated individuals are reduced by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary employing the individual, or (C) a relocation of such individual’s place of employment by more than 50 miles, provided and only if such change, reduction or relocation is effected without the individual’s consent.

 

M.           Misconduct shall mean:

 

(1)           the individual’s financial dishonesty, including, without limitation, misappropriation or embezzlement of the funds or property of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, falsification of any documents or records of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any knowing attempt by the individual to take any business or business opportunities of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary without the informed, written approval of the Board;

 

(2)           the individual’s improper use or disclosure of the confidential or proprietary information of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary;

 

(3)           any action by the individual that is intended to have a detrimental effect, or actually has a material detrimental effect, on the reputation or business of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary;

 

(4)           the individual’s failure or inability to perform any reasonable assigned duties for the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary after such company has provided the individual adequate notice of, and has given the individual a reasonable opportunity to cure, such failure or inability;

 

(5)           the individual’s performance of reasonable assigned duties in a reckless or intentionally poor manner or with bad faith;

 

(6)           any breach by the individual of any material term contained in his or her employment or other agreement, if any, between the individual and the Company, any Parent or Subsidiary, which breach is not cured pursuant to the terms of such agreement;

 

(7)           the individual’s conviction (including any plea of guilty or nolo contendere) of any felony, any misdemeanor involving dishonesty or fraud, or any other criminal act that impairs or could impair the individual’s ability to perform his or her duties, or

 

(8)           the individual’s violation of the material written policies, including, without limitation, policies on equal employment opportunity and prohibition of unlawful harassment, of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.

 

The foregoing definition shall not in any way preclude or restrict the right of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) to discharge or dismiss any Optionee, Participant or other person in the Service of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) for any other acts or omissions, but such other acts or

 



 

omissions shall not be deemed, for purposes of the Plan, to constitute grounds for termination for Misconduct.

 

N.            “1934 Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

O.            “Non-Statutory Option” shall mean an option that does not satisfy the requirements of Code Section 422.

 

P.             “Option Grant Program” shall mean the option grant program in effect under the Plan.

 

Q.            “Optionee” shall mean any person to whom an option is granted under the Plan.

 

R.            “Parent” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, provided each corporation in the unbroken chain (other than the Company) owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

S.             “Participant” shall mean any person who is issued shares of Common Stock under the Stock Issuance Program.

 

T.            “Plan” shall mean this ConforMIS, Inc. 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, as set forth in this document.

 

U.            “Plan Administrator” shall mean either the Board or the Committee acting in its capacity as administrator of the Plan.

 

V.            “Plan Effective Date” shall mean February 10, 2011, the date the Board adopted the Plan.

 

W.           “Predecessor Plan” shall mean the 2004 Stock Option Plan, which was terminated on the Plan Effective Date.

 

X.            “Service” shall mean the provision of services to the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) by a person in the capacity of an Employee, a member of the board of directors or an independent contractor, except to the extent otherwise specifically provided in the documents evidencing the option grant.

 

Y.            “Short Term Federal Rate” shall mean the federal short-term rate in effect under Section 1274(d) of the Code for the period the shares were held in escrow.

 

Z.            “Stock Issuance Agreement” shall mean the agreement entered into by the Company and the Participant at the time of issuance of shares of Common Stock under the Stock Issuance Program.

 



 

AA.         “Stock Issuance” Program shall mean the stock issuance program in effect under the Plan.

 

BB.         “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, provided each corporation (other than the last corporation) in the unbroken chain owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

CC.         “Ten Percent Stockholder” shall mean the owner of stock (as determined under Code Section 424(d)) possessing more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

 

DD.         “Unvested Shares” shall mean shares of Common Stock have not vested in accordance with the vesting schedule applicable to those shares or any special vesting acceleration provisions and which are subject to the Company’s repurchase right.

 

EE.          “Vested Shares” shall mean shares of Common Stock which have vested in accordance with the vesting schedule applicable to those shares or any special vesting acceleration provisions and which are no longer subject to the Company’s repurchase right.

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 



 

CONFORMIS, INC.

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

1.       Optionee :

 

2.             Effective Date :

 

3.             Exercise Price :  $                     per share

 

4.             Purchased Shares :                       shares of Common Stock

 

5.             Grant Date of Option :

 

6.             Exercise of Option .

 

(a)           Exercise .  Optionee hereby purchases the Purchased Shares at the Exercise Price pursuant to the exercise of that certain option (the “ Option ”) granted to Optionee as of the Grant Date pursuant to the 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (the “ Plan ”) of ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

 

(b)           Payment .  Concurrently with the delivery of this Agreement to the Company, Optionee shall pay the aggregate Exercise Price for all of the Purchased Shares in accordance with the provisions of the Option Agreement and shall deliver whatever additional documents may be required by the Option Agreement as a condition for exercise.  If any of the Purchased Shares are Unvested Shares, the Optionee has shall also deliver to the Company a duly-executed blank Assignment Separate from Certificate in the form satisfactory to the Company.

 

(c)           Stockholder Rights .  Until such time as the Company exercises the Repurchase Right or the First Refusal Right, Optionee (or any successor in interest) shall have all stockholder rights (including voting, dividend and liquidation rights) with respect to the Purchased Shares, subject, however, to the transfer restrictions imposed by this Agreement.

 

7.             Securities Law Compliance .

 

(a)           Restricted Securities .  The Purchased Shares have not been registered under the 1933 Act and are being issued to Optionee in reliance upon the exemption from such registration provided by Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act or SEC Rule 504, 505, 506 or 701.  Optionee hereby confirms that Optionee has been informed that the Purchased Shares are restricted securities under the 1933 Act and may not be resold or transferred unless the Purchased Shares are first registered under the Federal securities laws or unless an exemption from such registration is available.  Accordingly, Optionee hereby acknowledges that Optionee is prepared to hold the Purchased Shares for an indefinite period and that Optionee is aware that SEC Rule 144 issued under the 1933 Act which exempts certain resales of unrestricted securities is not presently available to exempt the resale of the Purchased Shares from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act.

 



 

(b)           Restrictions on Disposition of Purchased Shares .

 

(i)            Optionee shall make no disposition of the Purchased Shares (other than a Permitted Transfer) unless and until there is compliance with all of the following requirements:

 

(A)          Optionee shall have provided the Company with a written summary of the terms and conditions of the proposed disposition.

 

(B)          Optionee shall have complied with all requirements of this Agreement applicable to the disposition of the Purchased Shares.

 

(C)          Optionee shall have provided the Company with written assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, that (1) the proposed disposition does not require registration of the Purchased Shares under the 1933 Act or (2) all appropriate action necessary for compliance with the registration requirements of the 1933 Act or any exemption from registration available under the 1933 Act (including Rule 144) has been taken.

 

(ii)           The Company shall not be required (A) to transfer on its books any Purchased Shares which have been sold or transferred in violation of the provisions of this Agreement or (B) to treat as the owner of the Purchased Shares, or otherwise to accord voting, dividend or liquidation rights to, any transferee to whom the Purchased Shares have been transferred in contravention of this Agreement.

 

(c)           Restrictive Legends .  The stock certificates representing the Purchased Shares shall be endorsed with one or more of the following restrictive legends:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), AND ARE “RESTRICTED SECURITIES” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 PROMULGATED UNDER THE ACT.  THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OFFERED FOR SALE OR OTHERWISE DISTRIBUTED EXCEPT (I) IN CONJUNCTION WITH AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SECURITIES UNDER THE ACT, (II) IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144, OR (III) PURSUANT TO AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION OR COMPLIANCE IS NOT REQUIRED AS TO SAID SALE, OFFER OR DISTRIBUTION.

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY (I) ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION WITH RESPECT TO THE TRANSFER OF SUCH SECURITIES AND (II) MAY BE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT TO REPURCHASE SUCH SECURITIES UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES, PURSUANT TO AN AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE ORIGINAL PURCHASER OF SUCH SECURITIES.  A COPY OF

 



 

THAT AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION.

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO A RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF UP TO 180 DAYS FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF A REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT FOR AN OFFERING OF THE CORPORATION’S SECURITIES PURSUANT TO AN AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE ORIGINAL PURCHASER OF SUCH SECURITIES.  A COPY OF THAT AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION.

 

(d)           Representations, Warranties, Covenants, and Acknowledgments of Optionee .  The Optionee hereby represents, warrants, covenants, acknowledges, and agrees that:

 

(i)            Investment .  Optionee is acquiring the Purchased Shares for Optionee’s own account, and not for the account of any other person.  Optionee is acquiring the Purchased Shares for investment and not with a view to distribution or resale thereof except in compliance with applicable laws regulating securities.

 

(ii)           Business Experience .  Optionee is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of Optionee’s investment in the Company evidenced by the purchase of the Purchased Shares.

 

(iii)          Relation to Company .  Optionee is presently an officer, director, or employee of, or independent contractor to, the Company and in such capacity has become personally familiar with the business, affairs, financial condition, and results of operations of the Company.

 

(iv)          Access to Information .  Optionee has had the opportunity to ask questions of, and to receive answers from, appropriate executive officers of the Company with respect to the terms and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and with respect to the business, affairs, financial condition, and results of operations of the Company.  Optionee has had access to such financial and other information as is necessary in order for Optionee to make a fully informed decision as to investment in the Company by way of purchase of the Purchased Shares, and has had the opportunity to obtain any additional information necessary to verify any of such information to which Optionee has had access.  Optionee acknowledges that all financial information concerning the Company that has been or will be provided to Optionee is confidential and proprietary information of the Company and is subject to the obligation of confidentiality and other restrictions and limitations and use and disclosure.

 

(v)           Speculative Investment .  Optionee’s investment in the Company represented by the Purchased Shares is highly speculative in nature and is subject to a high degree of risk of loss in whole or in part.  The amount of such investment is within Optionee’s risk capital means and is not so great in relation to Optionee’s total financial resources as would

 



 

jeopardize the personal financial needs of Optionee or Optionee’s family in the event such investment were lost in whole or in part.

 

(vi)          Public Trading .  None of the Company’s securities is presently publicly traded, and the Company has made no representation, covenant, or agreement as to whether there will be a public market for any of its securities.

 

(vii)         Tax Advice .  The Company has not made, and does not pursuant to this Agreement make, any warranties or representations to Optionee with respect to the income tax consequences of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and Optionee is in no manner relying on the Company or its representatives for an assessment of such tax consequences.

 

8.             Transfer Restrictions .

 

(a)           Restriction on Transfer .  Except for any Permitted Transfer, (i) Optionee shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any of the Unvested Shares and (ii) Optionee shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any of the Vested Shares in contravention of the First Refusal Right, the Market Stand-Off or the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 7.

 

(b)           Transferee Obligations .  Each person (other than the Company) to whom the Purchased Shares are transferred by means of a Permitted Transfer must, as a condition precedent to the validity of such transfer, acknowledge in writing to the Company that such person is bound by the provisions of this Agreement and that the transferred shares are subject to (i) the Repurchase Right (if applicable), (ii) the First Refusal Right, (iii) the Market Stand-Off and (iv) the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 7, to the same extent such shares would be so subject if retained by Optionee.

 

(c)           Market Stand-Off .

 

(i)            In connection with the Company’s initial public offering and any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the 1933 Act within two years after the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering, Owner shall not sell, make any short sale of, hedge with, loan, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose or transfer for value or otherwise agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Vested Shares without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters (the “ Market Stand-Off ”).  The Market Stand-Off shall be in effect for such period of time from and after the effective date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriters; provided, however, that such period shall not exceed 180 days.

 

(ii)           Any new, substituted or additional securities that are by reason of any Recapitalization or Reorganization distributed with respect to Vested Shares shall be immediately subject to the Market Stand-Off.

 



 

(iii)          In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to Vested Shares until the end of the applicable stand-off period.

 

9.             Repurchase Right .

 

(a)           Grant .  The Company shall have the right (the “ Repurchase Right ”) to repurchase, at the Repurchase Price, any or all of the Purchased Shares which are Unvested Shares at the time Optionee ceases to provide Service to the Company.

 

(b)           Exercise of the Repurchase Right .  The Repurchase Right shall be exercisable by written notice delivered to each Owner of the Unvested Shares at any time during the 90 day period following the date Optionee ceases for any reason to provide Service to the Company or (if later) during the 90 day period following the execution date of this Agreement.  The notice shall indicate the number of Unvested Shares to be repurchased, the Repurchase Price to be paid, and the date on which the repurchase is to be effected, such date to be not more than 90 days following the execution date of this Agreement.  The stock certificates representing the Unvested Shares to be repurchased shall be delivered to the Company on the closing date specified for the repurchase.  Concurrently with the receipt of such stock certificates, the Company shall pay to Owner, in cash or cash equivalents (including the cancellation of any purchase-money indebtedness), an amount equal to the aggregate Repurchase Price for the Unvested Shares which are to be repurchased from Owner.

 

(c)           Termination of the Repurchase Right .  The Repurchase Right shall terminate with respect to any Unvested Shares for which it is not timely exercised under Section 9(b).  In addition, the Repurchase Right shall terminate and cease to be exercisable as and when the Purchased Shares become Vested Shares.  All Vested Shares shall, however, continue to be subject to (i) the First Refusal Right, (ii) the Market Stand Off and (iii) the transfer restrictions set forth in Sections 7 and 8.

 

(d)           Aggregate Vesting Limitation .  If the Option is exercised in more than one increment so that Optionee is a party to other stock purchase agreements (the “ Prior Purchase Agreements ”) which are executed prior to the date of this Agreement, then the total number of Purchased Shares as to which Optionee shall be deemed to have a fully-vested interest under this Agreement and all Prior Purchase Agreements shall not exceed in the aggregate the number of Purchased Shares in which Optionee would otherwise at the time be vested, in accordance with the Vesting Schedule, had all the Purchased Shares (including those acquired under the Prior Purchase Agreements) been acquired exclusively under this Agreement.

 

(e)           Recapitalization .  Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property (including cash paid other than as a regular cash dividend) which is by reason of any Recapitalization distributed with respect to the Unvested Shares shall be immediately subject to the Repurchase Right and any escrow requirements hereunder.  Appropriate adjustments to reflect such distribution shall be made to the number and/or class of Unvested Shares subject to this Agreement.  In addition, for purposes of determining the Repurchase Price, appropriate adjustments shall be made to the Exercise Price in order to reflect the effect of any such

 



 

Recapitalization upon the Company’s capital structure; provided, however, that the aggregate Exercise Price shall remain the same.

 

(f)            Change of Control .

 

(i)            The Repurchase Right shall automatically terminate in its entirety, and all Unvested Shares shall become Vested Shares, upon the consummation of a Change of Control in accordance with Article Two, Section III of the Plan, or as otherwise set forth in the Grant Notice.

 

(ii)           To the extent the Repurchase Right remains in effect following a Change of Control, such right shall apply to any new securities or other property (including any cash payments) received in exchange for the Unvested Shares in consummation of the Change of Control.  For purposes of determining the Repurchase Price, appropriate adjustments shall be made to the Exercise Price to reflect the effect (if any) of the Change of Control upon the Company’s capital structure; provided, however, that the aggregate Exercise Price shall remain the same.  The new securities or other property (including any cash payments) issued or distributed with respect to the Unvested Shares in consummation of the Change of Control shall be immediately deposited in escrow with the Company (or the successor entity) and shall not be released from escrow until Optionee vests in such securities or other property in accordance with the Vesting Schedule.

 

10.          Right of First Refusal .

 

(a)           Grant .  The Company shall have the right of first refusal (the “ First Refusal Right ”) exercisable in connection with any proposed transfer of Vested Shares.  For purposes of this Section 10, the term “transfer” shall include any sale, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or other disposition of Vested Shares intended to be made by Owner, but shall not include any Permitted Transfer.

 

(b)           Notice of Intended Disposition .  In the event any Owner of Vested Shares desires to accept a bona fide third-party offer for the transfer of any or all of such shares (Vested Shares subject to such offer to be hereinafter referred to as the “ Target Shares ”), the Owner shall promptly (i) deliver to the Company written notice (the “ Disposition Notice ”) of the terms of the offer, including the purchase price and the identity of the third-party offeror, and (ii) provide satisfactory proof that the disposition of the Target Shares to such third-party offeror would not be in contravention of the provisions set forth in Sections 7 and 8.

 

(c)         Exercise of the First Refusal Right .  The Company shall have the right to repurchase any or all of the Target Shares subject to the Disposition Notice upon the same terms as those specified therein or upon such other terms (not materially different from those specified in the Disposition Notice) to which Owner consents.  Such right shall be exercisable by delivery of written notice (the “ Exercise Notice ”) to Owner prior to the 25 th  day following the Company’s receipt of the Disposition Notice.  The Company shall effect the repurchase of such shares, including payment of the purchase price, not more than 10 business days after delivery of the Exercise Notice; and at such time the stock certificates representing the Target Shares shall be delivered to the Company.  If less than all of the Target Shares are purchased, the Company shall

 



 

issue a new stock certificate to the Owner representing the remaining Target Shares.  Should the purchase price specified in the Disposition Notice be payable in property other than cash or evidences of indebtedness, the Company shall have the right to pay the purchase price in the form of cash equal in amount to the value of such property.  If Owner and the Company cannot agree on such cash value within 10 days after the Company’s receipt of the Disposition Notice, the valuation shall be made by an appraiser of recognized standing selected by Owner and the Company or, if they cannot agree on an appraiser within 20 days after the Company’s receipt of the Disposition Notice, each shall select an appraiser of recognized standing and the two appraisers shall designate a third appraiser of recognized standing, whose appraisal shall be determinative of such value.  Owner and the Company shall share the cost of such appraisal equally.  The closing shall then be held on the later of (i) the fifth business day following delivery of the Exercise Notice or (ii) the fifth business day after such valuation shall have been made.

 

(d)           Non-Exercise of the First Refusal Right .  In the event the Exercise Notice is not given to Owner prior to the expiration of the 25 day exercise period or the Company does not purchase all of the Target Shares, Owner shall have a period of 30 days thereafter in which to sell or otherwise dispose of the Target Shares (or portion thereof not purchased by the Company) to the third-party offeror identified in the Disposition Notice upon terms (including the purchase price) no more favorable to such third-party offeror than those specified in the Disposition Notice; provided, however, that any such sale or disposition must not be effected in contravention of the provisions of Sections 7 and 8.  The third-party offeror shall acquire the Target Shares subject to the First Refusal Right and the provisions and restrictions of Sections 7 and 8, and any subsequent disposition of the acquired shares must be effected in compliance with the terms and conditions of such First Refusal Right and the provisions and restrictions of Sections 7 and 8.  In the event Owner does not effect such sale or disposition of the Target Shares within the specified 30 day period, the First Refusal Right shall continue to be applicable to any subsequent disposition of the Target Shares by Owner until such right lapses.

 

(e)           Recapitalization/Reorganization .

 

(i)            Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property that is by reason of any Recapitalization distributed with respect to Vested Shares shall be immediately subject to the First Refusal Right.

 

(ii)           In the event of a Reorganization, the First Refusal Right shall remain in full force and effect and shall apply to the new capital stock or other property received in exchange for Vested Shares in consummation of the Reorganization and shall apply to the remaining Unvested Shares as and when they become Vested Shares.

 

(f)            Lapse .  The First Refusal Right shall lapse upon the earlier to occur of (i) a firm commitment underwritten public offering, pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act, covering the offer and sale of the Common Stock in the aggregate amount of at least $20,000,000 or (ii) the acquisition of the Company by an entity that is traded on a stock exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market.

 


 

11.          Special Tax Election .

 

The acquisition of Purchased Shares that are Unvested Shares as of the Effective Date of this Agreement may result in adverse tax consequences that may be avoided or mitigated by filing an election under Code Section 83(b).  Such election must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days after the date of this Agreement.  Optionee will consult with his or her tax advisor to determine if there is a comparable election to file in the state of his or her residence and whether such filing is desirable under the circumstances.  Optionee will also consult with his or her tax advisor to determine the tax consequences of acquiring the Purchased Shares and the advantages and disadvantages of filing the Code Section 83(b) election.  Optionee acknowledges that it is Optionee’s sole responsibility, and not the Company’s responsibility, to file a timely election under Code Section 83(b), even if Optionee requests the Company or its representatives to make this filing on his or her behalf.

 

12.          General Provisions .

 

(a)           Assignment .  The Company may assign the Repurchase Right and/or the First Refusal Right to any person or entity selected by the Plan Administrator, including (without limitation) one or more stockholders of the Company.

 

(b)           At-Will Employment .  Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) or of Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate Optionee’s Service to the Company at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

 

(c)           Notices .  Any notice required to be given or delivered to the Company under the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Company at its principal corporate offices.  Any notice required to be given or delivered to Optionee shall be in writing and addressed to Optionee at the address indicated below Optionee’s signature on the signature page to this Agreement.  All notices shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or on the third day following deposit in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid and properly addressed to the party to be notified.

 

(d)           No Waiver .  The failure of the Company in any instance to exercise the Repurchase Right or the First Refusal Right shall not constitute a waiver of any other repurchase rights and/or rights of first refusal that may subsequently arise under the provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement between the Company and Optionee.  No waiver of any breach or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach or condition, whether of like or different nature.

 

(e)           Cancellation of Shares .  If the Company shall make available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Purchased Shares to be repurchased in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, then from and after such time, the person from whom such shares are to be repurchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such shares (other than the right to receive payment of such

 



 

consideration in accordance with this Agreement).  Such shares shall be deemed purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, and the Company shall be deemed the owner and holder of such shares, whether or not the stock certificates therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

 

(f)            Governing Law .  The interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, excluding those laws that direct the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

 

(g)           Arbitration .  Any and all disputes or controversies arising out of this Agreement shall be finally settled by arbitration conducted in Middlesex County, Massachusetts in accordance with the then existing rules of the American Arbitration Association, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof; provided that nothing in this Section 12(g) shall prevent a party from applying to a court of competent jurisdiction to obtain temporary relief pending resolution of the dispute through arbitration.  The parties hereby agree that service of any notices in the course of such arbitration at their respective addresses as provided for in Section 12(c) shall be valid and sufficient.

 

(h)           Optionee Undertaking .  Optionee hereby agrees to take whatever additional action and execute whatever additional documents the Company may deem necessary or advisable in order to carry out or effect one or more of the obligations or restrictions imposed on either Optionee or the Purchased Shares pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(i)            Construction .  The Plan is incorporated herein by reference.  In the event of a conflict between the terms of the Plan and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall prevail.  All decisions of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question or issue arising under the Plan or this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on all persons having an interest in this option.

 

(j)            Counterparts and Facsimile Signatures .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signature (including signatures in Adobe PDF or similar format).

 

(k)           Successors and Assigns .  The provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns and upon Optionee, Optionee’s permitted assigns and the legal representatives, heirs and legatees of Optionee’s estate, whether or not any such person shall have become a party to this Agreement and have agreed in writing to join herein and be bound by the terms hereof.

 

(l)            Definitions .  All capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan or as follows:

 

(i)            “ Agreement ” shall mean this Stock Purchase Agreement.

 

(ii)           “ Disposition Notice ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10(b).

 



 

(iii)          “ Effective Date ” shall means the effective date of this Agreement as set forth in Section 2.

 

(iv)          “ Exercise Price ” shall mean the exercise price per share of the Purchased Shares set forth in Section 3.

 

(v)           “ First Refusal Right ” shall mean the right granted to the Company in accordance with Section 10.

 

(vi)          “ Grant Date ” shall mean the original grant date of the Option as set forth in Section 2 of the Grant Notice and Section 5 hereof.

 

(vii)         “ Grant Notice ” shall mean the Notice of Grant of Stock Option pursuant to which Optionee has been informed of the basic terms of the Option.

 

(viii)        “ Market Stand-Off ” shall mean the market stand-off restriction specified in Section 8(c).

 

(ix)          “ 1933 Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(x)           “ Option ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6(a).

 

(xi)          “ Option Agreement ” shall mean the Notice, the Plan and any other agreements or documents evidencing the Option.

 

(xii)         “ Option Shares ” shall mean the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option.

 

(xiii)        “ Optionee ” shall mean the person to whom the Option is granted under the Plan.

 

(xiv)        “ Owner ” shall mean Optionee and all subsequent holders of the Purchased Shares who derive their chain of ownership through a Permitted Transfer from Optionee.

 

(xv)         “ Permitted Transfer ” shall mean (i) a transfer of the Purchased Shares to one or more members of Optionee’s family (as defined in Rule 701 promulgated by the SEC) or to a trust established for the benefit of one or more family members or to Optionee’s former spouse pursuant to a domestic relations order, (ii) a transfer of title to the Purchased Shares effected pursuant to Optionee’s will or the laws of inheritance following Optionee’s death or (iii) a transfer to the Company in pledge as security for any purchase-money indebtedness incurred by Optionee in connection with the acquisition of the Purchased Shares.

 

(xvi)        “ Prior Purchase Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9(d).

 



 

(xvii)       “ Purchased Shares ” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock purchased upon exercise of the Option pursuant to this Agreement as specified in Section 4.

 

(xviii)      “ Recapitalization ” shall mean any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the Company’s outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Company’s receipt of consideration.

 

(xix)        “ Reorganization ” shall mean any of the following transactions:

 

(A)          a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving entity;

 

(B)          a sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets;

 

(C)          a reverse merger in which the Company is the surviving entity but in which the Company’s outstanding voting securities are transferred in whole or in part to a person or persons different from the persons holding those securities immediately prior to the merger; or

 

(D)          any transaction effected primarily to change the state in which the Company is incorporated or to create a holding company structure.

 

(xx)         “ Repurchase Price ” shall mean the lower of (A) the Exercise Price per share or (B) the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the date Optionee ceases to provide Service to the Company.

 

(xxi)        “ Repurchase Right ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9(a).

 

(xxii)       “ SEC ” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

(xxiii)      “ Target Shares ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10(b).

 

(xxiv)     “ Vesting Schedule ” shall mean the vesting schedule specified in the Grant Notice.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Stock Purchase Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

 

CONFORMIS, INC.
A Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name: 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPTIONEE

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

Email:

 

 

 

Telephone:

 

 

 

Facsimile:

 

SPOUSAL CONSENT

 

Optionee’s spouse indicates by execution of this Stock Purchase Agreement such spouse’s consent to be bound by the terms thereof as to such spouse’s interests, whether as community property or otherwise, if any, in the Purchased Shares.

 

 

 

 

Optionee’s Spouse (if applicable)

 

[Please mark “N/A” if not applicable

 




Exhibit 10.9

 

CONFORMIS, INC.
NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK OPTION

 

Notice is hereby given as of [ Date ] (the “ Effective Date ”) of the following option grant (the “ Option ”) to purchase shares of the Common Stock of ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), pursuant to the Company’s 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (the “ Plan ”):

 

1.                                       Optionee :

 

2.                                       Grant Date :

 

3.                                       Vesting Commencement Date :

 

4.                                       Exercise Price :  $                 per share

 

5.                                       Number of Option Shares :                                   shares of Common Stock

 

6.                                       Expiration Date :

 

7.                                       Type of Option Non-Statutory Stock Option

 

8.                                       Option Term .  This Option shall expire on the Expiration Date, unless sooner terminated in accordance with this Notice and the Plan.

 

9.                                       Date Exercisable .  The Option shall be exercisable only for Vested Shares.

 

10.                                Vesting Schedule .  [ All ] of the Option Shares shall initially be Unvested Shares.  [ 1/48 OR 25% ] of the Option Shares shall become Vested Shares upon Optionee’s completion of [ one month OR one year ] of Service to the Company measured from the Vesting Commencement Date.  The balance of the Option Shares shall thereafter become Vested Shares in a series of [ 47 OR 36 ] successive equal [ monthly ] installments upon Optionee’s completion of each additional [ month ] of Service over the [ 47 OR 36 ] month period measured from the [ first [month OR year] anniversary ] of the Vesting Commencement Date.  In no event shall any Option Shares vest after Optionee ceases to provide Service to the Company.

 

11.                                Repurchase Rights .  This Option may not be exercised for any Unvested Shares.  Accordingly, none of the Option Shares shall be subject to the repurchase right set forth in Section 9 of the Purchase Agreement.

 

12.                                Accelerated Vesting .

 

(a)                                  Immediately prior to the effective date of a Change of Control, the Unvested Shares subject to this Option shall become Vested Shares in accordance with and subject to the exceptions described in Article Two, Section III of the Plan.  [OR FOR 100% ACCELERATION UPON CHANGE OF CONTROL:  Pursuant to Article Two, Section III(E) of the Plan and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Article Two,

 



 

Sections III(A) and III(B) of the Plan, the Unvested Shares subject to this Option shall become Vested Shares immediately upon the occurrence of a Change of Control. ]

 

(b)                                  [Specify other acceleration events.]

 

(c)                                   This Notice shall not in any way affect the right of the Company to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

13.                                Option Subject to Plan .  Optionee understands and agrees that the Option is granted subject to and in accordance with the terms of the Plan, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A .  Optionee agrees to be bound by the terms of the Plan.

 

14.                                Stock Purchase Agreement .  Optionee understands and agrees that any Option Shares purchased under the Option will be subject to the terms set forth in the Stock Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B .

 

15.                                Prior Agreements .  This Notice and the Plan together do, and the Stock Purchase Agreement when executed will, constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the Company and Optionee with respect to the terms of the Option and supersede all prior and contemporaneous written or verbal agreements and understandings between Optionee and the Company relating to such subject matter.  Any and all prior agreements, understandings or representations relating to the Option are terminated and cancelled in their entirety and are of no further force or effect.

 

16.                                Limited Transferability .  This Option shall be transferable only to the extent provided in Article Two, Section I(F) of the Plan.

 

17.                                Cessation of Service .  The Option term specified in Section 8 shall terminate (and this Option shall cease to be outstanding) prior to the Expiration Date pursuant to the provisions set forth in Article Two, Section I(C)(1) of the Plan.  In no event shall the Option be exercisable after the Expiration Date.

 

18.                                Manner of Exercising Option .

 

(a)                                  In order to exercise this Option with respect to all or any part of the Option Shares for which this Option is at the time exercisable, Optionee (or any other person or persons permitted to exercise this Option) must take the following actions:

 

(i)                                      Execute and deliver to the Company a Purchase Agreement for the Option Shares for which this Option is exercised;

 

(ii)                                   Pay the aggregate Exercise Price for the purchased shares in either of the following forms:

 

(A)                                cash or check made payable to the Company; or

 

2



 

(B)                                a promissory note payable to the Company, but only to the extent authorized by the Plan Administrator in accordance with Article Four, Section I of the Plan;

 

(iii)                                Furnish to the Company appropriate documentation that the person or persons exercising the Option (if other than Optionee) have the right to exercise this Option;

 

(iv)                               Execute and deliver to the Company such written representations as may be requested by the Company in order for it to comply with the applicable requirements of applicable securities laws; and

 

(v)                                  Make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) for the satisfaction of all applicable income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise.

 

(b)                                  Should the Common Stock be registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act at the time the Option is exercised, then the Exercise Price may also be paid as follows:

 

(i)                                      in shares of Common Stock (A) held by Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising the Option) for the requisite period necessary to avoid a charge to the Company’s earnings for financial reporting purposes and (B) valued at Fair Market Value on the date the Option is exercised; or

 

(ii)                                   through a special sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising the Option) shall concurrently provide irrevocable instructions (A) to a Company-designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of the purchased shares and remit to the Company, out of the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate Exercise Price payable for the purchased shares plus all applicable income and employment taxes required to be withheld by the Company by reason of such exercise and (B) to the Company to deliver the certificates for the purchased shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale.

 

(c)                                   Except to the extent the sale and remittance procedure is utilized in connection with the Option exercise, payment of the Exercise Price must accompany the Purchase Agreement delivered to the Company in connection with the Option exercise.

 

(d)                                  As soon as practical after the date the Option is exercised, the Company shall issue to or on behalf of Optionee (or any other person or persons exercising this Option) a certificate for the purchased Option Shares, with the appropriate legends affixed thereto.

 

(e)                                   In no event may this Option be exercised for any fractional shares.

 

19.                                Successors and Assigns .  Except to the extent otherwise provided in Sections 12 and 16, the provisions of this Notice shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns and Optionee, Optionee’s permitted assigns and the legal representatives, heirs and legatees of Optionee’s estate, whether or not any such person shall have become a party to this Notice or agreed in writing to join herein and be bound by the terms hereof.

 

3



 

20.                                Notices .  Any notice required to be given or delivered to the Company under the terms of this Notice shall be in writing and addressed to the Company at its principal corporate offices.  Any notice required to be given or delivered to Optionee shall be in writing and addressed to Optionee at the address indicated below Optionee’s signature on the signature page to this Notice.  All notices shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or on the third day following deposit in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid and properly addressed to the party to be notified.

 

21.                                Construction .  This Notice and the Option evidenced hereby are made and granted pursuant to the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference.  In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Notice, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.  All decisions of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question or issue arising under the Plan or this Notice shall be conclusive and binding on all persons having an interest in this Option.

 

22.                                Governing Law .  The interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Notice shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, excluding those laws that direct the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

 

23.                                Stockholder Approval .  If the Option Shares covered by this Notice exceed, as of the Grant Date, the number of shares of Common Stock which may be issued under the Plan as last approved by the stockholders, then this Option shall be void with respect to such excess shares, unless stockholder approval of an amendment sufficiently increasing the number of shares of Common Stock issuable under the Plan is obtained in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.  The inability of the Company to obtain stockholder approval shall relieve the Company of any liability with respect to the non-issuance or sale of the Common Stock as to which such approval shall not have been obtained.

 

24.                                Definitions .  All capitalized terms used in this Notice shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan or as follows:

 

(a)                                  Exercise Price ” shall mean the exercise price payable per Option Share as specified in Section 4.

 

(b)                                  Expiration Date ” shall mean the close of business on the date on which the option expires as specified in Section 6.

 

(c)                                   Grant Date ” shall mean the date of grant of the Option as specified in Section 2.

 

(d)                                  Notice ” shall mean this Notice of Grant of Stock Option.

 

(e)                                   Option Shares ” shall mean the shares of Common Stock subject to this Option as specified in Section 5.

 

4



 

(f)                                    Optionee ” shall mean the person to whom this Option is granted as specified in Section 1.

 

(g)                                   Purchase Agreement ” shall mean the Stock Purchase Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit B hereto.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Notice of Grant of Stock Option as of the Effective Date.

 

 

CONFORMIS, INC.

 

A Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPTIONEE

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

[ Name of Optionee ]

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Email:

 

 

 

 

 

Telephone:

 

 

 

 

 

Facsimile:

 

 

SPOUSAL CONSENT

 

Optionee’s spouse indicates by execution of this Notice of Grant of Stock Option such spouse’s consent to be bound by the terms thereof as to such spouse’s interests, whether as community property or otherwise, if any, in the Option granted hereunder, and in any Option Shares purchased upon exercise of such Option.

 

 

 

 

Optionee’s Spouse (if applicable)

 

[Please mark “N/A” if not applicable]

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

2011 STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN

 



 

CONFORMIS, INC.
2011 STOCK OPTION/STOCK ISSUANCE PLAN

 

ARTICLE ONE
GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

I.                                         PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

 

This Plan shall serve as the successor to the Predecessor Plan.  This Plan is intended to promote the interests of the Company, by providing eligible persons employed by or serving the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent with the opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest, or otherwise increase their proprietary interest, in the Company as an incentive for them to continue in such employ or service.

 

Capitalized terms herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the attached Appendix.

 

II.                                    STRUCTURE OF THE PLAN

 

A.                                     The Plan shall be divided into two separate equity programs:

 

(1)                                  the Option Grant Program under which eligible persons may, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be granted options to purchase shares of Common Stock, and

 

(2)                                  the Stock Issuance Program under which eligible persons may, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be issued shares of Common Stock directly, either through the immediate purchase of such shares or as a bonus for services rendered the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

 

B.                                     The provisions of Articles One and Four shall apply to both equity programs under the Plan and shall accordingly govern the interests of all persons under the Plan.

 

III.                               ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

 

A.                                     The Board shall administer the Plan.  However, any or all administrative functions otherwise exercisable by the Board may be delegated to the Committee.  Members of the Committee shall serve for such period of time as the Board may determine and shall be subject to removal by the Board at any time.  The Board may also at any time terminate the functions of the Committee and reassume all powers and authority previously delegated to the Committee.

 

B.                                     The Plan Administrator shall have full power and authority (subject to the provisions of the Plan) to establish such rules and regulations as it may deem appropriate for proper administration of the Plan and to make such determinations under, and issue such interpretations of, the Plan and any outstanding options or stock issuances thereunder as it may deem necessary or advisable.  Decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties who have an interest in the Plan or any option grant or stock issuance thereunder.

 



 

C.                                     The Plan Administrator shall have full authority to determine, (1) with respect to the grants made under the Option Grant Program, which eligible persons are to receive such grants, the time or times when those grants are to be made, the number of shares to be covered by each such grant, the status of the granted option as either an Incentive Option or a Non-Statutory Option, the time or times when each option is to become exercisable, the vesting schedule (if any) applicable to the option shares and the maximum term for which the option is to remain outstanding, and (2) with respect to stock issuances made under the Stock Issuance Program, which eligible persons are to receive such issuances, the time or times when those issuances are to be made, the number of shares to be issued to each Participant, the vesting schedule (if any) applicable to the issued shares and the consideration to be paid by the Participant for such shares.  Each option grant or stock issuance approved by the Plan Administrator shall be evidenced by the appropriate documentation.

 

IV.                                ELIGIBILITY

 

A.                                     The persons eligible to participate in the Plan are as follows:

 

(1)                                  Employees,

 

(2)                                  members of the Board and the members of the board of directors of any Parent or Subsidiary, and

 

(3)                                  independent contractors who provide services to the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

 

V.                                     STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

 

A.                                     The shares issuable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of Common Stock.  The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued and outstanding or subject to options outstanding under the Plan shall not exceed 13,260,484(1) shares.  All of such shares may be issued in the form of Incentive Options.  Such reserve includes the shares of Common Stock remaining for issuance under the Predecessor Plan on the Plan Effective Date.

 

B.                                     Shares of Common Stock subject to outstanding options (including options transferred to this Plan from the Predecessor Plan) shall be available for subsequent issuance under the Plan to the extent (1) the options expire or terminate for any reason prior to exercise in full or (2) the options are cancelled in accordance with the cancellation-regrant provisions of Article Two.  Unvested Shares issued under the Plan and subsequently repurchased by the Company, at a price per share not greater than the option exercise or direct issue price paid per share, pursuant to the Company’s repurchase rights under the Plan shall be added back to the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan and shall

 


(1)  9,860,484 shares of Common Stock were initially reserved for issuance under this Plan by the Board on February 10, 2011.  The number of shares reserved for issuance under this Plan was increased from 9,860,484 to 11,860,484 shares of Common Stock by the Board on March 27, 2012 and further increased from 11,860,484 to 13,260,484 shares of Common Stock by the Board on July 2, 2013.

 



 

accordingly be available for reissuance through one or more subsequent option grants or direct stock issuances under the Plan.

 

C.                                     Should any change be made to the Common Stock by reason of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Company’s receipt of consideration, appropriate adjustments shall be made to (1) the maximum number and/or class of securities issuable under the Plan and (2) the number and/or class of securities and the exercise price per share in effect under each outstanding option (including options transferred to this Plan from the Predecessor Plan) in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of benefits thereunder.  The adjustments determined by the Plan Administrator shall be final, binding and conclusive.  In no event shall any such adjustments be made in connection with the conversion of one or more outstanding shares of the Company’s preferred stock into shares of Common Stock.

 

D.                                     The grant of options or the issuance of shares of Common Stock under the Plan shall in no way affect the right of the Company to adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

ARTICLE TWO
OPTION GRANT PROGRAM

 

I.                                         OPTION TERMS

 

A.                                     Exercise Price .

 

(1)                                  The Plan Administrator shall fix the exercise price per share.  However, (a) if the option is granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder, the exercise price per share shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the date the option is granted and (b) if the option is granted to an Optionee who is not a Ten Percent Stockholder, the exercise price per share shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the date the option is granted.

 

(2)                                  The exercise price shall become immediately due upon exercise of the option and shall, subject to the provisions of Section I of Article Four and the documents evidencing the option, be payable in cash or check made payable to the Company.  Should the Common Stock be registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act at the time the option is exercised, then the exercise price (and any applicable withholding taxes) may also be paid as follows:

 

(a)                                  in shares of Common Stock held for the requisite period necessary to avoid a charge to the Company’s earnings for financial reporting purposes and valued at Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date, or

 

(b)                                  to the extent the option is exercised for Vested Shares, through a special sale and remittance procedure pursuant to which the Optionee shall concurrently provide irrevocable instructions (i) to a Company-designated brokerage firm to effect the immediate sale of the purchased shares and remit to the Company, out of

 



 

the sale proceeds available on the settlement date, sufficient funds to cover the aggregate exercise price payable for the purchased shares plus all applicable income and employment taxes required to be withheld by the Company by reason of such exercise and (ii) to the Company to deliver the certificates for the purchased shares directly to such brokerage firm in order to complete the sale.

 

Except to the extent such sale and remittance procedure is utilized, payment of the exercise price for the purchased shares must be made on the Exercise Date.

 

B.                                     Exercise and Term of Options.  Each option shall be exercisable at such time or times, during such period and for such number of shares as shall be determined by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the documents evidencing the option grant.  However, no option shall have a term in excess of 10 years measured from the option grant date.

 

C.                                     Effect of Termination of Service .

 

(1)                                  The following provisions shall govern the exercise of any options granted to the Optionee that remain outstanding at the time the Optionee’s Service ceases:

 

(a)                                  Should the Optionee cease to provide Service to the Company for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, Disability or Misconduct, then each option shall be exercisable for the number of Option Shares which were Vested Shares at the time Optionee ceases to provide Service and shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) the close of business on the three month anniversary of the date the Optionee ceases to provide Service to the Company or (ii) the expiration date of the option.

 

(b)                                  Should the Optionee cease to provide Service to the Company by reason of the Optionee’s death or Disability, then each option shall be exercisable for the number of Option Shares which were Vested Shares at the time Optionee ceases to provide Service and shall remain exercisable until the earlier of (i) the close of business on the 12 month anniversary of the date the Optionee ceases to provide Service to the Company or (ii) expiration date of the option.

 

(c)                                   No additional vesting will occur after the date the Optionee ceases to provide Service to the Company, and the option shall immediately terminate on such date with respect to the Unvested Shares.  Upon the expiration of any post-Service exercise period or (if earlier) upon the expiration date of the term of the option, the option shall terminate with respect to the Vested Shares.

 

(d)                                  Should the Optionee’s Service be terminated for Misconduct or should the Optionee otherwise engage in Misconduct, then each outstanding option shall terminate immediately with respect to all shares.

 

(2)                                  The Plan Administrator shall have the discretion, exercisable either at the time an option is granted or at any time while the option remains outstanding, to:

 

(a)                                  extend the period of time for which the option is to remain exercisable following the Optionee’s cessation of Service for such period of time as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate, but in no event beyond the expiration of the option, and/or

 


 

(b)                                  permit the option to be exercised, during the applicable post-Service exercise period, not only with respect to the number of Vested Shares for which such option is exercisable at the time of the Optionee’s cessation of Service but also with respect to one or more additional installments in which the Optionee would have vested under the option had the Optionee continued in Service.

 

D.                                     Stockholder Rights.  The holder of an option shall have no stockholder rights with respect to the shares subject to the option until such person shall have exercised the option, paid the exercise price and become the recordholder of the purchased shares.

 

E.                                      Unvested Shares.  The Plan Administrator shall have the discretion to grant options that are exercisable for Unvested Shares.  Should the Optionee’s Service cease while the shares issued upon the early exercise of the Optionee’s option are still Unvested Shares, the Company shall have the right to repurchase any or all of those Unvested Shares at the lower of (1) the exercise price paid per share or (2) the Fair Market Value per share on the date the Optionee’s Service ceased.  Once the Company exercises its repurchase right, the Optionee shall have no further stockholder rights with respect to those shares.  The terms upon which such repurchase right shall be exercisable (including the period and procedure for exercise and the appropriate vesting schedule for the purchased shares) shall be established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such repurchase right.

 

F.                                       Limited Transferability of Options.  An Incentive Option shall be exercisable only by the Optionee during his or her lifetime and shall not be assignable or transferable other than by will or by the laws of inheritance following the Optionee’s death.  A Non-Statutory Option may be assigned in whole or in part during the Optionee’s lifetime to one or more members of the Optionee’s family (as defined in Rule 701 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission) or to a trust established exclusively for one or more such family members or to the Optionee’s former spouse, to the extent such assignment is in connection with the Optionee’s estate plan or pursuant to a domestic relations order.  The assigned portion may only be exercised by the person or persons who acquire a proprietary interest in the Non-Statutory Option pursuant to the assignment.  The terms applicable to the assigned portion shall be the same as those in effect for the option immediately prior to such assignment and shall be set forth in such documents issued to the assignee as the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionee may also designate one or more persons as the beneficiary or beneficiaries of his or her outstanding options under the Plan, and those options shall, in accordance with such designation, automatically be transferred to such beneficiary or beneficiaries upon the Optionee’s death while holding those options.  Such beneficiary or beneficiaries shall take the transferred options subject to all the terms and conditions of the applicable agreement evidencing each such transferred option, including (without limitation) the limited time period during which the option may be exercised following the Optionee’s death.

 

G.                                     Limits on Grants for Qualified Performance-Based Compensation.  The Company may not issue options covering in the aggregate more than 2,500,000 shares of Common Stock ((1) appropriately adjusted for stock splits, subdivisions, combinations, consolidations and the like with respect to the Common Stock and (2) proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be

 



 

issued and outstanding or subject to options outstanding under the Plan) to any one participant in any calendar year.

 

II.                                    INCENTIVE OPTIONS

 

The terms specified below shall be applicable to all Incentive Options.  Except as modified by the provisions of this Section II, all the provisions of Articles One, Two and Four shall be applicable to Incentive Options.  Options that are specifically designated as Non-Statutory Options shall not be subject to the terms of this Section II.

 

A.                                     Eligibility.  Incentive Options may only be granted to Employees.

 

B.                                     Dollar Limitation.  The aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant) for which one or more options granted to any Employee under the Plan (or any other option plan of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary) may for the first time become exercisable as Incentive Options during any one calendar year shall not exceed $100,000.  To the extent the Employee holds two or more such options which become exercisable for the first time in the same calendar year, the foregoing limitation on the exercisability of such options as Incentive Options shall be applied on the basis of the order in which such options are granted.

 

C.                                     Failure to Qualify as Incentive Option.  To the extent that any option governed by this Plan does not qualify as an Incentive Option by reason of the dollar limitation described in Section II.B. of this Article Two or for any other reason, such option shall be exercisable as a Non-Statutory Option under the federal tax laws.

 

D.                                     Ten Percent Stockholder.  If any Employee to whom an Incentive Option is granted is a Ten Percent Stockholder, then the option term shall not exceed five years measured from the date the option is granted and the exercise price shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the grant date.

 

III.                               CHANGE OF CONTROL

 

A.                                     The shares subject to each option outstanding under the Plan at the time of a Change of Control shall automatically become Vested Shares, and each such option shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Change of Control, become exercisable for all of the shares of Common Stock at the time subject to that option.  However, the shares subject to an outstanding option shall not become Vested Shares on an accelerated basis if and to the extent: (1) such option is assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof), an equivalent option or right is substituted by such successor corporation (or parent thereof), or such option otherwise continues in full force and effect pursuant to the terms of the Change of Control transaction; (2) such option is to be replaced with a cash incentive program of the Company or any successor corporation which preserves the spread existing on the unvested option shares at the time of the Change of Control and provides for subsequent payout of that spread in accordance with the same vesting schedule applicable to those unvested option shares; or (3) the acceleration of such option is subject to other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator.

 

B.                                     All outstanding repurchase rights under the Option Grant Program shall also terminate automatically, and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately become Vested Shares, in the event of any Change of Control, except to the extent: (1) those repurchase rights are assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in effect pursuant to the terms of the Change of Control transaction, (2) the property (including cash payments) issued with respect to Unvested Shares is to be held in escrow and released in accordance with the vesting schedule in effect for the Unvested Shares pursuant to the Change of Control transaction or (3) such accelerated vesting is precluded by other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator.

 



 

C.                                     Immediately following the consummation of the Change of Control, all outstanding options shall terminate, except to the extent assumed by the successor corporation (or parent thereof), substituted with an equivalent option or right by such successor corporation (or parent thereof), or otherwise continued in effect pursuant to the terms of the Change of Control transaction.

 

D.                                     Each option that is assumed in connection with a Change of Control or otherwise continued in effect shall be appropriately adjusted, immediately after such Change of Control, to apply to the number and class of securities which would have been issuable to the Optionee in consummation of such Change of Control, had the option been exercised immediately prior to such Change of Control.  Appropriate adjustments shall also be made to (1) the number and class of securities available for issuance under the Plan following the consummation of such Change of Control and (2) the exercise price payable per share under each outstanding option, provided the aggregate exercise price payable for such securities shall remain the same.  To the extent the holders of the Common Stock receive cash consideration for their Common Stock in consummation of the Change of Control, the successor corporation may, in connection with the assumption of the outstanding options under this Plan, substitute one or more shares of its own common stock with a fair market value equivalent to the cash consideration paid per share of Common Stock in such Change of Control.

 

E.                                      The Plan Administrator shall have the discretion, exercisable either at the time an option is granted or at any time while such option remains outstanding, to structure one or more options so that the options shall become immediately exercisable and some or all of the shares subject to those options shall automatically become Vested Shares (and some or all of the repurchase rights of the Company with respect to the Unvested Shares subject to those options shall immediately terminate) upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or other specified event, or the Optionee’s Involuntary Termination within a designated period following a specified event.  In addition, the Plan Administrator may provide that the Company’s outstanding repurchase rights with respect to some or all of the shares held by the Optionee at the time of a Change of Control or other specified event, or the Optionee’s Involuntary Termination following a specified event, shall immediately terminate on an accelerated basis, and the shares subject to those terminated rights shall become Vested Shares at that time.

 

F.                                       The portion of any Incentive Option accelerated in connection with a Change of Control shall remain exercisable as an Incentive Option only to the extent the applicable $100,000 limitation set forth in Section II.B. of Article Two is not exceeded. 

 



 

To the extent such dollar limitation is exceeded, the accelerated portion of such option shall be exercisable as a Non-Statutory Option under the federal tax laws.

 

IV.                                CANCELLATION AND REGRANT OF OPTIONS

 

The Plan Administrator shall have the authority to effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of the affected option holders, the cancellation of any or all outstanding options under the Plan (including options transferred to this Plan from the Predecessor Plan) and to grant in substitution therefor new options covering the same or different number of shares of Common Stock.

 

ARTICLE THREE
STOCK ISSUANCE PROGRAM

 

I.                                         STOCK ISSUANCE TERMS

 

A.                                     Purchase Price .

 

(1)                                  The Plan Administrator shall fix the purchase price per share.  However, in all cases, the purchase price per share shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the date of issuance.

 

(2)                                  Shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program for any of the following items of consideration, which the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate in each individual instance:

 

(a)                                  cash or check made payable to the Company,

 

(b)                                  past services rendered to the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary), or

 

(c)                                   a promissory note to the extent permitted by Section I of Article Four.

 

B.                                     Vesting Provisions .

 

(1)                                  Shares of Common Stock issued under the Stock Issuance Program may, in the discretion of the Plan Administrator, be Vested Shares or may vest in one or more installments over the Participant’s period of Service or upon attainment of specified performance objectives.

 

(2)                                  Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property (including money paid other than as a regular cash dividend) which the Participant may have the right to receive with respect to the Participant’s Unvested Shares by reason of any stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Company’s receipt of consideration shall be issued subject to (a) the same vesting requirements applicable to the

 



 

Participant’s Unvested Shares treated as if acquired on the same date as the Unvested Shares and (b) such escrow arrangements as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate.

 

(3)                                  The Participant shall have full stockholder rights with respect to any shares of Common Stock issued to the Participant under the Stock Issuance Program, whether or not the Participant’s interest in those shares is vested.  Accordingly, the Participant shall have the right to vote such shares and to receive any regular cash dividends paid on such shares.

 

(4)                                  Should the Participant cease to remain in Service while holding one or more Unvested Shares issued under the Stock Issuance Program or should the performance objectives not be attained with respect to one or more such Unvested Shares, then the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Unvested Shares at the lower of (a) the purchase price paid per share or (b) the Fair Market Value per share on the date Participant’s Service ceased or the performance objective where not attained.  The terms upon which such repurchase right shall be exercisable shall be established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such repurchase right.

 

(5)                                  The Plan Administrator may in its discretion waive the surrender and cancellation of one or more Unvested Shares (or other assets attributable thereto) which would otherwise occur upon the non-completion of the vesting schedule applicable to those shares.  Such waiver shall result in the immediate vesting of the Participant’s interest in the shares of Common Stock as to which the waiver applies.  Such waiver may be effected at any time, whether before or after the Participant’s Service ceases or he or she attains the applicable performance objectives.

 

II.                                    CHANGE OF CONTROL

 

A.                                     Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, all outstanding repurchase rights under the Stock Issuance Program shall terminate automatically, and the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately become Vested Shares, except to the extent: (1) those repurchase rights are assigned to the successor corporation (or parent thereof) or otherwise continued in effect pursuant to the terms of the Change of Control transaction, (2) the property (including cash payments) issued with respect to the Unvested Shares is held in escrow and released in accordance with the vesting schedule in effect for the Unvested Shares pursuant to the terms of the Change of Control transaction, or (3) such accelerated vesting is precluded by other limitations imposed by the Plan Administrator.

 

B.                                     The Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary authority, exercisable either at the time the Unvested Shares are issued or any time while the Company’s repurchase rights with respect to those shares remain outstanding, to provide that those rights shall automatically terminate in whole or in part on an accelerated basis, and some or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to those terminated rights shall immediately become Vested Shares, in the event of a Change of Control or other event or the Participant’s Service is terminated by reason of an Involuntary Termination within a designated period following a Change of Control or any other specified event.

 



 

ARTICLE FOUR
MISCELLANEOUS

 

I.                                         FINANCING

 

The Plan Administrator may permit any Optionee or Participant to pay the option exercise price under the Option Grant Program or the purchase price for shares issued under the Stock Issuance Program by delivering a full-recourse, interest bearing promissory note payable in one or more installments and secured by the purchased shares.  In no event may the maximum credit available to the Optionee or Participant exceed the sum of (A) the aggregate option exercise price or purchase price payable for the purchased shares (less the par value of those shares) plus (B) any applicable income and employment tax liability incurred by the Optionee or the Participant in connection with the option exercise or share purchase.

 

II.                                    FIRST REFUSAL RIGHTS

 

The Company shall have the right of first refusal with respect to any proposed disposition by the Optionee or Participant (or any successor in interest) of any shares of Common Stock issued under the Plan.  Such right of first refusal shall be exercisable and lapse in accordance with the terms established by the Plan Administrator and set forth in the document evidencing such right.

 

III.                               SHARE ESCROW/LEGENDS

 

Unvested Shares may, in the Plan Administrator’s discretion, be held in escrow by the Company until the Unvested Shares vest or may be issued directly to the Participant or Optionee with restrictive legends on the certificates evidencing the fact that the Participant or Optionee does not have a vested right to them.

 

IV.                                EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM OF PLAN

 

A.                                     The Plan is effective as of the Plan Effective Date, but no option granted under the Plan may be exercised, and no shares shall be issued under the Plan, until the Company’s stockholders approve the Plan.  If such stockholder approval is not obtained within 12 months after the date of the Board’s adoption of the Plan, then all options previously granted under the Plan shall terminate, and no further options shall be granted and no shares shall be issued under the Plan.  Subject to such limitation, the Plan Administrator may grant options and issue shares under the Plan at any time after the effective date of the Plan and before the date fixed herein for termination of the Plan.

 

B.                                     The Plan shall serve as the successor to the Predecessor Plan, and no further option grants or direct stock issuances shall be made under the Predecessor Plan after the Plan Effective Date.  All options outstanding under the Predecessor Plan on the Plan Effective Date shall be transferred to the Plan at that time and shall be treated as outstanding options under the Plan.  However, each outstanding option so transferred shall continue to be governed solely by the terms of the documents evidencing such option, and no provision of the Plan shall be deemed to affect or otherwise modify the rights or obligations of the holders of such transferred options with respect to their acquisition of shares of Common Stock.

 



 

C.                                     One or more provisions of the Plan may, in the Plan Administrator’s discretion, be extended to one or more options transferred from the Predecessor Plan.

 

D.                                     The Plan shall terminate upon the earlier of (1) 10 years after the Plan Effective Date or (2) termination of the Plan by the Board.  All options and unvested stock issuances outstanding at the time of the termination of the Plan shall continue in effect in accordance with the provisions of the documents evidencing those options or issuances.

 

V.                                     AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

 

A.                                     The Board shall have complete and exclusive power and authority to amend or terminate the Plan or any awards made thereunder in any or all respects.  However, no such amendment or termination shall adversely affect the rights and obligations with respect to options or unvested stock issuances at the time outstanding under the Plan unless the Optionee or the Participant consents to such amendment or termination.  In addition, certain amendments, including amendments that increase the share reserve or change the class of individuals eligible to receive grants pursuant to the Plan, may require stockholder approval pursuant to applicable laws and regulations.

 

B.                                     Options may be granted under the Option Grant Program and shares may be issued under the Stock Issuance Program which are in each instance in excess of the number of shares of Common Stock then available for issuance under the Plan, provided any excess shares actually issued under those programs shall be held in escrow until there is obtained stockholder approval of an amendment sufficiently increasing the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan.  If such stockholder approval is not obtained within 12 months after the date the first such excess grants or issuances are made, then (1) any unexercised options granted on the basis of such excess shares shall terminate and (2) the Company shall promptly refund to the Optionees and the Participants the exercise or purchase price paid for any excess shares issued under the Plan and held in escrow, together with interest (at the applicable Short Term Federal Rate) for the period the shares were held in escrow, and such shares shall thereupon be automatically cancelled.

 

VI.                                USE OF PROCEEDS

 

Any cash proceeds received by the Company from the sale of shares of Common Stock under the Plan shall be used for any corporate purpose.

 

VII.                           WITHHOLDING

 

The Company’s obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of any options granted under the Plan or upon the issuance or vesting of any shares issued under the Plan shall be subject to the satisfaction of all applicable income and employment tax withholding requirements.

 

VIII.                      REGULATORY APPROVALS

 

A.                                     The implementation of the Plan, the granting of any options under the Plan and the issuance of any shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of any option or under the

 



 

Stock Issuance Program shall be subject to (1) the Company’s procurement of all approvals and permits required by regulatory authorities having jurisdiction over the Plan, the options granted under it and the shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to it and (2) compliance by the Company and each Optionee and Participant with all applicable requirements of law relating thereto and with all applicable regulations of any applicable stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock may be traded at the time of such exercise and issuance.

 

B.                                     The inability of the Company to obtain approval from any regulatory body having authority deemed by the Company to be necessary to the granting of any options under the Plan and the issuance of any shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of any option or under the Stock Issuance Program shall relieve the Company of any liability with respect to the non-grant of any option or the non-issuance or sale of the Common Stock as to which such approval shall not have been obtained.

 

IX.                                NO EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICE RIGHTS

 

Nothing in the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee or the Participant any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining such person) or of the Optionee or the Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate such person’s Service at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

 

X.                                     FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

The Company shall deliver a balance sheet and an income statement at least annually to each Optionee and Participant, unless such individual is a key Employee whose duties in connection with the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) assure such individual access to equivalent information.

 

XI.                                SHARE RESERVE

 

The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued over the term of the Plan together with the total number of shares of Common Stock provided for under any stock bonus or similar plan of the Company shall not exceed 30% of the then outstanding shares (on an as if converted basis) of the Company unless a percentage higher than 30% is approved by at least 2/3 of the outstanding shares of the Company entitled to vote on such matter.

 

XII.                           CODE SECTION 409A

 

This Plan is intended to comply with Code Section 409A and shall be construed and interpreted in accordance therewith.  Options granted or stock issued under this Plan shall be treated in a manner that will comply with Code Section 409A, including proposed, temporary or final regulations or any other guidance issued by the Secretary of the Treasury and the Internal Revenue Service with respect thereto (the Guidance ”).  Any provision of this Plan that would cause an option grant or stock issuance or any other issuance or distribution under this Plan to fail satisfy Code Section 409A shall have no force or effect until amended to comply with Code Section 409A (which amendment may be retroactive to the extent permitted by the Guidance).

 



 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall create any obligation or liability of the Company to any Optionee or Participant should any option grant or stock issuance or other issuance or distribution fail to satisfy Code Section 409A.  The Company makes no representations or warranties to any Optionee or Participant with respect to any determination by the Company or any agent of the Company regarding the fair market value of the Company’s stock relating to the making or administration of any option grant or stock issuance or any other issuance or distribution under this Plan.

 

XIII.                      DEFINITIONS

 

The following definitions shall be in effect under the Plan:

 

A.                                     “Board” shall mean the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

B.                                     “Change of Control” shall mean a change in ownership or control of the Company effected through any of the following transactions:

 

(1)                                  a stockholder-approved merger, consolidation or other reorganization in which securities representing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities become beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person or related group of persons (other than a person or related group of persons that, immediately prior to such transaction, directly or indirectly controlled, was controlled by, or was under common control with, the Company);

 

(2)                                  a stockholder-approved sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to any person or related group of persons (other than a person or related group of persons that, immediately prior to such transaction, directly or indirectly controlled, was controlled by, or was under common control with, the Company); or

 

(3)                                  the acquisition, directly or indirectly, by any person or related group of persons (other than the Company or a person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company), of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13-d3 of the 1934 Act) of securities possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities from a person or persons other than the Company.

 

In no event shall any public offering of the Company’s securities be deemed to constitute a Change of Control.

 

C.                                     Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

D.                                     “Committee” shall mean a committee of one or more Board members appointed by the Board to exercise one or more administrative functions under the Plan.

 

E.                                      “Common Stock” shall mean the Company’s common stock.

 



 

F.                                       “Company” shall mean ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or the successor to all or substantially all of the assets or the voting stock of ConforMIS, Inc. if such successor has assumed the Plan.

 

G.                                     “Disability” shall mean the inability of the Optionee or the Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that is expected to result in death or has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of 12 months or more.

 

H.                                    “Employee” shall mean an individual who is in the employ of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary), subject to the control and direction of the employer entity as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance.

 

I.                                         “Exercise Date” shall mean the date on which the option has been exercised in accordance with the applicable option documentation.

 

J.                                         “Fair Market Value” per share of Common Stock on any relevant date shall be determined in accordance with the following provisions:

 

(1)                                  If the Common Stock is at the time listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question, as such price is reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers on the Nasdaq Stock Market and published in The Wall Street Journal.  If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

 

(2)                                  If the Common Stock is at the time listed on any stock exchange, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price per share of Common Stock on the date in question on the stock exchange determined by the Plan Administrator to be the primary market for the Common Stock, as such price is officially quoted in the composite tape of transactions on such exchange and published in The Wall Street Journal.  If there is no closing selling price for the Common Stock on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

 

(3)                                  If the Common Stock is at the time neither listed on any stock exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Plan Administrator after taking into account such factors as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate.

 

K.                                    “Incentive Option” shall mean an option that satisfies the requirements of Code Section 422.

 

L.                                      “Involuntary Termination” shall mean the termination of the Service of any individual which occurs by reason of:

 

(1)                                  such individual’s involuntary dismissal or discharge by the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) for reasons other than Misconduct, or

 


 

(2)                                  such individual’s voluntary resignation within 30 days following (A) a change in his or her position with the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) which materially reduces his or her duties and responsibilities, (B) a reduction in his or her base salary by more than 15%, unless the base salaries of all similarly situated individuals are reduced by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary employing the individual, or (C) a relocation of such individual’s place of employment by more than 50 miles, provided and only if such change, reduction or relocation is effected without the individual’s consent.

 

M.                                  Misconduct shall mean:

 

(1)                                  the individual’s financial dishonesty, including, without limitation, misappropriation or embezzlement of the funds or property of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, falsification of any documents or records of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any knowing attempt by the individual to take any business or business opportunities of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary without the informed, written approval of the Board;

 

(2)                                  the individual’s improper use or disclosure of the confidential or proprietary information of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary;

 

(3)                                  any action by the individual that is intended to have a detrimental effect, or actually has a material detrimental effect, on the reputation or business of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary;

 

(4)                                  the individual’s failure or inability to perform any reasonable assigned duties for the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary after such company has provided the individual adequate notice of, and has given the individual a reasonable opportunity to cure, such failure or inability;

 

(5)                                  the individual’s performance of reasonable assigned duties in a reckless or intentionally poor manner or with bad faith;

 

(6)                                  any breach by the individual of any material term contained in his or her employment or other agreement, if any, between the individual and the Company, any Parent or Subsidiary, which breach is not cured pursuant to the terms of such agreement;

 

(7)                                  the individual’s conviction (including any plea of guilty or nolo contendere) of any felony, any misdemeanor involving dishonesty or fraud, or any other criminal act that impairs or could impair the individual’s ability to perform his or her duties, or

 

(8)                                  the individual’s violation of the material written policies, including, without limitation, policies on equal employment opportunity and prohibition of unlawful harassment, of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.

 

The foregoing definition shall not in any way preclude or restrict the right of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) to discharge or dismiss any Optionee, Participant or other person in the Service of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) for any other acts or

 



 

omissions, but such other acts or omissions shall not be deemed, for purposes of the Plan, to constitute grounds for termination for Misconduct.

 

N.                                     “1934 Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

O.                                     “Non-Statutory Option” shall mean an option that does not satisfy the requirements of Code Section 422.

 

P.                                       “Option Grant Program” shall mean the option grant program in effect under the Plan.

 

Q.                                     “Optionee” shall mean any person to whom an option is granted under the Plan.

 

R.                                     “Parent” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, provided each corporation in the unbroken chain (other than the Company) owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

S.                                       “Participant” shall mean any person who is issued shares of Common Stock under the Stock Issuance Program.

 

T.                                      “Plan” shall mean this ConforMIS, Inc. 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan, as set forth in this document.

 

U.                                     “Plan Administrator” shall mean either the Board or the Committee acting in its capacity as administrator of the Plan.

 

V.                                     “Plan Effective Date” shall mean February 10, 2011, the date the Board adopted the Plan.

 

W.                                  “Predecessor Plan” shall mean the 2004 Stock Option Plan, which was terminated on the Plan Effective Date.

 

X.                                     “Service” shall mean the provision of services to the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) by a person in the capacity of an Employee, a member of the board of directors or an independent contractor, except to the extent otherwise specifically provided in the documents evidencing the option grant.

 

Y.                                     “Short Term Federal Rate” shall mean the federal short-term rate in effect under Section 1274(d) of the Code for the period the shares were held in escrow.

 

Z.                                      “Stock Issuance Agreement” shall mean the agreement entered into by the Company and the Participant at the time of issuance of shares of Common Stock under the Stock Issuance Program.

 



 

AA.                            “Stock Issuance” Program shall mean the stock issuance program in effect under the Plan.

 

BB.                            “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, provided each corporation (other than the last corporation) in the unbroken chain owns, at the time of the determination, stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

CC.                            “Ten Percent Stockholder” shall mean the owner of stock (as determined under Code Section 424(d)) possessing more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary).

 

DD.                            “Unvested Shares” shall mean shares of Common Stock have not vested in accordance with the vesting schedule applicable to those shares or any special vesting acceleration provisions and which are subject to the Company’s repurchase right.

 

EE.                              “Vested Shares” shall mean shares of Common Stock which have vested in accordance with the vesting schedule applicable to those shares or any special vesting acceleration provisions and which are no longer subject to the Company’s repurchase right.

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 



 

CONFORMIS, INC.

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

1.                                       Optionee :

 

2.                                       Effective Date :

 

3.                                       Exercise Price :  $                     per share

 

4.                                       Purchased Shares :                     shares of Common Stock

 

5.                                       Grant Date of Option :

 

6.                                       Exercise of Option .

 

(a)                                  Exercise .  Optionee hereby purchases the Purchased Shares at the Exercise Price pursuant to the exercise of that certain option (the “ Option ”) granted to Optionee as of the Grant Date pursuant to the 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (the “ Plan ”) of ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

 

(b)                                  Payment .  Concurrently with the delivery of this Agreement to the Company, Optionee shall pay the aggregate Exercise Price for all of the Purchased Shares in accordance with the provisions of the Option Agreement and shall deliver whatever additional documents may be required by the Option Agreement as a condition for exercise.  If any of the Purchased Shares are Unvested Shares, the Optionee has shall also deliver to the Company a duly-executed blank Assignment Separate from Certificate in the form satisfactory to the Company.

 

(c)                                   Stockholder Rights .  Until such time as the Company exercises the Repurchase Right or the First Refusal Right, Optionee (or any successor in interest) shall have all stockholder rights (including voting, dividend and liquidation rights) with respect to the Purchased Shares, subject, however, to the transfer restrictions imposed by this Agreement.

 

7.                                       Securities Law Compliance .

 

(a)                                  Restricted Securities .  The Purchased Shares have not been registered under the 1933 Act and are being issued to Optionee in reliance upon the exemption from such registration provided by Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act or SEC Rule 504, 505, 506 or 701.  Optionee hereby confirms that Optionee has been informed that the Purchased Shares are restricted securities under the 1933 Act and may not be resold or transferred unless the Purchased Shares are first registered under the Federal securities laws or unless an exemption from such registration is available.  Accordingly, Optionee hereby acknowledges that Optionee is prepared to hold the Purchased Shares for an indefinite period and that Optionee is aware that SEC Rule 144 issued under the 1933 Act which exempts certain resales of unrestricted securities is not presently available to exempt the resale of the Purchased Shares from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act.

 



 

(b)                                  Restrictions on Disposition of Purchased Shares .

 

(i)                                      Optionee shall make no disposition of the Purchased Shares (other than a Permitted Transfer) unless and until there is compliance with all of the following requirements:

 

(A)                                Optionee shall have provided the Company with a written summary of the terms and conditions of the proposed disposition.

 

(B)                                Optionee shall have complied with all requirements of this Agreement applicable to the disposition of the Purchased Shares.

 

(C)                                Optionee shall have provided the Company with written assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, that (1) the proposed disposition does not require registration of the Purchased Shares under the 1933 Act or (2) all appropriate action necessary for compliance with the registration requirements of the 1933 Act or any exemption from registration available under the 1933 Act (including Rule 144) has been taken.

 

(ii)                                   The Company shall not be required (A) to transfer on its books any Purchased Shares which have been sold or transferred in violation of the provisions of this Agreement or (B) to treat as the owner of the Purchased Shares, or otherwise to accord voting, dividend or liquidation rights to, any transferee to whom the Purchased Shares have been transferred in contravention of this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Restrictive Legends .  The stock certificates representing the Purchased Shares shall be endorsed with one or more of the following restrictive legends:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), AND ARE “RESTRICTED SECURITIES” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 PROMULGATED UNDER THE ACT.  THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OFFERED FOR SALE OR OTHERWISE DISTRIBUTED EXCEPT (I) IN CONJUNCTION WITH AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SECURITIES UNDER THE ACT, (II) IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144, OR (III) PURSUANT TO AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION OR COMPLIANCE IS NOT REQUIRED AS TO SAID SALE, OFFER OR DISTRIBUTION.

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY (I) ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION WITH RESPECT TO THE TRANSFER OF SUCH SECURITIES AND (II) MAY BE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT TO REPURCHASE SUCH SECURITIES UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES, PURSUANT TO AN AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE ORIGINAL PURCHASER OF SUCH SECURITIES.  A COPY OF

 



 

THAT AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION.

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO A RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF UP TO 180 DAYS FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF A REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT FOR AN OFFERING OF THE CORPORATION’S SECURITIES PURSUANT TO AN AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE ORIGINAL PURCHASER OF SUCH SECURITIES.  A COPY OF THAT AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION.

 

(d)                                  Representations, Warranties, Covenants, and Acknowledgments of Optionee .  The Optionee hereby represents, warrants, covenants, acknowledges, and agrees that:

 

(i)                                      Investment .  Optionee is acquiring the Purchased Shares for Optionee’s own account, and not for the account of any other person.  Optionee is acquiring the Purchased Shares for investment and not with a view to distribution or resale thereof except in compliance with applicable laws regulating securities.

 

(ii)                                   Business Experience .  Optionee is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of Optionee’s investment in the Company evidenced by the purchase of the Purchased Shares.

 

(iii)                                Relation to Company .  Optionee is presently an officer, director, or employee of, or independent contractor to, the Company and in such capacity has become personally familiar with the business, affairs, financial condition, and results of operations of the Company.

 

(iv)                               Access to Information .  Optionee has had the opportunity to ask questions of, and to receive answers from, appropriate executive officers of the Company with respect to the terms and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and with respect to the business, affairs, financial condition, and results of operations of the Company.  Optionee has had access to such financial and other information as is necessary in order for Optionee to make a fully informed decision as to investment in the Company by way of purchase of the Purchased Shares, and has had the opportunity to obtain any additional information necessary to verify any of such information to which Optionee has had access.  Optionee acknowledges that all financial information concerning the Company that has been or will be provided to Optionee is confidential and proprietary information of the Company and is subject to the obligation of confidentiality and other restrictions and limitations and use and disclosure.

 

(v)                                  Speculative Investment .  Optionee’s investment in the Company represented by the Purchased Shares is highly speculative in nature and is subject to a high degree of risk of loss in whole or in part.  The amount of such investment is within Optionee’s risk capital means and is not so great in relation to Optionee’s total financial resources as would

 



 

jeopardize the personal financial needs of Optionee or Optionee’s family in the event such investment were lost in whole or in part.

 

(vi)                               Public Trading .  None of the Company’s securities is presently publicly traded, and the Company has made no representation, covenant, or agreement as to whether there will be a public market for any of its securities.

 

(vii)                            Tax Advice .  The Company has not made, and does not pursuant to this Agreement make, any warranties or representations to Optionee with respect to the income tax consequences of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and Optionee is in no manner relying on the Company or its representatives for an assessment of such tax consequences.

 

8.                                       Transfer Restrictions .

 

(a)                                  Restriction on Transfer .  Except for any Permitted Transfer, (i) Optionee shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any of the Unvested Shares and (ii) Optionee shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any of the Vested Shares in contravention of the First Refusal Right, the Market Stand-Off or the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 7.

 

(b)                                  Transferee Obligations .  Each person (other than the Company) to whom the Purchased Shares are transferred by means of a Permitted Transfer must, as a condition precedent to the validity of such transfer, acknowledge in writing to the Company that such person is bound by the provisions of this Agreement and that the transferred shares are subject to (i) the Repurchase Right (if applicable), (ii) the First Refusal Right, (iii) the Market Stand-Off and (iv) the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 7, to the same extent such shares would be so subject if retained by Optionee.

 

(c)                                   Market Stand-Off .

 

(i)                                      In connection with the Company’s initial public offering and any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the 1933 Act within two years after the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering, Owner shall not sell, make any short sale of, hedge with, loan, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose or transfer for value or otherwise agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Vested Shares without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters (the “ Market Stand-Off ”).  The Market Stand-Off shall be in effect for such period of time from and after the effective date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriters; provided, however, that such period shall not exceed 180 days.

 

(ii)                                   Any new, substituted or additional securities that are by reason of any Recapitalization or Reorganization distributed with respect to Vested Shares shall be immediately subject to the Market Stand-Off.

 



 

(iii)                                In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to Vested Shares until the end of the applicable stand-off period.

 

9.                                       Repurchase Right .

 

(a)                                  Grant .  The Company shall have the right (the “ Repurchase Right ”) to repurchase, at the Repurchase Price, any or all of the Purchased Shares which are Unvested Shares at the time Optionee ceases to provide Service to the Company.

 

(b)                                  Exercise of the Repurchase Right .  The Repurchase Right shall be exercisable by written notice delivered to each Owner of the Unvested Shares at any time during the 90 day period following the date Optionee ceases for any reason to provide Service to the Company or (if later) during the 90 day period following the execution date of this Agreement.  The notice shall indicate the number of Unvested Shares to be repurchased, the Repurchase Price to be paid, and the date on which the repurchase is to be effected, such date to be not more than 90 days following the execution date of this Agreement.  The stock certificates representing the Unvested Shares to be repurchased shall be delivered to the Company on the closing date specified for the repurchase.  Concurrently with the receipt of such stock certificates, the Company shall pay to Owner, in cash or cash equivalents (including the cancellation of any purchase-money indebtedness), an amount equal to the aggregate Repurchase Price for the Unvested Shares which are to be repurchased from Owner.

 

(c)                                   Termination of the Repurchase Right .  The Repurchase Right shall terminate with respect to any Unvested Shares for which it is not timely exercised under Section 9(b).  In addition, the Repurchase Right shall terminate and cease to be exercisable as and when the Purchased Shares become Vested Shares.  All Vested Shares shall, however, continue to be subject to (i) the First Refusal Right, (ii) the Market Stand Off and (iii) the transfer restrictions set forth in Sections 7 and 8.

 

(d)                                  Aggregate Vesting Limitation .  If the Option is exercised in more than one increment so that Optionee is a party to other stock purchase agreements (the “ Prior Purchase Agreements ”) which are executed prior to the date of this Agreement, then the total number of Purchased Shares as to which Optionee shall be deemed to have a fully-vested interest under this Agreement and all Prior Purchase Agreements shall not exceed in the aggregate the number of Purchased Shares in which Optionee would otherwise at the time be vested, in accordance with the Vesting Schedule, had all the Purchased Shares (including those acquired under the Prior Purchase Agreements) been acquired exclusively under this Agreement.

 

(e)                                   Recapitalization .  Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property (including cash paid other than as a regular cash dividend) which is by reason of any Recapitalization distributed with respect to the Unvested Shares shall be immediately subject to the Repurchase Right and any escrow requirements hereunder.  Appropriate adjustments to reflect such distribution shall be made to the number and/or class of Unvested Shares subject to this Agreement.  In addition, for purposes of determining the Repurchase Price, appropriate adjustments shall be made to the Exercise Price in order to reflect the effect of any such

 



 

Recapitalization upon the Company’s capital structure; provided, however, that the aggregate Exercise Price shall remain the same.

 

(f)                                    Change of Control .

 

(i)                                      The Repurchase Right shall automatically terminate in its entirety, and all Unvested Shares shall become Vested Shares, upon the consummation of a Change of Control in accordance with Article Two, Section III of the Plan, or as otherwise set forth in the Grant Notice.

 

(ii)                                   To the extent the Repurchase Right remains in effect following a Change of Control, such right shall apply to any new securities or other property (including any cash payments) received in exchange for the Unvested Shares in consummation of the Change of Control.  For purposes of determining the Repurchase Price, appropriate adjustments shall be made to the Exercise Price to reflect the effect (if any) of the Change of Control upon the Company’s capital structure; provided, however, that the aggregate Exercise Price shall remain the same.  The new securities or other property (including any cash payments) issued or distributed with respect to the Unvested Shares in consummation of the Change of Control shall be immediately deposited in escrow with the Company (or the successor entity) and shall not be released from escrow until Optionee vests in such securities or other property in accordance with the Vesting Schedule.

 

10.                                Right of First Refusal .

 

(a)                                  Grant .  The Company shall have the right of first refusal (the “ First Refusal Right ”) exercisable in connection with any proposed transfer of Vested Shares.  For purposes of this Section 10, the term “transfer” shall include any sale, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or other disposition of Vested Shares intended to be made by Owner, but shall not include any Permitted Transfer.

 

(b)                                  Notice of Intended Disposition .  In the event any Owner of Vested Shares desires to accept a bona fide third-party offer for the transfer of any or all of such shares (Vested Shares subject to such offer to be hereinafter referred to as the “ Target Shares ”), the Owner shall promptly (i) deliver to the Company written notice (the “ Disposition Notice ”) of the terms of the offer, including the purchase price and the identity of the third-party offeror, and (ii) provide satisfactory proof that the disposition of the Target Shares to such third-party offeror would not be in contravention of the provisions set forth in Sections 7 and 8.

 

(c)                                   Exercise of the First Refusal Right .  The Company shall have the right to repurchase any or all of the Target Shares subject to the Disposition Notice upon the same terms as those specified therein or upon such other terms (not materially different from those specified in the Disposition Notice) to which Owner consents.  Such right shall be exercisable by delivery of written notice (the “ Exercise Notice ”) to Owner prior to the 25 th  day following the Company’s receipt of the Disposition Notice.  The Company shall effect the repurchase of such shares, including payment of the purchase price, not more than 10 business days after delivery of the Exercise Notice; and at such time the stock certificates representing the Target Shares shall be delivered to the Company.  If less than all of the Target Shares are purchased, the Company shall

 


 

issue a new stock certificate to the Owner representing the remaining Target Shares.  Should the purchase price specified in the Disposition Notice be payable in property other than cash or evidences of indebtedness, the Company shall have the right to pay the purchase price in the form of cash equal in amount to the value of such property.  If Owner and the Company cannot agree on such cash value within 10 days after the Company’s receipt of the Disposition Notice, the valuation shall be made by an appraiser of recognized standing selected by Owner and the Company or, if they cannot agree on an appraiser within 20 days after the Company’s receipt of the Disposition Notice, each shall select an appraiser of recognized standing and the two appraisers shall designate a third appraiser of recognized standing, whose appraisal shall be determinative of such value.  Owner and the Company shall share the cost of such appraisal equally.  The closing shall then be held on the later of (i) the fifth business day following delivery of the Exercise Notice or (ii) the fifth business day after such valuation shall have been made.

 

(d)                                  Non-Exercise of the First Refusal Right .  In the event the Exercise Notice is not given to Owner prior to the expiration of the 25 day exercise period or the Company does not purchase all of the Target Shares, Owner shall have a period of 30 days thereafter in which to sell or otherwise dispose of the Target Shares (or portion thereof not purchased by the Company) to the third-party offeror identified in the Disposition Notice upon terms (including the purchase price) no more favorable to such third-party offeror than those specified in the Disposition Notice; provided, however, that any such sale or disposition must not be effected in contravention of the provisions of Sections 7 and 8.  The third-party offeror shall acquire the Target Shares subject to the First Refusal Right and the provisions and restrictions of Sections 7 and 8, and any subsequent disposition of the acquired shares must be effected in compliance with the terms and conditions of such First Refusal Right and the provisions and restrictions of Sections 7 and 8.  In the event Owner does not effect such sale or disposition of the Target Shares within the specified 30 day period, the First Refusal Right shall continue to be applicable to any subsequent disposition of the Target Shares by Owner until such right lapses.

 

(e)                                   Recapitalization/Reorganization .

 

(i)                                      Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property that is by reason of any Recapitalization distributed with respect to Vested Shares shall be immediately subject to the First Refusal Right.

 

(ii)                                   In the event of a Reorganization, the First Refusal Right shall remain in full force and effect and shall apply to the new capital stock or other property received in exchange for Vested Shares in consummation of the Reorganization and shall apply to the remaining Unvested Shares as and when they become Vested Shares.

 

(f)                                    Lapse .  The First Refusal Right shall lapse upon the earlier to occur of (i) a firm commitment underwritten public offering, pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act, covering the offer and sale of the Common Stock in the aggregate amount of at least $20,000,000 or (ii) the acquisition of the Company by an entity that is traded on a stock exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market.

 



 

11.                                Special Tax Election .

 

The acquisition of Purchased Shares that are Unvested Shares as of the Effective Date of this Agreement may result in adverse tax consequences that may be avoided or mitigated by filing an election under Code Section 83(b).  Such election must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days after the date of this Agreement.  Optionee will consult with his or her tax advisor to determine if there is a comparable election to file in the state of his or her residence and whether such filing is desirable under the circumstances.  Optionee will also consult with his or her tax advisor to determine the tax consequences of acquiring the Purchased Shares and the advantages and disadvantages of filing the Code Section 83(b) election.  Optionee acknowledges that it is Optionee’s sole responsibility, and not the Company’s responsibility, to file a timely election under Code Section 83(b), even if Optionee requests the Company or its representatives to make this filing on his or her behalf.

 

12.                                General Provisions .

 

(a)                                  Assignment .  The Company may assign the Repurchase Right and/or the First Refusal Right to any person or entity selected by the Plan Administrator, including (without limitation) one or more stockholders of the Company.

 

(b)                                  At-Will Employment .  Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) or of Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate Optionee’s Service to the Company at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

 

(c)                                   Notices .  Any notice required to be given or delivered to the Company under the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Company at its principal corporate offices.  Any notice required to be given or delivered to Optionee shall be in writing and addressed to Optionee at the address indicated below Optionee’s signature on the signature page to this Agreement.  All notices shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or on the third day following deposit in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid and properly addressed to the party to be notified.

 

(d)                                  No Waiver .  The failure of the Company in any instance to exercise the Repurchase Right or the First Refusal Right shall not constitute a waiver of any other repurchase rights and/or rights of first refusal that may subsequently arise under the provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement between the Company and Optionee.  No waiver of any breach or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach or condition, whether of like or different nature.

 

(e)                                   Cancellation of Shares .  If the Company shall make available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Purchased Shares to be repurchased in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, then from and after such time, the person from whom such shares are to be repurchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such shares (other than the right to receive payment of such

 



 

consideration in accordance with this Agreement).  Such shares shall be deemed purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, and the Company shall be deemed the owner and holder of such shares, whether or not the stock certificates therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

 

(f)                                    Governing Law .  The interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, excluding those laws that direct the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

 

(g)                                   Arbitration .  Any and all disputes or controversies arising out of this Agreement shall be finally settled by arbitration conducted in Middlesex County, Massachusetts in accordance with the then existing rules of the American Arbitration Association, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof; provided that nothing in this Section 12(g) shall prevent a party from applying to a court of competent jurisdiction to obtain temporary relief pending resolution of the dispute through arbitration.  The parties hereby agree that service of any notices in the course of such arbitration at their respective addresses as provided for in Section 12(c) shall be valid and sufficient.

 

(h)                                  Optionee Undertaking .  Optionee hereby agrees to take whatever additional action and execute whatever additional documents the Company may deem necessary or advisable in order to carry out or effect one or more of the obligations or restrictions imposed on either Optionee or the Purchased Shares pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(i)                                      Construction .  The Plan is incorporated herein by reference.  In the event of a conflict between the terms of the Plan and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall prevail.  All decisions of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question or issue arising under the Plan or this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on all persons having an interest in this option.

 

(j)                                     Counterparts and Facsimile Signatures .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signature (including signatures in Adobe PDF or similar format).

 

(k)                                  Successors and Assigns .  The provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns and upon Optionee, Optionee’s permitted assigns and the legal representatives, heirs and legatees of Optionee’s estate, whether or not any such person shall have become a party to this Agreement and have agreed in writing to join herein and be bound by the terms hereof.

 

(l)                                      Definitions .  All capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan or as follows:

 

(i)                                      Agreement ” shall mean this Stock Purchase Agreement.

 

(ii)                                   Disposition Notice ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10(b).

 



 

(iii)                                Effective Date ” shall means the effective date of this Agreement as set forth in Section 2.

 

(iv)                               Exercise Price ” shall mean the exercise price per share of the Purchased Shares set forth in Section 3.

 

(v)                                  First Refusal Right ” shall mean the right granted to the Company in accordance with Section 10.

 

(vi)                               Grant Date ” shall mean the original grant date of the Option as set forth in Section 2 of the Grant Notice and Section 5 hereof.

 

(vii)                            Grant Notice ” shall mean the Notice of Grant of Stock Option pursuant to which Optionee has been informed of the basic terms of the Option.

 

(viii)                         Market Stand-Off ” shall mean the market stand-off restriction specified in Section 8(c).

 

(ix)                               1933 Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(x)                                  Option ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6(a).

 

(xi)                               Option Agreement ” shall mean the Notice, the Plan and any other agreements or documents evidencing the Option.

 

(xii)                            Option Shares ” shall mean the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option.

 

(xiii)                         Optionee ” shall mean the person to whom the Option is granted under the Plan.

 

(xiv)                        Owner ” shall mean Optionee and all subsequent holders of the Purchased Shares who derive their chain of ownership through a Permitted Transfer from Optionee.

 

(xv)                           Permitted Transfer ” shall mean (i) a transfer of the Purchased Shares to one or more members of Optionee’s family (as defined in Rule 701 promulgated by the SEC) or to a trust established for the benefit of one or more family members or to Optionee’s former spouse pursuant to a domestic relations order, (ii) a transfer of title to the Purchased Shares effected pursuant to Optionee’s will or the laws of inheritance following Optionee’s death or (iii) a transfer to the Company in pledge as security for any purchase-money indebtedness incurred by Optionee in connection with the acquisition of the Purchased Shares.

 

(xvi)                        Prior Purchase Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9(d).

 



 

(xvii)                     Purchased Shares ” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock purchased upon exercise of the Option pursuant to this Agreement as specified in Section 4.

 

(xviii)                  Recapitalization ” shall mean any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the Company’s outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Company’s receipt of consideration.

 

(xix)                        Reorganization ” shall mean any of the following transactions:

 

(A)                                a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving entity;

 

(B)                                a sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets;

 

(C)                                a reverse merger in which the Company is the surviving entity but in which the Company’s outstanding voting securities are transferred in whole or in part to a person or persons different from the persons holding those securities immediately prior to the merger; or

 

(D)                                any transaction effected primarily to change the state in which the Company is incorporated or to create a holding company structure.

 

(xx)                           Repurchase Price ” shall mean the lower of (A) the Exercise Price per share or (B) the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the date Optionee ceases to provide Service to the Company.

 

(xxi)                        Repurchase Right ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9(a).

 

(xxii)                     SEC ” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

(xxiii)                  Target Shares ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10(b).

 

(xxiv)                 Vesting Schedule ” shall mean the vesting schedule specified in the Grant Notice.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Stock Purchase Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

 

CONFORMIS, INC.

A Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPTIONEE

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Email:

 

 

 

Telephone:

 

 

 

Facsimile:

 

SPOUSAL CONSENT

 

Optionee’s spouse indicates by execution of this Stock Purchase Agreement such spouse’s consent to be bound by the terms thereof as to such spouse’s interests, whether as community property or otherwise, if any, in the Purchased Shares.

 

 

 

 

Optionee’s Spouse (if applicable)

 

[Please mark “N/A” if not applicable

 




Exhibit 10.10

 

CONFORMIS, INC.

 

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

1.                                       Optionee :

 

2.                                       Effective Date :

 

3.                                       Exercise Price :  $                     per share

 

4.                                       Purchased Shares :                       shares of Common Stock

 

5.                                       Grant Date of Option :

 

6.                                       Exercise of Option .

 

(a)                                  Exercise .  Optionee hereby purchases the Purchased Shares at the Exercise Price pursuant to the exercise of that certain option (the “ Option ”) granted to Optionee as of the Grant Date pursuant to the 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (the “ Plan ”) of ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

 

(b)                                  Payment .  Concurrently with the delivery of this Agreement to the Company, Optionee shall pay the aggregate Exercise Price for all of the Purchased Shares in accordance with the provisions of the Option Agreement and shall deliver whatever additional documents may be required by the Option Agreement as a condition for exercise.  If any of the Purchased Shares are Unvested Shares, the Optionee has shall also deliver to the Company a duly-executed blank Assignment Separate from Certificate in the form satisfactory to the Company.

 

(c)                                   Stockholder Rights .  Until such time as the Company exercises the Repurchase Right or the First Refusal Right, Optionee (or any successor in interest) shall have all stockholder rights (including voting, dividend and liquidation rights) with respect to the Purchased Shares, subject, however, to the transfer restrictions imposed by this Agreement.

 

7.                                       Securities Law Compliance .

 

(a)                                  Restricted Securities .  The Purchased Shares have not been registered under the 1933 Act and are being issued to Optionee in reliance upon the exemption from such registration provided by Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act or SEC Rule 504, 505, 506 or 701.  Optionee hereby confirms that Optionee has been informed that the Purchased Shares are restricted securities under the 1933 Act and may not be resold or transferred unless the Purchased Shares are first registered under the Federal securities laws or unless an exemption from such registration is available.  Accordingly, Optionee hereby acknowledges that Optionee is prepared to hold the Purchased Shares for an indefinite period and that Optionee is aware that SEC Rule 144 issued under the 1933 Act which exempts certain resales of unrestricted securities is not presently available to exempt the resale of the Purchased Shares from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act.

 



 

(b)                                  Restrictions on Disposition of Purchased Shares .

 

(i)                                      Optionee shall make no disposition of the Purchased Shares (other than a Permitted Transfer) unless and until there is compliance with all of the following requirements:

 

(A)                                Optionee shall have provided the Company with a written summary of the terms and conditions of the proposed disposition.

 

(B)                                Optionee shall have complied with all requirements of this Agreement applicable to the disposition of the Purchased Shares.

 

(C)                                Optionee shall have provided the Company with written assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, that (1) the proposed disposition does not require registration of the Purchased Shares under the 1933 Act or (2) all appropriate action necessary for compliance with the registration requirements of the 1933 Act or any exemption from registration available under the 1933 Act (including Rule 144) has been taken.

 

(ii)                                   The Company shall not be required (A) to transfer on its books any Purchased Shares which have been sold or transferred in violation of the provisions of this Agreement or (B) to treat as the owner of the Purchased Shares, or otherwise to accord voting, dividend or liquidation rights to, any transferee to whom the Purchased Shares have been transferred in contravention of this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Restrictive Legends .  The stock certificates representing the Purchased Shares shall be endorsed with one or more of the following restrictive legends:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), AND ARE “RESTRICTED SECURITIES” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 PROMULGATED UNDER THE ACT.  THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OFFERED FOR SALE OR OTHERWISE DISTRIBUTED EXCEPT (I) IN CONJUNCTION WITH AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SECURITIES UNDER THE ACT, (II) IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144, OR (III) PURSUANT TO AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION OR COMPLIANCE IS NOT REQUIRED AS TO SAID SALE, OFFER OR DISTRIBUTION.

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY (I) ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION WITH RESPECT TO THE TRANSFER OF SUCH SECURITIES AND (II) MAY BE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT TO REPURCHASE SUCH SECURITIES UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES, PURSUANT TO AN AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE ORIGINAL PURCHASER OF SUCH SECURITIES.  A COPY OF

 

2



 

THAT AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION.

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO A RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF UP TO 180 DAYS FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF A REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT FOR AN OFFERING OF THE CORPORATION’S SECURITIES PURSUANT TO AN AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE ORIGINAL PURCHASER OF SUCH SECURITIES.  A COPY OF THAT AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION.

 

(d)                                  Representations, Warranties, Covenants, and Acknowledgments of Optionee .  The Optionee hereby represents, warrants, covenants, acknowledges, and agrees that:

 

(i)                                      Investment .  Optionee is acquiring the Purchased Shares for Optionee’s own account, and not for the account of any other person.  Optionee is acquiring the Purchased Shares for investment and not with a view to distribution or resale thereof except in compliance with applicable laws regulating securities.

 

(ii)                                   Business Experience .  Optionee is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of Optionee’s investment in the Company evidenced by the purchase of the Purchased Shares.

 

(iii)                                Relation to Company .  Optionee is presently an officer, director, or employee of, or independent contractor to, the Company and in such capacity has become personally familiar with the business, affairs, financial condition, and results of operations of the Company.

 

(iv)                               Access to Information .  Optionee has had the opportunity to ask questions of, and to receive answers from, appropriate executive officers of the Company with respect to the terms and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and with respect to the business, affairs, financial condition, and results of operations of the Company.  Optionee has had access to such financial and other information as is necessary in order for Optionee to make a fully informed decision as to investment in the Company by way of purchase of the Purchased Shares, and has had the opportunity to obtain any additional information necessary to verify any of such information to which Optionee has had access.  Optionee acknowledges that all financial information concerning the Company that has been or will be provided to Optionee is confidential and proprietary information of the Company and is subject to the obligation of confidentiality and other restrictions and limitations and use and disclosure.

 

(v)                          Speculative Investment .  Optionee’s investment in the Company represented by the Purchased Shares is highly speculative in nature and is subject to a high degree of risk of loss in whole or in part.  The amount of such investment is within Optionee’s risk capital means and is not so great in relation to Optionee’s total financial resources as would

 

3



 

jeopardize the personal financial needs of Optionee or Optionee’s family in the event such investment were lost in whole or in part.

 

(vi)                               Public Trading .  None of the Company’s securities is presently publicly traded, and the Company has made no representation, covenant, or agreement as to whether there will be a public market for any of its securities.

 

(vii)                            Tax Advice .  The Company has not made, and does not pursuant to this Agreement make, any warranties or representations to Optionee with respect to the income tax consequences of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and Optionee is in no manner relying on the Company or its representatives for an assessment of such tax consequences.

 

8.                                       Transfer Restrictions .

 

(a)                                  Restriction on Transfer .  Except for any Permitted Transfer, (i) Optionee shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any of the Unvested Shares and (ii) Optionee shall not transfer, assign, encumber or otherwise dispose of any of the Vested Shares in contravention of the First Refusal Right, the Market Stand-Off or the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 7.

 

(b)                                  Transferee Obligations .  Each person (other than the Company) to whom the Purchased Shares are transferred by means of a Permitted Transfer must, as a condition precedent to the validity of such transfer, acknowledge in writing to the Company that such person is bound by the provisions of this Agreement and that the transferred shares are subject to (i) the Repurchase Right (if applicable), (ii) the First Refusal Right, (iii) the Market Stand-Off and (iv) the transfer restrictions set forth in Section 7, to the same extent such shares would be so subject if retained by Optionee.

 

(c)                                   Market Stand-Off .

 

(i)                                      In connection with the Company’s initial public offering and any underwritten public offering by the Company of its equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the 1933 Act within two years after the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering, Owner shall not sell, make any short sale of, hedge with, loan, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose or transfer for value or otherwise agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to, any Vested Shares without the prior written consent of the Company or its underwriters (the “ Market Stand-Off ”).  The Market Stand-Off shall be in effect for such period of time from and after the effective date of the final prospectus for the offering as may be requested by the Company or such underwriters; provided, however, that such period shall not exceed 180 days.

 

(ii)                                   Any new, substituted or additional securities that are by reason of any Recapitalization or Reorganization distributed with respect to Vested Shares shall be immediately subject to the Market Stand-Off.

 

4



 

(iii)                                In order to enforce the Market Stand-Off, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to Vested Shares until the end of the applicable stand-off period.

 

9.                                       Repurchase Right .

 

(a)                                  Grant .  The Company shall have the right (the “ Repurchase Right ”) to repurchase, at the Repurchase Price, any or all of the Purchased Shares which are Unvested Shares at the time Optionee ceases to provide Service to the Company.

 

(b)                                  Exercise of the Repurchase Right .  The Repurchase Right shall be exercisable by written notice delivered to each Owner of the Unvested Shares at any time during the 90 day period following the date Optionee ceases for any reason to provide Service to the Company or (if later) during the 90 day period following the execution date of this Agreement.  The notice shall indicate the number of Unvested Shares to be repurchased, the Repurchase Price to be paid, and the date on which the repurchase is to be effected, such date to be not more than 90 days following the execution date of this Agreement.  The stock certificates representing the Unvested Shares to be repurchased shall be delivered to the Company on the closing date specified for the repurchase.  Concurrently with the receipt of such stock certificates, the Company shall pay to Owner, in cash or cash equivalents (including the cancellation of any purchase-money indebtedness), an amount equal to the aggregate Repurchase Price for the Unvested Shares which are to be repurchased from Owner.

 

(c)                                   Termination of the Repurchase Right .  The Repurchase Right shall terminate with respect to any Unvested Shares for which it is not timely exercised under Section 9(b).  In addition, the Repurchase Right shall terminate and cease to be exercisable as and when the Purchased Shares become Vested Shares.  All Vested Shares shall, however, continue to be subject to (i) the First Refusal Right, (ii) the Market Stand Off and (iii) the transfer restrictions set forth in Sections 7 and 8.

 

(d)                                  Aggregate Vesting Limitation .  If the Option is exercised in more than one increment so that Optionee is a party to other stock purchase agreements (the “ Prior Purchase Agreements ”) which are executed prior to the date of this Agreement, then the total number of Purchased Shares as to which Optionee shall be deemed to have a fully-vested interest under this Agreement and all Prior Purchase Agreements shall not exceed in the aggregate the number of Purchased Shares in which Optionee would otherwise at the time be vested, in accordance with the Vesting Schedule, had all the Purchased Shares (including those acquired under the Prior Purchase Agreements) been acquired exclusively under this Agreement.

 

(e)                                   Recapitalization .  Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property (including cash paid other than as a regular cash dividend) which is by reason of any Recapitalization distributed with respect to the Unvested Shares shall be immediately subject to the Repurchase Right and any escrow requirements hereunder.  Appropriate adjustments to reflect such distribution shall be made to the number and/or class of Unvested Shares subject to this Agreement.  In addition, for purposes of determining the Repurchase Price, appropriate adjustments shall be made to the Exercise Price in order to reflect the effect of any such

 

5



 

Recapitalization upon the Company’s capital structure; provided, however, that the aggregate Exercise Price shall remain the same.

 

(f)                                    Change of Control .

 

(i)                                      The Repurchase Right shall automatically terminate in its entirety, and all Unvested Shares shall become Vested Shares, upon the consummation of a Change of Control in accordance with Article Two, Section III of the Plan, or as otherwise set forth in the Grant Notice.

 

(ii)                                   To the extent the Repurchase Right remains in effect following a Change of Control, such right shall apply to any new securities or other property (including any cash payments) received in exchange for the Unvested Shares in consummation of the Change of Control.  For purposes of determining the Repurchase Price, appropriate adjustments shall be made to the Exercise Price to reflect the effect (if any) of the Change of Control upon the Company’s capital structure; provided, however, that the aggregate Exercise Price shall remain the same.  The new securities or other property (including any cash payments) issued or distributed with respect to the Unvested Shares in consummation of the Change of Control shall be immediately deposited in escrow with the Company (or the successor entity) and shall not be released from escrow until Optionee vests in such securities or other property in accordance with the Vesting Schedule.

 

10.                                Right of First Refusal .

 

(a)                                  Grant .  The Company shall have the right of first refusal (the “ First Refusal Right ”) exercisable in connection with any proposed transfer of Vested Shares.  For purposes of this Section 10, the term “transfer” shall include any sale, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or other disposition of Vested Shares intended to be made by Owner, but shall not include any Permitted Transfer.

 

(b)                                  Notice of Intended Disposition .  In the event any Owner of Vested Shares desires to accept a bona fide third-party offer for the transfer of any or all of such shares (Vested Shares subject to such offer to be hereinafter referred to as the “ Target Shares ”), the Owner shall promptly (i) deliver to the Company written notice (the “ Disposition Notice ”) of the terms of the offer, including the purchase price and the identity of the third-party offeror, and (ii) provide satisfactory proof that the disposition of the Target Shares to such third-party offeror would not be in contravention of the provisions set forth in Sections 7 and 8.

 

(c)                           Exercise of the First Refusal Right .  The Company shall have the right to repurchase any or all of the Target Shares subject to the Disposition Notice upon the same terms as those specified therein or upon such other terms (not materially different from those specified in the Disposition Notice) to which Owner consents.  Such right shall be exercisable by delivery of written notice (the “ Exercise Notice ”) to Owner prior to the 25 th  day following the Company’s receipt of the Disposition Notice.  The Company shall effect the repurchase of such shares, including payment of the purchase price, not more than 10 business days after delivery of the Exercise Notice; and at such time the stock certificates representing the Target Shares shall be delivered to the Company.  If less than all of the Target Shares are purchased, the Company shall

 

6



 

issue a new stock certificate to the Owner representing the remaining Target Shares.  Should the purchase price specified in the Disposition Notice be payable in property other than cash or evidences of indebtedness, the Company shall have the right to pay the purchase price in the form of cash equal in amount to the value of such property.  If Owner and the Company cannot agree on such cash value within 10 days after the Company’s receipt of the Disposition Notice, the valuation shall be made by an appraiser of recognized standing selected by Owner and the Company or, if they cannot agree on an appraiser within 20 days after the Company’s receipt of the Disposition Notice, each shall select an appraiser of recognized standing and the two appraisers shall designate a third appraiser of recognized standing, whose appraisal shall be determinative of such value.  Owner and the Company shall share the cost of such appraisal equally.  The closing shall then be held on the later of (i) the fifth business day following delivery of the Exercise Notice or (ii) the fifth business day after such valuation shall have been made.

 

(d)                                  Non-Exercise of the First Refusal Right .  In the event the Exercise Notice is not given to Owner prior to the expiration of the 25 day exercise period or the Company does not purchase all of the Target Shares, Owner shall have a period of 30 days thereafter in which to sell or otherwise dispose of the Target Shares (or portion thereof not purchased by the Company) to the third-party offeror identified in the Disposition Notice upon terms (including the purchase price) no more favorable to such third-party offeror than those specified in the Disposition Notice; provided, however, that any such sale or disposition must not be effected in contravention of the provisions of Sections 7 and 8.  The third-party offeror shall acquire the Target Shares subject to the First Refusal Right and the provisions and restrictions of Sections 7 and 8, and any subsequent disposition of the acquired shares must be effected in compliance with the terms and conditions of such First Refusal Right and the provisions and restrictions of Sections 7 and 8.  In the event Owner does not effect such sale or disposition of the Target Shares within the specified 30 day period, the First Refusal Right shall continue to be applicable to any subsequent disposition of the Target Shares by Owner until such right lapses.

 

(e)                                   Recapitalization/Reorganization .

 

(i)                                      Any new, substituted or additional securities or other property that is by reason of any Recapitalization distributed with respect to Vested Shares shall be immediately subject to the First Refusal Right.

 

(ii)                                   In the event of a Reorganization, the First Refusal Right shall remain in full force and effect and shall apply to the new capital stock or other property received in exchange for Vested Shares in consummation of the Reorganization and shall apply to the remaining Unvested Shares as and when they become Vested Shares.

 

(f)                                    Lapse .  The First Refusal Right shall lapse upon the earlier to occur of (i) a firm commitment underwritten public offering, pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act, covering the offer and sale of the Common Stock in the aggregate amount of at least $20,000,000 or (ii) the acquisition of the Company by an entity that is traded on a stock exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market.

 

7


 

11.                                Special Tax Election .

 

The acquisition of Purchased Shares that are Unvested Shares as of the Effective Date of this Agreement may result in adverse tax consequences that may be avoided or mitigated by filing an election under Code Section 83(b).  Such election must be filed with the Internal Revenue Service within 30 days after the date of this Agreement.  Optionee will consult with his or her tax advisor to determine if there is a comparable election to file in the state of his or her residence and whether such filing is desirable under the circumstances.  Optionee will also consult with his or her tax advisor to determine the tax consequences of acquiring the Purchased Shares and the advantages and disadvantages of filing the Code Section 83(b) election.  Optionee acknowledges that it is Optionee’s sole responsibility, and not the Company’s responsibility, to file a timely election under Code Section 83(b), even if Optionee requests the Company or its representatives to make this filing on his or her behalf.

 

12.                                General Provisions .

 

(a)                                  Assignment .  The Company may assign the Repurchase Right and/or the First Refusal Right to any person or entity selected by the Plan Administrator, including (without limitation) one or more stockholders of the Company.

 

(b)                                  At-Will Employment .  Nothing in this Agreement or in the Plan shall confer upon Optionee any right to continue in Service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Optionee) or of Optionee, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate Optionee’s Service to the Company at any time for any reason, with or without cause.

 

(c)                                   Notices .  Any notice required to be given or delivered to the Company under the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed to the Company at its principal corporate offices.  Any notice required to be given or delivered to Optionee shall be in writing and addressed to Optionee at the address indicated below Optionee’s signature on the signature page to this Agreement.  All notices shall be deemed effective upon personal delivery or on the third day following deposit in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid and properly addressed to the party to be notified.

 

(d)                                  No Waiver .  The failure of the Company in any instance to exercise the Repurchase Right or the First Refusal Right shall not constitute a waiver of any other repurchase rights and/or rights of first refusal that may subsequently arise under the provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement between the Company and Optionee.  No waiver of any breach or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach or condition, whether of like or different nature.

 

(e)                                   Cancellation of Shares .  If the Company shall make available, at the time and place and in the amount and form provided in this Agreement, the consideration for the Purchased Shares to be repurchased in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, then from and after such time, the person from whom such shares are to be repurchased shall no longer have any rights as a holder of such shares (other than the right to receive payment of such

 

8



 

consideration in accordance with this Agreement).  Such shares shall be deemed purchased in accordance with the applicable provisions hereof, and the Company shall be deemed the owner and holder of such shares, whether or not the stock certificates therefor have been delivered as required by this Agreement.

 

(f)                                    Governing Law .  The interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, excluding those laws that direct the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

 

(g)                                   Arbitration .  Any and all disputes or controversies arising out of this Agreement shall be finally settled by arbitration conducted in Middlesex County, Massachusetts in accordance with the then existing rules of the American Arbitration Association, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof; provided that nothing in this Section 12(g) shall prevent a party from applying to a court of competent jurisdiction to obtain temporary relief pending resolution of the dispute through arbitration.  The parties hereby agree that service of any notices in the course of such arbitration at their respective addresses as provided for in Section 12(c) shall be valid and sufficient.

 

(h)                                  Optionee Undertaking .  Optionee hereby agrees to take whatever additional action and execute whatever additional documents the Company may deem necessary or advisable in order to carry out or effect one or more of the obligations or restrictions imposed on either Optionee or the Purchased Shares pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(i)                                      Construction .  The Plan is incorporated herein by reference.  In the event of a conflict between the terms of the Plan and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of the Plan shall prevail.  All decisions of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question or issue arising under the Plan or this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on all persons having an interest in this option.

 

(j)                                     Counterparts and Facsimile Signatures .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signature (including signatures in Adobe PDF or similar format).

 

(k)                                  Successors and Assigns .  The provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and its successors and assigns and upon Optionee, Optionee’s permitted assigns and the legal representatives, heirs and legatees of Optionee’s estate, whether or not any such person shall have become a party to this Agreement and have agreed in writing to join herein and be bound by the terms hereof.

 

(l)                                      Definitions .  All capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan or as follows:

 

(i)                                      Agreement ” shall mean this Stock Purchase Agreement.

 

(ii)                                   Disposition Notice ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10(b).

 

9



 

(iii)                                Effective Date ” shall means the effective date of this Agreement as set forth in Section 2.

 

(iv)                               Exercise Price ” shall mean the exercise price per share of the Purchased Shares set forth in Section 3.

 

(v)                                  First Refusal Right ” shall mean the right granted to the Company in accordance with Section 10.

 

(vi)                               Grant Date ” shall mean the original grant date of the Option as set forth in Section 2 of the Grant Notice and Section 5 hereof.

 

(vii)                            Grant Notice ” shall mean the Notice of Grant of Stock Option pursuant to which Optionee has been informed of the basic terms of the Option.

 

(viii)                         Market Stand-Off ” shall mean the market stand-off restriction specified in Section 8(c).

 

(ix)                               1933 Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(x)                                  Option ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6(a).

 

(xi)                               Option Agreement ” shall mean the Notice, the Plan and any other agreements or documents evidencing the Option.

 

(xii)                            Option Shares ” shall mean the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option.

 

(xiii)                         Optionee ” shall mean the person to whom the Option is granted under the Plan.

 

(xiv)                        Owner ” shall mean Optionee and all subsequent holders of the Purchased Shares who derive their chain of ownership through a Permitted Transfer from Optionee.

 

(xv)                           Permitted Transfer ” shall mean (i) a transfer of the Purchased Shares to one or more members of Optionee’s family (as defined in Rule 701 promulgated by the SEC) or to a trust established for the benefit of one or more family members or to Optionee’s former spouse pursuant to a domestic relations order, (ii) a transfer of title to the Purchased Shares effected pursuant to Optionee’s will or the laws of inheritance following Optionee’s death or (iii) a transfer to the Company in pledge as security for any purchase-money indebtedness incurred by Optionee in connection with the acquisition of the Purchased Shares.

 

(xvi)                        Prior Purchase Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9(d).

 

10



 

(xvii)                     Purchased Shares ” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock purchased upon exercise of the Option pursuant to this Agreement as specified in Section 4.

 

(xviii)                  Recapitalization ” shall mean any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, exchange of shares or other change affecting the Company’s outstanding Common Stock as a class without the Company’s receipt of consideration.

 

(xix)                        Reorganization ” shall mean any of the following transactions:

 

(A)                                a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving entity;

 

(B)                                a sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets;

 

(C)                                a reverse merger in which the Company is the surviving entity but in which the Company’s outstanding voting securities are transferred in whole or in part to a person or persons different from the persons holding those securities immediately prior to the merger; or

 

(D)                                any transaction effected primarily to change the state in which the Company is incorporated or to create a holding company structure.

 

(xx)                           Repurchase Price ” shall mean the lower of (A) the Exercise Price per share or (B) the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the date Optionee ceases to provide Service to the Company.

 

(xxi)                        Repurchase Right ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9(a).

 

(xxii)                     SEC ” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

(xxiii)                  Target Shares ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10(b).

 

(xxiv)                 Vesting Schedule ” shall mean the vesting schedule specified in the Grant Notice.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

11



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Stock Purchase Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

 

CONFORMIS, INC.

 

A Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OPTIONEE

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Email:

 

 

 

 

 

Telephone:

 

 

 

 

 

Facsimile:

 

 

 

SPOUSAL CONSENT

 

Optionee’s spouse indicates by execution of this Stock Purchase Agreement such spouse’s consent to be bound by the terms thereof as to such spouse’s interests, whether as community property or otherwise, if any, in the Purchased Shares.

 

 

 

 

Optionee’s Spouse (if applicable)

 

[Please mark “N/A” if not applicable

 

12




Exhibit 10.11

 

CONFORMIS, INC.

 

2015 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

1.                                       Purpose

 

The purpose of this 2015 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) of ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), is to advance the interests of the Company’s stockholders by enhancing the Company’s ability to attract, retain and motivate persons who are expected to make important contributions to the Company and by providing such persons with equity ownership opportunities and performance-based incentives that are intended to better align the interests of such persons with those of the Company’s stockholders.  Except where the context otherwise requires, the term “ Company ” shall include any of the Company’s present or future parent or subsidiary corporations as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations thereunder (the “ Code ”) and any other business venture (including, without limitation, joint venture or limited liability company) in which the Company has a controlling interest, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”).

 

2.                                       Eligibility

 

All of the Company’s employees, officers and directors, as well as consultants and advisors to the Company (as the terms consultants and advisors are defined and interpreted for purposes of Form S-8 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or any successor form) are eligible to be granted Awards (as defined below) under the Plan.  Each person who is granted an Award under the Plan is deemed a “ Participant .”  The Plan provides for the following types of awards, each of which is referred to as an “ Award ”: Options (as defined in Section 5), SARs (as defined in Section 6), Restricted Stock (as defined in Section 7), Restricted Stock Units (as defined in Section 7) and Other Stock-Based Awards (as defined in Section 8).

 

3.                                       Administration and Delegation

 

(a)                                  Administration by Board of Directors .  The Plan will be administered by the Board.  The Board shall have authority to grant Awards and to adopt, amend and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices relating to the Plan as it shall deem advisable.  The Board may construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and any Award agreements entered into under the Plan.  The Board may correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award in the manner and to the extent it shall deem expedient and it shall be the sole and final judge of such expediency.  All decisions by the Board shall be made in the Board’s sole discretion and shall be final and binding on all persons having or claiming any interest in the Plan or in any Award.

 



 

(b)                                  Appointment of Committees .  To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board may delegate any or all of its powers under the Plan to one or more committees or subcommittees of the Board (a “ Committee ”).  All references in the Plan to the “ Board ” shall mean the Board or a Committee of the Board or the officers referred to in Section 3(c) to the extent that the Board’s powers or authority under the Plan have been delegated to such Committee or officers.

 

(c)                                   Delegation to Officers .  To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board may delegate to one or more officers of the Company the power to grant Options and other Awards that constitute rights under Delaware law (subject to any limitations under the Plan) to employees or officers of the Company and to exercise such other powers under the Plan as the Board may determine, provided that the Board shall fix the terms of such Awards to be granted by such officers (including the exercise price of such Awards, which may include a formula by which the exercise price will be determined) and the maximum number of shares subject to such Awards that the officers may grant; provided further , however, that no officer shall be authorized to grant such Awards to any “executive officer” of the Company (as defined by Rule 3b-7 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)) or to any “officer” of the Company (as defined by Rule 16a-1 under the Exchange Act).  The Board may not delegate authority under this Section 3(c) to grant Restricted Stock, unless Delaware law then permits such delegation.

 

4.                                       Stock Available for Awards

 

(a)                                  Number of Shares; Share Counting .

 

(1)                                  Authorized Number of Shares .  Subject to adjustment under Section 9, Awards may be made under the Plan (any or all of which Awards may be in the form of Incentive Stock Options, as defined in Section 5(b)) for up to such number of shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”) as is equal to the sum of:

 

(A)                                4,000,000 shares of Common Stock; plus

 

(B)                                such additional number of shares of Common Stock (up to 11,819,848 shares) as is equal to the sum of (x) the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Company’s 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan (the “ 2011 Plan ”) that remain available for grant under the 2011 Plan immediately prior to the closing of the Company’s initial public offering, (y) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to awards granted under the 2011 Plan which awards expire, terminate or are otherwise surrendered, canceled, forfeited or repurchased by the Company at their original issuance price pursuant to a contractual repurchase right (subject, however, in the case of Incentive Stock Options to any limitations of the Code), and (z) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to awards granted under the Company’s 2004 Stock Option Plan which awards expire, terminate or are otherwise surrendered, canceled, forfeited or repurchased by the Company at their original issuance price pursuant to a contractual repurchase right (subject, however, in the case of Incentive Stock Options to any limitations of the Code); plus

 

2



 

(C)                                an annual increase to be added on the first day of each fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2016 and continuing for each fiscal year until, and including, the fiscal year ending December 31, 2025, equal to the least of (i) 6,000,000  shares of Common Stock, (ii) 3% of the outstanding shares on such date and (iii) an amount determined by the Board.

 

Shares issued under the Plan may consist in whole or in part of authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares.

 

(2)                                  Share Counting .  For purposes of counting the number of shares available for the grant of Awards under the Plan:

 

(A)                                all shares of Common Stock covered by SARs shall be counted against the number of shares available for the grant of Awards under the Plan;  provided, however , that (i) SARs that may be settled only in cash shall not be so counted and (ii) if the Company grants an SAR in tandem with an Option for the same number of shares of Common Stock and provides that only one such Award may be exercised (a “ Tandem SAR ”), only the shares covered by the Option, and not the shares covered by the Tandem SAR, shall be so counted, and the expiration of one in connection with the other’s exercise will not restore shares to the Plan;

 

(B)                                if any Award (i) expires or is terminated, surrendered or canceled without having been fully exercised or is forfeited in whole or in part (including as the result of shares of Common Stock subject to such Award being repurchased by the Company at the original issuance price pursuant to a contractual repurchase right) or (ii) results in any Common Stock not being issued (including as a result of an SAR that was settleable either in cash or in stock actually being settled in cash), the unused Common Stock covered by such Award shall again be available for the grant of Awards; provided, however , that (1) in the case of Incentive Stock Options, the foregoing shall be subject to any limitations under the Code, (2) in the case of the exercise of an SAR, the number of shares counted against the shares available under the Plan shall be the full number of shares subject to the SAR multiplied by the percentage of the SAR actually exercised, regardless of the number of shares actually used to settle such SAR upon exercise and (3) the shares covered by a Tandem SAR shall not again become available for grant upon the expiration or termination of such Tandem SAR; and

 

(C)                                shares of Common Stock delivered (either by actual delivery, attestation, or net exercise) to the Company by a Participant to (i) purchase shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of an Award or (ii) satisfy tax withholding obligations (including shares retained from the Award creating the tax obligation) shall be added back to the number of shares available for the future grant of Awards.

 

(b)                                  Substitute Awards .  In connection with a merger or consolidation of an entity with the Company or the acquisition by the Company of property or stock of an entity, the Board may grant Awards in substitution for any options or other stock or stock-based awards granted by such entity or an affiliate thereof.  Substitute Awards may be granted on such terms as the Board deems appropriate in the circumstances, notwithstanding any limitations on Awards contained in

 

3



 

the Plan.  Substitute Awards shall not count against the overall share limit set forth in Section 4(a)(1), except as may be required by reason of Section 422 and related provisions of the Code.

 

5.                                       Stock Options

 

(a)                                  General .  The Board may grant options to purchase Common Stock (each, an “ Option ”) and determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each Option, the exercise price of each Option and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of each Option, including conditions relating to applicable federal or state securities laws, as it considers necessary or advisable.

 

(b)                                  Incentive Stock Options .  An Option that the Board intends to be an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code (an “ Incentive Stock Option ”) shall only be granted to employees of ConforMIS, Inc., any of ConforMIS, Inc.’s present or future parent or subsidiary corporations as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Code, and any other entities the employees of which are eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options under the Code, and shall be subject to and shall be construed consistently with the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.  An Option that is not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option shall be designated a “ Nonstatutory Stock Option .”  The Company shall have no liability to a Participant, or any other party, if an Option (or any part thereof) that is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option is not an Incentive Stock Option or if the Company converts an Incentive Stock Option to a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

(c)                                   Exercise Price .  The Board shall establish the exercise price of each Option and specify the exercise price in the applicable Option agreement.  The exercise price shall be not less than 100% of the fair market value per share of Common Stock as determined by (or in a manner approved by) the Board (“ Fair Market Value ”) on the date the Option is granted; provided that if the Board approves the grant of an Option with an exercise price to be determined on a future date, the exercise price shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on such future date.

 

(d)                                  Duration of Options .  Each Option shall be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may specify in the applicable option agreement; provided, however , that no Option will be granted with a term in excess of 10 years.

 

(e)                                   Exercise of Options .  Options may be exercised by delivery to the Company of a notice of exercise in a form (which may be electronic) approved by the Company, together with payment in full (in the manner specified in Section 5(f)) of the exercise price for the number of shares for which the Option is exercised.  Shares of Common Stock subject to the Option will be delivered by the Company as soon as practicable following exercise.

 

(f)                                    Payment Upon Exercise .  Common Stock purchased upon the exercise of an Option granted under the Plan shall be paid for as follows:

 

(1)                                  in cash or by check, payable to the order of the Company;

 

(2)                                  except as may otherwise be provided in the applicable Option agreement or approved by the Board, in its sole discretion, by (i) delivery of an irrevocable and

 

4



 

unconditional undertaking by a creditworthy broker to deliver promptly to the Company sufficient funds to pay the exercise price and any required tax withholding or (ii) delivery by the Participant to the Company of a copy of irrevocable and unconditional instructions to a creditworthy broker to deliver promptly to the Company cash or a check sufficient to pay the exercise price and any required tax withholding;

 

(3)                                  to the extent provided for in the applicable Option agreement or approved by the Board, in its sole discretion, by delivery (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock owned by the Participant valued at their Fair Market Value, provided (i) such method of payment is then permitted under applicable law, (ii) such Common Stock, if acquired directly from the Company, was owned by the Participant for such minimum period of time, if any, as may be established by the Board in its discretion and (iii) such Common Stock is not subject to any repurchase, forfeiture, unfulfilled vesting or other similar requirements;

 

(4)                                  to the extent provided for in the applicable Nonstatutory Stock Option agreement or approved by the Board in its sole discretion, by delivery of a notice of “net exercise” to the Company, as a result of which the Participant would receive (i) the number of shares underlying the portion of the Option being exercised, less (ii) such number of shares as is equal to (A) the aggregate exercise price for the portion of the Option being exercised divided by (B) the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise;

 

(5)                                  to the extent permitted by applicable law and provided for in the applicable Option agreement or approved by the Board, in its sole discretion, by payment of such other lawful consideration as the Board may determine; or

 

(6)                                  by any combination of the above permitted forms of payment.

 

(g)                                   Limitation on Repricing . Unless such action is approved by the Company’s stockholders, the Company may not (except as provided for under Section 9):  (1) amend any outstanding Option granted under the Plan to provide an exercise price per share that is lower than the then-current exercise price per share of such outstanding Option, (2) cancel any outstanding option (whether or not granted under the Plan) and grant in substitution therefor new Awards under the Plan (other than Awards granted pursuant to Section 4(b)) covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock and having an exercise price per share lower than the then-current exercise price per share of the cancelled option, (3) cancel in exchange for a cash payment any outstanding Option with an exercise price per share above the then-current Fair Market Value, or (4) take any other action under the Plan that constitutes a “repricing” within the meaning of the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market (“ NASDAQ ”).

 

6.                                       Stock Appreciation Rights

 

(a)                                  General .  The Board may grant Awards consisting of stock appreciation rights (“ SARs ”) entitling the holder, upon exercise, to receive an amount of Common Stock or cash or a combination thereof (such form to be determined by the Board) determined by reference to appreciation, from and after the date of grant, in the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock over the measurement price established pursuant to Section 6(b).  The date as of which such appreciation is determined shall be the exercise date.

 

5



 

(b)                                  Measurement Price .  The Board shall establish the measurement price of each SAR and specify it in the applicable SAR agreement.  The measurement price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date the SAR is granted; provided that if the Board approves the grant of an SAR effective as of a future date, the measurement price shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on such future date.

 

(c)                                   Duration of SARs .  Each SAR shall be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board may specify in the applicable SAR agreement; provided, however , that no SAR will be granted with a term in excess of 10 years.

 

(d)                                  Exercise of SARs .  SARs may be exercised by delivery to the Company of a notice of exercise in a form (which may be electronic) approved by the Company, together with any other documents required by the Board.

 

(e)                                   Limitation on Repricing . Unless such action is approved by the Company’s stockholders, the Company may not (except as provided for under Section 9):  (1) amend any outstanding SAR granted under the Plan to provide a measurement price per share that is lower than the then-current measurement price per share of such outstanding SAR, (2) cancel any outstanding SAR (whether or not granted under the Plan) and grant in substitution therefor new Awards under the Plan (other than Awards granted pursuant to Section 4(b)) covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock and having an exercise or measurement price per share lower than the then-current measurement price per share of the cancelled SAR, (3) cancel in exchange for a cash payment any outstanding SAR with a measurement price per share above the then-current Fair Market Value, or (4) take any other action under the Plan that constitutes a “repricing” within the meaning of the rules of NASDAQ.

 

7.                                       Restricted Stock; Restricted Stock Units

 

(a)                                  General .  The Board may grant Awards entitling recipients to acquire shares of Common Stock (“ Restricted Stock ”), subject to the right of the Company to repurchase all or part of such shares at their issue price or other stated or formula price (or to require forfeiture of such shares if issued at no cost) from the recipient in the event that conditions specified by the Board in the applicable Award are not satisfied prior to the end of the applicable restriction period or periods established by the Board for such Award.  The Board may also grant Awards entitling the recipient to receive shares of Common Stock or cash to be delivered at the time such Award vests (“ Restricted Stock Units ”) (Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units are each referred to herein as a “ Restricted Stock Award ”).

 

(b)                                  Terms and Conditions for All Restricted Stock Awards .  The Board shall determine the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award, including the conditions for vesting and repurchase (or forfeiture) and the issue price, if any.

 

(c)                                   Additional Provisions Relating to Restricted Stock .

 

(1)                                  Dividends .  Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement, any dividends (whether paid in cash, stock or property) declared and paid by the Company with respect to shares of Restricted Stock (“ Accrued Dividends ”) shall be paid to the Participant only if and when such shares become free from the restrictions on transferability and

 

6



 

forfeitability that apply to such shares.  Each payment of Accrued Dividends will be made no later than the end of the calendar year in which the dividends are paid to stockholders of that class of stock or, if later, the 15th day of the third month following the lapsing of the restrictions on transferability and the forfeitability provisions applicable to the underlying shares of Restricted Stock.

 

(2)                                  Stock Certificates .  The Company may require that any stock certificates issued in respect of shares of Restricted Stock, as well as dividends or distributions paid on such Restricted Stock, shall be deposited in escrow by the Participant, together with a stock power endorsed in blank, with the Company (or its designee).  At the expiration of the applicable restriction periods, the Company (or such designee) shall deliver the certificates no longer subject to such restrictions to the Participant or if the Participant has died, to his or her Designated Beneficiary.  “ Designated Beneficiary ” means (i) the beneficiary designated, in a manner determined by the Board, by a Participant to receive amounts due or exercise rights of the Participant in the event of the Participant’s death or (ii) in the absence of an effective designation by a Participant, the Participant’s estate.

 

(d)                                  Additional Provisions Relating to Restricted Stock Units .

 

(1)                                  Settlement .  Upon the vesting of and/or lapsing of any other restrictions (i.e., settlement) with respect to each Restricted Stock Unit, the Participant shall be entitled to receive from the Company such number of shares of Common Stock or (if so provided in the applicable Award agreement) an amount of cash equal to the Fair Market Value of such number of shares of Common Stock as are set forth in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit agreement.  The Board may, in its discretion, provide that settlement of Restricted Stock Units shall be deferred, on a mandatory basis or at the election of the Participant in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code.

 

(2)                                  Voting Rights .  A Participant shall have no voting rights with respect to any Restricted Stock Units.

 

(3)                                  Dividend Equivalents .  The Award agreement for Restricted Stock Units may provide Participants with the right to receive an amount equal to any dividends or other distributions declared and paid on an equal number of outstanding shares of Common Stock (“ Dividend Equivalents ”).  Dividend Equivalents may be settled in cash and/or shares of Common Stock and shall be subject to the same restrictions on transfer and forfeitability as the Restricted Stock Units with respect to which paid, in each case to the extent provided in the Award agreement.

 

8.                                       Other Stock-Based Awards

 

(a)                                  General .  Other Awards of shares of Common Stock, and other Awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on, shares of Common Stock or other property, may be granted hereunder to Participants (“ Other Stock-Based-Awards ”).  Such Other Stock-Based Awards shall also be available as a form of payment in the settlement of other Awards granted under the Plan or as payment in lieu of compensation to which a Participant is

 

7



 

otherwise entitled.  Other Stock-Based Awards may be paid in shares of Common Stock or cash, as the Board shall determine.

 

(b)                                  Terms and Conditions .  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall determine the terms and conditions of each Other Stock-Based Award, including any purchase price applicable thereto.

 

9.                                       Adjustments for Changes in Common Stock and Certain Other Events

 

(a)                                  Changes in Capitalization .  In the event of any stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, combination of shares, reclassification of shares, spin-off or other similar change in capitalization or event, or any dividend or distribution to holders of Common Stock other than an ordinary cash dividend, (i) the number and class of securities available under the Plan, (ii) the share counting rules set forth in Section 4(a), (iii) the number and class of securities and exercise price per share of each outstanding Option, (iv) the share and per-share provisions and the measurement price of each outstanding SAR, (v) the number of shares subject to and the repurchase price per share subject to each outstanding award of Restricted Stock and (vi) the share and per-share-related provisions and the purchase price, if any, of each outstanding Restricted Stock Unit award and each outstanding Other Stock-Based Award, shall be equitably adjusted by the Company (or substituted Awards may be made, if applicable) in the manner determined by the Board.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event the Company effects a split of the Common Stock by means of a stock dividend and the exercise price of and the number of shares subject to an outstanding Option are adjusted as of the date of the distribution of the dividend (rather than as of the record date for such dividend), then an optionee who exercises an Option between the record date and the distribution date for such stock dividend shall be entitled to receive, on the distribution date, the stock dividend with respect to the shares of Common Stock acquired upon such Option exercise, notwithstanding the fact that such shares were not outstanding as of the close of business on the record date for such stock dividend.

 

(b)                                  Reorganization Events .

 

(1)                                  Definition .  A “ Reorganization Event ” shall mean:  (a) any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity as a result of which all of the Common Stock of the Company is converted into or exchanged for the right to receive cash, securities or other property or is cancelled, (b) any transfer or disposition of all of the Common Stock of the Company for cash, securities or other property pursuant to a share exchange or other transaction or (c) any liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

 

(2)                                  Consequences of a Reorganization Event on Awards Other than Restricted Stock .

 

(A)                                In connection with a Reorganization Event, the Board may take any one or more of the following actions as to all or any (or any portion of) outstanding Awards other than Restricted Stock on such terms as the Board determines (except to the extent specifically provided otherwise in an applicable Award agreement or another agreement between the Company and the Participant):  (i) provide that such Awards shall be assumed, or

 

8



 

substantially equivalent Awards shall be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof), (ii) upon written notice to a Participant, provide that all of the Participant’s unvested and/or unexercised Awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such Reorganization Event unless exercised by the Participant (to the extent then exercisable) within a specified period following the date of such notice, (iii) provide that outstanding Awards shall become exercisable, realizable, or deliverable, or restrictions applicable to an Award shall lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon such Reorganization Event, (iv) in the event of a Reorganization Event under the terms of which holders of Common Stock will receive upon consummation thereof a cash payment for each share surrendered in the Reorganization Event (the “ Acquisition Price ”), make or provide for a cash payment to Participants with respect to each Award held by a Participant equal to (A) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the vested portion of the Award (after giving effect to any acceleration of vesting that occurs upon or immediately prior to such Reorganization Event) multiplied by (B) the excess, if any, of (I) the Acquisition Price over (II) the exercise, measurement or purchase price of such Award and any applicable tax withholdings, in exchange for the termination of such Award, (v) provide that, in connection with a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, Awards shall convert into the right to receive liquidation proceeds (if applicable, net of the exercise, measurement or purchase price thereof and any applicable tax withholdings) and (vi) any combination of the foregoing.  In taking any of the actions permitted under this Section 9(b)(2), the Board shall not be obligated by the Plan to treat all Awards, all Awards held by a Participant, or all Awards of the same type, identically.

 

(B)                                Notwithstanding the terms of Section 9(b)(2)(A), in the case of outstanding Restricted Stock Units that are subject to Section 409A of the Code: (i) if the applicable Restricted Stock Unit agreement provides that the Restricted Stock Units shall be settled upon a “change in control event” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(i), and the Reorganization Event constitutes such a “change in control event”, then no assumption or substitution shall be permitted pursuant to Section 9(b)(2)(A)(i) and the Restricted Stock Units shall instead be settled in accordance with the terms of the applicable Restricted Stock Unit agreement; and (ii) the Board may only undertake the actions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv) or (v) of Section 9(b)(2)(A) if the Reorganization Event constitutes a “change in control event” as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(i) and such action is permitted or required by Section 409A of the Code; if the Reorganization Event is not a “change in control event” as so defined or such action is not permitted or required by Section 409A of the Code, and the acquiring or succeeding corporation does not assume or substitute the Restricted Stock Units pursuant to clause (i) of Section 9(b)(2)(A), then the unvested Restricted Stock Units shall terminate immediately prior to the consummation of the Reorganization Event without any payment in exchange therefor.

 

(C)                                For purposes of Section 9(b)(2)(A)(i), an Award (other than Restricted Stock) shall be considered assumed if, following consummation of the Reorganization Event, such Award confers the right to purchase or receive pursuant to the terms of such Award, for each share of Common Stock subject to the Award immediately prior to the consummation of the Reorganization Event, the consideration (whether cash, securities or other property) received as a result of the Reorganization Event by holders of Common Stock for each share of Common Stock held immediately prior to the consummation of the Reorganization Event (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a

 

9


 

majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock); provided, however , that if the consideration received as a result of the Reorganization Event is not solely common stock of the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof), the Company may, with the consent of the acquiring or succeeding corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise or settlement of the Award to consist solely of such number of shares of common stock of the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) that the Board determined to be equivalent in value (as of the date of such determination or another date specified by the Board) to the per share consideration received by holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock as a result of the Reorganization Event.

 

(3)                                  Consequences of a Reorganization Event on Restricted Stock .  Upon the occurrence of a Reorganization Event other than a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, the repurchase and other rights of the Company with respect to outstanding Restricted Stock shall inure to the benefit of the Company’s successor and shall, unless the Board determines otherwise, apply to the cash, securities or other property which the Common Stock was converted into or exchanged for pursuant to such Reorganization Event in the same manner and to the same extent as they applied to such Restricted Stock; provided , however , that the Board may provide for termination or deemed satisfaction of such repurchase or other rights under the instrument evidencing any Restricted Stock or any other agreement between a Participant and the Company, either initially or by amendment.  Upon the occurrence of a Reorganization Event involving the liquidation or dissolution of the Company, except to the extent specifically provided to the contrary in the instrument evidencing any Restricted Stock or any other agreement between a Participant and the Company, all restrictions and conditions on all Restricted Stock then outstanding shall automatically be deemed terminated or satisfied.

 

10.                                General Provisions Applicable to Awards

 

(a)                                  Transferability of Awards .  Awards shall not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the Participant, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution or, other than in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, and, during the life of the Participant, shall be exercisable only by the Participant; provided, however , that the Board may permit or provide in an Award for the gratuitous transfer of the Award by the Participant to or for the benefit of any immediate family member, family trust or other entity established for the benefit of the Participant and/or an immediate family member thereof if the Company would be eligible to use a Form S-8 under the Securities Act for the registration of the sale of the Common Stock subject to such Award to such proposed transferee; provided further , that the Company shall not be required to recognize any such permitted transfer until such time as such permitted transferee shall, as a condition to such transfer, deliver to the Company a written instrument in form and substance satisfactory to the Company confirming that such transferee shall be bound by all of the terms and conditions of the Award.  References to a Participant, to the extent relevant in the context, shall include references to authorized transferees.  For the avoidance of doubt, nothing contained in this Section 10(a) shall be deemed to restrict a transfer to the Company.

 

10



 

(b)                                  Documentation .  Each Award shall be evidenced in such form (written, electronic or otherwise) as the Board shall determine.  Each Award may contain terms and conditions in addition to those set forth in the Plan.

 

(c)                                   Board Discretion .  Except as otherwise provided by the Plan, each Award may be made alone or in addition or in relation to any other Award.  The terms of each Award need not be identical, and the Board need not treat Participants uniformly.

 

(d)                                  Termination of Status .  The Board shall determine the effect on an Award of the disability, death, termination or other cessation of employment, authorized leave of absence or other change in the employment or other status of a Participant and the extent to which, and the period during which, the Participant, or the Participant’s legal representative, conservator, guardian or Designated Beneficiary, may exercise rights under the Award.

 

(e)                                   Withholding .  The Participant must satisfy all applicable federal, state, and local or other income and employment tax withholding obligations before the Company will deliver stock certificates or otherwise recognize ownership of Common Stock under an Award.  The Company may decide to satisfy the withholding obligations through additional withholding on salary or wages.  If the Company elects not to or cannot withhold from other compensation, the Participant must pay the Company the full amount, if any, required for withholding or have a broker tender to the Company cash equal to the withholding obligations.  Payment of withholding obligations is due before the Company will issue any shares on exercise, vesting or release from forfeiture of an Award or at the same time as payment of the exercise or purchase price, unless the Company determines otherwise.  If provided for in an Award or approved by the Board in its sole discretion, a Participant may satisfy such tax obligations in whole or in part by delivery (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock, including shares retained from the Award creating the tax obligation, valued at their Fair Market Value; provided, however , except as otherwise provided by the Board, that the total tax withholding where stock is being used to satisfy such tax obligations cannot exceed the Company’s minimum statutory withholding obligations (based on minimum statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income).  Shares used to satisfy tax withholding requirements cannot be subject to any repurchase, forfeiture, unfulfilled vesting or other similar requirements.

 

(f)                                    Amendment of Award .  Except as otherwise provided in Sections 5(g) and 6(e) with respect to repricings and Section 11(d) with respect to actions requiring stockholder approval, the Board may amend, modify or terminate any outstanding Award, including but not limited to, substituting therefor another Award of the same or a different type, changing the date of exercise or realization, and converting an Incentive Stock Option to a Nonstatutory Stock Option.  The Participant’s consent to such action shall be required unless (i) the Board determines that the action, taking into account any related action, does not materially and adversely affect the Participant’s rights under the Plan or (ii) the change is permitted under Section 9.

 

(g)                                   Conditions on Delivery of Stock .  The Company will not be obligated to deliver any shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Plan or to remove restrictions from shares previously issued or delivered under the Plan until (i) all conditions of the Award have been met

 

11



 

or removed to the satisfaction of the Company, (ii) in the opinion of the Company’s counsel, all other legal matters in connection with the issuance and delivery of such shares have been satisfied, including any applicable securities laws and regulations and any applicable stock exchange or stock market rules and regulations, and (iii) the Participant has executed and delivered to the Company such representations or agreements as the Company may consider appropriate to satisfy the requirements of any applicable laws, rules or regulations.

 

(h)                                  Acceleration .  The Board may at any time provide that any Award shall become immediately exercisable in whole or in part, free of some or all restrictions or conditions, or otherwise realizable in whole or in part, as the case may be.

 

11.                                Miscellaneous

 

(a)                                  No Right To Employment or Other Status .  No person shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award by virtue of the adoption of the Plan, and the grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to continued employment or any other relationship with the Company.  The Company expressly reserves the right at any time to dismiss or otherwise terminate its relationship with a Participant free from any liability or claim under the Plan, except as expressly provided in the applicable Award.

 

(b)                                  No Rights As Stockholder .  Subject to the provisions of the applicable Award, no Participant or Designated Beneficiary shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock to be distributed with respect to an Award until becoming the record holder of such shares.

 

(c)                                   Effective Date and Term of Plan .  The Plan shall become effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering (the “ Effective Date ”).  No Awards shall be granted under the Plan after the expiration of 10 years from the Effective Date, but Awards previously granted may extend beyond that date.

 

(d)                                  Amendment of Plan .  The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time provided that (i) to the extent required by Section 162(m) of the Code, no Award granted to a Participant that is intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code after the date of such amendment shall become exercisable, realizable or vested, as applicable to such Award, unless and until the Company’s stockholders approve such amendment in the manner required by Section 162(m) of the Code; and (ii) no amendment that would require stockholder approval under the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market may be made effective unless and until the Company’s stockholders approve such amendment.  In addition, if at any time the approval of the Company’s stockholders is required as to any other modification or amendment under Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision with respect to Incentive Stock Options, the Board may not effect such modification or amendment without such approval.  Unless otherwise specified in the amendment, any amendment to the Plan adopted in accordance with this Section 11(d) shall apply to, and be binding on the holders of, all Awards outstanding under the Plan at the time the amendment is adopted, provided the Board determines that such amendment, taking into account any related action, does not materially and adversely affect the rights of Participants under the Plan.  No Award shall be made that is conditioned upon stockholder approval of any amendment to the Plan unless the Award provides that (i) it will

 

12



 

terminate or be forfeited if stockholder approval of such amendment is not obtained within no more than 12 months from the date of grant and (2) it may not be exercised or settled (or otherwise result in the issuance of Common Stock) prior to such stockholder approval.

 

(e)                                   Authorization of Sub-Plans (including for Grants to non-U.S. Employees) .  The Board may from time to time establish one or more sub-plans under the Plan for purposes of satisfying applicable securities, tax or other laws of various jurisdictions.  The Board shall establish such sub-plans by adopting supplements to the Plan containing (i) such limitations on the Board’s discretion under the Plan as the Board deems necessary or desirable or (ii) such additional terms and conditions not otherwise inconsistent with the Plan as the Board shall deem necessary or desirable.  All supplements adopted by the Board shall be deemed to be part of the Plan, but each supplement shall apply only to Participants within the affected jurisdiction and the Company shall not be required to provide copies of any supplement to Participants in any jurisdiction which is not the subject of such supplement.

 

(f)                                    Compliance with Section 409A of the Code .  Except as provided in individual Award agreements initially or by amendment, if and to the extent (i) any portion of any payment, compensation or other benefit provided to a Participant pursuant to the Plan in connection with his or her employment termination constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and (ii) the Participant is a specified employee as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, in each case as determined by the Company in accordance with its procedures, by which determinations the Participant (through accepting the Award) agrees that he or she is bound, such portion of the payment, compensation or other benefit shall not be paid before the day that is six months plus one day after the date of “separation from service” (as determined under Section 409A of the Code) (the “ New Payment Date ”), except as Section 409A of the Code may then permit.  The aggregate of any payments that otherwise would have been paid to the Participant during the period between the date of separation from service and the New Payment Date shall be paid to the Participant in a lump sum on such New Payment Date, and any remaining payments will be paid on their original schedule.

 

The Company makes no representations or warranty and shall have no liability to the Participant or any other person if any provisions of or payments, compensation or other benefits under the Plan are determined to constitute nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code but do not to satisfy the conditions of that section.

 

(g)                                   Limitations on Liability .  Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, no individual acting as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company will be liable to any Participant, former Participant, spouse, beneficiary, or any other person for any claim, loss, liability, or expense incurred in connection with the Plan, nor will such individual be personally liable with respect to the Plan because of any contract or other instrument he or she executes in his or her capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company.  The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each director, officer, employee or agent of the Company to whom any duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of the Plan has been or will be delegated, against any cost or expense (including attorneys’ fees) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the Board’s approval) arising out of any act or omission to act concerning the Plan unless arising out of such person’s own fraud or bad faith.

 

13



 

(h)                                  Governing Law .  The provisions of the Plan and all Awards made hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, excluding choice-of-law principles of the law of such state that would require the application of the laws of a jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

 

14




Exhibit 10.12

 

CONFORMIS, INC.
INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

ConforMIS, Inc. (the “ Company ”) hereby grants the following stock option pursuant to its 2015 Stock Incentive Plan.  The terms and conditions attached hereto are also a part hereof.

 

Notice of Grant

 

Name of optionee (the “ Participant ”):

 

Date of this option grant:

 

Number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock subject to this option (“ Shares ”):

 

Option exercise price per Share:(1)

 

Vesting Start Date:

 

Final Exercise Date: (2)

 

 

Vesting Schedule:

 

All vesting is dependent on the Participant remaining an Eligible Participant, as provided herein.

 

This option satisfies in full all commitments that the Company has to the Participant with respect to the issuance of stock, stock options or other equity securities.

 

 

 

CONFORMIS, INC.

 

 

 

Signature of Participant

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Street Address

 

 

Name of Officer

 

 

 

Title:

City/State/Zip Code

 

 

 

 


(1)                                  This must be at least 100% of the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant (or 110% in the case of a Participant that owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or its parent or subsidiary (a “10% Shareholder”)) for the option to qualify as an incentive stock option (an “ISO”) under Section 422 of the Code.

(2)                                  The Final Exercise Date must be no more than 10 years (5 years in the case of a 10% Shareholder) from the date of grant for the option to qualify as an ISO.  The correct approach to calculate the final exercise date is to use the day immediately prior to the date ten years out from the date of the stock option award grant (5 years in the case of a 10% stockholder).  For example, an award granted to someone on October 1, 2015 would expire on September 30, 2025 (not on October 1, 2025).

 



 

CONFORMIS, INC.

 

Incentive Stock Option Agreement

Incorporated Terms and Conditions

 

1.                                       Grant of Option .

 

This agreement evidences the grant by the Company, on the grant date (the “ Grant Date ”) set forth in the Notice of Grant that forms part of this agreement (the “ Notice of Grant ”), to the Participant of an option to purchase, in whole or in part, on the terms provided herein and in the Company’s 2015 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant of common stock, $0.00001 par value per share, of the Company (“ Common Stock ”), at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant.  Unless earlier terminated, this option shall expire at 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the Final Exercise Date set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “ Final Exercise Date ”).

 

It is intended that the option evidenced by this agreement shall be an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations promulgated thereunder (the “ Code ”) to the maximum extent permitted by law.  Except as otherwise indicated by the context, the term “ Participant ”, as used in this option, shall be deemed to include any person who acquires the right to exercise this option validly under its terms.

 

2.                                       Vesting Schedule .

 

This option will become exercisable (“ vest ”) in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant.

 

The right of exercise shall be cumulative so that to the extent the option is not exercised in any period to the maximum extent permissible it shall continue to be exercisable, in whole or in part, with respect to all Shares for which it is vested until the earlier of the Final Exercise Date or the termination of this option under Section 3 hereof or the Plan.

 

3.                                       Exercise of Option .

 

(a)                                  Form of Exercise .  Each election to exercise this option shall be in writing, in the form of the Stock Option Exercise Notice attached as Annex A , signed by the Participant, and received by the Company at its principal office, accompanied by this agreement, or in such other form (which may be electronic) as is approved by the Company, together with payment in full in the manner provided in the Plan.  The Participant may purchase less than the number of shares covered hereby, provided that no partial exercise of this option may be for any fractional share.

 

(b)                                  Continuous Relationship with the Company Required .  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3, this option may not be exercised unless the Participant, at the time he or she exercises this option, is, and has been at all times since the Grant Date, an employee, director or officer of, or consultant or advisor to, the Company or any other entity the employees,

 

2



 

officers, directors, consultants, or advisors of which are eligible to receive option grants under the Plan (an “ Eligible Participant ”).

 

(c)                                   Termination of Relationship with the Company .  If the Participant ceases to be an Eligible Participant for any reason, then, except as provided in paragraphs (d) and (e) below, the right to exercise this option shall terminate three months after such cessation (but in no event after the Final Exercise Date), provided that this option shall be exercisable only to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise this option on the date of such cessation.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant, prior to the Final Exercise Date, violates the non-competition or confidentiality provisions of any employment contract, confidentiality and nondisclosure agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, the right to exercise this option shall terminate immediately upon such violation.

 

(d)                                  Exercise Period Upon Death or Disability .  If the Participant dies or becomes disabled (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code) prior to the Final Exercise Date while he or she is an Eligible Participant and the Company has not terminated such relationship for “cause” as specified in paragraph (e) below, this option shall be exercisable, within the period of one year following the date of death or disability of the Participant, by the Participant (or in the case of death by an authorized transferee), provided that this option shall be exercisable only to the extent that this option was exercisable by the Participant on the date of his or her death or disability, and further provided that this option shall not be exercisable after the Final Exercise Date.

 

(e)                                   Termination for Cause .  If, prior to the Final Exercise Date, the Participant’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause (as defined below), the right to exercise this option shall terminate immediately upon the effective date of such termination of employment.  “ Cause ” shall have the meaning set forth in any employment or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or, in the absence of such an agreement, shall mean, in the good faith determination of the Company, the Participant has: (i) committed gross negligence or willful malfeasance in the performance of the Participant’s work or duties; (ii) committed a breach of fiduciary duty or a breach of any non-competition, non-solicitation or confidentiality obligations to the Company; (iii) failed to follow the proper directions of the Participant’s direct or indirect supervisor after written notice of such failure; (iv) been convicted of, or pleaded “guilty” or “no contest” to, any misdemeanor relating to the affairs of the Company or any felony; (v) disregarded the material rules or material policies of the Company which has not been cured within 15 days after notice thereof from the Company; or (vi) engaged in intentional acts that have generated material adverse publicity toward or about the Company.

 

4.                                       Tax Matters .

 

(a)                                  Withholding .  No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of this option unless and until the Participant pays to the Company, or makes provision satisfactory to the Company for payment of, any federal, state or local withholding taxes required by law to be withheld in respect of this option.

 

(b)                                  Disqualifying Disposition .  If the Participant disposes of Shares acquired upon exercise of this option within two years from the Grant Date or one year after such Shares were

 

3



 

acquired pursuant to exercise of this option, the Participant shall notify the Company in writing of such disposition.

 

5.                                       Transfer Restrictions.

 

This option may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the Participant, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and, during the lifetime of the Participant, this option shall be exercisable only by the Participant.

 

6.                                       Provisions of the Plan .

 

This option is subject to the provisions of the Plan (including the provisions relating to amendments to the Plan), a copy of which is furnished to the Participant with this option.

 

4



 

ANNEX A

 

CONFORMIS, INC.

 

Stock Option Exercise Notice

 

ConforMIS, Inc.
28 Crosby Drive

Bedford, MA 01730

 

Dear Sir or Madam:

 

I,                                              (the “ Participant ”), hereby irrevocably exercise the right to purchase                  shares of the Common Stock, $.00001 par value per share (the “ Shares ”), of ConforMIS, Inc. (the “ Company ”) at $         per share pursuant to the Company’s 2015 Stock Incentive Plan and a stock option agreement with the Company dated                                (the “ Option Agreement ”).  Enclosed herewith is a payment of $                 , the aggregate purchase price for the Shares.  The certificate for the Shares should be registered in my name as it appears below or, if so indicated below, jointly in my name and the name of the person designated below, with right of survivorship.

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

Print Name:

 

 

Address:

 

 

Name and address of persons in whose name the Shares are to be jointly registered (if applicable):

 

5




Exhibit 10.13

 

CONFORMIS, INC.
NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

ConforMIS, Inc. (the “ Company ”) hereby grants the following stock option pursuant to its 2015 Stock Incentive Plan.  The terms and conditions attached hereto are also a part hereof.

 

Notice of Grant

 

Name of optionee (the “ Participant ”):

 

Date of this option grant:

 

Number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock subject to this option (“ Shares ”):

 

Option exercise price per Share:

 

Vesting Start Date:

 

Final Exercise Date:

 

 

Vesting Schedule:

 

All vesting is dependent on the Participant remaining an Eligible Participant, as provided herein.

 

This option satisfies in full all commitments that the Company has to the Participant with respect to the issuance of stock, stock options or other equity securities.

 

 

 

 

CONFORMIS, INC.

 

 

 

Signature of Participant

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Street Address

 

 

Name of Officer

 

 

 

Title:

City/State/Zip Code

 

 

 



 

CONFORMIS, INC.

 

Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement

Incorporated Terms and Conditions

 

1.                                       Grant of Option .

 

This agreement evidences the grant by the Company, on the grant date (the “ Grant Date ”) set forth in the Notice of Grant that forms part of this agreement (the “ Notice of Grant ”), to the Participant of an option to purchase, in whole or in part, on the terms provided herein and in the Company’s 2015 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant of common stock, $0.00001 par value per share, of the Company (“ Common Stock ”), at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant.  Unless earlier terminated, this option shall expire at 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the Final Exercise Date set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “ Final Exercise Date ”).

 

It is intended that the option evidenced by this agreement shall not be an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations promulgated thereunder (the “ Code ”).  Except as otherwise indicated by the context, the term “ Participant ”, as used in this option, shall be deemed to include any person who acquires the right to exercise this option validly under its terms.

 

2.                                       Vesting Schedule .

 

This option will become exercisable (“ vest ”) in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant.

 

The right of exercise shall be cumulative so that to the extent the option is not exercised in any period to the maximum extent permissible it shall continue to be exercisable, in whole or in part, with respect to all Shares for which it is vested until the earlier of the Final Exercise Date or the termination of this option under Section 3 hereof or the Plan.

 

3.                                       Exercise of Option .

 

(a)                                  Form of Exercise .  Each election to exercise this option shall be in writing, in the form of the Stock Option Exercise Notice attached as Annex A , signed by the Participant, and received by the Company at its principal office, accompanied by this agreement, or in such other form (which may be electronic) as is approved by the Company, together with payment in full in the manner provided in the Plan.  The Participant may purchase less than the number of shares covered hereby, provided that no partial exercise of this option may be for any fractional share.

 

(b)                                  Continuous Relationship with the Company Required .  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3, this option may not be exercised unless the Participant, at the time he or she exercises this option, is, and has been at all times since the Grant Date, an employee, director or officer of, or consultant or advisor to, the Company or any other entity the employees, officers, directors, consultants, or advisors of which are eligible to receive option grants under the Plan (an “ Eligible Participant ”).

 

2



 

(c)                                   Termination of Relationship with the Company .  If the Participant ceases to be an Eligible Participant for any reason, then, except as provided in paragraphs (d) and (e) below, the right to exercise this option shall terminate three months after such cessation (but in no event after the Final Exercise Date), provided that this option shall be exercisable only to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise this option on the date of such cessation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant, prior to the Final Exercise Date, violates the non-competition or confidentiality provisions of any employment contract, confidentiality and nondisclosure agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, the right to exercise this option shall terminate immediately upon such violation.

 

(d)                                  Exercise Period Upon Death or Disability .  If the Participant dies or becomes disabled (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code) prior to the Final Exercise Date while he or she is an Eligible Participant and the Company has not terminated such relationship for “cause” as specified in paragraph (e) below, this option shall be exercisable, within the period of one year following the date of death or disability of the Participant, by the Participant (or in the case of death by an authorized transferee), provided that this option shall be exercisable only to the extent that this option was exercisable by the Participant on the date of his or her death or disability, and further provided that this option shall not be exercisable after the Final Exercise Date.

 

(e)                                   Termination for Cause .  If, prior to the Final Exercise Date, the Participant’s employment or other relationship with the Company is terminated by the Company for Cause (as defined below), the right to exercise this option shall terminate immediately upon the effective date of such termination of employment or other relationship.  “ Cause ” shall have the meaning set forth in any employment or other agreement between the Participant and the Company or, in the absence of such an agreement, shall mean, in the good faith determination of the Company, the Participant has: (i) committed gross negligence or willful malfeasance in the performance of the Participant’s work or duties; (ii) committed a breach of fiduciary duty or a breach of any non-competition, non-solicitation or confidentiality obligations to the Company; (iii) failed to follow the proper directions of the Participant’s direct or indirect supervisor after written notice of such failure; (iv) been convicted of, or pleaded “guilty” or “no contest” to, any misdemeanor relating to the affairs of the Company or any felony; (v) disregarded the material rules or material policies of the Company which has not been cured within 15 days after notice thereof from the Company; or (vi) engaged in intentional acts that have generated material adverse publicity toward or about the Company.

 

4.                                       Withholding .

 

No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of this option unless and until the Participant pays to the Company, or makes provision satisfactory to the Company for payment of, any federal, state or local withholding taxes required by law to be withheld in respect of this option.

 

5.                                       Transfer Restrictions.

 

This option may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the Participant, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent

 

3



 

and distribution, and, during the lifetime of the Participant, this option shall be exercisable only by the Participant.

 

6.                                       Provisions of the Plan .

 

This option is subject to the provisions of the Plan (including the provisions relating to amendments to the Plan), a copy of which is furnished to the Participant with this option.

 

4



 

ANNEX A

 

CONFORMIS, INC.

 

Stock Option Exercise Notice

 

ConforMIS, Inc.
28 Crosby Drive

Bedford, MA 01730

 

Dear Sir or Madam:

 

I,                                            (the “ Participant ”), hereby irrevocably exercise the right to purchase               shares of the Common Stock, $.00001 par value per share (the “ Shares ”), of ConforMIS, Inc. (the “ Company ”) at $             per share pursuant to the Company’s 2015 Stock Incentive Plan and a stock option agreement with the Company dated                            (the “ Option Agreement ”).  Enclosed herewith is a payment of $                   , the aggregate purchase price for the Shares.  The certificate for the Shares should be registered in my name as it appears below or, if so indicated below, jointly in my name and the name of the person designated below, with right of survivorship.

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

Print Name:

 

 

Address:

 

 

Name and address of persons in whose name the Shares are to be jointly registered (if applicable):

 

5




Exhibit 10.15

 

CONFORMIS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of May 21, 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Paul S. Weiner, an individual (the “ Executive ”).  As of the Effective Date, this Agreement amends, restates and supersedes all prior agreements, written and oral, with Executive related to Executive’s employment with the Company, including the original written employment agreement dated March 24, 2014 and the original Employee Confidentiality, Inventions Assignment and Non-Competition Agreement, and any written or oral amendments to those agreements.

 

BACKGROUND

 

A.                                     The Company has retained the services of the Executive as a member of the senior management of the Company effective as of March 24, 2014, and desires to continue to retain Executive in that role.  The Company also desires to provide employment security to the Executive, thereby inducing the Executive to continue employment with the Company and enhancing the Executive’s ability to perform effectively.

 

B.                                     The Executive desires to be employed by the Company on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.                                       Title, Duties and Responsibilities .

 

1.1                                Title .  The Company will employ the Executive as its Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer.

 

1.2                                Duties .  The Executive will devote all of the Executive’s business time, energy, and skill to the affairs of the Company; provided, however, that reasonable time for personal business as well as charitable and professional activities will be permitted, including serving as a board member of non-competing companies and charitable organizations, so long as such activities do not materially interfere with the Executive’s performance of services under this Agreement.  The Executive will perform services at the head offices of the Company, which are currently located in Bedford, Massachusetts, unless otherwise agreed by the Company and the Executive in writing.  However, the Executive will travel as may be reasonably necessary to fulfill the responsibilities of Executive’s role.

 

1.3                                Performance of Duties .  The Executive will discharge the duties described herein in a diligent and professional manner.  The Executive will observe and comply at all times with the lawful directives of the Company’s Board of Directors (and its designees, including without limitation the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer) (the “ Board ”) regarding the Executive’s performance of the Executive’s duties and with the Company’s business policies, rules and regulations as adopted from time to time by the

 



 

Company.  The Executive will carry out and perform any and all reasonable and lawful orders, directions, and policies as may be stated by Company from time to time, either orally or in writing.

 

2.                                       Terms of Employment .

 

2.1                                Definitions .  For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

(a)                                  Accrued Compensation ” means any accrued Base Salary, any commissions or similar payments earned by the Executive prior to the date of termination, any Bonus earned by the Executive and approved by the Board prior to the date of termination, any accrued vacation pay, and any amounts for reimbursement of any appropriate business expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder, all to the extent unpaid on the date of termination.  The Executive’s entitlement to any other compensation or benefit under any plan of the Company shall be governed by and determined in accordance with the terms of such plans, except as otherwise specified in this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Base Salary ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 hereof.

 

(c)                                   Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any one of the following: (i) any “person”, as such term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”) (other than the Company, a subsidiary, an affiliate, or a Company employee benefit plan, including any trustee of such plan acting as trustee) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or (ii) a sale of assets involving 75% or more of the fair market value of the assets of the Company as determined in good faith by the Board; or (iii) any merger, reorganization or other transaction of the Company whether or not another entity is the survivor, pursuant to which holders of all the shares of capital stock of the Company outstanding prior to the transaction hold, as a group, less than 50% of the shares of capital stock of the Company outstanding after the transaction; provided, however, that neither (A) a merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company in which the holders of all the shares of capital stock of the Company immediately prior to the merger hold the voting power of the surviving entity following the merger in the same relative amounts with substantially the same rights, preferences and privileges, nor (B) a transaction the primary purpose of which is to raise capital for the Company, will constitute a Change of Control.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any payments or benefits hereunder or pursuant to any other agreement between the Company and the Executive, in either case that are subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), the Change of Control must constitute a “change in control event” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(i).

 

(d)                                  Change of Control Period ” means the period of time beginning three (3) months immediately preceding any Change of Control and ending twelve (12) months immediately following such Change of Control.

 

2



 

(e)                                   Death Termination ” means termination of the Executive’s employment because of the death of the Executive.

 

(f)                                    Disability Termination ” means termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment by reason of the Executive’s incapacitation due to disability.  The Executive will be deemed to be incapacitated due to disability if at the end of any month the Executive is unable to perform substantially all of the Executive’s duties under this Agreement in the normal and regular manner due to illness, injury or mental or physical incapacity, and has been unable so to perform for either (i) three consecutive full calendar months then ending, or (ii) 90 or more of the normal working days during the 12 consecutive full calendar months then ending.  Nothing in this paragraph alters the Company’s obligations under applicable law, which may, in certain circumstances, result in the suspension or alteration of the foregoing time periods.

 

(g)                                   Qualifying Termination ” means a termination that is a Termination for Good Reason by the Executive and/or a Termination Other Than for Cause by the Company.

 

(h)                                  Severance Period ” means the period following the date of a Qualifying Termination, Death Termination, or Disability Termination, as the case may be, that is equal to: (i) one year, in the event of a Qualifying Termination that occurs during a Change of Control Period; and (ii) six months, in all other cases.

 

(i)                                      Termination for Cause ” means termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment, pursuant to a reasonable good faith determination by the Company, by reason of (i) the Executive’s dishonesty or fraud, gross negligence in the performance of the Executive’s duties and responsibilities, deliberate violation of a Company policy, or refusal to comply in any material respect with the legal directives of the Board or Chief Executive Officer so long as such directives are not inconsistent with the Executive’s position and duties as described herein; (ii) conduct by the Executive that materially discredits the Company, intentional engagement by the Executive in acts materially detrimental to the Company’s operations or business, persistent or habitual negligence in the performance of the Executive’s duties and responsibilities, or the Executive’s conviction of a felony involving moral turpitude; (iii) the Executive’s incurable material breach of the terms of this Agreement, the Employee Confidential Information, Inventions and Non-Competition Agreement or any other material agreement between the Executive and the Company; or (iv) unauthorized use or disclosure by the Executive of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or any other party to whom the Executive owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of the Executive’s position with the Company.

 

(j)                                     Termination for Good Reason ” means a Voluntary Termination by the Executive following the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) a material reduction or alteration in the Executive’s job responsibilities or title without the consent of the Executive, provided that, following a Change of Control, neither a change in job title nor a reassignment to a new position will constitute a material reduction in job responsibilities, provided further that the new position is substantially similar in scope and substance to the position held prior to the Change of Control and the new job title reasonably reflects such scope and substance;

 

3



 

(ii) relocation by the Company or a subsidiary, parent or affiliate, as appropriate, of the Executive’s work site to a facility or location more than 40 miles from Boston, Massachusetts without the Executive’s consent; (iii) a material reduction in Executive’s then-current base salary without the Executive’s consent, provided that an across-the-board reduction in the salary level of all other employees or consultants in positions similar to the Executive’s by the same percentage amount as part of a general salary level reduction will not constitute such a salary reduction; or (iv) a material breach by the Company of this Agreement; provided, however, that no such event or condition shall constitute Good Reason unless (x) the Executive gives the Company a written notice of Termination for Good Reason not more than 30 days after the initial existence of the condition, (y) the grounds for termination (if susceptible to correction) are not corrected by the Company within 60 days of its receipt of such notice and (z) the Executive’s Voluntary Termination occurs within one year following the Company’s receipt of such notice.

 

(k)                                  Termination Other Than For Cause ” means termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason other than as specified in Sections 2.1(e), (f), (i) or (l) hereof.

 

(l)                                      Voluntary Termination ” means termination of the Executive’s employment by the voluntary action of the Executive other than by reason of a Disability Termination or a Death Termination.

 

2.2                                Employee at Will .  The Executive is an “at will” employee of the Company, and the Executive’s employment may be terminated at any time upon a Termination for Cause or a Termination Other than for Cause by the giving of written notice thereof to the Executive, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

2.3                                Termination for Cause .  Upon Termination for Cause, the Company will pay the Executive all Accrued Compensation, if any.

 

2.4                                Terminations for Good Reason or Other than for Cause .  Upon a Qualifying Termination, the Company will pay the Executive all Accrued Compensation, if any, and for the duration of the Severance Period, the Company will: (1) continue to pay the Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect at the time of such Qualifying Termination, payable on the Company’s normal payroll schedule, beginning on the Company’s first regular payroll date that occurs on or after the 30 th  day following the date of the Qualifying Termination, provided that the Release (as defined below) has been executed and any applicable revocation period has expired as of such date; and (2) provide Executive with continuation of the Executive’s coverage in effect at the time of such Qualifying Termination under the Company’s group health insurance plans (to the extent allowed under, and subject to the conditions of, the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (COBRA)), provided that such coverage may be discontinued if the Release (as defined below) has not been executed within 30 days following such Qualifying Termination or if such release is revoked for any reason, including during any applicable revocation period.  The Company shall pay any Bonus due pursuant to a Qualifying Termination under this Agreement in a lump sum on the 30 th  day following the date of the Qualifying Termination.  In addition, to the extent the Company has previously paid the Executive any Bonus in the form of a stock option as provided in Section 3.3 that is not fully vested as of the date of the Qualifying Termination, such stock option shall vest with respect to an additional number of shares equal to that number of shares that would have become vested shares had the Executive continued to

 

4



 

provide service as an employee of the Company following such termination for an additional period equal to the Severance Period. The Executive’s rights to any compensations or other benefits following a Qualifying Termination, other than Accrued Compensation, are subject to: (1) the execution by Executive of a  separation and release agreement in a form to be provided by the Company (the “ Release ”), including a release of any and all claims against the Company (including, without limitation, its subsidiaries, other affiliates, directors, officers, employees, agents and representatives) related in any way to the Executive’s employment with the Company, such Release to be executed following the Executive’s separation from service with the Company; (2) the expiration of any revocation period provided pursuant to any applicable laws; and (3) Executive’s continued compliance with the ongoing terms of Executive’s Confidentiality, Inventions Assignment and Non-Competition Agreement.

 

2.5                                Disability Termination .  The Company may effect a Disability Termination by giving written notice thereof to the Executive.  Upon Disability Termination, the Company will pay the Executive all Accrued Compensation, if any.  In addition, to the extent the Company has previously paid the Executive any Bonus in the form of a stock option as provided in Section 3.3 that is not fully vested as of the date of the Disability Termination, such stock option shall vest with respect to an additional number of shares equal to that number of shares that would have become vested shares had the Executive continued to provide service as an employee of the Company following such termination for an additional period equal to the Severance Period.

 

2.6                                Death Termination .  Upon a Death Termination, the Executive’s employment will be deemed to have terminated as of the last day of the month during which his death occurs, and the Company will promptly pay to the Executive’s estate Accrued Compensation, if any, and a lump sum amount equal to the Executive’s Base Salary otherwise payable for the Severance Period at the rate in effect at the time of Death Termination.  In addition, to the extent the Company has previously paid the Executive any Bonus in the form of a stock option as provided in Section 3.3 that is not fully vested as of the date of the Qualifying Termination, such stock option shall vest with respect to an additional number of shares equal to that number of shares that would have become vested shares had the Executive continued to provide service as an employee of the Company following such termination for an additional period equal to the Severance Period.

 

2.7                                Voluntary Termination .  The Executive may effect a Voluntary Termination by giving at least 30 days advance written notice to the Company.  During such period, the Executive will continue to receive regularly scheduled Base Salary payments and coverage under the Company’s benefit plans in which the Executive is a participant (to the extent allowed under any applicable benefit plans), provided, however, that the Company shall have the right to accelerate the effective date of the Voluntary Termination to any earlier date during such period and pay to the Executive any regularly scheduled Base Salary payments for such period in a lump sum on the date of termination.  Following the effective date of a Voluntary Termination, the Company will pay the Executive all Accrued Compensation, if any.

 

5



 

3.                                       Compensation and Benefits .

 

3.1                                Base Salary .  As payment for the services to be rendered by the Executive as provided in Section 1 and subject to the provisions of Section 2 of this Agreement, the Company will pay the Executive a “Base Salary” at the rate of $330,000 per year, payable on the Company’s normal payroll schedule.  The Executive’s “Base Salary” may be increased in accordance with the provisions hereof or as otherwise determined from time to time by the Board.

 

3.2                                Additional Benefits .

 

(a)                                  Benefit Plans .  The Executive will be eligible to participate in such of the Company’s benefit plans as are now generally available or later made generally available to senior officers of the Company, including, without limitation, medical, dental, life, and disability insurance plans.

 

(b)                                  Expense Reimbursement .  The Company agrees to reimburse the Executive for all reasonable, ordinary and necessary travel and entertainment expenses incurred by the Executive in conjunction with the Executive’s services to the Company consistent with the Company’s standard reimbursement policies, subject to Section 6.10(c).  The Company will pay travel costs incurred by the Executive in conjunction with the Executive’s services to the Company consistent with the Company’s standard travel policies.

 

(c)                                   Paid Time Off .  The Executive will be entitled, without loss of compensation, to the amount of Paid Time Off (“PTO”) per year generally available or later made generally available to senior officers of the Company, but in any event not less than five (5) weeks (200 hours) during each calendar year, prorated from the Effective Date.  Unused PTO may be accrued by the Executive pursuant to the Company’s standard PTO policies.

 

3.3                                Bonus .  The Executive will be eligible annually to receive a discretionary year-end bonus, payable in the form of cash, an option to purchase common stock of the Company, or other form determined by the Board (the “ Bonus ”).  The Bonus will be awarded at the discretion of the Board and may be subject to terms (including, without limitation, incentive targets, goals and/or milestones) as set by the Board and/or Chief Executive Officer. Any Bonus in the form of an option to purchase Company’s Common Stock will be granted at the then fair market value of such shares pursuant to the Company’s standard form of notice of stock option grant under the Company’s 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan or any successor plan(s).  The Executive acknowledges that the Company may pay Bonuses in the form of stock, stock options or other non-cash compensation in lieu of cash, and that entitlement to Bonuses and the form thereof (i.e., cash or otherwise) is in the sole discretion of the Board.  The Executive must be employed by the Company on the date the Bonus is approved by the Board in order to be eligible to receive such Bonus.

 

3.4                                Options to Purchase Common Stock .

 

(a)                                  Acceleration of Vesting upon a Change of Control .  Upon the occurrence of Qualifying Termination during any Change of Control Period, any outstanding equity awards held by the Executive will become fully vested and exercisable or free from

 

6



 

forfeiture or transfer restrictions as of the effective date of the Qualifying Termination (provided that if such Qualifying Termination precedes the Change of Control, such accelerated vesting shall occur on the effective date of the Change of Control).

 

4.                                       Proprietary Information .  The Executive will as of the Effective Date execute and deliver to the Company the Employee Confidential Information, Inventions and Non-Competition Agreement attached as Exhibit A hereto.

 

5.                                       Indemnification .  The Company will indemnify and hold harmless the Executive in respect of any liability, damage, amount paid in settlement, cost or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with any threatened, pending or completed claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation (whether civil, criminal or administrative) to which the Executive is or was a party, or threatened to be made a party, by reason of the Executive being or having been an officer, director, employee or consultant of the Company or serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise to the full extent required by the Company’s Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company and not prohibited by applicable law.  This Section 5 will survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

 

6.                                       Miscellaneous .

 

6.1                                Waiver .  The waiver of the breach of any provision of this Agreement will not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or other provision hereof.

 

6.2                                Notices .  All notices and other communications under this Agreement must be in writing and must be given by personal or courier delivery, facsimile or first class mail, certified or registered with return receipt requested, and will be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt if personally delivered or delivered by courier, on the date of transmission if transmitted by facsimile, or three business days after mailing if mailed, to the addresses of the Company and the Executive contained in the records of the Company at the time of such notice.  Any party may change such party’s address for notices by notice duly given pursuant to this Section 6.2.

 

6.3                                Headings .  The section headings used in this Agreement are intended for convenience of reference and will not by themselves determine the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

 

6.4                                Governing Law .  This Agreement is governed by and, to the extent a dispute arises hereunder, will be construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, excluding those laws that direct the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

 

7



 

6.5                                Survival of Obligations .  This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the executors, administrators, heirs, successors, and assigns of the parties; provided, however, that except as herein expressly provided, this Agreement will not be assignable either by the Company (except to an affiliate or successor of the Company) or by the Executive without the prior written consent of the other party.

 

6.6                                Counterparts and Facsimile Signatures .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.  This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signature (including signatures in Adobe PDF or similar format).

 

6.7                                Withholding .  All sums payable to the Executive hereunder will be reduced by all federal, state, local, and other withholdings and similar taxes and payments required by applicable law.

 

6.8                                Enforcement .  If any portion of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable, such portion will be adjusted, rather than voided, to achieve the intent

 

8



 

of the parties to the extent possible, and the remainder will be enforced to the maximum extent possible.

 

6.9                                Entire Agreement; Modifications .  Except as otherwise provided herein or in the exhibits hereto, this Agreement represents the entire understanding among the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, and this Agreement supersedes any and all prior and contemporaneous understandings, agreements, plans, and negotiations, whether written or oral, with respect to the subject matter hereof, including, without limitation, any understandings, agreements, or obligations respecting any past or future compensation, bonuses, reimbursements, or other payments to the Executive from the Company.  For clarity, this Agreement does not affect, alter, terminate or supersede any prior agreements related to grants of equity in Company, including grants of stock in Company and options to purchase stock in Company, except as, and to the extent, expressly provided herein.  All modifications to the Agreement must be in writing and signed by each of the parties hereto.

 

6.10                         Compliance with Section 409A .

 

(a)                                  Subject to this Section 6.10, any severance payments that may be due under this Agreement shall begin only upon the date of the Executive’s “separation from service” (determined as set forth below) which occurs on or after the termination of the Executive’s employment.  The following rules shall apply with respect to distribution of the severance payments, if any, to be provided to the Executive under this Agreement, as applicable:

 

(1)                                  It is intended that each installment of the severance payments under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate “payment” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code and the guidance issued thereunder (“ Section 409A ”).  Neither the Company nor the Executive shall have the right to accelerate or defer the delivery of any such payments except to the extent specifically permitted or required by Section 409A.

 

(2)                                  If, as of the date of the Executive’s “separation from service” from the Company, the Executive is not a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then each installment of the severance payments shall be made on the dates and terms set forth in this Agreement.

 

(3)                                  If, as of the date of the Executive’s “separation from service” from the Company, the Executive is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A”), then, except as otherwise permitted under Section 409A, any payments that would, absent this subsection, be paid within the six-month period following the Executive’s “separation from service” from the Company shall not be paid until the date that is six months and one day after such separation

 

9



 

from service (or, if earlier, the Executive’s death), with any such installments that are required to be delayed being accumulated during the six-month period and paid in a lump sum on the date that is six months and one day following the Executive’s separation from service and any subsequent installments, if any, being paid in accordance with the date and terms set forth herein.

 

(b)                                  The determination of whether and when the Executive’s “separation from service” from the Company has occurred shall be made in a manner consistent with, and based on the presumptions set forth in, Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).  Solely for purposes of this Section 6.10(b), “Company” shall include all persons with whom the Company would be considered a single employer under Section 414(b) and 414(c) of the Code.

 

(c)                                   All reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A to the extent such reimbursements or in-kind benefits are subject to Section 409A, including, where applicable, the requirements that (i) any reimbursement is for expenses incurred during the Executive’s lifetime (or during a shorter period of time specified in this Agreement), (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other calendar year, (iii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense will be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred, and (iv) the right to reimbursement is not subject to set off or liquidation or exchange for any other benefit.

 

(d)                                  The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Executive or to any other person if any of the provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, that section.

 

10



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

 

Company:

 

 

/s/ Philipp Lang

 

Date:

May 21, 2015

 

Philipp Lang, M.D.

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

ConforMIS, Inc.

 

28 Crosby Drive

 

Bedford, MA 01730

 

 

Executive:

 

 

/s/ Paul S. Weiner

 

Date:

May 21, 2015

 

Paul S. Weiner

 

 

 

Address:

 

11



 

EXHIBIT A

 

EMPLOYEE CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, INVENTIONS AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT

 

12


 

CONFORMIS, INC.

EMPLOYEE CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION,

INVENTIONS AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT

 

THIS EMPLOYEE CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, INVENTIONS AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) confirms the agreement between Paul S. Weiner (for purposes of this Agreement, the “ Employee ”) and ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ ConforMIS ”).  This Agreement is effective as of May 21, 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”).

 

WHEREAS, Employee and ConforMIS entered into an Employee Confidential Information, Inventions and Non-Competition Agreement having an effective date of March 24, 2014 (the “ Prior Agreement ””);

 

WHEREAS, ConforMIS and Employee have entered into an Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (the “ Employment Agreement ”), to which this Agreement is an exhibit and of which this Agreement is a material part; and

 

WHEREAS, the Parties intend that as of the Effective Date this Agreement shall supersede and replace the Prior Agreement, including any subsequent amendments thereto;

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration for the entering into of the Employment Agreement and the receipt by the Employee of certain compensation and benefits thereunder, and in further consideration of the Employee’s continued employment by ConforMIS, the Employee and ConforMIS hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Proprietary Information .  Employee understands that ConforMIS possesses and will possess Proprietary Information which is important to its business.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Proprietary Information ” means all forms and types of business, financial, marketing, operations, research and development, scientific, technical, economic, manufacturing and engineering information, whether tangible or intangible, that relates to “ConforMIS Business” (as defined herein) and other present or potential businesses, products or services of ConforMIS (including any person or entity directly or indirectly controlled by or controlling ConforMIS, or in which any of the aforesaid have at least a 50% beneficial interest), including without limitation, inventions and ideas (whether or not patentable, copyrightable, or subject to protection as trademark or trade name), trade secrets, original works, disclosures, processes, systems, methods, techniques, improvements, formulas, procedures, concepts, compositions, drawings, models, designs, prototypes, diagrams, flow charts, research, data, devices, machinery, instruments, materials, products, patterns, plans, compilations, programs, sequences, specifications, documentation, algorithms, software, computer programs, source code, object code, know-how, databases, trade names, intellectual property, clinical data and clinical observations, costs of production, price policy and price lists and similar financial data, marketing and sales data, promotional methods, business, financial and marketing plans, technology and product roadmaps, product integration plans, information on strategic partnership and alliances, licenses, customer lists and relationship information, supplier lists and relationship information, employee and consulting relationship information, accounting and financial data, any and all other proprietary information or information which is received in confidence by or for ConforMIS from any other person irrespective of the medium in which such information is memorialized or communicated.

 

2.                                       ConforMIS Materials .  Employee understands that ConforMIS possesses or will possess “ConforMIS Materials” which are important to its business.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ ConforMIS Materials ” are documents or other media or tangible items that contain or embody Proprietary Information or any other information concerning the business, operations or future/strategic plans of ConforMIS (including, without limitation, ConforMIS Business), whether such documents have been prepared by Employee or by others.  “ConforMIS Materials” also include, but are not limited to, laptops, cell phones, personal digital assistants (PDAs), blueprints, drawings, photographs, charts, graphs, notebooks, customer lists, computer files, disks, drives, tapes or printouts, sound recordings and other printed, typewritten or handwritten documents, as well as samples, prototypes, models, products and the like.  Any property situated on ConforMIS’ premises and owned by ConforMIS, including laptops,

 



 

notebooks, cell phones, PDAs, computer files, emails, disks, drives, and other storage media, filing cabinets or other work areas, are subject to inspection by ConforMIS personnel at any time with or without notice.

 

3.                                       Treatment of Proprietary Information and ConforMIS Property .

 

3.1                                Relationship .  Employee understands that Employee’s employment creates a relationship of confidence and trust between Employee and ConforMIS with respect to Proprietary Information.  Employee further understands that the unauthorized taking of ConforMIS’ Proprietary Information may result in a civil and/or criminal liability under applicable state or federal law, including without limitation an award for double the amount of ConforMIS’ damages and attorneys’ fees in the event of willful action.

 

3.2                                Obligations Regarding Proprietary Information .  All Proprietary Information and all title, patents, patent rights, copyrights, mask work rights, trade secret rights, and other intellectual property and rights (collectively “ Rights ”) in connection therewith are and will be the sole property of ConforMIS.  Employee hereby assigns to ConforMIS any Rights Employee may have or acquire in such Proprietary Information.  At all times, both during Employee’s employment by ConforMIS and after his/her termination by Employee or by ConforMIS for any or no reason, Employee will keep in confidence and trust and will not use or disclose, lecture upon, or publish any Proprietary Information without the prior written consent of an officer of ConforMIS except as may be necessary and appropriate in the ordinary course of performing Employee’s duties to ConforMIS.  Employee will obtain ConforMIS’ written approval before publishing or submitting for publication any material (written, verbal, or otherwise) that relates to ConforMIS and/or incorporates any Proprietary Information.  Proprietary Information may be considered technical data that is subject to compliance with the export control laws and regulations of the United States or other countries, and Employee will comply with such laws.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood that, at all such times, Employee is free to use information which is generally known in the trade or industry and which is rightfully received free of a confidentiality obligation, and nothing contained in this Agreement will prohibit Employee from disclosing to anyone the amount of Employee’s own compensation.

 

3.3                                Obligations Regarding ConforMIS Materials .  All ConforMIS Materials are and will remain the sole property of ConforMIS.  During Employee’s employment by ConforMIS, Employee will not remove any ConforMIS Materials from the business premises of ConforMIS or deliver any ConforMIS Materials to any person or entity outside ConforMIS, except as Employee is required to do in connection with performing the Employee’s duties to ConforMIS.  Immediately upon the termination of Employee’s employment by Employee or by ConforMIS for any or no reason, or during Employee’s employment if so requested by ConforMIS, Employee will return all ConforMIS Materials, apparatus, equipment and other physical property, or any reproduction of such property, excepting only (i) Employee’s personal copies of records relating to Employee’s compensation; (ii) Employee’s personal copies of any materials previously distributed generally to shareholders or stockholders of ConforMIS; and (iii) Employee’s copy of this Agreement.

 

3.4                                Third Party Information .  Employee recognizes that ConforMIS has received and in the future will receive from third parties their confidential or proprietary information, including but not limited to personally identifiable or health information, subject to a duty on ConforMIS’ part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and, in some cases, to use it only for certain limited purposes.  Employee owes ConforMIS and such third parties, both during the term of Employee’s employment and thereafter, a duty to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person, firm or corporation (except in a manner that is consistent with ConforMIS’ agreement with the third party or as otherwise required by law) or use it for the benefit of anyone other than ConforMIS or such third party (consistent with ConforMIS’ agreement with the third party).

 

4.                                       Employee Inventions and Works of Authorship .

 

4.1                                Ownership and Assignment .  All ConforMIS Inventions are the sole property of ConforMIS.  All ConforMIS Inventions shall be immediately assignable to ConforMIS, and, notwithstanding any other

 

2



 

documents evidencing assignment that may be executed, this Agreement shall operate to automatically and immediately assign any and all ConforMIS Inventions.  Employee hereby immediately assigns all current and future ConforMIS Inventions and all Rights in them to ConforMIS to the maximum extent allowed under applicable law.  To the extent this Agreement does not serve to immediately assign all ConforMIS Inventions for any reason, Employee agrees to assign and to otherwise execute such documents and instruments to effect the assignment of all such ConforMIS Inventions to ConforMIS immediately upon request of ConforMIS.  Employee agrees not to enter into any agreement, arrangement or understanding that assigns or purports to assign any ConforMIS Inventions to any third party, except as may be expressly requested by ConforMIS in writing.

 

For purposes of this agreement, ConforMIS Inventions ” means any and all Inventions (as defined below), solely excluding any Invention that: (A) is expressly excluded in Attachment A , or (B) (i) was developed entirely on Employee’s own time without using any of ConforMIS’ equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information; (ii) does not relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the Invention to ConforMIS Business (as defined below); and (iii) does not result from any work performed by the Employee for ConforMIS.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “ ConforMIS Business ” means ConforMIS’s business during any period of Employee’s employment by ConforMIS, including, without limitation, ConforMIS’s products and its actual or reasonably anticipated research and development projects, and further including without limitation, patient-specific, patient-matched and/or patient-engineered orthopedic implants, instruments and surgical procedures for the knee, hip and shoulder.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Inventions ” includes all improvements, inventions, designs, formulas, works of authorship, trade secrets, technology, computer programs, compositions, ideas, processes, techniques, know-how and data, whether or not patentable, made or conceived or reduced to practice or developed by Employee, either alone or jointly with others, during the term of Employee’s employment, including during any period of Employee’s employment prior to the Effective Date.

 

Employee hereby waives and quitclaims to ConforMIS any and all claims of any nature whatsoever which Employee now or may hereafter have for infringement of any proprietary rights assigned to ConforMIS.  Employee acknowledges that all original works of authorship which are made by Employee (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of employment and which are protectable by copyright are “works made for hire,” pursuant to United States Copyright Act (17 U.S.C., Section 101).

 

4.2                                Disclosure of Inventions .  Employee promptly will disclose in writing to Employee’s immediate supervisor, with a copy to the President of ConforMIS, or to any other persons designated by ConforMIS, all Inventions that are reasonably related to ConforMIS Business.  Employee also will disclose to the President of ConforMIS all things that would be Inventions if made during the term of Employee’s employment, but which were conceived, reduced to practice, or developed by Employee within six months after the termination of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS, unless Employee can demonstrate that the Invention had been conceived and first reduced to practice by Employee following the termination of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS and without use of any Proprietary Information or ConforMIS Materials.  Such disclosures will be received by ConforMIS in confidence (to the extent they are not assigned in this Section 4 and do not extend the assignment made in this Section 4).  Employee will not disclose Inventions to any person outside ConforMIS unless requested to do so by an officer of ConforMIS.  Employee will keep and maintain adequate and current records (in the form of notes, sketches, drawings and in any other form that may be required by ConforMIS) of all Proprietary Information developed by Employee and all Inventions made by Employee during the period of Employee’s employment at ConforMIS, which records will be available to and remain the sole property of ConforMIS at all times.

 

4.3                                Further Assurances .  Employee will perform, during and after Employee’s employment, all acts deemed necessary or desirable by ConforMIS to permit and assist it, at ConforMIS’ expense, in obtaining, maintaining, defending and enforcing Rights with respect to such Inventions and improvements in any and all countries.  Such acts may include, but are not limited to, execution of documents and assistance or cooperation in legal proceedings.  Employee will execute such declarations, assignments, or other

 

3



 

documents as may be necessary in the course of Invention evaluation, patent prosecution, or protection of patent or analogous property rights, to assure that title in such Inventions will be held by ConforMIS or by such other parties designated by ConforMIS as may be appropriate under the circumstances.  Employee irrevocably designates and appoints ConforMIS and its duly authorized officers and agents, as Employee’s agents and attorneys-in-fact to act for and on Employee’s behalf and instead of Employee, to execute and file any documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the above purposes with the same legal force and effect as if executed by Employee.

 

4.4                                Moral Rights .  Any assignment of copyright pursuant to this Agreement includes all rights of paternity, integrity, disclosure and withdrawal and any other rights that may be known as or referred to as “moral rights” (collectively, “ Moral Rights ”).  To the extent such Moral Rights cannot be assigned under applicable law and to the extent the following is allowed by the laws in the various countries where Moral Rights exist, Employee hereby waives such Moral Rights and consents to any such action of ConforMIS that would violate such Moral Rights in the absence of such consent.  Employee will confirm any such waivers and consents from time to time as requested by ConforMIS.

 

4.5                                Pre-Existing Inventions .  Employee has attached to this Agreement as Attachment A complete list of all existing inventions or improvements to which Employee claims ownership as of the date of this Agreement and that Employee desires to specifically clarify are not subject to this Agreement, and Employee acknowledges and agrees that such list is complete.  If disclosure of an item on Attachment A would cause Employee to violate any prior confidentiality agreement, Employee understands that Employee is not to list such in Attachment A but is to inform ConforMIS that all items have not been listed for that reason.  A space is provided on Attachment A for such purpose.  If no such list is attached to this Agreement, Employee represents that Employee has no such inventions and improvements at the time of signing this Agreement.   Employee will not improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former employers or other third parties, if any, and Employee will not bring onto the premises of ConforMIS any unpublished documents or any property belonging to any former employers or other third parties unless consented to in writing by such employers or such other third parties.  If, in the course of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS, Employee incorporates a prior Employee-owned invention into a ConforMIS product, process or machine, ConforMIS is hereby granted and shall have a nonexclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide license (with rights to sublicense through multiple tiers of sublicensees) to make, have made, modify, use and sell such prior invention for any and all purposes as ConforMIS determines in its sole discretion.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee agrees that Employee will not incorporate, or permit to be incorporated, prior inventions in any Inventions without ConforMIS’ prior written consent.

 

5.                                       Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation .

 

5.1                                Non-Competition During Employment .  Employee agrees that during the term of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS, Employee shall not engage in any employment, business, or activity that is in any way competitive with ConforMIS Business, and Employee will not assist or enable any other person or organization in competing with ConforMIS or in preparing to engage in competition with the ConforMIS Business, including, without limitation, the development, engineering, marketing, management, production, sale or distribution of “Competitive Products” (hereinafter defined).  The provisions of this section will apply both during normal working hours and at all other times including, but not limited to, nights, weekends and vacation time, while Employee is employed by ConforMIS.  Mere ownership of less than 1% of the outstanding voting shares of a public entity that may compete with ConforMIS shall not be deemed a violation of this Section 5.1.

 

5.2                                Non-Competition After Employment .  Employee agrees that during the Non-competition Period (hereinafter defined), Employee shall not directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of ConforMIS, either on Employee’s own behalf or on behalf of any third party, compete or assist or enable any third party to compete with ConforMIS in the development, engineering, marketing, management, production, sale or distribution of Competitive Products in the Territory (hereinafter defined).  “ Non-competition Period ” shall mean the one (1) year period commencing upon termination of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS (regardless of the reason or reasons for termination, and whether such

 

4



 

termination is voluntary or involuntary on Employee’s part); provided that the period shall be extended for so long as Employee violates the non-competition obligation set forth herein and for any period(s) of time required to resolve any dispute relating to such violation.  “ Competitive Products ” shall mean (a) partial or total knee replacement or resurfacing implants and (b) patient-specific orthopedic products and services that are manufactured using, or that employ, a medical image for the purpose of performing medical or surgical procedures on a knee joint and (c) other products that are directly competitive with any existing product of ConforMIS or any product that is in active research and development at ConforMIS at the time of Employee’s termination.  “ Territory ” shall mean anywhere in the world where ConforMIS does business, has done business or has plans to do business.

 

5.3                                Non-solicitation; Non-interference .  Employee agrees that during the term of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS and the Non-competition Period, Employee will not directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of ConforMIS, either on Employee’s own behalf or on behalf of any third party, (i) disrupt, damage, impair or interfere with the business of ConforMIS (including, without limitation, ConforMIS Business as defined herein) whether by way of interfering with or raiding ConforMIS’ directors, officers, employees, agents, consultants, vendors, suppliers, and partners with which ConforMIS does business, or in any manner attempting to persuade, solicit, recruit, encourage or induce any such persons to discontinue their relationship with ConforMIS, or (ii) solicit, service, accept orders from, or otherwise have business contact with any customer or potential customer of ConforMIS with whom Employee had any contact during the one year period preceding Employee’s termination of employment, if such contact could directly or indirectly divert business from or adversely affect the business of ConforMIS.  However, this obligation will not affect any responsibility Employee may have as an employee of ConforMIS with respect to the bona fide hiring and firing of ConforMIS personnel.

 

5.4                                Acknowledgement.   Employee understands and recognizes that (i) during and as a result of Employee’s employment by ConforMIS, Employee will acquire experience, skills and knowledge related to ConforMIS’ business (including, without limitation, ConforMIS Business as defined herein) and will become familiar with ConforMIS’ Proprietary Information; (ii) his/her working for a competitor of ConforMIS would lead to the inevitable disclosure of ConforMIS’ Proprietary Information; (iii) the goodwill to which Employee may be exposed in the course of employment belongs exclusively to ConforMIS; (iv) in the course of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS, customers and others may come to recognize and associate Employee with ConforMIS, its products and services, and that Employee will thereby benefit from ConforMIS’ goodwill; and (v) if Employee were to engage in competition with ConforMIS, directly or indirectly, Employee would thereby usurp ConforMIS’ goodwill.

 

5.5                                Reasonableness.   Employee acknowledges and agrees that because of the nature of ConforMIS’ products, services and customers, because of Employee’s position with ConforMIS and because of the scope of ConforMIS’ business, the restrictions contained in this Section 5 are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the business and goodwill of ConforMIS.  If at any time the provisions of this Section 5 shall be deemed invalid or unenforceable or are prohibited by the laws of the jurisdiction where they are to be performed or enforced, by reason of being vague or overbroad in any manner, or for any other reason, such provisions shall be considered divisible and shall become and be immediately amended to include only such restrictions and to such extent as shall be deemed to be reasonable and enforceable by the court or other body having jurisdiction over this Agreement; and ConforMIS and Employee agree that the provisions of this Section 5, as so amended, shall be valid and binding as though any invalid or unenforceable provision had not been included herein.

 

6.                                       No Conflict with Other Agreements .   Employee represents and warrants that (a) the performance of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS and all the terms of this Agreement will not breach or conflict with any other agreement to which Employee is a party, including without limitation, any confidentiality agreement, nondisclosure agreement, non-competition and/or non-solicitation agreement, employment agreement, proprietary rights agreement or the like, (b) Employee will abide by all such agreements to the extent required by law, (c) Employee has delivered to ConforMIS a copy of all such agreements that may bear on Employee’s employment with ConforMIS, and (d) Employee has not entered into, and will not enter into, any agreement either written or oral in conflict herewith or in conflict with Employee’s employment with ConforMIS.  If Employee is requested to perform any task on behalf of

 

5



 

ConforMIS that would violate any outstanding obligations of any kind that Employee has to any of Employee’s prior employers or third parties, Employee shall contact ConforMIS’ human resources or legal departments as soon as possible to resolve the issue.

 

7.                                       Termination of Employment Pursuant to Agreement or At Will .  This Agreement is not a contract guaranteeing employment of a specified length, and ConforMIS has the right to terminate Employee’s employment in accordance with the terms of the  Employment Agreement in effect and signed by both parties to this Agreement or, if none, at will for any reason consistent with applicable law.

 

8.                                       Termination Certificate .  Upon termination of Employee’s employment by Employee or by ConforMIS for any or no reason, Employee will execute and deliver to ConforMIS a termination certificate substantially in the form attached to this Agreement as Attachment B .

 

9.                                       Limitation of Application; Independent Agreement .  Employee acknowledges that (a) this Agreement does not purport to set forth all of the terms and conditions of Employee’s employment and, as an employee of ConforMIS, Employee has obligations to ConforMIS which are not set forth in this Agreement, (b) this Agreement is a separate binding obligation independent of Employee’s employment or continued employment by ConforMIS and (c) any breach or alleged breach by ConforMIS of any obligation to Employee of any nature shall not affect in any manner the binding nature of Employee’s obligations under this Agreement and Employee WAIVES any defense based on any alleged material breach by ConforMIS of any of its obligations to Employee in regard to any claim against Employee alleging breach of this Agreement.

 

10.                                Survival; Forwarding of Agreement .  This Agreement shall survive any and all changes in terms and conditions of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS and any break in Employee’s service or employment with ConforMIS.  All of the provisions of this Agreement will continue in effect after termination of Employee’s employment, regardless of the reason or reasons for termination, and whether such termination is voluntary or involuntary on Employee’s part.  Employee will notify any future client, employer or potential employer or client of Employee’s obligations under this Agreement.  ConforMIS is entitled to communicate Employee’s obligations under this Agreement to any future employer or potential employer.

 

11.                                Equitable Relief .  ConforMIS has expended substantial efforts to maintain the confidentiality and proprietary nature of the information described in this Agreement and would be materially and irreparably injured by an unauthorized disclosure of any of that information.  Any breach of this Agreement will result in irreparable and continuing damage to ConforMIS for which there can be no adequate remedy at law, and in the event of any such breach, ConforMIS will be entitled to immediate injunctive relief and other equitable remedies (without any need to post any bond or other security) in addition to such other and further relief as may be proper.

 

12.                                Disputes .  Any dispute in the meaning, effect or validity of this Agreement will be resolved in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to its conflict of laws provisions.  The exclusive venue for any disputes relating to this Agreement will be a court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (or, if appropriate, a federal court located in Massachusetts).  The non-prevailing party in any dispute will pay the prevailing party’s attorneys’ fees and costs relating to such dispute.

 

13.                                Severability .  If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be illegal or unenforceable under applicable law, such illegal or unenforceable portion(s) will be revised to make them legal and enforceable.  The remainder of this Agreement will otherwise remain in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

14.                                Assignment; Binding Nature .  ConforMIS may assign this Agreement, or any rights or obligations herein, in connection with the transfer or sale of all or substantially all of its assets or stock, without any consent of, or notice to, Employee to be effective.  This Agreement will be binding upon

 

6



 

Employee, Employee’s heirs, executors, assigns, and administrators and will inure to the benefit of ConforMIS, its subsidiaries, successors and assigns.

 

15.                                Entire Agreement; Modification in Writing .  This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, terms and conditions, whether written or oral, made by the parties hereto concerning the specific subject matter of this Agreement.  This Agreement can only be modified by a subsequent written agreement executed by the Employee and an executive officer of ConforMIS.

 

16.                                Acknowledgement .  Employee acknowledges that this Agreement is a condition of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS, and that Employee has had a full and adequate opportunity to read, understand and discuss with Employee’s advisors, including legal counsel, the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement prior to signing hereunder.

 

I HAVE READ THIS AGREEMENT CAREFULLY AND UNDERSTAND AND ACCEPT THE OBLIGATIONS WHICH IT IMPOSES UPON ME WITHOUT RESERVATION.  NO PROMISES OR REPRESENTATIONS HAVE BEEN MADE TO ME TO INDUCE ME TO SIGN THIS AGREEMENT.  I SIGN THIS AGREEMENT VOLUNTARILY AND FREELY, IN DUPLICATE, WITH THE UNDERSTANDING THAT ONE ORIGINAL COUNTERPART WILL BE RETAINED BY CONFORMIS AND THE OTHER ORIGINAL COUNTERPART WILL BE RETAINED BY ME.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I HAVE EXECUTED THIS EMPLOYEE CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, INVENTIONS AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT AS OF MAY 21, 2015.

 

 

/s/ Paul S. Weiner

 

Employee’s Signature

 

 

 

Paul S. Weiner

 

Type/Print Employee’s Name

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fax Number:

 

 

 

E-mail:

 

RECEIPT ACKNOWLEDGED:

 

CONFORMIS, INC.

 

By:

/s/ Philipp Lang

 

 

 

 

Name:

Philipp Lang

 

 

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

7



 

ATTACHMENT A

 

ConforMIS, Inc.
a Delaware corporation

 

1.                                       The following is a complete list of inventions or improvements relevant to the subject matter of my employment by ConforMIS that have been made or conceived or first reduced to practice by me alone or jointly with others prior to my employment by ConforMIS that I desire to clarify are excluded from and are not subject to ConforMIS’ Employee Confidential Information, Inventions and Non-Competition Agreement:

 

o      No inventions or improvements

 

o      See below:

 

o      Additional sheets attached

 

o     Due to confidentiality agreements with a prior employer, I cannot disclose certain inventions that would otherwise be included on the above list.

 

2.                                       The following Inventions are excluded from the definition of ConforMIS Inventions pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement:

 

None.

 

3.                                       I propose to bring to my employment the following materials and documents of a former employer, which employer has expressly consented to my continued possession and use:

 

o      No materials or documents

 

o      See below:

 

 

 

 

Employee’s Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Type/Print Employee’s Name

 

 

(Note: Legal review is required for any change to the form of this Attachment or checking any option other than “No inventions or improvements” in Section 1 or “No materials or documents” in Section 3.)

 



 

ATTACHMENT B

 

TERMINATION CERTIFICATE

 

I hereby certify that I do not have in my possession, nor have I failed to return, any devices, records, data, notes, reports, proposals, lists, correspondence, specifications, drawings, blueprints, blue/redlines, sketches, materials, equipment, other documents or property, or reproductions of any aforementioned items belonging to ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns (together, “ ConforMIS ”).

 

I further certify that I have complied with all the terms of the ConforMIS Employee Confidential Information, Inventions and Non-Competition Agreement signed by me, including the reporting of any “Inventions” (as defined therein) and original works or authorship, conceived or made by me (solely or jointly with others) covered by that agreement.

 

I further agree that, in compliance with the Employee Confidential Information, Inventions and Non-Competition Agreement, I will continue to preserve as confidential all “Proprietary Information” (as defined therein).

 

 

 

 

 

Employee’s Signature

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Type/Print Employee’s Name

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.16

 

CONFORMIS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of May 21, 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Daniel Steines, an individual (the “ Executive ”).  As of the Effective Date, this Agreement amends, restates and supersedes all prior agreements, written and oral, with Executive related to Executive’s employment with the Company, including the original written employment agreement dated August 15, 2008 and the original Employee Confidentiality, Inventions Assignment and Non-Competition Agreement, and any written or oral amendments to those agreements.

 

BACKGROUND

 

A.                                     The Company has retained the services of the Executive as a member of the senior management of the Company effective as of February 15, 2001, and desires to continue to retain Executive in that role.  The Company also desires to provide employment security to the Executive, thereby inducing the Executive to continue employment with the Company and enhancing the Executive’s ability to perform effectively.

 

B.                                     The Executive desires to be employed by the Company on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.                                       Title, Duties and Responsibilities .

 

1.1                                Title .  The Company will employ the Executive as its Chief Technology Officer.

 

1.2                                Duties .  The Executive will devote all of the Executive’s business time, energy, and skill to the affairs of the Company; provided, however, that reasonable time for personal business as well as charitable and professional activities will be permitted, including, with the prior written approval of the Company, serving as a board member of non-competing companies and charitable organizations, so long as such activities do not materially interfere with the Executive’s performance of services under this Agreement.  The Executive will perform services at the head offices of the Company, which are currently located in Bedford, Massachusetts, unless otherwise agreed by the Company and the Executive in writing.  However, the Executive will travel as may be reasonably necessary to fulfill the responsibilities of Executive’s role.

 

1.3                                Performance of Duties .  The Executive will discharge the duties described herein in a diligent and professional manner.  The Executive will observe and comply at all times with the lawful directives of the Company’s Board of Directors (and its designees, including without limitation the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer) (the “ Board ”) regarding the Executive’s performance of the Executive’s duties and with the Company’s business policies, rules and regulations as adopted from time to time by the

 



 

Company.  The Executive will carry out and perform any and all reasonable and lawful orders, directions, and policies as may be stated by Company from time to time, either orally or in writing.

 

2.                                       Terms of Employment .

 

2.1                                Definitions .  For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

(a)                                  Accrued Compensation ” means any accrued Base Salary, any commissions or similar payments earned by the Executive prior to the date of termination, any Bonus earned by the Executive and approved by the Board prior to the date of termination, any accrued vacation pay, and any amounts for reimbursement of any appropriate business expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder, all to the extent unpaid on the date of termination.  The Executive’s entitlement to any other compensation or benefit under any plan of the Company shall be governed by and determined in accordance with the terms of such plans, except as otherwise specified in this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Base Salary ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 hereof.

 

(c)                                   Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any one of the following: (i) any “person”, as such term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”) (other than the Company, a subsidiary, an affiliate, or a Company employee benefit plan, including any trustee of such plan acting as trustee) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or (ii) a sale of assets involving 75% or more of the fair market value of the assets of the Company as determined in good faith by the Board; or (iii) any merger, reorganization or other transaction of the Company whether or not another entity is the survivor, pursuant to which holders of all the shares of capital stock of the Company outstanding prior to the transaction hold, as a group, less than 50% of the shares of capital stock of the Company outstanding after the transaction; provided, however, that neither (A) a merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company in which the holders of all the shares of capital stock of the Company immediately prior to the merger hold the voting power of the surviving entity following the merger in the same relative amounts with substantially the same rights, preferences and privileges, nor (B) a transaction the primary purpose of which is to raise capital for the Company, will constitute a Change of Control.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any payments or benefits hereunder or pursuant to any other agreement between the Company and the Executive, in either case that are subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), the Change of Control must constitute a “change in control event” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(i).

 

(d)                                  Change of Control Period ” means the period of time beginning three (3) months immediately preceding any Change of Control and ending twelve (12) months immediately following such Change of Control.

 

2



 

(e)                                   Death Termination ” means termination of the Executive’s employment because of the death of the Executive.

 

(f)                                    Disability Termination ” means termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment by reason of the Executive’s incapacitation due to disability.  The Executive will be deemed to be incapacitated due to disability if at the end of any month the Executive is unable to perform substantially all of the Executive’s duties under this Agreement in the normal and regular manner due to illness, injury or mental or physical incapacity, and has been unable so to perform for either (i) three consecutive full calendar months then ending, or (ii) 90 or more of the normal working days during the 12 consecutive full calendar months then ending.  Nothing in this paragraph alters the Company’s obligations under applicable law, which may, in certain circumstances, result in the suspension or alteration of the foregoing time periods.

 

(g)                                   Qualifying Termination ” means a termination that is a Termination for Good Reason by the Executive and/or a Termination Other Than for Cause by the Company.

 

(h)                                  Severance Period ” means the period following the date of a Qualifying Termination, Death Termination, or Disability Termination, as the case may be, that is equal to: (i) one year, in the event of a Qualifying Termination that occurs during a Change of Control Period; and (ii) six months, in all other cases.

 

(i)                                      Termination for Cause ” means termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment, pursuant to a reasonable good faith determination by the Company, by reason of (i) the Executive’s dishonesty or fraud, gross negligence in the performance of the Executive’s duties and responsibilities, deliberate violation of a Company policy, or refusal to comply in any material respect with the legal directives of the Board or Chief Executive Officer so long as such directives are not inconsistent with the Executive’s position and duties as described herein; (ii) conduct by the Executive that materially discredits the Company, intentional engagement by the Executive in acts materially detrimental to the Company’s operations or business, persistent or habitual negligence in the performance of the Executive’s duties and responsibilities, or the Executive’s conviction of a felony involving moral turpitude; (iii) the Executive’s incurable material breach of the terms of this Agreement, the Employee Confidential Information, Inventions and Non-Competition Agreement or any other material agreement between the Executive and the Company; or (iv) unauthorized use or disclosure by the Executive of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or any other party to whom the Executive owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of the Executive’s position with the Company.

 

(j)                                     Termination for Good Reason ” means a Voluntary Termination by the Executive following the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) a material reduction or alteration in the Executive’s job responsibilities or title without the consent of the Executive, provided that, following a Change of Control, neither a change in job title nor a reassignment to a new position will constitute a material reduction in job responsibilities, provided further that the new position is substantially similar in scope and substance to the position held prior to the Change of Control and the new job title reasonably reflects such scope and substance;

 

3



 

(ii) relocation by the Company or a subsidiary, parent or affiliate, as appropriate, of the Executive’s work site to a facility or location more than 40 miles from Boston, Massachusetts without the Executive’s consent; (iii) a material reduction in Executive’s then-current base salary without the Executive’s consent, provided that an across-the-board reduction in the salary level of all other employees or consultants in positions similar to the Executive’s by the same percentage amount as part of a general salary level reduction will not constitute such a salary reduction; or (iv) a material breach by the Company of this Agreement; provided, however, that no such event or condition shall constitute Good Reason unless (x) the Executive gives the Company a written notice of Termination for Good Reason not more than 30 days after the initial existence of the condition, (y) the grounds for termination (if susceptible to correction) are not corrected by the Company within 60 days of its receipt of such notice and (z) the Executive’s Voluntary Termination occurs within one year following the Company’s receipt of such notice.

 

(k)                                  Termination Other Than For Cause ” means termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason other than as specified in Sections 2.1(e), (f), (i) or (l) hereof.

 

(l)                                      Voluntary Termination ” means termination of the Executive’s employment by the voluntary action of the Executive other than by reason of a Disability Termination or a Death Termination.

 

2.2                                Employee at Will .  The Executive is an “at will” employee of the Company, and the Executive’s employment may be terminated at any time upon a Termination for Cause or a Termination Other than for Cause by the giving of written notice thereof to the Executive, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

2.3                                Termination for Cause .  Upon Termination for Cause, the Company will pay the Executive all Accrued Compensation, if any.

 

2.4                                Terminations for Good Reason or Other than for Cause .  Upon a Qualifying Termination, the Company will pay the Executive all Accrued Compensation, if any, and for the duration of the Severance Period, the Company will: (1) continue to pay the Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect at the time of such Qualifying Termination, payable on the Company’s normal payroll schedule, beginning on the Company’s first regular payroll date that occurs on or after the 30 th  day following the date of the Qualifying Termination, provided that the Release (as defined below) has been executed and any applicable revocation period has expired as of such date; and (2) provide Executive with continuation of the Executive’s coverage in effect at the time of such Qualifying Termination under the Company’s group health insurance plans (to the extent allowed under, and subject to the conditions of, the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (COBRA)), provided that such coverage may be discontinued if the Release (as defined below) has not been executed within 30 days following such Qualifying Termination or if such release is revoked for any reason, including during any applicable revocation period.  The Company shall pay any Bonus due pursuant to a Qualifying Termination under this Agreement in a lump sum on the 30 th  day following the date of the Qualifying Termination.  In addition, to the extent the Company has previously paid the Executive any Bonus in the form of a stock option as provided in Section 3.3 that is not fully vested as of the date of the Qualifying Termination, such stock option shall vest with respect to an additional number of shares equal to that number of shares that would have become vested shares had the Executive continued to

 

4



 

provide service as an employee of the Company following such termination for an additional period equal to the Severance Period. The Executive’s rights to any compensations or other benefits following a Qualifying Termination, other than Accrued Compensation, are subject to: (1) the execution by Executive of a  separation and release agreement in a form to be provided by the Company (the “ Release ”), including a release of any and all claims against the Company (including, without limitation, its subsidiaries, other affiliates, directors, officers, employees, agents and representatives) related in any way to the Executive’s employment with the Company, such Release to be executed following the Executive’s separation from service with the Company; (2) the expiration of any revocation period provided pursuant to any applicable laws; and (3) Executive’s continued compliance with the ongoing terms of Executive’s Confidentiality, Inventions Assignment and Non-Competition Agreement.

 

2.5                                Disability Termination .  The Company may effect a Disability Termination by giving written notice thereof to the Executive.  Upon Disability Termination, the Company will pay the Executive all Accrued Compensation, if any.  In addition, to the extent the Company has previously paid the Executive any Bonus in the form of a stock option as provided in Section 3.3 that is not fully vested as of the date of the Disability Termination, such stock option shall vest with respect to an additional number of shares equal to that number of shares that would have become vested shares had the Executive continued to provide service as an employee of the Company following such termination for an additional period equal to the Severance Period.

 

2.6                                Death Termination .  Upon a Death Termination, the Executive’s employment will be deemed to have terminated as of the last day of the month during which his death occurs, and the Company will promptly pay to the Executive’s estate Accrued Compensation, if any, and a lump sum amount equal to the Executive’s Base Salary otherwise payable for the Severance Period at the rate in effect at the time of Death Termination.  In addition, to the extent the Company has previously paid the Executive any Bonus in the form of a stock option as provided in Section 3.3 that is not fully vested as of the date of the Qualifying Termination, such stock option shall vest with respect to an additional number of shares equal to that number of shares that would have become vested shares had the Executive continued to provide service as an employee of the Company following such termination for an additional period equal to the Severance Period.

 

2.7                                Voluntary Termination .  The Executive may effect a Voluntary Termination by giving at least 30 days advance written notice to the Company.  During such period, the Executive will continue to receive regularly scheduled Base Salary payments and coverage under the Company’s benefit plans in which the Executive is a participant (to the extent allowed under any applicable benefit plans), provided, however, that the Company shall have the right to accelerate the effective date of the Voluntary Termination to any earlier date during such period and pay to the Executive any regularly scheduled Base Salary payments for such period in a lump sum on the date of termination.  Following the effective date of a Voluntary Termination, the Company will pay the Executive all Accrued Compensation, if any.

 

5



 

3.                                       Compensation and Benefits .

 

3.1                                Base Salary .  As payment for the services to be rendered by the Executive as provided in Section 1 and subject to the provisions of Section 2 of this Agreement, the Company will pay the Executive a “Base Salary” at the rate of $290,000 per year, payable on the Company’s normal payroll schedule.  The Executive’s “Base Salary” may be increased in accordance with the provisions hereof or as otherwise determined from time to time by the Board.

 

3.2                                Additional Benefits .

 

(a)                                  Benefit Plans .  The Executive will be eligible to participate in such of the Company’s benefit plans as are now generally available or later made generally available to senior officers of the Company, including, without limitation, medical, dental, life, and disability insurance plans.

 

(b)                                  Expense Reimbursement .  The Company agrees to reimburse the Executive for all reasonable, ordinary and necessary travel and entertainment expenses incurred by the Executive in conjunction with the Executive’s services to the Company consistent with the Company’s standard reimbursement policies, subject to Section 6.11(c).  The Company will pay travel costs incurred by the Executive in conjunction with the Executive’s services to the Company consistent with the Company’s standard travel policies.

 

(c)                                   Paid Time Off .  The Executive will be entitled, without loss of compensation, to the amount of Paid Time Off (“PTO”) per year generally available or later made generally available to senior officers of the Company, but in any event not less than five (5) weeks (200 hours) during each calendar year, prorated from the Effective Date.  Unused PTO may be accrued by the Executive pursuant to the Company’s standard PTO policies.

 

3.3                                Bonus .  The Executive will be eligible annually to receive a discretionary year-end bonus, payable in the form of cash, an option to purchase common stock of the Company, or other form determined by the Board (the “ Bonus ”).  The Bonus will be awarded at the discretion of the Board and may be subject to terms (including, without limitation, incentive targets, goals and/or milestones) as set by the Board and/or Chief Executive Officer. Any Bonus in the form of an option to purchase Company’s Common Stock will be granted at the then fair market value of such shares pursuant to the Company’s standard form of notice of stock option grant under the Company’s 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan or any successor plan(s).  The Executive acknowledges that the Company may pay Bonuses in the form of stock, stock options or other non-cash compensation in lieu of cash, and that entitlement to Bonuses and the form thereof (i.e., cash or otherwise) is in the sole discretion of the Board.  The Executive must be employed by the Company on the date the Bonus is approved by the Board in order to be eligible to receive such Bonus.

 

3.4                                Options to Purchase Common Stock .

 

(a)                                  Acceleration of Vesting upon a Change of Control .  Upon the occurrence of Qualifying Termination during any Change of Control Period, any outstanding equity awards held by the Executive will become fully vested and exercisable or free from

 

6



 

forfeiture or transfer restrictions as of the effective date of the Qualifying Termination (provided that if such Qualifying Termination precedes the Change of Control, such accelerated vesting shall occur on the effective date of the Change of Control).

 

4.                                       Proprietary Information .  The Executive will as of the Effective Date execute and deliver to the Company the Employee Confidential Information, Inventions and Non-Competition Agreement attached as Exhibit A hereto.

 

5.                                       Indemnification .  The Company will indemnify and hold harmless the Executive in respect of any liability, damage, amount paid in settlement, cost or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with any threatened, pending or completed claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation (whether civil, criminal or administrative) to which the Executive is or was a party, or threatened to be made a party, by reason of the Executive being or having been an officer, director, employee or consultant of the Company or serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise to the full extent required by the Company’s Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company and not prohibited by applicable law.  This Section 5 will survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

 

6.                                       Miscellaneous .

 

6.1                                Waiver .  The waiver of the breach of any provision of this Agreement will not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or other provision hereof.

 

6.2                                Notices .  All notices and other communications under this Agreement must be in writing and must be given by personal or courier delivery, facsimile or first class mail, certified or registered with return receipt requested, and will be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt if personally delivered or delivered by courier, on the date of transmission if transmitted by facsimile, or three business days after mailing if mailed, to the addresses of the Company and the Executive contained in the records of the Company at the time of such notice.  Any party may change such party’s address for notices by notice duly given pursuant to this Section 6.2.

 

6.3                                Headings .  The section headings used in this Agreement are intended for convenience of reference and will not by themselves determine the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

 

6.4                                Governing Law .  This Agreement is governed by and, to the extent a dispute arises hereunder, will be construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, excluding those laws that direct the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

 

6.5                                Arbitration .  Any controversy or claim arising out of, or relating to, the Executive’s employment with the Company, this Agreement, or the breach of this Agreement (except any controversy or claim arising out of, or relating to, Exhibit A or the breach of Exhibit A) will be settled by arbitration by, and in accordance with the applicable National Rules for the

 

7



 

Resolution of Employment Disputes, of the American Arbitration Association and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction; provided, however, that nothing in this Section requires the arbitration of disputes or claims for a temporary restraining order or preliminary injunction in cases in which such temporary equitable relief would be otherwise authorized by law.  For clarification, but not limitation, the Executive agrees to arbitrate: (i) any claims of unlawful discrimination, harassment, or retaliation under federal, state, or local laws or regulations; (ii) any claim for unpaid or late payment of wages, reimbursement of expenses, or any violation of federal, state, or local wage and hour laws or regulations; (iii) any whistleblower claim or claim alleging unfair business practices under any federal, state or local law; and (iv) any claim arising out of any and all common law claims, including, but not limited to, actions in contract, express or implied (including any claim relating to the interpretation, existence, validity, scope or enforceability of this arbitration provision), estoppel, tort, emotional distress, invasion of privacy, or defamation.  The Company shall pay any filing fee and the fees and costs of the Arbitrator(s); provided, however, that if the Executive is the party initiating the arbitration, the Executive will pay an amount equivalent to the filing fee that the Executive would have paid to file a civil action or initiate a claim in the court of general jurisdiction in the state in which the Executive performed services for the Company.  Each party shall pay for its own costs and attorneys’ fees, if any; provided, however, that if either party prevails on a statutory claim which affords the prevailing party attorneys’ fees and costs, the Arbitrator(s) may award reasonable attorneys’ fees and/or costs to such prevailing party, applying the same standards a court would apply under the law applicable to the claim(s).  Arbitration hearings will be held in Middlesex County, Massachusetts.  Both parties expressly waive any right that any party either has or may have to a jury trial of any dispute subject to arbitration under this provision.  Except as otherwise required under applicable law, (1) both parties agree that neither will assert class action or representative action claims against the other, whether in arbitration or otherwise, which actions are hereby waived; and (2) each party shall only submit their own, individual claims in arbitration and will not seek to represent the interests of any other person.

 

6.6                                Survival of Obligations .  This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the executors, administrators, heirs, successors, and assigns of the parties; provided, however, that except as herein expressly provided, this Agreement will not be assignable either by the Company (except to an affiliate or successor of the Company) or by the Executive without the prior written consent of the other party.

 

6.7                                Counterparts and Facsimile Signatures .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.  This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signature (including signatures in Adobe PDF or similar format).

 

6.8                                Withholding .  All sums payable to the Executive hereunder will be reduced by all federal, state, local, and other withholdings and similar taxes and payments required by applicable law.

 

6.9                                Enforcement .  If any portion of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable, such portion will be adjusted, rather than voided, to achieve the intent

 

8



 

of the parties to the extent possible, and the remainder will be enforced to the maximum extent possible.

 

6.10                         Entire Agreement; Modifications .  Except as otherwise provided herein or in the exhibits hereto, this Agreement represents the entire understanding among the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, and this Agreement supersedes any and all prior and contemporaneous understandings, agreements, plans, and negotiations, whether written or oral, with respect to the subject matter hereof, including, without limitation, any understandings, agreements, or obligations respecting any past or future compensation, bonuses, reimbursements, or other payments to the Executive from the Company.  For clarity, this Agreement does not affect, alter, terminate or supersede any prior agreements related to grants of equity in Company, including grants of stock in Company and options to purchase stock in Company, except as, and to the extent, expressly provided herein.  All modifications to the Agreement must be in writing and signed by each of the parties hereto.

 

6.11                         Compliance with Section 409A .

 

(a)                                  Subject to this Section 6.11, any severance payments that may be due under this Agreement shall begin only upon the date of the Executive’s “separation from service” (determined as set forth below) which occurs on or after the termination of the Executive’s employment.  The following rules shall apply with respect to distribution of the severance payments, if any, to be provided to the Executive under this Agreement, as applicable:

 

(1)                                  It is intended that each installment of the severance payments under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate “payment” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code and the guidance issued thereunder (“ Section 409A ”).  Neither the Company nor the Executive shall have the right to accelerate or defer the delivery of any such payments except to the extent specifically permitted or required by Section 409A.

 

(2)                                  If, as of the date of the Executive’s “separation from service” from the Company, the Executive is not a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then each installment of the severance payments shall be made on the dates and terms set forth in this Agreement.

 

(3)                                  If, as of the date of the Executive’s “separation from service” from the Company, the Executive is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A”), then, except as otherwise permitted under Section 409A, any payments that would, absent this subsection, be paid within the six-month period following the Executive’s “separation from service” from the Company shall not be paid until the date that is six months and one day after such separation

 

9



 

from service (or, if earlier, the Executive’s death), with any such installments that are required to be delayed being accumulated during the six-month period and paid in a lump sum on the date that is six months and one day following the Executive’s separation from service and any subsequent installments, if any, being paid in accordance with the date and terms set forth herein.

 

(b)                                  The determination of whether and when the Executive’s “separation from service” from the Company has occurred shall be made in a manner consistent with, and based on the presumptions set forth in, Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).  Solely for purposes of this Section 6.11(b), “Company” shall include all persons with whom the Company would be considered a single employer under Section 414(b) and 414(c) of the Code.

 

(c)                                   All reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A to the extent such reimbursements or in-kind benefits are subject to Section 409A, including, where applicable, the requirements that (i) any reimbursement is for expenses incurred during the Executive’s lifetime (or during a shorter period of time specified in this Agreement), (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other calendar year, (iii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense will be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred, and (iv) the right to reimbursement is not subject to set off or liquidation or exchange for any other benefit.

 

(d)                                  The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Executive or to any other person if any of the provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, that section.

 

10



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

 

Company:

 

 

/s/ Philipp Lang

 

Date:

May 21, 2015

 

Philipp Lang, M.D.

 

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

ConforMIS, Inc.

 

 

 

 

28 Crosby Drive

 

 

 

 

Bedford, MA 01730

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executive:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Daniel Steines

 

Date:

May 21, 2015

 

Daniel Steines

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

11



 

EXHIBIT A

 

EMPLOYEE CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, INVENTIONS AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT

 

12


 

CONFORMIS, INC.

EMPLOYEE CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION,

INVENTIONS AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT

 

THIS EMPLOYEE CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, INVENTIONS AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) confirms the agreement between Daniel Steines (for purposes of this Agreement, the “ Employee ”) and ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ ConforMIS ”).  This Agreement is effective as of May 21, 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”).

 

WHEREAS, Employee and ConforMIS entered into an Employee Confidential Information and Inventions Agreement having an effective date of February 15, 2001 (the “ Prior Agreement ”“);

 

WHEREAS, ConforMIS and Employee have entered into an Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (the “ Employment Agreement ”), to which this Agreement is an exhibit and of which this Agreement is a material part; and

 

WHEREAS, the Parties intend that as of the Effective Date this Agreement shall supersede and replace the Prior Agreement, including any subsequent amendments thereto;

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration for the entering into of the Employment Agreement and the receipt by the Employee of certain compensation and benefits thereunder, and in further consideration of the Employee’s continued employment by ConforMIS, the Employee and ConforMIS hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Proprietary Information .  Employee understands that ConforMIS possesses and will possess Proprietary Information which is important to its business.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Proprietary Information ” means all forms and types of business, financial, marketing, operations, research and development, scientific, technical, economic, manufacturing and engineering information, whether tangible or intangible, that relates to “ConforMIS Business” (as defined herein) and other present or potential businesses, products or services of ConforMIS (including any person or entity directly or indirectly controlled by or controlling ConforMIS, or in which any of the aforesaid have at least a 50% beneficial interest), including without limitation, inventions and ideas (whether or not patentable, copyrightable, or subject to protection as trademark or trade name), trade secrets, original works, disclosures, processes, systems, methods, techniques, improvements, formulas, procedures, concepts, compositions, drawings, models, designs, prototypes, diagrams, flow charts, research, data, devices, machinery, instruments, materials, products, patterns, plans, compilations, programs, sequences, specifications, documentation, algorithms, software, computer programs, source code, object code, know-how, databases, trade names, intellectual property, clinical data and clinical observations, costs of production, price policy and price lists and similar financial data, marketing and sales data, promotional methods, business, financial and marketing plans, technology and product roadmaps, product integration plans, information on strategic partnership and alliances, licenses, customer lists and relationship information, supplier lists and relationship information, employee and consulting relationship information, accounting and financial data, any and all other proprietary information or information which is received in confidence by or for ConforMIS from any other person irrespective of the medium in which such information is memorialized or communicated.

 

2.                                       ConforMIS Materials .  Employee understands that ConforMIS possesses or will possess “ConforMIS Materials” which are important to its business.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ ConforMIS Materials ” are documents or other media or tangible items that contain or embody Proprietary Information or any other information concerning the business, operations or future/strategic plans of ConforMIS (including, without limitation, ConforMIS Business), whether such documents have been prepared by Employee or by others.  “ConforMIS Materials” also include, but are not limited to, laptops, cell phones, personal digital assistants (PDAs), blueprints, drawings, photographs, charts, graphs, notebooks, customer lists, computer files, disks, drives, tapes or printouts, sound recordings and other printed, typewritten or handwritten documents, as well as samples, prototypes, models, products and the like.  Any property situated on ConforMIS’ premises and owned by ConforMIS, including laptops,

 



 

notebooks, cell phones, PDAs, computer files, emails, disks, drives, and other storage media, filing cabinets or other work areas, are subject to inspection by ConforMIS personnel at any time with or without notice.

 

3.                                       Treatment of Proprietary Information and ConforMIS Property .

 

3.1                                Relationship .  Employee understands that Employee’s employment creates a relationship of confidence and trust between Employee and ConforMIS with respect to Proprietary Information.  Employee further understands that the unauthorized taking of ConforMIS’ Proprietary Information may result in a civil and/or criminal liability under applicable state or federal law, including without limitation an award for double the amount of ConforMIS’ damages and attorneys’ fees in the event of willful action.

 

3.2                                Obligations Regarding Proprietary Information .  All Proprietary Information and all title, patents, patent rights, copyrights, mask work rights, trade secret rights, and other intellectual property and rights (collectively “ Rights ”) in connection therewith are and will be the sole property of ConforMIS.  Employee hereby assigns to ConforMIS any Rights Employee may have or acquire in such Proprietary Information.  At all times, both during Employee’s employment by ConforMIS and after his/her termination by Employee or by ConforMIS for any or no reason, Employee will keep in confidence and trust and will not use or disclose, lecture upon, or publish any Proprietary Information without the prior written consent of an officer of ConforMIS except as may be necessary and appropriate in the ordinary course of performing Employee’s duties to ConforMIS.  Employee will obtain ConforMIS’ written approval before publishing or submitting for publication any material (written, verbal, or otherwise) that relates to ConforMIS and/or incorporates any Proprietary Information.  Proprietary Information may be considered technical data that is subject to compliance with the export control laws and regulations of the United States or other countries, and Employee will comply with such laws.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood that, at all such times, Employee is free to use information which is generally known in the trade or industry and which is rightfully received free of a confidentiality obligation, and nothing contained in this Agreement will prohibit Employee from disclosing to anyone the amount of Employee’s own compensation.

 

3.3                                Obligations Regarding ConforMIS Materials .  All ConforMIS Materials are and will remain the sole property of ConforMIS.  During Employee’s employment by ConforMIS, Employee will not remove any ConforMIS Materials from the business premises of ConforMIS or deliver any ConforMIS Materials to any person or entity outside ConforMIS, except as Employee is required to do in connection with performing the Employee’s duties to ConforMIS.  Immediately upon the termination of Employee’s employment by Employee or by ConforMIS for any or no reason, or during Employee’s employment if so requested by ConforMIS, Employee will return all ConforMIS Materials, apparatus, equipment and other physical property, or any reproduction of such property, excepting only (i) Employee’s personal copies of records relating to Employee’s compensation; (ii) Employee’s personal copies of any materials previously distributed generally to shareholders or stockholders of ConforMIS; and (iii) Employee’s copy of this Agreement.

 

3.4                                Third Party Information .  Employee recognizes that ConforMIS has received and in the future will receive from third parties their confidential or proprietary information, including but not limited to personally identifiable or health information, subject to a duty on ConforMIS’ part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and, in some cases, to use it only for certain limited purposes.  Employee owes ConforMIS and such third parties, both during the term of Employee’s employment and thereafter, a duty to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person, firm or corporation (except in a manner that is consistent with ConforMIS’ agreement with the third party or as otherwise required by law) or use it for the benefit of anyone other than ConforMIS or such third party (consistent with ConforMIS’ agreement with the third party).

 

4.                                       Employee Inventions and Works of Authorship .

 

4.1                                Ownership and Assignment .  All ConforMIS Inventions are the sole property of ConforMIS.  All ConforMIS Inventions shall be immediately assignable to ConforMIS, and, notwithstanding any other

 

2



 

documents evidencing assignment that may be executed, this Agreement shall operate to automatically and immediately assign any and all ConforMIS Inventions.  Employee hereby immediately assigns all current and future ConforMIS Inventions and all Rights in them to ConforMIS to the maximum extent allowed under applicable law.  To the extent this Agreement does not serve to immediately assign all ConforMIS Inventions for any reason, Employee agrees to assign and to otherwise execute such documents and instruments to effect the assignment of all such ConforMIS Inventions to ConforMIS immediately upon request of ConforMIS.  Employee agrees not to enter into any agreement, arrangement or understanding that assigns or purports to assign any ConforMIS Inventions to any third party, except as may be expressly requested by ConforMIS in writing.

 

For purposes of this agreement, ConforMIS Inventions ” means any and all Inventions (as defined below), solely excluding any Invention that: (A) is expressly excluded in Attachment A , or (B) (i) was developed entirely on Employee’s own time without using any of ConforMIS’ equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information; (ii) does not relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the Invention to ConforMIS Business (as defined below); and (iii) does not result from any work performed by the Employee for ConforMIS.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “ ConforMIS Business ” means ConforMIS’s business during any period of Employee’s employment by ConforMIS, including, without limitation, ConforMIS’s products and its actual or reasonably anticipated research and development projects, and further including without limitation, patient-specific, patient-matched and/or patient-engineered orthopedic implants, instruments and surgical procedures for the knee, hip and shoulder.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Inventions ” includes all improvements, inventions, designs, formulas, works of authorship, trade secrets, technology, computer programs, compositions, ideas, processes, techniques, know-how and data, whether or not patentable, made or conceived or reduced to practice or developed by Employee, either alone or jointly with others, during the term of Employee’s employment, including during any period of Employee’s employment prior to the Effective Date.

 

Employee hereby waives and quitclaims to ConforMIS any and all claims of any nature whatsoever which Employee now or may hereafter have for infringement of any proprietary rights assigned to ConforMIS.  Employee acknowledges that all original works of authorship which are made by Employee (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of employment and which are protectable by copyright are “works made for hire,” pursuant to United States Copyright Act (17 U.S.C., Section 101).

 

4.2                                Disclosure of Inventions .  Employee promptly will disclose in writing to Employee’s immediate supervisor, with a copy to the President of ConforMIS, or to any other persons designated by ConforMIS, all Inventions that are reasonably related to ConforMIS Business.  Employee also will disclose to the President of ConforMIS all things that would be Inventions if made during the term of Employee’s employment, but which were conceived, reduced to practice, or developed by Employee within six months after the termination of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS, unless Employee can demonstrate that the Invention had been conceived and first reduced to practice by Employee following the termination of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS and without use of any Proprietary Information or ConforMIS Materials.  Such disclosures will be received by ConforMIS in confidence (to the extent they are not assigned in this Section 4 and do not extend the assignment made in this Section 4). Employee will not disclose Inventions to any person outside ConforMIS unless requested to do so by an officer of ConforMIS.  Employee will keep and maintain adequate and current records (in the form of notes, sketches, drawings and in any other form that may be required by ConforMIS) of all Proprietary Information developed by Employee and all Inventions made by Employee during the period of Employee’s employment at ConforMIS, which records will be available to and remain the sole property of ConforMIS at all times.

 

4.3                                Further Assurances .  Employee will perform, during and after Employee’s employment, all acts deemed necessary or desirable by ConforMIS to permit and assist it, at ConforMIS’ expense, in obtaining, maintaining, defending and enforcing Rights with respect to such Inventions and improvements in any and all countries.  Such acts may include, but are not limited to, execution of documents and assistance or cooperation in legal proceedings.  Employee will execute such declarations, assignments, or other

 

3



 

documents as may be necessary in the course of Invention evaluation, patent prosecution, or protection of patent or analogous property rights, to assure that title in such Inventions will be held by ConforMIS or by such other parties designated by ConforMIS as may be appropriate under the circumstances.  Employee irrevocably designates and appoints ConforMIS and its duly authorized officers and agents, as Employee’s agents and attorneys-in-fact to act for and on Employee’s behalf and instead of Employee, to execute and file any documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the above purposes with the same legal force and effect as if executed by Employee.

 

4.4                                Moral Rights .  Any assignment of copyright pursuant to this Agreement includes all rights of paternity, integrity, disclosure and withdrawal and any other rights that may be known as or referred to as “moral rights” (collectively, “ Moral Rights ”).  To the extent such Moral Rights cannot be assigned under applicable law and to the extent the following is allowed by the laws in the various countries where Moral Rights exist, Employee hereby waives such Moral Rights and consents to any such action of ConforMIS that would violate such Moral Rights in the absence of such consent.  Employee will confirm any such waivers and consents from time to time as requested by ConforMIS.

 

4.5                                Pre-Existing Inventions .  Employee has attached to this Agreement as Attachment A complete list of all existing inventions or improvements to which Employee claims ownership as of the date of this Agreement and that Employee desires to specifically clarify are not subject to this Agreement, and Employee acknowledges and agrees that such list is complete.  If disclosure of an item on Attachment A would cause Employee to violate any prior confidentiality agreement, Employee understands that Employee is not to list such in Attachment A but is to inform ConforMIS that all items have not been listed for that reason.  A space is provided on Attachment A for such purpose.  If no such list is attached to this Agreement, Employee represents that Employee has no such inventions and improvements at the time of signing this Agreement.   Employee will not improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former employers or other third parties, if any, and Employee will not bring onto the premises of ConforMIS any unpublished documents or any property belonging to any former employers or other third parties unless consented to in writing by such employers or such other third parties.  If, in the course of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS, Employee incorporates a prior Employee-owned invention into a ConforMIS product, process or machine, ConforMIS is hereby granted and shall have a nonexclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide license (with rights to sublicense through multiple tiers of sublicensees) to make, have made, modify, use and sell such prior invention for any and all purposes as ConforMIS determines in its sole discretion.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee agrees that Employee will not incorporate, or permit to be incorporated, prior inventions in any Inventions without ConforMIS’ prior written consent.

 

5.                                       Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation .

 

5.1                                Non-Competition During Employment .  Employee agrees that during the term of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS, Employee shall not engage in any employment, business, or activity that is in any way competitive with ConforMIS Business, and Employee will not assist or enable any other person or organization in competing with ConforMIS or in preparing to engage in competition with the ConforMIS Business, including, without limitation, the development, engineering, marketing, management, production, sale or distribution of “Competitive Products” (hereinafter defined).  The provisions of this section will apply both during normal working hours and at all other times including, but not limited to, nights, weekends and vacation time, while Employee is employed by ConforMIS.  Mere ownership of less than 1% of the outstanding voting shares of a public entity that may compete with ConforMIS shall not be deemed a violation of this Section 5.1.

 

5.2                                Non-Competition After Employment .  Employee agrees that during the Non-competition Period (hereinafter defined), Employee shall not directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of ConforMIS, either on Employee’s own behalf or on behalf of any third party, compete or assist or enable any third party to compete with ConforMIS in the development, engineering, marketing, management, production, sale or distribution of Competitive Products in the Territory (hereinafter defined).  “ Non-competition Period ” shall mean the one (1) year period commencing upon the voluntary termination of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS (regardless of the reason or reasons for termination);

 

4



 

provided that the period shall be extended for so long as Employee violates the non-competition obligation set forth herein and for any period(s) of time required to resolve any dispute relating to such violation.  “ Competitive Products ” shall mean (a) partial or total knee replacement or resurfacing implants and (b) patient-specific orthopedic products and services that are manufactured using, or that employ, a medical image for the purpose of performing medical or surgical procedures on a knee joint and (c) other products that are directly competitive with any existing product of ConforMIS or any product that is in active research and development at ConforMIS at the time of Employee’s termination.  “ Territory ” shall mean anywhere in the world where ConforMIS does business, has done business or has plans to do business.

 

5.3                                Non-solicitation; Non-interference .  Employee agrees that during the term of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS and the Non-competition Period, Employee will not directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of ConforMIS, either on Employee’s own behalf or on behalf of any third party, (i) disrupt, damage, impair or interfere with the business of ConforMIS (including, without limitation, ConforMIS Business as defined herein) whether by way of interfering with or raiding ConforMIS’ directors, officers, employees, agents, consultants, vendors, suppliers, and partners with which ConforMIS does business, or in any manner attempting to persuade, solicit, recruit, encourage or induce any such persons to discontinue their relationship with ConforMIS, or (ii) solicit, service, accept orders from, or otherwise have business contact with any customer or potential customer of ConforMIS with whom Employee had any contact during the one year period preceding Employee’s termination of employment, if such contact could directly or indirectly divert business from or adversely affect the business of ConforMIS.  However, this obligation will not affect any responsibility Employee may have as an employee of ConforMIS with respect to the bona fide hiring and firing of ConforMIS personnel.

 

5.4                                Acknowledgement.   Employee understands and recognizes that (i) during and as a result of Employee’s employment by ConforMIS, Employee will acquire experience, skills and knowledge related to ConforMIS’ business (including, without limitation, ConforMIS Business as defined herein) and will become familiar with ConforMIS’ Proprietary Information; (ii) his/her working for a competitor of ConforMIS would lead to the inevitable disclosure of ConforMIS’ Proprietary Information; (iii) the goodwill to which Employee may be exposed in the course of employment belongs exclusively to ConforMIS; (iv) in the course of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS, customers and others may come to recognize and associate Employee with ConforMIS, its products and services, and that Employee will thereby benefit from ConforMIS’ goodwill; and (v) if Employee were to engage in competition with ConforMIS, directly or indirectly, Employee would thereby usurp ConforMIS’ goodwill.

 

5.5                                Reasonableness.   Employee acknowledges and agrees that because of the nature of ConforMIS’ products, services and customers, because of Employee’s position with ConforMIS and because of the scope of ConforMIS’ business, the restrictions contained in this Section 5 are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the business and goodwill of ConforMIS.  If at any time the provisions of this Section 5 shall be deemed invalid or unenforceable or are prohibited by the laws of the jurisdiction where they are to be performed or enforced, by reason of being vague or overbroad in any manner, or for any other reason, such provisions shall be considered divisible and shall become and be immediately amended to include only such restrictions and to such extent as shall be deemed to be reasonable and enforceable by the court or other body having jurisdiction over this Agreement; and ConforMIS and Employee agree that the provisions of this Section 5, as so amended, shall be valid and binding as though any invalid or unenforceable provision had not been included herein.

 

6.                                       No Conflict with Other Agreements .   Employee represents and warrants that (a) the performance of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS and all the terms of this Agreement will not breach or conflict with any other agreement to which Employee is a party, including without limitation, any confidentiality agreement, nondisclosure agreement, non-competition and/or non-solicitation agreement, employment agreement, proprietary rights agreement or the like, (b) Employee will abide by all such agreements to the extent required by law, (c) Employee has delivered to ConforMIS a copy of all such agreements that may bear on Employee’s employment with ConforMIS, and (d) Employee has not entered into, and will not enter into, any agreement either written or oral in conflict herewith or in conflict with Employee’s employment with ConforMIS.  If Employee is requested to perform any task on behalf of

 

5



 

ConforMIS that would violate any outstanding obligations of any kind that Employee has to any of Employee’s prior employers or third parties, Employee shall contact ConforMIS’ human resources or legal departments as soon as possible to resolve the issue.

 

7.                                       Termination of Employment Pursuant to Agreement or At Will .  This Agreement is not a contract guaranteeing employment of a specified length, and ConforMIS has the right to terminate Employee’s employment in accordance with the terms of the  Employment Agreement in effect and signed by both parties to this Agreement or, if none, at will for any reason consistent with applicable law.

 

8.                                       Termination Certificate .  Upon termination of Employee’s employment by Employee or by ConforMIS for any or no reason, Employee will execute and deliver to ConforMIS a termination certificate substantially in the form attached to this Agreement as Attachment B .

 

9.                                       Limitation of Application; Independent Agreement .  Employee acknowledges that (a) this Agreement does not purport to set forth all of the terms and conditions of Employee’s employment and, as an employee of ConforMIS, Employee has obligations to ConforMIS which are not set forth in this Agreement, (b) this Agreement is a separate binding obligation independent of Employee’s employment or continued employment by ConforMIS and (c) any breach or alleged breach by ConforMIS of any obligation to Employee of any nature shall not affect in any manner the binding nature of Employee’s obligations under this Agreement and Employee WAIVES any defense based on any alleged material breach by ConforMIS of any of its obligations to Employee in regard to any claim against Employee alleging breach of this Agreement.

 

10.                                Survival; Forwarding of Agreement .  This Agreement shall survive any and all changes in terms and conditions of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS and any break in Employee’s service or employment with ConforMIS.  All of the provisions of this Agreement will continue in effect after termination of Employee’s employment, regardless of the reason or reasons for termination, and whether such termination is voluntary or involuntary on Employee’s part.  Employee will notify any future client, employer or potential employer or client of Employee’s obligations under this Agreement.  ConforMIS is entitled to communicate Employee’s obligations under this Agreement to any future employer or potential employer.

 

11.                                Equitable Relief .  ConforMIS has expended substantial efforts to maintain the confidentiality and proprietary nature of the information described in this Agreement and would be materially and irreparably injured by an unauthorized disclosure of any of that information.  Any breach of this Agreement will result in irreparable and continuing damage to ConforMIS for which there can be no adequate remedy at law, and in the event of any such breach, ConforMIS will be entitled to immediate injunctive relief and other equitable remedies (without any need to post any bond or other security) in addition to such other and further relief as may be proper.

 

12.                                Disputes .  Any dispute in the meaning, effect or validity of this Agreement will be resolved in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to its conflict of laws provisions.  The exclusive venue for any disputes relating to this Agreement will be a court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (or, if appropriate, a federal court located in Massachusetts).  The non-prevailing party in any dispute will pay the prevailing party’s attorneys’ fees and costs relating to such dispute.

 

13.                                Severability .  If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be illegal or unenforceable under applicable law, such illegal or unenforceable portion(s) will be revised to make them legal and enforceable.  The remainder of this Agreement will otherwise remain in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

14.                                Assignment; Binding Nature .  ConforMIS may assign this Agreement, or any rights or obligations herein, in connection with the transfer or sale of all or substantially all of its assets or stock, without any consent of, or notice to, Employee to be effective.  This Agreement will be binding upon

 

6



 

Employee, Employee’s heirs, executors, assigns, and administrators and will inure to the benefit of ConforMIS, its subsidiaries, successors and assigns.

 

15.                                Entire Agreement; Modification in Writing .  This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, terms and conditions, whether written or oral, made by the parties hereto concerning the specific subject matter of this Agreement.  This Agreement can only be modified by a subsequent written agreement executed by the Employee and an executive officer of ConforMIS.

 

16.                                Acknowledgement .  Employee acknowledges that this Agreement is a condition of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS, and that Employee has had a full and adequate opportunity to read, understand and discuss with Employee’s advisors, including legal counsel, the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement prior to signing hereunder.

 

I HAVE READ THIS AGREEMENT CAREFULLY AND UNDERSTAND AND ACCEPT THE OBLIGATIONS WHICH IT IMPOSES UPON ME WITHOUT RESERVATION.  NO PROMISES OR REPRESENTATIONS HAVE BEEN MADE TO ME TO INDUCE ME TO SIGN THIS AGREEMENT.  I SIGN THIS AGREEMENT VOLUNTARILY AND FREELY, IN DUPLICATE, WITH THE UNDERSTANDING THAT ONE ORIGINAL COUNTERPART WILL BE RETAINED BY CONFORMIS AND THE OTHER ORIGINAL COUNTERPART WILL BE RETAINED BY ME.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I HAVE EXECUTED THIS EMPLOYEE CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, INVENTIONS AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT AS OF MAY 21, 2015.

 

 

 

 

/s/ Daniel Steines

 

 

Employee’s Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Daniel Steines

 

 

Type/Print Employee’s Name

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

Fax Number:

 

 

 

 

 

E-mail:

 

 

 

 

 

 

RECEIPT ACKNOWLEDGED:

 

 

 

 

 

CONFORMIS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Philipp Lang

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Philipp Lang

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

7



 

ATTACHMENT A

 

ConforMIS, Inc.
a Delaware corporation

 

1.                                       The following is a complete list of inventions or improvements relevant to the subject matter of my employment by ConforMIS that have been made or conceived or first reduced to practice by me alone or jointly with others prior to my employment by ConforMIS that I desire to clarify are excluded from and are not subject to ConforMIS’ Employee Confidential Information, Inventions and Non-Competition Agreement:

 

o     No inventions or improvements

 

o     See below:

 

o     Additional sheets attached

 

o     Due to confidentiality agreements with a prior employer, I cannot disclose certain inventions that would otherwise be included on the above list.

 

2.                                       The following Inventions are excluded from the definition of ConforMIS Inventions pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement:

 

None.

 

3.                                       I propose to bring to my employment the following materials and documents of a former employer, which employer has expressly consented to my continued possession and use:

 

o     No materials or documents

 

o     See below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee’s Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Type/Print Employee’s Name

 

 

(Note: Legal review is required for any change to the form of this Attachment or checking any option other than “No inventions or improvements” in Section 1 or “No materials or documents” in Section 3.)

 



 

ATTACHMENT B

 

TERMINATION CERTIFICATE

 

I hereby certify that I do not have in my possession, nor have I failed to return, any devices, records, data, notes, reports, proposals, lists, correspondence, specifications, drawings, blueprints, blue/redlines, sketches, materials, equipment, other documents or property, or reproductions of any aforementioned items belonging to ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns (together, “ ConforMIS ”).

 

I further certify that I have complied with all the terms of the ConforMIS Employee Confidential Information, Inventions and Non-Competition Agreement signed by me, including the reporting of any “Inventions” (as defined therein) and original works or authorship, conceived or made by me (solely or jointly with others) covered by that agreement.

 

I further agree that, in compliance with the Employee Confidential Information, Inventions and Non-Competition Agreement, I will continue to preserve as confidential all “Proprietary Information” (as defined therein).

 

 

 

 

 

Employee’s Signature

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Type/Print Employee’s Name

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.17

 

CONFORMIS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of May 21, 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and David Cerveny, an individual (the “ Executive ”).  As of the Effective Date, this Agreement amends, restates and supersedes all prior agreements, written and oral, with Executive related to Executive’s employment with the Company, including the original written employment agreement dated October 14, 2008 and the original Employee Confidentiality, Inventions Assignment and Non-Competition Agreement, and any written or oral amendments to those agreements.

 

BACKGROUND

 

A.                                     The Company has retained the services of the Executive as a member of the senior management of the Company effective as of October 14, 2008, and desires to continue to retain Executive in that role.  The Company also desires to provide employment security to the Executive, thereby inducing the Executive to continue employment with the Company and enhancing the Executive’s ability to perform effectively.

 

B.                                     The Executive desires to be employed by the Company on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.                                       Title, Duties and Responsibilities .

 

1.1                                Title .  The Company will employ the Executive as its Chief Legal Officer, General Counsel and Secretary.

 

1.2                                Duties .  The Executive will devote all of the Executive’s business time, energy, and skill to the affairs of the Company; provided, however, that reasonable time for personal business as well as charitable and professional activities will be permitted, including, with the prior written approval of the Company, serving as a board member of non-competing companies and charitable organizations, so long as such activities do not materially interfere with the Executive’s performance of services under this Agreement.  The Executive will perform services at the head offices of the Company, which are currently located in Bedford, Massachusetts, unless otherwise agreed by the Company and the Executive in writing.  However, the Executive will travel as may be reasonably necessary to fulfill the responsibilities of Executive’s role.

 

1.3                                Performance of Duties .  The Executive will discharge the duties described herein in a diligent and professional manner.  The Executive will observe and comply at all times with the lawful directives of the Company’s Board of Directors (and its designees, including without limitation the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer) (the “ Board ”) regarding the Executive’s performance of the Executive’s duties and with the Company’s business policies, rules and regulations as adopted from time to time by the

 



 

Company.  The Executive will carry out and perform any and all reasonable and lawful orders, directions, and policies as may be stated by Company from time to time, either orally or in writing.

 

2.                                       Terms of Employment .

 

2.1                                Definitions .  For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

(a)                                  Accrued Compensation ” means any accrued Base Salary, any commissions or similar payments earned by the Executive prior to the date of termination, any Bonus earned by the Executive and approved by the Board prior to the date of termination, any accrued vacation pay, and any amounts for reimbursement of any appropriate business expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder, all to the extent unpaid on the date of termination.  The Executive’s entitlement to any other compensation or benefit under any plan of the Company shall be governed by and determined in accordance with the terms of such plans, except as otherwise specified in this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Base Salary ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 hereof.

 

(c)                                   Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any one of the following: (i) any “person”, as such term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”) (other than the Company, a subsidiary, an affiliate, or a Company employee benefit plan, including any trustee of such plan acting as trustee) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or (ii) a sale of assets involving 75% or more of the fair market value of the assets of the Company as determined in good faith by the Board; or (iii) any merger, reorganization or other transaction of the Company whether or not another entity is the survivor, pursuant to which holders of all the shares of capital stock of the Company outstanding prior to the transaction hold, as a group, less than 50% of the shares of capital stock of the Company outstanding after the transaction; provided, however, that neither (A) a merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company in which the holders of all the shares of capital stock of the Company immediately prior to the merger hold the voting power of the surviving entity following the merger in the same relative amounts with substantially the same rights, preferences and privileges, nor (B) a transaction the primary purpose of which is to raise capital for the Company, will constitute a Change of Control.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any payments or benefits hereunder or pursuant to any other agreement between the Company and the Executive, in either case that are subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), the Change of Control must constitute a “change in control event” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(i).

 

(d)                                  Change of Control Period ” means the period of time beginning three (3) months immediately preceding any Change of Control and ending twelve (12) months immediately following such Change of Control.

 

2



 

(e)                                   Death Termination ” means termination of the Executive’s employment because of the death of the Executive.

 

(f)                                    Disability Termination ” means termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment by reason of the Executive’s incapacitation due to disability.  The Executive will be deemed to be incapacitated due to disability if at the end of any month the Executive is unable to perform substantially all of the Executive’s duties under this Agreement in the normal and regular manner due to illness, injury or mental or physical incapacity, and has been unable so to perform for either (i) three consecutive full calendar months then ending, or (ii) 90 or more of the normal working days during the 12 consecutive full calendar months then ending.  Nothing in this paragraph alters the Company’s obligations under applicable law, which may, in certain circumstances, result in the suspension or alteration of the foregoing time periods.

 

(g)                                   Qualifying Termination ” means a termination that is a Termination for Good Reason by the Executive and/or a Termination Other Than for Cause by the Company.

 

(h)                                  Severance Period ” means the period following the date of a Qualifying Termination, Death Termination, or Disability Termination, as the case may be, that is equal to: (i) one year, in the event of a Qualifying Termination that occurs during a Change of Control Period; and (ii) six months, in all other cases.

 

(i)                                      Termination for Cause ” means termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment, pursuant to a reasonable good faith determination by the Company, by reason of (i) the Executive’s dishonesty or fraud, gross negligence in the performance of the Executive’s duties and responsibilities, deliberate violation of a Company policy, or refusal to comply in any material respect with the legal directives of the Board or Chief Executive Officer so long as such directives are not inconsistent with the Executive’s position and duties as described herein; (ii) conduct by the Executive that materially discredits the Company, intentional engagement by the Executive in acts materially detrimental to the Company’s operations or business, persistent or habitual negligence in the performance of the Executive’s duties and responsibilities, or the Executive’s conviction of a felony involving moral turpitude; (iii) the Executive’s incurable material breach of the terms of this Agreement, the Employee Confidential Information, Inventions and Non-Competition Agreement or any other material agreement between the Executive and the Company; or (iv) unauthorized use or disclosure by the Executive of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or any other party to whom the Executive owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of the Executive’s position with the Company.

 

(j)                                     Termination for Good Reason ” means a Voluntary Termination by the Executive following the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) a material reduction or alteration in the Executive’s job responsibilities or title without the consent of the Executive, provided that, following a Change of Control, neither a change in job title nor a reassignment to a new position will constitute a material reduction in job responsibilities, provided further that the new position is substantially similar in scope and substance to the position held prior to the Change of Control and the new job title reasonably reflects such scope and substance;

 

3



 

(ii) relocation by the Company or a subsidiary, parent or affiliate, as appropriate, of the Executive’s work site to a facility or location more than 40 miles from Boston, Massachusetts without the Executive’s consent; (iii) a material reduction in Executive’s then-current base salary without the Executive’s consent, provided that an across-the-board reduction in the salary level of all other employees or consultants in positions similar to the Executive’s by the same percentage amount as part of a general salary level reduction will not constitute such a salary reduction; or (iv) a material breach by the Company of this Agreement; provided, however, that no such event or condition shall constitute Good Reason unless (x) the Executive gives the Company a written notice of Termination for Good Reason not more than 30 days after the initial existence of the condition, (y) the grounds for termination (if susceptible to correction) are not corrected by the Company within 60 days of its receipt of such notice and (z) the Executive’s Voluntary Termination occurs within one year following the Company’s receipt of such notice.

 

(k)                                  Termination Other Than For Cause ” means termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason other than as specified in Sections 2.1(e), (f), (i) or (l) hereof.

 

(l)                                      Voluntary Termination ” means termination of the Executive’s employment by the voluntary action of the Executive other than by reason of a Disability Termination or a Death Termination.

 

2.2                                Employee at Will .  The Executive is an “at will” employee of the Company, and the Executive’s employment may be terminated at any time upon a Termination for Cause or a Termination Other than for Cause by the giving of written notice thereof to the Executive, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

2.3                                Termination for Cause .  Upon Termination for Cause, the Company will pay the Executive all Accrued Compensation, if any.

 

2.4                                Terminations for Good Reason or Other than for Cause .  Upon a Qualifying Termination, the Company will pay the Executive all Accrued Compensation, if any, and for the duration of the Severance Period, the Company will: (1) continue to pay the Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect at the time of such Qualifying Termination, payable on the Company’s normal payroll schedule, beginning on the Company’s first regular payroll date that occurs on or after the 30 th  day following the date of the Qualifying Termination, provided that the Release (as defined below) has been executed and any applicable revocation period has expired as of such date; and (2) provide Executive with continuation of the Executive’s coverage in effect at the time of such Qualifying Termination under the Company’s group health insurance plans (to the extent allowed under, and subject to the conditions of, the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (COBRA)), provided that such coverage may be discontinued if the Release (as defined below) has not been executed within 30 days following such Qualifying Termination or if such release is revoked for any reason, including during any applicable revocation period.  The Company shall pay any Bonus due pursuant to a Qualifying Termination under this Agreement in a lump sum on the 30 th  day following the date of the Qualifying Termination.  In addition, to the extent the Company has previously paid the Executive any Bonus in the form of a stock option as provided in Section 3.3 that is not fully vested as of the date of the Qualifying Termination, such stock option shall vest with respect to an additional number of shares equal to that number of shares that would have become vested shares had the Executive continued to

 

4



 

provide service as an employee of the Company following such termination for an additional period equal to the Severance Period. The Executive’s rights to any compensations or other benefits following a Qualifying Termination, other than Accrued Compensation, are subject to: (1) the execution by Executive of a  separation and release agreement in a form to be provided by the Company (the “ Release ”), including a release of any and all claims against the Company (including, without limitation, its subsidiaries, other affiliates, directors, officers, employees, agents and representatives) related in any way to the Executive’s employment with the Company, such Release to be executed following the Executive’s separation from service with the Company; (2) the expiration of any revocation period provided pursuant to any applicable laws; and (3) Executive’s continued compliance with the ongoing terms of Executive’s Confidentiality, Inventions Assignment and Non-Competition Agreement.

 

2.5                                Disability Termination .  The Company may effect a Disability Termination by giving written notice thereof to the Executive.  Upon Disability Termination, the Company will pay the Executive all Accrued Compensation, if any.  In addition, to the extent the Company has previously paid the Executive any Bonus in the form of a stock option as provided in Section 3.3 that is not fully vested as of the date of the Disability Termination, such stock option shall vest with respect to an additional number of shares equal to that number of shares that would have become vested shares had the Executive continued to provide service as an employee of the Company following such termination for an additional period equal to the Severance Period.

 

2.6                                Death Termination .  Upon a Death Termination, the Executive’s employment will be deemed to have terminated as of the last day of the month during which his death occurs, and the Company will promptly pay to the Executive’s estate Accrued Compensation, if any, and a lump sum amount equal to the Executive’s Base Salary otherwise payable for the Severance Period at the rate in effect at the time of Death Termination.  In addition, to the extent the Company has previously paid the Executive any Bonus in the form of a stock option as provided in Section 3.3 that is not fully vested as of the date of the Qualifying Termination, such stock option shall vest with respect to an additional number of shares equal to that number of shares that would have become vested shares had the Executive continued to provide service as an employee of the Company following such termination for an additional period equal to the Severance Period.

 

2.7                                Voluntary Termination .  The Executive may effect a Voluntary Termination by giving at least 30 days advance written notice to the Company.  During such period, the Executive will continue to receive regularly scheduled Base Salary payments and coverage under the Company’s benefit plans in which the Executive is a participant (to the extent allowed under any applicable benefit plans), provided, however, that the Company shall have the right to accelerate the effective date of the Voluntary Termination to any earlier date during such period and pay to the Executive any regularly scheduled Base Salary payments for such period in a lump sum on the date of termination.  Following the effective date of a Voluntary Termination, the Company will pay the Executive all Accrued Compensation, if any.

 

5



 

3.                                       Compensation and Benefits .

 

3.1                                Base Salary .  As payment for the services to be rendered by the Executive as provided in Section 1 and subject to the provisions of Section 2 of this Agreement, the Company will pay the Executive a “Base Salary” at the rate of $290,000 per year, payable on the Company’s normal payroll schedule.  The Executive’s “Base Salary” may be increased in accordance with the provisions hereof or as otherwise determined from time to time by the Board.

 

3.2                                Additional Benefits .

 

(a)                                  Benefit Plans .  The Executive will be eligible to participate in such of the Company’s benefit plans as are now generally available or later made generally available to senior officers of the Company, including, without limitation, medical, dental, life, and disability insurance plans.

 

(b)                                  Expense Reimbursement .  The Company agrees to reimburse the Executive for all reasonable, ordinary and necessary travel and entertainment expenses incurred by the Executive in conjunction with the Executive’s services to the Company consistent with the Company’s standard reimbursement policies, subject to Section 6.10(c).  The Company will pay travel costs incurred by the Executive in conjunction with the Executive’s services to the Company consistent with the Company’s standard travel policies.

 

(c)                                   Paid Time Off .  The Executive will be entitled, without loss of compensation, to the amount of Paid Time Off (“PTO”) per year generally available or later made generally available to senior officers of the Company, but in any event not less than five (5) weeks (200 hours) during each calendar year, prorated from the Effective Date.  Unused PTO may be accrued by the Executive pursuant to the Company’s standard PTO policies.

 

3.3                                Bonus .  The Executive will be eligible annually to receive a discretionary year-end bonus, payable in the form of cash, an option to purchase common stock of the Company, or other form determined by the Board (the “ Bonus ”).  The Bonus will be awarded at the discretion of the Board and may be subject to terms (including, without limitation, incentive targets, goals and/or milestones) as set by the Board and/or Chief Executive Officer. Any Bonus in the form of an option to purchase Company’s Common Stock will be granted at the then fair market value of such shares pursuant to the Company’s standard form of notice of stock option grant under the Company’s 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan or any successor plan(s).  The Executive acknowledges that the Company may pay Bonuses in the form of stock, stock options or other non-cash compensation in lieu of cash, and that entitlement to Bonuses and the form thereof (i.e., cash or otherwise) is in the sole discretion of the Board.  The Executive must be employed by the Company on the date the Bonus is approved by the Board in order to be eligible to receive such Bonus.

 

3.4                                Options to Purchase Common Stock .

 

(a)                                  Acceleration of Vesting upon a Change of Control .  Upon the occurrence of Qualifying Termination during any Change of Control Period, any outstanding equity awards held by the Executive will become fully vested and exercisable or free from

 

6



 

forfeiture or transfer restrictions as of the effective date of the Qualifying Termination (provided that if such Qualifying Termination precedes the Change of Control, such accelerated vesting shall occur on the effective date of the Change of Control).

 

4.                                       Proprietary Information .  The Executive will as of the Effective Date execute and deliver to the Company the Employee Confidential Information, Inventions and Non-Competition Agreement attached as Exhibit A hereto.

 

5.                                       Indemnification .  The Company will indemnify and hold harmless the Executive in respect of any liability, damage, amount paid in settlement, cost or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with any threatened, pending or completed claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation (whether civil, criminal or administrative) to which the Executive is or was a party, or threatened to be made a party, by reason of the Executive being or having been an officer, director, employee or consultant of the Company or serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise to the full extent required by the Company’s Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company and not prohibited by applicable law.  This Section 5 will survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

 

6.                                       Miscellaneous .

 

6.1                                Waiver .  The waiver of the breach of any provision of this Agreement will not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or other provision hereof.

 

6.2                                Notices .  All notices and other communications under this Agreement must be in writing and must be given by personal or courier delivery, facsimile or first class mail, certified or registered with return receipt requested, and will be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt if personally delivered or delivered by courier, on the date of transmission if transmitted by facsimile, or three business days after mailing if mailed, to the addresses of the Company and the Executive contained in the records of the Company at the time of such notice.  Any party may change such party’s address for notices by notice duly given pursuant to this Section 6.2.

 

6.3                                Headings .  The section headings used in this Agreement are intended for convenience of reference and will not by themselves determine the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

 

6.4                                Governing Law .  This Agreement is governed by and, to the extent a dispute arises hereunder, will be construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, excluding those laws that direct the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

 

7



 

6.5                                Survival of Obligations .  This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the executors, administrators, heirs, successors, and assigns of the parties; provided, however, that except as herein expressly provided, this Agreement will not be assignable either by the Company (except to an affiliate or successor of the Company) or by the Executive without the prior written consent of the other party.

 

6.6                                Counterparts and Facsimile Signatures .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.  This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signature (including signatures in Adobe PDF or similar format).

 

6.7                                Withholding .  All sums payable to the Executive hereunder will be reduced by all federal, state, local, and other withholdings and similar taxes and payments required by applicable law.

 

6.8                                Enforcement .  If any portion of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable, such portion will be adjusted, rather than voided, to achieve the intent

 

8



 

of the parties to the extent possible, and the remainder will be enforced to the maximum extent possible.

 

6.9                                Entire Agreement; Modifications .  Except as otherwise provided herein or in the exhibits hereto, this Agreement represents the entire understanding among the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, and this Agreement supersedes any and all prior and contemporaneous understandings, agreements, plans, and negotiations, whether written or oral, with respect to the subject matter hereof, including, without limitation, any understandings, agreements, or obligations respecting any past or future compensation, bonuses, reimbursements, or other payments to the Executive from the Company.  For clarity, this Agreement does not affect, alter, terminate or supersede any prior agreements related to grants of equity in Company, including grants of stock in Company and options to purchase stock in Company, except as, and to the extent, expressly provided herein.  All modifications to the Agreement must be in writing and signed by each of the parties hereto.

 

6.10                         Compliance with Section 409A .

 

(a)                                  Subject to this Section 6.10, any severance payments that may be due under this Agreement shall begin only upon the date of the Executive’s “separation from service” (determined as set forth below) which occurs on or after the termination of the Executive’s employment.  The following rules shall apply with respect to distribution of the severance payments, if any, to be provided to the Executive under this Agreement, as applicable:

 

(1)                                  It is intended that each installment of the severance payments under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate “payment” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code and the guidance issued thereunder (“ Section 409A ”).  Neither the Company nor the Executive shall have the right to accelerate or defer the delivery of any such payments except to the extent specifically permitted or required by Section 409A.

 

(2)                                  If, as of the date of the Executive’s “separation from service” from the Company, the Executive is not a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then each installment of the severance payments shall be made on the dates and terms set forth in this Agreement.

 

(3)                                  If, as of the date of the Executive’s “separation from service” from the Company, the Executive is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A”), then, except as otherwise permitted under Section 409A, any payments that would, absent this subsection, be paid within the six-month period following the Executive’s “separation from service” from the Company shall not be paid until the date that is six months and one day after such separation

 

9



 

from service (or, if earlier, the Executive’s death), with any such installments that are required to be delayed being accumulated during the six-month period and paid in a lump sum on the date that is six months and one day following the Executive’s separation from service and any subsequent installments, if any, being paid in accordance with the date and terms set forth herein.

 

(b)                                  The determination of whether and when the Executive’s “separation from service” from the Company has occurred shall be made in a manner consistent with, and based on the presumptions set forth in, Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).  Solely for purposes of this Section 6.10(b), “Company” shall include all persons with whom the Company would be considered a single employer under Section 414(b) and 414(c) of the Code.

 

(c)                                   All reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A to the extent such reimbursements or in-kind benefits are subject to Section 409A, including, where applicable, the requirements that (i) any reimbursement is for expenses incurred during the Executive’s lifetime (or during a shorter period of time specified in this Agreement), (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other calendar year, (iii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense will be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred, and (iv) the right to reimbursement is not subject to set off or liquidation or exchange for any other benefit.

 

(d)                                  The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Executive or to any other person if any of the provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, that section.

 

10



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

Company:

 

 

/s/ Philipp Lang

 

Date:

May 21, 2015

 

Philipp Lang, M.D.

 

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

ConforMIS, Inc.

 

 

 

 

28 Crosby Drive

 

 

 

 

Bedford, MA 01730

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executive:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ David Cerveny

 

Date:

May 21, 2015

 

David Cerveny

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

11



 

EXHIBIT A

 

EMPLOYEE CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, INVENTIONS AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT

 

12


 

CONFORMIS, INC.

EMPLOYEE CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION,

INVENTIONS AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT

 

THIS EMPLOYEE CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, INVENTIONS AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) confirms the agreement between David Cerveny (for purposes of this Agreement, the “ Employee ”) and ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ ConforMIS ”).  This Agreement is effective as of May 21, 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”).

 

WHEREAS, Employee and ConforMIS entered into an Employee Confidential Information and Inventions Agreement having an effective date of October 14, 2008 (the “ Prior Agreement ””);

 

WHEREAS, ConforMIS and Employee have entered into an Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (the “ Employment Agreement ”), to which this Agreement is an exhibit and of which this Agreement is a material part; and

 

WHEREAS, the Parties intend that as of the Effective Date this Agreement shall supersede and replace the Prior Agreement, including any subsequent amendments thereto;

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration for the entering into of the Employment Agreement and the receipt by the Employee of certain compensation and benefits thereunder, and in further consideration of the Employee’s continued employment by ConforMIS, the Employee and ConforMIS hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Proprietary Information .  Employee understands that ConforMIS possesses and will possess Proprietary Information which is important to its business.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Proprietary Information ” means all forms and types of business, financial, marketing, operations, research and development, scientific, technical, economic, manufacturing and engineering information, whether tangible or intangible, that relates to “ConforMIS Business” (as defined herein) and other present or potential businesses, products or services of ConforMIS (including any person or entity directly or indirectly controlled by or controlling ConforMIS, or in which any of the aforesaid have at least a 50% beneficial interest), including without limitation, inventions and ideas (whether or not patentable, copyrightable, or subject to protection as trademark or trade name), trade secrets, original works, disclosures, processes, systems, methods, techniques, improvements, formulas, procedures, concepts, compositions, drawings, models, designs, prototypes, diagrams, flow charts, research, data, devices, machinery, instruments, materials, products, patterns, plans, compilations, programs, sequences, specifications, documentation, algorithms, software, computer programs, source code, object code, know-how, databases, trade names, intellectual property, clinical data and clinical observations, costs of production, price policy and price lists and similar financial data, marketing and sales data, promotional methods, business, financial and marketing plans, technology and product roadmaps, product integration plans, information on strategic partnership and alliances, licenses, customer lists and relationship information, supplier lists and relationship information, employee and consulting relationship information, accounting and financial data, any and all other proprietary information or information which is received in confidence by or for ConforMIS from any other person irrespective of the medium in which such information is memorialized or communicated.

 

2.                                       ConforMIS Materials .  Employee understands that ConforMIS possesses or will possess “ConforMIS Materials” which are important to its business.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ ConforMIS Materials ” are documents or other media or tangible items that contain or embody Proprietary Information or any other information concerning the business, operations or future/strategic plans of ConforMIS (including, without limitation, ConforMIS Business), whether such documents have been prepared by Employee or by others.  “ConforMIS Materials” also include, but are not limited to, laptops, cell phones, personal digital assistants (PDAs), blueprints, drawings, photographs, charts, graphs, notebooks, customer lists, computer files, disks, drives, tapes or printouts, sound recordings and other printed, typewritten or handwritten documents, as well as samples, prototypes, models, products and the like.  Any property situated on ConforMIS’ premises and owned by ConforMIS, including laptops,

 



 

notebooks, cell phones, PDAs, computer files, emails, disks, drives, and other storage media, filing cabinets or other work areas, are subject to inspection by ConforMIS personnel at any time with or without notice.

 

3.                                       Treatment of Proprietary Information and ConforMIS Property .

 

3.1                                Relationship .  Employee understands that Employee’s employment creates a relationship of confidence and trust between Employee and ConforMIS with respect to Proprietary Information.  Employee further understands that the unauthorized taking of ConforMIS’ Proprietary Information may result in a civil and/or criminal liability under applicable state or federal law, including without limitation an award for double the amount of ConforMIS’ damages and attorneys’ fees in the event of willful action.

 

3.2                                Obligations Regarding Proprietary Information .  All Proprietary Information and all title, patents, patent rights, copyrights, mask work rights, trade secret rights, and other intellectual property and rights (collectively “ Rights ”) in connection therewith are and will be the sole property of ConforMIS.  Employee hereby assigns to ConforMIS any Rights Employee may have or acquire in such Proprietary Information.  At all times, both during Employee’s employment by ConforMIS and after his/her termination by Employee or by ConforMIS for any or no reason, Employee will keep in confidence and trust and will not use or disclose, lecture upon, or publish any Proprietary Information without the prior written consent of an officer of ConforMIS except as may be necessary and appropriate in the ordinary course of performing Employee’s duties to ConforMIS.  Employee will obtain ConforMIS’ written approval before publishing or submitting for publication any material (written, verbal, or otherwise) that relates to ConforMIS and/or incorporates any Proprietary Information.  Proprietary Information may be considered technical data that is subject to compliance with the export control laws and regulations of the United States or other countries, and Employee will comply with such laws.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood that, at all such times, Employee is free to use information which is generally known in the trade or industry and which is rightfully received free of a confidentiality obligation, and nothing contained in this Agreement will prohibit Employee from disclosing to anyone the amount of Employee’s own compensation.

 

3.3                                Obligations Regarding ConforMIS Materials .  All ConforMIS Materials are and will remain the sole property of ConforMIS.  During Employee’s employment by ConforMIS, Employee will not remove any ConforMIS Materials from the business premises of ConforMIS or deliver any ConforMIS Materials to any person or entity outside ConforMIS, except as Employee is required to do in connection with performing the Employee’s duties to ConforMIS.  Immediately upon the termination of Employee’s employment by Employee or by ConforMIS for any or no reason, or during Employee’s employment if so requested by ConforMIS, Employee will return all ConforMIS Materials, apparatus, equipment and other physical property, or any reproduction of such property, excepting only (i) Employee’s personal copies of records relating to Employee’s compensation; (ii) Employee’s personal copies of any materials previously distributed generally to shareholders or stockholders of ConforMIS; and (iii) Employee’s copy of this Agreement.

 

3.4                                Third Party Information .  Employee recognizes that ConforMIS has received and in the future will receive from third parties their confidential or proprietary information, including but not limited to personally identifiable or health information, subject to a duty on ConforMIS’ part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and, in some cases, to use it only for certain limited purposes.  Employee owes ConforMIS and such third parties, both during the term of Employee’s employment and thereafter, a duty to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person, firm or corporation (except in a manner that is consistent with ConforMIS’ agreement with the third party or as otherwise required by law) or use it for the benefit of anyone other than ConforMIS or such third party (consistent with ConforMIS’ agreement with the third party).

 

4.                                       Employee Inventions and Works of Authorship .

 

4.1                                Ownership and Assignment .  All ConforMIS Inventions are the sole property of ConforMIS.  All ConforMIS Inventions shall be immediately assignable to ConforMIS, and, notwithstanding any other

 

2



 

documents evidencing assignment that may be executed, this Agreement shall operate to automatically and immediately assign any and all ConforMIS Inventions.  Employee hereby immediately assigns all current and future ConforMIS Inventions and all Rights in them to ConforMIS to the maximum extent allowed under applicable law.  To the extent this Agreement does not serve to immediately assign all ConforMIS Inventions for any reason, Employee agrees to assign and to otherwise execute such documents and instruments to effect the assignment of all such ConforMIS Inventions to ConforMIS immediately upon request of ConforMIS.  Employee agrees not to enter into any agreement, arrangement or understanding that assigns or purports to assign any ConforMIS Inventions to any third party, except as may be expressly requested by ConforMIS in writing.

 

For purposes of this agreement, ConforMIS Inventions ” means any and all Inventions (as defined below), solely excluding any Invention that: (A) is expressly excluded in Attachment A , or (B) (i) was developed entirely on Employee’s own time without using any of ConforMIS’ equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information; (ii) does not relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the Invention to ConforMIS Business (as defined below); and (iii) does not result from any work performed by the Employee for ConforMIS.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “ ConforMIS Business ” means ConforMIS’s business during any period of Employee’s employment by ConforMIS, including, without limitation, ConforMIS’s products and its actual or reasonably anticipated research and development projects, and further including without limitation, patient-specific, patient-matched and/or patient-engineered orthopedic implants, instruments and surgical procedures for the knee, hip and shoulder.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Inventions ” includes all improvements, inventions, designs, formulas, works of authorship, trade secrets, technology, computer programs, compositions, ideas, processes, techniques, know-how and data, whether or not patentable, made or conceived or reduced to practice or developed by Employee, either alone or jointly with others, during the term of Employee’s employment, including during any period of Employee’s employment prior to the Effective Date.

 

Employee hereby waives and quitclaims to ConforMIS any and all claims of any nature whatsoever which Employee now or may hereafter have for infringement of any proprietary rights assigned to ConforMIS.  Employee acknowledges that all original works of authorship which are made by Employee (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of employment and which are protectable by copyright are “works made for hire,” pursuant to United States Copyright Act (17 U.S.C., Section 101).

 

4.2                                Disclosure of Inventions .  Employee promptly will disclose in writing to Employee’s immediate supervisor, with a copy to the President of ConforMIS, or to any other persons designated by ConforMIS, all Inventions that are reasonably related to ConforMIS Business.  Employee also will disclose to the President of ConforMIS all things that would be Inventions if made during the term of Employee’s employment, but which were conceived, reduced to practice, or developed by Employee within six months after the termination of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS, unless Employee can demonstrate that the Invention had been conceived and first reduced to practice by Employee following the termination of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS and without use of any Proprietary Information or ConforMIS Materials.  Such disclosures will be received by ConforMIS in confidence (to the extent they are not assigned in this Section 4 and do not extend the assignment made in this Section 4).  Employee will not disclose Inventions to any person outside ConforMIS unless requested to do so by an officer of ConforMIS.  Employee will keep and maintain adequate and current records (in the form of notes, sketches, drawings and in any other form that may be required by ConforMIS) of all Proprietary Information developed by Employee and all Inventions made by Employee during the period of Employee’s employment at ConforMIS, which records will be available to and remain the sole property of ConforMIS at all times.

 

4.3                                Further Assurances .  Employee will perform, during and after Employee’s employment, all acts deemed necessary or desirable by ConforMIS to permit and assist it, at ConforMIS’ expense, in obtaining, maintaining, defending and enforcing Rights with respect to such Inventions and improvements in any and all countries.  Such acts may include, but are not limited to, execution of documents and assistance or cooperation in legal proceedings.  Employee will execute such declarations, assignments, or other

 

3



 

documents as may be necessary in the course of Invention evaluation, patent prosecution, or protection of patent or analogous property rights, to assure that title in such Inventions will be held by ConforMIS or by such other parties designated by ConforMIS as may be appropriate under the circumstances.  Employee irrevocably designates and appoints ConforMIS and its duly authorized officers and agents, as Employee’s agents and attorneys-in-fact to act for and on Employee’s behalf and instead of Employee, to execute and file any documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the above purposes with the same legal force and effect as if executed by Employee.

 

4.4                                Moral Rights .  Any assignment of copyright pursuant to this Agreement includes all rights of paternity, integrity, disclosure and withdrawal and any other rights that may be known as or referred to as “moral rights” (collectively, “ Moral Rights ”).  To the extent such Moral Rights cannot be assigned under applicable law and to the extent the following is allowed by the laws in the various countries where Moral Rights exist, Employee hereby waives such Moral Rights and consents to any such action of ConforMIS that would violate such Moral Rights in the absence of such consent.  Employee will confirm any such waivers and consents from time to time as requested by ConforMIS.

 

4.5                                Pre-Existing Inventions .  Employee has attached to this Agreement as Attachment A complete list of all existing inventions or improvements to which Employee claims ownership as of the date of this Agreement and that Employee desires to specifically clarify are not subject to this Agreement, and Employee acknowledges and agrees that such list is complete.  If disclosure of an item on Attachment A would cause Employee to violate any prior confidentiality agreement, Employee understands that Employee is not to list such in Attachment A but is to inform ConforMIS that all items have not been listed for that reason.  A space is provided on Attachment A for such purpose.  If no such list is attached to this Agreement, Employee represents that Employee has no such inventions and improvements at the time of signing this Agreement.   Employee will not improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former employers or other third parties, if any, and Employee will not bring onto the premises of ConforMIS any unpublished documents or any property belonging to any former employers or other third parties unless consented to in writing by such employers or such other third parties.  If, in the course of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS, Employee incorporates a prior Employee-owned invention into a ConforMIS product, process or machine, ConforMIS is hereby granted and shall have a nonexclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide license (with rights to sublicense through multiple tiers of sublicensees) to make, have made, modify, use and sell such prior invention for any and all purposes as ConforMIS determines in its sole discretion.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee agrees that Employee will not incorporate, or permit to be incorporated, prior inventions in any Inventions without ConforMIS’ prior written consent.

 

5.                                       Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation .

 

5.1                                Non-Competition During Employment .  Employee agrees that during the term of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS, Employee shall not engage in any employment, business, or activity that is in any way competitive with ConforMIS Business, and Employee will not assist or enable any other person or organization in competing with ConforMIS or in preparing to engage in competition with the ConforMIS Business, including, without limitation, the development, engineering, marketing, management, production, sale or distribution of “Competitive Products” (hereinafter defined).  The provisions of this section will apply both during normal working hours and at all other times including, but not limited to, nights, weekends and vacation time, while Employee is employed by ConforMIS.  Mere ownership of less than 1% of the outstanding voting shares of a public entity that may compete with ConforMIS shall not be deemed a violation of this Section 5.1.

 

5.2                                Non-Competition After Employment .  Employee agrees that during the Non-competition Period (hereinafter defined), Employee shall not directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of ConforMIS, either on Employee’s own behalf or on behalf of any third party, compete or assist or enable any third party to compete with ConforMIS in the development, engineering, marketing, management, production, sale or distribution of Competitive Products in the Territory (hereinafter defined).  “ Non-competition Period ” shall mean the one (1) year period commencing upon termination of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS (regardless of the reason or reasons for termination, and whether such

 

4



 

termination is voluntary or involuntary on Employee’s part); provided that the period shall be extended for so long as Employee violates the non-competition obligation set forth herein and for any period(s) of time required to resolve any dispute relating to such violation.  “ Competitive Products ” shall mean (a) partial or total knee replacement or resurfacing implants and (b) patient-specific orthopedic products and services that are manufactured using, or that employ, a medical image for the purpose of performing medical or surgical procedures on a knee joint and (c) other products that are directly competitive with any existing product of ConforMIS or any product that is in active research and development at ConforMIS at the time of Employee’s termination.  “ Territory ” shall mean anywhere in the world where ConforMIS does business, has done business or has plans to do business.

 

5.3                                Non-solicitation; Non-interference .  Employee agrees that during the term of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS and the Non-competition Period, Employee will not directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of ConforMIS, either on Employee’s own behalf or on behalf of any third party, (i) disrupt, damage, impair or interfere with the business of ConforMIS (including, without limitation, ConforMIS Business as defined herein) whether by way of interfering with or raiding ConforMIS’ directors, officers, employees, agents, consultants, vendors, suppliers, and partners with which ConforMIS does business, or in any manner attempting to persuade, solicit, recruit, encourage or induce any such persons to discontinue their relationship with ConforMIS, or (ii) solicit, service, accept orders from, or otherwise have business contact with any customer or potential customer of ConforMIS with whom Employee had any contact during the one year period preceding Employee’s termination of employment, if such contact could directly or indirectly divert business from or adversely affect the business of ConforMIS.  However, this obligation will not affect any responsibility Employee may have as an employee of ConforMIS with respect to the bona fide hiring and firing of ConforMIS personnel.

 

5.4                                Acknowledgement.   Employee understands and recognizes that (i) during and as a result of Employee’s employment by ConforMIS, Employee will acquire experience, skills and knowledge related to ConforMIS’ business (including, without limitation, ConforMIS Business as defined herein) and will become familiar with ConforMIS’ Proprietary Information; (ii) his/her working for a competitor of ConforMIS would lead to the inevitable disclosure of ConforMIS’ Proprietary Information; (iii) the goodwill to which Employee may be exposed in the course of employment belongs exclusively to ConforMIS; (iv) in the course of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS, customers and others may come to recognize and associate Employee with ConforMIS, its products and services, and that Employee will thereby benefit from ConforMIS’ goodwill; and (v) if Employee were to engage in competition with ConforMIS, directly or indirectly, Employee would thereby usurp ConforMIS’ goodwill.

 

5.5                                Reasonableness.   Employee acknowledges and agrees that because of the nature of ConforMIS’ products, services and customers, because of Employee’s position with ConforMIS and because of the scope of ConforMIS’ business, the restrictions contained in this Section 5 are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the business and goodwill of ConforMIS.  If at any time the provisions of this Section 5 shall be deemed invalid or unenforceable or are prohibited by the laws of the jurisdiction where they are to be performed or enforced, by reason of being vague or overbroad in any manner, or for any other reason, such provisions shall be considered divisible and shall become and be immediately amended to include only such restrictions and to such extent as shall be deemed to be reasonable and enforceable by the court or other body having jurisdiction over this Agreement; and ConforMIS and Employee agree that the provisions of this Section 5, as so amended, shall be valid and binding as though any invalid or unenforceable provision had not been included herein.

 

6.                                       No Conflict with Other Agreements .   Employee represents and warrants that (a) the performance of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS and all the terms of this Agreement will not breach or conflict with any other agreement to which Employee is a party, including without limitation, any confidentiality agreement, nondisclosure agreement, non-competition and/or non-solicitation agreement, employment agreement, proprietary rights agreement or the like, (b) Employee will abide by all such agreements to the extent required by law, (c) Employee has delivered to ConforMIS a copy of all such agreements that may bear on Employee’s employment with ConforMIS, and (d) Employee has not entered into, and will not enter into, any agreement either written or oral in conflict herewith or in conflict with Employee’s employment with ConforMIS.  If Employee is requested to perform any task on behalf of

 

5



 

ConforMIS that would violate any outstanding obligations of any kind that Employee has to any of Employee’s prior employers or third parties, Employee shall contact ConforMIS’ human resources or legal departments as soon as possible to resolve the issue.

 

7.                                       Termination of Employment Pursuant to Agreement or At Will .  This Agreement is not a contract guaranteeing employment of a specified length, and ConforMIS has the right to terminate Employee’s employment in accordance with the terms of the  Employment Agreement in effect and signed by both parties to this Agreement or, if none, at will for any reason consistent with applicable law.

 

8.                                       Termination Certificate .  Upon termination of Employee’s employment by Employee or by ConforMIS for any or no reason, Employee will execute and deliver to ConforMIS a termination certificate substantially in the form attached to this Agreement as Attachment B .

 

9.                                       Limitation of Application; Independent Agreement .  Employee acknowledges that (a) this Agreement does not purport to set forth all of the terms and conditions of Employee’s employment and, as an employee of ConforMIS, Employee has obligations to ConforMIS which are not set forth in this Agreement, (b) this Agreement is a separate binding obligation independent of Employee’s employment or continued employment by ConforMIS and (c) any breach or alleged breach by ConforMIS of any obligation to Employee of any nature shall not affect in any manner the binding nature of Employee’s obligations under this Agreement and Employee WAIVES any defense based on any alleged material breach by ConforMIS of any of its obligations to Employee in regard to any claim against Employee alleging breach of this Agreement.

 

10.                                Survival; Forwarding of Agreement .  This Agreement shall survive any and all changes in terms and conditions of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS and any break in Employee’s service or employment with ConforMIS.  All of the provisions of this Agreement will continue in effect after termination of Employee’s employment, regardless of the reason or reasons for termination, and whether such termination is voluntary or involuntary on Employee’s part.  Employee will notify any future client, employer or potential employer or client of Employee’s obligations under this Agreement.  ConforMIS is entitled to communicate Employee’s obligations under this Agreement to any future employer or potential employer.

 

11.                                Equitable Relief .  ConforMIS has expended substantial efforts to maintain the confidentiality and proprietary nature of the information described in this Agreement and would be materially and irreparably injured by an unauthorized disclosure of any of that information.  Any breach of this Agreement will result in irreparable and continuing damage to ConforMIS for which there can be no adequate remedy at law, and in the event of any such breach, ConforMIS will be entitled to immediate injunctive relief and other equitable remedies (without any need to post any bond or other security) in addition to such other and further relief as may be proper.

 

12.                                Disputes .  Any dispute in the meaning, effect or validity of this Agreement will be resolved in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to its conflict of laws provisions.  The exclusive venue for any disputes relating to this Agreement will be a court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (or, if appropriate, a federal court located in Massachusetts).  The non-prevailing party in any dispute will pay the prevailing party’s attorneys’ fees and costs relating to such dispute.

 

13.                                Severability .  If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be illegal or unenforceable under applicable law, such illegal or unenforceable portion(s) will be revised to make them legal and enforceable.  The remainder of this Agreement will otherwise remain in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

14.                                Assignment; Binding Nature .  ConforMIS may assign this Agreement, or any rights or obligations herein, in connection with the transfer or sale of all or substantially all of its assets or stock, without any consent of, or notice to, Employee to be effective.  This Agreement will be binding upon

 

6



 

Employee, Employee’s heirs, executors, assigns, and administrators and will inure to the benefit of ConforMIS, its subsidiaries, successors and assigns.

 

15.                                Entire Agreement; Modification in Writing .  This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, terms and conditions, whether written or oral, made by the parties hereto concerning the specific subject matter of this Agreement.  This Agreement can only be modified by a subsequent written agreement executed by the Employee and an executive officer of ConforMIS.

 

16.                                Acknowledgement .  Employee acknowledges that this Agreement is a condition of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS, and that Employee has had a full and adequate opportunity to read, understand and discuss with Employee’s advisors, including legal counsel, the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement prior to signing hereunder.

 

I HAVE READ THIS AGREEMENT CAREFULLY AND UNDERSTAND AND ACCEPT THE OBLIGATIONS WHICH IT IMPOSES UPON ME WITHOUT RESERVATION.  NO PROMISES OR REPRESENTATIONS HAVE BEEN MADE TO ME TO INDUCE ME TO SIGN THIS AGREEMENT.  I SIGN THIS AGREEMENT VOLUNTARILY AND FREELY, IN DUPLICATE, WITH THE UNDERSTANDING THAT ONE ORIGINAL COUNTERPART WILL BE RETAINED BY CONFORMIS AND THE OTHER ORIGINAL COUNTERPART WILL BE RETAINED BY ME.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I HAVE EXECUTED THIS EMPLOYEE CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, INVENTIONS AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT AS OF MAY 21, 2015.

 

 

 

 

/s/ David Cerveny

 

 

Employee’s Signature

 

 

 

 

 

David Cerveny

 

 

Type/Print Employee’s Name

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fax Number:

 

 

 

 

 

E-mail:

 

 

 

 

 

 

RECEIPT ACKNOWLEDGED:

 

 

 

 

 

CONFORMIS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Philipp Lang

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Philipp Lang

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

7



 

ATTACHMENT A

 

ConforMIS, Inc.
a Delaware corporation

 

1.                                       The following is a complete list of inventions or improvements relevant to the subject matter of my employment by ConforMIS that have been made or conceived or first reduced to practice by me alone or jointly with others prior to my employment by ConforMIS that I desire to clarify are excluded from and are not subject to ConforMIS’ Employee Confidential Information, Inventions and Non-Competition Agreement:

 

o     No inventions or improvements

 

o     See below:

 

o     Additional sheets attached

 

o     Due to confidentiality agreements with a prior employer, I cannot disclose certain inventions that would otherwise be included on the above list.

 

2.                                       The following Inventions are excluded from the definition of ConforMIS Inventions pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement:

 

None.

 

3.                                       I propose to bring to my employment the following materials and documents of a former employer, which employer has expressly consented to my continued possession and use:

 

o     No materials or documents

 

o     See below:

 

 

 

 

Employee’s Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Type/Print Employee’s Name

 

 

(Note: Legal review is required for any change to the form of this Attachment or checking any option other than “No inventions or improvements” in Section 1 or “No materials or documents” in Section 3.)

 



 

ATTACHMENT B

 

TERMINATION CERTIFICATE

 

I hereby certify that I do not have in my possession, nor have I failed to return, any devices, records, data, notes, reports, proposals, lists, correspondence, specifications, drawings, blueprints, blue/redlines, sketches, materials, equipment, other documents or property, or reproductions of any aforementioned items belonging to ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns (together, “ ConforMIS ”).

 

I further certify that I have complied with all the terms of the ConforMIS Employee Confidential Information, Inventions and Non-Competition Agreement signed by me, including the reporting of any “Inventions” (as defined therein) and original works or authorship, conceived or made by me (solely or jointly with others) covered by that agreement.

 

I further agree that, in compliance with the Employee Confidential Information, Inventions and Non-Competition Agreement, I will continue to preserve as confidential all “Proprietary Information” (as defined therein).

 

 

 

 

 

Employee’s Signature

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Type/Print Employee’s Name

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.18

 

CONFORMIS, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED
REVENUE SHARING AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED REVENUE SHARING AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of September 2, 2011 by and between ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Philipp Lang, M.D., MBA (the “ Executive ”) and amends and restates that certain Revenue Sharing Agreement (the “ Prior Agreement ”) entered into as of January 15, 2008 which was an addendum to the Executive’s Employment Agreement with the Company of even date therewith (“ Employment Agreement ”).

 

THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.                                       Revenue Sharing .  Provided that the Executive continues to render “Services” (as defined below) to the Company, for any fiscal years 2007 through and including 2015 of the Company, within 90 calendar days of the end of each such fiscal year, the Company shall pay to the Executive the “Net Revenue Sharing Percentage” of the “Net Revenue” from the sale and licensing of “Developed Devices” (as each such term is defined below).  For Fiscal Years on or after 2016, Executive’s Net Revenue Sharing Percentage of Net Revenue shall be payable only with respect to Net Revenue from “Patented Devices” (as defined below), and shall exclude Net Revenue from any Developed Device that is not a Patented Device.  If a Patented Device ceases to be a Patented Device, for example, without limitation, due to a verdict, judgment or other determination that a patent claim pertaining to a Patented Device is invalid or unenforceable, the Executive shall retain any Shared Revenue pertaining to such Patented Device previously paid.  Within 90 calendar days after the end of each such fiscal year, the Company shall also provide the Executive with a written report that describes in reasonable detail the basis for the Company’s calculations of Net Revenue hereunder.  The Executive’s right to receive the Net Revenue Sharing Percentage of the Net Revenue from the sale and licensing of Developed Devices shall survive the termination or expiration of the Employment Agreement or this Agreement, the sale of the Company (including the sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets), and/or the sale of the intellectual property constituting the Developed Devices.  If any new or additional rights are granted to any members of the Company’s Scientific Advisory Board or Surgical Design Team, such as, by way of illustration, additional Developed Devices or entitlement to Revenue Sharing beyond 2015, the Executive shall also be granted such additional rights.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Patented Device ” shall mean any Developed Device that embodies at least one valid and enforceable claim of an existing, unexpired patent governing the jurisdiction in which the Developed Device is sold and that is assigned to Company (or any successor or assign of the Company) and on which the Executive is listed as a named inventor.

 

2.                                       Net Revenue Sharing Percentage .  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Net Revenue Sharing Percentage ” shall mean, with respect to the Developed Devices described in Section 5 (a) through (d) and (f) in the definition of “Developed Devices” below, (i) 1.0% of Net Revenue up to and including $125 million in a given year with respect to such Developed Devices and (ii) 0.875% of Net Revenue in excess of $125 million in a given year with respect to such Developed Devices, and, with respect to the Developed Devices described in (e), (g) and (h)

 



 

in the definition of “Developed Devices” below (e.g., iTotal), (1) 1.33% of the Net Revenue up to and including $125 million attributed by the Company to these devices including all versions of iTotal, hip and shoulder implants, and revision molds and (2) 1.1667% of the Net Revenue in excess of $125 million attributed by the Company to these implants including all versions of iTotal, hip and shoulder implants, and revision molds.  The “Net Revenue Sharing Percentage” with respect to the Developed Devices set forth in (i) in the definition of “Developed Devices” below and with respect to any new implants, instrumentation or related techniques subsequently added to the definition of “Developed Devices” shall be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors or Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion.  The Executive’s Net Revenue Sharing Percentage with respect to all Developed Devices shall be reduced by 50% commencing in any fiscal year in which the Executive (i) voluntarily ceases to provide Services or (ii) persistently and chronically fails to provide Services following written notice from the Company and at least 15 business days’ opportunity to cure such failure.  In such event, the Executive’s Net Revenue Sharing Percentage with respect to all Developed Devices shall be restored to 100% when and if the Executive resumes providing Services or cures a persistent and chronic failure to provide Services.  Without limiting the foregoing, the Executive’s Net Revenue Sharing Percentage may not be reduced by the Company or any successor in interest to the Company following a Change of Control if the Executive is able and willing to continue to provide Services, and in such case, the Executive shall be considered to be providing Services for purposes of this Agreement.

 

3.                                       Services .  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Services ” shall mean the performance by the Executive of services on behalf of the Company or any successor in interest to the Company either pursuant to this Agreement or, following the expiration or termination of this Agreement, in any capacity including as an employee, advisor, consultant or director, it being understood that the performance and scope of Services shall be reasonable, generally not to exceed one day per month and within the Executive’s qualifications or expertise.

 

4.                                       Net Revenue .  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Net Revenue ” shall mean all amounts of consideration collected by the Company, any successor in interest to the Company or their respective affiliates, less refunds, credits, returns, shipping, distributor and sales fee and sales taxes, if any, associated therewith.

 

5.                                       Developed Devices .  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Developed Devices ” shall include all current and future versions of the following devices, including the use of new materials, such as cross-linked polyethylene and ceramics:

 

(a)                                  The knee interpositional device (iForma);

 

(b)                                  The knee minimally invasive cartilage resurfacing device (iCart);

 

(c)                                   The knee unicompartmental resurfacing device (iUni), including all-poly, metal backed, and mobile bearing tibial components and including any inlay and onlay versions as well as versions with faceted bone cuts;

 

2



 

(d)                                  The knee bicompartmental resurfacing device (iDuo), including all-poly, metal backed, and mobile bearing tibial components and including any inlay and onlay versions as well as versions with faceted bone cuts;

 

(e)                                   The knee total resurfacing device (iTotal), including all-poly, metal backed, and mobile bearing tibial components and all current and future femoral components, including with faceted bone cuts and including any bi-cruciate retaining, PCL retaining and posterior stabilized versions;

 

(f)                                    Patient specific three dimensional guidance molds for the knee and other joints, any implants and any other musculoskeletal applications;

 

(g)                                   Patient specific or patient adapted implants devices for shoulder and hip including also hip implants with short stem and long stem, with single and multiple axes, and shoulder implants with humeral stems or central fixation pins and metal backed, metal or PE glenoid components;

 

(h)                                  Patient specific guidance molds for revision implants for any joints; and

 

(i)                                      Any modifications to the above such devices developed with the assistance of the Executive in the performance of Services.

 

The Company’s Board of Directors or Compensation Committee, with input from the Company’s management, may in its sole discretion add to the definition of “Developed Devices” any implants, instrumentation and related techniques associated with any products and versions thereof as developed, acquired or licensed by the Company which have been developed with the substantial assistance of the Executive during and in the performance of Services.

 

6.                                       Survival of Rights .  It is expressly understood that this Agreement grants rights to Executive to receive the Net Revenue Sharing Percentage of the Net Revenue from the sale and licensing of Developed Devices even after the termination or expiration of the Employment Agreement.  This Agreement shall survive a cancellation or termination of the Employment Agreement and shall be considered an enforceable agreement, in its own right, in the event that the Employment Agreement is cancelled or terminated.  This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company’s successors in interest, assignees, and licensees, and the Executive’s executors, administrators, heirs, successors, and assigns.

 

7.                                       Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                  Waiver .  The waiver of the breach of any provision of this Agreement will not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or other provision hereof.

 

(b)                                  Notices .  All notices and other communications under this Agreement will be in writing and will be given by personal or courier delivery, facsimile or first class mail, certified or registered with return receipt requested, and will be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt if personally delivered or delivered by courier, on the date of transmission if transmitted by facsimile, or three business days after mailing if mailed, to the addresses of the

 

3



 

Company and the Executive contained in the records of the Company at the time of such notice.  Any party may change such party’s address for notices by notice duly given pursuant to this Section 7(b).

 

(c)                                   Headings .  The section headings used in this Agreement are intended for convenience of reference and will not by themselves determine the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

 

(d)                                  Governing Law .  This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, excluding those laws that direct the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

 

(e)                                   Counterparts and Facsimile Signatures .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.  This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signature (including signatures in Adobe PDF or similar format).

 

(f)                                    Enforcement .  If any portion of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable, such portion will be adjusted, rather than voided, to achieve the intent of the parties to the extent possible, and the remainder will be enforced to the maximum extent possible.

 

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

4



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Revenue Sharing Agreement as of the date set forth in the preamble hereto.

 

 

 

CONFORMIS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kenneth Fallon

 

 

 

Name: Kenneth P. Fallon, III

 

 

 

Title: Director

 

 

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Philipp Lang

 

Philipp Lang, M.D., MBA

 

 

 

Address:

CONFORMIS, Inc.

 

 

11 North Avenue

 

 

Burlington, MA 01803

 

Fax Number:

781.345.0147

 

E-mail:

philipp.lang@conformis.com

 

5




Exhibit 10.19

 

ConforMIS, Inc.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYEE CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, INVENTIONS AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT

 

THIS EMPLOYEE CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, INVENTIONS AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) confirms the agreement between Philipp Lang (for purposes of this Agreement, the “ Employee ”) and ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ ConforMIS ”).  This Agreement is effective as of January 14, 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”).

 

WHEREAS, Employee and ConforMIS entered into an Employee Confidential Information, Inventions and Non-Competition Agreement executed on September 2, 2011, having an effective date of January 15, 2008 (the “ Prior Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, ConforMIS and Employee have entered into an Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (the “ Employment Agreement ”), to which this Agreement is an exhibit and of which this Agreement is a material part; and WHEREAS, the Parties intend that as of the Effective Date this Agreement shall supersede and replace the Prior Agreement, including any subsequent amendments thereto;

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration for the entering into of the Employment Agreement and the receipt by the Employee of certain compensation and benefits thereunder, and in further consideration of the Employee’s continued employment by ConforMIS, the Employee and ConforMIS hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Proprietary Information Employee understands that ConforMIS possesses and will possess Proprietary Information which is important to its business.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Proprietary Information ” means all forms and types of business, financial, marketing, operations, research and development, scientific, technical, economic, manufacturing and engineering information, whether tangible or intangible, that relates to “ConforMIS Business” (as defined herein) and other present or potential businesses, products or services of ConforMIS (including any person or entity directly or indirectly controlled by or controlling ConforMIS, or in which any of the aforesaid have at least a 50% beneficial interest), including without limitation, inventions and ideas (whether or not patentable, copyrightable, or subject to protection as trademark or trade name), trade secrets, original works, disclosures, processes, systems, methods, techniques, improvements, formulas, procedures, concepts, compositions, drawings, models, designs, prototypes, diagrams, flow charts, research, data, devices, machinery, instruments, materials, products, patterns, plans, compilations, programs, sequences, specifications, documentation, algorithms, software, computer programs, source code, object code, know-how, databases, trade names, intellectual property, clinical data and clinical observations, costs of production, price policy and price lists and similar financial data, marketing and sales data, promotional methods, business, financial and marketing plans, technology and product roadmaps, product integration plans, information on strategic partnership and alliances, licenses, customer lists and relationship information, supplier lists and relationship information, employee and consulting relationship information, accounting and financial data, any and all other proprietary information or information which is received in confidence by or for ConforMIS from any other person irrespective of the medium in which such information is memorialized or communicated.

 

2.                                       ConforMIS Materials Employee understands that ConforMIS possesses or will possess “ConforMIS Materials” which are important to its business.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ ConforMIS Materials ” are documents or other media or tangible items that contain or embody Proprietary Information or any other information concerning the business, operations or future/strategic plans of ConforMIS (including, without limitation, ConforMIS Business), whether such documents have been prepared by Employee or by others.  “ConforMIS Materials” also include, but are not limited to, laptops, cell phones, personal digital assistants (PDAs), blueprints, drawings, photographs, charts, graphs, notebooks, customer lists, computer files, disks, drives, tapes or printouts, sound recordings and other printed, typewritten or handwritten documents, as well as samples, prototypes, models, products and the

 



 

like.  Any property situated on ConforMIS’ premises and owned by ConforMIS, including laptops, notebooks, cell phones, PDAs, computer files, emails, disks, drives, and other storage media, filing cabinets or other work areas, are subject to inspection by ConforMIS personnel at any time with or without notice.

 

3.                                       Treatment of Proprietary Information and ConforMIS Property .

 

3.1                                Relationship Employee understands that Employee’s employment creates a relationship of confidence and trust between Employee and ConforMIS with respect to Proprietary Information.  Employee further understands that the unauthorized taking of ConforMIS’ Proprietary Information may result in a civil and/or criminal liability under applicable state or federal law, including without limitation an award for double the amount of ConforMIS’ damages and attorneys’ fees in the event of willful action.

 

3.2                                Obligations Regarding Proprietary Information All Proprietary Information and all title, patents, patent rights, copyrights, mask work rights, trade secret rights, and other intellectual property and rights (collectively “ Rights ”) in connection therewith are and will be the sole property of ConforMIS.  Employee hereby assigns to ConforMIS any Rights Employee may have or acquire in such Proprietary Information.  At all times, both during Employee’s employment by ConforMIS and after his/her termination by Employee or by ConforMIS for any or no reason, Employee will keep in confidence and trust and will not use or disclose, lecture upon, or publish any Proprietary Information without the prior written consent of an officer of ConforMIS except as may be necessary and appropriate in the ordinary course of performing Employee’s duties to ConforMIS.  Employee will obtain ConforMIS written approval before publishing or submitting for publication any material (written, verbal, or otherwise) that relates to ConforMIS and/or incorporates any Proprietary Information.  Proprietary Information may be considered technical data that is subject to compliance with the export control laws and regulations of the United States or other countries, and Employee will comply with such laws.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood that, at all such times, Employee is free to use information which is generally known in the trade or industry and which is rightfully received free of a confidentiality obligation, and nothing contained in this Agreement will prohibit Employee from disclosing to anyone the amount of Employee’s own compensation.

 

3.3                                Obligations Regarding ConforMIS Materials All ConforMIS Materials are and will remain the sole property of ConforMIS.  During Employee’s employment by ConforMIS, Employee will not remove any ConforMIS Materials from the business premises of ConforMIS or deliver any ConforMIS Materials to any person or entity outside ConforMIS, except as Employee is required to do in connection with performing the Employee’s duties to ConforMIS.  Immediately upon the termination of Employee’s employment by Employee or by ConforMIS for any or no reason, or during Employee’s employment if so requested by ConforMIS, Employee will return all ConforMIS Materials, apparatus, equipment and other physical property, or any reproduction of such property, excepting only (i) Employee’s personal copies of records relating to Employee’s compensation; (ii) Employee’s personal copies of any materials previously distributed generally to shareholders or stockholders of ConforMIS; and (iii) Employee’s copy of this Agreement.

 

3.4                                Third Party Information Employee recognizes that ConforMIS has received and in the future will receive from third parties their confidential or proprietary information, including but not limited to personally identifiable or health information, subject to a duty on ConforMIS’ part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and, in some cases, to use it only for certain limited purposes.  Employee owes ConforMIS and such third parties, both during the term of Employee’s employment and thereafter, a duty to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person, firm or corporation (except in a manner that is consistent with ConforMIS’ agreement with the third party or as otherwise required by law) or use it for the benefit of anyone other than ConforMIS or such third party (consistent with ConforMIS’ agreement with the third party).

 

2



 

4.                                       Employee Inventions and Works of Authorship.

 

4.1                                Ownership and Assignment All ConforMIS Inventions are the sole property of ConforMIS.  All ConforMIS Inventions shall be immediately assignable to ConforMIS, and, notwithstanding any other documents evidencing assignment that may be executed, this Agreement shall operate to automatically and immediately assign any and all ConforMIS Inventions.  Employee hereby immediately assigns all current and future ConforMIS Inventions and all Rights in them to ConforMIS to the maximum extent allowed under applicable law.  To the extent this Agreement does not serve to immediately assign all ConforMIS Inventions for any reason, Employee agrees to assign and to otherwise execute such documents and instruments to effect the assignment of all such ConforMIS Inventions to ConforMIS immediately upon request of ConforMIS.  Employee agrees not to enter into any agreement, arrangement or understanding that assigns or purports to assign any ConforMIS Inventions to any third party, except as may be expressly requested by ConforMIS in writing.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “ ConforMIS Inventions ” means any and all Inventions (as defined below), solely excluding any Invention that: (A) is expressly excluded in Attachment A .  or (B) (i) was developed entirely on Employee’s own time without using any of ConforMIS’ equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information; (ii) does not relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the Invention to ConforMIS Business (as defined below); and (iii) does not result from any work performed by the Employee for ConforMIS.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “ ConforMIS Business ” means ConforMIS’s business during any period of Employee’s employment by ConforMIS, including, without limitation, ConforMIS’s products and its actual or reasonably anticipated research and development projects, and further including without limitation, patient-specific, patient-matched and/or patient-engineered orthopedic implants, instruments and surgical procedures for the knee, hip and shoulder.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Inventions ” includes all improvements, inventions, designs, formulas, works of authorship, trade secrets, technology, computer programs, compositions, ideas, processes, techniques, know-how and data, whether or not patentable, made or conceived or reduced to practice or developed by Employee, either alone or jointly with others, during the term of Employee’s employment, including during any period of Employee’s employment prior to the Effective Date.  Additionally, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Employee will retain any rights he may have in Employee Intellectual Property (as that term is defined in Attachment A ) and will not have an obligation pursuant to this Agreement to assign to ConforMIS any of his rights in any such Employee Intellectual Property,

 

Employee hereby waives and quitclaims to ConforMIS any and all claims of any nature whatsoever which Employee now or may hereafter have for infringement of any proprietary rights assigned to ConforMIS.  Employee acknowledges that all original works of authorship which are made by Employee (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of employment and which are protectable by copyright are “works made for hire,” pursuant to United States Copyright Act (17 U.S.C., Section 101).

 

4.2                                Disclosure of Inventions Employee promptly will disclose in writing to the Chief Technology Officer (“CTO”) of ConforMIS, or to any other persons designated in writing by the Board or the CTO, all ConforMIS Inventions.  Employee also will disclose to the CTO all things that would be ConforMIS Inventions if made during the term of Employee’s employment, but which were conceived, reduced to practice, or developed by Employee within six months after the termination of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS, unless the Invention has been conceived and first reduced to practice by Employee following the termination of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS or unless the Invention is part of Employee Intellectual Property (as that term is defined in Attachment A ), provided, however, that Employee shall not use any Proprietary Information or ConforMIS Materials in the conception, reduction to practice, creation or development of an Invention.  Such disclosures will be received by ConforMIS in confidence (to the extent they are not assigned in this Section 4 and do not extend the assignment made in this Section 4).  Employee will not disclose ConforMIS Inventions to any person outside ConforMIS unless requested to do so by an officer of ConforMIS.  Employee will keep and maintain adequate

 

3



 

and current records (in the form of notes, sketches, drawings and in any other form that may be required by ConforMIS) of all Proprietary Information developed by Employee and all ConforMIS Inventions made by Employee during the period of Employee’s employment at ConforMIS, which records will be available to and remain the sole property of ConforMIS at all times.  For clarity, Employee shall have no obligation pursuant to this Agreement to disclose to ConforMIS any Inventions related to Employee Intellectual Property except as currently listed on Attachment A to this Agreement.

 

4.3                                Further Assurances Employee will perform, during and after Employee’s employment, all acts deemed necessary or desirable by ConforMIS to permit and assist it, at ConforMIS’ expense, in obtaining, maintaining, defending and enforcing Rights with respect to such ConforMIS Inventions and improvements in any and all countries.  Such acts may include, but are not limited to, execution of documents and assistance or cooperation in legal proceedings.  Employee will execute such declarations, assignments, or other documents as may be necessary in the course of ConforMIS Invention evaluation, patent prosecution, or protection of patent or analogous property rights, to assure that title in such ConforMIS Inventions will be held by ConforMIS or by such other parties designated by ConforMIS as may be appropriate under the circumstances.  Employee irrevocably designates and appoints ConforMIS and its duly authorized officers and agents, as Employee’s agents and attorneys-in-fact to act for and on Employee’s behalf and instead of Employee, to execute and file any documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the above purposes with the same legal force and effect as if executed by Employee.

 

4.4                                Moral Rights Any assignment of copyright pursuant to this Agreement includes all rights of paternity, integrity, disclosure and withdrawal and any other rights that may be known as or referred to as “moral rights” (collectively, “ Moral Rights ”).  To the extent such Moral Rights cannot be assigned under applicable law and to the extent the following is allowed by the laws in the various countries where Moral Rights exist, Employee hereby waives such Moral Rights and consents to any such action of ConforMIS that would violate such Moral Rights in the absence of such consent.  Employee will confirm any such waivers and consents from time to time as requested by ConforMIS.

 

4.5                                Pre-Existing Inventions Employee has attached to this Agreement as Attachment A, a list of Employee Intellectual Property (as that term is defined in Attachment A) , to which Employee claims ownership as of the date of this Agreement and that Employee desires to specifically clarify are not subject to this Agreement.  If disclosure of an item on Attachment A would cause Employee to violate any prior confidentiality agreement, Employee understands that Employee is not to list such in Attachment A but is to inform ConforMIS that such Employee Intellectual Property have not been listed for that reason.  A space is provided on Attachment A for such purpose.  Employee will not improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former employers or other third parties, if any, and Employee will not bring onto the premises of ConforMIS any unpublished documents or any property belonging to any former employers or other third parties unless consented to in writing by such employers or such other third parties.  If, in the course of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS, Employee incorporates a prior Employee-owned invention, or any Employee Intellectual Property into a ConforMIS product, process or machine, ConforMIS is hereby granted and shall have a nonexclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide license (with rights to sublicense through multiple tiers of sublicensees) to make, have made, modify, use and sell such prior Invention for any and all purposes as ConforMIS determines in its sole discretion, provided, however, that this provision shall not apply where the rights to the Employee-owned invention or any Employee Intellectual Property are governed by a written agreement with ConforMIS or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee agrees that Employee will not incorporate, or permit to be incorporated, prior inventions in any ConforMIS Inventions or ConforMIS products without ConforMIS’ prior written consent.

 

5.                                       Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation .

 

5.1                                Non-Competition During Employment Employee agrees that during the term of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS, Employee shall not engage in any employment, business, or activity that is in any way competitive with ConforMIS, and Employee will not assist any other person or organization in competing with ConforMIS or in preparing to engage in competition with ConforMIS, including, without

 

4



 

limitation, the development, engineering, marketing, management, production, sale or distribution of “Competitive Products” (hereinafter defined).  The provisions of this section will apply both during normal working hours and at all other times including, but not limited to, nights, weekends and vacation time, while Employee is employed by ConforMIS, provided however that Employee may engage in the development and exploitation of any of the Employee Intellectual Property identified in Attachment A.  Mere ownership of less than 1% of the outstanding voting shares of a public entity that may compete with ConforMIS shall not be deemed a violation of this Section 5.1.

 

5.2                                Non-Competition After Employment Employee agrees that during the Non-competition Period (hereinafter defined), Employee shall not directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of ConforMIS, either on Employee’s own behalf or on behalf of any third party, compete or assist any third party to compete with ConforMIS in the development, engineering, marketing, management, production, sale or distribution of Competitive Products in the Territory (hereinafter defined), provided however that Employee may engage in the development and exploitation of any of the Employee Intellectual Property identified in Attachment A.  “ Non-competition Period ” shall mean the one (1) year period commencing upon termination of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS (regardless of the reason or reasons for termination, and whether such termination is voluntary or involuntary on Employee’s part).  “ Competitive Products ” shall mean (a) partial or total knee replacement or resurfacing implants and (b) patient-specific orthopedic products and services that are manufactured using, or that employ, a medical image for the purpose of performing medical or surgical procedures on a knee joint and (c) other products that are directly competitive with any existing product of ConforMIS or any product that is in active research and development at ConforMIS at the time of Employee’s termination.  “ Territory ” shall mean anywhere in the world.

 

5.3                                Non-solicitation; Non-interference Employee agrees that during the term of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS and the Non-competition Period, Employee will not directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of ConforMIS, either on Employee’s own behalf or on behalf of any third party, (i) disrupt, damage, impair or interfere with the business of ConforMIS (including, without limitation, ConforMIS Business as defined herein) whether by way of interfering with or raiding ConforMIS’ directors, officers, employees, agents, consultants, vendors, suppliers, and partners with which ConforMIS does business, or in any manner attempting to persuade, solicit, recruit, encourage or induce any such persons to discontinue their relationship with ConforMIS, or (ii) solicit, service, accept orders from, or otherwise have business contact with any customer or potential customer of ConforMIS with whom Employee had any contact during the one year period preceding Employee’s termination of employment, if such contact could directly or indirectly divert business from or adversely affect the business of ConforMIS.  However, this obligation will not affect any responsibility Employee may have as an employee of ConforMIS with respect to the bona fide hiring and firing of ConforMIS personnel.

 

5.4                                Acknowledgement Employee understands and recognizes that (i) during and as a result of Employee’s employment by ConforMIS, Employee will acquire experience, skills and knowledge related to ConforMIS’ business (including, without limitation, ConforMIS Business as defined herein) and will become familiar with ConforMIS’ Proprietary Information; (ii) his/her working for a competitor of ConforMIS would lead to the inevitable disclosure of ConforMIS’ Proprietary Information; (iii) the goodwill to which Employee may be exposed in the course of employment belongs exclusively to ConforMIS;

 

(iv) in the course of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS, customers and others may come to recognize and associate Employee with ConforMIS, its products and services, and that Employee will thereby benefit from ConforMIS’ goodwill; and (v) if Employee were to engage in competition with ConforMIS, directly or indirectly, Employee would thereby usurp ConforMIS’ goodwill.

 

5.5                                Reasonableness Employee acknowledges and agrees that because of the nature of ConforMIS’ products, services and customers, because of Employee’s position with ConforMIS and because of the scope of ConforMIS’ business, the restrictions contained in this Section 5 are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the business and goodwill of ConforMIS.  If at any time the provisions of this Section 5 shall be deemed invalid or unenforceable or are prohibited by the laws of the jurisdiction where they are to be performed or enforced, by reason of being vague or overbroad in any manner, or for any other reason, such provisions shall be considered divisible and shall become and be immediately

 

5



 

amended to include only such restrictions and to such extent as shall be deemed to be reasonable and enforceable by the court or other body having jurisdiction over this Agreement; and ConforMIS and Employee agree that the provisions of this Section 5, as so amended, shall be valid and binding as though any invalid or unenforceable provision had not been included herein.

 

6.                                       No Conflict with Other Agreements Employee represents and warrants that (a) the performance of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS and all the terms of this Agreement will not breach or conflict with any other agreement to which Employee is a party, excluding any agreements related to the exclusions to this Agreement listed in Attachment A, including without limitation, any confidentiality agreement, nondisclosure agreement, non-competition and/or non-solicitation agreement, employment agreement, proprietary rights agreement or the like, (b) Employee will abide by all such agreements to the extent required by law, (c) Employee has delivered to ConforMIS a copy of all such agreements that may bear on Employee’s employment with ConforMIS, and (d) Employee has not entered into, and will not enter into, any agreement either written or oral in conflict herewith or in conflict with Employee’s employment with ConforMIS.  If Employee is requested to perform any task on behalf of ConforMIS that would violate any outstanding obligations of any kind that Employee has to any of Employee’s prior employers or third parties, Employee shall contact ConforMIS’ human resources or legal departments as soon as possible to resolve the issue.

 

7.                                       Termination of Employment Pursuant to Agreement or At Will This Agreement is not a contract guaranteeing employment of a specified length, and each of Employee and ConforMIS has the right to terminate Employee’s employment in accordance with the terms of the Employment Agreement in effect and signed by both parties to this Agreement or, if none, at will for any reason consistent with applicable law.

 

8.                                       Termination Certificate Upon termination of Employee’s employment by Employee or by ConforMIS for any or no reason, Employee will execute and deliver to ConforMIS a termination certificate substantially in the form attached to this Agreement as Attachment B .

 

9.                                       Limitation of Application; Independent Agreement .  Employee acknowledges that (a) this Agreement does not purport to set forth all of the terms and conditions of Employee’s employment and, as an employee of ConforMIS, Employee has obligations to ConforMIS which are not set forth in this Agreement, (b) this Agreement is a separate binding obligation independent of Employee’s employment or continued employment by ConforMIS and (c) any breach or alleged breach by ConforMIS of any obligation to Employee of any nature shall not affect in any manner the binding nature of Employee’s obligations under this Agreement.

 

10.                                Survival; Forwarding of Agreement This Agreement shall survive any and all changes in terms and conditions of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS and any break in Employee’s service or employment with ConforMIS.  All of the provisions of this Agreement will continue in effect after termination of Employee’s employment, regardless of the reason or reasons for termination, and whether such termination is voluntary or involuntary on Employee’s part.  Employee will notify any future client, employer or potential employer or client of Employee’s obligations under this Agreement.  ConforMIS is entitled to communicate Employee’s obligations under this Agreement to any future employer or potential employer.

 

11.                                Equitable Relief ConforMIS has expended substantial efforts to maintain the confidentiality and proprietary nature of the information described in this Agreement and would be materially and irreparably injured by an unauthorized disclosure of any of that information.  Any breach of this Agreement will result in irreparable and continuing damage to ConforMIS for which there can be no adequate remedy at law, and in the event of any such breach, ConforMIS will be entitled to immediate injunctive relief and other equitable remedies (without any need to post any bond or other security) in addition to such other and further relief as may be proper.

 

12.                                Disputes Any dispute in the meaning, effect or validity of this Agreement will be resolved in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to its

 

6



 

conflict of laws provisions.  The exclusive venue for any disputes relating to this Agreement will be in Middlesex County, Massachusetts.  The non-prevailing party in any dispute will pay the prevailing party’s attorneys’ fees and costs relating to such dispute.

 

13.                                Severability If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be illegal or unenforceable under applicable law, such illegal or unenforceable portion(s) will be revised to make them legal and enforceable.  The remainder of this Agreement will otherwise remain in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

14.                                Assignment; Binding Nature ConforMIS may assign this Agreement, or any rights or obligations herein, in connection with the transfer or sale of all or substantially all of its assets or stock, without any consent of, or notice to, Employee to be effective.  This Agreement will be binding upon Employee, Employee’s heirs, executors, assigns, and administrators and will inure to the benefit of ConforMIS, its subsidiaries, successors and assigns.

 

15.                                Entire Agreement; Modification in Writing This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, terms and conditions, whether written or oral, made by the parties hereto concerning the specific subject matter of this Agreement.  This Agreement can only be modified by a subsequent written agreement executed by the Employee and an executive officer of ConforMIS.

 

16.                                Acknowledgement Employee acknowledges that this Agreement is a condition of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS, and that Employee has had a full and adequate opportunity to read, understand and discuss with Employee’s advisors, including legal counsel, the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement prior to signing hereunder.

 

I HAVE READ THIS AGREEMENT CAREFULLY AND UNDERSTAND AND ACCEPT THE OBLIGATIONS WHICH IT IMPOSES UPON ME WITHOUT RESERVATION I SIGN THIS AGREEMENT VOLUNTARILY AND FREELY, IN DUPLICATE, WITH THE UNDERSTANDING THAT ONE ORIGINAL COUNTERPART WILL BE RETAINED BY CONFORMIS AND THE OTHER ORIGINAL COUNTERPART WILL BE RETAINED BY ME .

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I HAVE EXECUTED THIS EMPLOYEE CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, INVENTIONS AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT AS OF 2/ 10 , 2015.

 

 

 

/s/ Philipp Lang

 

Employee’s Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Philipp Lang

 

Type/Print Employee’s Name

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fax Number:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Email:

 

 

7



 

RECEIPT ACKNOWLEDGED:

 

 

 

ConforMIS, Inc.

 

 

 

By:

Kenneth P. Fallon, III

 

 

 

Name:

Ken Fallon

 

 

 

 

Title:

Chairman

 

 

8



 

ATTACHMENT A

 

ConforMIS, Inc.
a Delaware corporation

 

1.                                       The following is a list of inventions, improvements, ideas, concepts and fields of research and development (“Employee Intellectual Property”) relevant to the subject matter of my employment by ConforMIS that have been made or conceived or first reduced to practice by me alone or jointly with others that I desire to clarify are excluded from and are not ConforMIS Inventions and are excluded from and are not subject to the ConforMIS Employee Confidential Information, Inventions and Non-Competition Agreement.  New Inventions that are made or conceived or first reduced to practice by me alone or jointly with others either during or after my employment with ConforMIS, related to any of the Employee Intellectual Property listed below are expressly not ConforMIS Inventions and are expressly not subject to the ConforMIS Employee Confidential Information, Inventions and Non-Competition Agreement.

 

·                   All patents and patent applications filed anywhere in the world and assigned to The Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University (including any of its subsidiaries or other affiliates).

·                   All patents and patent applications filed anywhere in the world and assigned to the University of California at San Francisco (including any of its subsidiaries or other affiliates) as of January 15, 2008.

·                   All inventions related to novel therapeutic methods to treat early cartilage lesions and cartilage delaminations that were disclosed to Brigham Corporate Sponsored Research and Licensing Office as of January 2011.

·                   All patents and patent applications filed anywhere in the world relating to the field of spinal treatment and assigned to Vertegen, Inc.

·                   All patents and patent applications filed anywhere in the world relating to the field of ultrasound and assigned to DaVinci IP LLC.

·                   Any invention related to novel vertebroplasty and kyphoplasty systems.

·                   Any invention related to novel vascular stent or repair systems.

·                   Any invention related to novel robotic surgery systems.

·                   Any invention related to multi-dimensional imaging, visualization and guidance methods and related software, devices, systems and techniques for treating various diseases and conditions (but excluding the use of custom joint replacement implants or patient-specific instruments for custom joint replacement implants).

·                   Any invention related to anti-angiogenesis systems and drugs and methods of delivery of such systems and drugs.

·                   Any invention that does not otherwise relate to ConforMIS Business.

 

9



 

2.                                       I propose to bring to my employment the following materials and documents of a former employer, which employer has expressly consented to my continued possession and use:

 

x                                   No materials or documents

 

o                                     See below:

 

/s/ Philipp Lang

 

Employee’s Signature

 

 

 

Philipp Lang

 

Type/Print Employee’s Name

 

 

(Note: Legal review is required for any change to the form of this Attachment or checking any option other than “No inventions or improvements” in Section 1 or “No materials or documents” in Section 3.)

 

10



 

ATTACHMENT B

 

TERMINATION CERTIFICATE

 

I hereby certify that I do not have in my possession, nor have I failed to return, any devices, records, data, notes, reports, proposals, lists, correspondence, specifications, drawings, blueprints, blue/redlines, sketches, materials, equipment, other documents or property, or reproductions of any aforementioned items belonging to ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns (together, “ ConforMIS ”).

 

I further certify that I have complied with all the terms of the ConforMIS Employee Confidential Information, Inventions and Non-Competition Agreement signed by me, including the reporting of any “Inventions” (as defined therein) and original works or authorship, conceived or made by me (solely or jointly with others) covered by that agreement.

 

I further agree that, in compliance with the Employee Confidential Information, Inventions and Non-Competition Agreement, I will continue to preserve as confidential all “Proprietary Information” (as defined therein).

 

 

 

 

Employee’s Signature

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

Type/Print Employee’s Name

 

 

 

11




Exhibit 10.20

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

This Indemnification Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of [ · ], 2015 by and between ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [ · ] (the “Indemnitee”). This Agreement supersedes and replaces any and all previous Agreements between the Company and Indemnitee covering the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve publicly-held corporations as directors, officers or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

 

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “Certificate of Incorporation”) requires indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”). The Certificate of Incorporation and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

 

WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

 

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company and its stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

 

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

 



 

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate of Incorporation and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder;

 

WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Certificate of Incorporation and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified; and

 

[WHEREAS, Indemnitee is a representative of [ · ] [and its affiliated investment funds] (the “Fund”), and has certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by the Fund which Indemnitee and the Fund intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided herein, with the Company’s acknowledgement and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to serve on the Board;](1)

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

Section 1.                                            Services to the Company. Indemnitee agrees to serve as a[n] [director] [officer] of the Company. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that Indemnitee’s employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), if any, is at will, and the Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, except as may be otherwise provided in any written employment contract between Indemnitee and the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), other applicable formal severance policies duly adopted by the Board, or, with respect to service as a director or officer of the Company, by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Company’s Bylaws, and the DGCL. The foregoing notwithstanding, this Agreement shall continue in force after Indemnitee has ceased to serve as a[n] [director] [officer] of the Company, as provided in Section 16 hereof.

 

Section 2.                                            Definitions. As used in this Agreement:

 

(a)                                  References to “agent” shall mean any person who is or was a director, officer, or employee of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company or other person authorized by the Company to act for the Company, to include such person serving in such capacity as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or other official of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise at the request of, for the convenience of, or to represent the interests of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company.

 


(1)  Include this WHEREAS clause and the other bracketed provisions throughout if the Indemnitee is affiliated with an investment fund or other entity that provides indemnification to the Indemnitee.

 

2



 

(b)                                  A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

 

i.                                           Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person (as defined below) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing thirty-five percent (35%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities unless the change in relative Beneficial Ownership of the Company’s securities by any Person results solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding shares of securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;

 

ii.                                        Change in Board of Directors. During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 2(b)(i), 2(b)(iii) or 2(b)(iv)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;

 

iii.                                     Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its ultimate parent, as applicable) more than 51% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity or its ultimate parent, as applicable, outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity or its ultimate parent, as applicable;

 

iv.                                    Liquidation or Sale of Assets. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and

 

v.                                       Other Events. There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act (as defined below), whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

 

For purposes of this Section 2(b), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

(A)                                “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

 

(B)                                “Person” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided, however,

 

3



 

that Person shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

 

(C)                                “Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Beneficial Owner shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity.

 

(c)                                   “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person as a current or former director or officer of the Company or as a current or former director, manager, partner, officer, employee, agent, or trustee of any other entity or enterprise that such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

 

(d)                                  “Disinterested Director” shall mean a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

(e)                                   “Enterprise” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, employee, agent or fiduciary.

 

(f)                                    “Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts and other professionals, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also shall include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent, and (ii) for purposes of Section 14(d) only, Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement, by litigation or otherwise. The parties agree that for the purposes of any advancement of Expenses for which Indemnitee has made written demand to the Company in accordance with this Agreement, all Expenses included in such demand that are certified by affidavit of Indemnitee’s counsel as being reasonable shall be presumed conclusively to be reasonable. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

 

(g)                                   “Independent Counsel” shall mean a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years

 

4



 

has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

 

(h)                                  The term “Proceeding” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, claim, counterclaim, cross claim, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative, legislative, or investigative (formal or informal) nature, including any appeal therefrom, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, potential party, non-party witness or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, by reason of any action taken by him (or a failure to take action by him) or of any action (or failure to act) on his part while acting pursuant to his Corporate Status, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or advancement of Expenses can be provided under this Agreement. If the Indemnitee believes in good faith that a given situation may lead to or culminate in the institution of a Proceeding, this shall be considered a Proceeding under this paragraph.

 

(i)                                      Reference to “other enterprise” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise tax assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Agreement.

 

Section 3.                                            Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in

 

5



 

the case of a criminal Proceeding had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. The parties hereto intend that this Agreement shall provide to the fullest extent permitted by law for indemnification in excess of that expressly permitted by statute, including, without limitation, any indemnification provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, vote of its stockholders or disinterested directors or applicable law.

 

Section 4.                                            Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery (the “Delaware Court”) or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court shall deem proper.

 

Section 5.                                            Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to (or a participant in) and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with or related to each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter to the fullest extent permitted by law. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

Section 6.                                            Indemnification For Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness or otherwise asked to participate in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

 

Section 7.                                            Partial Indemnification. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of Expenses, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

 

6



 

Section 8.                                            Additional Indemnification .

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 3, 4, or 5, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law if Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the Proceeding.

 

(b)                                  For purposes of Section 8(a), the meaning of the phrase “to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law” shall include, but not be limited to:

 

i.                                           to the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL, and

 

ii.                                        to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

 

Section 9.                                            Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement [but subject to Section 15(e), however], the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnification payment in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

 

(a)                                  for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision; or

 

(b)                                  for (i) an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act (as defined in Section 2(b) hereof) or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law, or (ii) any reimbursement of the Company by the Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by the Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act); or

 

(c)                                   except as provided in Section 14(d) of this Agreement, in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.

 

7



 

Section 10.                                     Advances of Expenses. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary (other than Section 14(d)), the Company shall advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) not initiated by Indemnitee, and such advancement shall be made within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the Expenses and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. In accordance with Section 14(d), advances shall include any and all reasonable Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed. The Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement, which shall constitute an undertaking providing that the Indemnitee undertakes to repay the amounts advanced (without interest) to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. No other form of undertaking shall be required other than the execution of this Agreement. This Section 10 shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 9.

 

Section 11.                                     Procedure for Notification and Defense of Claim .

 

(a)                                  Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing of any matter with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of written notice thereof. The written notification to the Company shall include a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding. To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of such Proceeding. The omission by Indemnitee to notify the Company hereunder will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, and any delay in so notifying the Company shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights under this Agreement. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

 

(b)                                  The Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.

 

Section 12.                                     Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification .

 

(a)                                  Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 11(a), a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case: (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee; or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the

 

8



 

Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (D) if so directed by the Board, by the stockholders of the Company; and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or Expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom. The Company promptly will advise Indemnitee in writing with respect to any determination that Indemnitee is or is not entitled to indemnification, including a description of any reason or basis for which indemnification has been denied.

 

(b)                                  In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 12(a) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 12(b). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided , however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or the Delaware Court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after the later of submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 11(a) hereof and the final disposition of the Proceeding, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Delaware Court for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by such court or by such other person as such court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 12(a) hereof. Upon the due

 

9


 

commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 14(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

 

Section 13.                                     Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .

 

(a)                                  In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 11(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

(b)                                  Subject to Section 14(e), if the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 12 of this Agreement to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 13(b) shall not apply (i) if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination the Board has resolved to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat, or (ii) if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent,

 

10



 

shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

(d)                                  For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the directors or officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with the reasonable care by the Enterprise. The provisions of this Section 13(d) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

 

(e)                                   The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

 

Section 14.                                     Remedies of Indemnitee .

 

(a)                                  Subject to Section 14(e), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 5, 6 or 7 or the last sentence of Section 12(a) of this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3, 4 or 8 of this Agreement is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, or (vi) in the event that the Company or any other person takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or Proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, the Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to the Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of his entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

 

(b)                                  In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that

 

11



 

adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14, the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

 

(c)                                   If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

(d)                                  The Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. It is the intent of the Company that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Indemnitee not be required to incur legal fees or other Expenses associated with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement by litigation or otherwise because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to the Indemnitee hereunder. The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company if, in the case of indemnification, Indemnitee is wholly successful on the underlying claims; if Indemnitee is not wholly successful on the underlying claims, then such indemnification shall be only to the extent Indemnitee is successful on such underlying claims or otherwise as permitted by law, whichever is greater.

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement of Indemnitee to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

 

Section 15.                                     Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation .

 

(a)                                  The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Certificate of Incorporation and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this

 

12



 

Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

 

(b)                                  The Company shall maintain directors’ and officers’ insurance programs (“D&O Insurance”) providing coverage to Indemnitee for Expenses during the time period Indemnitee serves the Company in a Corporate Status, and for a period of no less than six years following the conclusion of such service.  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, the Company, subject to the approval of the Board, shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain D&O Insurance if the Company determines in good faith that: such insurance is not reasonably available; the premium costs for such insurance are disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided; the coverage provided by such insurance is limited by exclusions so as to provide an insufficient benefit; the Company is to be acquired and a tail policy of reasonable terms and duration is purchased for pre-closing acts or omissions by the Indemnitee; or the Company is to be acquired and D&O Insurance will be maintained by the acquirer that covers pre-closing acts and omissions by the Indemnitee. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of such claim or of the commencement of a Proceeding, as the case may be, to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

 

(c)                                   In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee [(other than any rights of recovery of Indemnitee from a Fund Indemnitor or under any insurance provided by the Fund or its affiliates)], who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

(d)                                  [Except as provided for under Section 15(e) of this Agreement, the] [The] Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

 

(e)                                   [The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by the Fund and certain of its affiliates (collectively, the “Fund Indemnitors”). The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses,

 

13



 

judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws (or any agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and, (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms hereof.]

 

Section 16.                                     Duration of Agreement. This Agreement shall continue during the period Indemnitee serves as a director or officer of the Company or as a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other Enterprise which Indemnitee serves at the request of the Company and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee may be subject to any possible Proceeding (including any rights of appeal thereto and any Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 14 of this Agreement [or by a Fund Indemnitor pursuant to Section 15(e) of this Agreement ] ) by reason of his Corporate Status, whether or not he is acting in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement. The indemnification and advancement of expenses rights provided by or granted pursuant to this Agreement shall be binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of any other Enterprise, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his or her spouse, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors and administrators and other legal representatives.

 

Section 17.                                     Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

 

14



 

Section 18.                                     Enforcement .

 

(a)                                  The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.

 

(b)                                  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

 

Section 19.                                     Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

Section 20.                                     Notice by Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to the Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise.

 

Section 21.                                     Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (a) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (c) mailed by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (d) sent by facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received:

 

(a)                                  If to Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Company.

 

(b)                                  If to the Company to:

 

ConforMIS, Inc.
28 Crosby Drive
Bedford, MA 01730
Attention: General Counsel

 

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.

 

15



 

Section 22.                                     Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its other directors, officers, employees and agents), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

 

Section 23.                                     Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 14(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, irrevocably Incorporating Services Ltd. as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

 

Section 24.                                     Identical Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

 

Section 25.                                     Miscellaneous. Use of the masculine pronoun shall be deemed to include usage of the feminine pronoun where appropriate. The headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

 

16



 

The parties executed this Agreement as of the day and year first set forth above.

 

 

CONFORMIS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Office:

 

 

 

 

 

INDEMNITEE

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Address:

 

 




Exhibit 10.21

 

LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (as the same may from time to time be amended, modified, supplemented or restated, this “ Agreement ”) dated as of November 7, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”) among SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California corporation with an office located at 3003 Tasman Drive, Santa Clara, CA 95054 (“ Bank ” or “ SVB ”), as collateral agent (in such capacity, “ Collateral Agent ”), the Lenders listed on Schedule 1.1 hereof or otherwise a party hereto from time to time including SVB in its capacity as a Lender and OXFORD FINANCE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company with an office located at 133 North Fairfax Street, Alexandria, Virginia 22314 (“ Oxford ”) (each a “ Lender ” and collectively, the “ Lenders ”), CONFORMIS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ ConforMIS ”) and IMATX, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ ImaTx ” and individually, collectively, jointly and severally with ConforMIS, “ Borrower ”), each, with offices located at 28 Crosby Drive, Bedford, MA 01730, provides the terms on which the Lenders shall lend to Borrower and Borrower shall repay the Lenders.  The parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                       ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

 

1.1                                Accounting terms not defined in this Agreement shall be construed in accordance with GAAP.  Calculations and determinations must be made in accordance with GAAP.  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13.  All other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined therein.  All references to “ Dollars ” or “ $ ” are United States Dollars, unless otherwise noted.

 

2.                                       LOANS AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

 

2.1                                Promise to Pay.  Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay each Lender, the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions advanced to Borrower by such Lender and accrued and unpaid interest thereon and any other amounts due hereunder as and when due in accordance with this Agreement.

 

2.1.1                      Advances.

 

(a)                                  Availability .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and to deduction of Reserves, Bank shall make Advances not exceeding the Availability Amount.  Amounts borrowed hereunder may be repaid and, prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date, reborrowed, without penalty or premium, subject to the applicable terms and conditions precedent herein.  If, at any time, the outstanding principal amount of any Advances exceeds the lesser of either the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank in cash such excess.

 

(b)                                  Termination; Repayment .  The Revolving Line terminates on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, when the principal amount of all Advances, the unpaid interest thereon, and all other Obligations relating to the Revolving Line shall be immediately due and payable.  Borrower may terminate the Revolving Line by (i) providing written notice to Bank of Borrower’s election to terminate the Revolving Line at least three (3) Business Days prior to such termination, and (ii) paying to Bank, on the date of such termination (A) all outstanding Advances plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, (B) the Termination Fee pursuant to Section 12.1, (C) any unpaid portion of the Revolving Loan Fee and (D) any other sums that shall have become due and payable with respect to the Advances, including Lenders’ Expenses and interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

 

2.1.2                      Term Loans.

 

(a)                                  Availability.

 

(i)                                      Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Lenders agree, severally and not jointly, to make term loans to Borrower on the Effective Date in an aggregate amount of Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00) according to each Lender’s Term A Loan Commitment as set forth on Schedule 1.1 hereto (the “ Term A Loan ”).  After repayment, the Term A Loan may not be re-borrowed.

 



 

(ii)                                   Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Lenders agree, severally and not jointly, during the Draw Period, to make an additional term loan to Borrower in an aggregate amount of Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00) according to each Lender’s Term B Loan Commitment as set forth on Schedule 1.1 hereto (the “ Term B Loan ; the Term A Loan and the Term B Loan are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “ Term Loans ”).  After repayment, the Term B Loan may not be re-borrowed.

 

(b)                                  Repayment .  Borrower shall make monthly payments of interest only in arrears commencing on the first (1 st ) Payment Date following the Funding Date of each Term Loan, and continuing on the Payment Date of each successive month thereafter through and including the Payment Date immediately preceding the Amortization Date.  Commencing on the Amortization Date, and continuing on the Payment Date of each month thereafter, Borrower shall make consecutive equal monthly payments of principal and interest, in arrears, to each Lender, as calculated by Collateral Agent (which calculations shall be deemed correct absent manifest error) based upon:  (1) the amount of such Lender’s Term Loan, (2) the effective rate of interest, as determined in Section 2.2(a), and (3) a repayment schedule equal to (i) thirty-six (36) months if Borrower has not achieved the Revenue Milestone or (ii) twenty-four (24) months if Borrower has achieved the Revenue Milestone.  All unpaid principal and accrued and unpaid interest with respect to each Term Loan is due and payable in full on the Term Loan Maturity Date.  Each Term Loan may only be prepaid in accordance with Sections 2.1.2(c) and 2.1.2(d).

 

(c)                                   Mandatory Prepayments .  If the Term Loans are accelerated following the occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately pay to Lenders, payable to each Lender in accordance with its respective Pro Rata Share, an amount equal to the sum of:  (i) all outstanding principal of the Term Loans plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon through the prepayment date, (ii) the Final Payment, (iii) the Prepayment Fee, plus (iv) all other Obligations that are due and payable, including Lenders’ Expenses and interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.  Notwithstanding (but without duplication with) the foregoing, on the Term Loan Maturity Date, if the Final Payment had not previously been paid in full in connection with the prepayment of the Term Loans in full, Borrower shall pay to Collateral Agent, for payment to each Lender in accordance with its respective Pro Rata Share, the Final Payment in respect of the Term Loan(s).

 

(d)                                  Permitted Prepayment of Term Loans .  Borrower shall have the option to prepay all, but not less than all, of the Term Loans advanced by the Lenders under this Agreement, provided Borrower (i) provides written notice to Collateral Agent of its election to prepay the Term Loans at least ten (10) days prior to such prepayment, and (ii) pays to the Lenders on the date of such prepayment, payable to each Lender in accordance with its respective Pro Rata Share, an amount equal to the sum of (A) all outstanding principal of the Term Loans plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon through the prepayment date, (B) the Final Payment, (C) the Prepayment Fee, plus (D) all other Obligations that are due and payable, including Lenders’ Expenses and interest at the Default Rate with respect to any past due amounts.

 

2.2                                Payment of Interest on the Credit Extensions.

 

(a)                                  Interest Rate .

 

(i)                                      Advances .  Subject to Section 2.2(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Line shall accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the Prime Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly in arrears on the first day of each month.

 

(ii)                                   Term Loans .  Subject to Section 2.2(b), the principal amount outstanding under the Term Loans shall accrue interest at per annum rate (which rate shall be fixed for the duration of the applicable Term Loan on the Funding Date of such Term Loan) equal to four percentage points (4.00%) above the Prime Rate, which interest shall be payable monthly in arrears in accordance with Sections 2.1.2(b) and 2.2(e).  Interest shall accrue on each Term Loan commencing on, and including, the Funding Date of such Term Loan, and shall accrue on the principal amount outstanding under such Term Loan through and including the day on which such Term Loan is paid in full.

 

(b)                                  Default Rate .  Immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Obligations shall accrue interest at a fixed per annum rate equal to the rate that is otherwise applicable thereto plus five percentage points (5.00%) (the “ Default Rate ”) Payment or acceptance of the increased interest

 

2



 

rate provided in this Section 2.2(b) is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Collateral Agent.

 

(c)                                   360-Day Year .  Interest shall be computed on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year consisting of twelve (12) months of thirty (30) days.

 

(d)                                  D ebit of Accounts .  Collateral Agent and each Lender may debit (or ACH) any deposit accounts, maintained by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments or any other amounts Borrower owes the Lenders under the Loan Documents when due.  Any such debits (or ACH activity) shall not constitute a set-off.

 

(e)                                   Payments .  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by Borrower under the Loan Documents shall be made to the respective Lender to which such payments are owed, at such Lender’s office in immediately available funds on the date specified herein.  Unless otherwise provided, interest is payable monthly on the Payment Date of each month.  Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 noon Pacific time are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day.  When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment is due the next Business Day and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid.  All payments to be made by Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document, including payments of principal and interest, and all fees, expenses, indemnities and reimbursements, shall be made without set-off, recoupment or counterclaim, in lawful money of the United States and in immediately available funds.

 

2.3                                Secured Promissory Notes.  The Advances and the Term Loans shall be evidenced by a Secured Promissory Note or Notes in the form attached as Exhibit D hereto (each a “ Secured Promissory Note ”), and shall be repayable as set forth in this Agreement.  Borrower irrevocably authorizes each Lender to make or cause to be made, on or about the Funding Date of any Advance or Term Loan or at the time of receipt of any payment of principal on such Lender’s Secured Promissory Note, an appropriate notation on such Lender’s Secured Promissory Note Record reflecting the making of such Advance or Term Loan or (as the case may be) the receipt of such payment.  The outstanding amount of each Advance and each Term Loan set forth on such Lender’s Secured Promissory Note Record shall be prima facie evidence of the principal amount thereof owing and unpaid to such Lender, but the failure to record, or any error in so recording, any such amount on such Lender’s Secured Promissory Note Record shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of Borrower under any Secured Promissory Note or any other Loan Document to make payments of principal of or interest on any Secured Promissory Note when due.  Upon receipt of an affidavit of an officer of a Lender as to the loss, theft, destruction, or mutilation of its Secured Promissory Note (and customary indemnification by the Lender), Borrower shall issue, in lieu thereof, a replacement Secured Promissory Note in the same principal amount thereof and of like tenor.

 

2.4                                Fees.  Borrower shall pay to Collateral Agent:

 

(a)                                  Revolving Loan Fee .  A fully earned, nonrefundable loan fee of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) (solely for the account of Bank), payable in increments equal to Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) on the Effective Date and each anniversary thereof (the “ Revolving Loan Fee ”), subject to prepayment in accordance with Section 2.1.1(b);

 

(b)                                  Termination Fee .  The Termination Fee (solely for the account of Bank), when due hereunder;

 

(c)                                   Final Payment .  The Final Payment, when due hereunder, to be shared between the Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares;

 

(d)                                  Prepayment Fee .  The Prepayment Fee, when due hereunder, to be shared between the Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares;

 

(e)                                   Good Faith Deposit .  Borrower has paid Lenders a good faith deposit of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00).  The good faith deposit will be applied towards Lenders Expenses for the documentation and

 

3



 

negotiation of this Agreement.  Any portion of the Good Faith Deposit not utilized to pay Lenders Expenses will be applied to the Revolving Loan Fee on the Effective Date; and

 

(f)                                    Lenders’ Expenses .  All Lenders’ Expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses for documentation and negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due.

 

(g)                                   Fees Fully Earned .  Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or in a separate writing by Lenders, Borrower shall not be entitled to any credit, rebate, or repayment of any fees earned by Lenders pursuant to this Agreement notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement or the suspension or termination of Lenders’ obligation to make loans and advances hereunder.

 

2.5                                Withholding.  Payments received by the Lenders from Borrower hereunder will be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any governmental authority (including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto) (“Taxes”).  Specifically, however, if at any time any Governmental Authority, applicable law, regulation or international agreement requires Borrower to make any withholding or deduction from any such payment or other sum payable hereunder to the Lenders, Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that the amount due from Borrower with respect to such payment or other sum payable hereunder will be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such required withholding or deduction, each Lender receives a net sum equal to the sum which it would have received had no withholding or deduction been required and Borrower shall pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority; provided, however, Borrower shall not be required to pay any additional amount to any Lender with respect to Excluded Taxes.  Borrower will, upon request, furnish the Lenders with proof reasonably satisfactory to the Lenders indicating that Borrower has made such withholding payment; provided, however, that Borrower need not make any withholding payment if the amount or validity of such withholding payment is contested in good faith by appropriate and timely proceedings and as to which payment in full is bonded or reserved against by Borrower.  The agreements and obligations of Borrower contained in this Section 2.5 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.  On the date of this Agreement, each Lender shall deliver to Borrower a complete and properly executed IRS Form W-9.  If any assignee of a Lender’s rights under Section 12.2 of this Agreement is not a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the IRC (“Non-U.S. Lender”), such Non-U.S. Lender shall, upon becoming party to this Agreement, deliver to Borrower a complete and properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8ECI or W-8IMY, as appropriate, or any successor form prescribed by the IRS, certifying that such Non-U.S. Lender is entitled to an exemption from U.S. withholding tax on interest and other amounts payable under this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) Borrower shall not be required to pay any additional amount to any Non-U.S. Lender hereunder if such Non-U.S. Lender fails or is unable to deliver the forms, certificates or other evidence described in the preceding sentence, unless such non-U.S. Lender’s failure or inability to deliver such forms is the result of any change in any applicable law, treaty or governmental rule, or any change in the interpretation thereof after such Non-U.S. Lender became a party to this Agreement and (ii) Borrower shall not be required to pay any additional amount to any Non-U.S. Lender hereunder with respect to taxes imposed under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Internal Revenue Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with) and any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof.

 

3.                                       CONDITIONS OF LOANS

 

3.1                                Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension.  Each Lender’s obligation to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Collateral Agent and each Lender shall consent to or shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Collateral Agent and each Lender, such documents, and completion of such other matters, as Collateral Agent and each Lender may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

 

(a)                                  original Loan Documents, each duly executed by Borrower and each Subsidiary, as applicable;

 

4



 

(b)                                  duly executed original Control Agreements with respect to any Collateral Accounts maintained by Borrower as required under Section 6.6;

 

(c)                                   duly executed original Secured Promissory Notes in favor of each Lender according to its Term A Loan Commitment Percentage;

 

(d)                                  the certificate(s) for the Shares, together with Assignment(s) Separate from Certificate, duly executed in blank;

 

(e)                                   the Operating Documents and good standing certificates of Borrower certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of Borrower’s jurisdiction of organization or formation and each jurisdiction in which Borrower is qualified to conduct business, each as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;

 

(f)                                    a completed Perfection Certificate for Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries;

 

(g)                                   the Annual Projections, for the current calendar year;

 

(h)                                  duly executed original officer’s certificate for Borrower and each Subsidiary that is a party to the Loan Documents, relating to Operating Documents, corporate authorizations and other matters, in a form reasonably acceptable to Collateral Agent and the Lenders;

 

(i)                                      certified copies, dated as of date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date, of financing statement searches, as Collateral Agent shall request, accompanied by written evidence (including any UCC termination statements) that the Liens indicated in any such financing statements either constitute Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;

 

(j)                                     a landlord’s consent executed in favor of Collateral Agent in respect of (i) 28 Crosby Drive, Bedford, MA 01730 and (ii) 11 North Avenue, Burlington, MA 01803;

 

(k)                                  a bailee waiver executed in favor of Collateral Agent in respect of each third party bailee where Borrower maintains Collateral (other than Transitory Collateral) having a book value in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00);

 

(l)                                      a duly executed legal opinion of counsel to Borrower dated as of the Effective Date;

 

(m)                              a copy of any applicable Registration Rights Agreement or Investors’ Rights Agreement and any amendments thereto;

 

(n)                                  evidence satisfactory to Collateral Agent and the Lenders that the insurance policies required by Section 6.6 hereof are in full force and effect, together with appropriate evidence showing loss payable and/or additional insured clauses or endorsements in favor of Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders; and

 

(o)                                  payment of the fees and Lenders’ Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.4 hereof.

 

3.2                                Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions.  The obligation of each Lender to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)                                  receipt by (i) the Lenders of an executed Disbursement Letter in the form of Exhibit B-1 attached hereto; and (ii) SVB of an executed (x) Loan Payment/Advance Request Form in the form of Exhibit B-2 attached hereto; and (y) Transaction Report;

 

(b)                                  the representations and warranties in Section 5 hereof shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects on the date of the Disbursement Letter (and the Loan Payment/Advance Request

 

5



 

Form) and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension.  Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date that the representations and warranties in Section 5 hereof are true, accurate and complete in all material respects; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date;

 

(c)                                   in such Lender’s sole discretion, there has not been any Material Adverse Change or any material adverse deviation by Borrower from the Annual Projections of Borrower presented to and accepted by Collateral Agent and each Lender;

 

(d)                                  with respect to each Term Loan, to the extent not delivered at the Effective Date, duly executed original Secured Promissory Notes and Warrant, in number and amounts and in form and content acceptable to each Lender, and in favor of each Lender according to its Commitment Percentage, with respect to each Term Loan made by such Lender after the Effective Date; and

 

(e)                                   payment of the fees and Lenders’ Expenses then due as specified in Section 2.4 hereof.

 

3.3                                Covenant to Deliver.  Borrower agrees to deliver to Collateral Agent and the Lenders each item required to be delivered to Collateral Agent under this Agreement as a condition precedent to any Credit Extension.  Borrower expressly agrees that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Collateral Agent or any Lender of any such item shall not constitute a waiver by Collateral Agent or any Lender of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and any such Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be made in each Lender’s sole discretion.

 

3.4                                Procedures for Borrowing.

 

(a)                                  Advances .  Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of an Advance set forth in this Agreement, to obtain an Advance, Borrower shall notify Bank by electronic mail, facsimile, or telephone by 12:00 p.m. Pacific time on the Funding Date of the Advance.  Together with such notification, Borrower must promptly deliver to Bank by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Transaction Report executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee.  Bank shall credit Advances to the Designated Deposit Account.  Bank may make Advances under this Agreement based on instructions from a Responsible Officer or his or her designee or without instructions if the Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due.  Bank may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom Bank reasonably believes is a Responsible Officer or designee.  Borrowers shall indemnify Bank for any loss Bank suffers due to such reliance

 

(b)                                  Term Loans .  Subject to the prior satisfaction of all other applicable conditions to the making of a Term Loan set forth in this Agreement, to obtain a Term Loan, Borrower shall notify the Lenders (which notice shall be irrevocable) by electronic mail, facsimile, or telephone by 12:00 noon Pacific time three (3) Business Days prior to the date the Term Loan is to be made.  Together with any such electronic, facsimile or telephonic notification, Borrower shall deliver to the Lenders by electronic mail or facsimile a completed Disbursement Letter (and the Loan Payment/Advance Request Form, with respect to SVB) executed by a Responsible Officer or his or her designee.  The Lenders may rely on any telephone notice given by a person whom a Lender reasonably believes is a Responsible Officer or designee.  On the Funding Date, each Lender shall credit and/or transfer (as applicable) to the Designated Deposit Account, an amount equal to its Term Loan Commitment.

 

4.                                       CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST

 

4.1                                Grant of Security Interest.  Borrower hereby grants Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, and to each Lender to secure the payment and performance in full of all of the Obligations, a continuing

 

6



 

security interest in, and pledges to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, and to each Lender, the Collateral, wherever located, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising, and all proceeds and products thereof.  Borrower represents, warrants, and covenants that the security interest granted herein is and shall at all times continue to be a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral, subject only to Permitted Liens that are permitted by the terms of this Agreement to have priority to Collateral Agent’s or each Lender’s Lien.  If Borrower shall acquire a commercial tort claim (as defined in the Code), Borrower, shall promptly notify Collateral Agent in a writing signed by Borrower, as the case may be, of the general details thereof (and further details as may be required by Collateral Agent) and grant to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, and to each Lender, in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent.

 

Borrower acknowledges that it previously has entered, and/or may in the future enter, into Bank Services Agreements with Bank.  Regardless of the terms of any Bank Services Agreement, Borrower agrees that any amounts Borrower owes Bank thereunder shall be deemed to be Obligations hereunder and that it is the intent of Borrower and Bank to have all such Obligations secured by the first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral granted herein (subject only to Permitted Liens that may have superior priority to Bank’s Lien in this Agreement).

 

If this Agreement is terminated, Collateral Agent’s and each Lender’s Lien in the Collateral shall continue until the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are repaid in full in cash.  Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) and at such time as the Lenders’ obligation to make Credit Extensions has terminated, Collateral Agent and each Lender shall, at the sole cost and expense of Borrower, release its Liens in the Collateral and all rights therein shall revert to Borrower.  In the event (x) all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations), except for Bank Services, are satisfied in full, and (y) this Agreement is terminated, Bank shall terminate the security interest granted herein upon Borrower providing cash collateral reasonably acceptable to Bank consistent with Bank’s then current practice for Bank Services, if any.  In the event such Bank Services consist of outstanding Letters of Credit, Borrower shall provide to Bank cash collateral in an amount equal to (x) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in Dollars, then one hundred five percent (105%); and (y) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in a Foreign Currency, then one hundred ten percent (110%), of the Dollar Equivalent of the face amount of all such Letters of Credit plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit.

 

4.2                                Authorization to File Financing Statements.  Borrower hereby authorizes Collateral Agent and Lenders to file financing statements or take any other action required to perfect Collateral Agent’s and each Lender’s security interests in the Collateral, without notice to Borrower, with all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect or protect Collateral Agent’s and each Lender’s interest or rights under the Loan Documents, including a notice that any disposition of the Collateral, except to the extent permitted by the terms of this Agreement, by Borrower, or any other Person, shall be deemed to violate the rights of Collateral Agent or any Lender under the Code.

 

4.3                                Pledge of Collateral.  Borrower hereby pledges, assigns and grants to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, and to each Lender, a security interest in all the Shares, together with all proceeds and substitutions thereof, all cash, stock and other moneys and property paid thereon, all rights to subscribe for securities declared or granted in connection therewith, and all other cash and noncash proceeds of the foregoing, as security for the performance of the Obligations.  On the Effective Date, or, to the extent not certificated as of the Effective Date, within ten (10) Business Days of the certification of any Shares, the certificate or certificates for the Shares will be delivered to Collateral Agent and each Lender, accompanied by an instrument of assignment duly executed in blank by Borrower.  To the extent required by the terms and conditions governing the Shares, Borrower shall cause the books of each entity whose Shares are part of the Collateral and any transfer agent to reflect the pledge of the Shares.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default hereunder, Collateral Agent and Lenders may effect the transfer of any securities included in the Collateral (including but not limited to the Shares) into the name of Collateral Agent and Lenders and cause new (as applicable) certificates representing such securities to be issued in the name of Collateral Agent and Lenders or their transferees.  Borrower will execute and deliver such documents, and take or cause to be taken such actions, as Collateral Agent and Lenders may reasonably request to perfect or continue the perfection of Collateral Agent’s and each Lender’s security interest in the Shares.  Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Borrower shall be entitled to exercise any voting rights

 

7



 

with respect to the Shares and to give consents, waivers and ratifications in respect thereof, provided that no vote shall be cast or consent, waiver or ratification given or action taken which would be inconsistent with any of the terms of this Agreement or which would constitute or create any violation of any of such terms.  All such rights to vote and give consents, waivers and ratifications shall terminate upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default.

 

5.                                       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Borrower represents and warrants to Collateral Agent and the Lenders as follows at all times:

 

5.1                                Due Organization, Authorization: Power and Authority.  Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is duly existing and in good standing as a Registered Organization in its jurisdictions of organization or formation and Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of its businesses or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.  In connection with this Agreement, Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has delivered to Collateral Agent a completed perfection certificate signed by an officer of Borrower or such Subsidiary (each a “ Perfection Certificate ” and collectively, the “ Perfection Certificates ”) Borrower represents and warrants that (a) Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries’ exact legal name is that which is indicated on its respective Perfection Certificate and on the signature page of each Loan Document to which it is a party; (b) Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is an organization of the type and is organized in the jurisdiction set forth on its respective Perfection Certificate; (c) each Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth each of Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ organizational identification number or accurately states that Borrower or such Subsidiary has none; (d) each Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth Borrower’s and each of its Subsidiaries’ place of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as Borrower’s and each of its Subsidiaries’ mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries (and each of its respective predecessors) have not, in the past five (5) years, changed its jurisdiction of organization, organizational structure or type, or any organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) as of the Effective Date, all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificates pertaining to Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, is accurate and complete (it being understood and agreed that Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries may from time to time update certain information in the Perfection Certificates (including the information set forth in clause (d) above) after the Effective Date to the extent expressly permitted by one or more specific provisions in this Agreement).  If Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is not now a Registered Organization but later becomes one, Borrower shall notify Collateral Agent of such occurrence and provide Collateral Agent with such Person’s organizational identification number within five (5) Business Days of receiving such organizational identification number.

 

The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized, and do not (i) conflict with any of Borrower’s or such Subsidiaries’ organizational documents, including its respective Operating Documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of Law applicable thereto, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by which Borrower or such Subsidiary, or any of their property or assets may be bound or affected, (iv) require any action by, filing, registration, or qualification with, or Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force and effect) or are being obtained pursuant to Section 6.1(b), or (v) constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Borrower or any of such Subsidiaries, or their respective properties, is bound.  Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it or any of its assets is bound in which such default could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.

 

5.2                                Collateral.

 

(a)                                  Borrower and each its Subsidiaries have good title to, have rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien under the Loan Documents, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens, and except as permitted under Section 6.7, neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries that are Guarantors or co-Borrowers have any Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts, Commodity Accounts or other investment accounts other than the Collateral Accounts or the other investment accounts, if any,

 

8



 

described in the Perfection Certificates delivered to Collateral Agent in connection herewith with respect of which Borrower or such Subsidiary has given Collateral Agent notice and taken such actions as are necessary to give Collateral Agent and each Lender a perfected security interest therein.  The Accounts are bona fide, existing obligations of the Account Debtors.

 

(b)                                  On the Effective Date, and except as disclosed on the Perfection Certificate (i) the Collateral (other than Transitory Collateral) is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse), and (ii) no such third party bailee possesses components of the Collateral in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00).  None of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as disclosed in the Perfection Certificates on the Effective Date or as permitted pursuant to Section 6.12.

 

(c)                                   All Inventory is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free from material defects except for normal wear and tear.

 

(d)                                  Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is the sole owner of the Intellectual Property each respectively purports to own, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens.  Except as noted on the Perfection Certificates, as of the date of this Agreement, neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to, nor is bound by, any material license or other material agreement with respect to which Borrower or such Subsidiary is the licensee that (i) prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower or its Subsidiaries from granting a security interest in Borrower’s or such Subsidiaries’ interest in such material license or material agreement or any other property, or (ii) for which a default under or termination of could reasonably be expected to interfere with Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s right to sell any Collateral.  Borrower shall provide written notice to Collateral Agent and each Lender within ten (10) Business Days of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries entering into or becoming bound by any material license or agreement with respect to which Borrower or any Subsidiary is the licensee of Intellectual Property (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public).

 

5.3                                Accounts Receivable; Inventory.

 

(a)                                  For each Account with respect to which Advances are requested, on the date each Advance is requested and made, such Account shall be an Eligible Account.

 

(b)                                  All statements made and all unpaid balances appearing in all invoices, instruments and other documents evidencing the Eligible Accounts are and shall be true and correct and all such invoices, instruments and other documents, and all of Borrower’s Books are genuine and in all respects what they purport to be.  After consultation with Borrower, Bank may notify any Account Debtor owing Borrower money of Collateral Agent and Lenders’ security interest in such funds and verify the amount of such Eligible Account.  All sales and other transactions underlying or giving rise to each Eligible Account shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and governmental rules and regulations.  Borrower has no knowledge of any actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any Account Debtor whose accounts are Eligible Accounts in any Transaction Report.  To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all signatures and endorsements on all documents, instruments, and agreements relating to all Eligible Accounts are genuine, and all such documents, instruments and agreements are legally enforceable in accordance with their terms.

 

5.4                                Litigation.  Except as disclosed (i) on the Perfection Certificates, (ii) on the Compliance Certificate or (iii) in accordance with Section 6.11 hereof, there are no actions, suits, or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Responsible Officers, threatened in writing, and Borrower has not received notice of any governmental investigations pending or threatened, by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, involving more than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00).

 

5.5                                No Material Deterioration in Financial Condition; Financial Statements.  All consolidated financial statements for Borrower and its Subsidiaries, delivered to Collateral Agent fairly present, in conformity with GAAP, in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and the consolidated results of operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries.  There has not been any material deterioration in the consolidated financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to any Lender.

 

9



 

5.6                                Solvency.  Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries is Solvent.

 

5.7                                Regulatory Compliance.  Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.  Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors).  Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has complied in all material respects with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act.  Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a “holding company” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company” as each term is defined and used in the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005.  Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries has violated any laws, ordinances or rules, the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.  Neither Borrower’s nor any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has been used by Borrower or such Subsidiary or, to Borrower’s knowledge, by previous Persons, in disposing, producing, storing, treating, or transporting any hazardous substance other than in material compliance with applicable laws.  Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Governmental Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently conducted.

 

None of Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, or any of Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ Affiliates or any of their respective agents acting or benefiting in any capacity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is (i) in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law, (ii) engaging in or conspiring to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any Anti-Terrorism Law, or (iii) is a Blocked Person.  None of Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, or to the knowledge of Borrower, any of their Affiliates or agents, acting or benefiting in any capacity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (x) conducts any business or engages in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person, or (y) deals in, or otherwise engages in any transaction relating to, any property or interest in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224, any similar executive order or other Anti-Terrorism Law.

 

5.8                                Investments.  Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries owns any stock, shares, partnership interests or other equity securities except for Permitted Investments.

 

5.9                                Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions.  Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, and Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, has timely paid all foreign, federal, state, and material local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower and such Subsidiaries, in all jurisdictions in which Borrower or any such Subsidiary is subject to taxes, including the United States, unless such taxes are being contested in accordance with the following sentence.  Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, may defer payment of any contested taxes, provided that Borrower or such Subsidiary, (a) in good faith contests its obligation to pay the taxes by appropriate proceedings promptly and diligently instituted and conducted, (b) notifies Collateral Agent in writing of the commencement of, and any material development in, the proceedings, and (c) posts bonds or takes any other steps required to prevent the Governmental Authority levying such contested taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “ Permitted Lien. ” Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is aware of any claims or adjustments proposed for any of Borrower’s or such Subsidiaries’, prior tax years which could reasonably be expected to result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by Borrower or its Subsidiaries.  Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have paid all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries have, withdrawn from participation in, and have not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of Borrower or its Subsidiaries, including any liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other Governmental Authority.

 

5.10                         Use of Proceeds.  Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions solely as working capital and to fund its general business requirements in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

 

5.11                         Shares.  Borrower has full power and authority to create a first lien on the Shares and no disability or contractual obligation exists that would prohibit Borrower from pledging the Shares pursuant to this Agreement.

 

10


 

 

To Borrower’s knowledge, there are no subscriptions, warrants, rights of first refusal or other restrictions on transfer relative to, or options exercisable with respect to the Shares.  The Shares have been and will be duly authorized and validly issued, and are fully paid and non-assessable.  To Borrower’s knowledge, the Shares are not the subject of any present or threatened suit, action, arbitration, administrative or other proceeding, and Borrower knows of no reasonable grounds for the institution of any such proceedings.

 

5.12                         Full Disclosure.  No written representation, warranty or other statement of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in any certificate or written statement given to Collateral Agent or any Lender, as of the date such representation, warranty, or other statement was made, taken together with all such written certificates and written statements given to Collateral Agent or any Lender, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the certificates or statements not misleading (it being recognized that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

 

5.13                         Definition of Knowledge. For purposes of the Loan Documents, whenever a representation or warranty is made to Borrower’s knowledge or awareness, to the “best of Borrower’s knowledge, or with a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable investigation, of the Responsible Officers.

 

6.                                       AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, do all of the following:

 

6.1                                Government Compliance.

 

(a)                                  Maintain its and all its Subsidiaries’ legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of organization and maintain qualification in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.  Comply with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, the noncompliance with which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.

 

(b)                                  Obtain and keep in full force and effect, all of the Governmental Approvals necessary for the performance by Borrower and its Subsidiaries of their respective businesses and obligations under the Loan Documents and the grant of a security interest to Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, and each Lender, in all of the Collateral.  Borrower shall promptly provide copies to Collateral Agent of any material Governmental Approvals obtained by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

6.2                                Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates.

 

(a)                                  Deliver to each Lender:

 

(i)                                      as soon as available, but no later than (x) at all times prior to the IPO, thirty (30) days after the last day of each month and (y) at all times after the IPO, forty-five (45) days after the last day of each fiscal quarter, a company prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement covering the consolidated operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such month certified by a Responsible Officer and in a form reasonably acceptable to Collateral Agent; Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Borrower shall not be required to deliver consolidating financial information for any period prior to January 1, 2016, unless such financial information (including consolidating revenue figures by entity) is otherwise prepared by Borrower;

 

(ii)                                   as soon as available, but no later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year or within five (5) days of filing with the SEC, audited consolidated financial

 

11



 

statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial statements from Grant Thornton or another independent certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Collateral Agent;

 

(iii)                                as soon as available after approval thereof by Borrower’s Board of Directors, but no later than March 31 of each year, Borrower’s annual financial projections (including an operating budget) for the entire current fiscal year as approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors, which such annual financial projections and budget shall be set forth in a month-by-month format (such annual financial projections and budget as originally delivered to Collateral Agent and the Lenders are referred to herein as the “ Annual Projections ; provided that, any revisions of the Annual Projections approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors shall be delivered to Collateral Agent and the Lenders no later than ten (10) days after such approval and, unless Collateral Agent notifies Borrower to the contrary in writing within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof, the term “Annual Projections” shall include such revisions);

 

(iv)                               within thirty (30) days of approval by Borrower’s Board of Directors, any 409(a) valuations with respect to Borrower’s equity securities;

 

(v)                                  within five (5) days of delivery, copies of all material written statements, reports and notices made available generally to Borrower’s security holders or holders of Subordinated Debt;

 

(vi)                               in the event that Borrower becomes subject to the reporting requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, within five (5) days of filing, all reports on Form 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission,

 

(vii)                            prompt notice of (a) any amendments or other changes to the Operating Documents of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and (b) together with its monthly Compliance Certificate, notice of any material amendments of or other material changes to the capitalization table of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; and, at the request of Collateral Agent or any Lender, Borrower shall promptly provide to Collateral Agent and each Lender, copies of such amendments or changes with respect thereto;

 

(viii)                         prompt notice of any event that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the value of the Intellectual Property;

 

(ix)                               as soon as available, but no later than thirty (30) days after the last day of each month, copies of the month-end account statements for each Collateral Account maintained by Borrower or its Subsidiaries, which statements may be provided to Collateral Agent and each Lender by Borrower or directly from the applicable institution(s), and

 

(x)                                  other financial information as reasonably requested by Collateral Agent or any Lender.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on Borrower’s website on the internet at Borrower’s website address.

 

(b)                                  Concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements specified in Section 6.2(a)(i) above but no later than (x) at all times prior to the IPO, thirty (30) days after the last day of each month and (y) at all times after the IPO, forty-five (45) days after the last day of each fiscal quarter, deliver to each Lender, a duly completed Compliance Certificate;

 

(c)                                   Deliver to Bank a Transaction Report (and any schedules related thereto), with (i) aged listings of accounts receivable and accounts payable (by invoice date), (ii) an inventory report, and (iii) a deferred revenue report (i) with each request for an Advance, (ii) no later than Friday of every other calendar week (i.e. biweekly) when a Streamline Period is not in effect, and (iii) within thirty (30) days after the end of each month when a Streamline Period is in effect;

 

12



 

(d)                                  Concurrently with the Compliance Certificate delivered at any time on and after any change in GAAP after the Effective Date that recharacterizes the treatment of real estate leases or operating leases as capital leases, disclosure of Borrower’s total liabilities under real estate leases, operating leases and capital leases, respectively;

 

(e)                                   Keep proper books of record and account in accordance with GAAP in all material respects, in which full, true and correct entries shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities.  Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, allow, at the sole cost of Borrower, Collateral Agent or any Lender, during regular business hours upon reasonable prior notice (provided that no notice shall be required when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine and make abstracts or copies from any of its books and records, and to conduct a collateral audit and analysis of its operations and the Collateral.  Such audits shall be conducted no more often than once every year unless (and more frequently if) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

6.3                                Accounts Receivable.

 

(a)                                  Schedules and Documents Relating to Accounts .  Borrower shall deliver to Bank transaction reports and schedules of collections, as provided in Section 6.2, on Bank’s standard forms; provided, however, that Borrower’s failure to execute and deliver the same shall not affect or limit the Collateral Agent or Lenders’ Liens and other rights in all of Borrower’s Accounts, nor shall Bank’s failure to advance or lend against a specific Account affect or limit Collateral Agent or Lenders’ Liens and other rights therein.  If requested by Bank, Borrower shall furnish Bank with copies (or, at Bank’s request, originals) of all contracts, orders, invoices, and other similar documents, and all shipping instructions, delivery receipts, bills of lading, and other evidence of delivery, for any goods the sale or disposition of which gave rise to such Accounts.  In addition, Borrower shall deliver to Bank, on its request, the originals of all instruments, chattel paper, security agreements, guarantees and other documents and property evidencing or securing any Accounts, in the same form as received, with all necessary endorsements, and copies of all credit memos.

 

(b)                                  Disputes .  Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of all disputes or claims relating to Accounts that are included in the then current Borrowing Base pursuant to the applicable Transaction Report.  Borrower may forgive (completely or partially), compromise, or settle any Account for less than payment in full, or agree to do any of the foregoing so long as, with respect to any Account currently included in the Borrowing Base, (i) Borrower does so in good faith, in a commercially reasonable manner, in the ordinary course of business, in arm’s-length transactions, and reports the same to Bank in the regular reports provided to Bank; (ii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and (iii) after taking into account all such discounts, settlements and forgiveness, the total outstanding Advances will not exceed the lesser of the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base.

 

(c)                                   Collection of Accounts .  Borrower shall have the right to collect all Accounts, unless and until an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.  Bank shall require that all proceeds of Accounts be deposited by Borrower into a lockbox account, or such other “blocked account” as specified by Bank, pursuant to a blocked account agreement in such form as Bank may specify in its good faith business judgment.  Whether or not an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall immediately deliver all payments on and proceeds of Accounts to an account maintained with Bank to be applied (A) if an Event of Default has not occurred and is not continuing (i) to immediately reduce the Obligations when a Streamline Period is not effect, or (ii) to be transferred on a daily basis to Borrower’s operating account with Bank (which shall not be a “blocked account”) when a Streamline Period is in effect or (B) when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, pursuant to the terms of Section 9.5 hereof.

 

(d)                                  Returns .  Provided no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, if any Account Debtor returns any Inventory to Borrower, Borrower shall promptly (i) determine the reason for such return, (ii) if an invoice has been issued with respect to such Inventory, issue a credit memorandum to the Account Debtor in the appropriate amount, and (iii) provide a copy of such credit memorandum to Bank, upon request from Bank.  In the event any attempted return occurs after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, Borrower shall immediately notify Bank of the return of the Inventory.

 

13



 

(e)                                   Verification .  Bank may, from time to time, after consultation with Borrower, verify directly with the respective Account Debtors the validity, amount and other matters relating to the Accounts, either in the name of Borrower or Bank or such other name as Bank may choose.

 

(f)                                    No Liability .  Bank shall not be responsible or liable for any shortage or discrepancy in, damage to, or loss or destruction of, any goods, the sale or other disposition of which gives rise to an Account, or for any error, act, omission, or delay of any kind occurring in the settlement, failure to settle, collection or failure to collect any Account, or for settling any Account in good faith for less than the full amount thereof, nor shall Bank be deemed to be responsible for any of Borrower’s obligations under any contract or agreement giving rise to an Account.  Nothing herein shall, however, relieve Bank from liability for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

6.4                                Inventory; Returns.  Keep all Inventory in good and marketable condition, free from material defects.  Returns and allowances between Borrower, or any of its Subsidiaries, and their respective Account Debtors shall follow Borrower’s, or such Subsidiary’s, customary practices as they exist at the Effective Date or as otherwise approved in writing by Collateral Agent and the Lenders.  Borrower must promptly notify Collateral Agent and the Lenders of (i) all returns, recoveries, disputes and claims (collectively, “Returns”) in the ordinary course of business with respect to Inventory (excluding Returns based on defective Inventory or other manufacturing or product issues, “Defect Returns”) that involve, individually or in the aggregate, more than five and one half of one percent (5.50%) of Borrower’s year to date revenue and (ii) all Defect Returns that involve, individually or in the aggregate, more than One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00) per calendar year.

 

6.5                                Taxes; Pensions.  Timely file and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all required tax returns and reports and timely pay, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all foreign, federal, state, and material local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower or its Subsidiaries, except for deferred payment of any taxes contested pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 hereof, and shall deliver to Lenders, on demand, appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with the terms of such plans.

 

6.6                                Insurance.  Keep Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ industry and location and as Collateral Agent may reasonably request.  Insurance policies shall be in a form, with companies, and in amounts that are reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent and Lenders.  All property policies with respect to Collateral shall have a lender’s loss payable endorsement showing Collateral Agent as lender loss payee and waive subrogation against Collateral Agent, and all liability policies shall show, or have endorsements showing, Collateral Agent, as additional insured.  The Collateral Agent shall be named as lender loss payee and/or additional insured with respect to any such insurance providing coverage in respect of any Collateral, and each provider of any such insurance shall agree, by endorsement upon the policy or policies issued by it or by independent instruments furnished to the Collateral Agent, that it will give the Collateral Agent thirty (30) days prior written notice before any such policy or policies shall be materially altered or canceled, and ten (10) days prior written notice for non-payment of premium.  At Collateral Agent’s request, Borrower shall deliver certified copies of policies and evidence of all premium payments.  Proceeds payable under any such policy on Borrower’s property shall, at Collateral Agent’s option, be payable to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, on account of the Obligations.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option of applying the proceeds of any such casualty policy up to Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) with respect to any loss, but not exceeding Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00), in the aggregate for all losses under all casualty policies in any one year, toward the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged property; provided that any such replaced or repaired property (i) shall be of equal, like or greater value as the replaced or repaired Collateral and (ii) shall be deemed Collateral in which Collateral Agent has been granted a first priority security interest, and (b) after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all proceeds payable under such casualty policy shall, at the option of Collateral Agent, be payable to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, on account of the Obligations.  If Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.6 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third persons, Collateral Agent and/or any Lender may make, at Borrower’s expense, all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.6, and take any action under the policies Collateral Agent or such Lender deems prudent.

 

14



 

6.7                                Operating Accounts.

 

(a)                                  Borrower and any Subsidiary that is a co-Borrower or Guarantor under this Agreement shall maintain all of its operating and other Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates which are subject to Control Agreements in favor of each Lender.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower may maintain the Wells Fargo Accounts for a period of up to one hundred eighty (180) days after the Effective Date provided that such Wells Fargo Accounts (other than the Wells Fargo Account designated to secure Borrower’s reimbursement obligations not to exceed Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000.00) with respect to the letter of credit issued by Wells Fargo (the “Wells Fargo Cash Collateral Account”); provided that the Wells Fargo Cash Collateral Account shall be reduced dollar for dollar simultaneously with the reduction of such letter of credit, subject to customary reserves associated with letters of credit) are subject to Control Agreements in favor of Collateral Agent and each Lender.

 

(b)                                  Borrower shall provide Collateral Agent and each Lender five (5) days’ prior written notice before Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries establishes any Collateral Account at or with any Person other than Bank or its Affiliates.  In addition, for each Collateral Account that Borrower or any Subsidiary that is a co-Borrower or Guarantor under the Agreement, at any time maintains, Borrower or such Subsidiary shall cause the applicable bank or financial institution at or with which such Collateral Account is maintained to execute and deliver a Control Agreement or other appropriate instrument with respect to such Collateral Account to perfect Collateral Agent’s and each Lender’s Lien in such Collateral Account in accordance with the terms hereunder prior to the establishment of such Collateral Account, which Control Agreement may not be terminated without prior written consent of Collateral Agent or each Lender, as applicable.  The provisions of the previous sentence shall not apply to the Wells Fargo Cash Collateral Account, or to deposit accounts exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for the benefit of Borrower’s, or any of its Subsidiaries’, employees and identified to Collateral Agent and each Lender by Borrower as such in the Perfection Certificates (as updated from time to time consistent with this Agreement).

 

(c)                                   Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall maintain any Collateral Accounts except Collateral Accounts maintained in accordance with Sections 6.7(a) and (b).

 

6.8                                Foreign Exchange Transactions.  Borrower shall contract exclusively with Bank to conduct all of Borrower’s foreign exchange transactions including, but not limited to FX Contracts and Letters of Credit.

 

6.9                                Protection of Intellectual Property Rights.  Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries shall:  (a) use commercially reasonable efforts to protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its Intellectual Property that is material to Borrower’s business; (b) promptly advise Collateral Agent in writing of any known infringement by a third party of its Intellectual Property that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect Borrower’s business; and (c) not allow any Intellectual Property material to Borrower’s business to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without Collateral Agent’s prior written consent.

 

6.10                         Litigation Cooperation.  Commencing on the Effective Date and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Collateral Agent and the Lenders, without expense to Collateral Agent or the Lenders, Borrower and each of Borrower’s officers, employees and agents and Borrower’s Books, to the extent that Collateral Agent or any Lender may reasonably deem them necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Collateral Agent or any Lender with respect to any Collateral or relating to Borrower.

 

6.11                         Notices of Litigation and Default.  Borrower will give prompt written notice to Collateral Agent and the Lenders of any litigation or governmental proceedings pending or threatened (in writing) against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, which could reasonably be expected to result in damages or costs to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) or more or which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.  Without limiting or contradicting any other more specific provision of this Agreement, promptly (and in any event within three (3) Business Days) upon Borrower becoming aware of the existence of any Event of Default or event which, with the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default, Borrower shall give written notice to Collateral Agent and the Lenders of such

 

15



 

occurrence, which such notice shall include a reasonably detailed description of such Event of Default or event which, with the giving of notice or passage of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

 

6.12                         Landlord Waivers; Bailee Waivers.  In the event that Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower that is a co-Borrower or Guarantor under this Agreement, after the Effective Date, intends to add any new offices or business locations, including warehouses, or otherwise store any portion of the Collateral (other than Transitory Collateral) with, or deliver any portion of the Collateral to, a bailee, in each case pursuant to Section 7.2, then Borrower or such Subsidiary will first provide written notice to Collateral Agent and in the event that the Collateral (excluding Transitory Collateral) at any new location is valued in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) in the aggregate, such bailee or landlord, as applicable, must execute and deliver a bailee waiver or landlord waiver, as applicable, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent prior to the addition of any such new offices or business locations, or any such storage with or delivery to any such bailee, as the case may be.

 

6.13                         Creation/Acquisition of Subsidiaries.  In the event Borrower, or any of its Subsidiaries creates or acquires any Subsidiary, Borrower shall provide prior written notice to Collateral Agent and each Lender of the creation or acquisition of such new Subsidiary and take all such action as may be reasonably required by Collateral Agent or any Lender to cause each such Subsidiary to become a co-Borrower hereunder or, with respect to any such Subsidiary, to guarantee the Obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents and, in each case, grant a continuing pledge and security interest in and to the assets of such Subsidiary (substantially as described on Exhibit A hereto); and Borrower (or its Subsidiary, as applicable) shall grant and pledge to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, and to each Lender, a perfected security interest in the Shares of each such newly created Subsidiary.  In the event the Lenders determine in their sole discretion that ConforMIS Hong Kong has become a material Subsidiary, Borrower shall also grant and pledge to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, and to each Lender, a perfected security interest in the Shares of ConforMIS Hong Kong.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, solely in the circumstance in which Borrower or any Subsidiary creates or acquires a Foreign Subsidiary in an acquisition permitted by Section 7.7 hereof, or otherwise approved by the Required Lenders, and with respect to ConforMIS Hong Kong, in the event the Lenders determine in their sole discretion that ConforMIS Hong Kong has become a material Subsidiary, (i) such Foreign Subsidiary shall not be required to guarantee the Obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents and grant a continuing pledge and security interest in and to the assets of such Foreign Subsidiary, and (ii) Borrower shall not be required to grant and pledge to Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of Lenders, a perfected security interest in more than sixty five percent (65%) of the Shares of such Foreign Subsidiary, if Borrower demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of Collateral Agent that such Foreign Subsidiary providing such guarantee or pledge and security interest or Borrower providing a perfected security interest in more than sixty five percent (65%) of the Shares could reasonably be expected to create a present and existing adverse tax consequence to Borrower under the U.S.  Internal Revenue Code.

 

6.14                         Access to Collateral, Books and Records.  Allow Collateral Agent, or its agents, to inspect the Collateral and audit and copy Borrower’s Books.  Such inspections or audits shall be conducted no more often than once every twelve (12) months unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.; provided, however, that the initial Collateral audit shall be completed within forty-five (45) days after the Effective Date.  The foregoing inspections and audits shall be at Borrower’s expense, and the charge therefor shall be Eight Hundred Fifty Dollars ($850.00) per person per day (or such higher amount as shall represent Collateral Agent’s then-current standard charge for the same), plus reasonable out-of-pocket expenses.  In the event Borrower and Collateral Agent schedule an audit more than ten (10) days in advance, and Borrower cancels or seeks to reschedule the audit with less than ten (10) days written notice to Collateral Agent, then (without limiting any of Collateral Agent’s rights or remedies), Borrower shall pay any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Collateral Agent to compensate Collateral Agent for the anticipated costs and expenses of the cancellation or rescheduling.

 

6.15                         Further Assurances.

 

(a)                                  Execute any further instruments and take further action as Collateral Agent or any Lender reasonably requests to perfect or continue Collateral Agent’s Lien in the Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

 

16



 

(b)                                  Deliver to Collateral Agent and Lenders, within five (5) Business Days after the same are sent or received, copies of all material correspondence, reports, documents and other filings with any Governmental Authority that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on any of the Governmental Approvals material to Borrower’s business or otherwise could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change.

 

7.                                       NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, do any of the following without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders:

 

7.1                                Dispositions.  Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “Transfer”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its business or property, except for Transfers (a) of Inventory in the ordinary course of business; (b) of worn out or obsolete Equipment; and (c) in connection with Permitted Liens, Permitted Investments and Permitted Licenses.

 

7.2                                Changes in Business, Management, Ownership, or Business Locations.  (a) Engage in or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business other than the businesses engaged in by Borrower as of the Effective Date or reasonably related thereto; (b) liquidate or dissolve; or (c) (i) any Key Person shall cease to be actively engaged in the management of Borrower unless written notice thereof is provided to Collateral Agent within ten (10) Business Days of such change, or (ii) enter into any transaction or series of related transactions (other than a merger or consolidation expressly permitted under Section 7.3) in which the stockholders of Borrower who were not stockholders immediately prior to the first such transaction (or their respective affiliates) own more than forty nine percent (49%) of the voting stock of Borrower immediately after giving effect to such transaction or related series of such transactions (other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering, a private placement of public equity or to venture capital investors so long as Borrower identifies to Collateral Agent such venture capital investors prior to the closing of the transaction).  Borrower shall not, without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Collateral Agent:  (A) add any new office or business location, including a warehouse, maintaining over Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) in assets or property (excluding Transitory Collateral) unless it complies with Section 6.12; (B) change its jurisdiction of organization, (C) change its organizational structure or type, (D) change its legal name, or (E) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization.

 

7.3                                Mergers or Acquisitions.  Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with any other Person, or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock, shares or property of another Person.  A Subsidiary may merge or consolidate into another Subsidiary (provided such surviving Subsidiary is a “co-Borrower” hereunder or has provided a secured Guaranty of Borrower’s Obligations hereunder) or with (or into) Borrower provided Borrower is the surviving legal entity, and as long as no Event of Default is occurring prior thereto or arises as a result therefrom.  Without limiting the foregoing, Borrower shall not, without Collateral Agent’s prior written consent, enter into any binding contractual arrangement with any Person to attempt to facilitate a merger or acquisition of Borrower, unless (i) no Event of Default exists when such agreement is entered into by Borrower, (ii) such agreement does not give such Person the right to claim any break-up or similar fees, payments or damages from Borrower in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00), and (iii) Borrower notifies Collateral Agent in advance of entering into such an agreement.

 

7.4                                Indebtedness.  Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

 

7.5                                Encumbrance.  Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, or permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security interest granted herein (except for Permitted Liens that are permitted by the terms of this Agreement to have priority over Collateral Agent’s Lien), or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders) with any Person which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting Borrower, or any of its Subsidiaries, from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security interest in

 

17



 

or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property, except as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and the definition of “ Permitted Liens ” herein.

 

7.6                                Maintenance of Collateral Accounts.  Borrower and any Subsidiary that is a co-Borrower or Guarantor, shall not maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.7 hereof.

 

7.7                                Distributions; Investments.  (a) Pay any dividends (other than dividends payable solely in capital stock) or make any distribution or payment in respect of or redeem, retire or purchase any capital stock (other than (i) Permitted Investments and (ii) repurchases pursuant to the terms of employee stock purchase plans, employee restricted stock agreements, stockholder rights plans, director or consultant stock option plans, or similar plans, provided such repurchases do not exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) in the aggregate per fiscal year) or (b) directly or indirectly make any Investment other than Permitted Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

 

7.8                                Transactions with Affiliates.  Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, except for (a) transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower or such Subsidiary than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person, (b) Subordinated Debt or equity investments in Borrower or its Subsidiaries, (c) the Vertegen License Agreement, (d) compensation arrangements in the ordinary course of business to the extent not prohibited under this Agreement, (e) the Lang Agreement and (f) transactions existing and disclosed on the Perfection Certificate(s) as of the Effective Date.

 

7.9                                Subordinated Debt.  (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of the subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would increase the amount thereof or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to the Lenders.

 

7.10                         Compliance.  Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so; withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to result in any material liability of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, including any such liability to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or its successors or any other Governmental Authority.

 

7.11                         Compliance with Anti-Terrorism Laws.  Collateral Agent hereby notifies Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries that pursuant to the requirements of Anti-Terrorism Laws, and Collateral Agent’s policies and practices, Collateral Agent is required to obtain, verify and record certain information and documentation that identifies Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries and their principals, which information includes the name and address of Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries and their principals and such other information that will allow Collateral Agent to identify such party in accordance with Anti-Terrorism Laws.  Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, nor shall Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries permit any Affiliate to, directly or indirectly, knowingly enter into any documents, instruments, agreements or contracts with any Person listed on the OFAC Lists.  Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries shall immediately notify Collateral Agent if Borrower or such Subsidiary has knowledge that Borrower, or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of Borrower, is listed on the OFAC Lists or (a) is convicted on, (b) pleads nolo contendere to, (c) is indicted on, or (d) is arraigned and held over on charges involving money laundering or predicate crimes to money laundering.  Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, nor shall Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, permit any Affiliate to, directly or indirectly, (i) conduct any business or engage in any transaction or dealing with any Blocked Person, including, without limitation, the making or receiving of any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person, (ii) deal in,

 

18



 

or otherwise engage in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No.  13224 or any similar executive order or other Anti-Terrorism Law, or (iii) engage in or conspire to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or attempts to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in Executive Order No. 13224 or other Anti-Terrorism Law.

 

7.12                         Foreign Subsidiary Assets.  Permit the aggregate value of cash and Cash Equivalents held by (i) ConforMIS Europe to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) (or equivalent) at any time, (ii) ConforMIS UK to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) (or equivalent) at any time and (ii) ConforMIS Hong Kong to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) (or equivalent) at any time.

 

8.                                       EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “ Event of Default ”) under this Agreement:

 

8.1                                Payment Default.  Borrower fails to (a) make any payment of principal or interest on any Credit Extension on its due date, or (b) pay any other Obligations within three (3) Business Days after such Obligations are due and payable (which three (3) Business Day grace period shall not apply to payments due on the Revolving Maturity Date, the Term Loan Maturity Date or the date of acceleration pursuant to Section 9.1 (a) hereof).  During the cure period, the failure to cure the payment default is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure period);

 

8.2                                Covenant Default.

 

(a)                                  Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2 (Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates), 6.3 (Account Receivable), 6.5 (Taxes), 6.6 (Insurance), 6.7 (Operating Accounts), 6.9 (Protection of Intellectual Property Rights), 6.11 (Notice of Litigation and Default), 6.12 (Landlord Waivers; Bailee Waivers), 6.13 (Creation/Acquisition of Subsidiaries), or 6.15 (Further Assurances) or Borrower violates any covenant in Section 7; or

 

(b)                                  Borrower, or any of its Subsidiaries, fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed an Event of Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period).  Grace periods provided under this Section shall not apply, among other things, to financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in subsection (a) above;

 

8.3                                Material Adverse Change.  A Material Adverse Change occurs;

 

8.4                                Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business.

 

(a)                                  (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or of any entity under control of Borrower or its Subsidiaries on deposit with any Lender or any Lender’s Affiliate or any bank or other institution at which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries maintains a Collateral Account, or (ii) a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or their respective assets by any government agency, and the same under subclauses (i) and (ii) hereof are not, within ten (10) days after the occurrence thereof, discharged or stayed (whether through the posting of a bond or otherwise); provided, however, no Credit Extensions shall be made during any ten (10) day cure period; and

 

19



 

(b)                                  (i) any material portion of Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii) any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from conducting any part of its business;

 

8.5                                Insolvency.  (a) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is or becomes Insolvent; (b) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and not dismissed or stayed within forty-five (45) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while Borrower or any Subsidiary is Insolvent and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

 

8.6                                Other Agreements.  There is a default in any agreement to which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is a party with a third party or parties resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) or that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Change;

 

8.7                                Judgments.  One or more judgments, orders, or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and shall remain unsatisfied, unvacated, or unstayed for a period of ten (10) Business Days after the entry thereof (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction, vacation, or stay of such judgment, order or decree);

 

8.8                                Misrepresentations.  Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any Person acting for Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries makes any material representation, warranty, or other statement now or later in this Agreement, any Loan Document or in any writing delivered to Collateral Agent and/or Lenders or to induce Collateral Agent and/or the Lenders to enter this Agreement or any Loan Document, and such representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made;

 

8.9                                Subordinated Debt.  A default or breach occurs under any agreement between Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and any creditor of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that signed a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement with Collateral Agent or the Lenders, or any creditor that has signed such an agreement with Collateral Agent or the Lenders breaches any terms of such agreement;

 

8.10                         Guaranty.  (a) Any Guaranty terminates or ceases for any reason to be in full force and effect; (b) any Guarantor does not perform any material obligation or covenant under any Guaranty; (c) any circumstance described in Sections 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.7, or 8.8 occurs with respect to any Guarantor, or (d) the liquidation, winding up, or termination of existence of any Guarantor;

 

8.11                         Governmental Approvals.  Any Governmental Approval shall have been revoked, rescinded, suspended, modified in an adverse manner, or not renewed in the ordinary course for a full term and such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal has resulted in or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change; or

 

8.12                         Lien Priority.  Any Lien created hereunder or by any other Loan Document shall at any time fail to constitute a valid and perfected Lien on any of the Collateral purported to be secured thereby, subject to no prior or equal Lien, other than Permitted Liens which are permitted to have priority in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

9.                                       RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

 

9.1                                Rights and Remedies.

 

(a)                                  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Collateral Agent may, and at the written direction of Required Lenders shall, without notice or demand, do any or all of the following:  (i) deliver notice of the Event of Default to Borrower, (ii) by notice to Borrower declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations shall be

 

20


 

 

immediately due and payable without any action by Collateral Agent or the Lenders) or (iii) by notice to Borrower suspend or terminate the obligations, if any, of the Lenders to advance money or extend credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Collateral Agent and/or the Lenders (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all obligations, if any, of the Lenders to advance money or extend credit for Borrower’s benefit under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Collateral Agent and/or the Lenders shall be immediately terminated without any action by Collateral Agent or the Lenders).

 

(b)                                  Without limiting the rights of Collateral Agent and the Lenders set forth in Section 9.1(a) above, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Collateral Agent shall have the right at the written direction of the Required Lenders, without notice or demand, to do any or all of the following:

 

(i)                                      foreclose upon and/or sell or otherwise liquidate, the Collateral;

 

(ii)                                   apply to the Obligations any (a) balances and deposits of Borrower that Collateral Agent or any Lender holds or controls, or (b) any amount held or controlled by Collateral Agent or any Lender owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower; and/or

 

(iii)                                commence and prosecute an Insolvency Proceeding or consent to Borrower commencing any Insolvency Proceeding.

 

(c)                                   Without limiting the rights of Collateral Agent and the Lenders set forth in Sections 9.1(a) and (b) above, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Collateral Agent shall have the right, without notice or demand, to do any or all of the following:

 

(i)                                      settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Collateral Agent considers advisable, notify any Person owing Borrower money of Collateral Agent’s security interest in such funds, and verify the amount of such account;

 

(ii)                                   make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the Collateral.  Borrower shall assemble the Collateral if Collateral Agent requests and make it available in a location as Collateral Agent reasonably designates.  Collateral Agent may enter premises where the Collateral is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred.  Borrower grants Collateral Agent a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge, to exercise any of Collateral Agent’s rights or remedies;

 

(iii)                                ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, and/or advertise for sale, the Collateral.  Collateral Agent is hereby granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Borrower’s and each of its Subsidiaries’ labels, patents, copyrights, mask works, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Collateral Agent’s exercise of its rights under this Section 9.1, Borrower’s and each of its Subsidiaries’ rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders;

 

(iv)                               place a “hold” on any account maintained with Collateral Agent or the Lenders and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

 

(v)                                  demand and receive possession of Borrower’s Books;

 

21



 

(vi)                               appoint a receiver to seize, manage and realize any of the Collateral, and such receiver shall have any right and authority as any competent court will grant or authorize in accordance with any applicable law, including any power or authority to manage the business of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(vii)                            subject to clauses 9.1(a) and (b), exercise all rights and remedies available to Collateral Agent and each Lender under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof);

 

(viii)                         for any Letters of Credit, demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to (x) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in Dollars, then one hundred five percent (105%); and (y) if such Letters of Credit are denominated in a Foreign Currency, then one hundred ten percent (110%), of the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit remaining undrawn (plus all interest, fees, and costs due or to become due in connection therewith (as estimated by Bank in its good faith business judgment)), to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all letter of credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any Letters of Credit; and

 

(ix)                               terminate any FX Contracts.

 

9.2                                Power of Attorney.  Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Collateral Agent as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to:  (a) endorse Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ name on any checks or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ name on any invoice or bill of lading for any Account or drafts against Account Debtors; (c) settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, for amounts and on terms Collateral Agent determines reasonable; (d) make, settle, and adjust all claims under Borrower’s insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, and adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Collateral Agent or a third party as the Code or any applicable law permits.  Borrower hereby appoints Collateral Agent as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue the perfection of Collateral Agent’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been satisfied in full and Collateral Agent and the Lenders are under no further obligation to make Credit Extensions hereunder.  Collateral Agent’s foregoing appointment as Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ attorney in fact, and all of Collateral Agent’s rights and powers, coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) have been fully repaid and performed and Collateral Agent’s and the Lenders’ obligation to provide Credit Extensions terminates.

 

9.3                                Accounts Verification; Collection.  If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Lenders may notify any Person owing Borrower money of Lenders’ security interest in such funds and verify the amount of such account (provided that if an Event of Default has not occurred and is not continuing, Lenders may, after consultation with Borrower, notify any Person owing Borrower money of Lenders’ security interest in such funds and verify the amount of such account) .  After the occurrence of an Event of Default, any amounts received by Borrower shall be held in trust by Borrower for Lenders, and, if requested by Lenders, Borrower shall immediately deliver such receipts to Lenders in the form received from the Account Debtor, with proper endorsements for deposit.

 

9.4                                Protective Payments.  If Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries fail to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.6 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any other amount which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, Collateral Agent may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Collateral Agent are Lenders’ Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing interest at the Default Rate, and secured by the Collateral.  Collateral Agent will make reasonable efforts to provide Borrower with notice of Collateral Agent obtaining such insurance or making such payment at the time it is obtained or paid or within a reasonable time thereafter.  No such payments by

 

22



 

Collateral Agent are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Collateral Agent’s waiver of any Event of Default.

 

9.5                                Application of Payments and Proceeds.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, (a) Borrower irrevocably waives the right to direct the application of any and all payments at any time or times thereafter received by Collateral Agent from or on behalf of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of all or any part of the Obligations, and, as between Borrower on the one hand and Collateral Agent and Lenders on the other, Collateral Agent shall have the continuing and exclusive right to apply and to reapply any and all payments received against the Obligations in such manner as Collateral Agent may deem advisable notwithstanding any previous application by Collateral Agent, and (b) the proceeds of any sale of, or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral shall be applied:  first, to the Lenders’ Expenses; second, to accrued and unpaid interest on the Obligations (including any interest which, but for the provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code, would have accrued on such amounts); third, to the principal amount of the Obligations outstanding; and fourth, to any other indebtedness or obligations of Borrower owing to Collateral Agent or any Lender under the Loan Documents.  Any balance remaining shall be delivered to Borrower or to whoever may be lawfully entitled to receive such balance or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.  In carrying out the foregoing, (x) amounts received shall be applied in the numerical order provided until exhausted prior to the application to the next succeeding category, and (y) each of the Persons entitled to receive a payment in any particular category shall receive an amount equal to its pro rata share of amounts available to be applied pursuant thereto for such category.  Any reference in this Agreement to an allocation between or sharing by the Lenders of any right, interest or obligation “ratably,” “proportionally” or in similar terms shall refer to Pro Rata Share unless expressly provided otherwise.  Collateral Agent, or if applicable, each Lender, shall promptly remit to the other Lenders such sums as may be necessary to ensure the ratable repayment of each Lender’s portion of any Term Loan and the ratable distribution of interest, fees and reimbursements paid or made by Borrower.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Lender receiving a scheduled payment shall not be responsible for determining whether the other Lenders also received their scheduled payment on such date; provided, however, if it is later determined that a Lender received more than its ratable share of scheduled payments made on any date or dates, then such Lender shall remit to Collateral Agent or other Lenders such sums as may be necessary to ensure the ratable payment of such scheduled payments, as instructed by Collateral Agent.  If any payment or distribution of any kind or character, whether in cash, properties or securities, shall be received by a Lender in excess of its ratable share, then the portion of such payment or distribution in excess of such Lender’s ratable share shall be received by such Lender in trust for and shall be promptly paid over to the other Lender for application to the payments of amounts due on the other Lenders’ claims.  To the extent any payment for the account of Borrower is required to be returned as a voidable transfer or otherwise, the Lenders shall contribute to one another as is necessary to ensure that such return of payment is on a pro rata basis.  If any Lender shall obtain possession of any Collateral, it shall hold such Collateral for itself and as agent and bailee for Collateral Agent and other Lenders for purposes of perfecting Collateral Agent’s security interest therein.

 

9.6                                Liability for Collateral.  So long as Collateral Agent and the Lenders comply with reasonable banking practices regarding the safekeeping of the Collateral in the possession or under the control of Collateral Agent and the Lenders, Collateral Agent and the Lenders shall not be liable or responsible for:  (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person.  Borrower bears all risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

 

9.7                                No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative.  Failure by Collateral Agent or any Lender, at any time or times, to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Collateral Agent or any Lender thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance herewith or therewith.  No waiver hereunder shall be effective unless signed by Collateral Agent and the Required Lenders and then is only effective for the specific instance and purpose for which it is given.  The rights and remedies of Collateral Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative.  Collateral Agent and the Lenders have all rights and remedies provided under the Code, any applicable law, by law, or in equity.  The exercise by Collateral Agent or any Lender of one right or remedy is not an election, and Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s waiver of any Event of Default is not a continuing waiver.  Collateral Agent’s or any Lender’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

 

23



 

9.8                                Demand Waiver.  Borrower waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of accounts, documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees held by Collateral Agent or any Lender on which Borrower or any Subsidiary is liable.

 

10.                                NOTICES

 

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication (collectively, “ Communication ”) by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered:  (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after deposit in the U.S.  mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email address indicated below.  Any of Collateral Agent, Lender or Borrower may change its mailing address or facsimile number by giving the other party written notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

 

If to Borrower:

CONFORMIS, INC.
28 Crosby Drive
Bedford, MA 01730
Attn: ChiefFinancial Officer
Fax: (781) 345-0147

 

Email: paul.weiner@conformis.com

 

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr, LLP
60 State Street
Boston, MA 02446
Attn: Jamie N. Class
Fax: 617 526 5000
Email: iamie.class@wilmerhale.com

 

 

If to Collateral Agent:

SILICON VALLEY BANK
275 Grove Street Suite 2-200
Newton, Massachusetts 02466
Attn: Clark Hayes
Tel.: (617) 630-4163
Fax: (617) 969-5962
Email: chayes@svb.com

 

 

If to Oxford:

OXFORD FINANCE LLC
133 North Fairfax Street
Alexandria, Virginia 22314
Attention: Legal Department
Fax: (703) 519-5225
Email: LegalDepartment@oxfordfinance.com

 

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

DLA Piper LLP (US)
4365 Executive Drive, Suite 1100
San Diego, California 92121-2133
Attn: Cindy Lovering
Fax: (858) 638-5053
cynthia.lovering@dlapiper.com

 

24



 

11.                                CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE AND JURY TRIAL WAIVER

 

New York law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law.  Borrower, Lenders and Collateral Agent each submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the State and Federal courts in the City of New York, Borough of Manhattan.  NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, COLLATERAL AGENT AND THE LENDERS SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST BORROWER OR ITS PROPERTY IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION WHICH COLLATERAL AGENT AND THE LENDERS (IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 9.1) DEEM NECESSARY OR APPROPRIATE TO REALIZE ON THE COLLATERAL OR TO OTHERWISE ENFORCE COLLATERAL AGENT’S AND THE LENDERS’ RIGHTS AGAINST BORROWER OR ITS PROPERTY.  Borrower expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or suit commenced in any such court, and Borrower hereby waives any objection that it may have based upon lack of personal jurisdiction, improper venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court.  Borrower hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to Borrower at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by Borrower in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed completed upon the earlier to occur of Borrower’s actual receipt thereof or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mails, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, proper postage prepaid.

 

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, BORROWER, COLLATERAL AGENT, AND THE LENDERS EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR BASED UPON THIS AGREEMENT, THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT, TORT, BREACH OF DUTY AND ALL OTHER CLAIMS.  THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR EACH PARTY TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT.  EACH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

 

12.                                GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

12.1                         Termination Prior to Revolving Maturity Date.  The Revolving Line may be terminated prior to the Revolving Maturity Date by Borrower, effective three (3) Business Days after written notice of termination is given to Bank by Borrower.  Notwithstanding any such termination, Lenders’ liens and security interests in the Collateral shall continue until Borrower fully satisfies its Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations).  If such termination is at Borrower’s election or at Bank’s election due to the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower shall pay to Bank, solely for Bank’s account, in addition to the payment of any other expenses or fees then-owing, a termination fee (the “ Termination Fee ”) in an amount equal to (i) One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) if the termination occurs on or prior to the first anniversary of the Effective Date or (ii) Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) if the termination occurs after the first anniversary of the Effective Date but on or prior to the third anniversary of the Effective Date and provided further that no termination fee shall be charged if the Revolving Line is replaced with a new facility or an amended and restated facility from Bank.

 

12.2                         Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party.  Borrower may not transfer, pledge or assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Collateral Agent’s and each Lender’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Collateral Agent’s and each Lender’s discretion, subject to Section 12.7).  The Lenders have the right, without the consent of or notice to Borrower, to sell, transfer, assign, pledge, negotiate, or grant participation in ( any such sale, transfer, assignment, negotiation, or grant of a participation, a “ Lender Transfer ”) all or any part of, or any interest in, the Lenders’ obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided, however, that any such Lender Transfer (other than a transfer, pledge, sale or assignment to an Eligible Assignee) of its obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall require the prior written consent of the Required Lenders (such approved assignee, an “ Approved Lender ”).  Borrower and Collateral Agent shall be entitled to continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with the interests so assigned until Collateral Agent shall have received and accepted an effective assignment agreement in form satisfactory to Collateral Agent executed, delivered and fully completed by the applicable parties thereto, and shall have received such other information regarding such Eligible Assignee or Approved Lender as

 

25



 

Collateral Agent reasonably shall require.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Lender Transfer (other than a Lender Transfer (i) in respect of the Warrants or (ii) in connection with (x) assignments by a Lender due to a forced divestiture at the request of any regulatory agency; or (y) upon the occurrence of a default, event of default or similar occurrence with respect to a Lender’s own financing or securitization transactions) shall be permitted, without Borrower’s consent, to any Person which is an Affiliate or Subsidiary of Borrower, a direct competitor of Borrower or a vulture hedge fund, each as determined by Collateral Agent.

 

12.3                         Indemnification.  Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Collateral Agent and the Lenders and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other Person affiliated with or representing Collateral Agent or the Lenders (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) harmless against:  (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities (collectively, “ Claims ”) asserted by any other party in connection with; related to; following; or arising from, out of or under, the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (b) all losses or Lenders’ Expenses incurred, or paid by Indemnified Person in connection with; related to; following; or arising from, out of or under, the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents between Collateral Agent, and/or the Lenders and Borrower (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.  Borrower hereby further indemnifies, defends and holds each Indemnified Person harmless from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, claims, costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including the fees and disbursements of counsel for such Indemnified Person) in connection with any investigative, response, remedial, administrative or judicial matter or proceeding, whether or not such Indemnified Person shall be designated a party thereto and including any such proceeding initiated by or on behalf of Borrower, and the reasonable expenses of investigation by engineers, environmental consultants and similar technical personnel and any commission, fee or compensation claimed by any broker (other than any broker retained by Collateral Agent or Lenders) asserting any right to payment for the transactions contemplated hereby which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Indemnified Person as a result of or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the use or intended use of the proceeds of the loan proceeds except for liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, claims, costs, expenses and disbursements directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

12.4                         Time of Essence.  Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.

 

12.5                         Severability of Provisions.  Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision in determining the enforceability of any provision.

 

12.6                         Correction of Loan Documents.  Collateral Agent and the Lenders may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the parties so long as Collateral Agent and the Lenders provide Borrower with written notice of such correction and allows Borrower at least ten (10) Business Days to object to such correction.  In the event of such objection, such correction shall not be made except by an amendment signed by Collateral Agent, the Lenders and Borrower.

 

12.7                         Amendments in Writing; Integration.   (a)  No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, no approval or consent thereunder, or any consent to any departure by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by Borrower, Collateral Agent and the Required Lenders provided that:

 

(i)                                      no such amendment, waiver or other modification that would have the effect of increasing or reducing a Lender’s Term Loan Commitment or Commitment Percentage shall be effective as to such Lender without such Lender’s written consent;

 

(ii)                                   no such amendment, waiver or modification that would affect the rights and duties of Collateral Agent shall be effective without Collateral Agent’s written consent or signature;

 

(iii)                                no such amendment, waiver or other modification shall, unless signed by all the Lenders directly affected thereby, (A) reduce the principal of, rate of interest on or any fees with respect to any

 

26



 

Term Loan or forgive any principal, interest (other than default interest) or fees (other than late charges) with respect to any Term Loan (B) postpone the date fixed for, or waive, any payment of principal of any Term Loan or of interest on any Term Loan (other than default interest) or any fees provided for hereunder (other than late charges or for any termination of any commitment); (C) change the definition of the term “ Required Lenders ” or the percentage of Lenders which shall be required for the Lenders to take any action hereunder; (D) release all or substantially all of any material portion of the Collateral, authorize Borrower to sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all or any material portion of the Collateral or release any Guarantor of all or any portion of the Obligations or its guaranty obligations with respect thereto, except, in each case with respect to this clause (D), as otherwise may be expressly permitted under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including in connection with any disposition permitted hereunder); (E) amend, waive or otherwise modify this Section 12.7 or the definitions of the terms used in this Section 12.7 insofar as the definitions affect the substance of this Section 12.7; (F) consent to the assignment, delegation or other transfer by Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under any Loan Document or release Borrower of its payment obligations under any Loan Document, except, in each case with respect to this clause (F), pursuant to a merger or consolidation permitted pursuant to this Agreement; (G) amend any of the provisions of Section 9.4 or amend any of the definitions of Pro Rata Share, Term Loan Commitment, Commitment Percentage or that provide for the Lenders to receive their Pro Rata Shares of any fees, payments, setoffs or proceeds of Collateral hereunder; (H) subordinate the Liens granted in favor of Collateral Agent and Lenders securing the Obligations; or (I) amend any of the provisions of Section 12.11.  It is hereby understood and agreed that all Lenders shall be deemed directly affected by an amendment, waiver or other modification of the type described in the preceding clauses (C), (D), (E), (F), (G) and (H) of the preceding sentence;

 

(iv)                               the provisions of the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) are subject to the provisions of any interlender or agency agreement among the Lenders and Collateral Agent pursuant to which any Lender may agree to give its consent in connection with any amendment, waiver or modification of the Loan Documents only in the event of the unanimous agreement of all Lenders.

 

(b)                                  Other than as expressly provided for in Section 12.7(a)(i)-(iii), Collateral Agent may, if requested by the Required Lenders, from time to time designate covenants in this Agreement less restrictive by notification to a representative of Borrower.

 

(c)                                   This Agreement and the Loan Documents represent the entire agreement about this subject matter and supersede prior negotiations or agreements.  All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Agreement and the Loan Documents merge into this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

 

12.8                         Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

 

12.9                         Survival.  All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement continue in full force and effect until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any other obligations which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement) have been satisfied.  Without limiting the foregoing, except as otherwise provided in Section 4.1, the grant of security interest by Borrower in Section 4.1 shall survive until the termination of all Bank Services Agreements.  The obligation of Borrower in Section 12.3 to indemnify each Lender and Collateral Agent, as well as the confidentiality provisions in Section 12.10 below, shall survive until the statute of limitations with respect to such claim or cause of action shall have run.

 

12.10                  Confidentiality.  In handling any confidential information of Borrower, the Lenders and Collateral Agent shall exercise the same degree of care that it exercises for their own proprietary information, but disclosure of information may be made:  (a) subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including these confidentiality provisions, (i) to the Lenders’ and Collateral Agent’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or (ii) in connection with a Lender’s own financing or securitization transactions and upon the occurrence of a default, event of default or similar occurrence with respect to such financing or securitization transaction; (b) to prospective transferees (other than those identified in (a) above) or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, the

 

27



 

Lenders and Collateral Agent shall, except upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, obtain such prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision or to similar confidentiality terms for the benefit of Borrower); (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or other order; (d) to Lenders’ or Collateral Agent’s regulators or as otherwise required in connection with an examination or audit; (e) as Collateral Agent reasonably considers appropriate in exercising remedies under the Loan Documents; and (f) to third party service providers of the Lenders and/or Collateral Agent so long as such service providers have executed a confidentiality agreement with the Lenders and Collateral Agent (for the benefit of Borrower) with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein.  Confidential information does not include information that either:  (i) is in the public domain or in the Lenders’ and/or Collateral Agent’s possession when disclosed to the Lenders and/or Collateral Agent, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to the Lenders and/or Collateral Agent; or (ii) is disclosed to the Lenders and/or Collateral Agent by a third party, if the Lenders and/or Collateral Agent does not know that the third party is prohibited from disclosing the information.  Collateral Agent and the Lenders may use confidential information for any purpose, including, without limitation, for the development of client databases, reporting purposes, and market analysis.  The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall survive the termination of this Agreement.  The agreements provided under this Section 12.10 supersede all prior agreements, understanding, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties about the subject matter of this Section 12.10.

 

12.11                  Right of Set Off.  Borrower hereby grants to Collateral Agent and to each Lender, a lien, security interest and right of set off as security for all Obligations to Collateral Agent and each Lender hereunder, whether now existing or hereafter arising upon and against all deposits, credits, collateral and property, now or hereafter in the possession, custody, safekeeping or control of Collateral Agent or the Lenders or any entity under the control of Collateral Agent or the Lenders (including a Collateral Agent affiliate) or in transit to any of them.  At any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without demand or notice, Collateral Agent or the Lenders may set off the same or any part thereof and apply the same to any liability or obligation of Borrower even though unmatured and regardless of the adequacy of any other collateral securing the Obligations.  ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO REQUIRE COLLATERAL AGENT TO EXERCISE ITS RIGHTS OR REMEDIES WITH RESPECT TO ANY OTHER COLLATERAL WHICH SECURES THE OBLIGATIONS, PRIOR TO EXERCISING ITS RIGHT OF SETOFF WITH RESPECT TO SUCH DEPOSITS, CREDITS OR OTHER PROPERTY OF BORROWER ARE HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVED.

 

12.12                  Cooperation of Borrower.  If necessary, Borrower agrees to (i) execute any documents (including new Secured Promissory Notes) reasonably required to effectuate and acknowledge each assignment of a Term Loan Commitment or Loan to an assignee in accordance with Section 12.2, (ii) make Borrower’s management available to meet with Collateral Agent and prospective participants and assignees of Term Loan Commitments or Credit Extensions (which meetings shall be conducted no more often than twice every twelve months unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), and (iii) assist Collateral Agent or the Lenders in the preparation of information relating to the financial affairs of Borrower as any prospective participant or assignee of a Term Loan Commitment or Term Loan reasonably may request.  Subject to the provisions of Section 12.10, Borrower authorizes each Lender to disclose to any prospective participant or assignee of a Term Loan Commitment, any and all information in such Lender’s possession concerning Borrower and its financial affairs which has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of Borrower pursuant to this Agreement, or which has been delivered to such Lender by or on behalf of Borrower in connection with such Lender’s credit evaluation of Borrower prior to entering into this Agreement.

 

12.13                  Borrower Liability.  Either Borrower may, acting singly, request Credit Extensions hereunder.  Each Borrower hereby appoints the other as agent for the other for all purposes hereunder, including with respect to requesting Credit Extensions hereunder.  Each Borrower hereunder shall be jointly and severally obligated to repay all Credit Extensions made hereunder, regardless of which Borrower actually receives said Credit Extension, as if each Borrower hereunder directly received all Credit Extensions.

 

13.                                DEFINITIONS

 

13.1                         Definitions.  As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

28



 

Account is any “account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to Borrower.

 

Account Debtor is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

Advance or “ Advances ” means an advance or advances under the Revolving Line.

 

Affiliate of any Person is a Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

 

Agreement is defined in the preamble hereof.

 

Amortization Date is December 1, 2016, provided however, if Borrower achieves the Revenue Milestone, the Amortization Date shall be extended to December 1, 2017.

 

Annual Projections is defined in Section 6.2(a)(iii).

 

Anti-Terrorism Laws are any laws relating to terrorism or money laundering, including Executive Order No.  13224 (effective September 24, 2001), the USA PATRIOT Act, the laws comprising or implementing the Bank Secrecy Act, and the laws administered by OFAC.

 

Approved Fund is any (i) investment company, fund, trust, securitization vehicle or conduit that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business or (ii) any Person (other than a natural person) which temporarily warehouses loans for any Lender or any entity described in the preceding clause (i) and that, with respect to each of the preceding clauses (i) and (ii), is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) a Person (other than a natural person) or an Affiliate of a Person (other than a natural person) that administers or manages a Lender.

 

Approved Lender is defined in Section 12.2.

 

Availability Amount is (a) the lesser of (i) the Revolving Line or (ii) the amount available under the Borrowing Base minus (b) the outstanding principal balance of any Advances.

 

Bank is defined in the preamble hereof.

 

Bank Services are any products, credit services, and/or financial accommodations previously, now, or hereafter provided to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by Bank or any Bank Affiliate, including, without limitation, any letters of credit, cash management services (including, without limitation, merchant services, direct deposit of payroll, business credit cards, and check cashing services), interest rate swap arrangements, and foreign exchange services as any such products or services may be identified in Bank’s various agreements related thereto (each, a “Bank Services Agreement”).

 

Blocked Person is any Person:  (a) listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No.  13224, (b) a Person owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No.  13224, (c) a Person with which any Lender is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti-Terrorism Law, (d) a Person that commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “terrorism” as defined in Executive Order No.  13224, or (e) a Person that is named a “specially designated national” or “blocked person” on the most current list published by OFAC or other similar list.

 

Borrower is defined in the preamble hereof.

 

29



 

Borrower’s Books are Borrower’s or any of its Guarantor and co-Borrower Subsidiaries’ books and records including ledgers, federal, and state tax returns, records regarding Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

 

Borrowing Base is up to eighty-five percent (85%) of Eligible Accounts as determined by Bank from Borrower’s most recent Transaction Report; provided, however, that Bank may decrease the foregoing percentage in its reasonable business judgment based on events, conditions, contingencies, or risks which, as determined by Bank, could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect Collateral.

 

Business Day is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Collateral Agent is closed.

 

Cash Equivalents are (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency or any State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year after its creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and (c) certificates of deposit maturing no more than one (1) year after issue provided that the account in which any such certificate of deposit is maintained is maintained with Collateral Agent or is subject to a Control Agreement in favor of Collateral Agent.  For the avoidance of doubt, the direct purchase by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any Auction Rate Securities, or purchasing participations in, or entering into any type of swap or other derivative transaction, or otherwise holding or engaging in any ownership interest in any type of Auction Rate Security by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall be conclusively determined by the Lenders as an ineligible Cash Equivalent, and any such transaction shall expressly violate each other provision of this Agreement governing Permitted Investments.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents does not include and Borrower, and each of its Subsidiaries, are prohibited from purchasing, purchasing participations in, entering into any type of swap or other equivalent derivative transaction, or otherwise holding or engaging in any ownership interest in any type of debt instrument, including, without limitation, any corporate or municipal bonds with a long-term nominal maturity for which the interest rate is reset through a dutch auction and more commonly referred to as an auction rate security (each, an “ Auction Rate Security ”) .

 

Claims are defined in Section 12.3.

 

Code is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of New York; provided, that, to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles or Divisions of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article or Division 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, or priority of, or remedies with respect to, Collateral Agent’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

 

Collateral is any and all properties, rights and assets of Borrower described on Exhibit A .

 

Collateral Account is any Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account, or any other bank account maintained by Borrower or any Subsidiary that is a Guarantor or co-Borrower under this Agreement at any time.

 

Collateral Agent is, SVB, not in its individual capacity, but solely in its capacity as agent on behalf of and for the benefit of the Lenders.

 

Commitment Percentage is set forth in Schedule 1.1 , as amended from time to time.

 

Commodity Account is any “commodity account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

30


 

Communication is defined in Section 10.

 

Compliance Certificate is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

 

ConforMIS Europe is ConforMIS Europe, GmbH, an entity organized under the laws of Germany and a fully-owned Subsidiary of ConforMIS.

 

ConforMIS Hong Kong is ConforMIS Hong Kong Limited, an entity organized under the laws of Hong Kong and a fully-owned Subsidiary of ConforMIS.

 

ConforMIS UK is ConforMIS UK Limited, an entity organized under the laws of the England and Wales and a fully-owned Subsidiary of ConforMIS.

 

Contingent Obligation is, for any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or not, of that Person for (a) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation, in each case, directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account of that Person; and (c) all obligations from any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap or collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business.  The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation for which the Contingent Obligation is made or, if not determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability for it determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

 

Control Agreement is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that are Guarantors or co-Borrowers under this Agreement maintains a Deposit Account or the securities intermediary or commodity intermediary at which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries maintains a Securities Account or a Commodity Account, Borrower and such Subsidiary, and Collateral Agent or a Lender pursuant to which Collateral Agent or a Lender obtains control (within the meaning of the Code) for the benefit of the Lenders over such Deposit Account, Securities Account, or Commodity Account.

 

Copyrights are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.

 

Credit Extension is any Advance, Term Loan, Letter of Credit, or any other extension of credit by any Lender for Borrower’s benefit.

 

Current Liabilities are all obligations and liabilities of Borrower to Lenders, plus, without duplication, the aggregate amount of Borrower’s Total Liabilities that mature within one (1) year.

 

Default Rate is defined in Section 2.2(b).

 

Deferred Revenue is all amounts received or invoiced in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue.

 

Deposit Account is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

Designated Deposit Account is Borrower’s deposit account, account number 3300664446, maintained with Bank.

 

Disbursement Letter is that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit B-1 .

 

31



 

Dollar Equivalent is, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in a Foreign Currency, the equivalent amount therefor in Dollars as determined by Bank at such time on the basis of the then-prevailing rate of exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency.

 

Dollars, ” “ dollars and “$” each mean lawful money of the United States.

 

Draw Period is the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the earlier of (i) November 7, 2015 and (ii) the occurrence of an Event of Default.

 

Effective Date is defined in the preamble of this Agreement.

 

Eligible Accounts means Accounts which arise in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business that meet all Borrower’s representations and warranties in Section 5.3 .  Bank reserves the right at any time after the Effective Date to adjust any of the criteria set forth below and to establish new criteria in its good faith business judgment.  Unless Bank otherwise agrees in writing, Eligible Accounts shall not include:

 

(a)                                  Accounts that the Account Debtor has not paid within one hundred and twenty (120) days of invoice date regardless of invoice payment period terms;

 

(b)                                  Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, fifty percent (50%) or more of whose Accounts have not been paid within ninety (90) days of invoice date;

 

(c)                                   Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which does not have its principal place of business in the United States;

 

(d)                                  Accounts billed outside of the United States;

 

(e)                                   Accounts payable from an Account Debtor outside of the United States, except for those from Australia, Canada, France, Germany, Israel, Italy, Japan and United Kingdom (the “G7 Countries” and such other countries at SVB’s sole discretion on a case by case basis) and provided that such Accounts must be billed by Borrower in Dollars;

 

(f)                                    Accounts owing from an Account Debtor to the extent that Borrower is indebted or obligated in any manner to the Account Debtor (as creditor, lessor, supplier or otherwise - sometimes called “contra” accounts, accounts payable, customer deposits or credit accounts), with the exception of customary credits, adjustments and/or discounts given to an Account Debtor by Borrower in the ordinary course of its business;

 

(g)                                   Accounts for which the Account Debtor is Borrower’s Affiliate, officer, employee, or agent;

 

(h)                                  Accounts with credit balances over one hundred twenty (120) days from invoice date (to the extent of such credit balance);

 

(i)                                      Accounts owing from an Account Debtor which is a United States government entity or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof unless (i) the Account Debtor is a private hospital operated by the United States Department of Veteran Affairs or (ii) Borrower has assigned its payment rights to Bank and the assignment has been acknowledged under the Federal Assignment of Claims Act of 1940, as amended;

 

(j)                                     Accounts for demonstration or promotional equipment, or in which goods are consigned, or sold on a “sale guaranteed”, “sale or return”, “sale on approval”, or other terms if Account Debtor’s payment may be conditional;

 

(k)                                  Accounts owing from an Account Debtor where goods or services have not yet been rendered to the Account Debtor (sometimes called memo billings or pre-billings);

 

32



 

(l)                                      Accounts subject to contractual arrangements between Borrower and an Account Debtor where payments shall be scheduled or due according to completion or fulfillment requirements where the Account Debtor has a right of offset for damages suffered as a result of Borrower’s failure to perform in accordance with the contract (sometimes called contracts accounts receivable, progress billings, milestone billings, or fulfillment contracts);

 

(m)                              Accounts owing from an Account Debtor the amount of which may be subject to withholding based on the Account Debtor’s satisfaction of Borrower’s complete performance (but only to the extent of the amount withheld; sometimes called retainage billings);

 

(n)                                  Accounts subject to trust provisions, subrogation rights of a bonding company, or a statutory trust;

 

(o)                                  Accounts owing from an Account Debtor that has been invoiced for goods that have not been shipped to the Account Debtor unless Bank, Borrower, and the Account Debtor have entered into an agreement acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion wherein the Account Debtor acknowledges that (i) it has title to and has ownership of the goods wherever located, (ii) a bona fide sale of the goods has occurred, and (iii) it owes payment for such goods in accordance with invoices from Borrower (sometimes called “bill and hold” accounts);

 

(p)                                  Accounts for which the Account Debtor has not been invoiced;

 

(q)                                  Accounts that represent non-trade receivables or that are derived by means other than in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

 

(r)                                     Accounts for which Borrower has permitted Account Debtor’s payment to extend beyond one hundred twenty (120) days;

 

(s)                                    Accounts to the extent of chargebacks or others payment deductions taken by an Account Debtor;

 

(t)                                     Accounts in which the Account Debtor disputes liability or makes any claim (but only up to the disputed or claimed amount), or if the Account Debtor is subject to an Insolvency Proceeding, or becomes insolvent, or goes out of business;

 

(u)                                  Accounts owing from an Account Debtor with respect to which Borrower has received Deferred Revenue (but only to the extent of such Deferred Revenue);

 

(v)                                  Accounts owing from an Account Debtor, whose total obligations to Borrower exceed thirty-five percent (35%) of all Accounts, for the amounts that exceed that percentage, unless Bank approves in writing; and

 

(w)                                Accounts for which Bank in its good faith business judgment determines collection to be doubtful.

 

Eligible Assignee is (i) a Lender, (ii) an Affiliate of a Lender, (iii) an Approved Fund and (iv) any commercial bank, savings and loan association or savings bank or any other entity which is an “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) and which extends credit or buys loans as one of its businesses, including insurance companies, mutual funds, lease financing companies and commercial finance companies, in each case, which either (A) has a rating of BBB or higher from Standard & Poor’s Rating Group and a rating of Baa2 or higher from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. at the date that it becomes a Lender or (B) has total assets in excess of Five Billion Dollars ($5,000,000,000.00), and in each case of clauses (i) through (iv), which, through its applicable lending office, is capable of lending to Borrower without the imposition of any withholding or similar taxes; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, “Eligible Assignee” shall not include, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (i) Borrower or any of Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries or (ii) a direct competitor of Borrower or a vulture hedge fund, each as determined by Collateral Agent. 

 

33



 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) in connection with assignments by a Lender due to a forced divestiture at the request of any regulatory agency, the restrictions set forth herein shall not apply and Eligible Assignee shall mean any Person or party and (y) in connection with a Lender’s own financing or securitization transactions, the restrictions set forth herein shall not apply and Eligible Assignee shall mean any Person or party providing such financing or formed to undertake such securitization transaction and any transferee of such Person or party upon the occurrence of a default, event of default or similar occurrence with respect to such financing or securitization transaction; provided that no such sale, transfer, pledge or assignment under this clause (y) shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such Person or party for such Lender as a party hereto until Collateral Agent shall have received and accepted an effective assignment agreement from such Person or party in form satisfactory to Collateral Agent executed, delivered and fully completed by the applicable parties thereto, and shall have received such other information regarding such Eligible Assignee as Collateral Agent reasonably shall require.

 

Equipment is all “equipment” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

 

ERISA is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and its regulations.

 

Event of Default is defined in Section 8.

 

Excluded Taxes means, with respect to a Lender, any Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes imposed as a result of such Lender being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or that are imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Lender and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising solely from such Lender becoming a party to this Agreement and performing its obligations and receiving payments under such Agreement).

 

Final Payment is a payment (in addition to and not a substitution for the regular monthly payments of principal plus accrued interest) due on the earliest to occur of (a) the Term Loan Maturity Date, or (b) the acceleration of any Term Loan, or (c) the prepayment of a Term Loan pursuant to Section 2.1.2(c) or (d), equal to the original principal amount of such Term Loan multiplied by the Final Payment Percentage, payable to Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares.

 

Final Payment Percentage is seven percent (7.00%).

 

Foreign Currency means lawful money of a country other than the United States.

 

Foreign Subsidiary is a Subsidiary that is not an entity organized under the laws of the United States or any territory thereof.

 

Funding Date is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or on account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

 

FX Contract is any foreign exchange contract by and between Borrower and Bank under which Borrower commits to purchase from or sell to Bank a specific amount of Foreign Currency on a specified date.

 

GAAP is generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

 

34



 

General Intangibles are all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and derivative work, whether published or unpublished, any patents, trademarks, service marks and, to the extent permitted under applicable law, any applications therefor, whether registered or not, any trade secret rights, including any rights to unpatented inventions, payment intangibles, royalties, contract rights, goodwill, franchise agreements, purchase orders, customer lists, route lists, telephone numbers, domain names, claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, options to purchase or sell real or personal property, rights in all litigation presently or hereafter pending (whether in contract, tort or otherwise), insurance policies (including without limitation key man, property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

 

German Share Pledge Documents is that certain Share Pledge Agreement by and among ConforMIS, Lenders and ConforMIS Europe, together with such other agreements, instruments and documents executed and or delivered in connection therewith.

 

Governmental Approval is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority.

 

Governmental Authority is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

 

Guarantor is any Person providing a Guaranty in favor of Collateral Agent.

 

Guaranty is any guarantee of all or any part of the Obligations, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated, modified or otherwise supplemented.

 

Indebtedness is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations (as defined under GAAP; provided that, in the event any change in GAAP after the Effective Date recharacterizes the treatment of real estate leases or operating leases as capital leases, then for the purposes of the term “Indebtedness” in this Agreement (i) in respect of real estate leases treated as capital leases, real estate leases shall not be deemed “Indebtedness” hereunder and (ii) in respect of operating leases treated as capital leases, operating leases in effect as of the date of such change in GAAP (the “Existing Operating Leases”) shall not be deemed “Indebtedness” hereunder; provided, however, operating leases entered into after the date of such change in GAAP (the “New Operating Leases”) shall be deemed “Indebtedness” and must be approved as such in writing by Collateral Agent and the Required Lenders; and (d) Contingent Obligations.  It is understood and agreed that the obligations under the Lang Agreement, the Vertegen License Agreement and Scientific Advisory Board Agreements do not constitute Indebtedness.

 

Indemnified Person is defined in Section 12.3.

 

Insolvency Proceeding is any proceeding by or against any Person under the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, compositions, extensions generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

 

Insolvent means not Solvent.

 

Intellectual Property means all of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s right, title and interest in and to the following:

 

(a)                                  its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

 

35



 

(b)                                  any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how, operating manuals;

 

(c)                                   any and all source code;

 

(d)                                  any and all design rights which may be available to Borrower;

 

(e)                                   any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and

 

(f)                                    all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

 

Inventory is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including without limitation such inventory as is temporarily out of any Person’s custody or possession or in transit and including any returned goods and any documents of title representing any of the above.

 

Investment is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

 

IPO means the initial, underwritten public offering and sale of Borrower’s common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Key Person is each of Borrower’s (i) President and Chief Executive Officer, who is Philipp Lang as of the Effective Date and (ii) Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, who is Paul Weiner as of the Effective Date.

 

Lang Agreement means that certain Revenue Sharing Agreement dated as of January 15, 2008 by and between Dr. Lang and the Borrower, as amended from time to time.

 

Lender is any one of the Lenders.

 

Lenders are the Persons identified on Schedule 1.1 hereto and each assignee that becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 12.2.

 

Lenders’ Expenses are all audit fees and expenses, costs, and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, as well as appraisal fees, fees incurred on account of lien searches, inspection fees, and filing fees) for preparing, amending, negotiating, administering, defending and enforcing the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, those incurred in connection with appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred by Collateral Agent and/or the Lenders in connection with the Loan Documents.

 

Letter of Credit is a standby or commercial letter of credit issued by Bank upon request of Borrower based upon an application, guarantee, indemnity, or similar agreement.

 

Lien is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest, or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

 

Loan Documents are, collectively, this Agreement, the Warrants, the Perfection Certificates, each Compliance Certificate, the UK Share Charge Documents, German Share Pledge Documents, each Disbursement Letter, each Loan Payment/Advance Request Form and any Transaction Report, any Bank Services Agreement, the Post Closing Letter, any subordination agreements, any note, or notes or guaranties executed by Borrower or any other

 

36



 

Person, and any other present or future agreement entered into by Borrower, any Guarantor or any other Person for the benefit of the Lenders and Collateral Agent in connection with this Agreement; all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

 

Loan Payment/Advance Request Form is that certain form attached hereto as Exhibit B-2 .

 

Material Adverse Change is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Collateral Agent’s or a Lender’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; or (c) a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations.

 

Obligations are all of Borrower’s obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, Lenders’ Expenses, the Prepayment Fee, the Final Payment, the Revolving Loan Fee and other amounts Borrower owes the Lenders now or later, in connection with, related to, following, or arising from, out of or under, this Agreement or, the other Loan Documents (other than the Warrants), or otherwise, including, without limitation, all obligations relating to letters of credit (including reimbursement obligations for drawn and undrawn letters of credit), cash management services, and foreign exchange contracts, if any, and including interest accruing after Insolvency Proceedings begin (whether or not allowed) and debts, liabilities, or obligations of Borrower assigned to the Lenders and/or Collateral Agent, and the performance of Borrower’s duties under the Loan Documents (in each case, other than the Warrants).

 

OFAC is the U.S. Department of Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control.

 

OFAC Lists are, collectively, the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by OFAC pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224, 66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (Sept. 25, 2001) and/or any other list of terrorists or other restricted Persons maintained pursuant to any of the rules and regulations of OFAC or pursuant to any other applicable Executive Orders.

 

Operating Documents are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of such Person’s jurisdiction of organization on a date that is no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date, and, (a) if such Person is a corporation, its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

 

Patents means all patents, patent applications and like protections including without limitation improvements, divisions, continuations, renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

 

Payment Date is (i) with respect to Advances, the first calendar day of each month and (ii) with respect to the Term Loans, the first (1 st ) calendar day of each calendar month, commencing with the first (1 st ) calendar day of the first (1st) calendar month following the Effective Date.

 

Perfection Certificate and “ Perfection Certificates ” is defined in Section 5.1.

 

Permitted Indebtedness is:

 

(a)                                  Borrower’s Indebtedness to the Lenders and Collateral Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

 

(b)                                  Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date (plus interest thereon) and disclosed on the Perfection Certificate(s) (including Borrower’s capital lease obligations owing to Mass Development Finance Agency (the “ Mass Development Debt ”)) ;

 

(c)                                   Subordinated Debt;

 

(d)                                  unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

37



 

(e)                                   Indebtedness consisting of capital lease obligations and purchase money Indebtedness, in each case incurred by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to finance the acquisition, repair, improvement or construction of fixed or capital assets of such person, provided that (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all such Indebtedness does not exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) at any time and (ii) the principal amount of such Indebtedness does not exceed the lower of the cost or fair market value ofthe property so acquired or built or of such repairs or improvements financed with such Indebtedness (each measured at the time of such acquisition, repair, improvement or construction is made); provided that, in the event any change in GAAP after the Effective Date recharacterizes the treatment of real estate leases or operating leases as capital leases, then for the purposes of this Agreement (i) in respect of real estate leases treated as capital leases, the limitation set forth in this clause (e) shall not apply to limit the amount of such Indebtedness related to real estate leases and (ii) in respect of operating leases treated as capital leases, the limitation set forth in this clause (e) shall not apply to limit the amount of such Indebtedness related to the Existing Operating Leases;

 

(f)                                    Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

 

(g)                                   extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (f) above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose materially more burdensome terms upon Borrower, or its Subsidiary, as the case may be; and

 

(h)                                  Indebtedness permitted under clause (f) in the definition of Permitted Investments.

 

Permitted Investments ” are:

 

(a)                                  Investments disclosed on the Perfection Certificate(s) and existing on the Effective Date;

 

(b)                                  (i) Investments consisting of cash and Cash Equivalents, and (ii) any Investments permitted by Borrower’s investment policy, as amended from time to time, provided that such investment policy (and any such amendment thereto) has been approved in writing by Collateral Agent;

 

(c)                                   Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of Borrower;

 

(d)                                  Investments consisting of Collateral Accounts maintained in accordance with Section 6.7;

 

(e)                                   Investments in connection with Transfers permitted by Section 7.1;

 

(f)                                    Investments (i) by Borrower in ConforMIS Europe not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) in the aggregate in any fiscal year, (ii) by Borrower in ConforMIS UK not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) in the aggregate in any fiscal year, (iii) by Borrower in ConforMIS Hong Kong not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) in the aggregate in any fiscal year and (iv)by Subsidiaries in other Subsidiaries not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) in the aggregate in any fiscal year or in Borrower;

 

(g)                                   (Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors; not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) in the aggregate for (i) and (ii) in any fiscal year;

 

(h)                                  Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

38



 

(i)                                      Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (h) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary;

 

(j)                                     non-cash Investments in joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support.

 

Permitted Licenses are (A) licenses of over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public, and (B) non-exclusive licenses and exclusive licenses (but specifically excluding exclusive licenses relating to Borrower’s patient specific implants or for therapeutic uses relating to the treatment of knees and hips) for the use of the Intellectual Property of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (i) entered into in the ordinary course of business or (ii) in connection with settlement agreements relating to the infringement of the Intellectual Property of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and pursuant to which Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries license Intellectual Property to the opposing party, provided, that, with respect to each such license described in clause (B), (i) no Event of Default has occurred or is continuing at the time of such license; (ii) with respect to non-exclusive licenses, the license constitutes an arms-length transaction, the terms of which, on their face, do not provide for a sale or assignment of any Intellectual Property and do not restrict the ability of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, as applicable, to pledge, grant a security interest in or lien on, or assign or otherwise Transfer any Intellectual Property; (iii) in the case of any exclusive license, (x) Borrower delivers ten (10) days’ prior written notice and a brief summary of the terms of the proposed license to Collateral Agent and the Lenders and delivers to Collateral Agent and the Lenders copies of the final executed licensing documents in connection with the exclusive license promptly upon consummation thereof, (y) any such license is made in connection with a bona fide corporate collaboration or partnership, and is approved by Borrower’s (or the applicable Subsidiary’s) board of directors, and (z) any such license could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property but may be exclusive in respects other than territory and may be exclusive as to territory only as to discrete geographical areas outside of the United States; and (iv) all upfront payments, royalties, milestone payments or other proceeds arising from the licensing agreement that are payable to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries are paid to a Deposit Account that is governed by a Control Agreement.

 

Permitted Liens are:

 

(a)                                  Liens existing on the Effective Date and disclosed on the Perfection Certificates or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

 

(b)                                  Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not due and payable or (ii) being contested in good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, provided that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

 

(c)                                   liens securing Indebtedness permitted under clause (e) of the definition of “ Permitted In d ebtedness ” and the Mass Development Debt (as defined in clause (b) of the definition of “ Permitted Indebtedness ”) ; provided that (i) such liens exist prior to the acquisition of, or attach substantially simultaneous with, or within twenty (20) days after the, acquisition, lease, repair, improvement or construction of, such property financed or leased by such Indebtedness and (ii) such liens do not extend to any property of Borrower other than the property (and proceeds thereof) acquired, leased or built, or the improvements or repairs, financed by such Indebtedness;

 

(d)                                  Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory, securing liabilities in the aggregate amount not to exceed Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00), and which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

 

39



 

(e)                                   Liens to secure payment of workers’ compensation, employment insurance, old-age pensions, social security and other like obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

 

(f)                                    Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may not increase;

 

(g)                                   leases or subleases of real property granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), and leases, subleases, non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses of personal property (other than Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business (or, if referring to another Person, in the ordinary course of such Person’s business), if the leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Collateral Agent or any Lender a security interest therein;

 

(h)                                  banker’s liens, rights of setoff and Liens in favor of financial institutions incurred in the ordinary course of business arising in connection with Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ deposit accounts or securities accounts held at such institutions solely to secure payment of fees and similar costs and expenses and provided such accounts are maintained in compliance with Section 6.7(b) hereof;

 

(i)                                      Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.4 or 8.7; and

 

(j)                                     Liens consisting of Permitted Licenses.

 

Person is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

 

Post Closing Letter is that certain Post Closing Letter dated as of the Effective Date by and between Collateral Agent and Borrower.

 

Prepayment Fee is, with respect to any Term Loan subject to prepayment prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date, whether by mandatory or voluntary prepayment, acceleration or otherwise, an additional fee payable to the Lenders in amount equal to (i) three percent (3.00%) of the principal amount of such Term Loan prepaid if the prepayment is made on or prior to the first anniversary of the Funding Date of such Term Loan, (ii) two percent (2.00%) of the principal amount of such Term Loan prepaid if the prepayment is made after the first anniversary of the Funding Date of such Term Loan but on or prior to the second anniversary of the Funding Date of such Term Loan or (iii) one percent (1.00%) of the principal amount of such Term Loan prepaid if the prepayment is made after the second anniversary of the Funding Date of such Term Loan but on or prior to the third anniversary of the Funding Date of such Term Loan.

 

Prime Rate is the rate of interest per annum from time to time published in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal or any successor publication thereto as the “prime rate” then in effect; provided that if such rate of interest, as set forth from time to time in the money rates section of The Wall Street Journal, becomes unavailable for any reason as determined by Bank, the “Prime Rate” shall mean the rate of interest per annum announced by Bank as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in the State of California (such Bank announced Prime Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by Bank in connection with extensions of credit to debtors).

 

Pro Rata Share is, as of any date of determination, with respect to each Lender, a percentage (expressed as a decimal, rounded to the ninth decimal place) determined by dividing the outstanding principal amount of Term Loans held by such Lender by the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Term Loans.

 

40



 

Quick Assets is, on any date, Borrower’s unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents maintained with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates plus net billed accounts receivable.

 

Registered Organization is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made

 

Required Lenders means (i) for so long as all of the Persons that are Lenders on the Effective Date (each an “Original Lender”) have not assigned or transferred any of their interests in their Term Loan, Lenders holding one hundred percent (100%) of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan, or (ii) at any time from and after any Original Lender has assigned or transferred any interest in its Term Loan, Lenders holding at least sixty six percent (66%) of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan and, in respect of this clause (ii), (A) each Original Lender that has not assigned or transferred any portion of its Term Loan, (B) each assignee or transferee of an Original Lender’s interest in the Term Loan, but only to the extent that such assignee or transferee is an Affiliate or Approved Fund of such Original Lender, and (C) any Person providing financing to any Person described in clauses (A) and (B) above; provided, however, that this clause (C) shall only apply upon the occurrence of a default, event of default or similar occurrence with respect to such financing.

 

Requirement of Law is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

 

Reserves means, as of any date of determination, such amounts as Bank may from time to time establish and revise in its good faith business judgment, reducing the amount of Advances and other financial accommodations which would otherwise be available to Borrower (a) to reflect events, conditions, contingencies or risks which, as determined by Bank in its good faith business judgment, do or may adversely affect (i) the Collateral or any other property which is security for the Obligations or its value (including without limitation any increase in delinquencies of Accounts), (ii) the assets, business or prospects of Borrower or any Guarantor, or (iii) the security interests and other rights of Bank in the Collateral (including the enforceability, perfection and priority thereof); or (b) to reflect Bank’s good faith belief that any collateral report or financial information furnished by or on behalf of Borrower or any Guarantor to Bank is or may have been incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect; or (c) in respect of any state of facts which Bank determines in good faith constitutes an Event of Default or may, with notice or passage of time or both, constitute an Event of Default.

 

Responsible Officer is any of the President, Chief Executive Officer, or Chief Financial Officer of Borrower acting alone.

 

Revenue Milestone means the achievement by Borrower of least Seventy Six Million Dollars ($76,000,000.00) in Revenue (determined in accordance with GAAP), measured on a trailing twelve (12) month basis for the twelve (12) month period ending May 31, 2016.

 

Revolving Line is an Advance or Advances in an amount up or equal to Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00).

 

Revolving Line Maturity Date is the date which is the earliest to occur of (a) November 7, 2019; or (b) early termination of this Agreement, whether as a result of acceleration, prepayment or otherwise.

 

Scientific Advisory Board Agreement is an agreement entered into from time to time in the ordinary course of business by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with advisors pursuant to which the Borrower or its Subsidiaries are required to pay compensation based on a combination of stock-based compensation, revenue share and hourly cash compensation for additional services, and to pay the reasonable, ordinary and necessary travel and other expenses.

 

Secured Promissory Note is defined in Section 2.3.

 

41


 

 

Secured Promissory Note Record is a record maintained by each Lender with respect to the outstanding Obligations owed by Borrower to Lender and credits made thereto.

 

Securities Account is any “securities account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

 

Shares is one hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock, membership units or other securities owned or held of record by Borrower or Borrower’s Subsidiary, in any Subsidiary; provided that (i) no more than sixty five percent (65%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock, membership units or other securities owned or held of record by the Borrower in each of ConforMIS Europe and ConforMIS UK shall be included as “Shares”, and (ii) in the event Borrower, demonstrates to Collateral Agent’s reasonable satisfaction, that a pledge of more than sixty five percent (65%) of the Shares of any other Subsidiary (including ConforMIS Hong Kong) which is a Foreign Subsidiary could reasonably be expected to create a present and existing adverse tax consequence to Borrower under the U.S.  Internal Revenue Code, “Shares” of such Subsidiary shall mean sixty five percent (65%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock, membership units or other securities owned or held of record by Borrower or its Subsidiary in such Foreign Subsidiary.

 

Solvent is, with respect to any Person:  the fair salable value of such Person’s consolidated assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of such Person’s liabilities; such Person is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and such Person is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature.

 

Streamline Period is any period of time, on and after the Effective Date, where Borrower has maintained a ratio of (i) Quick Assets to (ii) Current Liabilities minus the current portion of Deferred Revenue of greater than or equal to 1.00 to 1.00 at all times during the prior two (2) consecutive calendar months and provided further that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default any Streamline Period then in effect shall immediately terminate and Borrower shall be required to maintain the foregoing financial ratio for two (2) consecutive months thereafter before a new Streamline Period begins.

 

Subordinated Debt is indebtedness incurred by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries subordinated to all Indebtedness of Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries to the Lenders (pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Collateral Agent and the Lenders entered into between Collateral Agent, Borrower, and/or any of its Subsidiaries, and the other creditor), on terms acceptable to Collateral Agent and the Lenders.

 

Subsidiary is, with respect to any Person, any Person of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock or other equity interests (in the case of Persons other than corporations) is owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or through one or more intermediaries.

 

Term Loan is defined in Section 2.1.2(a)(ii) hereof.

 

Term A Loan is defined in Section 2.1.2(a)(i) hereof.

 

Term B Loan is defined in Section 2.1.2(a)(ii) hereof.

 

Term Loan Commitment is, for any Lender, the obligation of such Lender to make a Term Loan, up to the principal amount shown on Schedule 1.1 .  “ Term Loan Commitments ” means the aggregate amount of such commitments of all Lenders.

 

Term Loan Maturity Date is the date which is the earliest to occur of (a) November 1, 2019, or (b) early termination of this Agreement, whether as a result of acceleration, prepayment or otherwise.

 

Termination Fee is defined in Section 12.1.

 

42



 

Total Liabilities is on any day, obligations that should, under GAAP, be classified as liabilities on Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet, including all Indebtedness

 

Trademarks means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of Borrower connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

 

Transitory Collateral are trays, instruments and customized implants that are located at or in transit to hospitals, surgery centers and medical locations, in the ordinary course of business, in advance of patient procedures; Collateral held for repair or in transit; and laptops, peripherals and other equipment maintained with employees from time to time in the ordinary course of business.

 

Transfer is defined in Section 7.1.

 

Treasury Note Maturity is thirty-six (36) months.

 

UK Charge Over Shares means the 65% charge over shares dated on or around the date of this Agreement and made between ConforMIS and the Collateral Agent in respect of the shares that Borrower holds in the capital of ConforMIS UK.

 

UK Share Charge Documents is that certain UK Charge Over Shares, Stock Certificate and Stock Transfer Form, together with such other agreements, instruments and documents executed and or delivered in connection therewith, each in form and content reasonably acceptable to Lenders.

 

Vertegen License Agreement means that certain license agreement dated as of April 10, 2007, as amended from time to time, by and between Vertegen, Inc. and Borrower.

 

Warrants are those certain Warrants to Purchase Stock dated as of the Effective Date, or any date thereafter, issued by Borrower in favor of each Lender or such Lender’s Affiliates.

 

Wells Fargo Accounts means those certain Collateral Accounts maintained by Borrower at Wells Fargo Bank as of the Effective Date and disclosed in the Perfection Certificate; provided that (i) the aggregate balance of such accounts does not at any time exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) and (ii) such accounts are closed within one hundred eighty (180) days after the Effective Date.

 

Wells Fargo Cash Collateral Account is defined in Section 6.7(a).

 

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

43



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the Effective Date.

 

 

BORROWER:

 

 

 

 

 

CONFORMS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Philipp Lang

 

Name:

Philipp Lang

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

IMATX, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Philipp Lang

 

Name:

Philipp Lang

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

COLLATERAL AGENT AND LENDER:

 

 

 

 

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Elusk Hayes

 

Name:

Elusk Hayes

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

 

LENDER:

 

 

 

 

 

OXFORD FINANCE LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark Davis

 

Name:

Mark Davis

 

Title:

Vice President — Finance, Secretary & Treasurer

 

 

[ Signature Page to Loan and Security Agreement ]

 



 

SCHEDULE 1.1

 

Lenders and Commitments

 

Revolving Line

 

Lender

 

Revolving Commitment

 

Commitment Percentage

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

$

5,000,000.00

 

100.00

%

TOTAL

 

$

5,000,000.00

 

100.00

%

 

Term A Loans

 

Lender

 

Term Loan Commitment

 

Commitment Percentage

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

$

3,750,000

 

37.50

%

OXFORD FINANCE LLC

 

$

6,250,000

 

62.50

%

TOTAL

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

100.00

%

 

Term B Loans

 

Lender

 

Term Loan Commitment

 

Commitment Percentage

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

$

3,750,000

 

37.50

%

OXFORD FINANCE LLC

 

$

6,250,000

 

62.50

%

TOTAL

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

100.00

%

 

Aggregate ( all Term Loans )

 

Lender

 

Term Loan Commitment

 

Commitment Percentage

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

$

7,500,000

 

37.50

%

OXFORD FINANCE LLC

 

$

12,500,000

 

62.50

%

TOTAL

 

$

20,000,000.00

 

100.00

%

 


 

EXHIBIT A

 

Description of Collateral

 

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

 

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as noted below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts and other Collateral Accounts, all certificates of deposit, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

 

All Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include (i) equipment subject to a Lien described in clause (c) of the definition of Permitted Liens if the granting of a Lien in such equipment is prohibited by or would constitute a default under the agreement governing such equipment (but (A) only to the extent such prohibition is enforceable under applicable law and (B) other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 (or any other Section) of Division 9 of the Code); provided that upon the termination, lapsing or expiration of any such prohibition, such equipment or other property shall automatically be subject to the security interest granted in favor of Collateral Agent and each Lender hereunder and become part of the Collateral without any action by Borrower, Collateral Agent or any Lender, (ii) more than sixty five percent (65%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock, membership units or other securities owned or held of record by the Borrower (the “Shares”) in each of ConforMIS Europe and ConforMIS UK, and, in the event Borrower demonstrates to Collateral Agent’s reasonable satisfaction, that a pledge of more than sixty five percent (65%) of the Shares of any other Subsidiary which is a Foreign Subsidiary could reasonably be expected to create a present and existing adverse tax consequence to Borrower under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, more than sixty five percent (65%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock, membership units or other securities owned or held of record by Borrower or its Subsidiary in such Foreign Subsidiary, (iii) any license or contract, in each case if the granting of a Lien in such license or contract is prohibited by or would constitute a default under the agreement governing such license or contract (but (A) only to the extent such prohibition is enforceable under applicable law and (B) other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-408 or 9-409 (or any other Section) of Division 9 of the Code); provided that upon the termination, lapsing or expiration of any such prohibition, such license or contract, as applicable, shall automatically be subject to the security interest granted in favor of Collateral Agent hereunder and become part of the “Collateral”, (iv) the Wells Fargo Cash Collateral Account and (v) any Intellectual Property; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts and all proceeds of Intellectual Property.  If a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such Accounts and such property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Collateral Agent’s and each Lender’s security interest in such Accounts and such other property of Borrower that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property.

 

Pursuant to the terms of a certain negative pledge arrangement with Collateral Agent and the Lenders, Borrower has agreed not to encumber any of its Intellectual Property.

 



 

EXHIBIT B-1

 

Form of Disbursement Letter

 

[see attached]

 



 

DISBURSEMENT LETTER

 

[             ], 2014

 

The undersigned, being the duly elected and acting                                  of CONFROMIS, INC., a Delaware corporation with offices located at 28 Crosby Drive, Bedford, MA 01730 (“ Borrower ”) , does hereby certify, for itself and on behalf of all Borrowers, to SILICON VALLEY BANK (“ Bank ” and “ Lender ”) , as collateral agent (the “ Collateral Agent ”) in connection with that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of [             ], 2014, by and among Borrower, Collateral Agent and the Lenders from time to time party thereto (the “ Loan Agreement ; with other capitalized terms used below having the meanings ascribed thereto in the Loan Agreement) that:

 

1.                                       The representations and warranties made by Borrower in Section 5 of the Loan Agreement and in the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof.

 

2.                                       No event or condition has occurred and is continuing that would constitute an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

3.                                       Borrower is in compliance with the covenants and requirements contained in Sections 4, 6 and 7 of the Loan Agreement.

 

4.                                       All conditions referred to in Section 3 of the Loan Agreement to the making of the Loan to be made on or about the date hereof have been satisfied or waived by Collateral Agent.

 

5.                                       No Material Adverse Change has occurred.

 

6.                                       The undersigned is a Responsible Officer.

 

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 



 

7.                                       The proceeds of the Term A Loan shall be disbursed as follows:

 

Disbursement from SVB:

 

 

 

Loan Amount

 

$

 

 

Plus:

 

 

 

—Deposit Received

 

$

 

 

Less:

 

 

 

—Facility Fee

 

$

(        

)

[—Interim Interest

 

$

(        

)]

—Lender’s Legal Fees

 

$

(*      

)

Net Proceeds due from SVB:

 

$

 

 

Disbursement from Oxford:

 

 

 

Loan Amount

 

$

 

 

Plus:

 

 

 

—Deposit Received

 

$

 

 

Less:

 

 

 

—Facility Fee

 

$

(        

)

[—Interim Interest

 

$

(        

)]

Net Proceeds due from Oxford:

 

$

 

 

TOTAL TERM A LOAN NET PROCEEDS FROM LENDERS

 

$

 

 

 

8.                                       The Term A Loan shall amortize in accordance with the Amortization Table attached hereto.

 

9.                                       The aggregate net proceeds of the Term Loans shall be transferred to the Designated Deposit Account as follows:

 

Account Name:

CONFORMIS, INC.

 

 

Bank Name:

Silicon Valley Bank

 

 

Bank Address:

[3003 Tasman Drive

 

Santa Clara, California 95054]

 

 

 

 

Account Number:

 

 

 

ABA Number:

 

 

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 


*  Legal fees and costs are through the Effective Date.  Post-closing legal fees and costs, payable after the Effective Date, to be invoiced and paid post-closing.

 



 

Dated as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

 

BORROWER:

 

 

 

CONFORMIS, INC. on behalf of itself and all

 

Borrowers

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

COLLATERAL AGENT AND LENDER:

 

 

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

LENDER:

 

 

 

OXFORD FINANCE LLC

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

[ Signature Page to Disbursement Letter ]

 



 

AMORTIZATION TABLE

 

(Term [A][B] Loan)

 

[see attached]

 



 

Oxford Finance LLC and SVB

Amortization Table

ConforMIS AA01

 

Start Date:

11/7/2014

 

 

 

Disclaimer:

 

Interest Rate:

7.25%

 

 

 

THIS IS A STANDARD AMORTIZATION SCHEDULE.  IT IS NOT INTENDED TO BE USED FOR PAYOFF PURPOSES.

 

Term:

60

 

36 IO + 24 PI

 

 

Payment:

$448,860.00

 

 

 

 

Final Payment:

$700,000.00

 

7.00%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount:

10,000,000.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interim Interest Days:

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interim Interest:

$48,333.33

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PMT

 

Payment

 

Beginning

 

Monthly

 

 

 

 

 

Ending

 

No.

 

Date

 

Balance

 

Payment

 

Interest

 

Principal

 

Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

12/1/14

 

Interim Interest Due

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

2

 

1/1/15

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

3

 

2/1/15

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

4

 

3/1/15

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

5

 

4/1/15

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

6

 

5/1/15

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

7

 

6/1/15

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

8

 

7/1/15

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

9

 

8/1/15

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

10

 

9/1/15

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

11

 

10/1/15

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

12

 

11/1/15

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

13

 

12/1/15

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

14

 

1/1/16

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

15

 

2/1/16

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

16

 

3/1/16

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

17

 

4/1/16

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

18

 

5/1/16

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

19

 

6/1/16

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

20

 

7/1/16

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

21

 

8/1/16

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

22

 

9/1/16

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

23

 

10/1/16

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

24

 

11/1/16

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

25

 

12/1/16

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

26

 

1/1/17

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

27

 

2/1/17

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

28

 

3/1/17

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

29

 

4/1/17

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

30

 

5/1/17

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

31

 

6/1/17

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

32

 

7/1/17

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

33

 

8/1/17

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

34

 

9/1/17

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

35

 

10/1/17

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

36

 

11/1/17

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

37

 

12/1/17

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

448,860.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

388,443.34

 

$

9,611,556.66

 

38

 

1/1/18

 

$

9,611,556.66

 

$

448,860.00

 

$

58,069.82

 

$

390,790.18

 

$

9,220,766.48

 

39

 

2/1/18

 

$

9,220,766.48

 

$

448,860.00

 

$

55,708.80

 

$

393,151.20

 

$

8,827,615.28

 

40

 

3/1/18

 

$

8,827,615.28

 

$

448,860.00

 

$

53,333.51

 

$

395,526.49

 

$

8,432,088.79

 

41

 

4/1/18

 

$

8,432,088.79

 

$

448,860.00

 

$

50,943.87

 

$

397,916.13

 

$

8,034,172.66

 

42

 

5/1/18

 

$

8,034,172.66

 

$

448,860.00

 

$

48,539.79

 

$

400,320.21

 

$

7,633,852.45

 

43

 

6/1/18

 

$

7,633,852.45

 

$

448,860.00

 

$

46,121.19

 

$

402,738.81

 

$

7,231,113.64

 

44

 

7/1/18

 

$

7,231,113.64

 

$

448,860.00

 

$

43,687.98

 

$

405,172.02

 

$

6,825,941.61

 

45

 

8/1/18

 

$

6,825,941.61

 

$

448,860.00

 

$

41,240.06

 

$

407,619.94

 

$

6,418,321.68

 

46

 

9/1/18

 

$

6,418,321.68

 

$

448,860.00

 

$

38,777.36

 

$

410,082.64

 

$

6,008,239.03

 

47

 

10/1/18

 

$

6,008,239.03

 

$

448,860.00

 

$

36,299.78

 

$

412,560.22

 

$

5,595,678.81

 

48

 

11/1/18

 

$

5,595,678.81

 

$

448,860.00

 

$

33,807.23

 

$

415,052.78

 

$

5,180,626.03

 

49

 

12/1/18

 

$

5,180,626.03

 

$

448,860.00

 

$

31,299.62

 

$

417,560.39

 

$

4,763,065.65

 

50

 

1/1/19

 

$

4,763,065.65

 

$

448,860.00

 

$

28,776.85

 

$

420,083.15

 

$

4,342,982.50

 

51

 

2/1/19

 

$

4,342,982.50

 

$

448,860.00

 

$

26,238.85

 

$

422,621.15

 

$

3,920,361.35

 

52

 

3/1/19

 

$

3,920,361.35

 

$

448,860.00

 

$

23,685.52

 

$

425,174.49

 

$

3,495,186.87

 

53

 

4/1/19

 

$

3,495,186.87

 

$

448,860.00

 

$

21,116.75

 

$

427,743.25

 

$

3,067,443.62

 

54

 

5/1/19

 

$

3,067,443.62

 

$

448,860.00

 

$

18,532.47

 

$

430,327.53

 

$

2,637,116.09

 

55

 

6/1/19

 

$

2,637,116.09

 

$

448,860.00

 

$

15,932.58

 

$

432,927.43

 

$

2,204,188.66

 

56

 

7/1/19

 

$

2,204,188.66

 

$

448,860.00

 

$

13,316.97

 

$

435,543.03

 

$

1,768,645.63

 

57

 

8/1/19

 

$

1,768,645.63

 

$

448,860.00

 

$

10,685.57

 

$

438,174.43

 

$

1,330,471.20

 

58

 

9/1/19

 

$

1,330,471.20

 

$

448,860.00

 

$

8,038.26

 

$

440,821.74

 

$

889,649.46

 

59

 

10/1/19

 

$

889,649.46

 

$

448,860.00

 

$

5,374.97

 

$

443,485.04

 

$

446,164.43

 

60

 

11/1/19

 

$

446,164.43

 

$

448,860.00

 

$

2,695.58

 

$

446,164.43

 

$

0.00

 

Final

 

11/1/19

 

Final Payment

 

$

700,000.00

 

$

700,000.00

 

$

0.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Totals

 

$

13,587,223.38

 

$

3,587,223.38

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

 

 

 



 

Oxford Finance LLC

Amortization Table

ConforMIS AA01a

 

Start Date:

11/7/2014

 

 

 

Disclaimer:

 

Interest Rate:

7.25%

 

 

 

THIS IS A STANDARD AMORTIZATION SCHEDULE.  IT IS NOT INTENDED TO BE USED FOR PAYOFF PURPOSES.

 

Term:

60

 

36 IO + 24 PI

 

 

Payment:

$145,879.50

 

 

 

 

Final Payment:

$227,500.00

 

7.00%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount:

3,250,000.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interim Interest Days:

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interim Interest:

$15,708.33

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PMT

 

Payment

 

Beginning

 

Monthly

 

 

 

 

 

Ending

 

No.

 

Date

 

Balance

 

Payment

 

Interest

 

Principal

 

Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

12/1/14

 

Interim Interest Due

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

2

 

1/1/15

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

3

 

2/1/15

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

4

 

3/1/15

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

5

 

4/1/15

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

6

 

5/1/15

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

7

 

6/1/15

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

8

 

7/1/15

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

9

 

8/1/15

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

10

 

9/1/15

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

11

 

10/1/15

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

12

 

11/1/15

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

13

 

12/1/15

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

14

 

1/1/16

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

15

 

2/1/16

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

16

 

3/1/16

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

17

 

4/1/16

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

18

 

5/1/16

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

19

 

6/1/16

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

20

 

7/1/16

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

21

 

8/1/16

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

22

 

9/1/16

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

23

 

10/1/16

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

24

 

11/1/16

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

25

 

12/1/16

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

26

 

1/1/17

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

27

 

2/1/17

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

28

 

3/1/17

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

29

 

4/1/17

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

30

 

5/1/17

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

31

 

6/1/17

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

32

 

7/1/17

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

33

 

8/1/17

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

34

 

9/1/17

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

35

 

10/1/17

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

36

 

11/1/17

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

37

 

12/1/17

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

145,879.50

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

126,244.08

 

$

3,123,755.92

 

38

 

1/1/18

 

$

3,123,755.92

 

$

145,879.50

 

$

18,872.69

 

$

127,006.81

 

$

2,996,749.11

 

39

 

2/1/18

 

$

2,996,749.11

 

$

145,879.50

 

$

18,105.36

 

$

127,774.14

 

$

2,868,974.97

 

40

 

3/1/18

 

$

2,868,974.97

 

$

145,879.50

 

$

17,333.39

 

$

128,546.11

 

$

2,740,428.86

 

41

 

4/1/18

 

$

2,740,428.86

 

$

145,879.50

 

$

16,556.76

 

$

129,322.74

 

$

2,611,106.11

 

42

 

5/1/18

 

$

2,611,106.11

 

$

145,879.50

 

$

15,775.43

 

$

130,104.07

 

$

2,481,002.05

 

43

 

6/1/18

 

$

2,481,002.05

 

$

145,879.50

 

$

14,989.39

 

$

130,890.11

 

$

2,350,111.93

 

44

 

7/1/18

 

$

2,350,111.93

 

$

145,879.50

 

$

14,198.59

 

$

131,680.91

 

$

2,218,431.02

 

45

 

8/1/18

 

$

2,218,431.02

 

$

145,879.50

 

$

13,403.02

 

$

132,476.48

 

$

2,085,954.54

 

46

 

9/1/18

 

$

2,085,954.54

 

$

145,879.50

 

$

12,602.64

 

$

133,276.86

 

$

1,952,677.69

 

47

 

10/1/18

 

$

1,952,677.69

 

$

145,879.50

 

$

11,797.43

 

$

134,082.07

 

$

1,818,595.61

 

48

 

11/1/18

 

$

1,818,595.61

 

$

145,879.50

 

$

10,987.35

 

$

134,892.15

 

$

1,683,703.46

 

49

 

12/1/18

 

$

1,683,703.46

 

$

145,879.50

 

$

10,172.38

 

$

135,707.13

 

$

1,547,996.34

 

50

 

1/1/19

 

$

1,547,996.34

 

$

145,879.50

 

$

9,352.48

 

$

136,527.02

 

$

1,411,469.31

 

51

 

2/1/19

 

$

1,411,469.31

 

$

145,879.50

 

$

8,527.63

 

$

137,351.87

 

$

1,274,117.44

 

52

 

3/1/19

 

$

1,274,117.44

 

$

145,879.50

 

$

7,697.79

 

$

138,181.71

 

$

1,135,935.73

 

53

 

4/1/19

 

$

1,135,935.73

 

$

145,879.50

 

$

6,862.95

 

$

139,016.56

 

$

996,919.18

 

54

 

5/1/19

 

$

996,919.18

 

$

145,879.50

 

$

6,023.05

 

$

139,856.45

 

$

857,062.73

 

55

 

6/1/19

 

$

857,062.73

 

$

145,879.50

 

$

5,178.09

 

$

140,701.41

 

$

716,361.32

 

56

 

7/1/19

 

$

716,361.32

 

$

145,879.50

 

$

4,328.02

 

$

141,551.48

 

$

574,809.83

 

57

 

8/1/19

 

$

574,809.83

 

$

145,879.50

 

$

3,472.81

 

$

142,406.69

 

$

432,403.14

 

58

 

9/1/19

 

$

432,403.14

 

$

145,879.50

 

$

2,612.44

 

$

143,267.06

 

$

289,136.07

 

59

 

10/1/19

 

$

289,136.07

 

$

145,879.50

 

$

1,746.86

 

$

144,132.64

 

$

145,003.44

 

60

 

11/1/19

 

$

145,003.44

 

$

145,879.50

 

$

876.06

 

$

145,003.44

 

$

0.00

 

Final

 

11/1/19

 

Final Payment

 

$

227,500.00

 

$

227,500.00

 

$

0.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Totals

 

$

4,415,847.60

 

$

1,165,847.60

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

 

 

 



 

Oxford Finance LLC

Amortization Table

ConforMIS AA01b

 

Start Date:

11/7/2014

 

 

 

Disclaimer:

 

Interest Rate:

7.25%

 

 

 

THIS IS A STANDARD AMORTIZATION SCHEDULE.  IT IS NOT INTENDED TO BE USED FOR PAYOFF PURPOSES.

 

Term:

60

 

36 IO + 24 PI

 

 

Payment:

$134,658.00

 

 

 

 

Final Payment:

$210,000.00

 

7.00%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount:

3,000,000.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interim Interest Days:

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interim Interest:

$14,500.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PMT

 

Payment

 

Beginning

 

Monthly

 

 

 

 

 

Ending

 

No.

 

Date

 

Balance

 

Payment

 

Interest

 

Principal

 

Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

12/1/14

 

Interim Interest Due

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

2

 

1/1/15

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

3

 

2/1/15

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

4

 

3/1/15

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

5

 

4/1/15

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

6

 

5/1/15

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

7

 

6/1/15

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

8

 

7/1/15

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

9

 

8/1/15

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

10

 

9/1/15

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

11

 

10/1/15

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

12

 

11/1/15

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

13

 

12/1/15

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

14

 

1/1/16

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

15

 

2/1/16

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

16

 

3/1/16

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

17

 

4/1/16

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

18

 

5/1/16

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

19

 

6/1/16

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

20

 

7/1/16

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

21

 

8/1/16

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

22

 

9/1/16

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

23

 

10/1/16

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

24

 

11/1/16

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

25

 

12/1/16

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

26

 

1/1/17

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

27

 

2/1/17

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

28

 

3/1/17

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

29

 

4/1/17

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

30

 

5/1/17

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

31

 

6/1/17

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

32

 

7/1/17

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

33

 

8/1/17

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

34

 

9/1/17

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

35

 

10/1/17

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

36

 

11/1/17

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

37

 

12/1/17

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

134,658.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

116,533.00

 

$

2,883,467.00

 

38

 

1/1/18

 

$

2,883,467.00

 

$

134,658.00

 

$

17,420.95

 

$

117,237.05

 

$

2,766,229.95

 

39

 

2/1/18

 

$

2,766,229.95

 

$

134,658.00

 

$

16,712.64

 

$

117,945.36

 

$

2,648,284.58

 

40

 

3/1/18

 

$

2,648,284.58

 

$

134,658.00

 

$

16,000.05

 

$

118,657.95

 

$

2,529,626.64

 

41

 

4/1/18

 

$

2,529,626.64

 

$

134,658.00

 

$

15,283.16

 

$

119,374.84

 

$

2,410,251.80

 

42

 

5/1/18

 

$

2,410,251.80

 

$

134,658.00

 

$

14,561.94

 

$

120,096.06

 

$

2,290,155.73

 

43

 

6/1/18

 

$

2,290,155.73

 

$

134,658.00

 

$

13,836.36

 

$

120,821.64

 

$

2,169,334.09

 

44

 

7/1/18

 

$

2,169,334.09

 

$

134,658.00

 

$

13,106.39

 

$

121,551.61

 

$

2,047,782.48

 

45

 

8/1/18

 

$

2,047,782.48

 

$

134,658.00

 

$

12,372.02

 

$

122,285.98

 

$

1,925,496.50

 

46

 

9/1/18

 

$

1,925,496.50

 

$

134,658.00

 

$

11,633.21

 

$

123,024.79

 

$

1,802,471.71

 

47

 

10/1/18

 

$

1,802,471.71

 

$

134,658.00

 

$

10,889.93

 

$

123,768.07

 

$

1,678,703.64

 

48

 

11/1/18

 

$

1,678,703.64

 

$

134,658.00

 

$

10,142.17

 

$

124,515.83

 

$

1,554,187.81

 

49

 

12/1/18

 

$

1,554,187.81

 

$

134,658.00

 

$

9,389.88

 

$

125,268.12

 

$

1,428,919.69

 

50

 

1/1/19

 

$

1,428,919.69

 

$

134,658.00

 

$

8,633.06

 

$

126,024.94

 

$

1,302,894.75

 

51

 

2/1/19

 

$

1,302,894.75

 

$

134,658.00

 

$

7,871.66

 

$

126,786.34

 

$

1,176,108.41

 

52

 

3/1/19

 

$

1,176,108.41

 

$

134,658.00

 

$

7,105.65

 

$

127,552.35

 

$

1,048,556.06

 

53

 

4/1/19

 

$

1,048,556.06

 

$

134,658.00

 

$

6,335.03

 

$

128,322.97

 

$

920,233.09

 

54

 

5/1/19

 

$

920,233.09

 

$

134,658.00

 

$

5,559.74

 

$

129,098.26

 

$

791,134.83

 

55

 

6/1/19

 

$

791,134.83

 

$

134,658.00

 

$

4,779.77

 

$

129,878.23

 

$

661,256.60

 

56

 

7/1/19

 

$

661,256.60

 

$

134,658.00

 

$

3,995.09

 

$

130,662.91

 

$

530,593.69

 

57

 

8/1/19

 

$

530,593.69

 

$

134,658.00

 

$

3,205.67

 

$

131,452.33

 

$

399,141.36

 

58

 

9/1/19

 

$

399,141.36

 

$

134,658.00

 

$

2,411.48

 

$

132,246.52

 

$

266,894.84

 

59

 

10/1/19

 

$

266,894.84

 

$

134,658.00

 

$

1,612.49

 

$

133,045.51

 

$

133,849.33

 

60

 

11/1/19

 

$

133,849.33

 

$

134,658.00

 

$

808.67

 

$

133,849.33

 

$

0.00

 

Final

 

11/1/19

 

Final Payment

 

$

210,000.00

 

$

210,000.00

 

$

0.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Totals

 

$

4,076,167.01

 

$

1,076,167.01

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

 

 

 



 

SVB

Amortization Table

ConforMIS AA01

 

Start Date:

11/7/2014

 

 

 

Disclaimer:

 

Interest Rate:

7.25%

 

 

 

THIS IS A STANDARD AMORTIZATION SCHEDULE.  IT IS NOT INTENDED TO BE USED FOR PAYOFF PURPOSES.

 

Term:

60

 

36 IO + 24 PI

 

 

Payment:

$168,322.50

 

 

 

 

Final Payment:

$262,500.00

 

7.00%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount:

3,750,000.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interim Interest Days:

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interim Interest:

$18,125.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PMT

 

Payment

 

Beginning

 

Monthly

 

 

 

 

 

Ending

 

No.

 

Date

 

Balance

 

Payment

 

Interest

 

Principal

 

Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

12/1/14

 

Interim Interest Due

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

2

 

1/1/15

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

3

 

2/1/15

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

4

 

3/1/15

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

5

 

4/1/15

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

6

 

5/1/15

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

7

 

6/1/15

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

8

 

7/1/15

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

9

 

8/1/15

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

10

 

9/1/15

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

11

 

10/1/15

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

12

 

11/1/15

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

13

 

12/1/15

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

14

 

1/1/16

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

15

 

2/1/16

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

16

 

3/1/16

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

17

 

4/1/16

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

18

 

5/1/16

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

19

 

6/1/16

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

20

 

7/1/16

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

21

 

8/1/16

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

22

 

9/1/16

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

23

 

10/1/16

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

24

 

11/1/16

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

25

 

12/1/16

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

26

 

1/1/17

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

27

 

2/1/17

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

28

 

3/1/17

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

29

 

4/1/17

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

30

 

5/1/17

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

31

 

6/1/17

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

32

 

7/1/17

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

33

 

8/1/17

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

34

 

9/1/17

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

35

 

10/1/17

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

36

 

11/1/17

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

37

 

12/1/17

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

168,322.50

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

145,666.25

 

$

3,604,333.75

 

38

 

1/1/18

 

$

3,604,333.75

 

$

168,322.50

 

$

21,776.18

 

$

146,546.32

 

$

3,457,787.43

 

39

 

2/1/18

 

$

3,457,787.43

 

$

168,322.50

 

$

20,890.80

 

$

147,431.70

 

$

3,310,355.73

 

40

 

3/1/18

 

$

3,310,355.73

 

$

168,322.50

 

$

20,000.07

 

$

148,322.43

 

$

3,162,033.30

 

41

 

4/1/18

 

$

3,162,033.30

 

$

168,322.50

 

$

19,103.95

 

$

149,218.55

 

$

3,012,814.75

 

42

 

5/1/18

 

$

3,012,814.75

 

$

168,322.50

 

$

18,202.42

 

$

150,120.08

 

$

2,862,694.67

 

43

 

6/1/18

 

$

2,862,694.67

 

$

168,322.50

 

$

17,295.45

 

$

151,027.05

 

$

2,711,667.61

 

44

 

7/1/18

 

$

2,711,667.61

 

$

168,322.50

 

$

16,382.99

 

$

151,939.51

 

$

2,559,728.10

 

45

 

8/1/18

 

$

2,559,728.10

 

$

168,322.50

 

$

15,465.02

 

$

152,857.48

 

$

2,406,870.63

 

46

 

9/1/18

 

$

2,406,870.63

 

$

168,322.50

 

$

14,541.51

 

$

153,780.99

 

$

2,253,089.64

 

47

 

10/1/18

 

$

2,253,089.64

 

$

168,322.50

 

$

13,612.42

 

$

154,710.08

 

$

2,098,379.55

 

48

 

11/1/18

 

$

2,098,379.55

 

$

168,322.50

 

$

12,677.71

 

$

155,644.79

 

$

1,942,734.76

 

49

 

12/1/18

 

$

1,942,734.76

 

$

168,322.50

 

$

11,737.36

 

$

156,585.14

 

$

1,786,149.62

 

50

 

1/1/19

 

$

1,786,149.62

 

$

168,322.50

 

$

10,791.32

 

$

157,531.18

 

$

1,628,618.44

 

51

 

2/1/19

 

$

1,628,618.44

 

$

168,322.50

 

$

9,839.57

 

$

158,482.93

 

$

1,470,135.51

 

52

 

3/1/19

 

$

1,470,135.51

 

$

168,322.50

 

$

8,882.07

 

$

159,440.43

 

$

1,310,695.07

 

53

 

4/1/19

 

$

1,310,695.07

 

$

168,322.50

 

$

7,918.78

 

$

160,403.72

 

$

1,150,291.36

 

54

 

5/1/19

 

$

1,150,291.36

 

$

168,322.50

 

$

6,949.68

 

$

161,372.82

 

$

988,918.53

 

55

 

6/1/19

 

$

988,918.53

 

$

168,322.50

 

$

5,974.72

 

$

162,347.78

 

$

826,570.75

 

56

 

7/1/19

 

$

826,570.75

 

$

168,322.50

 

$

4,993.86

 

$

163,328.64

 

$

663,242.11

 

57

 

8/1/19

 

$

663,242.11

 

$

168,322.50

 

$

4,007.09

 

$

164,315.41

 

$

498,926.70

 

58

 

9/1/19

 

$

498,926.70

 

$

168,322.50

 

$

3,014.35

 

$

165,308.15

 

$

333,618.55

 

59

 

10/1/19

 

$

333,618.55

 

$

168,322.50

 

$

2,015.61

 

$

166,306.89

 

$

167,311.66

 

60

 

11/1/19

 

$

167,311.66

 

$

168,322.50

 

$

1,010.84

 

$

167,311.66

 

$

0.00

 

Final

 

11/1/19

 

Final Payment

 

$

262,500.00

 

$

262,500.00

 

$

0.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Totals

 

$

5,095,208.77

 

$

1,345,208.77

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

 

 

 



 

Oxford Finance LLC and SVB

Amortization Table

ConforMIS AA01

 

Start Date:

11/7/2014

 

 

 

Disclaimer:

 

Interest Rate:

7.25%

 

 

 

THIS IS A STANDARD AMORTIZATION SCHEDULE.  IT IS NOT INTENDED TO BE USED FOR PAYOFF PURPOSES.

 

Term:

60

 

24 IO + 36 PI

 

 

Payment:

$309,915.29

 

 

 

 

Final Payment:

$700,000.00

 

7.00%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount:

10,000,000.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interim Interest Days:

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interim Interest:

$48,333.33

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PMT

 

Payment

 

Beginning

 

Monthly

 

 

 

 

 

Ending

 

No.

 

Date

 

Balance

 

Payment

 

Interest

 

Principal

 

Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

12/1/14

 

Interim Interest Due

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

2

 

1/1/15

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

3

 

2/1/15

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

4

 

3/1/15

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

5

 

4/1/15

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

6

 

5/1/15

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

7

 

6/1/15

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

8

 

7/1/15

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

9

 

8/1/15

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

10

 

9/1/15

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

11

 

10/1/15

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

12

 

11/1/15

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

13

 

12/1/15

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

14

 

1/1/16

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

15

 

2/1/16

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

16

 

3/1/16

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

17

 

4/1/16

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

18

 

5/1/16

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

19

 

6/1/16

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

20

 

7/1/16

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

21

 

8/1/16

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

22

 

9/1/16

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

23

 

10/1/16

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

24

 

11/1/16

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

0.00

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

25

 

12/1/16

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

$

309,915.29

 

$

60,416.67

 

$

249,498.63

 

$

9,750,501.37

 

26

 

1/1/17

 

$

9,750,501.37

 

$

309,915.29

 

$

58,909.28

 

$

251,006.01

 

$

9,499,495.36

 

27

 

2/1/17

 

$

9,499,495.36

 

$

309,915.29

 

$

57,392.78

 

$

252,522.51

 

$

9,246,972.85

 

28

 

3/1/17

 

$

9,246,972.85

 

$

309,915.29

 

$

55,867.13

 

$

254,048.16

 

$

8,992,924.69

 

29

 

4/1/17

 

$

8,992,924.69

 

$

309,915.29

 

$

54,332.25

 

$

255,583.04

 

$

8,737,341.65

 

30

 

5/1/17

 

$

8,737,341.65

 

$

309,915.29

 

$

52,788.11

 

$

257,127.19

 

$

8,480,214.47

 

31

 

6/1/17

 

$

8,480,214.47

 

$

309,915.29

 

$

51,234.63

 

$

258,680.66

 

$

8,221,533.80

 

32

 

7/1/17

 

$

8,221,533.80

 

$

309,915.29

 

$

49,671.77

 

$

260,243.53

 

$

7,961,290.28

 

33

 

8/1/17

 

$

7,961,290.28

 

$

309,915.29

 

$

48,099.46

 

$

261,815.83

 

$

7,699,474.45

 

34

 

9/1/17

 

$

7,699,474.45

 

$

309,915.29

 

$

46,517.66

 

$

263,397.63

 

$

7,436,076.82

 

35

 

10/1/17

 

$

7,436,076.82

 

$

309,915.29

 

$

44,926.30

 

$

264,988.99

 

$

7,171,087.82

 

36

 

11/1/17

 

$

7,171,087.82

 

$

309,915.29

 

$

43,325.32

 

$

266,589.97

 

$

6,904,497.85

 

37

 

12/1/17

 

$

6,904,497.85

 

$

309,915.29

 

$

41,714.67

 

$

268,200.62

 

$

6,636,297.23

 

38

 

1/1/18

 

$

6,636,297.23

 

$

309,915.29

 

$

40,094.30

 

$

269,821.00

 

$

6,366,476.24

 

39

 

2/1/18

 

$

6,366,476.24

 

$

309,915.29

 

$

38,464.13

 

$

271,451.16

 

$

6,095,025.07

 

40

 

3/1/18

 

$

6,095,025.07

 

$

309,915.29

 

$

36,824.11

 

$

273,091.18

 

$

5,821,933.89

 

41

 

4/1/18

 

$

5,821,933.89

 

$

309,915.29

 

$

35,174.18

 

$

274,741.11

 

$

5,547,192.78

 

42

 

5/1/18

 

$

5,547,192.78

 

$

309,915.29

 

$

33,514.29

 

$

276,401.00

 

$

5,270,791.78

 

43

 

6/1/18

 

$

5,270,791.78

 

$

309,915.29

 

$

31,844.37

 

$

278,070.92

 

$

4,992,720.86

 

44

 

7/1/18

 

$

4,992,720.86

 

$

309,915.29

 

$

30,164.36

 

$

279,750.94

 

$

4,712,969.92

 

45

 

8/1/18

 

$

4,712,969.92

 

$

309,915.29

 

$

28,474.19

 

$

281,441.10

 

$

4,431,528.82

 

46

 

9/1/18

 

$

4,431,528.82

 

$

309,915.29

 

$

26,773.82

 

$

283,141.47

 

$

4,148,387.35

 

47

 

10/1/18

 

$

4,148,387.35

 

$

309,915.29

 

$

25,063.17

 

$

284,852.12

 

$

3,863,535.23

 

48

 

11/1/18

 

$

3,863,535.23

 

$

309,915.29

 

$

23,342.19

 

$

286,573.10

 

$

3,576,962.13

 

49

 

12/1/18

 

$

3,576,962.13

 

$

309,915.29

 

$

21,610.81

 

$

288,304.48

 

$

3,288,657.65

 

50

 

1/1/19

 

$

3,288,657.65

 

$

309,915.29

 

$

19,868.97

 

$

290,046.32

 

$

2,998,611.33

 

51

 

2/1/19

 

$

2,998,611.33

 

$

309,915.29

 

$

18,116.61

 

$

291,798.68

 

$

2,706,812.65

 

52

 

3/1/19

 

$

2,706,812.65

 

$

309,915.29

 

$

16,353.66

 

$

293,561.63

 

$

2,413,251.02

 

53

 

4/1/19

 

$

2,413,251.02

 

$

309,915.29

 

$

14,580.06

 

$

295,335.23

 

$

2,117,915.79

 

54

 

5/1/19

 

$

2,117,915.79

 

$

309,915.29

 

$

12,795.74

 

$

297,119.55

 

$

1,820,796.24

 

55

 

6/1/19

 

$

1,820,796.24

 

$

309,915.29

 

$

11,000.64

 

$

298,914.65

 

$

1,521,881.59

 

56

 

7/1/19

 

$

1,521,881.59

 

$

309,915.29

 

$

9,194.70

 

$

300,720.59

 

$

1,221,161.00

 

57

 

8/1/19

 

$

1,221,161.00

 

$

309,915.29

 

$

7,377.85

 

$

302,537.44

 

$

918,623.55

 

58

 

9/1/19

 

$

918,623.55

 

$

309,915.29

 

$

5,550.02

 

$

304,365.27

 

$

614,258.28

 

59

 

10/1/19

 

$

614,258.28

 

$

309,915.29

 

$

3,711.14

 

$

306,204.15

 

$

308,054.13

 

60

 

11/1/19

 

$

308,054.13

 

$

309,915.29

 

$

1,861.16

 

$

308,054.13

 

$

0.00

 

Final

 

11/1/19

 

Final Payment

 

$

700,000.00

 

$

700,000.00

 

$

0.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Totals

 

$

13,246,533.84

 

$

3,246,533.84

 

$

10,000,000.00

 

 

 

 



 

Oxford Finance LLC

Amortization Table

ConforMIS AA01a

 

Start Date:

11/7/2014

 

 

 

Disclaimer:

 

Interest Rate:

7.25%

 

 

 

THIS IS A STANDARD AMORTIZATION SCHEDULE.  IT IS NOT INTENDED TO BE USED FOR PAYOFF PURPOSES.

 

Term:

60

 

24 IO + 36 PI

 

 

Payment:

$100,722.47

 

 

 

 

Final Payment:

$227,500.00

 

7.00%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount:

3,250,000.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interim Interest Days:

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interim Interest:

$15,708.33

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PMT

 

Payment

 

Beginning

 

Monthly

 

 

 

 

 

Ending

 

No.

 

Date

 

Balance

 

Payment

 

Interest

 

Principal

 

Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

12/1/14

 

Interim Interest Due

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

2

 

1/1/15

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

3

 

2/1/15

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

4

 

3/1/15

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

5

 

4/1/15

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

6

 

5/1/15

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

7

 

6/1/15

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

8

 

7/1/15

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

9

 

8/1/15

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

10

 

9/1/15

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

11

 

10/1/15

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

12

 

11/1/15

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

13

 

12/1/15

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

14

 

1/1/16

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

15

 

2/1/16

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

16

 

3/1/16

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

17

 

4/1/16

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

18

 

5/1/16

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

19

 

6/1/16

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

20

 

7/1/16

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

21

 

8/1/16

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

22

 

9/1/16

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

23

 

10/1/16

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

24

 

11/1/16

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

25

 

12/1/16

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

$

100,722.47

 

$

19,635.42

 

$

81,087.05

 

$

3,168,912.95

 

26

 

1/1/17

 

$

3,168,912.95

 

$

100,722.47

 

$

19,145.52

 

$

81,576.95

 

$

3,087,335.99

 

27

 

2/1/17

 

$

3,087,335.99

 

$

100,722.47

 

$

18,652.65

 

$

82,069.81

 

$

3,005,266.18

 

28

 

3/1/17

 

$

3,005,266.18

 

$

100,722.47

 

$

18,156.82

 

$

82,565.65

 

$

2,922,700.52

 

29

 

4/1/17

 

$

2,922,700.52

 

$

100,722.47

 

$

17,657.98

 

$

83,064.49

 

$

2,839,636.04

 

30

 

5/1/17

 

$

2,839,636.04

 

$

100,722.47

 

$

17,156.13

 

$

83,566.34

 

$

2,756,069.70

 

31

 

6/1/17

 

$

2,756,069.70

 

$

100,722.47

 

$

16,651.25

 

$

84,071.22

 

$

2,671,998.49

 

32

 

7/1/17

 

$

2,671,998.49

 

$

100,722.47

 

$

16,143.32

 

$

84,579.15

 

$

2,587,419.34

 

33

 

8/1/17

 

$

2,587,419.34

 

$

100,722.47

 

$

15,632.33

 

$

85,090.14

 

$

2,502,329.20

 

34

 

9/1/17

 

$

2,502,329.20

 

$

100,722.47

 

$

15,118.24

 

$

85,604.23

 

$

2,416,724.96

 

35

 

10/1/17

 

$

2,416,724.96

 

$

100,722.47

 

$

14,601.05

 

$

86,121.42

 

$

2,330,603.54

 

36

 

11/1/17

 

$

2,330,603.54

 

$

100,722.47

 

$

14,080.73

 

$

86,641.74

 

$

2,243,961.80

 

37

 

12/1/17

 

$

2,243,961.80

 

$

100,722.47

 

$

13,557.27

 

$

87,165.20

 

$

2,156,796.60

 

38

 

1/1/18

 

$

2,156,796.60

 

$

100,722.47

 

$

13,030.65

 

$

87,691.82

 

$

2,069,104.78

 

39

 

2/1/18

 

$

2,069,104.78

 

$

100,722.47

 

$

12,500.84

 

$

88,221.63

 

$

1,980,883.15

 

40

 

3/1/18

 

$

1,980,883.15

 

$

100,722.47

 

$

11,967.84

 

$

88,754.63

 

$

1,892,128.51

 

41

 

4/1/18

 

$

1,892,128.51

 

$

100,722.47

 

$

11,431.61

 

$

89,290.86

 

$

1,802,837.65

 

42

 

5/1/18

 

$

1,802,837.65

 

$

100,722.47

 

$

10,892.14

 

$

89,830.33

 

$

1,713,007.33

 

43

 

6/1/18

 

$

1,713,007.33

 

$

100,722.47

 

$

10,349.42

 

$

90,373.05

 

$

1,622,634.28

 

44

 

7/1/18

 

$

1,622,634.28

 

$

100,722.47

 

$

9,803.42

 

$

90,919.05

 

$

1,531,715.22

 

45

 

8/1/18

 

$

1,531,715.22

 

$

100,722.47

 

$

9,254.11

 

$

91,468.36

 

$

1,440,246.87

 

46

 

9/1/18

 

$

1,440,246.87

 

$

100,722.47

 

$

8,701.49

 

$

92,020.98

 

$

1,348,225.89

 

47

 

10/1/18

 

$

1,348,225.89

 

$

100,722.47

 

$

8,145.53

 

$

92,576.94

 

$

1,255,648.95

 

48

 

11/1/18

 

$

1,255,648.95

 

$

100,722.47

 

$

7,586.21

 

$

93,136.26

 

$

1,162,512.69

 

49

 

12/1/18

 

$

1,162,512.69

 

$

100,722.47

 

$

7,023.51

 

$

93,698.96

 

$

1,068,813.74

 

50

 

1/1/19

 

$

1,068,813.74

 

$

100,722.47

 

$

6,457.42

 

$

94,265.05

 

$

974,548.68

 

51

 

2/1/19

 

$

974,548.68

 

$

100,722.47

 

$

5,887.90

 

$

94,834.57

 

$

879,714.11

 

52

 

3/1/19

 

$

879,714.11

 

$

100,722.47

 

$

5,314.94

 

$

95,407.53

 

$

784,306.58

 

53

 

4/1/19

 

$

784,306.58

 

$

100,722.47

 

$

4,738.52

 

$

95,983.95

 

$

688,322.63

 

54

 

5/1/19

 

$

688,322.63

 

$

100,722.47

 

$

4,158.62

 

$

96,563.85

 

$

591,758.78

 

55

 

6/1/19

 

$

591,758.78

 

$

100,722.47

 

$

3,575.21

 

$

97,147.26

 

$

494,611.52

 

56

 

7/1/19

 

$

494,611.52

 

$

100,722.47

 

$

2,988.28

 

$

97,734.19

 

$

396,877.32

 

57

 

8/1/19

 

$

396,877.32

 

$

100,722.47

 

$

2,397.80

 

$

98,324.67

 

$

298,552.66

 

58

 

9/1/19

 

$

298,552.66

 

$

100,722.47

 

$

1,803.76

 

$

98,918.71

 

$

199,633.94

 

59

 

10/1/19

 

$

199,633.94

 

$

100,722.47

 

$

1,206.12

 

$

99,516.35

 

$

100,117.59

 

60

 

11/1/19

 

$

100,117.59

 

$

100,722.47

 

$

604.88

 

$

100,117.59

 

$

0.00

 

Final

 

11/1/19

 

Final Payment

 

$

227,500.00

 

$

227,500.00

 

$

0.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Totals

 

$

4,305,123.50

 

$

1,055,123.50

 

$

3,250,000.00

 

 

 

 



 

Oxford Finance LLC

Amortization Table

ConforMIS AA01b

 

Start Date:

11/7/2014

 

 

 

Disclaimer:

 

Interest Rate:

7.25%

 

 

 

THIS IS A STANDARD AMORTIZATION SCHEDULE.  IT IS NOT INTENDED TO BE USED FOR PAYOFF PURPOSES.

 

Term:

60

 

24 IO + 36 PI

 

 

Payment:

$92,974.59

 

 

 

 

Final Payment:

$210,000.00

 

7.00%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount:

3,000,000.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interim Interest Days:

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interim Interest:

$14,500.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PMT

 

Payment

 

Beginning

 

Monthly

 

 

 

 

 

Ending

 

No.

 

Date

 

Balance

 

Payment

 

Interest

 

Principal

 

Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

12/1/14

 

Interim Interest Due

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

2

 

1/1/15

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

3

 

2/1/15

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

4

 

3/1/15

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

5

 

4/1/15

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

6

 

5/1/15

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

7

 

6/1/15

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

8

 

7/1/15

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

9

 

8/1/15

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

10

 

9/1/15

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

11

 

10/1/15

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

12

 

11/1/15

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

13

 

12/1/15

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

14

 

1/1/16

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

15

 

2/1/16

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

16

 

3/1/16

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

17

 

4/1/16

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

18

 

5/1/16

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

19

 

6/1/16

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

20

 

7/1/16

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

21

 

8/1/16

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

22

 

9/1/16

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

23

 

10/1/16

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

24

 

11/1/16

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

25

 

12/1/16

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

$

92,974.59

 

$

18,125.00

 

$

74,849.59

 

$

2,925,150.41

 

26

 

1/1/17

 

$

2,925,150.41

 

$

92,974.59

 

$

17,672.78

 

$

75,301.80

 

$

2,849,848.61

 

27

 

2/1/17

 

$

2,849,848.61

 

$

92,974.59

 

$

17,217.84

 

$

75,756.75

 

$

2,774,091.86

 

28

 

3/1/17

 

$

2,774,091.86

 

$

92,974.59

 

$

16,760.14

 

$

76,214.45

 

$

2,697,877.41

 

29

 

4/1/17

 

$

2,697,877.41

 

$

92,974.59

 

$

16,299.68

 

$

76,674.91

 

$

2,621,202.50

 

30

 

5/1/17

 

$

2,621,202.50

 

$

92,974.59

 

$

15,836.43

 

$

77,138.16

 

$

2,544,064.34

 

31

 

6/1/17

 

$

2,544,064.34

 

$

92,974.59

 

$

15,370.39

 

$

77,604.20

 

$

2,466,460.14

 

32

 

7/1/17

 

$

2,466,460.14

 

$

92,974.59

 

$

14,901.53

 

$

78,073.06

 

$

2,388,387.08

 

33

 

8/1/17

 

$

2,388,387.08

 

$

92,974.59

 

$

14,429.84

 

$

78,544.75

 

$

2,309,842.33

 

34

 

9/1/17

 

$

2,309,842.33

 

$

92,974.59

 

$

13,955.30

 

$

79,019.29

 

$

2,230,823.04

 

35

 

10/1/17

 

$

2,230,823.04

 

$

92,974.59

 

$

13,477.89

 

$

79,496.70

 

$

2,151,326.35

 

36

 

11/1/17

 

$

2,151,326.35

 

$

92,974.59

 

$

12,997.60

 

$

79,976.99

 

$

2,071,349.36

 

37

 

12/1/17

 

$

2,071,349.36

 

$

92,974.59

 

$

12,514.40

 

$

80,460.19

 

$

1,990,889.17

 

38

 

1/1/18

 

$

1,990,889.17

 

$

92,974.59

 

$

12,028.29

 

$

80,946.30

 

$

1,909,942.87

 

39

 

2/1/18

 

$

1,909,942.87

 

$

92,974.59

 

$

11,539.24

 

$

81,435.35

 

$

1,828,507.52

 

40

 

3/1/18

 

$

1,828,507.52

 

$

92,974.59

 

$

11,047.23

 

$

81,927.35

 

$

1,746,580.17

 

41

 

4/1/18

 

$

1,746,580.17

 

$

92,974.59

 

$

10,552.26

 

$

82,422.33

 

$

1,664,157.84

 

42

 

5/1/18

 

$

1,664,157.84

 

$

92,974.59

 

$

10,054.29

 

$

82,920.30

 

$

1,581,237.53

 

43

 

6/1/18

 

$

1,581,237.53

 

$

92,974.59

 

$

9,553.31

 

$

83,421.28

 

$

1,497,816.26

 

44

 

7/1/18

 

$

1,497,816.26

 

$

92,974.59

 

$

9,049.31

 

$

83,925.28

 

$

1,413,890.98

 

45

 

8/1/18

 

$

1,413,890.98

 

$

92,974.59

 

$

8,542.26

 

$

84,432.33

 

$

1,329,458.65

 

46

 

9/1/18

 

$

1,329,458.65

 

$

92,974.59

 

$

8,032.15

 

$

84,942.44

 

$

1,244,516.20

 

47

 

10/1/18

 

$

1,244,516.20

 

$

92,974.59

 

$

7,518.95

 

$

85,455.64

 

$

1,159,060.57

 

48

 

11/1/18

 

$

1,159,060.57

 

$

92,974.59

 

$

7,002.66

 

$

85,971.93

 

$

1,073,088.64

 

49

 

12/1/18

 

$

1,073,088.64

 

$

92,974.59

 

$

6,483.24

 

$

86,491.34

 

$

986,597.30

 

50

 

1/1/19

 

$

986,597.30

 

$

92,974.59

 

$

5,960.69

 

$

87,013.90

 

$

899,583.40

 

51

 

2/1/19

 

$

899,583.40

 

$

92,974.59

 

$

5,434.98

 

$

87,539.60

 

$

812,043.80

 

52

 

3/1/19

 

$

812,043.80

 

$

92,974.59

 

$

4,906.10

 

$

88,068.49

 

$

723,975.31

 

53

 

4/1/19

 

$

723,975.31

 

$

92,974.59

 

$

4,374.02

 

$

88,600.57

 

$

635,374.74

 

54

 

5/1/19

 

$

635,374.74

 

$

92,974.59

 

$

3,838.72

 

$

89,135.87

 

$

546,238.87

 

55

 

6/1/19

 

$

546,238.87

 

$

92,974.59

 

$

3,300.19

 

$

89,674.39

 

$

456,564.48

 

56

 

7/1/19

 

$

456,564.48

 

$

92,974.59

 

$

2,758.41

 

$

90,216.18

 

$

366,348.30

 

57

 

8/1/19

 

$

366,348.30

 

$

92,974.59

 

$

2,213.35

 

$

90,761.23

 

$

275,587.07

 

58

 

9/1/19

 

$

275,587.07

 

$

92,974.59

 

$

1,665.01

 

$

91,309.58

 

$

184,277.48

 

59

 

10/1/19

 

$

184,277.48

 

$

92,974.59

 

$

1,113.34

 

$

91,861.24

 

$

92,416.24

 

60

 

11/1/19

 

$

92,416.24

 

$

92,974.59

 

$

558.35

 

$

92,416.24

 

$

0.00

 

Final

 

11/1/19

 

Final Payment

 

$

210,000.00

 

$

210,000.00

 

$

0.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Totals

 

$

3,973,960.15

 

$

973,960.15

 

$

3,000,000.00

 

 

 

 



 

SVB

Amortization Table

ConforMIS AA01

 

Start Date:

11/7/2014

 

 

 

Disclaimer:

 

Interest Rate:

7.25%

 

 

 

THIS IS A STANDARD AMORTIZATION SCHEDULE.  IT IS NOT INTENDED TO BE USED FOR PAYOFF PURPOSES.

 

Term:

60

 

24 IO + 36 PI

 

 

Payment:

$116,218.23

 

 

 

 

Final Payment:

$262,500.00

 

7.00%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount:

3,750,000.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interim Interest Days:

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interim Interest:

$18,125.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PMT

 

Payment

 

Beginning

 

Monthly

 

 

 

 

 

Ending

 

No.

 

Date

 

Balance

 

Payment

 

Interest

 

Principal

 

Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

12/1/14

 

Interim Interest Due

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

2

 

1/1/15

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

3

 

2/1/15

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

4

 

3/1/15

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

5

 

4/1/15

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

6

 

5/1/15

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

7

 

6/1/15

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

8

 

7/1/15

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

9

 

8/1/15

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

10

 

9/1/15

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

11

 

10/1/15

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

12

 

11/1/15

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

13

 

12/1/15

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

14

 

1/1/16

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

15

 

2/1/16

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

16

 

3/1/16

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

17

 

4/1/16

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

18

 

5/1/16

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

19

 

6/1/16

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

20

 

7/1/16

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

21

 

8/1/16

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

22

 

9/1/16

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

23

 

10/1/16

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

24

 

11/1/16

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

0.00

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

25

 

12/1/16

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

$

116,218.23

 

$

22,656.25

 

$

93,561.98

 

$

3,656,438.02

 

26

 

1/1/17

 

$

3,656,438.02

 

$

116,218.23

 

$

22,090.98

 

$

94,127.25

 

$

3,562,310.76

 

27

 

2/1/17

 

$

3,562,310.76

 

$

116,218.23

 

$

21,522.29

 

$

94,695.94

 

$

3,467,614.82

 

28

 

3/1/17

 

$

3,467,614.82

 

$

116,218.23

 

$

20,950.17

 

$

95,268.06

 

$

3,372,346.76

 

29

 

4/1/17

 

$

3,372,346.76

 

$

116,218.23

 

$

20,374.60

 

$

95,843.64

 

$

3,276,503.12

 

30

 

5/1/17

 

$

3,276,503.12

 

$

116,218.23

 

$

19,795.54

 

$

96,422.69

 

$

3,180,080.42

 

31

 

6/1/17

 

$

3,180,080.42

 

$

116,218.23

 

$

19,212.99

 

$

97,005.25

 

$

3,083,075.18

 

32

 

7/1/17

 

$

3,083,075.18

 

$

116,218.23

 

$

18,626.91

 

$

97,591.32

 

$

2,985,483.85

 

33

 

8/1/17

 

$

2,985,483.85

 

$

116,218.23

 

$

18,037.30

 

$

98,180.94

 

$

2,887,302.92

 

34

 

9/1/17

 

$

2,887,302.92

 

$

116,218.23

 

$

17,444.12

 

$

98,774.11

 

$

2,788,528.81

 

35

 

10/1/17

 

$

2,788,528.81

 

$

116,218.23

 

$

16,847.36

 

$

99,370.87

 

$

2,689,157.93

 

36

 

11/1/17

 

$

2,689,157.93

 

$

116,218.23

 

$

16,247.00

 

$

99,971.24

 

$

2,589,186.69

 

37

 

12/1/17

 

$

2,589,186.69

 

$

116,218.23

 

$

15,643.00

 

$

100,575.23

 

$

2,488,611.46

 

38

 

1/1/18

 

$

2,488,611.46

 

$

116,218.23

 

$

15,035.36

 

$

101,182.87

 

$

2,387,428.59

 

39

 

2/1/18

 

$

2,387,428.59

 

$

116,218.23

 

$

14,424.05

 

$

101,794.19

 

$

2,285,634.40

 

40

 

3/1/18

 

$

2,285,634.40

 

$

116,218.23

 

$

13,809.04

 

$

102,409.19

 

$

2,183,225.21

 

41

 

4/1/18

 

$

2,183,225.21

 

$

116,218.23

 

$

13,190.32

 

$

103,027.92

 

$

2,080,197.29

 

42

 

5/1/18

 

$

2,080,197.29

 

$

116,218.23

 

$

12,567.86

 

$

103,650.38

 

$

1,976,546.92

 

43

 

6/1/18

 

$

1,976,546.92

 

$

116,218.23

 

$

11,941.64

 

$

104,276.60

 

$

1,872,270.32

 

44

 

7/1/18

 

$

1,872,270.32

 

$

116,218.23

 

$

11,311.63

 

$

104,906.60

 

$

1,767,363.72

 

45

 

8/1/18

 

$

1,767,363.72

 

$

116,218.23

 

$

10,677.82

 

$

105,540.41

 

$

1,661,823.31

 

46

 

9/1/18

 

$

1,661,823.31

 

$

116,218.23

 

$

10,040.18

 

$

106,178.05

 

$

1,555,645.26

 

47

 

10/1/18

 

$

1,555,645.26

 

$

116,218.23

 

$

9,398.69

 

$

106,819.54

 

$

1,448,825.71

 

48

 

11/1/18

 

$

1,448,825.71

 

$

116,218.23

 

$

8,753.32

 

$

107,464.91

 

$

1,341,360.80

 

49

 

12/1/18

 

$

1,341,360.80

 

$

116,218.23

 

$

8,104.05

 

$

108,114.18

 

$

1,233,246.62

 

50

 

1/1/19

 

$

1,233,246.62

 

$

116,218.23

 

$

7,450.86

 

$

108,767.37

 

$

1,124,479.25

 

51

 

2/1/19

 

$

1,124,479.25

 

$

116,218.23

 

$

6,793.73

 

$

109,424.51

 

$

1,015,054.74

 

52

 

3/1/19

 

$

1,015,054.74

 

$

116,218.23

 

$

6,132.62

 

$

110,085.61

 

$

904,969.13

 

53

 

4/1/19

 

$

904,969.13

 

$

116,218.23

 

$

5,467.52

 

$

110,750.71

 

$

794,218.42

 

54

 

5/1/19

 

$

794,218.42

 

$

116,218.23

 

$

4,798.40

 

$

111,419.83

 

$

682,798.59

 

55

 

6/1/19

 

$

682,798.59

 

$

116,218.23

 

$

4,125.24

 

$

112,092.99

 

$

570,705.60

 

56

 

7/1/19

 

$

570,705.60

 

$

116,218.23

 

$

3,448.01

 

$

112,770.22

 

$

457,935.37

 

57

 

8/1/19

 

$

457,935.37

 

$

116,218.23

 

$

2,766.69

 

$

113,451.54

 

$

344,483.83

 

58

 

9/1/19

 

$

344,483.83

 

$

116,218.23

 

$

2,081.26

 

$

114,136.98

 

$

230,346.85

 

59

 

10/1/19

 

$

230,346.85

 

$

116,218.23

 

$

1,391.68

 

$

114,826.56

 

$

115,520.30

 

60

 

11/1/19

 

$

115,520.30

 

$

116,218.23

 

$

697.94

 

$

115,520.30

 

$

0.00

 

Final

 

11/1/19

 

Final Payment

 

$

262,500.00

 

$

262,500.00

 

$

0.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Totals

 

$

4,967,450.19

 

$

1,217,450.19

 

$

3,750,000.00

 

 

 

 


 

EXHIBIT B-2

 

Loan Payment/Advance Request Form

 

DEADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS NOON PACIFIC TIME*

 

Fax To:

 

Date:

 

 

LOAN PAYMENT:

 

CONFORMIS, INC., for itself, and on behalf of all Borrowers

 

 

From Account #

To Account #

(Deposit Account #)

(Loan Account #)

 

 

Principal $

and/or Interest $

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signature:

 

 

Phone Number:

Print Name/Title:

 

 

 

 

LOAN ADVANCE:

 

Complete Outgoing Wire Request section below if all or a portion of the funds from this loan advance are for an outgoing wire.

 

 

From Account #

To Account #

(Loan Account #)

(Deposit Account #)

 

 

Amount of Advance $

 

 

All Borrower’s representations and warranties in the Loan and Security Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects on the date of the request for an advance; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date:

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signature:

 

 

Phone Number:

Print Name/Title:

 

 

 

 



 

OUTGOING WIRE REQUEST:

 

Complete only if all or a portion of funds from the loan advance above is to be wired.

Deadline for same day processing is noon, Pacific Time

 

 

Beneficiary Name:

Amount of Wire: $

Beneficiary Bank:

Account Number:

City and State:

 

 

 

Beneficiary Bank Transit (ABA) #:

 

Beneficiary Bank Code (Swift, Sort, Chip, etc.):

( For International Wire Only )

 

 

Intermediary Bank:

Transit (ABA) #:

For Further Credit to:

 

 

 

Special Instruction:

By signing below, I (we) acknowledge and agree that my (our) funds transfer request shall be processed in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the agreements(s) covering funds transfer service(s), which agreements(s) were previously received and executed by me (us).

 

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signature:

 

 

2 nd  Signature (if required):

 

Print Name/Title:

 

 

Print Name/Title:

 

Telephone #:

 

 

Telephone #:

 

 


 

EXHIBIT C

 

Compliance Certificate

 

TO:                                               SILICON VALLEY BANK, as Collateral Agent and Lender

OXFORD FINANCE LLC, as Lender

 

FROM:                           CONFORMIS, INC., for itself, and on behalf of all Borrowers

 

The undersigned authorized officer (“ Officer ”) of CONFORMIS, INC. (“ Borrower ”) , hereby certifies, on behalf of all Borrowers, that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Loan and Security Agreement by and among Borrower, Collateral Agent, and the Lenders from time to time party thereto (the “ Loan Agreement; ” capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Loan Agreement),

 

(a)                                  Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                                with all required covenants except as noted below;

 

(b)                                  There are no Events of Default, except as noted below;

 

(c)                                   Except as noted below, all representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on this date and for the period described in (a), above; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date.

 

(d)                                  Borrower, and each of Borrower’s Subsidiaries, has timely filed all required tax returns and reports, Borrower, and each of Borrower’s Subsidiaries, has timely paid all foreign, federal, state, and material local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Borrower, or Subsidiary, except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8 of the Loan Agreement;

 

(e)                                   No Liens have been levied or claims made against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries relating to unpaid employee payroll or benefits of which Borrower has not previously provided written notification to Collateral Agent and the Lenders.

 

Attached are the required documents, if any, supporting our certification(s).  The Officer, on behalf of Borrower, further certifies that the attached financial statements are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and are consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes and except, in the case of unaudited financial statements, for the absence of footnotes and subject to year-end audit adjustments as to the interim financial statements.

 

Please indicate compliance status since the last Compliance Certificate by circling Yes, No, or N/A under Complies column.

 

 

 

Reporting Covenant

 

Requirement

 

Actual

 

Complies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 )

 

Financial statements

 

Monthly within 30 days (after the IPO, quarterly within 45 days)

 

 

 

Yes

 

No

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2 )

 

Annual (CPA Audited) statements

 

Within 180 days after FYE

 

 

 

Yes

 

No

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3 )

 

Annual Financial Projections/Budget (prepared on a monthly basis)

 

Annually (no later than 3/31 of each calendar year (with any material changes within 10 days of Board approval)), and when revised

 

 

 

Yes

 

No

 

N/A

 



 

 

 

Reporting Covenant

 

Requirement

 

Actual

 

Complies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4 )

 

A/R & A/P agings; deferred revenue report; Transaction Report for sales, collections, credit memos and other collateral adjustments

 

With each request for an Advance and (i) Monthly within 30 days if on Streamline or (ii) biweekly no later than Friday if not on Streamline

 

 

 

Yes

 

No

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5 )

 

8-K, 10-K and 10-Q Filings

 

If applicable, within 5 days of filing

 

 

 

Yes

 

No

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6 )

 

Compliance Certificate

 

Monthly within 30 days (after the IPO, quarterly within 45 days)

 

 

 

Yes

 

No

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7 )

 

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

 

Yes

 

No

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8 )

 

Total amount of Borrower’s cash and cash equivalents at the last day of the measurement period

 

 

 

$

 

Yes

 

No

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9 )

 

Total amount of Borrower’s Subsidiaries’ cash and cash equivalents at the last day of the measurement period

 

 

 

$

 

Yes

 

No

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10 )

 

Borrower’s total liabilities under real estate leases at the last day of the measurement period

 

After any change in GAAP after the Effective Date recharacterizes the treatment of real estate leases or operating leases as capital leases, monthly within 30 days (after the IPO, quarterly within 45 days) After any change in GAAP after the

 

$

 

Yes

 

No

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11 )

 

Borrower’s total liabilities under operating leases at the last day of the measurement period

 

Effective Date recharacterizes the treatment of real estate leases or operating leases as capital leases, monthly within 30 days (after the IPO, quarterly within 45 days) After any change in GAAP after the

 

$

 

Yes

 

No

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12 )

 

Borrower’s total liabilities under capital leases at the last day of the measurement period

 

Effective Date recharacterizes the treatment of real estate leases or operating leases as capital leases, monthly within 30 days (after the IPO, quarterly within 45 days)

 

$

 

Yes

 

No

 

N/A

 

Deposit and Securities Accounts

( Please list all accounts; attach separate sheet if additional space needed )

 

 

 

Institution
Name

 

Account Number

 

New Account?

 

Account Control Agreement in
place?

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 )

 

 

 

 

 

Yes

 

No

 

Yes

 

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2 )

 

 

 

 

 

Yes

 

No

 

Yes

 

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3 )

 

 

 

 

 

Yes

 

No

 

Yes

 

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4 )

 

 

 

 

 

Yes

 

No

 

Yes

 

No

 

 



 

Streamline Period

 

 

 

Required

 

Acutal

 

Streamline Period in
Effect

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Streamline Trigger

 

(i) Quick Assets to (ii) Current Liabilities minus the current portion of Deferred Revenue > 1.00:100 at all times during the prior 2 consecutive calendar months*

 

        :1.00

 

Yes

 

No

 


*see Streamline Period calculation on Schedule 1hereto

 

Other Matters

 

1 )

 

Have there been any changes in a Key Person since the last Compliance Certificate?

 

Yes

 

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2 )

 

Have there been any transfers/sales/disposals/retirement of Collateral or IP prohibited by the Loan Agreement?

 

Yes

 

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3)

 

Have there been any new pending or, to the knowledge of the Responsible Officer’s, threatened in writing, or has Borrower received notice of any new governmental investigations pending or threatened, by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, involving more than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00)?

 

Yes

 

No

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4)

 

Have there been (a) any amendments or other changes to the Operating Documents of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or (b) any material amendments of or other material changes to the capitalization table of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries? If yes, provide copies of any such amendments or changes with this Compliance Certificate if requested by Collateral Agent or any Lender.

 

Yes

 

No

 

Exceptions

 

Please explain any exceptions with respect to the certification above:  (If no exceptions exist, state “No exceptions.” Attach separate sheet ifadditional space needed.)

 

CONFORMIS, INC. on behalf of itself and all

 

 

 

Borrowers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LENDER USE ONLY

 

 

 

Received by:

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

Verified by:

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

Compliance Status: Yes

 

No

 

 



 

Schedule 1 to Compliance Certificate

 

Streamline Calculation

 

Streamline Period Requirement:  Borrower has maintained at any period of time, on and after the Effective Date, a ratio of (i) Quick Assets to (ii) Current Liabilities minus the current portion of Deferred Revenue of greater than or equal to 1.00 to 1.00 at all times during the prior two (2) consecutive calendar months and provided further that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default any Streamline Period then in effect shall immediately terminate and Borrower shall be required to maintain the foregoing financial ratio for two (2) consecutive months thereafter before a new Streamline Period begins.

 

Actual:

 

A.

 

Aggregate value of the unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of Borrower maintained with Bank and Bank’s Affiliates

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

B.

 

Aggregate value of the net billed accounts receivable of Borrower

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

C.

 

Quick Assets (the sum of lines A and B)

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

D.

 

Aggregate value of Obligations to Lenders

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

E.

 

Aggregate value of liabilities that should, under GAAP, be classified as liabilities on Borrower’s consolidated balance sheet, including all Indebtedness, and not otherwise reflected in line D above that matures within one (1) year

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

F.

 

Current Liabilities (the sum of lines D and E)

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

G.

 

Deferred Revenue (all amounts received or invoiced by Borrower in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue).

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

H.

 

Line C divided by (line F minus line G)

 

 

 

Is line H equal to or greater than 1.00:1.00, and has no Event Default occurred, during the prior two (2) consecutive calendar months?

 

No, Streamline Period not in effect

Yes, Streamline Period in effect

 


 

EXHIBIT D

 

Form of Secured Promissory Note

 

[see attached]

 



 

SECURED PROMISSORY NOTE
(Revolving Line)

 

$[                    ]

Dated: November [   ], 2014

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, CONFORMIS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ ConforMIS ”), and IMATX, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ ImaTx ” and individually, collectively, jointly and severally with ConforMIS, “ Borrower ”), each, with offices located at 28 Crosby Drive, Bedford, MA 01730, HEREBY PROMISE TO PAY to the order of SILICON VALLEY BANK (“ Lender ”) the principal amount of [                                ] ($[               ]) or such lesser amount as shall equal the outstanding principal balance of the Advances made to Borrower by Lender, plus interest on the aggregate unpaid principal amount of such Advances, at the rates and in accordance with the terms of the Loan and Security Agreement dated November 7, 2014 by and among Borrower, Lender, as Collateral Agent, and the other Lenders from time to time party thereto (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”).  If not sooner paid, the entire principal amount and all accrued and unpaid interest hereunder shall be due and payable on the Revolving Maturity Date as set forth in the Loan Agreement.  Any capitalized term not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Loan Agreement.

 

Principal, interest and all other amounts due with respect to the Advances, are payable in lawful money of the United States of America to Lender as set forth in the Loan Agreement and this Secured Promissory Note (this “ Note ”).  The principal amount of this Note and the interest rate applicable thereto, and all payments made with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Lender and, prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed on the grid attached hereto which is part of this Note.

 

The Loan Agreement, among other things, (a) provides for the making of secured Advances by Lender to Borrower, and (b) contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events.

 

This Note may not be prepaid except as set forth in the Loan Agreement.

 

This Note and the obligation of Borrower to repay the unpaid principal amount of the Advances, interest on the Advances and all other amounts due Lender under the Loan Agreement is secured under the Loan Agreement.

 

Presentment for payment, demand, notice of protest and all other demands and notices of any kind in connection with the execution, delivery, performance and enforcement of this Note are hereby waived.

 

Borrower shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred by Lender in the enforcement or attempt to enforce any of Borrower’s obligations hereunder not performed when due.

 

This Note shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of New York.

 

The ownership of an interest in this Note shall be registered on a record of ownership maintained by Lender or its agent.  Notwithstanding anything else in this Note to the contrary, the right to the principal of, and stated interest on, this Note may be transferred only if the transfer is registered on such record of ownership and the transferee is identified as the owner of an interest in the obligation.  Borrower shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of this Note (as recorded on such record of ownership) as the owner in fact thereof for all purposes and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in this Note on the part of any other person or entity.

 

[ Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed by one of its officers thereunto duly authorized on the date hereof.

 

 

BORROWER:

 

 

 

CONFORMIS, INC.

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

IMATX, INC.

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

SECURED PROMISSORY NOTE
(Term [A][B] Loan)

 

$[               ]

Dated: November [ ], 2014

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, CONFORMIS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ ConforMIS ”) and IMATX, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ ImaTx ” and individually, collectively, jointly and severally with ConforMIS, “ Borrower ”) , each, with offices located at 28 Crosby Drive, Bedford, MA 01730, HEREBY PROMISE TO PAY to the order of [OXFORD FINANCE LLC][SILICON VALLEY BANK] (“ Lender ”) the principal amount of [      ($      ][      ($      )] or such lesser amount as shall equal the outstanding principal balance of the Term [A] [B] Loan made to Borrower by Lender, plus interest on the aggregate unpaid principal amount of such Term [A][B] Loan, at the rates and in accordance with the terms of the Loan and Security Agreement dated November, 2014 by and among Borrower, Lender, Silicon Valley Bank, as Collateral Agent, and the other Lenders from time to time party thereto (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”) If not sooner paid, the entire principal amount and all accrued and unpaid interest hereunder shall be due and payable on the Term Loan Maturity Date as set forth in the Loan Agreement.  Any capitalized term not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the Loan Agreement.

 

Principal, interest and all other amounts due with respect to the Term [A][B] Loan, are payable in lawful money of the United States of America to Lender as set forth in the Loan Agreement and this Secured Promissory Note (this “ Note ”) The principal amount of this Note and the interest rate applicable thereto, and all payments made with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Lender and, prior to any transfer hereof, endorsed on the grid attached hereto which is part of this Note.

 

The Loan Agreement, among other things, (a) provides for the making of a secured Term [A] [B] Loan by Lender to Borrower, and (b) contains provisions for acceleration of the maturity hereof upon the happening of certain stated events.

 

This Note may not be prepaid except as set forth in Section 2.1.2(c) and Section 2.1.2(d) of the Loan Agreement.

 

This Note and the obligation of Borrower to repay the unpaid principal amount of the Term [A][B] Loan, interest on the Term [A][B] Loan and all other amounts due Lender under the Loan Agreement is secured under the Loan Agreement.

 

Presentment for payment, demand, notice of protest and all other demands and notices of any kind in connection with the execution, delivery, performance and enforcement of this Note are hereby waived.

 

Borrower shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred by Lender in the enforcement or attempt to enforce any of Borrower’s obligations hereunder not performed when due.

 

This Note shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of New York.

 

The ownership of an interest in this Note shall be registered on a record of ownership maintained by Lender or its agent.  Notwithstanding anything else in this Note to the contrary, the right to the principal of, and stated interest on, this Note may be transferred only if the transfer is registered on such record of ownership and the transferee is identified as the owner of an interest in the obligation.  Borrower shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of this Note (as recorded on such record of ownership) as the owner in fact thereof for all purposes and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in this Note on the part of any other person or entity.

 

[ Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed by one of its officers thereunto duly authorized on the date hereof.

 

 

BORROWER:

 

 

 

CONFORMIS, INC.

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

IMATX, INC.

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

LOAN INTEREST RATE AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL

 

Date

 

Principal
Amount

 

Interest Rate

 

Scheduled
Payment Amount

 

Notation By

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT E

 

TRANSACTION REPORT

 

[EXCEL spreadsheet to be provided separately from lending officer.]

 



 

CORPORATE BORROWING CERTIFICATE

 

BORROWER:

CONFORMIS, INC.

DATE: November 7, 2014

 

 

 

LENDERS:

SILICON VALLEY BANK, as Collateral Agent and Lender
OXFORD FINANCE LLC, as Lender

 

 

I hereby certify as follows, as of the date set forth above:

 

1.                                       I am the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other officer of Borrower.  My title is as set forth below.

 

2.                                       Borrower’s exact legal name is set forth above.  Borrower is a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

3.                                       Attached hereto as Exhibit A and Exhibit B, respectively, are true, correct and complete copies of (i) Borrower’s Certificate of Incorporation (including amendments), as filed with the Secretary of State of the state in which Borrower is incorporated as set forth in paragraph 2 above; and (ii) Borrower’s Bylaws.  Neither such Certificate of Incorporation nor such Bylaws have been amended, annulled, rescinded, revoked or supplemented, and such Certificate of Incorporation and such Bylaws remain in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

 

4.                                       The following resolutions were duly and validly adopted by Borrower’s Board of Directors at a duly held meeting of such directors (or pursuant to a unanimous written consent or other authorized corporate action).  Such resolutions are in full force and effect as of the date hereof and have not been in any way modified, repealed, rescinded, amended or revoked, and the Lenders may rely on them until each Lender receives written notice of revocation from Borrower.

 

[ Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 



 

RESOLVED , that any one of the following officers or employees of Borrower, whose names, titles and signatures are below, may act on behalf of Borrower:

 

Name

 

Title

 

Signature

 

Authorized to Add
or Remove
Signatories

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

 

[RESOLUTIONS TO BE PROVIDED BY BORROWER]

 

[ Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 



 

5.                                       The persons listed above are Borrower’s officers or employees with their titles and signatures shown next to their names.

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

*** If the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other certifying officer executing above is designated by the resolutions set forth in paragraph 4 as one of the authorized signing officers, this Certificate must also be signed by a second authorized officer or director of Borrower.

 

I, the,                        of Borrower, hereby certify as to paragraphs 1 through 5 above, as on the date set forth above.
            [print title]

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

[ Signature Page to Corporate Borrowing Certificate ]

 


 

CORPORATE BORROWING CERTIFICATE

 

BORROWER:

IMATX, INC.

DATE : November 7, 2014

 

 

 

LENDERS:

SILICON VALLEY BANK, as Collateral Agent and Lender

 

 

OXFORD FINANCE LLC, as Lender

 

 

I hereby certify as follows, as of the date set forth above:

 

1.                                       I am the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other officer of Borrower.  My title is as set forth below.

 

2.                                       Borrower’s exact legal name is set forth above.  Borrower is a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

3.                                       Attached hereto as Exhibit A and Exhibit B , respectively, are true, correct and complete copies of (i) Borrower’s Certificate ofIncorporation (including amendments), as filed with the Secretary of State of the state in which Borrower is incorporated as set forth in paragraph 2 above; and (ii) Borrower’s Bylaws.  Neither such Certificate of Incorporation nor such Bylaws have been amended, annulled, rescinded, revoked or supplemented, and such Certificate of Incorporation and such Bylaws remain in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

 

4.                                       The following resolutions were duly and validly adopted by Borrower’s Board of Directors at a duly held meeting of such directors (or pursuant to a unanimous written consent or other authorized corporate action).  Such resolutions are in full force and effect as of the date hereof and have not been in any way modified, repealed, rescinded, amended or revoked, and the Lenders may rely on them until each Lender receives written notice of revocation from Borrower.

 

[ Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 



 

RESOLVED , that any one of the following officers or employees of Borrower, whose names, titles and signatures are below, may act on behalf of Borrower:

 

Name

 

Title

 

Signature

 

Authorized to Add
or Remove
Signatories

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o

 

[RESOLUTIONS TO BE PROVIDED BY BORROWER]

 

[ Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 



 

5.                                       The persons listed above are Borrower’s officers or employees with their titles and signatures shown next to their names.

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

*** If the Secretary, Assistant Secretary or other certifying officer executing above is designated by the resolutions set forth in paragraph 4 as one of the authorized signing officers, this Certificate must also be signed by a second authorized officer or director of Borrower.

 

I, the                                 of Borrower, hereby certify as to paragraphs 1 through 5 above, as
                [print title]

of the date set forth above.

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

[ Signature Page to Corporate Borrowing Certificate ]

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

Certificate of Incorporation ( including amendments )

 

[provided separately]

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

Bylaws

 

[provided separately]

 



 

DEBTOR:                                                                                      CONFORMIS, INC.

SECURED PARTY:                                 SILICON VALLEY BANK, as Collateral Agent

 

EXHIBIT A TO UCC FINANCING STATEMENT

 

Description of Collateral

 

The Collateral consists of all of Debtor’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

 

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as noted below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts and other Collateral Accounts, all certificates of deposit, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

 

All Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include (i) equipment subject to a Lien described in clause (c) of the definition of Permitted Liens if the granting of a Lien in such equipment is prohibited by or would constitute a default under the agreement governing such equipment (but (A) only to the extent such prohibition is enforceable under applicable law and (B) other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 (or any other Section) of Division 9 of the Code); provided that upon the termination, lapsing or expiration of any such prohibition, such equipment or other property shall automatically be subject to the security interest granted in favor of Collateral Agent and each Lender hereunder and become part of the Collateral without any action by Borrower, Collateral Agent or any Lender, (ii) more than sixty five percent (65%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock, membership units or other securities owned or held of record by the Borrower (the “Shares”) in each of ConforMIS Europe and ConforMIS UK, and, in the event Borrower demonstrates to Collateral Agent’s reasonable satisfaction, that a pledge of more than sixty five percent (65%) of the Shares of any other Subsidiary which is a Foreign Subsidiary could reasonably be expected to create a present and existing adverse tax consequence to Borrower under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, more than sixty five percent (65%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock, membership units or other securities owned or held of record by Borrower or its Subsidiary in such Foreign Subsidiary, (iii) any license or contract, in each case if the granting of a Lien in such license or contract is prohibited by or would constitute a default under the agreement governing such license or contract (but (A) only to the extent such prohibition is enforceable under applicable law and (B) other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-408 or 9-409 (or any other Section) of Division 9 of the Code); provided that upon the termination, lapsing or expiration of any such prohibition, such license or contract, as applicable, shall automatically be subject to the security interest granted in favor of Collateral Agent hereunder and become part of the “Collateral”, (iv) the Wells Fargo Cash Collateral Account and (v) any Intellectual Property; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts and all proceeds of Intellectual Property.  If a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such Accounts and such property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Collateral Agent’s and each Lender’s security interest in such Accounts and such other property of Borrower that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property.

 

Pursuant to the terms of a certain negative pledge arrangement with Collateral Agent and the Lenders, Borrower has agreed not to encumber any of its Intellectual Property.

 

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed in the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the State of California as in effect from time to time (the “Code”) or, if not defined in the Code, then in the Loan and Security Agreement by and between Debtor, Secured Party and the other Lenders party thereto (as modified, amended and/or restated from time to time).

 



 

DEBTOR:                                                                                      IMATX, INC.
SECURED PARTY:
                                SILICON VALLEY BANK, as Collateral Agent

 

EXHIBIT A TO UCC FINANCING STATEMENT

 

Description of Collateral

 

The Collateral consists of all of Debtor’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

 

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as noted below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts and other Collateral Accounts, all certificates of deposit, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

 

All Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include (i) equipment subject to a Lien described in clause (c) of the definition of Permitted Liens if the granting of a Lien in such equipment is prohibited by or would constitute a default under the agreement governing such equipment (but (A) only to the extent such prohibition is enforceable under applicable law and (B) other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 (or any other Section) of Division 9 of the Code); provided that upon the termination, lapsing or expiration of any such prohibition, such equipment or other property shall automatically be subject to the security interest granted in favor of Collateral Agent and each Lender hereunder and become part of the Collateral without any action by Borrower, Collateral Agent or any Lender, (ii) more than sixty five percent (65%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock, membership units or other securities owned or held of record by the Borrower (the “Shares”) in each of ConforMIS Europe and ConforMIS UK, and, in the event Borrower demonstrates to Collateral Agent’s reasonable satisfaction, that a pledge of more than sixty five percent (65%) of the Shares of any other Subsidiary which is a Foreign Subsidiary could reasonably be expected to create a present and existing adverse tax consequence to Borrower under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, more than sixty five percent (65%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock, membership units or other securities owned or held of record by Borrower or its Subsidiary in such Foreign Subsidiary, (iii) any license or contract, in each case if the granting of a Lien in such license or contract is prohibited by or would constitute a default under the agreement governing such license or contract (but (A) only to the extent such prohibition is enforceable under applicable law and (B) other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-408 or 9-409 (or any other Section) of Division 9 of the Code); provided that upon the termination, lapsing or expiration of any such prohibition, such license or contract, as applicable, shall automatically be subject to the security interest granted in favor of Collateral Agent hereunder and become part of the “Collateral”, (iv) the Wells Fargo Cash Collateral Account and (v) any Intellectual Property; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts and all proceeds of Intellectual Property.  If a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such Accounts and such property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Collateral Agent’s and each Lender’s security interest in such Accounts and such other property of Borrower that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property.

 

Pursuant to the terms of a certain negative pledge arrangement with Collateral Agent and the Lenders, Borrower has agreed not to encumber any of its Intellectual Property.

 

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed in the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the State of California as in effect from time to time (the “Code”) or, if not defined in the Code, then in the Loan and Security Agreement by and between Debtor, Secured Party and the other Lenders party thereto (as modified, amended and/or restated from time to time).

 



 

DEBTOR:                                                                          CONFORMIS, INC.
SECURED
PARTY:                     OXFORD FINANCE LLC, as a Lender

 

EXHIBIT A TO UCC FINANCING STATEMENT

 

Description of Collateral

 

The Collateral consists of all of Debtor’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

 

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as noted below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts and other Collateral Accounts, all certificates of deposit, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

 

All Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include (i) equipment subject to a Lien described in clause (c) of the definition of Permitted Liens if the granting of a Lien in such equipment is prohibited by or would constitute a default under the agreement governing such equipment (but (A) only to the extent such prohibition is enforceable under applicable law and (B) other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 (or any other Section) of Division 9 of the Code); provided that upon the termination, lapsing or expiration of any such prohibition, such equipment or other property shall automatically be subject to the security interest granted in favor of Collateral Agent and each Lender hereunder and become part of the Collateral without any action by Borrower, Collateral Agent or any Lender, (ii) more than sixty five percent (65%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock, membership units or other securities owned or held of record by the Borrower (the “Shares”) in each of ConforMIS Europe and ConforMIS UK, and, in the event Borrower demonstrates to Collateral Agent’s reasonable satisfaction, that a pledge of more than sixty five percent (65%) of the Shares of any other Subsidiary which is a Foreign Subsidiary could reasonably be expected to create a present and existing adverse tax consequence to Borrower under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, more than sixty five percent (65%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock, membership units or other securities owned or held of record by Borrower or its Subsidiary in such Foreign Subsidiary, (iii) any license or contract, in each case if the granting of a Lien in such license or contract is prohibited by or would constitute a default under the agreement governing such license or contract (but (A) only to the extent such prohibition is enforceable under applicable law and (B) other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-408 or 9-409 (or any other Section) of Division 9 of the Code); provided that upon the termination, lapsing or expiration of any such prohibition, such license or contract, as applicable, shall automatically be subject to the security interest granted in favor of Collateral Agent hereunder and become part of the “Collateral”, (iv) the Wells Fargo Cash Collateral Account and (v) any Intellectual Property; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts and all proceeds of Intellectual Property.  If a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such Accounts and such property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Collateral Agent’s and each Lender’s security interest in such Accounts and such other property of Borrower that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property.

 

Pursuant to the terms of a certain negative pledge arrangement with Collateral Agent and the Lenders, Borrower has agreed not to encumber any of its Intellectual Property.

 

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed in the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the State of California as in effect from time to time (the “Code”) or, if not defined in the Code, then in the Loan and Security Agreement by and between Debtor, Secured Party and the other Lenders party thereto (as modified, amended and/or restated from time to time).

 


 

DEBTOR:                                                                                           IMATX, INC.

SECURED PARTY:                                 OXFORD FINANCE LLC, as a Lender

 

EXHIBIT A TO UCC FINANCING STATEMENT

 

Description of Collateral

 

The Collateral consists of all of Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to the following personal property:

 

All goods, Accounts (including health-care receivables), Equipment, Inventory, contract rights or rights to payment of money, leases, license agreements, franchise agreements, General Intangibles (except as noted below), commercial tort claims, documents, instruments (including any promissory notes), chattel paper (whether tangible or electronic), cash, deposit accounts and other Collateral Accounts, all certificates of deposit, fixtures, letters of credit rights (whether or not the letter of credit is evidenced by a writing), securities, and all other investment property, supporting obligations, and financial assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, wherever located; and

 

All Borrower’s Books relating to the foregoing, and any and all claims, rights and interests in any of the above and all substitutions for, additions, attachments, accessories, accessions and improvements to and replacements, products, proceeds and insurance proceeds of any or all of the foregoing.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral does not include (i) equipment subject to a Lien described in clause (c) of the definition of Permitted Liens if the granting of a Lien in such equipment is prohibited by or would constitute a default under the agreement governing such equipment (but (A) only to the extent such prohibition is enforceable under applicable law and (B) other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 (or any other Section) of Division 9 of the Code); provided that upon the termination, lapsing or expiration of any such prohibition, such equipment or other property shall automatically be subject to the security interest granted in favor of Collateral Agent and each Lender hereunder and become part of the Collateral without any action by Borrower, Collateral Agent or any Lender, (ii) more than sixty five percent (65%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock, membership units or other securities owned or held of record by the Borrower (the “Shares”) in each of ConforMIS Europe and ConforMIS UK, and, in the event Borrower demonstrates to Collateral Agent’s reasonable satisfaction, that a pledge of more than sixty five percent (65%) of the Shares of any other Subsidiary which is a Foreign Subsidiary could reasonably be expected to create a present and existing adverse tax consequence to Borrower under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, more than sixty five percent (65%) of the issued and outstanding capital stock, membership units or other securities owned or held of record by Borrower or its Subsidiary in such Foreign Subsidiary, (iii) any license or contract, in each case if the granting of a Lien in such license or contract is prohibited by or would constitute a default under the agreement governing such license or contract (but (A) only to the extent such prohibition is enforceable under applicable law and (B) other than to the extent that any such term would be rendered ineffective pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-408 or 9-409 (or any other Section) of Division 9 of the Code); provided that upon the termination, lapsing or expiration of any such prohibition, such license or contract, as applicable, shall automatically be subject to the security interest granted in favor of Collateral Agent hereunder and become part of the “Collateral”, (iv) the Wells Fargo Cash Collateral Account and (v) any Intellectual Property; provided, however, the Collateral shall include all Accounts and all proceeds of Intellectual Property.  If a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) would hold that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in such Accounts and such property that are proceeds of Intellectual Property, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of the Effective Date, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Collateral Agent’s and each Lender’s security interest in such Accounts and such other property of Borrower that are proceeds of the Intellectual Property.

 

Pursuant to the terms of a certain negative pledge arrangement with Collateral Agent and the Lenders, Borrower has agreed not to encumber any of its Intellectual Property.

 

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings ascribed in the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the State of California as in effect from time to time (the “Code”) or, if not defined in the Code, then in the Loan and Security Agreement by and between Debtor, Secured Party and the other Lenders party thereto (as modified, amended and/or restated from time to time).

 

1



 

FIRST AMENDMENT
TO
LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT to Loan and Security Agreement (this “ Amendment ”) is entered into this 4th day of March, 2015, among SILICON VALLEY BANK, a California corporation with an office located at 3003 Tasman Drive, Santa Clara, CA 95054 (“ Bank ” or “ SVB ”), as collateral agent (in such capacity, “ Collateral Agent ”), the Lenders listed on Schedule 1.1 of the Loan Agreement (as defined below) or otherwise a party hereto from time to time including SVB in its capacity as a Lender and OXFORD FINANCE LLC, a Delaware limited liability company with an office located at 133 North Fairfax Street, Alexandria, Virginia 22314 (“ Oxford ”) (each a “ Lender ” and collectively, the “ Lenders ”), CONFORMIS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ ConforMIS ”) and IMATX, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ ImaTx ” and individually, collectively, jointly and severally with ConforMIS, “ Borrower ”), each, with offices located at 28 Crosby Drive, Bedford, MA 01730.

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                     Collateral Agent, Lenders and Borrower have entered into that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of November 7, 2014 (as amended from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”).

 

B.                                     Lenders have extended credit to Borrower for the purposes permitted in the Loan Agreement.

 

C.                                     Borrower has requested that Collateral Agent and Lenders (i) increase the permitted amount of cash and Cash Equivalents held by ConforMIS Europe and (ii) make certain other revisions to the Loan Agreement as more fully set forth herein.

 

D.                                     Collateral Agent and Lenders have agreed to amend certain provisions of the Loan Agreement, but only to the extent, in accordance with the terms, subject to the conditions and in reliance upon the representations and warranties set forth below.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW , THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Definitions .  Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings given to them in the Loan Agreement.

 

2.                                       Amendment to Loan Agreement .

 

2.1                                Section 7.12 (Foreign Subsidiary Assets) .  Section 7.12(i) of the Loan Agreement hereby is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“(i) ConforMIS Europe to exceed Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) (or equivalent) at any time,”

 

3.                                       Limitation of Amendment .

 

3.1                                The amendment set forth in Section 2 above, is effective for the purposes set forth herein and shall be limited precisely as written and shall not be deemed to (a) be a consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of any other term or condition of any Loan Document, or (b) otherwise prejudice any right or remedy which Collateral Agent or any Lender may now have or may have in the future under or in connection with any Loan Document.

 

2



 

3.2                                This Amendment shall be construed in connection with and as part of the Loan Documents and all terms, conditions, representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents, except as herein amended, are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

 

4.                                       Representations and Warranties .  To induce Collateral Agent and Lenders to enter into this Amendment, Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Collateral Agent and Lenders as follows:

 

4.1                                Immediately after giving effect to this Amendment (a) the representations and warranties contained in the Loan Documents are true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such date), and (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

4.2                                Borrower has the power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment;

 

4.3                                The organizational documents of Borrower delivered to Collateral Agent and Lenders on the Effective Date, or subsequent thereto, remain true, accurate and complete and have not been amended, supplemented or restated and are and continue to be in full force and effect;

 

4.4                                The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, have been duly authorized;

 

4.5                                The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not and will not contravene (a) any material law or regulation binding on or affecting Borrower, (b) any material contractual restriction with a Person binding on Borrower, (c) any order, judgment or decree of any court or other governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, or (d) the organizational documents of Borrower;

 

4.6                                The execution and delivery by Borrower of this Amendment and the performance by Borrower of its obligations under the Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, do not require any order, consent, approval, license, authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or exemption by any governmental or public body or authority, or subdivision thereof, binding on Borrower, except as already has been obtained or made; and

 

4.7                                This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower and is the binding obligation of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar laws of general application and equitable principles relating to or affecting creditors’ rights.

 

5.                                       Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

 

6.                                       Effectiveness .  This Amendment shall be deemed effective upon the due execution and delivery to Collateral Agent and Lenders of this Amendment by each party hereto, and Borrower’s payment of all Lenders’ Expenses incurred through the date of this Amendment.

 

[ Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

 

COLLATERAL AGENT:   

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrea J. Kirk

 

Name:

Andrea J. Kirk

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

LENDER:   

 

OXFORD FINANCE LLC

 

 

 

 

By: 

/s/ Mark Davis

 

Name:

Mark Davis

 

Title:

Vice President — Finance, Secretary & Treasurer

 

 

 

BORROWER:   

 

CONFORMIS, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Philipp Lang

 

Name:

Philipp Lang

 

Title:

President & CEO

 

 

 

 

IMATX, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Philipp Lang

 

Name:

Philipp Lang

 

Title:

President & CEO

 

 




Exhibit 10.22

 

LOAN AGREEMENT

 

THIS LOAN AGREEMENT dated as of June 29, 2011 is between CONFORMIS, INC. , a Delaware corporation having its principal place of business at 11 North Avenue, Burlington, Massachusetts 01803 (the “ Borrower ”) and MASSACHUSETTS DEVELOPMENT FINANCE AGENCY , a body corporate and politic created under and acting pursuant to authority derived from Chapter 23G of the Massachusetts General Laws, as amended, and having a principal place of business at 160 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110 (the “Lender”).

 

WHEREAS , the Borrower has requested and the Lender has consented to the extension of a term loan facility of up to $1,445,000 (the “ Loan ”) for the purpose of equipment purchases including set-up and building upgrade costs associated with Borrower’s manufacturing expansion and relocation; and

 

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the covenants, agreements, representations and warranties contained in this Agreement and of the faithful performance of said covenants and agreements, the Borrower and the Lender covenant, agree, represent and warrant as follows:

 

SECTION 1

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms defined in this section will, for all purposes of this Agreement, have the meanings specified.  The following definitions are equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of any of the terms defined.  All terms of accounting significance used (unless otherwise specified) will be determined by reference to the Borrower’s books of account and in conformity with GAAP as applied to the books of account in the opinion of a certified public accountant of recognized standing selected by the Borrower and approved by the Lender.

 

Advance .  Each advance of funds made by the Lender to the Borrower under the Loan.

 

Advance Period .  A period of eighteen (18) months commencing on the Closing Date, as defined below, during which Advances may be made by the Lender in accordance with this Agreement.

 

Affiliate .  Any Person who directly or indirectly controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with the Borrower.

 

Agreement .  This entire Loan Agreement with all the Exhibits and Schedules , if any, attached.

 

Borrower .  As defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Closing Date .  The date on which the condition set forth in Section 2.6 to this Agreement have been satisfied or waived in writing by the Lender.

 



 

Collateral .  The Equipment listed on Schedule 1 attached hereto, including all additions, substitutions, replacements and improvements to, and proceeds thereof.

 

Default .  Any event or condition specified in Section 5.1 to this Agreement so long as any applicable requirements for the giving of notice or lapse of time or both have not been fulfilled.

 

Environmental Event .  Any (a) receipt by the Borrower of any notice or claim from any Governmental Authority of any violation of any Environmental Law by the Borrower or of any action against the Borrower based upon nuisance, negligence or other tort theory alleging liability on the basis of improper generation, storage, disposal, removal, transportation or treatment of Hazardous Substances on, at or from the Project Location by Borrower; or (b) presence or release by the Borrower of Hazardous Substances at, from or upon any of the property described in clause (a) above that has resulted in any contamination or deterioration of any portion of such property or any other affected property resulting in a level of contamination greater than the levels permitted or established by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Borrower or any of such property.

 

Environmental Laws .  Any and all federal, foreign, state, local and other governmental statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, licenses, or other governmental restrictions relating to the environment or the release of any materials into the environment.

 

Event of Default .  Any event or condition specified in Section 5.1 if all applicable requirements for the giving of notice or lapse of time or both have been fulfilled.

 

Financial Statements .  The audited financial statements of the Borrower as of December 31, 2010 and the unaudited balance sheet of the Borrower for each fiscal quarter during the Term of the Loan, together with the statements of cash flows and income of the Borrower for each such quarter ended on such date, as applicable, which statements present fairly the financial position and results of operations of the Borrower at such dates and for such periods in accordance with GAAP.

 

GAAP .  Generally accepted accounting principles applied consistently with such changes or modifications thereto as may be approved in writing by the Lender.

 

Governmental Authority .  Any agency, authority, body, board, commission, court, instrumentality, department, bureau, legislature or office of any nature whatsoever for any government unit or political subdivision, whether foreign, federal, state, county, district, municipal or otherwise, and whether now or hereafter in existence.

 

Hazardous Substances .  Any “hazardous material” or “hazardous substances” as defined in any of the Environmental Laws, as well as asbestos and materials containing asbestos.

 

Indebtedness .  With respect to any entity (a) all obligations of the entity which in accordance with GAAP are classified upon the balance sheet of such entity as liabilities (except capital stock, including redeemable preferred stock, and surplus earned or otherwise), and in any event, without limitation by reason of enumeration, all capitalized lease obligations, debt and other similar monetary obligations of the entity for borrowed money, whether direct, indirect or

 

2



 

guaranteed, and all premium, if any, due at the required prepayment date of any such indebtedness, but excluding endorsement of obligations of others deposited by the entity to its account for collection; and (b) all indebtedness secured by mortgage, pledge, lien, charge or encumbrance on assets owned by the entity, whether or not the indebtedness was actually created, assumed or incurred by the entity; and the acquisition by an entity of assets subject to any mortgage, pledge, lien, charge or encumbrance shall be deemed to be the equivalent of the creation, assumption and incurring of the indebtedness secured by the assets.  In computing the amount of Indebtedness at any date, there shall be included an amount equal to all reserves at the date in respect of debts and other similar monetary obligations of the entity, either direct or guaranteed.

 

Interest Rate .  Interest Rate for the Note means 6.50% per annum.

 

Lease .  Lease of 29,227 square feet of space by N.W. Middlesex 36 Trust (the “ Landlord ”) to Borrower, dated August 26, 2010, in connection with certain real property located at the Project Location.

 

Legal Requirements .  All statutes, codes, ordinances (and rules and regulations thereunder), all executive orders and other administrative orders, judgments, decrees, injunctions and other judicial orders of or by any federal, state, municipal or other government, or any department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality of any of them, which may at any time be applicable to the Borrower.

 

Lender .  As defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Liens .  Any mortgage, lien, deed of trust, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance.

 

Loan Documents .  This Agreement, with Exhibits and Schedules thereto, the Note, the Security Agreement and all other agreements, documents, instruments and certificates delivered by the Borrower or others to the Lender in connection with this Agreement.

 

Material Adverse Effect .  Any materially adverse effect on the financial condition, properties, assets, business, business operations or results of operations of the Borrower or the material impairment of the ability of the Borrower to perform its business as currently conducted or proposed to be conducted or its obligations hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents.

 

Maturity Date .  June, 2018.

 

Note .  The seven year Term Note of the Borrower in the original principal amount of $1,445,000 executed in connection with this Agreement and evidencing the Loan with interest at the rate of 6.50% per annum.

 

Obligations .  All of the Borrower’s covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Loan Documents, including all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Borrower to the Lender of every description hereunder, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or in the future arising in each case under this Agreement or any other

 

3



 

Loan Document, excluding the terms of the Warrant, but specifically including Borrower’s obligation to issue the Warrant.

 

Operations .  The Borrower’s research, development and manufacture of partial and full knee replacement systems.

 

Permits .  All licenses, approvals, qualifications, variances, permissive uses, certificates of need, franchises, accreditations, certificates, certifications, consents, permits and other authorizations (including, without limitation, building permits, subdivision approvals and subdivision plans) benefiting, relating to or affecting any of the Collateral or other property or assets of the Borrower and the ownership, construction, development, maintenance, management, repair, use, occupancy, possession or operation thereof or the operation of any programs or services by the Borrower and all renewals, replacements and substitutions therefor, now or hereafter issued by or entered into with any Governmental Authority or maintained or used by the Borrower or entered into by the Borrower with any other Person.

 

Permitted Transfers .  The conveyance, sale, lease, transfer or disposition by the Borrower or any subsidiary of Collateral during any fiscal year with Lender’s prior written consent.

 

Person .  An individual, a corporation, a partnership, a limited liability company, a joint stock association, a business trust or a government or any agency or subdivision of a government.

 

Project Location .  11 North Avenue, Burlington, Massachusetts 01803.

 

Security Agreement .  The Security Agreement by the Borrower in favor of the Lender executed in connection with this Agreement.

 

Warrants .  Warrants to purchase 16,000 shares of Series D Preferred Stock of the Borrower with a term of ten (10) years with an exercise price of $6.00 per share.

 

SECTION 2

 

THE LOAN

 

Subject to the terms of this Agreement and in reliance on the representations, warranties and agreements of the Borrower, the Lender agrees to make the Loan described in this section.

 

2.1                                General Terms .  Subject to the terms hereof, from the date hereof through the Maturity Date the Lender will lend the Borrower up to the principal sum of $1,445,000 on a term loan basis, as set forth below.  At the time of making the initial Advance under the Loan the Borrower shall execute and deliver to the Lender the Note.  The Loan is being solely funded from the Emerging Technology Fund of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and not from the Lender’s general fund assets.

 

2.2                                Disbursement of the Loan .  Except as otherwise contemplated in this Agreement, the Lender will disburse the proceeds of the Note to the Borrower’s in accordance with a disbursement authorization to be executed by the Borrower as of the date hereof or as otherwise

 

4



 

directed by the Borrower.  The Loan shall be disbursed in one or more Advances as requested by the Borrower in accordance with this Agreement.

 

2.3                                The Loan .  Subject to the terms hereof, the Lender agrees to lend to the Borrower, on a term loan basis, the amount of up to $1,445,000 with payment terms to be in accordance with the provisions of the Note.  All remaining outstanding indebtedness evidenced by the Note will be due and payable on the Maturity Date.  The Borrower shall have the right to repay the Loan in whole or in part at any time, without premium or penalty.

 

2.4                                Interest Rate and Payments of Interest .  Principal and interest on the Loan will be payable at the interest rate and upon the terms provided in the Note.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment not received within ten (10) days of its due date will be subject to an additional charge of five percent (5.00%) of the amount due.

 

2.5                                Security .  The Obligations are secured by a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral owned by the Borrower consisting of certain Equipment listed on Schedule 1 hereto including all additions, substitutions, replacements and improvements to and proceeds of such Equipment.  When the Obligations have been repaid in full, the Lender’s security interest in the Collateral shall automatically be released and at the request of the Borrower the Lender shall deliver to the Borrower all Collateral held by it and such discharges, termination statements or other instruments as will be required to release completely the respective liens and security thereof.

 

2.6                                Conditions Precedent to the Loan .  The Lender’s obligations under this Agreement, including funding the Loan and making any Advances under the Loan, are subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties made by the Borrower in the Loan Documents, to the performance by the Borrower of its agreements in the Loan Documents, to the terms provided in this Agreement, and to the satisfaction or waiver by the Lender in writing, in whole or in part, of each of the following additional conditions:

 

2.6.1                      Authority .  The Lender shall be satisfied as to the authority of the Borrower to enter into and deliver the Loan Documents.  Borrower must provide satisfactory documents and opinions of counsel as to the due organization, valid existence and good standing of the Borrower, and its qualification to do business in Massachusetts and the enforceability of all documents executed by the Borrower.

 

2.6.2                      Conflict with Outstanding Instruments .  Consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents will not conflict with or result in a breach of any outstanding agreements or other instruments to which the Borrower is a party or by which the Borrower or any of its property is bound.

 

2.6.3                      Perfection of Security .  The security referred to in Section 2.5 shall have been perfected in favor of the Lender and the Collateral shall be subject to no liens or encumbrances of any kind or nature.  The Collateral shall not be subject to any subordinate or other security interest and no subordinate or other security interest in the Collateral shall be granted by the Borrower with Lender’s prior written consent.

 

5



 

2.6.4                      Insurance .  The Lender shall have received satisfactory evidence that the insurance required pursuant to the Security Agreement and Section 3.12 hereof is in force and all premiums paid, or financed under acceptable premium financing arrangements.

 

2.6.5                      No Material Adverse Change .  There is no outstanding or threatened litigation, contingent liabilities or other proceedings, the outcome of which could be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect nor has there been any change in the financial condition or business of the Borrower which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

2.6.6                      Satisfaction of Lender and its Counsel .  All actions to be taken in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents will be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Lender and to the Lender’s counsel.  The Lender shall have received copies of all documents which it may reasonably request in connection with the transactions, which documents shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender and to the Lender’s counsel.

 

2.6.7                      Delivery of Documents .  The Lender shall have received all of the documents listed on the Closing Document Agenda, attached as Exhibit A hereto, in form and content reasonably satisfactory to the Lender and its counsel.

 

2.6.8                      Advances .  During the Advance Period, subject to the conditions set forth herein and provided no Event of Default occurs, the Lender agrees to make Advances under the Loan with respect to purchases upon the receipt from the Borrower and review by the Lender of a written request by the Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit B attached hereto, attaching copies of invoices for such purchases, corresponding serial numbers, evidence of delivery of the equipment, and such other supporting documentation as the Lender may reasonably request (the “ Requisition Certificate ”).  Each request for an Advance shall be deemed a certification by the Borrower that: (a) the Borrower has approved such invoices for payment; (b) any equipment covered by such requested Advance has been inspected, installed and accepted by the Borrower, all to Borrower’s satisfaction; (c) the statements, representations, warranties and agreements made by the Borrower to the Lender in connection with the Loan continue to be correct as of the date of the requisition; and (d) no Event of Default has occurred under this Agreement.

 

The Borrower hereby represents and covenants that all purchases of goods, materials, and services using the Advances described in this section shall be for only the goods, materials, and services as approved by the Lender and any such goods, materials, and services purchased with such Advances shall be free of any security interests other than the Lender’s security interest, or any Permitted Liens.  Furthermore, there shall be no mechanics’ liens or other liens or claims outstanding against such goods, materials, and purchases purchased with such Advances.  The Lender, at its option, may make each Advance payable to the Borrower (to reimburse the Borrower for paid invoices) and/or directly to the Person furnishing the goods, materials, and services which formed the basis for the Advance.  Under no circumstance will any Advance be made by Lender after the Advance Period has expired.

 

6



 

2.6.9                      Tax Payments .  With respect to the equipment purchased with proceeds from the Loan, Borrower shall, on or prior to the Lender making the applicable Advance, present evidence satisfactory to the Lender that all installments of taxes, in-lieu payments, service fees, and all assessments, and any other prior lien charges then due and payable, have been paid in full or that such equipment or that such leasehold improvements, equipment, leasehold interests and other assets are tax exempt.

 

2.6.10               Form of Warrant .  No later than ten (10) days prior to the Closing Date Borrower shall deliver to Lender and Lender’s counsel the form of Warrant and Series D Preferred Stock terms required pursuant to Section 3.19 of this Agreement, which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and its counsel, which Warrant shall be attached hereto as Exhibit C .

 

2.6.11               On the Closing Date, Lender shall submit to Borrower a requisition for Lender’s Closing costs, including legal fees and out of pocket disbursements, and Borrower shall pay the same at Closing out of its own funds.

 

SECTION 3

 

PARTICULAR COVENANTS OF BORROWER

 

As long as any of the Obligations remain unsatisfied or any commitments hereunder remain outstanding, the Borrower covenants and agrees as follows:

 

3.1                                Payment of Principal and Interest .  The Borrower agrees to pay when due the principal of and interest on the Loan, all such payments to be in such currency as is legal tender for the payment of public and private debts at the time of payment.

 

3.2                                Keep Books and Set Aside Reserves .  The Borrower agrees (a) to keep proper books of record and account in which full and correct entries will be made of all dealings or transactions in relation to the business and affairs of the Borrower, (b) to set up on its books proper reserves with respect to all taxes, assessments, charges, levies and claims referred to in Section 3.8 of this Agreement; and (c) to set up on its books from its earnings reserves against, or appropriate write-offs of, doubtful accounts receivable, advances and securities which are proper for businesses of the type conducted by the Borrower or required by GAAP.

 

3.3                                Financial Statements, Certificates and Information .  The Borrower will furnish to the Lender:

 

3.3.1                      As soon as available and in any event within one hundred eighty (180) days after the last day of each fiscal year, complete audited financial statements prepared by an independent certified public accountant of recognized standing selected by the Borrower and reasonably satisfactory to the Lender, covering the operations of the Borrower for such fiscal year and containing statements of earnings and of retained earnings and paid-in surplus for such year, statements of cash flow, and balance sheets and income statement as at the close of such year, each accompanied by (a) statements in comparative form for the preceding fiscal year, (b) all notes, appropriate schedules,

 

7



 

disclosures, and supplemental information pertaining to such statements, (c) a certification of the Borrower’s chief financial officer that such financial statements fairly represent the Borrower’s financial condition at the end of such period and the results of its operations during such period;

 

3.3.2                      As soon as available and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter of Borrower during the loan term, a company prepared financial statement consisting of a balance sheet and profit and loss statement certified by the President or Chief Financial Officer of the Borrower;

 

3.3.3                      Promptly after the commencement thereof, notice of each action, suit or proceeding by or before any Governmental Authority affecting the Borrower which could (singly or in the aggregate) be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

3.3.4                      Promptly after receipt, a copy of all audits or reports submitted to the Borrower by independent public accountants in connection with any annual, special or interim audits of the books of the Borrower and any letter of comments directed by such accountants to the management of the Borrower;

 

3.3.5                      As soon as possible and in any event within thirty (30) days after the Borrower knows or has reason to know that any event which would constitute a reportable event under ERISA with respect to any employee pension or other benefit plan subject to ERISA has occurred, or that the PBGC or the Borrower has instituted or will institute proceedings to terminate such plan, a certificate of the chief financial officer of the Borrower setting forth details as to such reportable event and the action which the Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto, together with a copy of any notice of such reportable event which may be required to be filed with the PBGC, or any notice delivered by the PBGC evidencing its intent to institute such proceedings, or any notice to the PBGC that the plan is to be terminated, as the case may be;

 

3.3.6                      Immediately upon any change of the Borrower’s independent public accountants, notification thereof and such further information as the Lender may reasonably request concerning the resignation, refusal to stand for reappointment after completion of the current audit or dismissal of such accountants;

 

3.3.7                      Such additional information and reports concerning the financial condition of Borrower, including, but not limited to, reports concerning Collateral, as the Lender commercially reasonably requests, all in form and detail reasonably acceptable to the Lender.

 

3.4                                Right of Inspection/Appraisals .  Upon reasonable notice of at least three (3) business days, and during the Borrower’s business hours, any qualified representative or agent of the Lender designated for the purpose in writing by the Lender has the right to visit and inspect the purchases being financed by the Loan, the Lender has the right to visit and inspect the purchases being financed by the Loan and to request and receive from the Borrower and its accountants reports and certificates satisfying all of the requirements of Section 3.3 , and to discuss the same with and be advised as to the same by its representatives and its independent

 

8



 

certified public accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as the Lender may reasonably desire, except no more than twice a year (except during the pendency of an Event of Default and then as often as Lender reasonably requires); provided , however , that any confidential or proprietary information derived from the Borrower shall not be disclosed by the Lender to any unauthorized Persons unless required by law.

 

3.5                                Limitation on Sales, Transfers, Consolidation, Mergers, Etc.  The Borrower will not, without providing twenty (20) business days prior written notice to the Lender, sell, transfer, or lease all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with, or merge into, any Person whether or not the Borrower will be the surviving entity, except for acquisitions by Borrower where (a) such transactions are not otherwise prohibited by Section 3 of this Agreement; (b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would exist after giving effect to the transactions, including specifically the cash balance requirements of Section 3.17 of this Agreement; and (c) Borrower is the surviving legal entity.

 

3.6                                Maintenance of Business and Existence, Etc.  The Borrower agrees (a) subject to circumstances beyond its control, to conduct continuously and operate actively its business as presently conducted, (b) to keep in effect its legal existence and foreign qualifications and to comply with all Legal Requirements governing the conduct of its business in all material respects, (c) to make all reports, pay all taxes and license fees and take all other action required to maintain its Permits, and (d) to prevent any Permit from terminating or expiring without renewal if the Borrower reasonably determines the same could have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

3.7                                Lease .  The Borrower agrees to materially comply with its obligations under the Lease.  Borrower shall deliver to Lender an Estoppel Certificate of the Landlord to the Lease in substantially the form of Exhibit D attached hereto (the “ Estoppel Certificate ”) certifying, among other things, that the Lease is in full force and effect without any existing defaults known to Landlord, the description of the leased premises, the term thereof, the rent and any additional rent due thereunder and the dates to which paid, the amount of any security deposit paid under such lease, and a description of any leasehold improvements that the Landlord considers to be part of its real property.  In the event that the Borrower’s lease term at the Project Location is not extended for a term reasonably acceptable to Lender, the Loan shall become due and payable upon the end of the lease term.  The terms of the Lease and any successor lease in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and any amendments thereof shall be acceptable to Lender pursuant to the Emerging Technology Fund (defined below) requirements and Lender’s consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld) shall be required for any material changes to the Lease or successor lease.

 

3.8                                Payment of Taxes .  The Borrower agrees to pay promptly all taxes, assessments and governmental charges imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or upon any property belonging to it, including but not limited to the real property subject to the Lease.  The Borrower is not required to pay any tax, assessment or charge if (a) it is not at the time due or can be paid later without unreasonable penalty, or (b) its validity is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, and (c) the Borrower has set aside on its books reserves deemed by it adequate with respect to the tax, assessment or charge, and (d) in any case involving a contested tax payment due from it in excess of $10,000, the Borrower gives notice in writing of its action to the Lender.  The Borrower agrees to pay the tax, assessment or charge immediately upon the

 

9



 

commencement of proceedings to foreclose any liens securing it or upon institution of distraint proceedings, unless payment previously has been secured by the posting of an appropriate bond or similar surety device.  With respect to the Purchased Equipment, and any other assets of Borrower that are taxable, Borrower shall, at the Loan closing, present evidence satisfactory to the Lender that all installments of taxes, in-lieu payments, service fees, and all assessments, and any other prior lien charges then due and payable, have been paid in full on or before the Loan closing or that such leasehold improvements, equipment, leasehold interests, and other assets are tax-exempt.

 

3.9                                Limitation on Business with Affiliates, Etc .  The Borrower will not enter into any transaction with an Affiliate except on terms no less favorable to the Borrower than would be usual and customary in similar transactions between Persons not affiliated with each other without the Lender’s consent, which will not be unreasonably withheld.

 

3.10                         Limitation on Dividends and Distributions .  The Borrower, except as otherwise provided in its Certificate of Incorporation, or other formation documents, and/or as needed for its stockholders to pay taxes on non-monetary gains, will not without the prior written consent of the Lender, (a) declare or pay any dividends in cash on any class of its stock or make any other distributions in cash to its stockholders or (b) directly or indirectly purchase, redeem or retire any of its stock.  Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, Borrower may (i) convert any of its convertible securities into other securities pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities or otherwise in exchange thereof, (ii) pay dividends solely in capital stock, and (iii) repurchase the stock of former employees, consultants or other service providers pursuant to stock repurchase agreements so long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of such repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase.

 

3.11                         Change of Management .  If, at any time while the Note is outstanding, the individual then holding the office of Chief Executive Officer of the Borrower ceases to be employed in that capacity other than as a result of death or incapacity, a “Change of Management” shall be deemed to have occurred.  If a Change of Management occurs, the Borrower will (a) notify the Lender within five (5) business days thereof in writing, and (b) keep the Lender reasonably informed of the process and progress in filling any such vacant position(s).

 

3.12                         Insurance .  In addition to the insurance required by the terms of the Security Agreement, the Borrower agrees (a) to keep all its insurable properties insured against such risks as are usually insured against by Persons engaged in the same or a similar business in the same jurisdiction; (b) to maintain public liability insurance against claims for bodily injury, death or property damage, suffered by others upon or in or about any premises occupied by them or occurring as a result of the maintenance or operation of any automobiles, trucks or other vehicles or other facilities; (c) to maintain all such worker’s compensation or similar insurance as may be required under the laws of any state or jurisdiction in which they may be engaged in business; and (d) to maintain such other insurance coverage as Lender may from time to time reasonably require upon thirty (30) days advanced written notice from the Lender to the Borrower, in coverage and amounts reasonably satisfactory to the Lender.

 

10


 

All insurance for which provision has been made in clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) of this section: (i) shall be maintained in at least such amounts as the Lender may from time to time reasonably require; (ii) shall name the Lender as an additional insured; (iii) shall contain a provision that it shall not be cancelled or modified without at least thirty (30) days prior notice to the Lender; and (iv) shall be effected under a valid and enforceable policy or policies issued by insurers of recognized responsibility, except that the Borrower may effect worker’s compensation or similar insurance in respect of operations in any state or other jurisdiction either through an insurance fund operated by the state or other jurisdiction or by causing to be maintained a system or systems of self-insurance which is in accord with applicable laws.  The Borrower will deliver to the Lender, at any time upon its request, all insurance policies and will deliver to the Lender new policies thereof for any insurance about to expire at least ten (10) days prior to such expiration.

 

3.13                         Notices .  The Borrower will notify the Lender immediately in writing of any failure to comply with its agreements, representations and warranties contained in this Agreement.  Any such written notification will describe such failure or event in reasonable detail and be signed by the President of the Borrower.  So long as no notice is given, a continuing representation shall be in effect that no failure exists, and the Lender will be entitled to rely upon that continuing representation.

 

3.14                         Emerging Technology Fund .  The Loan meets, and the use of Advances will at all times meet, the requirements of a qualified investment under the Commonwealth of Massachusetts’ Emerging Technology Fund (the “ Fund ”) created under Chapter 23 of the Massachusetts General Laws (the “ Fund Law ”) and that such use will at all times generate a benefit to the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.  There shall be at all times, until the Obligations are repaid in full, at least two private parties, including the Borrower, with funds at risk and/or liable for repayment in the financing subject hereof as required by the Fund Law.  The Loan is being funded solely from the Fund and not from the general assets of Lender.

 

3.15                         Continuing Security Interest .  The Equipment of the Borrower in which the Lender has been granted a security interest and all additions, substitutions, replacements and improvements to, and the proceeds of, the foregoing will continue to constitute collateral security for all Obligations.

 

3.16                         Employee Pension Benefit Plans .  The Borrower will (i) fund any of its Employee Pension Benefit Plans in accordance with no less than the minimum funding standards of 29 U.S.C.A. 1082 (Section 302 of ERISA); and (ii) furnish the Lender, promptly after the filing of the same, with copies of any reports or other statements filed with the United States Department of Labor or the Internal Revenue Service with respect to any such Plan.

 

3.17                         Minimum Cash Balance .  Borrower shall maintain at all times a minimum cash balance of $1,000,000 on Borrower’s balance sheet at all times.

 

3.18                         Equipment Purchases .  Borrower shall use the proceeds of the Loan to finance no more than eighty-five percent (85%) of the invoice costs of new equipment purchased inclusive of new upgrade equipment purchased in November 2010.

 

11



 

3.19                         Warrant .  On the Closing Date, Borrower will grant and issue a Warrant to the Lender granting Lender the right to purchase from Borrower 16,000 shares of validly issued Series D Preferred Stock of the Borrower with the exercise price per share equal to $6.00.  The term of the Warrant shall be ten (10) years (the “ Warrant Term ”), provided that, in the event of an IPO, the Warrant Term shall be the later to occur of the (10) years or five (5) years from the date of the IPO and the Warrant shall survive termination of the Loan for any reason.  The shares shall of Series D Preferred Stock be by their terms at any time convertible into shares of common stock of the Borrower by the Lender.  The Warrant shall contain customary cashless exercise rights.  The Series D Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrant shall have the same registration and anti-dilution rights as those shares of Series D Preferred Stock issued in recent equity financings.  In connection with receiving such registration rights, the holder of the Warrant agrees to enter into the Company’s Amended and Restated Information and Registration Rights Agreement dates as of June 18, 2008, as then amended or restated, as an “Investor” thereunder upon exercise of the Warrant.

 

3.20                         Employment Data .  Borrower shall furnish to Lender as soon as practicable (and in any event within thirty (30) days) after the end of each calendar year, employment data for the Borrower’s operations in Massachusetts in a form reasonably acceptable to Lender.

 

3.21                         Intercreditor Agreement .  Venture Lending & Leasing V, Inc. and Venture Lending & Leasing VI, Inc. (together, “VLL”) and the Lender shall have entered into an Intercreditor Agreement carving out the Collateral for this Loan from VLL’s security interest in the form of Exhibit E hereto.

 

3.22                         Subordination Agreement .  The investors listed on Schedule 3.22 hereto and Lender shall have entered into a Subordination Agreement amending certain Convertible Promissory Notes to prohibit payment thereon so long as the Loan remains outstanding, upon mutually satisfactory terms in the form of Exhibit F hereto.

 

3.23                         Negative Covenants .  The Borrower further covenants and agrees that, so long as any Obligations remain outstanding, it will comply, at all times with the following negative covenants unless the Lender shall otherwise have agreed in writing:

 

(a)                                  The Borrower shall not sell, offer to sell, lease, or otherwise transfer or dispose of the Collateral or any part thereof or any interest therein except for (i) equipment which is replaced with new equipment; (ii) Collateral which is otherwise substituted by the Lender (and which the Lender has obtained a first position perfected security interest in) or (iii) Permitted Transfers.

 

(b)                                  Except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement, the Borrower shall not terminate its existence, dissolve, wind up, or liquidate its business.

 

(c)                                   The Borrower shall not cease the Operations at the Project Location without the Lender’s consent; provided, however, the Borrower may transfer the lease to another location within the Commonwealth of Massachusetts in accordance with Section 3.7 hereto, nor shall the Borrower move Operations from the Project Location to a location outside of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

12



 

(d)                                  The Borrower shall not grant a subordinate security interest in any Collateral to which Lender is granted a first priority security interest, without Lender’s prior written consent.

 

3.24                         Landlord Consents .  The Landlord under the Lease shall acknowledge in writing that the Collateral are not fixtures nor otherwise now or will hereafter be part of the Landlord’s real property, or, if they become fixtures, Landlord must agree to reasonable arrangements for removal, at Lender’s request, to the extent feasible and grant Lender a right to enter the leased premises to exercise remedies in relation to the Collateral at the Project Location, if necessary.  Such consent shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit G hereto.

 

SECTION 4

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BORROWER

 

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lender, and the representations and warranties are continuing representations so long as any Obligations remain outstanding and will be deemed repeated and confirmed at the time of each request for an Advance under the Loan as though made at and as of such date, as follows:

 

4.1                                Business, Etc .  The Borrower is a corporation organized, existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and is registered to do business as a foreign corporation in each state where the Borrower is required to be so registered, except where the failure to so qualify would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  The Borrower has adequate authority and has all necessary material Permits to carry on its business and is entitled to own its property and to carry on its business, all as and in the places where its property is now owned or operated and its business is conducted.  The Borrower is not a member of any partnership or joint venture, and, as of the Closing Date, the Borrower has no subsidiaries other than those listed in Schedule 4.1 attached hereto.

 

4.2                                Compliance with Legal Requirements/Litigation .  The Borrower is in compliance in all material respects with all Legal Requirements governing the conduct of its business.  The Borrower shall diligently pursue and obtain all material Permits necessary for the conduct of its business and the use of its properties and assets, as presently conducted, owned and used or as proposed to be conducted, owned and used.  The Borrower has not received any notice, not heretofore complied with, from any Governmental Authority or any insurance, accreditation or inspection body that any of its properties, facilities, equipment, procedures or practices fails to comply in any material respect with any applicable Legal Requirement, any Permit or any other requirement of any such authority or body.  No authorization, consent, approval, license, exemption of or filing or registration with any Governmental Authority is or will be necessary to the valid execution or delivery of, or for the performance by the Borrower of its obligations under, this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or other instrument provided for or contemplated by this Agreement, with the exception of consents and approvals heretofore obtained.  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.2 attached hereto, there are no actions, suits or proceedings pending, or to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or affecting the Borrower or its property in any court or before or by any Governmental Authority.

 

13



 

The Borrower is not in default with respect to any order, writ, injunction, decree or demand of any Governmental Authority.

 

4.3                                Capacity .  The Borrower is authorized under all applicable laws to make and perform the Loan Documents, to which it is a party, and all action on its part required for the making and performance of the Loan Documents, to which it is a party, has been taken.  Each of the Loan Documents is the valid and enforceable obligation of the Borrower in accordance with its respective terms, subject to laws of general application affecting creditors’ rights.  Neither the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents, nor compliance with the terms thereof, will conflict with or result in a breach of any provisions of the Borrower’s organizational documents or of any agreement to which the Borrower is now a party or by which it is bound, or constitute a default under any of the foregoing, or result in the creation of any encumbrance upon any property of the Borrower under the terms of any such agreement.

 

4.4                                Disclosure .  None of the Loan Documents and no certificate or statement furnished to the Lender by the Borrower in connection with the transactions contemplated under the Loan Documents, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein not misleading.  There is no fact presently in existence which now affects or which the Borrower believes is likely in the future (so far as the Borrower can now reasonably foresee) to affect, in a way which is both material and adverse, the business or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower its property or the property subject to the Leases, which fact has not been set forth in this Agreement or in a certificate or statement furnished to the Lender by the Borrower.

 

4.5                                Use of Proceeds .  The proceeds of the Loan are to be used for equipment purchases.  No part of the proceeds of the Loan will be used for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any “margin security” as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

 

4.6                                Taxes .  Except as set forth on Schedule 4.6 attached hereto, the Borrower has filed all required tax returns and paid all applicable Federal, state and local taxes, other than (a) taxes not yet due or which may be paid in the future without penalty, or (b) taxes which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which the Borrower has established adequate reserves.  The Borrower has no knowledge of any deficiency or additional assessment in connection with any taxes not provided for on its books.

 

4.7                                Title to Assets .  The Borrower has good, clear and marketable title to the Collateral, free of any mortgages, pledges, charges, liens, security interests or other encumbrances other than Permitted Liens.  All Collateral owned by the Borrower is in good condition and working order (ordinary wear and tear excepted), and has not been damaged without restoration to Lender’s satisfaction.

 

4.8                                Employee Benefits Plans .

 

4.8.1                      No “reportable event” (as defined in Section 4043(b) of ERISA) (whether or not waived) has occurred or is continuing with respect to any “employee pension

 

14



 

benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3 of ERISA) maintained for employees of the Borrower (a “ Pension Benefit Plan ”).

 

4.8.2                      No prohibited transaction (within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA) has occurred with respect to any Pension Benefit Plan or any other “employee benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3 of ERISA) (together with a Pension Benefit Plan, an “ Employee Plan ”) maintained for employees of the Borrower and covered by Part 4 of the Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA.

 

4.8.3                      With respect to each Pension Benefit Plan, the amount for which the Borrower would be liable pursuant to the provisions of Sections 4062, 4063 or 4064 of ERISA would be zero if such plans terminated on the date of this Agreement.  The accumulated benefit obligation under all defined benefit plans of the Borrower was less than the fair value of the assets of those plans.

 

4.8.4                      The Borrower is not now, nor has been during the preceding five (5) years, a contributing employer to a “multiemployer plan” (as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA) (a “ Multiemployer Plan” ).  The Borrower has not (a) ceased operations at a facility so as to become subject to the provisions of Section 4062(f) of ERISA, (b) withdrawn as a substantial employer so as to become subject to the provisions of Section 4063 of ERISA, (c) ceased making contributions on or before the date hereof to any Pension Benefit Plan subject to the provisions of Section 4064(a) of ERISA to which the Borrower made contributions during any of the five (5) years prior to the date hereof, (d) incurred or caused to occur a “complete withdrawal” (within the meaning of Section 4203 of ERISA) or a “partial withdrawal” (within the meaning of Section 4205 of ERISA) from a Multiemployer Plan that is a Pension Benefit Plan so as to incur withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA (without regard to subsequent reduction or waiver of such liability under Sections 4207 or 4208 of ERISA), or (e) been a party to any transaction or agreement under which the provisions of Section 4204 of ERISA were applicable.

 

4.8.5                      No notice of intent to terminate a Pension Benefit Plan has been filed, nor has any Plan been terminated, pursuant to the provisions of Section 4041(f) of ERISA.

 

4.8.6                      The PBGC has not instituted proceedings to terminate (or appoint a trustee to administer) a Pension Benefit Plan and no event has occurred or condition exists which might constitute grounds under the provisions of Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of (or the appointment of a trustee to administer) any such Plan.

 

4.8.7                      The Borrower does not maintain and has never maintained any Pension Benefit Plan that is subject to the provisions of Title I, Subtitle B, Part 3 of ERISA.

 

4.8.8                      There are no actions, suits or claims pending (other than routine claims for benefits) or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, which could reasonably be expected to be asserted, against any Employee Plan or the assets of any such plan.  No civil or criminal action brought pursuant to the provisions of Title I, Subtitle B, Part 5 of ERISA is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against any fiduciary of

 

15



 

any Employee Plan.  None of the Employee Plans or any fiduciary thereof has been the direct or indirect subject of an audit, investigation or examination by any governmental or quasi-governmental agency.

 

4.8.9                      All of the Employee Plans comply currently, and have complied in the past, in all material respects both as to form and operation, with their terms and with the provisions of ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and all other applicable laws, rules and regulations (including, but not limited to, the Tax Reform Act of 1986 and all subsequent federal legislation affecting qualified plans generally); all necessary governmental approvals for the Employee Plans have been obtained and a favorable determination as to the qualification under Section 401(a) of such Code of each of the Pension Benefit Plans and each amendment thereto has been made by the Internal Revenue Service and a recognition of exemption from federal income taxation under Section 510(a) of the Code of each of the funded welfare benefit plans within the meaning of Section 3(1) of ERISA has been made by the Internal Revenue Service, and nothing has occurred since the date of each such determination or recognition letter that would adversely affect such qualification.

 

4.9                                Financial Statements .  The Financial Statements are complete and accurate and fairly present the financial condition of the Borrower as at the dates thereof and for the periods covered thereby, and were prepared in accordance with GAAP (subject in the case of quarterly Financial Statements, to year end adjustments and the absence of footnotes).  The Borrower has no liability, contingent or otherwise, which is not disclosed in the Financial Statements or in any notes thereto that could materially adversely affect the financial condition of the Borrower.  The following representations are true on the date of this Agreement and shall be true at the date of each Advance, in each case since the date of the most recently delivered financial statements: (a) there has been no Material Adverse Effect; (b) neither the business, condition, or operations of the Borrower nor any of its properties or assets has been materially adversely affected as the result of any legislative or regulatory change, any revocation or change in any Permit, or any other event or occurrence, whether or not insured against; and (c) except as disclosed in writing to Lender, the Borrower has not experienced any material controversy or problem with its employees or with any labor organization that the Borrower reasonably determines may have a Material Adverse Effect on the business of the Borrower.

 

4.10                         Environmental Compliance .  To Borrower’s knowledge, Borrower has not owned, occupied or operated a site on which any Hazardous Substances were or are stored without compliance with all Environmental Laws, or disposed of, transported, or arranged for the transport of any Hazardous Substances without compliance with all Environmental Laws, or caused or been legally responsible for any release of any Hazardous Substances.  To Borrower’s knowledge, Borrower and each of its properties, whether or not subject to a Lease, is now in compliance with all Environmental Laws.

 

4.11                         Incorporated Representations and Warranties .  The representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in the other Loan Documents are hereby incorporated herein by reference, and all of such representations and warranties are true and correct as of the date made (except for changes which are expressly permitted by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents).

 

16



 

SECTION 5

 

DEFAULTS; EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

5.1                                Default Defined .  The following events will constitute Defaults, which, if not cured within any applicable grace period following any applicable notice, will constitute Events of Default:

 

5.1.1                      The failure to pay within ten (10) days of when it becomes due any principal of the Loan;

 

5.1.2                      The failure to pay within ten (10) days of when it becomes due any interest on the Loan;

 

5.1.3                      If the Borrower moves the Equipment or the Operations financed by this Loan from the Project Location to a location outside of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, or ceases such Operations at the Project Location for any reason without the Lender’s consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), or if the Borrower ceases its Operations currently performed in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, or moves its Operations business out of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

5.1.4                      If (a) there is a failure to pay any Obligations other than principal and interest hereunder which continues beyond any applicable period of grace, or (b) there is a failure, other than in the payment of money, to materially perform or materially observe any Obligations which continues beyond any applicable period of grace, (c) any statement, certificate, report, financial statement, representation, covenant or warranty made or furnished by the Borrower in this Agreement or in connection with the Loan Documents or in compliance with the provisions of the Loan Documents proves to have been false or erroneous in any material respect;

 

5.1.5                      If the Borrower terminates its existence or (a) is or becomes insolvent within the meaning of the Massachusetts Uniform Commercial Code; (b) files a petition in bankruptcy or a petition to take advantage of any insolvency act; (c) makes an assignment for the benefit of its creditors; (d) consents to the appointment of a receiver or custodian of itself or of the whole or any substantial part of its property; (e) is named debtor party in an involuntary bankruptcy proceeding which is not vacated or set aside within ninety (90) days; or (f) files a petition or answer seeking reorganization or arrangement under any Federal or state law;

 

5.1.6                      If a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order (a) appointing, without consent of the Borrower, a receiver or custodian of the Borrower or of the whole or any substantial part of the Borrower’s property, or (b) approving a petition filed against the Borrower seeking reorganization or arrangement under any Federal or state law, and such order is not vacated or set aside or stayed within sixty (60) days after it is entered;

 

5.1.7                      If, under the provisions of any law for the relief or aid of debtors, any court of competent jurisdiction assumes custody or control of the Borrower or of the

 

17



 

whole or any substantial part of its property, and such custody or control is not terminated or stayed within thirty (30) days after the date of assumption of such custody or control;

 

5.1.8                      If final judgment for the payment of money in excess of $100,000 is entered by any court against the Borrower, and within thirty (30) days after entry of the judgment the Borrower does not (a) discharge the judgment or provide for its discharge in accordance with its terms, or (b) procure a stay of execution and within said period of thirty (30) days, or such longer period during which execution of the judgment has been stayed, appeal and cause the execution to be stayed during the appeal;

 

5.1.9                      Any failure by the Borrower (a) to pay when due the principal of, or interest or premium on, any Indebtedness greater than $250,000 (other than the Loan) incurred or assumed by the Borrower for money borrowed or for the acquisition of property other than payments in genuine dispute or (b) to perform or observe any of the obligations which are imposed on the Borrower by any agreements securing or evidencing such Indebtedness or under which such Indebtedness is issued in each case in any amount greater than $50,000, and in either case such failure is not cured within any applicable period of grace; and

 

5.1.10               A default by Borrower under the Lease, which is continuing for more than any applicable cure period, unless Borrower is and continues to diligently work to cure same..

 

5.1.11               If neither the Lease nor any successor lease located in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (which successor lease has been consented to by Lender in accordance with Section 3.7) has a term at lease as long as the remaining Term of the this Loan.

 

5.2                                Effect of Default .  If an Event of Default occurs, the Borrower’s right to request Advances will terminate immediately and without notice, and the Lender may, to the extent permitted by law and without notice to the Borrower, declare the principal of and all interest on the Loan to be immediately due and payable.

 

5.3                                Enforcement .  If any Event of Default has occurred, the Lender may, to the extent permitted by law and without notice to the Borrower, declare the principal of and all interest on the Loan to be immediately due and payable, and the Lender may proceed to protect and enforce its rights either by suit in equity and/or by action at law, whether for the specific performance of any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, or proceed to enforce the payment of the Loan or to enforce other legal or equitable rights of the Lender pursuant to the Loan Documents.

 

SECTION 6

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

6.1                                Remedies Cumulative: Remedies not Waived .  No remedy conferred on the Lender is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy and each remedy is cumulative and in addition to every other remedy given under this Agreement and the Loan Documents or now or

 

18



 

in the future existing at law or in equity or by statute.  No course of dealing between the Borrower and the Lender nor any delay on the part of the Lender in exercising any rights under this Agreement will operate as a waiver of any of the Lender’s rights.

 

6.2                                Limited Recourse .  In consideration of the Lender’s agreement to enter into this Agreement and make the Loan, to the extent that the Borrower ever has any off-sets, defenses or claims against the Lender, its subsidiaries, affiliates, parents, officers, directors, employees, agents, predecessors, successors and assigns, both present and former (collectively, the “ Lender Affiliates ”), the Borrower and its partners, subsidiaries, affiliates, parents, officers, directors, employees, agents, heirs, successors, assigns, and executors, (collectively, the “ Obligor Parties ”), agree that any recourse an Obligor Party may have against the Lender or the Lender Affiliates will be limited to the Fund for any action and actions, cause and causes of action, suits, debts, controversies, damages, judgments, executions, claims and demands whatsoever asserted or unasserted, in contract, tort, law or in equity which the Obligor Parties may have upon or against the Lender or the Lender Affiliates by reason of any matter, cause, causes or thing whatsoever including, without limitation, to any claim that relates to, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly (a) the making or administration of the Loan, including, without limitation, such claims and defenses based on fraud, mistake, duress, usury, misrepresentation, or any other claim based on so-called “lender liability theories”; (b) any covenants, agreements, duties, or obligations set forth in the Loan Documents; (c) the actions or omissions of any of the Lender and/or the Lender Affiliates in connection with the initiation or continuing exercise of any right or remedy contained in the Loan Documents or at law or in equity; (d) lost profits; (e) loss of business opportunity; (f) increased financing costs; (g) increased legal or administrative fees; or (h) damages to business reputation.

 

6.3                                Participation .  The Lender shall have the unrestricted right at any time and from time to time, and without the consent of but with notice to the Borrower, to grant to one or more financial institutions approved by the Lender (each a “ Participant ”) participating interests in the Lender’s obligations to lend hereunder and/or any or all of the Loan.  In the event of any such grant by the Lender of a participating interest to a Participant, whether or not upon notice to the Borrower, the Lender shall remain responsible for the performance of its obligations hereunder and the Borrower shall continue to deal solely and directly with the Lender in connection with the Lender’s rights and obligations hereunder.  The Lender may furnish any information concerning the Borrower in its possession from time to time to any prospective assignees and Participants, provided that the Lender shall require any such prospective assignee or Participant to agree in writing to maintain the confidentiality of such information.

 

6.4                                Replacement of Documents .  Upon receipt of an affidavit of an officer of the Lender as to the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of the Note or any Loan Document which is not of public record and, in the case of any such loss, theft, destruction or mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of such Note or other Loan Document, the Borrower will issue, in lieu thereof, a replacement note or other document in the same principal amount thereof and otherwise of like tenor; provided that in the case of the replacement of the Note, Warrant or other promissory note or security of Borrower, such replacement shall be subject to the Lender’s agreement to indemnify Borrower with respect to such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note, Warrant, other promissory note or security of Borrower.

 

19



 

6.5                                Attorneys’ Fees and Expenses .  The Borrower shall pay for or reimburse the Lender for all of its underwriting and due diligence costs associated with the Loan, including, but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs, and expenses incurred by the Lender in connection with the preparation of the Loan Documents, closing the transaction described in the Loan Documents, and enforcing its rights with respect to the Loan Documents or any collateral for the Loan.

 

6.6                                Third Party Purchaser .  The Lender shall have the unrestricted right at any time or from time to time, and without the Borrower’s consent, but with notice to Borrower, to sell, assign, endorse, or transfer all or any portion of its rights and obligations hereunder to one or more financial institutions approved by the Lender (each, an “ Assignee ”) and, the Borrower agrees upon notice that it shall execute, or cause to be executed such documents as long as said documents do not contain and/or effectuate any material changes to the Note, Loan Agreement and all related documents, including without limitation, amendments to this Agreement and to any other documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection herewith as the Lender shall reasonably deem necessary to effect the foregoing.  In addition, at the request of the Lender and any such Assignee, the Borrower shall issue one or more new promissory notes, as applicable, as long as said documents do not contain and/or effectuate any material changes to the Note, Loan Agreement and all related documents, to any such Assignee and, if the Lender has retained any of its rights and obligations hereunder following such assignment, to the Lender, which new promissory notes shall be issued in replacement of, but not in discharge of, the liability evidenced by the note held by the Lender prior to such assignment and shall reflect the amount of the respective commitments and loans held by such Assignee and the Lender after giving effect to such assignment.  Upon the execution and delivery of appropriate assignment documentation, amendments and any other documentation required by the Lender in connection with such assignment, with copies of the foregoing to Borrower, and the payment by Assignee of the purchase price agreed to by the Lender and such Assignee, such Assignee shall be a party to this Agreement and shall have all of the rights and obligations of the Lender hereunder (and under any and all other guaranties, documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection herewith) to the extent that such rights and obligations have been assigned by the Lender and assumed by Assignee pursuant to the assignment documentation between the Lender and Assignee, and the Lender shall be released from its obligations hereunder and thereunder to a corresponding extent.

 

6.7                                Survival of Agreements, Parties in Interest, Etc .  All agreements, representations and warranties made by the Borrower in the Loan Documents or in any other document delivered to the Lender in connection with the Loan Documents by or on behalf of the Borrower, will survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents to the Lender.  All statements contained in any document delivered by or on behalf of the Borrower in connection with the Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement constitute representations and warranties by the Borrower.  All the terms, representations and warranties in this Agreement are binding upon and inure to the benefit of and are enforceable by and against the respective successors and assigns of the parties to this Agreement whether so expressed or not.

 

6.8                                Usury .  The Borrower shall not be obligated to pay and the Lender shall not collect interest at a rate higher than the maximum permitted by law or the maximum that will not subject the Lender to any civil or criminal penalties.  If, because of the acceleration of maturity

 

20


 

the payment of interest in advance or any other reason, the Borrower is required, under the provisions of any Loan Document or otherwise, to pay interest at a rate in excess of such maximum rate, the rate of interest under such provisions shall immediately and automatically be reduced to such maximum rate and any payment made in excess of such maximum rate, together with interest thereon at the rate provided herein from the date of such payment, shall be immediately and automatically applied to the reduction of the unpaid principal balance of the Note as of the date on which such excess payment was made.  If the amount to be so applied to reduction of the unpaid principal balance exceeds the unpaid principal balance, the amount of such excess shall be refunded by the Lender to the Borrower.

 

6.9          Notices, Etc .  All notices, demands and other communications under this Agreement must be in writing and be delivered in hand or sent by courier, express mail, or first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the parties, respectively, as follows:

 

If to the Borrower:

 

CONFORMIS, Inc.

 

 

11 North Avenue

 

 

Burlington, MA 01803

 

 

Attn: Philipp Lang, M.D., President and CEO

 

 

 

With a copy to:

 

David J. Cerveny, Senior Vice President,

 

 

Intellectual Property and General Counsel

 

 

CONFORMIS, Inc.

 

 

11 North Avenue

 

 

Burlington, MA 01803

 

 

Telephone:  (781) 345-9121

 

 

Fax:  (781) 345-0147

 

 

E-mail:

 

 

 

If to the Lender:

 

Massachusetts Development Finance Agency

 

 

160 Federal Street

 

 

Boston, MA 02110

 

 

Attention:   General Counsel

 

 

 

With a copy to:

 

Mirick, O’Connell, DeMallie & Lougee, LLP

 

 

100 Front Street

 

 

Worcester, MA 01608

 

 

Attention:  Robert P. Lombardi, Esq.

 

 

Telephone:  (508) 929-1606

 

 

E-mail:   rlombardi@ mirickoconnell.com

 

Either party may designate another address to which communications are to be sent or another Person to receive copies of communications.  Any communication will become effective only when received by the Person to whom it is given.  However, if it is mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, it will be deemed to be received on the earlier of (i) the third business day after it is mailed, or (ii) the day it is actually received.

 

21



 

6.10        Governing Law .  The Loan Documents are each contracts made under and to be construed according to the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts without reference to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof.  The Borrower and the Lender agree that all actions or proceedings in any way arising out of or related to the Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated under the Loan Documents will be litigated in courts located in Suffolk County, Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

6.11        Waiver of Jury Trial .  THE BORROWER AND THE LENDER MUTUALLY HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVE THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM BASED HEREON, ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS CONTEMPLATED TO BE EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF ANY PARTY.  THIS WAIVER CONSTITUTES A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THE LENDER TO ACCEPT THIS AGREEMENT AND MAKE THE LOAN.

 

6.12        Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, and each executed copy constitutes an original instrument but the counterparts together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

6.13        Headings .  The headings of the several sections, divisions or subsections of this Agreement are not to be construed to constitute any part of this Agreement.

 

6.14        Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid under any applicable Legal Requirements, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement that can be given effect without the invalid provision, and, to this end, the provisions hereof are severable.

 

22



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower has signed this Agreement and the Lender has caused this Agreement to be signed in its behalf, in its corporate name by its authorized officer, as a sealed instrument all as of the day and year first above written.

 

Attest:

 

CONFORMIS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ David Cerveny 6/28/11

 

By:

/s/ Philipp Lang

 

 

Name:

Philipp Lang, M.D.

 

 

Title:

President and CEO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

MASSACHUSETTS DEVELOPMENT FINANCE AGENCY

 

 

 

[/s/ signature]

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Laura L. Canter

 

 

Name:

Laura Canter

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice President

 

23



 

EXHIBIT A

 

PRELIMINARY CLOSING DOCUMENT AGENDA

 

$1,445,000 TERM LOAN
TO BE PROVIDED BY
MASSACHUSETTS DEVELOPMENT FINANCE AGENCY
TO
CONFORMIS, INC.

 

CLOSING DATE:  JUNE 28, 2011

 

LENDER:

 

Massachusetts Development Finance Agency

 

 

160 Federal Street 7 th  Floor

 

 

Boston, Massachusetts 02110

 

 

Attention:

James P. Kenney

 

 

E-Mail:

Jkenney@massdevelopment.com

 

 

Telephone:

(617) 330-2049

 

 

Facsimile

(617) 330-2001

 

 

 

BORROWER:

 

CONFORMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation

 

 

11 North Avenue

 

 

Burlington, Massachusetts 01803

 

 

Attention:

Philipp Lang, M.D., President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

E-Mail:

 

 

 

Telephone:

 

 

 

Facsimile

 

 

 

 

LENDER’S COUNSEL:

 

Mirick, O’Connell, DeMallie & Lougee, LLP

 

 

100 Front Street

 

 

Worcester, Massachusetts 01608

 

 

Attention:

Robert P. Lombardi, Esquire

 

 

E-Mail:

rlombardi@mirickoconnell.com

 

 

Telephone:

(508) 791-8500

 

 

Facsimile

(508) 983-6268

 

 

 

 

 

or

 

 

 

 

 

Attention:

Denise S. Butler, Esquire

 

 

E-Mail:

dbutler@mirickoconnell.com

 

 

Telephone:

(508) 929-1657

 

 

Facsimile

(508) 463-1388

 

 

 

BORROWER’S COUNSEL:

 

 

 

 

Attention:

 

 

 

E-Mail:

 

 

 

Telephone:

 

 

 

Facsimile:

 

 



 

SUMMARY OF TRANSACTION:

 

Lender, through the Emerging Technology Fund, intends to provide up to a $1,445,000 term loan to Borrower secured by certain equipment to be purchased with such loan.

 

What follows is a preliminary listing of the items required by Lender to close.  This listing is subject to further revision as the circumstances may warrant or require.  In addition, a notation has been made of the party or attorney who will be required to draft or furnish the particular item.

 

Legend:

(i)

B

=

Borrower

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

BC

=

Borrower’s Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

L

=

Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)

LC

=

Lender’s Counsel

 



 

Agenda
Number

 

Item

 

Responsible
Party

 

Status

I.             LOAN DOCUMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitment Letter dated as of May 18, 2011

 

LC

 

 

 

 

1.1

Loan Agreement

 

LC

 

In agreed form. Sent to B for final sign-off.

 

 

1.2

$ 1,445,000 Term Note

 

LC

 

In agreed form. Sent to B for final sign-off.

 

 

1.3

Security Agreement

 

LC

 

In agreed form. Sent to B for final sign-off.

 

 

1.4

Perfection Certificate

 

LC

 

In agreed form. Sent to B for final sign-off.

 

 

1.5

Form of Warrant of Borrower

 

BC

 

To be delivered to Lender and Lender’s counsel not less than 10 days before closing

 

 

1.6

(a) UCC-1 Financing Statement(s) to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware

(b) UCC-1 Financing Statement(s) to be filed with the Secretary of State of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts

 

LC

 

Need Borrower Tax ID #

 

 

1.7

Evidence of Insurance (Acord 27) for Borrower naming Lender as Loss Payee on Collateral (to be issued upon funding), including: (i) General Liability and (ii) Fire and Extended coverage

 

B

 

To be provided by B.

 

 

1.8

Collateral — Serial Numbers

 

B

 

Complete

 



 

Agenda
Number

 

Item

 

Responsible
Party

 

Status

II.            REAL ESTATE MATTERS

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.1

Certified Copies of the Lease

 

B

 

To be provided by B.

 

 

2.2

Landlord’s Consent, and Waiver

 

BC

 

Draft circulated by LC. To be discussed with B.

 

 

2.3

Landlord’s Estoppel Certificate

 

BC

 

In agreed form. Sent to B for final sign-off.

III.          BORROWER AND GUARANTOR ORGANIZATIONAL AND AUTHORITY DOCUMENTS

 

 

3.1

Secretary’s Certificate of Borrower regarding Certificate of Formation, certified by the Delaware Secretary of State, Bylaws of Borrower (including copy of the amendments), votes, consents and other authority items of Borrower and a Certificate of Incumbency of the officers of Borrower with signature specimens

 

BC

 

B to provide

 

 

3.2

Certificates of Good Standing of Borrower issued by Delaware Secretary of State and the Secretary of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts

 

BC

 

B to provide

IV.          LEGAL OPINIONS

 

 

Legal Opinion of Counsel for the Borrower (Due Authority; Enforceability)

 

BC

 

BC to provide

V.            THIRD PARTY/AGREEMENTS AND DISCHARGES

 

 

5.1

UCC, Tax and Judgment Search Reports for:

 

LC

 

 

 

 

 

a.         Borrower

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.2

UCC-3 Termination Statements required, if any

 

BC

 

 

 

 

5.3

Confirmation of Investment Checking

 

B/L

 

 

 



 

Agenda
Number

 

Item

 

Responsible
Party

 

Status

 

 

5.4

Intercreditor Agreement

 

LC

 

In agreed form. Sent to B for final sign-off.

 

 

5.5

Subordination Agreement

 

LC

 

In agreed form. Sent to B for final sign-off.

VI.          FUNDING/DISBURSEMENTS

 

 

6.1

Requisition Certificate (disbursement instructions for Closing)

 

LC

 

 

 

 

6.2

Payment of Lender’s Fees and Expenses

 

B

 

 

 

 

6.3

Payment of Lender’s Counsel Fees and Expenses

 

B

 

 

 

 

6.4

Post Closing Letter, if required

 

LC

 

 

 

 

6.5

Such Other Documents Deemed Necessary or Appropriate by Lender or its Counsel

 

LC

 

 

 


 

EXHIBIT B
REQUISITION CERTIFICATE

 

June 29, 2011

 

Massachusetts Development Finance Agency is hereby authorized to pay: 

 

                                                                                 DOLLARS ($                                ) to the order of the following:

 

1.

 

Fees and Disbursements to Mirick O’Connell

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.

 

Fees to

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.

 

Advance to Borrower per Section          of Loan Agreement

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL DISBURSEMENTS:

 

$

 

 

 

Attest:

 

CONFORMIS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Philipp Lang, MD., President

 



 

EXHIBIT C

 

(Form of Warrant)

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES PURCHASABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), AND ARE “RESTRICTED SECURITIES” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 PROMULGATED UNDER THE ACT.  THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE DISTRIBUTED OR DISPOSED OF EXCEPT (I) IN CONJUNCTION WITH AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SECURITIES UNDER THE ACT, (II) IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144, OR (III) PURSUANT TO AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION OR COMPLIANCE IS NOT REQUIRED AS TO SAID SALE, OFFER, TRANSFER, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER DISTRIBUTION OR DISPOSITION.

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES PURCHASABLE HEREUNDER ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AS SET FORTH HEREIN.

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE
SERIES D PREFERRED STOCK OF
CONFORMIS, INC.

 

(Void after             ,2021)

 

This certifies that Massachusetts Development Finance Agency, a body corporate and politic created under and acting pursuant to authority derived from Chapter 23G of the Massachusetts General Laws, as amended, or rightful assigns (the “ Holder ”), for value received, is entitled to purchase from ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), subject to the terms set forth of this Warrant (this “ Warrant ”) issued as of              ,2011 (the “ Effective Date ”), a maximum of 16,000 fully-paid and nonassessable shares (subject to adjustment as provided herein) of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock (the “ Warrant Shares ”) for cash at a price of $6.00 per share (the “ Exercise Price ”) (subject to adjustment as provided herein) at any time or from time to time up to and including 5:00 p.m. (Massachusetts time) on the earlier of (i) a sale or exchange of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (other than a sale or exchange to a subsidiary corporation of the Company or a sale or exchange effected for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction) or the merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such transaction shall own less than a majority of the voting securities or power of the surviving entity immediately subsequent to such transaction (other than a merger or consolidation effected for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction), or (ii)              ,2021, such earliest day being referred to herein as the “ Expiration Date ,” upon surrender to the Company at its principal office (or at such other location as the Company may advise the Holder in writing) of this Warrant properly endorsed with the Form of Subscription attached hereto duly filled in and signed and upon payment in cash or by check of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares for which this Warrant is being exercised determined in accordance with the provisions hereof; provided however, that if the Company conducts an initial underwritten public offering of its common stock (the “ Common Stock ”) pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as

 



 

amended (the “ Act ”), prior to the occurrence of (i) and (ii) above, the Expiration Date shall instead be the date five years after the initial closing of such initial public offering.  The Exercise Price is subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3 of this Warrant.

 

This Warrant is subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

1.                                        Exercise, Issuance of Certificates, Reduction in Number of Warrant Shares .

 

1.1.                               General .  This Warrant is exercisable at the option of the Holder of record hereof on or prior to the Expiration Date, at any time or from time to time following its issuance, for all or any part of the Warrant Shares (but not for a fraction of a share) which may be purchased hereunder, as that number may be adjusted pursuant to Section 3 of this Warrant.  The Company agrees that the Warrant Shares purchased under this Warrant shall be and are deemed to be issued to the Holder hereof as the record owner of such Warrant Shares as of the close of business on the date on which this Warrant shall have been surrendered, properly endorsed, the completed and executed Form of Subscription delivered, and payment made for such Warrant Shares.  Certificates for the Warrant Shares so purchased, together with any other securities or property to which the Holder hereof is entitled upon such exercise, shall be delivered to the Holder hereof by the Company at the Company’s expense as soon as practicable after the rights represented by this Warrant have been so exercised.  In case of a purchase of less than all of the Warrant Shares which may be purchased under this Warrant, the Company shall cancel this Warrant and execute and deliver to the Holder hereof within a reasonable time a new Warrant or Warrants of like tenor for the balance of the Warrant Shares purchasable under this Warrant surrendered upon such purchase.  Each stock certificate so delivered shall be registered in the name of such Holder.

 

1.2.                               Net Issue Exercise of Warrant .  Notwithstanding any provisions herein to the contrary, if the fair market value of one share of Series D Preferred Stock is greater than the Exercise Price (at the date of calculation as set forth below), in lieu of exercising this Warrant for cash, Holder may elect to receive shares of Series D Preferred Stock equal to the value (as determined below) of this Warrant (or the portion thereof being exercised) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together with the properly endorsed Form of Subscription in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder a number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock computed using the following formula:

 

 

X=

Y (A-B)

 

 

 

    A

 

 

 

 

 

Where

X=

the number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock to be issued to Holder

 

 

 

 

Y=

the number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock purchasable under this Warrant or, if only a portion of this Warrant is being exercised, the portion of this Warrant being exercised (at the date of such calculation)

 

 

 

 

A=

the fair market value of one share of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock (at the date of such calculation)

 

 

 

 

B=

the Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation)

 



 

For purposes of the above calculation, the fair market value of one share of Series D Preferred Stock shall be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in the good faith exercise of its reasonable business judgment; provided, however, that if at the time of such exercise the Company’s Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, then the fair market value per share shall be the product of (i) the average of the closing bid and asked prices of the Common Stock quoted in the over-the-counter market summary or the last reported sale price of the Common Stock or the closing price quoted on the NASDAQ National Market System or on any exchange on which the Common Stock is listed, whichever is applicable, as published in The Wall Street Journal for the five trading days prior to the date of determination of fair market value and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Series D Preferred Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event this Warrant is exercised in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of Common Stock, the fair market value per share shall be the product of (a) the per share offering price of the Common Stock to the public in the Company’s initial public offering, and (b) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Series D Preferred Stock is convertible at the time of such exercise.

 

2.                                        Warrant Shares to be Fully Paid; Reservation of Shares .  The Company covenants and agrees that all Warrant Shares, and all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such Warrant Shares, will, upon issuance and, if applicable, payment of the applicable Exercise Price, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of all preemptive rights, liens and encumbrances, except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.  The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized and unissued Series D Preferred Stock, solely for the purpose of providing for the exercise of the rights to purchase all Warrant Shares granted pursuant to this Warrant, such number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock as shall, from time to time, be sufficient therefor.  The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized and unissued Common Stock, solely for the purpose of providing for the conversion of all of Warrant Shares issuable pursuant to this Warrant, such number of shares of Common Stock as shall, from time to time, be sufficient therefor.

 

3.                                        Adjustment of Exercise Price and Number of Warrant Shares .  The Exercise Price and the total number of Warrant Shares shall be subject to adjustment from time to time upon the occurrence of certain events described in this Section 3.  Upon each adjustment of the Exercise Price, the Holder of this Warrant shall thereafter be entitled to purchase, at the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment, the number of shares obtained by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment by the number of shares purchasable pursuant hereto immediately prior to such adjustment, and dividing the product thereof by the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment.

 



 

3.1.                               Subdivision or Combination of Stock .  In the event the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be increased by a stock dividend, stock split, subdivision or other similar transaction occurring after the Effective Date into a greater number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock, the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall be proportionately reduced and the number of Warrant Shares issuable hereunder proportionately increased.  Conversely, in the event the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be decreased by reverse stock split, combination, consolidation or other similar transaction occurring after the Effective Date into a lesser number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock, the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased and the number of Warrant Shares issuable hereunder proportionately decreased.

 

3.2.                               Reclassification .  If any reclassification of the capital stock of the Company (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) (a “ Reclassification Event ”) shall be effected in such a way that holders of Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive other stock or securities of the Company, then, as a condition of such Reclassification Event, lawful and adequate provisions shall be made whereby the Holder hereof shall thereafter have the right to purchase and receive (in lieu of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock of the Company immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented hereby) such other stock or securities of the Company as may be issued with respect to or in exchange for that number of outstanding shares of such Series D Preferred Stock equal to the number of shares of such stock immediately theretofore purchasable and receivable upon the exercise of the rights represented hereby.  In any Reclassification Event, appropriate provision shall be made with respect to the rights and interests of the Holder to the end that the provisions hereof (including, without limitation, provisions for adjustments of the Exercise Price and of the number of Warrant Shares), shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as may be, in relation to any shares of stock or securities of the Company thereafter deliverable upon the exercise hereof.

 

3.3.                               Notice of Adjustment .  Upon any adjustment of the Exercise Price or any increase or decrease in the number of Warrant Shares, the Company shall give written notice thereof, by first class mail postage prepaid, addressed to the registered Holder at the address of such Holder as shown on the books of the Company.  The notice shall be prepared and signed by the Company’s Chief Financial Officer and shall state the Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment and the increase or decrease, if any, in the number of shares purchasable at such price upon the exercise of this Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail the method of calculation and the facts upon which such calculation is based.

 

4.                                        Registrable Securities .  Upon exercise of this Warrant, the Warrant Shares shall, on the terms set forth therein, be “Registrable Securities” under that certain Amended and Restated Information and Registration Rights Agreement dated as of June 18, 2008, as it may be amended or restated form time to time (the “ Rights Agreement ”), to which the Company and certain of its stockholders are parties, and the Holder shall be entitled to all rights granted to the other holders of Registrable Securities thereunder.  By its receipt of this Warrant, the Holder agrees, upon exercise of this Warrant, to be bound by the Rights Agreement as an “Investor” thereunder and to execute a counterpart signature page thereto.

 



 

5.                                        No Voting or Dividend Rights .  Nothing contained in this Warrant shall be construed as conferring upon the holder hereof the right to vote or to consent to receive notice as a stockholder of the Company on any other matters or any rights whatsoever as a stockholder of the Company.  No dividends or interest shall be payable or accrued in respect of this Warrant or the interest represented hereby or the shares purchasable hereunder until, and only to the extent that, this Warrant shall have been exercised.

 

6.                                        Compliance with Securities Act; Transferability of Warrant; Disposition of Warrant Shares and Common Stock.

 

6.1.                               Compliance with Securities Act .  The Holder, by acceptance hereof, agrees that this Warrant, the Warrant Shares and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Warrant Shares are being acquired for investment and that it shall not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of this Warrant, any Warrant Shares or any shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Warrant Shares except under circumstances which will not result in a violation of the Act or any applicable state securities laws.  This Warrant, the Warrant Shares and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Warrant Shares (unless registered under the Act) shall be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), AND ARE “RESTRICTED SECURITIES” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144 PROMULGATED UNDER THE ACT.  THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE DISTRIBUTED OR DISPOSED OF EXCEPT (I) IN CONJUNCTION WITH AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SECURITIES UNDER THE ACT, (II) IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144, OR (III) PURSUANT TO AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION OR COMPLIANCE IS NOT REQUIRED AS TO SAID SALE, OFFER, TRANSFER, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR OTHER DISTRIBUTION OR DISPOSITION.”

 

6.2.                               Accredited Investor; Access to Information; Pre-Existing Relationship .  Holder presently qualifies and will as of any exercise of this Warrant qualify as an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D of the rules and regulations promulgated under the Act.  The state or, if Holder does not reside in the United States, the country of residency of Holder (or, in the case of a partnership, corporation or other entity, such entity’s principal place of business) for purposes of the Company’s compliance with applicable securities laws is the state or country listed in Holder’s address as set forth on the signature pages to this Warrant.  Holder has had the opportunity to ask questions of, and to receive answers from, appropriate executive officers of the Company with respect to the terms and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and with respect to the business, affairs, financial condition and results of operations of the Company.  Holder has had access to such financial and other information as is

 



 

necessary in order for Holder to make a fully informed decision as to investment in the Company, and has had the opportunity to obtain any additional information necessary to verify any of such information to which Holder has had access.  Holder further represents and warrants that the Holder has either (a) a pre-existing relationship with the Company or one or more of its officers or directors consisting of personal or business contacts of a nature and duration which enable the Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and general business and financial circumstances of the Company or the officer or director with whom such relationship exists or (b) such business or financial expertise as to be able to protect the Holder’s own interests in connection with the purchase of the Warrant Shares.

 

6.3.                               Warrant Transferable .  Subject to compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws under which this Warrant was purchased, this Warrant and all rights hereunder are transferable, in whole or in part, without charge to the Holder (except for transfer taxes), upon surrender of this Warrant properly endorsed; provided, however, that the Holder shall notify the Company in writing in advance of any proposed transfer and shall not transfer this Warrant or any rights hereunder to any person or entity which is then engaged in a business that in the reasonable judgment of the Company is in direct competition with the Company.

 

6.4.                               Disposition of Warrant, Warrant Shares and Common Stock .  With respect to any offer, sale, or other disposition of this Warrant, any Warrant Shares, or of any shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Warrant Shares prior to registration of such shares, the Holder hereof and each subsequent Holder agrees to give written notice to the Company prior thereto, describing briefly the manner thereof, together with a written opinion of such Holder’s counsel, if reasonably requested by the Company, to the effect that such offer, sale or other disposition may be effected without registration or qualification (under the Act as then in effect or any federal or state law then in effect) of such Warrant, Warrant Shares or Common Stock, as the case may be, and indicating whether or not under the Act certificates for such Warrant, Warrant Shares or Common Stock to be sold or otherwise disposed of require any restrictive legend as to applicable restrictions on transferability in order to insure compliance with the Act.  Promptly upon receiving such written notice and opinion, the Company, as promptly as practicable, shall notify such Holder that such Holder may sell or otherwise dispose of such Warrant, Warrant Shares or Common Stock, all in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered to the Company.  If a determination has been made pursuant to this Section 6.4 that the opinion of the counsel for the Holder is not reasonably satisfactory to the Company, the Company shall so notify the Holder promptly after such determination has been made.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, such Warrant, Warrant Shares or Common Stock may be offered, sold or otherwise disposed of in accordance with Rule 144 under the Act, provided that the Company shall have been furnished with such information as the Company may request to provide reasonable assurance that the provisions of Rule 144 have been satisfied.  Each certificate representing this Warrant, Warrant Shares or Common Stock thus transferred (except a transfer pursuant to Rule 144) shall bear a legend as to the applicable restrictions on transferability in order to insure compliance with the Act, unless in the aforesaid opinion of counsel for the Holder, such legend is not required in order to insure compliance with the Act.  The Company may issue stop transfer instructions to its transfer agent in connection with such restrictions.

 



 

6.5.                               Market Standoff .  The Holder agrees that if so requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters in connection with registration of the initial public offering of any securities of the Company under the Act, the Holder shall not sell or otherwise transfer any Warrant Shares, or any shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Warrant Shares, or any other securities of the Company during the 180 day period following the effective date of such registration statement.  The Company may impose stop transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such 180 day period.

 

7.                                        Modification and Waiver .  This Warrant and any provision hereof may be changed, waived, discharged, or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the same is sought.

 

8.                                        Notices .  Any notice, request, or other document required or permitted to be given or delivered to the Holder or to the Company hereunder shall be conclusively deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or delivery by courier, or on the first business day after transmission if sent by confirmed facsimile transmission or electronic mail transmission, or five business days after deposit in the United States mail, by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed (1) if to the Company, as set forth below the Company’s name on the signature pages of this Warrant, and (2) if to the Holder, at the Holder’s address as set forth below the Holder’s name on the signature pages of this Warrant, or at such other address as the Company or the Holder may designate by 10 business days’ advance written notice to the other.

 

9.                                        Governing Law .  This Warrant shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, excluding those laws that direct the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

 

10.                                  Lost or Stolen Warrant .  Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction, or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt of an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Company, or in the case of any such mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of such Warrant, the Company, at its expense, will make and deliver a new Warrant, of like tenor, in lieu of the lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant.

 

11.                                  Fractional Shares .  No fractional shares shall be issued upon exercise of this Warrant.  The Company shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay the Holder entitled to such fraction a sum in cash equal to such fraction (calculated to the nearest 1/100th of a share) multiplied by the difference between the then effective Exercise Price and the fair market value of one Warrant Share, rounded down to the nearest whole cent; provided, however, that no payment of less than $10.00 shall be required.

 

12.                                  No Impairment .  The Company will not, by charter amendment or by reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities, or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any terms of this Warrant, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of

 



 

the Holder against impairment.  Upon the request of the Holder, the Company will at any time during the period this Warrant is outstanding acknowledge in writing, in form satisfactory to Holder, the continued validity of this Warrant and the Company’s obligations hereunder.

 

13.                                  Successors and Assigns .  This Warrant and the rights evidenced hereby shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors of the Company and the Holder.  The provisions of this Warrant are intended to be for the benefit of all Holders from time to time of this Warrant, and shall be enforceable by any such Holder.

 

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be duly executed and issued as of the Effective Date.

 

 

ConforMIS, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

Philipp Lang, M.D., Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

11 North Avenue

 

Burlington, MA 01803

 

Telephone: (781) 345-9121

 

Fax: (781) 345-0147

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED BY THE HOLDER:

 

MASSACHUSETTS DEVELOPMENT FINANCE AGENCY

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telephone:

 

 

 

 

 

Facsimile:

 

 

 

 

 

Email:

 

 

 



 

FORM OF SUBSCRIPTION

 

(To be signed only upon exercise of Warrant)

 

To:

 

ConforMIS, Inc.

 

[Please mark one box]

 

 

 

o

 

The undersigned, the holder of the attached Warrant, hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the purchase right represented by such Warrant for, and to purchase thereunder, (1)         shares of Series D Preferred Stock of ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and herewith makes payment of $                  therefor.

 

 

 

o

 

The undersigned, the holder of the attached Warrant, hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the purchase right represented by such Warrant for, and to purchase thereunder, (1)         shares of Series D Preferred Stock of the Company and herewith elects to pay for such shares by reducing the number of shares issuable thereunder in accordance with Section 1.2 thereof. The undersigned hereby authorizes the Company to make the required calculation under Section 1.2 of the Warrant.

 

The undersigned represents that it is acquiring such Series D Preferred Stock, and any Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series        Preferred Stock, for its own account for investment and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof.  The undersigned further represents and confirms that the representations and warranties of the Holder set forth in Section 6.2 of the attached Warrant are true and correct as of the date hereof.  The undersigned requests that certificates for such shares be issued in the name of, and delivered to:                                                 whose address is:                                         .

 

DATED:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature must conform in all respects to name of Holder as specified on the face of the Warrant)

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 


(1) Insert here the number of shares called for on the face of the Warrant (or, in the case of a partial exercise, the portion thereof as to which the Warrant is being exercised), in either case without making any adjustment for additional stock or other securities or property or cash which, pursuant to the adjustment provisions of the Warrant, may be deliverable upon exercise.

 



 

EXHIBIT D

LANDLORD ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

 

To:  Massachusetts Development Finance Agency, its successors and assigns (collectively, the “Lender”)

 

The undersigned hereby certifies and agrees as follows:

 

1.                                       The undersigned is the landlord (the “ Landlord ”) under that certain Lease by and between the Landlord and CONFORMS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Tenant ”) dated August 26, 2010 (the “ Lease ”) affecting space in the building located at 11 North Avenue, Burlington, Massachusetts 01803 (the “ Building ”).

 

2.                                       The Lease commenced on October 28, 2010.

 

3.                                       The Lease expires on October 31, 2015.  Tenant has an option to extend the term of the Lease.

 

4.                                       Rent payable in the amount of $18,333.00 per month has been paid through June 1, 2011.

 

5.                                       Tenant has deposited $250,000.00 as a security deposit with Landlord pursuant to the terms of the Lease.

 

6.                                       The Lease is in full force and effect and to Landlord’s knowledge without default thereunder by Tenant or Landlord.

 

7.                                       The Lease is the entire agreement between the Landlord and Tenant pertaining to the Building.

 

8.                                       The Lease has not been amended, modified or supplemented, except for completion of the Commencement Date Agreement dated March 25, 2011.

 

9.                                       There are no other agreements or understandings, whether written or oral, between Tenant and Landlord with respect to the Lease or the Building.

 

Landlord acknowledges that Lender will rely on this Certificate in making a loan or otherwise extending credit to Tenant.

 

 

Dated: June 28, 2011

N.W. MIDDLESEX 36 TRUST

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

EXHIBIT E

 

INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

 

            , 2011

 

THIS INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is among VENTURE LENDING & LEASING V, INC. and VENTURE LENDING & LEASING VI, INC., both Maryland corporations, having their principal places of business at 2010 North First Street, Suite 310, San Jose, CA 95131 (each, a “Firm” and together, the “Firms”), MASSACHUSETTS DEVELOPMENT FINANCE AGENCY, a body corporate and politic created under and acting pursuant to authority derived from Chapter 23G of the Massachusetts General Laws, as amended, and having a principal place of business at 160 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110 (the “Lender”), and CONFORMIS, INC., a Delaware corporation having a principal place of business at 11 North Avenue, Burlington, Massachusetts 01803 (the “Borrower”).

 

WHEREAS, the Firms have loaned certain sums to the Borrower (the “Firm Loans”) as evidenced by those certain Loan and Security Agreements dated as of August 11, 2009 and February 16, 2011, respectively, as amended from time to time (the “Firm Agreements”), and various related documents, existing and to be entered into hereafter (together with the Firm Agreements, the “Firm Documents”).  Pursuant to the terms of the Firm Documents, the Borrower has granted to each Firm security interests in all the personal property assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, of the Borrower (the “Collateral”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Lender has loaned certain sums to the Borrower (the “MDFA Loan”) as evidenced by that certain Loan Agreement as of the date hereof, as amended from time to time, (the “MDFA Agreement”) and various related documents, existing and to be entered into hereafter (together with the MDFA Agreement, “MDFA Documents”).  One of the documents comprising the MDFA Documents is that certain Security Agreement dated as of the date hereof granted by the Borrower in favor of the Lender (the “Security Agreement”) encumbering certain equipment owned by the Borrower and described on Schedule I attached hereto (the “Equipment”); and

 

WHEREAS, each Firm is willing to consent to the Lender acquiring a senior, first priority security interest in the Equipment; and

 

WHEREAS, the Lender is willing to consent to each Firm acquiring a subordinate security interest in the Equipment.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above, and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above, and other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Each Firm hereby consents to the security interest of the Lender in the Equipment and the parties hereto agree that such Firm’s security interest in the Equipment is subordinate to the security interest of the Lender in the Equipment.  The parties agree that: (a) the security

 



 

interest of the Lender granted in the Equipment to secure the MDFA Loan shall in all cases be superior to, and entitled to priority over, each Firm’s security interest in the Equipment to secure the Firm Loans; and (b) the security interests of the Firms granted in the other Collateral (excluding the Equipment) to secure the Firm Loans shall in all cases be superior to, and entitled to priority over, the Lender’s security interest, if any, in such other Collateral to secure the MDFA Loan.

 

2.                                       At all times the Lender may exercise any and all of its rights and remedies under the MDFA Documents with respect to the Equipment only (and no other Collateral).  Nothing herein will in any way delay or hinder the Lender’s exercise of its rights and remedies under the MDFA Documents with respect to the Equipment only.  Neither Firm may exercise its rights with respect to the Equipment, unless the MDFA Loan has been indefeasibly paid in full or such Firm has received the prior written consent of the Lender.  The Lender may not exercise its rights with respect to any Collateral (other than the Equipment), unless the Firm Loans have been indefeasibly paid in full or the Lender has received the prior written consent of the Firms.

 

3.                                       The Lender may, without the consent of, or notice to, either Firm, (i) grant any indulgence, discharge of indebtedness or release of the Equipment; (ii) alter, amend, cancel, waive or modify any term or condition of the MDFA Loan; and (iii) increase the principal amount of MDFA Loan in accordance with the terms of the Firm Documents.  The Firms may, without the consent of, or notice to, the Lender, (i) grant any indulgence, discharge of indebtedness or release of the Collateral (other than the Equipment); (ii) alter, amend, cancel, waive or modify any term or condition of the Firm Loans; and (iii) increase the principal amount of the Firm Loans in accordance with the terms of the MDFA Documents.

 

4.                                       Each Firm agrees that, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under and as defined in the MDFA Documents, such Firm shall not object to the Lender taking possession of the Equipment and liquidating the Equipment.  The Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under and as defined in the Firm Documents, the Lender shall not object to the Firms taking possession of the Collateral (other than the Equipment) and liquidating such Collateral.

 

5.                                       The Firms and the Lender may each assign its rights under the Firm Documents and the MDFA Documents, as applicable, provided such assignment is made subject to this Agreement.

 

6.                                       The provisions of this Agreement are solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Firms and the Lender with respect to the Equipment and the other Collateral and, except as specifically provided herein, nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to modify or impair any obligations of the Borrower with respect to the Firm Loans or the MDFA Loan, as applicable.

 

7.                                       This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one Agreement.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart.  Any party so executing this Agreement by facsimile transmission

 



 

shall promptly deliver a manually executed counterpart, provided that any failure to do so shall not affect the validity of the counterpart executed by facsimile transmission.

 

8.                                       Any notice, consent or other communication (“Notice”) required or permitted hereunder must be in writing and given or served by (a) delivering the Notice personally, (b) sending the Notice by prepaid registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or (c) facsimile transmission.  Notices deposited in the mail shall be deemed given on the sooner of (a) the date on which the party actually received or refused the written notice, as shown by the date or postmark of any return receipt indicating the date of delivery or attempted delivery to such receiving party, or (b) the third (3 rd ) day after mailing.  Notices given by facsimile shall be deemed given upon transmittal, provided the sender obtains written confirmation that the transmission was received.  The initial addresses and facsimile numbers of the parties for purposes of this Agreement are:

 

If to the Lender:

 

Massachusetts Development Finance Agency

 

 

160 Federal Street, 7 th  Floor

 

 

Boston, MA 02110

 

 

Attn: James P. Kenney

 

 

Telephone: (617) 330-2049

 

 

Facsimile: (617) 330-2001

 

 

 

With a copy to:

 

Mirick, O’Connell, DeMallie & Lougee, LLP

 

 

100 Front Street

 

 

Worcester, MA 01608

 

 

Attn: Robert P. Lombardi, Esq.

 

 

Telephone: (508) 929-1606

 

 

Facsimile: (508) 983-6268

 

 

 

If to the Firm:

 

Venture Lending & Leasing V, Inc. and

 

 

Venture Lending & Leasing VI, Inc.

 

 

2010 North First Street, Suite 310

 

 

San Jose, CA 95131

 

 

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

Telephone: 408-436-8577

 

 

Facsimile: 408-436-8625

 

 

 

If to the Borrower:

 

CONFORMIS, Inc.

 

 

11 North Avenue

 

 

Burlington, MA 01803

 

 

Attn: Philipp Lang, M.D., President and CEO

 

 

Telephone:

 

 

Facsimile:

 



 

With a copy to:

 

David J. Cerveny, Senior Vice President

 

 

Intellectual Property and General Counsel

 

 

CONFORMIS, Inc.

 

 

11 North Avenue

 

 

Burlington, MA 01803

 

 

Telephone: (781) 345-9121

 

 

Fax: (781) 345-0147

 

Upon at least three (3) days prior notice, any party or its respective successors and assigns has the right from time to time to change its address or facsimile number.

 

9.                                       No waiver will be deemed to have been made by the Firm or the Lender of any of their respective rights and remedies hereunder unless the waiver is in writing and a waiver, if any, will be a waiver only with respect to the specific instance involved and will in no way impair either party’s other rights and remedies in any respect or at any other time.

 

10.                                This Agreement will be binding on the respective successors and assigns of the Firm, the Lender and the Borrower.

 

11.                                The parties hereto will execute any further instruments and take any further acts as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions and purposes of this Agreement.  The obligations under this Agreement of the Firm and the Borrower are unique and are specifically enforceable.

 

12.                                In the event the Firm breaches any term or condition of this Agreement, the Firm will pay on demand all attorneys’ reasonable fees and costs and out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Lender which are directly or indirectly related to the Lender’s efforts to enforce any of the obligations of the Firm hereunder.

 

13.                                This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding between and among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior discussions and negotiations between and among any of them with respect to the subject matter hereof.  No provisions hereof may be altered, amended, waived, canceled or modified, except by a written instrument signed by the Lender and the Firm.

 

14.                                This Agreement and all rights, duties, and obligations arising therefrom will be construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts without reference to the conflicts of laws provisions thereof.  The parties submit themselves to the jurisdiction of the courts of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts for all purposes with respect to this Agreement.

 



 

Executed as a sealed instrument on the date first above written.

 

 

 

 

THE BORROWER:

 

 

 

 

 

CONFORMIS, INC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Witness

 

Name: 

Philipp Lang, M.D.

 

 

Title:

President and CEO

 

 

 

 

 

THE FIRMS

 

 

 

 

 

VENTURE LENDING & LEASING V, INC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Witness

 

Its President and CEO

 

 

 

VENTURE LENDING & LEASING VI, INC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Witness

 

Its President and CEO

 

 

 

 

 

THE LENDER

 

 

 

 

 

MASSACHUSETTS DEVELOPMENT

FINANCE AGENCY

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Witness

 

Name: 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 



 

SCHEDULE I

 

EQUIPMENT

 

1.

sPro 60 HD #l

Serial Number 0051

 

 

 

2.

sPro 60 HD #2

Serial Number 0075

 

 

 

3.

sPro 60 HD #3

Serial Number 0152

 

 

 

4.

sPro 140 SLS/sPro 60 HD

Serial Number TBD

 


 

EXHIBIT F

 

SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

 

WHEREAS , ConforMIS, INC. , a Delaware corporation having a principal place of business at 11 North Avenue, Burlington, Massachusetts 01803 (the “Borrower”) is indebted to those certain creditors listed on Schedule 1 attached hereto (each, a “Creditor”, collectively, the “Creditors”) in the principal amount of $8,000,000; and

 

WHEREAS , the Borrower has requested MASSACHUSETTS DEVELOPMENT FINANCE AGENCY , a body corporate and politic created under and acting pursuant to authority derived from Chapter 23G of the Massachusetts General Laws, as amended, and having a principal place of business at 160 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110 (the “Lender”) to grant financial accommodations to the Borrower, and the Lender has indicated that it is unwilling to do so unless the Borrower and the Creditors shall join in this Agreement and the Creditors shall subordinate, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth, the indebtedness hereinbefore referred to and also all other indebtedness of the Borrower to the Creditors, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising (the “Subordinated Debt”) to all indebtedness of the Borrower to the Lender, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising (the “Lender Debt”);

 

NOW , THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and as an inducement to the Lender to grant financial accommodations to the Borrower, whether by loan or advance or extension of time for the payment of Lender Debt or otherwise, and in consideration of the granting thereof, the Borrower and the Creditors warrant to and covenant with the Lender as follows:

 

1.                                       Until all Lender Debt shall have been paid in full, the Borrower shall not, directly or indirectly, make any payment of principal or interest on account of or transfer any collateral for any part of the Subordinated Debt, no Creditor shall demand or accept from Borrower or any other person any such payment or collateral nor cancel, set off or otherwise discharge any part of the Subordinated Debt and neither Borrower nor any Creditor shall otherwise take or permit any action prejudicial to or inconsistent with the Lender’s priority position over the Creditors created by this Agreement.

 

2.                                       Each Creditor hereby assigns, transfers and sets over to the Lender the Subordinated Debt, as applicable, whether evidenced by negotiable or non-negotiable instruments, securities or other writings, book entries or otherwise, together with any collateral therefor. The indebtedness is recorded on the books of the Borrower.

 

3.                                       No Creditor will commence or join with any other creditor or creditors of the Borrower in commencing any bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency proceedings against the Borrower.  At any meeting of creditors of the Borrower or in the event of any proceeding, voluntary or involuntary, for the distribution, division or application of all or part of the assets of the Borrower or the proceeds thereof, whether such proceeding be for the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Borrower or its business, a receivership, insolvency or bankruptcy proceeding, an assignment for the benefit of creditors or a proceeding by or against the Borrower

 



 

for relief under any bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency law or any law relating to the relief of debtors, readjustment of indebtedness, reorganization, arrangement, composition or extension or otherwise, if all Lender Debt has not been paid in full at the time, the Lender is hereby irrevocably authorized at any such meeting or in any such proceeding:

 

(a)                                  To enforce claims comprising Subordinated Debt either in its own name or the name or names of any Creditor, by proof of debt, proof of claim, suit or otherwise;

 

(b)                                  To collect any assets of the Borrower distributed, divided or applied by way of dividend or payment, or any such securities issued, on account of Subordinated Debt and apply the same, or the proceeds of any realization upon the same that the Lender in its discretion elects to effect, to Lender Debt until all Lender Debt shall have been paid in full, rendering any surplus to the Creditors;

 

(c)                                   To vote claims comprising Subordinated Debt to accept or reject any plan of partial or complete liquidation, reorganization, arrangement, composition or extension; and

 

(d)                                  To take generally any action in connection with any such meeting or proceeding which the Creditors might otherwise take.

 

4.                                       Should any payment on account of or any collateral for any part of the Subordinated Debt be received by any of the Creditors, such payment or collateral shall be delivered forthwith to the Lender by the recipient for application to Lender Debt, in the form received except for the addition of any endorsement or assignment necessary to effect transfer of all rights therein to the Lender.  The Lender is irrevocably authorized to supply any required endorsement or assignment which may have been omitted.  Until so delivered any such payment or collateral shall be held by the recipient in trust for the Lender and shall not be commingled with other funds or property of the recipient.

 

5.                                       No part of the Subordinated Debt is evidenced by any instrument, security or other writing which has not previously been or is not concurrently being deposited with the Lender; each Creditor is the lawful owner of the Subordinated Debt, as applicable, and no part thereof has been assigned to or subordinated or subjected to any other security interest in favor of anyone other than the Lender.  Until all Lender Debt has been paid in full, the Borrower shall not issue any instrument, security or other writing evidencing any part of the Subordinated Debt or amend any existing instrument, security or other writing except at the request of and in the manner requested by the Lender; and no Creditor shall assign or subordinate any part of the Subordinated Debt, as applicable, except to or in favor of the Lender.

 

6.                                       The Lender is hereby authorized to demand specific performance of this Agreement, whether or not the Borrower shall have complied with the provisions hereof applicable to it, at any time when any of the Creditors shall have failed to comply with any provision hereof applicable to it.  Each Creditor hereby irrevocably waives any defense based on the adequacy of a remedy at law which might be asserted as a bar to the remedy of specific performance hereof in any action brought therefor by the Lender.  Each Creditor further waives presentment, notice and protest in connection with all negotiable instruments evidencing Lender

 



 

Debt or Subordinated Debt to which it may be a party, notice of the acceptance of this Agreement by the Lender, notice of any loan made, extension granted or other action taken in reliance hereon and all demands and notices of every kind in connection with this Agreement, Lender Debt or Subordinated Debt; assent to any renewal, extension or postponement of the time of payment of Lender Debt or any other indulgence with respect thereto, to any substitution, exchange or release of collateral therefor and to the addition or release of any person primarily or secondarily liable thereon; and agree to the provisions of any instrument, security or other writing evidencing Lender Debt.

 

7.                                       The Borrower and the Creditors shall execute and deliver to the Lender such further instruments and shall take such further action as the Lender may at any time or times reasonably request in order to carry out the provisions and intent of this Agreement.

 

8.                                       Upon (i) the irrevocable payment in full of all indebtedness of the Borrower to the Lender, and (ii) the termination of all agreements under which the Lender is obligated to extend credit, to make advances, loans or other financial accommodations to the Borrower, the Creditors (acting unanimously), by written notice to the Lender, terminate this Agreement.  If all indebtedness of the Borrower to the Lender is at any time or times hereafter paid in full and thereafter the Borrower again becomes indebted to the Lender, the provisions of this Agreement shall apply to such new indebtedness unless, before the same is incurred the Creditors notify the Lender in writing to the contrary.  If, in reliance upon this Agreement, the Lender grants loans or extensions or takes other action, after the termination of this Agreement by the Creditors, but prior to the receipt by the Lender of written notice of such termination, the Lender’s rights shall be the same as they would have been had such termination not occurred, and the Borrower and the Creditors shall indemnify the Lender and save it harmless from and against any loss, cost, liability or expense which it may have incurred or suffered by reason of any action so taken by it.

 

9.                                       If any warranty herein contained shall prove to have been materially false when made or in the event of a breach by the Borrower or the Creditors in the performance of any of the terms hereof, the Lender may, at its option, declare all Lender Debt to be forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest, or notice of any kind, notwithstanding any time or credit otherwise allowed.

 

10.                                The rights granted to the Lender hereunder are solely for its protection and nothing herein contained shall impose on the Lender any duties with respect to any property of the Borrower or the Creditors received hereunder beyond reasonable care in its custody and preservation while in the Lender’s possession.  The Lender shall have no duty to preserve rights against prior parties in any instrument or chattel paper received hereunder.

 

11.                                This Agreement is intended to take effect as a sealed instrument, shall be binding upon the Borrower, the Creditors, their respective executors, administrators, other legal representatives, successors and assigns, shall inure to the benefit of the Lender, its successors and assigns and shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties executed this      day of June, 2011.

 

 

THE BORROWER:

 

 

 

ConforMIS, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Witness

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

THE CREDITORS:

 

 

 

 

 

Witness

Name: Ralph Woodford, Director

 

 

 

 

 

Name: Gregory Link, Director

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

THE LENDER:

 

 

 

MASSACHUSETTS DEVELOPMENT FINANCE AGENCY

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Witness

Name:

 

Title:

 



 

SCHEDULE 1

 

Aeris Capital Archer L.P.

 



 

EXHIBIT G

 

(Landlord’s Agreement, Waiver and Consent)

 

Property address:  11 North Avenue, Burlington, Massachusetts

 

Record and return to :

 

 

Robert P. Lombardi, Esq.

 

 

Mirick O’Connell

 

 

100 Front Street

 

 

Worcester, MA 01608

 

This space reserved for Recorder’s use ony

 

LANDLORD’S AGREEMENT, WAIVER, AND CONSENT

 

WHEREAS, CONFORMIS, INC. (the “Tenant”) has or is about to enter into certain financing agreements with MASSACHUSETTS DEVELOPMENT FINANCE AGENCY , its successors and assigns (the “Lender”) pursuant to which the Lender has been or may be granted a security interest in certain property of the Tenant; and

 

WHEREAS, Tenant is the tenant, pursuant to a lease agreement by and between Tenant and the undersigned (the “Landlord”) dated as of August 26, 2010 (the “Lease”), of certain demised premises contained in the building located at the following address:

 

11 North Ave
Burlington, MA 01803

 

and more particularly described in the Lease (the “Premises”);

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for valuable consideration, the Landlord agrees, for as long as Tenant remains indebted to the Lender, as follows:

 

(a)                                  Landlord acknowledges and agrees that the personal property of Tenant (which for purposes hereof shall not include computer wiring, telephone wiring and systems, and demountable partitions) in which the Lender has been granted a security interest (the “Lender Collateral”) may from time to time be located on the Premises;

 

(b)                                  Landlord subordinates, waives, releases and relinquishes unto the Lender, its successors or assigns, all right, title and interest, if any, which the Landlord may otherwise claim in and to the Lender Collateral, except as provided in subparagraph (d) hereinbelow;

 

(c)                                   Upon providing the Landlord with at least five (5) business days’ prior written notice that Tenant is in default of its obligations to the Lender, the Lender shall then have the right to enter the Premises during business hours for the purpose of removing said Lender Collateral, provided (i) the Lender completes the removal of said Lender Collateral within thirty (30) business days following said first written notice of default, and (ii) the Lender restores any part of the Premises which may be damaged by such

 



 

removal to its condition prior to such removal in an expeditious manner not to exceed thirty (30) business days following said first written notice of default;

 

(d)                                  Upon receipt of written notice from Landlord of the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, the Lender shall have thirty (30) business days to enter the Premises during business hours, remove said Lender Collateral, and restore any part of the Premises which may be damaged by such removal to its condition prior to such removal.  If the Lender fails to so remove the Lender Collateral, the Lender agrees that the Lender Collateral shall thereupon be deemed subject to the yield up provisions of the Lease, so the Landlord may treat the Lender Collateral as abandoned, deem it Landlord’s property, if Landlord so elects, and retain or remove and dispose of it, all as provided in the Lease;

 

All notices and other communications under this Landlord’s Consent and Waiver shall be in writing, and shall be delivered by hand, by a nationally recognized commercial next day delivery service, or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and sent to the following addresses:

 

if to the Lender:

 

Massachusetts Development Finance Agency

 

 

160 Federal Street

 

 

Boston, MA  02110

 

 

Attention:  General Counsel

 

 

 

with a copy to:

 

Mirick, O’Connell, DeMallie & Lougee, LLP

 

 

100 Front Street

 

 

Worcester, MA 01608

 

 

Attention: Robert P. Lombardi, Esq.

 

 

 

if to the Landlord:

 

c/o Nordblom Management Company, Inc.

 

 

15 Third Avenue

 

 

Burlington, MA 01803

 

Such notices shall be effective (a) in the case of hand deliveries, when received, (b) in the case of a next day delivery service, on the next business day after being placed in the possession of such delivery service with next day delivery charges prepaid, and (c) in the case of mail, five (5) days after deposit in the postal system, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid.  Either party may change its address and telecopy number by written notice to the other as provided above; and

 

(e)                                   The Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless the Landlord for any and all damage caused as a result of the exercise of the Lender’s rights hereunder.

 

This Landlord’s Consent and Waiver may not be changed or terminated orally and inures to the benefit of and is binding upon the Landlord and its successors and assigns, and inures to the benefit of and is binding upon the Lender and its successors and assigns.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , THIS Landlord’s Waiver, Consent and Agreement is entered into as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

Landlord

 

 

 

N.W. MIDDLESEX 36 TRUST

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

Lender

 

 

 

MASSACHUSETTS DEVELOPMENT FINANCE AGENCY

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

Tenant

 

 

 

Agreed to and acknowledged by Tenant as of the 29 th  day of June, 2011

 

 

 

CONFORMIS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 


 

COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

 

Suffolk, ss.

 

On           , 2011,            , the                of Massachusetts Development Finance Agency , a body corporate and politic created under and acting pursuant to authority derived from Chapter 23G of the Massachusetts General Laws, as amended, (the “Principal”) personally appeared before me and acknowledged to me that the Principal signed the preceding or attached document voluntarily for its stated purpose.  The Principal proved to me through satisfactory evidence of identification that the Principal is the person whose name is signed on the preceding or attached document.  The satisfactory evidence of identification provided to me was:

 

o                                     A current document issued by a federal or state government agency bearing the photographic image of the Principal’s face and signature; or

 

o                                     On the oath or affirmation of a credible witness unaffected by the document or transaction who is personally known to the notary public and who personally knows the Principal; or

 

o                                     Identification of the Principal based on the notary public’s personal knowledge of the identity of the Principal; or

 

o                                     The following evidence of identification:

 

 

 

 

Notary Public

 

 

 

Printed Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

My Commission Expires

 

 

[Seal]

 



 

COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

 

Middlesex, ss.

 

On         ,           , the       of N.W. Middlesex 36 Trust , a Massachusetts limited liability company, (the “Principal”) personally appeared before me and acknowledged to me that the Principal signed the preceding or attached document voluntarily for  its stated purpose.  The Principal proved to me through satisfactory evidence of identification that the Principal is the person whose name is signed on the preceding or attached document.  The satisfactory evidence of identification provided to me was:

 

o                                     A current document issued by a federal or state government agency bearing the photographic image of the Principal’s face and signature; or

 

o                                     On the oath or affirmation of a credible witness unaffected by the document or transaction who is personally known to the notary public and who personally knows the Principal; or

 

o                                     Identification of the Principal based on the notary public’s personal knowledge of the identity of the Principal; or

 

o                                     The following evidence of identification:

 

 

 

 

Notary Public

 

 

 

Printed Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

My Commission Expires

 

 

[Seal]

 



 

COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

 

               , ss.

 

On           , 2011,         , the           CONFORMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation, (the “Principal”) personally appeared before me and acknowledged to me that the Principal signed the preceding or attached document voluntarily for its stated purpose.  The Principal proved to me through satisfactory evidence of identification that the Principal is the person whose name is signed on the preceding or attached document.  The satisfactory evidence of identification provided to me was:

 

o                                     A current document issued by a federal or state government agency bearing the photographic image of the Principal’s face and signature; or

 

o                                     On the oath or affirmation of a credible witness unaffected by the document or transaction who is personally known to the notary public and who personally knows the Principal; or

 

o                                     Identification of the Principal based on the notary public’s personal knowledge of the identity of the Principal; or

 

o                                     The following evidence of identification:

 

 

 

 

Notary Public

 

 

 

Printed Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

My Commission Expires

 

 

[Seal]

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPERTY

 

[TO BE PROVIDED]

 



 

SCHEDULE I

 

EQUIPMENT

 

1.

sPro 60 HD #l

Serial Number 0051

 

 

 

2.

sPro 60 HD #2

Serial Number 0075

 

 

 

3.

sPro 60 HD #3

Serial Number 0152

 

 

 

4.

sPro 140 SLS/sPro 60 HD

Serial Number TBD

 



 

SCHEDULE 4.1
Subsidiaries

 

The Borrower has a wholly owned Subsidiary, ConforMIS Europe GmbH, with operations in Germany.

 

The Borrower has a wholly owned Subsidiary, ConforMIS Hong Kong Ltd., with operations in Hong Kong.

 

The Borrower has a wholly owned Subsidiary, ImaTx, Inc., with its operations in California.

 

The Borrower may in the future establish one or more Subsidiaries in Singapore, Australia or the United Kingdom.

 



 

SCHEDULE 4.2
Litigation

 

Over 1200 patients have received the Borrower’s implant devices, including both the current versions and the earlier, prototype versions.  Complications have been observed in some patients.  These complications include: joint infection, pain or dislocation.  One of the patients that experienced such complications filed suit against the Borrower, and that suit is ongoing.  The Borrower has general liability, product liability and clinical trial insurance.

 

The Borrower has in the past, and may in the future, recall one or more of its products.

 



 

SCHEDULE 4.6
Taxes

 

CONFORMIS has filed for extensions of time to file tax returns for the year ending 2010.

 




Exhibit 10.23

 

The mailing, delivery or negotiation of this Lease shall not be deemed an offer to enter into any transaction or to enter into any relationship, whether on the terms contained herein or on any other terms. This Lease shall not be binding upon Landlord, nor shall Landlord have any obligations or liabilities with respect thereto, or with respect to the premises, unless and until Landlord has received Tenant’s signed counterparts and executed and delivered this Lease. Until such execution and delivery of this Lease, Landlord may terminate all negotiation and discussion of the subject matter hereof, without causes and for any reason, without recourse or liability.

 

LEASE

 

BY

 

WAKEFIELD INVESTMENTS, INC.

 

TO

 

CONFORMIS, INC.

 

Dated: August 20, 2014

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

Identifications

1

2.

The Premises: Parking and Loading

1

3.

The Building and Common Areas

1

4.

Condition of the Premises

1

5.

Term: Early Access

3

6.

Use of the Premises; Licenses and Permits; Appurtenant Storage

4

7.

Basic Rent; Additional Rent

4

8.

Taxes

8

9.

Insurance: Waivers of Claims and Subrogation

9

10.

Utilities

10

11.

Repairs and Maintenance

10

12.

Compliance with Laws and Regulations

11

13.

Alterations by Tenant; Signage

12

14.

Landlord’s Access

13

15.

Indemnity

13

16.

Casualty Damage

14

17.

Condemnation

14

18.

Landlord’s Covenant of Quiet Enjoyment

15

19.

Tenant’s Obligation to Quit; Holdover

15

20.

Transfers of Tenant’s Interest

16

21.

Transfers of Landlord’s Interest

17

22.

Mortgagees’ Rights

17

23.

Default; Remedies

18

24.

Remedies Cumulative: Waivers

19

25.

Broker

20

26.

Notices

20

27.

Estoppel Certificate

20

28.

Bind and Inure; Limited Liability of Landlord

21

29.

Captions

21

30.

Integration

21

31.

Severability; Choice of Law

21

32.

Enforcement of Rights

22

33.

Covenants Regarding Hazardous Materials

22

34.

Recording

23

35.

Security Deposit

23

36.

Option to Extend

24

37.

First Right to Lease

25

38.

OFAC Compliance

26

39.

Force Majeure

26

40.

Consents

26

 

i



 

LEASE

 

1.                                       Identifications

 

This Lease is made as of August 20, 2014, by and between WAKEFIELD INVESTMENTS, INC., a Massachusetts corporation having an address at P.O. Box 540, Wakefield, Massachusetts 01880 (“ Landlord ”) and CONFORMIS, INC., a Delaware corporation having an address at 28 Crosby Drive, Bedford, MA 01730 (“ Tenant” ).

 

2.                                       The Premises: Parking and Loading

 

In consideration of the Basic Rent, Additional Rent, and other payments and covenants of Tenant hereinafter set forth, and upon the following terms and conditions, Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord approximately 40,751 rentable square feet of floor space (measured by BOMA/ANSI Standards) (the “ Premises ”), located in a certain building (the “ Building ”), which has been constructed by Landlord, on a certain parcel of land located at 600 Research Drive, Wilmington, Massachusetts (the “ Property ”), said land is more particularly described in Exhibit A hereto. The Premises are leased together with rights, in common with Landlord and all others (including any other tenant or tenants of the Building or the Property) claiming under Landlord or otherwise from time to time lawfully entitled thereto, to use the Common Areas, as hereinafter defined, for their intended purposes. Tenant shall have non-exclusive and unreserved access, in common with others from time to time entitled thereto, to approximately three and one-half (3.5) parking spaces per one thousand (1,000) rentable square feet of floor space free of charge throughout the Term. In addition, Tenant shall have the exclusive use of eight (8) parking spaces, the exact location of which shall be reasonably agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant (taking into account, without limitation, any existing restrictions) free of charge throughout the Term. Landlord will provide reasonable signage indicating such exclusive use, but Landlord shall have no responsibility to Tenant to enforce any parking restrictions or liability for any wrongful use by others. All such use and access to be subject to Landlord’s reasonable rules and regulations from time to time in effect.

 

3.                                       The Building and Common Areas

 

The Building is a single story brick and glass structure containing approximately 100,256 rentable square feet of floor space.

 

The Common Areas shall consist of (i) the common entrance area(s) and all other such common areas of the Building and (ii) the driveways, walkways, parking areas and other common areas of the Property. Landlord reserves the right to alter the Common Areas from time to time during the Term (as hereinafter defined) provided that no alteration shall materially reduce the minimum number of parking spaces available to Tenant as specified in Section 2 above.

 

4.                                       Condition of the Premises

 

(a)                                  Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, including Landlord’s Work described below, the Premises are being leased in their existing condition as is, without representation or warranty by Landlord.  Landlord represents that, on the Term Commencement Date, the HVAC, electrical, mechanical, plumbing and life safety systems and equipment serving the Premises, as well as the Building’s roof, foundation and all structural elements, will be in good condition and repair.  Tenant acknowledges that it has inspected the Premises and common areas of the Building and (subject to completion of Landlord’s Work) has found the same satisfactory for their intended uses.  Promptly upon the execution and delivery by Landlord and Tenant

 

1



 

of this Lease, and payment by Tenant of the Security Deposit and the delivery of the Tenant’s insurance certificates, the Landlord agrees to undertake those improvements in the Premises as are described on Exhibit A-1 hereto, and shown on the space layout plan, prepared by Warnick Associates, dated as of July 22, 2014, and attached hereto as Exhibit A-2 (the “ Layout Plan ”).  The foregoing improvements are referred to as “ Landlord’s Work .”  The Layout Plan has been approved by Tenant, and Landlord shall be responsible for obtaining any building or other similar permits necessary to perform Landlord’s Work.  Landlord shall perform Landlord’s Work at Landlord’s expense, provided that the cost of any changes requested by Tenant (if approved by Landlord, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) after the date hereof shall be paid by Tenant, and such payment will be made at the time of Landlord’s approval of any such change (based on the cost as reasonably estimated by Landlord’s contractor, with a final adjustment at completion), and Tenant shall, if requested by Landlord, execute an agreement confirming such excess costs.  Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to Substantially Complete Landlord’s Work on or before April 1, 2015 (the “ Target Date ”), but Landlord shall have no liability for failure to do so (except the delay in the Term Commencement Date and (if applicable) the rent penalty set forth below).  Without limitation, Landlord’s Work does not include wiring or cabling for Tenant’s information systems or tel-data equipment or Tenant’s furniture, trade fixtures or equipment, all of which shall be installed by Tenant at its expense.  In the event that Landlord has not delivered the Premises substantially complete within fifteen (15) days after the Target Date (as the same may be extended by force majeure or by reason of any Tenant Delay), then Tenant shall be entitled to one (1) day of abatement of Basic Rent and Additional Rent for each day of such delay after such fifteenth (15 th ) day.  In the event that Landlord has not delivered the Premises substantially complete on or before May 15, 2015 (as the same may be extended by force majeure or by reason of any Tenant Delay), then Tenant shall be entitled to two (2) days of abatement of Basic Rent and Additional Rent for each day of such delay after May 15, 2015.

 

(b)                                  Landlord’s Work shall be deemed substantially complete and the Premises ready for occupancy on the first day (the “ Substantial Completion Date ”) as of which (i) Landlord’s Work has been completed except for items of work (and, if applicable, adjustment of equipment and fixtures) which can be completed after occupancy has been taken without causing undue interference with Tenant’s use of the Premises (i.e. so-called “punch list” items), and (ii) Landlord has obtained a certificate of occupancy from the Town of Wilmington (or, if a certificate of occupancy has not been issued, then Landlord has obtained reasonable evidence that all requirements for a certificate of occupancy have been satisfied and that the same will be issued in the ordinary course), and (iii) Tenant has been given written notice thereof.  Landlord shall complete “punch list” items as soon as conditions reasonably permit after the Substantial Completion Date and Tenant shall afford Landlord access to the Premises for such purposes.

 

(c)                                   Except to the extent to which Tenant shall have given Landlord notice, not later than ninety (90) days after the Term Commencement Date, of respects in which Landlord has not performed Landlord’s Work, Tenant shall have no claim that Landlord has failed to perform any of Landlord’s Work.

 

(d)                                  If any delay shall occur in the Substantial Completion Date as a result of:

 

(i)                                      any request by Tenant that Landlord delay the commencement or completion of Landlord’s Work for any reason;

 

(ii)                                   any change by Tenant in the Layout Plan or in Landlord’s Work after the date hereof;

 

(iii)                                any other act or omission of Tenant or its officers, agents, servants or contractors; or

 

(iv)                               any reasonably necessary displacement of any of Landlord’s Work from its place in Landlord’s construction schedule resulting from any of the causes for delay referred to in this paragraph (d) and the fitting of such Landlord’s Work back into such schedule;

 

2



 

then the Rent Commencement Date shall commence on the date it would have commenced but for Tenant’s Delay.  The delays referred to above are herein referred to collectively and individually as “ Tenant’s Delay .”  If a delay in the Substantial Completion Date, or if any substantial portion of such delay, is the result of force majeure, and such force majeure delay would not have occurred but for a Tenant’s Delay, such delay shall be included in the original Tenant’s Delay.  As used in this paragraph, the term “force majeure” shall mean an act of God, war, civil commotion, fire, casualty, labor difficulties, shortages of labor or materials or equipment, governmental regulation, act or default of Tenant, or any other causes beyond Landlord’s reasonable control.

 

5.                                       Term: Early Access

 

(a)                                  The initial term of this Lease (the “ Initial Term ”) shall commence on that date (the “ Term Commencement Date ”) which is the later to occur of (i) the Target Date, or (ii) the Substantial Completion Date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, and except as provided in paragraph (b) below, if Tenant’s personnel shall occupy all or any part of the Premises for the conduct of its business prior to the Term Commencement Date as determined pursuant to the preceding sentence, such date of occupancy shall, for all purposes of this Lease, be the Term Commencement Date.  For the avoidance of doubt, Tenant personnel occupying the Premises for the purpose of installing and validating equipment and any other activities related to Tenant’s application for and receipt of medical device regulatory approvals shall not be considered conducting its business.  This Lease shall expire, unless earlier terminated or extended in accordance with the terms hereof, at 11:59 p.m. on the day immediately preceding the seventh (7 th ) anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date (defined below), except that if the Rent Commencement Date is not the first day of a calendar month, then the Initial Term shall expire on the last day of the calendar month in which the seventh (7 th ) anniversary occurs.  Promptly following Term Commencement Date, Landlord and Tenant shall enter into an agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to both parties, confirming the Term Commencement Date, the Rent Commencement Date and the expiration date of the Initial Term, provided, however, that failure to execute and deliver such agreement shall not affect the validity of the Term Commencement Date, the Rent Commencement Date or the expiration date of the Initial Term as herein set forth.

 

(b)                                  If and when Landlord’s contractor has determined that such occupancy will not interfere with or delay any other work to be done by Landlord and will not delay the Substantial Completion Date, Landlord shall so notify Tenant and (provided Tenant has paid the first month’s rent and Security Deposit and delivered its insurance certificates) Tenant may have access to the Premises for the purpose of installing furniture, fixtures, equipment, telecommunications facilities and cabling and validating its equipment and machinery, and thereafter for the general conduct of Tenant’s business, provided that Tenant shall not be required to pay Basic Rent for the period prior to the Rent Commencement Date.  Subject to the foregoing, Landlord shall provide such access on or before October 1, 2014 (the date on which such access is available is the “ Early Access Date ”).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, all other terms and conditions of this Lease shall fully apply, including without limitation the requirements of Sections 9 and 15, and Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of all natural gas and electricity furnished to the Premises for the period following the Early Access Date (as reasonably determined by Landlord, and taking into account the extent to which any ongoing Landlord’s Work uses a significant amount of electricity that should reasonably be paid for by Landlord).  Tenant acknowledges that such access will be in common with Landlord’s contractors and suppliers performing Landlord’s Work, and Tenant and its contractors will coordinate and cooperate with Landlord’s contractors to avoid interference with or delay in the completion of Landlord’s Work.  If so requested by Landlord’s contractor, Tenant will suspend any access activities which Landlord’s contractors reasonably determine are interfering with or delaying Landlord’s Work.

 

3



 

6.                                       Use of the Premises; Licenses and Permits; Appurtenant Storage

 

(a)                                  Tenant shall use the Premises only for light manufacturing, warehousing and general office purposes, together with uses customarily incidental thereto, including without limitation providing a kitchen and break area for its personnel, and all to the extent now and hereafter from time to time permitted under applicable laws, by-laws, ordinances, codes, rules, regulations, orders and other lawful requirements of governmental bodies having jurisdiction.  Tenant, any permitted subtenants, licensees, invitees and any other users of the Premises shall apply in their own names for, and obtain and maintain at their own expense, any and all licenses, permits and other approvals which may be required from governmental bodies in connection with any particular use of the Premises during the Term.  In connection with the foregoing uses, and subject to the foregoing requirements and conditions, Tenant may keep and store within the Premises reasonable quantities of industrial gases that are used for Tenant’s operations, including without limitation nitrogen and argon.

 

(b)                                  So long as there exists no Default of Tenant (as defined in Section 23 below) and if Tenant so requests, and upon Tenant’s obtaining all necessary governmental permits and approvals (and upon delivery of the same to Landlord if requested), Landlord will make available for the use of Tenant during the Term, an area designated by Landlord (and approved by Tenant, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) outside the Building for the storage by Tenant (at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) of a liquid nitrogen tank (not to exceed 1,000 gallons) to serve the Premises.  Tenant will construct and maintain a suitable enclosure or fence to ensure that such tank is not accessible by unauthorized persons.  Landlord will have no obligation or liability with respect to the construction of any pad or enclosure, or for the installation, maintenance or repair of the storage tank.  Tenant will be solely responsible for the installation, maintenance, repair and replacement of any such equipment.  Tenant will pay all costs of any necessary alteration to the Building, or of repairing any damage to the Building (including its systems and equipment) arising from or as a result of the presence of such tank, and the indemnity provisions set forth in Section 15 below shall (without limitation) be expressly applicable to this installation.

 

7.                                       Basic Rent; Additional Rent

 

(a)                                  Basic Rent .  Tenant shall, beginning on the Term Commencement Date (except as hereafter provided), and throughout the remaining Term, pay Basic Rent (“ Basic Rent ”) to Landlord as follows:

 

Period

 

Rent/RSF/Annum

 

Annual Rent

 

Monthly Payment

 

Lease Year 1*

 

$

7.50

 

$

305,632.50

*

$

25,469.38

*

Lease Year 2

 

$

8.50

 

$

346,383.50

 

$

28,865.29

 

Lease Year 3

 

$

8.75

 

$

356,571.25

 

$

29,714.27

 

Lease Year 4

 

$

9.00

 

$

366,759.00

 

$

30,563.25

 

Lease Year 5

 

$

9.25

 

$

376,946.75

 

$

31,412.23

 

Lease Year 6

 

$

9.50

 

$

387,134.50

 

$

32,261.21

 

Lease Year 7+

 

$

9.75

 

$

397,322.25

 

$

33,110.19

 

 


* - Subject to reduction as provided below

 

A “ Lease Year ” is a period of twelve consecutive calendar months during the Term, commencing on the Term Commencement Date and ending on the day immediately preceding the first anniversary of the Term Commencement Date (except that if the Term Commencement Date is not the first day of a calendar month, then the first Lease Year shall expire on the last day of the calendar month in which the first anniversary of the Term Commencement Date occurs), and any partial Lease Year at the end of the

 

4



 

Term will be a part of the final Lease Year The “ Term ” of this Lease shall include the Initial Term and any Extended Term as to which Tenant has properly exercised an available option Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as there exists no Default of Tenant hereunder, (i) Landlord will waive the requirement that Tenant pay Basic Rent until the one hundred twenty-first (121 st ) day following the Term Commencement Date (the “ Rent Commencement Date ”), and (ii) for the period commencing on the Rent Commencement Date and continuing for the remainder of the first Lease Year, the Basic Rent will be based on 27,000 rentable square feet (i.e., $202,500.00 per annum and $16,875.00 per month) Basic Rent shall be payable in advance on the first day of each month in equal monthly installments during the Term to Landlord at the address set forth above or such other address as Landlord may hereafter specify by thirty (30) days prior written notice to Tenant, without counterclaim, set off, deduction or defense except as expressly provided in this Lease Basic Rent for any partial month shall be prorated on a daily basis.

 

(b)                                  Additional Rent .  This Lease is intended by the parties hereto to be a so-called “net” lease, to the end that the Basic Rent shall be received by Landlord net of all costs and expenses related to the Premises as set forth in this Lease, and net of Tenant’s Share, as hereinafter defined, of all Common Expenses.  The same shall be paid to Landlord commencing on the Term Commencement Date, and thereafter upon demand as additional rent (sometimes referred to as “ Additional Rent ”), in the same manner as Basic Rent.  For the purposes hereof, the term “Park” shall mean the Building and those other buildings currently owned by Landlord and numbered 200, 500 and 800 Research Drive.  Landlord shall, in its commercially reasonable discretion, make such allocations as Landlord may deem appropriate of expenses between Common Areas of the individual buildings and those of the Park as a whole, so long as such allocations are computed on a commercially reasonably basis throughout the Term.  Currently, the Park expenses include the costs of landscaping Research Drive (of which the Building’s share is 16.09%), and the costs of maintaining and repairing the water booster station serving the Park (of which the Building’s share is 19.20%).  The “Tenant’s Share” of the common areas of the Building is 40.62% (being the ratio of the rentable square footage of the Premises (40,751) to the rentable square footage of the Building (100,256)), provided, however, that with respect only to the first twelve months of the Term, Tenant’s Share shall mean 26.91% (being the ratio of 27,000 to the rentable square footage of the Building).  In addition to paying Tenant’s Share of Common Expenses, Tenant will pay Landlord as Additional Rent for each calendar year (or portion thereof) a commercially reasonable property management fee, which shall not exceed (i) 3% of Tenant’s Basic Rent for the calendar year in question during the first two (2) years of the Term, and (ii) 4.0% of Tenant’s Basic Rent for the calendar year in question thereafter.

 

In addition to Common Expenses, Tenant shall also pay as Additional Rent, promptly upon being billed therefor by Landlord, any and all charges, costs, expenses provided for in this Lease, and obligations as Landlord may from time to time incur at the request of Tenant (or as a result of Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations as provided herein) with regard to the Premises or the operation or maintenance thereof (to the extent not properly included in Common Expenses), except as otherwise expressly agreed in this Lease, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by Landlord in connection with any subleases and assignments of this Lease requested by Tenant and in connection with the enforcement of rights and pursuit of the remedies of Landlord under this Lease (whether during or after the expiration or termination of the Term).

 

(c)                                   Common Expenses” shall mean any and all charges, costs and expenses of every kind and nature whatever, which Landlord may from time to time pay or incur and the value, based on competitive rates, of any materials and services which Landlord may reasonably provide in good faith, with respect to the management, operation and maintenance of the Building, the Park and the Property, including, without limitation, any and all costs and expenses paid or incurred by Landlord in connection with: (i) managing the Property and the Park and making repairs to and undertaking maintenance of the Building (including without limitation fire protection sprinkler and other systems), the Park or the

 

5



 

Property, including without limitation alterations to the Common Areas of the Building; (ii) providing utilities, including heat to the Common Areas of the Building; (iii) providing watering, landscaping and lawn care for the Park and the Property; (iv) sanding, plowing and removal of snow and ice from the driveways, walkways and parking areas; (v) lighting for the Park and the Property; (vi) maintaining property, liability and other insurance carried by Landlord, including that required to be maintained by Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 9 hereof (and including without limitation payment of any reasonable deductibles); and (vii) the reasonable annual amortized portion of any capital repair, replacement or improvement cost with respect to the Building, the Park or the Property that is made (A) for the purpose of increasing the operating efficiency of the Building or reducing Common Expenses; or (B) to comply with governmental law first applicable to the Building after the date hereof.  Landlord’s responsibilities for watering, landscaping, lawn care and for snow removal as provided for herein shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner to maintain a professional appearance.  Snow removal shall include maintaining parking areas and the driveway serving the Building in usable condition for vehicles and pedestrians during snow conditions.

 

(d)                                  Exclusions .  The following shall not constitute Common Expenses for the purposes of this Lease; (i) all costs, including brokerage commissions, incurred in connection with the leasing of the Building, the Park and the Property; (ii) repairs, alterations, additions, improvements or replacements made to rectify or correct any defect in the original design, materials or workmanship of the Building or Common Areas or to comply with any requirements of any governmental authority in effect as of the effective date of this Lease (provided that reasonable wear and tear shall not be considered as a defect in the design, materials or workmanship); (iii) costs (to the extent Landlord actually receives proceeds of insurance or taking compensation) of repairing any damage and repairs attributable to condemnation, insured fire or other casualty; (iv) damage and repairs for which Landlord is reimbursed under any warranty or insurance policy; (v) the cost of repairs necessitated by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord; (vi) executive salaries of Landlord; (vii) salaries of all other Landlord personnel to the extent that such personnel perform services not solely in connection with the management, operation, repair or maintenance of the Building or Common Areas; (viii) Landlord’s general corporate overhead expenses not related to the Building; (ix) payments of principal or interest on any mortgage or other encumbrance including ground lease payments and points, commissions and legal fees associated with financing; depreciation (except in connection with amortization of capital costs); (xi) legal fees, accountants’ fees and other expenses incurred in connection with disputes with Tenant or other tenants or occupants of the Building or associated with the enforcement of any leases; (xii) costs (including permit, license and inspection fees) incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating, painting or altering space for other tenants in the Building; (xiii) the cost of any service provided to Tenant or other occupants of the Building for which Landlord is entitled to reimbursement; (xiv) except as provided above, the cost of any replacement or capital repair of the Building’s foundation, roof or structural elements; and (xv) property management fees except as provided in paragraph (b) above.

 

(e)                                   Limitations on Collection .  Any Common Expenses charged Landlord by any of its affiliates for goods or services provided to the Building, Park or Property by the affiliate shall not exceed the prevailing cost thereof that would be charged to Landlord by non-affiliated parties in arm’s length transactions.  All Common Expenses shall be attributable to the operations, maintenance, management and repair of the Park, Property and Building and shall be determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and practices, consistently applied.  Landlord agrees that it will not collect from Tenant more than Tenant’s Share of 100% of the Common Expenses incurred to manage, operate and maintain the Building, the Park and the Property.

 

(f)                                    Periodic Payment .  Commencing on the Term Commencement Date, Landlord will reasonably estimate the amount that will be due on account of Common Expenses and bill Tenant monthly for the estimated amount as provided below.  Tenant shall, upon receipt of written notice from

 

6


 

Landlord, prepay to Landlord monthly as Additional Rent, in the same manner as Basic Rent, one twelfth (1/12) of the total of all such amounts as Landlord may from time to time reasonably estimate will be payable annually by Tenant under this Paragraph 7, which prepayments shall be applied, without interest, to such amounts as actually become payable.

 

Within one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of each Lease Year, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a written statement of Tenant’s Share of the Common Expenses for such Lease Year prepared by Landlord from Landlord’s books and records, in reasonable detail, and computed in accordance with general accounting principles consistently applied If on the basis of such statement Tenant owes an amount that is more or less than the estimated payments for such calendar year previously made by Tenant, Tenant or Landlord, as the case may be, shall pay the deficiency to the other party within thirty (30) days after delivery of the statement Any such deficiency payable by Tenant shall be considered Additional Rent for purposes of this Lease Landlord also shall provide a good faith estimate of Tenant’s Share of the Common Expenses for the upcoming Lease Year.

 

(g)                                   Audit .  Landlord shall keep, for a period of at least three (3) years after the expiration of any calendar year for which Tenant actually paid a share of Common Expenses, accurate records and supporting documents in connection with Landlord’s annual statement of Common Expenses for such calendar year.  No more than once in any calendar year, and within 90 days after receipt of any year-end statement referred to above, and so long as there exists no Default of Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to challenge the accuracy of any Common Expenses for the year described in such statement, by giving Landlord notice (within such 90-day period) of any such challenge (which notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the particular instances in which Tenant believes such accounting to be in error), Landlord shall make Landlord’s invoices or supporting documents for the year in question available to Tenant and Tenant may inspect the same at Landlord’s management office at reasonable times upon Tenant’s request.  No auditor shall be compensated in any manner that is based on the amount of any recovery, and no audit shall be made for any year other than the year described in the applicable statement.  If any inspection or audit pursuant to this paragraph and conducted using generally accepted auditing standards reveals an overcharge, such amounts shall be credited against amounts coming due from Tenant for Common Expenses (but Tenant shall in no event be entitled to a credit in excess of the amount actually paid by Tenant for the period in question).  If Tenant is entitled any such credit upon the expiration or early termination of this Lease, the amount of such credit shall be repaid to Tenant.  If such audit or inspection reveals that Tenant was undercharged, Tenant shall pay the amount of the undercharge within ten (10) business days after the completion of the audit.  In the event that Tenant’s audit indicates that Tenant was required to pay more than 110% of Tenant’s Share of the actual Common Expenses incurred by Landlord for the calendar year in question (as indicated by Landlord’s year-end reconciliation statement), Landlord will reimburse Tenant on request for the actual and reasonable out-of-pocket cost paid by Tenant for such audit, provided that Landlord will not be required to reimburse Tenant more than $2,500 hereunder.

 

(h)                                  Interest on Late Payment .  If any payment of Basic Rent or Additional Rent is not paid to Landlord within five (5) business days of the applicable due date, then at Landlord’s option, without notice and in addition to all other remedies hereunder, Tenant shall pay upon demand to Landlord as Additional Rent, interest thereon at an annual rate of ten percent (10%), to be computed from the date such Basic Rent or Additional Rent was originally due through the date when paid in full.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, such interest shall not be imposed if Tenant shall make payment within 10 days after notice from Landlord that such payment has not been timely received provided, however, that in no event shall Landlord be obligated to give more than two such notices in any 12 month period prior to assessing such interest against Tenant.

 

7



 

8.                                       Taxes

 

Tenant shall pay or cause to be paid to Landlord, throughout the Term (or, where appropriate, directly to the authority by which the same are assessed or imposed, with evidence of such payment to Landlord) as Additional Rent not later than ten (10) days prior to the date the same are due or twenty (20) days after receipt of written notice thereof to Tenant, whichever is later, (i) all taxes and excises upon the personal property and equipment of Tenant located at the Premises or the Property, and (ii) the Tenant’s Share of the Taxes (as hereinafter defined) and the entire amount of any interest, penalties and costs attributable to delayed payment thereof to the extent such delay is the fault of Tenant “Taxes” shall mean any and all real estate taxes, betterment and special assessments (provided that Landlord shall elect to pay any such betterment and special assessments over the longest period permitted by applicable law) or amounts in lieu or in the nature thereof and any other taxes, levies, water rents, sewer use charges and other excises, franchises, imposts and charges, general and special of whatever name and nature, and whether or not now within the contemplation of the parties hereto, which may now or hereafter be levied, assessed or imposed by The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, the Town of Wilmington or any other non-federal authority, or become a lien, upon all or any part of the Property, the Building, the Premises, the use or occupation thereof, or upon Landlord and Tenant in respect thereof, or upon the basis of rentals thereof or therefrom, or upon the estate hereby created or upon Landlord by reason of ownership of the reversion Taxes shall not include any amount that is assessed (and identified separately) with respect to new improvements hereafter constructed on the Property and which are not available for the use by or benefit of Tenant.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the following shall constitute Taxes for the purposes of this Lease, and nothing contained herein shall be deemed to require Tenant to pay any of the following: (i) any state, local, federal, personal or corporate income tax measured by the income of Landlord; (ii) any estate, inheritance taxes, or gross rental receipts tax; (iii) any franchise, succession or transfer taxes; (iv) interest on taxes or penalties resulting from Landlord’s or any other tenant’s failure to pay taxes (provided that Tenant shall have made all of its required payments in a timely fashion); provided, however, that if some method or type of taxation shall replace the current method of assessment of real estate taxes in whole or in part, or the type thereof, or if additional types of taxes are imposed upon the Property or Landlord (“ New Taxing Method ”) Tenant agrees that such taxes or other charges shall be deemed to be, and shall be, Taxes hereunder and Tenant shall pay an equitable share of the same as an additional charge computed in a fashion consistent with the method of computation herein provided, to the end that Tenant’s share thereof shall be, to the maximum extent practicable, comparable to that which Tenant would bear under the foregoing provisions In the event of a New Taxing Method which measures income to Landlord, Tenant’s share thereof shall be calculated as if the Property were the only property of Landlord subject to such tax.

 

Tenant shall, commencing on the Term Commencement Date and thereafter upon receipt of written notice from Landlord, prepay to Landlord monthly as Additional Rent, in the same manner as Basic Rent, one-twelfth (1/12) of the total of all such amounts as Landlord may from time to time reasonably estimate will be payable annually by Tenant under this Paragraph 8, which prepayments shall be applied without interest to such amounts as actually become payable As soon as any such amounts so payable are actually determined, Landlord shall promptly deliver to tenant a written statement thereof, which shall include copies of the bills for the applicable Taxes Appropriate adjustments of any overpayment and underpayment shall be made within thirty (30) days after delivery of the statement Landlord shall provide a good faith estimate of Tenant’s Share of the Taxes, including anticipated escalations, for the upcoming Lease Year.

 

Landlord will monitor the amount of Taxes from time to time assessed with respect to the Property and the Building, and if Landlord determines that any such assessment is unreasonable or

 

8



 

excessive, Landlord will undertake reasonable steps to challenge any material unlawful over-assessment or negotiate a reasonable reduction Landlord shall not, however, be required to institute any litigation or formal appeal at any agency other than the municipal assessing authority If Landlord shall receive any Tax refund or reimbursement of Taxes or sum in lieu thereof with respect to any tax year, then out of any balance remaining thereof after deducting Landlord’s expenses reasonably incurred in obtaining such refund, Landlord shall credit to Tenant, provided there does not then exist a Default of Tenant, an amount equal to such refund or reimbursement or sum in lieu thereof, multiplied by Tenant’s Share; provided, that in no event, shall Tenant be entitled to receive more than the payments actually made by Tenant on account of Taxes for such tax year pursuant to this paragraph If a default on the part of Tenant exists, then until the same is cured as may be provided in this Lease, Landlord may retain Tenant’s share of such refund or reimbursement as security towards the cure thereof Landlord agrees that it will not collect from Tenant more than Tenant’s Share of 100% of the Taxes and other sums described herein as may be paid or assessed on or with respect to the Premises, the Building, the Park and the Property.

 

9.                                       Insurance: Waivers of Claims and Subrogation

 

Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense, obtain and throughout the Term shall maintain, with companies qualified to do business in Massachusetts and reasonably acceptable to Landlord, commercial general liability insurance (with broad form contractual liability) under which Tenant is named insured and Landlord (and such other persons as are in privity of estate with Landlord as may be set out in a notice from time to time) are listed as additional insured as their respective interests may appear, and insuring on an occurrence basis against claims for bodily injury, death or property damage occurring to, upon or about the Premises in limits of $2,000,000 per occurrence /$4,000,000 aggregate (combined single limit) for bodily injury or death and property damage and insurance covering contents of, and personal property and trade fixtures located in, the Premises Notwithstanding the foregoing, the risk of loss to all contents of, and personal property and trade fixtures located in, the Premises is upon Tenant, and Landlord shall have no liability with respect thereto unless (subject to applicable waivers of claims and subrogation) such loss is due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord The above commercial general liability insurance policy shall be non-cancelable with respect to Landlord and Landlord’s said designees without thirty (30) days prior written notice, except in the event of cancellation for non-payment of premium, whereby ten (10) days prior notice will be provided Tenant shall provide Landlord with certificates of insurance evidencing the foregoing (but in limits of $2,000,000 per occurrence/$4,000,000 aggregate) and thereafter from time to time at Landlord’s request together with reasonable evidence of umbrella coverage which increases the limits to $2,000,000 per occurrence/$4,000,000 aggregate The policy shall provide coverage for blanket contractual liability (except for the negligence or willful misconduct of the non-insured party), premises and personal injury coverage, together with a cross-liability severability of interest provision Insurance required hereunder shall be written by companies licensed to do business in the state in which the Premises are located and have a General Policyholder’s rating of at least A-VIII as set forth in the most current issue of Best’s Insurance Guide.

 

Nothing in this Paragraph 9 shall prevent Tenant from carrying any of the insurance required of Tenant hereunder in the form of a blanket and/or umbrella insurance policy or policies which cover other properties owned or operated by Tenant in addition to the Premises.

 

Landlord shall obtain and throughout the Term shall maintain, with companies qualified to do business in Massachusetts and reasonably acceptable to Tenant and any Mortgagees, for the benefit as named insured of Landlord and any Mortgagees as their respective interests may appear, with losses first payable to such Mortgagees under a standard mortgagee endorsement: (i) insurance against lost rentals from the Building for a period of one year; (ii) so-called “property” insurance against loss or damage to the Building and the Landlord’s Work such as may result from fire and such other casualties as are

 

9



 

normally covered by an “extended coverage” endorsement, such casualty insurance to be in an amount equal to the replacement cost of the Building; (iii) boiler and machinery insurance on any Building steam boilers, pressure vessels and pressure piping and miscellaneous electrical apparatus, engines, pumps, and compressors, fans and blowers, with so-called “standard blanket coverage” (15 HP and over); and (iv) a policy of commercial general liability insurance having a combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) per occurrence and general aggregate insurance in an amount of not less than Four Million Dollars ($4,000,000.00).

 

Landlord and Tenant each hereby release the other from any liability for any loss or damage to the Building, the Premises or other property and for injury to or death of persons occurring on the Property or in the Building or the Premises or in any manner growing out of or connected with Tenant’s use and occupation of the Premises, the Building or the Property or the condition thereof, whether or not caused by the negligence or other fault of Landlord, Tenant or their respective agents, employees, subtenants, licensees, invitees or assignees; provided, however, that this release (i) shall apply notwithstanding the indemnities set forth in Paragraph 15, but only to the extent that such loss or damage to the Building or other property or injury to or death of persons is covered (or required by this Lease to be covered) by insurance which protects Landlord or Tenant or both of them as the case may be; (ii) shall not be construed to impose any other or greater liability upon either Landlord or Tenant then would have existed in the absence hereof; and (iii) shall be in effect only to the extent and so long as the applicable insurance policies waive subrogation rights and provide that this release shall not affect the right of the insured to recover under such policies, which clauses shall be obtained by the parties hereto whenever available If waivers of subrogation are not obtainable under a party’s policies or are obtainable only at an additional cost, said party shall notify the other party which, if it desires to have the waiver of subrogation, shall pay said additional cost.

 

10.                                Utilities

 

To the extent not already separately metered, Tenant shall install separate meters to measure gas and electricity consumption by the Tenant, in which event Tenant shall be billed for such charges imposed in respect of the usage indicated by such meter and Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense, arrange and pay for such utilities provided to the Premises during the Term, including, without limitation, electricity (including electricity for HVAC, lights and outlets), gas, telephone service, security and fire protection, cleaning and trash removal Any new service deposits or fees required by the municipality or utility shall be paid by Tenant Any utilities that are not separately metered, including without limitation water and sewer charges, may be submetered by Landlord or, if Landlord so elects, Landlord may determine another reasonable and reasonably equitable manner of billing Tenant according to Tenant’s approximate utility usage.

 

11.                                Repairs and Maintenance

 

(a)                                  Tenant’s Obligation .  During the Term, and except as expressly provided below, Tenant, at its own cost and expense, shall: (i) maintain and make all necessary repairs and replacements to the electrical, mechanical, heating, ventilating and air conditioning, life safety, plumbing and other systems inside the Premises (or located outside the Premises but exclusively serving the Premises) (collectively, the “ Dedicated Systems ”), and shall maintain a service contract with respect to the Dedicated Systems with a company or companies reasonably acceptable to Landlord in connection therewith; (ii) make any repairs to the Building and the Property necessitated by the wrongful acts or negligence of Tenant or its agents, employees or invitees; (iii) obtain and maintain a service contract for dumpster service and janitorial services within the Premises with a company or companies reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and (iv) make all interior non-structural repairs, replacements and renewals necessary to keep the Premises in at least as good condition, order and repair as the same are on the Term Commencement Date

 

10



 

or thereafter may be put, reasonable wear and use and damage by fire or other casualty only excepted (it being understood, however, that the foregoing exception for reasonable wear and use shall not relieve Tenant from the obligation to keep the Premises in good condition and in a manner consistent with a comparable single-story flex building, free from accumulation of dirt, rubbish and other debris).

 

(b)                                  Landlord’s Obligations .  From and after the Term Commencement Date and during the Term, Landlord shall make all repairs, replacements and renewals necessary: (i) to keep in good and sound condition the foundation and structure of the Building, including but not limited to steel, footings, exterior walls, roof deck, main sprinkler line, roof membrane, and all underground or under-slab utilities; (ii) to keep the electrical, mechanical, plumbing, sprinkler and other systems serving the Building generally or the Common Areas in as good condition, order and repair as the same are at the commencement of the Term or thereafter may be put; and (iii) to keep all Common Areas, including the parking areas, driveways, walkways, and other improvements on the Property, in reasonably good condition, reasonably free of accumulations of snow, and sanded as appropriate, and to keep all lawns and landscaped areas of the Property watered, fertilized and neatly trimmed.  The cost of repairing damage by wrongful acts or negligence of Tenant or its agents, employees or invitees shall be charged to Tenant as Additional Rent hereunder and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant shall be responsible for any loss, cost or damage resulting from activities on the roof of the Building conducted by Tenant, its agents, employees and contractors which cause damage to the roof.  Notwithstanding paragraph (a) above, so long as Tenant maintains and repairs the Dedicated Systems (which may include, without limitation, routine replacement of parts and components), and except for any replacement required as a result of misuse or neglect by Tenant, if despite such proper maintenance and repair, during the first two (2) Lease Years, any of the Dedicated Systems need to be replaced, Tenant shall so advise Landlord and Landlord shall replace the unit(s) or equipment in question, and no portion of the cost thereof will be charged to Tenant.  The cost of any such replacement made after the end of the second Lease Year shall be amortized over the reasonably useful life of the replacement in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and the monthly charge-off (including a reasonable interest factor, which shall be determined by reference to the interest rate then being charged for long-term mortgages by institutional lenders on similar properties within the vicinity of the Building) will thereafter be payable by Tenant as Additional Rent hereunder.  In no event, however, will Landlord have any responsibility to repair, maintain or replace the Supplemental Unit (as defined below), it being agreed that Tenant shall be solely responsible therefor at Tenant’s sole cost.

 

12.                                Compliance with Laws and Regulations

 

Tenant shall comply, at its own cost and expense, with: (i) all applicable laws, by-laws, ordinances, codes, rules, regulations, orders, and other lawful requirements of governmental bodies having jurisdiction, whether or not foreseeable, and whether or not they involve any changes in governmental policy, which are applicable to the Premises, the fixtures and equipment therein and thereon; (ii) all orders, rules and regulations of the National Board of Fire Underwriters, or any other body hereafter constituted exercising similar functions, which may be applicable to the Premises, the fixtures and equipment therein or thereon or the use thereof; and (iii) the requirements of all policies of public liability, fire and all other types of insurance at any time in force with respect to the Premises, the Building or the Property and the fixtures and equipment therein and thereon.

 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant shall continually during the Term of this Lease maintain the Premises in accordance with all laws, codes and ordinances from time to time in effect and all directions, rules and regulations of the proper officers of governmental agencies having jurisdiction, and the standards recommended by the Boston Board of Fire Underwriters, and shall, at Tenant’s expense, obtain all permits, licenses and the like required by applicable law with respect to Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises To the extent that the Premises constitute a “Place of Public

 

11



 

Accommodation” within the meaning of the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, Tenant shall be responsible for making the Premises comply with such act provided, however, that Landlord shall be responsible for making the Premises comply with such act to the extent the Premises failed to comply therewith on the Term Commencement Date Landlord will be responsible (subject to Landlord’s right to contest any such requirement) for performance of any exterior or structural modifications to the Building, or modifications to any base Building systems serving the Premises, that are required either by applicable laws, codes or ordinances, or by such insurance standards, in any case other than on those required on account of Tenant’s particular use of or activities within the Premises The cost of any such compliance measures by Landlord may be included in Common Expenses as provided in Section 7 above.

 

13.                                Alterations by Tenant; Signage

 

Following the completion of Landlord’s Work, Tenant shall make no alterations, additions or improvements in or to any portion of the Premises, the Building or the Property without Landlord’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s consent shall not be required for interior cosmetic alterations for which no building permit or other governmental permit or approval is required As to any alteration, addition or improvement made by Tenant and for which Landlord’s consent is required, Tenant shall first furnish Landlord with suitable assurances that Tenant will complete the same at no expense to Landlord and without any mechanics’ or materialmen’s lien upon the Property Any such consent may, at Landlord’s election, be conditioned upon Tenant being obligated to remove the same at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and to restore the Premises to its condition prior to such alterations, additions and improvements Landlord shall respond promptly to any request by Tenant for Landlord’s consent to an alteration after receipt of Tenant’s request therefor, which request contains all information and materials reasonably necessary for Landlord to evaluate the request If Landlord does not respond to any such request for approval (which response may be an approval (with or without reasonable conditions), or a reasonable disapproval or a reasonable request for additional information) within twenty (20) days, or within seven (7) days with respect to any re-submission of disapproved plans, after Landlord’s receipt thereof, Landlord shall be deemed to have approved the alteration in question Any disapproval given by Landlord shall be accompanied by a statement of the reasons for such disapproval Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may, at the time of submitting any request for Landlord’s approval of an alteration, addition or improvement hereunder, request that Landlord determine whether or not Landlord will require its removal and/or restoration as aforesaid If Landlord does not specify otherwise in writing at or before the giving of such approval, then Tenant shall not be required to remove and/or restore the same Landlord acknowledges that Tenant desires to install on the Building a 20-ton supplemental HVAC unit (the “ Supplemental Unit ”) that is owned by Tenant, to provide additional heating, cooling and ventilation capacity for the Premises Tenant shall install the Supplemental Unit, using a qualified, reputable and property insured contractor selected by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost, and in a location to be reasonably approved by Landlord At the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, the Supplemental Unit shall become the property of Landlord Any alterations made by Tenant that affect the roof or exterior of the Building will be made by (or at Landlord’s election, supervised by) Landlord’s designated contractor at Tenant’s cost Any work performed by Tenant shall not void or impair any warranty or guaranty, and Tenant shall bear the cost of supervision by Landlord.

 

Subject to covenants applicable to the Property and the Town of Wilmington Sign Regulations/By-Laws, Landlord will install and maintain, at no cost or expense to Tenant, Tenant’s name on the existing exterior monument directory sign at the driveway entrance to the Building and entrance to the Park (provided that Tenant will be responsible for the cost of any subsequent changes to such signs), and Tenant shall be permitted to install appropriate building standard signage approved by Landlord at the entry doors to the Premises The Landlord shall have the right to review and approve all specifications and sign designs as to size, colors, materials, and method of affixation Tenant shall maintain, repair and

 

12



 

replace all such entry door signage at its sole cost and expense, and at Landlord’s election, shall remove all such signage and fixtures and connections at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease Landlord’s approval and consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.

 

14.                                Landlord’s Access

 

Tenant shall permit Landlord and any Mortgagees and their authorized representatives to enter the Premises (i) at all reasonable times during usual business hours for the purposes of inspecting the same, exercising such other rights as it or they may have hereunder or under any mortgages and exhibiting the same to prospective purchasers or mortgagees upon at least twenty-four (24) hours’ prior written notice, and (ii) at any time and without notice in the event of emergency Unless Tenant has elected to extend the Term and, in any event, no earlier than nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the Initial Term, Landlord and any Mortgagees and their authorized representatives may enter the Premises to exhibit the same to prospective tenants upon at least twenty-four (24) hours’ prior written notice In connection with any access by Landlord or any Mortgagee described herein (and except in the case of an emergency), Tenant may require that Landlord or such Mortgagee be accompanied by a representative of Tenant, provided that Tenant makes such a representative available for such purpose.

 

Landlord and any Mortgagee and their respective agents, employees and contractors shall conduct all of their activities on the Premises in a manner which does not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s business or Tenant’s use of the Premises.

 

15.                                Indemnity

 

(a)                                  Tenant shall protect, defend (with counsel approved by Landlord in its reasonable discretion), indemnify and save Landlord harmless from and against any and all third party claims, actions or other proceedings to the extent arising from: (i) the conduct or management by Tenant or by anyone claiming under Tenant of or from any work or thing whatsoever done in or about the Premises during the Term by Tenant or by anyone claiming under Tenant and from any condition existing, or any injury to or death of persons or damage to properly occurring or resulting from an occurrence, during the Term in or about the Premises (except to the extent that the same arose as a result of the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents or employees, or Landlord’s default under this Lease); or (ii) any negligent or willful and wrongful act or omission on the part of Tenant or any of its agents, employees, subtenants, licensees, invitees or assignees.  Tenant further agrees to indemnify Landlord from and against all costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) and other liabilities to the extent incurred in connection with any such indemnified claim, action or other proceeding brought thereon.  Tenant’s duty to indemnify Landlord under this Paragraph 15 shall survive the expiration and termination of this Lease with respect to any claims, actions or other proceedings occurring prior to such expiration or termination.

 

(b)                                  Subject to applicable waivers of claims and rights of subrogation, Landlord shall protect, defend (with counsel approved by Tenant in its reasonable discretion), indemnify and save Tenant harmless from and against any and all claims and liabilities arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any of its agents or employees.  Landlord further agrees to indemnify Tenant from and against all costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) and other liabilities incurred in connection with any such indemnified claim or action or proceeding brought thereon, any and all of which, if reasonably suffered, paid or incurred by Tenant, Landlord shall pay promptly upon receipt of written demand to Tenant.  Landlord’s duty to indemnify Tenant under this Paragraph 15 shall survive the expiration and termination of this Lease with respect to any claims or liability occurring prior to such expiration or termination.

 

13



 

(c)                                   A party entitled to indemnification hereunder agrees to provide the indemnifying party with prompt notice of any claim, action or other proceeding and to permit the indemnifying party to defend any such claim, action or other proceeding with qualified counsel of its choosing, and further agrees that it will cooperate in all reasonable respects in such defense.  Neither party shall settle or compromise any claim or action for which it is entitled to indemnification hereunder without the indemnifying party’s consent, which such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

16.                                Casualty Damage

 

Except as provided below, in the event of partial or total destruction of the Premises during the Term by fire or other casualty, Landlord shall, at its sole expense, as promptly as reasonably practicable after receipt of any insurance proceeds available as a result of such casualty, repair, reconstruct or replace the portions of the Premises destroyed to the same condition in which they existed prior to such destruction During the period of such repair, reconstruction and replacement and until such time as Tenant’s business may be fully resumed on the Premises, there shall be an equitable abatement of Basic Rent and Additional Rent in proportion to the loss of usable floor area in the Premises.

 

(a)                                  Termination .  If the Building or the Premises is so extensively destroyed by fire or other casualty that the Premises cannot reasonably be expected to be susceptible of repair, reconstruction or replacement to its condition immediately prior to such casualty (excluding any additions, alterations, or improvements constructed by Tenant in the Premises) within a period of one hundred eighty (180) days from the date work were to commence thereon, then either party may terminate this Lease immediately upon notice thereof to the other and the obligation of Tenant, if any, to pay Basic Rent and Additional Rent to Landlord shall terminate as of the date of such notice.  Landlord shall notify Tenant within thirty (30) days of such event of damage or destruction whether the Building or the Premises can be fully repaired or restored to its condition immediately prior to such casualty (excluding any additions, alterations, or improvements constructed by Tenant in the Premises) within the one hundred eighty (180) day period.  If the Building or the Premises can be fully repaired or restored to its condition immediately prior to such casualty (excluding any additions, alterations, or improvements constructed by Tenant in the Premises) within the one hundred eighty (180) day period, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, except that Basic Rent and Additional Rent shall abate as described above, and Landlord shall, and subject to the rights of any Mortgages, diligently repair and restore the damage as soon as possible.  In the event of any notice of termination pursuant to this Paragraph 16, this Lease shall terminate as of, and Basic Rent and Additional Rent shall be appropriately apportioned through and abated from and after, the date of such notice of termination.

 

(b)                                  Damage or Destruction at End of Term .  If the Building or the Premises is damaged or destroyed during the last twelve (12) months of the Term of the Lease, and the Building or the Premises cannot be fully repaired or restored by Landlord within thirty (30) days after the date of the damage or destruction, either Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease upon notice to the other, unless Tenant, within 30 days of the date of the fire or other casualty, elects to exercise its option to extend the Term.

 

17.                                Condemnation

 

If more than ten percent (10%) of the usable floor area of the Premises, or more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the parking spaces then available for use by Tenant, shall be taken by eminent domain or appropriated by public authority (and if Landlord is unable or unwilling to provide a reasonably equivalent area or number of parking spaces within a reasonable proximity), Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease by giving written notice to the other within thirty (30) days after such taking or appropriation unless in the case of a taking of parking spaces, Landlord within thirty (30) days after any such notice of termination from Tenant gives written notice to Tenant of Landlord’s assumption of the

 

14



 

obligation to replace the parking area so taken with comparable replacements elsewhere on the Property In the event of such a termination, this Lease shall terminate as of the date Tenant must surrender possession or, if later, the date Tenant actually surrenders possession, and the Basic Rent and Additional Rent reserved shall be apportioned and paid to and as of such date.

 

If part of the Premises is taken or appropriated by public authority as aforesaid and this Lease is not terminated as set forth above, Landlord shall, subject to the rights of any Mortgagees, apply any such damages and compensation awarded (net of the costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by Landlord in obtaining the same) to secure and close so much of the Premises or other improvements constituting part of the Premises as remain and shall promptly restore the Building and the Premises to the same condition as they existed immediately prior to such taking or appropriation; and in such event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, except that there shall be an equitable abatement of Basic Rent and Additional Rent in proportion to the loss of usable floor area in the Premises after giving effect to such restoration, from and after the date Tenant must surrender possession or, if later, the date Tenant actually surrenders possession.

 

Landlord hereby reserves, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord, any and all interest in and the claims to the entirety of any damages or other compensation by way of damages which may be awarded in connection with any such taking or appropriation, except so much of such damages or award as is specifically and separately awarded to Tenant and expressly attributable to trade fixtures or moving expenses of Tenant.

 

18.                                Landlord’s Covenant of Quiet Enjoyment

 

Landlord covenants that Tenant, upon paying the Basic Rent and Additional Rent provided for hereunder and performing and observing all of the other covenants and provisions hereof, may peaceably and quietly hold and enjoy the Premises for the Term as aforesaid, without hindrance or ejection by any persons lawfully claiming under Landlord to have title to the Premises superior to Tenant subject, however, to all of the terms and provisions of this Lease and to all matters of record; the foregoing covenant of quite enjoyment is in lieu of any other covenant of quiet enjoyment, express or implied.

 

19.                                Tenant’s Obligation to Quit; Holdover

 

Tenant shall, upon the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of this Lease, leave and peaceably and quietly surrender and deliver to Landlord the Premises and any replacements or renewals thereof in at least as good condition as the Premises were in on the Term Commencement Date, and otherwise in the order, condition and repair required by Paragraph 11 hereof and the other provisions of this Lease, except, however, that Tenant shall first remove any trade fixtures and equipment and any alterations, additions and improvements which Landlord has required be removed pursuant to the terms of Paragraph 13 hereof, restoring the Premises in each case to its condition prior to the installation of such fixtures or the undertaking of such alterations, additions or improvements, as the case may be, reasonable wear and tear and damage by casualty or taking excepted Within the last ninety (90) days of the Term of this Lease, Landlord may elect to have the Premises inspected (with the reasonable cost thereof to be paid by Tenant as Additional Rent) by an industrial hygienist or an engineer or hazardous materials consultant (who shall be reasonably acceptable to Tenant) to determine any necessary steps to be taken with respect to Tenant’s Materials (as defined in Section 33 below) and the proper removal thereof and any necessary post-removal clean-up or remediation, all of which shall be undertaken by Tenant to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction prior to the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

If Tenant fails to quit the Premises at the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of this Lease, unless Landlord consents in writing (and in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion) to Tenant

 

15


 

remaining on the Premises, Tenant shall be a tenant-at-sufferance and shall pay to Landlord with respect to any holdover period all Additional Rent and a sum equal to 1.5 times the Basic Rent in effect on the last day of the Term (or the day preceding such earlier termination) (“ Holdover Rent ”), and shall be fully liable to Landlord for any and all damages or losses suffered by Landlord as a result of such failure (including without limitation any damages arising from the loss of a replacement tenant).

 

The provisions of this Paragraph 19 shall expressly survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

20.                                Transfers of Tenant’s Interest

 

(a)                                  Except as hereinafter set forth, Tenant covenants and agrees that whether voluntarily, involuntarily, by operation of law or otherwise neither this Lease nor the term and estate hereby granted, nor any interest herein or therein, will be assigned, mortgaged, pledged, encumbered or otherwise transferred, except as provided by Section 20(b) herein below, and that neither the Premises nor any part thereof will be encumbered in any manner by reason of any act or omission on the part of Tenant, or used or occupied or permitted to be used or occupied, by anyone other than Tenant, or for any use or purpose other than a Permitted Use, or be sublet (which term, without limitation, shall include granting of concessions, licenses and the like) in whole or in part, or be offered or advertised for assignment or subletting without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned.  Without limiting the foregoing, any agreement pursuant to which: (x) Tenant is relieved from the obligation to pay, or a third party agrees to pay on Tenant’s behalf, all or any portion of Basic Rent, Additional Rent or other charges due under this Lease; and/or (y) a third party undertakes or is granted the right to assign or attempt to assign this Lease or sublet or attempt sublet all or any portion of the Premises, shall for all purposes hereof be deemed to be an assignment of this Lease and subject to the provisions of this Paragraph 20.  Unless Tenant is a corporation the stock in which is publicly traded on one or more exchanges regulated by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the provisions of this paragraph (a) shall apply to a transfer (by one or more transfers) of a majority of the stock or partnership interests or other evidences of ownership of Tenant as if such transfer were an assignment of this Lease.  Notwithstanding any of the foregoing to the contrary, Tenant shall have no right to enter into any transfer or other transaction described herein if there then exists any Default of Tenant under Section 23(a)(i) of this Lease.

 

Tenant shall reimburse Landlord as Additional Rent, upon receipt of demand, for any reasonable costs that may be incurred by Landlord in connection with any proposed assignment or sublease and any request for consent thereto pursuant to this subparagraph (a), including without limitation the costs of making investigations as to the acceptability of any proposed assignee or subtenant and attorneys’ fees No subleasing, assignment or other transfer of this Lease or the Premises shall affect Tenant’s ongoing and primary liability for performance of all obligations (including without limitation payments) to be performed by Tenant under this Lease, and Tenant shall in all cases remain liable for the same (whether accruing or arising prior to or after such transfer).

 

(b)                                  The provisions of paragraph (a) shall not apply to an assignment of this Lease or sublease of the whole or any portion of the Premises to any affiliate or subsidiary of Tenant, or to an entity owning Tenant as a subsidiary, or to any entity resulting from a consolidation or merger of Tenant with any other entity, or an entity acquiring a majority of Tenant’s issued and outstanding capital stock or a substantial portion of Tenant’s physical assets, provided that in any such event, the assignee or sublessee (or successor entity) has a tangible net worth equal to or greater than Forty Million Dollars ($40,000,000), and:

 

16



 

(i)                                      Tenant gives Landlord advance written notice describing the transaction and confirms by written instrument in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord that, notwithstanding the transaction, Tenant remains bound by all of the obligations of Tenant hereunder; and

 

(ii)                                   the assignee agrees directly with Landlord, by written instrument in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, to be bound by all the obligations of Tenant hereunder including, without limitation, any obligation of assignee to obtain from Landlord consent to any further assignment and subletting pursuant to this Section.

 

(c)                                   In the event that Tenant shall enter into one or more subleases, and if, after deducting actual out-of-pocket third party expenses reasonably incurred by Tenant in connection with such sublease (such expenses to be pro-rated evenly over the term of such sublease), including without limitation brokerage commissions actually paid to a licensed broker, the rent and other sums (including without limitation the fair value of any services provided by such subtenant for Tenant) payable by the sublessee on account of any such sublease exceed the Basic Rent and Additional Rent allocable to that portion of the Premises subject to such sublease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as an additional charge, 50% of such excess, such amount to be paid monthly with payments by Tenant of Basic Rent hereunder.  In the event that Tenant shall enter into any assignment of this Lease, if after deducting actual out-of-pocket third party expenses reasonably incurred in connection with such assignment, including without limitation brokerage commissions actually paid to a licensed broker, Tenant receives any payment or consideration (including without limitation the fair value of any services provided by such subtenant for Tenant) on account of any such assignment over and above the assumption by the assignee of Tenant’s remaining obligations under this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as an additional charge, 50% of such excess, such amount to be paid in a lump sum on the effective date of such assignment (or, if later, as received by Tenant from the assignee).

 

21.                                Transfers of Landlord’s Interest

 

Landlord shall have the right from time to time to sell or mortgage its interest in the Property, the Building and the Premises, to assign its interest in this Lease, or to assign from time to time the Basic Rent, Additional Rent or other sums and charges at any time paid or payable hereunder by Tenant to Landlord, to any Mortgagees or other transferees designated by Landlord In any such case Tenant shall pay the Basic Rent, Additional Rent and such other sums and charges so assigned, subject to the terms of the Lease, upon receipt from Landlord of written notice, to such Mortgagees and other transferees at the addresses mentioned in and in accordance with terms of such instruments of designation.

 

22.                                Mortgagees’ Rights

 

Landlord represents that, as of the date hereof, there is no mortgage encumbering the Premises This Lease is and shall be subject and subordinate to any mortgage (and to any amendments, extensions, increases, refinancing or restructuring thereof) of the Property, the Building or the Premises, that is filed or recorded subsequent to the execution, delivery or the recording of this Lease or any notice hereof (the holder from time to time of any such mortgage is hereinafter called the “ Mortgagee ”) The foregoing subordination shall be self-operative and automatically effective as to any mortgage filed subsequent to the execution and delivery hereof; provided, that (i) Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts (which shall not include the obligation to pay any fee or charge or to agree to any less favorable terms or conditions in the secured indebtedness) to obtain for the benefit of Tenant an agreement from any future Mortgagee on its standard form then in use that, for so long as there exists no default beyond applicable grace periods under this Lease by Tenant, and subject to such Mortgagee’s customary exceptions and qualifications, the Mortgagee will not, in foreclosing against or taking possession of the Premises or otherwise exercising its rights under such mortgage, terminate this Lease or disturb Tenant’s possession of the Premises hereunder, or words of similar import and (ii) such subordination shall not otherwise

 

17



 

unreasonably restrict or limit the rights or materially increase the obligations of Tenant under this Lease Tenant hereby agrees to execute, acknowledge and deliver in recordable form such instruments confirming and evidencing the foregoing subordination as Landlord or any such Mortgagee may from time to time reasonably require.

 

Provided that Tenant has been provided with written notice of such mortgage and appropriate addresses to which notice should be sent, no notice from Tenant of any default by Landlord in its obligations shall be valid, and Tenant shall not attempt to terminate this Lease, withhold Basic Rent or Additional Rent or exercise any other remedy which may arise by reason of any such default, unless Tenant first gives such notice to such Mortgagee and provides such Mortgagee with reasonable time after such notice to cure such default Tenant shall and does hereby agree, upon default by Landlord under any mortgage, to attorn to and recognize the Mortgagee or anyone else claiming under such mortgage, including a purchaser at a foreclosure sale, upon receipt of written request from a successor to the interest of Landlord under this Lease, to execute, acknowledge and deliver in recordable form such evidence of this attornment, and to make payments of Basic Rent and Additional Rent hereunder directly to the Mortgagee or any such successor, as the case may be, provided that this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between such Mortgagee or successor and Tenant Tenant may comply with the instructions given it by such Mortgagee or successor without the need to verify Landlord’s default under the subject mortgage Any Mortgagee may, at any time, by giving written notice to, and without any further consent from, Tenant, subordinate its mortgage to this Lease, and thereupon the interest of Tenant under this Lease shall automatically be deemed to be prior to the lien of such mortgage without regard to the relative dates of execution, delivery or recording thereof or otherwise.

 

23.                                Default; Remedies

 

(a)                                  If Tenant shall: (i) default in the payment when due of any Basic Rent, Additional Rent, or any other charges hereunder, and such default shall continue for five (5) business days after written notice from Landlord of such default; or (ii) if Tenant shall default in the performance or observance of any of the other covenants contained in this Lease on Tenant’s part to be performed or observed and shall fail, within thirty (30) days after written notice from Landlord of such default, to cure such default, or if such cure cannot reasonably be completed within thirty (30) days, if Tenant fails promptly to commence such cure, and thereafter diligently complete it (and in any event within sixty (60) days following the end of said thirty (30) day period); or (iii) if the estate hereby created shall be taken on execution, or by other process of law or if Tenant shall be found, under Title 11 of the United States Code as from time to time in effect, or under any applicable law, other than said Title 11, of any jurisdiction relating to the liquidation or reorganization of debtors or to the modification or alteration of the rights of creditors, to be bankrupt or insolvent, or an order by a court of competent jurisdiction shall be entered approving its liquidation or reorganization or any modification or alteration of the rights of its creditors (which order is not discharged within 45 days after such entry) or assuming custody of, or appointing a receiver or other custodian for, all or a substantial part of its property (in every such case, a “ Default of Tenant ”): then, and in any of said cases, Landlord may, to the extent permitted by law, immediately or at any time thereafter and without demand or notice, terminate this Lease and enter into and upon the Premises, or any part thereof in the name of the whole, and repossess the same as of Landlord’s former estate, and, by any lawful means, expel Tenant and those claiming through or under Tenant and remove its effects without being deemed guilty of any manner of trespass, and without prejudice to any remedies which might otherwise be used for arrears of rent or preceding breach of covenant.

 

(b)                                  No termination or repossession provided for in this Paragraph 23 shall relieve Tenant or any guarantor of the obligations of Tenant under this Lease of or from its liabilities and obligations under this Lease, all of which shall survive any such termination or repossession.  In the event of any such termination or repossession, Tenant shall pay to Landlord either: (i) in advance on the first day of each

 

18



 

month, for what would have been the entire balance of the Term one-twelfth (1/12) (and a pro rata portion thereof for any fraction of a month) of the annual Basic Rent, Additional Rent and all other amounts for which Tenant is obligated hereunder, less, in each case, the actual net receipts by Landlord by reason of any reletting of the Premises after deducting Landlord’s expenses in connection with such reletting, including, without limitation, removal, storage and repair and renovation costs and reasonable brokers’ and attorneys’ fees; or (ii) at the option of Landlord exercisable (in Landlord’s sole discretion) by Landlord’s giving notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after any such termination, an amount equal to the amount by which the payments of Basic Rent and Additional Rent reasonably estimated to be payable for the balance of the Term after the date of the exercise of said option would exceed the payments reasonably estimated to be the fair rental value of the Premises over such period, determined as of such date.  Landlord will use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate its damages.

 

(c)                                   Without thereby affecting any other right or remedy of Landlord hereunder, Landlord may, at its option, cure for Tenant’s account any default by Tenant hereunder which remains uncured after said thirty (30) days’ notice of default from Landlord to Tenant, and the cost to Landlord of such cure shall be deemed to be Additional Rent and shall be paid to Landlord by Tenant with the installment of Basic Rent next accruing, together with interest thereon, from the date so expended until the date repaid, at the annual rate often percent (10%).  Without thereby affecting any other right or remedy of Landlord hereunder, Landlord may, at its option, charge Tenant a late charge in the amount of five percent (5%) of the amount overdue in connection with any Basic Rent or Additional Rent not paid within five (5) business days of the date when due.

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, in the event that (i) Landlord has failed to perform any obligation required of Landlord under this Lease in connection with the repair or maintenance of the Building or the Property, and Landlord’s failure is having an immediate, material and adverse impact on the Tenant’s ability to conduct its business in the Premises, and (ii) Tenant gives Landlord a written notice of such failure as provided above, which notice shall clearly describe (x) the alleged failure and (y) the material and adverse impact of Tenant’s ability to conduct its business in the Premises, and states that Tenant intends to perform such obligation, and (iii) within three (3) days after Landlord’s receipt of such notice, Landlord has not either cured or commenced to sure such failure, or given Tenant a notice that Landlord in good faith disputes its obligation to perform the same, then Tenant may make such repairs or perform such maintenance in a good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with all laws and codes, and using reputable, licensed and insured contractors, except that nothing herein shall authorize Tenant to perform any work involving or affecting the structure of the Building or the roof of the Building or the electrical, mechanical or plumbing systems that serve any areas other than the Premises.  Any notice to Landlord hereunder must state in prominent bold type: “TIME-SENSITIVE NOTICE.  ACTION IS REQUIRED WITHIN THREE (3) DAYS.”  Landlord will reimburse Tenant for the actual and reasonable third party costs paid by Tenant in so doing (as evidenced by copies of receipted invoices, work orders, checks, or other back-up as Landlord may reasonably request) up to a maximum of Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000.00).  Such reimbursement shall be made within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of such back-up material.  Tenant shall in no event have the right to withhold any such amount due from Landlord from, or offset any such amount against any payment (including without limitation Rent or additional rent) due from Tenant to Landlord hereunder, it being agreed that Tenant’s sole remedy shall be an action against Landlord to collect the same.

 

24.                                Remedies Cumulative: Waivers

 

Except as stated otherwise herein, the specific remedies to which either party may resort under the terms of this Lease are cumulative and are not intended to be exclusive of any other remedies or means of redress to which that party may be lawfully entitled under any provision of this Lease or otherwise The failure of Landlord or Tenant to insist in any one or more instances upon the strict

 

19



 

performance of any of the covenants of this Lease shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment for the future of such covenant A receipt by Landlord, or payment by Tenant, of Basic Rent or Additional Rent with knowledge of the breach of any covenant hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach, and no waiver, change, modification or discharge by Landlord or Tenant of any provision in this Lease shall be deemed to have been made or shall be effective unless expressed in writing and signed by an authorized representative of Landlord or of Tenant, as the case may be.  In addition to the other remedies in this Lease provided, Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, shall be entitled to the restraint by injunction of the covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or to a decree compelling performance of or compliance with any of such covenants, conditions or provisions.

 

25.                                Broker

 

Tenant warrants and represents that it has not dealt with any real estate broker other than Cassidy Turley and Cushman & Wakefield of Massachusetts (the “ Broker ”) in connection with the Premises or this Lease.  Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any liability for commissions due any real estate broker or finder other than the Broker with whom Tenant is claimed to have dealt in connection with this Lease.

 

26.                                Notices

 

Any notices or other communications hereunder shall be in writing and delivered by hand or mailed, postage prepaid, by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or delivered by generally-recognized overnight delivery service, if to Landlord at the address first set forth above, with a copy to Stephen T. Langer, Esq., Langer & McLaughlin, LLP, 855 Boylston Street, Boston, MA 02116, and if to Tenant at the address first set forth above, and if to any Mortgagee at such address as it may specify by such written notice to Landlord and Tenant, or at such other address as any of them may from time to time specify by like notice to the others Any such notice shall be deemed given when personally delivered or, if mailed, three business days after having been mailed as herein provided, unless mailed by generally-accepted overnight delivery service, in which case notice shall be deemed given one business day after having been so mailed Notwithstanding the foregoing, any notice delivered by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Section 23(d) shall be delivered only by hand delivery or by overnight delivery service.

 

27.                                Estoppel Certificate

 

Tenant shall, from time to time, within twenty (20) days after receipt of written request from the Landlord or any Mortgagee, execute, acknowledge and deliver, without charge, to the Landlord, the Mortgagee or any other person designated, a statement in writing certifying: (i) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, identifying the same by the date thereof and specifying the nature thereof); (ii) that, to the knowledge of the Tenant, there exist no defaults (or if there be any defaults, specifying the same); (iii) the amount of the Basic Rent, the dates to which the Basic Rent, Additional Rent and other sums and charges payable hereunder have been paid; (iv) that, to the knowledge of the Tenant, there exist no claims against the Landlord except for the continuing obligations under this Lease (or if the certifying party has any such claims, specifying the same); and (v) such other matters as the requesting party or the Mortgagee may reasonably request.

 

Landlord shall, from time to time, within twenty (20) days after receipt of written request from Tenant, execute, acknowledge and deliver, without charge, to Tenant or any other person designated, a statement in writing certifying: (i) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, identifying the same by the date thereof and specifying the nature thereof); (ii) that, to the knowledge of Landlord, there exist no defaults (or if there be any defaults, specifying the

 

20



 

same); (iii) the amount of the Basic Rent, the dates to which the Basic Rent, Additional Rent and other sums and charges payable hereunder have been paid; (iv) that, to the knowledge of the Landlord, there exist no claims against the Tenant except for the continuing obligations under this Lease (or if the certifying party has any such claims, specifying the same); and (v) such other matters as the requesting party may reasonably request.

 

28.                                Bind and Inure; Limited Liability of Landlord

 

All of the covenants, agreements, stipulations, provisions, conditions and obligations herein expressed and set forth shall be considered as running with the land and shall extend to, bind and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant, which terms as used in this Lease shall include their respective successors and assigns where the context hereof so admits.

 

Neither Landlord nor any principal of Landlord shall have any individual or personal liability for the fulfillment of the covenants, agreements and obligations of Landlord hereunder, Tenant’s recourse and Landlord’s liability hereunder for any monetary judgment shall be limited to the Landlord’s interest in the Property and the Building and the rents accruing therefrom The term “Landlord” as used in this Lease shall refer to the owner or owners from time to time of the Property or the Building, it being understood that no such owner shall have any liability hereunder for matters arising from and after the date such owner ceases to have any interest in the Property or the Building, provided that the successor to such owner expressly assumes in writing the covenants, agreements and obligations of Landlord hereunder Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall ever be liable for any consequential, indirect or punitive damages under any circumstances, provided that, for purposes of the foregoing, any loss or damage suffered or sustained by Landlord as a result of (i) any holdover by Tenant following the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, or (ii) any breach of Tenant’s obligation or covenants under Section 33 below, shall in all cases be deemed to be direct damages Landlord shall in no event be in default in the performance of any of Landlord’s obligations hereunder unless and until Landlord shall have failed to perform such obligations within thirty (30) days, or if such failure is of such a nature that Landlord cannot reasonably remedy the same within such thirty (30) day period, Landlord shall fail to commence promptly (and in any event within such thirty (30) day period) to remedy the same and to prosecute such remedy to completion with diligence and continuity To the extent permitted by law, Tenant expressly waives the benefits of any statute or other law now or hereafter in effect which would otherwise afford Tenant the right to make repairs at Landlord’s expense or to terminate this Lease because of Landlord’s failure to keep the Property in good order, condition and repair.

 

29.                                Captions

 

The captions for the numbered paragraphs of this Lease are provided for reference only and they do not constitute a part of this agreement or any indication of the intentions of the parties hereto.

 

30.                                Integration

 

All prior written and oral agreements between the parties and all prior representations made by either party to the other with respect to the subject matter hereof have been incorporated in this instrument or otherwise satisfied prior to the execution hereof.

 

31.                                Severability; Choice of Law

 

If any provision of this Lease shall be declared to be void or unenforceable either by law or by a court of competent jurisdiction, the validity or enforceability of remaining provisions shall not thereby be

 

21



 

affected This Lease is made under, and shall be construed in accordance with, the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

32.                                Enforcement of Right s

 

All reasonable costs or expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by Landlord in connection with amendments to, consents under and subleases and assignments of this Lease (other than assignments or subleases described in Paragraph 20(b) above) shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon receipt of written demand All reasonable costs or expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees, incurred by Tenant in connection with amendment to and consents under this Lease requested by Landlord shall be paid by Landlord to Tenant upon receipt of written demand All reasonable costs or expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by a party in enforcing its rights or remedies hereunder, whether during or after the expiration or termination of the term, shall be paid by the party prevailing in such enforcement of rights and remedies Moreover, if either party hereto is, without fault on its own part, made a party to any action instituted by or against the other party to this Lease due to such other party’s fault, such other party shall indemnify the party innocently involved and save it harmless against and from all such cost and expense incurred therein including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees Time shall be of the essence of this Lease.

 

33.                                Covenants Regarding Hazardous Materials

 

To the best of Landlord’s actual knowledge (without any independent investigation or inquiry): (i) the Building does not contain any unlawful quantities or concentration of asbestos; and (ii) neither the Building nor the land on which it is located contain any unlawful quantities or concentration of Hazardous Materials, other than negligible quantities of such Hazardous Materials as may typically be found in commercial construction or cleaning products used and disposed of in accordance with applicable laws; and (iii) there are no underground storage tanks for petroleum products or Hazardous Materials, active or abandoned, located on the land on which the Building is located; and (iv) there are no environmental liens currently existing against the Building Landlord agrees not to cause or permit any Hazardous Materials to be produced, stored, kept, discharged, or released in or about the Building in violation of applicable law other than negligible quantities of such Hazardous Materials as may typically be found in commercial construction or cleaning products used and disposed of in accordance with applicable laws Any provision in the Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall Tenant be liable to Landlord for any Hazardous Materials stored, released or disposed of on the Premises prior to the commencement of the Lease by anyone other than the Tenant, or for any contamination due to Hazardous Materials elsewhere in the Building that was not caused by any act or omission of Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors, licensees or invitees.

 

Tenant has advised Landlord that Tenant intends to store within the Premises those materials (and in the approximate quantities shown) indicated on Exhibit B hereto, as may be amended from time to time upon written notice to Landlord (“ Tenant’s Materials ”) All such materials will be stored, used and disposed of in strict accordance with all applicable federal, state and local laws, regulations, codes and ordinances, and Tenant will provide evidence of such compliance to Landlord from time to time on request Except with respect to Tenant’s Materials as expressly provided herein, Tenant shall not cause or allow any of its employees, agents, customers, visitors, invitees, licensees, contractors, assignees or subtenants (collectively “ Tenant’s Parties ”) to cause any Hazardous Materials to be brought on to, used, generated, stored or disposed of, on or about the Property Tenant shall indemnify, defend by counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord, protect and hold Landlord harmless from and against all liabilities, losses, costs and expenses, demands, causes of action, claims, or judgments (including without limitation costs of inspecting and detecting any Hazardous Materials, engineering costs, finding fees, legal costs, and all costs and expenses of or related to testing, remediation and removal) directly or indirectly arising out

 

22



 

of (i) the violation of the foregoing covenant or (ii) the use, generation, storage or disposal of Hazardous Materials, including without limitation Tenant’s Materials, by Tenant or any of Tenant’s Parties on the Property Tenant’s obligations pursuant to the foregoing indemnity shall survive the termination of this Lease Hazardous Materials shall include but not be limited to those substances defined as “hazardous substances,” “toxic substances,” “pollutants” or “contaminants” in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Liability and Recovery Act, as amended (“CERCLA”), 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq., the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. Section 1802, the Resources Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (“RCRA”), 42 U.S.C. Section 6901, et seq. or Massachusetts General Laws Chapter 21C et seq.

 

34.                                Recording

 

Tenant agrees not to record this Lease or any notice or memorandum thereof, but, if the Term of this Lease (including any extended term) is seven (7) years or longer, each party hereto agrees, on the request of the other, to execute a so-called notice of lease in recordable form and complying with applicable law and reasonably satisfactory to Landlord’s attorneys In no event shall such document set forth the rent or other charges payable to Tenant under this Lease; and any such document shall expressly state that it is executed pursuant to the provisions contained in this Lease, and is not intended to vary the terms and conditions of this Lease.

 

35.                                Security Deposit

 

At the time of Tenant’s execution and delivery hereof, Tenant will deposit with Landlord a security deposit (the “ Security Deposit ”) in the amount of One Hundred Twenty Thousand Dollars ($120,000.00) to be held by Landlord for the duration of the Lease as security for the full performance by Tenant of all of the obligations on the part of Tenant hereunder The Security Deposit shall, at the option of Landlord, be in the form of an irrevocable demand letter of credit (the “ Letter of Credit ”), in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Landlord, issued by an FDIC-insured commercial banking institution having offices in Massachusetts and reasonably acceptable to Landlord.

 

If the Security Deposit, or any portion thereof, is in the form of cash, Landlord shall hold the same without liability for interest and without any obligation to segregate such cash from Landlord’s other funds Tenant shall not mortgage, pledge, grant a security interest in, or otherwise encumber the Security Deposit Landlord shall have the right from time to time, without prejudice to any other remedy Landlord may have on account thereof, to apply such Security Deposit, or any part thereof, to Landlord’s damages arising from any Default of Tenant Upon such application, Tenant shall promptly restore the Security Deposit to its original amount Upon the full performance by Tenant of its obligations hereunder, the Security Deposit, or such amount that shall be remaining after application of the same hereunder, shall be returned to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and surrender of possession of the Premises by Tenant to Landlord at such time.

 

If the Security Deposit is in the form of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit shall, throughout the Term, be in full force and in compliance with the terms of this Lease Tenant shall not mortgage, pledge, grant a security interest in, or otherwise encumber the Letter of Credit or the proceeds of the same Landlord shall have the right from time to time, without prejudice to any other remedy Landlord may have on account thereof, to draw on the Letter of Credit and apply the proceeds, or any part thereof, to Landlord’s damages arising from any Default of Tenant (beyond applicable notice and cure periods) on the part of Tenant Upon such application, Tenant shall promptly restore the Security Deposit to its original amount either by delivering cash or a new Letter of Credit complying with the provisions hereof to Landlord In the event such Letter of Credit will expire by its terms prior to the end of the Term and Tenant fails to provide a substitute Letter of Credit at least thirty (30) days prior to such expiration, then

 

23



 

Landlord may draw on the Letter of Credit and hold the proceeds Any portion of the proceeds of the Letter of Credit not applied to cure a breach or default of Tenant hereunder shall be held by Landlord as a cash Security Deposit pursuant to the provision set forth above unless Landlord shall require a new Letter of Credit complying with the provisions hereof, in which event the unapplied cash proceeds shall be promptly returned to Tenant for such purpose Upon the full performance by Tenant of its obligations hereunder, the Letter of Credit (or the remaining proceeds thereof if previously drawn and not applied to cure a Default of Tenant hereunder), shall be surrendered to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and surrender of possession of the Premises by Tenant to Landlord at such time.

 

36.                                Option to Extend

 

(a)                                  Provided that, at the time of such exercise, (i) there exists no Default of Tenant under Section 23(a)(i) of this Lease; (ii) this Lease is still in full force and effect and Tenant actually occupies at least fifty percent (50%) of the Premises; and (iii) Tenant shall not have assigned this Lease or currently sublet more than fifty percent (50%) of the Premises, other than to an affiliated entity or successor as described in Section 20(b) above (all of which conditions are for the benefit of, and may be waived by, Landlord), Tenant shall have the right to extend the Term of this Lease as to the Premises originally leased hereunder for one extended term (the “ Extended Term ”) of five (5) years.  The Extended Term shall commence on the day immediately following the expiration date of the Initial Term, and shall end on the day immediately preceding the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the first day of the Extended Term.  Tenant shall exercise such option by giving Landlord written notice of its desire to do so, not later than nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the Initial Term, it being agreed that time shall be of the essence with respect to the giving of such notice.  The giving of such notice shall automatically extend the Term of this Lease for the Extended Term, and no instrument of renewal need be executed.  In the event that Tenant fails to give such notice to Landlord within such time, the Term of this Lease shall automatically terminate at the end of the Initial Term, and Tenant shall have no further right or option to extend the Term of this Lease, time being of the essence.  The Extended Term shall be on all the terms and conditions of this Lease, except that: (i) Landlord shall have no obligation to perform or pay for any construction or improvements to the Premises, with respect to the Extended Term; and (ii) the Basic Rent for the Extended Term shall be determined in accordance with Paragraphs 36(b) and (c).

 

(b)                                  The Basic Rent for the Extended Term shall be at a rental rate equal to the Fair Market Rental Value (in the North Suburban Boston area) of the Premises as of the commencement of the Extended Term, determined without regard to Tenant’s right to extend, as agreed by the parties, it being understood that during the Extended Term, Additional Rent shall continue to be calculated in accordance with Paragraph 7 of this Lease.

 

(c)                                   (i) The term “ Fair Market Rental Value ” shall mean the annual fixed rent that a willing tenant would pay and a willing landlord would accept, each acting in its own best interest and without duress, in an arms-length lease of the premises in question as of the date (the “ Determination Date ”) on which the same is to become effective and taking into account all relevant factors.  If Landlord and Tenant shall fail to agree upon the Fair Market Rental Value within sixty (60) days before the Determination Date, then Landlord and Tenant each shall give notice (the “ Determination Notice ”) to the other setting forth their respective determinations of the Fair Market Rental Value, and, subject to the provisions of paragraph (ii) below, either party may apply to the American Arbitration Association or any successor thereto for the designation of an arbitrator satisfactory to both parties to render a final determination of the Fair Market Rental Value.  The arbitrator shall be a real estate appraiser or consultant who shall have at least ten (10) years’ continuous experience as a commercial real estate broker or appraiser, and having significant experience with property similar to the Building in the north suburban Boston area.  The arbitrator shall conduct such hearings and investigations as the arbitrator shall deem

 

24


 

appropriate and shall, within thirty (30) days after having been appointed, choose one of the determinations set forth in either Landlord’s or Tenant’s Determination Notice, and that choice by the arbitrator shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.  Each party shall pay its own counsel fees and expenses, if any, in connection with any arbitration under this paragraph (c), and the parties shall share equally all other expenses and fees of any such arbitration.  The determination rendered in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph (ii) shall be final and binding in fixing the Fair Market Rental Value.  The arbitrator shall not have the power to add to, modify, or change any of the provisions of this Lease.

 

(ii)                                   In the event that the lower of the two determination of the Fair Market Rental Value is greater than ninety-five percent (95%) of the higher determination, then the Fair Market Rental Value shall not be determined by arbitration, but shall instead be set by taking the average of the determinations set forth in Landlord’s and Tenant’s Determination Notices.  Only if the lower determination is ninety-five percent (95%) or less of the higher determination shall the actual determination of Fair Market Rental Value be made by an arbitrator as set forth in paragraph (c)(i) above.

 

(iii)                                If for any reason the Fair Market Rental Value shall not have been determined prior to the Determination Date, then, until the Fair Market Rental Value and, accordingly, the Basic Rent shall have been finally determined, Tenant shall pay Basic Rent at the rate equivalent to Basic Rent paid during the last year of the Initial Term.  Upon final determination of the Fair Market Rental Value, an appropriate adjustment to the Basic Rent theretofore paid by Tenant from and after the Determination Date shall be made reflecting such final determination, and Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, shall promptly credit or pay, respective, to the other any overpayment of deficiency, as the case may be, in the payment of Basic Rent from the Determination Date to the date of such final determination.

 

37.                                First Right to Lease

 

Subject to the terms hereof, if (i) during the Term of this Lease there exists no Default of Tenant under Section 23(a)(i) of this Lease, and (ii) Tenant shall not have assigned this Lease or currently sublet more than fifty percent (50%) of the Premises (other than to an affiliated entity or successor as described in Section 20(b) above), and Tenant then actually occupies at least fifty percent (50%) of the Premises, and (iii) this Lease is still in full force and effect and at least two (2) years then remain in the Term (all of which conditions are for the benefit of, and may be waived by, Landlord), then at the time each of the two spaces in the Building that are immediately adjacent to the Premises and currently occupied by A.J. Mailing and Securadyne Northeast (each, a “ First Offer Space ”) becomes unencumbered from any existing renewal or extension options, Landlord shall so notify Tenant, and deliver with such notice a description of that portion (if less than all) of such First Offer Space that is available for lease (the “ Offered Space” ) and all of the material terms and conditions on which Landlord is willing to so lease the Offered Space to Tenant (including without limitation the rent, any allowances and the rentable square footage of the Offered Space).  Tenant shall have a one-time right on each First Offer Space, which Tenant may exercise by giving Landlord notice within ten (10) days after receipt of Landlord’s notice with respect to such First Offer Space, to irrevocably elect to lease the Offered Space on the terms and conditions set forth in Landlord’s notice.  If Tenant shall so elect to lease the Offered Space (and provided that the conditions in clauses (i) through (iii) above continue to exist at the time of execution of such lease or amendment), Landlord shall furnish a commercially reasonable draft lease or lease amendment incorporating such terms and conditions set forth in Landlord’s notice, and Tenant shall, within ten (10) Business Days after receipt of such lease or amendment, execute and deliver the same to Landlord, but Tenant’s failure to enter into such lease or amendment shall have no effect on Tenant’s right or obligation to lease the Offered Space, unless Landlord shall elect to nullify Tenant’s election as a result thereof.  Except as herein provided, if Tenant shall fail to elect to lease any Offered Space within such 10-day period (time being of the essence), Tenant shall have no further rights with respect to such First Offer Space (or any portion thereof), and Landlord shall thereafter be free to lease any or all of such First Offer

 

25



 

Space to such party or parties, on such terms as Landlord may from time to time determine; provided, however, that if within the following six (6) months, Landlord offers the Offered Space to a third party on economic terms that are less than 95% of the economic terms offered to Tenant, then Landlord shall first be required to re-offer the Offered Space to Tenant on such terms, and Tenant shall have the time periods set forth in this Section to respond.  For the purposes hereof, no First Offer Space will be deemed “available” if, prior to the lapse of any existing right or option to extend or renew such tenant’s lease, Landlord leases the same to the existing tenant of such First Offer Space pursuant to an existing right or option to extend or renew that tenant’s lease (or pursuant to a negotiated extension in lieu of or in addition to such an existing right).

 

38.                                OFAC Compliance

 

Tenant represents, warrants and covenants to Landlord that (i) neither Tenant nor any of its partners, members, principal stockholders or any other constituent entity either in control of the operation or management of Tenant or having a controlling financial interest in Tenant has been or will be designated or named as a terrorist, a “Specially Designated and Blocked Person,” or other banned or blocked person, entity, nation or transaction pursuant to any law, order, rule or regulation that is enforced or administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control or on the most current list published by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control at its official website, http://www.treas.gov/ofac/t11 or at any replacement website or other replacement official publication of such list (such list, or any such replacement official publication of such list, the “ OFAC List ”), or by any Executive Order or the United States Treasury Department; and (ii) Tenant has not engaged, and will not engage, in this transaction, directly or indirectly, on behalf of, or instigating or facilitating, and will not instigate or facilitate, this transaction, directly or indirectly, on behalf of, any such person, group, entity or nation A breach of any Tenant representation, warranty and covenant contained in this Section shall be an immediate and material Default of Tenant under this Lease without notice or cure rights Tenant hereby agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, risks, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) arising from or related to Tenant’s breach of any of the foregoing representations, warranties and/or covenants.

 

39.                                Force Majeure

 

The time for performance of any act required to be done by either party (specifically excluding the payment of Basic Rent or Additional Rent by Tenant) shall be extended by a period equal to any delay caused by or resulting from an act of God, war, civil commotion, fire, casualty, labor difficulties, shortages of labor or materials or equipment, governmental regulation, act or default of the other party, or other causes beyond such party’s reasonable control (which shall not, however, include the availability of funds) The party so affected by any such delay shall promptly notify the other party, and shall diligently and continuously use reasonable efforts to minimize the effect of such delay.

 

40.                                Consents

 

Except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, where either party is required to give its consent or approval, such party shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay such consent or approval.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

26



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be executed in duplicate under seal as of the date first above written.

 

 

WAKEFIELD INVESTMENTS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Schelzi

 

 

Name: R. David Schelzi

 

 

Title: President and Treasurer
Hereunto duly authorized

 

 

 

 

CONFORMIS, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Philipp Lang

 

 

Name: Philipp Lang

 

 

Title: President and Chief Executive Officer
Hereunto duly authorized

 

27



 

EXHIBIT A

 

Property Description

 

That certain parcel of land, together w ith the improvements thereon, in Wilmington, Middlesex County, Massachusetts, bounded and described as follows:

 

The land, together with the improvements thereon, if any, being shown as the parcel labelled “LOT 5, 18.6485 ± AC on a plan entitled “Plan of Land in Wilmington, Mass.”, for Wilmington Technology Trust” dated May 2, 1988 by Dana F. Perkins & Assoc. Inc., which plan is recorded with Middlesex County North Registry of Deeds in Plan Book 167, Plan 129.

 

Grantor also conveys hereby all of its right, title and interest, if any, in and to the road known as Research Drive situated in Wilmington, Middlesex County, Massachusetts, and shown as the parcel labelled “RESEARCH DRIVE, AREA = 3.9470 ACRES ± on plan entitled “PLAN OF LAND IN WILMINGTON, MASS. FOR WILMINGTON TECHNOLOGY REALTY TRUST”, dated May 27, 1986 prepared by Dana F. Perkins & Assoc., Inc., Civil Engineers & Surveyors, and recorded with said Deeds in Plan Book 157, Plan No. 33.

 

Together with the benefit of end subject to the rights, easements, agreements, terms and previsions set forth is an agreement entitled Easements and Agreement by and between Anthony A. Tambone and J. William Blackham III, Trustees of Wilmington Technology Realty Trust and Anthony A. Tambone and J. William Blackham, III, Trustees of Wilmington 303 Realty Trust, dated October 17, 1986, and recorded with said Deeds in Book 3780, Page 323, as amended by amendment to Easements and Agreement (Lot 1) among Anthony A. Tambone and J. William Blackham III, Trustees of Wilmington 100 Realty Trust, said Trustees of Wilmington Technology Realty Trust, Anthony A. Tambone and J. William Blackham III, Trustees of Wilmington 400 Realty Trust and Anthony A. Tambone and J. William Blackham III, Trustees of Wilmington 500 Realty Trust dated April 7, 1988 and recorded with said Deeds in Book 4768, Page 074.

 

28



 

Together with the benefit of and subject to the right, easements, agreements, terms and provisions set forth in an agreement entitled:  “Easements and Agreement” by and between said Trustees of Wilmington Technology Realty Trust and said Trustees of Wilmington 400 Realty Trust dated March 6, 1987, and recorded with said Deeds in Book 3965, Page 12, as amended by Amendment to easements and Agreement (Lot 2) among said Trustees of Wilmington Technology Realty Trust, said Trustees of Wilmington 400 Realty Trust and said Trustees of Wilmington 500 Realty Trust dated April 7, 1988 and recorded with said Deeds December 15, 1988 in Book 4748, Page 183.

 

Together with the benefit of end subject to the rights, easements, agreements, terns and provisions set forth in an agreement entitled:   Easements and Agreement (Lot 3)”, by and between said Trustees of Wilmington 500 Realty Trust and Wilmington Technology Realty Trust dated January 6, 1988 and recorded with said Deeds in Book 4378, Page 56, as amended by Amendment to Easements and Agreement (Lot 3) between said Trustees of Wilmington Technology Realty Trust and said Trustees of Wilmington 500 Realty Trust dated April 7, 1988 and recorded with said Deeds in Book 4748, Page 196, and as further amended by a Second Amendment to Basements and Agreement (Lot 3) dated March 20, 1992 , recorded in Book 5863, page  179.

 

Said premises are conveyed subject to and with the benefit of rights, easements, restrictions and other instruments of record, if any, insofar as the same may now be in force and applicable.

 

Being the same premises conveyed to Grantor by Deed of 200 RD Associates, Inc. dated February  27, 1992 and recorded with said Seeds in Book 5834, Page  112.

 

29



 

EXHIBIT A-1

 

Landlord’s Work

 

·                   All architectural and engineering expenses associated with completing the Landlord’s Tenant Improvements.

·                   Construction of the Quality Control Room. Room will be approximately 30’L x 40’W x 9’H, with 1 steel double door and 1 steel single door for entry in approximate locations on the attached layout plan. Walls will be painted, with tenant to specify color. A 9’H drop ceiling to be installed, with sufficient lighting to meet 75-100 FC for the area.

·                   Construction of the enclosure of the electrical room. Walls will be painted, with tenant to specify color.

·                   Construction of the Break Out Area Room. Room will be approximately 19’L x 25’W x 9’H, with 2 steel double doors for entry in approximate locations on the attached layout plan. Walls will be painted, with tenant to specify color. A 9’H drop ceiling to be installed, with sufficient lighting to meet 75-100 FC for the area.

·                   Construction of the Torit System Room. Room will be approximately 12’L x 19’W x 9’H, with 1 steel double door for entry in approximate location on the attached layout plan. Walls will be painted, with tenant to specify color. A 9’H drop ceiling to be installed, with sufficient lighting to meet 75-100 FC for the area.

·                   Existing restrooms and kitchen delivered in broom clean condition with all plumbing fixtures in good working order.

·                   Provide an electrical service equal to total of 3,000 AMPS at 480 VOLTS and distributed to two (2) subpanels within the Premises in locations to be mutually agreed upon.

·                   Provide 100 tons of cooling and distributed throughout with circular duct work.

·                   New paint and carpet throughout the existing office area. Tenant to specify color and materials.

·                   New ceiling tiles throughout the existing office and the replacement of all necessary light bulbs and/or ballasts.

·                   Install industrial grade, 2-part epoxy paint to the entire manufacturing floor, except to tenant defined area where the clean room will be located. Tenant to specify color.

·                   New paint to the exposed ceiling. Tenant to specify color.

·                   Deliver all mechanical, electrical and plumbing serving the Premises in good working order and in fully operational condition.

·                   Install new lighting fixtures and bulbs (T-8 or better) to the manufacturing floor area to meet 75-100 FC.

·                   Deliver the Premises in compliance with all building and life safety codes.

·                   Removal of any hazardous materials (i.e. floor mastic, tiles, etc.).

·                   Existing window coverings to be delivered clean and in good working order and in fully operational condition.

·                   All loading dock doors and levelers in good working order and in fully operational condition.

 

30



 

EXHIBIT A-2

 

Layout Plan

 

 

31



 

EXHIBIT B

 

Chemical and Material Storage List

 

Chemical Name

 

On-site Stored Qty.

 

 

 

CIP 100 Alkaline Solution (Product Cleaning)

 

<15 Gallon

CIP 200 Alkaline Solution (Product Cleaning)

 

<15 Gallon

Decon-Alcohol 70% USP Isopropyl Alcohol

 

<2 Gallon

Sterrad Hydrogen Peroxide Cassette

 

Minimal

Steris Environ LpH se Phenolic Disinfectant

 

<1 Gallon

Steris Environ Vesphene se Phenolic Disinfectant

 

<1 Gallon

Steris Spor-Klenz Disinfectant

 

<5 Gallon

Fisher Scientific Propelyne Glycol

 

<2 Gallon

Fisher Scientific Ethelyne Glycol

 

<5 Gallon

Nitric Acid (Passivation)

 

<5 Gallon

Sterrad -Alcatal200 Vacuum Pump Oil

 

Minimal

Duraform Polyamide Powder (SLS Powder)

 

20000 lbs.

Ballotini Glass Beads (Grit Blasting)

 

150 lbs.

Metrex CaviCide Disinfectant

 

<5 Gallon

Simple Green All Purpose Cleaner

 

<10 Gallon

Windex Glass Cleaner

 

<2 Gallon

Orange Sol Cleaning Solvent

 

<2 Gallon

WD-40

 

<2 Gallon

Copier Toner, Ricoh

 

Minimal

Laser Printer Toner, HP

 

Minimal

Castrol Syntilo Coolant

 

55 Gallon Drum

Cannon Muskegon CoCr Powder

 

<15 Gallon

VF-RG Plastic Media-Polyester (Grit Blasting)

 

150 lbs.

Duralum White Aluminum Oxide (Grit Blasting)

 

150 lbs.

Cut Bar Compound (Polishing)

 

15 lbs.

MA Finishing TS Compound M (Polishing)

 

15 lbs.

Color Bar Compound (Polishing)

 

15 lbs.

 

32




Exhibit 10.24

 

SUBLEASE

 

THIS SUBLEASE (the “ Sublease ”), dated for reference purposes only as of May 30, 2012, is made by and between REVEAL IMAGING TECHNOLOGIES, INC ., a Delaware corporation (“ Sublandlord ”), and CONFORMIS, INC ., a Delaware corporation (“ Subtenant ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS , Sublandlord and RAR2-Crosby Corporate Center QRS, Inc . (“ Master Landlord ”), are parties to that certain Lease dated as of November 4, 2008, as affected by that certain (a) First Amendment to Lease dated as of February 20, 2009, and (b) Second Amendment to Lease dated as of July 12, 2010 (collectively, the “ Master Lease ”), pursuant to which Master Landlord leased to Sublandlord approximately 90,000 rentable square feet of space consisting of the entire first (1st) floor and a portion of the second (2nd) floor of that certain building in Bedford, Massachusetts located at 28 Crosby Drive (the Building ”), as more fully described in the Master Lease.

 

WHEREAS , the parties hereto desire that Sublandlord sublet to Subtenant, and that Subtenant sublet from Sublandlord, the entirety of the premises leased to Sublandlord under the Master Lease (the “ Subleased Premises ”), which Subleased Premises is depicted on Exhibit A hereto.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Sublease .  Sublandlord does hereby sublet to Subtenant, and Subtenant does hereby sublet from Sublandlord, the Subleased Premises, subject to the terms and conditions of this Sublease.  The parties hereto agree to the rentable square footage of the Subleased Premises is 90,000 rentable square feet.  A copy of the Master Lease is attached hereto as Exhibit B .  Subtenant shall occupy and use the Subleased Premises only for the Permitted Uses (as defined in Section 1.1. of the Master Lease) and for no other purpose.

 

2.                                       Term .

 

(a)                                  Master Landlord’s Consent .  Sublandlord and Subtenant expressly acknowledge and agree that this Sublease is subject to Master Landlord’s prior written consent pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Master Lease (“ Master Landlord’s Consent ”).  Sublandlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain Master Landlord’s Consent, and Subtenant agrees to cooperate in all reasonable respects in connection therewith.  If Sublandlord fails to obtain Master Landlord’s Consent by June 14, 2012, then either Sublandlord or Subtenant may terminate this Sublease by giving written notice thereof to the other, and Sublandlord shall return to Subtenant any amounts delivered by Subtenant under this Sublease.  Neither party shall have any liability to the other for any termination or cancellation of this Sublease as a result of Master Landlord’s failure or refusal to consent to this Sublease.

 

1



 

(b)                                  Sublease Term .  Subject to Sections 2(c) and 2(d) below, this Sublease shall be for a term (the “ Sublease Term ”) commencing on the date (the “ Sublease Commencement Date ”) which is the earlier of (i) August 1, 2012, or (ii) the date Sublandlord has vacated the Subleased Premises in its entirety, and ending on April 29, 2017 (the “ Sublease Expiration Date ”), one (1) day prior to the expiration date of the Master Lease, unless earlier terminated in accordance with the terms of this Sublease.  Within ten (10) days of Sublandlord’s request made after the Sublease Commencement Date, Subtenant shall complete and execute the Delivery Agreement form attached hereto as Exhibit C , confirming the Early Access Date, the Sublease Commencement Date and the Sublease Expiration Date.

 

(c)                                   Late Delivery .  If for any reason Sublandlord is unable to deliver the Subleased Premises in its entirety to Subtenant by August 1, 2012, then Base Rent (as defined in Section 4(a) below and with respect to months 4-9) shall be abated one day for each such day of delay beyond August 1, 2012 and for the succeeding thirty (30) days thereafter that Sublandlord fails to deliver the Subleased Premises in its entirety to Subtenant.  If for any reason Sublandlord is unable to deliver the Subleased Premises in its entirety to Subtenant by August 31, 2012, then Base Rent shall be abated two (2) days for each such day of delay beyond August 31, 2012 and for the succeeding fifteen (15) days thereafter that Sublandlord fails to deliver the Subleased Premises in its entirety to Subtenant.  If for any reason Sublandlord is unable to deliver the Subleased Premises in its entirety to Subtenant by September 15, 2012, then Subtenant shall have the right by written notice to Sublandlord given no later than September 25, 2012 to terminate this Sublease on the date specified by Subtenant in such notice (which date shall not be later than September 25, 2012), whereupon the Letter of Credit described in Section 6 hereto shall be returned to Subtenant, less only such amounts as to which Sublandlord has properly made draw pursuant to its terms, and neither party shall have any further right or obligation hereunder, except as otherwise expressly set forth herein.  For clarity, Subtenant’s entitlement to new Base Rent abatements (i.e., abatements not yet earned under the foregoing provisions of this Section 2(c)) shall immediately cease upon delivery of the Subleased Premises in its entirety to Subtenant.  Additionally, if the Subleased Premises is delivered to Subtenant in its entirety after September 15, 2012 but on or before September 25, 2012, the termination right set forth in this Section 2(c) shall be deemed null and void and any exercise thereof by Subtenant after September 15, 2012 shall be deemed rescinded.  Subject only to Subtenant’s explicit Sublease termination right set forth in this Section 2(c), Sublandlord’s failure to deliver the Subleased Premises in its entirety to Subtenant will not affect the validity of the Sublease, nor shall such failure extend the Sublease Term past the Sublease Expiration Date.

 

(d)                                  Early Access .

 

(i)                                      Subject to receipt of Master Landlord’s Consent, Subtenant shall have early access to the portion of the Subleased Premises consisting of approximately 9,789 rentable square feet as shown on Exhibit D hereto and identified therein as “Initial ConforMIS Space” (the “ Early Access Area ”) for the period commencing on June 15, 2012, or such earlier date as Sublandlord may determine in its sole discretion (the “ Early Access Date ”) until the Sublease Commencement Date (the “ Early Access Period ”), for the purposes of installing its telecommunications equipment, validating business equipment and operating any such validated equipment in support of Subtenant’s standard business operations (the “ Early Access Work ”).  All Early Access Work shall be performed in accordance with the terms of the Master Lease, including but not limited to Section 6 thereof.  In the event of a

 

2



 

conflict between the terms and conditions of the Master Lease and the terms and conditions of this Section 2(d), the Master Lease shall control.

 

(ii)                                   Subtenant’s early access rights granted herein shall be subject to all the terms and conditions of this Sublease, including without limitation all insurance and maintenance obligations, except that no Base Rent or Additional Rent under Section 4(d) herein will be charged to Subtenant during the Early Access Period.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Subtenant will be responsible for paying the Estimated Electricity Usage Charge during the Early Access Period based only on the 1st floor portion of the Early Access Area, as provided for in Section 5(a) below.

 

(iii)                                Prior to the Early Access Date, Sublandlord will, at its sole cost and expense, construct such demising partitions as may be necessary in Sublandlord’s sole discretion to separate the Early Access Area from the remainder of the Subleased Premises.  Sublandlord shall remove such demising partitions at Sublandlord’s expense at the end of the Early Access Period and repair any damage caused by the removal of the partitions and restore to its previous condition.

 

(iv)                               Subtenant agrees that (i) it will use commercially reasonable efforts to not interfere with Sublandlord’s use of or access to the remainder of the Subleased Premises during the Early Access Period, (ii) Subtenant and its contractors shall conduct the Early Access Work in a manner that shall minimize disruption and inconvenience to other tenants and occupants of the Building, and (iii) Sublandlord’s representative shall have the right to inspect any work performed by Subtenant or its contractor during the normal hours of operation of the Building or such other hours as Sublandlord may reasonably request.

 

(v)                                  Sublandlord makes no representation or warranty that the Early Access Area will be adequate to satisfy Subtenant’s needs with respect to the Early Access Work.  Subtenant has previously inspected the Early Access Area and has satisfied itself as to the adequacy of such space.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sublandlord agrees to cooperate with Subtenant and allow Subtenant reasonable access to other portions of the Subleased Premises to the extent reasonably necessary to perform the Early Access Work, which access (i) shall be requested (in writing, if commercially practicable, otherwise orally) at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance and (ii) may require, at Sublandord’s sole discretion, continuous escort by authorized personnel of Sublandlord.

 

(vi)                               Subtenant agrees to comply with the following terms and conditions during the performance of the Early Access Work:

 

(A)                                Subtenant shall keep all public and common areas of the Building where such work is being performed neat and clean at all times and Subtenant shall remove or cause all debris to be removed from the Building at the end of each work day.

 

(B)                                Subtenant shall promptly repair, at its sole cost and expense, any damage done to the Building or to the premises of any other tenant in the Building and to any existing heating, ventilating and air conditioning system (“ HVAC ”), electrical, plumbing, fire alarm, sprinkler and lighting systems serving the Building or other common areas

 

3



 

appurtenant to the Building that are caused by or arise out of any work performed by Subtenant or its contractor pursuant to this Section.

 

(C)                                Any contractor performing such Early Access Work shall be subject to the prior written approval of Sublandlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and Master Landlord if required pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Master Lease.

 

(D)                                In performing such work, Subtenant and its contractor shall observe Master Landlord’s and Sublandlord’s commercially reasonable rules and regulations regarding the construction, installation, and removal of tenant improvements in the Building, which rules and regulations, together with any modifications thereto, shall be provided to Subtenant, in writing, prior to enforcement.

 

(E)                                 Subtenant shall be solely responsible at its sole cost and expense to correct and to repair any work or materials installed by Subtenant or Subtenant’s contractor, and Sublandlord shall have no liability to Subtenant whatsoever on account of any work performed or material provided by Subtenant or its contractor.

 

(F)                                  All work done and materials furnished by Subtenant and/or its contractor shall be of such quality, shall be performed in such manner and in accordance and compliance with such Laws (as hereinafter defined) as required for work done and materials furnished by Sublandlord and/or its contractor pursuant to the Master Lease.

 

3.                                       Delivery Condition and FF&E.

 

(a)                                  Condition .  Sublandlord shall deliver the Subleased Premises to Subtenant on the Sublease Commencement Date in “ AS IS, WHERE IS ” condition, subject to all applicable zoning, municipal, county and state laws, ordinances, and regulations governing and regulating the use of the Subleased Premises, and Subtenant acknowledges that none of Master Landlord, Master Landlord’s agents, or Sublandlord or Sublandlord’s agents, have made any representation or warranty as to the suitability of the Subleased Premises for the conduct of Subtenant’s business.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, the Subleased Premises will be delivered broom clean, free of trash and debris, and the existing HVAC system, electrical, plumbing, fire alarm, sprinkler and lighting systems servicing the Subleased Premises shall be in good working order and condition on the Sublease Commencement Date.  Sublandlord shall not be required to provide a tenant improvement allowance to Subtenant.

 

(b)                                  FF&E .  Sublandlord shall provide Subtenant the right to use the furniture, fixtures and equipment (“ FF&E ”) currently existing within the Subleased Premises.  Sublandlord and Subtenant agree that Exhibit E hereto sets forth the mutually approved list of FF&E items within the Subleased Premises which Subtenant has elected to retain at the Subleased Premises for use by Subtenant during the Sublease Term.  At the Sublease Expiration Date, Sublandlord shall transfer to Subtenant at no additional cost or expense all of Sublandlord’s right, title and interest in and to the FF&E listed on Exhibit E hereto, on an “ AS IS, WHERE IS, WITH ALL FAULTS ” without representation or warranty.  Subtenant assumes all responsibility in connection with the FF&E listed on Exhibit E and hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold

 

4



 

Sublandlord harmless from and against any and all charges, obligations, demands or claims incurred by Sublandlord with respect to any sales tax that may be due and payable in connection with the transfer of the FF&E provided for herein.  Furthermore, Subtenant shall be responsible for, and shall indemnify Sublandlord from and against any cost, liability or damage arising from Subtenant’s removal of (or failure to remove) all such FF&E listed on Exhibit E from the Subleased Premises on or before the Sublease Expiration Date, including without limitation any damages to the Subleased Premises caused by such removal of FF&E listed on Exhibit E for which Sublandlord is responsible to Master Landlord under the Master Lease.

 

4.                                       Rent .

 

(a)                                  Base Rent .  During the Sublease Term, Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord monthly base rent (the “ Base Rent ”) for the Subleased Premises as follows:

 

Period

 

Annual Base Rent

 

Monthly Base Rent

 

Months 1-3

 

$

0

 

$

0

 

Months 4-9

 

$

607,500

 

$

50,625

**

Months 10-15

 

$

877,500

 

$

73,125

 

Months 16-24

 

$

1,215,000

 

$

101,250

 

Months 25 to SED*

 

$

1,305,000

 

$

108,750

 

 


* Sublease Expiration Date (SED)

**Subject to Section 2(c)

 

Subject to Section 4(b) below, on the first day of each month during the Sublease Term, Base Rent shall be due and payable, in advance, at the address specified for Sublandlord below, or at such other place as Sublandlord designates in writing, without any prior notice or demand and without any deductions or setoff whatsoever (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Sublease).  If the date upon which Subtenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent commences, or the Sublease Expiration Date occurs on a day other than the first or last day, respectively, of a calendar month, then the Base Rent for such fractional month will be prorated on the basis of the actual number of days in such month.

 

(b)                                  Free Rent Period .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Base Rent or Additional Rent under Section 4(d) herein will be payable for the first three (3) months of the Sublease Term (the “ Free Rent Period ”), provided, however, Subtenant shall remain liable during such period for Estimated Electricity Usage Charges as provided for in Section 5(a) below.

 

(c)                                   Additional Rent - General Rules .  Any sums payable by Subtenant under this Sublease other than Base Rent shall constitute and be due as Additional Rent.  All Additional Rent that is payable to Sublandlord shall be paid at the time and place that Base Rent is paid, except as otherwise provided in this Sublease.  Sublandlord will have the same remedies for a default in the payment of any Additional Rent as for a default in the payment of Base Rent.  Together, Base Rent, Additional Rent and any other sums due hereunder from Subtenant are sometimes referred to in this Sublease as “ Rent .”  Sublandlord shall include with any bills for Additional Rent appropriate back up materials for such amounts, including any applicable bills or invoices from Master Landlord relating to same.  In the event that Subtenant disputes or

 

5



 

questions any bill from Sublandlord for Additional Rent, Sublandlord and Subtenant agree to act in a commercially reasonable fashion and in good faith to resolve any such disputed or questioned bills.

 

(d)                                  Expense and Tax Increases .  The base year for purposes of calculating Expenses and Taxes (as such terms are defined in the Master Lease) shall be calendar year 2013 (the “ Base Year ”).  During the Sublease Term, Subtenant shall pay, as Additional Rent, one hundred percent (100%) of Sublandlord’s liabilities accruing under the Master Lease with respect to the amount by which the Expenses and Taxes paid or incurred by Master Landlord under Section 4 of the Master Lease exceed the amount of Expenses and Taxes paid or incurred by Master Landlord in the Base Year (the “ Expense and Tax Increases ”).  The Expense and Tax Increases shall be due and payable by Subtenant to Sublandlord at set forth below, and shall be in addition to the Base Rent and all other payments under this Sublease.

 

(i)                                      Pursuant to Sections 4.3 and 4.4 of the Master Lease, Master Landlord will (A) use reasonable efforts to make an annual determination of actual Expenses and Taxes attributable to the Subleased Premises for each calendar year within 120 days after the end of such year (the “ Annual Master Landlord Determination ”), and (B) use commercially reasonable efforts to estimate, by April 1 of each year, the current year’s Expenses and Taxes attributable to the Subleased Premises (the “ Annual Master Landlord Estimate ”).  At such time in calendar year 2014 that Sublandlord has received from Master Landlord both the Annual Master Landlord Determination for the 2013 Base Year (such determination for the 2013 Base Year only subject to adjustment by Sublandlord pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5(c) below), and the Annual Master Landlord Estimate of 2014 Expenses and Taxes, Sublandlord will provide copies of same to Subtenant (and to the extent that Master Landlord’s documentation does not provide sufficient line item detail, Sublandlord will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain same from Master Landlord) and will provide written notification to Subtenant setting forth Sublandlord’s estimate of Subtenant’s liability, if any, for Expense and Tax Increases for such 2014 calendar year (i.e., increases for 2014 over the 2013 Base Year).  On the first day of each calendar month after the date of such Sublandlord notice, Subtenant will pay one-twelfth (1/12th) of such estimated amount to Sublandlord as Additional Rent (the “ Monthly Estimated Payments ”), and such Monthly Estimated Payments will remain in effect until increased by subsequent annual notices from Sublandlord to Subtenant, which may be given by Sublandlord upon Sublandlord’s receipt of subsequent Annual Master Landlord Estimates for the next succeeding calendar years.  All calculations by Sublandlord of Expense and Tax Increases shall be based on determinations made by Master Landlord pursuant to the Master Lease.  By way of example, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such calculations will include the ninety-five percent (95%) gross up pursuant to Section 4.3 of the Master Lease and the Expense and Tax exclusions pursuant to Sections 4.1.2 and 4.1.3 of the Master Lease.

 

(ii)                                   After Sublandlord’s receipt of each Annual Master Landlord Determination of actual Expenses and Taxes for a preceding calendar year, the following reconciliations shall be made:

 

6



 

(A)                                Sublandlord will calculate Expense and Tax Increases for such preceding calendar year (i.e., the increases in actual Expenses and Taxes, as such terms are defined in the Master Lease, over actual Expenses and Taxes in the 2013 Base Year);

 

(B)                                If the total amount paid by Subtenant for the preceding calendar year on account of Expense and Tax Increases is less than Subtenant’s liability for Expense and Tax Increases for such year, then Subtenant shall pay such deficiency to Sublandlord as Additional Rent in one lump sum within thirty (30) days of receipt of Sublandlord’s bill therefor; and

 

(C)                                If the total actually paid by Subtenant for the preceding calendar year on account of Expense and Tax Increases is more than Subtenant’s liability for Expense and Tax Increases for such year, then Sublandlord shall credit the difference against the then next due payments to be made by Subtenant to Sublandlord hereunder or, if the Sublease has terminated, refund the difference in cash within sixty (60) days.

 

(iii)                                At Subtenant’s request, and with Master Landlord’s consent to the extent required under the Master Lease, Sublandlord will allow Subtenant to exercise Sublandlord’s rights under Section 4.3 of the Master Lease to review the books and records of Master Landlord related to Expenses and Taxes on the terms and conditions set forth in Section 4.3 of the Master Lease.  Within forty-five (45) days of Subtenant’s receipt thereof, Subtenant will provide a copy of the written results of such review to Sublandlord and Master Landlord.  If any such review proves an overcharge of Expenses and/or Taxes by Master Landlord for a particular calendar year, then Sublandlord will correct any corresponding overcharge in the amounts paid by Subtenant to Sublandlord for such same calendar year, and any reimbursement by Master Landlord to Sublandlord of the cost of such audit pursuant to Section 4.3 of the Master Lease will be promptly paid to Subtenant.

 

(iv)                               In consideration of the fact that the Sublease Expiration Date falls in the first quarter of calendar year 2017, it is agreed that the Monthly Estimated Payments established with respect to calendar year 2016 will continue without adjustment until the Sublease Expiration Date.  It is further agreed that at such time after the Sublease Expiration Date that Sublandlord receives an annual reconciliation statement from Master Landlord which requires a payment from or to Sublandlord, such payment shall be made by or to Subtenant, and such obligation shall expressly survive expiration of this Sublease and of the Master Lease.

 

(f)                                    Late Charge; Interest .  If any installment of Rent or any other sum due from Subtenant hereunder shall not be received by Sublandlord within five (5) business days after the date such payment is due, then Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord a late charge equal to the lesser of (i) five percent (5%) of the amount then delinquent and (ii) the late charge actually charged by Master Landlord to Sublandlord under Section 3.2 of the Master Lease.  This late charge amount constitutes a fair and reasonable estimate of the administrative cost and expense Sublandlord will incur as a result of Subtenant’s delinquent payment, the exact amount of which would be extremely difficult to ascertain.  Such late charge shall be deemed Additional Rent and the right to require it shall be in addition to all of Sublandlord’s other rights and remedies hereunder.

 

7



 

5.                                       Utilities and Services.

 

(a)                                  Electricity Usage.  Throughout the Sublease Term, including without limitation the Free Rent Period, Subtenant will pay for all electricity used by Subtenant in the Subleased Premises during the Sublease Term for lights and plugs, as measured by a submeter, at the rates charged for such services by the local public utility.  As payment for such electricity, Subtenant will pay to Sublandlord estimated electricity usage charges (the “ Estimated Electricity Usage Charges ”) equal to $1.50 per rentable square foot of the Subleased Premises per annum, as such amount may be increased from time to time by notice from Sublandlord to Subtenant.  Such notice may be given if Sublandlord receives a notice of increase in the estimated electricity usage charges owed by Sublandlord under Section 13.1.1 of the Master Lease, and Sublandlord’s notice shall in such event include a copy of such Master Landlord notice.  Such Estimated Electricity Usage Charges hereunder shall be payable to Sublandlord in equal monthly installments (prorated for a partial calendar month on the basis of the actual number of days in such month) concurrently with Subtenant’s payment of monthly Base Rent to Sublandlord hereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Early Access Period, such Estimated Electricity Usage Charges shall be due and owing from Subtenant, but will be calculated on the rentable square footage of the Early Access Area rather than the total rentable area of the Subleased Premises.

 

(b)                                  Annual True-up.  In the event that, as a result of Master Landlord’s end of year reconciliation under Section 13.1.2 of the Master Lease of electricity usage charges for the Subleased Premises, Master Landlord bills Sublandlord for a deficiency payment, Subtenant will pay the amount of such bill to Sublandlord within ten (10) days of demand from Sublandlord (which demand will include a copy of such Master Landlord invoice).  In the event that such reconciliation under Section 13.1.2 of the Master Lease results in a determination by Master Landlord that a credit is due to Sublandlord, then Subtenant shall also be entitled to one hundred percent (100%) of the credit received by Sublandlord and credited against Subtenant’s next due Estimated Electricity Usage Charges hereunder or, if the Sublease has been terminated, then such amount shall be refunded to Subtenant in cash upon Sublandlord’s receipt of such cash refund from Master Landlord.

 

(c)                                   Excess Consumption Costs; Base Year Annual Determination Adjustment.  In the event any cost or expense is incurred by Sublandlord under the Master Lease which is directly for Subtenant’s benefit or which is directly attributable to Subtenant’s operations within the Subleased Premises, including, without limitation, (i) costs directly attributable to an increase in supply of Building services (e.g. electric, water and sewer) exceeding the level of Building services necessary to meet the Sublandlord’s existing use (assuming a fully operational facility), (ii) costs related to excessive use of utilities incurred pursuant to Section 13.4 of the Master Lease, (iii) the cost of installation of supplementary HVAC units under Section 13.3 of the Master Lease, (iv) costs incurred as a result of Subtenant’s express request for additional work or services (such as after-hours HVAC requested pursuant to Section 13.2 of the Master Lease), or (v) costs of additional insurance premiums due to an increase in rates for liability, fire, boiler, sprinkler, water damage or other insurance on the Building or on the property and equipment of Sublandlord or Master Landlord or any other tenant or subtenant in the Building, Subtenant shall pay the entire cost thereof to Sublandlord within ten (10) days of receipt of an invoice from

 

8



 

Sublandlord related thereto, which invoice will include a copy of any applicable invoice from Master Landlord to Sublandlord regarding same.  The intent of this provision is that Subtenant shall be responsible for the payment for any services related to Subtenant’s occupancy that are billed by Master Landlord above and beyond the amounts normally included within Expenses and Taxes and/or Estimated Electricity Usage Charges.  In furtherance thereof, Sublandlord and Subtenant agree that the Annual Master Landlord Determination for the 2013 Base Year, as between Sublandlord and Subtenant, shall be subject to adjustment for purposes of determinations of Expense and Tax Increases (and estimates thereof) owed by Subtenant to Sublandlord hereunder, any such adjustment to be based on Sublandlord’s and Subtenant’s good faith and mutual determination, that Subtenant’s operations within the Subleased Premises during the Base Year resulted in excess, additional or above-normal use or consumption of the type or nature described in the foregoing subsections (i) through (v) of this Section 5(c), and Sublandlord will notify Subtenant of any such proposed adjustment within sixty (60) days after receipt of the Master Landlord’s Annual Master Landlord Determination for the 2013 Base Year.

 

(d)                                  Phone and Data; Security.  Subtenant agrees to leave in place without alteration during the Sublease Term the following items: (i) the wiring for voice and data equipment within the Subleased Premises, and (ii) the existing security system as it is currently connected throughout the Subleased Premises (but Subtenant may provide, at its sole cost and expense, any additional security equipment or services that it requires, subject to the terms of this Sublease and the Master Lease).  Subtenant shall contract directly with or otherwise obtain telephone, data and security services and any other services desired by the Subtenant and not provided by Master Landlord for the Subleased Premises, subject to the terms of this Sublease and the Master Lease.  Sublandlord makes no representation or warranty that the Subleased Premises will be adequate to satisfy Subtenant’s needs with respect to such services.  Subtenant has previously inspected the Subleased Premises and has satisfied itself as to the adequacy of such space with respect to telephone, data and security service availability and adequacy.

 

(e)                                   Master Lease Services and Other Master Landlord Obligations.  Subject only to the express limitations set forth in this Sublease, including this Section 5(e), during the Sublease Term, Subtenant shall be entitled to all services extended by Master Landlord to Sublandlord under Section 13.1 of the Master Lease, and to use of the loading dock and other Building common areas described in Section 1.3 of the Master Lease.  Such rights shall be subject to all conditions and limitations set forth in the Master Lease with regard to such rights, including without limitation the availability of services during “Building Business Hours,” as such term is defined in the Master Lease, the obligation to comply with Master Landlord’s rules and regulations regarding such services or uses, and any payment or reimbursement obligations required with respect to such services or uses (which shall be the obligation of Subtenant pursuant to Section 5(c) above).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, in no event shall Sublandlord be obligated to provide any such services or rights directly to Subtenant, nor shall Sublandlord be liable to Subtenant for any failure by Master Landlord to perform its obligations under the Master Lease (and no such failure by Master Landlord shall excuse performance by Subtenant of its obligations hereunder or constitute a constructive eviction or breach of this Sublease by Sublandlord), but Sublandlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts (exclusive of commencing litigation or arbitration), upon receipt of a written request from Subtenant, to cause Master Landlord to perform same and otherwise provide such rights for Subtenant’s benefit under the Master Lease.  In the event Master Landlord abates rent under Section 13 of the

 

9



 

Master Lease, Subtenant shall be entitled to a corresponding abatement of Rent due hereunder.  During the Early Access Period, Subtenant shall be entitled to the non-exclusive use of (i) the loading dock and contiguous area consisting of approximately 3,763 rentable square feet as described in Section 1.3 of the Master Lease and as shown on Exhibit D hereto and identified therein as “Short Term - ConforMIS Shared Space”, (ii) other Building common areas necessary for Subtenant’s access to the Subleased Premises for performance of the Early Access Work and (iii) common rest rooms located on the second (2nd) floor of the Building, each such area as depicted on the attached Exhibit A .

 

6.                                       Security Deposit.

 

(a)                                  Letter of Credit Deposit.  Simultaneously with Subtenant’s execution and delivery to Sublandlord of this Sublease, Subtenant shall deliver to Sublandlord, as collateral for the full and faithful performance by Subtenant of all of its obligations under this Sublease and for all losses and damages Sublandlord may suffer as a result of any default by Subtenant under this Sublease, an irrevocable and unconditional negotiable letter of credit, in the form and containing the terms required herein running in favor of Sublandlord issued by a nationally recognized bank with a Standard and Poor’s rating of A or better in the amount of Nine Hundred Thousand Dollars ($900,000.00) (“ Letter of Credit ”).  The form and terms of the Letter of Credit (and the bank issuing the same) shall be acceptable to Sublandlord in Sublandlord’s sole, but reasonable, discretion, and shall provide, among other things, that: (i) Sublandlord shall have the right to draw down an amount up to the face amount of the Letter of Credit upon the presentation to the issuing bank of Sublandlord’s statement that such amount is due to Sublandlord under the terms and conditions of this Sublease, it being understood that if Sublandlord be a limited liability company, corporation, partnership or other entity, then such statement shall be signed by a managing member (if a limited liability company) an officer (if a corporation), a general partner (if a partnership), or any authorized party (if another entity); (ii) the Letter of Credit will be honored by the issuing bank without inquiry as to the accuracy thereof and regardless of whether the Subtenant disputes the content of such statement; (iii) the Letter of Credit and any replacement thereof shall automatically renew on a year to year basis until a period ending not earlier than one (1) month subsequent to the Sublease Expiration Date without any action whatsoever on the part of Sublandlord; and (iv) the Letter of Credit shall be fully transferable by Sublandlord without the payment of any fees or charges by Sublandlord.  If, for any reason, including but not limited to as a result of any application of all or any part of the Letter of Credit, the amount of the Letter of Credit shall be less than the required amount hereunder, Subtenant shall within five (5) days thereafter provide Sublandlord with additional letter(s) of credit in an amount equal to the deficiency, and each such additional (or replacement) letter of credit shall comply with all of the provisions of this Section 6(a), and if Subtenant fails to do so, and such failure continues for a period of five (5) days after Subtenant’s receipt of written notice from Sublandlord regarding same, then such failure shall be deemed an Event of Default by Subtenant under Section 16 of this Sublease.  Subtenant further covenants and warrants that it will neither assign nor encumber the Letter of Credit, or any part thereof, and that neither Sublandlord nor its successors or assigns will be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance.  If there shall occur a default under this Sublease which continues beyond any applicable notice and cure period, Sublandlord may, but without obligation to do so, draw upon the Letter of Credit, in part or in whole, in such amount as is necessary to cure any default of Subtenant and/or to compensate Sublandlord for any and all damages of any kind or

 

10


 

nature sustained or which in Sublandlord’s sole estimation may be sustained by Sublandlord resulting from Subtenant’s default.  Subtenant agrees not to interfere in any way with payment to Sublandlord of the proceeds of the Letter of Credit, either prior to or following a “draw” by Sublandlord of any portion of the Letter of Credit, regardless of whether any dispute exists between Subtenant and Sublandlord as to Sublandlord’s right to draw from the Letter of Credit.  SUBTENANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ABSOLUTELY NO CONDITION OR TERM OF THIS SUBLEASE SHALL BE DEEMED TO RENDER THE LETTER OF CREDIT CONDITIONAL TO JUSTIFY THE ISSUING BANK OF THE LETTER OF CREDIT IN FAILING TO HONOR A DRAWING UPON SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT IN A TIMELY MANNER.  Sublandlord shall return the Letter of Credit to Subtenant within forty-five (45) days after the Sublease Expiration Date, less only such amounts as to which Sublandlord has properly made draw pursuant to the terms.  Each and every time during the Sublease Term that there is a change in the identity or address of the parties, the Letter of Credit shall immediately be amended or reissued to reflect such changes and the parties hereby agree to execute and submit to the issuing bank such further applications, documents and instruments as may be necessary to effectuate same.

 

(b)                                  Scheduled Reduction in Letter of Credit Amount.  Notwithstanding the foregoing: (i) if, after the first eighteen (18) months of the Sublease Term, no Event of Default by Subtenant under Section 18.1.1 of the Master Lease has previously occurred during the Sublease Term, then Subtenant is entitled to have the Letter of Credit reduced to $750,000; (ii) if, after the first thirty (30) months of the Sublease Term, no Event of Default by Subtenant under Section 18.1.1 of the Master Lease has previously occurred during the Sublease Term, then Subtenant is entitled to have the Letter of Credit reduced to $600,000; and (iii) if, after the first forty-two (42) months of the Sublease Term, no Event of Default by Subtenant under Section 18.1.1 of the Master Lease has previously occurred during the Sublease Term, then Subtenant is entitled to have the Letter of Credit reduced to $300,000, and no further reductions shall thereafter be allowed.  Sublandlord shall reasonably cooperate with Subtenant by exchanging with Subtenant the existing Letter of Credit for the new Letter of Credit in the reduced amount at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense.

 

7.                                       Compliance with Laws.  In addition to any other requirements set forth herein pertaining to applicable law, Subtenant and its employees, agents, contractors and invitees shall comply in all material respects with all statutes, codes, ordinances, orders, rules and regulations of any municipal or governmental entity (collectively referred to as “ Laws ”), which relate to the use and occupancy of the Subleased Premises.  In addition to the foregoing, Subtenant shall comply in all material respects with any other commercially reasonable rules and regulations adopted by Master Landlord from time to time, provided that a written copy thereof is made available to Subtenant prior to enforcement.

 

8.                                       Maintenance and Repairs.  Except as such maintenance and repairs are the responsibility of Master Landlord pursuant to the terms of Section 7 of the Master Lease, Subtenant shall, during the Sublease Term, at its sole cost, keep and maintain in good condition and repair the Subleased Premises, and Subtenant hereby confirms its assumption, during the Sublease Term, of Sublandlord’s maintenance and repair obligations under the Master Lease (including without limitation Section 7.2 therein) arising during the Sublease Term.  Additionally, Subtenant shall bear all costs of repairing any damage (excluding ordinary wear and tear) caused by the acts or omissions of Subtenant and its employees, agents, invitees, and contractor.  Sublandlord shall in

 

11



 

no way be liable to Subtenant for any failure by Master Landlord to undertake any maintenance and repair obligations that are the responsibility of Master Landlord under the Master Lease (and no such failure by Master Landlord shall excuse performance by Subtenant of its obligations hereunder or constitute a constructive eviction or breach of this Sublease by Sublandlord); provided, however, that if the performance of any maintenance or repair (or any other act) respecting the Subleased Premises is the responsibility of Master Landlord under the Master Lease, Sublandlord shall, upon receipt of Subtenant’s written request, make commercially reasonable efforts (exclusive of commencing litigation or arbitration) to cause Master Landlord to perform such obligations.  In the event Master Landlord abates rent under Section 7.3 of the Master Lease, Subtenant shall be entitled to a corresponding abatement of Rent due hereunder.

 

9.                                       Subtenant Improvements.

 

(a)                                  Subject to Sublandlord’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and Master Landlord’s prior written approval if required in accordance with the terms of the Master Lease, Subtenant shall have the right to construct, at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense, improvements to the Subleased Premises to accommodate Subtenant’s occupancy thereof (“ Improvements ”).  Such Improvements, if approved as provided above, may include supplemental HVAC units.  All Improvements shall be performed (i) by Subtenant’s selected contractor and (ii) in accordance with Subtenant’s plans for such work, each subject to the foregoing required approvals from Sublandlord (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) and Master Landlord in accordance with the terms of the Master Lease.  Sublandlord shall approve or disapprove of any such proposed Improvements within (i) ten (10) business days of Sublandlord’s receipt of Subtenant’s written request or (ii) three (3) business days of Sublandlord’s receipt of Master Landlord’s written response to Subtenant’s written request, whichever is later.  Subtenant’s written request for consent to any proposed Improvements shall include any documentation required to be provided to Master Landlord in accordance with the terms of the Master Lease, and to the extent required by applicable Laws, copies of all drawings prepared by registered architects/engineers in connection with the Improvements.  In the event Sublandlord fails to notify Subtenant within the aforementioned applicable time period of its approval or disapproval of such proposed Improvements, such Improvements shall be deemed consented to by Sublandlord only.  All work shall be performed in accordance with the terms of Section 6 of the Master Lease and any other Master Lease terms applicable to tenant improvements in the Building.  Subtenant shall be solely responsible for removing any Improvements installed by or on behalf of Subtenant prior to the Sublease Expiration Date or earlier termination of this Sublease unless, in accordance with the terms of Section 6.2 of the Master Lease, the Master Landlord shall have determined that such removal is not required by the Master Lease, and such determination shall have been provided to Sublandlord in writing, to include with specificity that Master Landlord waives such removal requirement for the benefit of Sublandlord (each, a “ Removal Waiver ”).  Subtenant shall make all payments for Improvements in a timely manner and shall keep the Subleased Premises free and clear of liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished, or obligations incurred by Subtenant.  Subtenant will not be charged any supervisory, oversight, management or similar fee by Sublandlord in connection with any of Subtenant’s construction, provided, however, Subtenant agrees to reimburse Sublandlord for any costs or fees imposed by Master Landlord upon Sublandlord in accordance with the terms of the Master Lease as a result thereof, including

 

12



 

but not limited to the construction management fee referenced in Section 6.2 of the Master Lease.  Subtenant shall be solely responsible for the planning, construction and completion of all Improvements; provided, however, that Sublandlord agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts (exclusive of commencing litigation or arbitration), upon receipt of a written request from Subtenant, to assist Subtenant with securing necessary Master Landlord approvals required under the Master Lease.  Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, in no event shall Sublandlord be liable to Subtenant for any failure by Master Landlord to comply with the terms and conditions of the Master Lease with respect to the review and approval of Subtenant’s proposed Improvements to the Subleased Premises (and no such failure by Master Landlord shall excuse performance by Subtenant of its obligations hereunder or constitute a constructive eviction or breach of this Sublease by Sublandlord).  Any damage to the Subleased Premises or Building caused by Subtenant shall be promptly repaired by Subtenant at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Master Lease.  If Subtenant shall fail to repair any damage within a reasonable time following written notice from Sublandlord, Sublandlord shall have the right to repair any damage caused by Subtenant at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense.  Sublandlord’s and Master Landlord’s input with respect to any proposed Improvements to the Subleased Premises, including without limitation Sublandlord’s and Master Landlord’s review and approval (if required) of Subtenant’s plans, specifications or work in connection with the installation, operation (including material repairs) and removal of the Nitrogen Tank (as described in Section 25(b) below), shall not be deemed an agreement by Sublandlord or Master Landlord that any plans, specifications or work related thereto conform with applicable Laws, nor shall such review and approval be deemed a waiver of Subtenant’s obligations under this Sublease with respect to all applicable Laws nor impose any liability or obligation upon Sublandlord or Master Landlord with respect to the completeness, design sufficiency or compliance with all applicable Laws of such plans, specifications and work.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 9 to the contrary, Sublandlord’s consent shall not be required (but prior written notice from Subtenant to Sublandlord shall be required) with respect to proposed Improvements which (i) are not structural in nature, (ii) are not visible from the exterior of the Building, (iii) do not affect or require modifications of the Building’s electrical, mechanical, plumbing, HVAC or other systems, and (iv) do not have an aggregate cost of more than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) in any consecutive twelve (12) month period.  For purposes of the foregoing sentence, “prior written notice” shall require: (A) a general description of Subtenant’s planned Improvements, (B) estimated construction schedule and (C) estimated aggregate cost.

 

(c)                                   Sublandlord has designated Leonard M. Auchincloss (“ Sublandlord’s Construction Representative ”) as its sole authorized representative with respect to the construction matters set forth in this Sublease, who, until further written notice to Subtenant by Sublandlord, shall have full and exclusive authority and responsibility to act on behalf of Sublandlord as required in this Sublease.  Any instructions or approvals delivered to Subtenant by any other individual shall not be binding on Sublandlord.  The contact information for Sublandlord’s Construction Representative is as follows: email: Leonard.auchincloss@am.jll.com; phone: (410) 804 4171; mailing address: c/o Jones Lang LaSalle Americas, Inc., 1710 SA1C Drive, 4th Floor Tower 3.

 

13



 

(d)                                  Prior to commencement of construction of any Improvements, Subtenant shall designate a representative with respect to the construction matters set forth in this Sublease, who, until further written notice to Sublandlord by Subtenant, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Subtenant as required in this Sublease.

 

(e)                                   Subtenant acknowledges and agrees that: (i) Master Landlord may, as a condition to its consent to any particular Improvements, require a cash deposit to be made with Master Landlord, pursuant to the terms of Section 6.3 of the Master Lease, to cover the cost of removing such Improvements and restoring the Subleased Premises at the Sublease Expiration Date, or earlier termination of the Sublease (a “ Restoration Deposit ”), (ii) in the event Master Landlord requires a Restoration Deposit, Subtenant shall make such deposit directly to Master Landlord, provided, where Master Landlord requires Sublandlord to make such Restoration Deposit on behalf of Subtenant, Sublandlord agrees to undertake same, provided Subtenant has previously funded such Restoration Deposit amount directly to Sublandlord pursuant to a separate deposit agreement, in form and content satisfactory to Sublandlord in its commercially reasonable discretion and (iii) such Restoration Deposit obligations shall be in addition to, and not otherwise affect or limit, Subtenant’s obligations under this Sublease, including but not limited to Subtenant’s Letter of Credit obligations contained in Section 6, as modified by Section 9(f) below.

 

(f)                                    During the Sublease Term, Sublandlord and Subtenant shall use good faith efforts to (i) request from Master Landlord applicable Removal Waivers (as defined in Section 9(a) above) with respect to any Subtenant proposed Improvements, (ii) estimate the commercially reasonable costs of (A) removing all Subtenant proposed Improvements which were not specifically identified in a Removal Waiver and (B) restoring the Subleased Premises at the Sublease Expiration Date with respect thereto and (iii) account for such costs on an aggregated basis (the “ Anticipated Restoration Costs ”).  Anticipated Restoration Costs shall not include any costs associated with the removal and/or restoration of any proposed Improvements for which Master Landlord has requested, and Subtenant (or Sublandlord on Subtenant’s behalf) has provided, a Restoration Deposit, nor any removal or restoration costs for which Sublandlord is responsible.  Subtenant agrees, notwithstanding anything contained in this Sublease to the contrary, if, prior to expiration of the first forty-two (42) month period of the Sublease Term, established Anticipated Restoration Costs exceed $450,000.00, then Section 6(b)(iii) of the Sublease shall be modified such that the reduction amount of $300,000.00 applicable to the Letter of Credit referenced therein shall be automatically increased to $450,000.00, and no further reductions (below $450,000) of the Letter of Credit under Section 6 of the Sublease or otherwise shall thereafter be allowed.  Further notwithstanding anything contained in this Sublease to the contrary, at all times subsequent to the expiration of the first forty-two (42) month period of the Sublease Term, Sublandlord may require, as a condition to its consent to any proposed Subtenant Improvements for which Master Landlord requires removal and/or restoration at the end of the Sublease Term, that Subtenant deposit with Sublandlord as security for Subtenant’s performance of its obligations under the Sublease seventy-five percent (75%) of any Anticipated Restoration Costs to the extent that such costs exceed $450,000.00 in the aggregate.

 

14



 

10.                                Entry by Sublandlord.  Once Sublandlord has entirely vacated the Subleased Premises, Sublandlord may reenter the Subleased Premises accompanied by an authorized representative of Subtenant on forty-eight (48) hours prior notice of entry, which shall be given to Subtenant through electronic mail or in writing, for any purpose related to this Sublease, except that no such notice shall be required in the event of emergency.  For the purposes specified herein and in the Master Lease, both Sublandlord and Master Landlord (pursuant to Section 17.3 of the Master Lease) shall at all times have and retain keys with which to unlock the doors of the Subleased Premises, excluding any special security areas permitted to be maintained under the Master Lease and designated by Subtenant in advance.  In the event Master Landlord abates rent under Section 17 of the Master Lease, Subtenant shall be entitled to a corresponding abatement of Rent due hereunder.

 

11.                                Assignment and Subletting.

 

(a)                                  Consent Required.  Subtenant shall not assign, sublease, transfer or encumber any interest in this Sublease or allow any third party to use any portion of the Subleased Premises (collectively or individually, a “ Transfer ”), without the prior written consent of Sublandlord, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and of Master Landlord, which consent may be given or withheld in accordance with Section 9.1 of the Master Lease.  Upon any Transfer request, Subtenant will pay to Sublandlord all costs capped at $1,000.00, including reasonable attorney’s fees, incurred by Sublandlord in investigating and considering any proposed Transfer (including any costs or fees imposed by Master Landlord upon Sublandlord as a result thereof), regardless of whether Sublandlord shall consent, refuse consent, or determine that consent is not required.  Except as expressly provided under Section 11(c) below, any Transfer or attempted Transfer without the consent of Sublandlord and Master Landlord shall be a default by Subtenant, and any purposed Transfer which does not comply with this Section 11 shall be void.  Subtenant shall at all times remain directly, primarily and fully responsible and liable for the payment of the Rent and compliance with all other obligations of the Subtenant under this Sublease, and Sublandlord may, upon an Event of Default hereunder, directly collect from such transferee all rents due and owing to Subtenant and apply such rent against all sums due hereunder.

 

(b)                                  Excess Subrents.  The terms and conditions of Section 9.4 of the Master Lease shall be applicable to any Transfers, provided, however, that all references therein to “Landlord”, “Tenant”, “Lease” and “Premises” shall mean “Master Landlord”, “Subtenant”, “Sublease” and the “Subleased Premises”, respectively.  All sums due hereunder as a result of such application shall be paid and distributed to Sublandlord within five (5) days of actual receipt.

 

(c)                                   Permitted Transfers.  So long as Master Landlord consents, or agrees that no consent is necessary in accordance with the terms of Section 9.1 of the Master Lease, Sublandlord agrees that Subtenant may, without Sublandlord’s prior written consent (but with at least fifteen (15) days prior notice), sublet all or any portion of the Subleased Premises to a “Permitted Transferee,” as defined under Section 9.1 of the Master Lease; provided that any such Permitted Transferee shall expressly agree in writing with Sublandlord to be and remain liable, jointly and severally with Subtenant (which shall also remain liable) for all of Subtenant’s obligations under this Sublease.

 

15



 

12.                                Indemnification.  Subtenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Sublandlord and its respective owners, partners, principals, members, trustees, officers, directors, shareholders, agents, and employees (each a “ Sublandlord Related Party ” and collectively, “ Sublandlord Related Parties ”) harmless from and against all liabilities, losses, damages, claims, and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees (collectively referred to as “ Losses ”), which may be imposed upon, incurred by or asserted against Sublandlord or any of the Sublandlord Related Parties, or for which Sublandlord may be liable to Master Landlord, arising from (a) any act or omission of Subtenant and/or any of its agents, servants, employees, invitees, licensees, customers, contractors, officers, directors or shareholders (collectively, the “ Subtenant Related Parties ”) in or about the Subleased Premises or the Building during the Sublease Term; (b) any accident, injury or damage whatsoever caused to any person, or to the property of any person, occurring in or about the Subleased Premises during the Sublease Term to the extent that Subtenant’s or Subtenant Related Parties’ negligence or willful misconduct is the cause of such accident, injury or damage; (c) with respect to Subtenant’s activities on or about the Building, any accident, injury or damage occurring outside the Subleased Premises but on or about the Building or property on which the Building is situated to the extent that Subtenant’s or Subtenant Related Parties’ negligence or willful misconduct is the cause of such accident, injury or damage; or (d) any breach by Subtenant of any of its covenants or representations set forth herein; or (e) any violation by Subtenant of any term or provision of the Master Lease applicable to Subtenant.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Subtenant shall not be required to protect, defend, indemnify or hold Sublandlord or a Sublandlord Related Party harmless to the extent that Sublandlord’s or such Sublandlord Related Party’s negligence or willful misconduct or act or omission is the cause, whether direct or indirect, of any Losses.

 

Sublandlord shall indemnify, defend and hold Subtenant and any of the Subtenant Related Parties harmless from and against all Losses which may be imposed upon, incurred by or asserted against Subtenant or any of the Subtenant Related Parties, arising from (a) any act or omission of Sublandlord or any of the Sublandlord Related Parties in or about the Subleased Premises or the Building; (b) any accident, injury or damage whatsoever caused to any person, or to the property of any person, occurring in or about the Subleased Premises to the extent that Sublandlord’s or Sublandlord Related Parties’ negligence or willful misconduct is the cause of such accident, injury or damage; (c) with respect to Sublandlord’s activities on or about the Building, any accident, injury or damage occurring outside the Subleased Premises but on or about the Building or property on which the Building is situated to the extent that Sublandlord’s or Sublandlord Related Parties’ negligence or willful misconduct is the cause of such accident, injury or damage; or (d) any breach by Sublandlord of any of its covenants or representations set forth herein; or (e) any violation by Sublandlord of any term or provision of the Master Lease applicable to Sublandlord.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sublandlord shall not be required to protect, defend, indemnify or hold Subtenant or a Subtenant Related Party harmless to the extent that Subtenant’s or such Subtenant Related Party’s negligence or willful misconduct or act or omission is the cause, whether direct or indirect, of any Losses.

 

The provisions of this Section 12 shall survive the expiration or any earlier termination of this Sublease.  The indemnifications in this Section 12 are in addition to any other indemnification obligations expressly provided under this Sublease.

 

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Sublease to the contrary, including the scope of the defined term “Losses” as set forth in this Section 12, (a) Sublandlord shall in no event be liable

 

16



 

to Subtenant or any Subtenant Related Parties for consequential, punitive or indirect damages, and (b) except with respect to the consequences of a Subtenant holdover pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 20 of this Sublease, Subtenant shall not be liable to Sublandlord or any Sublandlord Related Parties for consequential, punitive or indirect damages.

 

13.                                Insurance.  Subtenant shall be responsible for compliance with Section 11 of the Master Lease and all other insurance provisions of the Master Lease.  Such insurance shall name Master Landlord and Sublandlord (and its designees) as additional insureds, and all notices related to such insurance and all evidence of such policies must be delivered to both Sublandlord and Master Landlord when required under the Master Lease.  Subtenant shall provide Sublandlord and Master Landlord with certificates of insurance evidencing such coverage prior to the Early Access Date.  Subtenant’s Commercial General Liability Insurance policy or policies maintained hereunder shall also insure the performance by Subtenant of its indemnification obligations to Sublandlord hereunder pursuant to a contractual liability endorsement.

 

14.                                Waiver of Subrogation.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Sublandlord and Subtenant each hereby waives its respective right of recovery against the other and each releases the other from any claim arising out of loss, damage or destruction to the Subleased Premises, and contents thereon or therein, whether or not such loss, damage or destruction may be attributable to the fault or negligence of either party or its respective agents, invitees, contractors or employees.  Each casualty insurance policy shall include a waiver of the insurer’s rights of subrogation against the party hereto who is not an insured under said policy.  Each party shall look solely to the proceeds of its respective casualty insurance policy (and to its own funds to the extent it is self-insured) to compensate it for any such loss, damage or destruction.

 

15.                                Damage or Destruction and Condemnation.  If the Subleased Premises are damaged or destroyed in whole or in part by fire or other casualty, or if a taking occurs as described in Section 23 of the Master Lease, and if Master Landlord or Sublandlord thereafter exercises any option either may have under the Master Lease to terminate the Master Lease, this Sublease shall terminate as of the same such date.  Sublandlord shall provide copies to Subtenant of any notices provided by Master Landlord to Sublandlord under Sections 22 and 23 of the Master Lease.  Sublandlord shall have no obligation to repair or replace any damage or loss to any FF&E or to any improvements made by or on behalf of Subtenant in the Subleased Premises in the event of fire or other casualty at the Subleased Premises.  If the Master Lease or this Sublease is not terminated following any damage, destruction or condemnation, this Sublease shall remain in full force and effect, and Rent hereunder shall be abated and/or adjusted (as applicable) for so long as, and to the same extent as, an abatement or adjustment is provided by Master Landlord under Sections 22 or 23 of the Master Lease, as applicable.  In no event shall Sublandlord have any obligation to Subtenant to restore the Subleased Premises if damaged, destroyed or condemned as described in Sections 22 and 23 of the Master Lease.  Subtenant shall immediately notify Sublandlord in case of fire or other damage to the Subleased Premises.

 

16.                                Events of Default.  The provisions of Section 18 of the Master Lease are hereby incorporated herein by this reference (provided, however, that all references therein to “Landlord”, “Tenant”, “Lease” and “Premises” shall mean “Master Landlord”, “Subtenant”, “Sublease” and the “Subleased Premises”, respectively).

 

17



 

17.                                Remedies.  Upon any Event of Default by Subtenant under Section 18 of the Master Lease, Sublandlord shall have the remedies set forth in Section 19 of the Master Lease (which are hereby incorporated into this Sublease by this reference) as if Sublandlord is Master Landlord, including, without limitation, the right to terminate this Sublease, in which case Subtenant shall immediately surrender the Subleased Premises to Sublandlord.  If Subtenant fails to surrender the Subleased Premises, Sublandlord may, in compliance with applicable Laws and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, enter upon and take possession of the Subleased Premises.  In addition to the right to terminate this Sublease and collect damages, Sublandlord shall have the right to pursue any other remedy provided under the Master Lease or that is now or hereafter available at Law or in equity.

 

18.                                Master Lease.

 

(a)                                  Subtenant takes possession of the Subleased Premises, and enters into this Sublease, subject and subordinate to all of the terms, covenants, conditions, and restrictions of the Master Lease.  All of the terms of the Master Lease are hereby incorporated into this Sublease by this reference and shall, as between Sublandlord and Subtenant (as if they were the Landlord and Tenant, respectively, under the Master Lease), constitute the terms of this Sublease, except to the extent they are inapplicable to, inconsistent with, or modified by the terms of this Sublease, and provided that all economic and performance requirements of the Master Landlord under the Master Lease shall remain the responsibility of Master Landlord and shall not be the responsibility of Sublandlord hereunder.  Subtenant shall be bound by the Master Lease in accordance with the terms and conditions contained in this Sublease.  Sublandlord shall not agree to any amendment, modification or termination of the Master Lease that impacts the rights and obligations of Subtenant hereunder without Subtenant’s prior written consent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

(b)                                  Any default notice or other notice of any obligations (including any billing or invoice for any Rent or any other expense or charge due under the Master Lease) from Master Landlord which is received by Subtenant (whether directly from Master Landlord or as a result of being forwarded by Sublandlord) shall constitute such notice from Sublandlord to Subtenant under this Sublease without the need for any additional notice from Sublandlord.

 

(c)                                   If Subtenant shall fail to perform any of its obligations hereunder and such failure shall continue beyond any cure period provided for herein, or Master Landlord shall give any notice of failure or default under the Master Lease arising out of any failure by Subtenant to perform any of its obligations hereunder then, in either case, Sublandlord shall have the right (but not the obligation), upon at least two (2) business days’ prior written notice to Subtenant, to cure such default by performing or endeavoring to perform such obligation, and Subtenant shall, within ten (10) days of Sublandlord’s demand, reimburse Sublandlord for all costs and expenses incurred by Sublandlord in doing so as Rent.

 

(d)                                  Subtenant shall do nothing that will subject the Master Lease to termination by Master Landlord under the provisions of the Master Lease.  If Subtenant is in default under the provisions of the Master Lease, Sublandlord shall be entitled, but not obligated, to cure such default on behalf of and for the account of Subtenant, in which case all damages and expenses, including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by Sublandlord in connection with such cure, shall be paid by Subtenant to Sublandlord, as Rent hereunder, immediately upon Sublandlord’s demand therefor.  By so curing any such default of Subtenant on behalf of and for

 

18



 

the account of Subtenant, Sublandlord shall not be deemed to have waived any of its rights or released Subtenant from any of its obligations under this Sublease.  Sublandlord shall, however, also be entitled to cure such default on its own account to preserve its interest in and under the Master Lease, and may terminate this Sublease by reason of such default of Subtenant if Subtenant does not pay to Sublandlord, as Additional Rent hereunder, all damages and expenses, including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by Sublandlord in connection with such cure, together with interest thereon until paid at the maximum rate permitted under applicable law, within ten (10) days after demand therefor.  In the event that the Master Lease is terminated by Master Landlord by reason of Subtenant’s default, Subtenant shall indemnify Sublandlord against, and hold Sublandlord harmless from, all damages and expenses that Sublandlord may become liable to pay under the Master Lease resulting from such default, plus all other expenses relating thereto, including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

(e)                                   Subtenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Sublandlord within seven (7) business days following written request any estoppel certificate or other document evidencing the status of the Sublease or any document evidencing the subordination of this Sublease to the Master Lease, as Sublandlord or Master Landlord may reasonably request from time to time.

 

(f)                                    Sublandlord warrants to Subtenant that (i) Sublandlord has delivered to Subtenant a complete copy of the Master Lease, (ii) the Master Lease is, as of the date of this Sublease, in full force and effect, and (iii) no event of default by Sublandlord or, to Sublandlord’s knowledge, Master Landlord has occurred under the Master Lease.

 

(g)                                  If this Sublease has not previously terminated by its terms, this Sublease shall terminate upon the termination of the Master Lease.  If the Master Lease shall terminate for any reason during the Sublease Term, this Sublease shall simultaneously terminate on the date of such termination with the same force and effect as if such termination date had been specified herein as the termination date hereof.

 

19.                                Surrender of Subleased Premises.  At the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease, Subtenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall promptly remove from the Subleased Premises any alterations made by or for the benefit of Subtenant, except if Master Landlord has permitted (whether in a Removal Waiver, or pursuant to the Master Lease) such alterations to remain at the Subleased Premises at the end of the Sublease Term.  Subtenant shall also remove Subtenant’s personal property and the FF&E listed on Exhibit E (as more specifically provided in Section 3(b) herein).  Subtenant shall repair any damage to the Subleased Premises caused by such removal, and otherwise quit and surrender the Subleased Premises to Sublandlord, broom clean, and in good order, condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted.  If Subtenant fails to remove any items required to be removed by Subtenant hereunder on or before the Sublease Expiration Date or earlier termination of this Sublease, Sublandlord, at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense, shall be entitled (but not obligated) to remove, store and/or dispose of such items, and Sublandlord shall not be responsible for the value, preservation or safekeeping of Subtenant’s property.  Upon 30 days’ prior written notice from Sublandlord to Subtenant, which notice shall include with specificity the removal and restoration actions to be taken by Sublandlord and the estimated work schedule, Subtenant shall permit Sublandlord access to the Subleased Premises on such dates and at such times during the sixty (60) days prior to the end of the Sublease Term as mutually agreed by Sublandlord and Subtenant in order for Sublandlord to remove, as and to the extent required under the Master Lease and at Sublandlord’s sole cost and

 

19



 

expense, Sublandlord’s satellite dish and related equipment, data and telecommunications cabling and wiring, and any other improvements (“ Restorable Improvements ”) as applicable and restore or repair any damages caused thereby, and Subtenant will reasonably cooperate with Sublandlord, at no expense to Subtenant, in such removal, provided that Sublandlord agrees not to interfere with or disrupt Subtenant’s operations during such period and provided further that upon any material interference or disruption of Subtenant’s operations, as reasonably determined by Subtenant, Subtenant may issue a notice of interference to Sublandlord, whereupon Sublandlord shall immediately cease its interference and Subtenant may immediately revoke or restrict Sublandlord’s access to the Subleased Premises until Sublandlord and Subtenant, using good faith and best efforts, coordinate mutually acceptable access rights, subject at all times however to Sublandlord’s continuing right of access in the event of an emergency.  Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, in the event Subtenant provides to Sublandlord at any time prior to the commencement of the aforementioned sixty (60) day access period, at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense, a Removal Waiver stating that removal of certain Restorable Improvements identified therein will not be required by the Master Landlord, Sublandlord shall not exercise its access rights with respect to such identified Restorable Improvements, nor undertake to remove same.

 

20.                                Holding Over.  Subtenant shall have no right to holdover in the Subleased Premises pursuant to this Sublease after the Sublease Expiration Date.  If Subtenant does not surrender and vacate the Subleased Premises on the Sublease Expiration Date in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Sublease, Subtenant shall be a subtenant at sufferance and the parties agree that the Rent will be one hundred and fifty percent (150%) of the monthly Rent set forth in Section 4 in effect as of the last month of the Sublease Term.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, and in addition to all other rights and remedies on the part of Sublandlord if Subtenant fails to surrender the Subleased Premises upon the Sublease Expiration Date, in addition to any other liabilities to Sublandlord accruing therefrom, Subtenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Sublandlord harmless from all claims, actions, losses, damages and expenses resulting from such failure, including, without limitation, any such claims, actions, losses and damages to any third parties based on such failure to surrender to Sublandlord resulting therefrom.

 

21.                                Parking.  Subtenant shall have the right to lease the number and type of parking spaces in the Parking Facility (as defined in Section 30.1 of the Master Lease), as set forth on the Reference Pages of the Master Lease and on Exhibit A-2 of the Master Lease, subject to the same conditions and restrictions as are specified in Section 30 of the Master Lease.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, in no event shall Sublandlord be obligated to provide any such parking rights directly to Subtenant, nor shall Sublandlord be liable to Subtenant for any failure by Master Landlord to perform its obligations regarding parking under the Master Lease (and no such failure by Master Landlord shall excuse performance by Subtenant of its obligations hereunder or constitute a constructive eviction or breach of this Sublease by Sublandlord), but Sublandlord shall use its commercially reasonable efforts (exclusive of commencing litigation or arbitration), upon receipt of a written request from Subtenant, to cause Master Landlord to perform such parking related obligations.

 

22.                                Limitation of Liability.  Except with respect to Sublandlord’s indemnification obligations under Section 12, Subtenant hereby waives all claims against Sublandlord and Sublandlord Related Parties for any Losses sustained by Subtenant or any Subtenant Related Parties (or anyone claiming through them or on their behalf) resulting directly or indirectly from: (a) any

 

20


 

latent defect in the Subleased Premises or the Building, including without limitation any parking or common areas thereof, (b) any accident or other occurrence in or about the Subleased Premises or the Building, including without limitation any parking or common areas thereof, (c) any failure to prevent or control criminal or otherwise wrongful conduct by any third party in connection with the Subleased Premises, or (d) any negligent acts or omissions of any owner, tenant, or other occupant of the Building (other than Subtenant with respect to its own activities on the Subleased Premises) or of any invitee or other person in the Building.  All property placed in the Subleased Premises, Building, parking areas or common areas by Subtenant or any Subtenant Related Parties shall be so placed at the sole risk of such party, and Sublandlord shall have no liability whatsoever for any damage thereto.  In no event shall Sublandlord or any Sublandlord Related Parties or Subtenant or Subtenant Related Parties be liable for consequential or incidental damages.  Notwithstanding anything set forth herein, in no event shall any personal liability be asserted against Sublandlord’s or Subtenant’s officers, directors, employees, agents or contractors or to the property or assets of any of them.

 

23.                                Intentionally Deleted.

 

24.                                Options to Extend and Expand; Satellite Dish.  It is expressly understood that Subtenant will have no rights to extend the Sublease Term or to expand the Subleased Premises pursuant to Sections 40 and 41 of the Master Lease, respectively, nor will Subtenant have any rights whatsoever under Section 43 of the Master Lease or otherwise with regard to Sublandlord’s Satellite Dish installed on the roof of the Building.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, Sublandlord agrees to provide a copy to Subtenant of any notice of Third Party Offer (as defined in Section 41 of the Master Lease) received by Sublandlord from Master Landlord within three (3) business days of Sublandlord’s receipt thereof.

 

25.                                Hazardous Substances.

 

(a)                                  Environmental Laws.  Except as otherwise expressly set forth hereinbelow, Subtenant’s use of the Subleased Premises and the common areas of the Building shall not involve or result in the use, generation, manufacturing, transportation, storage, handling, or disposal of “hazardous substance,” “hazardous material” or “hazardous waste”, as these terms are defined under federal, state, and local Laws related to hazardous materials (the “ Environmental Laws ”).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Subtenant may use, generate, manufacture, transport, store, handle, and/or dispose of products containing small quantities of “hazardous substance,” “hazardous material” and “hazardous waste” (such as oil, aerosol cans containing insecticides, toner for copies, paints, paint remover and the like) to the extent reasonably necessary in connection with Subtenant’s Permitted Uses; provided, however, that Subtenant shall always use, generate, manufacture, transport, store, handle and/or dispose of such products in a safe and lawful manner, in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, and never allow such products to contaminate the Premises, the Building or the appurtenant land and the environment.  Subtenant shall indemnify Sublandlord and Master Landlord against, and hold Sublandlord and Master Landlord harmless from, any Losses arising out of any claim made by federal, state, or local government entities or private parties concerning violations of any such Environmental Laws.  In addition, Subtenant shall give Sublandlord prompt verbal and follow-up written notice of any actual or threatened violation of this Section 

 

21



 

25, which violation Subtenant shall cure in compliance with all Environmental Laws and to the satisfaction of Sublandlord and Master Landlord.  Upon any default under this Section 25, in addition to all other rights available to Sublandlord under this Sublease, Master Landlord under the Master Lease, at law or in equity, Sublandlord and/or Master Landlord shall have the right but not the obligation to immediately enter the Subleased Premises, to supervise and direct actions taken by Subtenant to address such default, and, if Subtenant fails to promptly address same to Sublandlord’s and/or Master Landlord’s satisfaction, to perform, at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense, any action Sublandlord and/or Master Landlord deems necessary to address same.  If during the Sublease Term Master Landlord or any governmental agency shall require an assessment, testing or other action to ascertain whether a default under this Section 25 is pending or threatened, then Subtenant shall pay the reasonable costs thereof as Additional Rent.  Promptly upon request, Subtenant shall execute commercially reasonable forms, affidavits, representations and similar documents concerning Subtenant’s actual knowledge and belief regarding compliance with Environmental Laws and the presence, use, storage, and disposal of any “hazardous substance,” “hazardous material” and/or “hazardous waste” in, on, under or from the Subleased Premises or the Building by Subtenant.  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Sublease to the contrary, the indemnifications and obligations imposed on Subtenant under this Section 25(a) shall survive the earlier termination or expiration of this Sublease.

 

(b)                                  Nitrogen Tank.

 

(i)                                      Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 25(b) Subtenant shall have the right at Subtenant’s sole expense, to place a liquid nitrogen storage tank (the “ Nitrogen Tank ”) in substantially the same make, model, size, capacity as the nitrogen tank depicted on Exhibit F-1 attached hereto at the location identified on Exhibit F-2 attached hereto (said location is hereinafter referred to as the “ Nitrogen Tank Support Area ”).

 

(ii)                                   The Nitrogen Tank Support Area shall be subject to all of the provisions of this Sublease as if it were located within the Subleased Premises.  Subtenant’s installation, operation (including material repairs) and removal of the Nitrogen Tank shall be subject to Sublandlord’s approval, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and the approval of Master Landlord obtained in accordance with the Master Lease.

 

(iii)                                Subtenant’s request for approval of Sublandlord and Master Landlord shall include, but not be limited to, mechanical and electrical drawings and specifications by a licensed professional engineer, which drawings and specifications shall include a written description of the Nitrogen Tank, including make, model, size, capacity, noise specifications, the proposed routing of cables, and location of peripheral equipment and other relevant specifications.  Subtenant shall comply with all Laws (including without limitation Environmental Laws) associated with the installation, operation and removal of the Nitrogen Tank.  The installation, repair, maintenance and operation of the Nitrogen Tank and the Nitrogen Tank Support Area will be at Subtenant’s sole risk, cost and expense.  Neither Master Landlord, nor Sublandlord or any Sublandlord Related Party shall be liable for any costs, expenses, damages or losses caused in any manner by such installation, repair, maintenance and operation.  Sublandlord and Master Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to enter the Nitrogen Tank Support Area accompanied by an authorized representative of Subtenant upon reasonable advance notice at all

 

22



 

reasonable times for the purpose of inspecting same, or at any time in the event of an emergency.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Subtenant shall provide Sublandlord with no less than three (3) business days’ advanced notice of any installation, operation (including material repairs) and removal of the Nitrogen Tank, and Sublandlord’s and Master Landlord’s representatives shall be permitted to attend such events.

 

(iv)                               Subtenant will fully indemnify Master Landlord, Sublandlord and Sublandlord Related Parties with respect to any Losses directly or indirectly caused or alleged to be caused by the installation, operation or removal of the Nitrogen Tank in, at or around the Subleased Premises and Building.  Installation of the Nitrogen Tank shall be in accordance with sound construction practices, and in accordance with applicable Laws, and in a good and workmanlike manner, and shall not materially interfere with other tenants of the Building.  Subtenant shall, at its expense, obtain all permits, variances and licenses required by Laws relating to the installation, operation (including material repairs) and maintenance of the Nitrogen Tank and shall deliver copies to Sublandlord upon written request of Sublandlord with a copy to Master Landlord.  This subsection (iv) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease.

 

(v)                                  Subtenant shall submeter all electrical usage and pay the costs of all utility services required for Subtenant’s use of the Nitrogen Tank and Nitrogen Tank Support Area.

 

(vi)                               Upon expiration of the Sublease Term, Subtenant shall be responsible for the removal of the Nitrogen Tank in accordance with all applicable Laws and Environmental Laws (including any cables, wires, lines, pipes or piping installed in the Building in connection therewith) and for repairing any damage caused therefrom.

 

(vii)                            Neither Sublandlord nor Master Landlord make any warranties or representations concerning the suitability of the Nitrogen Tank Support Area for the installation of the Nitrogen Tank, Subtenant having satisfied itself concerning these matters.

 

26.                                Miscellaneous.

 

(a)                                  Notices shall be sent to the following addresses (each, a “ Notice Address ”):

 

If to Sublandlord:

 

Reveal Imaging Technologies, Inc.
28 Crosby Dr. 
Bedford, MA 01730

 

With a copy to:

 

Science Applications International Corporation
10260 Campus Point Drive
M/S H-4B
San Diego, CA 92121

 

23



 

Attention: Corporate Real Estate Department

 

And a copy to:

 

Science Applications International Corporation - CRE Department
Jones Lang LaSalle
525 William Penn Place
Pittsburgh, PA 15259

 

If to Subtenant (prior to Lease Commencement Date):

 

ConforMIS, Inc.
11 North Avenue
Burlington, MA 01803
Attention: Chief Financial Officer

 

And after Lease Commencement Date:

 

ConforMIS, Inc.
28 Crosby Drive
Suite 100
Bedford, MA 01730
Attention: Chief Financial Officer

 

All demands, approvals, consents or notices shall be in writing and delivered by hand or sent by registered or certified mail with return receipt requested, or sent by overnight or same day courier service at the party’s respective Notice Address(es) set forth above.  Each notice shall be deemed to have been received or given on the earlier to occur of actual delivery or the date on which delivery is refused.  Any party may, at any time, change its Notice Address (other than to a post office box address) by giving the other parties written notice of the new address.

 

(b)                                  Either party’s failure to declare a default immediately upon its occurrence or delay in taking action for a default shall not constitute a waiver of the default, nor shall it constitute an estoppel.  If either party institutes a suit against the other for violation of or to enforce any covenant, term or condition of this Sublease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to all of its costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

(c)                                   This Sublease shall be interpreted and enforced in accordance with the Laws of the state in which the Subleased Premises is located.

 

(d)                                  Subtenant represents that Subtenant has dealt only with Cassidy Turley FHO (“ Subtenant’s Broker ”) as broker, agent, or finder in connection with this Sublease, whose commissions, if any, shall be paid by Sublandlord’s Broker (defined below) pursuant to a separate agreement between Sublandlord’s Broker and Subtenant’s Broker and Subtenant agrees to indemnify and hold Sublandlord harmless from all damages, judgments, liabilities an expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising from any claims or demands of any other broker,

 

24



 

agent or finder for any commission or fee alleged to be due in connection with its participation in the procurement of Subtenant or the negotiation with Subtenant of this Sublease.  Sublandlord represents that Sublandlord has dealt only with Jones Lang LaSalle (“ Sublandlord’s Broker ”), whose commissions, if any, shall be paid by Sublandlord pursuant to separate agreement or agreements, as brokers, agents or finders in connection with this Sublease, and agrees to indemnify and hold Subtenant harmless from all damages, judgments, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising from any claims or demands of any broker, agent, finder for any commission or fee alleged to be due in connection with its participation in the procurement of Sublandlord or the negotiation with Sublandlord of this Sublease.

 

The provisions of this Section 26(d) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease.

 

(e)                                   This Sublease constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings related to the Subleased Premises.  This Sublease may be modified only by a written agreement signed by Sublandlord and Subtenant.

 

(f)                                    The execution, delivery, and performance by each of Subtenant and Sublandlord of its respective obligations under this Sublease have been duly authorized and will not violate any provision of Law, any order of any court or other agency of government, or any indenture, agreement or other instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound.

 

(g)                                  This Sublease may be executed in multiple counterparts, and by each party on separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which shall together constitute one agreement.

 

(h)                                  Submission of this Sublease to Subtenant for signature does not constitute a reservation of space or an option to lease.  Subject to the terms and conditions of Section 2(a), this Sublease is not effective until execution by and delivery to both Sublandlord and Subtenant.

 

27.                                Signage.  To the extent permitted by the Master Lease and subject to Master Landlord’s consent as required under Sections 1.4 and 1.5 of the Master Lease, Subtenant shall have all rights granted to Sublandlord under the Master Lease to install or cause to be installed interior and exterior signage at the Subleased Premises, provided that all such signage shall be installed at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense and in compliance with all Laws and the terms and provisions of Sections 1.4 and 1.5 of the Master Lease.  Subtenant shall be required to fully remove all signage installed by Subtenant upon expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease and to promptly and fully repair and restore any and all damage caused by installation and removal of such signs.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, in no event shall Sublandlord be obligated to provide any such signage rights directly to Subtenant, nor shall Sublandlord be liable to Subtenant for any failure by Master Landlord to perform its obligations regarding signage under the Master Lease (and no such failure by Master Landlord shall excuse performance by Subtenant of its obligations hereunder or constitute a constructive eviction or breach of this Sublease by Sublandlord), but Sublandlord shall use its commercially reasonable efforts (exclusive of commencing litigation or arbitration), upon receipt of a written request from Subtenant, to cause Master Landlord to perform such signage related obligations.

 

28.                                Guaranty.   Contemporaneously with the execution of this Sublease by Sublandlord, Science Applications International Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Guarantor ”) and

 

25



 

Sublandlord have executed a guaranty in the form attached as Exhibit G hereto for the benefit of Subtenant wherein Guarantor agrees to guarantee the performance of all obligations of Sublandlord under the Master Lease.

 

29.                                Exhibits.  The following exhibits are attached to and made a part of this Sublease:

 

Exhibit A - Subleased Premises

 

Exhibit B - Copy of Master Lease

 

Exhibit C - Form of Delivery Agreement

 

Exhibit D - Early Access Area

 

Exhibit E - Transferred FF&E Inventory List

 

Exhibit Fl - Nitrogen Tank Specifications

 

Exhibit F2 - Nitrogen Tank Support Area

 

Exhibit G - Form of Guaranty

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

26



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Sublandlord and Subtenant have executed this Sublease as of the day and year first above written.

 

SUBLANDLORD:

 

SUBTENANT:

 

 

 

REVEAL IMAGING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,

 

CONFORMIS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Frederick R. Hazard

 

By:

/s/ Philipp Lang

Name:

Frederick R. Hazard

 

Name:

Philipp Lang

Title:

Senior Vice President for

 

Title:

CEO

 

Corporate Real Estate

 

 

 

 

27



 

Exhibit A

 

Subleased Premises

 

28



 

 

 

1



 

 

2


 

Exhibit B

 

Copy of Master Lease

 

LEASE

 

RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC.,
a Maryland corporation -

 

Landlord,

 

and

 

REVEAL IMAGING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,
a Delaware corporation

 

Tenant

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

1.

USE AND RESTRICTIONS ON USE

1

2.

TERM

4

3.

RENT

5

4.

RENT ADJUSTMENTS

6

5.

SECURITY DEPOSIT

10

6.

ALTERATIONS

13

7.

REPAIR

14

8.

LIENS

16

9.

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

16

10.

INDEMNIFICATION

18

11.

INSURANCE

18

12.

WAIVER OF SUBROGATION

19

13.

SERVICES AND UTILITIES

19

14.

HOLDING OVER

22

15.

SUBORDINATION

22

16.

RULES AND REGULATIONS

22

17.

REENTRY BY LANDLORD

22

18.

DEFAULT

24

19.

REMEDIES

25

20.

TENANT’S BANKRUPTCY OR INSOLVENCY

28

21.

QUIET ENJOYMENT

28

22.

CASUALTY

29

23.

EMINENT DOMAIN

31

24.

SALE BY LANDLORD

31

25.

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

31

26.

SURRENDER OF PREMISES

32

27.

NOTICES

33

28.

TAXES PAYABLE BY TENANT

33

29.

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

33

30.

PARKING

34

31.

DEFINED TERMS AND HEADINGS

35

32.

TENANT’S AUTHORITY

36

33.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND CREDIT REPORTS

36

34.

COMMISSIONS

36

35.

TIME AND APPLICABLE LAW

37

36.

SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS

37

 

i



 

37.

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

37

38.

EXAMINATION NOT OPTION

37

39.

RECORDATION

37

40.

OPTION TO EXTEND

37

41.

EXPANSION RIGHTS

38

42.

LIMITATION OF LANDLORD’S LIABILITY

39

43.

ROOF TOP SATELLITE DISH

40

44.

EQUIPMENT FINANCING

40

45.

ATTORNEYS’ FEES

40

 

EXHIBIT A

FLOOR PLAN DEPICTING THE PREMISES

EXHIBIT A-1

SITE PLAN

EXHIBIT A-2

PARKING PLAN

EXHIBIT A-3

MULTI-TENANT LOBBY PLAN

EXHIBIT B

LANDLORD’S WORK

EXHIBIT C

COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM

EXHIBIT D

RULES AND REGULATIONS

EXHIBIT E

APPLICABLE REFUSAL SPACE

EXHIBIT F

SERVICES AND UTILITIES SPECIFICATIONS

EXHIBIT G

FORM LETTER OF CREDIT

 

ii



 

OFFICE LEASE

 

REFERENCE PAGES

 

BUILDING:

 

28 Crosby Drive

 

 

Bedford, Massachusetts 01730

 

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER

 

 

QRS, INC., a Maryland corporation

 

 

 

LANDLORD’S ADDRESS:

 

c/o RREEF Management Company

 

 

Attn: Ron DeSimone, Operations Manager

 

 

34 Crosby Drive

 

 

Bedford, Massachusetts 01730

 

 

 

WIRE INSTRUCTIONS AND/OR ADDRESS

 

RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER

 FOR RENT PAYMENT:

 

QRS, INC. 75 Remittance Drive, Suite 1093

 

 

Chicago, Illinois 60675-1093

 

 

 

LEASE REFERENCE DATE:

 

Nov. 4, 2008

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

REVEAL IMAGING TECHNOLOGIES, 

 

 

INC., a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

TENANT’S NOTICE ADDRESS:

 

 

 

 

 

(a) As of beginning of Term:

 

28 Crosby Drive

 

 

 

 

 

Suite 100 and 200

 

 

 

(b) Prior to beginning of Terra (if different):

 

Bedford, Massachusetts 01730

 

 

 

 

 

201 Burlington Road
Bedford, Massachusetts 01730

 

 

 

PREMISES ADDRESS:

 

28 Crosby Drive

 

 

 

 

 

Suite 100 and 200

 

 

 

 

 

Bedford, Massachusetts 01730

 

 

 

PREMISES RENTABLE AREA:

 

Approximately 90,000 sq., ft., covering the entire first (1 st ) floor of the Building and a portion of the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building (for outline of Premises see Exhibit A ).

 

 

 

BUILDING RENTABLE AREA:

 

Approximately 121,063 sq. ft.

 

 

 

SCHEDULED COMMENCEMENT DATE:

 

April 1, 2009

 

 

 

COMMENCEMENT DATE:

 

The later of (a) April 1, 2009, or (b) the date upon which the “Landlord’s Work” (as defined in Exhibit B ) has been Substantially Completed (as defined in Exhibit B ) as determined under Exhibit B .

 

 

 

TERM OF LEASE:

 

Approximately eight (8) years, beginning on the Commencement Date and ending on the Termination Date. The period from the Commencement Date to the last day of the same month is the ‘‘Commencement Month.”

 

iii



 

TERMINATION DATE:

 

The last day of the ninety-sixth (96 th ) full calendar month after the Commencement Date (if the Commencement Month is not a full calendar month), or the last day of the ninety-six (96) month period that begins with and includes (if the Commencement Month is a full calendar month), the Commencement Month.

 

 

 

ANNUAL RENT and MONTHLY INSTALLMENT OF RENT (Article 3):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rentable

 

Annual Rent

 

 

 

Monthly

 

Period

 

 

 

Square

 

Per Square

 

 

 

Installment of

 

From

 

Through

 

Footage

 

Foot

 

Annual Rent

 

Rent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commencement Date

 

End of the one hundred twenty (120) day period that begins on the Commencement Date (the “Free Base Rent Period”)

 

90,000

 

$

0.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

0.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The first (1 st  day after the Free Base Rent Period (the “Rent Commencement  Date”)

 

End of Month 12, which shall mean the end of the twelfth (12 th ) full calendar month after the Commencement Month (if the Commencement Month shall be a partial month) or shall mean the end of the twelve (12) month period that includes the Commencement Month (if the Commencement Month shall be a full calendar month).

 

90,000

 

$

8.67

 

$

780,000.00

 

$

65,000.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Month 13

 

End of Month 24

 

90,000

 

$

15.56

 

$

1,400,000.00

 

$

116,666.67

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Month 25

 

End of Month 36

 

90,000

 

$

20.50

 

$

1,845,000.00

 

$

153,750.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Month 37

 

End of Month 48

 

90,000

 

$

21.00

 

$

1,890,000.00

 

$

157,500.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Month 49

 

End of Month 60

 

90,000

 

$

22.00

 

$

1,980,000.00

 

$

165,000.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Month 61

 

End of Month 72

 

90,000

 

$

22.50

 

$

2,025,000.00

 

$

168,750.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Month 73

 

End of Month 84

 

90,000

 

$

23.00

 

$

2,070,000.00

 

$

172,500.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Month 85

 

Termination Date

 

90,000

 

$

23.50

 

$

2,115,000.00

 

$

176,250.00

 

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above, Tenant shall pay for its electricity for the Premises during the Free Base Rent Period in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Lease.

 

iv



 

BASE YEAR (EXPENSES):

 

Calendar Year 2009.

 

 

 

BASE YEAR (TAXES):

 

Calendar Year 2009.

 

 

 

TENANT’S PROPORTIONATE SHARE FOR EXPENSES:

 

Seventy-Four and thirty-four hundredths percent (74.34%)

 

 

 

TENANT’S PROPORTIONATE SHARE FOR TAXES:

 

Twenty-Seven and sixteen/one hundredths percent (27.16%) (which is the percentage derived by dividing the Premises Rentable Area by the Rentable Square Footage of the “Parcel” (as such term is defined in Section 4.1.3) and multiplying the result thereof by 100).

 

 

 

SECURITY DEPOSIT:

 

Five Hundred Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($500,000.00), subject to the provisions of Section 5.1.8.

 

 

 

AFTER-HOURS HVAC COST:

 

$30.00 per unit per hour, subject to change at any time, but in no event to exceed the actual cost to Landlord plus (a) a reasonable allowance for depreciation of any systems being used to provide such service, and (b) the cost of any administrative fee that Landlord may charge from time to time to implement such service (provided, however, that such administrative charge shall not exceed fifteen percent (15%) of the after hours per unit per hour charge in effect from time to time).

 

 

 

PARKING:

 

306 parking spaces which shall be non-exclusive parking spaces in the parking area shown on Exhibit A-2 . In addition, Landlord shall install signs in the twelve (12) parking spaces shown on Exhibit A-2 identifying such spaces as “Visitor Parking” and such spaces shall also be non-exclusive and used on a first come first served basis. Tenant shall also have the right to park overnight no more than two (2) tractor trailers at any one time in the parking spaces shown on Exhibit A-2 as ‘Trailer Parking.” (See Article 30 on Parking).

 

 

 

REAL ESTATE BROKERS DUE COMMISSIONS:

 

Cushman & Wakefield of Massachusetts, Inc. and Richard Barry Joyce & Partners

 

 

 

TENANT’S SIC CODE:

 

3999

 

 

 

BUILDING BUSINESS HOURS:

 

8 a.m. to 6 p.m., Monday through Friday; 8 a.m. to 1 p.m., Saturday.

 

The Reference Pages information is incorporated into and made a part of the Lease.  In the event of any conflict between any Reference Pages information and the Lease, the Lease shall control.  This Lease includes Exhibits A through G , all of which are made a part of this Lease.

 

v



 

LANDLORD :

 

TENANT :

 

 

 

RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC, a Maryland corporation

 

REVEAL IMAGING TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

RREEF Management Company, Delaware corporation, its Authorized Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ E B Reiss

 

By:

/s/ David Reissfender

Name:

Edward Reiss

 

Name:

David Reissfender

Title:

VP         

 

Title:

VP Finance & Admin

Dated:

11/4/08

 

Dated:

11/4/08

 

vi


 

LEASE

 

By this Lease, subject to the terms and conditions herein contained, Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord the Premises in the Building as set forth and described on the Reference Pages.  The Premises are depicted on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit A , the Building is depicted on the site plan attached hereto as Exhibit A-l , and the parking area serving the Building is depicted on the plan attached hereto as Exhibit A-2 .   During the Term, Tenant will be entitled to the exclusive use of that portion of the common area of the lobby of the Building labeled “Reveal Reception Desk” on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit A-3 (the “Reveal Reception Desk”).  Tenant shall have the right to install such security components as it deems reasonably necessary and appropriate to secure the Reveal Reception Desk, during non-Building Business Hours, including without limitation, a security grille or gate, subject to the terms and provisions of Article 6 of this Lease and in any event subject to Tenant obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) with respect to such security components, including without limitation, any plans relating thereto and the contractors that will install and/or construct the same.

 

1.             USE AND RESTRICTIONS ON USE .

 

1.1          The Premises are to be used solely for general office, research and development, and light manufacturing purposes and other uses incidental thereto, so long as all of the same are permitted by applicable law (collectively, the “Permitted Uses”).  Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way materially and adversely obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building or injure them, or allow the Premises to be used for any unlawful purpose.  Tenant shall not do, permit or suffer in, on, or about the Premises the sale of any alcoholic liquor without the written consent of Landlord first obtained.  Tenant shall have the right to change its Permitted Uses upon the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  Tenant shall not commit waste or nuisance.  Subject to Article 7, Tenant shall comply with all governmental laws, ordinances and regulations applicable to the use of the Premises and its occupancy and shall promptly comply with all governmental orders and directions for the correction, prevention and abatement of any violations in the Building or appurtenant land caused, or permitted by, or resulting from the specific use by Tenant, or in or upon, or in connection with, the Premises, all at Tenant’s sole expense; provided, that, Tenant shall have the right to contest in good faith, and by proper legal proceedings, any such governmental orders and directions for the correction, prevention and abatement of any such violations so long as (a) Tenant’s election to so contest has no adverse impact on Landlord’s ability to manage or operate the Building, the Park or any other buildings in the Park, as reasonably determined by Landlord, (b) Tenant’s election to so contest has no adverse impact on the rights of any other tenants, subtenants or occupants of the Building or the Park to use the Building, the Park or any other buildings in the Park as provided under their respective leases, subleases and/or occupancy agreements, as the case may be, (c) to the extent that Landlord makes a good faith reasonable determination that it is necessary, Tenant first deposits with Landlord, as security for the resolution of any such contested order or direction, cash or a letter of credit in amount, form and substance reasonably acceptable to Landlord acting in good faith in order to cover the cost of having to comply with such contested order or direction in the event that such order or direction is enforced plus the estimated cost of any and all penalties and interest which may be payable if Tenant is ultimately required to comply with such contested order or direction, and (d) Tenant shall not remain out of compliance with such order or direction for such length of time as shall permit the Building, the Park or any other building in the Park to be subjected to any cease and desist order (or any equivalent order or direction) or any lien, penalty or attachment, or that would otherwise prevent Landlord or any other tenant, subtenant or occupant of the Building or the Park to use the Building, the Park or any other building in the Park for their permitted uses as a result of such non-compliance or contest by Tenant.  Tenant agrees that it shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold each and all of the Landlord Entities (as defined in Article 31) harmless from and against any and all loss, claims, liability, damages (direct or consequential) or costs (including court costs and attorney’s fees) incurred by reason of any such non-compliance or contest by Tenant of such governmental order or direction, or by reason of any failure of Tenant to comply with the provisions of the foregoing sentence.  Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done on or about the Premises or bring or keep anything into the Premises which will in any way increase the rate of, invalidate or prevent the procuring of any insurance protecting against loss or damage to the Building or any of its contents by fire or other casualty or against liability for damage to property or injury to persons in or about the Building or any part thereof; provided, however, that so long as Tenant complies with the foregoing provisions and uses the Premises for the Permitted Uses and otherwise in compliance with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, orders and regulations, Tenant shall not be liable for any increase in the amount of Landlord’s insurance pursuant to this Section 1.1 to the extent such increase is a consequence of the Permitted Uses permitted under this Lease as of the Lease Reference Date.  Subject to emergencies, Landlord’s after hours security measures and events beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, Tenant shall have access to the Premises on a 24-hours, 7-day a week basis.  Following the Commencement Date, Tenant shall be responsible for ensuring that the Premises comply

 

1



 

with the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, and any amendments thereto (collectively, and as the same may be hereafter amended from time to time, the “ADA”), should such compliance be necessary as a result of Tenant’s particular use of the Premises and/or the Building from time to time or as a result of any alterations, additions or improvements made by Tenant in or to the Premises and/or the Building from time to time, all at Tenant’s sole cost and expense unless the reason for such non-compliance is a result of the Premises not being in compliance with the ADA on the Commencement Date (in which case, Landlord shall be responsible for ensuring that such compliance is accomplished at Landlord’s expense).

 

1.2          Tenant shall not, and shall not direct, suffer or permit any of its agents, contractors, employees, licensees or invitees (collectively, the “Tenant Entities”) to at any time handle, use, manufacture, store or dispose of in or about the Premises or the Building any (collectively “Hazardous Materials”) flammables, explosives, radioactive materials, hazardous wastes or materials, toxic wastes or materials, or other similar substances, petroleum products or derivatives or any substance subject to regulation by or under any federal, state and local laws and ordinances relating to the protection of the environment or the keeping, use or disposition of environmentally hazardous materials, substances, or wastes, presently in effect or hereafter adopted, all amendments to any of them, and all rules and regulations issued pursuant to any of such laws or ordinances (collectively “Environmental Laws”) nor shall Tenant suffer or permit any Hazardous Materials to be used in any manner not fully in compliance with all Environmental Laws, in the Premises or the Building and appurtenant land or allow the environment to become contaminated with any Hazardous Materials.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may handle, store, use or dispose of products containing small quantities of Hazardous Materials (such as aerosol cans containing insecticides, toner for copiers, paints, paint remover and the like) to the extent reasonably necessary in connection with Tenant’s Permitted Uses.  Tenant shall always handle, store, use, and dispose of any such Hazardous Materials in a safe and lawful manner and never allow such Hazardous Materials to contaminate the Premises, Building and appurtenant land or environment.  Tenant shall protect defend, indemnify and hold each and all of the Landlord Entities harmless from and against any and all loss, claims, liability or costs (including court costs and attorney’s fees) incurred by reason of any actual failure of Tenant to fully comply with all applicable Environmental Laws, or the presence, handling, use or disposition in or from the Premises of any Hazardous Materials by Tenant or any Tenant Entity (even though permissible under all applicable Environmental Laws or the provisions of this Lease), or by reason of any actual failure of Tenant to keep, observe, or perform any provision of this Section 1.2.

 

1.3          During the Term, Tenant and the Tenant Entities will be entitled to (a) the exclusive use of the two (2) tailboard loading docks at the Building, subject to Landlord’s reasonable rules and regulations regarding such use; and (b) the non-exclusive use of (i) the common areas of the Building as they exist from time to time during the Term, (ii) the parking facilities serving the Building, subject to Article 30 and Landlord’s reasonable rules and regulations regarding such use, (iii) the full-service cafeteria (the “Cafeteria”) located between the buildings known as and numbered 20 Crosby Drive and 22 Crosby Drive (collectively, the “Amenity Complex”) subject to Landlord’s and any operator’s reasonable rules and regulations regarding such use from time to time in connection therewith, (iv) the conference center for the Crosby Corporate Center (the “Park”) located within the Amenity Complex (the “Conference Center”), subject to Landlord’s and any operator’s reasonable rules and regulations regarding such use from time to time and subject to any reasonable clean up and set up charge that may be charged to Tenant in connection with Tenant’s use of the Conference Center from time to time, and (v) the fitness center for the Park located within the Amenity Complex (the “Fitness Center”), subject to Landlord’s and any operator’s reasonable rules and regulations regarding such use from time to time in connection therewith.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will Tenant or the Tenant Entities park more vehicles in the parking facilities than provided in the Reference Pages.  The foregoing shall not be deemed to provide Tenant with an exclusive right to any parking spaces.

 

1.4          Subject to the next paragraph, Tenant will not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, place on the exterior of the Premises (including both interior and exterior surfaces of doors and interior surfaces of windows) or on any part of the Building outside the Premises or any portion of the Premises visible from outside the Premises, any sign, symbol, advertisement or the like visible to public view outside of the Premises.  Landlord will not withhold consent for any signs and lettering to the entry doors to the Premises, provided that such signs or lettering comply with law and conform to any sign standards of Landlord uniformly applied to other tenants at the Park with regard to similar types of signs, and provided that Tenant has submitted to Landlord a plan or sketch in reasonable detail (showing, without limitation, size, color, location, materials and method of affixation) of the sign to be placed on such entry doors.  Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, Landlord shall provide Building standard signage for Tenant at the signage monument for the Park, the building directory and entrance to the Premises, and generic building directional signage at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, all of which signage shall be non-exclusive.

 

2



 

1.5          So long as (a) Tenant has submitted to Landlord a plan or sketch in reasonable detail (showing, without limitation, size, color, location, materials and method of affixation) of the Tenant identification sign that Tenant desires to install on the exterior of Building (the “Tenant’s Exterior Building Signage”), (b) Tenant itself or a Permitted Transferee (as hereinafter defined) (as opposed to any subtenants), at the time it seeks Landlord’s approval of Tenant’s Exterior Building Signage, is then occupying, and thereafter at all times occupies, at least sixty percent (60%) of the rentable square footage of the original Premises, (c) Tenant obtains all necessary permits, approvals and licenses with respect to Tenant’s Exterior Building Signage from all applicable governmental authorities, and (d) Tenant obtains Landlord’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, then Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to install Tenant’s Exterior Building Signage on the Building in accordance with the provisions of this Section 1.5.  Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall remove Tenant’s Exterior Building Signage, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and repair and restore the exterior portion of the Building where Tenant’s Exterior Building Signage was located to a condition consistent with the remaining exterior portion of the Building where Tenant’s Exterior Building Signage was located.  Any Permitted Transferee of Tenant shall have the right to exterior building signage subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 1.5.

 

2.             TERM .

 

2.1          The Term of this Lease shall begin on the Commencement Date as shown on the Reference Pages and shall terminate on the Termination Date as shown on the Reference Pages, unless sooner terminated or extended pursuant to the provisions of this Lease.  Landlord shall tender possession of the Premises with all of the Landlord’s Work Substantially Complete, as such terms are defined in the work letter (the “Work Letter”) attached as Exhibit B to this Lease.  At either party’s request, Landlord and Tenant shall execute and deliver a memorandum agreement provided by Landlord in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto, setting forth the actual Commencement Date, Rent Commencement Date, Termination Date, and if necessary a revised rent schedule setting forth the actual dates when Annual Rent and Monthly Installments of Rent shall be due (but in no event providing for any increases or decreases in such amounts).

 

2.2          Tenant agrees that in the event of the inability of Landlord to deliver possession of the Premises on the Scheduled Commencement Date with the Landlord’s Work Substantially Complete for any reason, Landlord shall not be liable for any damage resulting from such inability.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (a) Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Premises with the Landlord’s Work Substantially Complete within ninety (90) days after the Scheduled Commencement Date, or (b) Landlord falls behind the Construction Schedule (as defined in the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B ) for the completion of the Landlord’s Work by more than sixty (60) days as determined by the Contractor (as defined in the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B ), subject in both cases to delays caused by Force Majeure (as defined below), Architect Delay and/or Tenant Delay (as both of such terms are defined in the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B ) as set forth hereinbelow, then Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord given within two (2) business days following the expiration of such ninety (90) day or sixty (60) day period, as applicable, and any amounts paid by Tenant to Landlord prior to the date of such termination (including the first Monthly Installment of Rent and the Security Deposit) shall be returned to Tenant within five (5) days after Landlord’s receipt of such notice of termination.  If Tenant fails to timely deliver such termination notice to Landlord within such two (2) business day period, then Tenant will be deemed to have waived its right to so terminate this Lease for such reasons.  If a delay in the Substantial Completion of the Landlord’s Work is the result of a Tenant Delay, then the Scheduled Commencement Date (and both the ninety (90) day and sixty (60) day periods referred to hereinabove) shall be postponed one (1) day for each day that Landlord is unable to Substantially Complete Landlord’s Work due to such Tenant Delay and Tenant shall pay to Landlord a fee equal to 1/365 th  of the Annual Rent due for the first (1 st ) year of the Term for each such day that the Scheduled Commencement Date is postponed due to a Tenant Delay.  Tenant shall also be required to pay to Landlord any actual increase in the budgeted “turn key” cost of the Landlord’s Work as a result of such Tenant Delay.  Further, if a delay in the Substantial Completion of the Landlord’s Work is the result of Force Majeure or an Architect Delay, then the Scheduled Commencement Date (and both the ninety (90) day and sixty (60) day periods referred to hereinabove) shall be postponed one (1) day for each day that Landlord is unable to Substantially Complete the Landlord’s Work due to such Force Majeure or Architect Delay.  The term “Force Majeure” shall mean any delay not exceeding one hundred eighty (180) days in the aggregate with respect to any specific matter that is a result of strikes, lockouts or other labor troubles, fire or other casualty, acts of God, governmental preemption of priorities or other controls in connection with a national or other public emergency, shortages of materials, fuel, supplies or labor, holdover tenancies or similar matters beyond the reasonable control of the party required to perform, excluding, however, the financial constraints of such party.

 

3



 

Without limiting the foregoing, in the event that Landlord does not deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant with the Landlord’s Work Substantially Complete on or before the Scheduled Commencement Date, then, subject to delays caused by any such Force Majeure, Tenant Delay and/or Architect Delay (in which case, the Scheduled Commencement Date shall be postponed one (1) day for each day of delay caused by Force Majeure, Tenant Delay and/or Architect Delay), in addition to the Free Base Rent Period, Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of one (1) day’s Annual Rent for each day following the Scheduled Commencement Date that Landlord does not deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant with the Landlord’s Work Substantially Complete.

 

3.             RENT .

 

3.1          Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord the Annual Rent in effect from time to time by paying the Monthly Installment of Rent then in effect on or before the first (1 st ) day of each full calendar month during the Term, except that the first (1 st ) full month’s rent shall be paid upon the execution of this Lease.  The Monthly Installment of Rent in effect at any time shall be one-twelfth (1/12) of the Annual Rent in effect at such time.  Rent for any period during the Term which is less than a full month shall be a prorated portion of the Monthly Installment of Rent based upon the number of days in such month.  Said rent shall be paid to Landlord, without deduction or offset and without notice or demand, at the Rent Payment Address, as set forth on the Reference Pages, or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing.  Unless specified in this Lease to the contrary, all other amounts and sums payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to this Lease shall be deemed additional rent.  Unless specified in this Lease to the contrary, all amounts and sums payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to this Lease shall be deemed additional rent

 

3.2          Tenant recognizes that late payment of any rent or other sum due under this Lease will result in administrative expense to Landlord, the extent of which additional expense is extremely difficult and economically impractical to ascertain.  Tenant therefore agrees that if rent or any other sum is not paid within five (5) business days following notice from Landlord that such payment is overdue (a “Late Notice”), then a late charge shall be imposed in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the unpaid rent or other payment which is overdue (a “Late Charge”); provided, however, that Landlord shall not be obligated to deliver a Late Notice to Tenant more often than once in any twelve (12) month period in order to collect a Late Charge for amounts which are not paid on or before the date when due.  The amount of the late charge to be paid by Tenant shall be reassessed and added to Tenant’s obligation for each successive month until paid.  The provisions of this Section 3.2 shall in no way relieve Tenant of the obligation to pay rent or other payments on or before the date on which they are due, nor do the terms of this Section 3.2 in any way affect Landlord’s remedies pursuant to Article 19 of this Lease in the event said rent or other payment is unpaid after the date due.

 

4.             RENT ADJUSTMENTS .

 

4.1          For the purpose of this Article 4, the following terms are defined as follows:

 

4.1.1 Lease Year :  Each calendar year during the Term.

 

4.1.2 Expenses :  Subject to the language of the second (2 nd ) paragraph of this Section 4.1.2, all costs of operation, maintenance, repair, replacement and management of the Building, as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, including the following costs by way of illustration, but not limitation:  water and sewer charges; insurance charges of or relating to all insurance policies and endorsements deemed by Landlord to be reasonably necessary or desirable and relating in any manner to the protection, preservation, or operation of the Building or any part thereof; common area utility costs, including, but not limited to, the cost of heat, light power, steam, gas; waste disposal; the cost of janitorial services; the cost of security and alarm services (including any central station signaling system); costs of cleaning, repairing, replacing and maintaining the common areas, including parking and landscaping, the Cafeteria, the Conference Center and the Fitness Center, and window cleaning costs; the costs of operating the Cafeteria (subject to the terms and provisions set forth in the following paragraph); labor costs; costs and expenses of managing the Building including actual management fees without mark up not to exceed five percent (5%) of gross receipts from the Building; common area air conditioning maintenance costs; elevator maintenance fees and supplies; material costs; equipment costs including the cost of maintenance, repair and service agreements and rental and leasing costs; purchase costs of equipment; tool costs; licenses, permits and inspection fees; wages and salaries; employee benefits and payroll taxes; accounting and legal fees; any sales, use or service taxes incurred in connection therewith, and any repair, management insurance and maintenance costs and expenses related to the common areas of the Park (which may include any parking areas in the Park, but specifically excluding such costs related to the interior common areas of any other building in the Park).  Notwithstanding

 

4



 

the foregoing, or any language in this Lease to the contrary, capital expenses shall not be included in Expenses except for:  (i) the cost of capital improvement items which are reasonably calculated to reduce operating expenses; and (ii) other capital expenses which are required under any governmental laws, regulations or ordinances which were not enacted or not effective as of the Commencement Date; but the costs described in this sentence shall be amortized over the useful life of such expenditures as shall be determined by Landlord in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, with interest on the unamortized amount at one percent (1%) in excess of the Wall Street Journal prime lending rate announced from time to time.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Expenses shall not include any of the following:  the interest and amortization on any mortgage loans for the Building or leasehold interests therein; ground rent; depreciation, amortization or other non-cash charges on the Building or equipment or systems therein; costs in connection with leasing, releasing, or subleasing space at the Building (including but not limited to brokerage commissions); costs incurred in connection with the sale, financing or refinancing of the Building; the cost of repairs or other work to the extent payable by insurance or condemnation proceeds or by any other third party; costs incurred in enforcing leases against other tenants (including, without limitation, any court costs, attorney’s fees and disbursements in connection with any summary proceedings to dispossess any tenant); the cost of special services rendered to tenants (including Tenant) for which a special charge is made; leasehold improvements, alterations and decorations or other work done for tenants of the Building, and services (such as painting) performed for any tenant (including Tenant) of the Building, whether at the expense of Landlord or such tenant for which a special charge is made; advertising and promotional expenditures or contributions or gifts; costs incurred in connection with complying with any laws, insurance requirements, environmental and life safety requirements (including, without limitation, those related to air quality and mold), agreements, restrictions and covenants applicable thereto first enacted or first effective as of or prior to the Commencement Date, but only so long as (a) Landlord received written notice of the non-compliance with any of the foregoing matters as of or prior to the Commencement Date, (b) such non-compliance could have been practicably cured by Landlord prior to the Commencement Date, and (c) Landlord failed to take such action to cure such non-compliance prior to the Commencement Date; financing and refinancing costs in respect of any mortgage placed upon the Parcel or the Building, including points and commissions paid in connection therewith; interest or penalties for any late payments by Landlord (unless such late payments were made as a result of Tenant’s failure to timely make the payment relating to such charge to Landlord (in which case Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for the same)); costs (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred in connection with any judgment, settlement or arbitration award resulting from any tort liability; compensation paid to any Building employee to the extent that the same is not fairly allocable to the work or service provided by such employee to the Building; costs relating to any retail, residential, garage or storage space in the Building or appurtenant or adjacent thereto; costs of installing, operating and maintaining any specialty service such as an observatory, broadcasting facility or luncheon club; costs of any repairs, alterations, additions, changes, replacements and other terms which, under generally accepted accounting principles, are classified properly as capital expenditures except as expressly provided in the first (l st ) paragraph of this Section 4.1.2; costs of repairs or replacements incurred by reason of fire or other casualty or caused by the exercise of the right of eminent domain whether or not insurance proceeds or condemnation awards are recovered or adequate for such purposes (provided, however, that the cost of any deductible, up to the amount of $15,000.00, shall be included in Expenses); costs of any heating, ventilating, air-conditioning or outer Building services provided to other tenants during other than Building Business Hours; rent or imputed rent on any portion of the Building used in connection with the management or operation of the Building; legal and auditing fees or other professional fees, other than those reasonably incurred in connection with the maintenance and routine operation of the Building and/or the Park; any rent, additional rent or other charge under any lease or sublease to or assumed by Landlord; salaries and fringe benefits of personnel above the grade of building manager, and wages, salaries and other compensation paid for clerks or attendants in concession or newsstands operated by Landlord; lease payments for rented equipment, the cost of which equipment would constitute a capital expenditure if the equipment were to have been purchased (subject to the first (1 st ) paragraph in this Section 4.1.2); the cost of furnishing and installing replacement light bulbs and ballasts in any tenanted areas of the Building; any expenditures on account of Landlord’s acquisition of air or similar development rights; costs and expenses of governmental licenses and permits, or renewals thereof, unless the same are for governmental licenses or permits relating to the operation or maintenance of the Building, the common areas of the Building or the Park; costs of any work or service performed for any facility or property other than the Building, the common areas of the Building or the Park; any costs which are not arms length competitive market prices for goods or services including any amounts paid to any person, firm or corporation related or otherwise affiliated with landlord or any general partner, officer or director of Landlord or any of its general partners; costs relating to maintaining Landlord’s existence, either as a corporation, partnership, or outer entity, such as trustee’s fees, annual fees, partnership organization or administration expenses, deed recordation expenses, legal and accounting fees (other than with respect to Building operations); and costs incurred to contain, encapsulate, remove, or remedy any hazardous or toxic wastes, materials or substances from the Building and/or any

 

5



 

tests or surveys obtained in connection with the above.  Furthermore, there shall be deducted from Expenses an amount equal to all amounts received by Landlord through proceeds of insurance to the extent the proceeds are compensation for Expenses which (i) previously were included in Expenses hereunder, (ii) are included in Expenses for the Lease Year in which the insurance proceeds are received or (iii) will be included as Expenses in a subsequent Lease Year.  In the event that less than thirty-three percent (33%) of the total rentable square feet of space in the buildings on the Parcel in the aggregate is occupied at any one time during the Term, then Tenant shall have the right by written notice to Landlord, to require Landlord to take commercially reasonable steps to require the then food service provider who is providing for-sale food and beverages at the Cafeteria to the tenants of the Park to change its business operation from a full-service food and beverage provider to a so-called “express” food and beverage provider (e.g., where such food service provider provides its food and beverage services by way of a kiosk or vending machine instead of a full-service, staffed cafeteria or restaurant operation) in order to reduce the costs and expenses of providing such food and beverage service to the Park.

 

In the calculation of Tenant’s rental obligations under this Lease, including, without limitation.  Tenant’s obligation to pay Expenses, Taxes, and the Estimated Electricity Submeter Charge (as hereinafter defined), it is understood that no expense shall be charged more than once.

 

4.1.3 Taxes :  Real estate taxes and any other taxes, charges and assessments (as adjusted for the amount of any abatement actually received) which are levied with respect to the Parcel and the buildings thereon, or with respect to any improvements, fixtures and equipment or other property of Landlord, real or personal, located on the Parcel and used in connection with the operation of such buildings and said land, any payments to any ground lessor in reimbursement of tax payments made by such lessor; and all reasonable fees, expenses and costs incurred by Landlord in investigating, protesting, contesting or in any way seeking to reduce or avoid increase in any assessments, levies or the tax rate pertaining to any Taxes to be paid by Landlord in any Lease Year.  Taxes shall not include any corporate franchise, or estate, inheritance or net income tax, or tax imposed upon any transfer by Landlord of its interest in this Lease or the Parcel (or any individual components thereof) or any taxes to be paid by Tenant pursuant to Article 28, nor shall Taxes include any interest or penalties resulting from the late payment of Taxes by Landlord (unless such late payment is a result of Tenant’s failure to timely make the payment relating to such charge to Landlord, in which case Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for the same as additional rent).  For purposes of determining Tenant’s Proportionate Share For Taxes, the “Parcel” shall mean, collectively, the six (6) buildings located at 20 Crosby Drive, 22 Crosby Drive, 24 Crosby Drive, 26 Crosby Drive, 28 Crosby Drive and 30 Crosby Drive, and the connecting corridors, all located in Bedford, Massachusetts, it being understood and agreed that all of the foregoing buildings, collectively, are treated as a single parcel for purposes of determining Taxes.  In calculating Tenant’s Proportionate Share For Taxes with respect to the Premises, the “Rentable Square Footage of the Parcel” described in the Reference Pages above reflects the combined rentable area in the foregoing buildings, collectively, and “Tenant’s Proportionate Share For Taxes” with respect to the Premises, as described above, is based upon the foregoing Rentable Square footage of the Parcel (i.e., 331,390 sq. ft.).  However, notwithstanding the foregoing, if one or more buildings are removed from the group of buildings comprising the Parcel, as described above in this Section, whether as a result of a sale or demolition of the building(s), a reconfiguration of the Parcel or otherwise, then the definition of “Parcel” and the “Rentable Square Footage of the Parcel,” as described above, and “Tenant’s Proportionate Share For Taxes” with respect to the Premises, shall be appropriately modified or adjusted to reflect the deletion of such buildings, and, if Tenant’s Proportionate Share For Taxes with respect to the Premises is based upon increases in Taxes over a Base Year, then Taxes for the Base Year shall be restated on a going forward basis effective as of the date such buildings are deleted from the definition of Parcel as described in this Article.  In the event that one or more buildings owned by Landlord are added to the group of buildings comprising the Parcel as of the Lease Reference Date as described above in this Section, then such added buildings will be disregarded and not included in Landlord’s calculation of Taxes or for the Base Year (Taxes) or otherwise.

 

4.2          If in any Lease Year, Expenses paid or incurred shall exceed Expenses paid or incurred in the Base Year (Expenses), Tenant shall pay, as additional rent for such Lease Year, Tenant’s Proportionate Share For Expenses of such excess.  If in any Lease Year, Taxes paid or incurred by Landlord in any Lease Year shall exceed the amount of such Taxes which become due and payable in the Base Year (Taxes), Tenant shall pay as additional rent for such Lease Year, Tenant’s Proportionate Share For Taxes of such excess.

 

4.3          Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to make the annual determination of Expenses and Taxes within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each Lease Year and such determination shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant, subject to the provisions of this Section 4.3.  During the Term, Tenant may review, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (unless otherwise provided herein), the books and records supporting any determination by Landlord of any item of additional rent made during the Term in an office of Landlord, or Landlord’s agent at the Park (provided, however, that

 

6



 

Landlord may be required to obtain such information from other locations) during Building Business Hours (excluding Saturdays), upon giving Landlord five (5) days advance written notice within ninety (90) days after receipt of such determination, but in no event more often than once in any one (1) year period, subject to the execution of a commercially reasonable confidentiality agreement reasonably acceptable to Landlord.  Tenant shall be entitled to review the books and records supporting Landlord’s determination of any item of additional rent for the Base Years (Expenses and/or Taxes) simultaneously with its review of the books and records supporting Landlord’s determination of any item of additional rent for any Lease Year in dispute.  Tenant may utilize any reputable and experienced independent accountant or professional real estate consultant reasonably approved by Landlord to perform such review, but in no event shall such accountant or real estate consultant be compensated on a contingency fee basis.  If Tenant fails to object to Landlord’s determination of Expenses within one hundred fifty (150) days after receipt, or if any such objection fails to state with specificity the reason for the objection, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved such determination and shall have no further right to object to or contest such determination.  In the event that Tenant’s review indicates that Tenant was overcharged in the aggregate for such Expenses for such applicable Lease Year by an amount that is greater than four percent (4%) of the Expenses (excluding Taxes) that Tenant should have paid for such Lease Year, then Landlord shall pay the reasonable and actual costs of Tenant’s review for such applicable Lease Year as evidenced by invoices provided by Tenant to Landlord for such costs.  In the event that during all or any portion of any Lease Year or Base Year, the Building is not fully rented and occupied Landlord shall make an appropriate adjustment in occupancy-related Expenses for such year for the purpose of avoiding distortion of the amount of such Expenses to be attributed to Tenant by reason of variation in total occupancy of the Building, by employing consistent and sound accounting and management principles to determine Expenses that would have been paid or incurred by Landlord had the Building been ninety-five percent (95%) rented and occupied, and the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been Expenses for such Lease Year or Base Year.

 

4.4          By April 1 st  of each Lease Year, Landlord will use commercially reasonable efforts to estimate Tenant’s liability for Expenses and/or Taxes under Section 4.2, Article 6 and Article 28 for such Lease Year or portion thereof.  Landlord will give Tenant written notification of the amount of such estimate and Tenant agrees that it will pay, by increase of its Monthly Installments of Rent due in such Lease Year, additional rent in the amount of such estimate.  Any such increased rate of Monthly Installments of Rent pursuant to this Section 4.4 shall remain in effect until further written notification to Tenant pursuant hereto.

 

4.5          When the above mentioned actual determination of Tenant’s liability for Expenses and/or Taxes is made for any Lease Year and when Tenant is so notified in writing, then:

 

4.5.1 If the total additional rent Tenant actually paid pursuant to this Article on account of Expenses and/or Taxes for the Lease Year is less than Tenant’s liability for Expenses and/or Taxes, then Tenant shall pay such deficiency to Landlord as additional rent in one lump sum within thirty (30) days of receipt of Landlord’s bill therefor; and

 

4.5.2 If the total additional rent Tenant actually paid pursuant to this Article on account of Expenses and/or Taxes for the Lease Year is more than Tenant’s liability for Expenses and/or Taxes, then Landlord shall credit the difference against the then next due payments to be made by Tenant under this Article 4, or, if the Lease has terminated, refund the difference in cash within sixty (60) days.  Tenant shall not be entitled to a credit by reason of actual Expenses and/or Taxes in any Lease Year being less than Expenses and/or Taxes in the Base Year (Expenses and/or Taxes).

 

4.6                                If the Commencement Date is other than January 1 or if the Termination Date is other than December 31, Tenant’s liability for Expenses and Taxes for the Lease Year in which said Commencement Date occurs shall be prorated based upon a three hundred sixty-five (365) day year.

 

5.                                       SECURITY DEPOSIT .  The Security Deposit shall be in the form of an Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit (the “letter of credit”), to which the following terms and conditions shall apply:

 

5.1.1 The letter of credit shall be in favor of Landlord, shall be issued by a bank acceptable to Landlord with a Standard & Poors rating of “A” or better, shall comply with all of the terms and conditions of this paragraph and shall otherwise be in form acceptable to Landlord.

 

5.1.2 The letter of credit or any replacement letter of credit shall be irrevocable for the term thereof and shall automatically renew on a year-to-year basis until a period ending not earlier than one (1) month subsequent to the

 

7


 

Termination Date (the “LOC Expiration Date”) without any action whatsoever on the part of Landlord; provided that the issuing bank shall have the right not to renew the letter of credit by giving written notice to Landlord not less than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the then current term of the letter of credit that it does not intend to renew the letter of credit Tenant understands that the election by the issuing bank not to renew the letter of credit shall not in any event diminish the obligation of Tenant to deposit the Security Deposit or maintain such an irrevocable letter of credit in favor of Landlord through the LOC Expiration Date.  Landlord agrees that a letter of credit in substantially the same form as Exhibit G attached hereto is acceptable to Landlord and complies with the requirements of this Article 5.

 

5.1.3 Landlord, or its then managing agent, shall have the right from time to time to make one or more draws on the letter of credit at any time that Landlord has the right to use all or a part of the Security Deposit pursuant to tins Article 5, and the proceeds may be applied as permitted under this Article 5.  Funds may be drawn down on the letter of credit upon presentation to the issuing bank of Landlord’s (or Landlord’s then managing agent’s) certificate stating as follows:

 

“[Beneficiary] is entitled to the use of Applicant’s Security Deposit pursuant to that certain Lease dated October [  ], 2008, between RAR2-Crosby Corporate Center QRS, Inc., as Landlord, and Reveal Imaging Technologies, Inc., as Tenant as amended from time to time.”

 

It is understood that if Landlord or its managing agent be a corporation, partnership or other entity, then such statement shall be signed by an officer (if a corporation), a general partner (if a partnership), or any authorized party (if another entity).

 

5.1.4 Tenant acknowledges and agrees (and the letter of credit shall so state) that the letter of credit shall be honored by the issuing bank without inquiry as to the truth of the statements set forth in such draw request and regardless of whether the Tenant disputes the content of such statement; provided, that, nothing in this Section 5.1.4. shall constitute a waiver by Tenant of any rights or remedies available to it under this Lease, at law or in equity.

 

5.1.5 In the event of a transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Premises, Landlord shall have the right to transfer the letter of credit to the transferee and Tenant shall take whatever action necessary to effectuate such transfer and thereupon the Landlord shall, without any further agreement between the parties, be released by Tenant from all liability therefor, and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment of said letter of credit to a new landlord; provided, however, that Landlord or the new landlord pays all fees to the issuer necessary to evidence such transfer.

 

5.1.6 Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the letter of credit expires earlier than the LOC Expiration Date, or the issuing bank notifies Landlord that it shall not renew the letter of credit, Landlord shall accept a renewal thereof or substitute letter credit (such renewal or substitute letter of credit to be in effect not later than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration thereof), irrevocable and automatically renewable through the LOC Expiration Date upon the same terms as the expiring letter of credit or upon such other terms as may be acceptable to Landlord.  However, if (x) the letter of credit is not timely renewed, or (y) a substitute letter of credit, complying with all of the terms and conditions of this paragraph is not timely received, Landlord may present such letter of credit to the issuing bank, and the entire sum so obtained shall be paid to Landlord, to be held by Landlord in accordance with this Article 5.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall be entitled to receive from Tenant a fee in an amount not to exceed $2,500.00 for attorney’s fees actually incurred by Landlord in connection with the review of any proposed substitute letter of credit pursuant to this paragraph (excluding, however, the initial letter of credit required to be provided under this Lease).

 

5.1.7 The Security Deposit shall be held by Landlord as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be kept and performed by Tenant and not as an advance rental deposit or as a measure of Landlord’s damage in case of Tenant’s default.  If Tenant defaults beyond any applicable notice and cure period with respect to any provision of this Lease, Landlord may use any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any rent or any other sum in default or for the payment of any amount which Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant’s default, or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default.  If any portion is so used, Tenant shall within five (5) days after written demand therefor, deposit with Landlord an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount and Tenant’s failure to do so shall be a material breach of this Lease.  Except to such extent if any, as shall be required by law, Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general funds, and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on such deposit.  If Tenant shall fully and faithfully perform every provision of this Lease to be performed by it, the Security Deposit or any balance thereof shall be returned to Tenant within thirty (30) days following the termination of this Lease.

 

8



 

5.1.8 Notwithstanding the above, so long as there then exists no default by Tenant under this Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period under this Lease, the Security Deposit shall be reduced automatically to:  (a) $425,000.00 at the end of Month 12 of the Term (as determined in the Annual Rent section of the Reference Pages); (b) $350,000.00 at the end of Month 24 of the Term; (c) $275,000.00 at the end of Month 36 of the Term; and (d) $250,000.00 at the end of Month 48 of the Term.  If the Security Deposit is being held in the form of cash and not in the form of a letter of credit, then so long as Tenant is not in default beyond any applicable cure period, within fifteen (15) days of Tenant’s notice to Landlord of its election to reduce the Security Deposit as provided herein, Landlord shall return the applicable portion of the Security Deposit to Tenant set forth herein.  If the Security Deposit is in the form of a letter of credit which does not automatically reduce by such stated amounts by its terms, then Tenant shall cause a replacement letter of credit in the appropriate amount stated above for such applicable time to be delivered to Landlord whereupon Landlord shall, promptly following its receipt of such replacement letter of credit, return the original letter of credit to Tenant.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall the Security Deposit or letter of credit be in an amount less than $250,000.00.

 

6.                                       ALTERATIONS .

 

6.1                                Except for those, if any, specifically provided for in Exhibit B to this Lease, Tenant shall not make or suffer to be made any alterations, additions, or improvements, including, but not limited to, the attachment of any fixtures or equipment in, on, or to the Premises or any part thereof or the making of any improvements as required by Article 7, without the prior written consent of Landlord which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  When applying for such consent (if required) or providing such notice (if Landlord’s consent is not required as hereinafter provided), Tenant shall, if reasonably requested by Landlord, furnish complete plans and specifications for such alterations, additions and improvements.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s consent shall not be required (but prior written notice from Tenant to Landlord shall be required) with respect to alterations which (i) are not structural in nature, (ii) are not visible from the exterior of the Building, (iii) do not affect or require modification of the Building’s electrical, mechanical, plumbing, HVAC or other systems, and (iv) do not have an aggregate cost of more than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) in any consecutive twelve (12) month period.

 

6.2                                If Landlord’s consent is required pursuant to Section 6.1, any such alteration, addition or improvement by Tenant shall be made by using, at Tenant’s option, either Landlord’s contractor or a contractor reasonably approved by Landlord, in either event at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.  If Tenant shall employ any contractor other than Landlord’s contractor and such other contractor or any subcontractor of such other contractor shall employ any non-union labor or supplier, Tenant shall be responsible for and hold Landlord harmless from any and all delays, damages and extra costs suffered by Landlord as a result of any dispute with any labor unions concerning the wage, hours, terms or conditions of the employment of any such labor.  In any event, Landlord may require that Tenant pay Landlord the construction management fee charged to Landlord by Landlord’s property management company not to exceed five percent (5%) of the cost of such work plus third-party costs actually incurred by Landlord in connection with the proposed work and the design thereof, with all such amounts being due twenty (20) days after Landlord’s demand.  Tenant shall not be obligated to pay such fees in connection with the Landlord’s Work performed pursuant to the Work Letter attached as Exhibit B hereto or in connection with any work performed by Tenant to prepare the Premises for its initial occupancy.  Tenant shall be required to remove or restore any alterations, additions or improvements performed by Tenant unless, simultaneously with any such written consent of Landlord (if required) or notice to Landlord (if Landlord’s consent is not required) of such alteration, addition or improvement, Landlord provides Tenant with a written statement that the alteration, addition or improvement being performed does not need to be removed or restored by Tenant at the end of the Term.  In the event that Landlord fails to notify Tenant within ten (10) business days of Tenant’s request for Landlord’s consent (if required) or notice to Landlord (if Landlord’s consent is not required) of any alteration, addition or improvement whether such alteration, addition or improvement needs to be removed or restored at the end of the Term, then such failure shall constitute a determination by Landlord that such alteration, addition or improvement does not need to be removed or restored at the end of the Term.

 

6.3                                All alterations, additions or improvements proposed by Tenant shall be constructed in accordance with all government laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, using Building standard materials where applicable, and Tenant shall, prior to construction, provide the additional insurance required under Article 11 in such case, and also all such assurances to Landlord as Landlord shall reasonably require to assure payment of the costs thereof, including but not limited to, notices of non-responsibility, waivers of lien, surety company performance bonds and funded construction escrows and to protect Landlord and the Building and appurtenant land against any loss from any mechanic’s, materialmen’s or other liens (provided, however, that such surety company performance bonds and funded construction escrows shall not be required by

 

9



 

Landlord so long as (a) Tenant is not then in default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and core period, (b) Landlord has not applied the Security Deposit or drawn on the letter of credit as a result of a default by Tenant under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period, and (c) such set of alterations, additions or improvements by Tenant do not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) in the aggregate).  Tenant shall pay in addition to any sums due pursuant to Article 4, any increase in real estate taxes attributable to any such alteration, addition or improvement for so long, during the Term, as such increase is ascertainable; at Landlord’s election said sums shall be paid in the same way as sums due under Article 4.  Landlord may, as a condition to its consent to any particular alterations or improvements which Tenant would be required to remove or restore at the end of the Term, require Tenant to deposit with Landlord the amount reasonably estimated by Landlord as sufficient to cover the cost of removing such alterations, additions or improvements and restoring the Premises; but only to the extent that the reasonably estimated costs of removal and restoration of such alteration, addition or improvement exceed seventy five percent (75%) of the Security Deposit to be held by Landlord at the end of the Term.

 

7.                                       REPAIR

 

7.1                                Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, remodel, improve, repair, decorate or paint the Premises, except as specified in the Work Letter attached as Exhibit B to this Lease and except that Landlord shall repair and maintain in good working order, condition and repair (including making any necessary replacements) and in compliance with all applicable laws, the common areas and structural portions of the Building and the Premises, including, without limitation, the roof, roof membrane, roof covering, concrete slab, footings, foundation, exterior and common area walls, exterior and common area windows, common area flooring and common area plumbing, air conditioning, heating and electrical systems installed or furnished by Landlord (but excluding, however, any supplemental heating, ventilation and air conditioning units serving the Premises, which Tenant shall be responsible for maintaining, repairing, replacing and insuring at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) (collectively, the “Building Structure”).  In addition, Landlord shall be responsible, at its sole cost, for remedying any defects or deficiencies in the Landlord’s Work of which Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing within one (1) year following the Commencement Date.  It is hereby understood and agreed that no representations respecting the condition of the Premises or the Building have been made by Landlord to Tenant, except as specifically set forth in this Lease.

 

7.2                                Tenant shall, at all times during the Term, keep the Premises in good condition and repair excepting damage by fire, or other casualty, and in compliance, with all applicable governmental laws, ordinances and regulations, promptly complying with all governmental orders and directives for the correction, prevention and abatement of any violations or nuisances in or upon, or connected with, the Premises, all at Tenant’s sole expense.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Landlord, not Tenant, shall, at its sole expense, be responsible for making any structural changes to the Premises or the Building in order to comply with any governmental laws, regulations or ordinances which Landlord has received written notice of unless such compliance is required (a) in connection with any alterations performed by or at the request of Tenant following the Commencement Date, or (b) as a result of Tenant’s specific manner of use or occupancy of the Premises.  Landlord further represents, warrants, covenants and agrees that upon Landlord’s delivery of the Premises to Tenant the Premises shall comply with all applicable governmental laws, ordinances and regulations, including, without limitation, the ADA.

 

7.3                                Notwithstanding the terms and provisions of this Article 7, if, for more than three (3) consecutive business days following written notice from Tenant to Landlord, Landlord shall fail to commence and diligently pursue to completion the making of any repairs or the performance of any maintenance required of Landlord under this Lease, and the making of such repairs or the performance of such maintenance is within Landlord’s reasonable control (subject in all cases to delays caused by Force Majeure), and as a result of such failure (a) Tenant shall not be reasonably able to use and occupy, or to have access to, the Premises, or a material portion of the Premises, as the case may be, for the normal conduct of Tenant’s business operations without extraordinary and unreasonable measures being required to be taken by Tenant in order to do so, and (b) Tenant does not use or occupy the same during said period, then the obligation of Tenant to pay Annual Rent and additional rent hereunder shall be abated in proportion to the portion of the Premises that Tenant is unable to use as a result of such failure until the date immediately following the day on which Landlord has commenced the making of such repairs or the performance of such maintenance (Landlord agreeing that it shall diligently pursue the making of such repairs and the performance of such maintenance until completion).

 

7.4                                Except as expressly provided in this Lease, there shall be no abatement of rent and no liability of Landlord by reason of any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the making of any repairs, alterations or improvements in or to any portion of the Building or the Premises or to fixtures, appurtenances and equipment in the

 

10



 

Building.  Except to the extent if any, prohibited by law, Tenant waives the right to make repairs at Landlord’s expense under any law, statute or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

 

8.                                       LIENS .  Tenant shall keep the Premises, the Building and appurtenant land and Tenant’s leasehold interest in the Premises free from any liens arising out of any services, work or materials performed, furnished, or contracted for by Tenant or obligations incurred by Tenant.  In the event that Tenant fails, within thirty (30) days following the imposition of any such lien, to either cause the same to be released of record or provide Landlord with insurance against the same issued by a major title insurance company or such other protection against the same as Landlord shall accept (such failure to constitute an Event of Default), Landlord shall have the right to cause the same to be released by such means as it shall deem proper, including payment of the claim giving rise to such lien.  All such sums paid by Landlord and all expenses incurred by it in connection therewith shall be payable to it by Tenant within twenty (20) days of Landlord’s demand.

 

9.                                       ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING .

 

9.1                                Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein below, Tenant shall not have the right to assign or pledge this Lease or to sublet the whole or any part of the Premises whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises by anyone other than Tenant, and shall not make, suffer or permit such assignment subleasing or occupancy without the prior written consent of Landlord, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and said restrictions shall be binding upon any and all assignees of the Lease and subtenants of the Premises.  In the event Tenant desires to sublet or permit such occupancy of, the Premises, or any portion thereof, or assign this Lease, Tenant shall give written notice thereof to Landlord at least fifteen (15) days prior to the proposed commencement date of such subletting or assignment, which notice shall set forth the name of the proposed subtenant or assignee, the relevant terms of any sublease or assignment and copies of financial reports and other relevant financial information of the proposed subtenant or assignee.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s consent shall not be required with respect to (a) a sublease or assignment to an entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with Tenant, or (b) any assignment of this Lease to an entity acquiring all or substantially all of the stock or assets of Tenant or to an entity that Tenant is merged with or into; provided, that (i) any such assignee or transferee resulting from the events described in items (a) and (b) hereinabove (being for the purposes of this Lease, a ‘‘Permitted Transferee”) expressly agrees in writing with Landlord to be and remain liable, jointly and severally, for all of the Tenant’s obligations under this Lease (and in the event that Reveal Imaging Technologies, Inc. remains a separate entity from such Permitted Transferee following such transaction, Reveal Imaging Technologies, Inc. shall so agree in writing as well), (ii) Landlord has been delivered notice of such sublease, assignment or transfer, together with evidence showing compliance with toe provisions of this paragraph, at least fifteen (15) days prior thereto, and (iii) in the case of item (b) hereinabove, the tangible net worth (determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) of any assignee of Tenant shall be equal to or greater than the tangible net worth (similarly determined) of Tenant as of the Lease Reference Date.

 

9.2                                Notwithstanding any assignment or subletting, permitted or otherwise, Tenant shall at all times remain directly, primarily and fully responsible and liable for the payment of the rent specified in this Lease and for compliance with all of its other obligations under the terms, provisions and covenants of this Lease.  Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, if the Premises or any part of them are then assigned or sublet, Landlord, in addition to any other remedies provided in this Lease or provided by law, may, at its option, collect directly from such assignee or subtenant all rents due and becoming due to Tenant under such assignment or sublease and apply such rent against any sums due to Landlord from Tenant under this Lease, and no such collection shall be construed to constitute a novation or release of Tenant from the further performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

 

9.3                                Intentionally Omitted.

 

9.4                                In the event that Tenant sells, sublets, assigns or transfers this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of any Increased Rent (as defined below), less the Costs Component (as defined below) when and as such Increased Rent is received by Tenant.  As used in this Section, “Increased Rent” shall mean the excess of (i) all rent and other consideration which Tenant is entitled to receive by reason of any sale, sublease, assignment or other transfer of this Lease, over (ii) the rent otherwise payable by Tenant under this Lease at such time.  For purposes of the foregoing, any consideration received by Tenant in form other than cash shall be valued at its fair market value as determined by Landlord in good faith.  The “Costs Component” is that amount which, if paid monthly, would fully amortize on a straight line basis, over the entire period for which Tenant is to receive Increased Rent the reasonable costs

 

11



 

incurred by Tenant for leasing commissions and tenant improvements in connection with such sublease, assignment or other transfer.

 

9.5                                Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, it shall be considered reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any assignment of this Lease or sublease of any portion of the Premises if at the time of either Tenant’s notice of the proposed assignment or sublease or the proposed commencement date thereof, Tenant shall be in default in its obligations under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period, or if the proposed assignee or sublessee is an entity:  (a) with which Landlord is already in negotiation for space in the market area; (b) is already an occupant of the Building unless Landlord is unable to provide the amount of space required by such occupant; (c) is a governmental agency; (d) is unreputable or incompatible with the character of occupancy of the Building and/or the Park in Landlord’s reasonable opinion; (e) with which the payment for the sublease or assignment is determined in whole or in part based upon its net income or profits; or (f) would subject the Premises to a use other than the Permitted Uses which would:  (i) involve a materially adverse increase in the wear upon the Building; (ii) violate any exclusive right granted to another tenant of the Building; (iii) require Landlord to make any addition to or modification of the Premises or the Building in order to comply with building code or other governmental requirements (but only to the extent that Landlord is not already required to perform the same pursuant to this Lease); or (iv) involve a violation of Section 1.2.

 

9.6                                Upon any request to assign or sublet, Tenant will pay to Landlord a sum equal to all of Landlord’s actual costs, including reasonable attorney’s fees, incurred in investigating and considering any proposed or purported assignment or pledge of this Lease or sublease of any of the Premises, regardless of whether Landlord shall consent to, refuse consent, or determine that Landlord’s consent is not required for, such assignment, pledge or sublease.  Any purported sale, assignment, mortgage, transfer of this Lease or subletting which does not comply with the provisions of this Article 9 shall be void.

 

10.                                INDEMNIFICATION .  None of the Landlord Entities shall be liable and Tenant hereby waives all claims against them for any damage to any property or any injury to any person in or about the Premises or the Building by or from any cause whatsoever (including without limiting the foregoing, rain or water leakage of any character from the roof, windows, walls, basement, pipes, plumbing works or appliances, the Building not being in good condition or repair, gas, fire, oil, electricity or theft), except to the extent caused by or arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees or contractors.  Subject to the waiver of subrogation provisions set forth in Article 12, Tenant shall protect, indemnify and hold the Landlord Entities harmless from and against any and all loss, claims, liability or costs (including court costs and attorney’s fees) incurred by reason of (a) any damage to any property (including but not limited to property of any Landlord Entity) or any injury (including but not limited to death) to any person occurring in, on or about the Premises or the Building to the extent that such injury or damage shall be caused by or arise from any act, fault, negligence or willful misconduct by or of Tenant or any Tenant Entity with respect to the injury or damage; (b) the conduct or management of any work or thing whatsoever done by the Tenant in or about the Premises or from transactions of the Tenant concerning the Premises; (c) Tenant’s failure to comply with any and all governmental laws, ordinances and regulations applicable to the condition or use of the Premises or its occupancy; or (d) any breach or default on the part of Tenant in the performance of any covenant or agreement on the part of the Tenant to be performed pursuant to this Lease.  Subject to the waiver of subrogation provisions set forth in Article 12 of this Lease, Landlord shall protect, indemnify and hold Tenant and Tenant’s members, managers, officers, agents, employees, independent contractors and invitees harmless from and against any and all loss, claims, liability or costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by reason of (i) any damage (except to the extent due to the acts or omissions of Tenant or Tenant’s Entities) to any person or property while on common areas of the Building or the Park to the extent resulting from the negligent acts or omissions of Landlord or any Landlord Entity with respect to the injury or damage, (ii) work being performed by Landlord, its employees, agents or contractors, or (iii) any breach or default on the part of Landlord in the performance of any covenant or agreement on the part of Landlord to be performed pursuant to this Lease.  The provisions of this Article 10 shall survive the termination of this Lease with respect to any claims or liability accruing prior to such termination.

 

11.                                INSURANCE .

 

11.1                         Tenant shall keep in force throughout the Term:  (a) a Commercial General Liability insurance policy or policies to protect the Landlord Entities against any liability to the public or to any invitee of Tenant or a Landlord Entity incidental to the use of or resulting from any accident occurring in or upon the Premises with a limit of not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence and not less than $3,000,000 in the annual aggregate, or such larger amount as Landlord may prudently require from time to time, covering bodily injury and property damage liability and $1,000,000 products/completed operations aggregate; (b) Business Auto Liability covering owned, non-owned and hired vehicles with a limit of not less than

 

12



 

$1,000,000 per accident; (c) Worker’s Compensation Insurance with limits as required by statute with Employers Liability and limits of $500,000 each accident, $500,000 disease policy limit, $500,000 disease-each employee; (d) All Risk or Special Form coverage protecting Tenant against loss of or damage to Tenant’s alterations, additions, improvements, carpeting, floor coverings, panelings, decorations, fixtures, inventory and other business personal property situated in or about the Premises to the full replacement value of the property so insured, including, without limitation, the Tenant Improvements (as defined in the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B ):  and (e) Business Interruption Insurance with limit of liability representing loss of at least approximately six (6) months of income.

 

11.2                         The aforesaid policies shall (a) be provided at Tenant’s expense; (b) name the Landlord Entities as additional insureds under the Tenant’s Commercial General Liability insurance policy or policies; (c) be issued by an insurance company with a minimum Best’s rating of “A-:VII” during the Term; and (d) provide that said insurance shall not be canceled unless thirty (30) days prior written notice (ten (10) days for non-payment of premium) shall have been given to Landlord; a certificate of Liability insurance on ACORD Form 25 and a certificate of Property insurance on ACORD Form 27 shall be delivered to Landlord by Tenant upon the Commencement Date and at least thirty (30) days prior to each renewal of said insurance.

 

11.3                         Whenever Tenant shall undertake any alterations, additions or improvements in, to or about the Premises (“Work”) the aforesaid insurance protection must extend to and include injuries to persons and damage to property arising in connection with such Work, without limitation including liability under any applicable structural work act, and such other insurance as Landlord shall require; and the policies of or certificates evidencing such insurance must be delivered to Landlord prior to the commencement of any such Work.

 

11.4                         Landlord shall purchase and maintain during the Term with insurance companies qualified to do business in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (except as otherwise set form hereinbelow) such insurance in amounts and with deductibles as a reasonably prudent landlord would purchase and maintain with respect to a similar class of building as the Building in the Bedford, Massachusetts market area, including the following:  (a) commercial general liability insurance for incidents occurring in the common areas, with coverage for premises/operations, personal injury, and for bodily injury and property damage per occurrence, together with such other coverages and risks as Landlord shall reasonably decide or a mortgagee may require; and (b) property insurance covering property damage to the Building and the Building Structure (but excluding the Tenant Improvements and any other alterations, additions or improvements performed by Tenant), for eighty percent (80%) of replacement cost value.  The cost of any such insurance shall be included in Expenses pursuant to Section 4.1.2.

 

12.                                WAIVER OF SUBROGATION .  So long as their respective insurers so permit, Tenant and Landlord hereby mutually waive their respective rights of recovery against each other for any loss insured by fire, extended coverage, All Risks or other insurance now or hereafter existing for the benefit of the respective party.  Each party shall obtain any special endorsements required by their insurer to evidence compliance with the aforementioned waiver.

 

13.                                SERVICES AND UTILITIES .

 

13.1                         Landlord shall provide the Premises with services meeting or exceeding the specifications set forth on Exhibit F attached hereto.  Except as otherwise provided in Exhibit F , Landlord agrees to furnish to the Premises at all times during the Term and in a manner consistent with a similar class of office building as the Building in the Bedford, Massachusetts market area:  (a) hot and cold water suitable for the normal office use of Tenant; (b) heat and air conditioning required in Landlord’s judgment for the use and occupation of the Premises during Building Business Hours (it being understood that, to the extent necessary, Landlord shall activate such heat and air conditioning systems at no additional cost to Tenant in advance of Building Business Hours so that the Premises is maintained at comfortable temperatures during Building Business Hours in a manner consistent with a similar class of office building as the Building in the Bedford, Massachusetts market area); (c) elevator service by nonattended automatic elevators; and (d) equipment suitable to bring to the Premises electricity for lighting, convenience outlets and other Permitted Uses of Tenant.  Landlord agrees to furnish cleaning and janitorial service after Building Business Hours on generally recognized business days (but exclusive in any event of Saturdays, Sundays and national and local legal holidays).  Landlord shall be responsible for snow removal in a manner consistent with properties of a similar caliber to the Park in the Bedford, Massachusetts area.  Subject to Section 13.1.1. below, to the extent that Tenant is not billed directly by a public utility, Tenant shall pay, within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s demand, for all electricity used by Tenant in the Premises as measured by a submeter, including, all electricity for lights and plugs.  Except as otherwise set forth below in Section 13.1.1, the charge shall be at the rates charged for such

 

13



 

services by the local public utility.  Landlord will include electricity costs to operate the HVAC system in Expenses.  Notwithstanding the terms and provisions of this Article 13, if, for more than three (3) consecutive business days following written notice from Tenant to Landlord, Landlord shall fail to commence and diligently pursue to completion the restoration of any utility or other service required to be provided by Landlord under this Lease following the interruption, curtailment or suspension of such utility or other service, and the restoration of any such utility or other service is within Landlord’s reasonable control (subject in all cases to delays caused by Force Majeure), and as a result of such failure (i) Tenant shall not be reasonably able to use and occupy, or to have access to, the Premises, or a material portion of the Premises, as the case may be, for the normal conduct of Tenant’s business operations without extraordinary and unreasonable measures being required to be taken by Tenant in order to do so, and (ii) Tenant does not use or occupy the same during said period, then the obligation of Tenant to pay Annual Rent and additional rent hereunder shall be abated in proportion to the portion of the Premises that Tenant is unable to use as a result of such failure until the date immediately following the day on which Landlord has commenced and diligently pursued the restoration of any such utility or other service (Landlord agreeing that it shall diligently pursue the restoration of any such utility or other service until restored).

 

13.1.1 Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, if and to the extent that electricity for the Premises is submetered by Landlord then as payment for such electricity, Landlord may elect to require Tenant to remit to Landlord as additional rent a sum equal to $1.50 per rentable square foot of the Premises per annum, which is Landlord’s estimate of the appropriate electricity charge for the Premises as of the Lease Reference Date, with such amount to be increased from time to time by notice from Landlord to Tenant to the extent that the market therefor increases based upon Landlord’s judgment (the “Estimated Electricity Submeter Charge”), with 1/12 of such amount being due and payable in monthly installments concurrently with Tenant’s payment of Monthly Installment of Rent hereunder.

 

13.1.2 Simultaneously with Landlord’s determination of actual Expenses and Taxes, Landlord shall review the total Estimated Electricity Submeter Charge paid by Tenant during such applicable billing period and if the Estimated Electricity Submeter Charge that Tenant pays pursuant to the preceding paragraph is less than the actual charges as measured by Landlord’s submetering for such electricity for such applicable billing period, then Tenant shall pay such deficiency to Landlord as additional rent in one lump sum within thirty (30) days of receipt of Landlord’s bill therefor.  If the Estimated Electricity Submeter Charge that Tenant pays during such applicable billing period pursuant to the preceding paragraph is more than the actual charges as measured by Landlord’s submetering for such electricity, then Landlord shall credit the difference against the then next due payments to be made by Tenant under this Section 13.1, or, if the Lease has been terminated, refund the difference to Tenant in cash.  Tenant shall have the right to review the Estimated Electricity Submeter Charge pursuant to Section 4.3.

 

13.2                         Should Tenant require any additional work or service, as described above, including services furnished outside of Building Business Hours, Landlord shall, upon reasonable advance notice by Tenant, furnish such additional service and Tenant agrees to pay Landlord such charges as may be agreed upon, including any tax imposed thereon, but in no event at a charge more than Landlord’s actual cost therefor plus (a) a reasonable allowance for depreciation of any systems being used to provide such service, and (b) the cost of any administrative fee that Landlord may charge from time to time to implement such service (provided, however, that such administrative charge shall not exceed fifteen percent (15%) of the charge for any such additional service).  The current charge for after-hours HVAC service, which is subject to change at any time, is specified on the Reference Pages.  Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, however, Tenant shall be responsible for furnishing its own security within the Premises at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

 

13.3                         Wherever heat generating machines or equipment are used by Tenant in the Premises which affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system or Tenant allows occupancy of the Premises by more persons than the heating and air conditioning system is designed to accommodate pursuant to the specifications set forth on Exhibit F attached hereto, in either event whether with or without Landlord’s approval, Landlord reserves the right to install supplementary heating and/or air conditioning units in or for the benefit of the Premises and the cost thereof, including the cost of installation and the cost of operations and maintenance, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days of Landlord’s demand; provided, however, that before Landlord shall have the right to install such supplementary heating and/or air conditioning units for such purpose, Landlord shall first notify Tenant in writing of Landlord’s intention to do so and if Tenant shall fail to commence the remediation of the conditions that are giving rise to the need to install such units within five (5) days of such written notice and thereafter diligently pursue such remediation until completion following such written notice (provided, however, that such remediation period shall in no event exceed thirty (30) days), then Landlord shall have the right to proceed with the installation of such units as more particularly set forth hereinabove.

 

14


 

13.4                         Tenant will not, without the written consent of Landlord (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), use any apparatus or device in the Premises that will cause Tenant’s aggregate usage of machines, equipment or devices to exceed the specifications set forth on Exhibit F attached hereto, or which will in any way increase the amount of electricity or water usually furnished or supplied for use of the Premises as set forth on Exhibit F attached hereto, nor connect with electric current, except through existing electrical outlets in the Premises, or water pipes, any apparatus or device for the purposes of using electrical current or water.  If Tenant shall require water or electric current in excess of that required to be furnished or supplied for use of the Premises as set forth on Exhibit F attached hereto, Tenant shall procure the prior written consent of Landlord for the use thereof (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), and if Landlord does consent, Landlord may cause a water meter or electric current meter to be installed so as to measure the amount of such excess water and electric current.  The cost of any such meters shall be paid for by Tenant.  Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord within ten (10) days of Landlord’s demand, the cost of all such excess water and electric current consumed (as shown by said meters, if any, or, if none, as reasonably estimated by Landlord) at the rates charged for such services by the local public utility or agency, as the case may be, furnishing the same, plus any additional expense incurred in keeping account of the water and electric current so consumed.

 

13.5                         Tenant will not without the written consent of Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, contract with a utility provider to service the Premises with any utility, including, but not limited to, telecommunications, electricity, water, sewer or gas, which is not previously providing such service to other tenants in the Building.  Subject to Landlord’s reasonable rules and regulations and the provisions of Articles 6 and 26, Tenant shall be entitled to the use of wiring (“Communications Wiring”), at its own risk, from the existing telecommunications nexus in the Building to the Premises, sufficient for the Permitted Uses of Tenant.  Tenant shall not install any additional Communications Wiring, nor remove any Communications Wiring, without in each instance obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

14.                                HOLDING OVER .  If Tenant shall hold over in the Premises beyond the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall pay Landlord for each day Tenant retains possession of the Premises or part of them after termination of this Lease by lapse of time or otherwise at the rate (Holdover Rate”) which shall be one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the amount of the Annual Rent for the last period prior to the date of such termination plus one hundred fifty percent (150%) of Rent Adjustments under Article 4 prorated on a daily basis, and also be liable for all damages sustained by Landlord by reason of such retention and such holding over shall be deemed to have created a tenancy at sufferance at the Holdover Rate.  In any event no provision of this Article 14 shall be deemed to waive Landlord’s right of reentry or any other right under this Lease or at law.

 

15.                                SUBORDINATION .  Provided that Tenant receives a commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement, without the necessity of any additional document being executed by Tenant for the purpose of effecting a subordination, this Lease shall be subject and subordinate at all times to ground or underlying leases and to the lien of any mortgages or deeds of trust now or hereafter placed on, against or affecting the Building, Landlord’s interest or estate in the Building, or any ground or underlying lease; provided, however, that if the lessor, mortgagee, trustee, or holder of any such mortgage or deed of trust elects to have Tenant’s interest in this Lease be superior to any such instrument, then, by notice to Tenant, this Lease shall be deemed superior, whether this Lease was executed before or after said instrument.  Landlord hereby represents and warrants that there are no mortgages or ground leases affecting the Building as of the Lease Reference Date.

 

16.                                RULES AND REGULATIONS .  Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with all the rules and regulations as set forth in Exhibit D to this Lease and all reasonable and non-discriminatory modifications of and additions to them from time to time put into effect by Landlord.  Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the non-performance by any other tenant or occupant of the Building of any such rules and regulations.  In the event that the rules and regulations attached hereto (as may be modified by Landlord pursuant to this Article 16) conflict with the terms of this Lease, the terms of this Lease shall control.

 

17.                                REENTRY BY LANDLORD .

 

17.1                         Upon at least two (2) business days’ prior notice and during Building Business Hours (except in the case of an emergency when no such notice shall be required), Landlord shall have the right to re-enter the Premises to inspect the same, to show said Premises to prospective purchasers, investors, employees, mortgagees or tenants (but only during the last twelve (12) months of the Term for prospective tenants), and to alter, improve or repair the Premises and any portion of the Building, without abatement of rent and may for that purpose erect, use and maintain scaffolding, pipes, conduits and other

 

15



 

necessary structures and open any wall, ceiling or floor in and through the Building and Premises where reasonably required by the character of the work to be performed, provided entrance to the Premises shall not be blocked thereby, and further provided that the business of Tenant shall not be interfered with unreasonably.  Subject to Section 17.2, Landlord shall have the right at any time to change the arrangement and/or locations of entrances, or passageways, doors and doorways, and corridors, windows, elevators, stairs, toilets or other public parts of the Building and to change the name, number or designation by which the Building is commonly known so long as such changes do not materially and adversely interfere with the Permitted Uses of the Premises by Tenant.  Notwithstanding the terms and provisions of this Section 17.1, if, for more than three (3) consecutive business days following written notice from Tenant to Landlord, Landlord shall fail to commence the cure of any interruption in Tenant’s normal business operations in the Premises that is caused by Landlord taking any of the foregoing actions and diligently pursue such cure to completion, and the curing of such business interruption is within Landlord’s reasonable control (subject in all cases to delays caused by Force Majeure), and as a result of such failure (a) Tenant shall not be reasonably able to use and occupy, or to have access to, the Premises, or a material portion of the Premises, as the case may be, for the normal conduct of Tenant’s business operations without extraordinary and unreasonable measures being required to be taken by Tenant in order to do so, and (b) Tenant does not use or occupy the same during said period, then the obligation of Tenant to pay Annual Rent and additional rent hereunder shall be abated in proportion to the portion of the Premises that Tenant is unable to use as a result of such failure until the date immediately following the day on which Landlord has commenced diligently pursuing the cure of such interruption (Landlord agreeing that it shall diligently pursue such cure until completion).  Except as set forth in this Section 17.1, Tenant hereby waives any claim for damages for any injury or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned by any action of Landlord’s authorized by this Article 17.

 

17.2                         So long as Reveal Imaging Technologies, Inc. or a Permitted Transferee is then occupying at least 60,000 square feet of the Building in the aggregate, Landlord shall not materially change or alter the lobby area(s) of the Building without the prior written consent of Tenant which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided, that Landlord shall be permitted to make the changes shown on the multi-tenant plan attached hereto as Exhibit A-3 generally in accordance with such plan, including, without limitation, constructing the elevator shown thereon.

 

17.3                         For each of the aforesaid purposes, Landlord shall at all times have and retain a key with which to unlock all of the doors in the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults and safes or special security areas (designated in advance), and Landlord shall have the right to use any and all means which Landlord may deem proper to open said doors in an emergency to obtain entry to any portion of the Premises.  In the case of emergency only, as to any portion to which access cannot be had by means of a key or keys in Landlord’s possession, Landlord is authorized to gain access by such means as Landlord shall elect and the cost of repairing any damage occurring in doing so shall be borne by Tenant and paid to Landlord within twenty (20) days of Landlord’s demand.  Except in the case of an emergency, Tenant shall have the right to require that any entry by Landlord pursuant to this Article 17 be accompanied by a representative of Tenant.

 

18.                                DEFAULT .

 

18.1                         Except as otherwise provided in Article 20, the following events shall be deemed to be Events of Default under this Lease:

 

18.1.1 Tenant shall fail to pay when due any sum of money becoming due to be paid to Landlord under this Lease, whether such sum be any installment of the rent reserved by this Lease, any other amount treated as additional rent under this Lease, or any other payment or reimbursement to Landlord required by this Lease, whether or not treated as additional rent under this Lease, and such failure shall continue for a period of five (5) days after written notice with respect to any Monthly Installment of Rent, Expenses or Taxes or for a period of twenty (20) days after written notice with respect to any other sum Tenant is obligated to pay under this Lease that such payment was not made when due.

 

18.1.2 Tenant shall fail to comply with any term, provision or covenant of this Lease which is not provided for elsewhere in this Article 18 and shall not cure such failure within thirty (30) days (forthwith, if the failure involves a hazardous condition) after written notice of such failure to Tenant; provided, however, that such failure shall not be an Event of Default if such failure could not reasonably be cured during such thirty (30) day period and Tenant has commenced the cure within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter is diligently pursuing such cure to completion, but the total aggregate cure period shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days (subject to any day-for-day delays caused by Force Majeure).

 

16



 

18.1.3 Tenant shall fail to vacate the Premises immediately upon termination of this Lease, by lapse of time or otherwise, or upon termination of Tenant’s right to possession only.

 

18.1.4 Tenant shall become insolvent, admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, file a petition in bankruptcy or a petition to take advantage of any insolvency statute, make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, make a transfer in fraud of creditors, apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver of itself or of the whole or any substantial part of its property, or file a petition or answer seeking reorganization or arrangement under the federal bankruptcy laws, as now in effect or hereafter amended, or any other applicable law or statute of the United States or any state thereof.

 

18.1.5 A court of competent jurisdiction shall enter an order, judgment or decree adjudicating Tenant bankrupt, or appointing a receiver of Tenant, or of the whole or any substantial part of its property, without the consent of Tenant, or approving a petition filed against Tenant seeking reorganization or arrangement of Tenant under the bankruptcy laws of the United States, as now in effect or hereafter amended, or any state thereof, and such order, judgment or decree shall not be vacated or set aside or stayed within ninety (90) days from the date of entry thereof.

 

19.                                REMEDIES .

 

19.1                         Except as otherwise provided in Article 20, upon the occurrence of any of the Events of Default described or referred to in Article 18, Landlord shall have the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies without any notice or demand whatsoever, concurrently or consecutively and not alternatively:

 

19.1.1 Landlord may, at its election, terminate this Lease or terminate Tenant’s right to possession only, without terminating the Lease.

 

19.1.2 Upon any termination of this Lease following an Event of Default or upon any termination of Tenant’s right to possession without termination of the Lease, Tenant shall surrender possession and vacate the Premises immediately, and deliver possession thereof to Landlord and Tenant hereby grants to Landlord full and free license to enter into and upon the Premises in such event and to repossess Landlord of the Premises as of Landlord’s former estate and to expel or remove Tenant and any others who may be occupying or be within the Premises and to remove Tenant’s signs and other evidence of tenancy and all other property of Tenant therefrom without being deemed in any manner guilty of trespass, eviction or forcible entry or detainer, and without incurring any liability for any damage resulting therefrom.  Tenant waiving any right to claim damages for such re-entry and expulsion, and without relinquishing Landlord’s right to rent or any other right given to Landlord under this Lease or by operation of law.

 

19.1.3 Upon any termination of this Lease, whether by lapse of time or otherwise, Landlord shall be entitled to recover as damages, all rent, including any amounts treated as additional rent under this Lease, and other sums due and payable by Tenant on the date of termination, plus as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, an amount equal to the sum of:  (a) an amount equal to the then present value of the rent reserved in this Lease for the residue of the stated Term of this Lease including any amounts treated as additional rent under this Lease and all other sums provided in this Lease to be paid by Tenant, minus the fair rental value of the Premises for such residue; (b) the value of the time and expense necessary to obtain a replacement tenant or tenants, and the estimated expenses described in Section 19.1.4 relating to recovery of the Premises, preparation for reletting and for reletting itself; and (c) the cost of performing any other covenants which would have otherwise been performed by Tenant.

 

19.1.4 Upon any termination of Tenant’s right to possession only without termination of the Lease:

 

19.1.4.1 Neither such termination of Tenant’s right to possession nor Landlord’s taking and holding possession thereof as provided in Section 19.1.2 shall terminate the Lease or release Tenant, in whole or in part, from any obligation, including Tenant’s obligation to pay the rent, including any amounts treated as additional rent, under this Lease for the full Term, and if Landlord so elects Tenant shall continue to pay to Landlord the entire amount of the rent as and when it becomes due, including any amounts treated as additional rent under this Lease, for the remainder of the Term plus any other sums provided in this Lease to be paid by Tenant for the remainder of the Term.

 

17



 

19.1.4.2 Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to relet the Premises or portions thereof.  Landlord and Tenant agree that nevertheless Landlord shall at most be required to use only the same efforts Landlord then uses to lease premises in the Building generally and that in any case that Landlord shall not be required to give any preference or priority to the showing or leasing of the Premises or portions thereof over any other space that Landlord may be leasing or have available and may place a suitable prospective tenant in any such other space regardless of when such other space becomes available and that Landlord shall have the right to relet the Premises for a greater or lesser term than that remaining under this Lease, the right to relet only a portion of the Premises, or a portion of the Premises or the entire premises as a part of a larger area, and the right to change the character or use of the Premises.  In connection with or in preparation for any reletting, Landlord may, but shall not be required to, make repairs, alterations and additions in or to the Premises and redecorate the same to the extent Landlord deems reasonably necessary or desirable, and Tenant shall pay the cost thereof, together with Landlord’s expenses of reletting, including, without limitation, any commission incurred by Landlord, within five (5) days of Landlord’s demand.  Landlord shall not be required to observe any instruction given by Tenant about any reletting or accept any tenant offered by Tenant unless such offered tenant has a credit-worthiness reasonably acceptable to Landlord and leases the entire Premises upon terms and conditions including a rate of rent (after giving effect to all expenditures by Landlord for tenant improvements, broker’s commissions and other leasing costs) all no less favorable to Landlord than as called for in this Lease, nor shall Landlord be required to make or permit any assignment or sublease for more than the current term or which Landlord would not be required to permit under the provisions of Article 9.

 

19.1.4.3 Until such time as Landlord shall elect to terminate the Lease and shall thereupon be entitled to recover the amounts specified in such case in Section 19.1.3, Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand the full amount of all rent, including any amounts treated as additional rent under this Lease and other sums reserved in this Lease for the remaining Term, together with the costs of repairs, alterations, additions, redecorating and Landlord’s expenses of reletting and the collection of the rent accruing therefrom (including reasonable attorney’s fees and broker’s commissions), as the same shall then be due or become due from time to time, less only such consideration as Landlord may have received from any reletting of the Premises; and Tenant agrees that Landlord may file suits from time to time to recover any sums falling due under this Article 19 as they become due.  Any proceeds of reletting by Landlord in excess of the amount then owed by Tenant to Landlord from time to time shall be credited against Tenant’s future obligations under this Lease but shall not otherwise be refunded to Tenant or inure to Tenant’s benefit.

 

19.2                         Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to) cure such default at Tenant’s sole expense.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Landlord may, at Landlord’s option following an Event of Default, enter into and upon the Premises if Landlord determines in its reasonable discretion that Tenant is not acting within a commercially reasonable time to maintain, repair or replace anything for which Tenant is responsible under this Lease or to otherwise effect compliance with its obligations under this Lease and correct the same, without being deemed in any manner guilty of trespass, eviction or forcible entry and detainer and without incurring any liability for any damage or interruption of Tenant’s business resulting therefrom and Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord within five (5) days of Landlord’s demand as additional rent, for any expenses which Landlord may incur in thus effecting compliance with Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, plus interest from the date of expenditure by Landlord at the Wall Street Journal prime rate.

 

19.3                         If, on account of any breach or default by Tenant in Tenant’s obligations under the terms and conditions of this Lease, it shall become necessary or appropriate for Landlord to employ or consult with an attorney or collection agency concerning or to enforce or defend any of Landlord’s rights or remedies arising under this Lease or to collect any sums due from Tenant, Tenant agrees to pay all costs and fees so incurred by Landlord, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs.

 

19.4                         Pursuit of any of the foregoing remedies shall not preclude pursuit of any of the other remedies provided in this Lease or any other remedies provided by law (all such remedies being cumulative), nor shall pursuit of any remedy provided in this Lease constitute a forfeiture or waiver of any rent due to Landlord under this Lease or of any damages accruing to Landlord by reason of the violation of any of the terms, provisions and covenants contained in this Lease.

 

19.5                         No act or thing done by Landlord or its agents during the Term shall be deemed a termination of this Lease or an acceptance of the surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to terminate this Lease or accept a surrender of said Premises shall be valid, unless in writing signed by Landlord.  No waiver by Landlord of any violation or breach of any of the terms, provisions and covenants contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of any other

 

18



 

violation or breach of any of the terms, provisions and covenants contained in this Lease.  Landlord’s acceptance of the payment of rental or other payments after the occurrence of an Event of Default shall not be construed as a waiver of such Default, unless Landlord so notifies Tenant in writing.  Forbearance by Landlord in enforcing one or more of the remedies provided in this Lease upon an Event of Default shall not be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of such Default or of Landlord’s right to enforce any such remedies with respect to such Default or any subsequent Default.

 

19.6                         Any and all property which may be removed from the Premises by Landlord pursuant to the authority of this Lease or of law, to which Tenant is or may be entitled, shall be handled, removed and/or stored, as the case may be, by or at the direction of Landlord with reasonable caution and care but at the risk, cost and expense of Tenant, and Landlord shall in no event be responsible for the value, preservation or safekeeping thereof except to the extent of Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon demand, any and all expenses incurred in such removal and all storage charges against such property so long as the same shall be in Landlord’s possession or under Landlord’s control.  Any such property of Tenant not retaken by Tenant from storage within thirty (30) days after removal from the Premises shall, at Landlord’s option, be deemed conveyed by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease as by a bill of sale without further payment or credit by Landlord to Tenant.

 

20.                                TENANT’S BANKRUPTCY OR INSOLVENCY .

 

20.1                         If at any time and for so long as Tenant shall be subjected to the provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code or other law of the United States or any state thereof for the protection of debtors as in effect at such time (each a “Debtor’s Law”):

 

20.1.1 Tenant, Tenant as debtor-in-possession, and any trustee or receiver of Tenant’s assets (each a “Tenant’s Representative”) shall have no greater right to assume or assign this Lease or any interest in this Lease, or to sublease any of the Premises than accorded to Tenant in Article 9, except to the extent Landlord shall be required to permit such assumption, assignment or sublease by the provisions of such Debtor’s Law.  Without limitation of the generality of the foregoing, any right of any Tenant’s Representative to assume or assign this Lease or to sublease any of the Premises shall be subject to the conditions that:

 

20.1.1.1 Such Debtor’s Law shall provide to Tenant’s Representative a right of assumption of this Lease which Tenant’s Representative shall have timely exercised and Tenant’s Representative shall have fully cured any default of Tenant under this Lease.

 

20.1.1.2 Tenant’s Representative or the proposed assignee, as the case shall be, shall have deposited with Landlord as security for the timely payment of rent an amount equal to the larger of:  (a) three (3) months’ rent and other monetary charges accruing under this Lease; and (b) any sum specified in Article 5; and shall have provided Landlord with adequate other assurance of the future performance of the obligations of the Tenant under this Lease.  Without limitation, such assurances shall include, at least, in the case of assumption of this Lease, demonstration to the satisfaction of the Landlord thatTenant’s Representative has and will continue to have sufficient unencumbered assets after the payment of all secured obligations and administrative expenses to assure Landlord that Tenant’s Representative will have sufficient funds to fulfill the obligations of Tenant under this Lease; and, in the case of assignment, submission of current financial statements of the proposed assignee, audited by an independent certified public accountant reasonably acceptable to Landlord and showing a net worth and working capital in amounts determined by Landlord to be sufficient to assure the future performance by such assignee of all of the Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

 

20.1.1.3 The assumption or any contemplated assignment of this Lease or subleasing any part of the Premises, as shall be the case, will not breach any provision in any other lease, mortgage, financing agreement or other agreement by which Landlord is bound.

 

20.1.1.4 Landlord shall have, or would have had absent the Debtor’s Law, no right under Article 9 to refuse consent to the proposed assignment or sublease by reason of the identity or nature of the proposed assignee or sublessee or the proposed use of the Premises concerned.

 

21.                                QUIET ENJOYMENT .  Landlord represents and warrants that it has full right and authority to enter into this Lease and that Tenant, so long as this Lease has not been terminated shall peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises

 

19



 

for the Term without hindrance or molestation from Landlord or by any party claiming through or under Landlord, subject to the terms and provisions of this Lease.

 

22.                                CASUALTY .

 

22.1                         In the event that the Premises or the Building are damaged by fire or other cause and in Landlord’s reasonable estimation such damage can be materially restored within two hundred forty (240) days from the date of such fire or other cause, Landlord shall, forthwith repair the same and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, except that Tenant shall be entitled to a proportionate abatement in rent from the date of such damage and continuing until the earlier of (a) sixty (60) days following the date that the Premises or the Building (as the case may be) have been materially restored (subject, in any case, to the terms and provisions of Section 22.7 below), or (b) the date upon which Tenant has taken occupancy of the Premises for the conduct of its business.  Such abatement of rent shall be made pro rata in accordance with the extent to which the damage and the making of such repairs shall interfere with the use and occupancy by Tenant of the Premises from time to time, except that if (i) such casualty materially and adversely interferes with Tenant’s use of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Premises for the conduct of its business, (ii) such damage by fire other cause was not the result of Tenant’s negligence or willful misconduct, and (iii) Tenant, as a result of such interference, ceases using the entire Premises, then rent shall be abated entirely.  Within forty-five (45) days from the date of such damage, Landlord shall notify Tenant, in writing, of Landlord’s reasonable estimation of the length of time within which material restoration can be made (the “Target Restoration Date”).  For purposes of this Lease, the Building or the Premises shall be deemed “materially restored” if they are in such condition as would not prevent or materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises for the purpose for which it was being used immediately before such damage.

 

22.2                         If such repairs cannot, in Landlord’s reasonable estimation, be made within two hundred forty (240) days of the date of such fire or other cause, Landlord and Tenant shall each have the option of giving the other, at any time within ninety (90) days after such damage, notice terminating this Lease as of the date of such damage.  In the event of the giving of such notice, this Lease shall expire and all interest of the Tenant in the Premises shall terminate as of the date of such damage as if such date had been originally fixed in this Lease for the expiration of the Term.  In the event that neither Landlord nor Tenant exercises its option to terminate this Lease, then Landlord shall repair or restore such damage, this Lease continuing in full force and effect, and the rent hereunder shall be proportionately abated as provided in Section 22.1.

 

22.3                         Landlord shall not be required to repair or replace any damage or loss by or from fire or other cause to any paneling, decorations, partitions, additions, railings, ceilings, floor coverings, office fixtures or any other property or improvements installed on the Premises by, or belonging to, Tenant, including, without limitation, the Tenant Improvements.  Any insurance which may be carried by Landlord or Tenant against loss or damage to the Building or Premises shall be for the sole benefit of the party carrying such insurance and under its sole control.

 

22.4                         In the event that Landlord should fail to complete such repairs and material restoration within forty-five (45) days after the Target Restoration Date, Tenant may at its option and as its sole remedy terminate this Lease by delivering written notice to Landlord, within fifteen (15) days after the Target Restoration Date, whereupon the Lease shall end on the date of such notice or such later date fixed in such notice as if the date of such notice was the date originally fixed in this Lease for the expiration of the Term; provided, however, that if construction is delayed because of changes, deletions or additions in construction requested by Tenant or reasons of Force Majeure, then the Target Restoration Date shall be extended for the amount of time Landlord is so delayed.

 

22.5                         Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article, Landlord shall not have any obligation whatsoever to repair, reconstruct, or restore the Premises or the Building and both Landlord and Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease when the damages resulting from any casualty covered by the provisions of this Article 22 occur during the last twelve (12) months of the Term or any extension thereof.  Additionally, in the event that the holder of any indebtedness secured by a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises or the Building requires that a substantial portion of the insurance proceeds be applied to such indebtedness, then Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice of termination to Tenant within fifteen (15) days after such requirement is made by any such holder, whereupon this Lease shall end on the date of such damage as if the date of such damage were the date originally fixed in this Lease for the expiration of the Term.  Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to require any such holder to make such determination as soon as is reasonably practicable and shall keep Tenant informed of such developments at reasonable intervals.

 

20



 

22.6                         In the event of any damage or destruction to the Building or Premises by any peril covered by the provisions of this Article 22, it shall be Tenant’s responsibility to properly secure the Premises and upon notice from Landlord to remove forthwith, at its sole cost and expense, such portion of all of the property belonging to Tenant or its licensees from such portion or all of the Building or Premises as Landlord shall request.

 

22.7                         In the event that the Premises or the Building are damaged by fire or other cause and Landlord has proceeded with the restoration of such damage pursuant to Section 22.1, Landlord shall permit Tenant, Tenant’s employees and Tenant’s contractors which have been reasonably approved by Landlord to enter the Premises within a reasonable time prior to the substantial completion of Landlord’s restoration work in order that Tenant may do any work that may be necessary to restore the Tenant Improvements in the Premises to make the Premises ready for Tenant’s occupancy.  Such entry shall be subject to the condition that Tenant and Tenant’s contractors work in harmony and not interfere with Landlord, Landlord’s contractors and their agents and subcontractors in doing their work or with any other tenants and occupants of the Building.  If at any time such entry shall cause or threaten to cause such disharmony or interference, Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, shall have the right to withdraw and cancel such license upon twenty-four (24) hours written notice to Tenant and any further prior entry shall be prohibited until Tenant shall have cured the source of any such disruption or disharmony.  Tenant agrees that any entry into and any occupation of the Premises shall be deemed to be under all of the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of the Lease (including, without limitation, Tenant’s compliance with the insurance requirements of Article 11 of this Lease), except Tenant shall have no obligation to pay the Monthly Installment of Rent or any form of additional rent until the date which is specified in subsections (a) and (b) in Section 22.1.  In addition to any other conditions or limitations on such license to enter the Premises during such restoration period, Tenant expressly agrees that neither it nor any of Tenant’s contractors shall enter the Premises during such restoration period unless and until each of them shall furnish such assurances to Landlord, including but not limited to, insurance coverages, waivers of lien, surety company performance bonds and personal guaranties of individuals of substance, as Landlord shall reasonably require to protect Landlord against any loss, casualty, liability, liens or claims.

 

23.                                EMINENT DOMAIN .  If all or any substantial part of the Premises or the Building shall be taken or appropriated by any public or quasi-public authority under the power of eminent domain, or conveyance in lieu of such appropriation, so as to materially and adversely interfere with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted Uses, either party to this Lease shall have the right, at its option, of giving the other, at any time within thirty (30) days after such taking, notice terminating this Lease.  If neither party to this Lease shall so elect to terminate this Lease, the rental thereafter to be paid shall be adjusted on a fair and equitable basis under the circumstances.  In addition to the rights of Landlord above, if, regardless of whether the Premises or any part thereof are so taken or appropriated, any substantial part of the Building shall be taken or appropriated by any public or quasi-public authority under the power of eminent domain or conveyance in lien thereof so as to materially and adversely interfere with the ability to use and occupy the Building as a whole, Landlord shall have the right, at its sole option, of giving Tenant, at any time within thirty (30) days after such taking, notice terminating this Lease.  Landlord shall be entitled to any and all income, rent, award, or any interest whatsoever in or upon any such sum, which may be paid or made in connection with any such public or quasi-public use or purpose, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord any interest it may have in or claim to all or any part of such sums, other than any separate award which may be made with respect to Tenant’s trade fixtures and moving expenses.  Tenant shall make no claim for the value of any unexpired Term.  If this Lease is not terminated as aforesaid, then Landlord shall within a reasonable time thereafter, diligently restore what may remain of the Premises to a tenantable condition to the extent reasonably practicable.

 

24.                                SALE BY LANDLORD .  Provided that any such successor in interest to Landlord assumes the obligations and liabilities of Landlord under this Lease, in event of a sale or conveyance by Landlord of the Building, the same shall operate to release Landlord from any future liability upon any of the covenants or conditions, expressed or implied, contained in this Lease in favor of Tenant, and in such event Tenant agrees to look solely to the responsibility of the successor in interest of Landlord in and to this Lease.  Except as set forth in this Article 24, this Lease shall not be affected by any such sale and Tenant agrees to attorn to the purchaser or assignee.  If any security has been given by Tenant to secure the faithful performance of any of the covenants of this Lease, Landlord may transfer or deliver said security, as such, to Landlord’s successor in interest and thereupon Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability with regard to said security.

 

25.                                ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES .  Within ten (10) business days following any written request which Landlord or Tenant may make from time to time, the other party shall execute and deliver a sworn statement certifying to the best of such party’s actual knowledge:  (a) the date of commencement of this Lease; (b) the fact that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications to this Lease, that this Lease is in full force and effect, as modified, and stating the date and nature of such modifications); (c) the date to which the rent and other sums payable under this Lease have

 

21


 

been paid; (d) the fact that there are no current defaults under this Lease by either Landlord or Tenant except as otherwise provided; and (e) such other matters as may be reasonably requested.  Landlord and Tenant intend that any statement delivered pursuant to this Article 25 may be relied upon by any mortgagee, beneficiary or purchaser.  Neither party shall be in default under this Article 25 for failure to execute an estoppel certificate within said ten (10) business days if such party shall, in good faith, contest or request changes to the language of the estoppel certificate proposed by the other party within such ten (10) business day period

 

26.                                SURRENDER OF PREMISES .

 

26.1                         Tenant shall arrange to meet Landlord for two (2) joint inspections of the Premises, the first to occur at least thirty (30) days (but no more than sixty (60) days) before the last day of the Term, and the second to occur not later than forty-eight (48) hours after Tenant has vacated the Premises.

 

26.2                         All alterations, additions, and improvements in, on, or to the Premises made or installed by or for Tenant, including, without limitation, carpeting (collectively, “Alterations”), shall be and remain the property of Tenant during the Term.  Upon the expiration or sooner termination of the Term, all Alterations, unless otherwise previously agreed to by Landlord in writing, shall become a part of the realty and shall belong to Landlord without compensation, and title shall pass to Landlord under this Lease as by a bill of sale.  Subject to Article 6, at the end of the Term or any renewal of the Term or other sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant will peaceably deliver up to Landlord possession of the Premises, together with all Alterations by whomsoever made, in the same conditions received or first installed, broom clean and free of all debris, excepting only ordinary wear and tear and damage by fire or other casualty.  Tenant must, at Tenant’s sole cost, remove upon termination of this Lease, any and all of Tenant’s furniture, furnishings, equipment, movable partitions of less than full height from flora to ceiling and other trade fixtures and personal property, as well as all data/telecommunications cabling and wiring installed by or on behalf of Tenant, whether inside walls, under any raised floor or above any ceiling (collectively, “Personalty”).  Personalty not so removed shall be deemed abandoned by the Tenant and title to the same shall thereupon pass to Landlord under this Lease as by a bill of sale, but Tenant shall remain responsible for the cost of removal and disposal of such Personalty, as well as any damage caused by such removal.  Notwithstanding any language of this Article 26 to the contrary, Tenant shall not be obligated to remove and/or restore at the end of the Term (a) any wall to wall carpeting or (b) any improvements performed pursuant to the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B (whether performed by Landlord or Tenant) to prepare the Premises for Tenant’s initial occupancy (except that, in any case, Tenant shall be required to remove all data/telecommunications cabling and wiring installed by or on behalf of Tenant pursuant to this Section 26.2, including, without limitation, Tenant’s Tel/Data Work (as defined in the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B )).

 

26.3                         All obligations of Tenant under this Lease not fully performed as of the expiration or earlier termination of the Term shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount, as estimated by Landlord, necessary to repair and restore the Premises as provided in this Lease and/or to discharge Tenant’s obligation for unpaid amounts due or to become due to Landlord.  All such amounts shall be used and held by Landlord for payment of such obligations of Tenant, with Tenant being liable for any additional costs upon demand by Landlord, or with any excess to be returned to Tenant after all such obligations have been determined and satisfied.  Any otherwise unused Security Deposit shall be credited against the amount payable by Tenant under this Lease.

 

27.                                NOTICES .  Any notice or document required or permitted to be delivered under this Lease shall be addressed to the intended recipient, by fully prepaid registered or certified United States Mail return receipt requested, or by reputable independent contract delivery service furnishing a written record of attempted or actual delivery, and shall be deemed to be delivered when tendered for delivery to the addressee at its address set forth on the Reference Pages, or at such other address as it has then last specified by written notice delivered in accordance with this Article 27.  Any such notice or document may also be personally delivered if a receipt is signed by and received from, the individual, if any, named in Tenant’s or Landlord’s Notice Address.

 

28.                                TAXES PAYABLE BY TENANT .  In addition to rent and other charges to be paid by Tenant under this Lease, Tenant shall reimburse to Landlord, upon demand, any and all taxes payable by Landlord (other than net income taxes) whether or not now customary or within the contemplation of the parties to this Lease:  (a) upon, allocable to, or measured by or on the gross or net rent payable under this Lease, including without limitation any gross income tax or excise tax levied by the State, any political subdivision thereof, or the Federal Government with respect to the receipt of such rent; (b) upon or

 

22



 

29 with respect to the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy of the Premises or any portion thereof, including any sales, use or service tax imposed as a result thereof; (c) upon or measured by Tenant’s gross receipts or payroll or the value of Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and other personal property of Tenant or leasehold improvements, alterations or additions located in the Premises; or (d) upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring any interest of Tenant in this Lease or the Premises.  In addition to the foregoing, Tenant agrees to pay, before delinquency, any and all taxes levied or assessed against Tenant and which become payable during the term hereof upon Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and other personal property of Tenant located in the Premises.

 

29.                                INTENTIONALLY OMITTED .

 

30.                                PARKING .

 

30.1                         During the Term of this Lease, Tenant agrees to lease from Landlord and Landlord agrees to lease to Tenant, the number and type of parking spaces as set forth on the Reference Pages of this Lease.  This right to park in the Building’s parking facilities (the “Parking Facility”) shall be on an unreserved, nonexclusive, first come, first served basis, for passenger-size automobiles and is subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

30.1.1 Tenant shall at all times abide by and shall cause each of Tenant’s employees, agents, customers, visitors, invitees, licensees, contractors, assignees and subtenants (collectively, “Tenant’s Parties”) to abide by any rules and regulations (“Rules”) for use of the Parking Facility that Landlord or Landlord’s garage operator reasonably establishes from time to time, and otherwise agrees to use the Parking Facility in a safe and lawful manner.  Landlord reserves the right to adopt, modify and enforce the Rules governing the use of the Parking Facility from time to time including any key-card, sticker or other identification or entrance system and hours of operation.  Landlord may refuse to permit any person who violates such Rules to park in the Parking Facility, and any violation of the Rules shall subject the car to removal from the Parking Facility.

 

30.1.2 Unless specified to the contrary above, the parking spaces hereunder shall be provided on a non-designated “first-come, first-served” basis.  Landlord reserves the right to assign specific spaces, and to reserve spaces for visitors, small cars, disabled persons or for other tenants or guests, and Tenant shall not park and shall not allow Tenant’s Parties to park in any such assigned or reserved spaces.  Tenant may validate visitor parking by such method as Landlord may approve, at the validation rate from time to time generally applicable to visitor parking.  Tenant acknowledges that the Parking Facility may be closed entirely or in part in order to make repairs or perform maintenance services, or to alter, modify, re-stripe or renovate the Parking Facility, or if required by casualty or reasons of Force Majeure.  Landlord acknowledges and agrees that it shall install signs in the Parking Facility identifying the twelve (12) parking spaces shown on the plan attached as Exhibit A-2 as “Visitor Parking,*’ but such parking spaces shall also be nonexclusive and used on a first come, first served basis.

 

30.1.3 Tenant acknowledges that (a) to the fullest extent permitted by law, Landlord shall have no liability for any damage to property or other items located in the parking areas of the Parcel (including without limitation, any loss or damage to Tenant’s automobiles or the contents thereof due to theft, vandalism or accident), nor for any personal injuries or death arising out of the use of the Parking Facility by Tenant or any Tenant’s Parties, unless such loss or damage results from Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct, and (b) Landlord will not be providing any security services for, or policing of, the Parking Facility.  Without limiting the foregoing, if Landlord arranges for the parking areas to be operated by an independent contractor not affiliated with Landlord, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord shall have no liability for claims arising through acts or omissions of such independent contractor.  Tenant and Tenant’s Parties each hereby voluntarily releases, discharges, waives and relinquishes any and all actions or causes of action for personal injury or property damage occurring to Tenant or any of Tenant’s Parties arising as a result of parking in the Parking Facility, or any activities incidental thereto, wherever or however the same may occur, and further agrees that Tenant will not prosecute any claim for personal injury or property damage against Landlord or any of its officers, agents, servants or employees for any said causes of action and in all events (unless caused by Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct), Tenant agrees to look first to its insurance carrier and to require that Tenant’s Parties look first to their respective insurance carriers for payment of any losses sustained in connection with any use of the Parking Facility.  Tenant hereby waives on behalf of its insurance carriers all rights of subrogation against Landlord or Landlord’s agents.

 

23



 

30.1.4 In the event any surcharge or regulatory fee is at any time imposed by any governmental authority with reference to parking, Tenant shall (commencing after two (2) weeks’ notice to Tenant) pay, per parking pass, such surcharge or regulatory fee to Landlord in advance on the first day of each calendar month concurrently with the month installment of rent due under this Lease.  Landlord will enforce any surcharge or fee in an equitable manner amongst the Building tenants.

 

30.2                         If Tenant violates any of the terms and conditions of this Article, the operator of the Parking Facility shall have the right to remove from the Parking Facility any vehicles hereunder which shall have been involved or shall have been owned or driven by parties involved in causing such violation, without liability therefor whatsoever.

 

30.3                         Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to park overnight no more than two (2) tractor trailers at any one time in the parking spaces shown as “Trailer Parking’’ on the plan attached hereto as Exhibit A-2 only, and only to the extent Tenant deems reasonably necessary in connection with its Permitted Uses.

 

31.                                DEFINED TERMS AND HEADINGS .  The Article headings shown in this Lease are for convenience of reference and shall in no way define, increase, limit or describe the scope or intent of any provision of this Lease.  Any indemnification or insurance of Landlord shall apply to and inure to the benefit of all the following “Landlord Entities’’, being Landlord, Landlord’s investment manager, and the trustees, boards of directors, officers, general partners, beneficiaries, stockholders, employees and agents of each of them.  Any option granted to Landlord shall also include or be exercisable by Landlord’s trustee, beneficiary, agents and employees, as the case may be.  In any case where this Lease is signed by more than one person, the obligations under this Lease shall be joint and several.  The terms “Tenant” and “Landlord” or any pronoun used in place thereof shall indicate and include the masculine or feminine, the singular or plural number, individuals, firms or corporations, and their and each of their respective successors, executors, administrators and permitted assigns, according to the context hereof.  The term “rentable area” shall mean the rentable area of the Premises or the Building as calculated by the Landlord on the basis of the plans and specifications of the Building provided by Landlord to Tenant prior to the execution of this Lease (the “Initial Measurements’’).  Tenant hereby accepts and agrees to be bound by the figures for the rentable square footage of the Premises and Tenant’s Proportionate Share shown on the Reference Pages; provided, that, Landlord may adjust either or both figures if there is manifest error, addition or subtraction to the Building or any business park or complex of which the Building is a part, remeasurement or other circumstance reasonably justifying adjustment; provided, however, that any such remeasurement shall be performed according to the same standards as the Initial Measurements.  The term “Building” refers to the structure in which the Premises are located and the common areas (parking lots, sidewalks, landscaping, etc.) appurtenant thereto.

 

32.                                TENANT’S AUTHORITY .  If Tenant signs as a corporation, partnership, trust or other legal entity each of the persons executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant represents and warrants that Tenant has been and is qualified to do business in the state in which the Building is located, that the entity has full right and authority to enter into this Lease, and that all persons signing on behalf of the entity were authorized to do so by appropriate actions.

 

Tenant hereby represents and warrants that neither Tenant, nor any persons or entities holding any legal or beneficial interest whatsoever in Tenant, are (i) the target of any sanctions program that is established by Executive Order of the President or published by the Office of Foreign Assets Control, U.S. Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”); (ii) designated by the President or OFAC pursuant to the Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. App. § 5, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 U.S.C. §§ 1701-06, the Patriot Act, Public Law 107-56, Executive Order 13224 (September 23, 2001) or any Executive Order of the President issued pursuant to such statutes; or (iii) named on the following list that is published by OFAC:  “List of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons.” If the foregoing representation is untrue at any time during the Term, an Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred, without the necessity of notice to Tenant.

 

33.                                FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND CREDIT REPORTS .  Subject to the execution of a confidentiality agreement reasonably acceptable to Tenant, at Landlord’s request, but not more frequently than one (1) time per Lease Year (except in the case of a sale, financing or re-financing of the Building), Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy, certified by an officer of Tenant as being a true and correct copy, of Tenant’s most recent audited financial statement, or, if unaudited, certified by Tenant’s chief financial officer as being true, complete and correct in all material respects.

 

34.                                COMMISSIONS .  Each of the parties represents and warrants to the other that it has not dealt with any broker or finder in connection with this Lease, except as described on the Reference Pages.

 

24



 

35.                                TIME AND APPLICABLE LAW .  Time is of the essence of this Lease and all of its provisions.  This Lease shall in all respects be governed by the laws of the state in which the Building is located.

 

36.                                SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS .  Subject to the provisions of Article 9, the terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns of the parties to this Lease.

 

37.                                ENTIRE AGREEMENT .  This Lease, together with its exhibits, contains all agreements of the parties to this Lease and supersedes any previous negotiations.  There have been no representations made by the Landlord or any of its representatives or understandings made between the parties other than those set forth in this Lease and its exhibits.  This Lease may not be modified except by a written instrument duly executed by the parties to this Lease.

 

38.                                EXAMINATION NOT OPTION .  Submission of this Lease shall not be deemed to be a reservation of the Premises.  Landlord shall not be bound by this Lease until it has received a copy of this Lease duly executed by Tenant and has delivered to Tenant a copy of this Lease duly executed by Landlord, and until such delivery Landlord reserves the right to exhibit and lease the Premises to other prospective tenants.  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord may withhold delivery of possession of the Premises from Tenant until such time as Tenant has paid to Landlord any security deposit required by Article 5, the first month’s rent as set forth in Article 3 and any sum owed pursuant to this Lease.

 

39.                                RECORDATION .  Tenant shall not record or register this Lease but may record a short form memorandum hereof in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Landlord, so long as Tenant pays all charges and taxes incident to such recording or registration.

 

40.                                OPTION TO EXTEND .  Provided that (a) this Lease is in full force and effect and Tenant is not in default beyond any applicable notice and cure periods under any of the other terms and conditions of this Lease at the time of notification and commencement, and (b) Reveal Imaging Technologies, Inc. has not assigned this Lease except to a Permitted Transferee, Tenant shall have one (1) option to extend this Lease for a term of five (5) years (the “Extension Term”) on the same terms and conditions set forth in the Lease, except as modified by the terms, covenants and conditions as set forth below:

 

40.1                         If Tenant elects to exercise said option, then Tenant shall provide Landlord with written notice no earlier than the date which is fifteen (15) months prior to the Termination Date, but no later than the date which is twelve (12) months prior to the Termination Date.  If Tenant fails to provide such written notice, Tenant shall have no further or additional right to extend or renew the term of the Lease.

 

40.2                         The Annual Rent and Monthly Installment in effect as of the day immediately preceding the Termination Date shall be increased to reflect the current fair market rental for comparable space in the Building and in other similar buildings in the same rental market as of the date the Extension Term is to commence, taking into account the specific provisions of the Lease which will remain constant.  Landlord shall advise Tenant of the new Annual Rent and Monthly Installment for the Premises no later than thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s notice to extend the Term.  Said notification of the new Annual Rent and Monthly Installment may include a provision for its escalation to provide for a change in fair market rental between the time of notification and the commencement of the extension term.  If Tenant and Landlord are unable to agree on a mutually acceptable rental rate not later than ninety (90) days following Tenant’s notice to Landlord to extend the Term (the “Rescission Deadline”) then Tenant may rescind such notice to extend by providing Landlord with written notice of such rescission on or before the date which is three (3) business days following such Rescission Deadline (the “Rescission Notice Deadline”) or, at Tenant’s option (which will be deemed to have been chosen if Tenant fails to provide Landlord with such notice of rescission on or before the Rescission Notice Deadline), Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint a qualified MAI appraiser doing business in the area, in turn those two (2) independent MAI appraisers shall appoint a third (3 rd ) MAI appraiser and the majority shall decide upon the fair market rental for the Premises as of the Termination Date.  Landlord and Tenant shall equally share in the expense of this appraisal.

 

40.3                         This option is not transferable except to a Permitted Transferee; the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that they intend that the aforesaid option to extend this Lease shall be “personal” to Tenant as set forth above and that in no event will any assignee or sublessee other than a Permitted Transferee have any rights to exercise the aforesaid option to extend.

 

25



 

41.                                EXPANSION RIGHTS .  So long as Tenant is not then in default beyond any applicable notice and cure period under the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease, then Tenant shall have the right to lease all (but not just a portion) of that certain space located on the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building that is contiguous to the portion of the original Premises that is located on the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building as of the Commencement Date (shown on Exhibit E hereto in its entirety as the “Refusal Space”) at such time as Landlord receives an offer from a third parry to lease the Refusal Space which Landlord is prepared to accept (the “Third Party Offer”).  In such a case, Landlord shall give written notice to Tenant of the Third Parry Offer, in all its particulars and Tenant shall have a period of twenty (20) days thereafter in which to exercise Tenant’s right to lease the Refusal Space, failing which Landlord may lease the Refusal Space to such third party on the basis of the Third Party Offer.  In the event that such third party does not lease the Refusal Space pursuant to the Third Party Offer, and so long as the conditions set forth in the first sentence of this paragraph are satisfied, then Landlord shall be obligated to follow the foregoing procedure for any subsequent Third Party Offer which it receives.  If Tenant exercises its option to include the Refusal Space hereunder, effective on the delivery date specified in the Third Party Offer, the Refusal Space shall automatically be included in the Premises and subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Lease, except as set forth in the Third Party Offer and as follows:

 

a.                                       Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be recalculated, using the total square footage of the Premises, as increased by the Refusal Space.

 

b.                                       Except as set forth in the Third Party Offer, the Refusal Space shall be leased on an “as is” basis and Landlord shall have no obligation to improve the Refusal Space or grant Tenant any improvement allowance thereon.

 

c.                                        If the lease term for the Refusal Space set forth in the Third Party Offer is less than the remaining Term for the Premises, then, at Tenant’s option, the lease term for the Refusal Space shall be automatically extended to be coterminous with the Term for the Premises, in which case the Annual Rent for the Refusal Space for such extended period of time shall be the greater of (i) the per rentable square foot Annual Rent set forth in the Third Party Offer, or (ii) the per rentable square foot Annual Rent for the Premises for such period.  If the lease term for the Refusal Space set forth in the Third Party Offer is greater than the remaining Term for the Premises, then, at Tenant’s option, the Term for the Premises shall be automatically extended to be coterminous with the lease term for the Refusal Space, in which event the Annual Rent for the Premises for the additional period of time so extended beyond the original Termination Date for the Premises to make the Term for the Premises coterminous with the lease term for the Refusal Space shall be the fair market rental for the Premises as agreed to by Landlord and Tenant.  In the event that Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree to the fair market rental for the Premises for such period within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s acceptance of the Third Party Offer, then Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint a qualified MAI appraiser doing business in the area, and in turn those two (2) independent MAI appraisers shall appoint a third (3 rd ) MAI appraiser and the majority shall decide upon the fair market rental for the Premises as of the original Termination Date for the Premises for the remainder of the Term for the Premises.  Landlord and Tenant shall equally share in the expense of such appraisals.  The extension of the Term for the Premises pursuant to this Section 41 shall not limit Tenant’s right to extend the Term pursuant to Section 40 of this Lease.

 

d.                                       Landlord and Tenant shall, prior to the beginning of the lease term for the Refusal Space, execute a written memorandum confirming the terms of the inclusion of the Refusal Space; provided, that, the execution of such memorandum shall not be a condition to the effectiveness of Tenant’s exercise of the option contained herein.

 

42.                                LIMITATION OF LANDLORD’S LIABILITY .  Redress for any claim against Landlord under this Lease shall be limited to and enforceable only against and to the extent of Landlord’s interest in the Building. The obligations of Landlord under this Lease are not intended to be and shall not be personally binding on, nor shall any resort be had to the private properties of, any of its or its investment manager’s trustees, directors, officers, partners, beneficiaries, members, stockholders, employees, or agents, and in no case shall Landlord be liable to Tenant hereunder for any lost profits, damage to business, or any form of special, indirect or consequential damages.

 

26



 

43.                                ROOF TOP SATELLITE DISH .  Tenant shall have the right, at its sole cost and expense, to install one (1) satellite dish for satellite television purposes sufficient for residential service on the roof of the Building (e.g., a DirectTV or Dish Network satellite dish) (a “Satellite Dish”) for its own use provided Tenant complies with all local state and federal laws pertaining to the installation of any such equipment and Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), as to the location of such equipment and the means of installation of the Satellite Dish.  In any event, Tenant shall not use more than five (5) square feet of the Building’s usable roof area in connection with its installation and use of the Satellite Dish.  Tenant shall be responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, to obtain any and all necessary and required permits and approvals from any and all applicable governmental authorities in connection with the installation and use of the Satellite Dish and shall (a) at all times comply with any and all such permits and approvals, (b) comply with the provisions of this Lease, including, without limitation, Article 6, in connection with its installation of the Satellite Dish, and (c) restore the roof to its prior condition upon Tenant’s removal of the Satellite Dish at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Lease, including, without limitation, Article 6.  Tenant’s installation and use of a Satellite Dish shall not at any time (i) affect the waterproofing of the roof, (ii) be visible from any public way, or (iii) cause any interference with (A) the Building’s operating or mechanical systems, (B) the operations of any other tenant in the Building or the Park, (C) any preinstalled telecommunications equipment in or on the Building, or (D) any future telecommunications equipment (1) of any telecommunications service provider which makes its services available generally to the tenants of the Building for a fee or (2) serving a larger portion of the Building than the Premises.  Tenant shall also cooperate with any rooftop management policy and any telecommunications management policy which Landlord may implement for the Building from time to time.  Tenant shall not be charged any additional rent as a result of the installation of such Satellite Dish unless Landlord’s insurance increases as a result of such installation or Tenant damages any portion of the Building or the roof in connection with such installation.

 

44.                                EQUIPMENT FINANCING .  Provided that Tenant is not then in default beyond any applicable notice and cure period under the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease, Landlord shall waive and subordinate any statutory or other liens that Landlord may have or be entitled to on any fixtures, equipment or other personal property of Tenant (“Collateral”) in favor of Tenant’s lender and Landlord shall use good faith reasonable efforts to execute, within thirty (30) days of Tenant’s request, a commercially reasonable consent agreement whereby such lender shall have a reasonable period of access to the Premises to recover such Collateral on such terms and conditions as are reasonably acceptable to Landlord (provided, that, in any event, such lender shall be required to pay a pro rated portion of Annual Rent and additional rent hereunder, as well as for any utilities consumed, during any such period of access).

 

45.                                ATTORNEYS’ FEES .  If any action or proceeding is brought by either party against the other pertaining to or arising out of this Lease, the finally prevailing party (i.e., the party that recovers the greater relief as a result of the action or proceeding) shall be entitled to recover all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred on account of such action or proceeding.

 

[REMAINDER OF THE PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

27


 

LANDLORD :

 

TENANT :

 

 

 

 

 

 

RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC, a Maryland corporation

 

REVEAL IMAGING TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

RREEF Management Company, Delaware corporation, its Authorized Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ E B Reiss

 

By:

/s/ David Reissfender

Name:

Edward Reiss

 

Name:

David Reissfender

Title:

VP _M

 

Title:

VP Finance &             

Dated

11/4/08

 

Dated:

11/4/08

 

44



 

EXHIBIT A - FLOOR PLAN DEPICTING THE PREMISES
attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the
Lease Reference Date of Nov. 4, 2008 between
RAR2-CRQSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC., as Landlord, and
REVEAL IMAGING TECHNOLOGIES, INC., as Tenant

 

Exhibit A is intended only to show the general layout of the Premises as of the beginning of the Term of this Lease.  It does not in any way supersede any of Landlord’s rights set forth in Article 17 with respect to arrangements and/or locations of public parts of the Building and changes in such arrangements and/or locations.  It is not to be at scale; any measurements or distances shown should be taken as approximate,

 

[SEE ATTACHED]

 

45



 

 



 

 



 

EXHIBIT A-l - SITE PLAN
attached to and made a partof Lease bearing
the Lease Reference Date of Nov. 4, 2008 between
RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC., as Landlord, and
REVEAL IMAGING TECHNOLOGIES, INC., as Tenant

 

Exhibit A-1 is intended only to show the general location of the Building as of the beginning of the Term of this Lease.  It does not in any way supersede any of Landlord’s rights set forth in Article 17 with respect to arrangements and/or locations of public parts of the Building and changes in such arrangements and/or locations.  It is not to be at scale; any measurements or distances shown should be taken as approximate.

 

[SEE ATTACHED]

 



 

 



 

EXHIBIT A-2 - PARKING PLAN
attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the
Lease Reference Date of October       , 2008 between
RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC., as Landlord, and
REVEAL IMAGING TECHNOLOGIES, INC., as Tenant

 

Exhibit A-2 is intended only to show the general location of the parking areas and the loading docks serving the Building as of the beginning of the Term of this Lease.  It does not in any way supersede any of Landlord’s rights set forth in Article 17 with respect to arrangements and/or locations of public parts of the Building and changes in such arrangements and/or locations.  It is not to be at scale; any measurements or distances shown should be taken as approximate.

 

[SEE ATTACHED]

 



 

 



 

 



 

EXHIBIT A-3 - MULTI-TENANT LOBBY PLAN
attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the
Lease Reference Date of Nov. 4, 2008 between
RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC., as Landlord, and
REVEAL IMAGING TECHNOLOGIES, INC., as Tenant

 

Exhibit A-3 is intended only to show the general location of the Reveal Reception Desk and the improvements existing in the lobby of the Building as of the beginning of the Term of this Lease (or any improvements that may be undertaken by Landlord (without any affirmative obligation to do so) in the lobby of the Building in the future).  It does not in any way supersede any of Landlord’s rights set forth in Article 17 with respect to arrangements and/or locations of public parts of the Building and changes in such arrangements and/or locations.  It is not to be at scale; any measurements or distances shown should be taken as approximate,

 

[SEE ATTACHED]

 


 

EXHIBIT B - LANDLORD’S WORK
attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the
Lease Reference Date of Nov. 4, 2008 between
RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC., as Landlord, and
REVEAL IMAGING TECHNOLOGIES, INC., as Tenant

 

1.                                       Landlord’s Work .  In relation to the construction of improvements and alterations at the Premises prior to Tenant’s occupancy thereof, the “Landlord’s Work” shall be that work set form on the concept plan and narrative attached as Schedule I hereto (together, the “Scope of Work”), which Landlord shall construct at Landlord’s cost and expense in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Exhibit B (the “Work Letter”) and this Lease, but which shall not include furnishings, equipment or any data/telecommunications cabling, wiring or systems required by Tenant for the Premises (collectively, “Tenant’s Tel/Data Work”).  Tenant shall contract with its vendors and contractors directly for the performance of the Tenant’s Tel/Data Work and shall be entirely responsible for the costs incurred in connection therewith and for all costs of Tenant’s furnishings or equipment As part of the Landlord’s Work, prior to Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s cost and expense, (a) provide a new HVAC system for the Premises, (b) remove all existing telephone and data cabling, and (c) demise the Premises.  In addition, as part of the Landlord’s Work, prior to Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s cost and expense, perform alterations to the island located in the portion of the parking area that serves the loading docks that serve the Building pursuant to Section 6 of this Work Letter.  For the purposes of this Lease, the “Tenant Improvements” shall mean, collectively, all aspects of the Landlord’s Work and Tenant’s Tel/Data Work with the exception of any aspects thereof that constitute a part of the Building Structure (which Building Structure shall be deemed to include the new HVAC system serving the Premises as of the Commencement Date, but not any supplemental HVAC unit that may serve the Premises or be installed by Landlord or Tenant to exclusively serve the Premises or any portion thereof from time to time).

 

2.                                       Plans and Specifications .

 

2.1                                As Tenant has requested, Landlord shall employ Symmes, Maini & McKee Associates (the “Architect”) and such other consultants designated by Landlord from time to time (collectively, the “Consultants”) for preparation of the necessary architectural, mechanical and electrical plans, drawings and specifications pertaining to the Landlord’s Work and a mutually agreed upon Construction Schedule for completing the same (the “Construction Schedule”) based upon the Scope of Work (collectively, the “Plans”).  Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to have the Contractor prepare the Construction Schedule within ten (10) business days following Landlord’s selection of the Contractor (which Landlord and Tenant acknowledge cannot occur until Landlord and Tenant have agreed upon the Plans pursuant to this Section 2.1).  Unless the same are delivered by the Architect to Landlord and Tenant simultaneously, within two (2) business days of its receipt of any particular portion of the Plans referenced in Section 2.2 below, Landlord shall deliver such portion of the Plans to Tenant, whereupon Tenant shall have three (3) business days to object to any portion of such Plans as not being in compliance with the terms of this Lease and this Exhibit B .  In the event that Tenant notifies Landlord that Tenant reasonably disapproves such portion of the Plans (or any revised portion of the Plans required hereunder), Landlord shall cause such portion of the Plans (or any revised portion of the Plans required hereunder) to be revised and resubmitted to Tenant for Tenant’s review and approval; such process being repeated until Landlord and Tenant have both approved such revised portion of the Plans in final form with respect to that portion of the Plans.  Landlord shall promptly make any changes to such portion of the Plans which are required to bring them into compliance; provided, that, any changes to such portion of the Plans shall be subject to Tenant’s review and approval pursuant to this Section 2.1.  Upon completion of the entire set of Plans, Landlord shall provide copies of such Plans to Tenant, whereupon Tenant shall have five (5) business days to object to any portion of such entire set of Plans as not being in compliance with the terms of this Lease and this Exhibit B .  In the event that Tenant notifies landlord that that Tenant reasonably disapproves of the Plans (or any revised Plans required hereunder), Landlord shall cause the Plans (or any revised Plans required hereunder) to be revised and resubmitted to Tenant for Tenant’s review and approval; such process being repeated until Landlord and Tenant have both approved the entire set of Plans in final form.  Landlord shall promptly make any changes to the Plans which are required to bring them into compliance; provided, that, any changes to the Plans shall be subject to Tenant’s review and approval pursuant to this Section 2.1.

 

2.2                                In connection with the preparation of the Plans, the Architect has advised Landlord that it shall be able to prepare the following portions of the Plans by the following dates (collectively, the “Plans Benchmarks” and each a “Plan Benchmark”):

 



 

Schematic Design Drawings:

No later than October 8, 2008;

 

 

Demolition Drawings:

No later than October 22, 2008;

 

 

Design Drawings:

No later than October 29, 2008;

 

 

Permit Set Drawings:

No later than November 6, 2008; and

 

 

Construction Drawings:

No later than November 19, 2008.

 

The Plans Benchmarks represent the dates by which the Architect shall deliver each respective portion of the Plans to Landlord and following such delivery, Landlord and Tenant shall follow the procedures for agreeing upon and finalizing each respective portion of the Plans set forth in Section 2.1 above.  Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that because Landlord cannot bid out the Landlord’s Work to a general contractor or commence the actual performance of the Landlord’s Work until the Plans are finalized and agreed upon pursuant to Section 2.1, and because Tenant has requested that Landlord use the Architect to prepare the Plans rather than Landlord’s architect, in the event that the Architect fails to deliver to Landlord any of the foregoing portions of the Plans by such portion’s Plan Benchmark, then each such day of delay beyond such Plan Benchmark shall be an “Architect Delay”.

 

2.3                                If Tenant shall request any modifications, revisions or changes to the Plans at any time after Tenant’s final approval thereof (a “Tenant Change”), such change shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.  If Landlord approves such post-approval request or any request for changes which are not required to bring the Plans into compliance with this Lease and this Exhibit B , then the entire net incremental increased cost of the Landlord’s Work as a result of such change, including, without limitation, the cost of revising the Plans or preparing new plans, shall be borne by Tenant and any delay occasioned thereby shall constitute a Tenant Delay; provided, that, Landlord shall first notify Tenant of such costs and of the delay expected to be caused thereby and Tenant shall have the option of rescinding its request for the Tenant Change following the receipt of such information from Landlord.

 

2.4                                Landlord shall be obligated to pay for the costs incurred with respect to the preparation of the Plans by the Architect directly to the Architect as the preparation of the Plans progresses.

 

3.                                       Construction .  Landlord agrees to cause the Landlord’s Work to be constructed by Landlord’s contractor (the “Contractor”) in a good and workmanlike manner and in compliance with all applicable laws, and Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Landlord’s Work by the Scheduled Commencement Date, subject to delays caused by Force Majeure, Architect Delay and/or Tenant Delay.

 

4.                                       Completion of the Landlord’s Work .

 

4.1                                In the event that Landlord anticipates that the Landlord’s Work will not be completed by the Scheduled Commencement Date or that any portion of the Landlord’s Work will not be completed in line with the Construction Schedule, Landlord shall promptly inform Tenant For purposes of this Work Letter and this Lease, the term “Substantial Completion” (or its grammatical variations) with respect to the Landlord’s Work shall mean when the Landlord’s Work has been completed in accordance with the Plans and the terms of this Work Letter notwithstanding that minor or insubstantial details of construction, mechanical adjustment or decoration remain to be performed, the non-completion of which will not materially adversely interfere with the Permitted Uses of the Premises by Tenant.  Substantial Completion shall be evidenced by (a) the issuance of a certificate of substantial completion from the Architect on the then current form issued by the American Institute of Architects, and (b) the receipt of a certificate of occupancy (whether permanent or temporary) issued by the applicable local governmental authority; provided, however, that for the purposes of determining whether or not Substantial Completion has occurred, in the event that a certificate of occupancy has not been issued by the Scheduled Commencement Date but either (i) an authorization to occupy the Premises has been provided by the local building code enforcement officer pending the issuance of a certificate of occupancy in due course, or (ii) such sign-offs as are required under applicable municipal law in order to permit the occupancy of the Premises by Tenant have been provided by the local building code enforcement officer in the event that certificates of occupancy are not issued by the local building code enforcement officer or applicable local governmental authority, then subsection (b) hereinabove in this Section 4.1 shall nonetheless be deemed to have been satisfied.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall Substantial Completion be deemed to have occurred unless Tenant shall have been given fifteen (15) days prior access to the Premises for installation of Tenant’s furniture, fixtures and equipment and to complete Tenant’s Tel/Data Work, with such access to be provided for in

 



 

the Construction Schedule and coordinated pursuant to Section 6 of this Work Letter (the “Tenant’s Guaranteed Access Period”); provided, however, in the event that any such furniture, fixtures or equipment are not installed and Tenant’s Tel/Data Work is not complete by the end of Tenant’s Guaranteed Access Period, so long as the Landlord’s Work is Substantially Complete such that the evidence of Substantial Completion required under subsections (a) and (b) hereinabove in this Section 4.1 would otherwise be provided but for Tenant’s failure to install such furniture, fixtures or equipment or complete Tenant’s Tel/Data Work, then Substantial Completion will nonetheless be deemed to have occurred.  Contemporaneous with the Substantial Completion of the Landlord’s Work, Landlord shall provide Tenant with a preliminary list of the items of Landlord’s Work which Landlord believes remain to be completed.  Landlord and Tenant shall then promptly jointly inspect the Premises and note any additional items of Landlord’s Work that remain to be completed and any items of Landlord’s Work noted on Landlord’s preliminary list that have been completed.  On the basis of Landlord’s preliminary list, as modified during Landlord’s and Tenant’s joint inspection, Landlord shall prepare and deliver to Tenant a final list (the “Punch List”) setting forth all of the items of the Landlord’s Work that remain to be completed.  Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to cause all items set forth on the Punch List to be completed within one (1) month following preparation of the Punch List unless the item is a long-lead item that cannot reasonably by completed within that period, in which event Landlord shall diligently complete the same as soon as reasonably practicable, subject to delays caused by Force Majeure.  Without limiting the applicability of Landlord’s repair and maintenance obligations under this Lease, Landlord warrants all the Landlord’s Work required or performed under this Lease shall be free from defects in material or workmanship for a period of one (1) year following the Commencement Date.  To the extent that any vendor provides Landlord with any warranty for any work performed or materials provided pursuant to this Work Letter, Landlord agrees, at Tenant’s election, either to assign such warranty to Tenant or diligently enforce for the benefit of Tenant Landlord’s rights and remedies provided by such warranty.

 

4.2                                A Tenant Delay” shall be deemed to have occurred if Landlord shall be delayed in Substantially Completing the Landlord’s Work or in obtaining the evidence thereof pursuant to subsections (a) and (b) in Section 4.1 of this Work Letter as a result of any one or more of the following:

 

4.2.1                      Tenant’s failure to pay any amounts required hereunder within the period set forth herein; or

 

4.2.2                      Tenant’s request for any materials, finishes or installations other than as listed on Schedule I hereof; or

 

4.2.3                      Tenant’s delay in supplying the Architect or any of the Consultants with any requested information; or

 

4.2.4                      The performance or completion by Tenant, or any person or entity employed by Tenant, of any work on or about the Premises during any period other than Tenant’s Guaranteed Access Period, including, without limitation, any disharmony, labor disturbance or interference caused by such performance or completion; or

 

4.2.5                      A Tenant Change; or

 

4.2.6                      So long as Tenant’s Guaranteed Access Period commences on or before March 17, 2009 (subject to day-for-day delays caused by Force Majeure, Architect Delay and any other Tenant Delay), if Tenant fails to install all of Tenant’s furniture, fixtures or equipment or complete Tenant’s Tel/Data Work prior to the expiration of Tenant’s Guaranteed Access Period.

 

Landlord shall provide Tenant with notice of any Tenant Delay within one (1) business day following the date upon which Landlord is aware or has been made aware that such Tenant Delay has occurred and Landlord’s failure to do so shall constitute a waiver by Landlord of such particular Tenant Delay.

 

5.                                       Bathroom Upgrades .  Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that in connection with the budget that has been relied upon by the parties in determining what the cost of the Landlord’s Work should be, the parties have allocated Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00) per bathroom to upgrade the four (4) bathrooms that will be located in the Premises following the completion of the Landlord’s Work (collectively, the “Bathrooms”), such upgrades totaling One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) in the aggregate (the “Bathroom Upgrade Allocation”).  Notwithstanding Landlord’s obligation to provide a “turn-key” buildout of the Premises per Section 1 of this Exhibit B in the event that the

 



 

aggregate cost to upgrade the Bathrooms exceeds the Bathroom Upgrade Allocation as a direct result of Landlord having to comply with the local or Massachusetts building code in order to complete the upgrade of the Bathrooms in accordance with the Scope of Work and the Plans, Landlord shall be entirely responsible for such excess cost However, in the event that the aggregate cost to upgrade the Bathrooms exceeds the Bathroom Upgrade Allocation for reasons other than having to comply with the local or Massachusetts building code in order to complete the upgrade of the Bathrooms in accordance with the Scope of Work and the Plans, then Tenant, and not Landlord, shall be responsible for such excess cost and Tenant shall immediately deposit with Landlord the amount of such excess cost within twenty (20) days.

 

6.                                       Parking Island .  As part of the Landlord’s Work, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, perform alterations to the island located in the portion of the parking area that serves the loading docks that serve the Building in order to better facilitate the use of such loading docks by Tenant, which alterations shall include requisite alterations to the retaining wall located in the vicinity of such island (collectively, the “Island Alteration Work”); provided, however, in connection with performing the Island Alteration Work, Landlord shall first provide Tenant with plans and specifications for the Island Alteration Work for Tenant’s prior approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

7.                                       Lobby Work .  As part of the Landlord’s Work, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, perform the work in the lobby of the Building that is specifically listed on Schedule I hereto.

 

8.                                       Early Entry .  No less frequently than is provided in the Construction Schedule, Landlord shall permit Tenant, Tenant’s employees and Tenant’s contractors which have been reasonably approved by Landlord to enter the Premises prior to Substantial Completion in order that Tenant may do work in addition to the Landlord’s Work, including the installation of fixtures, furniture, equipment and Tenant’s Tel/Data Work, as may be desired by Tenant to make the Premises ready for Tenant’s occupancy.  Such entry shall be subject to the condition that Tenant and Tenant’s contractors work in harmony and not interfere with Landlord, Landlord’s Contractor and their agents and contractors in doing their work or with any other tenants and occupants of the Building.  If at any time such entry shall cause or threaten to cause such disharmony or interference, Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, shall have the right to withdraw and cancel such license upon twenty-four (24) hours written notice to Tenant and any further prior entry shall be prohibited until Tenant shall have cured the source of any such disruption or disharmony.  Tenant agrees that any entry into and any occupation of the Premises shall be deemed to be under all of the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of the Lease (including, without limitation, Tenant’s compliance with the insurance requirements of Article 11 of this Lease), except Tenant shall have no obligation to pay the Monthly Installment of Rent or any form of additional rent until the Commencement Date unless Tenant has commenced the operation of its business in the Premises.  In addition to any other conditions or limitations on such license to enter the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, Tenant expressly agrees that neither it nor any of Tenant’s contractors shall enter the Premises prior to the Commencement Date unless and until each of them shall furnish such assurances to Landlord, including but not limited to, insurance coverages, waivers of lien, surety company performance bonds and personal guaranties of individuals of substance, as Landlord shall reasonably require to protect Landlord against any loss, casualty, liability, liens or claims.

 

9.                                       Miscellaneous .

 

9.1                                Tenant expressly assumes the responsibility and obligation of supplying the Consultants with all information concerning Tenant’s requirements with respect to the Landlord’s Work as and when requested by any of the Consultants.

 

9.2                                Except as set forth in this Exhibit B , Landlord has no other agreement with Tenant and has no obligation to do any work except the Landlord’s Work with respect to the Premises.  Any other work in the Premises which may be permitted by Landlord pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Lease shall be done at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Lease and such additional requirements as Landlord deems necessary or desirable.

 

9.3                                All rights and remedies of Landlord herein created or otherwise existing at law or equity are cumulative, and the exercise of one or more such rights or remedies shall not be deemed to exclude or waive the right to the exercise of any other rights or remedies.  All such rights and remedies may be exercised and enforced concurrently and whenever and as often as deemed desirable.

 



 

9.4                                This Exhibit B shall not be deemed applicable to any additional space added to the original Premises at any time or from time to time, whether by any options under the Lease or otherwise, or to any portion of the original Premises or any additions thereto in the event of a renewal or extension of the original term of the Lease, whether by any options under the Lease or otherwise.

 



 

SCHEDULE I

 

LANDLORD’S WORK

 

[Attach Concept Plan, Set of Landlord Specifications and Narrative (to be supplied by the Consultants)]

 



 

 



 

 


 

REVISED 10-29-08

 

INTERIOR CONSTRUCTION

 

ALL TENANT AND COMMON SPACES TO BE IN FULL COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LOCAL AND STATE CODES.  ADA ACCESSIBILITY COMPLIANCE IS REQUIRED IN ALL AREAS WHERE ADA GUIDELINES ARE APPLICABLE.

 

INTERIOR PARTITIONS

 

Gypsum Board Partitions

 

·                   Typical Gypsum Board Partitions :  5/8” thick gypsum board on 0.0179” (25 gauge) steel studs, 3-5/8” deep studs spaced 16 inches on center.  Screw gypsum board to studs.  Extend to 6” above the ceiling.

 

·                   Acoustical Partitions, Board Room :  Construction to meet STC of 38 or better, with acoustical insulation inside the wall and acoustical caulking at top and bottom of the partition.

 

·                   Full Height Partitions :  Full height partitions are to be located at the Board Room, Toilet Rooms, Cafeteria/Lunchroom, Server Room, Training Room and the second floor Break room.  These partitions are to be constructed from the finished floor to the underside of the deck.

 

·                   Wire Mesh Partitions :  Wire caging furnished by tenant and installed by Landlord will be a combination of reused existing and new.  Tenant will be responsible for moving any wire mesh partitions being reused.

 

·                   Sound Insulation :  Sound insulation to be included within gypsum wall partitions and wherever walls are not full height above ceilings 4 ft each side of partitions at the following locations:

 

·                   Board Room

·                   President’s Office

·                   1 Principal offices adjacent to the 2 nd  floor waiting area

·                   All Conference Rooms (TBD)

·                   All War Room (TBD)

 

Glazed Partitions

 

·                   Glass :  Clear butt glazed frameless tempered full height safety glass including door at second floor tenant entry; glass panels which are above waist level may be annealed.

 

·                   Training Room Partition :  Clear tempered safety glass with glass panels located above waist level to a point to align with door on west and south elevations of Training Room.  Glass may be annealed, detail to feature butt glazed glass with drywall returns.

 

1



 

·                   Firestopping :  U.L. rated when building services penetrate fire-rated partitions.

 

·                   Fire-Rated Joints :  U.L. rated top of fire-rated partitions.

 

·                   Access Doors :  Flush type with taped-in frame where required for access to building services.

 

DOORS AND FRAMES

 

·                   Wood Doors :  Flush wood doors, hardwood veneer face, AWI Premium Grade 7-ply construction, natural finish.  Factory-fit doors to frames.  Face veneer selected from door manufacturer’s standard selection.  Factory-finished with conversion varnish.

 

·                   Steel Frames :  0.053” thick cold-rolled steel hollow-metal frames; corners mitered and face-welded.  Drywall profile.  Shop-primed and field painted.

 

·                   Side Lights :  One per enclosed Office and Conference/Board Room 3’-0” wide.  Hollow-metal construction, 0.053” steel, with corners mitered and face-welded; shop-primed for field painting.

 

·                   Glass :  6mm clear; tempered at sidelights and where required by Code; annealed at other locations.

 

·                   Flush Steel Doors :  Where required for durability or fire rating:  flush steel doors in steel frames for mechanical equipment rooms, electrical equipment rooms, receiving area, and similar service locations.  ANSI 250.8 Level 2, “Heavy Duty” doors, with 0.042” thick cold-rolled steel faces, seamless edges.  Shop-primed and field painted.

 

·                   Door Hardware :  BHMA Grade 1; BHMA 652 or 626 satin finish.  Cylindrical locksets and latchsets, with lever handles; or better if required to meet building standard.

 

·                   Re-use of Existing Doors, Frames and Hardware :  Where in good condition is acceptable.  New doors, frames and hardware to match existing.

 

·                   Loading Dock Doors :  Must of at least 8’ wide and 10’ in height.

 

ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK

 

Casework

 

·                   Plastic Laminate at Lunch Room :  Plastic-laminate-covered particleboard; reveal construction; adjustable shelves; European-hinges.

 

·                   Countertops :  Solid surfacing.

 

·                   Countertops at Main Coffee Gathering Area :  Stone or concrete.

 

2



 

·                   There is to be 140 linear feet of tower cabinets and 140 linear feet of upper cabinets including those in the lunchroom, the coffee areas, and in the fax/copier rooms.  Upper cabinets will be included in all coffee areas, plastic laminate faced to match tower cabinets.  Copy areas and Storage areas will include laminate-covered open adjustable shelving above lower cabinets, to be 1’-0’ deep on heavy-duty adjustable hardware.

 

Paneling

 

·                   Wood Paneling, Boardroom :  Include an allowance of $5,000 for hardwood veneer paneling or other Boardroom upgrades, to be designed.  Face veneer to be determined, HPVA Grade AA.  Shop-finished with sealer, stain, three coats of catalyzed urethane varnish.

 

Closet Specialties

 

·                   Closet Shelving :  A plastic laminate covered particleboard shelf and chrome coat rod will be provided at each closet.

 

INTERIOR SPECIALTIES

 

Visual Display Boards

 

Markerboards :  Wail-mounted porcelain on steel markerboards with extruded aluminum trim and chalk tray, and tack-strip along top of board, or equivalent.  Manufacturer:  Claridge or Greensteel.

 

·                   Two 6’ long white markerboards, or equivalent, in each Conference Room.

 

·                  One 6’ long white markerboard, or equivalent, in each War Room.

 

·                   Two 6’ long white markerboards, or equivalent, in Board Room surrounded with wooden frame.

 

Sliding Door at Training Room

 

Standard hollow metal double door acceptable, sliding doors will not be required.

 

Restrooms

 

·                   $25K allowance per bathroom (4 total) provided by Landlord.

 

Coffee Areas

 

All coffee areas to be powered for one microwave oven, one under cabinet refrigerator and provided with one stainless steel sink with hot and cold water.

 

3



 

Lunch Room

 

Lunch room to be powered for three microwave ovens, one full-sized refrigerator/freezer, and provided with one stainless steel sink with hot and i cold water.  All appliances to be provided by tenant.  Additional power requirements for soda and other food/candy machines up to four unite.

 

Wall and Corner Guards

 

Corner Guards :  Stainless steel comer guards in manufacturing area.

 

Interior Identifying Devices

 

Interior Signage :  Provide room Identification signs, directional signage, and safety signs.  Type and extent to be determined, Landlord to include $5,000 allowance to provide interior signage.

 

Audio/Visual

 

Manual Projection Screen :  Provide one manual projection screen (size:  100” diagonally) in, Training Room and three Conference Rooms.

 

Vertical Window Blinds

 

Existing vertical window blinds to remain, repair and replace as necessary where damaged.

 

AREA SPECIFIC SCOPES OF WORK

 

First Floor Lobby/Reception Scope of Work

 

·                   Provide a painted drywall finish over entire profile of curved wall behind reception desk.

 

·                   Overlay recessed wall area around door opening to the right as you enter lobby with drywall.

 

·                   Sand, refinish and repair existing reception desk.

 

·                   At rear of lobby area provide 6’-0” of laminated base cabinet with a new sink.

 

·                   At rear of lobby area provide two (2) outlets for vending machines.

 

·                   Touch and repair existing paint finishes where necessary.

 

Shower Room Scope of Work :

 

·                   New acoustical ceiling and lighting.

 

·                   Revise entry for vision and/or provide curtain.

 

4



 

·                   New floor finishes.

 

·                   New laminate at countertops.

 

·                   Shower curtains to replace existing doors.

 

5



 

INTERIOR FINISHES

 

FINISH SCHEDULE

 

Room

 

Floor

 

Walls

 

Ceiling

l ST  Floor Reception (*see below)

 

Existing to remain

 

Wood paneling; gypsum board painted

 

Existing to remain

Corridors

 

Carpet tile

 

Gypsum board, painted

 

2x2 acoustical

Board Room

 

Broadloom carpet

 

Gypsum board, painted

 

4 x 4 acoustical

Conference Rooms

 

Carpet tile

 

Gypsum board, painted

 

2x2 acoustical

Enclosed Offices

 

Broadloom carpet

 

Gypsum board, painted

 

2x2 acoustical

Open Offices

 

Carpet tile

 

Gypsum board, painted

 

2x2 acoustical/ gypsum board soffits

Lunch Room

 

VCT

 

Gypsum board, painted

 

2x2 acoustical/Open

Break Room

 

Carpet Tile

 

Gypsum board, painted

 

2x2 acoustical

Café/Coffee Area

 

VCT

 

Gypsum board, painted

 

2x2 acoustical

Storage Rooms

 

VCT

 

Gypsum board, painted

 

2x2 acoustical

Manufacturing Area

 

Sealed concrete with Industrial stain non-slip surface

 

Exposed structure, painted

 

2x2 acoustical

Training Center

 

Sealed Concrete Stained

 

Gypsum board, painted

 

2x2 acoustical

Training Classroom

 

Carpet tile

 

Gypsum board, painted

 

2x2 acoustical

Customer Conference

 

Carpet tile

 

Gypsum board, painted

 

2x2 acoustical

Server Room

 

VCT

 

Gypsum board, painted

 

2x2 acoustical

X-Ray Rooms

 

Sealed Concrete

 

Lead lining over existing walls

 

Lead lining to enclose room

Aloha Room

 

VCT

 

Gypsum board, painted

 

2x2 acoustical

 

WALL FINISHES

 

Gypsum Board Wall Finishes

 

Gypsum Board/ Latex Paints : Gypsum board with joints taped and finished; painted with one coat primer and two top coats of low-VOC latex paint.

 

FLOOR FINISHES

 

Concrete Floor Finishes

 

·                   Concrete Floor Coating :  Surface to be prepared by shotblasting to create the sandpaper-like anchor profile required for new coatings to

 

6


 

achieve maximum possible adhesion to the concrete substrata.  Coating system will be two roller-applied coats of either water-borne or solvent based pigmented polyamide epoxy such as Tru-Glaze by ICI-Devoe, M36/M38 by Benjamin Moore, or Armorseal by Sherwin Williams.  Dry film thickness is 5-6 mils.  For increased skid resistance, a fine-grained polypropylene plastic additive can be mixed into the coating during application.

 

Resilient Flooring

 

·                   VCT :  Vinyl composition tile; 12” x 12” x 1/8” thick.  Standard Excelon or equal.

 

Carpet

 

·                   Broadloom Carpet :  Nylon broadloom, glued down, 28 oz/sq. yd face weight Upgraded carpet in Customer Conference and Training Classroom, similar quality to recently installed carpet in first floor lobby.

 

·                   Carpet Tile :  Nylon.

 

·                   Provide carpet tiles matching tenant open office carpet finish in common corridor on second floor.

 

CEILING

 

Gypsum Board Soffits

 

Locations :  Provide drywall soffits at four (4) second floor locations.

 

Finish :  Suspended gypsum board assembly with joints taped and finished; painted with one coat primer and two top coats of low-VOC latex paint

 

Acoustical Ceilings

 

Acoustical Ceiling :  Existing acoustical lay-in panels, replaced where damaged and supplemented as necessary, supported by new steel double-web grid with narrow face 15/16” wide painted face cap.

 

Ceiling Heights

 

Ceiling Heights :  Ceilings in Manufacturing Assembly area to be a minimum of 9’-3’ clear AFF.

 

7



 

PLUMBING SYSTEMS CODES

 

Provide systems in compliance with all applicable local, State and Federal codes, including 248 CMR Massachusetts Plumbing Code.

 

FIXTURES

 

Provide vitreous china water saving water closets, urinals, lavatories and stainless steel break room sinks, In compliance with the ADA requirements.  Provide automatic flush valves and automatic faucets.

 

WATER HEATERS

 

Provide light commercial water heaters.

 

8



 

HVAC SYSTEMS

 

CODES

 

Provide systems in compliance with all applicable local, State and Federal codes, including 780 CMR Massachusetts State Building Code.

 

VENTILATION

 

Provide filtered and conditioned outdoor air to accommodate the proposed occupancy in accordance with 780 CMR Massachusetts State Building Code.

 

Provide mechanical exhaust of pantries, restrooms, janitor’s closets, utility closets and other such spaces to satisfy Code and according to the specific requirements of each space as it relates to temperature control or odor control.

 

ZONING

 

Provide zone control of the space HVAC systems according to the following criteria:

 

·                   Separate zones shall be provided for each space type

·                   No more than three offices shall be part of a common zone

·                   Spaces with specific temperature control requirements shall be served separately (e.g., entry vestibules, conference rooms, training rooms)

 

COOLING

 

Provide cooling to the occupied spaces through a variable air volume system, including zone variable air volume terminals with reheat where required.  Except where additional supplemental cooling is specifically required below, distribute the common cooling systems according to the following base building system capacities, subject to refinement through a detailed space heat load calculation specific to the Tenant’s space usage requirements:

 

·                   1 st  Floor Base Building Capacity:  120 Tons

·                   2 nd  Floor Base Building Capacity:  80 Tons

·                   Computer Room Spaces - As defined below

 

9



 

Server Room Cooling System

 

Provide a system of two Liebert Mini-mate2 split, air-cooled, ducted air conditioning units with independent roof-mounted, air-cooled condensers to support the proposed Server and Aloha Room.  Configure the system with a low-ambient cooling kit and provide condenser wind screens.  The units must be sized such that the primary, operating unit will support the heat load (48,000 Btu/hr sensible heat gain) for the space, and the system must be controlled to automatically to provide the following functions:

 

·                   Maintain the space setpoint temperature (70°F, adjustable)

·                   Automatic lead/lag/standby control

·                   Alarms with dial-out capability

·                   AC unit failure

·                   Space temperature

 

Configure the ductwork to provide supply air to the cold aisles and to return from the common hot aisle.  Provide such control dampers are required to automatically isolate the operating unit from the standby unit.

 

Aloha Area Cooling Requirements

 

Size the above referenced units to satisfy the proposed 20,000 Btu/hr sensible heat lead for the Aloha Area of the Server Room.

 

HEATING

 

Provide a system for heating the space with a capacity suitable to maintain space temperatures in accordance with Code.  Provide supplemental heating terminal equipment for points of entry to the Tenant space, including entry vestibules, utility spaces, and stairways and loading dock spaces.

 

CONTROL

 

Provide new or tie into an existing digital (DDC) base building control system suitable for extending to control the zoned HVAC system for the Tenant space, where a panel is located in the building core on the floor of the proposed occupancy.  The control system shall allow occupied and unoccupied scheduling through a single operator workstation and shall allow for occupied/unoccupied scheduling adjustments by zone.  Provide manual; override capability for each zone thermostat to call for occupied setpoint control during unoccupied periods; override shall be set to 2-hour period (adjustable).

 

10



 

FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

 

Provide a fire suppression system with suitable capacity and distribution to accommodate the proposed occupancy to be in compliance with Code.

 

11



 

ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

 

CODES

 

Provide systems in compliance with all applicable local, State and Federal codes.

 

LIGHTING

 

Complete interior lighting system with the illumination levels per IES recommended value for applicable activity type and in compliance with an Energy Standard of Massachusetts Building Code.

 

ILLUMINATION LEVELS AND FIXTURE TYPES

 

Location

 

Illumination Level

 

Type

Offices, Conference Rooms, War Rooms

 

50 FC

 

Existing 2’x2’ or 2’x4’ recessed troffers with parabolic louvers

Test Rooms

 

50 FC

 

Existing 2’x4’ recessed troffers with parabolic louvers

Mechanical and Electrical

 

20 FC

 

Fluorescent strips, pendant

Corridors, Toilets

 

20 FC

 

Existing 2’x2’recessed troffers and/or compact fluorescent down lights, vandal resistant In all the areas used by the residents.

Board Room

 

75 FC

 

Existing recessed troffers plus ten recessed downlights over central table and ten directional downlights along sides of room to flight walls. All lighting should be dimmable.

Training/Presentation

 

75 FC

 

Existing recessed troffers plus twenty recessed/dimmable downlights centered within room.

 

In general, existing code compliant fluorescent 2x2 interior lighting fixtures can be reused, repaired and supplemented as necessary.  Supplement with downlighting in select locations as described above.  Any lighting in the final design over and above the base requirements outlined above to be priced as alternate upgrades by Landlord and paid for by tenant where alternate pricing is accepted.

 

12



 

Manual local switching is proposed for lighting control in the test area and conference rooms.  Perimeter offices shall utilize multi-level lighting control which will be an energy-efficient and cost-effective method to provide illumination levels as required for the different working tasks and time of the day.

 

Local switches and occupancy sensors will be provided for lighting control in the private offices and conference rooms.

 

Exit signs and egress lighting will be connected to the emergency power distribution system to provide illumination level required by Code in emergency egress in a case of normal power failure.  Should an emergency generator not be available then battery units will be installed to maintain minimum illumination level.  Emergency lighting battery units will be 12 volt, long life, lead-calcium batteries.  Units will be fully automatic, with solid state battery charger and voltmeter.  Lighting heads will be either unit mounted or remote heads may be used.

 

Lighting system and control will comply with the requirements of Massachusetts Building Code, Chapter 13 Energy Conservation.

 

POWER DISTRIBUTION

 

Provide power distribution systems that will support the following:

 

Lead Type

 

Watts/Sq Ft

 

System Voltage

Office Equipment

 

3

 

120/208V

Test Bay

 

18

 

120/208V

Lighting

 

2.2

 

277/480V

HVAC

 

5

 

277/480V

 

Interior electrical dry-type transformers shall be provided to reduce 480 volt, three phase interior distribution voltage to 208Y/120 volts for small equipment power requirements and convenient outlets.  Transformers shall be general purpose dry-type, air cooled with Indoor ventilated steel enclosure, energy efficient and shall comply with NEMA standard ST 20 and TP-1.  Where required to accommodate computer equipment and other non-linear type loads, the transformers shall he K-13 factor related, and be provided with an electrostatic shielding.

 

Electrical branch circuit panelboards will be dead-front type with thermal-magnetic molded case circuit breakers.  Panelboards will be provided with copper phase and neutral busses and copper equipment ground bus.  Neutral bus 200% rated shall be specified for the panelboards where substantial non-linear

 

13



 

type loads are present Panelboards will be rated 480Y/277 volts, three phase, four wire for power and lighting loads and 208Y/120 volts, three phase, four wire for small power and convenience outlets.  All panelboards will be Underwriters Laboratories (UL) listed and labeled, and comply with NEMA standard PB1 for panelboards.

 

MISCELLANEOUS AND EQUIPMENT POWER

 

In general, wiring will be insulated conductors installed in metal conduit or metallic tubing run concealed in the finished areas or exposed in the unfinished areas such as mechanical and electrical rooms.  Minimum conduit size will be 3/4”.

 

Metal clad MC type cable may be used for branch circuit wiring above suspended ceiling with a maximum whip 6’ from a junction box and in dry wall partitions.  MC type cable shall not be used for the branch circuit homeruns.

 

All conductors will be copper, 75°C insulation, type XHHW or THHN/THWN rated 600 volt Minimum wire size for power and lighting circuits will be #12 AWG.  Control wiring conductors will be #14 AWG.

 

Duplex receptacles and toggle switches will be heavy duty, specifications grade, rated 20 amp.

 

Provide equipment power drops for each test bay.  Each test bay is approximately 500 square feet and there are typically (38) test bays in a facility.  Each test bay power drop Is rated for 300 amps at 208 volt three phase.  30 new retractable drops will be added within the manufacturing area.

 

Three overhead retractable drops will also be required within the Training Room.  In addition, four twistlock wall-mounted 30 amp dedicated plugs will also be located in the Training Room and 10 floor outlets and a connection for a wall phone.  An overhead projector is also required for the Training Room.

 

14



 

General Requirements

 

 

 

Wall Power

 

Wall Voice/Data

 

 

 

Location

 

Duplex

 

Quad

 

Duplex

 

Quad

 

Other Requirements/Comments

 

Standard Office

 

0

 

2

 

0

 

1

 

Power for each private office shall be provided by two separate circuits.

 

Principal Office

 

1

 

2

 

1

 

2

 

 

President Office

 

l

 

2

 

1

 

2

 

 

Board Room

 

4

 

0

 

0

 

2

 

· Provide one floor outlet below table to provide power/voice/data.

· Provide power above ceiling for projector.

 

Conf. Rooms

 

4

 

0

 

0

 

2

 

Provide power above ceiling for projector in each conference room.

 

Break Room

 

8

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

Server Room

 

0

 

1

 

0

 

0

 

· Provide 100A feed hard wired into each UPS system, two total.

· Provide six 20A duplex boxes from ceiling for server racks.

· Provide two Emergency Power Off buttons in room for each of the two UPS systems.

· All server room power to be dedicated.

 

Aloha Room

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

Provide four dedicated quad outlets hung from ceiling.

 

Training Classroom

 

4

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

· Provide 10 quads floor outlets to service training tables.

· Provide box for one wall phone.

· Provide power above ceiling for projector.

 

Customer Conference

 

Existing to remain

 

· Provide one floor outlet below table to provide power/voice/data.

 

Training Center

 

6

 

0

 

0

 

6

 

· Provide four dedicated retractable 208V/30A twistlock receptacle hung from celling.

· Provide four dedicated retractable quad outlets hung from ceiling.

 

Manufacturing/ R&D Area

 

16

 

0

 

0

 

16

 

· 208V/50A, 63 retractable twistlock drops. Reuse of existing bus duct to be evaluated for use in energizing all or part of required 63 twistlock drops if agreed by Landlord and Tenant.

· Provide 30 new dedicated retractable 208V/30A twistlock receptacle hung from ceiling.

· Provide 30 new dedicated retractable quad outlets hung from ceiling.

 

R&D Labs (per Lab)

 

7

 

0

 

0

 

4

 

 

 

 

15



 

·                   All voice/data cabling to be completed with CAT 6 cable materials.  Landlord to provide rings and strings at all new voice/data locations.  Cabling by others.

 

·                   Conference Rooms :  Next to each jack is to be a jack box for DVI and VGA connections which will connect to a celling mounted projector point in the middle of the room.

 

·                   Server Room :  The wiring closet for the second floor shall be located in the server on either the back wall or the right hand side wall of the server room with 3’ of clearance between the wall and the wiring patch panel.  Each wiring panel will only be 2.7’ wide to accept a standard 48 port patch panel.  With 1U wiring management between each panel.  The 48 port panels will be located no lower than 2’ from the floor.  A total of 680 jacks will be needed.  Two wiring ladders will be placed over each server row to run data cabling from the patch panel.

 

·                   Server Room Powers :  The server Room will have two rows of four racks each with provisional spacing of 1’ between each server rack for APC rack.  Between each server rack row there will be a gap of 3’- 3”.  2x ceiling hung 100 amp circuits will be provided for hard wiring into two APC Symetera UPS systems.  UPS systems to be furnished by tenant.  These will be placed on one of each server row.  On each server row will be located at 3’-6” a 3x hanging 20 amp circuit with two outlets.  Every outlet in the Server room will be a dedicated outlet.  Two Emergency Power OFF buttons will be located and provided by the building owner next to the server room door for each UPS.

 

·                   Aloha Room will have dedicated quad outlets hanging from the center of the room spaced 5’ apart.  This room will be connected to the Main Server Room via 2x 62.5U Multi-Mode Fiber optic cables with LC connectors at each end.  One Telecom wiring rack will be provided.

 

HVAC Power

 

·                   Individual heavy-duty type switches in NEMA 1 for indoor and NEMA 3R for outdoor applications will be provided where equipment disconnecting means are required in accordance with 527 CMR, Massachusetts Electrical Code.

 

·                   Motor control centers and/or individually enclosed combination motor starter/disconnect switches will be provided for the control and overload protection of three-phase motors as required by Massachusetts Electrical Code 527 CMR.  Motor starters will be magnetic type and have overload relays in each phase for three phase motors, hand-off-automatic selector switch, and control power transformer.  Motor starters will comply with ANSI and NEMA standards.

 

16


 

Card Key Access

 

Card Key Access power/system is to be provided at all exterior doors.

 

Fire Alarm

 

·                   The existing addressable, non-coded, Class A supervised type fire detection and alarm system shall be maintained and extended to include modified areas to meet the requirements of the Massachusetts Building Code, NFPA-72, NFPA-90A, Americans with Disabilities Act and local fire department requirements.  We expect that the existing fire alarm system consists of the fire alarm control panel, annunciator, automatic smoke and heat detectors, manual pull stations, audible and visible alarm signals, connections to automatic fire suppression systems, and a city master box for transmitting alarm signals to the local fire department.

 

·                   The proposed new system devices shall match the existing system for general installation.  Any pre-action fire alarm system devices, if applicable, shall be provided as part of the pre-action system.  Any fire suppression system shall communicate all status and alarm conditions with the fire alarm control panel.

 

·                   Fire alarm control panel shall provide an alarm and annunciation capability in case of activation of any manual fire alarm station, smoke detector, heat detector, duct smoke detector, sprinkler water flow switch or fire suppression system.

 

·                   Audible horns and visible high intensity strobes alarm devices shall be installed per NFPA-72.

 

·                   Addressable type duct smoke detectors will be installed in supply and return air ducts and floor or ceiling plenums as required by NFPA-90A.

 

·                   System type smoke detectors shall be provided as a minimum in the electrical rooms, electrical closets, data/telephone rooms, copier rooms, paper storage rooms and test bay areas.

 

17


 

EXHIBIT C - COMMENCEMENT BATE MEMORANDUM

 

attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the
Lease Reference Date of October     , 2008 between
RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC., as Landlord, and
REVEAL IMAGING TECHNOLOGIES, INC., as Tenant

 

COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM

 

THIS MEMORANDUM, made as of           , 20    , by and between (“Landlord”) and                   (“Tenant”).

 

Recitals :

 

A.                                     Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Lease, dated for reference           , 20      (the “Lease”) for certain premises (the “Premises”) consisting of approximately            square feet at the building commonly known as                     .

 

B.                                     Tenant is in possession of the Premises and the Terra of the Lease has commenced.

 

C.                                     Landlord and Tenant desire to enter into this Memorandum confirming the Commencement Date, the Termination Date and other matters under the Lease.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

 

1.                                       The actual Commencement Date is                   .

 

2.                                       The actual Rent Commencement Date is                     .

 

3.                                       The actual Termination Date is                     .

 

4.                                       The schedule of the Annual Rent and the Monthly Installment of Rent set forth on the Reference Pages is deleted in its entirety, and the following is substituted therefor:

 

5.                                       Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Lease.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date and year first above written.

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

By:

RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER

 

 

 

 

QRS, INC., a Maryland corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

DO NOT SIGN

 

By:

DO NOT SIGN

Name:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

Title:

 

Dated:

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

C-1



 

EXHIBIT D — RULES AND REGULATIONS
attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the
Lease Reference Date of October 9, 2008 between
RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC., as Landlord, and
REVEAL IMAGING TECHNOLOGIES, INC., as Tenant

 

1.                                       No sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice shall be installed or displayed on any part of the outside or inside of the Building without the prior written consent of the Landlord.  Landlord shall have the right to remove, at Tenant’s expense and without notice, any sign installed or displayed in violation of this rule.  All approved signs or lettering on doors and walls shall be printed, painted, affixed or inscribed at Tenant’s expense by a vendor designated or approved by Landlord.  In addition, Landlord reserves the right to change from time to time the format of the signs or lettering but shall not require previously approved signs or lettering to be appropriately altered.

 

2.                                       If Landlord reasonably objects in writing to any curtains, blinds, shades or screens attached to or hung in or used in connection with any window or door of the Premises, Tenant shall immediately discontinue such use.  No awning shall be permitted on any part of the Premises.  Tenant shall not place anything or allow anything to be placed against or near any glass partitions or doors or windows which may appear unsightly, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, from outside the Premises.

 

3.                                       Tenant shall not obstruct any sidewalks, halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators, or stairways of the Building.  No tenant and no employee or invitee of any tenant shall go upon the roof of the Building.

 

4.                                       Any directory of the Building, if provided, will be exclusively for the display of the name and location of tenants only and Landlord reserves the right to exclude any other names.  Landlord reserves the right to charge for Tenant’s directory listing.

 

5.                                       All cleaning and janitorial services for the Building and the Premises shall be provided exclusively through Landlord.  Tenant shall not cause any unnecessary labor by carelessness or indifference to the good order and cleanliness of the Premises.  Landlord shall not in any way be responsible to any Tenant for any loss of property on the Premises, however occurring, or for any damage to any Tenant’s property by the janitor or any other employee or any other person.

 

6.                                       The toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose outer than that for which they were constructed.  No foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown into any of them, and the expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the Tenant who, or whose employees or invitees, shall have caused it

 

7.                                       Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within its Premises.  Tenant shall not place in any trash box or receptacle any material which cannot be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of trash and garbage disposal.  All garbage and refuse disposal shall be made in accordance with directions issued from time to time by Landlord.  Tenant will comply with any and all recycling procedures designated by Landlord.

 

8.                                       Landlord will furnish Tenant two (2) keys free of charge to each door in the Premises that has a passage way lock.  Landlord may charge Tenant a reasonable amount for any additional keys, and Tenant shall not make or have made additional keys on its own.  Tenant shall not alter any lock or install a new or additional lock or bolt on any door of its Premises.  Tenant, upon the termination of its tenancy, shall deliver to Landlord the keys of all doors which have been furnished to Tenant, and in the event of loss of any keys so furnished, shall pay Landlord therefor.

 

9.                                       If Tenant requires telephone, data, burglar alarm or similar service, the cost of purchasing, installing and maintaining such service shall be borne solely by Tenant.  No boring or cutting for wires will be allowed without the prior written consent of Landlord.

 

10.                                Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor which exceeds the load per square foot which such floor was designed to carry and which is allowed by law. Heavy objects shall stand on such platforms as determined by Landlord to be necessary to properly distribute the weight. Business machines and mechanical equipment belonging to Tenant which cause noise or vibration that may be transmitted to the structure of the Building or to any space in the Building to such a degree as to be objectionable to Landlord or to any tenants shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, on vibration

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

D-1



 

eliminators or other devices sufficient to eliminate the noise or vibration.  Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such equipment or other property from any cause, and all damage done to the Building by maintaining or moving such equipment or other property shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant.

 

11.                                Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control and prevent access to the Building of all persons whose presence in the judgment of Landlord would be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation or interests of the Building and its tenants, provided that nothing contained in this rule shall be construed to prevent such access to persons with whom any tenant normally deals in the ordinary course of its business, unless such persons are engaged in illegal activities.  Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Building between the hours of 6 p.m. and 7 a.m. the following day, or such other hours as may be established from time to time by Landlord, and on Sundays and legal holidays, any person unless that person is known to the person or employee in charge of the Building and has a pass or is properly identified.  Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom it requests passes and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons.  Landlord shall not be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person.

 

12.                                Tenant shall not use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied or approved in writing by Landlord.

 

13.                                Tenant shall not waste electricity, water or air conditioning.  Tenant shall keep corridor doors closed.  Tenant shall close and lock the doors of its Premises and entirely shut off all water faucets or outer water apparatus and electricity, gas or air outlets before Tenant and its employees leave the Premises.  Tenant shall be responsible for any damage or injuries sustained by other tenants or occupants of the Building or by Landlord for noncompliance with this rule.

 

14.                                Tenant shall not install any radio or television antenna, satellite dish, loudspeaker or other device on the roof or exterior walls of the Building without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion, and which consent may in any event be conditioned upon Tenant’s execution of Landlord’s standard form of license agreement.  Tenant shall be responsible for any interference caused by such installation.

 

15.                                Tenant shall not install, maintain or operate upon the Premises any vending machine without Landlord’s prior written consent, except that Tenant may install food and drink vending machines solely for the convenience of its employees.

 

16.                                Tenant shall not mark, drive nails, screw or drill into the partitions, woodwork, plaster, or drywall (except for pictures, tackboards and similar office uses) or in any way deface the Premises.  Tenant shall not cut or bore holes for wires.  Tenant shall not affix any floor covering to the floor of the Premises in any manner except as approved by Landlord.  Tenant shall repair any damage resulting from noncompliance with this rule.

 

17.                                No cooking shall be done or permitted by any tenant on the Premises, except that Underwriters’ Laboratory approved microwave ovens or equipment for brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages shall be permitted provided that such equipment and use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations.

 

18.                                Tenant shall not use in any space or in the public halts of the Building any hand trucks except those equipped with the rubber tires and side guards or such other material-handling equipment as Landlord may approve.  Tenant shall not bring any other vehicles of any land into the Building.

 

19.                                Tenant shall not permit any motor vehicles to be washed or mechanical work or maintenance of motor vehicles to be performed in any parking lot.

 

20.                                Tenant shall not use the name of the Building or any photograph or likeness of the Building in connection with or in promoting or advertising Tenant’s business, except that Tenant may include the Building name in Tenant’s address.

 

21.                                Tenant requests for services must be submitted to the Building office by an authorized individual.  Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside of their regular duties unless under special instruction from Landlord, and no employee of Landlord will admit any person (Tenant or otherwise) to any office without specific instructions from Landlord.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

D-2



 

22.                                Tenant shall not permit smoking or carrying of lighted cigarettes or cigars other man in areas designated by Landlord as smoking areas.

 

23.                                Canvassing, soliciting, distribution of handbills or any other written material in the Building is prohibited and each tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.  No tenant shall solicit business from other tenants or permit the sale of any good or merchandise in the Building without the written consent of Landlord.

 

24.                                Tenant shall not permit any animals other than service animals, e.g. seeing-eye dogs, to be brought or kept in or about the Premises or any common area of the Building.

 

25.                                These Rules and Regulations are in addition to, and shall not be construed to in any way modify or amend, in whole or in part, the terms, covenants, agreements and conditions of any lease of any premises in the Building.  Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenant or tenants, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant or tenants, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules and Regulations against any or all of the tenants of the Building.  In the event one or more of these Rules and Regulations (whether provided herein or hereafter established by Landlord pursuant to Rule 25 below) conflicts with the terms and conditions of the Lease, the terms and conditions of the Lease shall control.

 

26.                                Landlord reserves the right to make such other and reasonable rules and regulations as in its judgment may from time to time be needed for safety and security, for care and cleanliness of die Building, and for the preservation of good order m and about the Building.  Tenant agrees to abide by all such rules and regulations herein stated and any additional rules and regulations which are adopted.  Tenant shall be responsible for the observance of all of the foregoing rules by Tenant’s employees, agents, clients, customers, invitees and guests.

 

[REMAINDER OF THE PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

D-3



 

EXHIBIT E — APPLICABLE REFUSAL SPACE
attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the
Lease Reference Date of October 4, 2008 between
RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC., as Landlord and
REVEAL IMAGING TECHNOLOGIES, INC., as Tenant

 

(SEE ATTACHED]

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

E-1



 

 



 

EXHIBIT F — SERVICES AND UTILITIES SPECIFICATIONS
attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the
Lease Reference Date of October 4, between
RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC., as Landlord, and
REVEAL IMAGING TECHNOLOGIES, INC., as Tenant

 

A.                                     Electric Service

 

2,000 amps @ 480 volts (15 watts/square foot based on 90,000 square feet)

 

Note :  The above calculation includes power for HVAC

 

B.                                     HVAC Service :

 

1 st  Floor Space:  two (2) 60 ton units.

 

2 nd  Floor Space:  one (1) 80 ton unit

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

F-1



 

EXHIBIT G — FORM LETTER OF CREDIT
attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the
Lease Reference Date of October 4, 2008 between
RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC., as Landlord, and
REVEAL IMAGING TECHNOLOGIES, INC., as Tenant

 

[SEE ATTACHED]

 

1777119.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

Initials

 

G-1


 

STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT DRAFT

 

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. SVBSF           

DATE:  OCTOBER     , 2008

 

BENEFICIARY:

 

RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC.
C/O RREEF MANAGEMENT COMPANY
34 CROSBY DRIVE
BEDFORD, MA 01730

 

APPLICANT:
REVEAL IMAGING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
201 BURLINGTON ROAD
BEDFORD, MA 01730

 

AMOUNT: US$500,000.00 (FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND AND 00/100 U.S. DOLLARS)

 

EXPIRATION DATE:           , 2009 [ONE YEAR FROM LC ISSUE DATE]

 

LOCATION:  AT OUR COUNTRIES IN SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA

 

DEAR SIR/MADAM:

 

WE HEREBY ESTABLISH OUR IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. SVBSF            IN YOUR FAVOR AND YOU ARE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AUTHORIZED TO DRAW ON US UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AND AMOUNT UP TO USD $500,00.00 (UNITED STATES DOLLARS FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND AND 00/100).  THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS AVAILABLE BY YOUR DRAFT DRAWN ON US AT SIGHT IN THE FORM OF EXHIBIT “A” ATTACHED AND ACCOMPANIED BY THE FOLLOWING DOCUMENTS:

 

1.                                       THE ORIGINAL OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AND ALL AMENDMENTS), IF ANY.

 

2.                                       A DATED CERTIFICATION FROM THE BENEFICIARY, PURPORTEDLY SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED OFFICER, PARTNER OR AGENT, FOLLOWED BY HIS/HER DESIGNATED TITLE, STATING EITHER OF THE FOLLOWING.

 

“RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC. IS ENTITLED TO THE USE OF APPLICANTS SECURITY DEPOSIT PURSUANT TO THAT CERTAIN LEASE DATED SEPTEMBER [    ], 2008 [INSERT LEASE DATE], BETWEEN RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC., AS LANDLORD, AND REVEAL IMAGING TECHNOLOGIES, INC., AS TENANT, AS AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME.”

 

THE LEASE AGREEMENT MENTIONED ABOVE IS FOR IDENTIFICATION PURPOSES ONLY AND IT IS NOT INTENDED THAT SAID LEASE AGREEMENT BE INCORPORATED HEREIN OR FORM PART OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.

 

PARTIAL AND MULTIPLE DRAWINGS ARE ALLOWED.  THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MUST ACCOMPANY ANY DRAWINGS HEREUNDER FOR ENDORSEMENT OF THE DRAWING AMOUNT AND WILL BE RETURNED TO THE BENEFICIARY UNLESS IT IS FULLY UTILIZED.

 

DRAFT(S) AND DOCUMENTS MUST INDICATE THE NUMBER AND DATE OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.

 

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE DEEMED AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED FOR ADDITIONAL PERIODS OF ONE YEAR, WITHOUT AMENDMENT, FROM THE PRESENT AND/OR EACH FUTURE EXPIRATION DATE UNLESS AT LEAST SIXTY (60) DAYS PRIOR TO THE THEN CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE WE

 

L/C DRAFT LANGUAGE APPROVED FOR ISSUANCE BY:

 

 

(Authorized Signature)

DATE

 

 

 

 

1



 

SEND YOU A NOTICE BY OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE AT THE ABOVE ADDRESS THAT THIS LETTER OF CREDIT WILL NOT BE EXTENDED BEYOND THE CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE.  IF SO WE NOTIFY YOU THAT THIS LETTER OF CREDIT WILL NOT BE EXTENDED, YOU MAY DRAW THE FULL AMOUNT THEN AVAILABLE ON OR BEFORE THE THEN CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE BY MEANS OF YOUR SIGHT DRAFT DRAWN ON US, WHICH DRAFT NEED NOT BE ACCOMPANIED BY THE CERTIFICATE.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THIS LETTER OF CREDIT BE AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED BEYOND MAY 31, 2017, WHICH SHALL BE THE FINAL EXPIRATION DATE OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.

 

THE AMOUNT OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE DECREASED WITHOUT AMENDMENT(S) TO THE NEW AGGREGATE AMOUNT(S) ON THE FOLLOWING EFFECTIVE DATE(S), PROVIDED THAT THE AVAILABLE AMOUNT EXCEEDS THE FOLLOWING AGGREGATE AMOUNT(S) UNLESS AT LEAST 10 DAYS PRIOR TO THE EFFECTIVE DATE(S) SILICON VALLEY BANK, 3003 TASMAN DRIVE, SANTA CLARA, CA 95054 ATTN: STBY L/C DEPARTMENT IS IN RECEIPT OF A SIGNED WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION FROM AN AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY OF THE BENEFICIARY OR REPRESENTATIVE, FOLLOWED BY HIS/HER DESIGNATED TITLE, STATING:  “THE APPLICANT IS IN DEFAULT PURSUANT TO THAT CERTAIN LEASE DATED OCTOBER      2008 BY AND BETWEEN BENEFICIARY, AS LANDLORD, AND APPLICANT, AS TENANT, AND THAT NO REDUCTION IS TO TAKE PLACE ON THE EFFECTIVE DATE,                      (TO BE SPECIFIED)”:

 

EFFECTIVE DATE(S)

 

NEW AGGREGATE AMOUNT(S)

MARCH 31, 2010

 

USD

425,000.00

MARCH 31, 2011

 

USD

350,000.00

MARCH 31, 2012

 

USD

275,000.00

MARCH 31, 2013

 

USD

250,00.00

 

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS TRANSFERABLE BY THE ISSUING BANK WITHOUT COST TO THE BENEFICIARY ONE OR MORE TIMES BUT IN EACH INSTANCE TO A SINGLE BENEFICIARY AND ONLY IN ITS ENTIRETY UP TO THE THEN AVAILABLE AMOUNT IN FAVOR OF ANY NOMINATED TRANSFEREE ASSUMING SUCH TRANSFER TO SUCH TRANSFEREE WOULD BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THEN APPLICABLE LAW AND REGULATIONS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE REGULATIONS OF THE U.S. DEPARTMENT OF TREASURY AND U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE.  AT THE TIME OF TRANSFER, THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND ORIGINAL AMENDMENT(S), IF ANY, MUST BE SURRENDERED TO US TOGETHER WITH OUR LETTER OF TRANSFER DOCUMENTATION (IN THE FORM OF EXHIBIT “B” ATTACHED HERETO).  OUR TRANSFER FEE OF ¼ OF 1% OF THE TRANSFER AMOUNT (MINIMUM $250.00) WILL BE PAID BY THE APPLICANT.  ANY TRANSFER OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY NOT CHANGE THE PLACE OF EXPIRATION OF THE LETTER OF CREDIT FROM OUR ABOVE-SPECIFIED OFFICE.  EACH TRANSFER SHALL BE EVIDENCED BY OUR ENDORSEMENT ON THE REVERSE OF THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND WE SHALL FORWARD THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT TO THE TRANSFEREE.

 

ALL DEMANDS FOR PAYMENT SHALL BE MADE BY PRESENTATION OF THE ORIGINAL APPROPRIATE DOCUMENTS TO US BY OVERNIGHT COURIER MAIL ON A BUSINESS DAY AT OUR OFFICE (THE “BANK’S OFFICE”) AT:  SILICON VALLEY BANK, 3003 TASMAN DRIVE, SANTA CLARA, CA 95054, ATTENTION:  STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NEGOTIATION SECTION OR BY FACSIMILE TRANSMISSION AT FAX NO: (408) 654-6211 OR (408) 496-2418; AND SIMULTANEOUSLY UNDER TELEPHONE ADVICE TO: (408) 654-7120 OR (408) 654-6349, ATTENTION:  STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NEGOTIATION SECTION WITH ORIGINALS TO FOLLOW BY OVERNIGHT COURIER SERVICE; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THE BANK WILL DETERMINE HONOR OR DISHONOR ON THE BASIS OF PRESENTATION BY FACSIMILE ALONE, AND WILL NOT EXAMINE THE ORIGINALS.

 

L/C DRAFT LANGUAGE APPROVED FOR ISSUANCE BY:

 

 

(Authorized Signature)

DATE

 

 

 

 

2



 

WE HEREBY AGREE WITH THE DRAWERS, ENDORSERS AND BONA FIDE HOLDERS THAT THE DRAFTS DRAWN UNDER AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL BE DULY HONORED UPON PRESENTATION TO THE DRAWEE, IF NEGOTIATED ON OR BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE OF THIS CREDIT WITHOUT INQUIRY INTO THE ACCURACY OF BENEFICIARY’S SIGNED STATEMENT AND REGARDLESS OF WHETHER APPLICANT DISPUTES THE CONTENT OF SUCH STATEMENT.

 

IF ANY INSTRUCTIONS ACCOMPANYING A DRAWING UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT REQUEST THAT PAYMENT IS TO BE MADE BY TRANSFER TO YOUR ACCOUNT WITH ANOTHER BANK, WE WILL ONLY EFFECT SUCH PAYMENT BY FED WIRE TO A U.S. REGULATED BANK, AND WE AND/OR SUCH OTHER BANK MAY RELY ON AN ACCOUNT NUMBER SPECIFIED IN SUCH INSTRUCTIONS EVEN IF THE NUMBER IDENTIFIES A PERSON OR ENTITY DIFFERENT FROM THE INTENDED PAYEE.

 

EXCEPT SO FAR AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY STATED, THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS SUBJECT TO INTERNATIONAL STANDBY PRACTICES ISP98, INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE PUBLICATION NO. 590 (“ISP98”), AND AS TO MATTERS NOT ADDRESSED BY THE ISP98, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND APPLICABLE U.S. FEDERAL LAW.

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

 

L/C DRAFT LANGUAGE APPROVED FOR ISSUANCE BY:

 

 

(Authorized Signature)

DATE

 

 

 

 

3



 

EXHIBIT “A”

 

DATE:

 

 

REF. NO.

 

 

 

 

AT SIGHT OF THIS DRAFT

 

 

 

PAY TO THE ORDER OF                                                                                                US$                              

 

USDOLLARS

 

 

DRAWN UNDER SILICON VALLEY BANK, SANTA CLARA, CALIFORNIA, STANDBY

LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER NO.                                                                              DATED                              

 

 

 

TO:                            SILICON VALLEY BANK

 

3003 TASMAN DRIVE

(BENEFICIARY’S NAME)

SANTA CLARA, CA 95054

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signature

 

GUIDELINES TO PREPARE THE DRAFT

 

1.                                       DATE: ISSUANCE DATE OF DRAFT.

2.                                       REF. NO.: BENEFICIARY’S REFERENCE NUMBER, IF ANY.

3.                                       PAY TO THE ORDER OF: NAME OF BENEFICIARY AS INDICATED IN THE L/C (MAKE SURE BENEFICIARY ENDORSES IT ON THE REVERSE SIDE).

4.                                       US$: AMOUNT OF DRAWING IN FIGURES.

5.                                       USDOLLARS: AMOUNT OF DRAWING IN WORDS.

6.                                       LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER: SILICON VALLEY BANK’S STANDBY L/C NUMBER THAT PERTAINS TO THE DRAWING.

7.                                       DATED: ISSUANCE DATE OF THE STANDBY L/C.

8.                                       BENEFICIARY’S NAME: NAME OF BENEFICIARY AS INDICATED IN THE L/C.

9.                                       AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE: SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED SIGNER OF BENEFICIARY.

 

IF YOU NEED FURTHER ASSISTANCE IN COMPLETING THIS DRAFT, PLEASE CALL OUR L/C PAYMENT SECTION AND ASK FOR:

 

ALICE DA LUZ: 408-654-7120
EFRAIN TUVILLA: 408-654-6349

 

L/C DRAFT LANGUAGE APPROVED FOR ISSUANCE BY:

 

 

(Authorized Signature)

DATE

 

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT “B”

 

DATE;

 

TO:

SILICON VALLEY BANK

RE:

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT

 

3003 TASMAN DRIVE

 

NO.                                        ISSUED BY

 

SANTA CLARA. CA 95054

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK, SANTA CLARA

 

ATTN:

INTERNATIONAL DIVISION.

 

L/C AMOUNT:

 

 

STANDBY LETTERS OF CREDIT

 

 

 

GENTLEMEN:

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY TRANSFERS TO:

 

(NAME OF TRANSFEREE)

(ADDRESS)

 

ALL RIGHTS OF THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY TO DRAW UNDER THE ABOVE LETTER OF CREDIT UP TO ITS AVAILABLE AMOUNT AS SHOWN ABOVE AS OF THE DATE OF THIS TRANSFER.

 

BY THIS TRANSFER, ALL RIGHTS OF THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY IN SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT ARE TRANSFERRED TO THE TRANSFEREE. TRANSFEREE SHALL HAVE THE SOLE RIGHTS AS BENEFICIARY THEREOF, INCLUDING SOLE RIGHTS RELATING TO ANY AMENDMENTS, WHETHER INCREASES OR EXTENSIONS OR OTHER AMENDMENTS, AND WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER MADE. ALL AMENDMENTS ARE TO BE ADVISED DIRECT TO THE TRANSFEREE WITHOUT NECESSITY OF ANY CONSENT OF OR NOTICE TO THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY.

 

THE ORIGINAL OF SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT IS RETURNED HEREWITH, AND WE ASK YOU TO ENDORSE THE TRANSFER ON THE REVERSE THEREOF, AND FORWARD IT DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFEREE WITH YOUR CUSTOMARY NOTICE OF TRANSFER.

 

SINCERELY,

 

SIGNATURE AUTHENTICATEDE

 

 

 

 

 

The name(s), title(s), and signatures) conform to that/those on file with us for the company and the signatures) is/are authorized to execute this instrument.

We further confirm that the company has been identified applying the appropriate due diligence and enhanced due diligence as required by BSA and all its subsequent amendments.

 

 

(BENEFICIARY’S NAME)

 

 

 

 

 

(SIGNATURE OF BENEFICIARY)

 

 

 

 

 

(NAME AND TITLE)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Name of Bank)

 

 

 

 

 

(Address of Bank)

 

 

 

 

 

(City, State, ZIP Code)

 

 

 

 

 

(Authorized Name and Title)

 

 

 

 

 

(Authorized Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

(Telephone number)

 

L/C DRAFT LANGUAGE APPROVED FOR ISSUANCE BY:

 

 

(Authorized Signature)

DATE

 

 

 

 



 

COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM

 

THIS COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM is made as of May 1, 2009, by and between RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC., a Maryland corporation (“Landlord”) and REVEAL IMAGING TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware Corporation (‘Tenant”).

 

Recitals

 

A.                                     Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Lease Amendment, dated for reference November 4, 2008 (the “Lease”) for certain premises (the “Premises”) consisting of approximately 90,000 square feet at the building commonly known as 28 Crosby Drive, Bedford, Massachusetts 01730.

 

B.                                     Tenant is in possession of the Premises and the Term of the Lease has commenced.

 

C.                                     Landlord and Tenant desire to enter into this Commencement Date Memorandum confirming the Commencement Date, the Termination Date and other matters under the Lease.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

 

1.                                       The actual Commencement Date is May 1, 2009.

 

2.                                       The actual Termination Date is April 30, 2017 .

 

3.                                       The Schedule of the Annual Rent and the Monthly Installment of Rent set forth in the Reference Pages of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety, and the following is substituted therefor:

 

Period

 

Rentable Square

 

Annual Rent Per

 

 

 

Monthly
Installment of

 

From

 

Through

 

Footage

 

Square Foot

 

Annual Rent

 

Rent

 

05/01/2009

 

08/31/2009

 

90,000

 

$

0.00

 

$

0.00

 

$

0,00

 

09/01/2009

 

04/30/2010

 

90,000

 

$

8.67

 

$

780,000.00

 

$

65,000.00

 

05/01/2010

 

04/30/2011

 

90,000

 

$

15.56

 

$

1,400,000.00

 

$

116,666.67

 

05/01/2011

 

04/30/2012

 

90,000

 

$

20.50

 

$

1,845,000.00

 

$

153,750.00

 

05/01/2012

 

04/30/2013

 

90,000

 

$

21.00

 

$

1,890,000.00

 

$

157,500.00

 

05/01/2013

 

04/30/2014

 

90,000

 

$

22.00

 

$

1,980,000.00

 

$

165,000.00

 

05/01/2014

 

04/30/2015

 

90,000

 

$

22.50

 

$

2,025,000.00

 

$

168,750.00

 

05/01/2015

 

04/30/2016

 

90.000

 

$

23.00

 

$

2,070,000.00

 

$

172,500.00

 

05/01/2016

 

04/30/2017

 

90,000

 

$

23.50

 

$

2,115,000.00

 

$

176,250.00

 

 

4.                                       Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Lease.

 

[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Commencement Date Memorandum to be executed as of the date and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC., a Maryland corporation

 

REVEAL IMAGING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,
a Delaware Corporation

 

 

 

 

By:     RREEF Management Company, a Delaware

 

 

corporation, Authorized Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ron DeSimone

 

By:

/s/David Reissfelder

Name:

Ron DeSimone

 

Name:

David Reissfelder

Title:

Senior Leasing Property Manager

 

Title:

CFO

Dated:

5/13/09

 

Dated:

5/13/09

 

1646584.1

 

L/C DRAFT LANGUAGE APPROVED FOR ISSUANCE BY:

 

 

(Authorized Signature)

DATE

 

 

 

 


 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Amendment ”) dated as of this 20 th  day of February, 2009 (the “ Effective Date ”), is entered into by and between RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC., a Maryland corporation (“ Landlord ”), and REVEAL IMAGING TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”), relating to the premises located in the building (the “ Building ”) located in the Town of Bedford, County of Middlesex, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, commonly known as 28 Crosby Drive (the “ Property ”).

 

Recitals

 

WHEREAS , Landlord, as landlord, and Tenant, as tenant, entered into that certain Lease with a lease reference date of November 4, 2008 (the “ Lease ”);

 

WHEREAS , Landlord is the current owner of the Property and the current holder of the landlord’s interest under the Lease and Tenant is the current holder of the tenant’s interest under the Lease; and

 

WHEREAS , Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease as more fully set forth below.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

Agreements

 

1.                                       Capitalized Terms .  Each capitalized term appearing but not defined herein shall have the meaning, if any, ascribed to such term in the Lease.

 

2.                                       Recitals .  The recitals above set forth are true and complete and are incorporated herein by reference.

 

3.                                       Amendments .  As of the Effective Date, the Lease is hereby amended as follows:

 

a.                                       Scheduled Commencement Date .  In the section of the Lease entitled “Reference Pages,” the subsection thereof in which the term “Scheduled Commencement Date” is defined, is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

 

SCHEDULED

COMMENCEMENT DATE:                                       May 1, 2009

 

b.                                       Commencement Date .  In the section of the Lease entitled “Reference Pages,” the subsection thereof in which the term “Commencement Date” is defined, is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

 



 

COMMENCEMENT DATE:                                                               The later of (a) May 1, 2009, or (b) the date upon which the “Landlord’s Work” (as defined in Exhibit B ) has been Substantially Completed (as defined in Exhibit B ) as determined under Exhibit B .

 

c.                                        Tenant’s Guaranteed Access Period .  In Exhibit B to the Lease, Section 4.2.6 thereof is hereby amended by deleting the words “March 17, 2009” and replacing them with the words “April 16, 2009”.

 

4.                                       Ratification of Lease Provisions .  Except as otherwise expressly amended, modified and provided for in this Amendment, all of the provisions, covenants and conditions of the Lease are hereby ratified, and such provisions, covenants and conditions shall be deemed to be incorporated herein and made a part hereof and shall continue in full force and effect.

 

5.                                       Entire Amendment .  This Amendment contains all the agreements of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior dealings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

 

6.                                       Authority; Binding .  Landlord and Tenant each warrant to the other that the person executing this Amendment on its behalf has the authority to do so and that such execution has fully obligated and bound such party to all terms and provisions of this Amendment.  This Amendment shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns

 

7.                                       Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment under seal as of the date and year first above written.

 

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

 

 

RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC., a Maryland corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

RREEF MANAGEMENT COMPANY, a Delaware corporation, its Authorized Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Edward Reiss

 

 

 

Name:

Edward Reiss

 

 

 

Title:

Vice President/District Manager

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

 

 

REVEAL IMAGING TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Reissfelder

 

 

Name:

David Reissfelder

 

 

Title:

VP Finance and Administration

 

1797827.2

 

3



 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Amendment ”) dated as of this 12 th  day of July, 2010 (the “ Effective Date ”), is entered into by and between RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC., a Maryland corporation (“ Landlord ”), and REVEAL IMAGING TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”), relating to the premises located in the building (the “ Building ”) located in the Town of Bedford, County of Middlesex, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, commonly known as 28 Crosby Drive (the “ Property ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS , Landlord, as landlord, and Tenant, as tenant, entered into that certain Lease with a lease reference date of November 4, 2008, as affected by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of October 20, 2010, by and between Landlord, as landlord, and Tenant, as tenant (together, the “ Lease ”);

 

WHEREAS , Landlord is the current owner of the Property and the current holder of the landlord’s interest under the Lease and Tenant is the current holder of the tenant’s interest under the Lease; and

 

WHEREAS , Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease as more fully set forth below.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Capitalized Terms .  Each capitalized term appearing but not defined herein shall have the meaning, if any, ascribed to such term in the Lease.

 

2.                                       Recitals .  The recitals above set forth are true and complete and are incorporated herein by reference.

 

3.                                       Amendments .  As of the Effective Date, the Lease is hereby amended as follows:

 

a.                                       Temporary Space License .  The following is hereby inserted as Section 46 of the Lease:

 

“46.  TEMPORARY SPACE LICENSE .  Commencing on the “Effective Date” set forth in that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated as of July 12, 2010, by and between Landlord, as landlord, and Tenant, as tenant (the “Second Amendment”), and subject to the terms and conditions set forth hereinbelow and in this Lease, Landlord shall grant to Tenant a temporary license to use that certain space consisting of approximately 720 rentable square feet and located contiguous to the portion of the Premises located on the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building as

 



 

shown on Exhibit A-4 attached hereto (the “Temporary Space”). Landlord shall not charge Tenant Annual Rent or additional rent with respect to its granting to Tenant of a temporary license to use the Temporary Space; provided, that, Tenant shall be required to pay for the cost of electricity (lights & plugs and any supplemental cooling) relating to such Temporary Space in accordance with the terms and provisions of Article 13 of the Lease.  Both Landlord and Tenant shall have the right to terminate Tenant’s temporary license to use the Temporary Space on at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to the non-terminating party.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if not sooner terminated by Landlord as set forth hereinabove, Tenant’s rights to the Temporary Space shall terminate upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, regardless of whether notice was given to Tenant, whereupon Tenant shall vacate and surrender the same in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Lease.  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that (a) Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for failing to deliver the Temporary Space, or any portion thereof, to Tenant by any particular date, and (b) Tenant shall not have the right to terminate this Lease for Landlord’s failure to timely deliver the Temporary Space, or any portion thereof, to Tenant by any particular date, but shall accept delivery of such Temporary Space when delivered by Landlord.

 

Tenant’s use of the Temporary Space shall be subject to the same terms and conditions as those set forth in this Lease with respect to the Premises, all of which shall apply to the Temporary Space.  Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that (i) Tenant shall be using the Temporary Space in its present “as is, where is” condition with all faults and without warranty or representation of any kind by Landlord (either express or implied), (ii) Landlord shall not be liable for damage to furniture, equipment, materials, goods, effects or other property in the Temporary Space by reason of leakage from the roof or ceiling or any damage caused by water, gas or other fluid, or from any other cause, and further agrees to release and hold harmless Landlord from any liability for damage on account of personal injuries by reason of any defects in the Building or any cause whatever, and (iii) Landlord shall not be required to make or pay for any improvements in or to the Temporary Space in connection with Tenant’s use thereof.

 

Tenant shall use the Temporary Space for the Permitted Uses only and Tenant shall not make, nor be permitted to make, any alterations, improvements, additions to or installations in the Temporary Space except as otherwise permitted under, and pursuant to, Article 6 of the Lease.  Tenant may not store any chemicals or flammable materials or goods in the Temporary Space.  Tenant further acknowledges and agrees that (A) Tenant’s entering of the Temporary Space and its use thereof for the purposes permitted hereunder shall be at Tenant’s sole risk and expense,

 

2



 

and (B) Landlord shall have no responsibility for, or liability to, Tenant or any person for any accident, injury, loss or damage arising out of, or in connection with, Tenant’s use of or entering of the Temporary Space.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord will not be insuring anything stored by Tenant in the Temporary Space.”

 

b.                                       Exhibits Exhibit A-4 attached to the Second Amendment is hereby added and incorporated into the Lease as Exhibit A-4 thereto.

 

4.                                       Miscellaneous .  Tenant hereby acknowledges that (a) Landlord has no undischarged obligations under the Lease to perform any work or improvements to the Premises (including, without limitation, the Landlord’s Work, the Island Alteration Work, the Bathroom upgrade work described in Section 5 of Exhibit B to the Lease and the lobby work described in Section 7 of Exhibit B to the Lease) or to provide any tenant improvement allowance under the Lease; (b) there are no offsets or defenses that Tenant has against the full enforcement of the Lease by Landlord; (c) neither Landlord nor Tenant is in any respect in default under the Lease; and (d) Tenant has not assigned, transferred or hypothecated the Lease or any interest therein or subleased all or any portion of the Premises.

 

5.                                       Brokers .  Landlord and Tenant each represent that there are no brokers involved with respect to this Amendment and each party agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other with respect to any breach of such representation.

 

6.                                       Effective Date .  The parties agree that this Amendment shall be effective from and after the Effective Date and not to any period of time prior thereto.  To the extent this Amendment contains language which purports to amend the Lease with respect to periods of time prior to the Effective Date, such language is for clarification purposes only and shall not be deemed to change the obligations of the parties with respect thereto.  In no event shall this Amendment be construed to impose any liability on Landlord for any period of time preceding its ownership of the Property.

 

7.                                       Option to Extend .  Tenant has one (1) remaining option to extend the Term of the Lease for a period of five (5) years pursuant to Article 40 of the Lease.

 

8.                                       Ratification of Lease Provisions .  Except as otherwise expressly amended, modified and provided for in this Amendment, Tenant hereby ratifies all of the provisions, covenants and conditions of the Lease, and such provisions, covenants and conditions shall be deemed to be incorporated herein and made a part hereof and shall continue in full force and effect.

 

9.                                       Entire Amendment .  This Amendment contains all the agreements of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior dealings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

 

3



 

10.                                Binding Amendment .  This Amendment shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns.

 

11.                                Landlord’s Liability .  Redress for any claims against Landlord under this Amendment or under the Lease shall only be made against Landlord to the extent of Landlord’s interest in the Property to which the Premises are a part.  The obligations of Landlord under this Amendment and the Lease shall not be personally binding on, nor shall any resort be had to the private properties of, any of its trustees or board of directors and officers, as the case may be, the general partners thereof or any beneficiaries, stockholders, employees or agents of Landlord, or its investment manager.

 

12.                                Governing Law .  This Amendment shall be governed by the law of the state in which the Property is located.

 

13.                                Authority .  Landlord and Tenant each warrant to the other that the person or persons executing this Amendment on its behalf has or have authority to do so and that such execution has fully obligated and bound such party to all terms and provisions of this Amendment.

 

14.                                Severability .  If any clause or provision of this Amendment is or should ever be held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under any present or future law applicable to the terms hereof, then and in that event, it is the intention of the parties hereto that the remainder of this Amendment shall not be affected thereby, and that in lieu of each such clause or provision of this Amendment that is illegal, invalid or unenforceable, such clause or provision shall be judicially construed and interpreted to be as similar in substance and content to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable clause or provision, as the context thereof would reasonably suggest, so as to thereafter be legal, valid and enforceable.

 

15.                                No Reservation .  Submission of this Amendment for examination or signature is without prejudice and does not constitute a reservation, option or offer, and this Amendment shall not be effective until execution and delivery by all parties.

 

16.                                Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

4



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment under seal of the date and year first above written.

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

 

 

RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC., a Maryland corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

RREEF AMERICA, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its Authorized Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Edward Reiss

 

 

 

Name:

Edward Reiss

 

 

 

Title:

Vice President/District Manager

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

 

 

REVEAL IMAGING TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Reissfelder

 

 

Name:

David Reissfelder

 

 

Title:

VP Finance and Administration

 

5



 

EXHIBIT A-4 — FLOOR PLAN DEPICTING THE TEMPORARY SPACE
attached to and made a part of the Lease bearing the
Lease Reference Date of November 4, 2008 between
RAR2-CROSBY CORPORATE CENTER QRS, INC., as Landlord and
REVEAL IMAGING TECHNOLOGIES, INC., as Tenant

 

Exhibit A-4 is intended only to show the general layout of the Temporary Space as of the “Effective Date” of the Second Amendment.  It does not in any way supersede any of Landlord’s rights set forth in Article 17 with respect to arrangements and/or locations of public parts of the Building and changes in such arrangements and/or locations.  It is not to be scaled; any measurements or distances shown should be taken as approximate.

 



 

 



 

 


 

Exhibit C

 

Form of Delivery Agreement

 

Pursuant to the terms of the Sublease dated                   ,        2012 (“Sublease”) by and between                                     , REVEAL IMAGING TECHNOLOGIES, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“Sublandlord”), and CONFORMIS, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“Subtenant”), for that certain premises, consisting of 90,000 rentable square feet (the “Subleased Premises”) located at 28 Crosby Drive, Bedford MA (the “Building”), by execution of this Delivery Agreement, the parties hereby confirm the following:

 

(1)                                  The Early Access Date shall be                                         .

 

(2)                                  The Sublease Commencement Date shall be                                         .

 

(3)                                  The Sublease Expiration Date shall be                                         .

 

All other terms and conditions of the Sublease shall remain the same.  In the event of any conflict between this Delivery Agreement and the Sublease, this Delivery Agreement shall control.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Delivery Agreement this          day of                             , 2012.

 

SUBTENANT:
CONFORMIS, INC.

 

SUBLANDLORD:
REVEAL IMAGING TECHNOLOGIES, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

Title:

 

 

29



 

Exhibit D

 

Early Access Area

 

30



 

 

1



 

Exhibit E

 

Transferred FF&E Inventory List

 

32



 

Exhibit E — Transferred FF&E Inventory List

 

1st Floor

 

Quantity

 

 

 

Desk

 

54

 

 

 

Bookcase

 

6

 

 

 

File Cabinet (2 Drawer)

 

38

 

 

 

File Cabinet (3 Drawer)

 

57

 

 

 

Table

 

6

 

 

 

Desk Chair

 

70

 

 

 

Side Chair

 

63

 

 

 

Lateral File Cabinet

 

10

 

 

 

8’ x 8’ workstations and accessories

 

41

 

 

 

2nd Floor

 

 

 

 

 

Desk

 

94

 

 

 

Bookcase

 

15

 

 

 

File Cabinet (2 Drawer)

 

76

 

 

 

File Cabinet (3 Drawer)

 

83

 

 

 

Table

 

9

 

 

 

Desk Chair

 

120

 

 

 

Side Chair

 

105

 

 

 

Credenza

 

3

 

 

 

Lateral File Cabinet

 

66

 

 

 

8’ x 8’ workstations and accessories

 

77

 

 

 

Kitchen Area

 

 

 

 

 

1st Floor

 

 

 

 

 

Table

 

8

 

 

 

Chairs

 

32

 

 

 

Appliances

 

3 fridges, 2 microwaves, 2 toasters

 

 

 

Stools

 

8

 

 

 

Kitchen Area

 

 

 

 

 

2nd Floor

 

 

 

 

 

Table

 

1

 

 

 

Chairs

 

 

 

 

 

Appliances

 

fridge/dishwasher

 

 

 

Stools

 

6

 

 

 

1st Floor Conference Room

 

 

 

 

 

Table

 

2

 

 

 

Chairs

 

19

 

 

 

Credenza

 

1

 

1



 

2 nd  Floor Conference Room

 

 

 

 

 

Table

 

5

 

 

 

Chairs

 

48

 

 

 

Credenza

 

2

 

 

 

Artwork

 

 

 

 

 

1st Floor

 

25

 

 

 

2nd Floor

 

12

 

 

 

Equipment

 

 

 

 

 

2-Ton Supplemental Cooling system

 

1

 

 

 

8-Ton Supplemental Cooling System

 

1

 

 

 

APC Symmetras

 

2

 

 

 

Security System

 

1

 

 

 

Low Voltage Cabling

 

1-lot

 

2



 

Exhibit F-l

 

Nitrogen Tank Specifications

 

33


 

 

 

1



 

 

2



 

Exhibit F-2

 

Nitrogen Tank Support Area

 

34



 

 



 

Exhibit G

 

Form of Guaranty

 

35


 

GUARANTY OF MASTER LEASE OBLIGATIONS

 

THIS GUARANTY OF MASTER LEASE OBLIGATIONS (the “ Guaranty ”) is made as of the          day of May, 2012, by Science Applications International Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Guarantor ”) and Reveal Imaging Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Reveal ”) in favor of ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ ConforMIS ”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, ConforMIS and Reveal have entered into a Sublease (the “ Sublease ”) of even date herewith, whereby ConforMIS subleases from Reveal, pursuant to the terms of the Sublease, the Subleased Premises defined and described in the Sublease (the “ Premises ”);

 

WHEREAS, Reveal and RAR2-Crosby Corporate Center QRS, Inc. (“ Master Landlord ”), are parties to that certain Lease dated as of November 4, 2008, as affected by that certain (a) First Amendment to Lease dated as of February 20, 2009, and (b) Second Amendment to Lease dated as of July 12, 2010 (collectively, the “ Master Lease ”), pursuant to which Master Landlord leases to Reveal the Premises; and

 

WHEREAS, ConforMIS has expressed a concern that the Master Lease will be terminated due to Reveal’s nonpayment or nonperformance of its obligations under the Master Lease, and Guarantor, the sole stockholder of Reveal, is willing to provide the assurances set forth herein in order to address such concerns and to induce ConforMIS to enter into the Sublease.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that, for valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Guarantor and Reveal hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Guaranty .  Notwithstanding any notice terms or other procedures set forth in this Guaranty, Guarantor hereby unconditionally and absolutely guarantees to ConforMIS (i) the due and punctual payment of all monetary obligations of Reveal under the Master Lease and (ii) the due and punctual performance of all non-monetary obligations of Reveal under the Master Lease.  The liability of Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be direct, absolute, unconditional and continuing and shall not be impaired irrespective of (a) any lack of validity or enforceability as against Guarantor of the Master Lease and/or the Sublease, (b) any modification, supplement, extension, amendment or other change in terms of the Master Lease and/or the Sublease, or (c) any other circumstances which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the obligations of Guarantor under the Master Lease and/or the Sublease.

 

2.                                       Breach of this Guaranty .  In the event that Guarantor fails to perform its obligations as and when required under Section 1 and/or Section 3 of this Guaranty, then Guarantor shall be deemed in default of this Guaranty and ConforMIS may pursue all available remedies against Guarantor for such breach, at law or in equity.  Additionally, Guarantor shall reimburse ConforMIS for all reasonable costs incurred in enforcing this Guaranty (including without limitation reasonable attorney’s fees).

 



 

3.                                       Guaranty to Include Sublease Upon Insecurity Event .  Upon the occurrence of a Reveal Financial Insecurity Event (defined below), this Guaranty will be automatically expanded to include as guaranteed obligations the payment and performance obligations of Reveal to ConforMIS under the Sublease.  For purposes of this Guaranty, a Reveal Financial Insecurity Event shall be deemed to occur upon any one or more of the following:

 

(A)                                Reveal (i) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they come due; (ii) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; (iii) applies for, consents to, or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee, receiver, or other custodian for it or any of its property or, in the absence of such application, consent, or acquiescence, a trustee, receiver, or other custodian is appointed; (iv) voluntarily commences any proceeding under any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution, or liquidation law of any jurisdiction; or (v) has commenced against it any proceeding under any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution, or liquidation law of any jurisdiction which proceeding is not discharged within 90 days;

 

(B)                                all or substantially all of the assets of Reveal on the date of this Guaranty have been disposed of;

 

(C)                                Reveal becomes insolvent or generally unable to pay its debts as they mature; or

 

(D)                                Reveal ceases to conduct its business or otherwise engage in any material business activity.

 

4.                                       Waiver .  Guarantor hereby waives (i) promptness, diligence, notice of acceptance, any other notices to which Guarantor may otherwise be entitled, and all suretyship defenses and (ii) any defense arising by reason of the bankruptcy or lack of legal existence of Reveal, or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of Reveal.

 

5.                                       Additional Agreements .

 

(a)                                  Guarantor hereby acknowledges that it is the sole stockholder of Reveal and has directly and/or indirectly benefited from the execution and delivery of the Sublease and has received fair and reasonable equivalent value in exchange for this Guaranty.

 

(b)                                  The liability of Guarantor hereunder may be enforced without requiring ConforMIS to first to resort to any other right or remedy against Reveal or any other party.

 

(c)                                   The obligations of Guarantor hereunder are primary and independent of the obligations of Reveal under the Sublease and the Master Lease, and a separate action or actions may be brought or prosecuted against Guarantor hereunder regardless of whether action is brought against Reveal (or whether Reveal is joined in any such action or actions).

 



 

(d)                                  No failure on the part of ConforMIS to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.  The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided at law.

 

6.                                       Modifications .  This Guaranty may not be changed, modified, discharged or terminated orally or in any manner other than by an agreement in writing signed by Guarantor, Reveal and ConforMIS.

 

7.                                       Successors and Assigns .  All obligations and liabilities of Guarantor and Reveal pursuant to this Guaranty shall be binding upon their respective successors and assigns.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no party may assign, transfer or encumber any interest in this Guaranty.  In no event shall this Guaranty inure to the benefit of ConforMIS’s successors or assigns.

 

8.                                       Guarantor’s Notice Address .  Guarantor’s address for purposes of notice shall be as follows: Science Applications International Corporation, 10260 Campus Point Drive, San Diego, California 92121, Attention: Corporate Real Estate Leasing.

 

9.                                       Termination of Guaranty .  The occurrence of any of the following events (each, a “ Guaranty Termination Event ”) shall immediately terminate and render this Guaranty void ab initio and of no further force or effect:

 

(a)                                  Any assignment, transfer, encumbrance or attempted assignment, transfer or encumbrance of this Guaranty by ConforMIS in violation of Section 7 herein; or

 

(b)                                  An Event of Default by ConforMIS under Section 16 of the Sublease, which Section 16 by its terms incorporates by reference the terms and provisions of Section 18 of the Master Lease; provided that an Event of Default arising from a matter which ConforMIS disputes in good faith shall not terminate this Guaranty so long as ConforMIS is diligently pursing resolution of the dispute.

 

10.                                Governing Law .  This Guaranty shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

11.                                Counterparts .  This Guaranty may be executed in multiple counterparts, and by each party on separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which shall together constitute one agreement.

 

[SIGNATURES ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Guarantor and Reveal have set their hands and seals the date first above written.

 

 

GUARANTOR :

 

 

 

SCIENCE APPLICATIONS INTERNATIONAL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name: Frederick R. Hazard

 

 

Its: Senior Vice President of Real Estate

 

 

 

TENANT UNDER THE MASTER LEASE:

 

 

 

REVEAL IMAGING TECHNOLOGIES, INC., a Delaware Corporation

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Its:

 




Exhibit 10.25

 

NORTHWEST PARK

 

LEASE

 

BY AND BETWEEN

 

N.W. MIDDLESEX 36 TRUST (LANDLORD)

 

AND

 

CONFORMIS, INC. (TENANT)

 

FOR PREMISES AT
11 NORTH AVENUE

 

BURLINGTON, MASSACHUSETTS

 



 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 1

Reference Data

1

 

 

 

 

 

1.1

 

 

Subject Referred To

1

1.2

 

 

Exhibits

2

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2

Premises and Term

3

 

 

 

 

 

2.1

 

 

Premises

3

2.2

 

 

Term

3

2.3

 

 

Extension Option

3

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3

Landlord’s Work; TI Allowance

4

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

 

 

Performance of Work and Approval of Landlord’s Work

4

3.2

 

 

Late Delivery

5

3.3

 

 

Supplemental Allowance

5

3.4

 

 

Acceptance of the Premises

5

3.5

 

 

Pre-Commencement Entry

5

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4

Rent

5

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

 

 

The Fixed Rent

5

4.2

 

 

Additional Rent

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.2.1

Real Estate Taxes

6

 

 

4.2.2

Personal Property Taxes

6

 

 

4.2.3

Operating Costs

6

 

 

4.2.4

Insurance

8

 

 

4.2.5

Utilities

9

 

 

 

 

 

4.3

 

 

Late Payment of Rent

9

4.4

 

 

Security Deposit: Letter of Credit

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.4.1

Amount of Letter of Credit

10

 

 

4.4.2

Reduction in Security

10

 

 

4.4.3

Renewal of Letter of Credit

10

 

 

4.4.4

Draws to Cure Defaults

10

 

 

4.4.5

Draws to Cure Damages

10

 

 

4.4.6

Issuing Bank

11

 

 

4.4.7

Draws for Failure to Deliver Substitute Letter of Credit

11

 

 

4.4.8

Transferability

11

 

 

4.4.9

Return of Letter of Credit at End of Term

11

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5

Landlord’s Covenants

11

 

 

 

 

 

5.1

 

 

Affirmative Covenants

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.1.1

Heat and Air-Conditioning

11

 

 

5.1.2

Electricity

11

 

 

5.1.3

Water

11

 

 

5.1.4

Fire Alarm

11

 

 

5.1.5

Repairs

11

 

 

5.1.6

Insurance

12

 

 

 

 

 

5.2

 

 

Interruption

19

5.3

 

 

Outside Services

12

5.4

 

 

Access

12

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6

Tenant’s Additional Covenants

12

 

 

 

 

 

6.1

 

 

Affirmative Covenants

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.1.1

Perform Obligations

12

 

 

6.1.2

Use

12

 

 

6.1.3

Repair and Maintenance

12

 

 

6.1.4

Compliance with Law

12

 

 

6.1.5

Indemnification

13

 

 

6.1.6

Landlord’s Right to Enter

13

 

 

6.1.7

Personal Property at Tenant’s Risk

13

 

 

6.1.8

Payment of Landlord’s Cost of Enforcement

13

 

 

6.1.9

Yield Up

13

 

 

6.1.10

Rules and Regulations

14

 

 

6.1.11

Estoppel Certificate

14

 

 

6.1.12

Landlord’s Expenses Re Consents

14

 

 

 

 

 

6.2

 

 

Negative Covenants

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.2.1

Assignment and Subletting

14

 

 

6.2.2

Nuisance

16

 

 

6.2.3

Hazardous Wastes and Materials

16

 

 

6.2.4

Floor Load; Heavy Equipment

17

 

 

6.2.5

Installation, Alterations or Additions

17

 

 

6.2.6

Abandonment

19

 

i



 

 

 

6.2.7

Signs

19

 

 

6.2.8

Parking and Storage

19

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7

Casualty or Taking

19

 

 

 

 

 

7.1

 

 

Termination

19

7.2

 

 

Restoration

19

7.3

 

 

Award

19

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 8

Defaults

20

 

 

 

 

 

8.1

 

 

Events of Default

20

8.2

 

 

Remedies

20

8.3

 

 

Remedies Cumulative

20

8.4

 

 

Landlord’s Right to Cure Defaults

21

8.5

 

 

Effect of Waivers of Default

21

8.6

 

 

No Waiver, etc.

21

8.7

 

 

No Accord and Satisfaction

21

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 9

Rights of Mortgage Holders

21

 

 

 

 

 

9.1

 

 

Rights of Mortgage Holders

21

9.2

 

 

Lease Superior or Subordinate to Mortgages

21

 

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 10

Miscellaneous Provisions

22

 

 

 

 

 

10.1

 

 

Notices from One Party to the Other

22

10.2

 

 

Quiet Enjoyment

22

10.3

 

 

Lease not to be Recorded

22

10.4

 

 

Limitation of Landlord’s Liability

22

10.5

 

 

Acts of God

22

10.6

 

 

Landlord’s Default

22

10.7

 

 

Brokerage

23

10.8

 

 

Applicable Law and Construction; Merger; Jury Trial

23

 

ii



 

NORTHWEST PARK

 

LEASE

 

ARTICLE 1
Reference Data

 

1.1                                Subject Referred To .

 

Each reference in this Lease to any of the following subjects shall be construed to incorporate the data stated for that subject in this Section 1.1.

 

Date of this Lease:

 

August  26 , 2010

 

 

 

Building

 

The single story Building in Northwest Park in Burlington, Massachusetts (hereinafter referred to as the “Park”) on a parcel of land, known as 11 North Avenue (the Building and such parcel of land hereinafter being collectively referred to as the “Property”).

 

 

 

Premises:

 

The entire Building, substantially as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

 

 

Rentable Floor Area of Premises:

 

Approximately 29,227 square feet

 

 

 

Landlord:

 

Rodger P. Nordblom, Peter C. Nordblom, and John Macomber, as Trustees of N.W. Middlesex 36 Trust under Declaration of Trust recorded in Middlesex South Registry of Deeds, Book 25660, Page 213.

 

 

 

Original Notice Address of Landlord:

 

c/o Nordblom Management Company, Inc.
15 Third Avenue
Burlington, Massachusetts 01803

 

 

 

Tenant:

 

ConforMis, Inc., a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

Original Notice Address of Tenant:

 

11 North Avenue
Burlington, MA 01803

 

 

 

Delivery Date:

 

Ninety (90) days from the later of (i) Tenant’s final approval of the construction plans for the Landlord’s Work and (ii) issuance of a building permit.

 

1



 

Commencement Date:

 

See Section 2.2.

 

 

 

Rent Commencement Date:

 

January 1, 2011, subject to abatement pursuant to Section 3.2.

 

 

 

Expiration Date:

 

October 31, 2015 (unless sooner terminated as provided for herein)

 

 

 

Annual Fixed Rent

 

Rent Commencement

 

 

 

 

Rate:

 

Date-October 31, 2011:

November 1, 2011 - October 31, 2012:

November 1, 2012 - October 31, 2013:

November 1, 2013 - October 31, 2015:

$219,999.00

$306,876.00

$336,108.00

$365,328.00

 

 

 

Monthly Fixed Rent Rate:

 

Rent Commencement

Date-October 31, 2011:

November 1, 2011 - October 31, 2012: November 1, 2012 - October 31, 2013: November 1, 2013 - October 31, 2015:

 

$18,333.00

$25,573.00

$28,009.00

$30,444.00

 

 

 

Security and Restoration Deposit:

 

$250,000.00

 

 

 

Allowance:

 

$300,000.00 subject to the requirements of Section 3.1.

 

 

 

Tenant’s Percentage:

 

The ratio of the Rentable Floor Area of the Premises to the total rentable area of the Building, which shall be 100%.

 

 

 

Initial Estimate of Tenant’s Percentage of Taxes for the Tax Year:

 

$60,000.00

 

 

 

Initial Estimate of Tenant’s Percentage of Operating Costs for the Calendar Year:

 

$70,440.00

 

 

 

Permitted Uses:

 

General business offices and light manufacturing and assembly.

 

 

 

Public Liability Insurance Limits:

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial General Liability:

 

$3,000,000 per occurrence
$5,000,000 general aggregate

 

1.2                                Exhibits .

 

The Exhibits listed below in this section are incorporated in this Lease by reference and are to be construed as a part of this Lease.

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Plan showing the Premises.

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A-l

 

Plan Showing Landlord’s Work

 

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

Work Change Order

 

 

 

EXHIBIT C

 

Form Letter of Credit

 

 

 

EXHIBIT D

 

Rules and Regulations

 

 

 

EXHIBIT E

 

Form Tenant Estoppel Certificate

 

 

 

EXHIBIT F

 

Landlord’s Consent and Waiver

 

2



 

ARTICLE 2
Premises and Term

 

2.1                                Premises Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, subject to and with the benefit of the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease, the Premises, excluding the roof, exterior faces of exterior walls, and pipes, ducts, conduits, wires, and appurtenant fixtures serving the Building (and any areas, such as the space above the ceiling or in the walls, that may contain such pipes, ducts, conduits, wires or appurtenant fixtures).

 

Tenant shall have, as appurtenant to the Premises, rights to use in common, subject to reasonable rules of general applicability to tenants of the Park from time to time made by Landlord of which Tenant is given notice:  (a) common walkways and driveways necessary for access to the Building, and (b) the common parking areas serving the Building.

 

Tenant shall be permitted to use, at no additional cost or fee, up to 102 parking spaces in the parking area adjacent to the Building.  Tenant may identify any of these spaces as “visitor parking only,” in accordance with the Northwest Park sign policy.

 

Landlord reserves the right from time to time, without unreasonable interference with access to or use of the Premises:  (a) to install, use, maintain, repair, replace and relocate for service to the Premises and other parts of the Building, or either, pipes, ducts, conduits, wires and appurtenant fixtures, wherever located in the Premises or Building, (b) to make any repairs and replacements to the Premises which Landlord may deem necessary, and (c) in connection with any excavation made upon adjacent land of Landlord or others, to enter, and to license others to enter, upon the Premises to do such work as the person causing such excavation deems necessary to preserve the wall of the Building from injury or damage and to support the same.

 

Landlord reserves the right, at its own cost and expense, to require Tenant, upon one hundred eighty (180) days’ notice, to relocate its Premises elsewhere in the Park after the expiration of the Original Term, to an area of substantially equivalent size and at least of the equivalent quality, and with substantially similar improvements as are in the Premises, as designated by Landlord.  If Landlord shall exercise such right to relocate Tenant, Landlord shall pay for all Tenant’s reasonable relocation costs, including costs of moving and revalidating Tenant’s manufacturing process.

 

2.2                                Term TO HAVE AND TO HOLD for a term (the “Original Term”) beginning on the Commencement Date which shall be the earlier of (a) the date on which the work to be performed by Landlord pursuant to Exhibit C and the final approved construction plans has been substantially completed or (b) the opening by Tenant of its business in the Premises, and ending on the Expiration Date, unless sooner terminated as hereinafter provided.  The term “substantially completed” as used herein shall mean that the work to be performed by Landlord pursuant to Exhibit C and the final construction plans has been completed with the exception of minor items which can be fully completed without material interference with Tenant and other items which because of the season or weather or the nature of the item are not practicable to do at the time, provided that none of said items is necessary to make the Premises tenantable for the Permitted Uses, and a Certificate of Occupancy (which may be temporary) has been issued by the Town of Burlington.  When the Commencement Date has been determined, such date shall be evidenced by a document which Landlord shall deliver to Tenant, and which shall be deemed conclusive unless Tenant shall notify Landlord of any disagreement therewith within ten (10) days of receipt.

 

2.3                                Extension Option Tenant shall have the right to extend the Original Term of this Lease for one additional period of five (5) years, to begin immediately on the day following the Expiration Date (the “Extended Term”), provided that each of the following conditions has been satisfied:

 

(i)                                      As of the date of the Extension Notice (defined below) and as of the commencement of the Extended Term, Tenant shall not be in default and shall not have previously been in default of its obligations under this Lease beyond any applicable grace period;

 

(ii)                                   Tenant shall have had a net income before depreciation and amortization (using generally accepted accounting principles) for the 12-month period immediately preceding the date of the Extension Notice (which may be rounded to the nearest quarter of Tenant’s fiscal year preceding such date) and for the 12-month period immediately preceding the commencement of the Extended Term (which may be rounded to the nearest quarter of Tenant’s fiscal year preceding such commencement of the Extended Term); and

 

(iii)                                simultaneously with the delivery of the Extension Notice and also at the commencement of the Extended Term, Tenant shall have delivered to Landlord an unaudited statement, using generally accepted accounting principles and certified as true by Tenant’s Chief Financial Officer, evidencing such net income during each of the periods specified in clause (ii) hereinabove.

 

All of the terms, covenants and provisions of this Lease shall apply to the Extended Term except that the Annual Fixed Rent Rate for such extension period shall be the fair market rate for comparable buildings in the Burlington area (the “Market Rate”) at the commencement of the Extended Term, as designated by Landlord.  If Tenant shall elect to exercise the aforesaid option, it shall do so by giving Landlord written

 

3



 

notice (the “Extension Notice”) of its intention to do so not later than one (1) year prior to the expiration of the Original Term of this Lease.  If Tenant gives such notice and satisfies the conditions specified above, the extension of this Lease shall be automatically effected without the execution of any additional documents.  The Original Term and the Extended Term are hereinafter collectively called the “Term” or the “term”.

 

Not later than thirty (30) days following the giving of Tenant’s Extension Notice, Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord’s determination of the Market Rate for the Extended Term.  Within fifteen (15) days after Landlord gives Tenant Landlord’s determination of the Market Rate, Tenant shall notify Landlord whether Tenant accepts or disputes such rate.  If Tenant disagrees with Landlord’s determination, then Landlord and Tenant shall commence negotiations to agree upon the Market Rate.  In any event, the Annual Fixed Rent Rate for the Extended Term shall not be less than the Annual Fixed Rent Rate in effect immediately prior to the Extended Term.  If Landlord and Tenant are unable to reach agreement on the Market Rate within thirty (30) days after the date on which Landlord first gave Tenant Landlord’s proposal for the Market Rate, then the Market Rate shall be determined as provided below.

 

If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree on the Market Rate by the end of said thirty (30)-day period, then within five (5) days thereafter, Landlord and Tenant shall each simultaneously submit to the other in a sealed envelope its good faith estimate of the Market Rate.  If the higher of such estimates is not more than one hundred five percent (105%) of the other estimate, then the Market Rate shall be the average of the two estimates.  If the matter is not resolved by the exchange of estimates, then Market Rate shall be determined by an independent arbitrator as set forth below.

 

Within seven (7) days after the exchange of estimates, the parties shall select, as an arbitrator, a mutually acceptable commercial real estate broker licensed in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts specializing in the field of commercial office leasing in the Burlington area, having no less than ten (10) years’ experience (an “Approved Arbitrator”).  If the parties cannot agree on such person, then within a second period of seven (7) days, each shall select one Approved Arbitrator and the two appointed Arbitrators shall, within five (5) days, select a third Approved Arbitrator who shall be the final decision-maker (the “Final Arbitrator”).  If one party shall fail to timely make such appointment, then the person chosen by the other party shall be the sole arbitrator.  Once the Final Arbitrator has been selected as provided for above, then, as soon thereafter as practicable, but in any case within fourteen (14) days after his or her appointment, the arbitrator shall determine the Market Rate by selecting either the Landlord’s estimate of Market Rate or the Tenant’s estimate of Market Rate.  Such arbitrator must choose the proposed Market Rate that he/she determines is closest to the actual market rental rate for the Premises.  There shall be no discovery or similar proceedings.  The arbitrator’s decision as to which estimate shall be the Market Rate for the Renewal Term shall be rendered in writing to both Landlord and Tenant and shall be final and binding upon them and shall be the Annual Fixed Rent for the Renewal Extended Term.  The costs of the Final Arbitrator will be equally divided between Landlord and Tenant.  Any fees of any counsel engaged by Landlord or Tenant, however, shall be borne by the party that retained such counsel.

 

Once the Market Rate has been determined, the parties shall promptly execute an amendment to this Lease setting forth the Annual Fixed Rent for the Premises during the Extended Term.  For any part of the Extended Term during which the Annual Fixed Rent is in dispute, or has not yet been finally determined, Tenant shall make payments to Landlord on account of Annual Fixed Rent at the rate per square foot of the Premises last paid under this Lease.  The parties shall adjust for any overpayments or underpayments upon final determination of such rent.

 

ARTICLE 3
Landlord’s Work; TI Allowance

 

3.1                               Performance of Work and Approval of Landlord’s Work Landlord shall cause to be performed the work substantially as shown on the fit plan prepared by Maugel Architects, attached hereto as Exhibit A-l, and the approved final construction plans and specifications (the “Landlord’s Work”).  The final construction plans for the Landlord’s Work have not been prepared as of the date of this Lease, but shall emanate from and be consistent with the fit plan attached hereto as Exhibit A-l.  The Allowance stated in Section 1.1 shall be utilized to pay for the Total Costs of Landlord’s Work.  Landlord shall provide, initially, $150,000.00 (the “Initial Allowance”) toward the Total Costs of the Landlord’s Work and any Additional Costs.  All Total Costs of Landlord’s Work in excess of the Initial Allowance shall be paid by Tenant as set forth below.  Any unused portion of the Allowance may be utilized for Tenant’s Additional Costs, which shall mean telephone and data wiring costs, additional renovation costs, moving costs, electric power distribution costs, and other out-of-pocket expenses of Tenant to prepare the Premises for occupancy (but none of Tenant’s Additional Costs shall include costs of purchasing and installing Tenant’s furniture and equipment).  All Landlord’s Work shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner employing good materials and so as to conform to all applicable building codes and laws.  Tenant agrees that Landlord may make any changes in such work which may become reasonably necessary or advisable, other than, substantial changes, without approval of Tenant, provided written notice is promptly given to Tenant; and Landlord may make substantial changes in such work, with the written approval of Tenant, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  Landlord shall use diligence to cause Landlord’s Work to be substantially completed by the Delivery Date, subject to the provisions of Section 10.5 hereof, and any delays caused by (i) the action or inaction of Tenant, and/or (ii) any long lead-time items.  Landlord agrees that Tenant may make changes in such work with the approval of Landlord and the execution by Landlord and Tenant of a Work Change Order, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.  In addition to Landlord’s Work, Landlord shall, at its sole cost and expense, cause all capital, structural and mechanical elements of the Premises to be in working order and in proper serviceable condition on the Commencement Date.

 

4


 

Tenant acknowledges that Landlord’s application of the Initial Allowance towards the Total Costs of Landlord’s Work is conditioned upon Tenant raising $15,000,000.00 of new capital financing on or before the Commencement Date.  As of the date of this Lease, Tenant has not raised the total amount of such financing.  As such, Landlord shall only apply $10,000.00 of the Initial Allowance for each $1,000,000.00 of capital financing that Tenant proves, by evidence reasonably acceptable to Landlord, has been funded.  As Tenant receives additional financing, whether prior to, on, or after the Commencement Date, and delivers reasonable evidence of the same to Landlord, Landlord shall release such additional sums of the Initial Allowance up to the full amount of the Initial Allowance and in accordance with the ratio set forth in the preceding sentence.  If by the Commencement Date, the Initial Allowance has not been fully applied towards Landlord’s Work due to Tenant’s inability to obtain the entire $15,000,000.00 of financing, then the difference between the original amount of the Initial Allowance and the actual funds disbursed and applied by Landlord as aforesaid shall be deemed Excess Amounts to be paid by Tenant as set forth in the next paragraph below.

 

Tenant shall pay directly to Landlord the amount by which the Total Costs of the Landlord’s Work exceeds the Initial Allowance (such amount being referred to as the “Excess Amount”), as hereinafter set forth:  (a) 50% of the estimated Excess Amount shall be paid upon Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s submission of a bill for the estimated Excess Amount; (b) 40% of the anticipated Excess Amount shall be paid upon the Commencement Date; and (c) the remaining balance shall be paid within twenty days following Landlord’s submission of a final bill to Tenant.  The “Total Costs” of the Landlord’s Work shall mean all hard construction costs, all architectural and engineering fees, and a construction management fee to Nordblom Management Company, Inc. equal to 4% of the hard construction costs.

 

3.2                                Late Delivery In the event that Landlord’s Work is not substantially complete by the date (the “Outside Date”) that is 90 days following (a) Tenant’s final approval of the construction plans and (b) the issuance of a building permit by the Town of Burlington for the Landlord’s Work, for any reason other than a delay caused by the action or inaction of Tenant or long lead-time items, and/or an event described in Section 10.5, then the Fixed Rent first coming due as of the Rent Commencement Date shall be abated by one day for each day of delay during the period beginning on the Outside Date and ending on the day the Landlord’s Work is in fact substantially complete.

 

3.3                                Supplemental Allowance On the condition that, on October 31, 2013, Tenant is not then in default under this Lease and has not previously been in default of its obligations beyond the expiration of all applicable notice and cure periods under this Lease, then Landlord shall pay to Tenant $150,000.00 (the “Supplemental Allowance”) to reimburse Tenant for the Excess Amount paid to Landlord and for any other Total Costs or Additional Costs incurred by Tenant over and above the Initial Allowance pursuant to Section 3.1 above.

 

3.4                                Acceptance of the Premises Tenant or its representatives may, at reasonable times, enter upon the Premises during the progress of the work to inspect the progress thereof and to determine if the work is being performed in accordance with the requirements of Section 3.1.  Tenant shall promptly give to Landlord notices of any alleged failure by Landlord to comply with those requirements.  Landlord’s Work shall be deemed approved by Tenant when Tenant occupies the Premises for the conduct of its business, except for items of Landlord’s Work which are uncompleted or do not conform to Exhibit C and as to which Tenant shall, in either case, have given written notice to Landlord prior to such occupancy.  A certificate of completion by a licensed architect or registered engineer shall be conclusive evidence that Landlord’s Work has been completed except for items stated in such certificate to be incomplete or not in conformity with Exhibit C.

 

3.5                                Pre-Commencement Entry With Landlord’s prior consent, Tenant shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time prior to the Commencement Date, during normal business hours and subject to all the terms and conditions of this Lease, except the payment of Fixed Rent, for the sole purpose of installing Tenant’s telephone and telecommunications system and equipment, furniture and equipment, and other work related to preparing the Premises for Tenant’s use and to engaging in the transition of Tenant’s operations to the Premises (but not for the purpose of actually conducting Tenant’s business in the Premises), such as calibrating, validating and operating Tenant’s merchandising equipment.  Tenant’s right to perform such work prior to the Commencement Date is conditioned on there being no interference with the performance of Landlord’s Work.  All Tenant’s work shall be performed in compliance with applicable laws and building codes and Section 6.2.5 of this Lease.  Prior to accessing the Premises, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the insurance certificates required under Section 4.4 below.

 

ARTICLE 4
Rent

 

4.1                                The Fixed Rent Commencing on the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant covenants and agrees to pay rent to Landlord by electronic funds transfer (or by such other method, as set forth below, or at such other place or to such other person or entity as Landlord may by notice in writing to Tenant from time to time direct), at the Annual Fixed Rent Rate, in equal installments at the Monthly Fixed Rent Rate (which is 1/12th of the Annual Fixed Rent Rate), in advance, without notice or demand, and without setoff, abatement, suspension, deferment, reduction or deduction, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, on the first day of each calendar month from and after the Rent Commencement Date; and for any portion of any calendar month following the Rent Commencement Date, at the rate for the first year of the Term, pro-rated for the number of days in such calendar month and payable in advance.  It is the intention of the parties hereto that the

 

5



 

obligations of Tenant hereunder shall be separate and independent covenants and agreements, that the Annual Fixed Rent, the Additional Rent and all other sums payable by Tenant to Landlord shall continue to be payable in all events and that the obligations of Tenant hereunder shall continue unaffected, unless the requirement to pay or perform the same shall have been terminated pursuant to an express provision of this Lease.

 

If Landlord shall give notice to Tenant that all rent and/or other payments due hereunder are to be made to Landlord by check, or by other commercially reasonable means, Tenant shall make all such payments as shall be due after receipt of said notice by means of said electronic funds transfers (or such similar means as designated by Landlord, with such payments to be made to such address and to such person or entity as is specified by Landlord).

 

4.2                                Additional Rent Tenant covenants and agrees to pay, as Additional Rent, insurance costs, utility charges, personal property taxes and its pro rata share of taxes and operating costs with respect to the Premises as provided in this Section 4.2 as follows:

 

4.2.1                      Real Estate Taxes Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, for each tax period partially or wholly included in the term, Tenant’s Percentage of Taxes (as hereinafter defined).  Tenant shall remit to Landlord, on the first day of each calendar month, estimated payments on account of Taxes, such monthly amounts to be sufficient to provide Landlord, by the time real estate tax payments are due and payable to any governmental authority responsible for collection of same, a sum equal to the Tenant’s Percentage of Taxes, as reasonably estimated by Landlord from time to time on the basis of the most recent tax data available.  The initial calculation of the monthly estimated payments shall be based upon the Initial Estimate of Tenant’s Percentage of Taxes for the governmental authority’s fiscal tax period applicable to the Building (the “Tax Year”) and upon quarterly payments being due to the governmental authority on August 1, November 1, February 1 and May 1, and shall be made when the Commencement Date has been determined.  If the total of such monthly remittances for any Tax Year is greater than the Tenant’s Percentage of Taxes for such Tax Year, Landlord shall promptly pay to Tenant, or credit against the next accruing payments to be made by Tenant pursuant to this subsection 4.2.1, the difference; if the total of such remittances is less than the Tenant’s Percentage of Taxes for such Tax Year, Tenant shall pay the difference to Landlord at least twenty (20) days prior to the date or dates within such Tax Year that any Taxes become due and payable to the governmental authority (but in any event no earlier than twenty (20) days following a written notice to Tenant, which notice shall set forth the manner of computation of Tenant’s Percentage of Taxes).

 

If, after Tenant shall have made reimbursement to Landlord pursuant to this subsection 4.2.1, Landlord shall receive a refund of any portion of Taxes paid by Tenant with respect to any Tax Year during the term hereof as a result of an abatement of such Taxes by legal proceedings, settlement or otherwise (without either party having any obligation to undertake any such proceedings), Landlord shall promptly pay to Tenant, or credit against the next accruing payments to be made by Tenant pursuant to this subsection 4.2.1, the Tenant’s Percentage of the refund (less the proportional, pro rata expenses, including attorneys’ fees and appraisers’ fees, incurred in connection with obtaining any such refund), as relates to Taxes paid by Tenant to Landlord with respect to any Tax Year for which such refund is obtained.

 

In the event this Lease shall commence, or shall end (by reason of expiration of the term or earlier termination pursuant to the provisions hereof), on any date other than the first or last day of the Tax Year, or should the Tax Year or period of assessment of real estate taxes be changed or be more or less than one (1) year, as the case may be, then the amount of Taxes which may be payable by Tenant as provided in this subsection 4.2.1 shall be appropriately apportioned and adjusted.

 

The term “Taxes” shall mean all taxes, assessments, betterments and other charges and impositions (including, but not limited to, fire protection service fees and similar charges) levied, assessed or imposed at any time during the term by any governmental authority upon or against the Property, or taxes in lieu thereof, and additional types of taxes to supplement real estate taxes due to legal limits imposed thereon.  If, at any time during the term of this Lease, any tax or excise on rents or other taxes, however described, are levied or assessed against Landlord with respect to the rent reserved hereunder, either wholly or partially in substitution for, or in addition to, real estate taxes assessed or levied on the Property, such tax or excise on rents shall be included in Taxes; however, Taxes shall not include franchise, estate, inheritance, succession, capital levy, transfer, income or excess profits taxes assessed on Landlord.  Taxes shall include any estimated payment made by Landlord on account of a fiscal tax period for which the actual and final amount of taxes for such period has not been determined by the governmental authority as of the date of any such estimated payment.

 

4.2.2                      Personal Property Taxes Tenant shall pay all taxes charged, assessed or imposed upon the personal property of Tenant in or upon the Premises.

 

4.2.3                      Operating Costs Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Tenant’s Percentage of Operating Costs (as hereinafter defined) incurred by Landlord in any calendar year.  Tenant shall remit to Landlord, on the first day of each calendar month, estimated payments on account of Operating Costs, such monthly amounts to be sufficient to provide Landlord, by the end of the calendar year, a sum equal to the Operating Costs, as reasonably estimated by Landlord from time to time.  The initial

 

6



 

monthly estimated payments shall be in an amount equal to 1/12th of the Initial Estimate of Tenant’s Percentage of Operating Costs for the calendar year.  If, at the expiration of the year in respect of which monthly installments of Operating Costs shall have been made as aforesaid, the total of such monthly remittances is greater than the actual Operating Costs for such year, Landlord shall promptly pay to Tenant, or credit against the next accruing payments to be made by Tenant pursuant to this subsection 4.2.3, the difference; if the total of such remittances is less than the Operating Costs for such year, Tenant shall pay the difference to Landlord within thirty (30) days from the date Landlord shall furnish to Tenant an itemized statement of the Operating Costs, prepared, allocated and computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  Any reimbursement for Operating Costs due and payable by Tenant with respect to periods of less than twelve (12) months shall be equitably prorated.

 

Within sixty (60) days from Tenant’s receipt of the itemized statement from Landlord detailing the Operating Costs for the prior year, and upon at least thirty (30) days prior written notice from Tenant, Landlord shall make available to Tenant at Landlord’s address for review or audit by Tenant during business hours, all of Landlord’s books, records and documents relating to Operating Costs for the prior calendar year.  In addition, upon written request of Tenant, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a copy of the applicable bill(s) showing Taxes for the prior fiscal year.  If Landlord and Tenant determine that the results of the audit show that the Operating Costs for the prior year is less than reported, then Landlord shall give Tenant a credit in the amount of the overpayment toward Tenant’s next monthly payment of Operating Costs.  If Landlord and Tenant determine that the results of the audit show that the Operating Costs for the prior year are more than reported, the Tenant shall pay to the Landlord the amount of the underpayment within thirty (30) days.

 

The term “Operating Costs” shall mean all costs and expenses incurred for the operation, cleaning, maintenance, repair and upkeep of the Property, and the portion of such costs and expenses with regard to the common areas, facilities and amenities of the Park which is equitably allocable to the Property, including, without limitation, all costs of maintaining and repairing the Property and the Park (including snow removal, landscaping and grounds maintenance, operation and maintenance of parking lots, sidewalks, walking paths, access roads and driveways, security, operation and repair of heating and air-conditioning equipment, elevators, lighting and any other Building equipment or systems) and of all repairs and replacements (other than repairs or replacements for which Landlord has received full reimbursement from contractors, other tenants of the Building or from others) necessary to keep the Property and the Park in good working order, repair, appearance and condition; all costs, including material and equipment costs, for window cleaning of the Building); all costs of any reasonable insurance carried by Landlord relating to the Property; all costs related to provision of heat (including oil, electric, steam and/or gas), air-conditioning, and water (including sewer charges) and other utilities to the Building and Property that are not separately metered to Tenant; payments under all service contracts relating to the foregoing; all compensation, fringe benefits, payroll taxes and workmen’s compensation insurance premiums related thereto with respect to any employees of Landlord or its affiliates engaged in security and maintenance of the Property and the Park; attorneys’ fees and disbursements (exclusive of any such fees and disbursements incurred in tax abatement proceedings or the preparation of leases) and auditing and other professional fees and expenses; and a management fee consistent with that charged by other landlords providing similar services in comparable buildings in the vicinity of the Building.

 

There shall not be included in such Operating Costs:

 

1.                                       brokerage fees (including rental fees) related to the operation of the Building;

 

2.                                       interest and depreciation charges incurred on the Property;

 

3.                                       expenditures made by Tenant with respect to (i) cleaning, maintenance and upkeep of the Premises, and (ii) the provision of electricity to the Property;

 

4.                                       any ground lease rental;

 

5.                                       except as expressly provided for herein, any capital expenditure;

 

6.                                       the costs of repairs or other work necessitated by fire or other casualty, to the extent financed from insurance proceeds;

 

7.                                       depreciation and interest payments, except on materials, tools, supplies and vendor-type equipment purchased by Landlord to enable Landlord to supply services Landlord might otherwise contract for with a third party where such depreciation and interest payments would otherwise have been included in the charge for such third party’s services;

 

8.                                       expenses in connection with services or other benefits which are not offered to Tenant but which are provided to another tenant or occupant of the Park or for which Tenant is charged directly;

 

7



 

9.                                       costs incurred by Landlord due to a breach by Landlord of the terms and conditions of this Lease, but only to the extent such costs do not arise from or are attributable to the acts or omissions of Tenant;

 

10.                                overhead and profit increment paid to Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for goods and/or services in the Building to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such goods and/or services rendered by unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;

 

11.                                any compensation paid to clerks, attendants, or other persons in commercial concessions operated by Landlord or in the parking facilities of the Property or wherever Tenant is granted its parking privileges and/or fees paid to any parking facility operator (on or off the Property);

 

12.                                advertising and promotional expenditures, and costs of installing signs in or on the Building or the Property identifying the owner of the Building or other tenants’ signs;

 

13.                                Tax penalties incurred as a result of Landlord’s negligence, inability or unwillingness to make payments and/or file any tax or informational returns when due;

 

14.                                costs or expenses related to the removal, abatement or remediation of hazardous material in or about the Building and/or Property which is existing as of the date hereof, to the extent said costs or expenses are not attributable to or arise from the acts or omissions of Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees, invitees, servants or contractors;

 

15.                                Landlord’s charitable or political contributions;

 

16.                                costs (including in connection therewith all attorney’s fees and costs of settlement judgments and payments in lieu thereof) arising from claims, disputes or potential disputes in connection with or actual claims litigation or arbitrations pertaining to Landlord and/or the Property;

 

17.                                Landlord’s entertainment, dining or travel expenses;

 

18.                                any gift (e.g. flowers, balloons) provided by Landlord to any entity whatsoever (including but not limited to tenants, vendors, contractors, prospective tenants and agents).

 

19.                                any “validated” parking for any entity;

 

20.                                salaries and bonuses of officers, executives and administrative employees above the grade of property manager.

 

If, during the term of this Lease, Landlord shall replace any capital items or make any capital expenditures which are (a) required to comply with laws in effect after the Commencement Date, or (b) are intended to reduce Operating Costs, or (c) are required to replace worn-out items as may be necessary to maintain the Building in good working order, repair and appearance and in a first class condition (the items in (a), (b) and (c) above collectively called “capital expenditures”) the total amount of which is not properly included in Operating Costs for the calendar year in which they were made, there shall nevertheless be included in Operating Costs for each calendar year in which and after such capital expenditure is made the annual charge-off of such capital expenditure.  (Annual charge-off shall be determined by (i) dividing the original cost of the capital expenditure by the number of years of useful life thereof [The useful life shall be reasonably determined by Landlord in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and practices in effect at the time of acquisition of the capital item.]; and (ii) adding to such quotient an interest factor computed on the unamortized balance of such capital expenditure based upon an interest rate reasonably determined by Landlord as being the interest rate then being charged for long-term mortgages by institutional lenders on like properties within the locality in which the Building is located.) Provided, further, that if Landlord reasonably concludes on the basis of engineering estimates that a particular capital expenditure will effect savings in Operating Costs and that such annual projected savings will exceed the annual charge-off of capital expenditure computed as aforesaid, then and in such events, the annual charge-off shall be determined by dividing the amount of such capital expenditure by the number of years over which the projected amount of such savings shall fully amortize the cost of such capital item or the amount of such capital expenditure; and by adding the interest factor, as aforesaid.

 

If during any portion of any year for which Operating Costs are being computed, the Building was not fully occupied by tenants or if not all of such tenants were paying fixed rent or if Landlord was not supplying all tenants with the services, amenities or benefits being supplied hereunder, actual Operating Costs incurred shall be reasonably extrapolated by Landlord to the estimated Operating Costs that would have been incurred if the Building were fully occupied by tenants and all such tenants were then paying fixed rent or if such services were being supplied to all tenants, and such extrapolated amount shall, for the purposes of this Section 4.2.3, be deemed to be the Operating Costs for such year.

 

4.2.4                      Insurance Tenant shall, at its expense, as Additional Rent, take out and maintain throughout the term the following insurance protecting Landlord:

 

8



 

4.2.4.1            Commercial general liability insurance naming Landlord, Tenant, and Landlord’s managing agent and any mortgagee of which Tenant has been given notice as insureds or additional insureds and indemnifying the parties so named against all claims and demands for death or any injury to person or damage to property which may be claimed to have occurred on the Premises (or the Property, insofar as used by customers, employees, servants or invitees of the Tenant), in amounts which shall, at the beginning of the term, be at least equal to the limits set forth in Section 1.1, and, which, from time to time during the term, shall be for such higher limits, if any, as are customarily carried in the area in which the Premises are located on property similar to the Premises and used for similar purposes; and workmen’s compensation insurance with statutory limits covering all of Tenant’s employees working on the Premises.

 

4.2.4.2            Special Risk property insurance with the usual extended coverage endorsements covering all Tenant’s furniture, furnishings, fixtures and equipment.

 

4.2.4.3            All such policies shall be obtained from responsible companies qualified to do business and in good standing in Massachusetts, which companies and the amount of insurance allocated thereto shall be subject to Landlord’s approval.  Tenant agrees to furnish Landlord with certificates evidencing all such insurance prior to the beginning of the term hereof and evidencing renewal thereof at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of any such policy.  Each such policy shall be non-cancelable with respect to the interest of Landlord without at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice thereto.  In the event provision for any such insurance is to be by a blanket insurance policy, the policy shall allocate a specific and sufficient amount of coverage to the Premises.

 

4.2.4.4            All insurance which is carried by either party with respect to the Building, Premises or to furniture, furnishings, fixtures, or equipment therein or alterations or improvements thereto, whether or not required, shall include provisions which either designate the other party as one of the insured or deny to the insurer acquisition by subrogation of rights of recovery against the other party to the extent such rights have been waived by the insured party prior to occurrence of loss or injury, insofar as, and to the extent that, such provisions may be effective without making it impossible to obtain insurance coverage from responsible companies qualified to do business in the state in which the Premises are located (even though extra premium may result therefrom).  In the event that extra premium is payable by either party as a result of this provision, the other party shall reimburse the party paying such premium the amount of such extra premium.  If at the request of one party, this non-subrogation provision is waived, then the obligation of reimbursement shall cease for such period of time as such waiver shall be effective, but nothing contained in this subsection shall derogate from or otherwise affect releases elsewhere herein contained of either party for claims.  Each party shall be entitled to have certificates of any policies containing such provisions.  Each party hereby waives all rights of recovery against the other for loss or injury against which the waiving party is protected by insurance containing said provisions, reserving, however, any rights with respect to any excess of loss or injury over the amount recovered by such insurance.  Tenant shall not acquire as insured under any insurance carried on the Premises any right to participate in the adjustment of loss or to receive insurance proceeds and agrees upon request promptly to endorse and deliver to Landlord any checks or other instruments in payment of loss in which Tenant is named as payee.

 

4.2.5                      Utilities Tenant shall pay directly to the applicable utility provider all charges for electricity, and gas furnished or consumed on the Premises which are separately metered, and all charges for telephone and other utilities or services not supplied by Landlord pursuant to Subsections 5.1.1 and 5.1.3, whether designated as a charge, tax, assessment, fee or otherwise, all such charges to be paid as the same from time to time become due.  Except as otherwise provided in Article 5, it is understood and agreed that Tenant shall make its own arrangements for the installation or provision of all such utilities and that Landlord shall be under no obligation to furnish any utilities to the Premises and shall not be liable for any interruption or failure in the supply of any such utilities to the Premises.

 

4.3                                Late Payment of Rent If any installment of rent is paid after the date the same was due, and if on a prior occasion in the twelve (12) month period prior to the date such installment was due an installment of rent was paid after the same was due, then Tenant shall pay Landlord a late payment fee equal to five (5%) percent of the overdue payment.

 

4.4                                Security Deposit; Letter of Credit .   A.  Upon the execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the Security and Restoration Deposit.  Said deposit shall be held by Landlord as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all the terms of this Lease by said Tenant to be observed and performed.  The Security and Restoration Deposit shall not be mortgaged, assigned, transferred or encumbered by Tenant without the written consent of Landlord and any such act on the part of Tenant shall be without force and effect and shall not be binding upon Landlord.

 

If the Fixed Rent or Additional Rent or any other sum payable hereunder shall be overdue and unpaid or should Landlord make payments on behalf of the Tenant, or Tenant shall fail to perform any of the terms of this Lease, then Landlord may, at its option and without prejudice to any other remedy which Landlord

 

9


 

may have on account thereof, appropriate and apply said entire deposit or so much thereof as may be necessary to compensate Landlord toward the payment of Fixed Rent, Additional Rent or other sums or loss or damage sustained by Landlord due to such breach on the part of Tenant; and Tenant shall forthwith upon demand restore said security to the original sum deposited.  Should Tenant comply with all of said terms and promptly pay all of the rentals as they fall due and all other sums payable by Tenant to Landlord, said deposit shall be returned in full to Tenant at the end of the term.

 

In the event of bankruptcy or other creditor-debtor proceedings against Tenant, all securities shall be deemed to be applied first to the payment of rent and other charges due Landlord for all periods prior to the filing of such proceedings.

 

B.                                     Tenant shall be obligated to inform Landlord if, at any time, Tenant’s cash position falls below $10,000,000.00, and shall deliver to Landlord, within fifteen (15) business days after the end of each quarter of Tenant’s fiscal year, an unaudited financial statement certified as true by Tenant’s Chief Financial Officer.  At such time that Tenant’s cash position falls below $10,000,000.00, Landlord shall have the right to withdraw the total amount of the Security and Restoration Deposit and hold the proceeds until such time that Tenant delivers to Landlord a letter of credit to secure the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease throughout the Term, in accordance with and subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

4.4.1                      Amount of Letter of Credit Within ten days following Landlord’s written notice requiring delivery of a letter of credit, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an irrevocable standby letter of credit (the “Original Letter of Credit”) which shall be (i) in the form of Exhibit C attached to this Lease (the “Form LC”), (ii) issued by a bank reasonably satisfactory to Landlord upon which presentment may be made in Boston, Massachusetts, (iii) in the amount of $250,000.00 (the “Letter of Credit Amount”) equal to the Letter of Credit Amount, and (iv) for a term of at least 1 year, subject to the provisions of Section 4.4.2 below.  The Original Letter of Credit, any Additional Letters(s) of Credit and Substitute Letter(s) of Credit are referred to herein as the “Letter of Credit.” Upon receipt of a satisfactory Letter of Credit, Landlord shall refund the proceeds of the Security and Restoration Deposit Landlord is then holding.

 

4.4.2                      Reduction in Security .  A.  At any time after October 31, 2013, Tenant may reduce the Security and Restoration Deposit or the Letter of Credit Amount, as applicable, to $125,000.00, on the condition that (i) Tenant has had two consecutive profitable quarters for the current fiscal year of Tenant, (ii) Tenant provides Landlord with an unaudited statement reporting such profitability, certified as true by Tenant’s Chief Financial Officer, and (iii) Tenant is not then in default under this Lease and has not previously been in default of its obligations beyond the expiration of all applicable notice and cure periods under this Lease.

 

B.                                     In lieu of effecting the reduction of subparagraph A above, Tenant may reduce the Security and Restoration Deposit or the Letter of Credit Amount, as applicable, to $200,000.00, at any time after October 31, 2013, and may further reduce the Letter of Credit amount to $150,000, at any time after October 31, 2014, in both cases on the condition that at the time of the applicable reduction, (i) Tenant delivers to Landlord satisfactory evidence that Tenant has sufficient cash in its accounts to fund all of its operations through the expiration of the Term and (ii) Tenant is not in default at the time of the reduction and has not previously been in default of its obligations beyond the expiration of all applicable notice and cure periods under this Lease.  In no event shall the amount of the security (whether in the form of a cash Security and Restoration Deposit or a Letter of Credit) be reduced below $150,000.00 pursuant to this subparagraph B.

 

4.4.3                      Renewal of Letter of Credit The Letter of Credit shall be automatically renewable in accordance with the second to last paragraph of the Form LC; provided however, that Tenant shall be required to deliver to Landlord a new letter of credit (a “Substitute Letter of Credit”) satisfying the requirements for the Original Letter of Credit under Section 4.4.1 on or before the date 30 days prior to the expiration of the term of the Letter of Credit then in effect, if the issuer of such Letter of Credit gives notice of its election not to renew such Letter of Credit for any additional period pursuant thereto.  Should any Letter of Credit contain a final expiration date, in addition to a current expiration date, such final expiration date shall be no earlier than 45 days following the Expiration Date of this Lease.

 

4.4.4                      Draws to Cure Defaults If the Fixed Rent, Additional Rent or any other sum payable to Landlord hereunder shall be overdue and unpaid or should Landlord make payments on behalf of the Tenant, or Tenant shall fail to perform any of the terms of this Lease in all cases beyond the expiration of all applicable notice and cure periods, then Landlord shall have the right, at any time thereafter to draw down from the Letter of Credit the amount necessary to cure such default.  In the event of any such draw by the Landlord, Tenant shall, within 30 days of written demand therefor, either (i) deliver to Landlord an additional Letter of Credit (“Additional Letter of Credit”) satisfying the requirements for the Original Letter of Credit, except that the amount of such Additional Letter of Credit shall be the amount of such draw, or (ii) provide evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord that the Original Letter of Credit has been replenished to the Letter of Credit Amount.

 

4.4.5                      Draws to Cure Damages In addition, if (i) this Lease shall have been terminated as a result of Tenant’s default under this Lease beyond the expiration of the applicable cure period, and/or (ii) 

 

10



 

this Lease shall have been rejected in a bankruptcy or other creditor-debtor proceeding, then Landlord shall have the right at any time thereafter to draw down from the Letter of Credit an amount sufficient to pay any and all damages payable by Tenant on account of such termination or rejection, as the case may be, pursuant to Article 8 hereof.  In the event of bankruptcy or other creditor-debtor proceeding against Tenant, all proceeds of the Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be applied first to the payment of rent and other charges due Landlord for all periods prior to the filing of such proceedings.

 

4.4.6                      Issuing Bank In the event the issuer of any Letter of Credit becomes insolvent or is placed into receivership or conservatorship by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or any successor or similar entity, or if a trustee, receiver or liquidator is appointed for the issuer, then, effective as of the date of such occurrence, the Letter of Credit shall be deemed to not meet the requirements of this Section 4.4 and Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days of written notice from Landlord, deliver to Landlord a Substitute Letter of Credit which otherwise meets the requirements of this Section, or, alternatively, Tenant shall, within such five-day period deliver cash to Landlord in the Letter of Credit Amount, which Landlord shall hold as “Security Proceeds” which shall be governed by subject to the provisions of Section 4.4.6 below.

 

4.4.7                      Draws for Failure to Deliver Substitute Letter of Credit If Tenant fails timely to deliver to Landlord a Substitute Letter of Credit, then Landlord shall have the right, at any time thereafter, without giving any notice to Tenant, to draw down the Letter of Credit and to hold the proceeds thereof (“Security Proceeds”) in a bank account in the name of Landlord, which may be withdrawn and applied by Landlord under the same circumstances and for the same purposes as if the Security Proceeds were a Letter of Credit.  Upon any such application of Security Proceeds by Landlord, Tenant shall, within 30 days of written demand therefor, deliver to Landlord an Additional Letter of Credit in the amount of Security Proceeds so applied.

 

4.4.8                      Transferability Landlord shall be entitled to transfer its beneficial interest under the Letter of Credit or any Security Proceeds in connection with (i) Landlord’s sale or transfer of the Building, or (ii) the addition, deletion or modification of any beneficiaries under the Letter of Credit, and the Letter of Credit shall specifically state on its face that it is transferable by Landlord, its successors and assigns.  Landlord shall pay all costs and fees charged to effect such transfer.

 

4.4.9                      Return of Letter of Credit at End of Term Within 45 days after the expiration of the term, to the extent Landlord has not previously drawn upon any Letter of Credit or Security Proceeds held by Landlord, Landlord shall return the same to Tenant provided that there is not at such time any continuing default of any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

 

ARTICLE 5
Landlord’s Covenants

 

5.1                                Affirmative Covenants Landlord covenants with Tenant:

 

5.1.1                      Heat and Air-Conditioning To furnish to the Premises, separately metered and at the direct expense of Tenant as hereinabove provided, heat and air-conditioning (reserving the right, at any time, to change energy or heat sources) sufficient to maintain the Premises at comfortable temperatures (subject to all federal, state, and local regulations relating to the provision of heat), during such hours of the day and days of the year that the Building is normally open (it being understood that Tenant shall control such hours of heat and air-conditioning for the Premises).

 

5.1.2                      Electricity To furnish to the Premises, separately metered and at the direct expense of Tenant as hereinabove provided, reasonable electricity for Tenant’s Permitted Uses.  If Tenant shall require electricity in excess of reasonable quantities for Tenant’s Permitted Uses and if (i) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, Landlord’s facilities are inadequate for such excess requirements, or (ii) such excess use shall result in an additional burden on the Building utilities systems and additional cost to Landlord on account thereof, as the case may be, (a) Tenant shall, upon demand, reimburse Landlord for such additional cost, as aforesaid, or (b) Landlord, upon written request, and at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, will furnish and install such additional wire, conduits, feeders, switchboards and appurtenances as reasonably may be required to supply such additional requirements of Tenant (if electricity therefor is then available to Landlord), provided that the same shall be permitted by applicable laws and insurance regulations and shall not cause permanent damage or injury to the Building or cause or create a dangerous or hazardous condition or entail excessive or unreasonable alterations or repairs.

 

5.1.3                      Water To furnish water for ordinary cleaning, lavatory and toilet facilities.

 

5.1.4                      Fire Alarm To maintain fire alarm systems within the Building.

 

5.1.5                      Repairs Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to make such repairs and replacements to the roof, exterior walls, floor slabs and other structural components of the Building, and to the plumbing, electrical, heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems of the Building as may be necessary to keep them in good repair and condition (exclusive of equipment installed by Tenant

 

11



 

and except for those repairs required to be made by Tenant pursuant to Section 6.1.3 hereof and repairs or replacements occasioned by any act or negligence of Tenant, its servants, agents, customers, contractors, employees, invitees, or licensees).

 

5.1.6                      Insurance To take out and maintain throughout the term all-risk casualty insurance in an amount equal to 100% of the replacement cost of the Building above foundation walls.

 

5.2                                Interruption Landlord shall be under no responsibility or liability for failure or interruption of any of the above-described services, repairs or replacements caused by breakage, accident, strikes, repairs, inability to obtain supplies, labor or materials, or for any other causes beyond the control of the Landlord, and in no event for any indirect or consequential damages to Tenant; and failure or omission on the part of the Landlord to furnish any of same for any of the reasons set forth in this paragraph shall not be construed as an eviction of Tenant, actual or constructive, nor entitle Tenant to an abatement of rent, nor render the Landlord liable in damages, nor release Tenant from prompt fulfillment of any of its covenants under this Lease.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord fails to provide any service that it is required to provide above so that Tenant’s ability to conduct business at the Premises is materially adversely affected for a period of five (5) consecutive business days after written notice thereof from Tenant to Landlord, then, provided that such failure or Landlord’s inability to cure such condition is not (i) due to a cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control and/or (ii) generally affecting other buildings in the vicinity of the Premises (such as a neighborhood power outage or a water main break) or a fire or other casualty or taking (which shall be governed by Article 7 below) or the fault or negligence of Tenant or any of its agents, employees or contractors, the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent shall be equitably abated based upon the impact thereof on Tenant’s ability to conduct business in the Premises until the earlier of (a) the date such service(s) is restored to their level prior to the interruption or (b) the date Tenant commences to cure, pursuant to Section 10.6, a failure by Landlord to provide a service that is materially essential to Tenant’s business operations.

 

5.3                                Outside Services In the event Tenant wishes to provide outside services for the Premises over and above those services to be provided by Landlord as set forth herein, Tenant shall first obtain the prior written approval of Landlord for the installation and/or utilization of such services (“Outside services” shall include, but shall not be limited to, cleaning services, television, so-called “canned music” services, security services, catering services and the like.) In the event Landlord approves the installation and/or utilization of such services, such installation and utilization shall be at Tenant’s sole cost, risk and expense.

 

5.4                                Access Tenant shall have access to the Premises 24 hours/day, 7 days/week.

 

ARTICLE 6
Tenant’s Additional Covenants

 

6.1                                Affirmative Covenants Tenant covenants at all times during the term and for such further time (prior or subsequent thereto) as Tenant occupies the Premises or any part thereof:

 

6.1.1                      Perform Obligations To perform promptly all of the obligations of Tenant set forth in this Lease; and to pay when due the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent and all charges, rates and other sums which by the terms of this Lease are to be paid by Tenant.

 

6.1.2                      Use To use the Premises only for the Permitted Uses, and from time to time to procure all licenses and permits necessary therefor, at Tenant’s sole expense.  With respect to any licenses or permits for which Tenant may apply, pursuant to this subsection 6.1.2 or any other provision hereof, Tenant shall furnish Landlord copies of applications therefor on or before their submission to the governmental authority.

 

6.1.3                      Repair and Maintenance To maintain the Premises in neat order and condition, to contract for cleaning services for the Premises consistent with prevailing cleaning standards for similar properties in the area, and to perform all routine and ordinary repairs to the Premises and to any plumbing, heating, electrical, ventilating and air-conditioning systems located within the Premises and installed by Tenant such as are necessary to keep them in good working order, appearance and condition, as the case may require, reasonable use and wear thereof and damage by fire or by unavoidable casualty only excepted; to keep all glass in windows and doors of the Premises (except glass in the exterior walls of the Building) whole and in good condition with glass of the same quality as that injured or broken; and to make as and when needed as a result of misuse by, or neglect or improper conduct of Tenant or Tenant’s servants, employees, agents, invitees or licensees or otherwise, all repairs necessary, which repairs and replacements shall be in quality and class equal to the original work.  (Landlord, upon default of Tenant hereunder and upon prior notice to Tenant, may elect, at the expense of Tenant, to perform all such cleaning and maintenance and to make any such repairs or to repair any damage or injury to the Building or the Premises caused by moving property of Tenant in or out of the Building, or by installation or removal of furniture or other property, or by misuse by, or neglect, or improper conduct of, Tenant or Tenant’s servants, employees, agents, contractors, customers, patrons, invitees, or licensees.)

 

6.1.4                      Compliance with Law From and after the Commencement Date, to make all repairs, alterations, additions or replacements to the Premises required by any law or ordinance or any order or

 

12



 

regulation of any public authority (to the extent the same are required on account of Tenant’s specific use of the Premises and/or any work performed by or on account of Tenant whether before or after the Commencement Date); to keep the Premises equipped with all safety appliances so required; and to comply with the orders and regulations of all governmental authorities with respect to zoning, building, fire, health and other codes, regulations, ordinances or laws applicable to the Premises, except that Tenant may defer compliance so long as the validity of any such law, ordinance, order or regulations shall be contested by Tenant in good faith and by appropriate legal proceedings, if Tenant first gives Landlord appropriate assurance or security against any loss, cost or expense on account thereof.

 

6.1.5                      Indemnification To save harmless, exonerate and indemnify Landlord, its agents (including, without limitation, Landlord’s managing agent) and employees (such agents and employees being referred to collectively as the “Landlord Related Parties”) from and against any and all claims, liabilities or penalties asserted by or on behalf of any person, firm, corporation or public authority on account of injury, death, damage or loss to person or property in or upon the Premises and the Property arising out of the use or occupancy of the Premises, including Tenant’s use of the roof of the Building, by Tenant or by any person claiming by, through or under Tenant (including, without limitation, all patrons, employees and customers of Tenant), or arising out of any delivery to or service supplied to the Premises, or on account of or based upon anything whatsoever done on the Premises, except if the same was caused by the gross negligence, fault or misconduct of Landlord or the Landlord Related Parties.  In respect of all of the foregoing, Tenant shall indemnify Landlord and the Landlord Related Parties from and against all costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), and liabilities incurred in or in connection with any such claim, action or proceeding brought thereon; and, in case of any action or proceeding brought against Landlord or the Landlord Related Parties by reason of any such claim, Tenant, upon notice from Landlord and at Tenant’s expense, shall resist or defend such action or proceeding and employ counsel therefor reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.

 

6.1.6                      Landlord’s Right to Enter To permit Landlord and its agents to enter into and examine the Premises at reasonable times and, except in the case of emergency (where no notice is required) upon at least 24 hours’ prior notice (which may be oral notice) and to show the Premises, and to make repairs to the Premises, and, during the last six (6) months prior to the expiration of this Lease, to keep affixed in suitable places notices of availability of the Premises.

 

6.1.7                      Personal Property at Tenant’s Risk All of the furnishings, fixtures, equipment, effects and property of every kind, nature and description of Tenant and of all persons claiming by, through or under Tenant which, during the continuance of this Lease or any occupancy of the Premises by Tenant or anyone claiming under Tenant, may be on the Premises, shall be at the sole risk and hazard of Tenant and if the whole or any part thereof shall be destroyed or damaged by fire, water or otherwise, or by the leakage or bursting of water pipes, steam pipes, or other pipes, by theft or from any other cause, no part of said loss or damage is to be charged to or to be borne by Landlord, except that Landlord shall in no event be indemnified or held harmless or exonerated from any liability to Tenant or to any other person, for any injury, loss, damage or liability to the extent prohibited by law.

 

6.1.8                      Payment of Landlord’s Cost of Enforcement To pay on demand Landlord’s expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred in enforcing any obligation of Tenant under this Lease or in curing any default by Tenant under this Lease as provided in Section 8.4.

 

6.1.9                      Yield Up At the expiration of the term or earlier termination of this Lease:  to surrender all keys to the Premises; to remove all of its trade fixtures and personal property in the Premises; to deliver to Landlord stamped architectural plans showing the Premises at yield up (which may be the initial plans if Tenant has made no installations after the Commencement Date); to remove such installations made by it as Landlord may request (including computer and telecommunications wiring and cabling, it being understood that if Tenant leaves such wiring and cabling in a useable condition, Landlord, although having the right to request removal thereof, is less likely to so request) and all Tenant’s signs wherever located; to repair all damage caused by such removal and to yield up the Premises (including all installations and improvements made by Tenant except for trade fixtures and such of said installations or improvements as Landlord shall request Tenant to remove), broom-clean and in the same good order and repair in which Tenant is obliged to keep and maintain the Premises by the provisions of this Lease.  Tenant, at the time of making any installations, may request in writing Landlord’s permission to leave such installation in the Premises at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.  If Landlord grants permission, then, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this subsection 6.1.9, Landlord may not later request removal of such installation at the end of the term.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not require Tenant to remove any of the alterations depicted on Exhibit A-1 attached hereto; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Landlord may elect on or before the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease to require Tenant to remove the so-called SLS, Breakout and Receiving areas (including but not limited to removal of dedicated air-conditioning systems and restoring the affected area to typical, open R&D space including connection to the Building’s HVAC system) as highlighted in yellowon Exhibit A-1.  Any property not so removed shall be deemed abandoned and, if Landlord so elects, deemed to be Landlord’s property, and may be retained or removed and disposed of by Landlord in such manner as Landlord shall determine and Tenant shall pay Landlord the entire cost and expense incurred by

 

13



 

it in effecting such removal and disposition and in making any incidental repairs and replacements to the Premises and for use and occupancy during the period after the expiration of the term and prior to its performance of its obligations under this subsection 6.1.9.  Tenant shall further indemnify Landlord against all loss, cost and damage resulting from Tenant’s failure and delay in surrendering the Premises as above provided.

 

If the Tenant remains in the Premises beyond the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, such holding over shall be without right and shall not be deemed to create any tenancy, but the Tenant shall be a tenant at sufferance only at a daily rate of rent equal to two (2) times the rent and other charges in effect under this Lease as of the day prior to the date of expiration of this Lease.

 

6.1.10               Rules and Regulations To comply with the Rules and Regulations set forth in Exhibit D, and with all reasonable Rules and Regulations of general applicability to all tenants of the Park hereafter made by Landlord, of which Tenant has been given notice; Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for the failure of other tenants of the Park to conform to such Rules and Regulations.

 

6.1.11               Estoppel Certificate Upon not less than fifteen (15) days’ prior written request by Landlord, to execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a statement in writing, which may be in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E or in another form reasonably similar thereto, or such other form as Landlord may provide from time to time, certifying all or any of the following:  (i) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect, (ii) whether the term has commenced and Fixed Rent and Additional Rent have become payable hereunder and, if so, the dates to which they have been paid, (iii) whether or not Landlord is in default in performance of any of the terms of this Lease, (iv) whether Tenant has accepted possession of the Premises, (v) whether Tenant has made any claim against Landlord under this Lease and, if so, the nature thereof and the dollar amount, if any, of such claim, (vi) whether to Tenant’s knowledge there exist any offsets or defenses against enforcement of any of the terms of this Lease upon the part of Tenant to be performed, and (vii) such further information with respect to the Lease or the Premises as Landlord may reasonably request.  Any such statement delivered pursuant to this subsection 6.1.11 may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser or mortgagee of the Premises, or any prospective assignee of such mortgage.  Landlord hereby agrees to provide Tenant with an estoppel certificate signed by Landlord, containing the same type of information, and within the same time period, as set forth above, with such changes as are reasonably necessary to reflect that the estoppel certificate is being granted and signed by Landlord to Tenant, rather than by Tenant to Landlord or a lender.  Tenant shall also deliver to Landlord such financial information as may be reasonably required by Landlord to be provided to any mortgagee or prospective purchaser of the Premises, provided such party first executes a reasonable confidentiality agreement with Tenant.

 

6.1.12               Landlord’s Expenses Re Consents To reimburse Landlord promptly on demand for all reasonable legal expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with all requests by Tenant for consent or approval hereunder.

 

6.2                                Negative Covenants Tenant covenants at all times during the term and such further time (prior or subsequent thereto) as Tenant occupies the Premises or any part thereof:

 

6.2.1                      Assignment and Subletting Not to assign, transfer, mortgage or pledge this Lease or to sublease (which term shall be deemed to include the granting of concessions and licenses and the like) all or any part of the Premises or suffer or permit this Lease or the leasehold estate hereby created or any other rights arising under this Lease to be assigned, transferred or encumbered, in whole or in part, whether voluntarily, involuntarily or by operation of law, or permit the occupancy of the Premises by anyone other than Tenant without the prior written consent of Landlord.  In the event Tenant desires to assign this Lease or sublet any portion or all of the Premises, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing of Tenant’s intent to so assign this Lease or sublet the Premises and the proposed effective date of such subletting or assignment, and shall request in such notification that Landlord consent thereto.  Landlord may terminate this Lease in the case of a proposed assignment, or suspend this Lease pro tanto for the period and with respect to the space involved in the case of a proposed subletting, by giving written notice of termination or suspension to Tenant, with such termination or suspension to be effective as of the effective date of such assignment or subletting.  If Landlord does not so terminate or suspend, Landlord’s consent shall not be unreasonably withheld to an assignment or to a subletting, provided that the following conditions are met:

 

(i)                                      the assignee or subtenant shall use the Premises only for the Permitted Uses;

 

(ii)                                   the proposed assignee or subtenant has a net worth and creditworthiness reasonably acceptable to Landlord (it being understood such condition shall not be imposed unless Tenant’s net worth at the time Tenant requests such consent is less than Tenant’s net worth as of the date hereof);

 

(iii)                                the amount of the aggregate rent to be paid by the proposed subtenant is not less than the then current sublease market rate for the Premises; and

 

14



 

(iv)                               the proposed assignee or subtenant is not then a tenant in the Building or the Park, or an entity with which Landlord is dealing or has dealt within the preceding six months regarding the possibility of leasing space in the Building or the Park.

 

Tenant shall furnish Landlord with any information reasonably requested by Landlord to enable Landlord to determine whether the proposed assignment or subletting complies with the foregoing requirements, including without limitation, financial statements relating to the proposed assignee or subtenant.

 

Tenant shall, as Additional Rent, reimburse Landlord promptly for Landlord’s reasonable legal expenses incurred in connection with any request by Tenant for such consent.  If Landlord consents thereto, no such subletting or assignment shall in any way impair the continuing primary liability of Tenant hereunder, and no consent to any subletting or assignment in a particular instance shall be deemed to be a waiver of the obligation to obtain the Landlord’s written approval in the case of any other subletting or assignment.

 

If for any assignment or sublease consented to by Landlord hereunder Tenant receives rent or other consideration, either initially or over the term of the assignment or sublease, in excess of the rent called for hereunder, or in case of sublease of part, in excess of such rent fairly allocable to the part, after appropriate adjustments to assure that all other payments called for hereunder are appropriately taken into account and after deduction for reasonable marketing expenses of Tenant in connection with the assignment or sublease (including broker’s commissions, allowances and costs of tenant improvements), to pay to Landlord as additional rent fifty (50%) percent of the excess of each such payment of rent or other consideration received by Tenant promptly after its receipt.

 

Whenever Tenant lists with a broker or brokers or otherwise advertises, holds out or markets the Premises or any part thereof for sublease or assignment, Tenant shall give Nordblom Company, as brokers, a non-exclusive listing with respect to such sublease or assignment.

 

If at any time during the term of this Lease, there is a name change, reformation or reorganization of the Tenant entity, Tenant shall so notify Landlord and deliver evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord documenting such name change, reformation or reorganization.  If, at any time during the term of this Lease, there is a transfer of a controlling interest in the stock, membership or general partnership interests of Tenant, Tenant shall so notify Landlord and (whether or not Tenant so notifies Landlord) such transfer shall be deemed an assignment subject to the terms of this Section 6.2.1.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Landlord’s prior consent shall not be required for, (i) transfers with an entity into or with which Tenant is merged or consolidated or (ii) transfers with an entity to which all of Tenant’s stock or all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets are transferred or (iii) transfers to any entity (a “Related Entity”) which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Tenant, provided that in any of such events (A) such entity or successor to Tenant (specifically excluding a Related Entity) has a net worth computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles at least equal to the greater of (1) the net worth of Tenant on the date of this Lease and (2) the net worth of Tenant immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or transfer, (B) proof reasonably satisfactory to Landlord of such net worth shall have been delivered to Landlord within at least ten (10) days of the effective date of any such transaction (except in connection with a transfer to a Related Entity), (C) in the case of an assignment, the assignee agrees directly with Landlord, by written instrument in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, to perform all the obligations of Tenant; (D) in the case of a sublease, the sublessee agrees, in a written sublease instrument in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, to abide by all of the terms and covenants of this Lease and the sublessee occupies the Premises for the Permitted Uses and no other use; and (E) nothing shall impair the continuing primary liability of Tenant hereunder.

 

6.2.2                      Nuisance Not to injure, deface or otherwise harm the Premises; nor commit any nuisance; nor permit in the Premises any vending machine (except such as is used for the sale of merchandise to employees of Tenant) or inflammable fluids or chemicals (except such as are customarily used in connection with standard office equipment and light manufacturing); nor permit any cooking to such extent as requires special exhaust venting; nor permit the emission of any objectionable noise or odor; nor make, allow or suffer any waste; nor make any use of the Premises which is improper, offensive or contrary to any law or ordinance or which will invalidate any of Landlord’s insurance; nor conduct any auction, fire, “going out of business” or bankruptcy sales.

 

6.2.3                      Hazardous Wastes and Materials Not to dispose of any hazardous wastes, hazardous materials or oil on the Premises or the Property, or into any of the plumbing, sewage, or drainage systems thereon, and to indemnify and save Landlord harmless from all claims, liability, loss or damage arising on account of the use or disposal of hazardous wastes, hazardous materials or oil, including, without limitation, liability under any federal, state, or local laws, requirements and regulations, or damage to any of the aforesaid systems.  Tenant shall comply with all governmental reporting requirements with respect to hazardous wastes, hazardous materials and oil, and shall deliver to Landlord copies of all reports filed with governmental authorities.

 

15


 

6.2.4                      Floor Load; Heavy Equipment Not to place a load upon any floor of the Premises exceeding the floor load per square foot area which such floor was designed to carry and which is allowed by law.  Landlord reserves the right to prescribe the weight and position of all heavy business machines and equipment, including safes, which shall be placed so as to distribute the weight.  Business machines and mechanical equipment which cause vibration or noise shall be placed and maintained by Tenant at Tenant’s expense in settings sufficient to absorb and prevent vibration, noise and annoyance.

 

6.2.5                      Installation, Alterations or Additions Not to make any installations, alterations or additions in, to or on the Premises nor to permit the making of any holes in the walls, partitions, ceilings or floors nor the installation or modification of any locks or security devices without on each occasion obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord, and then only pursuant to plans and specifications approved by Landlord in advance in each instance.  All approvals of Landlord required hereunder shall not be unreasonably withheld in the case of non-structural interior alterations that do not impair the structural integrity of the Building, impact the Building systems, or involve penetration of the roof or exterior walls.  Landlord shall respond to Tenant’s request for approval within ten (10) business days of the same being made, and if Landlord denies such request it shall provide Tenant with a reason for such denial.  Landlord shall be deemed to have approved any request submitted by Tenant, if (x) Landlord fails to respond within ten (10) business days after receiving a request for such approval, and (y) following such ten (10) business day period, Landlord fails to respond within an additional five (5) business days after receiving a second request containing a prominent reference in bold print, with reference to this particular section of the Lease, advising Landlord that failure to respond to such notice shall result in deemed approval of the matters subject to such notice.  Tenant shall pay promptly when due the entire cost of any work to the Premises undertaken by Tenant so that the Premises shall at all times be free of liens for labor and materials, and at Landlord’s request Tenant shall furnish to Landlord a bond or other security acceptable to Landlord assuring that any work commenced by Tenant will be completed in accordance with the plans and specifications theretofore approved by Landlord and assuring that the Premises will remain free of any mechanics’ lien or other encumbrance arising out of such work.  In any event, Tenant shall forthwith bond against or discharge any mechanics’ liens or other encumbrances that may arise out of such work.  Tenant shall procure all necessary licenses and permits at Tenant’s sole expense before undertaking such work.  All such work shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner employing materials of good quality and so as to conform with all applicable zoning, building, fire, health and other codes, regulations, ordinances and laws.  Tenant shall save Landlord harmless and indemnified from all injury, loss, claims or damage to any person or property occasioned by or growing out of such work.

 

Not to grant a security interest in, or to lease, any personal property or equipment being installed in the Premises, including, without limitation, demountable partitions (the “Collateral”) without first obtaining an agreement for the benefit of Landlord in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F, from the secured party or lessor (“Secured Party”) that stipulates in the event either the Lease is terminated or Tenant defaults in its obligations to Secured Party, then (i) Secured Party will remove the Collateral within ten (10) business days after notice from Landlord of the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, or within ten (10) business days after Secured Party notifies Landlord that Secured Party has the right to remove the Collateral on account of Tenant’s default in its obligations to Secured Party, (ii) Secured Party will restore the area affected by such removal, and (iii) that a failure to so remove the Collateral will subject such property to the provisions of subsection 6.1.9 of the Lease.

 

6.2.5.1            Emergency Generator.  A.  Without waiver of the provisions of the first paragraph of this Section 6.2.5, Tenant shall have the right, at its sole expense, to install, maintain, repair, replace and operate an emergency generator having a capacity no greater than what is then permitted by the applicable local building code (the generator is referred to as the “Generator”) in a mutually acceptable location on the roof of the Building (the “Generator Area”), provided Tenant shall promptly repair any damage caused to the Building caused by reason of such installation and operation.  Tenant shall not install the Generator in the Generator Area without Landlord’s prior approval of the manner of and the plans and specifications for such installation and screening if reasonably required by Landlord.  If such installation shall result in an increase in premiums for Landlord’s insurance coverage for the Building, then Tenant shall be liable for the increase as Additional Rent hereunder.  The installation, maintenance and operation of the Generator shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, and shall be performed in accordance with all applicable laws and requirements of applicable governmental authorities, and otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Lease.

 

B.                                     Tenant agrees that upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, in accordance with subsection 6.1.9 hereof, remove the Generator, at Tenant’s expense, and promptly repair and restore any damage to the Property or the Building due to such removal.  If the Generator is not so removed by Tenant upon the expiration of the term of this Lease, then it shall become the property of Landlord and, if Landlord so elects, Landlord shall remove the same and charge Tenant for the cost of removal, including costs, if any, associated with restoration of the Property due to such removal.

 

C.                                     Tenant shall obtain insurance coverage for the benefit of Landlord and its managing

 

16



 

agent in such amount and of such type as Landlord may reasonably require, insuring against liabilities arising from the installation, maintenance, repair, replacement and operation of the Generator.

 

D.                                     It is expressly understood that the right to install and operate the Generator is personal to the initial Tenant named herein, and may not be assigned.

 

6.2.5.2            Rooftop Telecommunications Equipment.  A.  Without waiver of any of the provisions of the above paragraph of this Section 6.2.5 as they relate to the approval of plans and the performance of the work in connection with such installation, Tenant shall have the right to install, maintain, operate, repair and replace a satellite dish on the roof of the Building, subject to Landlord’s approval regarding size, location and the manner of installation in each instance, including conformance with Landlord’s reasonable design criteria (including visual shielding such that it cannot be seen from street level) and provided that such installation does not void any roof bonds or affect the integrity of the roof.  The installation, operation, maintenance and removal of such equipment shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and shall be performed in accordance with all applicable laws and requirements of applicable governmental authorities.

 

B.                                     Tenant, its contractors, agents or employees shall have access to the roof at all times in order to install, repair, replace, maintain, use and operate its telecommunications equipment, upon the following terms and conditions:  (i) all access by Tenant to the roof shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable safeguards for the security and protection of the Building; and (ii) any damage to the Building or to the personal property of Landlord arising as a result of such access shall be repaired and restored, at Tenant’s sole cost, to the condition existing prior to such access.

 

C.                                     It is expressly understood that the right to install and use the rooftop equipment is personal to the initial Tenant named herein.

 

6.2.6                      Abandonment Not to abandon the Premises during the term.

 

6.2.7                      Signs Not without Landlord’s prior written approval (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) to paint or place any signs or place any curtains, blinds, shades, awnings, aerials, or the like, visible from outside the Premises.  Tenant may, at is sole expense, install its identifying sign on the exterior of the Building in a location mutually acceptable to Tenant and Landlord.  Such sign shall comply with all local regulations and with the sign policy for the Park, shall be subject to Landlord’s approval as to design, size, and installation, and shall be maintained by Tenant, at its sole expense, in good condition and repair.

 

6.2.8                      Parking and Storage Not to permit any storage of materials outside of the Premises; nor to permit the use of the parking areas for either temporary or permanent storage of trucks; nor permit the use of the Premises for any use for which heavy trucking would be customary.

 

ARTICLE 7
Casualty or Taking

 

7.1                                Termination In the event that the Premises or the Building, or any material part thereof, shall be taken by any public authority or for any public use, or shall be destroyed or damaged by fire or casualty, or by the action of any public authority, then this Lease may be terminated at the election of Landlord.  Such election, which may be made notwithstanding the fact that Landlord’s entire interest may have been divested, shall be made by the giving of notice by Landlord to Tenant within sixty (60) days after the date of the taking or casualty.  In the event that the Premises are destroyed or damaged by fire or casualty, or if there is a taking of a material part of the Premises or Building, and, in the reasonable opinion of an independent architect or engineer selected by Landlord, cannot be repaired or restored within two hundred and seventy (270) days from the date repair or restoration work would commence, then this Lease may be terminated at the election of Landlord or Tenant, which election shall be made by the giving of notice to the other party within thirty (30) days after the date the opinion of the architect or engineer is made available to the parties.

 

7.2                                Restoration If Landlord does not elect to so terminate, this Lease shall continue in force and a just proportion of the rent reserved, according to the nature and extent of the damages sustained by the Premises, shall be suspended or abated until the Premises, or what may remain thereof, shall be put by Landlord in proper condition for use, which Landlord covenants to do with reasonable diligence to the extent permitted by the net proceeds of insurance recovered or damages awarded for such taking, destruction or damage and subject to zoning and building laws or ordinances then in existence.  “Net proceeds of insurance recovered or damages awarded” refers to the gross amount of such insurance or damages less the reasonable expenses of Landlord incurred in connection with the collection of the same, including without limitation, fees and expenses for legal and appraisal services.

 

7.3                                Award Irrespective of the form in which recovery may be had by law, all rights to damages or compensation shall belong to Landlord in all cases.  Tenant hereby grants to Landlord all of Tenant’s rights

 

17



 

to such damages and covenants to deliver such further assignments thereof as Landlord may from time to time request, provided, however, Tenant may make a separate claim with the condemning authority for its personal property and/or moving costs, provided that such action shall not affect the amount of compensation otherwise recoverable by Landlord from the taking authority

 

ARTICLE 8
Defaults

 

8.1                                Events of Default (a) If Tenant shall default in the performance of any of its obligations to pay the Fixed Rent, Additional Rent or any other sum due Landlord hereunder and if such default shall continue for ten (10) days after written notice from Landlord designating such default or if within thirty (30) days after written notice from Landlord to Tenant specifying any other default or defaults Tenant has not commenced diligently to correct the default or defaults so specified or has not thereafter diligently pursued such correction to completion, or (b) if any assignment shall be made by Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant for the benefit of creditors, or (c) if Tenant’s leasehold interest shall be taken on execution, or (d) if a lien or other involuntary encumbrance is filed against Tenant’s leasehold interest or Tenant’s other property, including said leasehold interest, and is not discharged within ten (10) days thereafter, or (e) if a petition is filed by Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant for liquidation, or for reorganization or an arrangement under any provision of any bankruptcy law or code as then in force and effect, or (f) if an involuntary petition under any of the provisions of any bankruptcy law or code is filed against Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant and such involuntary petition is not dismissed within sixty (60) days thereafter, then, and in any of such cases, Landlord and the agents and servants of Landlord lawfully may, in addition to and not in derogation of any remedies for any preceding breach of covenant, immediately or at any time thereafter without demand or notice and with or without process of law (forcibly, if necessary) enter into and upon the Premises or any part thereof in the name of the whole or mail a notice of termination addressed to Tenant, and repossess the same as of landlord’s former estate and expel Tenant and those claiming through or under Tenant and remove its and their effects (forcibly, to the extent permitted by law) without being deemed guilty of any manner of trespass and without prejudice to any remedies which might otherwise be used for arrears of rent or prior breach of covenants, and upon such entry or mailing as aforesaid this Lease shall terminate, Tenant hereby waiving all statutory rights to the Premises (including without limitation rights of redemption, if any, to the extent such rights may be lawfully waived) and Landlord, without notice to Tenant, may store Tenant’s effects, and those of any person claiming through or under Tenant, at the expense and risk of Tenant, and, if Landlord so elects, may sell such effects at public auction or private sale and apply the net proceeds to the payment of all sums due to Landlord from Tenant, if any, and pay over the balance, if any, to Tenant.

 

8.2                                Remedies In the event that this Lease is terminated under any of the provisions contained in Section 8.1 or shall be otherwise terminated for breach of any obligation of Tenant, Tenant covenants to pay forthwith to Landlord, as compensation, the excess of the total rent reserved for the residue of the term over the rental value of the Premises for said residue of the term.  In calculating the rent reserved there shall be included, in addition to the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent, the value of all other considerations agreed to be paid or performed by Tenant for said residue.  Tenant further covenants as additional and cumulative obligations after any such termination, to pay punctually to Landlord all the sums and to perform all the obligations which Tenant covenants in this Lease to pay and to perform in the same manner and to the same extent and at the same time as if this Lease had not been terminated.  In calculating the amounts to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the next preceding sentence Tenant shall be credited with any amount paid to Landlord as compensation as in this Section 8.2, provided and also with the net proceeds of any rent obtained by Landlord by reletting the Premises, after deducting all Landlord’s expense in connection with such reletting, including, without limitation, all repossession costs, brokerage commissions, fees for legal services and expenses of preparing the Premises for such reletting, it being agreed by Tenant that Landlord may (i) relet the Premises or any part or parts thereof, for a term or terms which may at Landlord’s option be equal to or less than or exceed the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the term and may grant such concessions and free rent as Landlord in its sole judgment considers advisable or necessary to relet the same and (ii) make such alterations, repairs and decorations in the Premises as Landlord in its sole judgment considers advisable or necessary to relet the same, and no action of Landlord in accordance with the foregoing or failure to relet or to collect rent under reletting shall operate or be construed to release or reduce Tenant’s liability as aforesaid.

 

In lieu of any other damages or indemnity and in lieu of full recovery by Landlord of all sums payable under all the foregoing provisions of this Section 8.2, Landlord may by written notice to Tenant, at any time after this Lease is terminated under any of the provisions contained in Section 8.1 or is otherwise terminated for breach of any obligation of Tenant and before such full recovery, elect to recover, and Tenant shall thereupon pay, as liquidated damages, an amount equal to the aggregate of the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent accrued in the twelve (12) months ended next prior to such termination plus the amount of rent of any kind accrued and unpaid at the time of termination and less the amount of any recovery by Landlord under the foregoing provisions of this Section 8.2 up to the time of payment of such liquidated damages.  Nothing contained in this Lease shall, however, limit or prejudice the right of Landlord to prove for and obtain in proceedings for bankruptcy or insolvency by reason of the termination of this Lease, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law in effect at the time when, and governing the proceedings in which, the damages are to be proved, whether or not the amount be greater than, equal to, or less than the amount of the loss or damages referred to above.

 

8.3                                Remedies Cumulative Any and all rights and remedies which Landlord may have under this Lease, and at law and equity, shall be cumulative and shall not be deemed inconsistent with each other, and any two or

 

18



 

more of all such rights and remedies may be exercised at the same time insofar as permitted by law.

 

8.4                                Landlord’s Right to Cure Defaults Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, cure, at any time and without notice in an emergency, and after the expiration of applicable notice and cure periods specified in Section 8.1 in all other instances, any default by Tenant under this Lease; and whenever Landlord so elects, all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, in curing a default shall be paid, as Additional Rent, by Tenant to Landlord on demand, together with lawful interest thereon from the date of payment by Landlord to the date of payment by Tenant.

 

8.5                                Effect of Waivers of Default Any consent or permission by Landlord to any act or omission which otherwise would be a breach of any covenant or condition herein, shall not in any way be held or construed (unless expressly so declared) to operate so as to impair the continuing obligation of any covenant or condition herein, or otherwise, except as to the specific instance, operate to permit similar acts or omissions.

 

8.6                                No Waiver, etc The failure of either party to seek redress for violation of, or to insist upon the strict performance of, any covenant or condition of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such violation nor prevent a subsequent act, which would have originally constituted a violation, from having all the force and effect of an original violation.  The receipt by Landlord of rent with knowledge of the breach of any covenant of this Lease shall not be deemed to have been a waiver of such breach by Landlord.  No consent or waiver, express or implied, by either party to or of any breach of any agreement or duty shall be construed as a waiver or consent to or of any other breach of the same or any other agreement or duty.

 

8.7                                No Accord and Satisfaction No acceptance by Landlord of a lesser sum than the Fixed Rent, Additional Rent or any other charge then due shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest installment of such rent or charge due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as rent or other charge be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such installment or pursue any other remedy in this Lease provided.

 

ARTICLE 9
Rights of Mortgage Holders

 

9.1                                Rights of Mortgage Holders The word “mortgage” as used herein includes mortgages, deeds of trust or other similar instruments evidencing other voluntary liens or encumbrances, and modifications, consolidations, extensions, renewals, replacements and substitutes thereof.  The word “holder” shall mean a mortgagee, and any subsequent holder or holders of a mortgage.  Until the holder of a mortgage shall enter and take possession of the Property for the purpose of foreclosure, such holder shall have only such rights of Landlord as are necessary to preserve the integrity of this Lease as security.  Upon entry and taking possession of the Property for the purpose of foreclosure, such holder shall have all the rights of Landlord.  No such holder of a mortgage shall be liable either as mortgagee or as assignee, to perform, or be liable in damages for failure to perform, any of the obligations of Landlord unless and until such holder shall enter and take possession of the Property for the purpose of foreclosure.  Upon entry for the purpose of foreclosure, such holder shall be liable to perform all of the obligations of Landlord, subject to and with the benefit of the provisions of Section 10.4, provided that a discontinuance of any foreclosure proceeding shall be deemed a conveyance under said provisions to the owner of the equity of the Property.

 

The covenants and agreements contained in this Lease with respect to the rights, powers and benefits of a holder of a mortgage (particularly, without limitation thereby, the covenants and agreements contained in this Section 9.1) constitute a continuing offer to any person, corporation or other entity, which by accepting a mortgage subject to this Lease, assumes the obligations herein set forth with respect to such holder; such holder is hereby constituted a party of this Lease as an obligee hereunder to the same extent as though its name were written hereon as such; and such holder shall be entitled to enforce such provisions in its own name.  Tenant agrees on request of Landlord to execute and deliver from time to time any agreement which may be necessary to implement the provisions of this Section 9.1.

 

9.2                               Lease Superior or Subordinate to Mortgages It is agreed that the rights and interest of Tenant under this Lease shall be (i) subject or subordinate to any present or future mortgage or mortgages and to any and all advances to be made thereunder, and to the interest of the holder thereof in the Premises or any property of which the Premises are a part if Landlord shall elect by notice to Tenant to subject or subordinate the rights and interest of Tenant under this Lease to such mortgage or (ii) prior to any present or future mortgage or mortgages, if Landlord shall elect, by notice to Tenant, to give the rights and interest of Tenant under this Lease priority to such mortgage; in the event of either of such elections and upon notification by Landlord to that effect, the rights and interest of Tenant under this Lease should be deemed to be subordinate to, or have priority over, as the case may be, said mortgage or mortgages, irrespective of the time of execution or time of recording of any such mortgage or mortgages (provided that, in the case of subordination of this Lease to any future mortgages, the holder thereof agrees not to disturb the possession of Tenant so long as Tenant is not in default hereunder).  Tenant agrees it will, upon not less than ten (10) days’ prior written request by Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all instruments deemed by Landlord necessary or desirable to give effect to or notice of such subordination or priority.  Any Mortgage to which this Lease shall be subordinated may contain such terms, provisions and conditions as the holder deems usual or customary.  Landlord shall obtain for Tenant’s benefit a so-called non-disturbance agreement from its current lender on such lender’s standard form.

 

19



 

ARTICLE 10
Miscellaneous Provisions

 

10.1                         Notices from One Party to the Other All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and addressed, if to the Tenant, at the Original Notice Address of Tenant or such other address as Tenant shall have last designated by notice in writing to Landlord and, if to Landlord, at the Original Notice Address of Landlord or such other address as Landlord shall have last designated by notice in writing to Tenant.  Any notice shall be deemed duly given when mailed to such address postage prepaid, by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or when delivered to such address by hand.

 

10.2                         Quiet Enjoyment Landlord agrees that upon Tenant’s paying the rent and performing and observing the agreements, conditions and other provisions on its part to be performed and observed, Tenant shall and may peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises during the term hereof without any manner of hindrance or molestation from Landlord or anyone claiming under Landlord, subject, however, to the terms of this Lease.

 

10.3                         Lease not to be Recorded Tenant agrees that it will not record this Lease.  Both parties shall, upon the request of either, execute and deliver a notice or short form of this Lease in such form, if any, as may be permitted by applicable statute.  Tenant hereby irrevocably appoints Landlord as Tenant’s attorney-in-fact (which appointment shall survive termination of the term of this Lease) with full power of substitution to execute, acknowledge and deliver a notice of termination of lease in Tenant’s name if Tenant fails, within 10 days after request therefor, to either execute, acknowledge or deliver such notice of termination or give Landlord written notice setting forth the reasons why Tenant is refusing to deliver such notice of termination.

 

10.4                         Limitation of Landlord’s Liability The term “Landlord” as used in this Lease, so far as covenants or obligations to be performed by Landlord are concerned, shall be limited to mean and include only the owner or owners at the time in question of the Property, and in the event of any transfer or transfers of title to said property, the Landlord (and in case of any subsequent transfers or conveyances, the then grantor) shall be concurrently freed and relieved from and after the date of such transfer or conveyance, without any further instrument or agreement of all liability as respects the performance of any covenants or obligations on the part of the Landlord contained in this Lease thereafter to be performed, it being intended hereby that the covenants and obligations contained in this Lease on the part of Landlord, shall, subject as aforesaid, be binding on the Landlord, its successors and assigns, only during and in respect of their respective successive periods of ownership of said leasehold interest or fee, as the case may be.  Tenant, its successors and assigns, shall not assert nor seek to enforce any claim for breach of this Lease against any of Landlord’s assets other than Landlord’s interest in the Property and in the rents, issues and profits thereof, and Tenant agrees to look solely to such interest for the satisfaction of any liability or claim against Landlord under this Lease, it being specifically agreed that in no event whatsoever shall Landlord (which term shall include, without limitation, any general or limited partner, trustees, beneficiaries, officers, directors, or stockholders of Landlord) ever be personally liable for any such liability.

 

10.5                         Acts of God In any case where either party hereto is required to do any act, delays caused by or resulting from Acts of God, war, civil commotion, fire, flood or other casualty, labor difficulties, shortages of labor, materials or equipment, government regulations, unusually severe weather, or other causes beyond such party’s reasonable control shall not be counted in determining the time during which work shall be completed, whether such time be designated by a fixed date, a fixed time or a “reasonable time,” and such time shall be deemed to be extended by the period of such delay.

 

10.6                         Landlord’s Default Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default in the performance of any of its obligations hereunder unless it shall fail to perform such obligations and such failure shall continue for a period of thirty (30) days or such additional time as is reasonably required to correct any such default after written notice has been given by Tenant to Landlord specifying the nature of Landlord’s alleged default.  Landlord shall not be liable in any event for incidental or consequential damages to Tenant by reason of Landlord’s default, whether or not notice is given.  Tenant shall have no right to terminate this Lease for any default by Landlord hereunder and no right, for any such default, to offset or counterclaim against any rent due hereunder.  Tenant may, but shall not be obligated, to cure any default by Landlord in performing an obligation or providing a service that is material and essential to Tenant’s business operations, and that is relating to the Premises and/or the building systems serving the Premises.  If Tenant elects to so cure Landlord’s default, Tenant shall give at least seven (7) business days’ prior written notice to Landlord (the “self-help notice”), or with reasonable prior notice under the circumstances in an emergency, stating that Tenant is invoking its self-help rights under this Section 10.6.  Tenant may take such action as is reasonable and prudent under the circumstances to remedy any uncured default of Landlord, provided however, that Tenant shall not have the right to cure any such default (a) to the extent that Tenant’s curative actions would relate to areas outside of the Premises, or the structure of the Building, or (b) if the nature of such default or the Landlord’s inability to cure is due to circumstances generally affecting other buildings in the vicinity (such as a power outage, a water main break or inclement weather, for example).  However, if at the time of Tenant’s self-help notice, Landlord has undertaken to cure the default in question and is proceeding with diligence, but has been unable to fully complete such cure by the expiration of seven (7) business days from Tenant’s self-help notice, Landlord shall be afforded a reasonable time thereafter in which to complete its curative efforts before Tenant may effect a cure.  For the purposes of this Section 10.6, the phrase “reasonable time” shall mean an additional period of time reasonably determined by Landlord given the nature of the default and the steps reasonably necessary to rectify the same.  Whenever Tenant so elects to cure a default by Landlord as set forth herein, Landlord shall, within twenty (20) days after receipt of any

 

20



 

invoice therefor, reimburse Tenant for all costs and expenses incurred by Tenant in curing a default.

 

10.7                         Brokerage Tenant warrants and represents that it has dealt with no broker in connection with the consummation of this Lease, other than Nordblom Company, Inc. and FHO Partners, LLC (collectively, the “Brokers”), and in the event of any brokerage claims, other than by the Brokers, against Landlord predicated upon prior dealings with Tenant, Tenant agrees to defend the same and indemnify and hold Landlord harmless against any such claim.  Landlord shall pay the Brokers a commission pursuant to a separate agreement.

 

10.8                         Applicable Law and Construction; Merger; Jury Trial This Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and, if any provisions of this Lease shall to any extent be invalid, the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby.  This Lease and the Exhibits attached hereto and forming a part hereof constitute all the covenants, promises, agreements, and understandings between Landlord and Tenant concerning the Premises and the Building and there are no covenants, promises, agreements or understandings, either oral or written, between them other than as are set forth in this Lease.  Neither Landlord nor Landlord’s agents shall be bound to any representations with respect to the Premises, the Building or the Property except as herein expressly set forth, and all representations, either oral or written, shall be deemed to be merged into this Lease.  The titles of the several Articles and Sections contained herein are for convenience only and shall not be considered in construing this Lease.  Each of Landlord and Tenant shall and does hereby waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding, or claim brought by or against the other party regarding any matter arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant or Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises.  Unless repugnant to the context, the words “Landlord” and “Tenant” appearing in this Lease shall be construed to mean those named above and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and those claiming through or under them respectively.  If there be more than one person or entity named as tenant, the obligations imposed by this Lease upon Tenant shall be joint and several.

 

WITNESS the execution hereof under seal on the day and year first above written:

 

 

 

Landlord:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Peter C. Norblom

 

As Trustee, but not individually

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Peter C. Norblom

 

As Trustee, but not individually

 

 

 

 

 

Tenant:

 

CONFORMIS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Philipp Lang

 

Philipp Lang

 

CEO

 

21


 

EXHIBIT A

 

PLAN SHOWING THE PREMISES

 

 

22



 

EXHIBIT A-1

 

PLAN SHOWING LANDLORD’S WORK

 

 

23



 

EXHIBIT B

 

WORK CHANGE ORDER FORM

 

Lease Date:

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

Landlord:

 

 

Work Change Order No.:

 

 

 

 

 

Tenant:

 

 

Building Address:

 

 

 

 

 

Premises:

 

 

 

 

 

Tenant directs Landlord to make the following additions to Landlord’s work:

 

Description of additional work:

 

Work Change Order Amount:

 

 

 

Amount of Previous Work Change Orders:

 

This Work Change Order:

 

Total Amount of Work Change Orders :

 

Landlord approves this Work Change Order and Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord the Total Amount of Work Change Orders at the earlier of ten days following receipt of the Certificate of Occupancy of the premises or occupancy of the premises by Tenant.

 

Tenant:

Landlord:

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

Title:

 

 

24


 

EXHIBIT C

 

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

 

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ISSUANCE DATE:

 

 

 

 

 

BENEFICIARY:

 

 

 

 

 

ISSUING BANK:

 

 

 

 

 

APPLICANT:

 

 

 

 

 

 

MAXIMUM/AGGREGATE CREDIT AMOUNT:

USD $                                   

 

 

EXPIRATION:

 

 

 

 

LADIES AND GENTLEMEN:

 

 

We hereby establish our irrevocable letter of credit in your favor for account of the Applicant up to an aggregate amount not to exceed                                              US Dollars ($              ) available by your draft(s) drawn on ourselves at sight accompanied by:

 

The original Letter of Credit and all amendment(s), if any.

 

Your statement, purportedly signed by an authorized officer or signatory of the Beneficiary certifying that the Beneficiary is entitled to draw upon this Letter of Credit (in the amount of the draft submitted herewith) pursuant to Section 4.4 of the lease (the “Lease”) dated             ,         by and between                     , as Landlord, and                           , as Tenant, relating to the premises at                                         .

 

Draft(s) must indicate name and issuing bank and credit number and must be presented at this office.  Drawings may also be presented via facsimile transmission at facsimile number [                                  ].

 

You shall have the right to make multiple and partial draws against this Letter of Credit, from time to time.

 

This Letter of Credit is transferrable by Beneficiary from time to time in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.4 of the Lease.

 

This Letter of Credit shall expire at our office on                       ,              (the “Stated Expiration Date”).

 

It is a condition of this Letter of Credit that the Stated Expiration Date shall be deemed automatically extended without amendment for successive one (1) year periods from such Stated Expiration Date, unless at least forty-five (45) days prior to such Stated Expiration Date) or any anniversary thereof) we shall notify the Beneficiary and the Applicant in writing by certified mail (return receipt) that we elect not to consider this Letter of Credit extended for any such additional one (1) year period.

 

We engage with you that all drafts drawn under and in compliance with the terms of this letter of credit will be duly honored within two (2) business days after presentation to us as described above.

 

Except as otherwise expressly stated herein, this Letter of Credit is subject to the “International Standby Practice 1998 ICC Publication 590 (ISP98).”

 

 

 

Very truly yours.

 

 

 

 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

25



 

EXHIBIT D

 

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

1.                                       The sidewalks, entrances, passages, corridors, vestibules, halls, elevators, or stairways in or about the Building shall not be obstructed by Tenant.

 

2.                                       Tenant shall not place objects against glass partitions, doors or windows which would be unsightly from the Building corridor or from the exterior of the Building.

 

3.                                       Tenant shall not waste electricity or water in the Building premises and shall cooperate fully with Landlord to assure the most effective operation of the Building heating and air conditioning systems.  All regulating and adjusting of heating and air-conditioning apparatus shall be done by the Landlord’s agents or employees.

 

4.                                       Tenant shall not use the Premises so as to cause any increase above normal insurance premiums on the Building.

 

5.                                       No bicycles, vehicles, or animals of any kind shall be brought into or kept in or about the Premises.  No space in the Building shall be used for the sale of merchandise of any kind at auction or for storage thereof preliminary to such sale.

 

6.                                       Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord in minimizing loss and risk thereof from fire and associated perils.

 

7.                                       The water and wash closets and other plumbing fixtures shall not be used for any purposes other than those for which they were designed and constructed and no sweepings, rubbish, rags, acid or like substance shall be deposited therein.  All damages resulting from any misuse of the fixtures shall be borne by the Tenant.

 

8.                                       Landlord reserves the right to establish, modify, and enforce reasonable parking rules and regulations, provided such rules and obligations do not diminish Tenant’s rights under the Lease.

 

9.                                       Landlord reserves the right at any time to rescind, alter or waive any rule or regulation at any time prescribed for the Building and to impose additional reasonable rules and regulations when in its judgment deems it necessary, desirable or proper for its best interest and for the best interest of the tenants and no alteration or waiver of any rule or regulation in favor of one tenant shall operate as an alteration or waiver in favor of any other tenant, provided such rules and regulations do not diminish Tenant’s rights under the Lease.  Landlord shall not be responsible to any tenant for the nonobservance or violation by any other tenant however resulting of any rules or regulations at any time prescribed for the Building.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Landlord shall enforce the rules and regulations against all tenants in a non-discriminatory manner.

 

10.                                Tenant acknowledges that the Building has been designated a non-smoking building.  At no time shall Tenant permit its agents, employees, contractors, guests or invitees to smoke in the Building or, except in specified locations, directly outside the Building.

 

26



 

EXHIBIT E

 

TENANT ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

 

TO:                                               (“Mortgagee” or “Purchaser”)

 

THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT:

 

1.                                       The undersigned is the tenant (the “Tenant”) under that certain lease (the “Lease”) dated          , 20    , by and between                            as landlord (the “Landlord”), and the undersigned, as Tenant, covering those certain premises commonly known and designated as                                (the “Premises”) in the building located at                         ,                                 , Massachusetts.

 

2.                                       The Lease is attached hereto as Exhibit A and (i) constitutes the entire agreement between the undersigned and the Landlord with respect to the Premises, (ii) is the only Lease between the undersigned and the Landlord affecting the Premises and (iii) has not been modified, changed, altered or amended in any respect, except (if none, so state):

 

 

3.                                       The undersigned has accepted and now occupies the Premises as of the date hereof, and to Tenant’s knowledge all improvements, if any, required by the terms of the Lease to be made by the Landlord have been completed and all construction allowances to be paid by Landlord have been paid.  In addition, the undersigned has made no agreement with Landlord or any agent, representative or employee of Landlord concerning free rent, partial rent, rebate of rental payments or any other type of rental or other economic inducement or concession except (if none, so state):

 

 

4.

 

(1)                                  The term of the Lease began (or is scheduled to begin) on             ,20     and will expire on                 , 20    ;

 

(2)                                  The fixed rent for the Premises has been paid to and including                   , 20    ;

 

(3)                                  The fixed rent being paid pursuant to the Lease is at the annual rate of $                    ; and

 

(4)                                  The escalations payable by Tenant under the Lease are currently $          , based on a pro rata share of         %, and have been reconciled through                 , 20    .

 

5.                                       (i) To Tenant’s knowledge, no party to the Lease is in default, (ii) the Lease is in full force and effect, (iii) the rental payable under the Lease is accruing to the extent therein provided thereunder, (iv) to Tenant’s knowledge, as of the date hereof the undersigned has no charge, lien or claim of off-set (and no claim for any credit or deduction) under the Lease or otherwise, against rents or other charges due or to become due thereunder or on account of any prepayment of rent more than one (1) month in advance of its due date, and (v) to Tenant’s knowledge, Tenant has no claim against Landlord for any security, rental, cleaning or other deposits, except (if none, so state):

 

 

6.                                       To Tenant’s knowledge, since the date of the Lease there are no actions, whether voluntary or otherwise, pending against the undersigned under the bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, moratorium or similar laws of the United States, any state thereof of any other jurisdiction.

 

7.                                       Tenant has not sublet, assigned or hypothecated or otherwise transferred all or any portion of Tenant’s leasehold interest.

 

8.                                       To Tenant’s knowledge, neither Tenant nor Landlord has commenced any action or given or received any notice for the purpose of terminating the Lease, nor does Tenant have any right to terminate the Lease, except (if none, so state):

 

9.                                       Tenant has no option or preferential right to purchase all or any part of the Premises (or the real property of which the Premises are a part) nor any right or interest with respect to the Premises or the real property of which the Premises are a part.  Tenant has no right to renew or extend the term of the Lease or expand the Premises except (if none, so state):

 

27



 

10.                                The undersigned acknowledges that the parties named herein are relying upon this estoppel certificate and the accuracy of the information contained herein in making a loan secured by the Landlord’s interest in the Premises, or in connection with the acquisition of the Property of which the Premises is a part.

 

EXECUTED UNDER SEAL AS OF               , 20    .

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

Duly Authorized

 

28



 

EXHIBIT F

 

LANDLORD’S CONSENT AND WAIVER

 

WHEREAS,                                        (the “Tenant”) has or is about to enter into certain financing agreements with                                                            (the “Bank”) pursuant to which the Bank has been or may be granted a security interest in certain property of the Tenant; and

 

WHEREAS, Tenant is the tenant, pursuant to a lease agreement by and between Tenant and the undersigned (the “Landlord”) dated as of                                (the “Lease”), of certain demised premises contained in the building located at the following address:

 

 

 

and more particularly described in the Lease (the “Premises”);

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for valuable consideration, the Landlord agrees, for as long as Tenant remains indebted to the Bank, as follows:

 

(a)                                  Landlord acknowledges and agrees that the personal property of Tenant (which for purposes hereof shall not include computer wiring, telephone wiring and systems, and demountable partitions) in which the Bank has been granted a security interest (the “Bank Collateral”) may from time to tune be located on the Premises;

 

(b)                                  Landlord subordinates, waives, releases and relinquishes unto the Bank, its successors or assigns, all right, title and interest, if any, which the Landlord may otherwise claim in and to the Bank Collateral, except as provided in subparagraph (d) hereinbelow;

 

(c)                                   Upon providing the Landlord with at least five (5) business days’ prior written notice that Tenant is in default of its obligations to the Bank, the Bank shall then have the right to enter the Premises during business hours for the purpose of removing said Bank Collateral, provided (i) the Bank completes the removal of said Bank Collateral within ten (10) business days following said first written notice of default, and (ii) the Bank restores any part of the Premises which may be damaged by such removal to its condition prior to such removal in an expeditious manner not to exceed ten (10) business days following said first written notice of default;

 

(d)                                  Upon receipt of written notice from Landlord of the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, the Bank shall have ten (10) business days to enter the Premises during business hours, remove said Bank Collateral, and restore any part of the Premises which may be damaged by such removal to its condition prior to such removal.  If the Bank fails to so remove the Bank Collateral, the Bank agrees that the Bank Collateral shall thereupon be deemed subject to the yield up provisions of the Lease, so the Landlord may treat the Bank Collateral as abandoned, deem it Landlord’s property, if Landlord so elects, and retain or remove and dispose of it, all as provided in the Lease;

 

(e)                                   All notices and other communications under this Landlord’s Consent and Waiver shall be in writing, and shall be delivered by hand, by a nationally recognized commercial next day delivery service, or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and sent to the following addresses:

 

if to the Bank:

 

 

Attention:

 

with a copy to:

 

 

if to the Landlord:                                                                                              c/o Nordblom Management Company, Inc.
15 Third Avenue
Burlington, MA 01803

 

29



 

Such notices shall be effective (a) in the case of hand deliveries, when received, (b) in the case of a next day delivery service, on the next business day after being placed in the possession of such delivery service with next day delivery charges prepaid, and (c) in the case of mail, five (5) days after deposit in the postal system, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid.  Either party may change its address and telecopy number by written notice to the other as provided above; and

 

(f)                                    The Bank shall indemnify and hold harmless the Landlord for any and all damage caused as a result of the exercise of the Bank’s rights hereunder.

 

This Landlord’s Consent and Waiver may not be changed or terminated orally and inures to the benefit of and is binding upon the Landlord and its successors and assigns, and inures to the benefit of and is binding upon the Bank and its successors and assigns.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Bank have each executed this Landlord’s Consent and Waiver or caused it to be executed by an officer thereunto duly authorized, and the appropriate seal to be hereunto affixed, this          day of               , 200  .

 

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

(Name)

 

(Title)

 

 

 

BANK:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

(Name)

 

 

(Title)

 

30



 

COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

 

County, ss.

 

On this                    day of               , 200  , before me, the undersigned Notary Public, personally appeared the above-named                                               , proved to me by satisfactory evidence of identification, being (check whichever applies):  o driver’s license or other state or federal governmental document bearing a photographic image, o oath or affirmation of a credible witness known to me who knows the above signatories, or o my own personal knowledge of the identity of the signatory, to be the person whose name is signed above, and acknowledged the foregoing to be signed by her/him voluntarily for its stated purpose.

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

My commission expires:

 

 

STATE OF

 

County, ss.

 

On this                    day of               , 200  , before me, the undersigned Notary Public, personally appeared the above-named                                               , proved to me by satisfactory evidence of identification, being (check whichever applies):  o driver’s license or other state or federal governmental document bearing a photographic image, o oath or affirmation of a credible witness known to me who knows the above signatories, or o my own personal knowledge of the identity of the signatory, to be the person whose name is signed above, that he/she signed it as                                  for                                       , and acknowledged the foregoing to be signed by her/him voluntarily for its stated purpose.

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

My commission expires:

 

 

31




Exhibit 10.27

 

CONFORMIS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of May 21, 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Robert Law III, an individual (the “ Executive ”).  As of the Effective Date, this Agreement amends, restates and supersedes all prior agreements, written and oral, with Executive related to Executive’s employment with the Company, including the original written employment agreement dated January 3, 2013 and the original Employee Confidentiality, Inventions Assignment and Non-Competition Agreement, and any written or oral amendments to those agreements.

 

BACKGROUND

 

A.                                     The Company has retained the services of the Executive as a member of the senior management of the Company effective as of April 2, 2007, and desires to continue to retain Executive in that role.  The Company also desires to provide employment security to the Executive, thereby inducing the Executive to continue employment with the Company and enhancing the Executive’s ability to perform effectively.

 

B.                                     The Executive desires to be employed by the Company on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.                                       Title, Duties and Responsibilities .

 

1.1                                Title .  The Company will employ the Executive as its Senior Vice President, Sales.

 

1.2                                Duties .  The Executive will devote all of the Executive’s business time, energy, and skill to the affairs of the Company; provided, however, that reasonable time for personal business as well as charitable and professional activities will be permitted, including, with the prior written approval of the Company, serving as a board member of non-competing companies and charitable organizations, so long as such activities do not materially interfere with the Executive’s performance of services under this Agreement.  The Executive will perform services at the head offices of the Company, which are currently located in Bedford, Massachusetts or at his residence in San Jose, California, unless otherwise agreed by the Company and the Executive in writing.  However, the Executive will travel as may be reasonably necessary to fulfill the responsibilities of Executive’s role.

 

1.3                                Performance of Duties .  The Executive will discharge the duties described herein in a diligent and professional manner.  The Executive will observe and comply at all times with the lawful directives of the Company’s Board of Directors (and its designees, including without limitation the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer) (the “ Board ”) regarding the Executive’s performance of the Executive’s duties and with the Company’s business policies, rules and regulations as adopted from time to time by the

 



 

Company.  The Executive will carry out and perform any and all reasonable and lawful orders, directions, and policies as may be stated by Company from time to time, either orally or in writing.

 

2.                                       Terms of Employment .

 

2.1                                Definitions .  For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

(a)                                  Accrued Compensation ” means any accrued Base Salary, any commissions or similar payments earned by the Executive prior to the date of termination, any Bonus earned by the Executive and approved by the Board prior to the date of termination, any accrued vacation pay, and any amounts for reimbursement of any appropriate business expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder, all to the extent unpaid on the date of termination.  The Executive’s entitlement to any other compensation or benefit under any plan of the Company shall be governed by and determined in accordance with the terms of such plans, except as otherwise specified in this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Base Salary ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 hereof.

 

(c)                                   Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any one of the following: (i) any “person”, as such term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”) (other than the Company, a subsidiary, an affiliate, or a Company employee benefit plan, including any trustee of such plan acting as trustee) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or (ii) a sale of assets involving 75% or more of the fair market value of the assets of the Company as determined in good faith by the Board; or (iii) any merger, reorganization or other transaction of the Company whether or not another entity is the survivor, pursuant to which holders of all the shares of capital stock of the Company outstanding prior to the transaction hold, as a group, less than 50% of the shares of capital stock of the Company outstanding after the transaction; provided, however, that neither (A) a merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company in which the holders of all the shares of capital stock of the Company immediately prior to the merger hold the voting power of the surviving entity following the merger in the same relative amounts with substantially the same rights, preferences and privileges, nor (B) a transaction the primary purpose of which is to raise capital for the Company, will constitute a Change of Control.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any payments or benefits hereunder or pursuant to any other agreement between the Company and the Executive, in either case that are subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), the Change of Control must constitute a “change in control event” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(i).

 

(d)                                  Change of Control Period ” means the period of time beginning three (3) months immediately preceding any Change of Control and ending twelve (12) months immediately following such Change of Control.

 

2



 

(e)                                   Death Termination ” means termination of the Executive’s employment because of the death of the Executive.

 

(f)                                    Disability Termination ” means termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment by reason of the Executive’s incapacitation due to disability.  The Executive will be deemed to be incapacitated due to disability if at the end of any month the Executive is unable to perform substantially all of the Executive’s duties under this Agreement in the normal and regular manner due to illness, injury or mental or physical incapacity, and has been unable so to perform for either (i) three consecutive full calendar months then ending, or (ii) 90 or more of the normal working days during the 12 consecutive full calendar months then ending.  Nothing in this paragraph alters the Company’s obligations under applicable law, which may, in certain circumstances, result in the suspension or alteration of the foregoing time periods.

 

(g)                                   Qualifying Termination ” means a termination that is a Termination for Good Reason by the Executive and/or a Termination Other Than for Cause by the Company.

 

(h)                                  Severance Period ” means the period following the date of a Qualifying Termination, Death Termination, or Disability Termination, as the case may be, that is equal to: (i) one year, in the event of a Qualifying Termination that occurs during a Change of Control Period; and (ii) six months, in all other cases.

 

(i)                                      Termination for Cause ” means termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment, pursuant to a reasonable good faith determination by the Company, by reason of (i) the Executive’s dishonesty or fraud, gross negligence in the performance of the Executive’s duties and responsibilities, deliberate violation of a Company policy, or refusal to comply in any material respect with the legal directives of the Board or Chief Executive Officer so long as such directives are not inconsistent with the Executive’s position and duties as described herein; (ii) conduct by the Executive that materially discredits the Company, intentional engagement by the Executive in acts materially detrimental to the Company’s operations or business, persistent or habitual negligence in the performance of the Executive’s duties and responsibilities, or the Executive’s conviction of a felony involving moral turpitude; (iii) the Executive’s incurable material breach of the terms of this Agreement, the Employee Confidential Information, Inventions and Non-Competition Agreement or any other material agreement between the Executive and the Company; or (iv) unauthorized use or disclosure by the Executive of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or any other party to whom the Executive owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of the Executive’s position with the Company.

 

(j)                                     Termination for Good Reason ” means a Voluntary Termination by the Executive following the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) a material reduction or alteration in the Executive’s job responsibilities or title without the consent of the Executive, provided that, following a Change of Control, neither a change in job title nor a reassignment to a new position will constitute a material reduction in job responsibilities, provided further that the new position is substantially similar in scope and substance to the position held prior to the Change of Control and the new job title reasonably reflects such scope and substance;

 

3



 

(ii) relocation by the Company or a subsidiary, parent or affiliate, as appropriate, of the Executive’s work site to a facility or location more than 40 miles from Boston, Massachusetts without the Executive’s consent; (iii) a material reduction in Executive’s then-current base salary without the Executive’s consent, provided that an across-the-board reduction in the salary level of all other employees or consultants in positions similar to the Executive’s by the same percentage amount as part of a general salary level reduction will not constitute such a salary reduction; or (iv) a material breach by the Company of this Agreement; provided, however, that no such event or condition shall constitute Good Reason unless (x) the Executive gives the Company a written notice of Termination for Good Reason not more than 30 days after the initial existence of the condition, (y) the grounds for termination (if susceptible to correction) are not corrected by the Company within 60 days of its receipt of such notice and (z) the Executive’s Voluntary Termination occurs within one year following the Company’s receipt of such notice.

 

(k)                                  Termination Other Than For Cause ” means termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason other than as specified in Sections 2.1(e), (f), (i) or (l) hereof.

 

(l)                                      Voluntary Termination ” means termination of the Executive’s employment by the voluntary action of the Executive other than by reason of a Disability Termination or a Death Termination.

 

2.2                                Employee at Will .  The Executive is an “at will” employee of the Company, and the Executive’s employment may be terminated at any time upon a Termination for Cause or a Termination Other than for Cause by the giving of written notice thereof to the Executive, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

2.3                                Termination for Cause .  Upon Termination for Cause, the Company will pay the Executive all Accrued Compensation, if any.

 

2.4                                Terminations for Good Reason or Other than for Cause .  Upon a Qualifying Termination, the Company will pay the Executive all Accrued Compensation, if any, and for the duration of the Severance Period, the Company will: (1) continue to pay the Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect at the time of such Qualifying Termination, payable on the Company’s normal payroll schedule, beginning on the Company’s first regular payroll date that occurs on or after the 30 th  day following the date of the Qualifying Termination, provided that the Release (as defined below) has been executed and any applicable revocation period has expired as of such date; and (2) provide Executive with continuation of the Executive’s coverage in effect at the time of such Qualifying Termination under the Company’s group health insurance plans (to the extent allowed under, and subject to the conditions of, the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (COBRA)), provided that such coverage may be discontinued if the Release (as defined below) has not been executed within 30 days following such Qualifying Termination or if such release is revoked for any reason, including during any applicable revocation period.  The Company shall pay any Bonus due pursuant to a Qualifying Termination under this Agreement in a lump sum on the 30 th  day following the date of the Qualifying Termination.  In addition, to the extent the Company has previously paid the Executive any Bonus in the form of a stock option as provided in Section 3.3 that is not fully vested as of the date of the Qualifying Termination, such stock option shall vest with respect to an additional number of shares equal to that number of shares that would have become vested shares had the Executive continued to

 

4



 

provide service as an employee of the Company following such termination for an additional period equal to the Severance Period. The Executive’s rights to any compensations or other benefits following a Qualifying Termination, other than Accrued Compensation, are subject to: (1) the execution by Executive of a  separation and release agreement in a form to be provided by the Company (the “ Release ”), including a release of any and all claims against the Company (including, without limitation, its subsidiaries, other affiliates, directors, officers, employees, agents and representatives) related in any way to the Executive’s employment with the Company, such Release to be executed following the Executive’s separation from service with the Company; (2) the expiration of any revocation period provided pursuant to any applicable laws; and (3) Executive’s continued compliance with the ongoing terms of Executive’s Confidentiality, Inventions Assignment and Non-Competition Agreement.

 

2.5                                Disability Termination .  The Company may effect a Disability Termination by giving written notice thereof to the Executive.  Upon Disability Termination, the Company will pay the Executive all Accrued Compensation, if any.  In addition, to the extent the Company has previously paid the Executive any Bonus in the form of a stock option as provided in Section 3.3 that is not fully vested as of the date of the Disability Termination, such stock option shall vest with respect to an additional number of shares equal to that number of shares that would have become vested shares had the Executive continued to provide service as an employee of the Company following such termination for an additional period equal to the Severance Period.

 

2.6                                Death Termination .  Upon a Death Termination, the Executive’s employment will be deemed to have terminated as of the last day of the month during which his death occurs, and the Company will promptly pay to the Executive’s estate Accrued Compensation, if any, and a lump sum amount equal to the Executive’s Base Salary otherwise payable for the Severance Period at the rate in effect at the time of Death Termination.  In addition, to the extent the Company has previously paid the Executive any Bonus in the form of a stock option as provided in Section 3.3 that is not fully vested as of the date of the Qualifying Termination, such stock option shall vest with respect to an additional number of shares equal to that number of shares that would have become vested shares had the Executive continued to provide service as an employee of the Company following such termination for an additional period equal to the Severance Period.

 

2.7                                Voluntary Termination .  The Executive may effect a Voluntary Termination by giving at least 30 days advance written notice to the Company.  During such period, the Executive will continue to receive regularly scheduled Base Salary payments and coverage under the Company’s benefit plans in which the Executive is a participant (to the extent allowed under any applicable benefit plans), provided, however, that the Company shall have the right to accelerate the effective date of the Voluntary Termination to any earlier date during such period and pay to the Executive any regularly scheduled Base Salary payments for such period in a lump sum on the date of termination.  Following the effective date of a Voluntary Termination, the Company will pay the Executive all Accrued Compensation, if any.

 

5



 

3.                                       Compensation and Benefits .

 

3.1                                Base Salary .  As payment for the services to be rendered by the Executive as provided in Section 1 and subject to the provisions of Section 2 of this Agreement, the Company will pay the Executive a “Base Salary” at the rate of $260,000 per year, payable on the Company’s normal payroll schedule.  The Executive’s “Base Salary” may be increased in accordance with the provisions hereof or as otherwise determined from time to time by the Board.

 

3.2                                Additional Benefits .

 

(a)                                  Benefit Plans .  The Executive will be eligible to participate in such of the Company’s benefit plans as are now generally available or later made generally available to senior officers of the Company, including, without limitation, medical, dental, life, and disability insurance plans.

 

(b)                                  Expense Reimbursement .  The Company agrees to reimburse the Executive for all reasonable, ordinary and necessary travel and entertainment expenses incurred by the Executive in conjunction with the Executive’s services to the Company consistent with the Company’s standard reimbursement policies, subject to Section 6.11(c).  The Company will pay travel costs incurred by the Executive in conjunction with the Executive’s services to the Company consistent with the Company’s standard travel policies.

 

(c)                                   Paid Time Off .  The Executive will be entitled, without loss of compensation, to the amount of Paid Time Off (“PTO”) per year generally available or later made generally available to senior officers of the Company, but in any event not less than five (5) weeks (200 hours) during each calendar year, prorated from the Effective Date.  Unused PTO may be accrued by the Executive pursuant to the Company’s standard PTO policies.

 

3.3                                Bonus .  The Executive will be eligible annually to receive a discretionary year-end bonus, payable in the form of cash, an option to purchase common stock of the Company, or other form determined by the Board (the “ Bonus ”).  The Bonus will be awarded at the discretion of the Board and may be subject to terms (including, without limitation, incentive targets, goals and/or milestones) as set by the Board and/or Chief Executive Officer. Any Bonus in the form of an option to purchase Company’s Common Stock will be granted at the then fair market value of such shares pursuant to the Company’s standard form of notice of stock option grant under the Company’s 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan or any successor plan(s).  The Executive acknowledges that the Company may pay Bonuses in the form of stock, stock options or other non-cash compensation in lieu of cash, and that entitlement to Bonuses and the form thereof (i.e., cash or otherwise) is in the sole discretion of the Board.  The Executive must be employed by the Company on the date the Bonus is approved by the Board in order to be eligible to receive such Bonus.

 

3.4                                Options to Purchase Common Stock .

 

(a)                                  Acceleration of Vesting upon a Change of Control .  Upon the occurrence of Qualifying Termination during any Change of Control Period, any outstanding equity awards held by the Executive will become fully vested and exercisable or free from

 

6



 

forfeiture or transfer restrictions as of the effective date of the Qualifying Termination (provided that if such Qualifying Termination precedes the Change of Control, such accelerated vesting shall occur on the effective date of the Change of Control).

 

4.                                       Proprietary Information .  The Executive will as of the Effective Date execute and deliver to the Company the Employee Confidential Information, Inventions and Non-Competition Agreement attached as Exhibit A hereto.

 

5.                                       Indemnification .  The Company will indemnify and hold harmless the Executive in respect of any liability, damage, amount paid in settlement, cost or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with any threatened, pending or completed claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation (whether civil, criminal or administrative) to which the Executive is or was a party, or threatened to be made a party, by reason of the Executive being or having been an officer, director, employee or consultant of the Company or serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise to the full extent required by the Company’s Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company and not prohibited by applicable law.  This Section 5 will survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

 

6.                                       Miscellaneous .

 

6.1                                Waiver .  The waiver of the breach of any provision of this Agreement will not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or other provision hereof.

 

6.2                                Notices .  All notices and other communications under this Agreement must be in writing and must be given by personal or courier delivery, facsimile or first class mail, certified or registered with return receipt requested, and will be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt if personally delivered or delivered by courier, on the date of transmission if transmitted by facsimile, or three business days after mailing if mailed, to the addresses of the Company and the Executive contained in the records of the Company at the time of such notice.  Any party may change such party’s address for notices by notice duly given pursuant to this Section 6.2.

 

6.3                                Headings .  The section headings used in this Agreement are intended for convenience of reference and will not by themselves determine the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

 

6.4                                Governing Law .  This Agreement is governed by and, to the extent a dispute arises hereunder, will be construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, excluding those laws that direct the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

 

6.5                                Arbitration .  Any controversy or claim arising out of, or relating to, the Executive’s employment with the Company, this Agreement, or the breach of this Agreement (except any controversy or claim arising out of, or relating to, Exhibit A or the breach of Exhibit A) will be settled by arbitration by, and in accordance with the applicable National Rules for the

 

7



 

Resolution of Employment Disputes, of the American Arbitration Association and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction; provided, however, that nothing in this Section requires the arbitration of disputes or claims for a temporary restraining order or preliminary injunction in cases in which such temporary equitable relief would be otherwise authorized by law.  For clarification, but not limitation, the Executive agrees to arbitrate: (i) any claims of unlawful discrimination, harassment, or retaliation under federal, state, or local laws or regulations; (ii) any claim for unpaid or late payment of wages, reimbursement of expenses, or any violation of federal, state, or local wage and hour laws or regulations; (iii) any whistleblower claim or claim alleging unfair business practices under any federal, state or local law; and (iv) any claim arising out of any and all common law claims, including, but not limited to, actions in contract, express or implied (including any claim relating to the interpretation, existence, validity, scope or enforceability of this arbitration provision), estoppel, tort, emotional distress, invasion of privacy, or defamation.  The Company shall pay any filing fee and the fees and costs of the Arbitrator(s); provided, however, that if the Executive is the party initiating the arbitration, the Executive will pay an amount equivalent to the filing fee that the Executive would have paid to file a civil action or initiate a claim in the court of general jurisdiction in the state in which the Executive performed services for the Company.  Each party shall pay for its own costs and attorneys’ fees, if any; provided, however, that if either party prevails on a statutory claim which affords the prevailing party attorneys’ fees and costs, the Arbitrator(s) may award reasonable attorneys’ fees and/or costs to such prevailing party, applying the same standards a court would apply under the law applicable to the claim(s).  Arbitration hearings will be held in Middlesex County, Massachusetts.  Both parties expressly waive any right that any party either has or may have to a jury trial of any dispute subject to arbitration under this provision.  Except as otherwise required under applicable law, (1) both parties agree that neither will assert class action or representative action claims against the other, whether in arbitration or otherwise, which actions are hereby waived; and (2) each party shall only submit their own, individual claims in arbitration and will not seek to represent the interests of any other person.

 

6.6                                Survival of Obligations .  This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the executors, administrators, heirs, successors, and assigns of the parties; provided, however, that except as herein expressly provided, this Agreement will not be assignable either by the Company (except to an affiliate or successor of the Company) or by the Executive without the prior written consent of the other party.

 

6.7                                Counterparts and Facsimile Signatures .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.  This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signature (including signatures in Adobe PDF or similar format).

 

6.8                                Withholding .  All sums payable to the Executive hereunder will be reduced by all federal, state, local, and other withholdings and similar taxes and payments required by applicable law.

 

6.9                                Enforcement .  If any portion of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable, such portion will be adjusted, rather than voided, to achieve the intent

 

8



 

of the parties to the extent possible, and the remainder will be enforced to the maximum extent possible.

 

6.10                         Entire Agreement; Modifications .  Except as otherwise provided herein or in the exhibits hereto, this Agreement represents the entire understanding among the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, and this Agreement supersedes any and all prior and contemporaneous understandings, agreements, plans, and negotiations, whether written or oral, with respect to the subject matter hereof, including, without limitation, any understandings, agreements, or obligations respecting any past or future compensation, bonuses, reimbursements, or other payments to the Executive from the Company.  For clarity, this Agreement does not affect, alter, terminate or supersede any prior agreements related to grants of equity in Company, including grants of stock in Company and options to purchase stock in Company, except as, and to the extent, expressly provided herein.  All modifications to the Agreement must be in writing and signed by each of the parties hereto.

 

6.11                         Compliance with Section 409A .

 

(a)                                  Subject to this Section 6.11, any severance payments that may be due under this Agreement shall begin only upon the date of the Executive’s “separation from service” (determined as set forth below) which occurs on or after the termination of the Executive’s employment.  The following rules shall apply with respect to distribution of the severance payments, if any, to be provided to the Executive under this Agreement, as applicable:

 

(1)                                  It is intended that each installment of the severance payments under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate “payment” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code and the guidance issued thereunder (“ Section 409A ”).  Neither the Company nor the Executive shall have the right to accelerate or defer the delivery of any such payments except to the extent specifically permitted or required by Section 409A.

 

(2)                                  If, as of the date of the Executive’s “separation from service” from the Company, the Executive is not a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then each installment of the severance payments shall be made on the dates and terms set forth in this Agreement.

 

(3)                                  If, as of the date of the Executive’s “separation from service” from the Company, the Executive is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A”), then, except as otherwise permitted under Section 409A, any payments that would, absent this subsection, be paid within the six-month period following the Executive’s “separation from service” from the Company shall not be paid until the date that is six months and one day after such separation

 

9



 

from service (or, if earlier, the Executive’s death), with any such installments that are required to be delayed being accumulated during the six-month period and paid in a lump sum on the date that is six months and one day following the Executive’s separation from service and any subsequent installments, if any, being paid in accordance with the date and terms set forth herein.

 

(b)                                  The determination of whether and when the Executive’s “separation from service” from the Company has occurred shall be made in a manner consistent with, and based on the presumptions set forth in, Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).  Solely for purposes of this Section 6.11(b), “Company” shall include all persons with whom the Company would be considered a single employer under Section 414(b) and 414(c) of the Code.

 

(c)                                   All reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A to the extent such reimbursements or in-kind benefits are subject to Section 409A, including, where applicable, the requirements that (i) any reimbursement is for expenses incurred during the Executive’s lifetime (or during a shorter period of time specified in this Agreement), (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other calendar year, (iii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense will be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred, and (iv) the right to reimbursement is not subject to set off or liquidation or exchange for any other benefit.

 

(d)                                  The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Executive or to any other person if any of the provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, that section.

 

10



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

 

Company:

 

 

/s/ Philipp Lang

 

Date:

May 21, 2015

 

Philipp Lang, M.D.

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

ConforMIS, Inc.

 

 

28 Crosby Drive

 

 

Bedford, MA 01730

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executive:

 

 

 

/s/ Robert Law III

 

Date:

May 21, 2015

 

Robert Law III

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

11



 

EXHIBIT A

 

EMPLOYEE CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, INVENTIONS AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT

 

12


 

CONFORMIS, INC.

EMPLOYEE CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION,

INVENTIONS AND NON-SOLICITATION AGREEMENT

 

THIS EMPLOYEE CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, INVENTIONS AND NON-SOLICITATION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) confirms the agreement between Robert Law III (for purposes of this Agreement, the “ Employee ”) and ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ ConforMIS ”).  This Agreement is effective as of May 21, 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”).

 

WHEREAS, Employee and ConforMIS entered into an Employee Confidential Information, Inventions and Non-Competition Agreement having an effective date of January 3, 2013 (the “ Prior Agreement ”“);

 

WHEREAS, ConforMIS and Employee have entered into an Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (the “ Employment Agreement ”), to which this Agreement is an exhibit and of which this Agreement is a material part; and

 

WHEREAS, the Parties intend that as of the Effective Date this Agreement shall supersede and replace the Prior Agreement, including any subsequent amendments thereto;

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration for the entering into of the Employment Agreement and the receipt by the Employee of certain compensation and benefits thereunder, and in further consideration of the Employee’s continued employment by ConforMIS, the Employee and ConforMIS hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Proprietary Information .  Employee understands that ConforMIS possesses and will possess Proprietary Information which is important to its business.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Proprietary Information ” means all forms and types of business, financial, marketing, operations, research and development, scientific, technical, economic, manufacturing and engineering information, whether tangible or intangible, that relates to “ConforMIS Business” (as defined herein) and other present or potential businesses, products or services of ConforMIS (including any person or entity directly or indirectly controlled by or controlling ConforMIS, or in which any of the aforesaid have at least a 50% beneficial interest), including without limitation, inventions and ideas (whether or not patentable, copyrightable, or subject to protection as trademark or trade name), trade secrets, original works, disclosures, processes, systems, methods, techniques, improvements, formulas, procedures, concepts, compositions, drawings, models, designs, prototypes, diagrams, flow charts, research, data, devices, machinery, instruments, materials, products, patterns, plans, compilations, programs, sequences, specifications, documentation, algorithms, software, computer programs, source code, object code, know-how, databases, trade names, intellectual property, clinical data and clinical observations, costs of production, price policy and price lists and similar financial data, marketing and sales data, promotional methods, business, financial and marketing plans, technology and product roadmaps, product integration plans, information on strategic partnership and alliances, licenses, customer lists and relationship information, supplier lists and relationship information, employee and consulting relationship information, accounting and financial data, any and all other proprietary information or information which is received in confidence by or for ConforMIS from any other person irrespective of the medium in which such information is memorialized or communicated.

 

2.                                       ConforMIS Materials .  Employee understands that ConforMIS possesses or will possess “ConforMIS Materials” which are important to its business.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ ConforMIS Materials ” are documents or other media or tangible items that contain or embody Proprietary Information or any other information concerning the business, operations or future/strategic plans of ConforMIS (including, without limitation, ConforMIS Business), whether such documents have been prepared by Employee or by others.  “ConforMIS Materials” also include, but are not limited to, laptops, cell phones, personal digital assistants (PDAs), blueprints, drawings, photographs, charts, graphs, notebooks, customer lists, computer files, disks, drives, tapes or printouts, sound recordings and other printed, typewritten or handwritten documents, as well as samples, prototypes, models, products and the like.  Any property situated on ConforMIS’ premises and owned by ConforMIS, including laptops,

 



 

notebooks, cell phones, PDAs, computer files, emails, disks, drives, and other storage media, filing cabinets or other work areas, are subject to inspection by ConforMIS personnel at any time with or without notice.

 

3.                                       Treatment of Proprietary Information and ConforMIS Property .

 

3.1                                Relationship .  Employee understands that Employee’s employment creates a relationship of confidence and trust between Employee and ConforMIS with respect to Proprietary Information.  Employee further understands that the unauthorized taking of ConforMIS’ Proprietary Information may result in a civil and/or criminal liability under applicable state or federal law, including without limitation an award for double the amount of ConforMIS’ damages and attorneys’ fees in the event of willful action.

 

3.2                                Obligations Regarding Proprietary Information .  All Proprietary Information and all title, patents, patent rights, copyrights, mask work rights, trade secret rights, and other intellectual property and rights (collectively “ Rights ”) in connection therewith are and will be the sole property of ConforMIS.  Employee hereby assigns to ConforMIS any Rights Employee may have or acquire in such Proprietary Information.  At all times, both during Employee’s employment by ConforMIS and after his/her termination by Employee or by ConforMIS for any or no reason, Employee will keep in confidence and trust and will not use or disclose, lecture upon, or publish any Proprietary Information without the prior written consent of an officer of ConforMIS except as may be necessary and appropriate in the ordinary course of performing Employee’s duties to ConforMIS.  Employee will obtain ConforMIS’ written approval before publishing or submitting for publication any material (written, verbal, or otherwise) that relates to ConforMIS and/or incorporates any Proprietary Information.  Proprietary Information may be considered technical data that is subject to compliance with the export control laws and regulations of the United States or other countries, and Employee will comply with such laws.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood that, at all such times, Employee is free to use information which is generally known in the trade or industry and which is rightfully received free of a confidentiality obligation, and nothing contained in this Agreement will prohibit Employee from disclosing to anyone the amount of Employee’s own compensation.

 

3.3                                Obligations Regarding ConforMIS Materials .  All ConforMIS Materials are and will remain the sole property of ConforMIS.  During Employee’s employment by ConforMIS, Employee will not remove any ConforMIS Materials from the business premises of ConforMIS or deliver any ConforMIS Materials to any person or entity outside ConforMIS, except as Employee is required to do in connection with performing the Employee’s duties to ConforMIS.  Immediately upon the termination of Employee’s employment by Employee or by ConforMIS for any or no reason, or during Employee’s employment if so requested by ConforMIS, Employee will return all ConforMIS Materials, apparatus, equipment and other physical property, or any reproduction of such property, excepting only (i) Employee’s personal copies of records relating to Employee’s compensation; (ii) Employee’s personal copies of any materials previously distributed generally to shareholders or stockholders of ConforMIS; and (iii) Employee’s copy of this Agreement.

 

3.4                                Third Party Information .  Employee recognizes that ConforMIS has received and in the future will receive from third parties their confidential or proprietary information, including but not limited to personally identifiable or health information, subject to a duty on ConforMIS’ part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and, in some cases, to use it only for certain limited purposes.  Employee owes ConforMIS and such third parties, both during the term of Employee’s employment and thereafter, a duty to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person, firm or corporation (except in a manner that is consistent with ConforMIS’ agreement with the third party or as otherwise required by law) or use it for the benefit of anyone other than ConforMIS or such third party (consistent with ConforMIS’ agreement with the third party).

 

2



 

4.                                       Employee Inventions and Works of Authorship .

 

4.1                                Ownership and Assignment .  All ConforMIS Inventions are the sole property of ConforMIS.  All ConforMIS Inventions shall be immediately assignable to ConforMIS, and, notwithstanding any other documents evidencing assignment that may be executed, this Agreement shall operate to automatically and immediately assign any and all ConforMIS Inventions.  Employee hereby immediately assigns all current and future ConforMIS Inventions and all Rights in them to ConforMIS to the maximum extent allowed under applicable law, including Section 2870 of the California Labor Code or any like statute of any other state.  To the extent this Agreement does not serve to immediately assign all ConforMIS Inventions for any reason, Employee agrees to assign and to otherwise execute such documents and instruments to effect the assignment of all such ConforMIS Inventions to ConforMIS immediately upon request of ConforMIS.  Employee agrees not to enter into any agreement, arrangement or understanding that assigns or purports to assign any ConforMIS Inventions to any third party, except as may be expressly requested by ConforMIS in writing.

 

For purposes of this agreement, ConforMIS Inventions ” means any and all Inventions (as defined below), solely excluding any Invention that: (A) is expressly excluded in Attachment A , or (B) (i) was developed entirely on Employee’s own time without using any of ConforMIS’ equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information; (ii) does not relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the Invention to ConforMIS Business (as defined below); and (iii) does not result from any work performed by the Employee for ConforMIS.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “ ConforMIS Business ” means ConforMIS’s business during any period of Employee’s employment by ConforMIS, including, without limitation, ConforMIS’s products and its actual or reasonably anticipated research and development projects, and further including without limitation, patient-specific, patient-matched and/or patient-engineered orthopedic implants, instruments and surgical procedures for the knee, hip and shoulder.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Inventions ” includes all improvements, inventions, designs, formulas, works of authorship, trade secrets, technology, computer programs, compositions, ideas, processes, techniques, know-how and data, whether or not patentable, made or conceived or reduced to practice or developed by Employee, either alone or jointly with others, during the term of Employee’s employment, including during any period of Employee’s employment prior to the Effective Date.

 

Employee hereby waives and quitclaims to ConforMIS any and all claims of any nature whatsoever which Employee now or may hereafter have for infringement of any proprietary rights assigned to ConforMIS.  Employee acknowledges that all original works of authorship which are made by Employee (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of employment and which are protectable by copyright are “works made for hire,” pursuant to United States Copyright Act (17 U.S.C., Section 101).

 

4.2                                Disclosure of Inventions .  Employee promptly will disclose in writing to Employee’s immediate supervisor, with a copy to the President of ConforMIS, or to any other persons designated by ConforMIS, all Inventions that are reasonably related to ConforMIS Business.  Employee also will disclose to the President of ConforMIS all things that would be Inventions if made during the term of Employee’s employment, but which were conceived, reduced to practice, or developed by Employee within six months after the termination of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS, unless Employee can demonstrate that the Invention had been conceived and first reduced to practice by Employee following the termination of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS and without use of any Proprietary Information or ConforMIS Materials.  Such disclosures will be received by ConforMIS in confidence (to the extent they are not assigned in this Section 4 and do not extend the assignment made in this Section 4). Employee will not disclose Inventions to any person outside ConforMIS unless requested to do so by an officer of ConforMIS.  Employee will keep and maintain adequate and current records (in the form of notes, sketches, drawings and in any other form that may be required by ConforMIS) of all Proprietary Information developed by Employee and all Inventions made by Employee during the period of Employee’s employment at ConforMIS, which records will be available to and remain the sole property of ConforMIS at all times.

 

3



 

4.3                                Further Assurances .  Employee will perform, during and after Employee’s employment, all acts deemed necessary or desirable by ConforMIS to permit and assist it, at ConforMIS’ expense, in obtaining, maintaining, defending and enforcing Rights with respect to such Inventions and improvements in any and all countries.  Such acts may include, but are not limited to, execution of documents and assistance or cooperation in legal proceedings.  Employee will execute such declarations, assignments, or other documents as may be necessary in the course of Invention evaluation, patent prosecution, or protection of patent or analogous property rights, to assure that title in such Inventions will be held by ConforMIS or by such other parties designated by ConforMIS as may be appropriate under the circumstances.  Employee irrevocably designates and appoints ConforMIS and its duly authorized officers and agents, as Employee’s agents and attorneys-in-fact to act for and on Employee’s behalf and instead of Employee, to execute and file any documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the above purposes with the same legal force and effect as if executed by Employee.

 

4.4                                Moral Rights .  Any assignment of copyright pursuant to this Agreement includes all rights of paternity, integrity, disclosure and withdrawal and any other rights that may be known as or referred to as “moral rights” (collectively, “ Moral Rights ”).  To the extent such Moral Rights cannot be assigned under applicable law and to the extent the following is allowed by the laws in the various countries where Moral Rights exist, Employee hereby waives such Moral Rights and consents to any such action of ConforMIS that would violate such Moral Rights in the absence of such consent.  Employee will confirm any such waivers and consents from time to time as requested by ConforMIS.

 

4.5                                Pre-Existing Inventions .  Employee has attached to this Agreement as Attachment A complete list of all existing inventions or improvements to which Employee claims ownership as of the date of this Agreement and that Employee desires to specifically clarify are not subject to this Agreement, and Employee acknowledges and agrees that such list is complete.  If disclosure of an item on Attachment A would cause Employee to violate any prior confidentiality agreement, Employee understands that Employee is not to list such in Attachment A but is to inform ConforMIS that all items have not been listed for that reason.  A space is provided on Attachment A for such purpose.  If no such list is attached to this Agreement, Employee represents that Employee has no such inventions and improvements at the time of signing this Agreement.   For clarification, Employee understands that the provisions herein requiring assignment of Inventions to ConforMIS do not apply to any Invention that qualifies fully under the provisions of California Labor Code Section 2870 (attached hereto as Attachment C for California employees), and Employee shall disclose all such inventions on Attachment A attached hereto.  Employee agrees to advise ConforMIS promptly in writing of any invention that he/she believes meets the criteria in Section 2870 and is not otherwise disclosed on Attachment A.  Employee will not improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former employers or other third parties, if any, and Employee will not bring onto the premises of ConforMIS any unpublished documents or any property belonging to any former employers or other third parties unless consented to in writing by such employers or such other third parties.  If, in the course of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS, Employee incorporates a prior Employee-owned invention into a ConforMIS product, process or machine, ConforMIS is hereby granted and shall have a nonexclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide license (with rights to sublicense through multiple tiers of sublicensees) to make, have made, modify, use and sell such prior invention for any and all purposes as ConforMIS determines in its sole discretion.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee agrees that Employee will not incorporate, or permit to be incorporated, prior inventions in any Inventions without ConforMIS’ prior written consent.

 

5.                                       Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation .

 

5.1                                Non-Competition During Employment .  Employee agrees that during the term of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS, Employee shall not engage in any employment, business, or activity that is in any way competitive with ConforMIS Business, and Employee will not assist or enable any other person or organization in competing with ConforMIS or in preparing to engage in competition with the ConforMIS Business, including, without limitation, the development, engineering, marketing, management, production, sale or distribution of “Competitive Products” (hereinafter defined).  The provisions of this section will apply both during normal working hours and at all other times including, but

 

4



 

not limited to, nights, weekends and vacation time, while Employee is employed by ConforMIS.  Mere ownership of less than 1% of the outstanding voting shares of a public entity that may compete with ConforMIS shall not be deemed a violation of this Section 5.1.

 

5.2                                Non-solicitation.  Employee agrees that during the term of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS and for a period of twelve (12) months after the termination or cessation of such employment for any reason, Employee will not directly or indirectly, either alone or in association with others, recruit, solicit, or induce, or attempt to recruit, solicit, or induce any employee or independent contractor of the Company to terminate his/her employment or engagement with the Company. If Employee violates this Section 5.3, he/she shall continue to be bound by the restrictions set forth herein until a period equal to the period of restriction has expired without any violation.

 

5.3                                Reasonableness.   Employee acknowledges and agrees that the restrictions contained in this Section 5 are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the business and goodwill of ConforMIS.  If at any time the provisions of this Section 5 shall be deemed invalid or unenforceable or are prohibited by the laws of the jurisdiction where they are to be performed or enforced, by reason of being vague or overbroad in any manner, or for any other reason, such provisions shall be considered divisible and shall become and be immediately amended to include only such restrictions and to such extent as shall be deemed to be reasonable and enforceable by the court or other body having jurisdiction over this Agreement; and ConforMIS and Employee agree that the provisions of this Section 5, as so amended, shall be valid and binding as though any invalid or unenforceable provision had not been included herein.

 

6.                                       No Conflict with Other Agreements .   Employee represents and warrants that (a) the performance of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS and all the terms of this Agreement will not breach or conflict with any other agreement to which Employee is a party, including without limitation, any confidentiality agreement, nondisclosure agreement, non-competition and/or non-solicitation agreement, employment agreement, proprietary rights agreement or the like, (b) Employee will abide by all such agreements to the extent required by law, (c) Employee has delivered to ConforMIS a copy of all such agreements that may bear on Employee’s employment with ConforMIS, and (d) Employee has not entered into, and will not enter into, any agreement either written or oral in conflict herewith or in conflict with Employee’s employment with ConforMIS.  If Employee is requested to perform any task on behalf of ConforMIS that would violate any outstanding obligations of any kind that Employee has to any of Employee’s prior employers or third parties, Employee shall contact ConforMIS’ human resources or legal departments as soon as possible to resolve the issue.

 

7.                                       Termination of Employment Pursuant to Agreement or At Will .  This Agreement is not a contract guaranteeing employment of a specified length, and ConforMIS has the right to terminate Employee’s employment in accordance with the terms of the  Employment Agreement in effect and signed by both parties to this Agreement or, if none, at will for any reason consistent with applicable law.

 

8.                                       Termination Certificate .  Upon termination of Employee’s employment by Employee or by ConforMIS for any or no reason, Employee will execute and deliver to ConforMIS a termination certificate substantially in the form attached to this Agreement as Attachment B .

 

9.                                       Limitation of Application; Independent Agreement .  Employee acknowledges that (a) this Agreement does not purport to set forth all of the terms and conditions of Employee’s employment and, as an employee of ConforMIS, Employee has obligations to ConforMIS which are not set forth in this Agreement, (b) this Agreement is a separate binding obligation independent of Employee’s employment or continued employment by ConforMIS and (c) any breach or alleged breach by ConforMIS of any obligation to Employee of any nature shall not affect in any manner the binding nature of Employee’s obligations under this Agreement and Employee WAIVES any defense based on any alleged material breach by ConforMIS of any of its obligations to Employee in regard to any claim against Employee alleging breach of this Agreement.

 

5



 

10.                                Survival; Forwarding of Agreement .  This Agreement shall survive any and all changes in terms and conditions of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS and any break in Employee’s service or employment with ConforMIS.  All of the provisions of this Agreement will continue in effect after termination of Employee’s employment, regardless of the reason or reasons for termination, and whether such termination is voluntary or involuntary on Employee’s part.  Employee will notify any future client, employer or potential employer or client of Employee’s obligations under this Agreement.  ConforMIS is entitled to communicate Employee’s obligations under this Agreement to any future employer or potential employer.

 

11.                                Equitable Relief .  ConforMIS has expended substantial efforts to maintain the confidentiality and proprietary nature of the information described in this Agreement and would be materially and irreparably injured by an unauthorized disclosure of any of that information.  Any breach of this Agreement will result in irreparable and continuing damage to ConforMIS for which there can be no adequate remedy at law, and in the event of any such breach, ConforMIS will be entitled to immediate injunctive relief and other equitable remedies (without any need to post any bond or other security) in addition to such other and further relief as may be proper.

 

12.                                Disputes .  Any dispute in the meaning, effect or validity of this Agreement will be resolved in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to its conflict of laws provisions.  The exclusive venue for any disputes relating to this Agreement will be a court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (or, if appropriate, a federal court located in Massachusetts).  The non-prevailing party in any dispute will pay the prevailing party’s attorneys’ fees and costs relating to such dispute.

 

13.                                Severability .  If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be illegal or unenforceable under applicable law, such illegal or unenforceable portion(s) will be revised to make them legal and enforceable.  The remainder of this Agreement will otherwise remain in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

14.                                Assignment; Binding Nature .  ConforMIS may assign this Agreement, or any rights or obligations herein, in connection with the transfer or sale of all or substantially all of its assets or stock, without any consent of, or notice to, Employee to be effective.  This Agreement will be binding upon Employee, Employee’s heirs, executors, assigns, and administrators and will inure to the benefit of ConforMIS, its subsidiaries, successors and assigns.

 

15.                                Entire Agreement; Modification in Writing .  This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, terms and conditions, whether written or oral, made by the parties hereto concerning the specific subject matter of this Agreement.  This Agreement can only be modified by a subsequent written agreement executed by the Employee and an executive officer of ConforMIS.

 

16.                                Acknowledgement .  Employee acknowledges that this Agreement is a condition of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS, and that Employee has had a full and adequate opportunity to read, understand and discuss with Employee’s advisors, including legal counsel, the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement prior to signing hereunder.

 

6



 

I HAVE READ THIS AGREEMENT CAREFULLY AND UNDERSTAND AND ACCEPT THE OBLIGATIONS WHICH IT IMPOSES UPON ME WITHOUT RESERVATION.  NO PROMISES OR REPRESENTATIONS HAVE BEEN MADE TO ME TO INDUCE ME TO SIGN THIS AGREEMENT.  I SIGN THIS AGREEMENT VOLUNTARILY AND FREELY, IN DUPLICATE, WITH THE UNDERSTANDING THAT ONE ORIGINAL COUNTERPART WILL BE RETAINED BY CONFORMIS AND THE OTHER ORIGINAL COUNTERPART WILL BE RETAINED BY ME.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I HAVE EXECUTED THIS EMPLOYEE CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, INVENTIONS AND NON-SOLICITATION AGREEMENT AS OF  MAY 21, 2015.

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert Law III

 

 

Employee’s Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Robert Law III

 

 

Type/Print Employee’s Name

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fax Number:

 

 

 

 

 

E-mail:

 

 

 

 

 

 

RECEIPT ACKNOWLEDGED:

 

 

 

 

 

CONFORMIS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Philipp Lang

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Philipp Lang

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

7



 

ATTACHMENT A

 

ConforMIS, Inc.
a Delaware corporation

 

1.                                       The following is a complete list of inventions or improvements relevant to the subject matter of my employment by ConforMIS that have been made or conceived or first reduced to practice by me alone or jointly with others prior to my employment by ConforMIS that I desire to clarify are excluded from and are not subject to ConforMIS’ Employee Confidential Information, Inventions and Non-Solicitation Agreement:

 

o                No inventions or improvements

 

o                See below:

 

o                Additional sheets attached

 

o             Due to confidentiality agreements with a prior employer, I cannot disclose certain inventions that would otherwise be included on the above list.

 

2.                                       The following Inventions are excluded from the definition of ConforMIS Inventions pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement:

 

None.

 

3.                                       I propose to bring to my employment the following materials and documents of a former employer, which employer has expressly consented to my continued possession and use:

 

o                No materials or documents

 

o                See below:

 

 

 

 

Employee’s Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Type/Print Employee’s Name

 

 

(Note: Legal review is required for any change to the form of this Attachment or checking any option other than “No inventions or improvements” in Section 1 or “No materials or documents” in Section 3.)

 



 

ATTACHMENT B

 

TERMINATION CERTIFICATE

 

I hereby certify that I do not have in my possession, nor have I failed to return, any devices, records, data, notes, reports, proposals, lists, correspondence, specifications, drawings, blueprints, blue/redlines, sketches, materials, equipment, other documents or property, or reproductions of any aforementioned items belonging to ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns (together, “ ConforMIS ”).

 

I further certify that I have complied with all the terms of the ConforMIS Employee Confidential Information, Inventions and Non-Solicitation Agreement signed by me, including the reporting of any “Inventions” (as defined therein) and original works or authorship, conceived or made by me (solely or jointly with others) covered by that agreement.

 

I further agree that, in compliance with the Employee Confidential Information, Inventions and Non-Solicitation Agreement, I will continue to preserve as confidential all “Proprietary Information” (as defined therein).

 

 

 

 

 

Employee’s Signature

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Type/Print Employee’s Name

 

 

 



 

ATTACHMENT C

 

CALIFORNIA LABOR CODE SECTION 2870

 

(a)                                  Any provision in an employment agreement which provides that an employee shall assign, or offer to assign, any of his or her rights in an invention to his or her employer shall not apply to an invention that the employee developed entirely on his or her own time without using the employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information except for those inventions that either:

 

(1)                                  Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the employer’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the employer; or

 

(2)                                  Result from any work performed by the employee for the employer.

 

(b)                                  To the extent a provision in an employment agreement purports to require an employee to assign an invention otherwise excluded from being required to be assigned under subdivision (a), the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable.

 

2




Exhibit 10.28

 

CONFORMIS, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of May 21, 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Matthew Scott, an individual (the “ Executive ”).  As of the Effective Date, this Agreement amends, restates and supersedes all prior agreements, written and oral, with Executive related to Executive’s employment with the Company, including the original written employment agreement dated April 29, 2013 and the original Employee Confidentiality, Inventions Assignment and Non-Competition Agreement, and any written or oral amendments to those agreements.

 

BACKGROUND

 

A.                                     The Company has retained the services of the Executive as a member of the senior management of the Company effective as of April 29, 2013, and desires to continue to retain Executive in that role.  The Company also desires to provide employment security to the Executive, thereby inducing the Executive to continue employment with the Company and enhancing the Executive’s ability to perform effectively.

 

B.                                     The Executive desires to be employed by the Company on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.                                       Title, Duties and Responsibilities .

 

1.1                                Title .  The Company will employ the Executive as its Senior Vice President, Operations.

 

1.2                                Duties .  The Executive will devote all of the Executive’s business time, energy, and skill to the affairs of the Company; provided, however, that reasonable time for personal business as well as charitable and professional activities will be permitted, including, with the prior written approval of the Company, serving as a board member of non-competing companies and charitable organizations, so long as such activities do not materially interfere with the Executive’s performance of services under this Agreement.  The Executive will perform services at the head offices of the Company, which are currently located in Bedford, Massachusetts, unless otherwise agreed by the Company and the Executive in writing.  However, the Executive will travel as may be reasonably necessary to fulfill the responsibilities of Executive’s role.

 

1.3                                Performance of Duties .  The Executive will discharge the duties described herein in a diligent and professional manner.  The Executive will observe and comply at all times with the lawful directives of the Company’s Board of Directors (and its designees, including without limitation the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer) (the “ Board ”) regarding the Executive’s performance of the Executive’s duties and with the Company’s business policies, rules and regulations as adopted from time to time by the

 



 

Company.  The Executive will carry out and perform any and all reasonable and lawful orders, directions, and policies as may be stated by Company from time to time, either orally or in writing.

 

2.                                       Terms of Employment .

 

2.1                                Definitions .  For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

(a)                                  Accrued Compensation ” means any accrued Base Salary, any commissions or similar payments earned by the Executive prior to the date of termination, any Bonus earned by the Executive and approved by the Board prior to the date of termination, any accrued vacation pay, and any amounts for reimbursement of any appropriate business expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder, all to the extent unpaid on the date of termination.  The Executive’s entitlement to any other compensation or benefit under any plan of the Company shall be governed by and determined in accordance with the terms of such plans, except as otherwise specified in this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Base Salary ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 hereof.

 

(c)                                   Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any one of the following: (i) any “person”, as such term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”) (other than the Company, a subsidiary, an affiliate, or a Company employee benefit plan, including any trustee of such plan acting as trustee) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or (ii) a sale of assets involving 75% or more of the fair market value of the assets of the Company as determined in good faith by the Board; or (iii) any merger, reorganization or other transaction of the Company whether or not another entity is the survivor, pursuant to which holders of all the shares of capital stock of the Company outstanding prior to the transaction hold, as a group, less than 50% of the shares of capital stock of the Company outstanding after the transaction; provided, however, that neither (A) a merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company in which the holders of all the shares of capital stock of the Company immediately prior to the merger hold the voting power of the surviving entity following the merger in the same relative amounts with substantially the same rights, preferences and privileges, nor (B) a transaction the primary purpose of which is to raise capital for the Company, will constitute a Change of Control.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any payments or benefits hereunder or pursuant to any other agreement between the Company and the Executive, in either case that are subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), the Change of Control must constitute a “change in control event” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(i).

 

(d)                                  Change of Control Period ” means the period of time beginning three (3) months immediately preceding any Change of Control and ending twelve (12) months immediately following such Change of Control.

 

2



 

(e)                                   Death Termination ” means termination of the Executive’s employment because of the death of the Executive.

 

(f)                                    Disability Termination ” means termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment by reason of the Executive’s incapacitation due to disability.  The Executive will be deemed to be incapacitated due to disability if at the end of any month the Executive is unable to perform substantially all of the Executive’s duties under this Agreement in the normal and regular manner due to illness, injury or mental or physical incapacity, and has been unable so to perform for either (i) three consecutive full calendar months then ending, or (ii) 90 or more of the normal working days during the 12 consecutive full calendar months then ending.  Nothing in this paragraph alters the Company’s obligations under applicable law, which may, in certain circumstances, result in the suspension or alteration of the foregoing time periods.

 

(g)                                   Qualifying Termination ” means a termination that is a Termination for Good Reason by the Executive and/or a Termination Other Than for Cause by the Company.

 

(h)                                  Severance Period ” means the period following the date of a Qualifying Termination, Death Termination, or Disability Termination, as the case may be, that is equal to: (i) one year, in the event of a Qualifying Termination that occurs during a Change of Control Period; and (ii) six months, in all other cases.

 

(i)                                      Termination for Cause ” means termination by the Company of the Executive’s employment, pursuant to a reasonable good faith determination by the Company, by reason of (i) the Executive’s dishonesty or fraud, gross negligence in the performance of the Executive’s duties and responsibilities, deliberate violation of a Company policy, or refusal to comply in any material respect with the legal directives of the Board or Chief Executive Officer so long as such directives are not inconsistent with the Executive’s position and duties as described herein; (ii) conduct by the Executive that materially discredits the Company, intentional engagement by the Executive in acts materially detrimental to the Company’s operations or business, persistent or habitual negligence in the performance of the Executive’s duties and responsibilities, or the Executive’s conviction of a felony involving moral turpitude; (iii) the Executive’s incurable material breach of the terms of this Agreement, the Employee Confidential Information, Inventions and Non-Competition Agreement or any other material agreement between the Executive and the Company; or (iv) unauthorized use or disclosure by the Executive of any proprietary information or trade secrets of the Company or any other party to whom the Executive owes an obligation of nondisclosure as a result of the Executive’s position with the Company.

 

(j)                                     Termination for Good Reason ” means a Voluntary Termination by the Executive following the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) a material reduction or alteration in the Executive’s job responsibilities or title without the consent of the Executive, provided that, following a Change of Control, neither a change in job title nor a reassignment to a new position will constitute a material reduction in job responsibilities, provided further that the new position is substantially similar in scope and substance to the position held prior to the Change of Control and the new job title reasonably reflects such scope and substance;

 

3



 

(ii) relocation by the Company or a subsidiary, parent or affiliate, as appropriate, of the Executive’s work site to a facility or location more than 40 miles from Boston, Massachusetts without the Executive’s consent; (iii) a material reduction in Executive’s then-current base salary without the Executive’s consent, provided that an across-the-board reduction in the salary level of all other employees or consultants in positions similar to the Executive’s by the same percentage amount as part of a general salary level reduction will not constitute such a salary reduction; or (iv) a material breach by the Company of this Agreement; provided, however, that no such event or condition shall constitute Good Reason unless (x) the Executive gives the Company a written notice of Termination for Good Reason not more than 30 days after the initial existence of the condition, (y) the grounds for termination (if susceptible to correction) are not corrected by the Company within 60 days of its receipt of such notice and (z) the Executive’s Voluntary Termination occurs within one year following the Company’s receipt of such notice.

 

(k)                                  Termination Other Than For Cause ” means termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason other than as specified in Sections 2.1(e), (f), (i) or (l) hereof.

 

(l)                                      Voluntary Termination ” means termination of the Executive’s employment by the voluntary action of the Executive other than by reason of a Disability Termination or a Death Termination.

 

2.2                                Employee at Will .  The Executive is an “at will” employee of the Company, and the Executive’s employment may be terminated at any time upon a Termination for Cause or a Termination Other than for Cause by the giving of written notice thereof to the Executive, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

2.3                                Termination for Cause .  Upon Termination for Cause, the Company will pay the Executive all Accrued Compensation, if any.

 

2.4                                Terminations for Good Reason or Other than for Cause .  Upon a Qualifying Termination, the Company will pay the Executive all Accrued Compensation, if any, and for the duration of the Severance Period, the Company will: (1) continue to pay the Executive’s Base Salary at the rate in effect at the time of such Qualifying Termination, payable on the Company’s normal payroll schedule, beginning on the Company’s first regular payroll date that occurs on or after the 30 th  day following the date of the Qualifying Termination, provided that the Release (as defined below) has been executed and any applicable revocation period has expired as of such date; and (2) provide Executive with continuation of the Executive’s coverage in effect at the time of such Qualifying Termination under the Company’s group health insurance plans (to the extent allowed under, and subject to the conditions of, the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (COBRA)), provided that such coverage may be discontinued if the Release (as defined below) has not been executed within 30 days following such Qualifying Termination or if such release is revoked for any reason, including during any applicable revocation period.  The Company shall pay any Bonus due pursuant to a Qualifying Termination under this Agreement in a lump sum on the 30 th  day following the date of the Qualifying Termination.  In addition, to the extent the Company has previously paid the Executive any Bonus in the form of a stock option as provided in Section 3.3 that is not fully vested as of the date of the Qualifying Termination, such stock option shall vest with respect to an additional number of shares equal to that number of shares that would have become vested shares had the Executive continued to

 

4



 

provide service as an employee of the Company following such termination for an additional period equal to the Severance Period. The Executive’s rights to any compensations or other benefits following a Qualifying Termination, other than Accrued Compensation, are subject to: (1) the execution by Executive of a  separation and release agreement in a form to be provided by the Company (the “ Release ”), including a release of any and all claims against the Company (including, without limitation, its subsidiaries, other affiliates, directors, officers, employees, agents and representatives) related in any way to the Executive’s employment with the Company, such Release to be executed following the Executive’s separation from service with the Company; (2) the expiration of any revocation period provided pursuant to any applicable laws; and (3) Executive’s continued compliance with the ongoing terms of Executive’s Confidentiality, Inventions Assignment and Non-Competition Agreement.

 

2.5                                Disability Termination .  The Company may effect a Disability Termination by giving written notice thereof to the Executive.  Upon Disability Termination, the Company will pay the Executive all Accrued Compensation, if any.  In addition, to the extent the Company has previously paid the Executive any Bonus in the form of a stock option as provided in Section 3.3 that is not fully vested as of the date of the Disability Termination, such stock option shall vest with respect to an additional number of shares equal to that number of shares that would have become vested shares had the Executive continued to provide service as an employee of the Company following such termination for an additional period equal to the Severance Period.

 

2.6                                Death Termination .  Upon a Death Termination, the Executive’s employment will be deemed to have terminated as of the last day of the month during which his death occurs, and the Company will promptly pay to the Executive’s estate Accrued Compensation, if any, and a lump sum amount equal to the Executive’s Base Salary otherwise payable for the Severance Period at the rate in effect at the time of Death Termination.  In addition, to the extent the Company has previously paid the Executive any Bonus in the form of a stock option as provided in Section 3.3 that is not fully vested as of the date of the Qualifying Termination, such stock option shall vest with respect to an additional number of shares equal to that number of shares that would have become vested shares had the Executive continued to provide service as an employee of the Company following such termination for an additional period equal to the Severance Period.

 

2.7                                Voluntary Termination .  The Executive may effect a Voluntary Termination by giving at least 30 days advance written notice to the Company.  During such period, the Executive will continue to receive regularly scheduled Base Salary payments and coverage under the Company’s benefit plans in which the Executive is a participant (to the extent allowed under any applicable benefit plans), provided, however, that the Company shall have the right to accelerate the effective date of the Voluntary Termination to any earlier date during such period and pay to the Executive any regularly scheduled Base Salary payments for such period in a lump sum on the date of termination.  Following the effective date of a Voluntary Termination, the Company will pay the Executive all Accrued Compensation, if any.

 

5



 

3.                                       Compensation and Benefits .

 

3.1                                Base Salary .  As payment for the services to be rendered by the Executive as provided in Section 1 and subject to the provisions of Section 2 of this Agreement, the Company will pay the Executive a “Base Salary” at the rate of $250,000 per year, payable on the Company’s normal payroll schedule.  The Executive’s “Base Salary” may be increased in accordance with the provisions hereof or as otherwise determined from time to time by the Board.

 

3.2                                Additional Benefits .

 

(a)                                  Benefit Plans .  The Executive will be eligible to participate in such of the Company’s benefit plans as are now generally available or later made generally available to senior officers of the Company, including, without limitation, medical, dental, life, and disability insurance plans.

 

(b)                                  Expense Reimbursement .  The Company agrees to reimburse the Executive for all reasonable, ordinary and necessary travel and entertainment expenses incurred by the Executive in conjunction with the Executive’s services to the Company consistent with the Company’s standard reimbursement policies, subject to Section 6.11(c).  The Company will pay travel costs incurred by the Executive in conjunction with the Executive’s services to the Company consistent with the Company’s standard travel policies.

 

(c)                                   Paid Time Off .  The Executive will be entitled, without loss of compensation, to the amount of Paid Time Off (“PTO”) per year generally available or later made generally available to senior officers of the Company, but in any event not less than five (5) weeks (200 hours) during each calendar year, prorated from the Effective Date.  Unused PTO may be accrued by the Executive pursuant to the Company’s standard PTO policies.

 

3.3                                Bonus .  The Executive will be eligible annually to receive a discretionary year-end bonus, payable in the form of cash, an option to purchase common stock of the Company, or other form determined by the Board (the “ Bonus ”).  The Bonus will be awarded at the discretion of the Board and may be subject to terms (including, without limitation, incentive targets, goals and/or milestones) as set by the Board and/or Chief Executive Officer. Any Bonus in the form of an option to purchase Company’s Common Stock will be granted at the then fair market value of such shares pursuant to the Company’s standard form of notice of stock option grant under the Company’s 2011 Stock Option/Stock Issuance Plan or any successor plan(s).  The Executive acknowledges that the Company may pay Bonuses in the form of stock, stock options or other non-cash compensation in lieu of cash, and that entitlement to Bonuses and the form thereof (i.e., cash or otherwise) is in the sole discretion of the Board.  The Executive must be employed by the Company on the date the Bonus is approved by the Board in order to be eligible to receive such Bonus.

 

3.4                                Options to Purchase Common Stock .

 

(a)                                  Acceleration of Vesting upon a Change of Control .  Upon the occurrence of Qualifying Termination during any Change of Control Period, any outstanding equity awards held by the Executive will become fully vested and exercisable or free from

 

6



 

forfeiture or transfer restrictions as of the effective date of the Qualifying Termination (provided that if such Qualifying Termination precedes the Change of Control, such accelerated vesting shall occur on the effective date of the Change of Control).

 

4.                                       Proprietary Information .  The Executive will as of the Effective Date execute and deliver to the Company the Employee Confidential Information, Inventions and Non-Competition Agreement attached as Exhibit A hereto.

 

5.                                       Indemnification .  The Company will indemnify and hold harmless the Executive in respect of any liability, damage, amount paid in settlement, cost or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with any threatened, pending or completed claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation (whether civil, criminal or administrative) to which the Executive is or was a party, or threatened to be made a party, by reason of the Executive being or having been an officer, director, employee or consultant of the Company or serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise to the full extent required by the Company’s Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company and not prohibited by applicable law.  This Section 5 will survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

 

6.                                       Miscellaneous .

 

6.1                                Waiver .  The waiver of the breach of any provision of this Agreement will not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or other provision hereof.

 

6.2                                Notices .  All notices and other communications under this Agreement must be in writing and must be given by personal or courier delivery, facsimile or first class mail, certified or registered with return receipt requested, and will be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt if personally delivered or delivered by courier, on the date of transmission if transmitted by facsimile, or three business days after mailing if mailed, to the addresses of the Company and the Executive contained in the records of the Company at the time of such notice.  Any party may change such party’s address for notices by notice duly given pursuant to this Section 6.2.

 

6.3                                Headings .  The section headings used in this Agreement are intended for convenience of reference and will not by themselves determine the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

 

6.4                                Governing Law .  This Agreement is governed by and, to the extent a dispute arises hereunder, will be construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, excluding those laws that direct the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

 

6.5                                Arbitration .  Any controversy or claim arising out of, or relating to, the Executive’s employment with the Company, this Agreement, or the breach of this Agreement (except any controversy or claim arising out of, or relating to, Exhibit A or the breach of Exhibit A) will be settled by arbitration by, and in accordance with the applicable National Rules for the

 

7



 

Resolution of Employment Disputes, of the American Arbitration Association and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction; provided, however, that nothing in this Section requires the arbitration of disputes or claims for a temporary restraining order or preliminary injunction in cases in which such temporary equitable relief would be otherwise authorized by law.  For clarification, but not limitation, the Executive agrees to arbitrate: (i) any claims of unlawful discrimination, harassment, or retaliation under federal, state, or local laws or regulations; (ii) any claim for unpaid or late payment of wages, reimbursement of expenses, or any violation of federal, state, or local wage and hour laws or regulations; (iii) any whistleblower claim or claim alleging unfair business practices under any federal, state or local law; and (iv) any claim arising out of any and all common law claims, including, but not limited to, actions in contract, express or implied (including any claim relating to the interpretation, existence, validity, scope or enforceability of this arbitration provision), estoppel, tort, emotional distress, invasion of privacy, or defamation.  The Company shall pay any filing fee and the fees and costs of the Arbitrator(s); provided, however, that if the Executive is the party initiating the arbitration, the Executive will pay an amount equivalent to the filing fee that the Executive would have paid to file a civil action or initiate a claim in the court of general jurisdiction in the state in which the Executive performed services for the Company.  Each party shall pay for its own costs and attorneys’ fees, if any; provided, however, that if either party prevails on a statutory claim which affords the prevailing party attorneys’ fees and costs, the Arbitrator(s) may award reasonable attorneys’ fees and/or costs to such prevailing party, applying the same standards a court would apply under the law applicable to the claim(s).  Arbitration hearings will be held in Middlesex County, Massachusetts.  Both parties expressly waive any right that any party either has or may have to a jury trial of any dispute subject to arbitration under this provision.  Except as otherwise required under applicable law, (1) both parties agree that neither will assert class action or representative action claims against the other, whether in arbitration or otherwise, which actions are hereby waived; and (2) each party shall only submit their own, individual claims in arbitration and will not seek to represent the interests of any other person.

 

6.6                                Survival of Obligations .  This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the executors, administrators, heirs, successors, and assigns of the parties; provided, however, that except as herein expressly provided, this Agreement will not be assignable either by the Company (except to an affiliate or successor of the Company) or by the Executive without the prior written consent of the other party.

 

6.7                                Counterparts and Facsimile Signatures .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.  This Agreement may be executed by facsimile signature (including signatures in Adobe PDF or similar format).

 

6.8                                Withholding .  All sums payable to the Executive hereunder will be reduced by all federal, state, local, and other withholdings and similar taxes and payments required by applicable law.

 

6.9                                Enforcement .  If any portion of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable, such portion will be adjusted, rather than voided, to achieve the intent

 

8



 

of the parties to the extent possible, and the remainder will be enforced to the maximum extent possible.

 

6.10                         Entire Agreement; Modifications .  Except as otherwise provided herein or in the exhibits hereto, this Agreement represents the entire understanding among the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, and this Agreement supersedes any and all prior and contemporaneous understandings, agreements, plans, and negotiations, whether written or oral, with respect to the subject matter hereof, including, without limitation, any understandings, agreements, or obligations respecting any past or future compensation, bonuses, reimbursements, or other payments to the Executive from the Company.  For clarity, this Agreement does not affect, alter, terminate or supersede any prior agreements related to grants of equity in Company, including grants of stock in Company and options to purchase stock in Company, except as, and to the extent, expressly provided herein.  All modifications to the Agreement must be in writing and signed by each of the parties hereto.

 

6.11                         Compliance with Section 409A .

 

(a)                                  Subject to this Section 6.11, any severance payments that may be due under this Agreement shall begin only upon the date of the Executive’s “separation from service” (determined as set forth below) which occurs on or after the termination of the Executive’s employment.  The following rules shall apply with respect to distribution of the severance payments, if any, to be provided to the Executive under this Agreement, as applicable:

 

(1)                                  It is intended that each installment of the severance payments under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate “payment” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code and the guidance issued thereunder (“ Section 409A ”).  Neither the Company nor the Executive shall have the right to accelerate or defer the delivery of any such payments except to the extent specifically permitted or required by Section 409A.

 

(2)                                  If, as of the date of the Executive’s “separation from service” from the Company, the Executive is not a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A), then each installment of the severance payments shall be made on the dates and terms set forth in this Agreement.

 

(3)                                  If, as of the date of the Executive’s “separation from service” from the Company, the Executive is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A”), then, except as otherwise permitted under Section 409A, any payments that would, absent this subsection, be paid within the six-month period following the Executive’s “separation from service” from the Company shall not be paid until the date that is six months and one day after such separation

 

9



 

from service (or, if earlier, the Executive’s death), with any such installments that are required to be delayed being accumulated during the six-month period and paid in a lump sum on the date that is six months and one day following the Executive’s separation from service and any subsequent installments, if any, being paid in accordance with the date and terms set forth herein.

 

(b)                                  The determination of whether and when the Executive’s “separation from service” from the Company has occurred shall be made in a manner consistent with, and based on the presumptions set forth in, Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).  Solely for purposes of this Section 6.11(b), “Company” shall include all persons with whom the Company would be considered a single employer under Section 414(b) and 414(c) of the Code.

 

(c)                                   All reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under this Agreement shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A to the extent such reimbursements or in-kind benefits are subject to Section 409A, including, where applicable, the requirements that (i) any reimbursement is for expenses incurred during the Executive’s lifetime (or during a shorter period of time specified in this Agreement), (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other calendar year, (iii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense will be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred, and (iv) the right to reimbursement is not subject to set off or liquidation or exchange for any other benefit.

 

(d)                                  The Company makes no representation or warranty and shall have no liability to the Executive or to any other person if any of the provisions of this Agreement are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, that section.

 

10



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

Company:

 

 

 

 

/s/ Philipp Lang

 

Date:

May 21, 2015

 

Philipp Lang, M.D.

 

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

ConforMIS, Inc.

 

28 Crosby Drive

 

Bedford, MA 01730

 

 

 

 

Executive:

 

 

 

 

/s/ Matthew Scott

 

Date:

May 21, 2015

 

Matthew Scott

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

11



 

EXHIBIT A

 

EMPLOYEE CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, INVENTIONS AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT

 

12


 

CONFORMIS, INC.

EMPLOYEE CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION,

INVENTIONS AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT

 

THIS EMPLOYEE CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, INVENTIONS AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) confirms the agreement between Matthew Scott (for purposes of this Agreement, the “ Employee ”) and ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ ConforMIS ”).  This Agreement is effective as of May 21, 2015 (the “ Effective Date ”).

 

WHEREAS, Employee and ConforMIS entered into an Employee Confidential Information, Inventions, and Non-Competition Agreement having an effective date of April 29, 2013 (the “ Prior Agreement ”“);

 

WHEREAS, ConforMIS and Employee have entered into an Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (the “ Employment Agreement ”), to which this Agreement is an exhibit and of which this Agreement is a material part; and

 

WHEREAS, the Parties intend that as of the Effective Date this Agreement shall supersede and replace the Prior Agreement, including any subsequent amendments thereto;

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration for the entering into of the Employment Agreement and the receipt by the Employee of certain compensation and benefits thereunder, and in further consideration of the Employee’s continued employment by ConforMIS, the Employee and ConforMIS hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Proprietary Information .  Employee understands that ConforMIS possesses and will possess Proprietary Information which is important to its business.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Proprietary Information ” means all forms and types of business, financial, marketing, operations, research and development, scientific, technical, economic, manufacturing and engineering information, whether tangible or intangible, that relates to “ConforMIS Business” (as defined herein) and other present or potential businesses, products or services of ConforMIS (including any person or entity directly or indirectly controlled by or controlling ConforMIS, or in which any of the aforesaid have at least a 50% beneficial interest), including without limitation, inventions and ideas (whether or not patentable, copyrightable, or subject to protection as trademark or trade name), trade secrets, original works, disclosures, processes, systems, methods, techniques, improvements, formulas, procedures, concepts, compositions, drawings, models, designs, prototypes, diagrams, flow charts, research, data, devices, machinery, instruments, materials, products, patterns, plans, compilations, programs, sequences, specifications, documentation, algorithms, software, computer programs, source code, object code, know-how, databases, trade names, intellectual property, clinical data and clinical observations, costs of production, price policy and price lists and similar financial data, marketing and sales data, promotional methods, business, financial and marketing plans, technology and product roadmaps, product integration plans, information on strategic partnership and alliances, licenses, customer lists and relationship information, supplier lists and relationship information, employee and consulting relationship information, accounting and financial data, any and all other proprietary information or information which is received in confidence by or for ConforMIS from any other person irrespective of the medium in which such information is memorialized or communicated.

 

2.                                       ConforMIS Materials .  Employee understands that ConforMIS possesses or will possess “ConforMIS Materials” which are important to its business.  For purposes of this Agreement, “ ConforMIS Materials ” are documents or other media or tangible items that contain or embody Proprietary Information or any other information concerning the business, operations or future/strategic plans of ConforMIS (including, without limitation, ConforMIS Business), whether such documents have been prepared by Employee or by others.  “ConforMIS Materials” also include, but are not limited to, laptops, cell phones, personal digital assistants (PDAs), blueprints, drawings, photographs, charts, graphs, notebooks, customer lists, computer files, disks, drives, tapes or printouts, sound recordings and other printed, typewritten or handwritten documents, as well as samples, prototypes, models, products and the like.  Any property situated on ConforMIS’ premises and owned by ConforMIS, including laptops,

 



 

notebooks, cell phones, PDAs, computer files, emails, disks, drives, and other storage media, filing cabinets or other work areas, are subject to inspection by ConforMIS personnel at any time with or without notice.

 

3.                                       Treatment of Proprietary Information and ConforMIS Property .

 

3.1                                Relationship .  Employee understands that Employee’s employment creates a relationship of confidence and trust between Employee and ConforMIS with respect to Proprietary Information.  Employee further understands that the unauthorized taking of ConforMIS’ Proprietary Information may result in a civil and/or criminal liability under applicable state or federal law, including without limitation an award for double the amount of ConforMIS’ damages and attorneys’ fees in the event of willful action.

 

3.2                                Obligations Regarding Proprietary Information .  All Proprietary Information and all title, patents, patent rights, copyrights, mask work rights, trade secret rights, and other intellectual property and rights (collectively “ Rights ”) in connection therewith are and will be the sole property of ConforMIS.  Employee hereby assigns to ConforMIS any Rights Employee may have or acquire in such Proprietary Information.  At all times, both during Employee’s employment by ConforMIS and after his/her termination by Employee or by ConforMIS for any or no reason, Employee will keep in confidence and trust and will not use or disclose, lecture upon, or publish any Proprietary Information without the prior written consent of an officer of ConforMIS except as may be necessary and appropriate in the ordinary course of performing Employee’s duties to ConforMIS.  Employee will obtain ConforMIS’ written approval before publishing or submitting for publication any material (written, verbal, or otherwise) that relates to ConforMIS and/or incorporates any Proprietary Information.  Proprietary Information may be considered technical data that is subject to compliance with the export control laws and regulations of the United States or other countries, and Employee will comply with such laws.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood that, at all such times, Employee is free to use information which is generally known in the trade or industry and which is rightfully received free of a confidentiality obligation, and nothing contained in this Agreement will prohibit Employee from disclosing to anyone the amount of Employee’s own compensation.

 

3.3                                Obligations Regarding ConforMIS Materials .  All ConforMIS Materials are and will remain the sole property of ConforMIS.  During Employee’s employment by ConforMIS, Employee will not remove any ConforMIS Materials from the business premises of ConforMIS or deliver any ConforMIS Materials to any person or entity outside ConforMIS, except as Employee is required to do in connection with performing the Employee’s duties to ConforMIS.  Immediately upon the termination of Employee’s employment by Employee or by ConforMIS for any or no reason, or during Employee’s employment if so requested by ConforMIS, Employee will return all ConforMIS Materials, apparatus, equipment and other physical property, or any reproduction of such property, excepting only (i) Employee’s personal copies of records relating to Employee’s compensation; (ii) Employee’s personal copies of any materials previously distributed generally to shareholders or stockholders of ConforMIS; and (iii) Employee’s copy of this Agreement.

 

3.4                                Third Party Information .  Employee recognizes that ConforMIS has received and in the future will receive from third parties their confidential or proprietary information, including but not limited to personally identifiable or health information, subject to a duty on ConforMIS’ part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and, in some cases, to use it only for certain limited purposes.  Employee owes ConforMIS and such third parties, both during the term of Employee’s employment and thereafter, a duty to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person, firm or corporation (except in a manner that is consistent with ConforMIS’ agreement with the third party or as otherwise required by law) or use it for the benefit of anyone other than ConforMIS or such third party (consistent with ConforMIS’ agreement with the third party).

 

4.                                       Employee Inventions and Works of Authorship .

 

4.1                                Ownership and Assignment .  All ConforMIS Inventions are the sole property of ConforMIS.  All ConforMIS Inventions shall be immediately assignable to ConforMIS, and, notwithstanding any other

 

2



 

documents evidencing assignment that may be executed, this Agreement shall operate to automatically and immediately assign any and all ConforMIS Inventions.  Employee hereby immediately assigns all current and future ConforMIS Inventions and all Rights in them to ConforMIS to the maximum extent allowed under applicable law.  To the extent this Agreement does not serve to immediately assign all ConforMIS Inventions for any reason, Employee agrees to assign and to otherwise execute such documents and instruments to effect the assignment of all such ConforMIS Inventions to ConforMIS immediately upon request of ConforMIS.  Employee agrees not to enter into any agreement, arrangement or understanding that assigns or purports to assign any ConforMIS Inventions to any third party, except as may be expressly requested by ConforMIS in writing.

 

For purposes of this agreement, ConforMIS Inventions ” means any and all Inventions (as defined below), solely excluding any Invention that: (A) is expressly excluded in Attachment A , or (B) (i) was developed entirely on Employee’s own time without using any of ConforMIS’ equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information; (ii) does not relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the Invention to ConforMIS Business (as defined below); and (iii) does not result from any work performed by the Employee for ConforMIS.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “ ConforMIS Business ” means ConforMIS’s business during any period of Employee’s employment by ConforMIS, including, without limitation, ConforMIS’s products and its actual or reasonably anticipated research and development projects, and further including without limitation, patient-specific, patient-matched and/or patient-engineered orthopedic implants, instruments and surgical procedures for the knee, hip and shoulder.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “ Inventions ” includes all improvements, inventions, designs, formulas, works of authorship, trade secrets, technology, computer programs, compositions, ideas, processes, techniques, know-how and data, whether or not patentable, made or conceived or reduced to practice or developed by Employee, either alone or jointly with others, during the term of Employee’s employment, including during any period of Employee’s employment prior to the Effective Date.

 

Employee hereby waives and quitclaims to ConforMIS any and all claims of any nature whatsoever which Employee now or may hereafter have for infringement of any proprietary rights assigned to ConforMIS.  Employee acknowledges that all original works of authorship which are made by Employee (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of employment and which are protectable by copyright are “works made for hire,” pursuant to United States Copyright Act (17 U.S.C., Section 101).

 

4.2                                Disclosure of Inventions .  Employee promptly will disclose in writing to Employee’s immediate supervisor, with a copy to the President of ConforMIS, or to any other persons designated by ConforMIS, all Inventions that are reasonably related to ConforMIS Business.  Employee also will disclose to the President of ConforMIS all things that would be Inventions if made during the term of Employee’s employment, but which were conceived, reduced to practice, or developed by Employee within six months after the termination of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS, unless Employee can demonstrate that the Invention had been conceived and first reduced to practice by Employee following the termination of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS and without use of any Proprietary Information or ConforMIS Materials.  Such disclosures will be received by ConforMIS in confidence (to the extent they are not assigned in this Section 4 and do not extend the assignment made in this Section 4).  Employee will not disclose Inventions to any person outside ConforMIS unless requested to do so by an officer of ConforMIS.  Employee will keep and maintain adequate and current records (in the form of notes, sketches, drawings and in any other form that may be required by ConforMIS) of all Proprietary Information developed by Employee and all Inventions made by Employee during the period of Employee’s employment at ConforMIS, which records will be available to and remain the sole property of ConforMIS at all times.

 

4.3                                Further Assurances .  Employee will perform, during and after Employee’s employment, all acts deemed necessary or desirable by ConforMIS to permit and assist it, at ConforMIS’ expense, in obtaining, maintaining, defending and enforcing Rights with respect to such Inventions and improvements in any and all countries.  Such acts may include, but are not limited to, execution of documents and assistance or cooperation in legal proceedings.  Employee will execute such declarations, assignments, or other

 

3



 

documents as may be necessary in the course of Invention evaluation, patent prosecution, or protection of patent or analogous property rights, to assure that title in such Inventions will be held by ConforMIS or by such other parties designated by ConforMIS as may be appropriate under the circumstances.  Employee irrevocably designates and appoints ConforMIS and its duly authorized officers and agents, as Employee’s agents and attorneys-in-fact to act for and on Employee’s behalf and instead of Employee, to execute and file any documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the above purposes with the same legal force and effect as if executed by Employee.

 

4.4                                Moral Rights .  Any assignment of copyright pursuant to this Agreement includes all rights of paternity, integrity, disclosure and withdrawal and any other rights that may be known as or referred to as “moral rights” (collectively, “ Moral Rights ”).  To the extent such Moral Rights cannot be assigned under applicable law and to the extent the following is allowed by the laws in the various countries where Moral Rights exist, Employee hereby waives such Moral Rights and consents to any such action of ConforMIS that would violate such Moral Rights in the absence of such consent.  Employee will confirm any such waivers and consents from time to time as requested by ConforMIS.

 

4.5                                Pre-Existing Inventions .  Employee has attached to this Agreement as Attachment A complete list of all existing inventions or improvements to which Employee claims ownership as of the date of this Agreement and that Employee desires to specifically clarify are not subject to this Agreement, and Employee acknowledges and agrees that such list is complete.  If disclosure of an item on Attachment A would cause Employee to violate any prior confidentiality agreement, Employee understands that Employee is not to list such in Attachment A but is to inform ConforMIS that all items have not been listed for that reason.  A space is provided on Attachment A for such purpose.  If no such list is attached to this Agreement, Employee represents that Employee has no such inventions and improvements at the time of signing this Agreement.   Employee will not improperly use or disclose any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former employers or other third parties, if any, and Employee will not bring onto the premises of ConforMIS any unpublished documents or any property belonging to any former employers or other third parties unless consented to in writing by such employers or such other third parties.  If, in the course of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS, Employee incorporates a prior Employee-owned invention into a ConforMIS product, process or machine, ConforMIS is hereby granted and shall have a nonexclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide license (with rights to sublicense through multiple tiers of sublicensees) to make, have made, modify, use and sell such prior invention for any and all purposes as ConforMIS determines in its sole discretion.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee agrees that Employee will not incorporate, or permit to be incorporated, prior inventions in any Inventions without ConforMIS’ prior written consent.

 

5.                                       Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation .

 

5.1                                Non-Competition During Employment .  Employee agrees that during the term of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS, Employee shall not engage in any employment, business, or activity that is in any way competitive with ConforMIS Business, and Employee will not assist or enable any other person or organization in competing with ConforMIS or in preparing to engage in competition with the ConforMIS Business, including, without limitation, the development, engineering, marketing, management, production, sale or distribution of “Competitive Products” (hereinafter defined).  The provisions of this section will apply both during normal working hours and at all other times including, but not limited to, nights, weekends and vacation time, while Employee is employed by ConforMIS.  Mere ownership of less than 1% of the outstanding voting shares of a public entity that may compete with ConforMIS shall not be deemed a violation of this Section 5.1.

 

5.2                                Non-Competition After Employment .  Employee agrees that during the Non-competition Period (hereinafter defined), Employee shall not directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of ConforMIS, either on Employee’s own behalf or on behalf of any third party, compete or assist or enable any third party to compete with ConforMIS in the development, engineering, marketing, management, production, sale or distribution of Competitive Products in the Territory (hereinafter defined).  “ Non-competition Period ” shall mean the one (1) year period commencing upon termination of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS (regardless of the reason or reasons for termination, and whether such

 

4



 

termination is voluntary or involuntary on Employee’s part); provided that the period shall be extended for so long as Employee violates the non-competition obligation set forth herein and for any period(s) of time required to resolve any dispute relating to such violation.  “ Competitive Products ” shall mean (a) partial or total knee replacement or resurfacing implants and (b) patient-specific orthopedic products and services that are manufactured using, or that employ, a medical image for the purpose of performing medical or surgical procedures on a knee joint and (c) other products that are directly competitive with any existing product of ConforMIS or any product that is in active research and development at ConforMIS at the time of Employee’s termination.  “ Territory ” shall mean anywhere in the world where ConforMIS does business, has done business or has plans to do business.

 

5.3                                Non-solicitation; Non-interference .  Employee agrees that during the term of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS and the Non-competition Period, Employee will not directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of ConforMIS, either on Employee’s own behalf or on behalf of any third party, (i) disrupt, damage, impair or interfere with the business of ConforMIS (including, without limitation, ConforMIS Business as defined herein) whether by way of interfering with or raiding ConforMIS’ directors, officers, employees, agents, consultants, vendors, suppliers, and partners with which ConforMIS does business, or in any manner attempting to persuade, solicit, recruit, encourage or induce any such persons to discontinue their relationship with ConforMIS, or (ii) solicit, service, accept orders from, or otherwise have business contact with any customer or potential customer of ConforMIS with whom Employee had any contact during the one year period preceding Employee’s termination of employment, if such contact could directly or indirectly divert business from or adversely affect the business of ConforMIS.  However, this obligation will not affect any responsibility Employee may have as an employee of ConforMIS with respect to the bona fide hiring and firing of ConforMIS personnel.

 

5.4                                Acknowledgement.   Employee understands and recognizes that (i) during and as a result of Employee’s employment by ConforMIS, Employee will acquire experience, skills and knowledge related to ConforMIS’ business (including, without limitation, ConforMIS Business as defined herein) and will become familiar with ConforMIS’ Proprietary Information; (ii) his/her working for a competitor of ConforMIS would lead to the inevitable disclosure of ConforMIS’ Proprietary Information; (iii) the goodwill to which Employee may be exposed in the course of employment belongs exclusively to ConforMIS; (iv) in the course of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS, customers and others may come to recognize and associate Employee with ConforMIS, its products and services, and that Employee will thereby benefit from ConforMIS’ goodwill; and (v) if Employee were to engage in competition with ConforMIS, directly or indirectly, Employee would thereby usurp ConforMIS’ goodwill.

 

5.5                                Reasonableness.   Employee acknowledges and agrees that because of the nature of ConforMIS’ products, services and customers, because of Employee’s position with ConforMIS and because of the scope of ConforMIS’ business, the restrictions contained in this Section 5 are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the business and goodwill of ConforMIS.  If at any time the provisions of this Section 5 shall be deemed invalid or unenforceable or are prohibited by the laws of the jurisdiction where they are to be performed or enforced, by reason of being vague or overbroad in any manner, or for any other reason, such provisions shall be considered divisible and shall become and be immediately amended to include only such restrictions and to such extent as shall be deemed to be reasonable and enforceable by the court or other body having jurisdiction over this Agreement; and ConforMIS and Employee agree that the provisions of this Section 5, as so amended, shall be valid and binding as though any invalid or unenforceable provision had not been included herein.

 

6.                                       No Conflict with Other Agreements .   Employee represents and warrants that (a) the performance of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS and all the terms of this Agreement will not breach or conflict with any other agreement to which Employee is a party, including without limitation, any confidentiality agreement, nondisclosure agreement, non-competition and/or non-solicitation agreement, employment agreement, proprietary rights agreement or the like, (b) Employee will abide by all such agreements to the extent required by law, (c) Employee has delivered to ConforMIS a copy of all such agreements that may bear on Employee’s employment with ConforMIS, and (d) Employee has not entered into, and will not enter into, any agreement either written or oral in conflict herewith or in conflict with Employee’s employment with ConforMIS.  If Employee is requested to perform any task on behalf of

 

5



 

ConforMIS that would violate any outstanding obligations of any kind that Employee has to any of Employee’s prior employers or third parties, Employee shall contact ConforMIS’ human resources or legal departments as soon as possible to resolve the issue.

 

7.                                       Termination of Employment Pursuant to Agreement or At Will .  This Agreement is not a contract guaranteeing employment of a specified length, and ConforMIS has the right to terminate Employee’s employment in accordance with the terms of the  Employment Agreement in effect and signed by both parties to this Agreement or, if none, at will for any reason consistent with applicable law.

 

8.                                       Termination Certificate .  Upon termination of Employee’s employment by Employee or by ConforMIS for any or no reason, Employee will execute and deliver to ConforMIS a termination certificate substantially in the form attached to this Agreement as Attachment B .

 

9.                                       Limitation of Application; Independent Agreement .  Employee acknowledges that (a) this Agreement does not purport to set forth all of the terms and conditions of Employee’s employment and, as an employee of ConforMIS, Employee has obligations to ConforMIS which are not set forth in this Agreement, (b) this Agreement is a separate binding obligation independent of Employee’s employment or continued employment by ConforMIS and (c) any breach or alleged breach by ConforMIS of any obligation to Employee of any nature shall not affect in any manner the binding nature of Employee’s obligations under this Agreement and Employee WAIVES any defense based on any alleged material breach by ConforMIS of any of its obligations to Employee in regard to any claim against Employee alleging breach of this Agreement.

 

10.                                Survival; Forwarding of Agreement .  This Agreement shall survive any and all changes in terms and conditions of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS and any break in Employee’s service or employment with ConforMIS.  All of the provisions of this Agreement will continue in effect after termination of Employee’s employment, regardless of the reason or reasons for termination, and whether such termination is voluntary or involuntary on Employee’s part.  Employee will notify any future client, employer or potential employer or client of Employee’s obligations under this Agreement.  ConforMIS is entitled to communicate Employee’s obligations under this Agreement to any future employer or potential employer.

 

11.                                Equitable Relief .  ConforMIS has expended substantial efforts to maintain the confidentiality and proprietary nature of the information described in this Agreement and would be materially and irreparably injured by an unauthorized disclosure of any of that information.  Any breach of this Agreement will result in irreparable and continuing damage to ConforMIS for which there can be no adequate remedy at law, and in the event of any such breach, ConforMIS will be entitled to immediate injunctive relief and other equitable remedies (without any need to post any bond or other security) in addition to such other and further relief as may be proper.

 

12.                                Disputes .  Any dispute in the meaning, effect or validity of this Agreement will be resolved in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, without regard to its conflict of laws provisions.  The exclusive venue for any disputes relating to this Agreement will be a court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (or, if appropriate, a federal court located in Massachusetts).  The non-prevailing party in any dispute will pay the prevailing party’s attorneys’ fees and costs relating to such dispute.

 

13.                                Severability .  If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be illegal or unenforceable under applicable law, such illegal or unenforceable portion(s) will be revised to make them legal and enforceable.  The remainder of this Agreement will otherwise remain in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

14.                                Assignment; Binding Nature .  ConforMIS may assign this Agreement, or any rights or obligations herein, in connection with the transfer or sale of all or substantially all of its assets or stock, without any consent of, or notice to, Employee to be effective.  This Agreement will be binding upon

 

6



 

Employee, Employee’s heirs, executors, assigns, and administrators and will inure to the benefit of ConforMIS, its subsidiaries, successors and assigns.

 

15.                                Entire Agreement; Modification in Writing .  This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, terms and conditions, whether written or oral, made by the parties hereto concerning the specific subject matter of this Agreement.  This Agreement can only be modified by a subsequent written agreement executed by the Employee and an executive officer of ConforMIS.

 

16.                                Acknowledgement .  Employee acknowledges that this Agreement is a condition of Employee’s employment with ConforMIS, and that Employee has had a full and adequate opportunity to read, understand and discuss with Employee’s advisors, including legal counsel, the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement prior to signing hereunder.

 

I HAVE READ THIS AGREEMENT CAREFULLY AND UNDERSTAND AND ACCEPT THE OBLIGATIONS WHICH IT IMPOSES UPON ME WITHOUT RESERVATION.  NO PROMISES OR REPRESENTATIONS HAVE BEEN MADE TO ME TO INDUCE ME TO SIGN THIS AGREEMENT.  I SIGN THIS AGREEMENT VOLUNTARILY AND FREELY, IN DUPLICATE, WITH THE UNDERSTANDING THAT ONE ORIGINAL COUNTERPART WILL BE RETAINED BY CONFORMIS AND THE OTHER ORIGINAL COUNTERPART WILL BE RETAINED BY ME.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I HAVE EXECUTED THIS EMPLOYEE CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, INVENTIONS AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT AS OF May 21, 2015.

 

 

/s/ Matthew Scott

 

Employee’s Signature

 

 

 

Matthew Scott

 

Type/Print Employee’s Name

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

Fax Number:

 

 

 

E-mail:

 

 

 

 

RECEIPT ACKNOWLEDGED:

 

 

 

CONFORMIS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Philipp Lang

 

 

 

 

Name:

Philipp Lang

 

 

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

7



 

ATTACHMENT A

 

ConforMIS, Inc.
a Delaware corporation

 

1.                                       The following is a complete list of inventions or improvements relevant to the subject matter of my employment by ConforMIS that have been made or conceived or first reduced to practice by me alone or jointly with others prior to my employment by ConforMIS that I desire to clarify are excluded from and are not subject to ConforMIS’ Employee Confidential Information, Inventions and Non-Competition Agreement:

 

o                                     No inventions or improvements

 

o                                     See below:

 

o                                     Additional sheets attached

 

o                                     Due to confidentiality agreements with a prior employer, I cannot disclose certain inventions that would otherwise be included on the above list.

 

2.                                       The following Inventions are excluded from the definition of ConforMIS Inventions pursuant to Section 4 of this Agreement:

 

None.

 

3.                                       I propose to bring to my employment the following materials and documents of a former employer, which employer has expressly consented to my continued possession and use:

 

o                                     No materials or documents

 

o                                     See below:

 

 

 

 

Employee’s Signature

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Type/Print Employee’s Name

 

 

 

(Note: Legal review is required for any change to the form of this Attachment or checking any option other than “No inventions or improvements” in Section 1 or “No materials or documents” in Section 3.)

 



 

ATTACHMENT B

 

TERMINATION CERTIFICATE

 

I hereby certify that I do not have in my possession, nor have I failed to return, any devices, records, data, notes, reports, proposals, lists, correspondence, specifications, drawings, blueprints, blue/redlines, sketches, materials, equipment, other documents or property, or reproductions of any aforementioned items belonging to ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns (together, “ ConforMIS ”).

 

I further certify that I have complied with all the terms of the ConforMIS Employee Confidential Information, Inventions and Non-Competition Agreement signed by me, including the reporting of any “Inventions” (as defined therein) and original works or authorship, conceived or made by me (solely or jointly with others) covered by that agreement.

 

I further agree that, in compliance with the Employee Confidential Information, Inventions and Non-Competition Agreement, I will continue to preserve as confidential all “Proprietary Information” (as defined therein).

 

 

 

 

 

Employee’s Signature

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Type/Print Employee’s Name

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.29

 

SPONSOR DESIGNEE RECOMMENDATION AGREEMENT

 

This SPONSOR DESIGNEE RECOMMENDATION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of May 21, is entered into by and between ConforMIS, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and Procific (the “ Sponsor ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company is currently contemplating an underwritten public offering (the “ IPO ”) of shares of Common Stock; and

 

WHEREAS, in connection with, and effective upon, completion of the IPO, the Company and the Sponsor wish to set forth certain understandings between such parties, including with respect to certain matters related to the Board.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1 Certain Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

2017 Annual Meeting ” means the Company’s annual meeting of stockholders held in 2017.

 

Affiliate ” of a specified Person is a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, the Person specified.

 

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Beneficial Owner ” of a security is a Person who directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise has or shares (i) voting power, which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such security and/or (ii) investment power, which includes the power to dispose, or to direct the disposition of, such security. The terms “ Beneficially Own ” and “ Beneficial Ownership ” shall have correlative meanings.

 

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any one of the following: (i) any “person”, as such term is used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act (other than the Company, a Subsidiary, an Affiliate, or a Company employee benefit plan, including any trustee of such plan acting as trustee) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 50% or more of

 



 

the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or (ii) a sale of assets involving 75% or more of the fair market value of the assets of the Company as determined in good faith by the Board; or (iii) any merger, reorganization or other transaction of the Company whether or not another entity is the survivor, pursuant to which holders of all the shares of capital stock of the Company outstanding prior to the transaction hold, as a group, less than 50% of the shares of capital stock of the Company outstanding after the transaction; provided, however, that neither (A) a merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company in which the holders of all the shares of capital stock of the Company immediately prior to the merger hold the voting power of the surviving entity following the merger in the same relative amounts with substantially the same rights, preferences and privileges, nor (B) a transaction the primary purpose of which is to raise capital for the Company, will constitute a Change of Control.

 

Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of the Company.

 

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

Control ” (including the terms “ Controlling ,” “ Controlled by ” and “ under common Control with ”) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to (a) direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise or (b) vote 10% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of a Person.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

IPO ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, business association, organization, any court, administrative agency, regulatory body, commission or other governmental authority, board, bureau or instrumentality, domestic or foreign and any subdivision thereof or other entity, and also includes any managed investment account.

 

Proceeding ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6 of this Agreement.

 

Recommended Individual ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 of this Agreement.

 

Selected Courts ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.6 of this Agreement.

 

Subsidiary ” of any Person means any Person (i) of which a majority of the outstanding voting securities or other voting equity interests are owned, directly or indirectly, by such first Person or any Subsidiary of such first Person or (ii) with respect to which such Person or any of its Subsidiaries is a general partner or managing member or is allocated or has the right to be allocated (through partnership interests or otherwise) a majority of such second Person’s gains or losses.

 

Section 1.2 Rules of Construction . Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

2



 

(a) References in the singular or to “him,” “her,” “it,” “itself” or other like references, and references in the plural or the feminine or masculine reference, as the case may be, shall also, when the context so requires, be deemed to include the plural or singular, or the masculine or feminine reference, as the case may be;

 

(b) References to Articles and Sections shall refer to articles and sections of this Agreement, unless otherwise specified;

 

(c) The headings in this Agreement are for convenience and identification only and are not intended to describe, interpret, define or limit the scope, extent or intent of this Agreement or any provision thereof;

 

(d) This Agreement shall be construed without regard to any presumption or other rule requiring construction against the party that drafted and caused this Agreement to be drafted; and

 

(e) References to “including” in this Agreement shall mean “including, without limitation,” whether or not so specified.

 

ARTICLE II

SPONSOR DESIGNEE RECOMMENDATION

 

Section 2.1 Sponsor Designee Recommendation .

 

(a)                                  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, in the event that Colm Lanigan should cease to serve as a member of the Board prior to the expiration of his term upon the commencement of the 2017 Annual Meeting, prior to filling such vacancy, the Company will provide the Sponsor with an opportunity to recommend to the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board an individual to fill the vacancy created by such cessation and to serve for the balance of Mr. Lanigan’s incompleted term (such recommended individual, the “ Recommended Individual ”); provided, however, that the Sponsor shall no longer have the rights set forth hereunder at such time as the Sponsor and its Affiliates collectively Beneficially Own less than 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock.

 

(b) Each Recommended Individual must satisfy the requirements of applicable law and the independence requirements imposed by the rules of any national securities exchange on which the Common Stock may be listed or traded.

 

ARTICLE III

EFFECTIVENESS AND TERMINATION

 

Section 3.1 Effectiveness . Upon the closing of the IPO, this Agreement shall thereupon be deemed to be effective.

 

Section 3.2 Termination . Unless earlier terminated in accordance with the terms hereof, this Agreement shall terminate upon the earlier to occur of (a) a Change of Control, (b) the delivery of written notice to the Company by the Sponsor requesting the termination of this Agreement, (c) the commencement of the 2017 Annual Meeting and (d) on the date that is three months

 

3



 

following the date of this Agreement in the event that the Company has not consummated the IPO prior to such date.

 

ARTICLE IV

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 4.1 Notices . All notices, requests, consents and other communications hereunder to any party shall be in writing and shall be personally delivered, sent by nationally recognized overnight courier or mailed by registered or certified mail to such party at the address set forth below (or such other address as shall be specified by like notice). Notices will be deemed to have been given hereunder when personally delivered, one calendar day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier and five calendar days after deposit in U.S. mail.

 

(a) if to the Company, to:

 

ConforMIS, Inc.

28 Crosby Drive

Bedford, MA 01730

Attention: President

 

(b) if to the Sponsor, to: [             ].

 

Section 4.2 Severability . The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any Person or any circumstance, is found to be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, (a) a suitable and equitable provision shall be substituted therefor in order to carry out, so far as may be valid and enforceable, the intent and purpose of such invalid or unenforceable provision and (b) the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances shall not be affected by such invalidity or unenforceability, nor shall such invalidity or unenforceability affect the validity or enforceability of such provision, or the application thereof, in any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 4.3 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which, taken together, shall be considered one and the same agreement.

 

Section 4.4 Entire Agreement; No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement (a) constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all other prior agreements, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and (b) is not intended to confer upon any Person, other than the parties hereto, any rights or remedies hereunder.

 

4



 

Section 4.5 Governing Law; Equitable Remedies . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE (WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF). The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with its specific terms or was otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties hereto shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions and other equitable remedies to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any of the Selected Courts, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity. Any requirements for the securing or posting of any bond with respect to such remedy are hereby waived by each of the parties hereto. Each party further agrees that, in the event of any action for an injunction or other equitable remedy in respect of such breach or enforcement of specific performance, it will not assert the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

 

Section 4.6 Consent To Jurisdiction . With respect to any suit, action or proceeding (“ Proceeding ”) arising out of or relating to this Agreement, each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably (a) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and the United States District Court for the District of Delaware and the appellate courts therefrom (the “ Selected Courts ”) and waives any objection to venue being laid in the Selected Courts whether based on the grounds of forum non conveniens or otherwise and hereby agrees not to commence any such Proceeding other than before one of the Selected Courts; provided , however , that a party may commence any Proceeding in a court other than a Selected Court solely for the purpose of enforcing an order or judgment issued by one of the Selected Courts; (b) consents to service of process in any Proceeding by the mailing of copies thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or by recognized international express carrier or delivery service, to the Company or the Sponsor at their respective addresses referred to in Section 4.1 hereof; provided , however , that nothing herein shall affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by law; and (c) TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW THAT CANNOT BE WAIVED, WAIVES, AND COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE) ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION ARISING IN WHOLE OR IN PART UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, AND AGREES THAT EITHER OF THEM MAY FILE A COPY OF THIS PARAGRAPH WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE KNOWING, VOLUNTARY AND BARGAINED-FOR AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY TO WAIVE THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING WHATSOEVER BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AND TO HAVE ALL MATTERS RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BE TRIED IN A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION BY A JUDGE SITTING WITHOUT A JURY.

 

Section 4.7 Amendments; Waivers .

 

(a) No provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived unless such amendment or waiver is in writing and signed, in the case of an amendment, by each of the parties hereto, or in the case of a waiver, by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective.

 

5



 

(b) No failure or delay by a party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

Section 4.8 Assignment . Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by either of the parties hereto without the prior written consent of the other party. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties and their respective successors and assigns.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

6



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered, all as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

CONFORMIS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Philipp Lang

 

Name: Philipp Lang

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

PROCIFIC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ahmed Abdullatif Ahmed Ibrahim Al Mosa

 

Name: Ahmed Abdullatif Ahmed Ibrahim Al Mosa

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Saeed Musallan Khamis AlMazrovel

 

Name: Saeed Musallan Khamis AlMazrovel

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

7




Exhibit 10.30

 

July 16, 2013

 

CONFIDENTIAL

 

 

Philip Lang, M.D.

Stanhope Investments

Chief Executive Officer

Silver Tower

28 Crosby Drive

Corniche Road

Bedford, MA 01730

P.O. Box 61999

philipp.lang@conformis.com

Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates

 

Attention: Mark Cutis

 

Tel:

+971 2 611 5853

 

Fax:

+971 2 626 6166

 

Email: ss@adcouncil.ae

 

 

Re:                              Right to Invest in Initial Public Offering

 

Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to the letter agreement (the “ First Letter Agreement ”) dated as of January 11, 2012 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and among ConforMIS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Stanhope Investments, a Cayman Islands exempt company (“ Stanhope ”). The First Letter Agreement may be amended by agreement of the Company and Stanhope.  The Company and Stanhope have agreed to clarify the rights of Stanhope set forth in Section 12 of the First Letter Agreement by superseding and replacing Section 12 of the First Letter Agreement in its entirety with this letter agreement (this “ Second Letter Agreement ”).  Further, the Company and Stanhope have agreed to supersede and terminate the First Letter Agreement as set forth in the Financing Documents (as such term is defined in the Amended and Restated Information and Registration Rights Agreement dated as of July 16, 2013, by and among the Company and the Investors named therein).  Both parties agree that this Second Letter Agreement is effective as of the Effective Date and is not intended to grant a new right to Stanhope but rather to clarify and modify the existing right previously set forth in Section 12 of the First Letter Agreement.

 

The parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                       The Company agrees that contingent upon Stanhope continuing to hold at least 600,000 shares of the Company’s Series E-1 Preferred Stock and/or Series E-2 Preferred Stock (together, the “ Shares ”), Stanhope shall have the right but not the obligation to invest an additional USD $25,000,000 in the Company’s “Qualifying IPO” (as defined below) provided such Qualifying IPO is no sooner than one year from the Effective Date.  Stanhope’s right to participate in the Qualifying IPO pursuant to this Second Letter Agreement shall be subject to any carve backs, restrictions and other limitations reasonably requested by the Company’s underwriters in connection with the Qualifying IPO.  Such right shall also be subject to Stanhope’s full compliance with applicable securities laws as directed by the Company and its legal counsel.  “ Qualifying IPO ” means the closing of the first firm commitment underwritten

 



 

public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Company Common Stock for the account of the Company to the public with aggregate proceeds to the Company not less than $50,000,000  (before deduction for underwriters commissions and expenses) and a per share price not less than $10.00 per share (appropriately adjusted for combinations consolidations, subdivisions, stock splits or other similar transactions).

 

2.                                       At any time following a determination by the Company’s Board of Directors to initiate a process intended to result in the submission of a registration statement for a Qualifying IPO, but in any event no less than 10 business days prior to the actual submission of such registration statement, the Company will give Stanhope written notice of such submission, which notice will include a good faith estimate by the Company of the approximate timing of such proposed Qualifying IPO, the identity of the lead investment bankers, if any, representing the Company in such Qualifying IPO, a good faith estimate of the approximate price range to be proposed by the Company, and any other material terms then known to the Company relating to the proposed Qualifying IPO.  Stanhope acknowledges that the Company shall not thereafter be obligated to update any information provided in such notice.  Stanhope will have until 10 business days after the Company gives such notice to notify the Company in writing that Stanhope elects to exercise its contractual right to participate in the Qualifying IPO and the amount of its participation (up to USD $25,000,000 but in any event no less than USD $10,000,000).  If Stanhope fails to respond within 10 business days after the Company gives notice, Stanhope will be deemed to have elected not to exercise its contractual right to participate in the Qualifying IPO.  Upon its election to participate in the Qualifying IPO, except in the event of a “Material Adverse Event” (as defined below) with respect to the Company, Stanhope will be firmly bound by such election and will participate in the Qualifying IPO on the same terms as other participants in the Qualifying IPO regardless of, without limitation, any subsequent changes in circumstances of the Company, Stanhope or market conditions, or the ultimate price per share of the Qualifying IPO falling outside the good faith range initially provided to Stanhope.

 

3.                                       Upon the occurrence of a Material Adverse Event after Stanhope’s election to participate in the Qualifying IPO, the Company will provide prompt notice to Stanhope describing the circumstances relating to such Material Adverse Event.  If Stanhope fails to respond within 10 business days after the Company gives such notice, Stanhope will be deemed to have elected not to withdraw the exercise of its contractual right to participate in the Qualifying IPO and shall thereafter continue to be bound as described above.  If Stanhope elects to withdraw the exercise of its contractual right to participate in the Qualifying IPO, Stanhope will no longer have such right and the Company will be under no further obligations to Stanhope pursuant to this Second Letter Agreement; provided, however, that (a) if Stanhope elects to withdraw the exercise of its contractual right to participate in the Qualifying IPO following a Material Adverse Event pursuant to this Section 3, (b) the Company’s Board of Directors then later determines to abandon the process intended to result in the submission of a registration statement for a Qualifying IPO, (c) the Company withdraws or otherwise abandons the registration statement or other filings relating to such process with the SEC, and (d) the Company’s Board of Directors thereafter makes a new determination to initiate a process intended to result in the submission of a registration statement for a Qualifying IPO, Stanhope’s

 



 

rights pursuant to this Second Letter Agreement, including the right to participate in the Qualifying IPO pursuant to Section 2, shall revive.

 

4.                                       For purposes of this Second Letter Agreement, “Material Adverse Event” means the determination by the Company’s Board of Directors that a change, event or effect has occurred that is materially adverse to the general affairs, business, operations, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operations of the Company; provided, however, that the following shall not be taken into account in determining a “Material Adverse Event”:  (a) any adverse change, event or effect that is directly attributable to conditions affecting the United States or world economies generally unless such conditions adversely affect the Company in a materially disproportionate manner, and (b) any adverse change, event or effect that is directly attributable to conditions affecting the Company’s industry generally, unless such conditions adversely affect the Company in a materially disproportionate manner.  No change, event or effect shall be considered to be a Material Adverse Event unless, at a minimum, the Company’s Board of Directors determines that such change, event or effect has or is likely to cause a diminution in value of the Company of at least 25%.  Without limiting the foregoing, in no event shall price adjustments preceding an initial public offering constitute a Material Adverse Event, nor shall litigation initiated by or against the Company until a final judgment is entered.

 

5.                                       This Second Letter Agreement will not be affected by the termination of the First Letter Agreement.  This Second Letter Agreement and the rights described herein shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earliest of (i) Stanhope’s election not to participate in a Qualifying IPO after having been notified of such Qualifying IPO in accordance with this Second Letter Agreement (or after having been notified of a Material Adverse Event), (ii) Stanhope’s participation in a Qualifying IPO pursuant to this Second Letter Agreement, (iii) Stanhope no longer holding at least 600,000 Shares, or (iv) a “Change of Control” (as defined below).

 

6.                                       This Second Letter Agreement shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of New York, excluding those laws that direct the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.  In the event that any legal action becomes necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Second Letter Agreement, the parties hereto agree that such action will be brought in the state or federal courts located in Middlesex County or Suffolk County in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and such parties hereby submit to the jurisdiction and venue of such courts.  The Company understands and agrees that its failure to comply with the obligations under this Second Letter Agreement will cause Stanhope to suffer irreparable injury and harm, the full extent of which will, or may, be impossible to ascertain, and for which monetary damages will not be a complete remedy.  Accordingly, the Company agrees that Stanhope will, in addition to any other remedies available to it at law or in equity, be entitled to preliminary and permanent injunctive relief to enforce, or to prevent a breach of, the terms of this Second Letter Agreement.

 

7.                                       This Second Letter Agreement contains the parties’ complete understandings and agreements regarding the matters set forth herein.  Other than the First Letter Agreement, there are no other, different or prior agreements or understandings on this or related subjects.  This Second Letter Agreement is effective notwithstanding Section 6.12 of the Purchase Agreements

 



 

and provisions of the First Letter Agreement that provide that the First Letter Agreement contains the parties’ complete understandings and agreements regarding the matters set forth therein.  The rights and obligations under this Second Letter Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective permitted successors and assigns of the parties, including without limitation any “Affiliates” (as defined below) of Stanhope, provided that (i) Stanhope may at any time and without consent of the Company (but in accordance with applicable securities laws and with notice to the Company) assign and/or novate to an Affiliate of Stanhope all or any portion of its Shares and all associated rights and obligations (including, without limitation, under this Second Letter Agreement) but otherwise may not assign its rights and obligations hereunder without prior written notice to and consent of the Company and (ii) the Company may not assign its rights and obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of Stanhope except in connection with a Change in Control.  For purposes of this Second Letter Agreement, “ Affiliates ” shall mean any member of Stanhope’s board of directors, any executive officer of Stanhope, any holder of at least 10% of the outstanding capital stock of Stanhope or any entity controlled, directly or indirectly, by Stanhope, any entity that controls, directly or indirectly, Stanhope or any entity directly or indirectly under common control with Stanhope. For purposes of this Second Letter Agreement, a “ Change in Control ” shall mean the sale, lease, assignment, transfer, conveyance or disposal of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of consolidation, corporate reorganizations or merger, or other transaction or series of related transactions in which more than 50% of the outstanding voting power of this Company is disposed of other than any transaction primarily for financing purposes.

 

8.                                       Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be conclusively deemed effectively given upon personal delivery or delivery by courier, or on the first business day after transmission if sent by confirmed facsimile transmission or electronic mail transmission, or 15 business days after deposit in the United States mail, by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed (i) if to the Company, at 28 Crosby Drive, Bedford, MA 01730 or [Fax Number], and (ii) if to Stanhope, at Stanhope’s contact information set forth above, or at such other address, facsimile number or email address as the Company or Stanhope may designate by 10 business days’ advance written notice to the other party hereto.

 

9.                                       This Second Letter Agreement will not be affected by the termination of the First Letter Agreement.  This Second Letter Agreement may not be amended except by a written agreement signed by authorized representatives of each party.  This Second Letter Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  This Second Letter Agreement may be executed by facsimile signature (including signatures in Adobe PDF or similar format).

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 



 

If you are in agreement with the terms set forth above, please sign this Second Letter Agreement in the space provided below.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

CONFORMIS, INC.

 

 

 

/s/ Philipp Lang

 

 

 

Philipp Lang, M.D.

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Agreed by:

 

 

 

STANHOPE INVESTMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Salem Mohamed Al Ameri   /s/ Mark Cutis

 

[SIGNATURE]

 

 

 

Salem Mohamed Al Ameri & Mark Cutis

 

[NAME]

 

 

 

Director & Business Officer

 

[TITLE]

 

 




Exhibit 21.1

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

Name

 

Jurisdiction of Organization

ConforMIS Europe GmbH

 

Germany

ConforMIS Hong Kong Limited

 

Hong Kong

ConforMIS UK Limited

 

United Kingdom

Imatx, Inc.

 

California

 




Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

        We have issued our report dated March 20, 2015, with respect to the December 31, 2014 and 2013 consolidated financial statements of ConforMIS, Inc. and Subsidiaries contained in the Registration Statement and Prospectus. We consent to the use of the aforementioned report in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and to the use of our name as it appears under the caption "Experts".

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
May 21, 2015